http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) city as a palimpsest: a preface to the hidden geometry of cairo ahmed el-gemayi 1 1 cairo, egypt keywords cairo, historic cities, metamorphosis of urban morphology, urban archeology, landscape archeology. abstract in the center of cairo, there remains a street named “baab el-bahr”or “a gateway to the sea”. this street once led to the shore of a wide sub-canal from the nile river. today, it only leads to the famous “ramses square”, which still holds the name of the ancient statue of “ramses the 2nd” that has been relocated to cairo-alexandria desert road in august 2006. the city witnessed major changes in its urban morphology across the 19th and 20th centuries as it lost its role as a platform for social interchange and instead turned out to be an everyday scene for controversy and dispute. through an investigation of the key principals which generated the city’s morphology and its massive transformation, this study aims to support future urban regeneration methodologies, urban development policies and city expansion visions. 1. introduction this preface attempts to establish an understanding of the city as a palimpsest. in order to read into the complexity of its layers, first, we have to trace the key influences leading to the growth of the city. however, this study assumes that the key influences which directed the genesis of cairo and led to the city’s growth for over 2,000 years were deliberately eliminated from the city’s fabric during the 19th and 20th centuries. the study is concerned with identifying the key influences that enforced the metamorphosis of the city of cairo during the 19th and 20th centuries. 2. identity through urban geography 2.1 natural geography the desert, the nile and the birth of vernacular urbanism the natural morphology of the city of cairo is a micro model that resembles the natural morphology of the land of egypt as a whole. in older times, the “sahara desert” extended over all across egypt and north africa, until the nile first appeared in the miocene age where its inflow at that time was in the city of cairo. 2.2 the nile birth of vernacular urbanism the city was first founded in the south of historic cairo, babylon fortress 2nd century a.d., and after the arab invasion during the 7th century a.d, it started to grow to the northeast until it merged, in the 20th century, with the old egyptian city of heliopolis 2500 b.c. it is well observed on the map of cairo of the year 1798 a.d that the most dominant element influencing the morphology of cairo was the water canal, which held many names including el-khalig el-massry, khalig amir el-momineen, trajan canal, etc. prior to any of those names, however, it originally held the name of the ancient egyptian king, senusret iii of 1850 b.c, justifying the reason the canal was also doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.103 ahmed el-gemayi / the academic research community publication pg. 2 known as the “canal of the pharaohs”. it was known to have been the first implementation for creating a connection from the nile to the red sea in the east. on all the city maps produced by the french commission of science and arts in egypt during 1798 a.d, the canal was still running in the center of the city, from its very beginning in the south and heading northeast, where it passed by the shores of the ancient city of heliopolis and continued its way to suez old port. when looking into pre-existent maps, the city of old cairo seems as if had been divided into two parts. in reality, the city had been growing for 2,000 years to form this specific morphology. moreover, cairo witnessed several stages of city growth under several consecutive dynasties. during all eras, the city always maintained the dynamic and integrated relation between its lakes and canals. being the source of water supply and a transportation network that connected the city internally, the city remained intelligently connected to the surrounding world through the red and the mediterranean sea. figure 1: canal passing through the center of cairo heading northeast to suez. 1829, description de l'égypte atlas géographique, france. figure 2: chamouin et dandeleux vol.i. pl.15, 1829, description de l'égypte état moderne, france. ahmed el-gemayi / the academic research community publication pg. 3 figure 3: main course of nile river deviating towards west. hemdan g.,1980, shakhsiat masr, cairo figure 4: cairo’s central canal (el-khalig el-massry) at its origin (fom el-khaleeg) couche pere, e.m. vol.i. pl.19., 1829, description de l'égypte état moderne, france. 3. city metamorphosis 3.1 transnational urbanism ultra vision for the city the morphology of the city in the 19th century under the rule of mohamed ali’s family led to a new phase. one significant form of development of the city made by mohamed ali during the beginning of the 19th century was connecting the “bulak port” to the central canal via a new canal project. this development plan is described as a very important national project. however, and during the rule of ismail, an early model of transnational urbanism had been implemented. the city center was designed by french architects. new designs replaced the small streets with new and broad avenues, the lakes all over cairo were transformed into big squares and gardens such as the ahmed el-gemayi / the academic research community publication pg. 4 abdeen palace, the official residence for ismail during his rule constructed over berket el-faraeen (the pharaohs lake) and the great famous azbakeyya lake was altered into a large garden and opera house. the new french planning for the city was influenced by military a movement that imposed political rule into the streets of the city. on the other hand, a fear of an epidemic rather threatened the decision of filling lakes distributed all over the city. in the 1850s, the city introduced the railway network which connected cairo, alexandria and some suez important ports. thereon after, the railway network substituted the nile and canal networks’ role of transportation. moreover, the khedive ismail, in 1865, commissioned jean-antoine cordier to establish the first water company in cairo. although considered a magnificent step towards a modern city, it had a major impact on the conventional nature of the canals in supplying water. in 1899, the central canal was filled and used as an infrastructure for tramway. figure 5: french design of new ismailia development in the center of cairo. ismail, m.h., 2014, wagh madinat al-qahira, cairo. 3.2 formal vs. informal urbanism 3.2.1 informal urbanism urban improvisation from below the second half of the 20th century witnessed a new stage of urban metamorphosis. it could also be known as improvised urban morphology as the cultivated lands inside and on the edges of the city transformed into extremely dense informal communities. informal communities in cairo reused the irrigation network of canals and turned them into a network of streets. main and secondary irrigation canals were transformed into main and secondary streets while blocks were built over narrow streets old irrigation sub canalsin over than ten floors. 3.2.2 formal state strategies for the city growth through the desert during the beginning of the 20th century, the city of cairo expanded towards the eastern desert bnd eyond the natural barrier of the el-mokattam plateau. as a result, a new extension for cairo later called new heliopolis was formed. it was the first time in history that the city expands towards the desert without any connection to the nile river or its canals. however, the newly established city remained connected to the center of cairo through tramways. the model of expansion towards the desert was then continued creating the establishment of new heliopoli, nasr city, 10th of ramadan, 15th of may, new cairo, badr, elshorouk, madinaty and a new administrative capital (current state vision expansion). ahmed el-gemayi / the academic research community publication pg. 5 cairo expanded, similarly, to the west facilitating the establishment of areas such as the 6th of october, sheikh zayed, and elsadat city. none of the new city’s expansion models was connected through railroads or tramways with an exception of heliopolis and nasr city. however, recent governments have decided to rid of all the old tramways in 2015. figure 6: cairo’s expansion across the desert. satellite image 2017, cairo. 4. conclusion the current urban morphology of cairo is no longer integrated with lakes or river canals. previously existing water features were filled and reused as infrastructure for railways and street networks and disappeared from the city scene. modern, formal and informal urban approaches failed to maintain the integrated historic relation between the city and its context (lakes and canals). modern approaches, however, created an absurd urban morphology for such a historic city. the city of cairo is in a critical need of special regeneration projects and urgent urban preservation policies. such projects and policies should especially focus on the historic relation between the city and the nile river. ongoing development projects in cairo include the maspero triangle development project. the project’s location is one the state believes should undertake a real estate development. however, the historic bulak area must be reconsidered as an “urban archeology site” and should be preserved for further site studies. the recent discovery of an ancient egyptian statue near old heliopolis during march of 2017 was found within an informal settlement built over the traces of cairo’s old central canal. this discovery feeds the argument that the city needs more policies to support the preservation of old canals and that these sites should act as grounds for investigation for landscape and urban archeology. ahmed el-gemayi / the academic research community publication pg. 6 references 1. al-jabarti, a. al-rahman. (1825). al-jabarti’s history of egypt. markus wiener publishers. retrieved from http://www.loohpress.com/product_info.php/products_id/1758 2. al-maqrizi t.a., 1441, al-mawaiz wa al-'i'tibar bi zikr al-khitat wa al-'athar [description topographique et historique de l'égypte], bulak, cairo. 3. hemdan g.,1993, al-qahira [cairo], cairo, dar al-hilal. 4. hemdan g.,1980, shakhsiat masr [the character of egypt], cairo, alam al-kotob 5. ismail m.h., 2014, wagh madinat al-qahira [the face of the city of cairo], cairo, general egyptian book organization. 6. lane e.w., 1829, description de l'égypte atlas géographique, france, the royal edition. 7. lane e.w., 1829, description de l'égypte état moderne, france, the royal edition. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the city and i: the impact of the community on the city identity a digital printmaking approach (an analytical critical study) doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.123 tamer assem ali1 1phd, lecturer in graphics & media art department faculty of arts & design – msa university giza egypt keywords community – identity – digital print – mixed media abstract the research explores the impact and influence the community has on the identity of a city. the construction of the city follows certain standards acquired by the nation with respect to its ideologies and ambitions while the essence of the city is shaped and formed by the communities. the community is based on a mix of tradition, culture and habits, creating the identity of the group. the individual, as part of the larger group, shapes the identity of his/her city. the essence of the city reflects the identity of its community. the norm of a certain community along with its irregularities constructs the identity of their surrounding, hence the city. therefore, one can assume that the identity of a citizen is equal to the identity of the city. in a visual art project consisting of a series of digital prints (mixed media), the researcher explores the relation between man and his surrounding atmosphere; between man and his home; between man and his city. this visual project delves in presenting how the surrounding atmosphere is affected by the human identity living within it. the community paints the city with its color, thus the city reflects its community. the city and the visual arts 1. art as a tool of change and advancement in communities: artists and intellectuals have always been forward looking and critical towards their community. modern art has solemnly found a purpose in depicting the future and causing fundamental social advancements that act as a refinement tool for society in a time when innovative practices by pioneers of cognitive and technical approaches are apparent. indeed, art in the broader sense always had a deep significance and influence on humanity and is a vital tool for social and cultural change as well as community evolution. 3. social responsibility avant-garde artists at the turn of the last century sprung boldly in an unprecedented manner to create change. indeed, they had all the rights as the world was going through crucial change. surrounded by the technological upheaval, introduced to the machine and affected by the disasters of the great war, humanity was definitely on the verge of a new beginning. using all means of visual communication and experiments, young artists rose to change the world. movements sprung confronting societies with shocking ideas, manifestos, visual outcomes and design. change was in the air and new visual languages were created. what was once shocking to the norm became familiar with time, precision and dedication. these young pioneers grew with their dreams and lived its manifestation. from defying war, death and the declining social and human condition proper visual expression executed by the german expressionists came about. that included bold paint strokes depicting diverse themes in an utterly liberated manner to celebrate the new age of speed, machines and technical advancement as manifested by the italian tamer assem ali / the academic research community publication pg. 2 futurists throughout their literature, visual works, typographical experiments and design; indeed change was happening. russian constructivists were extreme when naming the fine artist a constructor, to achieve the purpose of social reform throughout visual means in an attempt to follow their utopian dream of achieving a better society in the new soviet union. this occurred while the young dadaist had a nihilistic approach formulated in irrational, contradictory actions, recitations and visual expressions as a reaction to the social and political upheavals. therefore, without doubt, since the beginning of the 20th century visual expression became a crucial factor and tool for social and cultural change. 2. community and the city visual arts, whether directly or indirectly, play a crucial role in reflecting and anticipating social advancement within communities. they help shape the mass identity of the community. the community, on the other hand, reflects on the city it belongs to, where the city is the vessel that encompasses their lives with all their traditions, habits and cultural awareness and ethical values. as the city absorbs the essence of its inhabitants reflecting their identity, visual arts then have direct influences and cultural effects on cities. 3. visual arts relationship with the city aside from the important role art plays in affecting social and cultural aspects of communities leading to direct effects on cities, visual arts directly relate to cities through two major paths; public art in the city and city and community depiction in visual arts. a. public art in the city it’s almost impossible to find a city without public art. public art reflects the cities nationalistic tendencies and is usually commissioned by the state to reflect the city’s cultural entity to the world as well as to its habitants. under commissioned site-specific works, mostly in public spaces in different media, public art is accomplished by specifically selected artists (whether natives or not) through curators, organizers and the state itself. usually, the work reflects the essence and identity of the city where the approach is an amalgam of subjectivity and objectivity; subjective in representing the artists’ own perception, experience and approach towards the project and objective in the sense of reflecting the identity of the city. b. city and community depiction in visual arts the second relationship between the visual arts and the city is the city and community depiction in visual arts production which is the broader and more subjective part. the city has always had its share in the visual arts production, whether when being used as a background or foreground in art production, or being the subject itself as well as sometimes being a symbol of the community. the art works depicting the city reflect the subjective perception, the personal concern as well as the technical and visual approach of the artist. diverse depictions have been portrayed by infamous artists like piet mondrian’s broadway boogie woogie, 1942-43 and edward hopper’s nighthawks, 1942. this second path is what is covered here in this art project where one tends to directly link the human condition with the city in a contemporary approach. the experiment 1. background expression through faces (broad artistic experiment) my life art project mainly focuses on the human condition, its evolution and contradictions. throughout the years, this broad issue has been my main concern and apparently it repeatedly clears out in my various art practices despite the minor details i am working on in each phase. the human face never ceases to appear in my visual production – rarely extending to part or the entire human figure – in an expressionistic manner directly related to my status of being and my ideas at the time of practice. my faces are usually placed on diverse cold surfaces depicting the issue being tackled then. the message to be conveyed is sometimes hidden and other times clear in the worn out, yet strong features of the human face placed in a contradictive, alienated or compatible manner over the different surfaces from plain to mechanically patterned surfaces. 2. concept tamer assem ali / the academic research community publication pg. 3 a. introduction in this art project, one tends to capture a global sense concerned with the human condition as a whole proving that humans shape the identity of their cities as well as raising the question of the effect of globalization in blurring the lines between diverse identities, and tackling the subject of global identity vs. individual identity. so in this series of digital prints, the subjective part is apparent in human faces, which directly relates to my approach and visual experiment. the features of the faces are satellite maps of diverse cities with clear individual identities raising the question, to what extent have identities been blurred and smudged in the global digital age we live in. b. man and woman the choice behind selecting the two genders in representing each of the chosen cities is to present humanity as a whole without specific reference to a certain gender, stereotype or norm. men and women are the origins of life on this planet and are the reason for the continuity of the human race. c. satellite maps choosing satellite maps of each city to be digitally juxtaposed as the texture of the human face has a direct significance proving that the city and the humans living within it are both sides of one coin. an indirect significance is when the satellite maps from far away appear visually similar and start clearing out and become identifiable when zoomed in, symbolizing that even though communities appear similar under the broader cloud of globalization, diversity and identity still exist and appear timidly with a proper zoom in. in addition to that, satellite maps portray the technological advancement of the digital age. d. cities of choice the cities of choice are beijing, cairo, new york, sarajevo and vienna. the 2 main reasons behind the choice of these specific cities to be presented in this visual experiment lies behind the diversity of social, political and cultural factors shaping the identity of each of the cities. the privilege of personally visiting and observing the 4 cities other than cairo (hometown) thriftily and strongly capturing the essence, cultural, social and habitual backgrounds of their people throughout a broad spectrum of communication is also a reason. 6. technical approach each of the chosen cities has been represented by two portraits representing man & woman (origins of life) executed in the form of a digital print accomplished throughout mixed media techniques; drawing, collage, ink textures and digital collage. the sizes of the prints of the whole project are standard where the work size is 70x50cm. the works each two prints, of man & woman representing a city are displayed below under the title of the city they present. a. beijing tamer assem ali / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 1 tamer assem – beijing man – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) figure 2 tamer assem – beijing man – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) b. cairo tamer assem ali / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure 3 tamer assem – cairo man – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) figure 4 tamer assem – cairo man – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) c. new york tamer assem ali / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 5 tamer assem – new york man – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) figure 6 tamer assem – new york woman – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) d. sarajevo figure 7 tamer assem – sarajevo man – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) tamer assem ali / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure 8 tamer assem – sarajevo woman – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) e. vienna figure 9 tamer assem – vienna man – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) tamer assem ali / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure 10 tamer assem – vienna woman – digital print – 70x50cm – (2017) references books 1. elger, dietmar. (1994). expressionism. ingo f. walther (ed.). germany: benedikt taschenverlag gmbh 2. elger, dietmar. (2006). dadaism. uta grosenick (ed.). germany: taschen gmbh 3. armstrong, helen. (ed.). (2009). graphic design theory reading from the field. new york, ny: princeton architectural press 4. wiggins, colin (1993). post-impressionism. italy: dorling kindersley ltd. 5. barnes, rachel, coomer, martin, freedman, carl, godfrey, tony, grant, simon, larner, melissa, … williams, gilda. (1996). the 20th century art book. hong kong: phaidon press ltd. 6. butler, adam, van cleave, claire, stirling, susan. (1994). the art book. china : phaidon press ltd. electronic sources 1. jones, jonathan. (2014, march 24). urban art through the ages. the guardian. retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/cities/gallery/2014/mar/24/urban-art-city-pictures-artists-hogarth-hockney 2. halle, howard. new york in art. timeout. retrieved from https://www.timeout.com/newyork/art/new-yorkin-art https://www.theguardian.com/cities/gallery/2014/mar/24/urban-art-city-pictures-artists-hogarth-hockney https://www.timeout.com/newyork/art/new-york-in-art https://www.timeout.com/newyork/art/new-york-in-art http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) applying mural paintings to restore the luster of archeological parks in alexandria, egypt doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.107 eman ahmed ramzy elgendy1 1 department of painting (mural painting), faculty of fine arts, alexandria university, alexandria, egypt keywords mural painting; mosaic alexandria; zoo; parks abstract historical, archeological parks such as antoniadis garden, al-shallalat gardens and the zoo are important assets in the city of alexandria, egypt. these parks suffer from severe neglect, damage and encroachments of street vendors. this study aims to find aesthetic solutions to improve these parks as part of alexandria’s cultural heritage on the nationl and global levels. mural paintings could be used to beautify the entrances of these parks along with the seating units, garbage bins, and water tap basins. this mural painting process could be well suited with the architectural styles of these parks to preserve their identity and still fit within the history and civilization of the ancient city of alexandria. this will protect the historical features of these parks and make them touristic destinations instead of being abandoned and neglected over time. 1. introduction during ancient civilizations, humans knew and practiced the art of landscaping gardens. this art was continuously developed and its practice was spread to different countries as a means of entertainment. landscaping was practiced in public spaces, private gardens, botanic museums and specialized gardens. alexandria was the home of successive civilizations due to its unique location on the mediterranean sea. alexander the great founded the city of alexandria in 331 b.c. he commissioned the architect dinokrat for city planning. the city planning process of alexandria was characterized by the extension of its streets in straight lines from east to west and from north to south to intersect in right angles with two main streets in the middle. one of them traverses the city from east to west and is now known as alhoria street. the other one traverses the city from the north to south. some chroniclers believe that this street is the current elnabi daniel street. after the death of alexander the great, his empire was fragmented among three of his army commanders where ptolemy (285-246 bc) and his family ruled egypt for the next three centuries. in this period, the new city of alexandria was born to become the cultural and intellectual capital of the world. the city was divided into several districts, most notably the royal district which was wide with many royal palaces and had a zoo, wisdom house and a library. during that same time, the city was known for its parks and white marble columns during the ptolemaic kingdom period. alexandria currently has a number of important historical parks that are considered part of its cultural heritage, particularly antoniadis garden, aalshallalat garden and the zoo. el-nozha park is considered the most important one in alexandria. it was founded during the ptolemies period (300 bc) but it was later divided into sectors. starting from the period of mohamed ali (1805-1848) the development of this park began. the khedive ismail (1863-1879) paid more attention to broaden this park, and it later became the most famous destination in alexandria that included several gardens: eman ahmed ramzy elgendy / the academic research community publication pg. 2 1. antoniadis garden: in 1860, the greek tycoon john antoniadis who lived in alexandria commissioned the french artist paul richard to create a garden around his palace similar to the gardens of versailles in paris on approximately 45 acres of land. after the death of antoniadis (1918), his son gave the palace and the gardens to the mayor of alexandria, according to his father’s will. this place is currently known as "antoniadis gardens", one of the most important botanical gardens in egypt. 2. the zoo: it was established in 1921 on part of el-nozha park. 3. the rose: this garden was established in 1928 on 5 acres of land. it contains a varieties of roses, trees and rare plants. the zoo of alexandria is one of the parks that are considered part of alexandria’s cultural heritage. it has an artificial lake for water birds, a tower to see all the landmarks of the park, and a museum. it is a semi-natural environment for zoo animals. this garden contains many rare animals, birds and reptiles. this zoo has suffered from demolition, neglect and abuse by visitors and vendors. there are many countries that have established organizations to rehabilitate and develop historic places and develop specifications for maintaining the roots and ancient history of the place. this is done until officials have implemented strategies to regain the identity of most places and make sure it coincides with the city’s urban planning. 2. aim of the work this research aims to shed light on potential ways to restore the neglected historical parks and gardens in alexandria which are considered as iconic national treasures. the recreation of these parks will attract native visitors and tourists visiting alexandria. this will improve the community’s behavior, way of thinking and artistic sense. this research will deal with the zoo as an example. it aims to find aesthetic solutions to improve these parks as part of alexandria’s cultural heritage on the nationl and global levels. mural paintings could be used to beautify the entrances of these parks along with the seating units, garbage bins, and water tap basins. 3. methods several photographs were taken of the different architectural units of the zoo including the entrances, seats, the shade, water basins as well as dustbins. data about the mosaic from the graeco-roman period were collected. the adobe photoshop cs5 computer program was used to apply the mural painting treatment on the selected photos. the mural painting designs which depend on the botanic component and geometric units were inspired from the graeco-roman period in accordance with the surrounding environment and in proportion to the history and civilization of ancient alexandria without changing any architectural characteristics. this will emphasize the vision emanating from the city's cultural heritage. there was also a conideration to use colors in proportion to natural elements in order to achieve consistency, chromatic harmony, unity and coherence between all elements of the garden. 4. results after applying the mural treatment on the selected architectural elements, the following results were obtained: figure (1a): shows one of the current entrances of the park. it consists of the stairs that lead to the swan lake. these stairs are composed of a horizontal surface of the step (tread), the vertical surface of the step (riser), and a protection side barrier (hand rail). there are mezzanines of various dimensions on either side of these barriers. figure (1b): shows the same entrance after applying the suggested mural treatment. the design was inspired by the roman mosaics acanthus spiral which wrapped spirally covering the front surface of the mezzanines. these flowers were repeated in smaller sizes in proportion with the surface area of the steps of the treated stairs and in reciprocal directions corresponding and developed with the motion of the steps. the side barriers (hand rail) and the mezzanines were covered with monochromic mosaic depending on the dynamic motion of the applied mosaic pieces. figures: (2a), (2b), (3a), (3b) show the footpath containing taps and basins. the suggested mural design was inspired by the mosaic floor found in zeugma city (turkey). this city was founded by the army of alexander the great. it is one of the cities of the roman empire that sank under the waters of the flood waters of a series of dams on the euphrates. the design depended on circular geometric shapes of repeated rings surrounding the water basin, each ring was outlined with decorative braids and corresponding to the circular footpath under the water basin. the water basins were treated using various mural painting designs including decorative braids corresponding to the framework of the circular footbath or with incomplete decorative stars reflecting the star in the center of the circular footbath in a simplified manner. eman ahmed ramzy elgendy / the academic research community publication pg. 3 figure: (4) shows a view of a park seat facing the bird house before (fig. 4a) and after the suggested mural treatment (fig. 4b). the seats have an important function for the park visitors either to rest, to eat or to enjoy sightseeing of the garden while sitting. therefore, the functional significance was taken into account from the beginning. the design was derived from the views of birds at one of romanian palaces which had birds covering the sides of the seat with botanic units of spiral and interlacing plant leaves and grapes to give a complete vision. the seating bench was covered with simple geometric elements in the form of complex circuits which resulted in other geometric shapes to be in harmony with the curves of the branches of plants on the side of the seat. figure (5a): shows a scene of one of the current sunshades of the garden associated with seating units. these sunshades with associated seats are widely spread all over the park. figure (5b): the same previous sunshade with associated seast after applying the suggested mural treatment. the design was inspired from the roman ceiling and arches mosaic in the form of climbing grape plant branches which wrapped and covered the inner surface of the sunshade. this design is in harmony with the external design of the sunshades which were inspired by the shape of the trees. figure (6a): shows the shape of a current dustbin hanging on an iron fence surrounding the plants in the garden. figure (6b): shows a proposal for a dustbin in the park in the form of a simple geometric shaped box containing the trash basket inside it for easy cleaning and emptying regularly. the front surface of the box is covered with a mosaic where the design was inspired by a tulip and buds in addition to a strip of decorative braids that outlined the edge and covered the sides of the box. these boxes could be distributed in appropriate distances. figures (6c&d): show two proposals for dustbins inspired by a roman sculpture of a bird covered by mosaic. as these architectural elements are found outdoor, they are subjected to different atmospheres that may affect the murals applied. therefore materials used in the mural treatments should resist the climatic and environmental factors of alexandria to retain its state as long as possible. these materials should be natural and suit the architectural surface and function. pressure-resistant materials as marble, granite, stones or gravel should be used for stairs and floors. in the same time the materials used for the surfaces that permanently exposed to water as basins should be of suitable type. for seats the materials should be suitable for the purpose without disruption of the function of the architectural element. 5. conclusion: restoring the luster of the zoo of alexandria is not only for its environmental and historical importance, but also for its social and touristic importance, as it is the only one for the visitors in alexandria and the neighboring territories. the main result of the study is summarized in maintaining the remainder of these iconic gardens which reflect the history and othe cultural mission of alexandria across the eras to avoid the disappearance or fading of the features and characters of the city. the restored gardens should attract more visitors and became a tourist destination instead of being abandoned and neglected over time. 6. recommendations: monitoring these iconic gardens in egypt that are considered touristic places that may attract local and foreign tourists. preparing developmental and rehabilitation plans for the restoration and maintenance of the archaeological and historic gardens to recover their beauty without affecting their features. this will help to achieve aesthetic foundations of values of poise, rhythm, proportion and unity as well as the relationship between the architectural elements of space and color relationships as a fundamental value to those parks. pay attention to the art of landscaping gardens because of the artistic and architecture value it adds to the place legal and administrative procedures must be implemented to maintain these gardens and regulate their uses. raising awareness and arranging activities that highlight the value of these parks. arrange visits and prepare information brochures about their historic importance and activities. set a code of specifications to beautify alexandria, preserve its cultural pattern and to harmonize between architecture and other arts. combine all governmental and non-governmental organizations, civil society and individuals to preserve the historic buildings and monuments as a memory of the city. improve the behavior of individuals through media to improve public culture. eman ahmed ramzy elgendy / the academic research community publication pg. 4 employment of developmental programs and community service for the protection of the alexandria’s heritage. promote these gardens as a touristic destination to increase national income. eman ahmed ramzy elgendy / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure 1a. showing one of the current entrances of the zoo of alexandria figure 2b. showing the entrances of the zoo after applying mural painting figure 2a. showing one of the current entrances of the zoo of alexandria figure 2b. showing the entrances of the zoo after applying mural painting figure 3a. showing another one of the current water basin in the zoo of alexandria figure 3b. showing the previous water basin after applying mural painting figure 4a. showing two seats before and after applying mural treatment. eman ahmed ramzy elgendy / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 5a. showing one of the current sunshade and its associated seats in the zoo of alexandria figure 5b. showing the previous sunshade after applying mural treatment figure 5a. showing one of the current dustbin the zoo of alexandria figure 5b. showing a suggestion for a dustbin treated with mural painting figure 5c. showing another suggestion for a dustbin treated with mural painting figure 5b. showing a third suggestion for a dustbin treated with mural painting references 1. abdelkafi j. patrimoine culturel et identités de la méditerranée contemporaine, patrimoines partagés de la méditerranée; 2014 2. carvalho,p, silva, s. historic gardens: heritage and tourism cegot university of coimbra “xii world leisure congress”, held in rimini (italy); 2012. 3. elsheikh az. (2015). ( ( م2015عالء زكى الشیخ تصمیم الحدائق ( الفضاءات الخارجیة) جامعة بغداد 4. forster a.m. (2000) ( ( م2000األسكندریة تاریخ ودلیل. المجلس األعلى للثقافة . ترجمة حسن بیومى.. . 5. gidens, a. modernity and self-identity, stanford university press , california; 1991. 6. goodwin em. classic mosaic designs and projects inspired by 6000 years of mosaic art, london; 2000. 7. raafat, a., mediterranean sea a cultural unifier lake in cycles, shared mediterranean heritage; 2014. 8. usery, hm., hafez, bb, mohamed, b. (2010). ( ومعاییر أسس اإلرشادى لالدلیوآخرون. محمد الدین بھاء، حافظ الدین بھاء بكرى، یسرى محمود حسن م ۲۰۱۰ األولى الطبعة لاألو اإلصدار القیمة وذات المتمیزةللمناطق التراثیة للمبانى التنسیقالحضارى .) 9. weeks jm.and de medeiros, j. a research guide to the ancient world, row man &littlefield, london; 2015. 10. http://vancouver.ca/files/cov/park-board-mural-guidelines.pdf 11. https://www.ura.gov.sg/uol/uol//media/user%20defined/ura%20online/guidelines/conservation/cons-guidelines.pdf 12. https://ar.wikipedia.org 13. http://journals.sagepub.com 14. https://www.pinterest.com 15. https://uk.pinterest.com 16. https://www.flickr.com 17. http://www.museumoflondonimages.com 18. http://www.gettyimages.com/ 19. http://www.rahalat.net/ http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the impact of the modern egyptian city on egyptian contemporary painting: a comparative analysis of five contemporary egyptian models doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.128 marwa mohammed shazly 1 1phd thesis, faculty of fine arts, helwan university keywords painting contemporary the city the scene identity civilization abstract introduction: the view of the outside scene of one of the cities in the painting is an expression mainly used about history and identity. it also expresses the last imagination and prophecy of the future. not just an embodiment of the scene in the street or part of a building or a temple in the picture, but it is a reflection of the identity of the people in all its elements. the search is a selective study of a group of contemporary egyptian artists who dealt with the theme "landscape" of contemporary photography in egypt is: fathi afifi, chant avedissian, mohamed abla, amr kafrawy and mona marzouk. this paper deals with the impact of the modern egyptian city of the contemporary egyptian imaging through following five artists with different ages, educational backgrounds and methods of modern processors and contemporary paintings. background: background lies in the presentation of styles of a group of egyptian artists and contemporary questionnaire handling the modern city in egypt. research problem: the seach of truth about the methods of pictorial handling of the contemporary city or urban landscape covered by the egyptians contemporary artists. research objectives: the search is keen to throw light on some contemporary methods that deal with the city intellectually, visually and technically through a simple, multi-launch of some of the different models of contemporary painters egyptians. hypotheses: the egyptian city has a cultural heritage. the reality of life and architectural, and the visual elements created a form of diversification or variety through the contemporary artists artisit of egyot who are different from the rest of the artists. the importance of research: the importance of research is giving the opportunity to learn about the impact of the modern egyptian city on the egyptian contemporary painting. spatial or geographical boundaries of the search: spatial boundaries are the arab republic of egypt. time limits to search: time-lapse is determined to search for the specified term "contemporary history", which extends to one generation, that is, approximately thirtyfive years. marwa mohammed shazly / the academic research community publication pg. 2 undoubtedly, the modern egyptian city – was affected vitally by the egyptian contemporary artists, both from artists landscapes or -artists who are not interested in the scenery at the base, and through the research, we find that the real impact stems mainly from social, political and economic changes in the city at a high pace in a few decades. these changes do not affect the scene of the city only, but roll change tempers people of the city and its art. political, economic and social changes appeared as an impact on the layout of the city and its development, which has produced various filming affected by the previous artists. fathi afifi, chant avedissian, mohamed abla, mona marzouk, amr kafrawy are a group of egyptian contemporary artists who have been taking part of their works in this research due to the various qualitiesin terms of style or dealings, technique, cultural and educational backgroundthe way of thinking and age group as well. fathi afifi: born on 1950 the city has many faces. one of which is the industrial side of the city, that is the most brutal side. fathi afifi shares his vision of the city factories and its relationship with workers via his paintings. in a large group of his paintings, he monitors the relationship he had experience from personal and realistic perspective. he hinged totally on his history of work in the sixties up to the eighties. also in his collection "hard workers", we find that afifi reviewed the simple man's life in a heroic image. it is the image of the struggling man who lives in a cruel city. we see the people of the city who are walking the streets and crossing the road, as we see them in the metro stations of different means of transportation. afifi presented in his artistic career, the city's life, people’s lives and workers’ lives workers in their factories. also, other inhabitatns are presented, like the pass byers in the streets and transit roads. he also introduced and dealt with the contemporary art to complicate the relationship between humanbeings and the city. some critics saw it as a confirmation of being an inherent artist who has not received any techinical or academic education. fathi afifi paints his works on canvas or wood, using black and white oil paints, as he believes that these colours give large graphical card contribute to the delivery of his ideas for the recipient. 1 figure 1 .fathi afifi: oil on canvas, 100 x 70 cm 2015 chant avedissian: born in cairo on 1951 chant studied at fine arts, in the city of montreal, canada, for a period of three years. it stated from 1970 to 1973, and then he moved to france and studied at the higher national college of art and decoration for two years from 1974 to 1976. then, he came back to egypt in 1980 to work with great emotion with the egyptian architect hassan fathi for eight years, since 1981 to 19892. through chant educational, cultural background, he became an orientalist to some extent. the egyptian city in his work seemed full of emotion and nostalgia. the egyptian city and urban landscape of cairo were translated 1 www.gate.ahram.org.eg/news/608784.aspx. 2 rose issa: chant avedissian – cairo stencils –, saqi, london, 2006. marwa mohammed shazly / the academic research community publication pg. 3 through crowded streets, their acolytes and narrow alleyways of intimacy in old cairo. he also had interest in the east or the pharaonic motifs. we also find that the state of pride to chant was coloured with a tinge of sadness on the laps and gone time. we find him attracted to other times of pharaonic egypt, painted temples and cities still turned into ruins as what has been done in the town of qurna in luxor. he fumble footsteps disappeared, including his campaign of civilization. in other words, the nostalgia and craving are the basis in chant avedisaan works. as for chant craft style or rather technique -, we find that chant greatly capitalized on his studies in france. however, chant depends in painting his pictures in the style of the stencil and practiced -vs. all its figurativeusing warm colors pointing to his city bustling crowd. the city that has provided him with myraids or memories and events. figure 2 .chant avedissian: mixed medis on paper, 50 x 70 cm 0.1992 to 1996 figure 3.chant avedissian: mixed media on paper 50x70cm, 1992-1996 mohamed abla: born in cairo on 1953 abla graduated from the faculty of fine arts alexandria university in 1977 and resumed studying art in switzerland and then in austria.3 abla turned to read history and if he was looking for the same roots, went to egypt's oases in the eastern desert of being artistic research of historic and humanitarian nature, that study made him realize that the egyptians culture based mainly on the idea of building and construction, and that they have a clear sense of very land, the place and the environment, all we made them capable of a different civilization, industry, and make them celebrate the urban scene.4 abla says: "egypt's problem now is the disappearance of the middle class from the scene, impact, to express themselves. the rich are not interested in building, and the poor can't afford it, and the middle class is the only one capable of building. doing so destroys the means and futre of culture". what occupies abla in his city is its people who care so much about the city stories that are being narrated. so, abla draws its great nile with sailing boats and evenings on shores. inspite he was from alexandria in the first place the topic of the nile has come into force strongly through the summoning of memories of childhood. such notion is stemmed from his experience when he was observing boatmen come from southern egypt on their boats with their skinny bodies dancing in continuous movementthat affected his visual imagination. also, the trip to luxor, where he spent two months close to the tombs of the western mainland with its pharaonic drawings that, has left its impact on his work so far. the nile and the people captured the issues that are very close to his path of art. -abla depicts his oil color on canvas or mono print technique on paper. 3 marwa mohammed shazly: contemporary painting in the middle east and political variables surrounding the impact on the work of the researcher (comparative analysis), phd thesis, faculty of fine arts, helwan university .2015 4 www.art.fenon.com/mohamed-abla/ marwa mohammed shazly / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 4. mohamed abla: oil painting on canvas, 100 x 70 cm 2015 figure 5. mohamed abla: oil painting on canvas, 100 x 70 cm 2015 mona marzouk: born in alexandria on 1968 marzouk got a chance to study at the dusseldorf academy in germany. the academy at the time enjoyed a good reputation in the eighties with professors such as joseph beuys, jannis connelas, and viet june paik.5 the practice and the methodology of mona marzouk had architectrd a unique strategy, not only because it involves a long process of research and planning, but also because of her work that is focused on aesthetic virtual systems and standards. it is the discipline that is consistent with the fact that the artist is open to many influences or materials that stimulate his imagination. we find that marzouk’s paintings have perfectly smooth surfaces, fixed solid colors, and are carefully selected. there is no room to chance in its implementation. as you can see that sculpture painting’s relationship is a complementary relationship, they feed each other. marzouk has a lot of passion about the history and architectural details as he tries to explore the ins and outs and the plans of those dates and details in the space on the wall. in doing so, he creates a different relationship to the science of architecture. it hings on saturated colors.6 figure 6. mona marzouq: untitled, acrylic on canvas, 60 x 45 x 10 cm, 1999 figure 7. mona marzouq: untitled, acrylic on canvas, 27 x 42 x 5 cm, 2001 5 marwa mohammed shazly: contemporary painting in the middle east and political variables surrounding the impact on the work of the researcher (comparative analysis), phd thesis, faculty of fine arts, helwan university .2015 6 object study mona marzouk in conversation with aleya hamza ibraaz, contemporary visual culture in north africa and the middle east, 6 nov. 2013 marwa mohammed shazly / the academic research community publication pg. 5 amr el kafrawy: born on 1980 kafrawy studied photography at the faculty of fine arts in cairo for five years. to amr kafrawy, blur city played an important role where kafrawy had contradictory feelings toward cairo, teetering between anger and fear. it creates plates located in the gray distance. the city comes to kafrawy in a spectacular view, semiconductor buildings, dilapidated buildings, and the explosion that has energised the fear enermously. the urban landscape of cairo from the standpoint of kafrawy is a great spectacle, which is reeling from the last act of weights under the weight of inheritance, evidenced by multiple selections carefully chosenat the same time – of what he drew. speaking about his style or technique, we find that kafrawy tended to the color fading to calculate the gray, we find that the colored "poison" he said, and he put it is a way to present and show the gray tones at the expense of the degree of the color strength. his works and his paintings are also executed on recycled paper. it is believed that the raw material is only an equivalent to the logic of his worn city the importance of research grants the opportunity to learn about the impact of the modern egyptian city on the egyptian contemporary painting.7 figure 8. amr kafrawy: printing and drawing on recycled paper, 220 x 100 cm, 2012 figure 9. amr kafrawy: printing and drawing on recycled paper, 220 x 100 cm 2012 analyizing the forementioned points briefly, they reveal the differences between contemporary various artworks of the artists. it also reveals the various forms influenced by artists of the modern egyptian city: fathi afifi who -is the oldest in the group –comes from simple educational background. he does not belong to any institution or technical academy; however, he was able through his hardworking and talent to turn his intense realism as a worker in a factory to the technical inter graphic designer carrying attributes of the egyptian city and its impact on the hard worker egyptian men. while chant avedissian works are rich of feelings, emotions and nostalgia for the city's golden age came in the fifties and sixties. of this centuries. his paintings reflect nostalgic joy to a great extent. we find abla, the alexandrian artist in the same age of fathi afifi and chant avedissian, as bearing the expertise of the academy, joining his artistic experience loaded with emotions and feelings toward the elements of his home city alexandria . it was noticed as closely related to his paintings of the sea and the nile, and the stories of humanity, or human beings lived in those areas of the city. mona marzouk, her study abroad experience affected her relationship with the egyptian city. sometimes her treatment loaded orientalism with a stinky odor. mona marzouk dealt with civilization, islamic architecture and egyptian identity from her personal perspective to a large extent. the city of mona marzouk was executed in the mentality of architecture, which added to its graphic tinge more excitement. in nutshell, we find that the city of kafrawy is only the city of blurry carrying the energies of contradictory and fear. it's the old man of his city who tries hard to postpone the last breath. it is a city in which he lived and his generation who has faced many economic, political and social frustrations. it is a generation believing in the culture of rejection which is shown harshly in their work. 7 a personal interview conducted by a researcher with the artist amr kafrawi in his studio in cairo in january 2017 marwa mohammed shazly / the academic research community publication pg. 6 references: 1. chadli, m. m. (2015). contemporary painting in the middle east and political variables surrounding the impact on the work of the researcher (comparative analysis)(unpublished doctoral dissertation). faculty of fine arts, helwan . 2. vitamin d2: new perspectives in drawing. (2012). phaidon. 3. karnouk, l. (2005). modern egyptian art: 1910-2003. auc press. 4. issa, r. (2006). chant avedissian – cairo stencils . london: saqi. 5. hamza, a. (2013, november 6). object study mona marzouk in conversation with aleya hamza. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.ibraaz.org/interviews/108 6. tamass (2004), contemporary arab representation, unia, arteleku, ms, european cultural foundation 7. pro helvetia cairo. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://prohelvetia.org.eg/en/ 8. ibrahim, s. (2013, march 13). بالص�����ور.. التش�����كیلى فتحى عفیفى عن معرض�����ھ "الكادحون": أنتمى لھذه الفئة والعامل البس�����یط بطل retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://gate.ahram.org.eg/news/608784.aspx .معارضي https://prohelvetia.org.eg/en/ microsoft word identity through caricature art in egypt (1).docm http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) identity through caricature art in egypt doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.135 mona abdulmoniem ahmed alwaraky 1 1instructor at the faculty of fine arts, helwan university keywords the identification & the environment, the identity of egypt, the characteristics of the personal identity, caricature art, architectural identity through caricature art. abstract can a normal individual learn more about a country’s identity through art and rather a type as simple as caricature art? how do identity and caricature art relate to one another? exhibited art often faces similar questions. the term ‘identity’ mainly refers to a first impression formulated in relation to a nation and is often linked to a piece of land. a complete picture of a nation’s identity cannot be simply formed as involved are components, complexities, and even contradictions. no specific concept is involved or implemented in the process but rather an integrated system of data with physical, psychological, moral, and social aspects along its lines. this system and induced spirit is embodied in the interiors of a place to give a sense of continuity and distinction. in other words, identity separates the physical from the psychological. the concept of identity encompasses a set of symbolic meanings, spiritual and cultural, that is accumulated over time to give a sense of belonging to the individuals living in a certain place. as a result, a sense of loyalty and pride is passed on to the people making them aware of their social environments and cultural rights which could be expressed through caricature art to reflect their experienced identities. caricature art is a simplified language, usually embodying a scene from public and everyday life, used by a ‘watani’ (patriotic) individual to express his or her identity within the framework of sarcastic comedy. the identity of the egyptian is the product of civilized movements by egyptians through the ages. 1. introduction can a normal individual learn more about a country’s identity through art and rather a type as simple as caricature art? how do identity and caricature art relate to one another? exhibited art often faces similar questions. the term ‘identity’ mainly refers to a first impression formulated in relation to a nation and is often linked to a piece of land. a complete picture of a nation’s identity cannot be simply formed as involved are components, complexities, and even contradictions. no specific concept is involved or implemented in the process but rather an integrated system of data with physical, psychological, moral, and social aspects along its lines. this system and induced spirit is embodied in the interiors of a place to give a sense of continuity and distinction. in other words, identity seperates the physical from the psychological. the concept of identity encompasses a set of symbolic meanings, spiritual and cultural, that is accumulated over time to give a sense of belonging to the individuals living in a certain place. as a result, a sense of loyalty and pride is passed on to the people making them aware of their social environments and cultural rights which could be expressed through caricature art to reflect their experienced identities. caricature art is a simplified language, usually embodying a scene from public and everyday life, used by a ‘watani’ (patriotic) individual to express his or her identity within the framework of sarcastic comedy. the identity of the egyptian is the product of civilized movements by egyptians through the ages. the goal of this research: mona abdulmoniem / the academic research community publication pg. 2 this paper aims to shed light on caricature art as one of the most important expressive arts and the identity of the society through a group of fine lines with simple intellectual depth. this forms the identity of a society as a whole through the presentation of some of the models and analyses. this approach of this research: this research follows the historic analytical approach inspired by the works of egyptian artists. through their work, we can identify the extent by which they are influenced by their identity and the extent by which this is evident in their work. the limits of the search: this research is determined to study the models of the work of egyptian artists during the twentieth century to review the historic and artistic in stages in egypt throughout this century. defining identity: the concept of identity is a western concept that our arabic language has only recently known, and the spread of the concept of identity dates back to modern arab thought by the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the twentieth century. identity is a term used to describe the concept of singularity and its expression of individuality and its relationship with groups (such as national identity or cultural identity). identity is also a feature that distinguishes something from others or groups from others. the elements of identity are dynamic and one of those elements can bring out another at one stage or the other. identity is an integrated system of physical, psychological, moral and social data that involves a process of cognitive integration and is characterized by its unity that is embodied in the inner spirit that involves the sense of identity and feeling. identity is a unit of inner feelings that includes a sense of continuity differentiation, permanence and central effort. this means that identity is a unit of integrated physical and psychological elements that makes a person different from others and makes him or her recognize his or her own uniqueness. therefore, they involve primarily symbolic, spiritual and cultural meanings that give the individual a sense of belonging to a larger body and create loyalty and pride in this larger body. however, some scholars differed in defining the concept of identity. this is because the term "identity" is said to mean several meanings. it is also linked to several complex subjects. identities are acquired through social upbringing and they are produced and re-produced through interaction. hence, the concept of identity is not considered a final, complete picture or a specific concept. identity and the environment: when we talk about identity, we look for the roots and origins that carry the characteristics of a people. these characteristics influence people’s character and behavior throughout generations even though some of them are borrowed standards, values and principles emerging in an environment other than their own. identity is linked to the environment, including history and geography, and it develops with the development of the ages, but does not lose its roots. the identity of egypt: the identity of egypt is the product of a civilized movement by the egyptians through the ages, which is the result of interaction between continuity and change. in all cases, egypt absorbed and digested all these differences and re-produced them again, both on the material or moral level through the arts, architecture and literature, etc. egypt’s history includes several different civilizations with their own unique cultures and religions. the identity of egypt includes some aspects of all these historical civilizations, cultures, and religions. characteristics of personal identity: one cannot have a distinctive character without a single identity. a person’s appearance shows a great deal of his or her essence, but their identity and lifestyles give them their distinctive characteristics. the private identity becomes the individual’s, whether it’s the personal or a group identity, that reflects on the identity of society as a whole. when we discuss identity through art, we look for the tangible ways that highlighted the concept of identity and was also a result of it. in this paper, the researcher attempts to shed light on the concept of individual identity through discussing the art of caricatures. caricature art: mona abdulmoniem / the academic research community publication pg. 3 egyptian archeologists confirm that the art of caricature dates back to the pharaonic times and that it is old in the ancient egyptian civilization. the comics that ridicule and criticize the political and social situations lead back to thousands of years. in modern times, it has witnessed a more positive and interactive role between art and civilization and more profoundly since the seventeenth century until the twentieth century ad. it has emerged from the movement of history and it was the most modern and diverse at all levels of intellectual scientific, literary, philosophical, religious, political and other, which led to the reflection of these variations in turn on art and philosophy and the value of aesthetics. despite the evolution of caricature art ever since the modernization age up until the twentieth century, caricature art took its current postmodernist form after a period of rapid development occurred in parallel to the time that necessitated the development of photography. even though the both occurred in the same period, they were not only a qualitative transfer. the process of spreading them was slow and was fought by classical and other artists quickly and this did not only affect the content, but it was not easily accepted by the viewers, which extended to postmodernity. many schools, trends and tendencies that expressed the spirit of this modern stage have been well expressed with the industrial revolution and the changes that accompanied it.9 caricature art entered the modern age and has also achieved a strong presence and has influenced many artists as it depicts human sensations. in order for it to become a universal language, as it can also be considered a language that expresses what is on people’s minds, caricature art became relatable to everyone regardless of their language or origin. caricature is a clear drawing that expresses a certain meaning without words, and if it contains words, then they are part of the drawing and not parts of a commentary on it. it is an art that relies on visuals and it shouldn’t rely on tools that are not involved in fine arts, like words, as the meaning does not really reach the audience. caricature is an art made up of two elements, they are formations represented in drawings and drama presented in a comedic form and despite its simple portrayal, and it is one of the most difficult arts. this type of art carries many meanings of high value to the community with many indirect benefits by providing a critical image of negative situations, but in a simple and smooth way. the word "caricature" represents the characteristics of a person or a subject in order to deliver the idea deliberately using a cynical, exaggerated style. the word caricature means the representation of special characteristics of something aiming to portray a certain meaning in a sarcastic manner. it’s a latin word that means a drawing that brings out flaws and that word is also in the arabic language meaning sarcastic drawings. it also appears in the english language meaning people, because this art greatly depends on the people that are drawn by the artist, and the meaning or message revolves around that drawn person. in many cases artists deliberately overdraw the lines and exaggerate the character’s features in order to portray a certain message. egypt is considered to be the first arab country in which the art of caricature has been published. this is due to the press aspect that helped spread this popularity in addition to the nature of the egyptian people and their inclination. the art of caricature came to express the egyptian environment and its events through daily appearances. which led to the divergence into many different directions to cover the aspects of society such as the political aspect of religious social, etc. architectural identity through caricature art: each country in the world has historical cities and buildings that express the culture of the surrounding people, which gives each country its own character. it is its own identity and the architectural mark is very important in diagnosing the identity of the city. it is not just buildings but the main pillar in the formation of any city as the identity of a place is not limited to mere architectural forms, but the features of people vary from one country to another to form a formative unit that shapes the identity of the country. the researcher reviews a number of models to illustrate the idea of identity through the art of caricature, which explains how the artist was able to express his or her identity through caricature art illustrated showing the elements of the egyptian environment using architecture. 10 if someone were to analyze the study of arts from a number of artists, artists will find a general and accurate framework for whatever event takes place in the country because he or she will find that the cartoons analyze and embody this event in all its aspects. figure (1) notes in this work that the artist was able to show the identity of the place through the features of this figure in addition to the background of the work, including manifestations that suggest the architectural atmosphere of the egyptian village. mona abdulmoniem / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 1 one of the work of the artist ali tuygan figure (2) there is no doubt when you see this cartoon work of the artist, tuygan, one can sense the atmosphere of the egyptian village by the artist’s drawing of the background of rural architecture, which reveals the features of the atmosphere of the egyptian countryside. this, in turn, makes use of the expressive features of the simple architectural form of the egyptian village. figure 2 one of the work of the artist ali tuygan figure (3) the artist portrayed the egyptian january 25th revolution of 2011 by putting in elements that symbolize the iconic architectural buildings that make it distinct. the artist also used a background full of architectural features that confirm that the revolution was in tahrir square. figure 3 a caricature shows the revolution of 25 january the artist ibrahim hnetar figure (4) in this work, the artist was able to achieve the difficult equation that brought down the barrier between creativity and public taste. this is an art through his own style in dealing with his subjects from daily life. the cultural features in the artistic work became the homogeneous features. through the successful selection of mona abdulmoniem / the academic research community publication pg. 5 architectural symbols of the ancient egyptian civilization confirm the identity of the egyptian free zones through successful chosen symbols of distinctive architectural lane old egyptian. figure 4 the artist salah anaani in 1988 figure (5) the artist presented a picture inspired by social life in egypt, dealing with aspects of daily life, but with a quick caricature, and note that he showed the architectural identity of the place by drawing the women and the mosque and the houses that express the personality of the place. figure 5 one of the work of the artist mohsen abu abuser from the tales of gebelawi figure (6) the artist in this work can show the egyptian identity through the use of architectural symbols that represent a mental map of the city to be a key sign and thus reflect the personality of the place. mona abdulmoniem / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 6 one of the caricature artist two missiles figure (7) through which the artist expressed his interest in the conditions of his homeland through his art and he did this using a single color and simple lines in the background of the work to illustrate the egyptian architectural identity by choosing elements of the distinctive architectural environment. formal construction as a whole to focus on the expressive value of spaces and blocks and lines. figure 7 the work of the artist mostafa hussein summary: the identity of egypt is the product of a civilized movement by the egyptians through the ages. it is the result of an interaction between continuity and change. many cultures have passed through it and in any case managed to assimilate all these different cultures to produce a special character that we see in different types of arts. the researcher tried to find a relationship between identity and the art of caricature and how this art was able through its simple tools to express the identity of the place through the artist's use of the architectural background in the work to be an expression of the culture of the people, it is not just buildings but the main pillar in the formation of a mental map of the place technician that distinguish it from the other. mona abdulmoniem / the academic research community publication pg. 7 recommendations: 1the art of caricature is an introduction to the various historical stages that the country is undergoing 2this art could be a universal language understood by people everywhere 3identity is a term used to describe a person's concept and expression of his or her individuality and relationship to another 4all kinds of arts are a way to enhance identity so that the artist can produce a distinctive work of art with its own character references: 200ص 2000جیھان سلیمة : تنمیة وتجسید الھویة العربیة .بیروت لبنان م120م ص1997محمد عابد الجابري:قضایا في الفكر المعاصر ,مركز درسات الوحدة العربیة ,بیروت , م1998لثقافة مجدي عبد الحافظ: الھویة مفھوم في طور التشكیل في العولمة والھویة الثقافیة من سلسلة ابحاث المجلس االعلي ل ) 282علي أسعد وطفھ: اشكالیة الھویة واالنتماء في المجتمعات العربیة المعاصرة مجلة المستقبل العربي مركز درسات الوحدة العربیة العدد( م2000اغسطس ,بیروت 30ص 2005شوقیة ھجرس : فن الكاریكاتیر .الدار المصریة البنانیة. الطبعة االولي. 15م.ص1971كاتیر الھویة المصریة العامة للتألیف و النشر المطبعة الثقافیة .القاھرةمني جبر: فن الكاری ابراھیم حنطیر : الكاریكاتیر المصري شاھد علي العصر ,دراسة منشورة , بموسوعة الفن التشكیلي المصري المعاصر ,ھیئة قصور الثقافة 2009 350ص 13الدار القومیة للطباعة و النشر, القاھرة صجمال الدین الرمدي, صحافة الفكاھة و صانعوھا , 25م . الھیئة العامة لمطابع الشئون االمیریة ص2008عادل كامل : الكاریكاتیر في مصر المصري microsoft word parallel architectures studying space as medium to express dreams, psychosis and the unconscious mind.docx http://www.ierek.com/press archive-online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) parallel architectures: studying space as a medium to express dreams, psychosis and the unconscious mind rania fouad el bayoumi 1 1lecturer in faculty of fine arts helwan university cairo keywords rotoscope, painting animation, parallel architectures, moving images, inner spaces, mental scapes, visual structures, cine tapestries, interdisciplinary abstract this is a paper that is written in relation to a rotoscope painting animation film project that the researcher is currently working on. the film, in a way, is about women. by interpreting both their tangible realities and inner spaces, polar entities co-exist in a way that seems to cancel their disparity. the project includes moving images of painted spaces and architectures that work within the context of the film as psychological doors to the otherness of the self, a mirror, or a medium to express dreams, psychosis and the unconscious mind. 1. introduction this research is inspired by a recent interest in parallel architectures, this included a rotoscope painting animation film that spans over several mediums: filmmaking, drawing, printmaking, photography and painting. the main idea was about giving form to the notion of memory and the fleeting reflections of lived moments and places that people have been through and now reside in their minds as blurred entities mixed with thoughts and emotions, contact almost lost with external reality. from the beginning, there were certain aspects that affected the working strategy while conducting this research: first, there was a growing interest from the researcher’s side to visualize inner spaces that accommodate the tangible reality of various women. the researcher therefore studied pre-existing patterns of visualizing personas in relation to space and looked for that in cinema, focusing on works that undertake a distinct formalistic approach to filmmaking. secondly, the researcher wanted to explore structures and create narratives of inconsistent prose, reflecting on what is real and what is imaginary. different scenes were therefore juxtaposed from film archives and real-time documentaries, treating them as if they were the same. third, the researcher wanted to explore the nature of vision the material world as experienced through senses. different mediums were used and the researcher experimented with different textures and the forms of apparition each can offer. 2. work strategies in “parallel architectures” 2.1 means of visualizing inner spaces that accommodate the tangible reality of various women. in his own study focused on ‘spaces in european cinema,’ david forgacs wrote about human presence and drama in films by directors with formal approached like michelangelo antonioni, andre tarkovsky and michael snow. he said, “because of its abstractness and its lack of conventional narrative pace or clear plot resolution – they were easily replaced by that of a landscape or an urban space” (forgacs, 2000, p.101). this was exactly the approach i wanted to undertake in my project, putting in mind three examples forgacs further mentioned: a“the repeated shots from different angles and in slow motion of a house exploding near the end of zabriskie point (1970), followed by the protracted dance of consumer goods through the air to the music of pink floyd.” doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.114 r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 2 b“the very slow tracking shot towards and through a hotel window at the end of the passenger (1975).” c“the very slow zoom, lasting 45 minutes, towards the far wall of a long room in wavelength (1967).” ("ibid.") according to forgacs, these were “people-less” shots in which the presence of human figures was replaced by tracking space or landscape. in antonioni’s works, these spaces and landscapes were further combined with shots of a voyeuristic type that comprised women’s presence and foregrounded what laura mulvey called the “to –be –looked –at –ness” (mulvey, 1975, p.11) in his film solaris, andrie tarkovsky, who is another formalist film director, suggested creating an atmosphere, which would be similar to that seen in the works of the early italian renaissance painter vittore carpaccio. the picture is of the embankment of venice’s sailboats. there are many people in the foreground, but the most important thing is that all these figures seem to be wrapped up in them. “they don’t look at each other or at the landscape; they, in no way, interact with their surroundings. a strange, metaphysical atmosphere of noncommunication is created.” in the film, in order to produce the equivalent of this, the device of “being aloof” was used (mark, 2008). “to-be-looked-at-ness” and “being aloof” were tools the researcher used in my film to go beyond the tangible and create a metaphysical atmosphere that opens the door to express aspects of the inner soul and unconscious mind. 2.2 exploring structures to create a structural framework that underlies the order and manner in which the researcher’s images can be presented, experiments with creating one that is like an inconsistent prose, reflecting on the real as well as on the imaginary was carried out. the approach was to blend scenes taken from cinema or video archives with others from real-time documentaries, treating them as if they were the same. the aim was to make them interact seamlessly through the continuity of texture and medium, but also through a loose, broken and non-linear narrative that doesn’t provide an identifiable plot; one that is based on images, not on story telling. in the researcher’s film, moving paintings and pure projected images become the language and signs behind which are hidden arbitrary forms of representation. to create images that invite contemplation, the film was divided into sequences. each sequence seems unified and autarchic, executed with a sense of muteness and centered on unproductive movements. like the video works of painter michaël borreman’s “that evoke a state akin to dreaming, a hypnotic atmosphere and a state of mind that is similar to wandering aimlessly through unknown landscape” (van duynap, 2008, p.7), “cinetapestries” were made. they celebrate the absence of progress, loops in which time becomes viscous and coagulates into circular moments of repetitive gestures. 2.3 exploring the nature of vision, the material world as experienced through senses. 2.3.1 rotoscoping in this film, the researcher relies on rotoscoping, which is an animation technique where movement references have been taken from real filming views. live action film movements were traced over frame by frame onto which successive layers of paint were applied. frames that come from different sources were chosen and film stills of different qualities allowed for experimentations with apparitions and the tactility of the image. “when our eyes move across a richly textured surface, occasionally pausing but not really focusing, making us wonder what we are actually seeing, they are functioning like organs of touch” (grant, 2011). this draws to the mind the term haptic visuality, which laura marks used in her film studies (marks, 2000, 162). laura marks defines haptic visuality as containing some of the following formal and textual qualities: “grainy, unclear images; close-to-the-body camera positions and panning across the surface of objects; changes in focus, under and overexposure, decaying film and video imagery; optical printing; scratching on the emulsion; densely textured images, effects and formats such as pixelvision [...]; and alternating between film/video”. the haptic image is in a sense less complete, “requiring the viewer to contemplate the image as a material presence rather than an easily identifiable representational cog in a narrative wheel [...]” (totaro, 2002). 2.3.2 working with different mediums. creating a second layer of apparition inspired by the quality of my source (film stills), two different mediums were used, oil (figs1, 2,11-21) and colored pencils (figs3-10). the surface onto which i applied oil varied from cells/acrylic sheets (figs2), canvas (fig1) to paper (figs11, 12,15-27). the surface onto which i applied colored pencils varied from canvas (figs 3, 4) to translucent mylar (figs5-10). everything was hand painted and hand r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 3 drawn. a digital camera with a proper focus and a 16mm lens preserved the tactility of the mediums. in addition the still frames, when set into motion, started to flow and generated its own tactility and skin. 2.3.3 gum dichromate printmaking: other than rotoscoping and painting with oil and colored pencils, a 19th-century photographic printing process using paper coated with a solution of arabic gum produced some of the frames. it contains potassium dichromate to make it light sensitive, and a pigment to provide image hue and tones resulting in an image which looks more like a drawing or a watercolor painting than a photograph. no frame would come out like the other and the same can be printed and reprinted differently with infinite possibilities (figs13, 14). 3. author’s work in the following lines, a brief synopsis for two sequences in the film “parallel architecture” will be presented. one exemplary of the part created based on cinema archive, the other on real time documentary. then 5 pages of photo documentation exemplary of the frames produced in different sequences including the rotoscoped scape paintings (figs16-27) will be presented. the latter played an important role in expressing the inner spaces and the unconscious mind of the characters that appeared briefly, almost in a ghostly way, all over the film. in addition, these landscapes/ mind spaces, even when abstracted, were an effective tool that helped me connect a heterogeneous mixture of “cinetapestries” into one homogeneous whole. 3.1 production as a film, this is a work that is still in progress. however, along the phase of production in the years 2016 and 2017, sequences were shown as autonomous artworks in the form of video and painting installations within the following venues: gypsum gallery in cairo, egypt (2016). the centre for creative activities in ustka, poland (2016). museum of faculty of fine arts in cairo, egypt (2016). bibliotheca alexandrina in alexandria, egypt (2016). contemporary image collective (cic) in cairo, egypt (2017). the arab fund supports parallel architecture production for arts and culture in beirut, lebanon and contemporary image collective that offered its dark room for the gum dichromate photo printing process. 3.2 synopsis 3.2.1 sequence no.1 (sample exemplary of sequences based on cinema archive) in this sequence, there is a subject looking upon a scene. a woman who is presenting herself as part of an image of the larger world, she is not separate from it, nor is she fixated on her own singular image. she can see, but, more importantly, she recognizes herself as being seen by others. based on cinema archive, the frames for this sequence were taken from the1994 tunisian film “the silence of palace” (samt el qusur) directed by moufida tlatli. my selection had nothing to do with the drama of the film. i was more interested in “skin” and the “apparition”; the quality of the surface and the moment when i turned off the sound and the girl on the screen moving her lips seemed to be looking at nothingness in the eye. in tlati’s film, i knew she was saying something like “i hope”. “i hope”, but in the animation, i broke the blocks of her words and reconstructed them into abstract syllables that no one can hear any way. (figs 1, 2).mediums used in this sequence were mainly oil painting and snaps of photography. 3.2.2 sequence no.6 (sample exemplary of sequences based on real time documentary) this sequence is a staged reenactment of gestures. being concerned with developing the expressiveness of bodies and movements within the frame, the opacity of the performance leaves uncertain what lies behind a certain action or gesture. the author aboard a ship originally filmed this where some girls were getting ready to go on stage and perform. with shots that are not obviously subordinated to or functional within a narrative, frame compositions invoke the forms of representation familiar in fashion photography. i used oil colors to hand paint the cabin scenes which then were combined to create the animated sequence (figs11, 12). in addition, experimenting with formal and textual qualities of the image as a means of defining different realities including inner space, separate frames of the girls consciously performing for the camera as r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 4 they walk along the ship’s floating architecture were printed with gum dichromate (figs 13,14). flares of pure medi-um were created by blowing up the painted photographs of each character and combining it with animated close ups of ethereal landscapes (figs 15-27) . mediums used in this sequence spanned over photography, oil painting and gum dichromate printmaking. 4. conclusions parallel architectures is a long-term project that aims to expand the parameters of painting by putting it in dialogue with time-based visual media. injecting time into painting by cinematic means expands the aesthetic and affective possibilities of both mediums and defies the notion of medium specificity. as a painter, it helped me leave the comfort zone of canvas painting, cross-disciplinary boundaries and borrow approaches that are adapted in other mediums. the specific rotoscoping endeavor involves accumulations or choosing of certain moments that possess not only the inner worldliness of the presence of women generally or specifically, but also the sort of choreographies employed/ deployed (within specific blocking and/or character movement and positioning within space). these movement sentences are in a sort of non linear time continuum that allows for expansive tangential ties to appear mechanical and rhythmic at times; (since the coding of the movements and apparent similarity in the shots chosen involve semi similar energies within movement); this process of choosing existing moments in a choreography is instinctive almost at this point after my immersion in the accumulative process. analyzing such ‘traits’ or patterns is unimportant; however, these moments are almost units within a greater time organism being gradually constructed. therefore, the film becomes layered between existing layered meanings of the symbolic (i.e. the woman or women) and these newer layers involve the questioning again of point of view, voyeuristic stances, objectification or documentation. this subsequently happens through a process similar to tapestry weaving where certain blocks within time or space become interconnected with other time continuums such as alluding memories or flashback type realizations within a given ‘inner mind’ and at any given moment. this deconstruction and gradual reforming of linear times becomes a platform which the spectator his or herself can exchange positions of gaze with what is thought to be the subject or the protagonist of a movement sentence; therefore, placing first person and third person in a magnetic field of attraction and repulsion or very organically fluctuating and not dissimilar to human consciousness/ subconscious shifting. ‘figures 1 & 2. still frames from the film “parallel architectures” sequence based on cinema archive. oil painting on canvas and cells . author 2015’ r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 5 ‘figures 3&4, still frames from the film “parallel architectures” – sequence based on cinema/video archive .colored pencil on canvas . author 2016’ \ r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 6 ‘figures 5,6,7,8,9&10. still frames from the film “parallel architectures”.sequence based on cinema archive .colored pencil on mylar.author 2016’ ‘figures11&12. still frames from the film “parallel architectures” – sequence based on real-time documentary.oil painting on paper. author 2016-17’ ‘figures13&14. still frames from the film “parallel architectures” -sequence based on real-time documentary – gum dichromate prints multicolored and monochrome on arches watercolor paper. author (2017) ’ r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 7 ‘figures15&16. still frames from the film “parallel architectures” -sequence based on real-time documentary. oil painting on photograph. author (2017)’ r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 8 ‘figures17,18,19,20&21. still frames from the film “parallel architectures” -sequence based on real-time documentary. oil painting on paper . author (2017)’ r.f. el bayoumi / the academic research community publication pg. 9 ‘figures22,23,24&25. still frames from the film “parallel architectures” -sequence based on real-time documentary. oil painting on paper . author (2017)’ ‘figures26&27. still frames from the film “parallel architectures” -sequence based on real-time documentary. oil painting on photograph . author (2017)’ references: 1. konstantarakos . myrto (ed) 2000 . spaces in european cinema .forgacs, david , antonioni : space ,place ,sexuality. pp. 101-111 . chigaco : intellect books,.university of chicago press 2. marks. laura u. 2000.the skin of the film: intercultural cinema, embodiment, and the senses.durham and london: duke university press,. 3. van duyn,edna (ed.) 2008. michaël borremans: weight . coimbra: cav ,centro de artes visuais 4. mulvey .laura 1975. visual pleasure and narrative cinema.screen volume 16(issue 3) : pp.5-17 5. grant ,catherine 2011.touching the film object?. notes on the 'haptic' in videographical film studies. http://filmstudiesforfree.blogspot.com.eg/2011/08/links-on-videographical-film-criticism.html (28 febru-ary 2017) 6. mark ,sinclair 2008. andrei tarkovsky: film and painting.creative review. 7. https://www.creativereview.co.uk/andrei-tarkovsky-film-and-painting/ (1march 2017) 8. totaro .donato , 2002 ,deleuzian film analysis:the skin of the film .volume 6( issue 6 ). online essay http://offscreen.com/view/skin_of_film (24feb 2017) http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) heritage resources as a method to reviving the identity of contemporary interior designs a comparative analysis of users' preferences of interior space doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.109 hala barakat elnaggar 1 1 arab academy for science, technology & maritime transport, cairo, egypt keywords elements, heritage, identity, culture. abstract egyptian heritage is known to be a result of many great civilizations. with various traditional elements and special features that add prominence to its cultural aspects, it carries magnificent aesthetic values and visual forms. nonetheless, and due to the different nature of the cities and provinces in egypt, styles and features in each region have taken different paths. for instance, some areas were influenced by ancient egyptians while others were more affected by islamic or coptic civilizations. some regions were preserved in nubian folk art heritage form. in the past, the country had a clear and unique identity that reflected its characteristics, environmental benefits and socio-cultural attributes. however, today the identity is faded and is nearly completely wiped by western notions erasing our ideas, identities, and thoughts. this study focuses on the elements of heritage, their impact on people and the way these elements inspire interior architecture, form and psychology. this study aims to discern the elements of heritage and identify the character and special criteria of each civilization such as the ancient egyptian, islamic and nubian folk art heritage with special references and clarifications as to the criteria of reviving the traditional identity in contemporary interior design. this study will also include an anlaysis of user preferences in relation to discussed features. 1. introduction the egyptian society suffered since the beginning of the renaissance period and until the end of the last century from multi-cultural fluctuations that imposed different cultural realities and caused changes in its culture. consequently, there emerged a series of architectural identities that has experienced changes over time. interior design is a field that does not deviate from the traditional in a time the contemporary is known to have quickly achieved uniqueness and creativity. however, the interior designer attempts to express historical dimensions, heritage and cultural privacy distinctively, especially when cultural boundaries seem to no longer exist. thus, a need to stick to heritage and one’s original identity has become essential. therefore, the designer must understand the philosophical dimensions and concepts of sustainability sustaining our heritage. here, one we must refer to the importance of emphasizing to the designer the need to remain consistent with features of the traditional in the formation of design solutions and to create a balance between heritage and modernity. the designer must also h. b. elnaggar / the academic research community publication pg. 2 focus on reshaping the traditional to cope with the contemporary’s functional needs as to create forms and designs suitable to our present time. 1-1 research problem although the identity and use of traditional elements, both, possess significance, some negligence in considering these items and their characteristics, selecting appropriate concepts and architectural principles, and working on the formulation to achieve a proper balance between the heritage and the contemporary has been noted. there is a need to rearticulating and recreating an understanding of heritage to meet such functional needs and an emphasis on the intellectual identity. the expected result then would be a production of a kind of architecture that parallels the spirit of the age and its cultural identity within residential areas. 1-2 goal and approach the research aims to focus on the importance of preserving the identity and heritage through elements of the internal environment to: 1. find the standards and objectives that affect the identity of contemporary egyptian interior architecture. 2. emphasize the importance of identity within the interior design of a house. 3. link contemporary and the traditional identity by locating contemporary interior architecture in interior design. 4. reveal the identity and artistic value that accompanies heritage. 1.3 research methodology the research starts with a theoretical study to identify the semantic, intellectual and artistic work standards as well as elements that facilitate the formation of an identity. the study discusses the fundamental concepts of ancient egyptian designs such the islamic and the nubian. it also highlights the designing processes which are inspired from and filled with the mentioned elements. henceforth, explanations, ideas and solutions are formed about the possibility of retaining, or rather re-using, these elements and architectural characteristics. furthermore, a questionnaire about the local traditional style preferences and modern european-styles will be analyzed. following would be a design questionnaire in which the contemporary elements and the principles are engaged using modern techniques. 2. literature review housing preferences have been studied from different theoretical perspectives. these studies can be classified to the following topics: the impact of sustainability trends in housing design and the identity of arab cities (rihan, 2012), the identity and cultural impact on the individual’s behavior within architectural spaces (azouz,2014), the sustainable application of interior spaces in traditional houses of the united arab emirates (alkhalidi, 2012), the revival of the islamic architectural vocabulary in jordan: a case study on the use of courtyards in residential and public buildings (abo-ghanima, 2015), place identity of residential environment in iraqi contemporary architectural trends and its impact on the academic architectural product (mumtaz, 2010), and interior design of egyptian residences between originality and modernity (mashhour, 2011). methods 3.1 the study sample in the following analytical case study, a sample consisting of different age categories, 50, 40, 30, and 20, was selected and composed of almost a number of twenty people from each age group and various fields. the subjects consisted of both sexes, males and females, who are highly-qualified and have similar economic and social circumstances. the program’s implementation lasted a week. in the following questionnaire, the design process, aesthetic heritage elements, and different patterns of contemporary furniture and interior design were all taken into account. h. b. elnaggar / the academic research community publication pg. 3 figure.1 a display of the number of males and females of each age group. 3.2 general questionnaire results the first questionnaire is a focused study of people’s preferences with regards to traditional and modern european styles in interior spaces. the survey indicates that the different age groups preferred different styles. the fifty year old category preferred the local, or the traditional, with a percentage of 65 while 15% preferred to use modern european styles. the forty year old category equally enjoyed both styles. the thirty year old category had a preference for local traditional patterns by 45% as the modern european patterns ratio exceeded 35%. as for the twenty year old category, the preference for local tradition patterns went down to 40% while their preference for the modern reached 55%. figure.2 comparative analysis of users' preference of interior spaces (european style – traditional egyptian style) moreover, when asked about the reason for the absence of the traditional local models in home designing, the main reason was the absence of the appropriate traditional designs, high costs, and lack of quality and contemporary products that are suitable for the current internal space requirements. in the second phase, the questionnaire was presented in the form of images of designs with a modern style and a traditional cultural identity (ancient egyptian islamic nubian) using relevant elements in the design of the walls, furniture, accessories, lighting and openings. the questionnaire focused on the design, the process of organizing the visual elements including the methods, heritage expressions, and the impact or significance on the basis of design, vacuum form, color, surface textures, proportions, repetition, rhythm and elements of decoration. the design was simple, of quality and identity in an appealing manner and did not cause disruptions to the elements of design. the questionnaire has started out by presenting a range of images for each civilization including the ancient egyptian, islamic, nubian. respondents were asked about the measure of their approval, as presented in an image below, of the aforementioned elements of heritage such as color, proportion, identity, decorative elements and repetition. after clarifying and analyzing the images that were shown to the participants, as shown in the figure above, a proportion of the respondents tended to answer with “very good”, others with “good”, and a few with “i don’t know”. 3.3 first questionnaire: the identity of heritage ancient egypt 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 male female h. b. elnaggar / the academic research community publication pg. 4 fig.3 hieroglyph & symbolic art (left), hieroglyph & symbolic art (center), symbolic patterns (right). it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown on the left of figure 3 (left), that designs of ancient egyptian style with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 74% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable while 20% saw it as appropriately designed. six percent were neutral and 70% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.4 average of ancient egyptian design preferences (left) it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in fig 3 (center), that designs of ancient egyptian style with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 78% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable while 18% saw it was appropriately designed. four percent were neutral and 75% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.5 average of ancient egyptian design preferences (center) it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in fig 3 (right), that designs of ancient egyptian style with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 79% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable while 16% saw it was appropriately designed. five percent were neutral and 70% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. h. b. elnaggar / the academic research community publication pg. 5 fig.6 average of ancient egyptian design preferences (right) 3.4 second questionnaire: the identity of heritage– the islamic civilization fig.7 used of calligraphy (left & center) and symbolic patterns (right). it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in figure 7 (right), that designs islamic styles with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 69% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable while 23% saw it was appropriately designed. eight percent were neutral and 69% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.8 average of islamic design preferences (left) it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in figure 7 (center), that designs of islamic styles with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 80% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable. seven percent were neutral and 73% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.9 average of islamic design preferences (center) h. b. elnaggar / the academic research community publication pg. 6 it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in fig 7 (right), that designs of islamic styles with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 82% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable while 14% saw it was appropriately designed. four percent were neutral and 80% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.10 average of islamic design preferences (right) 3.5 third questionnaire: the identity of heritage nubian heritage. fig.11 the lotiform flower (left), symbolic folk arts (center & right) it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in figure 11 (left), that designs of nubian styles with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 70% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable while 25% saw it was appropriately designed. five percent were neutral and 60% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.12 average of nubian design preferences (left) it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in figure 11 (center), that designs of nubian styles with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 69% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made h. b. elnaggar / the academic research community publication pg. 7 them feel comfortable while 27% saw it was appropriately designed. four percent were neutral and 60% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.13 average of nubian design preferences (center) it has been clear from the questionnaire, as shown in figure 11 (right), that designs of nubian styles with a hint of modernism were seen by an average of 81% of the participants as very well-designed and appropriate in terms of use of elements and colors, proportion, rhythm, identity, the decorative elements and repetition. it was noted to satisfy their functional needs and provides them with beauty and identity in the design. some believed it made them feel comfortable while 14% saw it was appropriately designed. five percent were neutral and 65% of the participants were influenced and thought of changing spaces within their homes with similar designs. fig.14 average of nubian design preferences (right) the results of the study in employing the definition of heritage within a space showed the inclination of the participants to simplicity and a combination of heritage values and contemporary design. the aims of the research included expressing the participants’ identity through their design preferences inside their homes. moreover, it showed how they were influenced by the ideas offered to them through the questionnaire. results the research study aims at identifying heritage concepts and achieving the relationship between tradition and modernity. the results of this study are as follows dictated that the materials and new technologies helped show local interior architecture with new solutions free from constraints. heritage, as well, was identified with stability and continuity, thus, expressing a dire need of taking advantage of it in various ways and using it in today’s designs. dealing with heritage, especially the environmental aspects associated with it, and learning from past experiences in creating solutions to the current problems build a link between interior architectural heritage and contemporary designs. moreover, dealing with heritage and integrating it with contemporary architecture leads to an understanding of heritage and an evaluation of requirements that match and reflect current times. recommendations the research study is concluded to provide recommendations that should strengthen the vision the future vision of integrating heritage and contemporary interior architecture. these recommendations can be summarized as follows: 1. working on strengthening the cultural awareness among members of the society as well as the importance of the local architectural heritage. avoiding the blind imitation of the western thought and sticking to one’s own. h. b. elnaggar / the academic research community publication pg. 8 2. engineers and architects are encouraged to develop the traditional elements to match current times after undertaking proper studies. 3. confirming the inspiring use of patterns stemming from our heritage and its integration with design aspects that increase innovation revives the identity within the interior design elements. 4. paying attention to the analysis of the patterns, traditions and cultures as a way of enriching design ideas. references 1. ali, w. (1999). the arab contribution to islamic art: from the seventh to the fifteenth centuries. cairo, egypt, jordan, royal society of fine arts. 2. alrashed, f., asif, m., & burek, s. (2017). the role of vernacular construction techniques and materials for developing zero-energy homes in various desert climates. buildings, 7(1), 17. doi:10.3390/buildings7010017 3. attia, m. (2014). sustainability in saudi vernacular built environment: the case of al-ahsa. in vernacular architecture: towards a sustainable future (vols. 1–0, pp. 87–92). crc press. https://doi.org/10.1201/b17393-18 4. bloom, j., blair, s. (eds.) (2009). the grove encyclopedia of islamic art and architecture. oxford university press. retrieved 30 aug. 2017, from http://www.oxfordreference.com/view/10.1093/acref/9780195309911.001.0001/acref-9780195309911. 5. ettinghausen, r., grabar, o., & jenkins, m. (2001). islamic art and architecture 650-1250(2nd ed.). new haven, ct: yale university press. 6. flood, f. b. (2000). the great mosque of damascus: studies on the makings of an ummayad visual culture. boston: brill. 7. kana'an, r. (2001). islamic art and architecture: world of art series by robert hillenbrand. london: thames and hudson, 1999. pp. 288. price pb 8.95. 0-500-20305-9. journal of islamic studies, 12(2), 235-238. doi:10.1093/jis/12.2.235 8. mahdy, k. (n.d.). problems facing the application of islamic wooden artifacts ornaments in contemporary islamic style interiors. interna onal design journal, 4(1), pp 83-98. retrieved from http://www.journal.faadesign.com/pdf/4-1-hayam-abs.pdf 9. petersen, a. (2002). dictionary of islamic architecture routledge. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the cities' identities between critical regionalism and globalization doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.125 ingy el zeini 1 1 assistant lecturer faculty of art and design –interior design department modern university of arts and sciences msa keywords critical regionaism; globalization; city identity; abstract “the task of critical regionalism is to rethink architecture through the concept of region.” (tzonis & lefaivre, 2003) the term critical regionalism, in its sense, raises several arguments in the architectural field. critical regionalism could debate the essence of the utopian idea of international design, that every building can be placed anywhere and function with high compatibility. critical regionalism questions the approaches used in international design; it opens up the idea that each region could have a specific characteristic that could serve function, form, and efficiency. this could also mean that each region will be distinct in the means of materials and treatments. “critical regionalism selfconsciously seeks to deconstruct universal modernism in terms of values and images which are locally cultivated, while at the same time adulterating these autochthonous elements with paradigms drawn from alien sources.” (frarmpton ,1983) critical regionalism does not intend to revisit history or dwell in the past, but to find a middle ground between two extremes. the universal design that the modernists strive to achieve by spearing louis sullivan’s saying “form follows function” wherever the building might exist, and the post modernists who celebrated ornamentation for its own sake. globalization is definitely a benefit for designers as it expands the visual cultures; yet designers need to use this design exposure in a way that could benefit the environment and maximize the built environment's efficiency. this paper questions the possibility to use critical regionalism in promoting a region’s identity but at the same time adheres to the international developments. the aim is to explore the idea of critical regionalism applications, and whether it could relate to both international design and regional identity. its being applied to four different interior design master’s degree student projects in florence, italy. the students were given a specific building in the center of florence to redesign but there were several fixed factors. first, the building should be a hotel that relates to the identity of the city of florence, second, the design should be minimal, third the use of literal images or direct analogies were not allowed. the data is analyzed through a comparative study between the four projects in terms of concept, analogy, color scheme, materials and level of ornamentation. the paper represents results of this focus group of interior design students who are from different demographics with only fixed education levels’ postgraduates in either interior design or architecture, and project description. ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 2 1. introduction the two poles of modern architecture – super modernism and the particularity of place – are clear reflections of the two poles of globalization and localization (adam, 2012). the ongoing conflict between visual exposure and cultural heritage in design is always intact. the rivalry between adhering to international design and enhancing the cultural belongingness has motivated many design theorists to debate and to advise how this integration could, should or should not happen. “the global culture of design is supported by architects who study what other architects are creating, no matter where” (el demery, 2009). globalization can no longer be identified only as a liberative act; it has become an expression that is directly associated with a loss of cultural identity. it is given that globalization did affect us as design communities. designers from the most diverse regions in the world could collaborate and somehow manage to create a kind of unified yet different design language between them. globalization is definitely benefiting us, yet we need to use this design exposure in a way that could benefit the environment and maximize the built environment efficiency. some theorists could agree that each architectural movement is an actual act of rebellion. regionalists believed that modernists had lost the identity and its beauty along the way so mostly their reaction manipulated them into revisiting history. "critical regionalists broke older forms of regionalism by rejecting absolute historicism" (lafaivre, 2003). a break in the essence of the regionalists' ideology became noticeable in a way that the core idea of opposing international design was argued. regionalism became discussed as "an engagement with the global, universalizing world rather than by an attitude of resistance" (lafaivre, 2003). at this point, the emergence of the term "critical regionalism" became that bridge that attempts to connect identity with a global vision. its strategy is to "mediate the impact of universal civilization with elements derived indirectly from the particularities of a particular place" (frampton, 1983). the question is could designers reach a formula where they can benefit from the globalization while adhering to the city's belongingness? 1.1 the concept of cities' identity in relation to critical regionalism identities are meanings derived from feelings, experiences, belongingness, and change. they are made of history, geography, biology, collective memory, power status and religious revelations. individuals are the ones who perceive identities according to social determinations and cultural projections that are rooted in their social structure (castells, 1997). it is how people connect to the distinctiveness of community and place in relation to global homogenization (adam, 2012). "like a piece of architecture, the city is a construction perceived only in the course of long spans of time. at every instant there is more than the eye can see, more than the ear can hear, a setting or a view waiting to be explored" (lynch, 1960). however, the identity of resistance can transform using all of the factors that construct the future, rather than reinvent history. "a region may develop ideas. imagination and intelligence are necessary for both"(frampton, 1983). the art of building is not a simple way to offer housing, but it is a struggling effort to reproduce and develop the purposes which distinguish a certain and precise age. any mechanical way to try to replicate these forms and get them back to life will end up by losing the essence of the life they had in the past (lafavier, 2003). seeking to replicate such a buildings nowadays will betray a fake and poor imitation, and how hard the architect will work to hide this truth, failure will be the result of his efforts. the spirit of the past is the only thing that can be recaptured (adam, 2012). 1.2 design standardization against globalization the conflict between the global and the regional is not stimulating in itself but the real disagreement that exists in all these areas is the one between stability and instability and here lays the interest (koolhass, 1996). globalization is accused to be the reason of the loss of city identity, but that can be defended because simply, the same openness to global design approaches in design enlarged the designers' capability to be engaged and be visually cultured. the standardization of design should be rejected. the term standardization in itself is against the core of identity; identity refers to uniqueness, maybe individualism and standardization disregards the essence of difference. defamilarization is at the heart of what distinguishes critical regionalism from other forms of regionalism and its capability to create a renewed versus an atavistic sense of place in our time. critical regionalism a device which ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 3 figure1 photo credits to arch. marialena kampani figure2 photo credits to i.d. joy dorkhom makes the familiar strange and makes the recollection of a precedent critical rather than a picturesque manifestation of the past. the idea of resistance, whether political, cultural, or architectural, can only exist where there is an entrenched regime of some kind to be fought against, to be resisted. there is no such thing as a universal architecture of resistance. it is always particular, responding to the specifics of a place and time. it is acceptable to have several approaches to its formation as long as critical regionalism will be selective to the way to reach a middle ground between accepting globalization while enhancing its use and connecting to the cultural identity without revisiting history ( zarzar, 2007). case study the following case study aims to explore the idea of critical regionalism applications, and whether it could relate to both international design and regional identity. it is applied to four different interior design master’s degree student projects in florence, italy. the students were given a specific building in the center of florence to redesign but there were several fixed factors. first, the building should be a hotel that relates to the identity of the city of florence, second, the design should be minimal, third the use of literal images or direct analogies were not allowed. the data is analyzed through a comparative study between the four projects in terms of concept, analogy, color scheme, materials and level of ornamentation. the projects are analyzed in two phases: 1. concept derived from observations 2. transformation from the observed to the perceived the four designers were in an interior design master’s program, but they come from different educational backgrounds and fields of expertise. they were divided among several professions: interior design, architecture and environmental engineering. furthermore, the comparative study will show how their background education and field experience changed their design approaches and concept formation. 2.1. concept derived from observations: ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure3 photo credits to engineer elnaz pakzard the four designers observed the city and photographed what was interesting in their point of view. the four of them actually grasped the city’s identity; hence their inspired photography was somehow similar. what was surprising is when they decided to translate their observations into words and feelings the expressions was different. as shown in (figure 1), the city observation of this architect was articulated by the contrast of light and shadow, calm and intensity, reflection and roughness and finally chaos and romance. the designer attempted to even edit her own photograph to show what actually conveyed these feelings. in (figure 2), the city observation of the interior designer was communicated in a very different notion. rather than expressing her feelings by edited photos, the designer was very poetic about the city belongingness as she started to explain her concept with this opening line, "a clear division between center and oltrarno between urban city and rural countryside. a clear crisp separation, what’s more simple and clear than to represent that with a line, just a line" (dorkhom, 2016). in (figure 3), the city observation of the engineer was expressed by stating the main urban elements that capture her attention like narrow streets, piazzas reaching clarity as the key feature of florentine identity. it is noticeable that her observations were based on urban analysis rather than an artistic analysis and that could be due to her background studies. in (figure 4), the city observation of the interior designer was expressed in capturing the architectural distinctiveness in florence. that architectural analogy will be analyzed later on in her translation of perception. 2. transformation from the observed to the perceived: in this phase, the four participants started to translate all of their observations and expressions of the florentine identity. although, as stated before, the "personally taken" photographs showed similarities but the methods and words used for expressing them were different. in addition, how they translated these observations into their project concepts made their design approaches completely different. figure4 photo credits to i.d hagar bar-gil ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 5 as shown in (figure 5), the architect translated from all of her observations the concept of contrast, contradictions and uniqueness. the approach was mainly focused on diagonal lines which intersect and contradict each other, later on she used these intersections in dividing the main plan. figure 5 photo credit to architect marielena kampani ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 6 in (figure 6), the interior designer decided to be inspired by the duality of the arno river which she considered a transition between the calmness and the city, she translated that by creating a line; a fine line that makes a powerful transition, despite the fact that it might be thin, but it creates a clear separation. that might take u back to the concept of critical regionalism in which it shows how the designer was inspired by the region while defamiliarizing it although the designer was not introduced to this term. figure6 photo credits to i.d. joy dorkhom ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure 7 photo credits to engineer elnaz pakzard in (figure 7), the engineer used the three words she previously observed into a direct plan solving. she focused on creating tight corridors that open to vast lobbies to convey the concept of clarity translating the narrow streets into tight corridors and the piazzas into vast lobbies. ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 8 in (figure 8), the interior designer, as mentioned before, used architectural analogies while being indirect about it. she focused on how the pipes are revealed and were visible on the buildings of florence. she also focused on the shutters that are used abundantly on the florentine windows. case study findings: the concepts were different but it is very noticeable that the four designers did feel the city. they saw its distinctiveness and translated the city's identity into actual conceptual structures. if city identity is analyzed by any of the definitions mentioned in the literature review, one can easily notice how the project forced the participants in vast observations to the spirit of the city and created a thin line in which critical regionalism can figure 8 photo credits to i.d hagar bar-gil ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 9 be explored. their expressions of how they conveyed the essence of the city in its contradictions was surprisingly different while they actually agreed on the most distinctive features of the city. the transformation from the observed to the perceived showed that although the realization of the place identity was somehow similar; the translation of the designers' perceptions varied. comparison between the 4 projects in terms of anology, color scheme, materials and level of ornamentation points of comparison project 1 m. kampani project 2 j. dorkhom project 3 e. pakzard project 4 h. bar-gil anology abstract concept of contrast abstract concept of duality and the effects of a natural typography( the arno river) anology to the city urbanizm (used indirectly) anolgy to physical architactal elements and features (used directly and indirectly) color scheme accent colors were implemented to complement the concept of contrast monochramatic colors monochramatic colors monochramatic colors materials mix of rough and smooth maerials to complement th concept of contrast change in materials only in the lines to complement the concept of duality smooth and neat materials to complement the concept of clarity level of ornamentation 7 8 conclusion through this comparative study, it has been shown that highlighting a city's identity is possible without using direct analogies to its history, yet at the same time capturing this identity is a difficult formula to be applied. the restriction that was enforced on the students in preventing the use of direct analogies to history while implementing the use of a minimalistic approach opened the door to the possibility of showing a city's identity without referring back directly to its history. although the students were not introduced at all to the term critical regionalism, they reached a preliminary result to the design formula that can be explored further. the identities of cities is bound to be lost in a time where the most common trend is following international design that mainly preaches the concept of ‘form follows function’, that’s why critical regionalism can be reconsidered as a gateway to maintain a city’s identity while adhering to international approaches. ingy el zeini / the academic research community publication pg. 10 acknowledgements i would like to extend my gratitude to architect peter forbes for inspiring me through his assignment choices to write this paper. furthermore, i would like to thank the participants of this project, marieleana kampani, joy dorkhom, elnaz pakzard and hagar bar-gil for helping me in providing all of the materials needed to create this study. also i would like to thank architect marc didomenico and the florence institute of design international for providing the interior design master's degree program that allowed me to conduct this study. in addition, i would like to extend all of my gratitude and love to prof. dr. aleya abdel-hadi for her continous support and provision. references 1. adams, r. (2012) "the globalisation of modern architecture: the impact of politics, economics and social change on architecture 2. and urban design since 1990". cambridge scholars publishing. 3. castells, m. (2004) "the power of identity. in: the information age, economy, society, and culture". volume ii. 4. eldemery, ibrahim mostafa. (2009) " globalization challenges in architecture" 5. frampton k., (2009) "towards a critical regionalism: six points for an architecture of resistance", in the anti-aesthetic. essays on 6. postmodern culture. edited by hal foster, bay press, seattle. 7. koolhaas, r. (1996) “architecture and globalization”. 8. lynch, k. (1960)" the image of the city", the massachusetts institute of technology and the president and fellow of harvard. 9. tzonis, alexander and liane lefaivre. 2003. "critical regionalism, architecture and identity in a globalized world". munich; berlin; 10. london; new york: prestel. 11. zarzar, m. k.. (2007) "identity in the work of tadao ando, an exploratory essay on the problems oof how to model identity" http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) artistic, aesthetic and edificial works as constant elements of the inconsistant physical character of a city doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.105 basem fadel sayed mohamed 1 1head of city beautification division at new urban communities authority, phd in fine arts keywords urban character – statues in city square – city planning – landmark theatrical works – identity heritage abstract research background: cities evolve and grow rapidly in a manner that is unprecedented throughout their long history. this great acceleration and growth is governed by many overlapping and intersecting factors (economical, social, political, etc.), the process of identifying the city's character or identity is no longer an easy task. this appears more clearly in historic cities and historic areas that in most cases contrast with the civilizational, cultural and urban extension of the mother city. this therefore justifies the importance of polyphonic and edificial aesthetic works as they are elements of consistency and solidity of urbanism. cities and their various components (facilities & planning, objectives & economics, construction & architecture) have witnessed a new turn and were influenced by many factors. these factors and their results should therefore be identified in order to understand how they reflect on cities and how artistic and aesthetic works reflect on the form and identity of cities. research objectives the objectives of this research include identifying and studying the following: • developments in the urban growth of cities and how ithey affect these cities’ identities. • the relationship between architecture, artistic works and identity in the past and present. • the effect of globalization and the technological evolution on both arts and architecture and their relationship. • the extent to which people accept the message and form of aesthetic works. • the nature of the relationship between the artist, the architect and the architectonics throughout the urban beautification process. this research postulates the following: • the correlation between architecture, the city and the human being and his or her identity. • the existence of changes in the form, characteristics and methods in today's cities. this research addresses the form of the city throughout its development in the 20th century and the turn of the 21st century. it also addresses the historic roots of cities. basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 2 research methodology the emerging of cities has been one of the major landmarks of human history on earth as it reflects a significant evolution in all of the social, economic, administrative, political, religious and military fields. it even came before the concept of a state as we see in egypt, mesopotamia, china and even the greeks who also started their civilization as a civilization of cities, before it took the form of a state or empire. [1] this phenomenon also persisted –to a lesser extent– during the middle ages when cities were the centers of civilization, culture and even regimen during the different islamic caliphates [2] when islamic cities scrambled amongst themselves. every new succession that rose had to take a new capital for itself to be its title, front and seat. each one also had to distinguish itself with a different architectural style. european cities, however, faded and the characteristics of civilization and culture lapsed, at least when compared to cities of the islamic east, with the exception of the movement of building massive cathedrals during that era. when the european renaissance began in italy, it was in fact a renaissance of cities, since italy didn't exist and wasn't as unified as we know it today. perhaps this is what made will durant call these entities "city-states" in his significant work the story of civilization. cities remained rooted in society and history until they underwent the greatest change movement that accompanied the industrial revolution. that movement has not only changed the shape, concept and mission of cities, but also created another revolution in the demographic composition of cities and the world as a whole. almost the entireties of people of the world have been living on professions and crafts closely related to land and agriculture, so they lived in villages and areas beyond the gates of cities. however, since the industrial revolution and to this day, cities have been witnessing the largest migration from the countryside and other communities to the city in order to work in the factories or the other services that associated this new form and function of the city. the tireless and ceaseless change of cities persists in parallel to the fascinating modern technology of electronics, cars, and communications. the appearance of modern construction materials and industries substantially impacted the form of cities. [3] whether it is the shape, the proportions or the notion itself, all the aforementioned advancements necessarily had their impact on the city as a whole. nowadays, cities develop and grow rapidly to the extent that we can't keep up with their shifting and acceleration except through old photographs of them that capture those changes. maps and aerial photographs are also ways to track the urban growth of cities over time. the movement of our cities today is much like that of sand dunes in the desert, they may falsely appear still to the eye, but in reality they are ever changing. we were taught that there is no way to halt the movements of these sand dunes except through the implementation of entrenching elements. these elements are either structural or natural (seeding types of plants that clung to the soil to achieve land stabilization). the same concept is needed when dealing with the stabilization of the urban character of the city. if we can't stop the ever-changing character of a city, we can surely preserve its identity. planning (orientation and integration) controlling modern growth of the city through planning. to preserve a city’s identity, city planners must consider that the new areas that will be developed must be in harmony and in consistence with the existing planning and satisfies present and future needs. at every level of such planning, artistic, aesthetic and edificial works are taken into account so that the new urban growth comes as a real extension of the mother city visually, structurally and aesthetically. this should take place while bearing in mind that such works exist to solidify identity and the national, cultural and traditional character of a city and a whole nation. planning does not only include artistic works, but even possible urban projects (especially those carried out by the state, given its directive and sound decision making capabilities that may not be carried out by other parties especially under the pressure of economic inducements.) [4] a good example of this is al-hamidiyah souq in the city of abu dhabi. despite being a modern market complying with the highest standards of building, its modern design and even its name aligns with arabian heritage. "figure (1) (a&b)" old is gold if cities, especially old ones, need re-planning to accommodate for the modern urban technological breakthrough, then under no circumstances should we demolish or marginalize the aesthetic, artistic, structural, antiquarian features of the city. however, city planners should rather subdue the planning in order to assimilate and aggrandize the role of such elements in confirming the identity and the physical character of the city. similarly, in prestigious historic cities such as rome, london and paris "figure 2 (a&b)", these cities underwent modern planning, however, iconic monuments and areas remain and are being glorified in a way that harmonizes between history basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 3 and modernity. the role of such elements is even emphasized in painting the profile of the city and its artistic, cultural and historic identity. for a very long time, our arab cities haven’t been handled correctly. during which, many architectural and traditional icons of our cities' spirit were exhausted before we paid attention to modernization, identity and the physical character of the city while it was imperative that traditional and modern aspects remained in line with each other. a simple comparison between the triumphal arch in paris "figure2 (a&b)" and marcus aurelius arch in tripoli, libya "figure (3)" makes us realize our shortcomings in dealing with the heritage of our cities. despite the latter being older, dating back to the roman era, it has been sidelined and is not included in the traditional, artistic and aesthetic fabric of the city as much as it should have been. centers of gravity it is necessary to pay strong attention to the artistic, aesthetic work within modern planning of the city which represents artistic, visual and moral centers of gravity. those works influence the shape and character of the city. the compelling examples are many: both the eiffel tower and the statue of liberty in the u.s and the statue of christ in rio de janeiro in brazil. all of them are distinctive marks and icons for these cities artistically, in the media and even when it comes to tourism. the statue of christ in brazil "figure 4" attracts 8.1 million tourists alone, which is less than the number of tourists visiting the eiffel tower or the statue of liberty. in the arab world, there are several iconic monuments and areas that need to be taken care of properly so that they can be considered within any new planning processes that will be implemented. works such as the statue of nahdet masr, "figure 5" the freedom monument in iraq "figure 6" and many others. the aforementioned are examples of what these icons represent by their role in the modulation of visual, cultural and physical character of the city, despite the small size and the spaces they occupy compared to the huge composition of the arab city. cities memory there are certain artistic areas or objects that have cultural and national importance given their contributions to the urban fabric of the city. these artistic works shape a part of the nation’s memory and a record of its pride, glory and history as they send lasting signals to every passerby, which is something no media outlet can accomplish. there are many examples like this such as memorials for martyrs "figure 7" victories, statues of leaders, writers and national symbols in every field "figure 8". some iconic symbols of a nation represent a certain era or regime and by time become part of the nation’s urban fabric, however, in some cases they are destroyed to represent the end of that particular time period. an example of this is the statue of saddam hussein which was destroyed as a way to mark the end of his era and the fall of the regime, but the real symbol here was manifested in the fact that the statue was destroyed by the us army and the american flag replaced this statue, a colonizing sign no eye can miss "figure 9". this is what happened to many works for nothing other than its symbolic value. the evidence for this is that while many artistic works which are related to saddam’s era were destroyed, regardless of whether we agree with his policies or not, except for the freedom monument for the pioneering iraqi artist jawad salim [5] "figure6" that remained untouched although it is in the liberation square, in the center of protests and revolutionary events. this is because the public sensed that this artistic work represents their home country, far from any false directions. this confirms salim’s wisdom as an artist, as when the president put him in charge of the mural and told him to create a portrait of the president, salim created art that could be perceived as a national symbol that goes beyond any person or leader. that's why he abstained from putting this request into action, and his rejection of the request is the reason for the survival of his mural and prevention of its destruction. the craft of beauty it is important to encourage and celebrate all the artistic works and endeavors of the arab world to bring up a generation that cares and values such works as well as cherish them. this would reflect on the shape, role, importance, and the reaction of those works to our cities, citizens and identities. it is also important to create works that are inspired by our heritage and are made by the hands of well-chosen artists like mohammed ghany hekmat, as their work expresses hope, ambitions and issues in our home countries "figure 11." other examples appear through the works of the pioneer artist mahmoud mukhtar "figure 5". if we browse all the famous sculptors, foreigners of arabs, we could see that the most famous of them are those who are most attached to societal issues within their countries. this attachment cannot be achieved except by local artists, as displaying foreign art can sometimes be unsuitable or lacking the understanding of the taste, culture or heritage of the country. this can be noticed in the city of jeddah’s cornice after the implementation of a new basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 4 ambitious plan when non-saudi and even non-arab artists were invited, which resulted in works that do not reflect the saudi arabian culture. this made them victims of criticism and even sarcasm, "figure 12" so much so that many works were removed under public pressure. we even find the statue of "the fist" by international artist césar "figure 13" removed and resold for no reason other than the lack of acceptance by the public. [6] many artworks in our arab cities are exposed to many manifestations of negligence and marginalization but also wrong restoration. at this point, artists in the arab world who are trained technically, culturally, and artistically to handle aesthetic works should come together and form a vision and a new orientation for arab countries. other cadres of artists affiliated with the local administrations of cities, trained on constant artistic restoration of works of art should also come together and do the same. figure1 (a&b): central market (al-hamediya) in abu dhabi completed in 2014. traditional arabic elements were used to give an artistic, historic and cultural fragrant that affirms the city's identity. basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure2a: in 1836 the triumphal arch in paris was inaugurated. the design is by: chalgrin and raymond. sculptor: françois rude figure 2b: observe the level of attention paid to how the site of the arch is preserved and emphasized for its role in affirming the city's identity and as an aesthetic fulcrum. figure3: marcus aurelius arch in tripoli, libya built in the year 165. observe the inefficient planning and how the monument is surrounded by structures. completely un-centered in the planning process. basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure4: concrete-cast statue of christ the redeemer in rio de janeiro, brazil. completed in 1931 and is considered one of the most important features of the city. rising at 32 meters. designed by heitor da silva costa. in the style of art deco. created by french sculptor paul landowski. basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure5: granite-cast statue of nahdet masr (egypt's reissuance) in greater cairo by sculptor mokhtar. completed in 1928. the first arab sculpture by an arab artist in the modern age. looking to the future that's built on a glorious past is represented in this work figure6: monument of liberty by iraqi artist jawad salim in baghdad completed in 1961. this work is considered a symbol of modern iraq with all its pains and hopes. the fact that it was not destroyed or taken off and sold for bronze like in many other works confirms the importance of the national role of such works being a part of iraqis' sentiment and history. basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure7: unknown soldier memorial in cairo. made of concrete and opened in 1975. designed by dr. sami rafe'. in the style of that of the ancient egyptian pyramids, while we can see the sides baring symbolic names of martyrs in kofi islamic calligraphy. figure8: bronze-cast statue of iraqi poet maarouf al rusafi in baghdad by sculptor ismaiel fattah et-turk in 1970. an example of that can be played by artistic works in perpetuating national icons in every field as symbols of homeland's memory. basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 9 figure9: the destruction of iraqi president saddam hussien's statue following the invasion of baghdad. the incident is considered an end of an era and the beginning of a new one. figure10: the stature of kahramana in baghdad, by artist mohammed ghani hekmat. it is inspired by tales from of iraqi tradition. it's considered one of the city's icons. basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 10 figure11: the bicycle statue. an international work implemented in the city of jeddah figure12: shameful image of what sometimes happens to works of art in our arab world -despite their importanceof negligence and the absence of awareness. despite the importance of the statue's position being in the forefront of the square, it did not prevent the piles of garbage to be tossed next to it. figure13: this monumental bronze-cast sculptured in 1986 by césar, known locally as "the fist of sultan" (or simply "the fist"). basem fadel / the academic research community publication pg. 11 references 1. amira matar-the scince of beauty and philosophy of art (cairo: gharib printing house. t3, 1998) page 117. 2. bassem fadel: the effects of modernization and technological development on the relationship between relief sculpting and architecture in the twentieth century. ph.d thesis-faculty of fine arts in cairo-2004) page310. 3. details: history of the emergence of cities and civilizations. 4. history of the world: by a number of authors. collected by sir john a. hammerton. chapter1 pages 433-460 & chapter2 pages 418427. (in the translated arabic version) by the ministry of public knowledge (cairo: en-nahada el-masriya library). 5. jabra ibrahim jabra: jawad saleem and the freedom monument (baghdad: ministry of information, 1972) pages 15-38. 6. please refer to the following sites to understand the public stance towards these works: 7. sa'd zaghlool abdulhameed: arts and architecture in the state of islam. (alexandria: knowledge institution) passim. 8. http://www.kalamon.org/articles-details-245 9. https://goo.gl/fz42li 10. https://goo.gl/i06nrm 11. https://www.alaraby.co.uk/culture/2690e2f1-3d2e-488c-9ba0-e4db2c71e3c6 http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the impact of higher education projects on reforming urban identity of the urban communities: case study of 6th october city in greater cairo doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.127 ahmed abouaiana 1 1msc , cairo university, cairo , egypt keywords greater cairo ;higher education projects ; new urban communities ; urban identity. abstract the 6th of october city was established in 1970’s to be one of the national projects creating a new urban community to reduce pressure on the greater cairo. it is consisted of residential, industrial and recreational areas. the 6th of october university was the first higher education project established in 1996 followed by several higher education projects which played an essential role in changing the urban identity to meet the inhabitatns’ needs. an analytical study of 6th october case was held through a quantitative and a qualitative data on a time line study. the study is focused on the urban growth of this urban community during the last two decades to investigate how the land uses can change the urban community in terms of the urban identity. the study results show that a significant change has occurred during the period of study, visually and functionally. 1. introduction 1.1. urban identity the users' needs play an important role to reform the city’s physical elements, where these elements affect on the identity of place as an intangible aspect (alexander, 1979).the identity is the extent to which a person can recognize or recall a place as being distinct from other places (lynch, 1981). in other words it is what gives to the built environment or what makes it special in buildings, spaces and paths. in other context, identity is the sum of characteristics that are used to describe and differentiate assets with natural and cultural properties. as it can change in time based on the variable purpose. (beyhan & gürkan, 2005) likewise, the purpose of using the land plays an important role to reform the urban identity . lynch argue that the ability of the city depends on its ability to be identified in an easy way. in other words, it is what could be defined as in a legible way, where legibility of the city enhances the identity. in that sense, the identity is clarified significantly based on several aspects such as the city elements focusing on the study's context (i) paths; the channel of movement which is strengthed by several elements, like the width where the buildings’ elevations enhances its strength and gives it a clear identity. (ii) edges; it separates two areas even if they have a major differences in features or minor such as architectural vocabularies in the buildings' elevations or different housing types. (iii) nodes; as a gathering points such as squares. (iv) landmarks; as an external feature valid to be a reference point for users such as statues in squares or feature building. finally, (v) district; which has common features giving it an identity such as names or buildings types . abouaiana a. / the academic research community publication pg. 2 1.2. new urban communities in egypt in the 1970's, the egyptian experience in new communities has started the origins of the proposition of developing new communities outside the populated areas of egypt; it is dated back to the late 1960s. the greater cairo region – preliminary general plan, study (1970) , advocated the development of four new urban communities in the greater cairo region to enhance and support national development and help solving the expansion of urbanization, over-populated major existing cities problems (nasamat&ettouny,2009). the 6th of october city was established by new urban communities authority in 1979 to be one of the first generations of new urban communities' cities which symbols the 1973 war (yom kippur). it resembeled everything stratding from the city names and its squares names in addition to land marks statues. it is located in the west of greater cairo at a desert location about 40 km from the center of the metropolis. it is goal was to accommodate the expected population growth in greater cairo. it aimed at 500 thousand ihabitatns in the city, which was the anticipated complete growth in 2000 on urban mass area 4788 acre. the 6 of october city morphology is affected, mainly, by the city’s establishment that required creating an attractive areas for the people. therefore, the original schematic plan had to be consisted of three major components; (i) residential; the prevailing component which extended on the account of recreational areas where established several new housing patterns such as governmental housing and private housing, (ii) recreational; as an attractive points and, (iii) industrial; which hasn't changed. therefore, the original schematic is consisted of twelve residential districts distributed perpendicularly on a central service of linear axes, bounded by; recreational area in the northern east , industrial area in the southern west and green buffer zone in rest orientations. accordingly, it reflected the equitable distribution of the population, to ease the urban fabric, and cleared the identity of the land uses as shown in figure 1. figure 1. original scheme of 6 october city 1.3. higher education projects in 6 october city the original scheme has been developed several times; firstly in 2000, regarding to the presidential decree (pd) 192 followed by pd 269 in 2006 which aimed at 1.5 million people in 2027. finally, the pd is 89 in 2009 . these increases rounded about several land uses such as ; (i) tourism housing and recreational projects in east, (ii) housing projects in north expansions green buffer zone (iii) industrial and investment projects in the west, (iv) several land uses in the south such as governmental housing projects , clubs, graves area, media production city and private universities. abouaiana a. / the academic research community publication pg. 3 thirteen years after the establishment of the city, specifically in 1992, the pd 219 paved the way for the establishment of several higher education projects (hep) in egypt either in the form of private universities or registered high education institutes. regarding to the acceptance coordination of colleges and institutes services portal, hith were developed and started full operation in 1990. (figure 2) showed obviously that the hep’s component didn’t have a clear form or connectivity, for where it was distributed in the city randomly. naturally, these hep as a physical element had an effect on other surrounding components in the city. key project establishment ______________________________________________________________________________ 1 ahram canadian university (acu) 2005 2 akhbar el yom academy 1995 3 haut institut de tourism et d'hotellerie (hith) 1990 4 culture & science city 1994 5 october high institute for engineering & technology 1993 6 higher technological institute 1996 7 october university for modern sciences and arts (msa) 1996 8 october 6 university (o6u) 1996 9 higher institute of applied arts 1994 10 misr university for science & technology (must) 1996 11 international academy of engineering & media science 2002 12 pyramids higher institute for eng.& tech. institute 2007 _______________________________________________________________ figure 2. higher education projects in 6 october city. 2. methodology this paper investigates the impact of o6u on the urban identity of 6 october city. to identify this impact; firstly the relationship between legibility and identity was clarified, then the intimate context of o6u was analyzed legibly; (i) visually: based on four elements of kevin lynch approach to read the city (paths, edges, nodes and landmarks) in terms of its identity. the paths in surrounded streets and the nodes in squares included its land marks and edges as representatives in the surrounding residential buildings' elevations. (ii) functionally: to answer only one question; how clear the function of the rental housing pattern appeared? all above mentioned aspects investigated through the three decades are firstly ,since establishment of o6u in 1996 to 2006, only based on archive photos extracted from the internet and google earth. secondly, from 2006 to 2016 and from 2016 until now respectively, it is based on previous sources in addition to the on-site monitoring which is based on the daily experience of the author as a habitant of the of 6 october city since 2009 up until now . abouaiana a. / the academic research community publication pg. 4 3. the investigation 3.1. case study o6u was selected because it was one of the early establishment as a private university in egypt in 1996. it contained 14 authorized faculty memebrs spread on the area of 40 acre. it contained the largest amount of registered students in private universities by 15.1% (databases department 2015).the intimate context of o6u states that it is located on the central service of the linear axes in the city entrance, surrounded by two major paths from north and south bounded by the seventh and the first residential districts respectively. moreover, two minor paths from the east are bounded by 6 october club, and o6u, from the west is bounded by o6u library and al-hossary mosque. in crossroads, four nodes "squares" include landmarks. o6u buildings contributed to the urban identity concerning the architectural vocabularies in elevations and its location; as in the center of city’s entrance and exit paths. otherwise, a new housing pattern, host flats, took place noticeably in the surrouning residential buildings to meet the rapidly gorwoing demands of the students concerning the rental housing near o6u; especially from the foreigner students. the number of the registered foreigner students in 2014/2015 in o6u reached 2292 students or a 15.2% from the total numer of the registered students15160 students. in the same context, the o6u staff members is 629 or 11.3 % occupying the third place in registered faculty members t in hep in egypt . 3.2. between 1996 and 2006 in that decade, urban fabric was the same in the original scheme as mentioned previously. visually, it was surrounded two-way major paths consisted of four-lane street with a width of 12 meters (m), pavement width of 1.5 m and service road with width of 9 m, in between 6 m mid-island, the importance of the northern path because of it is the first access to the city which included three nodes; one square in the entrance then two nodes as a result of streets congestion, later on between 2003 and 2005 two squares were added al-nadi (the club) square and magda square respectively, where the second square included egyptian actress statue called magda .bounded by district 7 residential buildings elevations . at the same time, the southern path started with dolphin land square included soldiers' statues which symbols the 1973 war enhanced the original scheme identity in a figurative way followed by a node of streets intersections and ended by al-hossary square. it worthy of mentioning that it was one of the most important nodes in the city because of several points. firstly, its location that was mentioned before and the satellite image (figure 3) where clearly enhanced. the argument of the square wanted the city center to serve as a focal point for public transportation as station instead of what the original scheme aspires to. the square included earth statue. the path bounded by district 1 building elevations witness a less developed urban block, unlike the northern urban block . the minor two-way paths in the east and the west of o6u consisted of two-lanes street with the width of 6 m in each side, mid-island with a width 6 m, and the surrounding urban block land uses had not any changes from the original scheme which was described before. functionally speaking, the o6u was noticeably affected by the surrounding environment where services such as stationaries, coffee shops and restaurants occurred. clearly, it is shown in the block between the right side of the western path and the o6u. abouaiana a. / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure 3. o6u intimate context. significantly noticed that all mentioned squares in addition to most of city squares constructed by private investors which given a clear identity namely where these squares called by advertisement name instead of the official name, in addition to o6u and mosque. 3.3. between 2006 until now with regards to the strategic plan of 6 october province in 2006 issued by general authority for urban planning, 90% of hep's students, 25% of schools students and 40% of labors are from the outside the city. also, the rapid growth of the city and al-hossary square location has accounted to significantly have traffic congestion. between 2014 and 2015, the surrounding paths of the o6u has been converted by the decision makers to be looped around the university buildings to be the only one way path in the city. the major northern path was the entrance of the city, where the two ways and mid-island were merged, started by al-nadi square. the square got renovated by a businessman who added palm trees as a landmark. the way ended ended by the magda square. although the land mark of the actress statue was replaced by an art work renovated by another investor, it had the same name. the edge level surrounded the urban block, and the minor one was developed, yet no significant changes were noticed. also, the southern bath was converted, like what happened in the northern path to be the exit way of the city. al-hossary square land mark ,replaced by artwork, was developed by investor as well. the second art work land mark was added to the node called al-gehaz (city hall) square. finally, it was followed by the same node mentioned before. while the minor two-way paths in the east and the west of o6u were converted to be a one-way path, the surrounding urban block land uses had not changed from its original scheme. the minor two-way paths in the east and the west of o6u consisted of two lanes-street with the width of 6 m in each side, a mid-island a width of 6 m, and the surrounding urban block land uses had not any changes from the original scheme as well. on the contrary of northern path, surrounded by the totally developed urban block, a significant housing pattern took place. technically speaking, the students rental housing pattern ,either for males or females, or even most of the residential buildings constructed after 2006 were done following this pattern based on two aspects. firstly, the on-site investigation in the beginning of 2017 where written on the residential buildings elevations. evidently, different commercial names included key words such as (hostel, student housing, daily housing and long period housing) as shown in figure 4. although no words were written on the rest of the buildings elevations, this pattern easily identified either by seeing the reception counter in the entrance of these buildings or asking any guard man in the street. secondly, the personal meetings with four buildings' owners enlightened me that they were stressed about the main issue that the rapid demand on students rental housing, specially from o6u in addition to must and msa universities, encouraged them to provide this housing pattern from the beginning of their projects. it started to take that trend about the end of 2005. figure 4 showed that most of referred buildings in district one were for this housing pattern. abouaiana a. / the academic research community publication pg. 6 in the function context; service land uses in service block mentioned before were upgraded to be twenty four hours services. the o6u was affected by the menifestation of the surrounding environment where services such as stationaries, coffee shops and restaurants took place. it was clearly shown in the block between the right side of western path and the o6u, which is totally developed. figure 4. rental housing samples up and rental housing buildings down abouaiana a. / the academic research community publication pg. 7 4. conclusion and discussion the scheme of 6 october city was developed for several times. the educational component represented in hep showed clearly the random distribution in the city, o6u private university established in 1996 it was one of large hep in the city, and it recently enjoys a high number of studnent enrollments.. the influence of o6u on urban identity of the city was investigated through a time line in two decades in terms of the lynch visual aspects and the purpose of the surrounded land uses. the results showed that the first decade ,from 1996 to 2006, o6u itself gave an identity to the place concerning the architectural vocabularies in its elevations and its location as a land mark in the entrances of the city. also, it visually contributed –poorlyto the surroundimg paths, nodes, edges and landmarks. however, the functioning service-land uses related to students needs were enhanced consequently, and it was reflected on the social lifemainly for students . in the last decade, from 2006 to 2016 , and on the visual side and until 2014 users of o6u contributed in reforming al-hossary square to be a focal public transportation point. however, after 2014, the surrounding paths were converted to be circular around the o6u block ,which gave a unique identity compared to the 6 of october city’s urban fabric. the study showed that the impact of o6u on nodes, landmarks and edges were neglected. at the same time, a significant impact on the southern urban block was observed. the students rental housing pattern was shown clearly since 2006 to meet o6u users’ needs on housing, whereas most of buildings in the back street behind the southern edge were for new housing purpose. consequently, 24\7 services emerged to meet the demands of the students life. definitely, it added an attractive identity to the place . it could be concluded that the urban identity of the 6 of october city, as a new urban community, was affected by hep; ergo, the higher educational component should be taken in consideration during developing or establishing the urban communities. references 1. abdel-kader, n & ettouny, s. 2009. the egyptian new communities, between objectives and realization – a critical discourse, three decades, 5th international conference, towards a new architectural vision, cairo university, cairo, december 2009. 2. beyhan, ş & gürkan, ü. 2015. analyzing the relationship between urban identity and urban transformation implementation in historical process: the case of isprata, international journal of architectural research, march 2015. archnet-ijar, volume 9issue 1 :158-180. 3. cristopher, a. 1979. the timeless way of building, usa 1979. oxford university press . 4. databases department 2015. higher education facts and figures, academic year 2013/2014, the observatory of higher education, the ministry of higher education, november 2015. (in arabic). 5. google earth maps, www.earth.google.com . 6. lynch, k. 1984. theory of a good city, cambridge. 1984. ma: mit press. http://www.earth.google.com/ http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) screening & mashrabiah new applications as smart, green , and unique identity factors doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.118 hala abdelmoez mohamed 1 1 lecturer & head of the architecture department at the higher technological institute, 6th of october. keywords screening;mashrabiah;green architecture;identity;traditional abstract due to living in a society plagued by acceleration and significant development in building technology, information, and computer applications, a transformation in arts and architecture has resulted in a neglect, whether deliberate or non-deliberate, in the dimensions of moral and non–physical values such as heritage and civilization. it is safe to say that such neglect has led to the creation of architectural products with no idenities. as a result, an appearance of new architectural trends that includes green and smart architecture, for instance, was identified. this new type of architecture generally relies on merge between the use of the natural and surrounding environment in serving the design process as well as the use of modern computer applications, fixtures, technology, and new building materials combined to provide a comfortable and safe environment for users. when traditional arab architecture is the product of a rich experience of its manufacturers’, it presents an integrated mixture between each of the non–physical features represented in religious beliefs, traditions and customs prevailing in the community, and the physical elements that include the effects of the natural environment, climate changes, building materials, and natural resources available. screening and mashrabiah represent a very important element in traditional and arab architecture. it is also still being used nowadays in modern architecture after enduring a study of its functions, benefits, new materials and applications such as smart mashrabiah. the conslusion of this research provides recommendations of new applications and architectural treatments for screening and mashrabiah and their possible use as unique identity factors that represent our modern architecture both in the arab world and worldwide. introduction the arab architectural identity is a dream sought by all architects only to be turned into a reality when we, as arabs, establish a unique architectural style that represents our traditional, social, and cultural values. nonetheless, it should satisfy the needs of today’s users as it should correspond to new building technologies and satisfy the demans of green architecture. for instance, traditional islamic architecture in the past had some unique elements such as courtyards, domes, vaults, arches, malqaffs, and mashrabiahs. such elements generated a unique architectural identity for traditional arab architecture and recognition all over the world. unfotunately these elements became old fashioned and had been neglected by architects over time. consequently, a new era of building technology and rapid growth in the built environment encouraged by mass production in building materials led directly to a new and worldwide architecture hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 2 without an identity. one building could be built in a certain setting and moved to another and yet make no significant difference or impact even while considering the building materials, orientation and façade treatments. 1. mashrabiah and screening systems mashrabiah and screening facades are two methods of treatments used in building exterior walls to achieve certain design goals such as privacy, climate control, and shading. mashrabiah is a traditional element while a screening façade is a much newer one. 1.1 mashrabiahs mashrabiah is the arabic term given to a type of projecting window enclosed with carved wood latticework located on the second storey of a building or higher. such windows could also sometimes be set wihtout a projection (mohamed, 2006). the mashrabiah is an element of the traditional arab architecture that has been used since the 12th century in the mamloki period and up until the mid-20th century. most of the time, a mashrabiah was being used on the street side of a building. however, it may also be used internally on a courtyard side (rafat, 2009).generally mashrabiahs were used in houses and palaces although and, sometimes, in public buildings such as hospitals, inns, schools and government buildings. they were very prevalent in iraq, hejaz and egypt. the mashrabiah, as shown in fig1(a) and 1(b), generally has five functions as well as different patterns and shapes that have been designed to accommodate a variety of conditions and circumstances which require an emphasis on one or more of these functions. these functions include controlling the passage of light, controlling the air flow, reducing the temperature of the air current, increasing the humidity of the air current, and ensuring privacy (ajaj and pugnaloni, hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 3 2014). each mashrabiya design is selected to fulfill several or all of these functions. in the design, it is the size and shape of the units and the spacing between units that are adjusted (fathy,1986). fig. 1(a) projected mashrabiah fig.1(b) non-projected flat mashrabiah the mashrabiah inspired the architects and designers of the modern building’s shading devices. like the mashrabiah, the design of the shades was both to control the amount of sun rays entering the building, as shown in fig.2, as well as to create beautiful light and shade patterns. fig.2 control over the amount of light depending on pattern size 1.2 screening and dynamic facades designers and building owners have always admired the use of glass in building exterior walls. the façade is an interpretation of the building image representing prestige and power. glass is a great material that gives the designers a wide range of opportunities in creating a design characterized by elegance, transparency and lightness. transparency increases interaction and communication between exterior and interior environments. moreover, and from an architectural point of view, the benefits of the exterior glass wall solution vary from daylight to view. however, the design chosen for the facade has a high effect on both indoor climate and energy consumption as there are several energy-flows between exterior and interior surroundings. the main role of the façade is to act as a barrier that protects hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 4 the indoor areas from the outdoor environment. to achieve mentioned functions of the façade design, a control of the following should be ensured: heat transmission from inside to outside solar load from outside to inside high utilization of passive solar gains high utilization of daylight protection against glare from outside air flows between inside and outside (both ways) allow for a view to the outside allow for privacy (johnsen and winther, 2015) screening and dynamic facades are the perfect tools to achieveing the above points. there are many types of screening such as folding shading systems, kinetic titanium screens, or simple double skin screens of wood, steel, aluminium, titanium or grc that are designed according to a certain criteria to meet the designed facility needs and functions (see fig 3and fig 4). fig 3 folding screen system(city-emotion.com) fig 4 simple double skin metal façade(abiya-mashrabiya,com) identity through architecture in the moein dictionary, identity can be expressed as follows: a supreme being, essence, and existence (ettehad, azeri, and kari, 2014). 2.1 architectural identity what constitutes the identification of something are the special characteristics making it unique. when considering architectural identity, included are all the elements of the built environment such as buildings, spaces, urban fabric, landscape, and special architectural elements that identify a certain regional architecture, or that of a certain era (nooraddin, 2012), as a social construct shaped by the need for meaning and a frame of reference for the respective present. the past is considered to a product of culture rather than a product of nature (czumalo, 2012). the current built environment and architecture, specially in arab world, fails to express the arab’s magnificent legacy, morals and social heritage. it does respect its sunny and warm climate. on the contrary, the architecture in arab world now reflects a flawed image of western architecture. 2.2 how to achieve a unique arab architectural identity to achieve a unique arab architectural identity, arabs simply need to pause, take a closer look to their architectural legacy; one that continuously inspires the whole. necessary then would be an analysis of and emphasis on the strengths and elements of architecture built then. it was an architecture that respected environmental circumstances, social heritage and availability of building materials. hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 5 the answer is simple, we need to merge our traditional arab architectural elements with new smart building technologies to design new architectural models that represent and portray the arab identity. arabs dream of an identity that respects moral and social heritage, cultural legacy, climate of the arab region while using the unique elements and features of the arab traditional architecture. it should meanwhile fulfill the customers needs and adopt new smart technology systems and green and smart architecture principles (abdelmoez, 2012). new applications and interpritations for mashrabiah and screening facades in this section, presented will be an analysis and study cases, both, from the arab world and worldwide for buildings that have adopted the above solutions of merging design using modified traditional elements and adapting smart technological systems but still reflect a unique architectural identity. 1.1. arab world case studies three case studies are to be presented from the arab world that shoud reflect the concept of merging traditional architecture with smart technology and present new applications and interpretations for mashrabiah and screening facades. 1.1.1. al bahr twin towers building name : al bahr towers (fig 5a) location : abu dhabi, a.r.e designer : aedas architects year of opening : june 2012 study element : folding shading screen façade the geometrical pattern of the shading screen folds and unfolds in response to the movement of the sun, see fig 5(b), and reduces solar gain by up to 50%. it improves visibility inside the towers. each triangle is coated with fiberglass and is programmed to respond to the movement of the sun as a way to reduce solar gain and glare as shown in fig 5(c) (fernandez, 2016). fig 5(a) al bahr towers, abu dhab fig 5(b) folding screen fig 5(c) the geometric pattern coated with fiberglass 1.1.2. doha tower building name : doha tower (fig 7(a)) location : doha, qatar hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 6 designer : jean nouvel year of opening : 2012 study element : geometrical fixed screen façade the facade’s screen pattern of grc material, as shown in fig 7(b) and 7(c), is fixed on comprised aluminium grids that take the shape of butterflies representing traditional old shansheal -the mashrabiah name in qatarat four different scales as shown in fig 7(d). the geometrical pattern of several scales is overlaid at different densities along the facade in response to the solar conditions to reduce sunlight and plur. it also gives an excellent experience from the interior of the building as shown in fig 7(e) and 7(f) (karakuş, 2016). fig 7(a) doha tower,qatar fig 7(b) grc mashrabiah like pattern fig 7(c) grc screen fig 7(d) the traditional shap of mashrabiah in four different scales fig 7(d) the screen façade effect from the last floor fig 7(e) the screen façade effect on the interior 1.1.3. kafd men & women portal spas proposal building name : portal spas proposal (fig 8(a)) hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 7 location : king abdullah financial district, riyadh, ksa designer : worksbureau year of opening : under construction study element: kinetic titanium screen façade the facade’s screen pattern consists of kinetic titanium sheets, as shown in fig 8(b), which operates like a camera lens, opening and closing to regulate light as shown in fig 8(c). the screen is powered by small motors. the middle layers move back and forth creating both shades. the design is protected by glass on both sides of the metal parts. this design is created to ensure privacy of the users, to control sunlight and create a relaxing environment from within as shown in fig 8(d) and fig 8(e) (furuto, 2013). fig 8(a) kafd portal spas proposal fig 8(c) kinetic titanium screening sheets fig 8(d) the mock-up titanium screening façade opening and closing like a camera lens due to light fig 8(d) kinetic screening system regulating sun light fig 8(e) kinetic screening system providing privacy 1.2. worldwide case studies two worldwide case studies will be presented to reflect the influence of our arab and traditional architecture on foreign architects’ designs and on presenting new applications and interpretations for mashrabiah and screening facades. hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 8 1.2.1. lotus haus building name : lotus haus. (fig 9(a)) location : daegu, south korea designer : local studio smart architecture year of opening : 2015 study element : simple fixed metal screen façade the screening façade simply is made of one layer of punched steel covering the upper stories of the house as shown in fig 9(b). the pattern chosen for the screening system looks like a simple mashrabiah pattern used, particulary, in egypt based on the lotus flower as in fig 9(c). the screening system was used to control sunlight and to give some kind of privacy for residential floors. it also gives a unique pattern of light and shadow in the rooms and staircases as shown in fig 9(d) and fig 9(e) (griffiths, 2015). fig 9(a) screening façade of lotus haus fig 9(b) screening covering residential floors fig 9(c) the punched metal screen as a shape of lotus flower [egyptian mashrabiah] fig 9(d) screening on bedroom gives privacy & controls sunlight fig 9(e) screening on the staircase 1.2.2. lund office building extension building name: office building extension (fig 10(a)) location: lund, sweetherland designer: swedish firms johan sundberg arkitektur and blasberg andréasson arkitekter hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 9 year of opening: 2015 study element: simple fixed perforated metal sheets (fig 10(b)) the screening façade is simply made of one layer of punched metal sheets with circular shapes as shown in fig 10(c). this design was mainly used to give a remarkable image to the office building located in the industrial zone of the city but in a very moderate context. the design achieved its goals of creating a distinguished look for the office building through the way it provided light control and a cozy atmosphere for the employees inside as in fig 10(d) and fig 10(e) (mairs, 2015). fig 10(a) lund office building extension fig 10(b) screening of simple punched metal sheet fig 10(c) screening of perforated metal sheet with circular shapes (dezeen.com) fig 10(d) offices interior(dezeen.com) hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 10 fig 10(e) the cozy interior generated from the screening design conclusion mashrabiahs represent a unique element of our architectural legacy and heritage. it could be modified, adjusted and reused in architecture nowadays. the new mashrabiah model could be a very important feature of the arab architectural identity consistently sought.moreover, screening systems come in many kinds. simple fixed screens that are punched or perforated, folding or movable shades, or kinetic facades that respond to light like a camera lens. screening systems represent a new green and smart architectural solution inspired by traditional mashrabiah. in most cases, screening is a new interpretation of mashrabiah. the architectural identity contains all the elements of the built environment such as buildings, spaces, urban fabric, landscape, and special architectural elements that identify a certain regional architecture or the architecture of a certain era.the arab architectural identity could, once more, be achieved by merging traditional arab architectural elements with smart green architecture applications and technologies in order to produce new architectural models that should then become the elements of this new architectural movement. this research has established that there exist several new applications and interpretations for mashrabiah and screening systems, both in arab world and internationally. screening systems’ and mashrabiah’s rebirth are a prevailing trend in the arab world especially within the gulf areas. there are several successful architectural models for this trend such as al bahr towers-abu dhabi, doha tower-doha, and kadf portal spas proposal-riyadh. new mashrabiah and screening systems’ applications in the arab world vary from folding shades, fixed geometrical layered screens to kinetic facades. foreign architects are inspired by traditional mashrabiah in the design of some kinds of screening systems. their trails are still shallow, on the other hand, as in most cases, they are inspired only by the form and not the function as well. however, far eastern architects are more interested in designing screening systems with inspiration from traditional mashrabiahs due to its historical background, shared morals and social beliefs such as an individual’s need for privacy. their trails are more varied and are more aware with the mashrabiah functions. therefore, it is strongly advised to continue studying, evolving and analyzing the mashrabiah and screening systems in order to generate new and distinct models that are still appropriate and suitable for today’s circumstances and demands. references 1. abdelmoez, h. m. (2012). merging traditional arabian architecture and smart architecture between theory and application "electronic windcatcher-malkaf" as a new way to solve identity and energy dilemas. faculty of engineering, cairo university. 2. ajaj. a & pugnaloni, f., (2014), re-thinking traditional arab architecture: a traditional approach to contemporary living, iacsit international journal of engineering and technology, vol. 6, no. 4. 3. al bahar towers responsive facade / aedas. (2012, september 05). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.archdaily.com/270592/albahar-towers-responsive-facade-aedashttp://www.designhome.ae/stylish-al-bahar-towers-amazing-technology-architecture/ 4. czumalo, v., (2012) architecture and identity,autoportret, vol. 1, no.[36], p 46-52. 5. e. (2016, september 17). adaptative mashrabiya: from mashrabiyas to dynamic façades. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://spatialexperiments.wordpress.com/2016/09/17/adaptative-mashrabiya-from-mashrabiyas-to-dynamic-facades/ 6. fernandez, e., (2016), adaptative mashrabiya: from mashrabiyas to dynamic façades, lecture, lund university, department of architecture and built environment. 7. furuto, a. (2013, january 20). kafd men's and women's portal spas proposal / worksbureau. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.archdaily.com/317832/kafd-mens-and-womens-portal-spas-proposal-worksbureau 8. furuto, a., (2013) kadf men and women portal spas proposal, article, http://www.archdaily.com/317832/kafd-mens-and-womens-portalspas-proposal-worksbureau, 9. griffiths, a. (2015, september 16). smart architecture's lotus haus has a perforated metal facade. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.dezeen.com/2015/09/16/smart-architecture-lotus-haus-perforated-metal-panels-daegu-south-korea/ 10. griffiths, a., (2015), perforated metal panels reveal a staircase in smart architecture's lotus haus,articl, https://www.dezeen.com/2015/09/16/smart-architecture-lotus-haus-perforated-metal-panels-daegu-south-korea. 11. h. fathy, (1986), natural energy and vernacular architecture, the united nations university by the university of chicago press, pp. 94. 12. johnsen, k. & winther f.v., (2015) dynamic facades, the smart way of meeting the energy requirements, energy procedia 78, 1568 – 1573, sciencedirect, 6th international building physics conference, ibpc. 13. karakuş, g. (2016). doha tower 2016 on site review report [pdf].http://www.arch2o.com/doha-tower-jean-nouvel/ 14. mairs, j. (2015, july 20). perforated metal covers the facade of this office extension. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.dezeen.com/2015/07/20/perforated-metal-concertina-facade-office-extension-lund-johan-sundberg-arkitektur-blasbergandreasson-arkitekter/ https://spatialexperiments.wordpress.com/2016/09/17/adaptative-mashrabiya-from-mashrabiyas-to-dynamic-facades/ http://www.archdaily.com/317832/kafd-mens-and-womens-portal-spas-proposal-worksbureau http://www.archdaily.com/317832/kafd-mens-and-womens-portal-spas-proposal-worksbureau http://www.archdaily.com/317832/kafd-mens-and-womens-portal-spas-proposal-worksbureau https://www.dezeen.com/2015/09/16/smart-architecture-lotus-haus-perforated-metal-panels-daegu-south-korea/ https://www.dezeen.com/2015/09/16/smart-architecture-lotus-haus-perforated-metal-panels-daegu-south-korea http://www.arch2o.com/doha-tower-jean-nouvel/ hala abdelmoez mohamed / the academic research community publication pg. 11 15. mohamed, n. a. (2006). a new mashrabiyya for contemporary cairo (integrating traditional latticework from islamic and japanese cultures. graduate school of engineering, hosei university. 16. nooraddin, h., (2012) architectural identity in an era of change, developing country studies www.iiste.org issn 2224-607x (paper) issn 2225-0565 (online)vol 2, no.10. 17. rafat, m. (2009), arabian house between originality and modernism,society of preserving real estate wealth and architectural development. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the city of alexandria: its identity and environment in the works of alexandria’s pioneer painters doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.136 laila abu el seoud mohamed fadl 1 1lecturer of painting department faculty of fine arts in cairo keywords alexandria city; identity; environment;said wanly; aweys abstract the unique location of alexandria city in the mediterranean basin has attracted several artistic civilizations ever since the time of ptolemy. this has been the case during the roman era, and the subsequent eras throughout which alexandria remained the window of egypt and most of the middle east to the european cultures and arts. as a result, alexandria has witnessed the cultural and artistic renaissance during the second half of the nineteenth century and the first half of the twentieth century, since "muhammad ali" –and his family–permitted the foreign delegations to come and form colonies fused with the human component of alexandria that had a unique character. consequently, the foreign artists’ rooms were widely spread and the alexandrian pioneers of painting art, of the first and second generations, studied under their supervision. despite being trained by foreigners, their sense of belonging to the egyptian identity or their participation in laying a groundwork for a national art project deeply rooted in the heritage of the nation wasn’t affected. however, they were receptive to maturely cope with the modernityof the western schools of arts. mahmoud said, a painter, after completing the art foundation phase, employed his art to portray the modern egyptian man as a national hero. this portrayal was possible through his use of environmetal elements and characters. seif wanli was one of the most receptive egyptian painters to the modern and contemporary western schools of art. he was allegedly known to be unconcerned with the issue of national identity, however, alexandria kept its high rank in his art despite being characterized by global features. adham wanli remained loyal to his impressive and symbolic realism as alexandria, with all its components, was the core of his artistic creativity. hamid aweys left his hometown and went to alexandria and spent most of his age therein. his belonging to the identity and environment of that ancient coastal city was the same as that of the previously-mentioned artists. he was inspired by the city’s environmental and cultural elements in a distinctive way. 1. introduction the city of alexandria was considered one of the ancient capitals of culture in the world. it was known to be a meeting place and a link between the great civilizations of the world. the people of alexandria were knowledgeable in various cultural fields including the ancient egyptian, persian, greek, romanian and islamic civilizations. all these civilizations merged to shape the culture of alexandria, the bride of the mediterranean sea throughout the ages, making it a beacon of culture and art, and a citadel of science and literature. laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 2 about this research: this research sheds lights on the pioneers of painting in alexandria, egypt. this paper especially focuses on the artists "mahmoud said", and the brothers "wanli" and "hamid aweys", who built their career on the concept of identity and contributed to building the national identity of modern egyptian painting. the aim of the research: this research aims to highlight the different aspects of the coastal environment of alexandria and their impact on the works of the pioneers of alexandrian painting. it also aims to deduce the successive cultural influences on the city of alexandria and the artists’ impact on the city itself. the importance of this research: the city of alexandria itself is what makes this paper significant. alexandria is where the momentum of art began on a global scale given the multiplicity of ceremonies and foreign artists who have made it a great school of art, which consequently reproduced the pioneers of contemporary egyptian art. the limitations of this research: the spatial boundaries of the city of alexandria were the only limitation. research methodology: the methodology is a unit of research in its entirety and it’s considered as a separate, continuous, analytical study. alexandria, the platform for fine arts the city of alexandria is known for being a leader in the fine arts given the various forms of art dispersed all over the city including paintings, murals, and/or sculptures. a festival that was founded by foreign artists to teach new generations was also held in alexandria. the civilizations embedded in this city undoubtedly influenced the psych of alexandrian artists; the greek and romanian civilizations in particular have inspired artists in their artistic endeavors. the nature of this coastal city, the rainy weather, the atmosphere, and the seas and beaches have all inspired alexandrian artists. the history of fine arts in alexandria there are two different eras in the history of alexandria, the first being the pre july 1952 era, and the other being the times after the revolution. before the revolution, alexandria was occupied by several european communities comprised of business men who had distinct artistic customs. nationalization encouraged these european artists to interact with the egyptian communities and teach them all about fine arts. these european artists also contributed to the beginning of the fine arts movement in alexandria in the beginning of the twentieth century. art galleries of the city walls were opened for the masses and egyptian artists who were deprived of them before the revolution were permitted to attend thereafter. in less than five years after the july 23rd revolution of 1952, the faculty of fine arts was established to fill the gap left by immigrant artists who left the country. a broad base of fine artists appeared, including the artists who effectively contributed to establishing an artistic movement. their role was to enrich the fine arts movement using constructive criticism, commentaries, and constant evaluations, and of course, create a link between artists and the general public. the faculty of fine arts was successful in its mission, and several generations of artists graduated from there and spread out all over alexandria and successfully worked in different fields given that they are distinct in terms of their ideas and artistic senses that are influenced by alexandrian streets. the city of alexandria has produced the geniuses of art, which is the artistic capital of egypt, with all its cultural and social components. during the second half of the nineteenth and the first half of the twentieth century, alexandria witnessed an artistic and cultural renaissance. the purpose of this research is to shed light on the environment of alexandria, the origin ad status of various alexandrian artists, and the impact of the artists’ work on the city. the artist "mahmoud said" (1897-1964) he was one of the most important artists in alexandria who studied under the foreign artists’ ceremony in alexandria and studied under a painter named “arto zagniery." his educational background enhanced his talents and taught him influential construction concepts that have made the shapes in his paintings seem more solid and well established. the city of alexandria and its people played a significant role in shaping his work. alexandria is the city of "said"; his paintings and his use of colors, spaces, shadows, and light were inspired by alleys in a popular neighborhood in which a local girl, known as the ‘country girl’ lived; she was his muse. even though the alexandria was known for and symbolized by the lighthouse that guided sailors, the artist “mahmoud said” was able to make the ‘country girl’ a slogan for the city that competed with the lighthouse. mahmoud said’s painting titled "blue robe" (1927) figure (1) featuring an alexandrian woman with an authentic egyptian face, a head scarf, and a simple blue dress that is the color of the sea and it indicates calmness and serenity and is inspired by the pharaohs without being plagiarized . in greek and romanian statues, the sculpted laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 3 men had small heads and very muscular bodies which represents violent movements. in this painting, the woman portrayed has a small head yet long relatively muscular arms which strongly suggests that she is a working woman. figure (1) during the 1930’s, said went to an egyptian neighborhood named “anfoushi” where he featured beautiful local women in his paintings. in his painting called "beautiful sea" (1935) figure (2), he featured three beautiful women from anfoushi, resembling the same feminine beauty that flourished during the 1930s, in which women's portraits were made. despite the fact that they were closely associated with the environment, the artist's own vision covered the painting with a kind of magic. the existence of eastern women was closely associated with the emergence of alexandria as the bride of the mediterranean sea figure (2) he was later fascinated by fishermen and discovered the joy of living among them while they set out to catch fish in broad daylight where the sun shines on the blue sea water and makes it sparkle like diamonds. we the see the painting "strange fishing" (1933) figure (3) in which the characters and elements were shaped like rigid stone statues. the sea and the fishing environment gave him a mysterious metaphysical sense that corresponded to the philosophical dimensions of the subject as opposed to the infinite movement of the hunters in the track ring. laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure (3) the brothers: seif and adham wanli moving on to the two brothers, "seif wanli" (1906 -1979) and "adham wanli" (1908 1961)," we find that when the city of alexandria was full of foreign artists and their own ateliers and workshops in 1925, the italian artist, "atureanu becky," whom they had already known before, started his own workshop and the two brothers were among the first to join. the brothers were among artists who were the most tolerant and accepting to modern european art and its schools including: cubism, abstraction, brutality, parents, diaries, surrealism and futurism given where they reside overlooking alexandria’s beach toward the other shores of the mediterranean sea. the creativity of the two brothers lied in the experimentation in the language of form and artistic construction through the visualization of reality until the art is an aesthetic value for its own sense of fantasy influenced by their love for music, ballet, opera and performing arts. they were keen on watching foreign performances that came to alexandria on a continuous basis and the expression and they were greatly affected by them. we find the painting of "opera regilito" (1948) figure (4) by the artist, "seif wanli", in which he was concerned with the portrayal of the old european-style play, which is linked to the french novel by victor hugo, entitled "the king is lightening" more than the heroes of the work. it’s as if it depicts one of the historic buildings in the city of alexandria, confirming that it maintains its place within sophisticated and fine arts. figure (4) when the sea is mentioned in modern egyptian paintings, no one is more entitled to talk about his or her work other than the artist “mahmoud said,” except the artist "saif wanli," who not only borrowed the colors, clarity and transparency of alexandria sea, the one who is more deserving of talking about his offerings in this regard after the artist "mahmoud said," one artist who is "seif wanli" who not only that borrows the colors, clarity and transparency of alexandria sea, but his works were also like a lighthouse and its well-established ghadian ships. he deserves the title of "artist of alexandria" and when we do so, we have noticed a fundamental element in his character and understanding of the cause of this renewal and diversity in his productions. laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 5 wanli was very interested in nature and was frequently in the outdoors. in his art work, his favorite subjects were the port of alexandria port, containers, workers' movements, boats and boats anchored on the pavement such as manri in the "alexandria port" (1952) were depicted as a realistic painting by the artist. figure (5) seif wanly was known to be a very diverse artist characterized by his creativity and love for innovation as his personality is similar to that of alexandria, he is open and accepting of the civilizations of the world. this enriched alexandria’s heritage during the times of the ptolemies and the romans and also in newer ages when it was the home of many european artists with all their diverse schools of thought. if seif wanly lived in another city in egypt, his art wouldn’t have been portrayed in the way that it is, as the essence of alexandria coincided with wanly’s thought. in the painting "boats in the port" (1957) figure (6) which was created based on a different approach and vision inspired by the techniques of artists (art collage) without resorting to the mechanism of cutting and pasting, and to become consistent with the visions of modern art. he sought to flatten in the treatment of forms, adding a special character that distinguishes his style, which reflects the nature of the city of alexandria. figure (6) the artist, "adham wanli" the artist "adham wanli" has been keen on the subject of popular and spontaneous tendency to record the nature of human feelings and the spirit of fun derived from his proficiency in caricature art, which reflected on the technical handling of the forms of many of the subjects of his paintings. this is especially true in works that reflected the lives of the simple local people as he depicted the way of life in this renowned city and mingled with musicians and clowns that performed on the pavements of the sea in the streets of alexandria. this is evident in his painting “streets clowns of alexandria” (1951) figure (7), where a simple person is shown interacting with people on the street and he seems joyful as he’s drawn using vivid colors that reflect deep meanings. laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure (7) adham wanli was one of the most brilliant artists who painted the teams that visited egypt and presented her theatre arts, ballet performances, and circus acts. we see in the painting “ballet de pascoli” (1948) figure (8) and the painting “ballet sparrow blue” (1948) figure (9) where adham wanli depicted ballet and opera scenes as if he was reporting live on the events using his paint brush. his talent makes all the viewers relate to these events as if they are living in them, and his paintings also reflected his own joyful self. given that his paintings also used the caricature art style, was consistent with the method of expressive execution that makes us feel like he drew these paintings while actually these performances. figure (8) figure (9) turning to one of the pioneers of modern egyptian fine art "hamid aweys" (19192011), who is originally from the city of beni suef and later moved to alexandria in 1948 in which he spent most of his years. in this highly creative environment, the artist hamed aweys designed works that are considered to be the most important constructions of his artistic milieu, where the sea and its style with the sky are shown, in this he reflects the views that he missed when living in cairo. he was very loyal to the city of alexandria and was inspired by the characteristics of the city and its environment that depict the struggles of the lower class that consists of farmers, fishermen, craftsmen, and other workers. he is also considered one of the artists that depict the real environment. he was also one of the artists who supported the 1952 revolution and this was very clear in his work. aweys was very concerned with humanitarian issues and he portrayed the everyday lives of people in his work. he set forth his perspective of all the people depicted, as he saw them as warriors that fought their everyday struggles valiantly. he used the beauty of his art to highlight all these humanitarian issues. this is evident in his famous painting “hunter’s dialogue,” (1956) figure (10) that shows three fishermen holding each other closely and discussing an important matter while sitting on the pavement of alexandria’s sea port. the artist outlined their featured in black to show the close relationship between them. laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure (10) as for the image of the woman, it played a very important and diverse role in his artwork. in aweys’ creative journey, his artistic language started to adopt some characteristics of sculpturing within the frame of the painting while still preserving his emptions towards the city of alexandria. this is what is shown in his painting: “country girl” (1967) figure (11) which is focused on depicting the sensuality and formality of young alexandrian feminine girls. the girl in the painting was wearing a modern gown and wearing a bag and carrying a book, which reflect the artist’s belief in the importance of female education. the girl in the painting has two pigeons next to her and several plants. the girl in the spotlight, as opposed to the other two girls behind her, showed her hair and revealed her typical egyptian face to show her keenness to develop herself and become a women of science. figure (11) aweys developed a new straightforward way of depicting the life of the average egyptian worker. farmers or fishermen are shown with big, muscular bodies, which reflect the strength and stature of these men within the community and reflecting the power of social convictions, through his revolution on academic and smashing form and rules of anatomy. an example of his work is the painting titled “fisherman and the fish” (1987) figure (12), in which he demonstrates his accuracy in drawing as he showed the fisherman’s nerve on his right arm. we can also see the ships in the back with their sails accurately drawn, the accuracy of the sky and the color of the sea and the sky, these together actually tell the story of this painting. laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure (12) conclusion the environmental circle surrounding the artist remains the most important force for his creativity, especially if we consider it to be built on several pillars, such as historical, geographic, cultural, political and social heritage, which in its entirety constitutes the autobiography of any nation seeking excellence among its peers. each artist emphasized in his works his loyalty and affiliation with the environment of alexandria and used it to extend to the horizons of the world. aside from their humanitarian characteristics, we find their paintings are greatly influenced by alexandria with all its cultural and social components and its environment with a mixture of unique overlapping cultures and customs of foreign communities and patterns of behavior while still considering the warmth of alexandria’s people towards foreigners. photo index figure no. work name raw material and size collectibles 1 blue robe (1927) oil paints on canvas museum of modern art 2 beautiful sea (1935) oil paints on canvas group mahmoud khalil museum 3 strange fishing (1933) oil paints on canvas group of the egyptian embassy in washington 4 regilito opera (1948) oil paints on paper -size 33 × 46 cm 5 alexandria port (1952) oil paints on silutkssize 50 × 66 cm 6 boats in the port (1957) oil paints on silutks size 58 × 74 cm 7 streets clowns in alexandria (1951) oil paints on silutks size 80 × 62 cm 8 ballet de pascoli (1948) oil paints on paper -size 50 × 35 cm 9 ballet blue bird "(1948) oil paints on paper -size 50 × 35 cm 10 fisherme dialogue "(1956) oil paints on canvas girth size 79 × 98 cm arab museum of modern art 11 country girl "(1967) oil paints on canvas size 134 × 100 cm 12 fisherman and fish (1987) oil paints on canvas size 110 × 91 cm laila abu el seoud / the academic research community publication pg. 9 references abogazi, b.e. (may 1985), pioneers of fine art . najib, i.d. (1985) the dawn of modern egyptian painting. future house. saad el din, m. (2002), between materialism and spirituality. arab renaissance house. daustashi, i. (1997, april 8), ministry of culture. cultural development fund. azar, e. (1961), modern painting in egypt. cairo. cranock, l. (2005), modern egyptian art (1910-2003). the american university in cairo press. qassem, s. (2015), artist mahmoud said. memory of the arts. qassem, s. (2017, january), brothers saif & adham and wanli. memory arts. nawar, a. (2004), hamed aweys egyptian artist. journal of art. al-nasser, m. (2005), journal of half the world. el hawary, h.e. (2011, 29 september), article by artist hamed aweys. nahdet misr newspaper. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) modern mashrabiyas with high-tech daylight responsive systems doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.113 yasmin m. el semary 1 1 faculty of fine arts, helwan university, cairo, egypt hany attalla 1, iman gawad 2 1 professor of architecture and urban design 2 associate professor of architecture keywords mashrabiya, kinetic façade, intelligent building skin, responsive envelope, daylight systems. abstract the environmental and social role of closed oriental balconies (mashrabiyas) remains a significant vernacular aspect of middle eastern architecture. however, nowadays this traditional islamic window element with its characteristic latticework is used to cover entire buildings as an oriental ornament, providing local identity and a sun-shading device for cooling. in fact, designers have reinvented this vernacular islamic wooden structure into high-tech responsive daylight systems – often on a massive scale and using computer technology – not only to cover tall buildings as an oriental ornament, but also as a major responsive daylight system. it is possible to use the traditional architectural islamic elements of the middle east for problem-solving design solutions in present-day architecture. the potential for achieving these solutions lies in the effective combination of the design concepts of the traditional elements with new smart materials and technologies. hence, modern mashrabiyas could be a major responsive daylight system. contextual information drawn from relevant theory, ethnography and practice is used to form a methodological framework for the modern mashrabiyas with high-tech responsive daylight systems. the main results set boundaries for the viability of computer technology to produce mashrabiyas and promote a sustainable way of reviving their use within middle eastern buildings. 1. introduction building facades tend to be more adaptive and responsive with the climate, indoor environments, space functions and occupants as the modern mashrabiyas with high-tech responsive systems. within the scope of this paper, the type of building facades with high-tech modern mashrabiya is defined by three characteristics as follows: (wang and beltrán, 2012) − to strengthen the relationship between the climate and environment with its connotation of indoor environmental conditions and energy efficiency. − to integrate the physical motion or behaviors with the architectural aesthetics. − to imply biological metaphors with the idea of optimal performance and access to the surrounding natural resources. yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 2 the main objective of this paper is using mashrabiya as a responsive daylight system by combining the design concepts of the traditional mashrabiya with new smart materials and technologies. hence, modern mashrabiya with high technology will be a major responsive daylight system. 2. mashrabiya concept the mashrabiya is a wooden lattice screen which is composed of very small wooden balusters round in section. the name mashrabiya is derived from the word “drink” in arabic language. the mashrabiya was originally a “drinking place” as the shade and open lattice of a mashrabiya provided a constant current of air which, as the sweating surfaces of porous clay pots evapo rated, cooled the water inside. the mashrabiya has numerous different functions among including controlling the passage of light, regulating air flow, reducing the temperature of the air current, increasing the humidity of the air current and guaranteeing a great amount of privacy, as shown in figure 1. figure 1. example of a mashrabiya in exterior shot (on the left) and in interior shot (on the right) egypt’s climate is classified as hot desert arid climate according to köppen‟s climate classification system (peel et al., 2007). it is characterized by high direct solar radiation and a clear sky which demands specific façade treatments to reduce heat gain while providing suitable daylighting. double-skin façades (like mashrabiyas) are one of the building’s facade treatments that can improve the indoor environment while minimizing the use of energy if designed properly (poirazis, 2006). the traditional double façade types of buffer, twin face and extractair, where the exterior layer is glazed, have been evolved for hot arid climate resulted in a hybrid approach which employs a shading screen as the exterior face coupled with a high performance curtain wall system as the interior layer of the façade (boake, 2014), as shown in figure 2. figure 2. examples of double façade types of buffer, twin face and extract-air, source: author daylighting in architecture is a design generation strategy that exploits natural sunlight in indoor spaces, reducing reliance on electric light, maintaining human health and a productive work environment during daytime. the mashrabiya has a major effect on the daylight performance inside the building. yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 3 3. concepts and uses of mashrabiya throughout the ages it is very important to understand the concept of this traditional window screen throughout the ages. hence, uses of mashrabiya will be discussed through its past as well as the current and future possible contexts of a possible mashrabiya revival using current manufacturing technologies as follows: 3.1 uses of mashrabiya in the islamic era: the name of the ‘mashrabiya’ is related to its function as a passively cooled space for storing clay water pots. therefore, the name is derived from the arabic verb “yeshrab” that means “drink”. from a structural view, mashrabiya is a wooden lattice screen like a closed balcony, that element is outside the window for around 35cm, as shown in figure 3. this shading element plays a crucial role in absorbing daytime humidity and releasing it at night. the mashrabiya has also an important islamic cultural and social value of privacy as it functions as an architectural veil (madeo and schnabel, 2014). the small openings in the mashrabiya, which is made of fine-turned wood or shading louvers, allow females to view the exterior world from inside without being revealed to the gaze of outside men. gender segregation and veiling is a core value of the islamic religion that made the use of mashrabiya quite popular throughout history. mashrabiyas are known under different names such as shanashel in iraq, mushabak in iran, roshan in saudi arabia and aggasi in bahrain, as noted by almurahhem (2009) and ben-hamoush (2004). (ragette, 2006) figure 3. details of mashrabiya in elevation and section view (ragette 2006) 3.2 uses of mashrabiya in current era: 3.2.1 mashrabiya in modern architectural projects: mashrabiya, in modern architectural projects, has been used to achieve many things as follows: (figure 4) mashrabiya as an adaptive skin: in architecture, the environmental value of mashrabiyas was a defining concept in a lot of applications around the world. producing an architectural envelope that can respond to sun exposure and changing incidence angles during the different days of the year were the aims of the al bahar towers project by aedas (2012) and the oxygen villa (2012) designed by egyptian studio house. an earlier pioneering invention in the field was jean novoul’s arab cultural institute design in france (1987). the modern smart adaptive skin of the al bahar towers project wins the contest between intelligent technology and the heritage value, as mashrabiyas uses specialized programming methods and thermal actuators that open up the mashrabiya like an origami fold. mashrabiya as a structural pattern the verity of opening to provide sun shade was transformed as a structural membrane by 109 architects in saint joseph university (2011) in lebanon and king abdulla university for science and technology (2012). the local brick made pattern house in iran (2012) represents the combination of mashrabiya-like structure made of local available materials and craftsman skills. mashrabiya as a cultural value yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 4 the third interpretation of mashrabiya in the architectural context relies on its shape, which recalls islamic identity and cultural values. excellent applications can be seen in the masdar sustainable city in abu dhabi, uae (2010) and the mashrabiya house of palestine (2011). 3.2.2 mashrabiya within interior design: interior design spaces have also been influenced by mashrabiyas. figure 4 displays the different interior effects of the researched element. the basic passive cooling function of the shading device is integrated with the beauty of the play of shade and shadows of its openings. different new manufacturing techniques are being utilized, as seen in the cnc project recap 2 screen (2009) or the clay screen, entitled e-cooler (2010), that utilises water to perform a passive cooling effect like an old clay water jar. a distinguishing feature is the incorporation of writing, as introduced by suzan hefuna (1997), on artistic mashrabiyas; this promotes dialogue between languages (madeo and schnabel, 2014). figure 4. mashrabiya context within exterior and interior design, source: author 4. daylighting throughout history, natural daylight has been a primary source of lighting in buildings. as we entered the mid20th-century, electric light replaced natural daylight in buildings in many cases. fortunately, during the last quarter of the 20th-century and early years of this century, architects and designers have recognized the importance and value of introducing natural light into buildings. hence, modern mashrabiyas with high-tech daylight responsive systems is a design strategy to get as much natural light as possible deep into the building while controlling heat and surface brightness within the users’ fields of vision. 4.1 intelligent mashrabiya and daylighting performance yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 5 the intelligent modern mashrabiya behavior enables adaptation to the surrounding environment by allowing the human body to overcome the changing environmental conditions. buildings are exposed to a wide range of undesirable and varying environmental conditions, which requires the envelope to possess intelligent capabilities like kinetic and dynamic facade which automatically respond to environmental changes and user demands (elsheikh, 2011). 5. daylighting simulation various software packages were used for generating modern mashrabiyas with high technology daylight responsive systems. hence, design generation and application is divided into three phases as follows: 5.1 input the input data that is required for the daylight simulation can be concluded into three main points as follows: the climate data which depends on the building location, information about the location surrounding environment, and the illuminance level demanded for each type of buildings. that input data is very important during early design stages. 5.2 process digital design tools in a façade configuration simulation process is used to identify the optimal opening and closing patterns for a specific period in a specific location on a specific luminous level. daylight simulation is a commonly used strategy for predicting the quality of luminous environments, as a set of results generated through executing numerous simulation runs for different facades configurations. rhino, grasshopper and the diva plugin are the most common software tools for daylight simulation which were designed to work together to make the simulation clean, quick, and reliable, as shown in figure 5. figure 5. explains the process of these simulations to find the optimal facades configuration. the variables were represented by sliders with set minimum and maximum values depending on designers‟ requirements (cheung, 2013) 5.3 output the output will be a design feature which responds to the input and gets applied to the façade to moderate solar heat and lighting gains. the façade will essentially modify itself based on the input from light sensors within the interior and get transformed into usable responsive data (cheung, 2013). yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 6 6. daylight autonomy one of the key aspects of building rating systems such as leadership in energy and environmental design system (leed) is daylighting design. leed uses metrics such as daylight autonomy (da), which is the percentage of annual daytime work hours that a given point in a space is above a specified illumination level. there are two metrics in leed v4 for rating daylight autonomy design: spatial daylight autonomy (sda) and annual sun exposure (ase) metrics, which can help architects make good design decisions by forming together a clear picture of daylight performance. sda has no maximum limit on luminance levels, therefore, ase in leed v4 is used to describe how much of space receives 1000 lux or more of direct sunlight for at least 250 occupied hours per year, which can cause glare and thermal stress. within the design framework, the daylighting simulation depends not only on the simulation tool and its numerous calculation capabilities, but also on the pre-defined parameters, based on the demanded daylight performance. the algorithmic components incorporated into the set of parameters force data to flow in certain directions for evaluation purposes. the design processing system ends when there’s an optimal facade configuration, as shown in figure 6. figure 6. system logic – the path of data exchange between the proposed algorithm and the daylighting simulation tool. (el-sheikh, 2011) yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 7 7. modern mashrabiyas with high-tech daylight responsive systems applications within contemporary architecture, there is a growing interest in modern mashrabiyas with high-tech responsive systems. hence, there are a lot of applications of modern mashrabiyas in the 21st century. some of those applications will be displayed below in chronological order as follows: 7.1 institut monde arabe kinetic façade institut monde arabe in paris is designed by jean nouvel and was completed in 1987. the huge 30 by 80 meter south façade acts as a giant “mushrabiya” which perfectly combined high-tech modernity with traditional arabian architecture form. these façades change continuously each day, each hour, showing a new "face" which adapts to the changing conditions and needs, as shown in figures (7) (el-semary, 2014). the institute features radical high-tech walls emblazoned with mechanical apertures that respond to sunlight by narrowing to reduce solar exposure or dilating to allow daylight to fill the interior, as shown in figures 7 and 8. figure 7: main concept of institut du monde arabe façade “mushrabiya”, (el-semary, 2013) figure 7. interior shots of institut monde arabe shows the sensitive diaphragms which regulate the amount of daylight entering the building figure 8. the daylight and thermal energy controlling through the responsive kinetic façade (el-semary, 2013) 7.2 kinetic shading system of q1 building: q1 kinetic shading system in thyssenkrupp quarter designed by jswd architekten is located in cologne, germany and was completed in 2010. an innovative, highly efficient sun shading system was developed for large parts of the q1 façade, as shown in figure 9. the highly efficient sun protection system has a key role in the overall appearance of q1. the circa 400,000 stainless steel lamellas are oriented in response to the location of the sun and enable light redirection without blocking the view, as shown in figure 10 and 11 (el-semary, 2014). yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure 9. photo of the south and east facades of the q1 building figure 10. different states of the sun-shading kinetic system figure 11. sunshade diagram which response to the location of the sun 7.3 al bahar towers kinetic facades: al bahar towers have been designed by aedas architects in abu dhabi, uae, they were completed in june 2012. al bahar towers took inspiration from a traditional islamic motif to design an innovative and visually interesting external automated shading system for the building. the kinetic façade has been conceived as a contemporary interpretation of the traditional islamic “mashrabiya”; a popular form of wooden lattice screen found in vernacular islamic architecture and used as a device for achieving privacy while reducing glare and solar gain, as shown in figures 12 and 13 (el-semary, 2014). figure 12. al bahar towers external automated shading system, abu dhabi, uae (el-semary,2014) yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 9 figure 13. the kinetic process of the shading system which track the sun location 7.4 sdu kolding campus sdu kolding campus is a new central plaza by the kolding river and will have an interaction with other educational institutions in denmark. it is designed by henning larsen architects and was completed in 2014. the daylight changes and varies during the course of the day and year. thus, the kolding campus is fitted with dynamic solar shading, which adjusts to the specific climate conditions and user patterns and provides optimal daylight and comfortable indoor climate spaces along the façade. because the location of the university is in denmark, the sun will be on a low angle throughout most of the year. the choice of a vertical kinetic facade is therefore a good one because a horizontal shading system wouldn’t figure 14. exterior shot of sdu kolding campus yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 10 figure 15. interior shot of sdu kolding campus shows the amount of daylight entering the building block as much sun, as shown in figure 14, 15 figure 16. sdu kolding campus kinetic façade detail 7.5 heliotrace facade system heliotrace façade system can trace the path of the sun over the course of a day and a year to significantly reduce solar heat gain while maximizing daylight and views for building users, this system is under construction (elsemary, 2014). in heliotrace, a high-performance glass curtain wall is shadedusing two exterior devices: opaque panels that project from the mullions, perpendicular to the façade; and 50-percent perforated panels deployed parallel to the building envelope. both can be programmed to respond to solar movement and interior occupancy. energy savings are enhanced by integrated interior systems: chilled ceilings and beams, and an underfloor dedicated outside air system, as shown in figure 17. figure 17. showroom dynamic façade system with unlimited faces, (el-semary, 2013) 8. conclusion this paper presents the mashrabyia as an intelligent building skin and as the flexible adaptability of building façades to respond by motion to changing environmental conditions, taking into account human interaction and behavior. the paper demonstrates, from the perspective of the mentioned modern mashrabiya with high-tech, that it can help mitigate various environmental problems and decrease the need for mechanical systems such as hvac systems and artificial lighting, add to the occupants’ comfort, and potentially could be used to generate electricity. through this paper and our discussion of modern mashrabiya, some recommendations have been deduced as follows: − modern mashrabiya is a valuable tool for architects, engineers, surveyors and designers, so by proper design of interactive mashrabiya the size of the energy consumption system can be reduced bringing down the initial investment. − modern mashrabiya with high-tech daylight responsive systems represent a smart solution for various environmental & aesthetic considerations. − future researchers have to start focusing on the modern mashrabiya as it is time to shape future directions of the developing “facades” in a sustainable manner. − mashrabiya wants some guidance outlines in the design phase to make it more useful to the environment and human needs with no omission for the aesthetic element. 9. references 1. boake. t. 2014. hot climate double facades: avoiding solar gain. 14. 2. cheung. j. march 2013. a responsive façade system: http://fishtnk.com/responsivearc hitecture/bibliography-for-a-responsive-facadesystem/. 3. el-semary. y. march 2014. kinetic architecture as a tool for sustainability, m.sc. in architecture, cairo, egypt: faculty of fine arts, helwan university. yasmin m. elsemary / the academic research community publication pg. 11 4. el-sheikh. m. may 2011. intelligent building skins: parametric-based algorithm for kinetic facades design and daylighting performance integration, m.sc. in building science, california, usa: faculty of the usc school of architecture, university of southern california. 5. madeo. f. & schnabel. m. 2014. from vernacular to personalised and sustainable, architectural research through to practice: 48th international conference of the architectural science association 2014, pp. 479–490, the architectural science association & genova university press. 6. peel, m. c., finlayson, b. l., & mcmahon, t. a. 2007. updated world map of the köppengeiger climate classification. hydrology and earth system sciences, 1633-1644. 7. poirazis. h. 2006. double skin facades,a literature review. 8. ragette. f. 2006. tradtiotnal domestic architecture of the arab region, second edition. 9. wang. j. & beltrán. l. 2012. from static to kinetic: a review of acclimated kinetic building envelopes, ases conference, baltimore, maryland, us. 10. f. madeo & m. a. schnabel (eds.). 2014. from vernacular to personalised and sustainable, architectural research through to practice: 48th international conference of the architectural science association 2014, the architectural science association & genova university press, pp. 479–490 http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) recycling agricultural waste as a part of interior design and architectural history in egypt doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.116 ayah eldeeb 1 1interior designer, masters degree, alexandria university, alexandria, egypt keywords agricultural waste recycling –sustainability –interior design. abstract egypt is defined as an agricultural country where its people put all produced crops to use, whether as food or clothing. agricultural wastes like straw, palm fronds, leaves and others are used in building and interior designing; they’re part of an individual’s lifestyle and culture. as time passed, all of this changed given that local agricultural materials were replaced with technology and new building materials. farmers became uninterested in what happened to this waste that was burned as a means of disposal, this process has direct effects on public health and the environment. this research examines the problem of palm fronds (agricultural materials) as a wasted renewable source in egypt. it will attempt to find methods to link these materials with egyptian handicrafts using new treatments in manufacturing with the cradle to cradle idea to produce compressed panels, wallpapers and other objects used in interior design. this research is important because it aims to find sustainable envi-ronmental materials with modern designs using agricultural waste. 1. introduction while egypt is ranked third in the middle east when it comes to the availability of agriculture waste that amounts to 71.5 million tons (dried weight in the oven), only 10% of it is reused in traditional works like cages and traditional furniture, while 90% of palm fronds are burned every year in egypt. this causes environmental pollution and is a waste of sustainable construction materials that include highly recyclable contents, rapidly renewable and biodegradable products, and local resources. fronds are wastes from the date palm, which have already considerably attracted the attention of architects, engineers, and researchers in egypt as a recycled sustainable material that is highly recyclable, rapidly renewable and biodegradable, and can reduce carbon emission and energy consumption. environmentally friendly materials need to be carefully selected and applied to the proposed design to “satisfy the present needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs” (brundtland, 1987). for that, we should know characteristics of these materials and how they were used in the past and nowadays in egypt. 1.1 palm fronds (phoenix dactylifera) phoenix dactylifera, or the date palm tree, is perhaps best known for its sweet fruit but, as growers in the middle east have known for thousands of years, its height typically reaches about 21–23 meters (69–75 ft). it grows as eiher a single stem or forming a clump with several stems from a single root system, its leaves can also be used in construction. the middle east has 90% of the world’s palm. ayah eldeeb / the academic research community publication pg. 2 the frond is a branch axis after the leaves of the plant are cut. the amount wasted was 965 thousand tons per year with an annual formation of 10 to 26 new leaves. these leaves vary in both length and weight. the length of fronds is typically 3 to 6m (4m average) and have a normal life expectency of 3 to 7 years, while the length of one gazette is about eight meters in the type of pass entering the new valley governorate, almost falling or trim. the color of a frond varies between the shades of green. fronds are so strong, tough and crooked. figure(1) figure1. photographs and caption of the form of palm fronds 1.2 history of palm fronds (gireed) “look under your foot and build,” hassan fathy said. egyptian farmers have followed his words throughout the ages. the date palm was one of the pivots of economic, social and cultural life in this region from ancient times. in ancient egypt, the heads of pillars in temples were resembled the growing top of the date palm. the date palm appeared frequently on walls of temples in different contexts revealing its significance in life in egypt. according to nubian (south egypt) traditions, when a child is born, they plant a date palm for him or her. in upper egypt, each village had a number of palms grown along side it as it was believed that these trees provided a good base for the future economic life of the village. there hasn’t been a big change in building materials in egypt throughout the ages, locally available design and construction materials have always been used. farmers built walls using mud, bricks and palm trunks, and the ceiling using palm fronds, leaves, and straw. furniture was also made at home using the same materials. this way of building encouraged cooperation between people as even though each farmer built his own house (figure 2), he got help from the rest of the community and this became part of tradition. palm fronds have also been commonly used in developing fishing materials and as fuel in rural ovens. nowadays, gireed is mostly used for making wooden cages for birds. however, egyptian farmers no longer care about building with old and natural materials as they have been replaced with concrete and metal. figure 2. photographs of palm fronds and leaves house manually made in egypt 2. palm frond using 2.1 palm fronds/gireed architecture (arish building) lifestyle, climate and available building materials are major influences in the architectural style of traditional houses anywhere. arish architecture is an old arab form of architecture founded in the arabian peninsula given the abundance of palm trees. even though the concept of arish building is very simple, its design is sophisticated and is strong enough to resist the extreme desert climate in the arabian peninsula for thousands of years. ayah eldeeb / the academic research community publication pg. 3 nowadays, bedouins, who are nomadic by nature, still live in animal hide tents during the winter, and arish shelters during the hot summer months. these palm frond shelters were airy in the summer, as they allowed for ventilation and were either square or rectangular with flat roofs or triangular tent-like structures. barasti or arish houses were built by the first construction wooden frames of split-palm trunks or any other wood that was available. the palm fronds were then used in two different ways: as straight poles with the leaves stripped off for creating screens, and with the leaves still on as a roof thatch. they collected some of the palm leaves together vertically and trimmed them well, they would then tie them together using ropes of palm fiber and support them using palm trunks, and finally covered the rood withpalm leaves, (figure 3). figure 3. caption of old arish from a palm fronds and leaves. 2.2 gireed furniture: cages furniture in the same way cages were produced in a way that preserves the identity of egyptian raw material, palm fronds were used to make furniture. this was done by carpenters in the cottage industry who manufacture products using palm fronds and sell them to the local market i.e. local dumyat families such as areas of abu nomros and shabramant giza governorate. this reflects the element of post-production in any design or artistic process today. using the midribs of the preferred varietiesof palm fronds, because there are quality differences, the edges, where the pinnae were attached, are firstly removed by a stripping knife, after which they are cut into pieces of standard lengths and, since they are tapered, assembled in groups with equal diameters. the smaller diameters are further smoothed and rounded for their intended use. the thicker lengths that are to be perforated are leveled in order to at least have two flat surfaces. after having marked them, the holes are perforated by a punch (driven in by a mallet) an operation in which both the operator's hands and feet actively and efficiently participate. in assembling the crate, the thinner rods are knocked down the holes making use of a flat thick piece of iron, after which superfluous material is cut and trimmed using a knife and collected together. with the new design, studio meem product line “off the gireed” furniture included seating, tables, and shelving units, which are chemically treated to extend its life cycle. off the gireed furniture explore possibilities of material, process, place and cultural context that are embedded in an everyday work and re-contextualized in innovative ways to create fresh meanings and uses. off the gireed furniture is used to reinvigorate the traditional craft of palm cage making, using a renewable material source and drawing appreciation to these crafts. this product line was awarded red dot and good design awards. fig (4), figure 4. (a) photographs of traditional palm leaves furniture (b) studio meem furniture designs. (a) (b) http://www.studiomeem.me/index.php/productdesign/off-the-gireed/ http://www.studiomeem.me/index.php/productdesign/off-the-gireed/� ayah eldeeb / the academic research community publication pg. 4 3. palm frond/(dplm) board 3.1 palm frond board/(dplm) production (in egypt) the cradle to cradle idea is one of the sustainable design benefits that invlves economic decisions in life-cycle functionality. its design depends on making product parts that are easy to separate after use, they are not only efficient, but also essentially waste free. handicrafts and local materials make this easy. in an effort to revive traditional egyptian handicrafts to compete with the globalized market, the egyptian society for endogenous development of local communities has started producing local handicrafts furniture and carpentry, which are made of palm fronds that were grown in one of the lowest-income villages in upper egypt, called al-zayat village. the process of turning the fronds into products comes in two stages. first, the fronds are turned into wood fig (5). the second stage is shaping the wood into different kinds of products such international-standard wooden tables, mirror frames, parquet flooring, and wall cladding. figure 5. (a) samples cut out from dplm board , (b) dplm board after treated (c) dplm double board as a sandwich panel. (a)(c)source:[egyptian association for self-development of local communities, egypt, researcher photo] hamed el-mously, an engineering professor at ain shams university, developed innovative technologies to transform midrib, the strong central spine in the middle of palm leaves, from a soft living material into hardened wooden strips. the research included testing different species of date palm, and developing eco-friendly techniques for solar drying and gluing together midribs to wooden blocks. gireed is bent and its shape is not straight, so workers change this shape into a more uniform one so it can be compressed and produce wooden blocks. the production technique is simple, but the quality assurance process designed for palm fronds/gireed involves a cooling system that controls the level of oxygen, carbon dioxide and nitrogen inside a storage room. palm fronds/gireed mats and strips are further developed to produce a number of decorative board sizes with different patterns. it is carried out by craftsmen with machines manufactured locally, which cut gireed into three pieces and stored in preparation for the cutting operation (altsudaib). this process converts all the pieces of the three to a group of small pieces by cutting it lengthwise. this is followed by the aggregation stage, where all the pieces are collected together in a small rectangular shape going through a pressing process. then starts the trimming process in which carpenter carefully shapes a piece of wood with equal dimensions to obtain the required sizes accurately, and collected pieces together to produce a large wooden board that’s ready for use in many product industries. gireed produces high-quality alternative wood from palm midribs, that aim to replace commercially imported wood with eco-friendly, locally made jereed alternative wood. fig. (6). figure 6. photographs of (a) cutting process, (b) trimming process (c) collect and compress process. 3.2 palm frond board/ (dplm) experimental the first step in this methodology involved the conduction of tests to determine the physical and mechanical properties of palm midribs and their comparison with the corresponding properties of wood. the research findings, (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (c) ayah eldeeb / the academic research community publication pg. 5 (figure 7), have shown that palm midribs enjoy physical and mechanical properties falling within values pertinent to known wood species as spruce and beech. hence the date palm wood is a good candidate for the development of efficient and safe insulating materials. palmwood properties were tested in a lab at munich university in germany to verify its suitability as a substitute for hardwood. results proved that palm wood is very competitive with standard wood. figure 7. comparison between the mechanical properties of dplm and several wood specics: 1. moe, moe and c max . 2. nail with drawal test. 3. hardness test [19]. [this research has been awarded the euromat-97 conference prize for the best poster, 21-23 april 1997, maastricht (appendix 3)] the research was conducted to determine the tensile strength of the outer 1.25-mm layer of the midrib. the research results (see table 1) clearly indicate that the outer layer of the midrib enjoys a tensile strength (~ 25 kg/mm2) comparable with that of commercial steel. as far as the specific strength is concerned, i.e. tensile strength per unit weight, the outer layer is 4 times higher than steel. this indicates that the palm midrib’s outer layer is a super strong material that could find wide applications in industrial composites. table(1) table 1.the values of tensile strength and specific tensile strength for palm midrib outer layer, compared with several wood species and steel. material tensile strength specific tensile strength (n/mm2) (n/mm2) (g/cm3) outer layer 248 196 inner layer 70 86 european read pine 78 142 beech 97 140 steel 37 367 46 3.3 palm frond board example(dplm) 3.3.1 palm frond board arabesque the arabesque (mashrabiah مشربیة ) handicrafts are a part of our cultural heritage. the arabesque items are being used in furniture, windows, and partitions (figure 8). the drastic increase in the price of imported beech wood, usually used for arabesque, has led to the shrinkage of demand on arabesque handicrafts. therefore, it was thought that the replacement of beech wood by the cheap locally available palm midribs may open the way for the revival of arabesque handicrafts, especially in rural areas. the center for the development of small-scale industries launched, in july 1995, a project in the dakhla oases in the new valley governorate to disseminate arabesque handicrafts using palm midribs as a raw material. a training center was established to train the beneficiaries (figure 8), who obtain their lathes on a loan basis and produce at home. the project has shown great success turning the poor, especially women, to autonomous producers and entrepreneurs and transforming the idea of the use of trees pruning products as a substitute for imported wood into reality. the project shows great potential in disseminating a new culture of sustainable use of renewable material resources in rural and desert communities in the whole arab region. ayah eldeeb / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 8. photographs of (a) apartition of the arabesque (b)training beneficiaries on arabesquehandicrafts. [source: el-mously, h.i.centre for development of small-scale industries] 3.3.2 palm frond board furniture (dplm) a number of egyptian designers and craftsmen in alqayat village used modern designs to develop a series of handmade furniture pieces from palm fronds boards. egyptians furniture designers like mohamed saeed designed many of the tables and chairs, rania salah designed many of the lighting units and trays, and designer aklijo designed desk units. lighting indicated the extent of the exploitation of the potential of the raw material, which relates to nature by developing these items by hand and mastering the technique, this allowed the team to test new dimensions in artisan capability (figure 9). these furniture pieces are characterized by their design simplicity, lightness of the philosophy of weight, it’s cost-effective. they are used in interior spaces, which confirms that an environmentally friendly product does not adversely affect the environment and furniture should generally be in line with the nature of the place in which it resides. figure 9. photographs of tables and chairs, lighting units and desk units 3.3.3 palm frond parquet flooring palm frond boards are used, in cooperation with the egyptian association for self development of local communities where the panels are manually cut into rectangles. these panels serve as a "building block" in the parquet board manufacturing and they are covered with a layer of beech wood, or any other desired material and painted according to the desired color. the floors of the most important domestic blank selectors are the ones with the most friction, and thus the most ones that physically and visually affect the user. palm frond parquet tiles in the flooring industry is a great victory for this raw material that is manufactured from plant residue (figure 10). they compete with natural wood and surpass wood in terms of their texture that helps prevent slipping. figure 10. photographs of (a) palm frond parquet flooring (b) room with palm frond parquet flooring covered with a layer of beech wood source:[egyptian association for self-development of local communities, egypt, researcher photo] (a) (a) (a) (b) (a) (b) ayah eldeeb / the academic research community publication pg. 7 4. conclusion this paper presents the history of the use of palm fronds in egypt since ancient times and the extent of deterioration and neglect. this research urges manufacturers to reconsider the use of this wasted raw materials and try to save it for the provision of local building materials, preserving the environment and reducing the consumption of natural resources. palm fronds passed aboard several tests successfully and proved its superiority over the types of non-available wood locally in egypt, where it already has great potential for use in sustainable designs, and the evolution of the industry from the traditional manual methods, like the cage industry, to technologically advanced methods that allow for the production process to be completed using palm fronds. references 1. agoudjila,b.j.,benchabaneb,a.,boudennec,a.,ibosc,l.,foisc,m, 2010. renewable materials to reduce building heat loss: characterization of date palm wood. february–march 2011, elsevier. 2. agricultural production, fao, 1995. 3. awru (2005) agricultural waste in egypt, agricultural waste recycling unit (awru), ministry of state for environmental affairs (msea), egyptian environmental affairs agency (eeaa). cairo, egypt 4. crops for sustainable enterprise, 2000. design for sustainable development. the european foundation for the improvement of living and working conditions, dublin, ireland. 5. el-deeb hm, lashin sm, arab ya (2007) distribution and pathogenesis of date palm fungi in egypt. acta hort 736:421–429 6. el-mously, h.i. 2005. the palm fibres for the reinforcement of polymer composites: prospects and challenges, a paper presented to the first ain shams international conference on environmental engineering, egypt. 7. el-mously, h.i., 2001. the industrial use of the date palm residues: an eloquent example of sustainable development. 2nd inter. conf. on date palms, al-ain, united arab emirates univ., pp. 872-879. 8. el-mously, h.i., 2003. the date palm as a basis for environment-friendly industries beginning from the rural areas. the international palm conference, held in the king saud university (el-quaseem branch). 9. el-mously, h.i.,1996 achievements-to-date and future prospects of research on use of date palm leaves’ midribs as a substitute for sawn wood. conf., challenges of sustainable dev. organized by ines, amsterdam. 10. ghosh s. k. ; nag d. ; nayak l. k., 2009. composite particle boards from date-palm leaves a viable substitute of wood/plywood products, journal of the indian chemical society a. vol. 86, n° 8, pp. 857-862 . 11. schwab. a.,2008. – sustainability in commercial building, building materials &technology congress, kuwait. 12. taha,i., steuernagel,l., ziegmann.g., 2007. optimization of the alkali treatment process of date palm fibres for polymeric composites compos interf, germany, pp. 669–684. 13. the egyptian association for self-development of the communities for local.2004. palm as a source of industrial raw materials and construction materials, egypt. p. 7. 14. vogtländer. j.g., hendriks. ch. f., brezet. j.c., 2001. allocation in recycle systems: an integrated model for the analyses of environmental impact and economic value. p 344–355. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s037877881000366x http://www.refdoc.fr/rechercheannee?issn=0019-4522 http://www.springerlink.com/content/r7248g565215804t/ http://www.springerlink.com/content/r7248g565215804t/ http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) cityscape as an inspiration for contemporary painting doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.106 fayrouz samir abdelbaky 1 1 associate professor, painting department, faculty of fine arts, helwan university, cairo egypt keywords art; painting; contemporary; cityscape; landscape; urban; identity; composition; inspiration; reflects; ancient; modern;architect; technique; vision;impression; expression; abstract cityscape painting or urban landscape painting is an art that depends on city scenes and their elements such as streets, buildings, types, composition and other city elements. this kind of art considers cities as a source of inspiration, because it reflects all the different sides of the cities like its identity, ancientness, modernity, size, density, interstitial space built forms, and of course the architectural design. moreover, this research is concerned with this form of art that reflects all the differences between the artists’ technical trends and the artistic visions of each one separately. this will be discussed given the interest to find the mutual effective relationship between the artist and the city through an analytical comparison between different examples of paintings that dealt with cities as a subject. introduction “whether we are aware of it or not, architecture is a part of everybody’s personal history. it is the place where we are born and where we work and play, think and make things and eventually will die. we wake up in a building and go to another” accordingly, a lot of artists get inspired by buildings (nuttgens, 1997). since the beginning of human history, artists were inspired by everything that falls under their sights from nature to things surrounding them. they get their inspiration from a number of different objects and for a lot of purposes, motivations, incentives, rationales, intentions, rituals, ceremonies, or cultural traditions to make their visual arts. artists have other aesthetic considerations that differ from our understanding of art today (lamp, n.d.). this happens when a piece of architecture becomes pleasant to draw or paint in great art works, in this type of painting, artists use light, shadow, perspective, lines and styles (schaller, 1998). all that led to the emergance of cityscape painting which is considered in visual arts as a painting of the urban properties of each city. it reverberates several parts of cities like skylines, buildings, streets, parks and the main structural specifications of cities which we consider the urban landscape (cityscape art: a walk through history, 2015). 1. cityscape painting history the city is obviously not a newcomer to art, but since the emergence of cities, it has become an inspiration for painters. we can recognize the value of cityscapes in a lot of paintings, but the beginning of cityscape painting was in the ancient world. 1. 1. cityscape in the ancient world there’s no exact date for neither the birth of the first city nor to the start of cityscapes art. however, early works date back to ancient rome in the first century. it was a large fresco about 10 square meters in the baths of trajan. there was a massive bathing area commissioned by emperor trajan. they were being utilized mainly as a fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 2 recreational and social center by roman citizens, both men and women; (fig. 1) depicts a view of a city by bird’s eye perspective, in which we can see clearly: theaters – temples – statues – houses and a series of canals. it possibly shows an imaginary type of an ideal city (old news, 2013). the theme of the fresco is unusualbecause classical wall painting tended to represent rural landscapes, not city streets. fig. 1 (detail) the baths of trajan 2. 1. cityscape in the middle ages cityscapes were current during the middle ages but used to appear as a background for biblical themes and portraits rather than having a specific role in the painting composition. however, in the late 13th and 14th century, painting started to be influenced by it, thanks to duccio da buonisegna (national gallery of art, n.d.) and his ‘road to emmaus appearance’ (fig.3)and also giotto di bondone’s ‘legend of st francis’ (fig. 4) (giotto, 2017). it is often thought that ambrogio lorenzetti has painted the first true cityscape ‘the allegory of good government’ (fig. 5). that painting sparked a remarkable tradition in italy and northern europe and after that, artists continued to paint the city in the background of many paintings. fig. 3 (detail) road to emmaus appearance 1308-1311 fig. 4 (detail) legend of st francis appearance 1297 1299 fresco 270 cm x 230 cm fig. 5 the allegory of good government -1338 1339 -200×770 cm fresco fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 3 1.3 17th and 18th century from the 16th up to the 18th century, numerous works were made showing cities in a bird's eye view or from a high angle as if seen by a flying bird. however, in the middle of the 17th century, the cityscape became a separated subject such as the 'view of delft' by jan vermeer, ( fig. 6 ) which shows a portrait of a city in western holland. by following the dutch example, cities became subjects for european painters and a very popular subject for cityscape painters. the flourishing time of the cityscape painting was the 18th century by giovanni antonio canaletto’s ‘the entrance to the grand canal, venice’ (fig.7). canaletto is said to be an artist who could “make the sun shine in his paintings” (w., 2015) . two of the most talented followers were francesco guardi’s ‘view on the grand canal at san geremia’ (fig. 8) and bernardo bellotto dresden’s from the right bank of the elbe (fig. 9). fig. 6 'view of delft' 1660-1661 oil on canvas 96.5 cm × 115.7 cm fig. 7 the entrance to the grand canal, 1730 oil on canvas painting 49.6 cm x 73.6 cm fig. 8 view on the grand canal at san geremia, venice(1760-65) fig. 9 dresden from the right bank of the elbe, 1747 oil on canvas 132 cm x 236 cm 1. 4 19th century in the 19th century, painters were interested in life in the city such as building sites and industrial areas, which became subjects for cityscapes. during the late 19th century, impressionists focused on the everyday urban life, building sites and industrial areas as they all became subjects for cityscapes. however, paris was the most common subject for impressionist artists as it was the definitive source of inspiration for painters such as gustave caillebotte ‘rue halévy, vue d'un sixième étage’ (fig. 10) and camille pissarro ‘avenue de l'opera, morning sunshine’ (fig. 11). to create this painting, he rented a room in the hotel du louvre situated on the place du palais royal and to be able to see the views of the rue de l'opera, and the place du theatre francais. he painted the building, the roundabouts in free brushwork, but he also had to contend with the moving traffic and the pedestrians entering and leaving the place du theatre francais from different directions (the avenue de l'opera, sunlight, winter morning, 1898). the 19th century also brought american cityscape painting through important artists such as childe hassam, (fig. 12) who focused on painting everyday life in new york city. fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 4 fig. 10 rue halévy, vue d'un sixième étage 1878 oil on canvas 60 × 73 cm fig. 11 avenue de l'opera, morning sunshine by 1897 964 × 779cm fig. 12 rainy day 2. contemporary cityscape painting cityscapes have been considerably a part of the history of contemporary painting because painters had an interest in specifications of the new elements of the modern city. the avant-garde brought the varied vision of the cityscape such as the works of cubist painters fernand leger‘the city’, (fig. 13) which presents the cubist notion of fracturing objects into geometric shapes, but retained an interest in depicting the illusion of three-dimensionality. influenced by the urban spaces, he expressed the noise, dynamism, and speed of new technology in the illusion of three dimensionalities with experiments in abstraction and non-representation. also robert delaunay and his ‘champs de mars, la tour rouge’ (fig. 14), infused the dynamism of modern life into this painting by employing multiple viewpoints, rhythmic fragmentation of form, and color contrasts. delaunay accentuated the structure’s towering presence by framing it with tall buildings and placing smaller, shorter buildings, seen from above, at its base. the top of the tower seems to soar, its massive structure augmented by wing like clouds and patches of lightfilled sky (artic.edu, n.d.). through works by painters from the school of paris, the paintings on the way to abstraction inspired some abstract painters like joan mitchell who painted ‘city landscape’ (fig.15) however, it’s still abstract expressionism (birmingham museum of art, 2010). later on, all the attention of painters of the 20th century became focused on the abstract (arnheim, 1969) and conceptual art; the production of cityscapes became rare accordingly . fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 5 fig. 13 the city (la ville), 1919 oil on canvas, 231.1 x 298.4 cm fig. 14 the red tower 1911-160.7 x 128.6 cm fig. 15 city landscape 1955 oil, canvas edward hopper was one of the most important realist painters, and was the only one who created intriguing paintings of the american streets scene. he had a unique and selective vision when portraying an empty cityscape, while capturing the mood and the feeling of the 20th century such as ‘early sunday morning’ (fig.16), a painting of a peaceful scene of a closed small business. his painting appears as a picture of new york or an image of america. he had painted the architecture of the buildings to look like basic industries such as selling shoes and clothes. the dark passage in the upper-right corner of the picture is the large side of the building next to the sunny block (edward hopper, n.d.). hopper said that he is “always using nature as the medium to try to project upon canvas my most intimate reaction to the subject as it appears when i like it most; when the facts are given unity by my interests and prejudices. why i select certain subjects rather than others, i do not exactly know unless it is that i believe them to be the best mediums for a synthesis of my inner experience." he created many paintings that deal with the line of city block buildings, while architecture plays a main role in his work. he admitted saying "i was always interested in architecture, but the editors wanted people waving their arms." thus, his buildings are protagonists that show embodiment cultural and social concepts. fig. 16 early sunday morning 1930 fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 6 the revival of figurative art towards the end of the 20th century was a revisit to cityscape painting. photorealist and hyperrealist painters have made an important contribution to cityscape painting in more recent times (cityscape art: a walk through history, 2015). cityscape has experienced a renaissance through the works of the painters from the hyperrealists and street photographers to present the cityscapes artworks of contemporary art (stunning art cityscapes of contemporary art, n.d.).well-known contemporary cityscape painters include rackstraw downes, who has been painting panoramic scenes of the american land and cityscape for over thirtyfive years (schwartz, sanford, storr, robert, downes, rackstraw, 2005). painted after a lot of studies that could last from days to months, his paintings evince careful attention to details and possess a unique balance between realism and abstraction. subjects like ventilation towers (fig. 17) depicting the subway underpasses, barbed wire fences, constructions and landfills, prove that he is fascinated by what he describes as ‘the magic’ of these places. in his painting, we can see demolition and excavation on the site of equitable life assurance society’s new tower at 7th avenue and 52nd street, (fig. 18) a crowded painting with a holistic view for what is around him. he said “as far as one can see” or distinguish the ordinary from the extraordinary. he instances to put in the painting all that he can see his desire to recognize the space in height, depth and time (downes, n.d.). another artist, antonio lópez garcía and his paintings grand via by antonio (fig. 19) and view of madrid from martínez campos (fig. 20) seemed to have been influenced by european painters in their aesthetic. he had to learn from the past but he painted his time. moreover, he passes through the knowledge and the experience to extract the technique of the ancient painters. he said "living in a city like madrid, the most interesting thing is the pulse of life. it's not a city with a special level of culture, but you still see the people, the men, the women, the children, the sickness, the good, and the bad. i want to get close to all that, and those are the motives of my paintings." his paintings have a special spirit in all the forms, and everything was done correctly. fig. 17 ventilation tower with estivating snow plows, 1988 fig. 18 demolition and excavation on the site 1983oil on canvas – 81.28x91.44c m fig. 19 grand via by antonio lópez garcía, 1974-1981, 500 × 522 fig. 20 view of madrid from martínez campos 1960, oil painting on board, 48 x 96 oil painting richard estes, known to be a photorealist, creates his paintings from photographs (graham, 2007). his paintings show reflective surfaces and often his inspiration is new york city and he shows it like a new city with its iconic https://www.google.com.eg/search?tbs=simg%3am00&tbnid=m_p0imyo_wtvum%3a&docid=8seyhq0zdsy6nm&bih=445&biw=1024&tbm=isch https://www.google.com.eg/search?tbs=simg%3am00&tbnid=m_p0imyo_wtvum%3a&docid=8seyhq0zdsy6nm&bih=445&biw=1024&tbm=isch fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 7 sites while giving it life. his ‘columbus avenue at 90th street’ (fig. 21) is one of his most famous cityscapes that presents perspective and reflection in a symmetrical composition and a panoramic view. the bright sunlight and deep shadow plays an important role in many of his cityscapes, while the foreground of the painting have shadows and the bright sunlight areas draw the distance, increasing the sense of depth (five richard estes paintings you should know about, n.d.). besides that, his storefront creates reflection images. “the city as both a reality and an abstraction becomes the subject of the painting. hyperreal in its detailed perfection, it evokes the city as an ideal.”he might have focused on the urban environment by avoiding the inclusion of any citizens in his scenes, as “the city is a construct of mankind yet humanity can seem eerily absent from estes’s urban landscapes of the 1970s and 1980s.” fig. 21 columbus avenue at 90th street (1974) by richard estes another painter is yvonne jacquette, who made a specialty of aerial cityscapes (cozzolino, 2012). she creates low-altitude aerial landscapes using pointillist-like techniques. she began chartering planes to flying commercial airlines in order to sketch and study landscapes and clouds to get the views she desired . she began formations of ‘third avenue (with reflection) iii’, in 2005 (fig. 22). it shows the contrast between her quilt-like style and the gleaming modern skyscrapers and rushing traffic of manhattan. in ‘empire state building ii’ (fig. 23) is night views of new york city, her cityscapes are characterized by their intense colors and elaborate detail (jacquette, n.d.). it inspired an ongoing exploration of the effects of bright lights, reflections, and indistinct objects set against surrounding darkness. in a different style, francis livingston painted primarily in a monochromatic way with a love for nostalgia. he painted places which may no longer exist. his bold and impressionistic paintings take the viewer back in time to the day when amusement parks with wooden roller coasters, movie theatres with neon signs and buildings with ornate embellishments were in their prime as in ‘city sky’ (fig. 24). his thickly applied brush strokes that emphasized shape rather than line, his scenes of yesteryear have exciting movement, color, texture and balance (livingston, n.d.). on the contrary, stephen wiltshire’s panoramic cityscape painting, the ‘manhattan skyline from top of empire state’ (fig. 25) looks photorealistic. fig. 22 third avenue (with reflection) iii, 2005 fig. 23 empire state building ii, 2009. oil on canvas fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 8 fig. 24 city sky 2017 oil on panel 24 x 36 inches fig. 25 manhattan skyline from top of empire stateoil on canvas 765 × 573 cm in the same way, cairo, the capital of egypt has inspired many artists since the french expedition between (1798 -1801), when artists painted every detail in the ‘description of egypt’ book. moreover, contemporary painters depicted cairo in many ways, where some of them were interested in the details, the architectural composition, the architectural diversity of styles and its sense of rich history. other painters paid attention to the life in the city that does not sleep. reda abdel salam’s abstract expressionism paintings summarized life in the city with its hustle and its beauty. he expressed the rhythm of life and its frequency in a hard mix of color (fig. 26). while in an atmosphere of mystical realism, mahmoud bakshesh shortened the forms of his city, and turned it into shades. the colors are luminous and cool at the same time, as his cities were dominated by dormancy and silence ( عز الدین as we see in his painting ‘city and barriers’ (fig. 27), it is depicting a view of a city from afar and .(2007 ,نجیب the buildings are almost barely visible, while the desert colors are blurry. he presented a city imprisoned in iron barricades. fig. 26 the rhythm of life in the city 2 oil painting on cardboard 100x70 -1991 fig. 27 city and barriers oil painting -75x60 cm -1986 in a completely different point of view, we find paintings of zahran salama offer a study filled with details nearest to the photorealism. his city was soaked in an atmosphere filled with history and modernity, which we can see in his painting (fig.28). in the same approach, we find nabil metwally, who was inspired by ancient cairo, especially the archeological-like appearance of the aesthetics, and where ancient buildings belong to several historical eras mixed with contemporary human life (fig.29). fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 9 fig. 28 oil painting on canvas 2000 fig. 29 view from gamalia 1 oil on canvas 130 x150 cm 2016 3. conclusion the beginning of cityscape painting goes back to the ancient world and was prominent during the middle ages, but used to appear as a background. however, in the middle of the 17th century, the cityscape became a separated subject. in the 19th century, the painters were interested in the life in the city and during late 19th century, impressionists focused on the everyday urban life that became subjects for cityscapes. cityscapes have been considerably a part of the contemporary history of painting because painters had an interest in specifications of the new elements of the modern city. cityscape painting is an art that depends on city scenes and all their elements. cityscape painters consider the city as a source of inspiration such as identity, anciently, modernity, size, densness, interstitial space built forms, and of course its architectural design. these paintings reflect all the differences between the artists’ technical trends and the artistic visions of each one separately. photorealist and hyperrealist painters have made an important contribution to cityscape painting that has experienced a renaissance through their works. the contemporary painters depicted the city in many ways; some of them were interested in painting each detail and some of them were interested in expressing their feelings toward it. references: 1. "old news" by candace weddle. (2013, august 3). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://candaceweddle.wordpress.com/ 2. . london: giles. p. 243. isbn 978-1-904832-77-5 3. 19 the avenue de l'opera, sunlight, winter morning, 1898. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.camillepissarro.org/theavenue-de-l-opera-paris-sunlight-winter-morning.jsp 4. about this artwork. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.artic.edu/aic/collections/artwork 5. arnheim, r., (1969) visual thinking, university of california press, isbn 0520018710 6. birmingham museum of art (2010). birmingham museum of art: a guide to the collection 7. cityscape art: a walk through history. (2015, march 24). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://blog.whsmith.co.uk/cityscape-art-awalk-through-history/ 8. cityscape art: a walk through history. (2015, march). retrieved from https://blog.whsmith.co.uk/cityscape-art-a-walk-through-history/ 9. early sunday morning, 1930 by edward hopper. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.edwardhopper.net/early-sundaymorning.jsp 10. five richard estes paintings you should know about | art | agenda. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://uk.phaidon.com/agenda/art/articles/2014/september/30/five-richard-estes-paintings-you-should-know-about/ 11. giotto. (2017, february 19). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.geni.com/people/giotto/6000000010940082546 12. graham, t. (2007)american culture in the 1980s (twentieth century american culture) edinburgh university press 13. jacquette, y., (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.artnet.com/artists/yvonne-jacquette/ 14. jacquette, y., (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.dcmooregallery.com/artists/yvonne-jacquette/series/city-paintings https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/international_standard_book_number https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/special:booksources/978-1-904832-77-5 http://www.camillepissarro.org/the-avenue-de-l-opera-paris-sunlight-winter-morning.jsp http://www.camillepissarro.org/the-avenue-de-l-opera-paris-sunlight-winter-morning.jsp https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/international_standard_book_number https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/special:booksources/0520018710 http://www.birminghammuseumstore.org/bmapu.html https://blog.whsmith.co.uk/cityscape-art-a-walk-through-history/ http://www.artnet.com/artists/yvonne-jacquette/ fayrouz samir abdelbaky / the academic research community publication pg. 10 15. lamp, l. (n.d.). inspiration in visual art: where do artists get their ideas? retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.sophia.org/tutorials/inspiration-in-visual-art-where-do-artists-get-the 16. livingston, f., (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.hidellbrooks.com/artists/francis-livingston/ 17. national gallery of art. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.nga.gov/content/ngaweb/collection/artist-info.1249.html 18. nuttgens, p. (1997). the story of architecture (2nd ed.). london: phaidon press. 19. pennsylvania academy of the fine arts; cozzolino, robert (2012-01-01) 20. rackstraw downes. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.bettycuninghamgallery.com/exhibitions/rackstrawdownes?view=slider#4 21. schaller, t. w. (1998).stock image architecture in watercolor. mcgraw-hill professional . 22. schwartz, sanford; storr, robert, and downes, rackstraw, (2005) rackstraw downes. princeton university press. 23. stunning art cityscapes of contemporary art. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.widewalls.ch/cityscapes-contemporary-art/richard-diebenkorn-yellow-porch-1961/ 24. w. (n.d.). boogie desierto leones, 2007-2009. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.widewalls.ch/cityscapes-contemporaryart/boogie-desierto-leones-2007-2009/ 25. w., w., & w. (2015, september 18). cityscape art: a walk through history. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://blog.whsmith.co.uk/cityscape-art-a-walk-through-history/ 2007اغسطس –الھیئة العامة لقصور الثقافة –افاق الفن التشكیلى -محمود بقشیش فنان وعصر –عز الدین نجیب .26 https://www.sophia.org/tutorials/inspiration-in-visual-art-where-do-artists-get-the https://www.nga.gov/content/ngaweb/collection/artist-info.1249.html http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the formulation of the cultural identity of interior architecture students through the educational globalization doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.126 noha essam el din mohamed ali khamis 1, hassan abdel moniem metwalli 2 1assistant lecturer of interior architecture, interior design department, faculty of arts and design/ msa university ph.d.’s candidate of interior architecture, décor department, faculty of fine arts/ helwan university 2head of décor department, faculty of fine arts/ helwan university professor of interior architecture, décor department, faculty of fine arts/ helwan university keywords cultural identity; educational globalization; interior architecture. abstract educational globalization debilitates the identities, the origins and cultural, religious, etymological, racial, and ethnic foundations— challenge a country's feeling of solidarity and cohesion. the incorporation of cultural beliefs and the ensuing generations’ patterns into the society is an essential test of globalization. neglecting to do so; however, will have long haul social ramification. the capacity to define a character that permits agreeable development between universes will be at the very heart of accomplishing a really "worldwide soul". this research provides insights into a critical question: how are identity and agency implicated in educational processes and outcomes? thus, the paper discusses the role of educational institutions, led by the fine arts and applied arts, with its leading role in facing the educational globalization and the dominance of foreign countries on arab societies in the way of clothing, food and even individual behaviors. certainly, the young designers -in the university student ageare infulenced by the wave of westernization they face day and night. 1. introduction: educational globalization is the dominance of the strongest cultures on the weaker ones. the manifestation of that would echo with changing the curricula and other educational systems to remove differences and particularities that control behavior and lead to weakness of the value system. educational globalization has many definitions in the context of higher education. although the main target of many educational associations and institutions –now is to prepare "globally competent graduates”. globalization is still viewed as selling or exporting an institution's educational product in which it can serve the institution rather than it can be beneficial for the students. in formulating cultural identity, youth try to create a self-identity the way they think it will have a consistent pattern with how others view them. they also consider the identity model, which enables them to achieve their goals. the ongoing confrontation between the youth and the various social surroundings, like home, school or the neighborhood, makes the identity formulation is less challenging. since the interior designer is the main axis of the design process, the magnitude of the variables of his accumulative mental perception keeps morals, traditions and values inherited, as well as the accumulation of knowledge in his areas of specialization. it all leads to the formulation of the final output of the internal environment to those noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 2 variables, but it does not mean ignoring or evading the identity of the user, the laws of social determinants, controls and other historical and cultural beliefs associated with that community. who is an interior designer? it is the one possessing intellectual abilities and multiple stylistic skills in the field of competence and experience, as well as the standards which is often associated with the idea of ideological heritage of civilization. such expertise leads to a result that affects the design act. the interior designer could create spaces that reflect the identity of the general concept within the framework of the society, which belongs to a larger social entity/identity that is called the nation or the home. on the other hand, the espoused goals by the designers are the functionally suitable forms; the aesthetic values. it could be achieved as a response to many complicated and multi-rational factors that are associated with the cultural and social content. it also requires the designer to deduce objectivity in the design process through the real environment and surroundings. according to the abovementioned information, we find that there is a relationship between cultural identity, as a system of thoughts, and the mechanisms and forms of design that are adopted by the interior designer. first point: literature review at the most basic level, the ethnic label an individual chooses signifies his chosen identity (maestes 2000). sociological research has used the self-selected label as a way of examining identity. the sense of belongong to and alienation from various groups do also have important implications (devos and suárez-orozco 1990). achieved identity is the extent to which an individual achieves a sense of belonging—“i am a member of this group.” an ascribed identity is imposed either by co-ethnics—“you are a member of our group” or by members of the dominant culture—“you are a member of that group.” (suárez-orozco and suárez-orozco 2001) the values of the global culture are not dogmatic: they are not exclusionary, they do not condone suppression of people or groups who have a point of view or a way of life that is different from the majority.” (arnett 2002, p. 279). a critical difference between boys and girls occurs in the realm of social relationships. research with nonimmigrant youth has consistently found that teacher/student support, as well as student/student support, is critical for the academic achievement of both boys and girls (roeser, eccles et al. 1998). relationships within schools provide several forms of support critical to academic outcomes including access to knowledge concerning academic subjects, college, the labor market, and how bureaucracies operate; as well as advocacy; role modeling; and advice (stanton-salazar 2001). second point: research problem the lack of awareness of the concept of identity among the vast majority of the age group of students at universities who are easily influenced by western cultures that reflect their effects on self-intellectual young designers, as a result. third point: signifinance of the research it sheds the light on the potential challenges that could happen due to the outbreak of the educational gbalization without control. plus, it supports the process of blending different cultures and civilizations in the designer's memory. fourth point: objectives building a theoretical framework to formulate the cultural identity of the new generation of interior designers through the following points: • clarifying the definition of cultural identity among interior designers and enhancing their sense of belongingness. • balancing between cultural identity and objectivity in the design process. • paying attention to the content of the theoretical and applied curricula of interior design. fifth point: methodology -this preliminary study took place in cairo, egypt, and a variety of methods were used to collect data in the field including, open-ended interviews, observation of participants of professors, former lecturers, and students. however, the methodology of the research was developed within the sequence of the following stages: noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 3 the theoretical study includes: a database theory that is based on the fundamental axes to analyse previous studies in the areas of setting the cruccilas of interior design to match the cultural identity of learners and to control the process of importing programs of study in the private universities. addressing the research problem will achieve the aims of the research and proves the hypothies of the research. an empirical study includes: identifying realistic responses that have been applied as live models of research in the heritage and history of the taught curriculaas ways to consolidate the cultural identity of the students and reaching conclusions accordingly. observational studies: faculty of fine arts (décor department-interior architecture section/helwan university) faculty of arts and design (interior design department -october university for arts and science –msa university). formulating cultural identity through globalization: discussion: the paper discusses building a theoretical framework to formulate the cultural identity of the new generation of interior designers through, firstly, clarifying the definition of cultural identity among interior designers and enhancing their sense of belongingness. secondly, balancing between cultural identity and objectivity in the design process. thirdly, blending different cultures and civilizations in the designer's memory. culture provides people with shared understandings and it explains the process of making the one’s experiences. cultural beliefs and social behaviors offer a soothing sense of social safety and values stability. a constant productive contact is required when it comes to maintaining a sense of compatibility with the one’s culture of origin. as parents are responsible for the most of the cultural lessons to teach their children, educational associations are a critical source of information in the quest to form a sense of identity as well. globalization creates the world that is increasingly multicultural; however, diversification presents real challenges to individuals. it unifies people from different cultures regardless of any existing differences. moreover, it supports human experiences in order to cultivate the sense of unity. on the other hand, it could be a reason to increase dramatized violence that people may experience due to cultural values and belief-clashes. global culture penetrates many cultural and national boundaries; it unifies people and develops the sense of belonging. global culture emphasizes and allows tolerating and even celebrating differences. the improvement of multicultural mindfulness from an early age may coordinate belief systems sourced from different social orders. cross-cultural educational collaboration between global institutions may rise above the academic frames to professional organizations in which the globally educated ones would retain advantageous-skill-sets produced through intercultural correspondence encounters. this gets to be distinctly important inside multinational companies that require worldwide exchanges to maintain overall exchanging partnership. methods of building a framework that formulates the cultural identity of young designers through faculties of fine arts and faculties of arts and designs require engaging in activities such as: • create and support a forum to connect researchers, data technologists, decision makers, and specialists with the end goal of re-examining training in the period of globalization. • support components for trading thoughts and encountering the utilization of educational development. • support investigations and experimentation to push the wildernesses of the capability of data advancements and interchanges for a more effective education. • engage in educational communities that expand the time and space dimensions of education. • energize, and participate in, shared plans for the improvement of the related educational modules that could be utilized internationally to accomplish economies of scale and skill. cases studies (observational studies): faculty of fine arts (décor department-interior architecture section/helwan university): heritage theoretical curricula: noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 4 it has been applied on each academic level as a unit/ subject through the five academic years of interior architecture, undergraduate studies. heritage projects: a thorough explanation of the ethnic and heritage forms and styles, which focuses on the decorative patterns and symbols of nubian styles and the egyptian folklore. such methodology leads the student to dig deeper into different styles, historical stories, and legends behind those forms and patterns under the supervision of prof. ahmed hosni (professor of interior architecture, décor department, faculty of fine arts/ helwan university). figure (1): example of prof. ahmed hosni folklore artwork. source: prof. ahmed hosni photos album library. figure (2): example of décor department prep. year students artwork at the faculty of fine arts. source: photographed by the authors from the kept projects of décor department library. figure (3): examples given to students that reflect heritage factors on interior architecture. source: https://www.google.com.eg/webhp=hotelinterior%20design https://www.google.com.eg/webhp=hotelinterior%20design noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure (4): example of décor department level 2 students cities gate design that is inspired by city heritage and historical background at the faculty of fine arts. source: photographed by the authors from the kept projects of décor department library. figure (5): example of décor department level 2 students tv. channel program design that is inspired by islamic patterns at the faculty of fine arts. source: photographed by the authors from the kept projects of décor department library. figure (6): live samples of student’s studio work with prof. ahmed hosni on folklore projects. source: prof. ahmed hosni photos album. statistics on studies numbers’ increase on historical palaces and heritage themes in egypt: the egyptian monuments and heritage have always been in risk. they have never been properly valued, preserved, or marketed. the situation has gotten worse in the aftermath of january revolution. they have continued to fall a victim to the political chaos and lack of security in the country. the threats are ongoing because the security remains insufficient, and the attention of the public is generally directed to political news and recent events. the egyptian center for economic and social rights (ecesr) along with egypt’s heritage task force, organized a press conference on thursday 19 september 2013 titled save egypt’s heritage for its future. the main target of this event was developing a plan to preserve egyptian monuments, historical places, and heritage themes correctly as a possible important source of the national revenue. this also encouraged young designers to search deeply in the field of renovation-methods of historical palaces, and it utilizes these materials in their educational studies. it could be a reason to explain the increase in masters’ thesis numbers that reflect the students’ interest to focus on historical palaces and heritage themes in the past few years. noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 6 (x) (y) figure (7): statistics on master’s thesis numbers increase issued by the faculty of fine arts-cairo through the last twenty years that focuses on historical palaces and heritage themes in egypt. (x): scale of masters’ thesis numbers (y): scale of years) source: done by the authors. data has been collected through the documented statistics of masters’ thesis library of the faculty of fine arts. figure (8): said halim pasha palace (also known as champollion house), cairo, egypt. source: https://www.google.com.eg/webh/ said halim pasha palace. faculty of arts and design (interior design department -october university for arts and science –msa university): heritage theoretical curricula: it is divided into two units that are taught to students through level 2 and level 3 of academic years, undergraduate studies. heritage of interior design: this unit provides students with a deep historical study of interior architecture and furnishings in the period from ancient times until the nineteenth century. the study enables students to identify the main period styles and design movements; to recognize the development in interior design, furniture themes, and architecture, as a reflection of changing influences and cultural contextual factors. contemporary design in housing and interiors: this unit provides students with a deep historical study of interior architecture and furnishings in the period from the mid-nineteenth century until the end of the twentieth century. the topics are focused on the industrial revolution in the nineteenth century in europe through the aesthetic movements until the post modern. the study enables the student to identify movements, and styles that were explored in europe, and america, then the interior design and architecture in contemporary egypt and arab world (xix and xx) centuries. historical places field trips: those trips provide students with information about their culture and history and it gives them a live model of what they study theoretically to support their understanding of the units they learn. 0 5 10 15 2000 2005 2010 2015 https://www.google.com.eg/webhp=hotelinterior%20design noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure (9): live model of bait el suhimey field trip supervised by prof. aleya abdel hadi (head of interior design departmentfaculty of arts and designmsa university) source: photos library of msa university. graduation projects theme and purpose: the recent direction was guiding grad. students to design projects that provide their society with real services through their living reality inspired by egyptian heritage patterns and themes, and this was actually achieved with grad. students of the academic year 2006 at the faculty of arts and designmsa university under the supervision of: prof. aleya abdel hadi (head of department and prof. of interior architecture/ faculty of arts and design/ msa university). prof. hassan metwalli (head of décor department, faculty of fine arts/ helwan university). associate prof. diaa tantawy (professor of interior and furniture design, faculty of applied arts). al. noha essam (assistant lecturer of interior architecture/ faculty of arts and design/ msa university). figure (10): nazlet el semman equestrian club grad. project: the student has studied the area of nazlet el semman and its problems and decided to design a project inspired by pyramids and triangle shapes patterns of arabian horse movement analysis. source: interior design department digital archive library of grad. projects. noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure (11): iqraa centre for adults literacy in fayoum: the student has studied the location, citizens needs and designed a project that provides them with an educational and training services inspired by arabic calligraphy patterns. source: interior design department digital archive library of grad. projects. figure (12): different shots of arts and crafts centre in el fostatmasr el adima inspired by the islamic geometrical shapes including workshops to get the best use of marble wasted pieces to reform and recycle them into decorative and functional furniture pieces. source: interior design department digital archive library of grad. projects. questionnaire format: it has been designed and submitted to students of interior design in msa students level 2, 3 and 4 who answered the questions and has been analyzed by the authors. noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 9 questionnaire model questions: 1courses procedures and assignments support egyptian historical and cultural identity: (1) strongly agree – (2) agree – (3) neutral – (4) disagree – (5) strongly disagree 2historical and heritage units/ courses are clear (1) strongly agree – (2) agree – (3) neutral – (4) disagree – (5) strongly disagree 3-textbook, materials, field trips provide students with sufficient data on egyptian themes and folklore culture: (1) strongly agree – (2) agree – (3) neutral – (4) disagree – (5) strongly disagree 4courses contents threaten or have conflicts with identities, the origins and cultural, religious, and ethnic backgrounds of students. (1) strongly agree – (2) agree – (3) neutral – (4) disagree – (5) strongly disagree 5courses provide students with information of eastern and western culture as well. (1) strongly agree – (2) agree – (3) neutral – (4) disagree – (5) strongly disagree 6courses support the process of formulating a culture identity of students. (1) strongly agree – (2) agree – (3) neutral – (4) disagree – (5) strongly disagree figure (13): questionnaire model source: done by the authors. questionnaire analyzing results: results show that 51 % of students who answered the questionnaire assume that the academic courses they study support egyptian historical and cultural identity. -1% of students claimed that historical and heritage courses are neutral clear to them while 21% of them disagreed. 27% of students claimed that textbook and materials are neutral in providing them with sufficient data on egyptian themes while 24% disagreed. 29% thought that academic courses do not threaten or have conflicts with their cultural background while 25% assumed that they do threaten them. 33% of students assumed that the courses provide them with information of eastern and western culture as well. question no. format no. answers no. 1st choice 2nd choice 3rd choice 4th choice 5th choice 6th choice no. % no. % no. % no. % no. % no. % no. % 1 75 75 100 20 26 38 51 17 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 75 75 100 13 17 23 31 11 15 16 21 12 16 0 0 3 75 75 100 5 7 14 19 20 27 17 24 11 15 8 11 4 75 75 100 0 0 2 3 19 25 19 25 13 17 22 29 5 75 75 100 25 33 11 15 10 13 18 24 8 11 3 4 6 75 55 73 7 16 13 24 10 18 16 29 5 9 4 7 noha khamis & hassan metwalli / the academic research community publication pg. 10 29% of students claimed that the academic courses do not support the process of formulating a culture identity of them while 24% thought it supports the process, but what is observed that about 30% of students did not answer this question; maybe this refers to the lack of knowledge of the culture identity definition. table (1): questionnaire model answers results source: done by the authors. conclusion: the study has concluded that globalization has had an impact on education reform in egypt in several ways. identity formulation is not a simple process that one passes through a variety of stages on the way to achieving a stable identity. rather, it is a process that is fluid and contextually driven. young interior designers are challenged to navigate between achieved identities and imposed ones. achieved identity explains a sense of belonging. however, identities and methods of adaptation are highly context dependent. also, the social paths of youth for the ones who are able to actively maintain positive expectations for the future are very promising; whether they look resistant to the reflections in the social mirror or not. utilizing advanced data and technology, another arrangement of information, instruction and learning ought to apply an extensive variety of synchronous and offbeat exercises, help students in breaking the limits of space and time. faculties of arts and design in egypt focuses on preparing "globally competent graduates” through following methods of teaching that support the sense of belonging to the egyptian heritage and encourages new techniques throughout various disciplines that blend global and individual ways of thought. acknowledgment: this research is supported by the faculty of fine arts (décor department)/ helwan university and faculty of arts and design (interior design department) /msa university. the data presented, the statement made, and the views expressed are solely the responsible of the authors. references: 1. arnett, j. j. (2002). "the psychology of globalization." american psychologist 57(10): 774-783. 2. devos, g. and m. suárez-orozco (1990). status inequality: the self in culture. newbury park: ca, sage press. 3. maestes, m. (2000). acculturation and ethnic identity measures for latinos and asian amercians: analyses of methodology and psychometrics, university of nebraska, lincoln. 4. roeser, r. w., j. s. eccles, et al. (1998). academic and emotional functioning in early adolescence: longitudinal relations, patterns, and prediction by experience in middle school. development and psychology, cambridge university press. 10: 321-352. rosenthal, d. a. and s. s. feldman (1991). 5. sciolino, e. (2002). portrait of the arab as a young radical. new york times. ny: a14. 6. stanton-salazar, r. d. (2001). manufacturing hope and despair: the school and kin support networks of u.s.mexican youth. new york and london, teachers college press. 7. qin-hilliard, d. b. (2001). understanding the adaptation and identity formation of chinese immigrant adolescent girls: a critical review of the literature. cambridge, ma, harvard graduate school of education. 8. tsuda, t. (2003). strangers in the ethnic homeland., new york, columbia university press. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) guide to maintain historic egyptian mosques: case study of abul-hajjaj mosque luxor doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.108 hesham osman abd elrahman 1 1 lecturer, department of architectural engineering, faculty of engineering, al azhar university keywords guide; maintenance; historic ; mosques ; egypt.; abstract the mosque is considered one of the most important buildings of the islamic city since the prophet's mosque (peace and blessings be upon him), and maintenance is considered an important element and a cornerstone of buildings in general. this is due to the deterioration of public buildings generally given the bad use and common ownership of the mosque, in turn, its facilities are deteriorated. some mosques belong to historic buildings, so maintaining them is of extra importance. in light of the status of the construction and maintenance systems of historic mosques in egypt and the limitations and problems faced, this paper presents a proposed guide for the preventive maintenance of historic mosques. it also provides clear evidence for workers in the field of maintenance of mosques including the key elements that need to be taken into consideration while preparing the preventive maintenance plan for mosques. the preventive maintenance of the mosque needs a range of tools and methods in order to succeed. planning and scheduling for items are major elements among these tools. in order to achieve integration between the elements and the different phases mentioned above, we need to formulate them in a form of an integrated guide with completed elements and dimensions. to find a guide for the maintenance of the mosques we should clearly identify the principles and rules for that guide, which comes through clarity of the purpose, the elements required to be controlled, how to control them, the statement of the time and places and the economic aspects of the guide. this research aims to find a guide for the maintenance of historic mosques, by making a case study for the mosque of abul-hajjaj in luxor. 1. introduction historic buildings are facing a problem with staying in line with the idea of reviving the ancient buildings through the re-run. the elements of a historic building are split to two main sections: archaeological elements: any item older than 100 years, or belong to an era older than the current era, whether (single architecture, furniture, antiques, ... etc.). the new elements: that have been added to the building to revive it (such as a single architecture, architectural supplements, or alarms or elements of modern finishing, …etc). hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 2 1. aim of the research the research aims to create a plan for preventive maintenance of historic mosques in line with modern elements and their life span to be drafted in executable timetable. this is important because any malfunction, failure or corruption of one of these elements significantly affects the archaeological mosque, which can lead to significant damage to the building and make it incompatible with the concept of revival, especially with religious uses of the mosque by the local community. 2. contents of this research: − preventive maintenance. − historical study case study. − develop a plan and maintenance program, according to a schedule. 3. preventive maintenance: preventive maintenance is working to maintain and protect buildings from being damaged to function fully as long as possible with the repair of defects in order to preserve it; and to reduce the expensive costs resulting from negligence or delay. these measures also include the participation of all the technical and administrative means, these actions include the preparation, planning and execution of the maintenance process as well as following up and monitoring during and after implementation. preventive maintenance is planned maintenance and is characterized as the prior identification of the elements of planning through a system of prior examination and tests to determine the status of each element of the building and maintenance work required. preventive maintenance is defined as "the organization plan for the repair and maintenance of the building in order to preserve the building components in operating its best and work to prolong their useful life", including activities aimed at preventing breakdowns, such as regular inspections and the replacement of some parts on the basis of a regular schedule. where to prolong the life of the components of the buildings requires regular replacement of some of the different elements of the building such as electrical and plumbing elements, as preventive maintenance requires capital and operating expenses . (office of the legislative auditor) 4. historical study: the history of the establishment of the mosque to the ayyubid period; the year 658 ah (after emmigration of muslims from mekkah to medina), 1286 ad, and is built on the northeast side of the luxor temple. the design of this mosque resembles the design of the small fatimid mosques, such as the esna mosque in aswan and almashhad el-bahari on the bank of the nile. the mosque was built on a small square area and has a small dome. the entrance to the mosque is on the west side. it is well known that some changes were made to the mosque in the ayyubid era. the mosque was built in the northeast area of luxor temple. it probably dates back to the middle of the fatimid era. the entrance of the mosque has three arches with heights of about 12 meters or 39 feet, covered with marble and faience. this was probably one of the changes that was made in the ayyubid age as manifested by the artistic style. inside the mosque, there is a niche of simple design that is free of ornaments. there is also a small grave in which yousef ibn abdel-raheem, known as abu al-haggag, was buried. on the top of the mosque, there is also a row of balconies that were built with baked bricks as it was restored in 1914 ad by khedive abbas helmy the second. the slim minaret is located at the top of the northeast side of luxor temple. its height is about 14.15 meters or 46.41 feet and it was constructed on the thresholds above the four granite pillars in the temple, which form an invisible base. the minaret's base is set on those thresholds. the base was constructed from adobes, or sun-dried bricks, was made square-shaped, and had a height of 6.85 meters or 22.47 feet. the base has three belts made of wood, slightly sloping to the inside as it goes upwards. the base has three openings for lighting and an arched entrance in the eastern corner. four small domed pillars are located on the top of the four corners of the square-shaped base. there is also a sloping cylindrical body on the top of that base with a diameter of 2.58 meters or 8.46 feet at the bottom and 1.80 meters or 5.90 feet at the top, with its height at 7.66 meters or 25.12 feet. abul-hajjaj mosque hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 3 building period: 1286ad – 658hd typology: mosque state of conservation: fair recent restoration: 2009ad accessed by public: yes hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 1. interior & exterior pecture to the mosque of abul-hajjaj in luxor. 5. preventive maintenance guide for historic mosques: the followng are some of the steps that are integrated together to form a guide: 6.1 determine all the elements and components of historic mosques buildings: there are archaeological elements & new elemnts in table 1 table 1.archaeological elements & new elemnts of historic mosques buildings no. the main archaeological element the sub-archaeological element no. the main new elements the subelement of the new elements 1 the external elements archaeological fences 1 the yard and external corridors flooring 2 infrastructure foundations metal gates 3 architectural elements exterior walls fences metal windows and exterior doors lighting units roof 2 sanitation and water supply cold water covers surfaces hot water the stairs sewer lines domes the external sewage lines minarets 3 mechanical services (heating air gases) hvac 4 internal structure interior walls and partitions public utility interior doors generators the walls of the shrine electrical transformers 5 finishes and fixtures ceilings finishing 4 various works simple renovations walls finishing general cleanliness wooden units surrounded the shrine by studying both of the main and sub elements, we found the elements and components of (abu hajjaj mosque), show in the table below. hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 5 table 2. elements and components of abul-hajjaj mosque no. the main element the sub-element no. the main element the sub-element 1 archaeological fences metalworking 10 lighting units fluorescent lamps 2 windows and exterior doors woodwork + paints 11 water supply (cold –hot) metal pipes (galvanized iron) + plastic pipes + pipes polypropylene 3 the roof of external yard metal umbrellas 12 sewer lines pipes pvc + cast iron pipes 4 the stairs granite + metal handles 13 the external sewage lines pipes pvc + cast iron pipes 5 interior doors woodwork + paints 14 hvac fans 6 wooden units surrounded the shrine woodwork + paints 15 bathrooms wooden doors 7 flooring granite floors 16 bathrooms toilet devices 8 metal fences metalworks + paints 17 bathrooms sinks 9 metal gates metalworks + paints 18 bathrooms ceramic (walls& floors) 6.2 determine the life span for elements and components of historic mosques through references which determine the approximate life span of the elements and components of the buildings, we can determine the life span of elements and components of the mosque, as illustrated in table 3 .( a. c. panchdhari 2007), ( nahb, 2007), (spirinckx carolin & others, 2011), (j. breen, a. boersma, 2005). hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 6 . t ab le 3 .l if e sp an o f e le m en ts a nd c om po ne nt s of th e m os qu e l if e ex pe ct an cy b ef or e re pl ac em en t * ye ar 10 0 + + (+ ) m or e th an ) ( l es s th an ( *) a ll of th e ab ov e in th e ta bl e w ith a p ro pe r m ai nt en an ce fo r e ac h ite m , a nd m od er at e co ns um pt io n pa tte rn s. 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 + 55 50 + 45 40 35 + 30 25 20 15 10 + + 5 + u se d ite m s w oo de n w in do w s do or s c ar pe nt ry h ar dw ar e a lu m in um w or ks a rt if ic ia l s to ne p la st er t ile fl oo ri ng (s qu ir re l) o il or p la st ic (p ai nt ) fa ie nc e, c er am ic s m ar bl e g ra ni te pl as tic p ip es g al va ni ze d ir on p ip es w at er ta ps a cr yl ic s in k pi pe s po ly pr op yl en e pv c p ip es c as t i ro n pi pe s h ea t i ns ul at io n ty pe s m oi st ur e pr oo fi ng ty pe s fl uo re sc en t b ul bs e le ct ri c fa ns c ir cu it br ea ke rs sw itc h e le ct ri ca l a cc es so ry e le ct ri ca l w ir e co pp er c oa te d w oo de n um br el la s n o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 7 6.3 determining the timetable for maintenance: this stage includes determining the type, location and timing of inspections procedures as well as schedules for maintenance operations. this was carried out through the study of the history of building elements and by identifying the needs of periodic maintenance work depending on the age span of construction materials and finishing to these elements. by studying the schedules of many tests for the maintenance of buildings in the world, table (4) shows some monitoring and periodic examination and maintenance operations of the components of historical mosques in egypt activities. table 4.some of regular inspection activities and maintenance operations of the components of historical mosques. no . building elements material monitoring and maintenance operations inspectio n time periodic / year 1 external and internal walls bricks • inspection and rehabilitation of the surfaces of exterior walls resulting from the various damages such as moisture. • inspection and rehabilitation of the surfaces of exterior walls at the points of intersection with other materials, and searching for any scratches on the outer surfaces with a follow-up to the final surface condition. • determine if there are cracks in the walls and determine the location and the nature, size and being a vertical or horizontal or slanted. • determine if there are signs of moisture or leakage and determine the location and size. • determine if there are any subsidence or cracks, faults in sentiment, the loss of plaster or gypsum, any bows or cracks. 2 2 internal coatings ceramic. porcelain • control of the adhesion of tiles and cracks or peeling of the cladding, any small works of restoration or replacement of the livery 1 3 facade stones cladding marble, granite • monitor any signs of cracks or fall panels. • verification of the degree of gloss and the integrity of the surface, and the presence of stains or dirt. • check the status of the surface, and connectors, spacers, cleaning by pressure washing, • apply any preventive treatment, working to reconnect walls. 5 4 roofs squirrel tile & metal gutters. • collect and clean up and remove all the leaves and waste from all roofs. • verification of the rain gutters on roofs. • ensure the protection elements of the roofs like stones or tiles. • achieve a minimum of paint to roof gutters by anti-water paints, especially at places of twisting bends and pipes. • ensure moisture stains on ceilings, which indicate the presence of leaks. • remove any leaves or garbage from the gutters and down pipes, especially during the rainy season 1 5 external and internal doors wooden doors • ensure that the doors are closed properly and do not touch the ground. • ensure the validity of door handles, locks and that they work properly • all doors are painted. • door and window frames cleaned every five years. • check the door and window hardware's, cleaning and lubrication. 2 hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 8 6 external paints • plastic • re-paint the exterior walls, after washing the surfaces and work to recover a minimum of putty 10 interior paints 5 table 5.continued some of regular inspection and maintenance operations of the components of historical mosques. no. building elements material monitoring and maintenance operations inspection time periodic / year 7 metal work iron fences • repainting the iron work in the most places susceptible to rust. • lubricate hinges. • lubrication, repair and / or replacement the locks and handles. • polishing artifacts brass. 3 stairs, window, and gates metals 2 8 windows wood & glass • ensure that all the windows open and close smoothly. • check the status of hardware (hinges, locks, etc.). • all windows are painted. • all glass panels are intact and there is no cracks or fractures 2 9 external floors external sidewalks & walkways • inspections and restoration to tacks. • replace the floor panels are damaged. • ensure the tiles are not fractured or cracked. • replace or re-install any dislocated or broken tiles. 2 ceramic, porcelain granite. marble. • small works repair and fill the breaks. • repair or replacement of partial to the area’s most prone to use (by up to 10% of the flat). • control of the adhesion of tiles and cracks. 1 10 interior floors ceramic. porcelain granite. marble. stone • small works repair and fill the breaks. • repair or replacement of partial to the area’s most prone to use (by up to 10% of the flat). • monitor the adhesion and cracks in floor tiles. • monitor any cracks in the edges of walls with the floor. 1 2 linoleum. pvc rubber. carpet • monitor irregular surface and any bulge or lift the edges. • check, clean and repair. 1 11 ceilings finishes cement plaster stucco plaster • observe any swelling or any chromatic change in the ceilings. • loss of plaster or gypsum, any bends or cracks. 5 12 wooden umbrella s wooden umbrellas of different types. • checking all the connectivity elements and change them if necessary, and verify of the stability of the umbrella. • check the integrity of wood panels and replace them if necessary, re-painted if necessary. 1 hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 9 13 electrica l fixtures electrical appliances. lighting units. • ensure that any pumps and electric motors are operating properly. • make sure the lighting equipment, fans, keys operating properly. • clean light fixtures and ceiling fans and change damaged. 3 14 electrica l connecti ons connectors insulators connectivi ty tools circuit breakers switches and fuses dielectrics • visual inspection to make sure the connecting links tightly to prevent overheating. • clean all the circuit breakers from dust. • tighten the connections joints, checking connectors and change the damaged ones. • cleaning the circuit breakers, check the keys and make sure not one of them is burning. • clean and sharpen fuses by the soft sand and change damaged when necessary. • insulation resistance measurement. 3 table 6.continued some of regular inspection and maintenance operations of the components of historical mosques no. building elements material monitoring and maintenance operations inspection time periodic / year 15 sanitary devices sink. urinals. toilets, centrifuges. wash basins, shower. water mixer. taps • inspect and install all the fulcrums by nails and silicon, • check and install the points of contact with the drain pipes. verification of links and joints. • cleansing and repair the siphons. remove waste from the sewage. • replace all drainage hoses. ensure that toilets work properly. • inspection of sinks and basins. • verification of waste and residues to reduce clogging of the pipes. 4 16 sanitatio n and water supply galvanized steel pipes. polyethylene pipes. insulation coatings. distribution network. • check and clean up the joints, and fixing the welding. • check the water supply systems include the following: • check the chlorine remaining in the sample points (sample check) on a regular basis from each branch to complete the verification of the network once in six months. • clean the dead ends to the network supply once every three months, check valves every six months 6 valves hot galvanized iron pipe. drainage pipes. • checking water tanks, basins and sinks. cleaning pipes with water to remove sediment. • inspect the sewage rooms once a year. • the plan to paint equipment and connections: • paint the water supply fixtures once a year depending on the rate of corrosion. • paint the equipment (pumps, motors, pipes ramifications), by bituminous or industrial paints. 6 sewage tanks and wells. sewage pipes, plastic pipes. plastic pipes • disinfection and cleaning of manholes, including ventilation holes for wells. clean horizontal pipe with the proper tools to remove all dirt and debris. • ensure the manhole covers in their place. • verify non-clogging the pipes by the waste, and the lack of leaks. 1 hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 10 hesham osman abd elrahman / the academic research community publication pg. 11 6.4 guide to maintaining historic egyptian mosques: through the previous tables (2), (3), (4), we can formule table (5), which is a guide to maintaing historic egyptian mosques, by it we can identify the different timing of the inspections. conclusions and recommendations: this paper found a guide to the maintenance the new elements in the historical mosques dependent on life span studies, including inspection and testing schedules and maintenance operations of the various elements. failure to follow the maintenance plan in the historic mosques leads to deterioration. furthermore, a set of challenges and recommendations should be taken into consideration including applying this guide on the historical mosques in egypt and test it for the dissemination of their results or avoid the negatives. it’s also important to update and evaluate the time plan to inspect the elements of historical mosques based on what appears in the various application stages. 6. references: 1j. breen, a. boersma, (2005), "long term performance of existing pvc water distribution systems ", 9th international pvc conference, brighton, 26-28th, pp 307-315, http://www.pvc4pipes.com/images/pdfs/long-term-performance-ofexisting-pvc-water-distribution-systems.pdf. [accessed 4-22017] 2office of the legislative auditor, (2000), "preventive maintenance for local government buildings", state of minnesota, p 3, available online at www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/0006all.pdf, [accessed 26-012017]. 3 panchdhari , a. c. (2007), " maintenance of buildings ", new age international limited new delhi. 4spirinckx carolin & others, (2011), "life cycle assessment of a pp pipe system for soil and waste removal in the building (according to en 1451)", study accomplished under the authority of the european plastic pipes and fittings association – teppfa. www.bureauleiding.nl/.../epd/pp-thirdpartyreport-sept2011.pdf [accessed 4-22017] 5the economics group of nahb, (2007), "study of life expectancy of home components", national association of home builders, bank of america home equity, http://stevesmallman.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/nahb-lifetimes.pdf. [accessed 4-22017] http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) identity of the industrial cities doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.110 haitham aamer mahmoud hussein 1 1 lecturer at sculpture department, faculty of fine arts, university of mansoura keywords identity-the industrial citiestwentieth centuryglobalizationcivilizationdevelopment contemporary arts historical economic political religious – scientificmachinemakers symbol -belonging – motherland abstract it is clear how the techonological developments along with globalization depleted the identity of civilizations and peoples, so it is necessary for the intellectuals and the artists to work hard in order to assure the identity of the cities. such sacred goal could be achieved via increasing the people’s awareness. the identity of the cities will, directly, help in achieving the elevation and excellence of cities in order to maintain the uniqueness of their personalities and artwroks. in doing so, sublime values and morals, like the spirit of nationalism and patriotism of their people will be cultivated and harnessed. however, neglecting that may result in the dismantling of their identity accompanied by other sideaffects, like losing the cities’ historical, economic, political, social, religious or scientific identity. this study is analysing and comparing the models for a distinct identity of the industrial cities ranging from egypt, europe to america in the twentieth century until now. it also investigates if the contemporary arts have a role to assert a distinct identity of the industrial cities in this period of time or not. art is the language of the place and the revealer of its identity. statues in squares are a pulpit. urban spaces help cultivating such language emphasizing of the culture of its residents and the policy of the responsible administrations. technical works in the industrial cities represents the identity of the city, which is totally different than other cities. the identity of the industrial states is affected by several factors. firstly, the cultural factorswhere the establishments of culture and identity occur through arts, the awareness and understanding of the audience, and their tastes of the arts. secondly, the economic factors which cost and enrich the attraction of investors and manufacturers. thirdly, the political factors assist the governments in seeking the elimination of the socisl problems concerning the political success. it is majorly perpetuauted by providing factories and living needs in these cities; leading to the negligience of the artsitic, social and moral factors. there should be a relationship between these borderlines and the used machinery to achieve compatibility between life circumstances and the beauty of the artwork. drafting fine artwork, and its impact on manufacturers' motivation and encouragement, by expression or symbolism or movement within the artwork, and the emphasis on the moral value of the work in gaining respect and dignity. spatial limits : egypt, europe, america, and limiting the study to on one city from each. time limits: from the twentieth century until now. haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 2 introduction this paper deals with the identity of industrial cities and the role of arts to show the identity of these cities and their importance to express the identity of places and communities that practice industrial activities and expressing their inner psychological, social motives and peoples' and communities' innermost thoughts , "identity is a composite of standards, which allows the definition of an internal issue or feeling. the sense of identity involves a range of different emotions, such as feelings of loneliness, integration, and belonging, value, and independence, and a sense of confidence on the basis of the will of existence " 1and its important role in the recording of real life and its impact on the origination of values and raising the peoples' spirit of nationalism. arts are the main and major influence in the lives of peoples and a main influence in the community and its cultural, intellectual convictions, to get to know their identity and heritage and beliefs and their cultural legacy. the problem of the study is stated as follows: what is the impact of art asserting identity on the industrial cities? did art perform its role to record the heritage or the reality of the industrial cities? did it influence the community members or they way they express their identity? is art considered as the language of place, the revealing podium of the squares and urban spaces? research hypotheses: there is a positive influence by arts on the social, cultural and national content of the industrial cities’ members and arts communities the artist is attached to his artistic senses in realistic and symbolic recordings of the identity in the industrial cities. delimitations of the study: time delimitations: it deals with the identity of the industrial cities in the twentieth century. spatial delimitations: it studies analyses and compares models concerning the identity of the industrial cities such as egypt, europe and america. study axioms: artworks bear cultural legacy of the countries and societies’ personality, and they highlight the identity. arts are a means to record events, date heritage, and express the identity and nationalism of nations and tribes. arts influence the communal, cultural, intellectual, and convictions of the peoples in order to get to know and keep their heritage and beliefs. research methodology: analytical-investigative field research. significance of the study: it states the importance of the role of arts in highlighting the identity of the industrial cities to influence the members of these communities. it reveal the ability of artists to express the reality of life and the heritage of their peoples in the form of technical work, in the squares of cities the goals of the study: it investigates the importance of modern artworks as expressive and graphical elements in highlighting the identity of the industrial cities. it investigates the effectiveness of the arts’ role to emphasize the privacy of the place and it shows the most important symbols associated to the identity of the place. an overview about the labour day: it is a way of appreciating workers by assigning a day to commemorate the anniversary of the workers’ clashes in the united states that resulted in a number of casualtie. they demanded their rights on the first of may 1886, and in 1904, the international socialist conference was held in amsterdam, 1 alex mekchelly, "identity" , translation by dr. ali watfah 1st issue, p.15, dar elwaseem, damascus, 1993 haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 3 and asked the trade unions and organizations to consider the first of may as a workers' celebration day. the socialist organizations tried to make it a holiday, which was already admitted by the catholic church in 1954, but the us government had refused their request until, under pressure, the socialist labour organizations succeeded in imposing the admission of that day to commemorate the anniversary in america, canada, australia and many countries, including egypt egypt has taken the first of may as a holiday for workers with the establishment of the labour movement in egypt, and the protests organized by the federation of workers to alexandria in 1964 when president gamal abdul nasser acknowledged this day as a holiday for workers. the identity of the industrial cities in america: important and vital industries are grounded in america as the iron and steel industry. it is one of the oldest industries, which is found near the iron and coal mines, chemical industry, mechanical industry, including the automotive industry. it was the second largest industry after japan, and it produced hardware rails and shipbuilding around mining centers. the shipbuilding industry was found on the coasts. the textile industry was another important one occupied by the u.s. as the first producer in the world by the vitrue of the complicated electronic industry. some artworks were held in several american countries and dealt with the identity of some industrial cities to stress on the role of art in determining the industrial identity. it shed the light on the role of the manufacturers and the city businesses by highlighting the value of the place and appreciating the role of the manufacturers in all fields of life. for example, some works present the industrial activity of the workers and craftsmen, in the coal field and the oil drilling and mining ores, appear in a number of countries which has a great social, economical and political impact on all members of the industrial systems. in (figure 1), workers move actively and strongly giving enthusiasm to those who see them and appreciate their dedication in work. it also demonstrates the activity of this town and shows its identity in drilling and processing oil. it is considered as one of the most important fields of oil production in the 2world, and the statues of the two roughnecks during oil processing is carried out by carlos terres circa in 2014, in santa fe springs. the statue highlights the oil industry in this small town3 . in (fig. 2), we find another model for the roughneck bronze sculpture " "man made energy," made by the seth vandable. it is located in the east of casper, wyoming -america. the statue is a symbol of the dedication and hard work required to drill oil and gas from the ground, for the energy industry in this city represents the basis of its past and future4 (figure 3). fig. 1 a sculpture two bronze roughnecks, by the artist cindy jackson, signal hill, california, usa fig 2 oil fields workers, by the artist carlos terres circa, santa fe springs, la, california, usa 2 https://translate.google.com.eg/translate?hl=ar&sl=en&u=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/signal_hill,_california&prev=sear ch 3 https://www.shutterstock.com/video/clip-5676593-stock-footage-santa-fe-springs-ca-february-the-oilfield-workerssculptureby-carlos-terres-circa.html 4 https://www.pinterest.com/pin/487585097127142718/ haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 4 (fig. 3) roughneck bronze sculpture "man made energy" by the artist seth vandable statues of bronze, casper, america the bronze statue in michigan, us, commemorates the makers of the mackinac bridge)) (figure 4) . in another model to show industrial activity, in one of the cities appreciating the workers, is the statue of the worker in rail-bolivia, south america (fig 5). asserting the role of art in providing motivation urge and appreciate working and showing toughness, persistence and dedication of the craftsmen is shown in the monument of "mechanics" by douglas tilden san francisco, ca america5 (fig. 6) fig. 4 the bronze statue of the ironworker, michigan, us, appreciating the makers of mackinac bridge 1950 fig 5 a rail-worker statue, bolivia, south america fig 6 the mechanics monument, by the artist douglas tilden, san francisco, usa in another spot, we find an artwork that is a tribute to the dedication and hard work of all those who built the city of omaha. in nebraska, a tribute to the workers in labour unions is also present. omaha is the second largest memorial of work in the country, unveiled in 2003. it includes four men and a woman toiling in their work, a design by the matthew placzek (fig. 7). iowa is the thirty-eighth state to create a memorial to its workers. the creators of the idea strongly felt that it would give iowa workers a strong code of ethics that grants iowa the prestige for work and living. this square balanced construction is eleven feet in length and its width is four arms interlocked, thorough a scene symbolizing the energy and integrity of iowa workers. the arms support each other ,and at the same time, and show varying shades of people from different backgrounds. they come together to form a cultural and laboural basis to iowa, built of an ornamented bronze strips held by an internal shield of stainless steel structure in a twisted woven form that resemble muscles, nerves., function of the movement and sensation. the vast interwoven features of the building allow sunlight to shine and dance through spaces of the construction, with a constant contrast between 5 https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/file:mechanics_monument_by_douglas_tilden_-_san_francisco,_ca_-_dsc03542.jpg haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 5 the splendor of the outer and inner building. it has a reflective depth of bronze followed by warm tunes of eart and old rust that reveals richer texture and extraordinary splendor (fig. 8). fig. 8, a monument standing for the energy and integration of iwa workers fig. 9, blacksmith, a memorial for the dedication in work, omaha, usa identity of the industrial cities in europe: the geographical terrain has had a major role in the distribution of industries in egypt. it was the social conditions that caused manufacturers to have a connection with their residents, and this made it difficult to move to places other than their hometowns. the economic conditions played a prominent role in the movement of craftsmen concerning the industrial cities in search of a better income and standards of living. the government tried to create new industrial cities by providing them with some livelihoods to attract workers, artisans and businessmen. it tried to emphasize the identity of these cities by building special features and artwork models to give a special model of distinction and uniqueness. some models of the industrial cities in egypt include mahalla al-kubra, tenth of ramadan, the nag hammadi and marsa alam. the study revealed tha some of the models showing the identity of the industrial cities and the role of arts show the identity of these cities and their importance in the expression of the identity, the places and communities that practice industrial activities. it was as if it is a menfistation of presenteting their inner core; the psychological dynamics, social motives and the secret policy of the society. a mutual influence towards the identity of the industrial hometown has appread to expound on the communal, cultural, intellectual policies of the people in order to get to know their identity, heritage and beliefs. the cultural legacy in that sense serves as an essential part in confirming the industrial cities’ identity. it is the finest way to record the hertiage and document the reality of the events. urban spaces in the industrial cities are the means of spreding the cultural of its residentis and the policy of the responsible administration. also, it shows to what extent the artist's senses are connected to the realistic and symbolic recording of the place’ identity. marsa alam city: it is one of the citiesin the red sea governorate which was, during pharaonic era and the roman era, famous for gold mines, and the effects of that period still exist in the form of some of the pharaonic inscriptions carved in the rocks. it is one of egypt's rich reserves of gold ore areas, which lies in alsukari mine in the eastern desert, which is one of the top 10 producing gold mines in the world. in may 2005 a company was established to continue the exploration in the region under the name of "alsokary gold mines company" fig.9, worker and kolkhoz woman monument in moscow, russia. it was made from stainless steel by vera mukhina for the 1937 world's fair in paris fig. 10, a statue of two oil industry workers in the almetyevsk republic of tatarstan russia fig. 11, statue of workers, commemorating the international labour organisation in geneva, switzerland 6 6http://www.alamy.com/stock-photo-statue-of-workers-commemorating-the-international-labour-organisation35793495.html http://www.alamy.com/stock-photo-statue-of-workers-commemorating-the-international-labour-organisation-35793495.html http://www.alamy.com/stock-photo-statue-of-workers-commemorating-the-international-labour-organisation-35793495.html http://www.publicartomaha.org/media/art/83/827-full.jpg http://www.publicartomaha.org/media/art/83/826-full.jpg http://www.publicartomaha.org/media/art/83/827-full.jpg� http://www.publicartomaha.org/media/art/83/826-full.jpg� haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 6 a model for a monument in gdansk, poland. it is a memorial of the fallen shipyard workers in front of solidarity square. the former president of poland has considered that monument as of the victims of the communist regime 7(fig. 12). it was held to commemorate the victims of the workers' revolution in poland in december 1970, and it is known to be for the victims of the harboralso called 'three crosses' commemorating the victims of the december of 1970 a 8(fig. 13) fig. 12, memorial for the victims of the communist regime, poland, august 2012 solidarity square in front of gdansk's shipyard. former president of poland fig. 13, memorial for the victims of the communist regime, poland, august 2012 solidarity square in front of gdansk's shipyard. former president of poland * a statue representing one of the american oil workers who worked with the british in 1943. he holds one of his tools powerfully and enthusiastically as the economy depends on this area on transformative industries and mining . the statue was carried out by the artist "jay o'melia" in "nottinghamshire" england, uk ( figure 14). it was done according to the german interest as an industrial power in europe. they opened the german museum of technology which highlights the industrial revolution in europe by showing some of the equipment of the first factories in the country and some of the machines of railways. the museum referred to aviation and the associated development of the motor industry as a large model of a plane that was put above the museum (figure 15) fig. 14, an oil worker who worked with the british in 1934. the oil patch warrior, a statue by jay o'melia , nottinghamshire, england, uk. fig. 15, a plane model above the german museum of technology, germany identity of the industrial cities in egypt: the geographical terrain has had a major role in the distribution of industries in egypt. it was the social conditions that caused manufacturers to have a connection with their residents, and this made it difficult to move to places other than their hometowns. the economic conditions played a prominent role in the movement of craftsmen concerning the industrial cities in search of a better income and standards of living. the government tried to create new industrial cities by providing them with some livelihoods to attract workers, artisans and businessmen. it tried to emphasize the identity of these cities by building special features and artwork models to give a special model of distinction and uniqueness. some models of the industrial cities in egypt include mahalla al-kubra, tenth of ramadan, the nag hammadi and marsa alam. the study revealed tha some of the models showing the identity of the industrial cities and the role of arts show the identity of these cities and their importance in the expression of the identity, the places and communities that 7 https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/gdansk-poland-monument-fallen-shipyard-workers332636903?src=2i9posr8n9azyhd6pcy9ma-1-66 8 https://www.poland.travel/en-gb/other/three-crosses-monument-in-gdansk https://www.poland.travel/en-gb/other/three-crosses-monument-in-gdansk haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 7 practice industrial activities. it was as if it is a menfistation of presenteting their inner core; the psychological dynamics, social motives and the secret policy of the society. a mutual influence towards the identity of the industrial hometown has appread to expound on the communal, cultural, intellectual policies of the people in order to get to know their identity, heritage and beliefs. the cultural legacy in that sense serves as an essential part in confirming the industrial cities’ identity. it is the finest way to record the hertiage and document the reality of the events. urban spaces in the industrial cities are the means of spreding the cultural of its residentis and the policy of the responsible administration. also, it shows to what extent the artist's senses are connected to the realistic and symbolic recording of the place’ identity. marsa alam city: it is one of the red sea governorate’ cities which was, during pharaonic era and the roman era, famous for gold mines. the aftereffects of that period still exist in the form of some of the pharaonic inscriptions carved on rocks. it is one of the egypt's rich reserves of gold ore areas, and it lies in alsukari mine in the eastern desert. alsukari is one of the top 10 producing gold mines in the world. in may 2005, a company was established to continue the exploration in the region under the name of "alsokary gold mines company". fig.16, a structure showing the mining process in the alsokary mine in marsa alam, egypt. fig 16 shows some elements related to the activity through the search for minerals, especially gold. it emphasizes the economic activity which assures the identity of the city and how this structure socially raises the spirit of the workers in this field. it is a three-dimensional huge structure that highlights the strenuous effort they are doing in research, exploration and connection of workers and artisans to the place and the company. the company's appreciation for that and the appreciation of the government are meant to provide an opportunity to create that structure on the land of this city. it is a form of political support from the government to the important economic terms. it promotes the place by showing the workers’ arts and skills.the monumen (in fig 16) is consisted of a lift of concrete which overhangs a piece of iron pipe clutching a gold bar. the city is famous for mining and quarrying the present mines of ore quartz, feldspar, talc, granite, gypsum, and limonite. the city has got a port for exporting mineral ores and laboratories to inspect the samples. on a social level, it is residential, and there are already residence and inns for workers, schools and a field for games and tourist villages. based on thess activities, the city's population awareness of mining methods and extraction to preserve their identity, to find significance of the artwork and to express the identity of the place have influenced everyone. it is a result of the on-site activity embodied in a structure expressing the value and appreciation of the city’s identity. nag hammadi: is one of the cities of qena governorate that has got the largest plant for the production of aluminium in the arab middle east world. it has other significant plants to produce sugar cane and wood. the latter employs more than ten thousand workers, the vast majority of whom live in the residential city that is attached to the plant. the city in special in the sense of having the essential services, like schools, a hospital, a sports club . we find out the role of that art in highlighting the identity of the city by the statue of "civilization"done by haitham amer (fig. 17). the artist used the egyptian woman as a symbol of the human being acting as the base of agriculture and industry. the statue pose is a in a motion-posture moving its left foot forward in a way that gives a sense of vigor and motivation to develop agriculture and industry. symbols of the industry –a gearand agriculture -branchesshow the government's political efforts to bring beauty over the city with an artwork linked to the economic life of agriculture and industry. it is clear how the social factors spread the sense of connection to add a sense of pride. which shows its impact on of values and raising the spirit of nationalism and patriotism which influence the community, cultural, intellectual policy of the peoples to get to know their identity and heritage and beliefs their cultural legacy. haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 8 fig. 17, "civilization" statue, nag hammadi, egypt. mahalla city: it is one of the cities of the gharbeya governorate, egypt, and "it has the biggest factory for spinning and weaving in the middle east. [5] it is " misr spinning and weaving factory", which employs almost 27 thousand workers and employees, and the city's economy depends mostly on spinning, weaving, and other textile based services. a large number of the industrial and commercial activities are present as well such as oils, soap, electronics, carpets and adobe bricks and food industries. one of the artwork models which shows the identity of this industrial city is located at the entrance of the city of mahalla (figure 18). the designer adopted the gear to symbolize the identity of the industrial city, which is famous for its textile industry. spinning and weaving industry are of the oldest industries known to for the ancient egyptians; however, they developed the using of materials and machinery and trainings. accordingly, the various government over history have played a vital role in appreciaitng and valuing the city’s activities. incorporating such symbols from the industrial environment contributes to increase craftsmen and worker’s motivation and spreads the spirit of belonging to the city. it also assists in boosting the economic status implicitly in an exponential way. fig. 18, artwork structures (gears), mahalla, egypt conclusion: art has a positive role in assuring the identity of the industrial cities. there is a positive mutual influence between the social and cultural content of the members of the national industrial cities and arts. identity is associated with social presence and it is a reflection of the values and communities seeking uniqueness, and distinction. by searching for the identity using art, communities and industrial cities urge their members to keep their heritage and preserve their values and work to establish affiliation to their home countries. haitham aamer mahmoud hussein / the academic research community publication pg. 9 references 1. michel, a. (2012). transcending socialization a nine-year ethnography of the body’s role in organizational control and knowledge workers’ transformation. administrative science quarterly,56(3), 325-368. doi:10.1177/00018392124375191993 santa fe springs, ca: february 12, 2014"the... (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.shutterstock.com/video/clip-5676593-stock-footage-santa-fe-springs-ca-february-the-oilfield-workerssculpture-by-carlos-terres-circa.html 2. the lighthouse hunters, christine and tom cardaci. (n.d.). the lighthouse hunters. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.thelighthousehunters.com/nautical.htm 3. overy, r. the dictators: hitler's germany, stalin's russia, p260 isbn 0-393-02030-4 4. strathern, a., & new zealand ministry for culture and heritage te manatu taonga. (2013, july 09). 'trawlermen' sculpture, napier. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://teara.govt.nz/en/artwork/6277/trawlermen-sculpture-napier 5. gdansk, poland monument of the fallen shipyard workers is in front of the center of solidarnosc, on 24 september, 2015 gdansk, poland. it is memorial of workers victims of communist regime. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/gdansk-poland-monument-fallen-shipyard-workers332636903?src=2i9posr8n9azyhd6pcy9ma-1-66 6. 12 top-rated museums and art galleries in berlin | planetware. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.planetware.com/germany/top-rated-museums-and-art-galleries-in-berlin-d-zzz-11.htm "فتحي محمد مصیلحي، ماجدة محمد جمعة، .7 دار صفحة، 491، 2004التنمیة السیاحیة في مصر: من منظور جغرافي وتخطیطي"، طبعة .الماجد للنشر والتوزیع 8. monument to labor. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.publicartomaha.org/art/info/83/monument to labor 9. walls of honor. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.passion-for-san-pedro.com/walls-of-honor.html https://www.shutterstock.com/video/clip-5676593-stock-footage-santa-fe-springs-ca-february-the-oilfield-workers-sculpture-by-carlos-terres-circa.html https://www.shutterstock.com/video/clip-5676593-stock-footage-santa-fe-springs-ca-february-the-oilfield-workers-sculpture-by-carlos-terres-circa.html http://www.thelighthousehunters.com/nautical.htm https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/richard_overy https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/international_standard_book_number https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/special:booksources/0-393-02030-4 https://teara.govt.nz/en/artwork/6277/trawlermen-sculpture-napier https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/gdansk-poland-monument-fallen-shipyard-workers-332636903?src=2i9posr8n9azyhd6pcy9ma-1-66 https://www.shutterstock.com/image-photo/gdansk-poland-monument-fallen-shipyard-workers-332636903?src=2i9posr8n9azyhd6pcy9ma-1-66 http://www.planetware.com/germany/top-rated-museums-and-art-galleries-in-berlin-d-zzz-11.htm http://www.passion-for-san-pedro.com/walls-of-honor.html http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) fine values for urban coordination in spaces of new communities of economic housing doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.138 muhammad yunus fekry amer 1 1assistant teacher interior architecture and decoration faculty of fine arts south valley university keywords urban coordination design sites identity ecology morphological configuration of the city abstract the idea of this research was developed as a result of the new direction of urban development taking place in the arab reupblic of egypt along with the emergence of new cities that mark a new age in egypt’s modern history. this paper also highlights the importance of completing important national projects with the highest possible standards and least possible cost in order to satisfy the people’s needs. egyptian artists have always excelled in the field of architecture as their creations are still present today and they all mark these architects’ interaction with the natural environment in terms of the materials used. these characteristics are now a way to distinguish egyptin artists because of the different analyses carried out for the modes of movement, the intersection of lines, shapes, light, colors, and consistency along with the various cultural values that contribute to the enrichment of egyptian history. there is a set of visual determinants and characteristics that are exclusive to every city, this, in turn, shows each city in its aesthetic form that distinguishes it from others. this is dependent on a group of environmental and design-based characteristics that are used when aesthetically designing a city. this is starting with its morphological model which is concerned with the overall aesthetic design of the city and ending with applying the values of the deisgn of urban coordination of sites (landscape), which is concerned with the design of public spaces. a good design is one that applies all the visual and aesthetic determinants needed for their formation. the concept of identity is considered one of those concepts that are hard to accurately explain as it’s more of an ecological concept rather than a scientific one. identity plays a leading role in the design of buildings that manage to reflect the environment which it’s in, as it is considered the main criterion for measuring the success of the community. on that basis, the identities of buildings are developed as a result of employing specific elements. the built environment therefore is an effective means through which the community can confirm its identity and distinguish itself among other communities. the establishment of new communities: there are many motives behind the creation of the new cities, and these motives are economic, social or ideological and more motives may exist, including: redistributing citizens over the country, directing the urban growth of remote places, and trying to go beyond the narrow strip of the nile valley (1). new cities have emerged and were set as an example of innovative way to highlight the relationship between humans and buildings, land, and development. this is what we aim to document along with the extent of benefits muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 2 these new communities gained from urban development and the new aesthetic values and from presenting new aesthetic characteristics (2). fine determinants of urban communities: there are a set of visual limitations that every city generally has in order to show that it has an aesthetic form that distinguishes it from other cities, depending on a variety of factors. this depends on a group of factors considered when designing a city starting with its morphological model that is concerned with the overall beauty of the city and ending with applying the values of the deisgn of urban coordination of sites (landscape), which is concerned with the design of public spaces. a good design is one that applies all the visual and aesthetic determinants needed for their formation. this allows for the creation of buildings that are similar to those in european countries because they include all the necessary architectural considerations on different levels that cimpliemnt each other, those include urban coordination, urban design, and attentiveness to detail in order to fit the general aesthetic form. this is exactly what fails to take place in egyptian cities as all the aforementioned steps and requirements are applied, but without considering aesthetic design. there are several things that are neglected, such as the study of visual dimensions or highlighting the importance of interior architecture even though they have serious psychological and physiological effects on the residents of these buildings and their vistors (3). this research aims t highlight the importance of creating an environment that is visually appealing by applying aesthetic values and urban coordination and development that the responsible architect depends on when designing the building internally in public spaces, this is done in order to beutify egyptian cities. this is carried out by studying their forms and their relationship to the surrounding building elements, colors, and the design of streets in order to improve the visual image of the city. the design of the city should reflect its identity so that it could be on the same level of private projects that have high-quality buildings, but at a more economical level. citizens' needs in new communities: residential buildings represent the largest part of buildings in general in newer cities as well as open areas and different service structures. in his famous model in which he gradually arranged the aggregation of basic human needs, abraham maslow pointed out that each individual needs overlapping and interrelated priorities that he or she seeks to achieve and these can be arranged in the following points: the provision of material needs. provide safety, security and protection. the provision of belonging to the environment and to achieve social networking being autonomous the possibility of creativity and cognitive needs (4) it is evident that the government and ministries that are specialized in architecture sought to establish residential buildings subsidized by the government. these were designed and implemented quickly but it resulted in the creation of superficial buildings that defy all developmental values. they represent architecture that is applied without thinking or innovating. there also buildings that with designs that do not match the requirements of the environment, and proved to fail for many reasons, such as they cause a defect in the urban environment as a result of disintegration of the fabric (5). problems of open areas: cities have become cement forests devastating our natural environment making it void of green spaces poor distribution of green areas the control of the mechanical movement on the formation of the urban fabric is considered to be worthy of the rights and needs of pedestrians the absence of humanitarian dimensions when designing open areas. man-made constructions established on green areas misuse of the open areas muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 3 figure (1) describes the cement forests of the city and the lack of respect for the green areas and privacy of the population along with the lack of interest in protecting public spaces and taking care of building fronts the causes of these problems: the absence of a comprehensive thoughts to implement open area planning strategies at the national, regiobal and local levels. the absence of the overall concept of a network of open areas, resulting in poor distribution of sites that are not linked to each other. lack of financial resources that allow the provision and maintenance of open areas. increased population and structural density, high real estate value of the land. neglect and deterioration of the existing few open areas and the lack of periodic maintenance. lack of environmental awareness among visitors and users of the open areas and it’s not maintained figure 1 shows the layout of the point of attractions in new cities ancient egyptian artist and its interaction with the environment: the ancient egyptian artist interacted with and excelled in architecture as their creations are still present today and they all mark these architects’ interaction with the natural environment in terms of the materials used. these characteristics are now a way to distinguish egyptin artists because of the different analyses carried out for the modes of movement, the intersection of lines, shapes, light, colors, and consistency along with the various cultural values that contribute to the enrichment of egyptian history (7). an architect is always a true reflection of his or her environment in all its historical stages because he or she has become the architect that he or she currently is as a result of the interaction of environmental factors such as the climate, economy, society, education, history, and religion. the interior architecture muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 4 of the environement comes as a result of the relationship between the natural environment and the design of the environement. this achieves compatibility between design and the surrounding environement and focuses on compatibility and harmony between the elements of design. this is in addition to trying to make full use of the sources of inspiration for natural objects through their internal construction and external characteristics to achieve creative design treatments. the task of the interior designer is to develop the principles and foundations, shape and design, and to be inspired by the natural elements to create a link between them and the external and internal designs. interior architecture plays an influential role in new architectural societies in terms of internal and external design as it provides the person with the suitable spaces and it deals with the natural and surrounding environements and the materials that are suitable in that particular time and place. it also plays a role in creating internal and external spaces that attracts people (8). environmental design: a modern trend in the field of design emphasizes how to preserve the environment and create a link between the economy and beauty. the designer is the person who links the products at hand to elements of the ecosystem and thus reach a positive environment and not a negative one. organic design: this refers to the integration of design with the properties of materials and ores while respecting the homogeneous relations between the shape, design and function of the interior space. this attempts visual communication and integration with the surrounding natural environment by studying its analysis of the organic elements of nature. the following are the characteristics of living plants and animals so that organic design can be influenced by the natural envirnement: 1.visual communication 2. added (growth) 3. texture 4. link design to the natural environment 5. merger 6. unity and integration 7. motion 8. flexibility 9. optical modulation 10. dormancy 11. cohesion 12. repetition 13. natural raw materials 14. gradient 15. overlap and connect 16. colors 17. impartiality 18. containment (9) figure (2) this innovative design illustrates the application of the thought of organic design in the open areas inspiration from nature nature is a source of inspiration in arts and architecture and the designer is aware of the importance of being inspired by the elements of the natural environment in his work. this is important in order to establish the concept of the natural environment as a superior one over formation systems and design solutions through the extraction (unity proportion rhythm raw materials balance dots lines spaces shapes texture colors) from natural elements. this is manifested in interior architecture which draws on and borrows from elements of the surrunding muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 5 natural environment. this achieves the compatibility between the form of design and function in order to reach the design that is both attractive, functional, and environmentally friendly (10). the factors of location and urban configuration: every location has unique characteristics or a distinct personality that is formed based on its natural potential and functional importance on the level of the city or region in which it is located, as follows: a. natural possibilities: some of the locations have advantageous characteristics like differences in elevation, a mountaineous background, beaches, and green areas. they therefore need to be proportioned in a visually appealing way in order to be able to take advantage of them correctly and develop them. b. the location of the given area in relation to the city: some places have unique locations within the city like in the center of the city, the borders of the city, city entrances, and a place that links all the traffic axes in the city. this gives them a functional importance and they have their own visual properties that have to be studied and developed, especially in visual aspects to achieve a balance between functional needs and aesthetic characteristics. c. the urban configuration of the area: the follow-up of the spaces and the layout of their distribution gives a special character to the region and provides opportunities for visual coordination to raise the visual environment of those spaces. the formation of these spaces varies in size and proportions of spatial dimensions and architectural elements that define the entrances and exits, and the relationship of these spaces with the activities practiced within and around (11). technological factors: this factor includes several elements from one era to another and from one society to another and it consists of building materials and the techniques followed during construction along with scientific and technological methods. building materials and construction methods affect the shape and structure of architectural spaces and this is evident in a new building if it reflects the magnitude of its development in its modern building materials, construction methods, and technological techniques. that is also evident when it comes to its large size along with its color and texture (12). figure (3) shows us how we depend on modern materials and new thinking in design role of urban coordination: the city has a very complex form, as its elements are overlapping and intertwined, and the realization of the city’s distinct visual identity is through visual images that conform to artistic and aesthetic architecture along with functional, social, and cultural values on which urban planning is based on. the role of urban planning is to recreate the visual identity of architecture using different ways such as the individual attempts that lean towards the concepts of unconcious beutification. architecture in general is a series of visual sequences that cannot contracdict with personal concepts. to activate the concept of integration between science of architecture, arts and aesthetics within the framework of an integrated design stemming from the concepts of civilization, culture and heritage. muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 6 encourage the spread of works of art in the urban spaces of the city provided that it represents a high level of thought and art and enhances the surrounding environment (13). figure (4) this is the design of one of the open areas between the units urban area were employed plants of different colors and artwork, and environmental and natural materials to create a unique visual spectacle. the design and coordination of external sites: the coordination of sites aims to integrate the sophisticated environment that is coherent and therefore serves the needs and demands of humans that require a harmonious and balanced interaction together with nature in its various elements and to get out of the state of monotony in architecture and add excitement to the urban environment and to meet the desire of man to approach the natural components of the environment, which is his first interest. figure (5 6 7) it is a range of different solutions in the coordination of external internet sites and the use of natural raw materials with the use of new possibilities and innovative design solutions. planning and coordinating sites: it is the technical process of science (engineering, agricultural and planning) to design, coordinate and improve and beautify the elements of life which contributes to the environmental balancing process, a continuous process of endless creation of the site and format. the site planning and coordination processes are very similar to the design and coordination of an internal space consisting of floors, walls and ceilings (horizontal and vertical elements). the sites are of two types: natural land scape: are existing sites as innate nature without human intervention, but by the laws of the life cycle and their interactions with each other, all these natural sites have distinct features (land scape character). muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 7 manmade land scape: they are the sites that involve human intervention in the components and elements where humans removed some elements of the original site and added other ways or their own distinct style (14). the objectives of planning and coordinating sites: − recreation and recuperation and convalescence and practice sports. − separation between buildings in crowded areas and provide privacy where required to do so. − provide places for children to play especially those living in apartments in high-rise buildings. − provide appropriate environmental atmosphere and provide certain protection from the sun or wind or noise or other air pollutants. − solve some problems, such as the protection of the hills and uplands of collapse. − solve of some problems on the city level, such as pollution, as well as city beautification and coordinate the streets, squares and so on. figure (8) coordination between different site in entertainment areas and parking facilities and residential buildings classification of open spaces and levels: the network of open spaces is made up of two main elements which are open areas or spaces and connecting axes. the open areas in the city vary in size, level of service and degree of specialization, and these gradient levels must be commensurate with the population and needs of their services. open areas can be classified into planning levels: linked open areas axes are classified as follows: green belt axial gardens environmental themes historical themes entertainment hubs directed contemporary design: a trend that is in line with prevailing philosophical and intellectual ideas and does not adhere to the well-known rules of design. however, it follows a philosophical self that conforms to modernity, postmodernism and deconstruction, which usually requires the use of technological development and progress in construction methods (15). fine and designed values and foundations for outdoor spaces: although there are different approaches and ideas to the design visions of the regions and external spaces from one location to another due to many variables, there is a common design language of its uniqueness (scale, unity, coherence, proportion, balance, simplicity, repetition, diversification, lighting and shade), which represent the foundations of the design of open areas.axes: the open area must be designed depending on the nature of the tracks within the major and minor axes and the relationship of that nature entrances and each axis is the beginning and the end. muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 8 the axes: the open area should be designed according to the nature of the paths within it from the main and secondary axes and the relation of that to the nature of the entrances and gradations, and that each axis has a beginning and an end scale: the scale of items should be determined in proportion to the spatial space and reflect the nature of activity and behavioral patterns of users of the area. unity and coherence: site coordination should reflect unity and coherence through the intended repetition of formatting elements. proportionality: all parts and components of the garden are balanced, taking into account the size, types and characteristics of plants and afforestation in order to conform to the nature of origin. sovereignty and control: in the design of gardens, the recruitment and highlighting of elements and components of the coordination of the site is important in order to maximize the sovereignty of the establishment or highlight the unique value of the site. simplicity: selection of a limited number of types of elements in coordination with the location to avoid the crowded garden with trees or buildings for easy maintenance. the external character and appearance: characteristic of the shape of the public park and each garden with its features that are formed by its establishment, which highlights its independent personality. repetition and diversification: it is preferable to follow the repetition of some elements of the components of the garden so that there’s a sequence without interruption to connect parts, but still taking into account the prevention of repetition so that it isn’t boring sequencing and widening: arranging the elements of the coordination of the site so that it is seen in a visual sequence to achieve a harmonious format in one system. colors and their gradients: careful study of the colors of plants and types of elements used and different materials and the gradients of colors to suit each other. dissonance and compatibility: the plant units set together should be coherent so that the human eye can shift from one plant to another smoothly and without one overshadowing the others. as for dissonance it’s prefered to be at the borders of a region to show the importance of one element of the composition. lighting and shade: light and shade are important elements in landscaping, this is due to the method and style of its shape and distribution (16). figure (9) one of the open spaces between the residential area and has been taking into account the different values in the fine design the concept of identity: the concept of identity is one of the concepts in which we find it difficult to find a clear and specific definition. it is an ecological concept rather than a scientific concept. identity plays a key role in the design of the buildings that express the society (visual identity), which is the main criterion for measuring the extent of the success of the community. therefore, it is possible to say that the identity muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 9 of buildings arises as a result of the employment of specific elements. the community must emphasize its identity and distinguish it among other societies (17). it’s obvious that the existance of buildings and the identity of a community is of utmost importance, and the interfaces of the architectural monuments existing in a country or a city express the identity of that place. identity is a crystallized concept in the structure through the shape and characteristics. the spatial identity is summarized in the ability of the person to recognize a place as a result of the uniqueness of its characteristics, and the environment depends on the identity of the use of special buildings and facades are distinct and this is because users always share and interact with such special activities. so the environment has its own identity and personality not only when it has the ability to instill its visual distinction in people's memory, but also when it has the ability to make people recognize it through the facades of its buildings. hence we realize that the identity of the buildings: it is not just a product or something consistent and clear, it is a process that has many dimensions, a trace of civilization in various stages of histor,y and that is the locomotive of culture or identity of a civilization that is evident on the buildings themselves. identity is the result of cultural heritage, it therefore can not be formed suddenly, but it develops in parallel to the development of modern raw materials and advanced technologyand this development is based on our vision to address our problems and existing and future buildings. identity is intangible (18). methods of evaluating and building facades foreign spreads in terms of identity: principles of evaluation: there are three main principles that should be taken into account in the evaluation, namely: * continuity: it can be expressed in a set of fixed values such as respect for the natural environment, unity in composition, respect for the human dimension and neighborliness, privacy protection to achieve communication between the interior design and the formation of the destinations of the building in simplicity and compatibility at all levels. * distinction: achieved through regional and environmental challenges as adaptation with the climate, the adoption of the principles of local architecture, the use of local building materials as well as the vocabulary of heritage in the internal and external architecture of the buildings, taking into account the integration of technology with the prevailing technology. * recognition: the perceptive to know the elements that integrate both the communication and excellence such as understand and absorb the local environment, the contemporary expression of traditional values and traditions, and re-use ideas and vocabularies of heritage architecture and integration of renewable curriculum and style heritage. research results: 1. the application of fine values on the outer spaces helps us to achieve successful designs. 2. to reach the bases and rules of urban coordination that are ideal for each space or building. 3. benefit from our ancient egyptian civilization and treatments that mimic the environmental and climatic nature of the various spaces. 4. dependence on the environmental design, materials and natural resources available within the city. 5. employment of modern technologies and technology is important not to get us in the departure and distance from identity. 6. to highlight the identity of the community and the impact of cultural heritage and civilization in the various designs of new communities. muhammad yunus / the academic research community publication pg. 10 recommendations: 1. setting standards and requirements for urban coordination of economic housing in new societies. 2 the need to link the interfaces of buildings and open areas. 3exploiting the available natural materials in the scope and employing them in design. 4 the use of plants and plants that are in line with the natural environment of the city. 5 to highlight the cultural identity and its role in the new communities and their impact in the design of distinctive features of different housing spaces. references: 1. mahmoud mahmoud fikri urban furniture into the new urban cities master faculty of fine arts helwan university 2001 the r 75. 2. basem fadel eid beauty of cities in egypt (problems and solutions) conference on art and economics faculty of fine arts minia university --2,016 p. 2. 3. mohammed saber abdul hamid interior architecture and its role in the development of curriculum to beautify the visual environment of the egyptian city art conference and economics faculty of fine arts minia university --2,016 p. 3. 4. mahmoud mahmoud fikri urban furnishing of new cities master faculty of fine arts helwan university 2001 5-maha loay mahmoud the role of the interior architecture in shaping and building facades art conference and economics faculty of fine arts minia university --2,016 p. 11. 6-foundations and standards of urban coordination for open areas the list of the national agency for the coordination of urban egypt first edition 2010 p. 15. 7-hala barakat on configuration elements from the surrounding environment and its relationship to the interior architecture art conference and economics faculty of fine arts minia university --2,016 p. 5. 8-op p. 2. 9reham ismail taha morphology pathetic creativity in interior design master faculty of fine arts alexandria university -, 2005. 10-jacoub, son of joseph planning and designing residential neighborhood college of architecture and planning king saud university 1429. 11-ali mehran hisham elements of urban planning and design --2,011 12abdullah bin mohammad aqeel towards an integrated and sustainable housing solutions king fahd national library for publication i 2015 p. 109 edition. 13. principles and criteria of open coordination urban areas the list of the national agency for the coordination of urban egypt first edition 2010 -. 14http://amenagementa.blogspot.com.eg/2016/06/design.html 18/08/2016 15. principles and criteria of open coordination urban areas the list of the national agency for the coordination of urban egypt first edition 2010 16-vkra amer muhammad yunus founded the design and implementation of gardens research master supervision of dr. / nabil rashid faculty of fine arts helwan university 2012. 17-https: //old.uqu.edu.sa/page/ar/55862 18-hilal mohamed ahmed the identity crisis of contemporary architecture in the egyptian city engineering sciences journal number 722 april 2004. 19. maha loay mahmoud the role of the interior architecture in shaping and building facades art conference and economics faculty of fine arts minia university -2016. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) impact of environment on architecture of mesopotamia with respect to the use of materials, tools and mode of construction doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.111 saira iqbal 1 1quaid e azam university islamabad , pakistan keywords architecture; environment; mesopotamia abstract through architectural and engineering skills, humanity leaves its mark upon the earth. urbanization started from mesopotamia in west asia where the mesopotamian societies flourished. they evolved into various landscapes from the metal-rich highlands and elevations of southeastern turkey to the syrian deserts, from the woodman's of the levant to the bogs of southern iraq. mesopotamian civilization, along with its architecture, survived more than three thousand years. the architecture of the mesopotamian civilization is not only portentous in its outlook and proficient in planning, but it’s also considered rational and technical with respect to its environment. the civilization was very first of its kind, having technology and urban settlements that laid the foundation of future modern settlements. it considered the region's environment and climate as pivotal in the development of its culture and architecture. this study discusses how the people, consciously or unconsciously, shaped the land or landscape around them in relation to their environment. this study is both basic and applied, according to architectural research methods. by content, the research in this article is according to the process of design and construction and the data in this research will be analyzed morphologically and technically. the mesopotamian people used mud bricks, aqueducts, wooden beams, archimedes screw, courtyard and tripartite houses. the study in this article proves that all these constructions and the techniques used were according to their environmental and climatic conditions. 1. introduction mesopotamia is in the east of the district named "fertile crescent "approximately a semi-circle with its open side facing the south and the west end to the southeast corner of the mediterranean, the center directly to the north of arabia, and the east end at the north end of persian gulf, where cultivation and farming flourished (mays l. w., 2010 p.30). (fig 1). the desert sand buried mesopotamia's great cities but its technology has survived and is in use until the present. the land of mesopotamia is divided into two ecological zones-roughly: lower mesopotamia (south) and upper mesopotamia (north). the lower mesopotamia known as southern mesopotamia or babylonian alluvium, lacked stone while in the northern mesopotamia or plains of assyria, stone was available. further differences divide southern babylonian into akkad in the north and sumer in the south. large forests were lacking, the only wood available was the date palm wood. it was the name given to the area between two rivers as was largely dependent on the two rivers named tigris and euphrates. the tigris and euphrates river both shaped the society and the minds of the dwelling communities. these rivers not only provided water for agriculture but served main routes of communication (mclntosh, 2005, p. 7) . this was the county where summer and winters reach thermometric extremes, here agriculture was contingent upon the artificial river water distribution (kuiper, 2001, p. 135) . the climate of mesopotamia was so uncertain with periodic floods that laid the basis of hydraulic saira iqbal / the academic research community publication pg. 2 engineering. the natural resources of any civilization largely determined the structural materials used by its architects and engineers – same is the case with mesopotamian civilization (faiella, 2006, p. 7). it determines the basic shape, size and the style of the architecture produced. three contributing factors to mesopotamian art and architecture are: the socio political organization of the city states and of the kingdoms and the empires succeeding them; the second, even more important factor, however, is the major role played by organized religion in mesopotamian affairs of state and the third factor is the influence of the natural environment. the practical limitations imposed upon architects by geology and climate of southern iraq are immediately apparent (kuiper, 2001, p. 136). the natural condition of this area does not favor architectural development. it is an alluvial plain and the only building material present in quantity is mud deposited by the two great rivers. mud bricks were used for private and public houses. since bitumen obtained at hits of euphrates served as the water proof material. in the north gypsum known as mosul marble but its transportation required so much man power that its use was restricted to the palaces and temples. the idea behind this research is that “enviros and climate of an area begets the architecture of an area with regard to the adoption of tools, material and mode of construction”. the research is based on the following questions: i. how and why mud was used as construction material considering developmental needs of mesopotamian people? ii. how were the houses built between the two rivers viewing the environmental conditions and feasibility of people? iii. how methods of utilizing water led to the greatest achievement in mechanical and civil engineering? this research article will deal with the architectural techniques of mesopotamian civilization with respect to the environment, that includes building material and houses, techniques and construction and hydraulic engineering. architectural research has characteristics of both scientific and technical research on the one hand and artistic and humanistic on the other hand. christopher frayling, rector of london’s royal college of art, has argued that all research in architecture revolves around one of three or either all of the three prepositions; “into”, “for” and “through” (linda n. groat , david wang , 2013). research for design typically involves investigations of new technology, products and materials. research through design embraces creative production, with the design process itself as a form of discovery new knowledge. the research in this article deals with the preposition “into” – because research into design encompasses the historical and environmental behavior research. by content, the research in this article is according to the process of design and construction. the data in this research is analyzed morphologically and technically. morphologically, it involves looking at the specific characteristics of research i.e. influence of environment on architecture. technically; it involves looking at the specific area: 1. mesopotamian civilization 2.it is specified to mud houses / their techniques and hydraulic engineering. i. climate and ecology: there is diversity in natural landscape, which includes desert, foot hills, steppes, marches, they all have one common feature: a lack of rain fall in the summer. the climate and vegetation of mesopotamia has probably not changed over the past ten thousand years. the desert zone had mild dry winters and hot, dry summers but there was no vegetation. in the foot hills, the winters were mild, and summers were dry and warm. the vegetation included oak, pine trees, terebinth trees, grasses, barley and wheat. the steppes also experienced mild and dry winters, and hot, dry summers. the steppe lands were grasslands that were almost treeless. the climate of central and southern iraq is very hot sometimes reaching 120 degrees fahrenheit in the summer (nemet-nejat, 1998, p. 12). ii. impact of environment on architecture: the research deals with the impact of the environment on architecture in relation to the building materials, techniques and utilization or construction with respect to hydraulic system. 1.1.building material of houses with respect to the environment a shelter or a house is considered protection from the weather with barrier surfaces that are supported by a structure that is based on the environmental resources. mesopotamia is a land of mud and mud-bricks architecture (moorey, 1994) . mud is a very versatile building material: walls can be built up in lumps, a technique known in arabic as ‘tauf’ and normally called pise in english (roaf, 1992, p. 423) . the clayish soil of southern mesopotamia was saira iqbal / the academic research community publication pg. 3 ideally suited for the manufacturing of bricks (bertman, 2003, p. 186). the material was then formed into rectangular bricks and left to dry (wie, 2012) . there were two kinds of dried bricks – sundried and kiln dried. the sundried bricks were somewhat durable and cheap to produce, while kiln dried bricks were expensive because they required burning fuels, so kiln baked bricks were reserved for prestigious buildings and palaces. the perfect time to make sun-dried bricks was the summer time, when the sun was hot. for this reason, the ancient mesopotamian people called the first month of summer “the month of bricks” (bertman, 2003) . eventually builders realized that mixing clay with straw made bricks stronger. it also kept mud and clay from cracking (michael woods , marry b. woods , 2000, p. 25). the shape of the mesopotamian bricks changed over the course of history. these are categorized by period. 1.patzen 80×40×15 cm: late uruk period (3600–3200 bce) 2.riemchen 16×16 cm: late uruk period (3600–3200 bce) 3.plano-convex 10x19x34 cm: early dynastic period (3100–2300 bce) the earliest examples are long and thin. beginning in the fourth millennium b.c.e and onto the third, they became uniformly rectangular, with their length double their width. in the early dynastic period, they retained their rectangular outline but acquired a convex side produced by rounding off the soft clay atop the mold. such “planoconvex” bricks with their rounded sides turned outward, created a variegated wall surface. still, later in the akkadian period, the square brick, about 14 by 14 inches, came into its own (bertman, 2003, p. 187) . the name plano-convex brick was given because of its specific shape. brick styles varied greatly over time. the advantages to plano-convex bricks were the speed of manufacturing as well as the irregular surface which held the finishing plaster coat better than a smooth surface from other brick types (delougaz, 1933). bitumen is a petroleum like substance found in the ancient near east that bounded bricks in a morerefined manner compared to ordinary mortar because of its adhesive and cohesive properties (bertman, 2003, p. 88). moreover, it was used for coating roofs and pipes. the use of bitumen was common in mesopotamia among other ancient civilizations because of its abundance in that area. mud was sometimes mixed with gravel or lime to make them more stable. lime or gravel has the capacity to become a stabilizer among other construction materials. in the present day, we use cement as a stabilizer instead of lime or gravel. lime, on the other hand, is made from the same basic material as cement, but is thousands of years old, and can be manufactured almost anywhere on the spot, for a fraction of the energy and cost of cement, and it’s a first class stabilizer for mud (s, 2013, p. 51) . just as the land of mesopotamia provided its people with the clay to make bricks and bitumen to cement them together, it also provided them with the reeds they employed to fashion some of the earliest homes. because of their natural buoyancy, bundles of reeds have long been used to make boats, but the earliest people used the same material to build houses. mud, in this manner, can effectively be used to satisfy the majority of the development needs of a general public; it can not only be utilized for fortifications, temples or palaces, but it is also a highly versatile material for domestic use. mud has a reasonable compressive strength, permitting the construction of walls, platform and arches but it’s susceptible to the effects of water, requiring the surfaces to be protected. high thermal capacity confers advantages in environmental control. a major advantage of mud is its ready availability and its ease of use (r.s narayanan , a.w.beeby , 2001, p. 56). the mud construction system is less energy intensive and very effective in different climatic conditions (s, 2013, p. 38). it is usually assumed that the addition of substances like cedar, ghee, or honey to mud mortar and bricks improves the cohesive properties. substances like tannins, proteins, or sugar can stabilize mud-bricks. (as organic material decomposes inside ageing bricks they would not easily be identified by modern analyses) (moorey, 1994, p. 305). 1.2. construction techniques town planning might sound like a modern idea, but actually, town planning started in ancient times. babylonians were the first to introduce town planning. the greek historian herodotus described the town planning of babylonians as: “it lies on a great plain , and is in the shape of a square , each side a hundred and twenty furlongs in length , thus 480 furlongs make the complete circuit of the city … they built houses , of a single chamber facing each other , with space enough for the driving of a four-house chariot … there are a hundred gates in the circle of the wall, all of bronze with posts and lintels of the same kind ….” (michael woods , marry b. woods , 2000). the building methods developed rapidly but the earliest buildings were semi sunken round huts. digging a series of holes in the ground, the builders would insert a tall bundle of reeds in each hole. a circle of holes would be used to make a circular house and two parallel rows to make a rectangular one. once the bundles were firmly inserted, the ones opposite to each other would be bent over and tied at the top to form a roof. the thick bundle of reeds provided shading and some insulation (bertman, 2003, p. 188)(fig 2)(fig 3). saira iqbal / the academic research community publication pg. 4 later on, the use of rectangular rooms with walls of sundried bricks and mud plastered roofs supported by wooden beams appeared in the husanan, sammaran and ubaid periods perhaps as early as 6000 b.c.e. before beginning construction, the buildings were thoroughly planned on a clay tablet (roaf, 1992). variations had been noticed in the construction of different houses. for example, the houses in sammaran period had many rectangular rooms with the internal walls matching the external buttresses, while those at tell-sawan were t shaped and divided into two parts. at songor and choga mami, houses were rectangular forming a regular grid. in the halaf period, the typical houses were round structures often with a rectangular annex (incorrectly called tholoi). some of the roofs of the houses were built with poles or sticks weaved with reeds having a toping of clay on it (fig 4). in the ubaid period, the houses were tripartite; they had a large central room at par with the width of the buildings with rows of smaller rooms on both sides. during the uruk period, the tripartite house continued but there was also a new form of domestic residence; a courtyard house with rooms on all sides was introduced. the main reception room was away from the entrance – on the sides of the courtyards. the courtyard houses play an important role in facilitating natural light, thermal comfort and ventilation. moreover, they also played a major role in creating an open space within houses (myneni, 2013, p. 633). they provide a cooling effect by creating conventional currents. a major challenge faced by ancient builders was that of the door and the passageways. the openings of doors and windows were as wide as the longest available beams. if too much weight was placed on the top of the lintel, the stress could cause the lintel to be damaged. the only engineering solution was to build an arch that was presented by sumerians (bertman, 2003, p. 193). the stair cases were found in the courtyards of most of the houses giving access to upper floors to the roof space of houses. (baird, 2014, p. 94) mostly wooden ladders gave access to the roof, where families spent much of their time except during the hottest part of summer days. in large mesopotamian cities, roof holes often provided the only entry. in the early dynastic period, the only consistent use of stone in the south in buildings was for door-sockets, otherwise its appearances are sporadic (moorey, 1994, p. 340). the mud brick work used in mesopotamia tended to be protected either by fired or glazed bricks on the outer face or by an imported stone facing. another example of successful use of mud in the construction of dwellings is in the arid region. the thick mud walls of houses usually were lime washed to give a light, sun reflecting surface, providing a mean of controlling the environment within the dwellings. (r.s narayanan , a.w.beeby , 2001, p. 56). the unavailability of stone and timber forced the builders to look for some other way of erecting the ceilings – the vault brick ceiling. the vaults were built without frame work as a series of arches with inclination arranged in transverse rows. in mesopotamia, an arched vault was the basis for the structure (fedulova, 2014, p. 44). the valley of the two rivers experienced floods, so all important buildings, temples and palaces were erected on high foundations or platforms. architectural expressions were based on the ratio of the volumes and the masses in the tower like ledged composition. the most important monument of sumerian architecture is the ziggurats of ur that refers to the end of 3rd millennium bc (fedulova, 2014). 1.3. hydraulic engineering hydraulic technology was in use was long before the great works of such investigators like vinci, galileo, pascal, and archimedes. the people of ancient times gained those concepts before the developments of concepts of mass momentum, conservation of mass, energy, buoyant force etc. the ideas to control the flow of water was invented in the neolithic phase but was implemented in mesopotamian period (mays l. w., 2008). mesopotamia’s land was blessed with life-giving water, and that is one of the leading reasons why civilizations began there (camp, 1995). the water had to be bent according to the use of man – this was one of the important reasons that led to the invention of the greatest achievement in civil and mechanical engineering. both the rivers tigris and euphrates were opposite in nature. the tigris was more violent than the euphrats, so the calmness of euphrates was more readily turned to farmers for aid. water lifting devices were very famous in ancient mesopotamia. shaduf – a seesaw like contraption consisting of a long pool with an empty bucket at one end and counter bucket or a counter balance at another end was used to raise the water when the water of the river dropped below the inlet point. in fact, by using more than one shaduf, water can be raised from one level to another (fig 5). to supply water to hanging gardens, an army of gardeners would have been required, but this enormous task was achieved by a device known as archimedes screw. this was the device described in the inscriptions of the assyrian period, centuries before the invention of archimedes (mclntosh, 2005). archaeologists believe that river water was taken from the river euphrates. a chain pump (a chain pump was a series of buckets on a chain looped around two wheels. the bottom wheel sat in a pool of water. as it turned the buckets dipped into the water and carried it to the upper wheel, where they tipped the water out) carried to a pool at the top of the gardens (fig 6). gardens opened to send the water into channels that watered the gardens. to stop the clay bricks from getting damp, and to avoid seepage of water, the plants grew in containers lined with stone, reeds, bitumen, tiles and lead. (samuel, 2013, p. 22) the mesopotamian people built extensive networks of canals that they dug out by using primitive hand tools, and they lined the sides with bricks (faiella, 2006, p. 28). as the flow of water depended upon gravity, the slope of the canal was critical to its operation. (bertman, 2003, p. 204). the slope of the canal had to be precise because if the saira iqbal / the academic research community publication pg. 5 slope was too steep, the water would flow too fast eroding the canal and dropping the level of water to flow out into the fields. if the slope was too gradual, water would flow too slowly and the canal would clog up with silt (faiella, 2006, p. 28). surveyors had to calculate, not only the slope of the canal, but its depth, width and positioning of sluice gates. archaeologist found a number of tablets showing the calculations for digging of a canal (fig 7). in addition to canals, wells have been formed in mesopotamia. in these wells, the bucket was easily sent in the well. this job too was made easier by the invention of the pulley (bertman, 2003, p. 205). water was regularly transported to the lands of mesopotamia by an underground conduit, using a device for underground water transportation named qanat. vertical channels were dug into the rock at regular intervals. it was a device with a constant slope having a regular series of access holes. these holes were used for maintenance and to release the air pressure that can build up and impede flow when the rush of water through the pipes becomes too fast. this qanat was not suitable for southern mesopotamia because of the softness of the earth. in southern mesopotamia, the above ground canals were the method of choice for moving water (richard w. bulliet , pamela kyle crossley , danial r. headrick , 2008). hydraulic development involved, not only the digging of canal, but also the restoration and maintenance of river courses. besides dikes and canals, rock cuts were used to block the river water for diverting water into artificial lakes (viollet, 2005, p. 30). 1.4.conclusion: mesopotamia a civilization that was the first of its kind; it had technology and urban settlements that laid the foundation of future modern settlements. it considered the region's environment and climate as pivotal in the development of its culture and architecture. this study discussed how the people consciously or unconsciously shaped the land or landscape around them in relation to their environment. the natural resources of any civilization largely determines the structural materials used by its architects and engineers – same is the case with the mesopotamian civilization. the natural condition of this area does not favor architectural development. it is an alluvial plain and the only building material present in quantity is mud deposited by the two great rivers. since bitumen obtained at hits of euphrates served as the water proof material. in the north there was gypsum, known as mosul marble, but its transportation required so much man power that its use was restricted to the palaces and temples. they therefore effectively used all the materials in construction according to their environment. as this land was largely dependent upon the two rivers, the water course and its abundance led to the invention of civil and mechanical engineering like archimedes screw, water pumps, fulcrum and pulley etc. hence environment and climate of an area begets the architecture of an area with regards to the adaption of tools, material and modes of construction. figure 1: map of mesopotamia with fertile crescent and the twin rivers figure 2 : construction of reed houses saira iqbal / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 3 : clay tablet showing a reed house figure 4: technique of roof construction figure 5: a painting of technique shaduf figure 6: mechanism of hanging garden figure 7: canals in mesopotamia acknowledgements prima facea , i am grateful to the almighty for giving me determination , vigorous and positive energies for being able to accomplish this arduos task . it gives me great pleasure in acknowledging the support of my supervisor dr. saira iqbal / the academic research community publication pg. 7 rafi ullah khan and my friend cum mentor komal nazir abbassi for their continous support , encouragement and cooperation. references 1. baird, j. (2014). the inner lives of ancient houses . new york: oxford university press . 2. bertman, s. (2003). handbook to life in ancinet mesopotamia. new york : oxford university press. breyer, m. (1999). ancient middle east. westminster: teacher created sources. 3. camp, l. s. (1995). the ancient engineers. random house publishing group. 4. delougaz, p. (1933). plano convex bricks and the method of thier employment . chicago : chicago press. faiella, g. (2006). the technology of mesopotamia . new york : the rosen publishing group . 5. fedulova, t. (2014). architecture of ancient mesopotamia . progress builders. 6. kuiper, e. k. (2001). mesopotamia the world's earliest civilization . new york: rosen educational services. 7. levey, m. (n.d.). clay and its technology in ancient mesopotamia . centaurus-an international journal of the history of science and its cultural aspect . 8. linda n. groat , david wang . (2013). architecture research methods. new jersey : john wiley & sons . mays, l. w. (2008). a very brief history of hydraulic technology during antiquity . environ fluid mechanics . mays, l. w. (ed.). (2010). ancient water technologies. new york : springer . 9. mclntosh, j. (2005). ancient mesopotamia : new perspectives. california: abc-clio. 10. michael woods , marry b. woods . (2000). ancient construction : from tents to tower . minneapolis: runestone press. 11. moorey, p. r. (1994). ancient mesopotamian materials and industries : the archaelogical evidences . usa: oxford university . 12. myneni, k. k. (2013). “courtyard as a building component its role and application in developing a traditional built form, creating comfort: a case of athangudi village, india. international journal of chemical, environmental & biological sciences (ijcebs) volume 1. 13. nemet-nejat, k. r. (1998). daily life in ancient mesopotamia . london: green wood press. 14. r.s narayanan , a.w.beeby . (2001). introduction to design for civil engineers . london: spon press . 15. richard w. bulliet , pamela kyle crossley , danial r. headrick . (2008). the earth an its people . new york : houghton mifflon company . 16. roaf, m. (1992). palaces and temples in ancient near east . in m. roaf, mesopotamia and the ancient near east . 17. iraq: stonehenge press . 18. s, s. j. (2013). mud architecture . international journal of innovative research in science, engineering and technology, 48. 19. samuel, c. (2013). technology in mesopotamia . new york: garith stevens . 20. viollet, p.-l. (2005). water engineering in ancient civilizations : 5000 years of history . taylor and francis group. wie, j. (2012). great inventions that changed the world . new jersey : john wiley & sons . 21. yglesias, c. (2014). the innovative use of material in architecture and landscape. north carolina: mcfarland and company ,inc. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the role of identity of an animated character in the story line doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.130 soraia mohamed sobeih 1 1associate professor in the animation and book arts section graphic department, faculty of fine arts, helwan university keywords identity, identity crises, animation, animated characters, story line. abstract the identity of an animated character means who he really is, or what are the characteristics that would never change? how the character sees himself and how others see him? it includes shape, color, race, beliefs, and choices in life. the more the storyteller gives identity to his animated character, the more it is sound and convincing. in that sense, it touches the audiences’ hearts as they feel its pain or happiness. in other words, they are involved in the story and united with the character. as the story begins, characters and settings are presented before the audience to get an overview of the characters’ identity. then, more elements are to show up, like the conflict, the problem that needs to be solved and the rising actions, which are series of events that lead to the high main point or the climax. it is considered as a turning point of the story after which the falling actions come. the falling actions are events and complications that start to loosen the plot. gradually, the solution shows up as the story ends either happily or tragically. throughout the story line, these groups of events that form the story sometimes account for the appearance of an identity crisis that impacts the character. it means that he is uncertain of his feelings about himself; he gets confused about what type of person he is or what is the true purpose of his life. it always takes making an existential that plays a big role in the story line. the identity crises appear in toy story 1995 to buzz light-year when he discovers the truth of himself; that he is a toy, not a space ranger as he thought before. this made him give up hope of returning anywhere. it took him sometime to accept the fact of himself after seeing how woody struggles to return them both to andy. he tries his best to save his friend and return home safely, as being dictated by the role’s vision. in toy story 2 1999, the identity crises appear to woody when buzz strikes him with the fact that he is not a collector’s item. he is a child’s play thing, he is a toy. then, a decision has to be made to return to andy, and the struggles start with the prospector. in toy story 3, 2010, the identity crises appear to woody at the end of the story. he was suffering to be away from all his toy family that will be left in the attic, so he wrote on the box to be donated and he attached himself in, with them hoping that andy gives him a very warm goodbye and leaves him with the rest of the toys in good hands. soraia sobeih / the academic research community publication pg. 2 in finding nemo 2003, the identity crises for nemo is when he chooses to touch the boat, even though it is a dangerous thing, just to prove to his father and his friends that he is brave. it led him to fall in the capture and to meet other fish gill in the tank which gave him confidence in himself and made his personality and identity clear. in ponyo 2008, the identity crisis appears when granny asked ponyo if she was ready to give up all her super powers in order to be a human living with sosuke on earth. the answer was “yes”, and then she fulfilled her dream even if it seemed strange and felt happy ever after. in astroboy 2009, the identity crises for astro is when he discovers that he is not a real boy, so he runs away and tries to discover his true identity as a robot. he took his great decision when he refuses to fight other robots especially zog, which led at the end, to rescue him from the same positive power he had given to zog before. he finds his true identity as a hero that fears nothing and protects humans. in big hero 2014, the identity crises for baymax takes place when he decides to give up his own life and existence in order to save two humans, hiro and the astro girl. he raised his hand to provide them with power that could navigate them to the gate. sooner, we were surprised to find the chip lift in his hand, so hiro could restructure him, and this plot twist is what gives the story cohesion and enchantment. identity finding our identity and place in the world is something we will, inevitably, have to face in our lives. identity is whatever makes an entity definable and recognizable; it is the person’s self-affiliation (or categorization by others) as a member of a group. others defined it as the feeling of belonging to a group. identity holds that nature of being part of a person's self-conception and self-perception, and it is related to nationality, ethnicity, religion, social class, generation, locality or any kind of social group that has its own distinct culture.1 an identity is the set of meanings that define who a person is when it is an occupant of a particular role in society, a member of a particular group, or claims particular characteristics that identify him or her as a unique person2. for example, identity is the way we perceive and express ourselves. factors and conditions that an individual is born with often play a role in defining the one’s identity; however, many aspects of a person’s identity change throughout his or her life. people’s experiences can alter how they see themselves or how others perceive them. conversely, their identities influence the decisions they make, like individuals choose their friends, adopt certain fashions, and align themselves with political beliefs. accordingly, many artists found solace in using their work to express, explore, and question ideas about identity.3 the identity of an animated character is defined as a building block of the personality of a character in a way that connects it with the surroundings. it lets the audience feel the character’s characteristics, his motives, and his fears which are derived from himthat gives him credibility and trust. when a great decision is to be taken by the animated character, this causes what is called an identity crisis, and in most of the cases, it is at the peak of the story line. it takes time and thoughts to be shaped. then, the character makes up his mind and takes the decision, which will change his course in life, fulfill his dream and brings happiness to his life. sometimes, he chooses to sacrifice himself to save others. the story line it is the series of events that happen in the story. having unique plot is what allows the story to shine and rule. a plot is the sequences of the story’s events. it begins with the exposure as a start to introduce the characters, then the ascending actions that lead to the climax, which has one or more problems making a high point of the story. the descending actions are when the tension decreases and everything begin to settle down. after that comes the resolution, which makes the ending and gets the conflict solved. pixar explores the thematic concern of identity throughout many of their films; it demonstrates how its characters struggle to find their identity. it is the idea of an identity crisis of the main character that is torn between the demands of his group identity and his own aspirations, ambitions, and dreams. 1 www.wikipedia.com 2 identity theory by peter j. burke; jan e. stets, oxford press 3 www.moma.org https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/identity_(philosophy) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/nationality https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ethnicity https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/religion https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/social_class https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/social_class https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/generation https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/locality https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/culture https://moma.org/learn/moma_learning/glossary#identity soraia sobeih / the academic research community publication pg. 3 toy story 1995: woody has been andy’s favorite toy for a long time, an andy has played with woody the most. he wears a hat like him and decorates his room like the old west drove from the american culture. woody is the leader of andy’s room, for he has good leadership skills. he knows how to plan and motivate other toys and he can put himself at risk to for a greater cause, like risking buzz and himself from their most fear of being lost. in addition, he tries to reclaim their owner “andy”, and he would never give up on andy. buzz believes he is a real space ranger, his mission is to save the galaxy from the evil of zorg. he even does not believe woody when he tells him that he has no laser! he cannot really fly! in addition, he is not a real space ranger; he is a child’s plaything! he is just a toy (fig.1). when buzz sees the toy commercial and discovers that his inability to fly, he suffers a severe identity crisis. for once, buzz does not know who or how to think about himself (fig.2). at this point, we feel connected to the suffering and disappointment of buzz not knowing who he really is. we tend to feel lost and unsure about our identities. he surrenders to despair to the extent that he asked sid to blow him with a rocket. fortunately, woody convinced him that he has a big role in life as andy’s toy. he must fight to go back to him, so after his identity crisis culminates in a resolve to “be” andy’s toy, buzz must think of ways to fulfill this new identity. he also tries to help woody to escape from sid and go back to andy4. accepting buzz for his identity, believing in his purpose of life as a toy was a high point in the rising actions just before the climax of the story. in other words, they were trapped, sid woke up going to launch the rocket, and the van was moving and andy was leaving. it led to the solution as woody has planned to liberate buzz. woody and buzz manage to return to andy's car, and then to reconcile afterward. luckily, woody was re-accepted among the other toys, and he was sharing the same status favorited by andy and buzz. toy story 2 pixar, 1999: as we see woody's journey, and the challenges he faces with his identity, he comes across some new characters, jessie and prospector; who are part of the set of television tie-in merchandise, which woody originally belonged to. 5 they offer him a very hard choice between immortality and love. that is, he can live forever in a museum in perfect condition with his "natural" toy family. alternatively, to accept his own mortality as the price of andy's love, yhis becomes a real dilemma for woody as he struggles with his own identity and his true purpose in this world. “woody, you're not a collector's item. you are a child's play thing. you are a toy!”, that’s what buzz light-year told him6, and this matter of identity was the same thing that woody was trying to explain to buzz in the first part to make him understand that he is andy's toy and should act like a family member. woody tries to decide what is more important to him; his immortal and natural destiny of being with his family of toys; or, to re-join the family he grew up with to serve as andy's toy. he, of course, choses to return to his beloved andy and see him growing even if that was leading to neglecting him or not being played with after andy grows up and gets older. this was the identity crises for woody. the big decision that he made and that explains who he really is, he is andy’s toy that is the main and the most important thing in his life and he would not give it up for any reason or anything in the world. he must always be there for andy as long as it takes. this big decision led the audience into more unity and sympathy with woody, we find ourselves connected with him in his struggle with the prospector to go back home (fig.3), even jessi changes her mind and determines to go with woody to be part of the toy family with andy’s sister. taking big decisions, rethinking, changing our minds are all human characteristics that when we put them in our animated characters we feel connected to them and we tend to believe them. toy story 3, pixar, 2010: andy is a teenager heading to the college, and woody faces the same identity crises once again, he has to choose which is better: to stay in the attic as long as it takes or to go away to a nursery to have other kids to play with. in fact, all the toys face the same identity crises they choose the nursery, but woody does not as his true self is a friend of andy and he never let go of him. 4 http://dramatica.com/analysis/toy-story#os 5 www. pixar animation weedly.com 6 robert velarde; the wisdom of pixar, an animated look at virtue, ivp book soraia sobeih / the academic research community publication pg. 4 he stands for andy and makes his friends, jessie and others, see that they have to stay andy’s toys for as long as it takes. he wanted to show them that it is his decision to keep them in the attic or to be donated to someone. it took part in the ascending actions of the story. therefore, first, woody decides to stay in the attic and not to run away as the rest of the toys did. moreover, he made it his duty to convince them to return back with him. as the second identity crisis emerge, he decides to stay with his toy family and not to be separated from them (fig.4). when he got into the box with them, woody helps andy to see that bonnie that it is a good choice to donate his toys. surprisingly, we were shocked to find woody with them in the box after they all faced death in the junk big fireplace, as he sees himself as part of andy’s toys family and decides to stay with them. it has been so hard for both woody and andy to be separated, but that’s life. he keeps all his love for andy, but with after reconsideration, it was really better for him and for the rest of the toys to stay with someone young and gentle, like bonnie. we felt his suffering and thinking when the toys were saying goodbye to him before getting into the box at the falling actions of the story. it was a sad moment. such scene creates solid bonds between the audience and the character. another sentimental scene occurred when andy was giving the toys to bonnie, describing the characteristics of every one of them especially woody, saying that he will always stand for her as she did for him. practically speaking, we sometimes find ourselves forced to be away from someone who is very special, like when a dear one travels to study or work. we feel sorry but we continue our lives carrying all the love and good memories we had and looking forward to the future and the good that it brings to us. another case is remy in ratatouille; he felt, dreamt and knew he would be something more than just a rat eating garbage but he would be a chef, so he pretended to be a rat for his father. teamed with linguini, he can fulfill his dream of cooking. he had to pretend that gusteau existed to have someone to talk to. ultimately, we realized his identity to be a chef doing what he dreamt of and still is a part of his beloved family. finding nemo, pixar, 2003: the identity matter derived from nemo’s will of learning, exploring and discovering is formed not only because his father marlin prevented him. the most important aspect is how nemo struggles to gain knowledge and adventure. the identity crises for nemo appears just as the beginning of the ascending actions of the story when he chooses to touch the boat (fig.5) his crusade was to prove his father and others that he is brave and he is capable of doing more things than it seems. it led him to fall in the capture captured of bullies, and a fish (gill), who gave him confidence and trusted his abilities unlike his father, also led to the finding process that is the core message of the film. nemo had to go through a tedious process of discovering himself and understanding his abilities in the ocean. a true manifestation of that happened when he put a rock in the fan to make it stop. this understanding of one’s abilities makes him understand himself. he succeeded to prove everyone and himself he could swim to the boat, but he discovered that his father was right and it is a dangerous thing to do. such action led the audience to sympathize with the little fish. we understand his desire to improve himself as he has a disability in his small fin, so we feel more connected to him. after marlin met dory, he learnt to trust others even if they lacked some abilities. if dory keeps on forgetting, but she can read, speak whale, she still has good instinct and good manners. she helped marlin all through his journey and never gave up on him. through the journey, marlin faces all his fears, sharks, crabs, and birds. he even became courageous, trusty and more confident. the ocean is the setting for this little fish tale, it is not safe, but it is also a magnificent world of colors, beauty, and life. there are different kinds and schools of fish swimming together7. it is a magical place where love and friendship could be found in the darkest places. the climactic scene occurred in the dentist's office. nemo was playing dead to escape the place when marlin was about to arrive. we know that nemo was faking it, but his dad was not (fig 6). we understand the stakes in this scene, but marlin and nemo do not have the full picture yet. with gill’s help, he puts nemo into the water to catch his dad who swam hundreds of miles looking for him to be finally reunited again. the journey changed both the son and the father. marlin learnt to trust his son and make him try things and decide for himself. in addition, nemo learnt that it is fine that his father loves him and cares about him, but this care should never prevent him from discovering the world and living his own life. 7 http://www.shmoop.com/finding-nemo/ocean-symbol.html soraia sobeih / the academic research community publication pg. 5 ponyo, ghibli, 2008: ponyo is a mesmerizing goldfish, who lives with her sisters in the undersea kingdom (fig.7). her dream is to explore the human world; she does and falls in love with sosuke, a nice human child, whom she determines to spend her life with, regardless of any events that would ensue her decision. the identity crisis appears when ponyo was asked by granny if she is ready to give up all her super powers in order to be a human and live with sosuke on earth or not. her transformation into a human upsets the balance of nature 8 and causes tsunami. her answer was yes, so granny puts ponyo in a bubble and gives her to sosuke to complete her transformation by kissing the bubble. she kisses him back and then she got transformed into a real human girl (fig.8). she can always visit her sisters in the ocean, but as a human not as a fish. she fulfilled her own dream even if it seemed strange and unique. most importantly, she felt happy by this change. the decision made by ponyo was a crucial one that affects essential changes in her lives on different levels. she will continue her life as a magic fish girl with magical powers in the ocean with her sisters, or she will lose her magical powers to become a human girl living on the shore with her friend souske. there were other concerns of the environment that were affected by ponyo’s switch that made a tsunami, but it calmed down after she took her decision and gave up her magic powers. there was no reason presented before to understand this change except her will for that, and after she made up her mind, she felt happy. this identity matter or big change /decision made the audience feel her opinion and believe her childish desire to be with her friend. she tried the life of humans before and enjoyed it, but as a magic fish through the beginning and middle of the film, yet the big decision came at the descending actions before the end to pave the way for a solution to appear. both the ocean and the land are the settings for this magic fish tale, but it differs than nemo’s as its made in a 2d form, and water colors are used in the backgrounds. also, the anime style in drawing the characters and the small actions reminded us of the humanity of myazaki’s characters and the magnificent world of color and beauty. also, the relationship between man and nature9 that forms a main concept in the anime movies. we can say it is the true love and friendship between ponyo and sosuke. usually, the japanese animation uses a cinematic fabric more similar to a live action film in the united states. as for adults, the action-oriented narratives, and true character development are over a well-paced time frame. all of the aforementioned details are not typically found in a typical american animated feature. everything that is created has a visible spirit, which could be traced back to some aspect of its creator who is in return exemplifies some unit of a culture. astroboy, summit, 2009: the head of the ministry of science, dr. tenma, creates a powerful android to replace his son tobi (astro boy) who was killed. unfortunately, his creator rejects him, and that led tobi to go off in order to find his own identity in an adventure that would make him his time's greatest hero10. the first identity crises for astro happened when he discovered that he is not a real boy, and that caused him grievances. the feelings of being lost and not knowing the one’s place in the world made connections between astro and the audience who felt he suffer and loss. it united them with the character in his search for his own identity. similarly, in real life, we sometimes search for our roles in life. he managed to be a part of the human race, and along with his friend, they fix zog, a big robot. astro takes his big decision when he refuses to fight other robots especially: zog, the one he had helped before, showing that they are not just made from metal but they also have feelings. the second identity crises is when he decided to sacrifice himself (fig.9) to face the negative red energy with his own positive blue one just after the climax of the story reveled when the red bad energy was out of control and threatening all the city, as this was the only way to confront it and save the city. this action led to several things in the story; 8 blaster. com 9 www. apjjf. org/2014/12/39/ hiranmoylahiri /4191/article.html 10 www.imdb. com http://www.imdb/ soraia sobeih / the academic research community publication pg. 6 1the negative powers vanished, and the villain disappeared. 2all the people in the city were saved, and the saw how heroic the astro boy is, and how much the cares for humans (fig.10). zog the big robot helped him. 3his father, dr. tenma, realized that he should treat robots better and he should accept his new tobby (astro boy) as he is; a robot with the heart of a lion and a hero ready to face fears and defeat all kinds of enemies. 4astro boy himself discovered his destiny and identity: to love his father and his friends, and to accept being a different robot, one of a kind with big heart born to be he big hero 6 disney 2014 the special bond that developed between robot baymax, and hiro hamada, who team up with a group of friends to form a band of high-tech heroes.11 we can recognize the identity of east asia, which is represented in the anime style, which disney borrowed. when the big hero was under production, the original story was done after the nuclear bombing of nagasaki and hiroshima12, but disney added some tweaks to the story to fit also the american society. hiro loses his brother, and the unlikely friendship between a boy and his robot the film borrows from japan’s culture. it runs in a country called san fransokyo, a mix between tokyo and san francisco. a busy crowded city full of inventions and it has under cover super heroes. the city has scenes, like the twisted roofs of houses, the very tall skyscrapers, the flying kites, and the high tec. the design of the characters made a combination between the american and japanese cultures in a modern look. the identity crises in big hero happens when hiro faces the villain, who killed his brother tadashi and decides not to harm him as he was willing to do in the first time, but instead of delivering him to the police to take what he deserves by low. although it was hard for him not to take revenge for his brother, it showed what he truly is, a good kid that cannot harm anyone, and that is his true identity. he is an inventor that delivers goodness for the humanity and cannot harm any of them even if he is an evil. the scene that led to that was when hiro saw the records of his brother in baymax. he was very anxious to save and heal tge people by checking and stabilizing their health. the other identity crises for baymax himself is when he decided to sacrifice himself, his own existence in life, to save two humans; hiro and the astro girl. he waved his hand to give them both power to return to the gate and to be rescued. in this moment, the audience felt baymax’s love and sacrifice. they got connected with him and felt hiro’s fear of losing his friend, the one he loves after he had lost his brother before. all these emotions drive the audience to be connected with the characters in order to believe them. this identity decision is driven by baymax’s belief that his very special role in life is to help people become in a good condition. his revolutionary decision came after the climax of the story as they confronted the danger, the scientist who stole the robotics and destroyed everything. so, it was in the descending actions driving to a dramatic ending except for the happy surprise to find the chip in the hand. hiro built another baymax and that was a happy ending. 11 imdb.com 12 http://www.theverge.com/ soraia sobeih / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure 1. woody shows that buzz is a toy figure 2. buzz discovers his true identity as a toy figure 3.woody decides to go back to andy figure 4.woody is thinking to stay with his friends figure 5. nemo decides to touch the boat figure 6. nemo is playing dead at the dentist’s figure 7. ponyo swims dreaming to live on earth figure 8. ponyo transforming into a human girl figure 9. astro going to save humans defeat the evil robot figure 10. astro with friends after reveling his identity figure 11. hiro trying to grab baymax to save all figure 12. baymax sacrificing himself to save his friends conclusions: we give our animated characters human characteristics, we design their identities and personalities to express feelings and make the audience united with them. like humans, the animated character can come to a point in the story where he is not sure what to do or which option to settle on. in doing so, it will have a big impact on his life and on the story line after that decision, and that we can call identity crises. soraia sobeih / the academic research community publication pg. 8 unregular decisions taken by the animated character could take some courage and think but always lead to pleasure and satisfaction of the character at the end because he discovers his true identity through his believes and dreams. in toy story, accepting buzz for his identity, believing in his purpose in life as a toy was a high point in the rising actions just before the climax of the story that is woody’s plan to free buzz and reaching the van in nemo, when he chooses to touch the boat even though it’s a dangerous thing, to prove that he is brave and he is capable of doing more things than it seems, led to the missing process that made marlin took the journey to find him, i think this was the first main point in the rising actions. in ponyo, she began testing human life till she took the decision of completely transforming into a human that was just before the conclusion, or the solution of the story as she made up her mind and felt happy ever after. in astro boy, two important identity decisions were made, the first minor one not to fight robots, the second to conflict big negative power with his own to save humans this was one point after the climax of the story as a beginning of solving the problem how to face this bad negative power and that led to astro knowing his true identity as a hero who fears nothing and cares for humans. in big hero 6, when baymax decided to sacrifice himself to save hiro and the astro girl this was after the climax of the story as they defeated the big danger, the scientist who stole the robotics and was destroying everything, but then remained one thing to be done that was saving the girl and returning back safe so this was in the falling actions driving to a dramatic ending except there was one big twist that led to a happy ending. references 1. peter j. burke (2009), jan e. stets, identity theory, oxford university press, 2. harris williams (2013), animation, globalization and cultural identity, master, sva, usa 3. robert velarde; the wisdom of pixar, an animated look at virtue, ivp book 4. lim, t. w. (2017).50 years of singapore–japan relations. world scientific publisher. 5. miller, g. e. (2014, november 01). how anime inspired disney’s ‘big hero 6’. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://nypost.com/2014/11/01/will-disneys-japanese-anime-big-hero-6-get-lost-in-translation/ the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) http://www.ierek.com/press archive-online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the influence of the changes in urban design on contemporary egyptian painting reham sherbiny 1 1painting, fine arts faculty, helwan university keywords city; architecture; form; contemporary; painters; change; impact; mass; space; crowdedness; vision abstract the great cities in egypt have been exposed to radical changes in its form and design since the second half of the twentieth century. the study discusses these changes and their effect on the artistic production of the contemporary egyptian painters. the positive and the negative aspects of this continuous relationship between the artist and the surrounding environment feature are presented, prominently, here. did the changes in the urban design reflect in the paintings of these artists? how did the egyptian artists receive and respond to these major urban changes in their paintings? the study deals with the most important changes in the design of the great cities in egypt. this is coupled with a comparative study of the selected examples from the works of the contemporary painters, with the real image of the urban designs revealing interesting insights about the dynamics of this process. 1. introduction the city evolves through different eras and so its design, including shape, layout, and style of buildings and streets. this transformation is determined according to multiple factors stemmed from the culture and needs of the society as well as the social, economic and political conditions of every era. the scientific progress, which followed the industrial renaissance, in the middle of the 20th century, has contributed to the rapid growth of the city. it has also led to the sprawling increase of the population due to immigration from the countryside for several reasons. accordingly, the cities expanded, and its main distinguished characteristics have transformed. the egyptian cities were established about forty centuries ago. however, egypt’s current capital –cairois one of the largest cities as it hosts the country’s administrative and political authorities. cairo’s importance is followed by alexandria, which is the largest egyptian seaport in the mediterranean. as both cities are ancient and have passed through several historical periods, they have had radical changes, which were reflected in the works of the contemporary painters. 2. the most significant changes taking place in egypt’s large cities the occurring changes in egypt’s large cities included all the elements of design, namely, the general planning, the shape of buildings, open spaces, streets and the distribution of main areas as well as the movement systems inside them. 2.1. urban planning the foundation of cairo goes back to the fatimid's conquest of egypt. that is why we find that its design (fig. 1) followed the pattern of a square with a mosque at its center having a social and cultural activity as well as a religious role. the planning also shows an associated market and government buildings at the heart of the doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.129 reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 2 figure 1 figure 2 cairo’s old planning cairo’s modern planning old city with roads on the sides of the housing units and fences to protect them (yehia, 2000, p.206),(kenany,2006,p.3). over different historical stages, the city then expanded to the east and the west in a way that exceeded the fences. its square-shaped design has also changed (fig. 2) and has been dominated by irregularity (hemdan, 1996,p. 95) due to the wars that egypt faced in the second half of the 20th century. at that time, cairo received myriads of displaced people from the suez canal cities (lao, 1994.p.29). also, egypt was subjected to a widespread immigration from the countryside people for the purpose of education and work (alphonse, 1960. p.30-35). in the 1980s and the 1990s, industrial progress emerged. accordingly, the waves of immigration increased while large tracts of the agricultural lands surrounding cairo were ploughed by the urban expansion. so, the city expanded to the north and the west destroying a lot of green spaces. otherwise, the state had contributed to such changes by building roads and allowing construction on the agricultural lands in order to accommodate the growing number of immigrants from the countryside. (hemdan, 1996,p .191-192). away from the control of the state, individuals completed construction works on agricultural lands. every individual used to buy a plot or a parcel of land in order to establish a building. fortunately, the process of construction, or we can say destroying the green land, was halted due to lack of the financial capabilities. it has paved the way for urban expansion at the expense of agricultural lands as well as the defamation of the view; beautiful greenery had gradually disappeared with incomplete, ugly buildings replacing it (fig. 3). that did not happen in alexandria because of its sea-governed design. the coastal strip of the mediterranean and alexandria's large space controlled its design. that has protected the coastal city from design problems ensuing from urban expansion as can be seen in cairo. the sea -controlling the growth of alexandriamakes its extension linear, so that alexandria has not expanded on the agricultural lands, but it has rather resorted to the desert-areas (denis, 1997, p. 174). industrially speaking, major changes in alexandria included the establishment of several factories. alexandria is an industrial city, and its industrial production represents about 40 percent of egypt's total production (chaichian, 1988, p. 34). until the middle of the 20th century, factories remained separated from the city; however, it gradually extended to industrial areas (fig. 4) due to the growing population (ibrahim, 1962.p.7). the industrial progress and development, especially in the techniques of shipbuilding, have also led to a transformation in the shape of the seaport. moreover, it increased the used equipment as well as harbors relying on modern machines (fig.5) reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 3 figure 3 incomplete buildings at agricultural lands distorting their image figure 4 cement factory in alexandria figure 5 part of alexandria port 2.2 building form with the scientific progress and the 19th century industrial revolution, major changes took place in the building pattern. in the middle of the 20th century, new concepts emerged and the principle of "form follows function" gained traction. the building pattern in the egyptian city was changed and affected by the growing population. in addition to the old cairo's traditional islamic buildings, which had housing units with internal spaces and decorated windows, some buildings emerged in an abiding trend following a new pattern. simple architectural lines, containing no decorations or inscriptions, started to dominate the design of buildings. the buildings became like cubes with small windows or small-sized balconies and concrete high-rise buildings tower using reflective glass to limit the sunrays, which is contradicting to the egyptian climate’s nature (fig. 6). so, many contradictions had emerged, including the spread of high-rise buildings not only in the city’s main areas but also in old districts and narrow streets (fig. 7). figure 6 photo of nile corniche late in the 20th century figure 7 the photo shows high-rise towers amid old houses horizontal extension and unified height of the residential buildings were the major characteristics of the traditional buildings disappeared that have disappeared (kenany, 2011, p.5). in the past, the buildings extended horizontally (fig.8) contrary to the existing ones (fig.9), where the buildings extend vertically, and there are different heights of them. that phenomenon had increased the lack of harmony in the general view. reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 8 alexandria’s beach in the past figure 9 alexandria’s beach now century thfatimid cairo in the 20figure 11 century thfatimid cairo in the 19figure 10 the existence of modern buildings in the old districts amid landmarks made a view of unique and exotic architectural models that have accordingly become unfamiliar to the place. the photos (fig.10), (fig. 11) show fatimid cairo in the 19th century and -the same placein the 20th century after demolishing the old buildings and replacing them with modern style buildings that caused a remarkable contradiction in the visual scene and a changing of the place’s identity. 2.3 open spaces and streets in major egyptian cities, the buildings’ crowdedness has come to dominate the general view because of the rapidly growing population and the absence of the appropriate civil planning. that has led to the narrowness of streets and the disappearance of empty spaces in many areas whose existence was fulfilling balance and visual comfort. randomness was clearly manifested in residential districts, which represented the city’s urban expansion. in modern history, the planning of the egyptian city was controlled by the private property and the financial capabilities of the individuals without stringent laws governing the random, spontaneous, or individualized building process, which doubled the crowdedness and its irregularity (fig.12). engineer dr. abdull baqi ibrahim said: the egyptian community of the city did not evolve according to a studied policy or a clear plan through which we can determine its characteristics or expect its future; however, the egyptian cities grew randomly according to individual desires and available opportunities. (ibrahim, 1962.p.9) they also appeared without a clear social or natural structure. the phenomenon of markets spreading in residential districts emerged as well. the principle of the main center, which divides the city into a market area, a residential area and a service area, vanished. thus the markets, shops, and street vendors were merged in the residential area (fig. 13). blocks condensed, spaces disappeared and humans and buildings caused crowdedness simultaneously. reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure 12 the cowdedness of modern buildingsin cairo figure 13 entrance of mouski market in cairo now 2.4 roof scape significant changes occurred in the appearance of the rooftop, which is a key, or an effective factor in determining the relationship between mass and spaces. the good design of the rooftop determines the shape of the building and contributes to drawing the skyline, which strengthens and highlights the identity of the city. the rooftop of the modern buildings flattened in conjunction with crowdedness and poor planning which had a significant impact on the morphology of the egyptian city. the technological progress of the communicational means and the control of capitalism have played a major role in changing the shape of the buildings’ rooftops. satellite dishes and colorful advertisement billboards had irregularly settled on the rooftops of the houses (fig. 14) to form unflatten building shapes. figure 14 satellite dishes and advertisement billboards situated on the rooftops of residential houses 2.5 transport system all the means of transportation, including bicycles, cars, and trains, are an important factor in determining the shape of the city. the good city utilizes all the means of transportation and limits the use of cars, but in the egyptian cities, the use of cars on a large scale had put new burdens on the city in terms of its crowdedness. the photo (fig. 15) shows one of cairo’s streets in the early 20th century and features the line of the tram with the low number of cars in contrast to the current photo of the same place (fig.16). cairo and alexandria are two of the largest egyptian cities pertaining the number of cars due to the high living standards and the centralization of authorities there. the development that occurred in the means of transportation and the entry of cars and trains in the urban fabric of the city required the establishment of roads in the old city, the digging of tunnels and the building of a network of modern style hanged bridges (fig. 17), (fig.18) with straight and curved lines to connect the parts of the city with one another. reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 15 one of cairo’s streets in the early 20th century figure 16 one of cairo’s streets now the network of bridges in alexandria figure 17 figure 18 the network of bridges in cairo 3. influence of the changes in the city design on contemporary egyptian painters we explore echoes of the city’s real images in the paintings of some contemporary painters. their styles vary according to the existing image of cairo and alexandria. 3.1. the impact of change of cairo on its contemporary painters painter mohamed abla's set of paintings titled “towers of cairo” (fig. 19), (fig. 20) reveals an impact in the field. through the paintings, abla criticized the phenomenon of change in architectural style and high-rise buildings, which are inconsistent with the old city’s landscape. he has expressed his own vision for the city’s existing scene containing crowdedness of city buildings that have different architectural patterns. the patterns carry all the contradictions such as reflective glass, homemade of non-painted red brick, the incomplete concrete buildings with concrete pillars and advertisement banners, in addition to the rooftop objects, including water tanks and satellite dishes. on the other hand, the old buildings’ wooden oriental doors which the artist has mixed with each other to form high-rise tower of different sizes and colors, were introduced in an artistic formula, taking into account the aesthetic values of the artwork. the artist also used some elements to express random shapes and colors that dominate the current scene of cairo. he has chosen the view angle of the upper part of the building without ground appearance and has reduced the sky space to become a mere gray cloudy background. the artist also used the contrast of the cold and hot colors and integrated them in certain ways, like blue glass reflection against the yellow color of the old-fashioned door with a gray sky as a background. in addition to that, he used the red color in the unfinished buildings against blue and green degrees of the sky. abla reflected upon these works: ''in my new paintings in downtown cairo, i have seen the city through windows; spacious streets and buildings. every day, i choose one of the buildings to live with it and imagine how it has witnessed great events and dramatic changes reflecting the time effect on it and the reaction of people through permanent additions of colors and shapes. i have become obsessed with that, but it leads me to wonder about our fate destined by this city. where are we taking it? is there a way to save it? are they cairo towers? and we have to accept them as they are, or is it the tower of babel? (awad,"towers from the window", 2011, url). this reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 7 question summarizes the artist's vision, which is reflected in his works and is affected by watching the city's current image. the artist had deprived the city of its ugliness and introduced its elements in an expressive artistic image, showcasing how the artist is influenced by it. figure 19 mohamed abla , towers of cairo, acrylic figure 20 mohamed abla , towers of cairo, acrylic on canvas,180 x 160 cm ,2010 on canvas,180 x 160 cm ,2010 figure 21 figure 22 mohamed abla, the square of ibrahim pasha, ahmed farid, beyond closed door, acrylic on canvas, 100x80 cm ,2004 acrylic on canvas, 2016 as abla has introduced contradictions of the architectural style in the city, he highlights the phenomenon of crowded cars and people on the streets in his painting (fig. 21). in that painting, abla features one of downtown cairo’s squares, which are full of cars. people occupy three-quarters of the painting. the artist showed a perspective vision relying on the multiple levels of the ground demonstrating the interdependence between the elements under conditions that did not conform to the laws of the spatial dimension of the passers-by and their relationship with the cars. the artist used multipletransparent colors’ technique and contrast of red colors at the bottom of the painting against the green statue at the top. it highly reflects the congestion and traffic chaos that appear in the real image of the city (fig. 16). a different style was used by the painter ahmad farid covering the street of the city in his painting (fig. 22). the painting is divided into several horizontal levels where the ground level does not appear. each of the other levels has its own color and demonstrates its integration through various linear relations that were interacted to paint forms of multiple elements for buildings and characters in a way that made it look distinctive. the painter utilizes small tracts of colors in all spaces to achieve balance, unity and to confirm the congestion of the place. in another style, painter, mohammed banawy, handles the mass-space relationship in his painting on a different ground (fig. 23). he shows such a relationship amid crowdedness of buildings in a cube-shaped modern style with straight lines. the painter depicted the scene of the crowded buildings in his paintings through not leaving any empty space in the painting, which is filled with geometric shapes stacked. it was also overlapped in the relations between the relief and the intaglio by having multiple sizes of geometric forms in a beautiful manner that reminds us of the crowded buildings in the city (fig. 12). the vertical and horizontal directions control the reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 8 shapes and reflect the spirit of the prevailing architectural style in the city where mechanization and industrial movements prevail. however, the artist presents it in an original and classical way as if he depicts an ancient egyptian temple. he has chosen the colors of the earth and their tones with the yellow, red, gray colors that he has made from natural materials by using mosaic made from aswan mud, natural stones, ceramics, and porcelain. the artist is influenced by the images of square-shaped urban charts of the old city (fig. 1). he makes this group of paintings as square-shaped, which does not reflect any rejection or criticism of the reality of the city, but being affected by this reality and getting integrated with it by seeing its aesthetics as well as showcasing and expressing them. artist samir tadros has introduced the same idea in a different and more realistic manner in his painting (fig. 24). buildings control the whole space, and the artist also creates the spatial dimensions through the accurate distribution of the one-color tones in the painting. figure 23 figure 24 mohammed banawy, stone mosaic,96x96 cm,2010 samir tadrus-view 301, oil on hardboard,91x60.5 cm figure 25 figure 26 salma abdel aziz, rythms,oil mohammed banawy, aerial 5, mosaic on canvas,120x120 cm,1991 glass,wood,cement,118x170cm,2015 artists salma abdul aziz also drew the scene of architectural jams controlling the city of cairo (fig. 25), by the same idea, based on the absence of empty spaces in the painting. by showing a lack of horizontal lines, relying on diagonal lines as levels to establish the space of painting in oscillatory lines, she expressed her vision about the movement and the instability of the place. dr. amani fahmi explains the artist’s style, saying: she creates an artistic world parallel to the reality suggesting the essential features in the scene that convey -in detailsthe extended lines smoothly. then, it is intertwined thorough intersections highlighting the crowdedness of houses that fade until they get integrated together with the horizon. (fahmi, 2008.p.10). artists were also inspired by the phenomenon of change in the rooftop appearance and its fullness of satellite dishes (fig. 14). mohammed banawy presented this idea in his painting (fig. 26) where the dish acts as the main focus associated with the wires and the net shapes. the artist repeated these shapes as a background to his work, using silhouette technique and geometrically divided the painting into spaces with different sizes, overwhelmed by red color, punctuated by small round circles of blue sky color. by doing so, the painter presented a new handling inspired by the rooftop’s shape and the building’s architecture in the contemporary cairo city. a lot of contemporary painters did like their predecessors and painted old fatimid cairo with its old buildings, which were famous for distinctive heritage. (abaza, 2011). reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 9 however, they did so in a different way than before, reflecting how the contemporary painters were influenced by the contemporary urban design even if they used the same old items. this appears in the artwork of artist imad rizk (fig. 27) when he drew fatimid cairo in the 21st century compared to the painting of artist shaaban zaki (fig. 28) that was drawn in the first half of the 20th century portraying the same area. we have noticed in the first painting the hot pure colors, with its contrasts that overwhelmed the artwork. the painter used the colors with multi-directional brush touches to give the bustle feeling and the sense of continuous movement as well as to reflect the dynamic nature of the crowded city. at the same time, the painting merges the elements of the area including buildings, characters, and animals to prove the feeling of crowdedness that has characterized the current city. this goes in contradiction with the painting of shaaban zaki, which is dominated, by neutral colors and their gradations in wide spaces. aside from representing the ground as an independent entity away from the architecture of buildings, it reflects the quietness and placidity of old city. figure 27 figure 28 emad rizk , street from fatimid cairo, acrylic shaaban zaky, al-khayamiya , oil on canvas ,100 x80 cm, 2016 on wood , 39 x 59 cm,1934 figure 29 figure 30 amany fahmy, borqash in giza, oil on wood ibrahim el-desoki, view, charcoal & pastel on paper 90x60cm,1996 , 140×95 cm , 2015 on the other hand, some of the painters preferred to be away from city’s bustle to create a calmer and harmonic life. they reacted to the crowdedness of modern urban communities and drew desert and empty areas with a wide range of empty spaces and horizontal lines. they represented empty flat places in an exaggerated way like the paintings of amany fahmy (fig. 29), which was dominated by lightgradient colors and the pure white color of the sky. following the same methodology, ibrahim el-desoki presented a painting (fig. 30) in which the neutral colors dominated a large space along with the horizontal lines that strongly affirmed the horizontal extension. it is the image of what we miss in the current image of the city. 3.2. the impact of the change of alexandria on its painters: the changes that happened in alexandria were a little bit different than what happened in cairo. the main design of alexandria has changed over the time because of the presence of the sea and its geographic location. therefore, we have not found in the paintings the absence of empty spaces or crowdedness as to what appeared in the paintings of cairo painters. on the contrary, alexandria’s painters have used a wide range of spaces in their artworks with a balance between masses and spaces because they were affected by the nature of alexandria. meanwhile, they criticized the new alexandria, with the domination of industrial machines and the modern designs as painter howaida sebaee demonstrated in her painting (fig. 31). she depicted the scene of reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 10 factories spreading in the city and near the port through straight lines. she, however, put a large block in the middle section reminiscent of smoke ensuing from the factory as a contradictory form in its lines with the straight lines to cut all the lines and shapes of the painting giving a sense of continuity. there is no shape in the painting we can see its end. even the yellow color in the space, it was not completed in order to attract the sight to the top of the painting. in general, all of the paintings are affected by the geometric formations and straight lines that are influenced by the city design, with its long streets and outstanding flyovers on the sea. in another painting (fig. 32) the artist has divided spaces into areas controlled by grays because it is the color of the factories’ smoke and raw materials used for modern construction. also, the accumulated mass of houses in the front of the painting creates a critical contradiction like what exists in the city amid crowded architectural structures, debris and the wide space of the sea. so, these artworks reflect the new character of the city in a critical way that evokes the feelings and the thoughts. figure 31 figure 32 howaida sebaee, acrylic on canvas, 120x100cm ,2007 howida sebaee, acrylic on canvas, 60x40cm, 2014 figure 33 figure 34 gihan soliman, acrylic on canvas,60x80 cm,2009 gihan soliman, acrylic on canvas,180x200 cm,2012 on the same critical point of view regarding the changes that occurred, artist jihan soliman made a series of works that depends on modern construction in its formations. it criticizes the spread of the satellite dishes on the rooftops. sometimes, she portrays it in an abstract way that covers only the buildings (fig. 33), and other times, she portrays people themselves like buildings with their heads taking the form of a dish (fig. 34). in another style, the painting of artist nevin rifaee (fig. 35) reflects the spirit of the contemporary or modern city. she expressed that by drawing a realistic picture of the flyover amidst alexandria corniche recently (fig. 18). also, she used her artistic sense in a way that relied on contradictions of pure colors. she mixed the ground hot red with yellow touches as an expression of the uproar of the street; opposed to the shades of the blue cool sea, splashed with sporadic and trembling touches on the two parallel directions, to convey the movement and the tension of the sea. it was emphasized by selecting the birds' eye as a perspective angle of her painting, influenced by the style of high-rise buildings and the vertical extension of the modern city. its major purpose is to deepen reham sherbiny / the academic research community publication pg. 11 the vision. fishes are scattered on parallel lines to convey its tumbling from the top to the bottom by the waterfall. it animates the movement of the sea and completes the white-black colored circular composition on the front of the painting to match the colors of the asphalt-made pavement. in addition to that, the two towers of the flyover outlined with a white color appeared as if they were covered with a transparent glass containing the water of the sea inside it. such a contemporary artistic image was in contradiction to the paintings of the same area portrayed by alexandria, an artist in the 1950s. for example, painting of adham wanli (fig. 36) shaped wide spaces with close-shaded neutral colors to reflect the calmness and spaciousness by using a much lower angle of vision than that of painter nevin who painted other works to emphasize the horizontal extension of the place, free from any bridges. the black asphalt paved road, which made his painting comparable with the shape of the city at that time was also another constraint left by the artist in a liberal way. . figure35 figure 36 nevin rifaee, the spirit of alexandria, adham wanly, view from alexanderia, acrylic on canvas, 2011 oil on wood, 64x38 cm,1950 4-conclusion the current view of big cities in egypt, such as cairo and alexandria, including the intrinsic changes in shape and design were represented in the paintings that were made by contemporary egyptian painters who witnessed the dynamics of the changes, each on his own style. the representation of the contemporary alternation in the cities depended on using the elements of the visual language, like color, line, size, and space. the city’s contemporary artistry image has been changed once the real image changed automatically. on the other hand, there was a clear variety of artistic visions that even impacted the way the elements of artwork are used by painters. some of them criticized the reality of the city, the current life, while others found the passion and inspiration within it. eve others went deep in harmony with this life to produce paintings emulating it in an artistic way. another group of painters escaped from this reality to present a wholly different view in order to create a better world. all of those visions are different, but they have one mutual concept; that each one of them has been affected by the city he or she lives in. their artistic work reflects the visual life within the framework of the dynamic relationship between the painter and the environment he inhabits. 5. references 1. abaza, m. (2011). twentieth century egyptian art. cairo: american university. 2. alphonse, m. (1960). growth and development of urbanization in egypt. cairo: american university. 3. awad, m. (2011). "towers from the window" . http://finearts-show.blogspot.com/2011/02/blog-post.html 4. chaichian , m.( 1988). the effects of world capitalist economy on urbanization in egypt. 23, 23-43. ijmes. usa: cambridge university. 5. denis, é.( 1997). alexandrie: deuxième ville d'egypte ou métropole méditerranéenne ?. 37( 2), 163-188. revue géographique de l'est. france: association des géographes de l’est. 6. fahmi , a.( 2008). landscape and a century of artists' creations. i ccfa. cairo: helwan university. 7. hemdan, g.( 1996). cairo. egypt : al-masria llketab . 8. ibrahim, a.( 1962). analytical study to the egyptian city design. aec viii. alexandria : center of planning and architectural studies. 9. kenany, k.( 2006). the planning of arabic city.15,3-16. jpd. baghdad: higher institute of urban planning. 10. lao, m.( 1994). urban planning: environmental and humanitarian dimensions. translated by effat. cairo: el-dar kawmia . 11. yahia, sawsan. (2000). our islamic monuments: architecture from early islamic period until abbasid caliphate . cairo: dar elshark. http://finearts-show.blogspot.com/2011/02/blog-post.html http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the spatial identity of historic cairo. part one: typology, geometry, and geographic distribution doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.131 sadek a. s. saad 1 1 prof. of architectural and urban design, dept. of architectural engineering, college of engineering, shoubra, benha university keywords city identity, place identity, urban form, urban spaces, historic cairo abstract it is fundamental to maintain the local places’ identity, chartacter and trajectory of evolution in order to create a sustainable process of urbanization. this study introduces a quantitative inventory of urban spaces in cairo, in the early 19th century, extracted from historic maps and indexes. urban spaces are classified in terms of geometric typology (linear and central), geometric regularity of their footprints, sizes and geographical distribution. the extracted information highlighted the quantitative domination of linear spaces and of irregularity in space footprint. it also showed a noticeable insignificant value of central spaces. however, the insignificant value of central spaces presented spatial identity of power demonstration in historic cairo; irregularity and linearity presented sociocultural and economic identities. 1. introduction oktay (2001) emphasized the importance of creating a sustainable urbanization process, and one way to achieve this is through maintaining the unique identity, character, and evolution of local places. identity is an important issue ‘because it involves the self-identity has consequences for cognition, affect, and behaviour’ (devine-wright & clayton, 2010, p. 267). place identity could exist at different scales, like in a home, a city, or a country. moreover, it could include other categories, like outdoor spaces (bonaiuto & alves 2012). place identity could also be seen as a component of personal and social identity. thus, through interaction with places, people describe themselves in terms of the belonging to a specific place (hernandez et al. 2007). empirical studies showed a ‘significant and positive correlation between place identity and neighborhood satisfaction. …[such] correlation was also found between place identity and perception of the quality of one's own neighborhood’ (bernardo & palma-oliveira 2016, p. 247). it is proven that ‘autobiographical memory in relation to place, … facilitates attachment, or perceptions of an environment as a “place of mine”, rather than simply a place recognized through general knowledge’ (ratcliffe & korpela 2016, p. 120). 2. urban spaces and geometry: moughtin & mertens (2006) considered urban spaces and buildings to be the cardinal elements creating the city identity. while ‘urban open space is a term used to define regions of “vacant lots,” “natural landscapes” and “public green spaces” in cities’ (kim 2011, p. 2), urban spaces require physical elements to be defined (krier 2005) and aesthetic values to be recognized (sitte 1909). space is a three-dimensional element that should be described in terms of width, length, and height. in spite of the argument that space is ‘not just the “physical structure”’ (fuchs 2011, p. 25), the fact that physical structure is its primary generating parameter remains valid, for the quality of sadek a. s. saad / the academic research community publication pg. 2 the space-vertical-surrounding elements and its footprint are the ‘defining physical structure’ of creating an urban space (städtebauliches institut, 1972). meanwhile, the mere physical existence of a central space, for example, does not guarantee its use as a public square. since there is no guarantee ‘that the microclimatic conditions would be favourableso, the people would be comfortable interacting with it’ (giddings et al. 2011, p. 205) and no guarantee it will be considered as an effective urban space in terms of sociocultural activities and aesthetics conditions. sitte (1909). considered the minimum dimension of a ‘platz’ to roughly be equal to the height of its vertical defining elements, and while he presented the largest public place in ancient cities to measure: 58x143m, moughtin & mertens (2006, p. 101) considered the upper limit of a public place dimension to be 135m. furthermore, the list of city squares (around the world) by size published by wikipedia (n.d.), presented the tallinn city square, estonia to be the smallest and measuring: 75x75m. urban spaces are classified according to different perspectives, such as accessibility (nardo 2009, p. 24), form and function (lynch 1972), geometry (saad 1994), contextual location (alhusban 2012) and typology (krier 2005). whereas kirjakka (2010) remarked that open places could be categorized according to their function, zuker (1959) considered function-based categorization as a seldom relevant in morphological research because it does not automatically produce a spatial form. sitte’s (1909) classification of urban spaces is categorized into two types, street, and square, greatly inspired krier (2005), moughtin & mertens (2006). while nardo (2009) and alhusban (2012), for example, neglected street space in their classifications, soto (2012, p. 10) considered street space to embody ‘movement, access, and public life, for liveable streets enhance the quality of life’. meanwhile, krier (2005) suggested that the primary difference between each type of urban space is basically geometric and the common distinctive factor in zuker (1959) classification could also be regarded as a geometric one too. whyte (1980) empirically proved that geometry is a major element in determining space quality, and key (2012, p. 8) argued that space physical delimitations, footprint, and type: ‘linear or central -all these factors tell us what kind of activities these spaces afford’. according the premise that ‘specific forms of built environment afford specific forms of sensory experience’ (degen & rose 2012, p. 3283), faye & le fur (2012, pp. 3086–3090) discussed a set of variables generating the symbolic dimensions of a square space, which include its size and form. such arguments imply that activity can be a final product of space geometry. as for the european urbanization, ‘squares are the most representative of the values of the societies that created them’ (giddings et al. 2011, p. 203), saad (2000b) proved that local non-physical determinants in historic cairo, have driven the friday mosque’s inner courtyard to play a role similar to that of european public square by offering opportunities for sociocultural activities to take place. the notion that the square shape is inherently static and non-directional (wagner 1981; ching 2007) can be seen as a motivation for considering public squares more suitable for static activities and streets more suitable for dynamic ones (mcculskey 1992; frederick 2007). meanwhile, el-husseiny’s observational study on historic cairo streets proved that they accommodate both dynamic and static activities. although the mosques’ courts ‘are not the only static spaces in the urban fabric, they would be categorized as the top of spacious stasis in the organism. because of their uniform squaring shape, wall stones, and tight enclosure. silence, birds’ voices and planting may lead stasis to perfection’ (el-husseiny & el-husseiny 2012, p. 689). different terms are interchangeably used to describe streets and squares according to aesthetic treatments and cultural values. accordingly, to avoid any confusion in using different descriptions and simultaneously generalize the terms used, this study adopts a geometric approach. the length-to-width proportion of a ‘street’ should exceed 3:1 (saad 1994), and because of the geometric proportions of its footprint, ‘street’ will be considered as a ‘linear urban space’ (hereinafter, ls). on the other hand, footprints of urban spaces varying between 1:1 and 1:2 (städtebauliches institut, 1972) will be classified as ‘central urban spaces’ (i.e. the public square will be considered geometrically as ‘central spaces’ (hereinafter, cs)). 3. inventory method and process: ding & ziyu (2010) suggested moving the researchers’ knowledge toward the operational level by quantitatively analysing urban forms. moreover, krier (2005) geometric classification was criticized by murthy (2010, p. 5) as being ‘oriented towards an experiential account rather than a descriptive one’. hence this study produces a descriptive and quantitative inventory of urban spaces in terms of space typology, geometric quality, size and geographical distribution, such inventory should help in identifying some aspects of the spatial identity of historic cairo. the author argues that urban spaces in contemporary cairo have lost their genuin local identity. koch & latham (2013, p. 13) discussed the notion presented by zukin (2010), considering historic spaces to be ‘wild’ compared with the ‘tamed’ contemporary spaces. they concluded that this may be due to the ‘natural order [created by the] collective negotiation of multiple claims’. fuchs (2011, p. 25) questions how ‘people construct their urban environment, both cognitively and physically’, which can be answered by studying historic unplanned cities, since they should contain more ‘wild’ than ‘tamed’ spaces. in order to study ‘wild’ spaces rather than ‘tamed’, this study targeted the historic urban fabric. cairo before the beginning of the 19th century is considered to be an informal sadek a. s. saad / the academic research community publication pg. 3 (unplanned) city (raymond 2001). the time frame for this research was chosen primarily because of the availability of cartographic materialaround the beginning of the 19th century cairo (henceforth: historic cairo). historic cairo could be considered in terms of two urban spheres: public and private. the first of which, containing roads network (in the total length of 36,620 m), is divided into the following: the city centre major arterial road (el-aazam street), three other major arterial roads (1, 2 and 3) and the network of minor arterial roads (see fig. 1). cairo city centre occupied the central major arterial road; however, the sub-centres created several major and minor arterial roads (raymond 2002). the private sphere, on the other hand, represented the residential areas of the city, which took the form of closed introverted urban entities (saad & eysa 2004). the roads within the residential areas produced a network comprising 128,170 m. it should be noted that, in this study, the distinction between public and private emphasizes territorialities, rather than ownership. this study adopted the following steps during the inventory process: 1. every urban space on the cairo map, 1:5000 (known and henceforth: the ‘napoleon map’) (egyptian authority for surveying 1910), was isolated and identified in terms of its typology: linear or central (see fig. 2 presents examples for linear and central spaces in historic cairo). 2. isolated urban spaces were categorized according to the research objectives and their geographical distribution within the city public and private spheres. 3. urban spaces in each group and subgroup were counted to create a quantitative inventory. 4. results and discussion: the inventory of the napoleon map (egyptian authority for surveying 1910) produced a total of 3922 urban spaces. in term of space typology, 3377 are labled as linear, and 545 are labled as central spaces. lss accounted for 86% of the total urban spaces in historic cairo; the percentage increased to 91% within the private sphere and dropped to 74% within the public sphere. where 28% (out of 545) css exist in the public sphere, 72% exist in the private sphere. such results should be seen in the light of the total length of each sphere road network (36,620 m and 128,170 respectively). in terms of the spatial quality, 92% of all urban spaces demonstrated geometric irregularity of footprints on the global (macro) level. where 94% of lss and 91% of css presented irregularity, on the global level, this percentage drooped to 81% and 88% within the public sphere and incresed to 96% and 93% for lss and css respectively within the private sphere. concerning sizes and distribution, the biggest open area in historic cairo is located in the city citadel area, an open area coded in this study as 7/1/1, measuring approximately 81,200 m2 (see fig. 3). this area is the most regular urban open area in historic cairo, and its regularity degree and size successfully competes against friday mosques’ inner courtyards. although this inventory proved the quantitative domination of geometric irregularity among urban spaces in historic cairo, open area 7/1/1 is in total contrast with such phenomenon. furthermore, open area 7/1/1 presents a very low degree of enclosur which hinders it from being physically considered as an urban space. css in historic cairo were classified into four main size groups: very small (≤39 m2), small (40 300 m2), medium (400 2000 m2) and big-size (≥4000 m2) spaces. the investigation of the napoleon map provided the following findings: 77.5% out of 545 were found to be very small, 19.5% small, 11 medium spaces, and five big css. both medium and big spaces presented 3% only of all css in historic cairo (see fig. 4 for an example of a relative scale comparison). the smallest cs in historic cairo measured approximately 15m2, cs 9/1/1 represents the biggest footprint of a real cs in term of its physical structure, measuring around 22,400 m2 and located between the biggest two monuments in cairo: the sultan hassan mosque and cairo citadel (see fig. 3). spatial cluster 8/1/1 presented four big css with areas varying between 4,400 m2 and 7,475m2 (the biggest space dimension of approximately 115x65m), and three medium css measuring between 500m2 and 1,125m2.] furthermore, the investigation revealed a cs-size-function-geographic relationship: 94.5% of very small css existed within the city private sphere (in a scattered form), and 86.5% of small css were distributed within the public sphere, especially major commercial roads (in linear form). the city major arterial roads occupted the first rank in the density level (density in this context reflects the number of css divided by the road length) of small css in linear distribution and city-citadel-area, six out of eleven medium css and all big css (in a centralized form). the citadel area presented the biggest urban open area (7/1/1), the biggest cs (9/1/1) and the biggest spatial cluster (8/1/1)). from all central spaces found in historic cairo only 16 css (3%) presenting potential identity of public squares pertaining the size, geometry, and geographic distribution. such potentiality must be further investigated since their mere physical existence does not guarantee their use (francis et al. 2012, p. 402). small and very small css on the other hand, is not appropriate in terms of size to function as public squares (since their dimension is too sadek a. s. saad / the academic research community publication pg. 4 small to afford sociocultural activities). meanwhile, the spatial identity of historic cairo could be discussed (in the light of this study objectives) in two major aspects: spatial unity/diversity and visual clarity/orientation. unity and diversity of urban spaces in historic cairo: this study results reinforced the argument that historic cairo followed a ‘darwinist’ rule of evolution to create such typological and spatial identity, through which certain types of urban spaces prevailed, and others became recessive. generally, diversity might reflect one of two possible meanings; it either reflects urban disorder or it reflects intention. if randomness is the case, the quantitative inventory must imply randomness. in fact, it implies domination of certain spatial characters and recession of others. while dominant spatial elements create visual unity, recessive elements create the visual diversity. such diversity is presented in its strongest form in the citadel area. hakim (2001) argued that there are two types of rules-operating simultaneously-contributing ‘to the phenomenon of the diversity of settlements within specific sub-regions of the islamic world. yet, it is unified by the general concepts and attitudes that all regions shared’.for a deeper understanding of the impact of such diversity in urban spaces on the spatial identity of historic cairo, the issues of visual clarity and orientation should be addressed. visual clarity and orientation in historic cairo: geometric irregularity was (and still is) a ground for many misconception and historic cairo is no exception. cruceru (2011, p. 96) argued that the spatial configuration is regarded as ‘providing clarity of the spatial layout, orientation, and accessibility’; thus, simple shapes of space footprint and geometric regularity create a clear visual orientation which promotes accessibility since it can decrease ‘negative feelings of stress and anxiety’ (alhusban 2012, p. 39). though providing visual clarity or confusion in the urban orientation are two symbolic meanings, we should consider emphasizing on clarity not only as culturally understandable but also as insufficient for the design parameter. the public sphere in historic cairo demonstrated a clearer visual orientation due to the domination of ls, higher degree of geometric regularity and higher density of css. furthermore, the city centre major arterial road, as the city civic centre, presented the highest degree of geometric regularity and the highest density in css. thus in the public sphere, the city presented a clearest degree of visual orientation to promote accessibility. on the other hand, historic cairo’s private sphere, in which social life is highly valued, strangers are not welcomed by the domination of irregular lss. the highest degree of geometric irregularity and the low density in css resulted in creating a visual confusion and disorientation to complicate its accessibility. such visual confusion led to an intended increase in stress or anxiety among strangers accessing the residential private sphere. but does such diversity in visual clarity, orientation and spatial quality between both cairo public and private spheres contributed to placing identities by strengthening the social, cultural and/or the political symbolic quality of spaces in historic cairo? environmental and place identities in historic cairo: the city is a powerful source of expressive symbols and signs, ‘people know their location in space and differentiate themselves from others through a… reading of the elements that make up places’ (nojima 2000, p. 2/59). different scales of governance networks create a diversity of identities such as ‘environmental identity’ and ‘place identity’ (pflieger & rozenblat, 2010, p. 2725). however, since the two types of rule systems presented by hakim (2001, p. 89) are ‘proscriptive, [they have] the liberty to generate solutions to specific local problems in response to the site and the conditions around it’. the clear diversity in space typology and spatial quality -between the public and private spherescontribute to creating different identities for each sphere. on the global level, a certain degree of visual unity is established through the general impression of geometric irregularity and the domination of lss over css and the intention for adapting small and very small css for creating an urban intimacy. the citadel area presents a clear spatial contrast to its public sphere context with its vast open space, the concentration of medium and big css and their spatial quality. on the global level, three different spatial identities could be crystalized. the first local identity is presented within the public sphere. the public sphere demonstrates a tendency for creating more regular spaces and introducing small css along its major arterial roads. the citadel area presents the second spatial local identity by adapting the most regular spaces, the biggest regular open area in the city and the concentration of most of the medium and all big css in the city. such spatial form created a very strong visual celebrative and/or monumental identity. al-maqrizi (1441) and raymond (2002) gave historical evidence that the citadel area (during the mamluk (1250–1517) and ottoman (1517–1798) eras) exhibited a residential area for the ruling military-political elites and their related urban services. thus, this area was strongly influenced by the political and military powers resulting in creating regular and monumental spaces (kostof 1991, p. 230). such concentration of css could be comprehended within the military-elites power demonstration of ‘governing network level’ (pflieger & rozenblat, 2010, p. 2725). the highest degree of geometric irregularity, the quantitative domination of lss, and the existence of very small central spaces presented the third local identity for historic cairo private sphere. the high degree of sadek a. s. saad / the academic research community publication pg. 5 visual disorientation in the private sphere, which is produced from its spatial characters, may be regarded as an added value to its place identity, associated with the concept of affordance inviting or demanding self-identification with the place. where ‘individuals who strongly identify themselves with a particular place may take action on behalf of that place, either to try to remedy problems that already exist there or to prevent forms of negatively interpreted change from occurring’ (devine-wright & clayton, 2010, p. 269). thus, due to the high social control practised by its residents, it is unsurprising that residential areas in historic cairo enjoyed a high degree of safety and security (raymond 2002). conclusion: mills (2012, p. 379) considered the examination of space to be ‘broader than an effort to map the physical landscape’. this inventory has presented neither random nor homogeneous distributions for its findings. while a random distribution for space typology and/or quality might indicate randomness in their creation, homogenous distribution can reflect the non-existence of any favourite spatial elements and quality in historic cairo. the study quantitative results showed a clear bulking in favour of certain spatial elements and quality as well as very small volumetric existence for others. the quantitative domination of lss (86%-91%) and the domination of irregularity in the geometric form (90%-96%) have created clear bulking existences. the unity of historic cairo’s spatial identity could be described within the following parameters: the quantitative domination of lss, the geometric irregularity of space footprints, and the quantitative recession in css. its place identity was presented by its spatial diversity in terms of footprint shapes and geometric irregularity. in terms of sizes, the medium and big urban spaces, as well as vast open spaces, demonstrated a very recessive phenomenon which could draw to a political and military visual celebrity impact of the elite classes. diversity is produced by creating three different place identities for the public and private spheres as well as the citadel area, which can be seen as a clear and conscious intension. on the local levels, the public sphere showed following spatial characterises: the highest degree of quantitative domination of lss, the average level of geometric irregularity in space footprint and a strong recession in css. the city centre major arterial road (el-aazam street) revealed the quantitative domination of lss, a higher density in css and the highest degree of geometric regularity in space footprint (relatively to the public sphere itself). the public sphere revealed the highest degree of accessibility and the clearest visual orientation. on the other hand, the private sphere identity can be characterized by a very high quantitative domination of lss (91%), very clear domination of geometric irregularity (96%) and a very low density in css among which very small css quantitatively prevailed. the private sphere revealed the highest degree of visual disorientation or confusion. this inventory proved the existence of central spaces in historic cairo, in terms of geometry and physical structure, but their marginal existence in the city proves their insignificant value in the daily life of the city residents. furthermore, the facts that css presented a very recessive phenomenon among which very small css were dominant, and 72% of which existed in the private sphere of historic cairo, leave a very marginal volume of css (3%) to be potentially considered as public squares in terms of geometry. with accordance to the aformentioned observation, public squares cannot be recommended to be adapted as a typical spatial identity for cairo. further studies should be conducted in order to check the real urban value of those central spaces. their geometric shape and size, their visual and aesthetic values, and their urban functions should be investigated in order to identify them as public squares or traffic nodes. sadek a. s. saad / the academic research community publication pg. 6 fig. 1. the city major arterial roads, on the napoleon map, the author. fig. 2. typology of urban spaces in historic cairo: linear and central spaces, examples fig.3. cairo citadel area, a concentration of central urban spaces’, the napoleon map fig. 4. a relative scale comparison between different sizes of central urban spaces; big, medium, small, and very small spaces, and the biggest open area in historic cairo coded as 7/1/1 references: 1. alhusban, s.a., 2012. the architectural design of plazas, social capital, and cultural hybridity in urban neighborhoods: defining a multidimensional network model for public health promotion. ph.d. washington state university, united states -washington. 2. bernardo, f. and palma-oliveira, j.-m., 2016. urban neighbourhoods and intergroup relations: the importance of place identity. journal of environmental psychology, 45, 239–251. sadek a. s. saad / the academic research community publication pg. 7 3. bonaiuto, m. and alves, s., 2012. residential places and neighbourhoods: toward healthy life, social integration, and reputable residence. in s. clayton (ed.), the oxford handbook of environmental and conservation psychology. new york: oxford university press, 221– 247. 4. ching, f., 2007. architecture; form space and order. new jersey: john wiley and sons inc. 5. cruceru, a., 2011. urban form, transit space, and the public realm. master. university of guelph, canada. 6. degen, m. and rose, g., 2012. the sensory experiencing of urban design: the role of walking and perceptual memory. urban studies, 49 (15), 3271–3287. 7. devine-wright, p. and clayton, s., 2010. introduction to the special issue: place, identity and environmental behaviour. journal of environmental psychology, 30 (3), 267–270. 8. ding, w. and ziyu, t., 2010. a methods approach on study street spatial type. presented at the 17th international seminar on urban form, hamburg. 9. egyptian authority for surveying, 1910. cairo map, known as; the ‘napoleon map’. 10. el-husseiny, a.m.e. and el-husseiny, a.a.e., 2012. integration of static and dynamic spaces in historic cairo: a community spirit that may vanish. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 68, 687–699. 11. faye, b. and le fur, é., 2012. square, plaza, piazza, place: what do we know about these targets of urban regeneration programmes? urban studies, 49 (14), 3081–3099. 12. francis, j., giles-corti, b., wood, l., and knuiman, m., 2012. creating sense of community: the role of public space. journal of environmental psychology, 32 (4), 401–409. 13. frederick, m., 2007. 101 things i learned in architecture school. massachusetts: mit press. 14. fuchs, r.g., 2011. public spaces and private lives in paris: introduction. journal of urban history, 37 (1), 24–27. 15. giddings, b., charlton, j., and horne, m., 2011. public squares in european city centres. urban design international, 16 (3), 202–212. 16. hakim, b.s., 2001. reviving the rule system: an approach for revitalizing traditional towns in maghrib. cities, 18 (2), 87–92. 17. hernandez, b., hidalgo, m., salazar-laplace, m., and hess, s., 2007. place attachment and place identity in natives and non-natives. journal of environmental psychology, 27, 310–319. 18. key, s., 2012. a computable language of architecture towards building descriptive models of spatial qualities. ph.d. carnegie mellon university, united states -pennsylvania. 19. kim, w.k., 2011. understanding open spaces in an arid city. ph.d. arizona state university, united states -arizona. 20. kirjakka, m., 2010. urban open spaces in historic finish cities. presented at the 17th. international seminar on urban form, hamburg. 21. koch, r. and latham, a., 2013. on the hard work of domesticating a public space. urban studies, 50 (1), 6–21. 22. kostof, s., 1991. the city shaped: urban patterns and meanings through history. london: thames and hudson. 23. krier, r., 2005. urban space. solingen: umbau-verlag, solingen. 24. lynch, k., 1972. the openness of open space. in: gyorgy, kepes (ed.) arts of the environment. new york: george brazille. 25. al-maqrizi, t. al-d., 1441. el-mawa’iz wa’l i’tibar fi dhikr el-khitat wa’ l-athar [topographic and historical description of egypt]. cairo: bulaq press. 26. mcculskey, j., 1992. road form and townscape. london: architectural press. 27. mills, a., 2012. urban space and social transformation in the middle east. journal of urban history, 38 (2), 379–384. 28. moughtin, c. and mertens, m., 2006. urban design: streets and square. 3rd. ed. london: architectural press. 29. murthy, m., 2010. contemporary interpretation on traditional urban spacea critical analysis of rob krier as postmodern phenomenon. presented at the 17th. international seminar on urban form, hamburg. 30. nardo, t., 2009. architecture of urban spaces: a proposal for quality urban design. master. dalhousie, halifax. 31. nojima, v.l., 2000. urban environmental language and spatial organization. proceedings of the human factors and ergonomics society annual meeting, 44 (8), 56–59. 32. oktay, d., 2001. the quest for urban identity in the changing context of the city: northern cyprus. cities, 19 (4), 261–271. 33. pflieger, g. and rozenblat, c., 2010. introduction. urban networks and network theory: the city as the connector of multiple networks. urban studies, 47 (13), 2723–2735. 34. ratcliffe, e. and korpela, k.m., 2016. memory and place attachment as predictors of imagined restorative perceptions of favourite places. journal of environmental psychology, 48, 120–130. 35. raymond, a., 2001. cairo: city of history. cairo: the american university in cairo press. 36. raymond, a., 2002. arab cities in the ottoman period: cairo, syria and maghreb. london: ashgate publishing limited. 37. saad, s., 1994. die visuellen und ästhetischen faktoren, die die gestaltung der städtischen räume beeinflussen, am beispiel von kairo [the visual and aesthetic factors affecting urban spaces in cairo]. phd. technical university, vienna. 38. saad, s., 2000. public squares in historic cairo. a morphological approach. presented at the international engineering conference, mansoura, egypt: university of el-mansoura, 387–401. 39. saad, s. and eysa, h., 2004. close-end streets and urban territorialities in historical cairo. a quantitative evaluation. assiut university, 32 (4), 1859–1870. 40. sitte, c., 1909. der städtebau nach seinen künstlerischen grundsätzen. vienna: grässer. 41. soto, m.a., 2012. pedestrian areas in los angeles: influence of design features and market area on pedestrian activity. a case study of three commercial strips. master. university of california, los angeles, united states -california. 42. städtebauliches institut, 1972. ziele der stadtgestaltung. stuttgart: stuttgart university, technical no. 2. 43. wagner, f., 1981. grundlagen der gestaltung. stuttgart: kohlhammer verl. 44. whyte, w., 1980. the social life of small urban spaces. washington: the conservation foundation. 45. zuker, p., 1959. town and square. new york: columbia university press. 46. zukin, s., 2010. naked city, the death and life of authentic urban place. oxford: oxford university press. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) vision of vincent van gogh and maurice utrillo in landscape paintings and their impact in establishing the identity of the place doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.133 hala ibrahim mohamed elsaed 1 1painting department -faculty of fine arts keywords painting landscape van gogh maurice utrillo abstract there are varieties of visions, visual solutions and plastic relations for various painting topics, but the landscape painting is still the closest subject to the identity of the place. when the artist translates the realistic features of the place describing it with his special style and touches, this represents a record for characteristics of a certain period related to this place. it might also depict the landscape by his sense, telling us with his painting brush the story of its heritage. the artist links it with the reality experienced -here the memory adds the highest value to the view and translates features of nature of this place in terms of formor feelings and influence through the ages. when van gogh was influenced by a city, like arles in france, he produced the most beautiful of his paintings, which appeared to show his style and colors. actually, we see this city through a creative artist with radiant colors, each panting as a celebration or a poem singing the beauty of this place. and when maurice utrillo was influenced by a city -like paris in france especially montmartre district with its steep winding streets, picturesque windmills, snowfall, and clouds of gray affectedhe created his most important paintings of landscape. the paintings reflected the nature of this place by his simple style which seems like a zap from the internal inventory of the artist about this place. so this research will address: − the relationship between" van gogh and maurice utrillo "and the place. − review their famous works that related to those places. − clarify their vision and style in painting. − the impact of their paintings on those places. introduction most places have huge reserves of photographs that represent a literal embodiment of the place and show its visual details.howecer, the artist embodies the spirit of the place in the landscape paintings, and the artisit implicilty reveal the landscap’s hertage and civilization through his art. the word "landscape" in dutch means an area of the earth, but it got its most common technical meaning when it became the painting which depicting a scene on the ground. in most cases, landscape topics include sky and what lies under it, like valleys, hills, trees, buildings, hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 2 rivers, birds, animals and all the landmarks of the place. each phase experienced by cities left traces in the place and in humans, and it has been never overlooked by the artist’s brush. there is another concept of landscape, meaningly, the cultural landscape. it is a tool to conceptualize the world in a trial to rebuild it. the term does also serve as an idea rich of human values waving a story about the " genius of the place". also, the idea gives the importance of the value of reinterpretation human connections, like the realtionship between " man and nature" or between " nature and culture ". when the artist's imagination and special sensual and emotional experiences penetrate to artistic subjects, it adds a new dimension. not to mention that nature inspires the artist by its richness of elemenets though. figure1 figure 2 the artist was not only conveying nature as a ready to record truth, but he wa also expressing it in his own way and creates new aesthetic realities in his sensory and emotional figurative paintings. each city represents a literary (poetic) unique phenomenon. therefore, it’s difficult to determine general features for cities. nature and shape differ from place to another because it was created by certain historical events and circumstances making it special. sometimes, certain -seemingly insignificantevents become important turning points in the history of some cities. it’s not strange that after travelling and moving from country to another, the human might feel likeness, familiarity or passion towards certain places. moreover, it feels as if the man was born to live there, so he demonstrates his work and art through such places. on another leve, the humanbeing might be a significat feature of the city in which he was born. his expierence in coxisiting or struggling with events is what shapes the trajectoyr. in this paper, i will display both cases through two artists that had the most sensitivity and connectivity to places. i have chosen them because they have perfectly depicted the landscape through their inner vision reflecting pure, unique, and new feelings in harmony with reality rather than emulating it. first: the city of arles and vincent van gogh arles is a city in the provence region of southern france. it is one from the largest cities in france. it has a long history and great importance as it includes many romanian remains, which were included in 1981 in the unesco world heritage centre. moreover, it includes many important tourist attractions, like the church of st. trophimus, arles amphitheatre, arles tower and arles museum of antiquity. even on the enviormnental level it has beautiful and charming parks such as comargue natural regional park arles, with its gates, churches, river, architecture, museums, art, poetry and paintings represent the best example of the place’s beauty. it is an interesting model for an ancient city adapting with the european civilization during the middle centuries. it has amazing roman commemorative monuments. each stone built in the city has a mark from the past. the rhone river forks into two branches, dividing the city into two parts, where the historical bridge -along with its ancient stonesconnects the ancient city with one of the city’s modern slum. in other words, it is the perfect trial connecting the two together in order to unvail the city’s history of arles through present events. roman architecture had a great impact on how the city looks, there are many examples representing the roman civilization in france till the second world war. the french carried out renovations for the roman antiquities, to keep it in its real historical state. there is a beautiful poem written by '' frederic mistral'' (1830-1914), the city poet, in which he flirts the prettiest girl in france, as he sees her in the suburb of the city of arles. the poet describes his lover’s birth place saying that it is a roman history on a french ground, here the rhone river runs, where its summer breath cools the atmosphere and its air in winter touch the rain. each step you make in arles could represent part of a historical story about one of those ancient great people. http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-pu4br0golwa/vkqd3uuqsqi/aaaaaaaajkg/a41kgni2y0y/s1600/pont_de_l'anglois%d8%ac%d8%b3%d8%b1.jpg hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 3 langlis bridge (figure 1) is a moving bridge owned by arles tourism board. it appears in many paintings of vincent van gogh that he produced in 1888 ( figure 2). it is one of the most beautiful ten moving bridges. now, it is one of the most beautiful landmarks visited by many tourists to see its functionailty and wonderfull enfineering. its common name now is van gogh bridge. this amazing synergy of history and the present -with special atmospherehas influenced many artists. but van gogh left the greatest impact in this place. for example, at the hospital of arles, the library hall is the room in which he slept in when his ear was cut. the slovenian translator laslo jokes said that if anyone complains of intermittent sleep there or nightmares, it’s the ghost of van gogh living here and irritating us in our sleep. figure 3 figure 4 people of the city appreciate those who expressed the beauty of the place using either their words or brushes. there is a statue of the city poet fredric mistral and another for the face of van gogh. the state of pride is noticed in the two statuses (figure 3), (figure 4) vincent willem van gogh (30/3/1853-29/7/1890) was born in netherlands. he was named vincent after his brother who was born dead one year before the birth of gogh. at the age of sixteen, he worked for the hague’s branch of goupil & cie on july8t 30, 1869. goupil& cie was an international print publishing firm and art dealer. he exchanged letters with his brother, theo, throughout his different art stages. these letters served as a way to comprehend gogh’s visions about his life and works. van gogh arrived on 21 february 1888, at the railroad station in arles, crossed place lamartine, and entered the city through the porte de la cavalerie. in arles, van gogh drew a number of his best landscape paintings, he was pleased with what he had produced and felt renovation in his artistic path; life in arles was happier for him. early in may, vincent reserved a room in di la gar coffee shop, he rented four rooms in a yellow house (figure5). he occupied two large ones on the ground floor to serve as an atelier (workshop) and kitchen. in this house, he kept his paintings and he called it the south atelier. we can see the yellow house in his paintings (figure 6). in arles, van gogh gained selfconfidence and he drew wheat fields, large trees, and little flowers trees, that look like the japanese trees. he also drew many paintings for the moving bridge (langlis bridge) (figure 2) from different perspectives. thus, arles shared van gogh in his best landscape paintings. he wrote a letter to his brother theo about the city saying: “here in arles, the country seems flat. i have seen splendid red stretches of soil planted with vines, with a background of mountains of the most delicate lilac. the landscapes in the snow with the white summits against a sky as luminous as the snow were just like the winter landscapes that the japanese have painted “. he started the landscape subject by painting the dutch landscape around him. in 1882, he was painting the sea, dunes, and woods of the netherlands in dark muted earth tones. in these early landscapes of van gogh, he was still developing as an artist and was not yet painting in the style that he would be most known for. van gogh was painting hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 5 figure 6 figure 7 figure 8 these landscapes and yet, he himself wasn’t fully committed to them. he wrote to his brother, theo, “i’m certainly no landscape painter. if i were to make landscapes, there would always be something of the figure about them.” later, gogh moved to paris where he lived with his brother theo in montmartre. the two – year period in paris was fortuitous for van gogh, who was immediately thrust into a milieu of young avantgrade artists experimenting with new styles. he was interested in this period in the japanese art and impressionist artists. his paintings at this period reflected the vivid usage of colors. by 1886, van gogh started painting scenes of paris with brighter colors. the following year, in the spring of 1887, he started resorting to much brighter colors with quick animated brush strokes. in asnières, a suburb of paris, van gogh painted landscapes with new vitality. one of the themes in van gogh’s paintings from asnières was the rise of industrialism and its influence on the rural landscape (figure7). for van gogh, peasant life and that of the agricultural worker were seen as, perhaps, the truest form of living. from the beginnings of his adulthood, when he was exploring vocations in religion, he was always concerned with the workingman. he depicted this subject matter throughout his career, including his landscape paintings. according to van gogh’s perspective, landscapes are more than depicting a natural setting; they are celebrating nature, those that live within it, and those that work it. van gogh painted his first wheat field in 1885, but in 1888 it became a major subject matter for him. from then on, vincent painted wheat fields wherever he was in france. in arles, van gogh painted fields and farmhouses. (figure 8) '' farmhouse in a wheat field '' shows a tree growing in an expansive field of growing wheat, before the harvest. in the distance beyond the field, there is a modest white house with a yellow roof lit by the bright sun. nature was often the subject of his work. it is true that he often incorporated figures in them, which distances them from traditional landscapes, but the overall effect is quite similar. van gogh’s landscapes were directly http://www.vangoghgallery.com/catalog/painting/125/farmhouse-in-a-wheat-field.html http://www.vangoghgallery.com/catalog/painting/119/factories-at-asnieres-seen-from-the-quai-de-clichy.html hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 5 related to his thoughts about life and death. like wheat fields, van gogh visited the subject of cypress and olive trees to show the figure 9 figure 10 figure 11 figure 12 cycles of life, and with the harvesting, death. as someone who struggled with relationships, he still had an acute understanding of people and understood the important relationship people have with nature. his landscapes show that relationship (figure 9) (impact, t. n, (n.d.). he found the south as a spiritual and aesthetic liberation from the increasing claustrophobia of paris. in spite of the heavy snow, he was filled with optimism, seeing the mountains around the plain of arles in terms of the japanese. in his first week, he had already drawn a landscape in the snow. he also explored the two main arles museums. he rapidly discovered that the surrounding country was arrestingly beautiful in its state of spring budding, with some striking man-made additions, notably the langlois bridge (figure 10). in this unfamiliar landscape, he found in the bridge a reassuring echo of the structure of the old dutch looms. this landscape is a complete expression of his new art of colour, with complementaries, particularly blue and orange, offsetting each other with dazzling. van gogh was anxious not to miss any of nature's moods and phenomena, correspondingly, the views of orchards in blossom which he painted shortly after arriving in arles, have a cheerful springtime atmosphere. but they are more than merely the product of seasonal mood. as if he and the region had colluded on it, he found a world of motifs which could not have been more japanese. he did not need the japanese prints anymore as he had done in paris. the orchards were his utopia, there it was, before his eyes, true, this was also the sum total of oriental character that arles had to offer, but this series of paintings, completed within the next few weeks, at any rate, confirmed that he had taken the right decision. (figure 11) and (figure 12). hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 6 the railway made an occasionasl appearance in his landscape paintings. in ''avenue of plane trees near arles station'' (the blue train) ( figure 13), mentioned in a litter written by his brother, '' the movement of the train is restricted by the bare tree trunks in the foreground, so that it appears more as a part of the compositional grid than as dynamic entity ''. the train also appears in various paintings and drawings of arles from the surrouning wheat fields, where it functions as the dividing line between town and country. van gogh had been living in guest houses ever since he arrived in arles. he rented a store for the pile of paintings that got accumulated soon. this store was to go down in art history as the ( yellow house). every morning he would leave his lodgings heavily laden and roam the area in tireless quest of motifs to satisfy his creative urge. he set off to work figure 13 figure 14 figure 15 day after day, into the blossoming hilly landscape. he kept producing one masterpiece after another '' it is the excitement, the honesty of a response to natur, that guides our hand, and if this excitement is often so strong that one works without noticing that one is working, if brushstrokes sometimes come thick and fast like words in conversation or letter, then one ought not to forget that it has not always been like that and that there will be many a depressing day barren of inspiration in the futur '' these words (from letter 504). second: montmartre and maurice utrillo from the city of arles, we move to one of paris districts, montmartre. it is considered one of the most important and special french places which deeply affect artists, like other french places which fascinate artists and writers. paris, about whom the quote says: “only who dies in paris has lived a life”, and which intellectual taha hussein hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 7 (18891973) described as “the capital of ghosts and angels” is the city of life. it is unique in its charm that combines the ancient and the new. paris is divided into twenty districts, and montmartre is a special district in paris. it is a large hill in paris. it is 130 meters (430 feet) high, it is the high point of paris (pessard, 1970). it has narrow lanes forming a charming mosaic in its ups and downs. its small colorful houses add to the charm of the place and reflect a special attraction. thus, the quarter appears as a painting with its expressive colors. thus, the quarter was known as the visual artists’ quarter. throughout the years, montmartre, along with other ancient french quarters became a tourist attraction at which tourists must stop either to buy a painting or to enjoy watching artists painting at ( place de la latre). historically speaking, the most famous artists lived and painted there. they chanted throughout the world for that sweet spirit inhibiting the place throughout years. artists such as amedeo modigliani, claude monet, henri de toulouse-lautrec, piet mondrian, pablo picasso, camille pissarro, vincent van gogh and salvador dali whose late atelier was there, later it became a museum. and the whole arena later became a meeting point for artists painting tourists and exhibiting their works at the open air. there are many paintings expressing the spirit of the place and the beauty of its ancient nature. however, i will focus in this paper on the french artist who belongs to montmartre. maurice utrillo (1883-1955), was one of the few famous painters of montmartre who was born there. during his stay in paris at that time, egyptian writer twfeek al hakeem ( 1898/1987 ) admired his art. al hakeem was known for his love and taste for arts. he wrote about utrillo saying “ he was simple in a spiritual, captivating sensitivity. he depicts what he likes, and what i like. such ancient frightening aspects of montmartre, rarely visited by people, through which i used to wander helplessly during those days of bankruptcy. utrillo in his paintings perpetuated the old abandoned montmartre. and if most painters worked on painting human faces, utrillo was the illustrator of only one face, the face of montmartre with its wrinkles, using the simplest colors and least clamor. however, he loaded it with feelings, provoking the deepest memories ''. montmartre is characterized by its zigzag roads and stairs (figure 14) as well as the religious churches such as basilique du sacre coeur, which is a splendid church made of white marble (figure 15). its internal halls are decorated with golden mosaic. there is also saint pierre de montmartre and the colored elevated windows (figure 16) which still has the ancient french nature. it includes several restaurants, coffee shops, and stores, famous montmartre mills (figure 17) and narow streets (figure 18) painted by many artists. the city features are not only depicted in paintings, but also many famous international movies were produced in the city. there is a statue for the egyptian actress dalida in front of the building were she lived (figure 19) and there are other famous artists and writers. so montmartre cemetery is the final resting place of many famous artists who lived and worked in the montmartre area. utrillo was the son of the artist suzanne valadon (1865-1938), she was a french painter and artists' model. valadon grew up in poverty with her mother and didn’t know her father. she was known to be quite independent and rebellious. figure 16 figure 17 she attended primary school until the age of 11 when she began to work. in 1883, valadon gave birth to her illegimate son, maurice utrillo, at the age of 18. valadon's mother cared for maurice while she returned to modelling. valadon's friend miguel utrillo signed papers recognizing maurice as his son. however, maurice soon showed a troubling inclination toward truancy and alcoholism. when a mental illness devastated the 21-year-old, utrillo in 1904, his mother encouraged him to alleviate his pain through painting. he soon showed real artistic talent. with no training beyond what his mother taught him, he drew and painted what he saw in montmartre. after 1910 https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/paris https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/amedeo_modigliani https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/claude_monet https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/claude_monet https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/piet_mondrian https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/pablo_picasso https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/camille_pissarro https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/vincent_van_gogh http://www.frenchpedia.com/sacre_coeur.html https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/saint_pierre_de_montmartre https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/suzanne_valadon https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/truancy https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/alcoholism hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 8 his work attracted critical attention, and by 1920, he was internationally acclaimed. in 1928, the french government awarded him the cross of the ( légion d'honneur) (pregelj, 2012). throughout his life; however, he was interned in mental asylums (werner,1953). in his paintings, utrillo was interested in the streets of paris. montmartre was his favorite, with its sloping streets and amazing wind mills (figure 20). most of utrillo’s paintings were gloomy and had that touch of sadness. similarily, the streets in his paintings seem empty except for the isolated shapes. falling snow and grey clouds leaves a gloomy and depressing effect. moreover, what adds to the gloominess of his paintings was his use of the perspective technique. it reveals things as in reality (figure 21) without adding any romantic aspects, like those revealings in most of the paintings by other artists who drew paris districts. from 1908 till 1914, utrillo used white colored mixed with soft and different colors. thus, his works of art went through three stages. during the first stage, he was concerned with the influential tendency led by pissarro, which is the most important one. the third was the blossoming stage in which he used shining and loud colors. at this stage, he had less control in his brush due to his mental disease. utrillo used to paint the church of saint-pierre de montmartre, built in the 12th century. cœur one of the many versions of this subject, this painting in the musée de l’orangerie shows the facade of saintpierre de montmartre behind the entrance gate. it is possible that utrillo took a postcard as his model, for the compositionis is very symmetrical. ( figure 22) here the artist is keen to express the elements in the composition through different styles of brushwork. the pavement and road are painted with delicate horizontal strokes with alternating light and dark tones as a medium to convey the uneven surface. he uses a thicker impasto, his characteristic white, for the facades of the houses and saint peter’s church, the domes and the bell tower of sacré cœur. as for the sky, it has more compact brushwork reducing the depth. figure 18 figure 19 https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/l%c3%a9gion_d%27honneur https://uploads8.wikiart.org/images/maurice-utrillo/moulin-de-la-galette-6.jpg https://uploads1.wikiart.org/images/maurice-utrillo/the-passage-the-dead-end.jpg hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 9 fgure 20 figure 21 the windows and openings in the buildings are closed or opaque. only the leaves on the trees, rendered in small green and yellow brushstrokes, bring some life to this scene. despite addiction and other psychological problems he went through, ultrillo continued for many years to produce and draw many landscapes. he is considered more fortunate than other artists in montmartre as he lived until the age of 72. he continued to draw till his death. his mother and wife played important role in saving him from destroying himself. he was the only one of his three companions who escaped from street life. the companios who died at a younger age are amedeo modigliani (1884-1920), chaim soutine (1893-1943) and jules pascin (1885-1930). the church at clignancourt was one of ultrillo’s special paintings ( figure 23). utrillo has also painted notre dame de clignancourt which is built in montmartre from 1859 to 1863. montmartre remained an independent commune for many years, and only became part of the city of paris in 1860, along with several other villages on the outskirts of the capital. utrillo had a strong sentimental attachment to this church. in fact, one day he confided : " i was born in paris on 25 december 1883, on christmas night, at 3, rue du poteau, next to the church of notredame de clignancourt. this is not a very beautiful church and not very old, and there it is all on its own, but i like it all the same and i have painted it for my mother who looks after it." we can, therefore, assume that utrillo did this for his mother, suzanne valadon, who was also a painter. it was produced in the studio. the lines were drawn out with a ruler and some are visible on the walls of the church. the perspective here is very accomplished. the church, with its very pale walls, takes up most of the surface characterised by very steady lines. a few silhouetted figures give it a little life. it is an autumn scene as there is a grey sky lowering above the church and a tree with leaves that are already turning red. figure 22 figure 23 sacrecoeur de montmartre (figure 24). painting offers a glimpse of the famous church of sacre-coeur (sacred heart), identified by the immense white dome at the end of the narrow street. the church is the most familiar building of montmartre, the artistic quarter on the north side of paris that utrillo frequented. the loose brushwork and bright color scheme suggest the influence of the impressionist painters, though utrillo was more than a generation younger than monet and pissarro. this young, halfmad alcoholic of montmartre, maurice utrillo, presented strange landscapes which delighted the man in the street and astonished the connoisseur. these pictures inspired many artists to re-examine their world trying to recreate reality instead of turning it into abstraction. utrillo stands at the borderline that separates the ''naïve'' from the ''professional'' artist. ultimately he was somehwat relevant to both. maurice was shy, weak, and above all neglected boy. a feeling of being abandoned, shut off from the world, augmented his hereditary propensity. maurice drank and painted, he became the portraitist of montmartre. in keeping with his background, he began with impressionism under the tutelage of his mother, whom degas had taught to paint, but utrillo had a heavy hand. his division of colors was not methodical, and his art, at least in the early years, lacked all perfectionistic fluency. artistic problems did not interest him much. utrillo simply wished to realistically paint the environs in which he lived, not to create art. impressionism struck him as the best way of approaching reality apart from the fact that he knew no other ways. but reality includes the feelings and moods of the person who perceives it. utrillo projected such sensations into his pictures. this is the source of their melancholy, occasionally somewhat sentimental poetry, and of the mellowness of their color, especially in the ''white period '' with its subtle gradation between white and grey. ''white and silence are what one must paint, utrillo told florent fels,'' the color of the barraks, the hospitals, and prisons. my life has run its course in these houses of the lost, in the midst of the white of misery. http://www.musee-orangerie.fr/sites/default/files/styles/lightbox2/public/thumbnails/image/utrillo_oeuvrewg_eglise_clignancourt_rf196399.jpg?itok=uyvwnxab https://uploads0.wikiart.org/images/maurice-utrillo/st-pierre-de-montmartre.jpg hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 10 in middle age, maurice utrillo became fervently religious and, in 1935, he married artist lucie valore. she is a friend of his mother, who was very supportive of the marriage. lucie was very devoted to her husband and she encouraged him to work constantly and remain sober.the pair moved outside paris, to le vésinet. by that time, utrillo’s afflictions had taken their toll. too ill to work in the open air, he painted landscapes from the window, as well as scenes from memory and from postcards. he died in 1955 of a lung disease. in 1963, lucie valore founded the “ association maurice utrillo,” which houses extensive documentation on the couple’s work and that of suzanne valadon and andré utter, as well as an impressive art history library. above all, utrillo has an eye for montmartre, the old, picturesque, and relatively quiet artists' quarter as it existed before the first world war. he was fascinated by the sad little streets and miserable bistros of the industrial suburbs. it is true that he also painted some of the great cathedrals of france and panoramas of of brittany and corsica, as well as a few flower pieces. he will be known forever as the painter of the unheralded sights of the french capital. figure 24 conclusions landscape painting occupied a position of privilege in reflecting the nature of the place and links withing its civilization heritage. the artist expresses it in his own way and creates new aesthetic realities in his landscape paintings. his memory adds the highest value to the view and translates features of nature of this place in terms of form, feeling and influence through the ages. probably, the fact that vincent van gogh ( figure 25) and maurice utrillo ( figure 26) were deeply attached to the place could be attributed to the psychological states they went through which made them prefer isolation and loneliness. however, our main concern here is the deep attachment to the place ,which produced works of art that history can never forget. their art productions are considered among the most important landmarks of these cities. thus, tourists must see the place through their paintings as if it represents that unseen depth of these places, that depth in which abstract beauty is concealed. it is the beauty which is related to the spirit of the place. the spirit that we cannot see but feel. hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 11 figure 25 figure 26 references 1. foyle, j. (2015, may 22). is it time to rethink our ideas about preserving world heritage? retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.ft.com/content/545458d4-fae9-11e4-9aed-00144feab7de 2. impact, t. n. (n.d.). vincent van gogh gallery. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.vangoghgallery.com/ 3. kennedy, j& treuherz, j, ''the railway – art in the age of steam, walker art gallery, national museums liverpool, the nelsonatkins museum of art, kansas city, missouri, yale university press, new york. 4. pessard, g. (1970, january 01). nouveau dictionnaire historique de paris, avec une préf. de charles normand : pessard, gustave : free download & streaming. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://archive.org/details/nouveaudictionna00pessuoft 5. piper, d. (1984). the illustrated dictionary of art & artists. random house, new york. 6. pregelj, z. (2012, october 07). surviving transition. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://pensionerblog.blogspot.com.eg/2012/10/maurice-utrillo-sacre-coeur-de.html 7. s, d. m., lvova, i., & fateyev, v. (1996). french painting. parkstone ; st. petersburg: : bournemouth. 8. the importance of cultural heritage. (2017, april 24). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.cultivatingculture.com/2013/04/05/the-importance-of-cultural-heritage/ 9. treble, r. '' van gogh and his art '', hamlyn.london, new york, toronto. 10. what is cultural heritage? (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/art-historybasics/beginners-art-history/a/what-is-cultural-heritage 11. werner, a. (1953). utrillo. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.rosings.com/cover.html 12. wilson, j (2014) '' sun rise '', natural living, p81, world peace communications. 13. ruhrberg, k., honnef, k., schneckenburger, m., & fricke, c. (n.d.). art of the 20th century. https://www.ft.com/content/545458d4-fae9-11e4-9aed-00144feab7de http://www.vangoghgallery.com/ https://archive.org/details/nouveaudictionna00pessuoft http://pensionerblog.blogspot.com.eg/2012/10/maurice-utrillo-sacre-coeur-de.html http://www.cultivatingculture.com/2013/04/05/the-importance-of-cultural-heritage/ https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/art-history-basics/beginners-art-history/a/what-is-cultural-heritage https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/art-history-basics/beginners-art-history/a/what-is-cultural-heritage http://www.rosings.com/cover.html hala ibrahim / the academic research community publication pg. 12 table of figures figure data 1 langlios bridge , arles, france 2 van gogh,(langlios bridge at arles ) may,1888, oil on canvas ,49.5 × 64.0 cm. arles ,.cologne , wallra f.richartz – museum 3 statue of frederic mistral in arles. 4 statue of van gogh face in arles. 5 the place where 'the yellow house' used to be, arles, france. 6 van gogh, ( the yellow house) 1888 oil on canvas 72.0 91.5 cm . arles, september , montmartre, paris, france. 7 van gogh,(wheat field with sheaves), june, 1888, honolulu, honolulu museum of art. 8 van gogh, (farmhouse in a wheat field), may, 1888, amsterdam, van gogh museum 9 van gogh, (view from the wheat fields) , 1888 , oil on canvas 73.0 54.0 cm .arles, june,paris,musee rodin 10 van gogh, (langlios bridge at arles with women washing) ,march 1888 ,oil on canvas 54.0 × 65.0 cm, arles. 11 van gogh,(orchad in blossom) april 1888, oil on canvas,72.5×92.0 cm .arles, amsterdam,van gogh museum . 12 van gogh,(orchard in blossom), 1888,oil on canvas 72.4 × 53.5 cm. arles , march – april, new york , the metropolitan museum 13 van gogh, avenue of plane tree near arles station(the blue train),1888 oil on canvas 46×49.5cm,musee rodin, paris. 14 the district of montmartre ,paris . 15 the basilica of sacred heart of paris, commonly known as ''sacre -coeur'' 16 the church of saint peter of montmartre –one of the oldest surviving churches in paris. 17 le moulin de la galette, a windmill and associated businesses in montmartre , paris 18 the district of montmartre ,paris. 19 statue of dalida , montmartre, paris, france. 20 maurice utrillo ,( moulin de la galette) ,1930 , oil on canvas 21 maurice utrillo,(impssse cottin cul-de-sac in paris. 22 maurice utrillo saint, peter’s church,oil on canvas , montmartre ,1914, paris,muse de l' orangerie cottin , oil on cardboard 1910. 23 mauriceutrillo,(church at clignancourt), oil on canvas ,montmartre ,1913-1915, paris, musee de l' orangerie 24 maurice utrillo, (sacre-coeur de montmartre and the rue saint-rustique), gouache on paper mounted on canvas 27 x 21 in. maurice utrillo, 1937 . 25 photo of vincent van gogh 26 photo of maurice utrillo. http://www.vggallery.com/painting/p_0561.htm http://www.vangoghgallery.com/catalog/painting/125/farmhouse-in-a-wheat-field.html http://www.musee-orangerie.fr/en/artist/maurice-utrillo http://www.musee-orangerie.fr/en/artist/maurice-utrillo http://www.musee-orangerie.fr/en/artist/maurice-utrillo http://www.musee-orangerie.fr/en/artist/maurice-utrillo http://www.musee-orangerie.fr/en/artist/maurice-utrillo http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) art and cultural identity (visual arts and egyptian cultural identity after the revolution of 2011) doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.104 reem lotfy mahmoud saad 1 1lecturer at faculty of arts &design/ pharos university keywords the egyptian cultural identity / the revolution of 2011/ visual arts/ technology / /multimedia/education abstract this paper analyzes aspects of egyptian history, including unique qualities that influenced the egyptian culture and gave it its identity that has developed throughout the years until today. it will also discuss egyptian visual arts and its critical role throughout history, including how arts have appeared and developed over egypt’s lifetime and influenced the egyptian citizen. furthermore, this research sheds light on the effects of every political change that took place in egypt, and how that could be a mirror of the egyptian civilization, its development and its decline while considering the role of visual arts throughout and after the revolution of 2011. analyzing egyptian culture, education, technology, internet and multimedia after the revolution can be imperative to understand the cultural identity and the role of visual arts in egypt. thus the mutual relationship between arts and the egyptian cultural identity will be questioned, along with the way that they impact each other, and finally, how both of them could play a key role in developing egypt after the 25th of january, 2011 revolution. 1. introduction cultural identity can be defined as a set of moral and aesthetic values, along with common language that binds a society’s members, enabling the same community to build its real character through education, culture and employment, which in turn affects the world, our role and image in it. culture and arts (visual arts included) embody our values, and define the basis of the good mental health of a society. these practices build an individual and collective sense of identity and citizenship. it is a kind of thinking/making which enables people to form and develop their identity1 (el-kassas) nomenclature reasons behind conducting this research political, economic, and social changes that led to the 2011 revolution caused instability in the egyptian cultural identity. the changes in the religious ideas that appeared in society since the 80’s, which have also continued post 2011, have also affected the egyptian identity. 1 el-kassas, (14-16/03/ 2005) reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 2 there are different elements in determining cultural identity, including visual arts asit is a mirror that reflects the rise and fall of the egyptian society. visual arts also play a role in defining cultural identity while taking advantage of all the significant advancements in technology and visual media. research aims the research aims to determine the relationship between the egyptian cultural identity and visual arts after the revolution of january 2011 and the challenges of that relationship. research methodology this paper utilizes a descriptive research methodology, specifically the theoretical documentary, based on collecting information from different sources of references including books or through the internet, with the development of evidence and proof. egypt’s history: egyptian cultural identity is affected by its long and rich history along with other elements including its unique geographic location and the nile river2 (geopedia expert). for almost three millenniums, the pharaonic civilization was one of the brightest in the world. the egyptian cultural identity thereafter remained distinctively egyptian in it came to religion, arts, language and customs, despite imperialism and the introduction of new religions introduced over several decades since the 6th century bc, when persians conquered egypt, then the ptolemaic and roman eras (332 bc–641 ad) 3 (the polemaic and roman rule to the arab conquest). christianity was introduced to egypt in the 1st century and islam arrived in 639–42 ad after a series of conquests. egypt also suffered from the british invasion. egypt was occupied by the french briefly between 1798 and 1801. after that in the year 1805, muhammad ali 4(méhémet ali) established a rich dynasty in egypt until the revolution of gamal abdelnasser in 1952 5(nasser renverse la monarchie en égypte), which is the real beginning of processes to establish the egyptian republic. the republic of egypt was founded in 1953, after that, egypt passed through a series of political changes and wars including the 1948 arab–israeli war, the 1967 war, the death of gamal abdelnasser in 1970, the war of october 1973 led by anwer sadat, the peace treaty in 1979, and sadat’s assassination in 1981 by muslim brotherhood. with the appointment of hosni mubarak in 1981, egypt’s history was dominated by events for nearly thirty years until the 2000’s. in the 1990’s terrorist attacks in egypt became numerous and severe, especially by the muslim brotherhood 6 (egypt’s muslim brother hood), which took a toll on the economy given that the tourism sector was severely damaged. the beginning of the egyptian economic breakdown led to major changes in the form of society, culture, and identity. the aforementioned events led to the revolution of 2011 that ousted mubarak and resulted in the first democratically elected president in egyptian history, mohamed morsi. however, morsi’s ideaology caused unrest in 2013 due to his ideology, adapted from muslim brotherhood’s ideology, which tried to change the egyptian cultural identity. after his arrest and total turmoil of the country, the military regime re-emerged with the military president abdel fattah el-sisi in 2013 to continue the military domination over egypt. the egyptian cultural identity before the revolution identity in its basic sense, is a person’s psychological awareness of who he/she is 7( el-kassas). that simple concept expanded as it interacted with a range of social sciences to give rise to social and cultural identity. all of these terms imply a belonging of the individual to a particular social status, cultural heritage or ethnic group. from here we move beyond the individual to the group or a sense of collective identity shared by the members of a particular group. based on the aforementioned, we can find that the egyptian cultural identity is formed based on some factors such as history, economy, and politics. another important factor that has shaped the egyptian identity early on is egypt’s geographic nature 8(hieroglyphs) that ultimately led to colonization. arguably, egypt still struggles with its own identity given globalization and the economic and cultural domination of the united states of america. another factor is that egypt’s relatively homogeneous population consists of over 90% of arabic-speaking sunni muslims; about 6% of orthodox christians and other minority groups including catholic christians, 2 geopedia expert, (06/2016) 3 the polemaic and roman rule to the arab conquest (332 dc/ 646 ad), retrieved 15/09/2016 4 méhémet ali (1769 1849) le maître du nil, (17/11/2015) 5 nasser renverse la monarchie en égypte, (20/11/ 2016) 6 egypt’s muslim brother hood, (2512/2013) 7 el-kassas, (14-16/03/ 2005) 8 hieroglyphs, retrieved 13/10/2016 reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 3 nubians, armenians, greeks, italians, and jews 9( countries and their cultures-egypt). the minorities groups were more abundant before the middle of the 20th century. this population is divided between rural and urban areas, but they mostlyh choose to live in urban areas because of economic reasons and work opportunities, mostly in cairo, alexandria, and followed by the cities of the delta. there are some differences in culture and architectural characteristics between the city and the village. the urban character of the national culture is most apparent in cairo and alexandria. the architecture of cairo reflects its culture and various epochs of its history, such as the islamic and coptic eras. the modern city center was built and modeled after paris in the 19th century, but has degraded since the 1990s. after the large immigration to oilrich countries with the era of infitah, the money earned by migrants was mainly used in villages to build urban model houses. the egyptian intellectual middle-class generally criticized this transformation of the village-scape as a blind emulation of urban lifestyles, while the traditional village is seen as the locus of authenticity and reservoir of a tradition of the egyptian nation. ethnic relations are also the main issue when defining the egyptian cultural identity. people debate whether being egyptians with pharaonic roots or being arab is more important. the arab world shares language and partially culture, including islamic values and practices, and a sense of shared political problems, even when countries and people take different positions, they focus on the same problems. in conclusion, over the centuries, egypt and its people formed a unique egyptian cultural identity adapted pharaonic, nasserist nationalist, mediterranean, christian, islamic, african and arab characteristics. the constitutional architects defined identity in terms of geographical, historical and cultural spheres. egypt’s cultural identity resides in the fact that it is “egypt”: the oldest and longest lasting state in human history. egypt has always been a discrete and complex entity that emerged in phases producing civilizational layers that accumulated one on top of the other. therefore, to reduce or ridicule its identity is a futile endeavor. the history of egyptian visual arts egyptian art, visual arts included, is influenced by the nature of life in egypt and all the political, economic, cultural, and social changes. meanwhile, they were and still are the mirror that reflects that nature of those changes, as well as being a way of documenting the history of egypt since ancient times, until now. egyptian pharaonic art is probably the bestknown form of ancient arts in the mediterranean basin, with its architecture, its style of painting and stone carving. egyptian arts and crafts were developed largely over many centuries, unhindered by external invasions or internal shocks 10( ancient egyptian art). the egyptian civilization was highly religious, so pharaonic art was meant to glorify the gods and the pharaoh and secondly, to assert and preserve the values of life. during the ptolemaic hellenistic era, egyptian art was influenced by greek art that encouraged the naturalistic representation of individuals, which, for example, was shown in the fayoum portraits 11(agrippa). coptic art originally displayed a mix of native egyptian and hellenistic influences. it is the art of egypt produced in the early christian era or for the art produced by the coptic christians themselves. it’s famous for its paintings, textiles and other artistic mediums. subjects and symbols were taken from both greek and egyptian mythology, sometimes altered to fit christian beliefs. coptic icons are more concerned with religious truth and beauty than realism. the arabic conquest of egypt allowed the coptic art to influence the islamic art and architecture with many features that are now integrated into the islamic art 12(art of ancient egypt). islamic art includes many mediums as painting, architecture, calligraphy and others. it frequently includes secular and frowned upon elements, if not forbidden. islamic art developed from many sources as roman, christian, byzantine arts 13(macaulay-lewis). modern art in egypt, including visual arts, developed mainly in cairo and alexandria, which is why modern artists were emerging in these two cities; they were developing fast with the emergence of artistic spaces, and some support from the public and from abroad. egyptian modern art has always strongly focused on national, political, and social aspects throughout history, taking into consideration traditions and the national culture (figure n°1). the period between 1920 and 1956 was the establishing stage of modern art in egypt. most of the artists in the first part of the 20th century were going to foreign schools located in egypt or abroad (mostly in 9 countries and their cultures-egypt, retrieved 17/10/2016 10 ancient egyptian art, retrieved 12/12/2016 11 agrippa, (05/02/2014) 12 art of ancient egypt, (10/02/2013) 13 macaulay-lewis, retrieved 18/09/2016 https://arsartisticadventureofmankind.wordpress.com/published%20in%2010/02/2013/ reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 4 europe), and pioneers were influenced by european artistic traditions (figure n°2). however, these traditions changed later on, mainly because of the islamic ban on pictorial art (figure n°3) 14(mikdadi). it is during those decades that egyptian modern art became institutionalized. the institutionalization of art began in 1908 with the creation of the fine arts school by prince youssef kamal 15(prince youssef kamal), after that came the shift towards a more modern component, which gave birth to egyptian modern art and the development of a real modern identity. nasser’s era played an important role in defining the egyptian cultural identity and egyptian art, including all visual arts, given that the whole period was characterized by several events such as the creation of the state of israel in 1948 supported by the west, followed by the war. the first consequence was that egyptian artists dissociated themselves from the west for many reasons. modern art therefore became greatly influenced by the the rising palestinian cause. modern egyptian artists also started expressing pan-arabism through their artwork16 (egyptian art and architecture). the main theme of this era was arab unity, not only after the palestinian cause but also by the expansion of art throughout the arab world. during this period, art has shifted from western influence to common being influenced by the arab culture (figure n°4), especially after establishing the academy of arts in egypt in 1959, which contributed to the preparation of many egyptian visual artists in cinema, theater, ballet and other artistic fields. nasser’s government also established and developed the egyptian visual arts institutions, especially in cinema and theater, such as the egyptian company for film production, which has helped egyptian artists to express their identity in many of their productions. (figure n°5). anwar sadat became president in 1970, and in order to counteract the nasserist’s left wing regime, he allowed the coming back of islamism 17(anwar sadat president of egypt). during the same period, modern art has seen the emergence of islamic characteristics in the works, sometimes even stronger than social and political aspects. the war of 1973 played a vital role in decelerating that influence for a while; egyptian nationalism and patriotism were the most important loyalties at the time (figure n°6). that influence of islamism was accentuated since 1981 with the beginning of mubarak’s era, especially from year 2000 to 2010. the transformation of the political and economic scene in egypt led many intellectuals to emigrate ro the arab gulf (rather than foreign countries) with their islamic concepts 18(mubarak era) that sometimes contrast with moderate islam practiced in egypt. the consequence of the aforementioned is a change in the egyptian cultural identity, egyptian arts, including all visual arts, in addition to the fact that the arts faced, and are still facing, censorship from the government, a lack of funding from official sources, and the influence of foreign curators. egyptian visual arts before the revolution at the dawn of the 20th century, egyptians, after a long time of foreign occupation, were united in their aspiration for a modern nation and were also searching for their national identity. art, visual arts included, was an essential way to express this identity and to express freedom from foreign domination. it was a manifestation of the intellectual discourse led by material male and female liberals, with writers, poets, plastic and visual artists among them. the arts changed and developed, the local cinema industry was established and it flourished to the point that egypt led the arab world in these fields 19(mikdadi). the first generation of modern egyptian artists was driven by a renewed appreciation of the national patrimony and the return to ancient pharaonic art detached from any african, arab, or religious references. this neo-pharaonic style, based on a revival of egyptian classical art, used modern techniques and influences in all aspects and branches in plastic and visual arts (figure n°7). after the 1952 revolution, artists lost substantial government earnings, as well as elite patronage; artists’ groups were disbanded along with political parties even though egyptian artists were considered the best in the arab region and on a global scale especially in visual arts and cinema (figure n°8). in the second half of the century, artists suffered from the absence of venues, excluding nasserist artistic institutions. in the wake of the arabs’ crushing defeat in the 1967 war, artists searched for an aesthetic language drawn from younger artists working outside the mainstream, exploring controversial subjects or using unconventional techniques(figure n°9). they found themselves isolated, and many emigrated to the west, returning to egypt almost annually to participate in artistic manifestations 20( mikdadi). these artists continue to have a significant impact on local trends. this order continued during sadat and mubarak’s era, especially in the years leading up to the revolution of 2011, many artists in all branches of plastic and visual arts camouflaged their opposition behind symbolic works (figure n°10). 14 mikdadi, (10/2004) 15 prince youssef kamal: the art lover, (23/07/ 2008) 16 egyptian art and architecture, retrieved 17/09/2016 17 anwar sadat president of egypt, ( 7/02/2015) 18 mubarak era, retrieved 10/11/2016 19 mikdadi, (10/2004) 20 ibid, (10/2004) reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 5 some years before the revolution, the contemporary art scene became limited, aimless and superficial, due to the regime's pressure to keep social issues away from the front image. despite this system, a lot of artistic fluxes appeared, including the independent cinema (figure n°11) and independent galleries encouraging revolting artists such as the town house gallery in cairo and finally, new mediums of art emerging, such as video or installations. this marks the beginning of a new era in egyptian contemporary art towards the will to democratize art and make it available for all audiences 21( elsirgany), but because of the chaotic cultural and social situation related to other political and economic reasons, egypt almost lost its leadership and respectable status between the arab countries. reasons behind the revolution: the main reasons were socio-economic and political factors along with high population growth, which led to two-thirds of the egyptian community who are under 30 years old to be jobless. the poor educational system, the lack of health services and economic privatization are also key factors that led to bad living conditions, poverty, inflation, low income and rising inequality 22( mason). another factor is the fact that egypt’s foreign policy is not in any way influenced by public opinion, along with the overzealous security forces and the implementation of a permanent state of emergency empowered the president and his ministers and gave them control over the citizens’ liberty. all aspects of public life were controlled, including the censorship of cultural and media production. discrimination and corruption became the common enemy. all that bounded protesters together across classes was technology and social media, which caused the revolution to be undertaken by ordinary people who triggered the process 23(green). egypt after the revolution: the real egyptian cultural identity was revealed after protesters shattered all expectations and stood united against an authoritarian regime with incredible courage. egyptians back then dared to imagine a completely new political, social and economic system, but that system did not hold up until todday. instead, egypt has been through social and economic turmoil over the past six years. egypt’s political has went back to being a military one led by general abdelfattah el sisi. the political system and uncertain security have caused people to doubt egypt’s stability 24( reibman), especially because of all the austerity measures that egyptians are forced to endure along with the lack of freedom of speech. activists, journalists, and ordinary people are arrested, while the remaining media houses are heavily censored by authorities 25(the egyptian military empire); the security situation has grown dramatically worse, especially with recent terrorist attacks. regarding egypt's economic sectors, the value of the egyptian pound (le) has fallen from le5.5 per us dollar in january 2010 to over le19.8 in early 2017 (still uprising daily), after liberating the exchange rate. egypt’s economy is capable of producing growth; the challenge is to find a way to produce inclusive growth that benefits all sectors of the population. the government also needs to strengthen egypt’s new investments and large infrastructure projects and find a solution to stop corruption. the key economic challenge for egypt is in fact a political one. the government has to forge a new social contract in egypt based on an inclusive model that promotes job creation, reduces poverty and creates a realistic social safety net. on the other hand, the army has to stop playing a substantial role in politics and the economy and be confined to military activities. the government should also consider education and health insurance systems which are deteriorating in egypt. there is a significant decline in social principles in egypt when it comes to behavior, morals, and ethical fundamentals. the society's values have declined along with the spread of the terrorism, religious extremism, lack of women's rights and oppression, violence, kidnapping, rape and sexual harassment, organ trafficking and other social problems. all of these problems are heavily reflected on the level of culture and art in general, with visual arts being the most prevalent 26( nathan). egyptian cultural identity after the revolution: since the 2011 revolution, egyptians have continued to battle for their cultural identity, but historyproves that tradition and folklore remains a superior influence on identity. salafists and members of the muslim brotherhood imagined that egyptians had voted for their islamist project and religious-ideological vision in which “cultural identity” takes a central place, but they were wrong 27( mohamed morsi). 21 elsirgany, ( 25/ 06/2015) 22 mason, ( 05/02/2011) 23 green, (17/02/2011) 24 reibman, ( 01/02/2016) 25 the egyptian military empire, (09/07/2014) 26 nathan, and others, (11/01/2016) 27 mohamed morsi, retrieved 03/11/2016 https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/20140709-the-egyptian-military-empire,(09/07/2014) reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 6 before the revolution, egypt‘s cultural identity has always been a discrete and complex entity that emerged in phases producing civilizational layers that accumulated one on top of the other. the egyptian folk heritage that extends across athat entire time period retains lasting and unshakable values, words and meanings, rites and rituals. the egyptian identity evolved for the longest period under the influence of the native egyptian culture, religion and identity. egyptians do not identify first and foremost as arabs, they are arabic-speaking muslims and christians, but the egyptian identity comes first and the arab one comes as a consequence of past events. egyptians are more in favor of territorialism, nationalism and are distant from the pan-arab ideology. although the majority of egyptians today continue to self-identify as arabs in a cultural sense, the intellectual minority rejects this and even a number of modest cultural egyptians consider themselves different from arabs. egyptians see themselves, their history, culture and language as egyptian and not arab, their main interests are still domestic. being descendents of the pharaohs is still deeply rooted in their spirits 28( pharaonism) questions on identity were silenced under the pressure of politics and the confusion of the transitional period. that silence was deepened after the revolution because of many social aspects, economic and political circumstances that egypt faced. one of the benefits of a democratic transformation is that it evokes dormant questions in society, particularly with regards to identity 29(telhami). cultural conflict will have to take a long time to produce satisfactory or useful answers and determine the margin of action for the different cultural groups forming the society, it is best resolved after principles on the transfer and separation of powers and other democratic principles are laid out. cultural conflict and questions on identity are needed for societies to reach political, social and economic stability. the problem is not in cultural conflict in itself, but rather how it is managed, because failing to manage it will threaten the entire process of a democratic transformation. egyptian visual arts after the revolution: art played a significant role in the revolution given that visual artists documented the essence of an uprising. likewise, new genres of arts emerged, such as street art. the most powerful form of art during the revolution was graffiti, which during the era of mubarak was illegal and was classified as a violation. during the days of the uprising, graffiti (figure n°12) became the strong tool for artists to express and protest peacefully in the streets around tahrir square, along with video and photographic documentaries that helped to register each moment 30(martinez). after that, many artistic manifestations appeared across galleries, cinemas, and theaters. even though the art scene is still unstable given that it is experiencing a kind of chaotic freedom along with the downfall of the economy, the revolution has given artists greater courage to express themselves. a few new independent art galleries have opened up in cairo, the number of independent theatrical groups has grown with their theater plays that express the opinions of youth and the egyptian street, and cinema production continues(figure n°13). artists are currently investing in hopes of making egyptian art reach the global community so that it could regain its past glory 31( magdy amal). for artists to be able to express themselves in the way that they did is an advantage of the 2011 revolution that also blurred the divide between fine arts and the people, as it was previously considered a field for elite artists and intellectuals ony. in general, after the revolution, the people’s perception of visual arts and its status is no longer the same; the revolution moved it to the streets. multimedia technology and social networks were a window to freedom of expression and these also helped artists reach their audience in a more interactive way 32(el-sirgany). the revolution could still yield more powerful egyptian art which can easily be a window to the egyptian cultural identity especially that the revolution has accelerated the evaluation of egypt’s youth culture and its independent artists. these artists are committed to freely expressing themselves, engaging in a civic dialog with the society, in the way that was previously forbidden by mubarak’s regime. that culture is able to indicate a high incidence of national and gender related imagery which highlight the political and social themes that engage different communities within the egyptian society. that culture is also capable of reconstructing national codes, principles, and identity 33(el-sirgany). technology and multimedia‘s role in egyptian cultural identity and visual arts both technology and multimedia play an important role in the egyptian cultural identity especially after the 2011 revolution. new technology is also important to develop visual arts by using new softwares and applications which facilitate achieving art products. similarly, as mentioned before, multimedia and social networks are fort 28 pharaonism, retrieved 03/11/2016 29 telhami, (16/08/ 2013) 30 martinez, (29/04/ 2013) 31 magdy amal, (08/05/ 2016) 32 el-sirgany, ( 25/ 06/2015) 33 ibid ( 25/ 06/2015) reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 7 factors that help artists to freely express their opinions and reach their audience in an interactive way. as a result, traditional art is no longer the most common type; interactive arts preferred among youth 34(el-sirgany). when it comes to cultural identity, the interactive and visual arts along hand with technology and multimedia, play an important role in re-sculpting the egyptian cultural identity with its principles. the new generation was born in the time of technology, multimedia and its social networks, which obviously reflects on their relationship with the visual arts, and definitely on their cultural identity. that identity is influenced by vast international sources of knowledge that discuss all subjects without taboos and restrictions. people can easily access all kinds of information through technology, given the existence of the internet. using this knowledge, the new generation can construct its own national and cultural identity in an openminded way. however, as much as technology opens doors to new tools and knowledge, it introduces some downsides. being open to the universal society can erase the local cultural identity. it is therefore important to respect the particularity of being egyptian when expressing culture and opinions and also when introducing visual arts that reflect the egyptian cultural identity and society 35( el-sirgany). visual arts, cultural identity and education in egypt universally, nowadays, one of the most important usages of visual arts is in the educational process in general, and in the education of arts in particular, whether visual or not, in both traditional study places such as universities and schools, or through distance education which has spread in recent years through the use of computers and multimedia. there are many advantages of using multimedia visual arts in education, such as enabling the learner to understand and gain practical skills according to his or her personal competencies, skills and needs. it also facilitates access to information collection by raising the largest number of human visual and auditory senses and it provides the recipient with enough time to work on his or her rhythm without feeling pressured 36(unesco world report). for the time being, the educational process in egypt is not exactly applying this universal system even in art schools and institutes because most of them apply the traditional ways of learning. given that the world is changing, egypt's educational system might be enhanced in order to fit in the global community. the current egyptian educational system works against improving the egyptian culture and its identity, creating ignorant generations. so to promote the egyptian cultural identity, we have to change and enhance the educational system which is actually a product of the political, social and economic crises. how to emphasize cultural identity using visual arts similar to all arts, visual arts play a role in bringing up an individual who is able to develop objectives, achieve goals, be a well-rounded member of society, and think positively and creatively. arts, visual arts included, are part of the egyptian cultural heritage and civilization. arts play a prominent role in confirming social values, organizing the surrounding environment, developming communities on the social and economic level, and showing the level of social and economic progress within a society. visual arts also play an important role in improving the cultural identity of the society by helping people express themselves and point out societal issues that should be addressed. artists also use visual arts to protest against systems, and to link between cultural groups, which also enhances the society’s cultural identity. learning visual arts helps people to understand multiculturalism and integration 37( clyne, jupp). that’s why an artist is usually more mature and sensitive compared to an ordinary person. visual artists should be given more space to express themselves given that they contribute to the evolution of society and they emphasize on and enhance its cultural identity. conclusion egypt’s history and its particularity always reflects on its cultural identity. cultural identity is a result of the economic, political and socials aspects. the special characteristics of egypt, such as technology and multimedia, also influence egyptian visual arts. this is all somehow related to the level of education in egypt and the fact that visual arts can emphasize cultural identity. in conclusion, there are a combination of relations between elements and aspects of society that cannot be separated and work together to guarantee its continuity. 34 ibid, ( 25/ 06/2015) 35 ibid, ( 25/ 06/2015) 36 unesco world report investing in cultural diversity and intercultural dialogue, (07/ 2009) 37 clyne, jupp, (2011) reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 8 illustrations figures fig.03 dervishes, 1927, oil on canvas; 97 x 68.5 cm, mahmud said (egyptian, 1897–1964), collection of dr. mohamed saiid farsy fig.02 untitled, 1943, oil on canvas; 60 x 85 cm, ramsis yunan (egyptian, 1914–1966), collection institut du monde arabe, paris fig.01 awakening, granite; mahmud mukhtar (egyptian, 1891–1934) public monument cairo, egypt) fig.06 6 films, drama, between 1973& 1975, (about the wars of 67/73 ) fig.05 the second wife, film, drama, 1967, directed by salah abousaif (about the peasants’life and feudalism ) fig.04peasant family, 1959, oil on canvas, 99.5 x 80, hamed ewais, egyptian modern art fig.09 the horse, 1971, scrap iron and motorcycle parts, salah abd alkarim (egyptian, 1925–1988) collection institut du monde arabe, paris fig.08 nasser& the nationalization, 1957, oil on canvas, 134.5 x 109.5, hamed ewais, christie’s site fig.07 head of nil’s bride, granite; mahmud mukhtar (egyptian, 1891–1934) public monument cairo, egypt) reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 9 fig.12 graffiti, 2011, unknown artist tahreer square, cairo, egypt fig.11 microphone, film, drama, 2010, independent cinema directed by ahmed elsayed (about egyptians’social problems ) fig.10 yaqoubyan building, film, drama, 2006, directed by marwan hamed (about egyptians’social problems ) fig.13 the other land, film, drama, 2016, independent cinema directed by aly edrees (about egyptians’illeagle immigrations’ problems ) references clyne, m., & jupp, j. (2011). multiculturalism and integration: a harmonious relationship. canberra, australia: anu press el-kassas, m. m. (2005). cultural identity and globalization: a sociological study. retrieved from http://www.mahdyelkassas.name.eg/researchs/cultural_identity.pdf from ptolemaic and roman rule to the arab conquest (332 bc 646 ad). (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.cemml.colostate.edu/cultural/09476/egypt02-07enl.html hoyakem, e., taha, h., & institute of international and strategic studies. (2016). egypt after the spring: revolt and reaction. milton park, abingdon;london;: international institute for strategic studies. lewis, e. m. (n.d.). arts of the islamic world. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/artislam/beginners-guide-islamic-art/a/arts-of-the-islamic-world peter f. dorman. (2016). egyptian art and architecture. encyclopædia britannica, inc. retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/art/egyptian-art reibman, m., smith, j. m., rafiq, a., keane, j., ross, d., alexander, k. b., & mcfarlane, r. (2016, february 1). five years after the revolution: curing egypt's corruption. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://nationalinterest.org/feature/five-years-after-the-revolutioncuring-egypts-corruption-15073 the editors of encyclopædia britannica. (2017). anwar sadat. encyclopædia britannica, inc. retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/anwar-sadat unesco world report: investing in cultural diversity and intercultural dialogue [pdf]. (2009). paris: the united nations educational, cultural and scientific organization. http://www.mahdyelkassas.name.eg/researchs/cultural_identity.pdf https://www.cemml.colostate.edu/cultural/09476/egypt02-07enl.html https://www.britannica.com/art/egyptian-art reem lotfy / the academic research community publication pg. 10 z. (2008, july 24). egyptian chronicles. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://egyptianchronicles.blogspot.com.eg/2008/07/princeyoussef-kamal-art-lover.html mikdadi, s. (2004, october). egyptian modern art | essay | heilbrunn timeline of art history | the metropolitan museum of art. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/hd/egma/hd_egma.htm mason, p. (2011, february 5). newsnight: paul mason: twenty reasons why it's kicking off everywhere. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.bbc.co.uk/blogs/newsnight/paulmason/2011/02/twenty_reasons_why_its_kicking.html green, d. (2011, february 17). what caused the revolution in egypt? | duncan green. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/poverty-matters/2011/feb/17/what-caused-egyptian-revolution martinez, l. (2013, april 29). graffiti: the art of revolution in egypt continues. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/features/graffiti-the-art-of-revolution-in-egypt-continues_12837 profile: egypt's muslim brotherhood. (2013, december 25). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east12313405 the egyptian military empire. (2014, july 09). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/20140709-theegyptian-military-empire/\ elsirgany, s. (2015, june 25). clash of generations in egypt's art: technology versus roots. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://english.ahram.org.eg/newscontent/5/25/133545/arts--culture/visual-art/clash-of%20generations-in-egypts-art-technologyvers.aspx a. (2015, july 26). les portraits du fayoum. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.histoiredelantiquite.net/archeologieegyptienne/les-portraits-du-fayoum magdy, a. (2016, february 08). redefining cinema in egypt. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.almonitor.com/pulse/originals/2016/02/egypt-theater-zawiya-film-movie-culture-cinema.html nasser overthrows monarchy in egypt. (2016, november 20). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.herodote.net/23_juillet_1952evenement-19520723.php c. (2017, august 7). ars artistic adventure of mankind. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://arsartisticadventureofmankind.wordpress.com/ (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/geopedia/ancient_egypt egypt. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.everyculture.com/cr-ga/egypt.html http://www.bbc.co.uk/blogs/newsnight/paulmason/2011/02/twenty_reasons_why_its_kicking.html https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/20140709-the-egyptian-military-empire/ https://www.middleeastmonitor.com/20140709-the-egyptian-military-empire/ http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/geopedia/ancient_egypt http://www.everyculture.com/cr-ga/egypt.html the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the invisible in painting art between east and west doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.132 hosam abd elkader metwally mohamed 1 1assistant professor; depart painting; faculty of fine arts;helwan universty;egypt. keywords visible; invisible; east; west. abstract the art of painting relies on the employment of the painting's vocabularies in an idiomatic meaningful format under the framework of the dialogue form. such methodology occurs at times and in a new style to create new systems and formats at other times (form structure). the dilemma lies between these two frameworks where there are reality and mind, sensory and mental or visible and invisible, that is, between what is perceived by the eye of idiomatic semantics forms and what is realized in accompanied suggestive or figurative meanings. the interpretation of the invisible in the vision of oriental art is different from the vision of the western art because the spirit of the culture is manifested in the first to incorporate the individual in the group. as in the universe, it removes intervals so that the individual may seem similar to his surroundings in order to reach the infinite and unlimited aspect. this vision is based on a type of intuitive knowledge in the form of detection or discovery, which is based on the dualism of the visible and the invisible. therefore, the receiving process is unlimited to the aesthetic pleasure that focuses on the form alone, and it is an existential process that is based on the dialogue between the receiver and the artwork. islamic sufi aesthetic thought tries to find the sensory effects in the universe. it is not concerned with the mental abstract perceptions of geometric shapes associated with the western logic." islamic abstraction would not seek to meet the formal requirements such as a mathematical current of mondrian or freeing the spirit of the form exracted from the content, internal necessity of the structure or the internal empathy for the colors and meanings. it does not intend to reach ideal purity in the form so as to realize the artistic feeling in malevich. it tries to find natural laws, including geometric shapes ,and then its loads them with facts and meanings towards the absolute. it results in a new standard vision that will create another independent reality which does not end with just watching the painting so as to combine the idea with the artistic vision to denote the meaning"(abu elmaggd, 2011). the research problem: it lies in the answer to the question 'what is the role that the invisible plays in paintings; as it is considered a spiritual connection language between the artwork vocabularies and the receiver. research methodology: the analytically critical method. research limits: this paper deals with the philosophy of vision as an equivalent art to the invisible between east and westthrough the study of some artworks which shows this idea in human civilizations. the importance of research: it tries to discuss a set of points: visible and invisible as a term and concept, to track the movement of the interpretation of the invisible through some eastern and western civilizations, the relationship of space in the artwork with the invisible, hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 2 importance of mirror's role in highlighting what is invisible in the western artworks, and it ends with some results and recommendations. introduction: the artist has been obsessed with the concept of the invisible all over the course of history. he believes that the universe has hidden forces requiring sacrifice in order to know and get close to them until he can reach a totalitarian -and whole as a kind ofsalvation. ancient egypt and mesopotamia civilizations are the oldest human civilizations as they made progress in arts and architecture. they had a special concept for the interpretation of the invisible worlds, for many of which relied on the presence of metaphysics or the godly powers. most of the arts have dealt with sacred ideal framework embodied in legendary forms and bodies with a character, sometimes in combination of human and animal elements moving toward the spiritual the essence. both civilizations did not give importance to a similarity with the realistic form as far as to attempt to explain the phenomena, so that forms, as they were, became symbols seeking the invisible, like the sphinx in ancient egypt and the winged bull in ancient iraq. the greek philosophers were inspired by them in the quest for the dialectical relationship between the visible and the invisible:" talis (624/546 bc) believed that water -by which the universe was createdwas the hidden invisible force, whereas pythagoras (580/500 bc) found that the idea of the invisible is manifested in the development of mathematics through the language of numbers and their idealism and philosophy with its interpretation in legendary views. however, heraclitus (544/483 bc), believes that the invisible was crystallized through opposite conflict and fight which were renewed to become visible. plato (428-347 bc), found ideal ideas in the mathematical formulas which were near to the invisible and far away from the visiblewhere the geometrical shape owns in his concept an absolute beauty, intense in itself, is higher than the visible. according to his perception, it was necessary for the formation of the moral order which is synonymous with the idea of goodness and beauty. on the other hand, aristotle ( 348-322 bc) employed, not engineering and mathematics, but an analytical mental thinking to interpret the invisible, so it was incarnated in the tangible material and it became visible. thus, he found in the matter a tremendous energy and a great means to express the invisible – the unlimited"(almusawi, 2005). however, the idea of the invisible may be embodied and maximized in the islamic arts, which is originated and returned to god as he is the absolute and totalitarian beauty as well as the primary source of existence and creatures. therefore, they abandoned the similarity with tangible materials and turned towards manifestations. the abstract in lines and shapes extends to include symbols and hints of ideas and meanings which are not unknown for those who understand the islamic art. the muslim artist treated the visual arts on the basis of intellectual perceptions, where he paints what he knows, not what he sees, or he expresses the thing and he does not transfer it". as ibnarabi (1165-1240) says: "the outwardly and inwardly are twin brothers inseparable, if one of both is known the other is known". some philosophical views on this subject have appeared in modern times such as maurice merleau-ponty (1908-1961), who believes that the invisible is not the antithesis of the visible. the visible possesses a part that is invisible, since the meaning and metaphoric significance can not be seen but can be felt. it is worthy of mentioning that every effort is made to see them working on to hide them although they are located within the visible as a strategy in the formal structure"(abuelmaggd, 2011). terminology: the dilemma: a confusing problem. kant (1742-1804) says: that the provisions characterized by forms are the provisions where the affirmative and negative are possible, and its mental belief is based on the judgment. the visible: it is everything relative and changeable that could be measured and could be a standard of judgment. it is the variable that makes the receiver turns to the invisible. the invisible (to see vision) is the mental model of plato, which is the image of the invisible. however, aristotle says that it is the one who interferes in the formulating of visible, and it is the hidden force and the artist's imagination which changes the nature of objects and bodies. hegel (1770-1831) defined the invisible as an absent idea by which the artist can turn it into the visible, which is an identical perception of an abstract object from the necessities of nature. it is about the content and conditions of the outside realization. the invisible is also an independent, complete in itself and nonrelative. also, it is a constant indicating the infinite, and it does not depend on something else other than itself. the invisible creates all the existence. ancient egyptian civilization (akhenaton as a model).the art of painting is demonstrated in the ancient egyptian murals, especially in the era of akhenaton, who was looking for the mechanism of turning that idea of the metaphysics into the visible hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 3 presence through the used raw material mold. groups of artists relied on experimentation and interpretation the idealism form for the purpose of access to the un-similarity – and the unlimited. they produce artistic images which are neither quoted from the external reality nor are the perfect interpretation of the self, that of the king, but it is an offloading of the emotional charge generated by the fusion of existence in the imagination of the artist. it is what led him to a mystical knowledge so that the images and statues seem as if they are alienated. such notion could be extracted from the face of akhenaton speared in ( fig. 1) with this elongation form with the almond eyes, extended nose and drooping mouth. the aesthetic discourse is inspired by his emotional ownself instead of the realistic form as a result of the artist's availibility and freedome at the time. other pictures and statues appeared different from the visible reality where the sensory and intuitive argumentation are realized and perhaps reminiscent of expressionist models of modigliani, the painting of jesus christ for the german noldh or a painting during the early period of picasso's cubism. the most important characteristic of the era of akhenaton is the manifestation of simplification and reduction by which the form-combinations stands out of working or activating the mental images. figure1 the witbour plaque,museum relief; akhenten&nefertiti,13521336 bc,broooklyn. figure 2 the god abu &his wife, iraque musueum,300 bc. the artist was not totlly concerned with the visual details, but rather the artist was more into translating the meaning and significance of the vision through a deep understanding according to constant laws and concepts that assist in bringing about the material into a perfect and idealistic place, that is, the symbolic world. the ancient egyptian artist replaced the visual image with an eternal one, which does not accept any changes in the world of eternity. that idea is associated with the effectiveness of the analogical magic where the image works here as a magic mediator in order to restore the structure system of the normal life into another environment, having the status of stability and immortality. this concept is enhanced by the origins of the heavenly king and his cosmic ability, prompting the artist to be diligent in working hard to provide the equivalent of that invisible meaning through the distribution of the artistic elements on the work surface. for example, the used color extends in uniform in all directions and is not based on the principle of shades, or hues. it also moves away from the bright color so that perspective-relationships include a variety of linear designations, and a visual equivalent is created between the work surface and the space to achieve a kind of emotional representation. accordingly, it dominates the images of the characters by abstract attitude that cut their contact with time and place in order to move into a dreaming world that reminds the viewer of the japanese drawings and (tanagra) small classical statues"(alhamedi,2012). it is worth mentioning that the ancient egyptian combined the material and the spiritual trends ,side by side, where he resorted to subduing the elements of nature with its manifestations. making identical copies of the original statues were also another way conveying his auto response to the world around him. however, he seeks the totalitarian and the universal aspects by trying to penetrate the phenomena for embodying the conceptual meaning of the new spiritual reality at that era. the major reason behind that was his belief in the importance of the essence in building forms and constructions. mesopotamia: the old iraqi artist realized that unraveling the mystery surrounding the invisible needs obtaining the truth that is tantamount to achieveing his safetyas the visible reality does not provide him with sufficient answers. he thinks that everything or phenomenon has a spirit or hidden god among the gods that were later divided into hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 4 six levels: heavenly, earthly, sexual, animal, human and godly composite. therefore, the artist tried to be connected with invisible higher objects responsible for this universe, and he expressed it in the way of a legendary form aiming to worship those invisible powers, along with controlling the various manifestations of nature. in that light, the abstract compositions and statues became much distant from visual simulations, while the attention focuses on creating continuous and direct relationship between humans (visible) and the gods (invisible).thus, he can transverse the fictional world of ideas and myths, that the artistic compositions seem strange without any relevance to the world of visuals as in (fig.2), which represents the statue of ( the god abu and his wife). it is dated back to the year 3000 bc , and they were standing in a state of devotion and worship to the forces of the divine (the invisible). these are noticed in the clenched bodies which are preparing to embark on projects, while seemingly cut off from the outside world through combinations of wide goggled eyes. the expressive style may be shared in liberating the visible form (human) so as to be united with the divine form (invisible). therefore, sublimity of the supernatural appeared on the statue that includes artistic features, like flatness, simplification, hybridization and inlaying with precious stones until it appears with a new form outside its known limits. figure 3.one of collections of islamic art , paris . slamic art: islamic art is united in its essence, in spite of the emergence of minor changes in countries where islam entered. it is perhaps that the character of the transfiguration and the transcendence of the analogy is attributed to the divine order (invisible) is the origin of the creatures where his ability are reflected in the small atom nucleus as equally as in the great galaxy. this vision, as it is, needs to the continuity of the receiver and interrupting the dialogue between the eye and the mind of receiver. it is difficult for any-one to understand the origins of islamic art, without this vision, thus his philosophy becomes far away from the visual formation . therefore, muslim artists realize that relationship which combines the eye and the mind and comes from his being aware of the signs, symbols and gestures across the joined lines and spaces that make the picture far from spontaneous visual so as to compose another internal image (invisible) . "al-ghazali mentions in this regard: "the eye can recognize of the things their manifestations and top surface without their interior, and their molds and images but not their essence. the mind can penetrate the insider and secrets of things, realize their truths and spirits, and devise their reason, cause, end, purpose and wisdom as well as from what they are occurred, how they are created, how much meaning they are combined, on which level they descend, what their ratio and their percentage to other creatures". thus, the eye is considere an extension to the mind and its function is an extension to the function of the mind. the artwork is directed here to the eye as a way reach up to the viewer so as material image can move to the human brain and then self internals which are able to interpret and perceive making the field of vision to continue without interruption and finishing with the end of the vision. the combination of sensory and intuitive through conversion of the form is necessary to create the relationship between the signifier and the signified to reveal by subtly expression the invisible forms and unconscious sensations which are difficult to be expressed in pictures and words"(abd elazize, 2006). as a result, these barriers are crashed in the visionary of the artist that the universe with its manifestations and phenomena become a single unit. islamic art is based on abstraction, which marred with the mystery along with the regeneration process through repetition, symmetry, harmony, movement and rhythm in order to the viewer's eye moves from the visible to the perceived (fig.3). according to the jestalt theory, perception of things is occurred entirely, then the parts and details, as the mind of the viewer tends to see parts of the picture as a whole then turns him into details so as to complete the image mentally and extends to add missing parts and lost details by the experience and culture of the artist. looking at the artwork requires effort when you see visible things that are not obvious at first glance as the existence of circles, squares and duplicate units which push the viewer to try to imagine or realize the vision of unseen things. thus, the visible is transformed into invisible and this does not depend on a single axis in the vision but the viewer's eye seems in a state of continuous movement when more than mental image enters quickly the cerebral cortex in order to address the mind and conscience together. hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 5 isthmus: ibn arabi says:" "the levels are three: outside, inside and in-between which distinguishes ,the outside the inside, and separates them. it is the isthmus which has a face to the outside and another to the inside but it is the same face which cannot be divided. thus the relationship between the outside and the insideis on the level of knowledge is not the differentiation of the existential relationship but the differentiation of knowledge for an existential fact"(abu elmaggd, 2011) . al-ghazali, in this regard, mentions in the theory of epistemology: "that there is in the known a fraction of the unseen. the knowledge is coupled with the unseen and what we know in some science is just the least little. what we do not know is the origin and the whole essence so that there is an intermediate state between the dualities (visible and invisible), (known and unknown) or ( evident and hidden) which are similar to the isthmus. the isthmus represents a state between two parties which can meet and separate at the same time but both of them do not meet with one face but several faces leading to the dynamics of the life. however, the surface appearances do not represent or tend to stabilize as what we see and feel does not necessarily reflect the truth that is broader and greater than that. thus, the isthmus is the greater bearer for the dynamics of phenomena and their multiple manifestations. muslim artist has drawn his mystical sufi and knowledge view across the overall vision of the existence states and perception of life. music has been also connected to the world of the unseen, the invisible. space and invisible (space is relative and fullness is absolute): space in eastern artwork isnot less significance and important than the whole music of the world or creatures as well as the moral isthmus and the significance of metaphors. "in buddhist artworks and meanings, the artistic space is considered a synonym for meditation, while making the area of the space much full is the interpretation by the artistic sense in chinese paintings, especially in the (tao) like (fig.4) as well as in the japanese paintings"(abd el aziz, 2007). however, the state of transcendence or promotion for not to be similar to tangible materials by filling most of the space in the islamic art. the fear of believing in the evil infused in them ensues saying that the space and the way of filling it are equivalent to the meaning of the invisible in the art of painting. figure 4 wall scroll painted by malin,1264;ink on silk,110 cm wide. figure 5 leonardo da venci,the virigin&child with st,anne oil on wood, 168×130cm, louvre museum. western view: the illusion that there is a third dimension is synonymous with the invisible in the european art. leonardo da vinci relies in many of his paintings on the juxtaposition of music with painting in order to make the connecting formula with the manifestations of nature. freud stated in his book (psychoanalysis and art) about the truth of the art as an expression of sub-consciousness of the man, and when he saw an exhibition of leonardo, he wrote: "the effort to write a biography, if he really sought access to understand the psychological life of the hero it should not (.... ) pass in silence of the sexual activity or sexual secrets of the person in question. "when freud read the novel (leonardo eagle), in which he came to him in the cradle and opened his mouth with his tail and hit him on his lips, only that freud can discover , through the interpretation of some of the work of leonard, that he had been an incident of homosexual assault in his childhood, so that his most important works (figure5) (the virgin and child with st anna) bears in hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 6 its contents the symbol of the eagle where it includes sad colors, such as the painting of (mona lisa), and in that, there are indicators to access to the subconscious side of the artist leonardo"(elnivar, 2013). there are some realistic artworks that contain what is beyond the purpose and the meaning including an example of the painting (the origin of the world) (fig.6) of the painter gustave courbet, in which a naked body of a woman shows without a head, a neck without a leg, very thick haired vagina (faraj) and part of the right breast appear in the middle of this body. the view of courbet is that vagina represents the origin of the desire by which all mankind are born. he intends to paint the vagina as wide open to enable the viewer's eye to see it, as well as the vagina itself, takes the shape of the eye so that courbet can depend on the reciprocal relationship between this form and the viewer's eye. he acknowledges the fact that the vagina can see us and reveals our humans decadent features. courbet also wants his portrait to have an eye to see the others. figure 7 velasquez, maids of honor,1656; oil on canvas museum of madrid, 318cm ×276cm. mirror and invisible: the mirror does not only reflect the image of the person throughout history, but also his relationship with his surroundings. it contributes with a great in highlighting the ambiguity and contradiction that the man is incurred when he contemplates upon it. it is possible that the mirror can reflect invisible parts through the creation of extra dimensions in the painting as what has been achieved in some of the paintings of some artists such as van eck and georageony. "they may express the pride and flashy as in the painting (the basic seven sins) of jerome bush in 1500. the mirror, in other artworks, may express some (invisible) virtues as we see in the work of giovanni bellini (the face of a young woman with a mirror) in 1515. during the 19th century, the mirror image has acquired the artworks of manet, monet, renoir, and lautrec as well as others. even in our modern times, the mirror and its presence in the artwork differ from previous concepts and meanings. looking at the mirror has become a matter of concerns and fears, with the progress of arts, media, and photographs, because it reminds the person of his previous features of youth which was definitely more beautiful"(sharaf, 2013). among the most important artists who take the mirror in their paintings, velasquez in his work named (maids of honor) (fig.7) in which the face of the enlightening painter and his dark stature appear in-between a visible part and another invisible onethanks to the pictorial pose. the eyes of a painter stare at an invisible point, that is our faces, us the viewers, and perhaps heading outside of the painting towards the space in front of him. the viewer and the seen image exchanged here their roles without interruption, as there is no stability at a fixed position, but hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 7 the ongoing conflict between the self and the subject of the painting on the one hand and the viewer with the painting model on the other hand. it is where they exchange their roles until infinity. in addition, there is s form in the background that represents an upside down painting which we do not behold its back, so it is meant to give a sense of wonderare we the viewers or the viewed? "the mirror presence becomes a stranger in this work as it does not reflect anything of the reality, not the painter nor the persona in the middle of the artwork (princess margaret and chaperones), and it conceals more than it reveals. as if it is a symbolic embodiment of the spirit, it may seek the mental presence of the painting elements (invisible) in exchange for the physical presence (visible)"(mohamed, 2015). figure 8 salvador dali, the persistence of memory,1931, oil on canvas,24×33cm modern art museum. surreal paintings are used to portray realistic things to express their dreams and improve the natural forms to be above the visible reality, as we find in (fig.8). so, as to be close to the invisible, as a result of converting elements to symbols that lay the problem of the relationship between the symbol and the sign that does not exceed the scope of the understood signal by the viewers. it is easier in that sense because it goes directly to the viewer's eye making it easier to be interpreted and anayized. the symbols are more complex or abstract and cannot be understood unless through realizing its core idea, as they are divided into two parts: general symbols and private ones, the second contains the art of critics which is interesting because the western art is nothing but an expression of personal thoughts and emotions. it is difficult to interpret the multiple indicative dimensions of the general symbols as a result of the correlation of the plastic symbols with their creator. in order to decipher their code, it is necessary to refer to the artist himself. the world of the symbol in the surreal logic poses a dialectical relationship with the concept of implication in the art expression that is not constrained by borders or a unified law. however, the symbol gains freedom which suits and composes with creative self. "the association of the symbol with the world of fantasy makes it seeks for the nothingness and the unknown. what is this thing, this fragile, this infinite, the dream is the truth of the reality and the possible whitch can be imaginated to us in the form of illogical hissings , the weak internal visiting fly, scattered of multi formless according to the saying of mahmoud darwish(1941-2008) however, when we contemplate in theses dialectical topics it can be discerned that the impossible, the absurd, the infinite and invisible can be formed within the dream circle"(abd elaziz, 2002). hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure 9 kandinsky, multi colored circle,1921, yal university, art gallery, oil on canvas,77×101cm11t. figure 10 monderian, composition with red blue, yellow 1930, oil on canvas, metropolitan museum of art. with the abstract of both kandinsky and mondrian (figs. 9.10), they have a different point of view, where the first sought to dismantle the image of the visual shapes and re-launched it again to introduce signifier. he managed to do so without designating signifed that has a consensus. in spite of the fact that the signified lies inside the shape, it is subject to special artistic codes related to the artist, kandinsky himself. in other words, the interpretation and perception of the artwork stemmed from the relative mood of the viewer and the process become closer to the phantom. kandinsky tried to reach it by an abstract means and presented an interpreted world that is unknown and unspecified in the lower limits of the perception. it is a new language but without the alphabet. mondrian has known the end or a finite world which has a mathematic construction representing the metaphysics. in such world, the signifier is represented -herein geometric shapes, and it corresponds to the signified (metamathematic construction ). thus, the interpretation and metaphor area between them was shrinked due to the fact that he had similarities between the starting point with the end or the means with the aim. this view is different from the eastern or islamic vision that is not relative to the visible framework, even if it is found, it is just on the surface only because the internal or the inside does always refere to god (the almighty). therefore, the artwork becomes a signifier with a metaphysical signified which reaches up to the viewer in a way not embodied or imagined. this is found in the islamic art through figurative visual signifier synonymous to the meaning of the word and the image by abstraction, while in modernist abstraction, is associated to and coincided with the western civilization crisis. the crisis that was about to explode in a collision with general art technology and the loss of the unity of reference. these are the most important reasons were the separation of religion from the art and science lead to the dispersion of the standard vision and the general concepts. not to mention that these concepts govern the relationship between humansbeing and the manifestations of the universe in addition to the multiple frames of referencefor each school of art and for every artist. the preoccupation of the artists in the modern era with the invisible worlds perhaps coincided with the emergence of diseases, psychological problems, and complicated human conditions, prompting some artists to try to think of his artistic production such as the colombian "fernando botero"(1932-?). botero’s artworks rely on amplifying human bodies in order to create a sense of intensity in a cynical manner that is closer to a childish or caricature sense. his creations combined sobriety of classicism and contemporary: he extracts the first through periods of his stay in italy and spain. the second appears with a tinge of classicism that is spreaded in many of his artworks, such as (fig,11) in which figure and laughing faces are similar to balloon bodies because of their fatness. he abandons the visible form and dives into his world and their worlds on an equal footing. his philosophy probably implies several meanings; however, the exaggeration wonders aimlessly on fleshy bodoes and faces, which the features cannot cope with. the artist sympathized with them because their present sizes were their roles; small and limited in this world. the origin of his vision is the family and its social behavior which are formulated in visible templates bearing invisible characteristics so that social and psychological projections are generated on the persona of the prosperous bourgeois society at the expense of the misery of the poor starving classes in the society. hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 9 figure 11 fernando botero, abu ghrib;2005 , oil on canvas , member of johnno. conclusions from the above, we can draw some conclusions and recommendations: 1-the artist of the civilizations of the nile valley and mesopotamia are able to make his art reach the direction of the invisible through several features including sanctification and ideal fantasy. it develops the invisible to the levels of absolute through the formation plurality saturated with symbol worlds, modulation by dismantling the clear visible. he could use also the fantasy element by proposing an ideal perfect world away from the temporary world of visible, especially after the invention of writing in 3000 bc. an expressive energy and search in imaginary and unmaterial worlds dominate the artistic production by the virtue of the evolution from imagery to symbolism laeding to the opening up in the sphere of metaphysics. 2-the idea of the invisible is maximized with the arts of islamic civilization covering its existentialism and compassionate philosophy. 3-the idea of outside and inside in the eastern communities corresponds to the form and content in the western civilization. 4-multiplicity of authorities concerning the invisible are multiple in western doctrines and with each artist while the authorities are united in the islamic and eastern civilization in general. 5-divine perspective and spiritual vision of the eastern civilizations correspond with a complete engineering perspective. it could also destroy it by personal, school or group in western arts seeking into the form and the mysteries of color. 6-the researcher is recommended to continue the purpose of this research by studying well the origins of the history of ancient egyptian and arabic arts and the real uncovering of eastern esoteric ideas drawn from the aesthetics and the merits of the ancient civilizations. appendix a. muhyiddin ibn 'arabi is one of the world's great spiritual teachers mystic philosopher, poet and sages. he was born in murcia, al-andalus, in 1165. his writings had an immense impact on the islamic world and even beyond it. the universal ideas underlying his thought are of immediate relevance today. maurice merleau-ponty’s work is commonly associated with the philosophical movement called existentialism, and its intention is to begin with an analysis of the concrete experiences, perceptions, and difficulties of the human existence. however, he never propounded quite the same extreme accounts of radical freedom, beingtowards-death, anguished responsibility and conflicted relations with others, for which existentialism became both famous and notorious in the 1940s and 1950s. georg wilhelm friedrich hegel (1770-1831) is one of the greatest systematic thinkers in the history of western philosophy. in addition to epitomizing german idealist philosophy, hegel boldly claimed that his own system of hosam abd elkader / the academic research community publication pg. 10 philosophy represented a historical culmination of all previous philosophical thoughts. hegel's overall encyclopedic system is divided into the science of logic, the philosophy of nature, and the philosophy of spirit. tanagra figures had not been much noted before the end of the 1860s, when ploughmen of vratsi in boeotia, greece, began to uncover tombs ranging in date over many centuries. the main findings, especially from the 4th and 3rd centuries bc, were secured in 1874. inside and outside the tombs of the hellenistic period — from the 3rd to the 1st century bc — many small terracotta figures were found. great quantities that were found in excavation sites at tanagra identified the city as the source of these figures, which were also exported to distant markets. in addition, such figures were made in many other mediterranean sites, including alexandria, tarentum in magna graecia, centuripe in sicily and myrina in mysia abu was a minor god of plants and he was one of the eight deities born to relieve the illness of tammuz, enki. abu means "the father of plants and vegetation." stephen langdon has proposed that abu may have been an ancient name. on the basis, that abu was identified as the consort of inanna, the name might not appear in any texts later than the third dynasty of ur. al-ghazali is one of the greatest islamic jurists, theologians, and mystical thinkers. he learned various branches of the traditional islamic religious sciences in his home town of tus, gurgan, and nishapur in the northern part of iran. he was also involved in sufi practices from an early age. being recognized by nizam al-mulk, the vizir of the seljuq sultans, he was appointed as the head of the nizamiyyah college at baghdad in ah 484/ad 1091 gestalt refers to the concept of the “togetherness” as greater than the sum of its individual parts. it is the total concept of the item being created – rather than just thinking of the separate pieces that make up the item. the name "taoism" comes from the chinese word taw (pronounced "dow"), which literally means "way" or "path." the tao is often translated as "the way of all things," and is conceived as an empty void pregnant with the infinite possibilities of existence. the tao is beyond the capacity of words to describe and beyond all opposites. as a result, it is often described using intentionally paradoxical languages. the way is like an empty vessel that yet may be drawn from, without ever needing to be filled. it is bottomless; the very progenitor of all things in the world. mahmoud darwish was born on 13 march 1941 in al birweh, a quaint village in the galilee. he lived a life that is a poignant example of how far talent and determination, combined with a precarious life, can carry an individual from a simple background into the international halls of fame. at the early age of seven, darwish and his family were forced to flee to lebanon to escape the ongoing massacres by the israeli army that occupied palestine. the dreadful massacare destroyed darwish’s village (in addition to over 400 other palestinian villages). returning –illegallyto their country the following year, he and his family were subjected to the military rule and emergency regulations of the state of israel, established on expropriated the palestinian land. they were given the status of “present-absent alien,” a status that will mark the poet from that point onwards, preventing him from ever finding his homeland, except in his language and his ever-loving audience. fernando botero is a colombian painter and sculptor who is known internationally for his highly recognizable style, which has become known as “boterismo.” botero often visualizes contemporary latin american life or atrocities—such as the violence of drug wars in his native colombia, or american abuses of power in his abu ghraib series—in his signature style. his portraiture depicts the human form in exaggerated, or inflated proportions. much of his work can be viewed as political or social critique, yet he has denied any satirical intention with the use of rotund forms. on april 19, 1932, in medellín, colombia, born fernando botero angulo traveled widely during his youth: first, to bogotá, then to europe, where got influenced by the masterpieces he saw in barcelona, madrid, florence, and paris can be seen in his work beginning in the 1960s. based in bogotá, museo botero is comprised of work from the artist’s collection. botero currently lives and works in monte carlo, monaco with residences in paris, pietrasanta, and evia. refrences 1. elnajeh, t. (2013, march 30). ** طریــــق النجــــاح **. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://tareekelnajeh.blogspot.com.eg/2013/03/blogpost_2759.htmlu51t 2. sharaf, m. (2013, september 13). أم�ام الم�رآة محم�د ش�رف. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://newspaper.annahar.com/article/66974%d8%a3%d9%85%d8%a7%d9%85-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%85%d8%b1%d8%a2%d8%a9 3. shehata, r. (2011, february 24). اس�تراتیجیة الحی�ز الھندس�ى المج�رد ف�ى انبث�اق المع�انى الروحانی�ة ب�الفن االس�المى. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://redashehata.blogspot.com.eg/2011/02/blog-post_2506.html ,retrieved august 30, 2017 .أحد خریجي الدورة االولى لمعھد الفنون الجمیلة لع�ام 1955 .. البروفس�ور حمی�د س�لمان احم�د الص�فار / وف�اء الربیع�ي .(.n.d) .و ,الربیعي .4 from http://mail.almothaqaf.com/qadaya2009/1955 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/boeotia https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/hellenistic https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/alexandria https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/taranto https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/magna_graecia https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/centuripe https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/sicily https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/myrina_%28mysia%29 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mysia https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/enki https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/stephen_herbert_langdon https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/inanna javascript:launchhelp('/taoism/glossary/tao.php',%20'width=250,height=275') http://tareekelnajeh.blogspot.com.eg/2013/03/blog-post_2759.html http://tareekelnajeh.blogspot.com.eg/2013/03/blog-post_2759.html https://newspaper.annahar.com/article/66974-%d8%a3%d9%85%d8%a7%d9%85-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%85%d8%b1%d8%a2%d8%a9 https://newspaper.annahar.com/article/66974-%d8%a3%d9%85%d8%a7%d9%85-%d8%a7%d9%84%d9%85%d8%b1%d8%a2%d8%a9 http://mail.almothaqaf.com/qadaya2009/1955 http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) interior architectural elements that affect human psychology and behavior doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.112 heba-talla hamdy mahmoud 1 1 lecturer of interior architecture decor department faculty of fine arts mansoura university keywords awareness; identity; privacy; functionality; flexibility safety; health concern; accessibility; open space; aesthetic; abstract this research will inspect factors with higher impact that are predicted to be more influential in the relation between architecture, interior architectural design and the psychological status of residents and users. the level of awareness about the importance of this relation is the basic introductory factor. identity, privacy and safety impacts, health concerns, accessibility degree, open spaces feature, aesthetic sense are the main parts of the research. most parts consist of two divisions. the first identifies the nature of each factor. the second recognizes the important architectural consideration needed to realize the psychological condition of residents and users. the research aims to increase the concern about the importance of the interaction between interior architectural design and human psychological behavior. an introduction of a group of important consideration can be used to help designers choose and apply a suitable interior architectural design that match psychological needs through sound relations between architecture, interior architecture and the psychological status of residents and users. 1. introduction the psychological attitude of a human is affected by the design of interior architecture through various aspects. every person receives, perceives and responds in different way, this is due to physical and psychological differences in addition to the differences in personal experience. culture, physical status, age, education level, gender, socioeconomic class and ambitions are factors with special concerns that shaping occupants’ needs. the interaction between interior architecture and the psychological condition is engaged with both humanitarian characteristics and the interior architecture approach of design. "architecture leans towards programming i.e. determining needs and proposing a draft and finally suggesting a suitable location in accordance with needs and building of the site. behavioral sciences on the other hand are concerned with how environment is used in terms of consistency with needs of society" (razjoyan, 1996)."the mental and psychological effects of architectural frames on human beings have been considered from the early shelters to today ́s modern structure. since the human behavior is performed in defined spaces, it is necessary to design the physical space based on people’s behavioral characteristics". (tabaeian, 2011). the focal point of the architectural side is the background and capability of the designer to create a comprehensive vision with respect to the psychological intervention of all parameters involved in his design and to identify the considerations must be taken into account. "one of the essential roles of architecture is to provide built environments that sustain the occupants’ psychological well-being. this role is made even more important because, in modern society, more than 70% of a person’s lifespan is spent indoors" (kim, 1998). 2. research methodology the methodology of this research is generally based on a descriptive and interpretive approach. an initial survey to investgate the relation between architecture, interior architectural design and the psychological status of residents and https://gemreportunesco.wordpress.com/2015/12/08/education-increases-awareness-and-concern-for-the-environment/ heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 2 users was conducted. questions included the following: what is the backgrounds and scopes of architecture, interior architecture designer needed for the designe to recognize in order to create a right vision? what are the most effective parameters that impact this relationship? this research selects the most effective factors (identity, privacy, functionality and felexability, safety and health concern, accessibility, open space, aesthetic) that interact with the relation between architecture, interior architectural design and the psychological status of residents and users. other questions include: what are the main distinctive considerations that should be taken in to account to handle these factors? many data sources included books, journals, conferences, and specific official internet sites. 3. interior architecture design psycological awareness the achievement of interior architectural design, with awareness of the psychological impacts on residents, needs a wide scope of knowledge about the different dimensions and circumstances that should be taken into account figure 3-1. "as practitioners, we solve the design problems for humans who use and inhabit the space by considering their needs, whether functional, social, psychological or environmental by understanding how to use research to help identify and clarify the relationship between human behavior and the built environment" (perolini, 2006). different methods of investigating and different approaches were used to recognize and shape the complex network of relations between architecture, interior architecture design and the psychological status of residents and users. "a useful model for seeing the scope of available environment –behavior information figure3-2m first proposed by the architectural psychologist irwin altman1 includes three main components: environment-behavior phenomena, user groups, and settings" (burris, 2014). a different approach to identify the wide scope of comfort in homes through a multi-dimensional survey was composed of three main proposed dimensions (meaning of comfort at home, home environment, and comfort), figure3-3. figure 3-1: factors impacts human psychology (moore 1979). 1 the former dean of social and behavioral science college, utah university authored 20 books and over 130 professional journal articles and book chapters heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 3 figure 3-2: the scope of environment –behavior information. (snyder jc 1797) figure 3-3: dimensions and sub-dimensions of home comfort (burris 2014) 4. the psychological impact of identity human perceptions of the space they live in, work, or spend time in are directly impacted by the reflection of personal, socil, and cultural identities on these places. it is convenient that places remind us of the main features of our identity, "there is a complex interaction between a person and a space. the person defines the space, the space defines the person; the person gives meaning to the space, the space gives meaning to the person. in other words, there is a complex and bilateral interaction between the person and the space in its cultural, psychological, economic and physical dimensions" (ayalp, 2012). the sense of psychological identity about the architecture of space grows when we start to identify ourselves with places. "the field of psychology and the social sciences of architecture, emphasizing the influence of the physical environment on identity and self-perception" (hauge, 2007). the psychological identity sense and its interaction with interior architecture occurs in both larger scale domains such as culture, religion, nation, city, gender, social roles or social class and in smaller domains such as neighborhood, family, homes and rooms. generally, we can say that humans have always showed their dedication to their roots. it can be said that every civilization or ethnic group offers a specific architectural identity in accordance with their cultures and traditions at different times. the psychological identity about space is affected by the international architectural trends due to globalization and its nature as a standardizing force in economics, politics, culture, and consequently in architecture. the architucture of hassan fathy is considered a remarkable style of the interaction between authenticity in the orientation of identity and contemporary architecture. "the invaluable legacy of hassan fathy constitutes inspiration for younger architects whose prime concerns are to preserve cultural identity in architecture while providing appropriate and affordable shelters for the disinherited of this world" (richards, 1985). it essential to recognize that identity does not depend on the composition and form of physical space only, but it is linked to the concept of meaning and sense. there are numerous factors that shape identity and selfexpression such as the structure of family and relatives, and child-raising methods. interior architecture consideration for identity architecture and interior architecture designers should maintain the identity of peoples and communities and respect their daily routine of life. the appropriate implementation of design aims to achieve the present needs of users and make it suitable for future generations."people feel comfortable in the places that are concurrent with their place identities. moreover, with reflecting true cultural identities, designer can take part in sustainability of cultural value. the typical features that are creating the image are the basic elements in designing new images" (ayalp, 2012). figure 4-1 is an interior space in japan that reflects japanese interior architectural concepts and their identity. figure 4-2 is a facade of building in yemen, it represents the character of yemeni architecture as a remarkable identity. the following are examples of architecture and interior architectural considerations with psychological impacts related to identity: • the design should demonstrate the background and motives of residents. • the design should demonstrate the structure of religions, cites, families and neighborhoods. • usage of local materials and technique such as plaster, stone and marble. • architectural treatments of openings, windows and doors, especially in the main entrance framing and decoration. • the diversity and richness of arts and architectural treatments that belong to the local and national tradition. • social and special niches, signs and icons. • "the level of modern influence by western and international style concepts in comparison to the accustomed norm of the traditional architecture of the region can be categorized as follows: − copying the traditional architecture of the region without any modifications with no change. heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 4 − minor changes: partial change of system elements − adaptations: mixing the source with new elements − major changes: changing the system relation − total changes: altering the system rules and regulations" (baper, 2010). figure 4-1: interior space pattern in japan figure 4-2: building's façade in yemen 5. the psychological impact of privacy privacy in general is the right of individuals, groups, organization, and institutions to determine for themselves when, how and to what extent information about them is communicated to others. in a public space, there is no restriction of communication, while isolated spaces completely constrain all types of communication. in between there are intermediate levels of privacy. space privacy is considered one of the most important types of overall privacy. people deal with the concept of space privacy with special concerns, they feel discomfort, anger and anxiety when their space privacy is exposed beyond their desires. "according to environmental psychology, each person is realized and perceived through an invisible shelter or a series of shelters surrounding his body, figure 5-1. these personal protective spheres, by which privacy is controlled, vary from person to person and from culture to culture. they also differ from period to period as society and social bonds are continually transformed and reconstructed. hall defines accordingly four such spheres; intimate, personal, private and public. when the most intimate of these private areas is intruded by other individuals, the person starts to act defensively or to say at least extraordinarily. a typical example of the above fact is indicated by the abnormal behavior of people when standing in an elevator" (hall, 1969). figure 5-1: the main four categories of space, the hidden dimension 1990 interior architectural considerations for privacy the central aspect of achieving privacy is how to find a balance between privacy and social relationships. accessibility, visibility, proximity, vocals and olfactory are the main parameters of privacy interaction with the human psychology. each parameter requires numerous suggestions of considerations, nevertheless the general guidance can be performed through using space sizing and organizing with vertical, horizontal boundaries, partitions and conversation shields. the degree of light and illumination distribution with direct and indirect lighting needs to be controlled. using appropriate types of sound-blocking , soundproofing, curtains, floor walls, furniture, and equipment. "the careful design of enclosed space enhances privacy through auditory isolation, dimmed lighting, and a semi-transparent divider between penitent and priest, stimulates a moment of reflection, serenity, and honesty" (petermans. a, 2014)."according to the degrees of proximity, there are four categories of privacy with specific consideration for each…intimate distance of eighteen inches or less, the presence of another person is unmistakable and may at times be overwhelming because of the greatly steppedup sensory inputs. in its close phase (6 inches or less) intimate distance lends itself primarily to nonverbal communication. this is distance is usually reserved for very close friends and family. personal distance from 11⁄2 to 4 feet can be thought http://amzn.to/2e5ehfk http://www.hometips.com/diy-how-to/soundproofing-insulation-walls-ceilings.html heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 5 of as a small protective sphere or bubble that an organism maintains between itself and others. social distance ranges from 4 to 12 feet, it’s a psychological distance, one at which the animal apparently begins to feel anxious when he exceeds its limits. we can think of it as a hidden band that contains the group. public distance is the largest of the zones and it exists only in human relationships. at the close phase (12 to 25 feet), a more formal style of language and a louder voice is required" (hall, 1969). the following are examples of architecture and interior architectural considerations with psychological impacts related to privacy: • public and private spaces should be clearly defined by means of applicable well-defined boundaries, • the degree of interrelationship and connectivity with adjacent spaces. • the type of mass zone and courtyard which is surrounding the space. • the difference between the street level and the ground floor level. • number of entrances, is there one entrance or more. • the implementation of privacy practices through a monitoring service. • the type of transitional space behind each access and the degree of exposure to inside spaces. • the existence of a part of, or an entire floor below ground level (basement). • type of walls and insulation partition. • the type of main movement system, even if it’s radial, is linked to one axis or another • the style, size and direction of openness (windows, doors) regarding the overall size and orientation. • kitchen design and type (closed or open plan kitchen). • the orientation of private rooms' doors and openings toward the open and living spaces. • roof type, degree of exposure to inside spaces. 6. the psychological impact of functionality and flexability the satisfaction and psychological status of users and residents is directly linked to a well-planned and designed feature that makes spaces more usable and beneficial. functionality consideration encourages people to live and work effectively. the psychological and physical comfort of residents is linked to the degree of feasibility and flexibility of the design. the possibilities of flexible design to change the shape and size of internal space (figure 6-1), and the impact of feasible functions of interior design in addition to the using of the space as integrated environment make our interior more livable. "interior architecture can have to function as a platform for happiness and human flourishing, as a combination of positive feelings and optimal human functioning. it is clear that design can function as a direct source of pleasure or facilitate pleasurable activities. such a vision incorporates a view on interior architecture as an activating and dynamic platform that facilitates the occurring of meaningful activities for its inhabitants" (petermans, 2014). "user flexibility is an important design objective of modern dwelling units. the provision of various possible spatial configurations of interior space sub-division. created within defined dwelling space, is a natural necessity resulting from altering dwelling needs over life span, change in living standards, use of modern household appliances and variation in life style and fashion. the majority of dwellers face the necessity of enlarging their dwelling space as a result of familial growth. conducting work from home and enjoying hobby activity. this process could later be reversed when grown up children leave home and the need for space is decreased. the possibility to move to another dwelling unit is not always attainable as a result of financial situation. social factors and children education. user flexibility is. therefore, called for to provide dwellers with a variety of possibilities to sub-divide given dwelling space and use it in the best possible manner" (karni, 2000). figure 6-1: the flexibility of furniture design and space usage interior architectural considerations for functionality and flexability maximizing the functionality and flexibility of space requires that some important questions be answered by the designer. who will be there? what is their lifestyle throughout the course of time? what features and facilities are most important to them? the differentiation between the multiple building types, whatever residences, workplaces, healthcare facilities, learning environments, and retail spaces is a vital element of functionality and flexibility considerations. from the financial point of view, smart functional characteristics are considered an effective way for reducing expenditure heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 6 consuming less products, space and energy. subsequently, this will be reflected on the psychological state of peoples. "maximum & optimum utilization of the interior space requires flexible design of furniture in the space. many furniture pieces are designed using folding patterns or drawers included with mechanical or electrical features and this furniture can the interior space very efficient through ergonomic and human fitness" (emamgholi, 2011). the following are examples of architecture and interior architectural considerations with psychological impacts related to functionality and flexibility: • apply appropriate design for windows and doors to adopt all diverse physical abilities. • adopt the concept of one space that can reflect different social functions. • chose appropriate colors for switches and sockets that contrast with its background to be reached easily. • equipment such as fans, air conditioning or the fuse box are easy to locate and operate. • design the living room to accommodate various functions and sizes of group activities. • sufficient lighting in the kitchen, over bathroom, hand-basin and work areas. • select a wall system that offers a complete range of options from private space to open plans • in public buildings, the lobby should be broken down into smaller areas, where groups can gather. • make multiple furniture configurations available. • ensure that the design provides contemporary technology requirements. • select durable floors, ceilings and walls finishing materials. • select durable furniture designs and materials. • ensure adequate cable interfaces with precise placements to offers appropriate degrees of flexibility. • the kitchen design should incorporate work surfaces for both standing and seated use. • increase the size of desk tops surfaces and maximize vertical space. 7. the psychological impact of safety and health concerns one of the main psychological concern of users and residents depends on having homes and settings that are safe and free from physical hazards. "the quality of housing conditions plays a decisive role in the health status of the residents. many health problems are either directly or indirectly related to the building itself, because of the construction materials that were used and the equipment installed, or the size or design of the individual dwellings. representing the spatial point of reference for each individual, the home also has a broad influence on the psychosocial and mental well-being by providing the basis for place attachment and identity as well as a last refuge from daily life. however, especially, for this mental dimension of housing satisfaction and the meaning of home to the resident, not much data on the relation between health and well-being, and subjective satisfaction, and housing perception are available" (bonnefoy, 2007). architects and interior architects share the responsibility with both occupants and administrative authorities with regards to safety and health considerations of occupants and users according to rules and instructions. the psychological effect of safety and health care increased when related to children, elder people and people with disabilities. most injuries such as fall burns, and poisonings usually occur at home due to improper architectural design. "there are two common strategies in building design that are employed to deal with the indoor environmental quality (iaq). the first one is to improve the indoor air quality by increasing the ventilation rate, which in turn reduces air pollutant. the second is by reducing the source of pollution within and outside the building in order to reduce the introduction of pollutants in the indoor air" (alhorr, 2016). "a home perceived as safe and intimate provides major psychosocial benefits. it represents a protected refuge from the outside world, enables the development of a sense of identity and attachment – as an individual or as a part of a family, and provides a space to be oneself. any intrusion of external factors or stressors strongly limits this feeling of safety, intimacy, and control, thereby reducing the mental and social function of the home" (kearns, 2000)."there are many indoor stressors (e.g. thermal factors, lighting aspects, moisture, mould, noise and vibration, radiation, chemical compounds, particulates) that can cause their effects additively or through complex interactions (synergistic or antagonistic). it has been shown that exposure to these stressors can cause both short-term and long-term effects" (bluyssen, 2013). interior architectural considerations for safety and health concerns architects and interior architects have a wide range of options to apply safety and health concerns considerations by adapting their design to utilize the features of climate environmental conditions through controlling the degree of sun exposure, temperature, wind, humidity and veneration. they should be aware of the materials they choose for their design, such as glass, paints, fabric types. the strength of friction as slip resistance. they need to be careful about the causes of toxicity and pollution that affect indoor air quality for preventing any chemical contamination especially with all types of paints, fabric and wall floor coverings. they are responsible for applying codes, rules and standards. the following are examples of architecture and interior architectural considerations with psychological impacts related to health concerns: • ensure safety fence with secured access to the interior space. • signs should be useful with adequate size with right orientation and clear text and figures. • avoid sudden changes of level which could trip people, if they are present, it must be made clearly visible with contrasting colors. • convenient entrances, people should be able to safely enter and exit without obstruction. heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 7 • make the floor slip-resistant, non-reflective light, glare-free and easy to clean. • solid core construction for interior spaces doors. • enhance the levels of lighting where it’s needed, it should also be easy to control and adjust. • enhance the implementation of safety practices with technical equipment such as intercom system and security cameras with monitoring response service. • stairs should be in appropriate width, right steps dimension, strong handrails and adequate lighting. (figure 7-1) • the appropriate distribution of appliances in accurate positions such as stoves and air conditioners. • install automatic smoke detector system. • choose comfortable and safe furniture with healthy design. • maximize the daylight availability through opening (windows doors) dimensions, materials and design. figure 7-1: stairs safety consideration. 8. the psychological impact of accessibility and circulation architecture circulation and interior architecture movement and accessibility is a continuous process that we exercise in our daily life. this process may be as easy as moving from one room to another or as difficult as trying to escape a building on fire. efficient navigation through the exteriors and interiors of any space saves physical efforts, enhancing emotional status and introduce a primary impressions about the overall quality of the architectural design. circulation difficulties may cause problems such as loss of time, decreased safety, or causes stress and discomfort. accessibility and circulation tasks are affected by two major factors, the architecture and interior architectural design of the space and the degree of information clearness and accuracy. the impact of accessibility on physical and psychological conditions take further importance when related to public buildings, particularly public buildings with large complex facilities such as shopping centers, airports and hospitals. spaces and buildings must be accessible to all people with special concern to children, old people and persons with disabilities. interior architectural considerations for accessibility and circulation the designs of interior architectural accessibility and circulation vary according to space type, size, layout and user requirements. the design of these processes need wide scopes more than putting up signs or just design an entrance. all routes of both horizontal circulation elements and vertical circulation elements within any space or building should be as free as possiple of obstacles and they should be easy to distinguish. the following are examples of architecture and interior architectural considerations with psychological impacts related to accessibility and circulation: • approaches from streets toward a building or space should be leveled, clearly identified, and slip resistant. figure8-1 • entrances should be clearly defined and furnished with adequate light • use signs to identify the paths of horizontal and vertical circulation systems. • lobbies should accommodate visitors with waiting areas and privide information about the space. • halls and corridors should provide safe and adequate circulation between space units. • stairs to the upper level should be suitable for people with disabilities. • elevator should have adequate space in comparison with the volume of use. • elevator should be visible with wide-angle from entrance. • lighting plan should illuminate all space parts with suitable and adequate light. • let room's space design allow access to furniture, storage, windows and appliances. heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 8 figure 8-1: approaches should be leveled, clearly identified, slip resistant 9. the psychological impact of outdoor and open spaces the physiological studies about the outdoors and open spaces indicate that the natural environment can contribute to reducing anger, anxiety, and helps in relaxation management and improves the overall health outcome. both visual access and being actually within a green space helps to improve the ability to focus and increase the level of alertness. outdoors and green spaces encourage social contact, leisure and cultural activities by sharing activities with others and enhance the desire of knowledge. outdoors and open spaces provide the availability of physical activity like walk and exercise. "over the past several decades, research in a variety of fields such as workplaces, hospitals, urban environments, and experimental laboratories shows that contact with nature generates emotional, physiological, social, and cognitive benefits. furthermore, the findings point consistently to the value of particular natural features such as large trees, flowers, gardens, and water. studies also show that benefits of nature occur in many ways -through direct contact (sitting in an outdoor garden), indirect contact (through a window view), and from simulations using nature decor such as posters or paintings" (heerwagen, 2006). interior architectural considerations for outdoors and open spaces outdoor and open spaces are a broad term covering a wide range of residential and areas. it’s important to recognize that the psychological consideration of inhabitant's usage of outdoor and open spaces in private spaces like houses and homes vary from those in public spaces. the designer needs to understand and evaluate the opportunities available for his or her space to utilize every positive option of environmental conditions and nature like sun, air, and greening. • create visual harmony between the indoor spaces and outdoors spaces. • appropriate fence design, with regards to form, height, and the degree of transparency with exterior spaces • ensure that entrances, openness and pathways enable people to move freely, figure 9-1. • ground surfaces should be a mix of hard and soft surfaces according to the nature of use. • electrical and network interfaces should be available with easy to use potential technology. • design should be planned to minimize negative factors like exterior noise and smoke. • sufficient night-time lighting to enhance safety, security and ensure efficient usage of space. • design should be planned to enhance the visibility degree. • vegetation with colored flowers and leaves provide an attractive view. • design should provide multiple sitting areas and cooking facilities, figure 9-2. • the selection of outdoor furniture should depend on their strength, durability, beauty and appropriate formation. figure 9-1: pathways enable peoples move freely figure9-2: multiple sitting areas and cooking facilities heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 9 10.the psychological impact of the aesthetic aspect aesthetics play an essential role in the emotional satisfaction of users and residents when it comes to the architecture and interior architectural design. it’s directly associated with human pleasure and spirit. the success of interior architecture designers to reach the aesthetics of a space depends on the degree by which he or she understands human sensitivity to beauty and expression perception. "settings and traditional towns are examples of pleasant atmospheres often arising from aesthetically rather uninteresting units. such urban atmospheres are most often created by specific materiality, scale, rhythm, color or formal theme with variations"( pallasmaa, 2014). aesthetics are defined by each individual, each family, each group and each society. as a result, the aesthetical status of space will function properly when we investigate inhabitant's definitions of beauty and consider their vision. this investigation should include the foundation of local traditions, the present community and aspirations for future. "aesthetic appreciation is both expressed in and influenced by the environment. to define aesthetic qualities, the designer needs to understand that the concept of beauty differs with time and place, purpose and context. values captured under the label "aesthetic" can best be understood at a universally comprehensible level. these aspects of a design go beyond the functional and constructional concerns, and are associated with the specific way the design presents itself to the human senses" (cheung, 1997). interior architectural considerations for the aesthetic aspect interior architectural designers express the aesthetics and beauty of a certain space through using the main factors that influence the implementation of aesthetics and beauty (form texture color light). "forms are constructed from points, lines, planes, surfaces and volumes that are made richer by texture, color and material. in combination, these elements of form create a design, and similarly all of these elements contribute to our perception of its meaning. the designer could be cast in the role of a communicator whose messages to the user concern the symbolic qualities of products. just as a journalist creates informative messages from a vocabulary of terms, so could a designer be thought of as having a collection of forms at his disposal with which he creates arrangements that can be understood as a whole in their essential parts and that are usable by a receiver because of this communicated understanding" (mothersill, 2014). every surface has its texture which can be smooth or rough, glossy or unpolished, bumpy or flat. textural contrast sensibility has its direct impact on the mind based on our memory of touching similar surfaces. the impression of color is categorized within the maximum impact of space factors that interact with the psychological mood. light can be used to achieve emotional responses. we can produce certain moods such as restfulness, activity, warmth, and coolness through using lighting patterns of varying levels of illumination. the following are examples of architecture and interior architecture considerations with psychological impacts related to the aesthetic aspect: • create forms that express the user's meanings and preference. • maximize the use of natural lights in compatible balance with artificial light. • feasible utilization of modern materials that display a flowing and multilayered curves construction. • estimate the appropriate contrast between floor, walls and ceilings. • consider the flexibility and level of illumination for specific tasks. • understand the impact of each color on the human psychological mood. • choose color plans based on the analysis of color preferences of users and residents. • appropriate geometric lines and ornamental decorations. • display interesting artworks, photos and other personal items. • ensure convenient relations between the major pieces of furniture, walls, and floors regarding the size and balance. • find a balance between unity and variety, too much unity without variety is boring and too much variation without unity is confusing. conclusion the scope of the mutual relation between interior architecture and human psychology is so wide, that is due to the multiple interaction with social, cultural, physical and environmental factors. most studies about the interaction between interior architectural design and the psychological status of people are comparatively a contemporary approach, a detailed understanding still needs to be refined. the successful design for achieving welfare and happiness of interior architecture depends on how the designer finds a balance between the most dominant factors such as identity, privacy, safety, accessibility, functionality, flexibility, community interaction, and the provision of adequate space, should be given due weight. ultimately the success of setting up interior architectural design with active psychological conception judged by how the design fulfills values, needs, preferences and satisfactions of users. the main question is, what are the designers' experience, qualifications and imagination about the various factors of interior architecture that affect human psychology and behavior. heba-talla hamdy mahmoud/ interior architecture elements affect human psychology and behavior pg. 10 refrences: adler, d. (1999). metric handbook: planning and design data (second ed.). oxford: educational and professional publishing ltd. alhorr, y., arif, m., katafygiotou, m., mazroei, a., kaushik, a., & elsarrag, e. (2016). impact of indoor environmental quality on occupant well-being and comfort. international journal of sustainable built environment, 5, 4-7. alitajer, s., & nojoumi, g. (2016). privacy at home. frontiers architectural research, 5, 351-352. altman, i. (1975). the environment and social behavior: privacy, personal space, territory, and crowding (first ed.). monterey: brooks/cole. american j. of engineering and applied sciences (2010). the influence of modernity on kurdish architectural identity,3(3), 554. augustin, s., frankel, n., & coleman, c. (2009). place advantage: applied psychology for interior architecture (first ed.). hoboken: john wiley & sons. ayalp, n. (2012). cultural identity and place identity in house environment: traditional turkish house interiors. tobb etu university. bonnefoy, x. (2007). international journal of environment and pollution. inadequate housing and health,412. burris, a. (2014). creature comforts: an exploration of comfort in the home. lough-borough: andrea burris. butterworth, i. (2000). the relationship between the built environment and wellbeing (first ed.). melbourne: victorian health promotion foundation. cheung, k. (1997). design guide for interiors (first ed.). omaha: us army corps of engineers. clayton, s. d. (2012). the oxford handbook of environmental and conservation psychology. oxford: oxford university press. eakin, g., & kurtich, j. (1993). the interior architecture (first ed.). new york: van nostrand reinhold. einifar, a., & tabaeian, s. (2011). a study of the perspectives of architectural and environmental psychology. international journal of architecture and urban development ,1(1), 28-31. ellis, r. (1986). architects' people. (third ed.). arch. & compare. emamgholi, a. (2011). flexible spaces in architecture. khavaran: higher-education institute. fisher, s. (2015). philosophy of architecture. stanford: the stanford university encyclopedia of philosophy. georgiou, m. (2006). architectural privacy a topological approach to relational design problems (first ed.). london: bartlett school of architecture. gifford, r., steg, l., & reser, j. (2011). environmental psychology. research methods for environmental psychology, (18), 451. graetz,j. (2006). the psychology of learning environment (first ed.). winona: winona state university. hall, e. t. (1969). the hidden dimension (first ed.). london: the bodley head. hall, e. t. (1990). the hidden dimension (second ed.). garden city: edward t hall. hauge, j (2009). housing and identity (first ed.). trondheim: norwegian university of science and technology. hauge, j. (2007). architectural science review journal. identity and place, (50), 1. heerwagen, j. (2006). investing in people: the social benefits of sustainable design. in rethinking sustainable construction (p. 4). sarasota. hekkert, p. (2006). design aesthetics. principle of pleasure in design. ,(48), 158-159. johnson, j. (2005). embracing complexity in design (third ed.). paris: the open university. karni, e. (2000). movable partitions. in flexible dwelling the intersection of dynamic interior space and adaptable dwelling units (p. 179). acsa. kearns, a., hiscock, r., & el laway, a. (n.d.). beyond four walls. housing studies,15(3), 387. kim, j. (1998). sustainable architecture module. national pollution prevention center for higher education. michigan: university of michigan. koile, j. (2001). the architect's collaborator toward intelligent tools for conceptual design (first ed.). cambridge: massachusetts institute of technology. marco, a., stanley, k., & bluyssen, p. (2016). the 12th rehva world congress. in energy consumption and comfort in homes (vol. 6, p. 10). aalborg university. moore, g. (1979). architecture and human behavior: the place of environment-behavior studies in architecture (first ed.). madison: wisconsin architect. mothersill, p. (2014). the form of emotive design (master's thesis, massachusetts institute of technology) (pp. 15-16). mit media lab. namazian, a., & mehdipour, a. (2013). psychological demands of the built environment, privacy, personal space and territory in architecture. journal of psychology and behavioral sciences ,3(4), 109-110. pallasmaa, j. (2014). space, place, and atmosphere: peripheral perception in existential experience. architectural atmospheres,4, 230-245. doi:10.1515/9783038211785.18 perolini, a. (2011). interior spaces and the layers of meaning. design principles & practices an international journal,5-6. petermans, a., & elisabeth, p. (2014). design for subjective well-being in interior architecture. annual architectural research sympos in finland,6, 207. razjoyan, m. (2015). sound art and architecture: new horizons for architecture and urbanism. a look at the combination of architecture and behavioral sciences,174, 3903-3908. richards, j. (1985). hassan fathy's concept of aesthetics in architecture (first ed.). london: concept media pte ltd. roessler, k. (2012). healthy architecture! can environments evoke emotional responses. canadian center of science and education ,4(4), 83-84. serageldin, i. (2007). much more than a building: reclaiming the legacy of the bibliotheca alexandrina (first ed.). alexandria: bibliotheca alexandrina. sereda, p. j., & litvan, g. g. (1980). durability of building materials and components: proceedings of the first international conference: a symposium presented at ottawa, canada, 21-23 aug. 1978(first ed.). philadelphia: american society for testing and materials. snyder, j., & catanese, a. (1979). introduction to architecture (first ed.). madison: wisconsin architect. sorrento, l. (2012). a national balance interior design, humans, and sustainability. journal of interior design,2(37), 4-5. wennberg, h. (2015). in place a study of building& identity. oxford: seacourt ltd. figure 3-1: factors impacts human psychology (moore 1979). figure 3-2: the scope of environment –behavior information. (snyder jc 1797) figure 3-3: dimensions and sub-dimensions of home comfort (burris 2014) figure 4-1: interior space pattern in japan figure 4-2: building's façade in yemen the scope of the mutual relation between interior architecture and human psychology is so wide, that is due to the multiple interaction with social, cultural, physical and environmental factors. most studies about the interaction between interior arch... http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) policies, strategies, and mechanisms of new cities in egypt doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.115 esraa osama salem1, miran essam monir 2 1lecturer, architectural department, faculty of fine arts, helwan university, 2lecturer assistant, architectural department, october high institute for engineering &technology keywords policies, strategies, mechanisms, new cities, development. abstract the need to establish new cities emerged in the seventies of the last century in egypt. the necessity emerged because of different reasons such as decreasing te pressure on greater cities and their infrastructure, creating new investments and job opportunities. furthermore, it aimed to the rarefaction of the concentration of inhabitants around the narrow side of the nile valley and its delta. it even moved towards the vast desert in order to redraw the urban map of egypt. so, the success of these new cities is measured by how much people they attract to settle and their input to local income according to general policies and goals which could be achieved through several strategies and mechanisms. therefore, this research tries to discuss different policies in order to develop new cites, in particular, in addition to the efficient strategies and mechanisms which are necessary to decrease the consumption of resources and to achieve maximum benefits out of the available potentials. 1. introduction egypt is affected by the accelerated urban growth of its great cities caused by the centralization of main activities and developments in these cities. it has led to the rapid increase of the population density and the increase of the demand to inhabit major cities. thus, the idea of establishing new cities emerged accordingly, and it was initially referred to in law no. 59/ 1979, and in the economic and social development plan 1987/86-1983/82. in the latter, it identified the main objectives of their establishment, which have decreased the high population density and have easen the burden on existing areas or current cities. the solution was manily about heading to the egyptian desert and coasts in order to establish new cities that absorb a portion of the overpopulation in different cities. within the framework of a regional urban planning, emerging from general national planning, the entire process occured. and this was an indicator of a new phase in the state's commitment to reconstruct and formulate the development policies for new cities pertaining their strategies and mechanisms. in the context of development efforts, undertaken by egypt, the main research question is set, by the two researchers, who are going to seek its answer. the research question is: what are the most important followed policies in the development of new cities, of different types, and what are the proposed strategies and implementation mechanisms to achieve the aim of these policies so as to ensure the achievement of the real development of the new cities in egypt? esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 2 2. development: development is considered as the first aim sought by all countries to improve the conditions of their new cities, thus, it is considered both, the aim and the means at the same time (human development report, 2005). development includes, implicitly, the concepts of growth and change, which should be implemented by the means of quality and quantity simultaneously, in the social, cultural and economic aspects, as no development can exist without growth. however, development refers to the resulting changes in the growth process (hart environmental data, 1998). there are two standards, considered as the base in measuring and assessing development (mohammed abd elmoniam, 2008). 2.1.1.demographic standard (population study): expressed by the direct relation between the population numbers and the development inside a new city; as the population increases in this city, it refers to the abundance of the services and job opportunities referring to the increase of the developmental rates in it.1 2.1.2.economic standard (economic study): it includes investments, economic base, and employment. the increase of the investments refers to the high developmental rates, where the economic base is the most important economic factor because a diversified economic base means diversity of economic activities in the city. it attracts the largest number of inhabitants and thus resulting in its development. in addition to a group of other factors represented in the urban, administrative and service standards (quality of life).2 3. classification of development: development is classified according to its 4 main dimensions; economic, social, political and urban development. it is also classified according to its main types into a comprehensive and a sectoral development. 3.1according to its main types: development is classified into two main types, which are comprehensive and sectoral development, as follows: 3.1.1 comprehensive development: it is a development that has a general comprehensive main aim, which occurs in society. its aspects are clear in the structural and functional changes that occur in the society aiming to achieve the desired social and economic welfare for all its individuals.3 3.1.2 sectoral development: it is a development that deals with every and each developmental aspect as an individual entity. this type of development focuses on a developmental aspect or a single issue, and it is concerned with its related policies. it may focus on the housing or the urban sector as an example.4 3.2.according to the main dimensions: it is classified according to the main dimensions concerning the economic, social, political and urban development. figure 1: shows the classification of development in accordance with the main dimensions and the main types. source: (heba saif al-islam, 2012) 1 eng. mohammed nabil abdel moneim, development of new urban communities, "the egyptian state and international experiences," master thesis (faculty of engineering: cairo university, 2008) 2 pid 3 eng. heba saif el-islam abdel fattah, development and growth of new cities, "the state of new cities of the arab republic of egypt case," master thesis (faculty of engineering: cairo university, 2009) p. 12 4 pid development classification economic dimension social dimension political dimension urban dimension esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 3 3.2.1. economic dimension: this sector is concerned with the physical dimensions of the development process. it is sometimes called development economics. it seeks to confine the material resources of the community and to establish a list of priorities and alternatives raises in order to reach a particular purpose. that is shown through the traditional economic variables such as income, consumption, and investment. 3.2.2. social dimension: this dimension is concerned with the in-human elemens, like education, training and acquiring experience to become an assistant element that supports the development programs, not apposing them. 3.2.3. political dimension: this dimension is concerned with the development of the political system to be more effective in the development process, like taking developmental decisions stemmed from a realistic understanding of the economic potential of the community and a detailed analysis of its social structure. 3.2.4. urban dimension: this dimension is concerned with the spatial dimension for the achievement of social and economic development according to a comprehensive developmental plan. for the success of the development process, it must be carried out in the context of a plan based on the integration of the main development aspects (wakil, 2006): economic development: including investments and exploitation of resources, social development: including education, health, recreation and culture, political development: including development decisions. the integration between the previous three elements directly affects the urban development, which includes areas of investment and services, as it is the inclusive vessel for development. 4. new cities: the establishment of new cities in egypt was carried out in successive phases leading to the emergence of three generations of the new cities as follows: first generation: 6th october city, tenth of ramadan, sadat city,15 may city, new borg el arab, new salehia, new damietta and touristic villages, second generation: sheikh zayed city, oubour city, badr city, new noubarya, new beni suef and new minya ,and third generation: rehab, el sherouk , new cairo, new assuit, tiba, new sohag, new aswan, new qena, new fayoum and new akhmim.5 the basic considerations behind the creation of new cities vary according to the various systems and social, economic and environmental conditions. at the same time, these cities are considered as a reflection of certain concepts. 1.1. distribution of new cities in egypt: distributing of new cities in egypt as follows: eight cities surrounding or nearby greater cairo region, they are: (tenth of ramadan, may 15, 6th of october, badr, oubour city, sheikh zayed, el sherouk and new cairo), six new cities in lower egypt: (sadat city, arab tower , salehia, new damietta , noubarya), four cities in upper egypt : (new beni suef ,new minya , new assiut , new tiba , and three new cities under construction in upper egypt : (new sohag , new aswan , toshka)6 5 dr. ahmed mohammed abdel aal. a book of new cities and regional development in egypt, magazine of the faculty of arts, minya university, 1992. 6 eng. mohammed nabil abdel moneim, development of new urban communities, "the egyptian state and international experiences," master thesis (faculty of engineering: cairo university, 2008) esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 2: an illustrative map for the distribution of new cities in egypt, according to three generations. source: the two researchers 4.2. classification of new cities in egypt: numerous classifications of the new cities exist, sometimes according to the construction site, function or selfsufficiency, or according to the role of the new city in the development, etc. these could be summarized into 3 classifications: the first is according to the construction site and function: satellite towns, self supported and twins towns. the second is classified according to self-sufficiency: town with self-sufficient economy and towns without a self-sufficient economy and the third is according to its role in development: growth centerpoles, relief poles, national projects cities and towns multiple targets. 4.2.1. classification according to the construction site and function: new cities can be classified in terms of function and construction site into 3 main types: satellite towns, self supported, and twins town (abdel moneim, 2008), as follows: 4.2.1.1. satellite towns: they are located around the mother town or near it, and sometimes it aims to both the short and midterm to lessen the population densities for this city. it also takes advantage of the existing infrastructure if they are available. these cities do not have an economic base, and its location near the mother town has encouraged urban sprawl to reach them. 4.2.1.2. twin cities: they are located adjacent to existing urban cities, sometimes considered as natural extension for these cities and they are nothing more than residential areas that have no economic base or pillar. 4.2.1.3. selfsupported cities: they are far away from the existing cities by a distance that requires self-support, and they have an economic base that aims in the long term to the creation of economic growth poles from independent economic entities. 4.2.2. classification according to self-sufficiency into 2 main types (abdel el qader, 2005): 4.2.2.1. towns with the self-sufficient economy: they are based on the presence of an economic base, so the residents can satisfy all their daily needs within the cities’ borders, in addition to the produced services and goods, which can be exported to neighboring provinces. 7 4.2.2.2. towns without self-sufficient economy: they are the familiar cities, or the most prevalent, as they are the cities close to the main city and have economic and urban growth linked to an existing urban center. it represents an integral part of its economic aspect. they are close to the mother city to guarantee daily visits (are independent organically and economically dependent).8 7 eng. lamya ahmed abdel-qader. an analytical study of the problems of development in the new cities in egypt, master thesis (cairo university: faculty of engineering, 2005). 8 pid esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 5 4.2.3. classification according to its role in development/construction aim: the role of the city in development means its functional role that contributes to solving the problem of population and regional development, thus we can classify new cities according to their role in the development / the objective of the construction, into three main types, as follows (abdul aal, 1992):9 4.2.3.1. growth center – poles: it aims to select a limited number of areas which have the potential of social and economic growth to intensify the development elements in order to turn these areas into growth poles for the surrounding areas. they grow themselves first, and then through the development diffusion, spread, development crawls through these areas as well. 4.2.3.2. relief poles: these cities aim to lessen the population and the economic pressure on all major satellite cities, in addition to the development of the suburbs. 4.2.3.3. national projects cities and multi-purpose cities: all cities of national projects are located in desert areas with an economic potential valid for establishing an economic project. 5. policy: the broader definition of policy is: "a framework for action in order to achieve a particular goal with supervision and interest." the policy is characterized by diversity, inclusion, and penetration that affects all aspects of life in a society. in addition, the implementation of this policy is set in accordance with specific strategies and mechanisms that allow them to exploit resources and facilities available for achieving the target of planned policy.10 1.2. main policies for the development of new cities: new cities development policies in egypt are summarized in the three main types, as follows: figure 3: illustrates development policies in new cities in egypt. source: eng. lamya ahmed abdel-qader. an analytical study of the problems of development in the new cities in egypt, master thesis (cairo university: faculty of engineering, 2005). 5.1.2 urban development policy for new cities in egypt: the state set an inclusive urban development plan aiming to reshape the demographic map of egypt in order to achieve the requested balance between the growing population numbers and available areas of land, while ensuring the optimization of the use of natural and economic potentials that are available on three main axes simultaneously in terms of the planning concept, even if they vary in terms of the time zone implementation, as follows: table 1. illustrates the basic axes of the main policy of urban development in egypt. source: dr. ahmed mohammed abdel aal. a book of new cities and regional development in egypt, magazine of the faculty of arts, minya university, 1992. main axes for urban development policy in egypt 1 creating a set of new cities in desert areas (three generations of cities) 9 dr. ahmed mohammed abdel aal. a book of new cities and regional development in egypt, magazine of the faculty of arts, minya university, 1992. 10 dr. sodfa mohamed mahmoud and nagwan farouk shiha. the international conference on public opinion polls and decision-making". published paper entitled: the role of public opinion polls in policy-making, 2007. the policies of the development of new cities in egypt economic policy administrative policy urban development policy esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 6 2 development and urbanization of some of the areas of the republic that have not received sufficient amount of attention before 3 re-planning of the major cities and important urban centers 5.1.2. administrative policy for new cities in egypt: the current method of urban management in new egyptian cities is considered as an executive management meaning a centralized management, which is used at all the levels of the state. it intends to implement plans in the framework of the proposed financing from the state’s budget and in a time-bound framework. it should allow for the transition of the execution of other projects; however, the interactive administration is characterized by flexibility and independence in decision-making. the implementation of its goals in a convenient method with the circumstances and variables affect new cities. the most important objective of the interactive management is to achieve balance between human settlements, settlement services and industrial settlements.11 5.1.3. policy (economic trends) for the development of new cities in egypt: the economic trends for the development of new cities in egypt are summarized into three main themes, as follows: 5.1.3.1. the full responsibility of the state for development, with a limited role for the private sector: the responsibility of a single side for an integrated and coordinated development, along with carrying out some of the contributions that could be carried out by supporting sides such as the private sector, thus, this side should have access to a huge amount of technical and financial resources that can only be provided by the state, leading to in the development budget for new cities.12 5.1.3.2. presentation new cities as open areas for investment: new cities are open to specialized investors in the fields of urban development fields, to be administered by the private sector in all its forms, in addition to the presence of governmental agencies in the form of planning systems, whose role is limited to the control and supervision of urban development systems in new cities.13 5.1.3.3. the disciplined partnership between the private sector and government: through independent sides that carry out development in the new cities in accordance with a declared previous planning so that these actors perform their role in development as a catalyst for development. it requires providing the required power for its own development process in accordance to its economic vision seen in light of a general plan for the state.14 figure 4: illustrates the economic trends for the development of new cities in egypt. source: eng. mahmoud amin. the functional roles of cities and new communities within the framework of national and regional policies comprehensive urban development. published paper entitled: the international congress of the policies of the new urban communities development, alexandria library in 2009. 6. strategies and mechanisms of the development of new city: the development strategies and mechanisms are considered two essential engines to achieve the goal of planned policy, defining the detailed working method to its achievement. there is no policy without a strategy that allows 11eng. mahmoud amin. the functional roles of cities and new communities within the framework of national and regional policies comprehensive urban development. published paper entitled: the international congress of the policies of the new urban communities development, alexandria library in 2009. 12 pid 13 eng. mahmoud amin. the functional roles of cities and new communities within the framework of national and regional policies comprehensive urban development. published paper entitled: the international congress of the policies of the new urban communities development, alexandria library in 2009. 14 pid economic trends for the development of new cities in egypt disciplined partnership between the private sector and government display of new cities to open areas for investment the full responsibility of the state for development, with a limited role for the private sector. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 7 its implementation through benefiting from the available resources and potentials available as much as possible (9th international engineering conference – al azhar, 2007) as follows: 1.3. development strategies: the strategy is defined as “the art of exploitation of available potentials and possibilities for the implementation of certain policy, and it is a thinking pattern to pave the way toward a very specific aim of the strategy”. a strategy for establishing new cities aims to the distribution of the inhabitants and various activities. there are seven strategies for the development of new cities: water strategy, a strategy for agricultural development, industrial development strategy, the strategy of tourism development, and the social development strategy, a strategy for attracting the population and a strategy for urban development, as follows:15 6.1.1. water strategy: one of the most fundamental strategies included in developmental plans, and those plans cannot be achieved without the search for a source of water through the development of irrigation systems. it workds through using groundwater, re-using agricultural drainage water and re-using sewage water. 6.1.2. agricultural development strategy: it is ranked first in the strategies after the water strategy due to the vital and major role of agriculture in the developmental processes through the selection of appropriate crops for the type of soil, climate and water shortage, choose crops with large profits and the best seed strains of seed to maximize the investment process, in addition to use of modern equipment in agriculture, establishing areas of open grazing, accurately employing the crop typed to serve industries that can be established in the region. 6.1.3. industrial development strategy: it is one of the most important strategies that support the economic activities through establishing factories in sites with available materials to reduce transportation. it depends on exporting, in addition to upgrading the technological level of the community and the expansion of the participation of the private sector in the industry’s development. 6.1.4. tourism development strategy: one of the most important strategies that support economic activities, and one of the national alternatives for agricultural and industrial development. it varies according to the available type of tourism, and it is concerned with establishing places of relaxation such as hotels and campsites for those who seek tranquility or enjoying unique natural areas. 6.1.5. social development strategy: one of the most important strategies that support the development, and aims primarily at the individual development. this strategy is concerned with driving the populations to new communities, convincing and encouraging them to settle there and create the conditions that ensure their stay in these new places. 6.1.6. population attraction strategy: it is the main axe of the development process through economic attraction factors, such as job opportunities and rewarding salaries. in addition to the social attraction factors such as providing adequate housing for young married people and those seeking marriage, especially for those who can't afford adequate housing in their original city, in addition to providing means of security, safety, education, health and entertainment for new residents. 6.1.7. urban development strategy: it could be achieved by avoiding the establishment of urban communities in arable areas, or those containing mineral resources, or in sand dunes, storm water drains, or protectorates. the design of buildings must consider harsh climate conditions of heat and humidity through selecting convenient building materials and a suitable design concept for the environment. 1.4. development frameworks: the development mechanism in the new cities is represented in the form of kinetic mechanism, combined to form a single developmental system. thus, it is defined as "an integrated and detailed working method through goals, policies, and strategies". there are 14 mechanisms used and stated bellow: 15 eng. ali m. abbas, azhar ninth international engineering conference. published paper entitled: the development of cities and regions random, 2007 esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 8 the mechanism of the basic pillars, the mechanism of exploitation, the mechanism of employment of natural resources, the mechanism of diversity, the mechanism of convergence, the mechanism of belonging, the mechanism of participation, the mechanism of sustainability, the mechanism of activating the movement of population, the mechanism of decentralization, the mechanism to maximize the consistency of the interaction, the mechanism civil and social aspects, the mechanism of industrial & technological aspects, the mechanism of legislation and management.16 table 2.table 2: shows the development mechanisms for new cities. source: by the two researchers from eng. ali m. abbas, azhar ninth international engineering conference. published paper entitled: the development of cities and regions random, 2007. mechanism how to get the mechanism ( description ) 6.2.1. basicsupports the mechanism of the basic supports depends on the following: diagnosis of the current situation socially, culturally economically, and urban-wise and identifying buildings’ conditions and occupancy rates and extent of the need for additional elements of the infrastructure. to study the organic relationship between each city and its surrounding design and planning regions, in terms of productive activities and relationships to form an economic, social and cultural unity with the surrounding environment. training and rehabilitation of the citizens and organizing institutions and civil organizations with developmental or social objectives or specific productivity that forms the hidden dimension of management, follow-up, planning and public control, with no conflict, but rather supports and integrates with government systems responsible for the central development. developing activities and functions that maximize the ability of new cities to attract residents and increase the public city income. 6.2.2. coloniation the exploitation of arable land through classification according to the type of soil and selecting suitable plants for the conditions of each type. exploitation of mineral wealth that is found in most of the egyptian desert adjacent to new cities, through the creation of many industries, such as limestone suitable for the manufacture of cement, pure lime and the desert argil that is used in manufacturing clay brick, refractories and ceramics, in addition to white sand, which is suitable for the manufacture of glass, basalt rocks suitable for the manufacture of rock bricks and road pavements, and phosphate, used for the manufacture of fertilizers. 6.2.3.resoures occupation the mechanism of resources employment is focused on : thorough understanding of the potential of the resources and putting them in the right place. for example establishing factories on arable lands are forbidden, and areas rich in historical elements should not be used for agricultural. following accurate scales to measure the inputs and outputs to achieve minimum losses against biggest gains. 16 pid esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 9 6.2.4. diversification including: diversifying of activity areas as depending on single elements is deplorable and doesn’t achieve inclusiveness and communication. diversifying the economic base allows for releasing the working energies in a better way. opening continuous development areas depending on agriculture, industry, tourism, and others, according to the circumstances of each city. 6.2.5. diversification through: developing the means of transportation and reducing the distances between new cities to eliminate the isolation between them and the old valley, through some main axes, including: major road axes: represented in strengthening the wild axes, connecting new cities with the old valley and connecting these cities together, in addition to providing links and additional ways to enhance the connection. air transportation hubs: represented in developing the existing airports and establishing new ones. telecommunications hubs: depends on the establishment of a network of modern communication lines. 6.2.6. attribution through: promoting the sense of human belonging and participating in reclamation, construction, construction management of different projects in the new cities. as human is the main element in the establishment of new cities, preferably young elements with different skills, whose engagement with their new communities can be a new beginning to perform through a real sense of belonging. the researcher believes that the mechanism of belonging is not realized unless there is stability (social and economic) in the same place, in addition to participation to promote the sense of belonging. 6.2.7. participation the mechanism of participation is achieved through: the involvement of the private sector and different organizations, even individuals in the development process. the participation process is done through 2 levels, a material one, through participation with capital, and a moral one, by participation in the management and operational matters which requires activation of the principle of direct free election of competencies, that are capable of managing the affairs of investing institutions, thus, restructuring many administrative units that form the administrative body system, leading to facilitation of the voluntary involvement process for individuals to achieve the change they aspire. 6.2.8. sustainability through: the pursuit and follow up of the development process, as the concept of sustainability means communication and continuity. thus, it is not enough to carry out the development process without being able to maintain its continuity, as sustainability is based on a foundation of non-crumbling resources, where the vast majority of these resources can be recycled indefinitely. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 10 6.2.9. population movement the population movement is activated and residents are encouraged to move towards new communities, through: providing strong attraction elements (economic, social and services), providing uniqueness of jobs, efficient performance, and abundance of salary. providing job opportunities and rewarding salaries, is fundamental for activating the attraction towards new cities, as the individual must prefer this place to others. the submission of the process of attraction to the election of the working elements is preferable, as young people are preferred due to their ability to benefit the community and settle, forming families, with a sense of belonging to the place, as no community or development can be found, without its inhabitants. 6.2.10. decentralizatio n means the transmission and distribution of functions from a central authority, or in other words, distributing and directing national potentials from the central government and its systems to the local authorities, through: providing fundamental foundation points as sub-capitals for new cities to be a substitute for the mother capital, so that decision making and its consequences can be performed through them. building administrative cadres capable of taking responsibility. taking into consideration that the new communities and cities are located in desert regions that are distant from the central authority, the process of liberation from the central constraints will push the development process forward where the decision making process will be faster to face any problems or emergent obstacles. freedom from centralized decision-making doesn’t mean secession from the general plans of the state, but rather, it performs according to the pre-set system. 6.2.11. interaction amplification it means the mechanisms used to take advantage of modern and cutting-edge ideas, whether in the field of technology or management and organization, for the success of development projects in new cities. this is done through: clean energy technologies: where access to clean energy can be expanded, such as solar energy, due to the presence of sun light around the year in the areas of new cities, in addition to the abundance of wind energy in the desert. it should be noted that solar energy can be exploited during the day in the sunrise, while, wind energy decreases during the day, and is more active at night, leading to the idea of integration between the two systems. thus, they can be harnessed to provide cities with a clean energy supply that causes no environmental pollution. supporting projects, through providing technologically and organizationally advanced services, so that all the means of initiating and embracing projects could be provided in an integrated work system, to overcome the problems that lead to their failure. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 11 6.2.12. civil and social aspects this includes: • co-ordination of work between the civil organizations, interested in the development of new cities and their classification into groups according to the interest such as health, society, and small projects. • enhancing the role of ngos and civil society organizations in spreading the concepts of preserving the natural resources such as water, air, soil, and energy sources. • establishing regional systems of certain environmental services, such as health burial of solid waste or safe disposal of wastes of all kinds. • directing on supporting projects and research, which aims for the development of new cities. • focus on the role of women in urban environmental protection as a source of awareness within the family. • focus on development programs that provide direct services to help people settle in new cities, especially young ones. coordinating efforts between the associations and organizations involved in urban development. 6.2.13. industrial & technological through: • restructuring industrial production regionally, allowing the industrial excellence of each new city, according to its regional resources, whether they are human or natural resources. • encouraging small and medium industries in new cities. • using the means of economic stimulation, such as technical support, tax exemptions and facilitated funding systems. 6.2.14. legislation & management through: liberalization of financing methods of the developmental projects in new cities. liberalization of labor heads of the central leaders and centralized decision making processes. legalization of certain activities and uses of new cities and activating laws related to the prohibition of establishing structures and industrial activities inside or near urban communities. the provision of the required land for various activities, in addition to the provision of facilities, incentives, and exemptions to speed up the development process. 1.5. the relation between development strategies and mechanisms: the relationship between development strategies and mechanisms is clarified through the following table: table 3.shows the relation between the strategies and mechanisms of new cities development, by the two researchers strategy sources and possibilities the required mechanism work style for achieving the mechanism, is done through: water strategy • • the development of irrigation systems and the use of groundwater. • re-use of agricultural drainage water, residential and industrial wastewater, to irrigate forests and wooden fruitless trees and that does not harm public health. sustainability mechanism • continuity and follow up of the development process, as the concept of sustainability means communication and continuity. thus, it is not enough to carry out the development process without being able to maintain its continuity, as sustainability is based on a foundation of non-crumbling resources, where the vast majority of these resources can be recycled indefinitely. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 12 agricultural development strategy • selection of appropriate crops for the type of soil, climate and water shortage, choose crops with large profits and the best seed strains of seed • to maximize the investment process. • use of modern equipment in agriculture, establishing areas of open grazing, accurately employing the crop typed to serve industries that can be established in the region. colonization mechanism • the exploitation of arable land through classification according to the type of soil and selecting suitable plants for the conditions of each type. sustainability mechanism • continuity and follow up of the development process, as the concept of sustainability means communication and continuity. • thus, it is not enough to carry out the development process without being able to maintain its continuity, as sustainability is based on a foundation of non-crumbling resources, where the vast majority of these resources can be recycled indefinitely. mechanism of maximizing the consistency of interaction • clean energy technologies: where access to clean energy can be expanded, such as solar energy, due to the presence of sun light around the year in the areas of new cities, in addition to the abundance of wind energy in the desert. it should be noted that solar energy can be exploited during the day in the sunrise, while, wind energy decreases during the day, and is more active at night, leading to the idea of integration between the two systems. thus, they can be harnessed to provide cities with a clean energy supply that causes no environmental pollution. • supporting projects, through providing technologically and organizationally advanced services, so that all the means of initiating and embracing projects could be provided in an integrated work system, to overcome the problems that lead to their failure. industrial development strategy establishing factories in sites with available materials to reduce transportation and depend on exports. upgrading the technological level of the community. expansion of participation of the private sector in the industry development. colonization mechanism • exploitation of mineral wealth that is found in most of the egyptian desert adjacent to new cities, through the creation of many industries, such as limestone suitable for the manufacture of cement, pure lime and the desert argil that is used in manufacturing clay brick, refractories and ceramics, in addition to white sand, which is suitable for the manufacture of glass, basalt rocks suitable for the manufacture of rock bricks and road pavements, and phosphate, used for the manufacture of fertilizers. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 13 diversificatio n • diversifying of activity areas as depending on single elements is deplorable and doesn’t achieve inclusiveness and communication. • diversifying the economic base allows for releasing the working energies in a better way. • opening continuous development areas depending on agriculture, industry, tourism, and others, according to the circumstances of each city. sustainability mechanism • the pursuit and follow up of the development process, as the concept of sustainability means communication and continuity. thus, it is not enough to carry out the development process without being able to maintain its continuity, as sustainability is based on a foundation of non-crumbling resources, where the vast majority of these resources can be recycled indefinitely. mechani sm of maximiz ing the consiste ncy of interacti on • clean energy technologies: where access to clean energy can be expanded, such as solar energy, due to the presence of sun light around the year in the areas of new cities, in addition to the abundance of wind energy in the desert. it should be noted that solar energy could be exploited during the day in the sunrise, while wind energy decreases during the day, it is more active at night leading to the idea of integration between the two systems. thus, they can be harnessed to provide cities with a clean energy supply that causes no environmental pollution. • supporting projects, through providing technologically and organizationally advanced services, so that all the means of initiating and embracing projects could be provided in an integrated work system, to overcome the problems that lead to their failure. the mechanism of industrial & technologic al aspect restructuring industrial production regionally, allowing the industrial excellence of each new city, according to its regional resources, whether they are human or natural resources. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 14 tourism development strategy establishing places of relaxation, such as hotels and campsites for those who seek tranquility and enjoying unique natural areas activating conferences tourism and youth activities. approximat ion mechanism • developing the means of transportation and reducing the distances between new cities to eliminate the isolation between them and the old valley, through some main axes, including: • major road axes: represented in strengthening the wild axes, connecting new cities with the old valley and connecting these cities together, in addition to providing links and additional ways to enhance the connection. • air transportation hubs: represented in developing the existing airports and establishing new ones. • telecommunications hubs: depends on the establishment of a network of modern communication lines. social development strategy concerned with driving the populations to new communities, convincing and encouraging them to settle there and create the conditions that ensure their stay in these new places. basic supports mechanism • training and rehabilitation of the citizens and organizing institutions and civil organizations with developmental or social objectives or specific productivity that forms the hidden dimension of management, follow-up, planning and public control, with no conflict, but rather supports and integrates with government systems responsible for the central development. • putting forward programs that aim to increase humanitarian and social activity in new cities, taking into consideration the negative impacts of the growth of an activity, while others fade, be it commercial, industrial or population activity. attribution mechanism • promoting the sense of human belonging and participating in reclamation, construction, construction management of different projects in the new cities. as human is the main element in the establishment of new cities, preferably young elements with different skills, whose engagement with their new communities can be a new beginning to perform through a real sense of belonging. participation mechanism • the involvement of the private sector and different organizations, even individuals in the development process. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 15 civil & social aspects mechanism • co-ordination of work between the civil organizations, interested in the development of new cities and their classification into groups according to the interest such as health, society, and small projects. • enhancing the role of ngos and civil society organizations in spreading the concepts of preserving the natural resources such as water, air, soil, and energy sources. • establishing regional systems of certain environmental services, such as health burial of solid waste or safe disposal of wastes of all kinds. • directing on supporting projects and research, which aims for the development of new cities. • focus on the role of women in urban environmental protection as a source of awareness within the family. • focus on development programs that provide direct services to help people settle in new cities, especially young ones. • coordinating efforts between the associations and organizations involved in urban development. population attraction strategy • providing economic attraction factors such as job opportunities and rewarding salaries. in addition to the social attraction factors such as providing adequate housing for young married people and those seeking marriage, especially for those who can't afford adequate housing in their original city. providing means of security, safety, education, health and entertainment for new residents. basic supports mechanism • developing activities and functions that maximize the ability of new cities to attract residents and increase the public city income. approximation mechanism • developing the means of transportation and reducing the distances between new cities to eliminate the isolation between them and the old valley, through some main axes, including: • major road axes: represented in strengthening the wild axes, connecting new cities with the old valley and connecting these cities together, in addition to providing links and additional ways to enhance the connection. • air transportation hubs: represented in developing the existing airports and establishing new ones. • telecommunications hubs: depends on the establishment of a network of modern communication lines. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 16 population movement mechanism • providing strong attraction elements (economic, social and services), providing uniqueness of jobs, efficient performance, and abundance of salary. • providing job opportunities and rewarding salaries, is fundamental for activating the attraction towards new cities, as the individual must prefer this place to others. urban development strategy • can be achieved by avoiding the establishment of urban communities in arable areas, or those containing mineral resources, or in sand dunes, storm water drains, or protectorates. • the design of buildings must consider harsh climate conditions of heat and humidity, through selecting convenient building m a t e r i a l s and a suitable design concept for the environment. population movement mechanism • providing strong attraction elements (economic, social and services), providing uniqueness of jobs, efficient performance, and abundance of salary. • providing job opportunities and rewarding salaries, is fundamental for activating the attraction towards new cities, as the individual must prefer this place to others. basic supports mechanism • diagnosis of the current situation socially, culturally economically, and urban-wise and identifying buildings’ conditions and occupancy rates and extent of the need for additional elements of the infrastructure. resource occupation legislation & administration mechanism • thorough understanding of the potential of the resources and putting them in the right place. for example, establishing factories on arable lands are forbidden, and the areas rich in historical elements should not be used for agricultural. • following accurate scales to measure the inputs and outputs to achieve minimum losses against biggest gains. • liberalization of financing methods development projects in new cities. • liberalization of labor heads of the central leaders and centralized decision making. • legalization of certain activities and uses of new cities and activating laws related to the prohibition of establishing structures and industrial activities inside or near urban communities. • the provision of the required land for various activities, in addition to the provision of facilities, incentives, and exemptions to speed up the development process. esraa salem , miran monir / the academic research community publication pg. 17 7. conclusion: the success of the new cities is dependent on its own development’s policy. in addition, the implementation of this policy is set in accordance with specific strategies and mechanisms that allow them to exploit resources and facilities available for achieving the target of the planned policy. references: 1. abdel moneim, m. n. (2008). development of new urban communities, "the egyptian state and international experiences"(unpublished doctoral dissertation, 2008). faculty of engineering, cairo university. 2. abdel fattah, h. s. (2009). the state of new cities of the arab republic of egypt case(unpublished doctoral dissertation, 2009). faculty of engineering: cairo university, 2009. 3. abdel-qader, l. a. (2005). an analytical study of the problems of development in the new cities in egypt(unpublished doctoral dissertation, 2005). faculty of engineering, cairo university. 4. abdel aal, a.m. (1992), ahmed mohammed. a book of new cities and regional development in egypt, magazine of the faculty of arts, minya university 5. abbas, a.m., (2007) the development of cities and regions random, azhar ninth international engineering conference. 6. amin, m. (2009). the functional roles of cities and new communities within the framework of national and regional policies comprehensive urban development. the international congress of the policies of the new urban communities development. 7. barakat, s. a. (2007). evaluation of urban development techniques for new rallies in egypt, with special mention of the cities: (tenth of ramadan sadat – 6th of october 6)(unpublished doctoral dissertation, 2007). ), faculty of engineering: cairo university. 8. shiha, s.m., (2007), the role of public opinion polls in policy-making. the international conference on public opinion polls and decision-making. 9. el wakeel, s. (2006), urban planning "principles basics applications ", the first edition http://www.ierek.com/press arcive-sr (print) (issn 2537-0154) international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) public art development doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.139 hassan ahmed ismail 1 1barch – cairo university mdesr – sci-arc keywords public art development; challenges among the built environment; advertising practices; construction industry; urban observations; façade colors and patterns; organized randomness; creative efforts and contributions; commercial street art; decorative concrete; colorful bricks; tinted bricks abstract please allow me to express my interest in participating in the event; the agenda and objective are of high significance for discussing the maturity and development of a sustainable "cultural and creative infrastructure" powered by cultural policies and practices. involvement and lobbying for such topics is essential for the cultural and creative dynamics where creative cities attract creative people. while navigating through a search engine and typing a name of a city, the first images to appear visualize the built environment of the city. for instance when you type cairo into google, you will be mainly looking at the pyramids and built environment around the nile in addition to the old city of cairo. if you type in new york you will find images of skyscrapers positioned around the natural landscape of the city, and so on and so forth. thus tourism depends a lot on the built environment and the touristic standard is subject to the built environment, type and quality of tenants attracting the general public and of course the natural landscape. arts and architecture play an important role among the built environment having both tangible and intangible economic impacts resulting from touristic attractions as well as other means; cairo was once described as the most beautiful city in the world with the rich urban fabric and prosperity of the arts and architecture. in a country like egypt where segmentation between the different social levels is becoming a real threat for future generations, it is crucial to work with all stakeholders including the authorities, civil society and the general public with objectives that would aim to serve all interests and gain a positive public opinion. 1. introduction capitalizing upon the booming real estate development industry in egypt, public art development is a huge market especially for creative and cultural industries working towards community enrichment and place making through improving street visuals as a means of inspiration as well as creating value by exposure, interaction, understanding and appreciation of high artistic quality with an objective to connect art with people, enhance the design-build quality standards and stimulate the alternative tourism scene expanding as a model and catalyst for further artistic activity. there are many case studies for slums and informal areas that have been transformed from repellent neighborhoods into attractive touristic sites especially in africa and latin america where cultural operators sometimes even offer public art tours as part of the cultural experience. public art installations especially the contemporary ones are commonly located around main squares all over the governorates and are usually unappealing even though design and construction costs may reach a few hundred thousand pounds and sometimes even exceeding millions. budgets are allocated and available both by the public and private sectors however the selection, commissioning and management processes face challenges dealing with hassan ahmed ismail / the academic research community publication stakeholders and administrative structures simply because of bureaucracy, ignorance and corruption. egypt however has extreme urban settings with diverse social layers and which generates random yet fascinating outcomes, occasionally art initiatives take place but usually on a one-time basis yet maintenance of the works is rarely considered. however such art initiatives and projects gain a high popularity and create a positive atmosphere. 1. challenges among the built environment segmentation in egypt is becoming a major threat among social, cultural and urban contexts having extreme impacts on both the people and built environment whereas a healthy social fabric will only exist through penetrating and collaborating with such communities towards engagement and inclusivity. poor engineering and maintenance together with urban segregation have negative impacts on the built environment creating a deteriorated brand and image of the egyptian scene not reflecting upon the rich cultural heritage. 1.1 advertising practices outdoor advertising highly impacts the city skyline and aesthetics, on an environmental level the excess use of large outdoor advertising structures contribute towards an unsustainable sprawl in terms of new construction including but not limited to billboard frames, poles, foundations, power infrastructure and utilities resulting in accumulative built volumes which impact visibility, natural light and sometimes accessibility. creating media spots is an industry that will continue to boom and which may inspire the use of alternative design and technology solutions, for instance phosphorescent paints absorb heat during the day and glow at night potentially replacing outdoor electrical installations. figure 1 vast ripe surfaces figure 2 unsustainable practices 1.2 construction industry on the other hand design and construction capacities are limited to the absence of law enforcement including unresponsiveness to informal construction activities and protection of heritage buildings. repetitive interpretations and applications of design and building codes probably also limit the creative aspect and façade design qualities, one of the main reasons is that architecture and engineering are associated together when it comes to higher education on the national level lagging advanced tools and applied technical learning. the visual and design quality standards continue to fade into the local market dilemmas especially in less fortunate neighborhoods between limited varieties of cheap and low quality products, undeveloped taste due to lack of exposure and of course the complex circumstances prioritizing other important life aspects leaving art and design as a luxury that not everyone can afford. hassan ahmed ismail / the academic research community publication figure 3 partially finished building 2. urban observations 2.1 façade colors and patterns there is a high preference for colors and ornamentation when it comes to exterior and interior designs, from the least fortunate neighborhoods to the most luxurious compounds people tend to express bright and cheerful designs reflected upon the real estate and built environment. driving around the ring road in greater cairo for instance is a great inspiration for those interested in investigating the different façade typologies. figure 4 preference for colors in the countryside there are even more unique colors and patterns emphasizing the architectural elements and are inspired by nature, more colors and details usually demonstrate a higher social and wealth status. figure 5 faiyum governorate hassan ahmed ismail / the academic research community publication figure 6 high contrasts yet similar elements 2.2 organized randomness contractors among other suppliers may also advertise their products and services to the public most of which are successful by grabbing attention and conducting business. figure 7 color palettes hassan ahmed ismail / the academic research community publication figure 8 wall as advertising panels 3. creative efforts and contributions although the local art scene in egypt is considered underdeveloped compared to the west, there is a huge potential to capitalize and build upon such rich local heritage and artistic production. as a matter of fact egypt has the potential to become a center of excellence for art taking into consideration our expansive pool of talent in addition to the massive corporate marketing and construction budgets leaving behind surfaces and spaces ripe for transformative change. 3.1 commercial street art cairo is overwhelming and one of the most live cities full of energy, wandering the streets one may realize an extremely dynamic and intensive commercial presence probably perceived as a kitsch advertising prototype in terms of colors, material and quality. despite such immaturity there is a lot of potential in transforming those facades into an attractive street frontage with solid art and graphics providing direct and indirect advertising while preserving the local loud and decorative character observed as the colorful patches that we see everywhere around us on vehicles, walls and buildings. figure 9 examples of commercial street art hassan ahmed ismail / the academic research community publication 3.2 decorative concrete examining the traditional and recurrent informal construction activities in egypt one observes the repetitive typology of concrete grids and red bricks exposed all together as raw façades with minimum creative applications and interventions. alternative approaches could result in a visual transformation when it comes to bricks and concrete, for instance using colored as well as decorative concrete casts. figure 10 informal housing skyline figure 11 example of decorative concrete cast 3.3 colorful bricks several attempts occur for painting bricks as part of the façade treatment process resulting in very interesting and sometimes beautiful pixilated colorful surfaces, painting the bricks is indeed a practical and creative solution considering the additional costs related to alternative treatments including cladding materials among other applications. most importantly this is happening organically and expanding on a national level. figure 12 examples of painted bricks figure 13 example of painted bricks hassan ahmed ismail / the academic research community publication 3.4 tinted bricks this may also inspire the idea of color dyeing bricks via separate production lines in brick factories by tinting the clay before or while being casted directly into the molds, a process that would facilitate, consolidate and optimize the design-build process. figure 14 concepts for tinted bricks figure 15 concepts for tinted bricks conclusion egypt is and has always been very inspiring despite the lack or immaturity of a creative infrastructure and ecosystem including but not limited to art and design education, facilities and supplies however there is more need for competition, critical thinking and appreciation for arts and design. unfortunately many craftsmen nowadays are giving up their inherited and acquired skill for other jobs that would tentatively better secure them financially but not necessarily satisfy their creative expression contributing towards discouragement of craftsmanship and unemployment. the maturity and development of a sustainable creative and cultural infrastructure powered by cultural policies and practices is essential for the cultural and creative dynamics where creative cities attract creative people and without innovation we will continue to develop as a consumer based society, therefore t is crucial to work with all stakeholders including the authorities and civil society with objectives that would aim to serve the best interests and gain a positive public opinion. http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication cultural influence on evaluation system of social sustainability in turkish housing projects salah haj ismail1, hatice kalfaoglu hatipoglu2 1 assist.prof.dr.ankara yildirim beyazit university, ankaraturkey 2assist.prof. dr. ankara yildirim beyazit university, ankaraturkey keywords social sustainability housing-cultureturkeysyria; abstract architects have always been keen on providing efficient and ideal housing while considering multiple factors because it is one of the essential needs of human beings. sustainability has become a core topic in housing design and several studies have tried to define the important factors that should be considered in order to realize sustainable design. lately, architects and urban planners managed to take steps forward towards social sustainability in design to define the socio-natural relationship allowing lasting environmental quality. many studies in the us and europe were conducted to analyze this complex mission. since different communities have developed different cultures, traditions, and attitudes dealing with housing projects, this paper aims to investigate the different factors and criteria to analyze and evaluate social sustainability in housing projects for culturally different societies. this investigation provides an understanding of the diverse needs of those different communities in terms of socially sustainable design. different case studies from similar cultures in turkey and syria have been analyzed towards the establishment of clear and solid scientific evaluation system suitable for those communities in order to discuss the factors needed to achieve social sustainability of housing on an architectural and urban scale. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-review under responsibility of archive's the academic research community publication 1. introduction since architecture has always dealt with the problems of people in terms of spatial quality, the buildings and the built environment should contribute to providing a livable space for people. social quality and sustainability ensure this liveability by improving nature-human-society relationships on the long term. especially design of residential areas with social quality has a great significance because we spend most of our lives in our houses. to provide this social quality in residential areas, it is important to respond to needs and requirements of people and enhance the relationship between nature and humans. this allows for the building of a better society and improves quality of life for everyone because a better design of the built environment can contribute to better interactions and liveability of people. doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.228 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ salah haj ismail / the academic research community publication pg. 2 this social quality is related to functional quality, which is one of the core aspects of architecture. functionality is described in oxford dictionary as “the purpose that something is designed or expected to fulfill.” (“functionality”, n.d.) a functional framework should be ensured to allow people to carry out activities efficiently and comfortably. physical and psychological needs should be fulfilled such as privacy, social contact, freedom etc. adaptation to the changing needs and circumstances is also a factor that makes the building functional (voordt and wegen, 2005). social-functional quality of residential projects is the determinant of the value of social sustainability of these housing areas. it is difficult to assess this quality but it is important to describe the indicators. this study first determines the criteria needed to evaluate social sustainability and seeks to define the current position of housing regarding social sustainability in two similar but different cultures in order to determine the cultural influence on this evaluation. nomenclature shq sustainable housing quality 2. related work there are some important indicators in housing that enhance the quality of life with a better housing design. social sustainability is one of these main indicators. sustainability is not only concerned with global warming and recycling, but it ensures a meaningful, better and a happy life for all (chapman and gant, 2007). social sustainability is one of the three main pillars of sustainability and is a factor that is related to the satisfaction of the user and human-centered planning. polese and stren describe social sustainability as “development (and/or growth) that is compatible with harmonious evolution of civil society, fostering an environment conducive to the compatible cohabitation of culturally and socially diverse groups while at the same time encouraging social integration with improvements in the quality of life for all segments of the population” (polese and stren, 2000). in syria, (kandakjy, 2011) social sustainability is not evaluated or analyzed in any housing project constructed by public institutes. (haj ismail, 2012) says that the syrian design norms give the base for good social sustainability but it lacks many social activities and spaces. in turkey, social sustainability has not been a real consideration in design and has not been evaluated in housing projects (kalfaoglu hatipoglu, 2016; tereci, 2017). the notion of sustainability has remained on an economical level. 3. methodology the study compares the european standards and norms for design to achieve social sustainability with the standards and designs in two case studies in two different countries. it then examines the reaction/interaction of users from those different cultures to these standards in order to understand if those norms are required in those cultures or rejected for different needs. ultimately, we are suggesting the best practices and applications to achieve social sustainability in a different cultural atmosphere. the case study from turkey is from the city of konya, which is located in the city center and has three housing blocks. the second case study is a mass public housing for youth in the city of aleppo, the biggest city of syria. 4. evaluations system for social sustainability to evaluate the social sustainability of housing, indicators of the social functional quality analysis of shq (sustainable housing quality) evaluation system have been used (kalfaoglu hatipoglu, 2016). shq evaluation system includes three main criteria to evaluate housing projects, these are social-functional quality analysis, aesthetic-visual quality analysis, and energy-construction quality analysis. social-functional quality analysis of this evaluation system has eleven sub-indicators, which include several questions and qualitative analyses using spatial and structural data and observations for the evaluation. the major interest according to the community in these two countries was forwarded to these three indicators.  accessibility and circulation  flexibility  children´s playground salah haj ismail / the academic research community publication pg. 3 4.1. case study in konya/turkey mavisehir housing complex is a 120 flat estate housing with three blocks, each of which has two entrances. the construction of the project was completed in 2012. it consists of 10 storybuildings around a garden. the site includes children´s playground, open car parking, and greenery with sitting possibilities for people. the surrounded site is guided by security guards to control the entrance of the foreigners. the site is close to the city center. accessibility and circulation: one side of the housing is autobahn, which causes a lot of traffic congestion and the rush of everyday life around the site. after the entrance to the site, finding a way to the building entrances is clear and easy. roads are not well defined and the pedestrian and car distinction is provided neither at the entrance of the housing nor in the garden and there is not a traffic calming measure to control vehicle speed. there are children playing in the way of the cars and parking places. figure 2: the general image of the buildings figure 3: parking place in front of the buildings figure 1: site plan and typical floor plan of mavisehir housing figure 4: the entrance of the buildings (left) and circulation routes (middle and right) salah haj ismail / the academic research community publication pg. 4 at the entrance of the buildings, there is a steep ramp, which exceeds the slope of 6%. inside the building, there is another ramp without handrails. in the buildings, there isn’t a clear distinction between materials and these materials do not support a secure circulation (slip-resistant finishes, spatial orientation, recognizable etc.). the stair enclosure does not benefit from daylight, which causes the loss of the attractiveness and social/physical adversities. public transport is provided mostly from the autobahn mentioned above but the nearest transport possibility is the “dolmus”, which goes to the center and does not provide the possibility to be used with buggies because of the size of the vehicle (smaller and higher than the bus) and the crowd. a lot of residents have two cars. flexibility: the interior walls of the flats are not load-bearing but the material cannot easily be demolished without intrusive interventions. a change in the design of the flats has not been foreseen in the planning phase. the rooms are arranged in a corridor. changing of the flat sizes (smaller/bigger/divided to) is not possible because of the restricted size of the entrances of the flats. any construction changes in the flats have not been made until 2017. children´s playground: there is a small playground with some equipment, which is located at the edge of the site near the autobahn. the lack of a sandpit seemed to be an important deficiency by the residents which is typical in the playgrounds of turkey. the playground equipment and floor are made of plastic and have a standard design, which can be seen in any housing estate. there are also a lot of children playing and cycling in the whole housing site. however, the lack of distinction between pedestrians and cars is a potential danger to the safety of the children as stated before. an indoor playground for too hot/cold days lacks in the project. there is not any other playground close to the site in the surrounding. 4.2. case study in aleppo/syria: youth public housing in maasaraniyeh is a new city quarter of many similar projects in aleppo. it is composed of 132 blocks of five-floor buildings with a total of 3960 flats divided into different zones including all services and infrastructures. it was planned to be constructed in five phases starting from 2007 and finishing in 2015. figure 6: site plan of maasaraniyef and typical floor plan accessibility and circulation: the complex is separated from the airport highway with a wide green belt surrounding it. it is well connected to the city center around 5 km with public transportation and easy to access by private cars, it is clear to reach buildings entrances and for each block, there is an open parking lot. the streets have traffic calming pumps located on the outer edge of the building where the area in between is for pedestrians only. the entrances have 3 to 5 steps stairs. figure 5: the lack of distinction pedestrians/cars (left), playground (middle), playing children in the site (right) salah haj ismail / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure 7: building height of five floors(left) and separation of vehicles from pedestrian (right) flexibility: the reinforced concrete structures and the light divisions materials enabled the easy modification of the interior spaces mainly adding new rooms or widening the kitchen, closing the balcony were the main modification asked by the users, in some cases joining two flats to form one bigger for a big family also was noticed especially with the family growth in years even the project was designated to newly married young couples. also, they prefer to remove the eating room and add it either to the kitchen or living room since in the tradition there is no eating space needed. three different models of the design are found according to the size, using corridors or central hall, which was not always satisfactory for some users who prefer the central salon style. figure 8: modification done by users: closing balconies(left) removing the wall between two rooms(right) 5children´s playground: the plaza in between buildings designed as a green area was used as playgrounds by children and football camps even though it has no equipment. this is because of the high temperature which needs a shaded area for playing and all playgrounds were collected in the central part of the quarter which has a higher level of vegetation and trees providing suitable shadow level. also with the clear separation between the cars and pedestrians, many children are riding their bicycles in the alleys. 5. discussion and results: according to users’ interviews in konya, they think it would be better with a distinction between pedestrians and vehicles in the garden and an underground parking would be a better solution to achieve this distinction, while in aleppo (touma g.2010), they find the parking area is too large and should be decreased and added to play areas for the children. in addition to that, the possibility of using daylight in the staircases would be an added value of the design. in both cases, the accessibility of disabled and infants wheeled equipment should be enhanced/ added to the entrances. for the flexibility in konya, they prefer that the design should be 5 rooms instead of 4 rooms since it does not allow easy modification after construction, while in aleppo, even easy modification can be conducted but they prefer to take into consideration in early stages the possibility of expansion when the family grows since it is designed for newly married couples. moreover, they prefer to have a lift in the building because the design allows this addition. salah haj ismail / the academic research community publication pg. 6 the playground design in konya should consider using more natural adequate materials for children and should be overseen from all the building blocks. in the other case, they asked to have more trees in playgrounds to achieve higher shading and more noise insulation. 6. conclusion after the application of the sfqa on two case studies, we found that the culture of these communities has strongly affected their decision in using, modifying and future intervention needed. as architects, our responsibility is to understand the needs and requirements of the residents and solve any short comes in the design. thus we can enhance the social quality of residential projects and decrease the need for future interventions. design of an underground parking area, indoor playgrounds for too hot/cold days, bigger lifts, daylight reaching circulation routes, more qualified playgrounds and definition of pedestrian/car circulation should be ensured in konya. moreover, the location of children´s playground in mavisehir, which is next to the autobahn, was also a wrong decision decreasing the quality. compared to western cultures, we found some differences such as the minimum need of parking because of the minor use of cars in aleppo and the need for less open playgrounds and more indoor-shared facilities/spaces due to the different user behaviors in those different cultures. the social evaluation sfqa should take into consideration the cultural differences between communities and it is essential to understand the real requirements of the community in order to respond to these needs correctly both in planning and design. references: 1. chapman j., gant, n.(ed).(2007). designers, visionaries and other stories: a collection of sustainable design essays.london: earthscan. 2. van der voordt, t. j.m., van wegen h.b.r. (2005). architecture in use: an introduction to the programming, design and evaluation of buildings. oxford: architectural press of elsevier. 3. kalfaoglu hatipoglu, h. (2016). improving turkish housing quality through holistic architecture: assessment framework, guidelines, lessons from vienna (doctoral dissertation). tecnical university of vienna,vienna. 4. tereci, a. (2017). importance of social sustainability at the mass housing projects. international conference on new trends in architecture and interior design, volume 3. 5. polese m and stren r. (2000). the social sustainability of cities: diversity and management of change. toronto: university of toronto press,pp 15-16. 6. kandakjy l. (2011).factors affecting design transformation of public housing in aleppo. university of aleppo journal 13-14. 7. haj ismail s.(2012). reviewing aleppo public spaces in terms of creativity and co-living. cairo: joint urban design workshop. 8. “functionality”. (n.d.). oxford dictionary. retrieved may 15 2017, from https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/functionality 9. touma g.(2010). planning strategy for activating the axes of urban development. ascwa conference about improvement of living conditions through sustainable development, cairo. 8.acknowledgement the interviews of the mavisehir case in konya are made with the residents: müserref kalfaoglu and emine buhurlu. 9.resumee hatice kalfaoglu hatipoglu works at ankara yildirim beyazit university, department of architecture, as an asst. prof. she got her b. sc. and msc (as dipl. ing) degrees at faculty of architecture and planning at vienna https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/functionality salah haj ismail / the academic research community publication pg. 7 university of technology, vienna, austria in 2008. she also obtained her phd degree in architecture and planning from vienna university of technology. she worked as an intern in architecture offices coop himmelblau in vienna and mimarlar in turkey. she worked as an architect and a designer in bg4 architects, zauhenberger architecture office and espace design & visualisation company in austria. her current research interests are housing design quality and sustainability. salah haj ismail is an associate professor of architecture. he obtained a b.s of architectural engineering from aleppo university which is followed by postgraduate degrees in building sciences, archeology and an m.s. in construction management. then he has completed his phd in architecture at politecnico di torino, italy. he has worked in several universities in syria, italy, and spain as an academician. also he was establisher of mimar architectural group in syria 2002 and worked in different offices in italy, (maat architettura),saudi arabia(bunian) and spain(torrearch). he is pursuing his studies at the civil engineering department of ankara yıldırım beyazıt university. he is fluent in spanish, italian, english, in addition to his native language, arabic. his current research is sustainable development of rural architecture as solution for refugees housing. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the governmental efforts in emphasising identity through art projects “siwa oasis studios as a case study” doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.134 reem assem saleh 1 1faculty of fine arts, helwan university, cairo , egypt.american university in cairo (auc) , egypt keywords siwa oasis ; siwa studios grant ; art grants ; culture identity; emphasize identity abstract within each culture, the multi-source origins play an essential role to form its distinct moral and aesthetic values which emphasize the cultural identity. these values were accumulated through ages. that’s why, every single cultural tributary should be traced, to demonstrate the extent of its impact on specific city identity formation. the egyptian government pays due attention to siwa oasis because of its special historical and cultural characteristics. it happens in co-operation with one of the culture ministry sectors "the general organization for cultural palaces", that adopted the idea of reviving the project of city studios. such initiave has been established before at the city of luxor. for example, a financial and logistic support was provided for the initiave in a similar context. from this standingpoint, this paper provides a historical study about siwa oasis since its inception at the ancient egyptian era and through the greco-roman, thhheee coptic-islamic era, and the arab influences till now. also, i will review the siwa studios grant: procedures, different sessions and the most interesting aspect of it which is the exhibitions. the historical and cultural overview will include: the significant monuments in the city, location and environment, population and their language, traditions, and custom, and finally, the siwa oasis features nowadays. reviewing the project stages will include: how to apply? on what bases the participants was chosen? also, information about the time schedule, the site-visits, etc. finally, i will analyze some artworks from 2009 till now in order to emphasize the importance of such activity on the cultural map. 1. introduction what is the significance of the siwa studios grant, as stated in the word of mohammed saber arab, former minister of culture, in the exhibition catalog of session 2014? he stated that "it is in moment, like this, where people fighting against time to survive the heritage from the fever of redrawing the geography and re-writing the history."1(exhibition catalouge:2014) the only way to counter the downsides of globalization and the dominance of oriented cultural invasion is to adhere to identity and to preserve the heritage generally, whether morally or physically. thus, the ministry of culture, represented in the general organizations for the cultural palaces / exhibition and studios department affiliated with the general department of fine arts and reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 2 environmental crafts. the ministry initiated its events by launching the activities of siwa studios in 2008 after the demolition of luxor studios, it relocated the activity to marsa matrouh governorate. that is considered as one of the most important activities of the ministry which emphasizes on preserving the egyptian cultural heritage with its local diversified characteristics. most importaaanlty, all of which is united in one historical origin since ancient egyptian, pre-dynastic era. western sahara depressions in general and siwa oasis, in particular, are characterized by its various cultural features where ancient egyptian culture, the culture of central africa and the arabian culture with their multi tributaries are melted. the choice of siwa oasis as permanent headquarters for the continuation of such events stem out from several reasons reflected in the importance of the oasis and its history and charm nature that represent constant inspiration source in all areas of the arts. for example, it’s "the sunset oasis" as named by the great novelist bahaa taher in his novel that was awarded the international prize for arabic novels 20082(taher:2008). to the north and near marsa matrouh city on the border between egypt and libya, "sidi barrani" is a city that was chosen by the writer mohamed salah al-azab to be the place where events of his novel in 2010 revolve around. the reality in the novel is blended with fiction, myth with history and the city with the sahara. the novel has the same name of the city " sidi barani "3(al-azab:2010). the desert environment, or rather the extreme local environmentsm has been always an inspiration for fine artists over history. this paper addresses, first; life in and around the oasis and similar environments in terms of history, and the most important impacts throughout the ages, the customs and traditions of its inhabitants, and their daily life aspects. second; it is to monitor their impact on the participating artists in the grant as a source of inspiration and creativity in fine arts. however, the participation in the grant provides an opportunity for the artists of different fields to have such unique experience. this is considered as a promising opportunity for plastic artists to enrich their visual memories with its topographical, architectural and botanical characters as well as its diverse relationship. for example, the contrast of bright sunlight reflected on the silver sand surface and the gloomy darkness of the desert in contradiction with the lunar nights. artists will experience different scenes of the oasis during the visit, and their memory will be enriched by the details of its sophisticated aspects, which constitute a selective memory to transmit and translate those scenes to color relationships, spaces and lines in a various artistic works. each of which carries aesthetic values derived from the rich nature of the oasis to produce differentiation in artistic works according to artists differences. 2. research problem: 1. have the government efforts, represented in the ministry of culture projects (studios), managed to preserve the cultural heritage and emphasize the egyptian identity? 2. was it successful choice to designate siwa city as the headquarters of the event? 3. are the artistic works in the consecutive project sessions since 2008 contributing to providing a comprehensive picture of the oasis and helping in emphasizing its identity? 4. is there any integration between the different roles of the governmental agencies to preserve the heritage of the oasis and its identity? research objectives: 1. introduce siwa oasis through the various cultural stages and its moral and physical heritage. 2. monitor the steps of applying to siwa studios grant, its procedures, and classification of artistic works in various sessions. 3. analyze samples of artistic works in different sessions. 4. conclude new recommendations to develop the idea of the project and ensure better achievement of desired goals. research hypotheses: 1. the success of governmental efforts to emphasize identity in the egyptian cities, siwa oasis as a case study. 2. the sufficiency of all steps of the project procedure and its role in the success of the idea of the project. research methodology: the historical method / descriptive and analytical approach. the first point: siwa oasis over different cultural stages and its moral and material heritage reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 3 1. location siwa oasis located in egypt's western sahara, fig.1, 300 km south from marsa matrouh city and to which is affiliated administratively, it's considered the western gateway of egypt. the importance of the location is stemmed out from its proximity to the egyptian-libyan border. approximately, it is 65 kilometers away and it is considered as a natural extension of the oasis jaghbub, 820 kilometers far from the southwest of cairo. "in 2002 a governmental decree was issued to transfer 7800 kilometers of lands inside the oasis and its surrounding lands into a natural reserve."4 (nofal:2014) a lower surface level in the oasis is up to 18 meters below the sea level in some places and the height of the highest level in the surrounding plateau is 240 meters above the sea level. it has been stated among the most 9 isolated places on earth in some studies. in the ancient history, the location has been always a strategic and important site in the old trade routes across the sahara. some small oases and depressions located at different distances from siwa oasis and the affiliated areas wtith it, for example fig.2 : "gerbet","shayata","um ayisha","al malfi","al grag","bahrain","noamesah","setra" and depressions like : "tamirh","tabaghbagh" and "al jarah"5(aldumery:2016) . fig.1, siwa oasis map illustration of small oases and depressions affiliated to siwa oasis 2. origin of the name-etymology siwa was given many names such as pnta or tha, this name was found in written texts in edfu temple, "a famous text of the seven oases"6(fakhry:1993) that demonstrate delegates from north and south oases offering sacrifices and gifts for pharaoh kings. later, the oasis has been named after the oasis of amon or country of alamounian as stated by herodotus 450 bc. that was the case until the reign of the ptolemies and during the roman rule, who named it the oasis of jupiter amon. yacoubi "the historian" has referred to it as a tribe of barbarians "suh" or "zuo" in his book (countries), and idrisi, the geographical, referred to it as "centraih" in his book (nozhat el-moshtaqe fi ekhteraqe el-aafaq). the same name was mentioned in maqrizi plans, which he called in other places "al aqsa oasis" means far away, and even ibn-khaldun referred to it as "tesoh", a name of a branch of the zenata tribes inhabiting north africa. 3. population and language there are several archaeological evidence for the existence of human communities in prehistoric times, especially the old stone age, and the primitive ages. they were always trying to reach the valley to stabilize it, but the people of this remote region from the nile valley remained outside the boundaries of any territorial or central government until the fifteen century. bc ; " the era of new kingdom" (aldumery:2016). the origin of those people were a mixture of thnw tribes (often of african descent) and the tribes of tmhw (often indoeuropean descent). both were tribes that inhabited the western delta and western sahara in the ancient history. they have been mixed with berber tribes "amazigh" and the libyans of the same origin of the mediterranean people of the nile valley. the current population is considered as the natural extent to the population of the western sahara through egypt, libya, tunisia, algeria and morocco and mauritania down to the shores of the atlantic ocean in the west and sometimes mixing it with the tribes of central africa. at the mean time, the number of the oasis’s inhabitants is 25 thousand people who are always boasting about their arab roots as they were a mixture of several tribes that settled in the oasis and branched out into several tribes. after that, they bear similar names with arab tribes across the western sahara of north africa. the people also speak the amazigh language with the local accent, it's the language of berbers in north africa, which is divided into several accents for each region, and among which there is the language of siwa people known as the "siwa" or "tesiout". it is a verbal-unwritten\ oral language although there are some pictorial signs of it in the archaeological evidence. reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 4 4. oasis history in different ages historical evidences indicate the existence of organized communities in the oasis since the primitive ages. in a published report in archeology researches in western sahara magazine, about three main territory (siwaal jaraalarj), wahat bahria, the line of west delta desert, there were evidences of archeological remains from prehistoric imes, especially the modern stone age including a remaining of a semi-circular architecture structure in “shayatt” oasis (tassie:2009) for example, the first dynasty antiquities and the tombs of the kings of oasis rulers of the sixth dynasty were discovered. yet, there were no conclusive evidences that the oasis was under control of ancient egyptian rulers until the twenty-sixth family where king ahmus ii "ip ra" or "amazis" built the inspiration temple on aghurmi rock that made the siwa oasis famous as one of the five major depressions in the egyptian western sahara throughout history. thanks to its temple which is known by its prophecies in the ancient world as one of the most important inspirational centers1, especially after the realization of the prophecy about the end of the persian army and it defeat.the persians had invaded egypt before and their rule was ended the twenty-sixth family. in the year 331 bc, alexander the great visited the temple of amun as siwa oasis was the center for its worship (zeus-amun) who sent messengers to alexander the great to peacefully guide him on the road to the temple "oracle temple". that story happened when alexander lost his way in the desert, according to several sources. alexander was welcomed by amon priests who took him to the holy of holies as he was revealed to be the son of "zeus-amun", and he was crowned as the king of egypt and greece and he was given the title of "alexander of two horns", a metaphor for the (amon, who took the ram horn as a sign). there are no proofs to believe that he was buried symbolically for temporary period in a cemetery in siwa. perhaps a commitment by the first ptolemy to implement alexander's will in terms of his relationship with the god zeus-amun in siwa"9(darwish:2009). the god amun took several names and forms in western sahara and libya throughout history. sometimes he's confused with the "baal hammon" 10(aldumery2016) the libyan god, he is "amun ra the god of thebes " in some sources or amon zeus in the trinity "amunbaramunlibyan hera" in other sources, as his worship has spread untill building the temple in the reign of the twenty-sixth family bc. therefore, the interest in the oasis increased in the era of the ptolemy and romans, the successors of alexander the great, and even some of them had carved their own tombs there at (mountain of the dead) or (gebel al mawta). the interest in the oasis temple and its prophecies throughout ages decreased, and there is no events worth mentioning till the sixth century, when constantine ordered the closure of all (pagan) temples in egypt. thus, siwa and its temple disappeared from history except some references to it in the era of the islamic rule of musa bin nusayr in the eighth century, in the eleventh century in the writings of arab geographer idrisi and in the maqrizi og the fifteenth century, who mentioned that the inhabitants of the oasis were 600 persons2 . that brings us to siwa manuscript. it stated that "forty men from seven families built the city of shali -that means (the city) in siwan languagein 1203 on a fortified site on the mountain. they surrounded it with a wall and one gate, and no buildings were allowed outside the wall. later throughout ages, several gates were opened and they have built their homes on the cliff. the manuscript didn't mention any differences in the origin between these families, descents. by the time, they have splitted into two main tribes; eastern and western. they are mostly concentrated in the current siwa city, which represents the oasis centre, and they formed a closed group working in agriculture, trade and receiving commercial convoys and pilgrims convoys. they do not mingle with the outside world except for a little and they form with each other semi-centralized government under the leadership of "elders" (leaders of families) as mentioned in the records of european adventurers who visited the oasis. the oasis has been conquered by mohamed ali soldiers in 1820, and its people were forced to pay taxes. they were subjected to the authority of the basha as a strange appointed governor with his security forces to maintain order. history mentioned several wars and disturbances between tribes in the east and the west. disciplinary delegates were sent to the oasis by khedive abbas, khedive saeed and khedive ismail till the visit of khedive abbas ii to the oasis, who completed some land reclamation works and restored water springs in addition to providing help to the people of the town. all restoration works were stopped by the beginning of the first world war and by that time the western sahara, and the siwa oasis in particular, became the scene of conflicts and activities of el-sanusi religious order,11(fakhry:1993). it was established by al-sayyid muhammad bin ali alsanusi, the founder and owner of the most important islamic advocacy centers in the western sahara and libya. western tribes on the oasis converted to sufism (senussi); however, the eastern tribes embraced sufi (al 1 many researchers believe that, the cult of amon were scattered since the twenty-one dynasty and a temple dedicated to amun was there. 2 a manuscript about the origin and history of the families of siwa and some of its old rituals, and their history through ages, kept with one senior family there reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 5 madenia). both had made an alliance with the turks against england and italy till the end of the first world war. thereafter, the oasis had a period of tranquility and peace as a result of interest in it again, as well as reconstruction done by king fouad. then, things were back to deterioration during world war ii. the italians and germans troops conquered the oasis, where they have settled for several months, that forced people of the city to hide in the (gebel al mawta).the economic situation was worsen until the war ended and once again the oasis restored calmness during the reign of king farouk. political and economical stability continued till july revolution 1952 and the oasis became affiliated dministratively to marsa matrouh governorate till now. 5. customs and traditions for decades, siwa oaisi remains an isolated place from the outside world. it is the fact that made its people strongly attached to each other and proud of their family affiliations. customs and traditions of the oasis people are much like all bedouin communities habits. it's a significant conservative community, especially with regard to dealing with strangers. the oasis was an important point in the trade routes across the desert (forty path), therefore, its people, mainly the menm have necessary negotiation skills in buying and selling, and –thussome flexibility, especially at the mean time. however, that flexibility vanishes when it comes to women. until recently, it was forbidden to the siwan women to go out of the house, and if allowed in emergency situation, this must be in the company of her father or her brother or her husband. "if a women is glimpsed by a visitor; it is usually as a black shadow slipping from house to house; there is little opportunity to observe the true beauty of the traditional costume of the oasis"12(bilancetti:2012). women cloths in siwa are rharacterized by rich chromatography resulting from knitting and needle works and various motifs and symbols on black (gelbab) fig.3. in addition to that, silver jewelry inlaid with precious stones such as (al-adrim and al-aghro) and big bracelets such as (al-damlag and al-dablag)13(moanes:2006) where clothes model and ornaments are expressing their marital status.fig.4. men cloths, land owners, are characterized by robes, pants and belt, while labors wear shirts with wide sleeves up to the knee, a coat and turban. oasis people is subjected to customary system based on islamic law (sharia) with a tribal background. accordingly, society is split into a tribal sheikh , al-awaql (delegate for each family), members of the tribe and "alzaqalh" (labors or servants who gained stature in the siwi community over time). they have their own festivals and celebrations beside the traditional islamic ones. the famous one what is known as "al-seiaha" and it takes place in october. ig.3, example of embroidery women clothes and silver jewelry. wan women wearing the trafottet. photo taken by author 6. the distinctive environmental elements in siwa oasis distinctive site of the oasis and its history had a great impact on the formation of the daily life elements. topography of the place, the nature of the plant and the animal life. the nature of the soil had affected the urban planning of the oasis in different aspects. architecture style, construction methods, activities of the population, the used tools and instruments led to change in the styles of furniture, clothing, jewelry, etc. it oucurred because the different nature of the oasis vary completely from the nile valley. "its general outlook. the architecture of the houses, the clothes, the features of its inhabitants, their language, their attitude toward strangers and their way of life inside and outside their housesall reminded us that we are no longer in nile valley"14(bilancetti:2012). among the most important elements: natural springs: there are approximately 220 springs, water temperature in some of them reaches 50 °c. circular springs are often surrounded by constructed short wall of stones. its real beauty appears in the reflection of sunlight on the surface of the blue oblique greenish waters due to the accumulation of algae on its walls as reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 6 well as a reflection of the tall palm trunks around it. the successive air bubbles continuously flow out of the warm water. the most famous one is (juba) or " ain el shams" as described by herodotus. fig.5 salty lakes: there are five salty lakes which were formed as a result of agricultural drainage and lower surface of the land. it's characterized by a high degree of salinity that does not allow the existence of sea life. its sole economic value is limited in withdrawaling the agricultural drainage water and the extraction of high-quality types of salts. lakes are located in the middle of the vast desert, surrounded by hills and carved tombs on the top of mountains. all of them formed an exquisite multi-colored scene during the daylight hours, as a result of sunlight reflections on a full of minerals water surface. the most famous one is "shayatah". fig.6 fig.5a&b. ein wahid natural springs, siwa oasis, photo taken by author fig.6a&b. salty lake, siwa oasis, shayata, photo taken by author hills and sand dune: they are surrounding the oasis from all direction, and they are characterized by the wildlife plants and animals. antelope and some local birds exist in large numbers as well as migratory. dunes have varied forms due to the wind, while small rocky hills were induced due to the erosion and the type of soil that is affected by its proximity to groundwater. the great sand sea in south of siwa which was an ocean in ancient times is considered one of the most important and most beautiful places in siwa. there are scattered remnants of fossils, plants ,snails, fossilized coral reefs,15(castellani:2009) fig.7 sediments of gravel and rocks as well as calcified salts. palm and olive groves : siwa known by its palm cultivation to produce dates of the finest types, dry and moisture, a special festival is held for the main crop on october each year. olive trees are classified into three distinct types and the finest olive oil is extracted from them. also, there is an archaeological hand juicer that exists since 1920. the two crops are considered as basic income resources for the inhabitant of the oasis. belgrave said "one can imagine the magnificent ceremonies and the awe-inspiring rites which were solemnized among the shady vistas of the tall palm trees” .fig.8 reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 7 fig.7, scattered remnants of fossils, great sand sea. fig.8, date palm groves. 7. important archaeological and modern sites shali castle: shali means the city in siwan language. it is located on a high plateau that include the remains of the old castle, some greek and romanian cemeteries, the ancient city gate and antique mosque that were constructed in the thirteenth century. they have used an environmental substance called "il-karsheef", fig.9a, which is a mixture of saturated salt,fig.9b, mud and soft sand, that when drys, it becomes similar to cement in its firmness,16(centurini:2008). moreover, they use palm trunks as columns and architraves. people had to abandons the city after heavy rains in 1926 which rarely occurs – because it caused considerable damage and cracked the buildingsvprompting the residents to flee the low surface of the plateau to build the new city. the one we see nowadays. it worthy of mentioning that the restoration process is ongoing to maintain many of them in collaboration with various cultural foreign organizations.fig.10 the oracle temple (inspirations) : according to the written texts in the sanctum, the history of the current existing building since the rule of amasis ii (amaris twenty-sixth dynasty) is dedicated to the worship of amun, as stated before. although some modifications and additions were made in later times17(darwish:2009) , "amasis ii knew the importance of securing the western borders and built temples in siwa, baharia and kharga where the persian king cambyses who sent an army to destroy it "18( fakhri:2007)fig.11. fig.9a,(il-karsheef) b,( natural salt) photo taken by author. fig.10, shali castle remains. umm obeida temple (aghurmi) : was built during the reign of (nkhtanbo ii) from the thirty dynasty who dedicated it to the worship of amun and a cartouche of his name on the archaeological remains exists. temple is located south to the inspiration temple, the main gate on the same axis. it had been subjected to an earthquake in 1811 and then bombing in 1897 by mahmoud azmi commander of the border guards in siwa in order to use its stones for other modern buildings, which worsened its very bad condition now.fig.12 reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 8 mountain of the dead (gebel el mawta) : archaeological location back to the twenty-sixth dynasty and possibly earlier, encompasses the ancient tombs of old egyptian-style over the higher hill of its conical shape that lie outside siwa city. it has been restored and opened to visit in the current era and includes the tombs of ancient egyptian and greeks and ptolemy, romans and was used by the people of the city to bury their dead until near times. among the most important tombs (niperpathot, crocodile, mesu-isis, si amun)19(castellani:2009).fig.13 heritage documentation center and siwan house: the governorate in collaboration with senior families in siwa cooperated with the project "siwa and tangier:toward a better life"20(aldumery:2012) where a model of siwi house was built by its old method and materials and includes models of furniture, clothing, jewelry for different occasions and ornaments, it's considered as one of the most important projects that documenting the siwi heritage. also, it include the art studio.fig14. fig.11,temple of the oracle of amun. fig.12, last standing ruins at umm obeida temple. fig.13, gebel el mawta. fig.14, heritage documentation center and siwan house. photo taken by author. second point : grant of siwa studios and its procedure 1. choosing siwa as the headquarters of the grant "siwa oasis" had been chosen as a headquarters for a new ministry of culture grant for fine artists in 2008. it resembles paris studios " (hassan fathy). it represents an extension or alternative to luxor studio project which was demolished. luxor studio has been established in 1942 by the ministry of education to provide an opportunity for plastic artists, fine art school students and the talented and amature students (liberal studies department) for two years full-time study grant with a monthly bonus in order to help them practicing artworking. also, experiencing the archaeological sites, visits and cohabitate the local environment with it's rich and special vocabularies inspires the artists' visions during the stay there. it also nourish the visual memory with new vocabulary carrying different aesthetic values in themselves and in a harmony with the rest of the elements. reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 9 furthermore, it will induce his feelings and imagination that he can use later whether directly or indirectly in his artwork. two apartments affiliated to matrouh governorate were allocated and furnished to be the residency of the artists during the grant which lasts for a week in the present, (the grant was 10 days in the first two years). a nearby place have been chosen to be used as a studio within "heritage documentation center and siwan house " for those artists who wish to complete their work during the grant. the landscape of the oasis as well as the archaeological sites dominate and impose all senses of both residents and visitors. the grant is intended to emphasize the affiliation of these unique sites in egypt with artists, to develop the awareness and aesthetic sense of the recipient who attend these exhibitions and to promote the community and developing its ideas in general. supervisors of the grant, officials of culture ministry and commissaries of exhibitions always stress on the role of artistic works of siwa studio. it attempts to invest and market our cultural heritage locally and internationally in addition to its role in promoting tourism and supporting the external relationships. and, definitely, it highlights siwa as a unique tourist destination.fig.15fig.16. , distinctive scenes from siwa oasis old town ruins. fig.16, siwa oasis night scene 2.applyed procedures since inception the officials of the activity in the general department of fine arts and environmental crafts of specialists nominate the names of those artists who have participated in the art movement, through their tours in various exhibitions. then, they communicate with them to introduce the idea of the grant and its conditions. they also request samples of their artworks to be presented to a specialized committee. this committee is annually formed by the department, combining officials from the ministry of culture who have artistic expertise to choose the participants taking into consideration some selection criteria in all sessions. the critera cover the following: to have candidates from different ages. to have candidates from different governorates. to have naive artists who did not receive an academic art education. if the selection committee has chosen the ten male artists and ten female artists, the department starts to coordinate with them to determine an appropriate date for all participants. these procedures had been followed in the previous six years with the exception of 2016 session when the department added another procedure; establishing a page on face book to advertise the grant. 3. groups division the groups are divided in two phases; one for female artists and the other one is for males. it takes place at a time between august and march of the next year, the period of a moderate weather at the oasis. 4.terms of the grant the ministry of culture bear all accommodation, subsistence and travel costs. artists pledge to hand over, a minimum og one large size artwork or two of a small size, 60 * 60 cm at least, in a period not exceeding one month after the return. 5. year of session, number of participants, gender and venues of exhibitions 3 fig.17 3 session of year 2011: exhibition was postponed and then held in 2012 and session of year 2012 grant was cancelled due to instable security situation in egypt after january revolution. reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 10 fig.17 year of session gender number of exhibition place of exhibition male female 2009 9 9 2 the exhibition was held twice, marsa matrouh culture palace / salah taher hall in the egyptian opera house. 2010 10 10 1 nahdet misr-isis hall in mahmoud mukhtar museum. 2011/12 10 10 1 nahdet misr-isis hall in mahmoud mokhtar museum. 2013 10 10 1 mahmoud mokhtar cultural center. 2014 10 10 1 mahmoud mokhtar cultural center. 2015 10 10 1 hanager center for arts. 2016 10 10 1 hanager center for arts. 6. the prizes the ministry of culture present a prize in the name of "cleopatra award" for siwa studio only since 2013, it can be split equally awarded to two artists. sometimes, the ministry awards an honorary prize as well as a prize from private entities such as banks. 7. grant program visiting the tourist and archaeological sites in oasis accompanied by a tour guide in coordination with one of the officials of culture ministry office there. there is no specific program as it goes with sole discretion of the participants4. third analysis of artistic work samples in various sessions this paper proposes to describe and analyze some artistic works produced through the grant (two artworks from each session) and selected by the author. it also presebts some introductory words of the artists in the selected exhibition catalog which reflects the extent of interaction between the artists and siwa oasis. it unveils such experience, the impact and vulnerability that have occurred between the artists and the surrounding environment, artistically and morally. ahmed abdel karim 2009 "mountain of the dead is symbolic and have signs of particular connotations in topology letters written by the time itself across ages. these symbols and signs are living organisms, that did not stand solid, but it had been new forms by wind and rain. they have nothing but to obey the companionship in its loneliness in day and night, which in very quiet way, calling from far and near "inspiration temple " ... we had moved through the soft sleepy sands, high in the cosmic vacuum horizon like beautiful women and dunes of desert, as a strong challenge to artists " are you able to talk and paint me" ? -zainab salem 2011/2012 "artist live among us but not like other human beings, he is capable to pause the time, recall the place, depicting the fantasy, touch the thoughts, raise emotions and takes us with him in the world of art ". -reda abdelrahman in 2013, "we have been keen as one group, 90% of which belongs to the contemporary egyptian art movement to perform unconventional artworks and to transfer the siwa current reality via its present features with its variables blending between past and present, i acknowledge that this journey is one of the most important artistic ones i've made in egypt and abroad. " -heba saleh in 2016 "based on the international writer naguib mahfouz, globality is dumping in locality ... siwa grant represents a resources investment of our beloved egypt, rediscover and marketing attempt domestically and internationally." -artworks analysis: figure (18) the artist presented a snapshot of the traditional internal architecture scene in the oasis, which is characterized by simplicity. she tried to imply the textures of different surfaces of natural building materials and eco 4 an interview with artist badawi mabrouk, director of studios and exhibitions department at general organizations for cultural palaces. reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 11 architecture. it's an abstract scene where the usual dust colors of walls are turned into hot colors, like the hottest desert. the relationship between shadow and light is turned into gradualness and harmony instead of contrast. it is the same contrast between wall's material and the wood trunks. figure (19) ahmed presented a surrealistic scene where he blends the natural environmental elements inspired by olive groves, palms and human body (women). he drew her lower torso only, without intimation to any sensuality as she was sitting on a seat of palm fronds of a local model. it is seen as a tree in an inspiration and wonderful mix of mother goddess, isis the donor of life, and an ordinary siwan conservative woman who hides her face. he used hot colors in painting the interlocking plant branches that added warm and vivid sense in opposition to the static dimension of the atmosphere caused by stably seated woman. fig.18,rania el helw, oil painting, 2009. fig.19,ahmed abdelkareem, oil painting, 2009. figure (20) the artist depicted a natural landscape scene of oasis houses are which located on top of the hill in an abstract form. its color is depicted into two opposites; warm and cold. it is figurative of the barren and fertile land. the scene was free from natural elements, except a little girl carrying a traditional pot of the oasis. she stares at the ponderer in innocence and amazement, and the artist stressed the outline of the forms by using black lines (gestural line) in a sense of being expressive and close to the fauvism movement. colors were not employed in descriptive way as well as drawing elements were flat and decorative. figure (21) artist portrayed natural landscape inspired by the remains of the ancient city of shali with external gestural lines, which are dancing in haromny with music and cool color fading into the background. i do not find expression truer than those words describing the inhabitants of the desert and their architecture: “the man of this age had played architectural melodies on the strings of the surrounding nature, his architecture embedded in the desert itself and frequent or congruence continuously... the environment with its natural condition is constant, or almost ... yes, societies had been changed, civilizations were rolled ...architecture has transformed but, the desert remained .. the man remained and approach remained”22(wali:1996). reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 12 fig.20, khaled serour, oil painting, detailed, 2010. fig.21, nermin el-masri, pastel on paper, detailed, 2010 figure (22) the artist portrayed a group of oasis-inhabitants who abstractly perform various gestures in a complex composition inspired by desert, whether on raw material or in clothes style. the figures have been portrayed as hieroglyphic characters pictorial in ancient egyptian temples. they stand monolithically in horizontal strips as if they are offerings carriers. she also used cool colors such as blue in multiple degrees, and this yellowcolored spot mediates the work like the sundown light. figure (23) in this abstract symbolic artwork, the artist drew some signs inspired by the prehistoric caves graffiti on a walls which are decaying through ages. he used natural colors and elements, like dried plant leaves on streaky surfaces. they are confronting us with hidden forces, like (talisman) intriguing our imagination to reveal and decrypt its code. other elements give an impression of mass architecture dorned with local decoration, resembling fence. it is colored gradually to deeply suggest the mysterious architectural space. fig.22,shaima mahmoud, sand painting,2011/12 fig.23, ayman hilal, painting on mixed media, 2011/12. fig.24, ashraf ruslan, oil painting, 2013. fig.25, sally elzeiny, drawing with ink and watercolor, 2013. reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 13 figure(24) artist presented bilateral, green and dry, male and female, earth and sky, in extended horizontal spaces, and two figures stand vertically in contrast with them. they dressed in local clothes, colored with verdant and water hues. the background landscape is free of any natural details. they are staring at the ponderer with stupor suggesting that the time has stopped in a fleeting moment. it is as if we hear the sound of silence. as ahmad fakhri says, that desert in other's opinion is not only the scene of a gram stories which the arabic writings of literature are filled with. figure (25) the artist depicted a wide scene rich with different items of local environment in i.e. clothes, jewelry, plants. she presented richness in inspiration. here are the minaret of the old mosque that covered by ceremonial marriage outfit veil. as if it announce "as in the past" happiness and joy. flowers, fishes and the songbird were represented in their own symbolic meaning in the imagination of the artist and taking part in the event. two children have reached the top of the staircase overlooking the spacious and open extent which reflects their pure souls all elements filled the place with lovely clatter. fig.26, walid ebaid, oil painting, 2014. fig.27, sahar al-amir, draw on paper, 2014. figure (26) between the sound of silence and the silence of pure nature, the artist presented an artwork inspired by the spirit of the place, he is not portraying the place itself despite the realistic style that he adopted, but he express his feelings about this arid land where wild grass sparsely grew on the banks of the salty lake. parts of it has dried up, burned by the heat of the sun. the horizon is dominant and overshadowed the desert scene, it eliminates any hope for the existence of life there. figure (27) in an area between the conscious and the unconscious. the artist travels with her imagination between the natural elements of valleys, hills, lakes and springs on one side, and between anecdotes and various legends on the other side. she woven into patchwork painting that express her inner feelings toward this unknown world, full of detail, who lives in the desert. it leaves you as the first time you met it, puzzled. reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 14 fig.28, ali el-ruby, oil painting, 201 fig.29, asmaa elnawawy, drawing with pastel colors, 2015. figure (28) between reality and fantasy, the artist present the landscape of the oasis. the ancient remains of buildings stand on the edge of sand dunes at the background of the scene. water streams, desert trails and roads had extended there. the elements have been transformed into an ancient egyptian symbols. the artist maintained the spontaneous spirit in dealing with natural vocabulary with a tendency to depict flat space in order to border it with lines. figure (29) as usual, the artist addressed a feminine model by an academic study that has the features of an egyptian women while she pulls up her distinctive local siwi scarf in an attempt to hide her face from strangers. the girl stands in the foreground and occupies most of the large painting space, facing the viewer in a strong presence while in background, there are remains of the old city; shali. the light rays of the dawn moves on the outskirts of the buildings to add mystery and majesty to the scene. fig.30,weaam omar, ink drawing on paper, 2016 fig.31, ahmed saber, pen and watercolor drawing on paper, 2016. figure(30) three women stand alone in a balanced abstract composition. in the conflict between white and black, shadow and light. in the texts of ancient tales, gravestones and water springs in the middle of the desert. they stand as signs or memorials implying that maybe there was a life here before !! they look to the unknown and they have a dialogue between the wide outside and the limited inside. reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 15 figure(31) oasis lifestyle had embodied here in the tales of grandmothers at the edge of the hill surrounded by palm trees. girls dressed with bedouin bright colorful outfit, full of embroidery and silver jewelry, playing here and there. among the rocks, they make up a part of the story is not yet complete. as the artist painted figures and elements by academic way, he left other parts and details swag in colored plots in dusty tones. conclusion after presentation and analysis of that quantum of artworks and the studio grant procedures, it is clear now how successful the project to emphasize the identity of siwa oasis culture and nature, where the artworks reflected the impact of its unique environment, as well as the customs and traditions of its people by an expressive and symbolic manner. also how far the governmental efforts achieved its goal to retain the notable cultural and natural resources, exceptional historical monuments and the outstanding diversity of environment of the oasis. despite the fact that the grant is a successful art activity in general, yet there are some cons that must be addressed in its next sessions as follows : announcement: the announcement of the grant is limited in social network and there is a lack of information about its procedures . participants: an analysis of the data reflects that: significant number of painting artists always participate and a few number in other arts areas, such as sculpture, photography and applied arts...etc. fig.32. -the term of the grant: grant's term is limited in one week which is not long enough to unleash the imagination of artists and allow them to touch the oasis mood deeply and communicate with its inhabitants. thus, it presents an artwork inspired from the nature or lifestyle in the oasis. -venue and exhibition date: only one exhibition is held as a result of the grant and likely in the ministry of culture halls, in cairo (any available one) that's why it doesn't exist permanently on exhibitions schedule. thus, it devaluate the exhibition, and it also deprives the siwi residents to watch the beauty of their habitat in artists's eyes, which strengthens the affiliation relationship to the oasis and encourages them to maintain it. -ownership of artworks: all artworks are owned to the general organization of culture palaces which dedicate some of them gradually to others government organization as gifts but there is no specific rule for dedications or for determine the recipient organization, it works case by case. -responsible for the grant: officially, ministry of culture is the only organization who run the activity and there is no integration between various organizations that could benefit from such these grant. fig.32,the percentage of participants in different art fields since inception. recommendations announcing for the grant should be in all exhibitions halls and all organizations affiliated with the ministry of culture as well as universities and youth centers. it should encourage a large number of artists and talented individuals in various fields of art to participate, as well as to ensure the continuous presence of the grant on the cultural map. percentage of participants painting graphic and drawing photography sculpture naïve artist interior design applied art reem assem saleh / the academic research community publication pg. 16 selecting a number of artists in different artistic areas in a balanced with each session and included other areas such as applied arts, architecture, photography, handicrafts and jewelry design and other art areas . extend the duration of the event to allow artists to produce their artworks there. determining of a fixed date and specific hall to hold the exhibition bi-annually, first in siwa's palace culture and the second in cairo in order to establish the existence and important of that activity on the cultural map and to ensure a large number of viewers. dedicating the grant's produced artworks periodically and orderly to different organizations such as, ministries as well as egyptian embassies abroad for optimization of such activities. determine fixed date and venue to hold the exhibition bi-annually, first in siwa and second in cairo or other governorate consecutively in order to emphasize the important of such activity on the cultural map involve other organization in the responsibility of holding the grant, such as the ministry of tourism ,marsa matrouh governorate, cultural development fund and the ministry of foreign affairs in order to ensure integration between roles in addition to the provision of necessary material support with the possibility of developing the idea to include abroad artists to enrich the experience with artists from different environments. all of these will assist in the development of the oasis on different ways and helping to emphasize its identity. references 1. al-azab, mohammed salah. sidi barrani novel, dar el shorouk publishing house,2010. 2. aldumery, abdul aziz abdul rahman , siwa and coast / past and present, alexandria-yasuo press, second edition, 2016 . 3. aldumrey,abdul aziz and henrik dalvilt, siwa oasis, heritage tracks , published via manuals siwa tangier project: heritage for a better life, organization cospe, 2012. 4. bilancetti, llaria. searching for siwan embroidery,published via”siwa& tangier project”cospe organization, 2012. 5. castellani,silvia.and others, discovering siwa, shali project publication, ricerca e cooperazione and cospe,2009 . 6. centurini,paola.and others, shaly restaurare lkarsheef manuale patico, ricerca e cooperazion, associazione giovanni secco suardo, shali project, 2008. 7. darwish,mohab. alexander the great monuments in egypt, bibliotheca alexandrina, egyptology page,2009. 8. fakhri ,ahmad. pharaonic egypt, a brief history of egypt since ancient times up to the year 332 bc, anglo-egyptian library,2007. 9. fakhry,ahmed. the oases of egypt, volume i, siwa oasis, translated by: jaballah ali jaballah, revised by mohammed jamal al-din mokhtar, the ministry of culture, the egyptian antiquities authority, 100 books project(20), 1993. 10. malim,fathi. oasis siwa from the inside traditions, customs & magic, published by al katan ,2001. 11. moenes,shermeen mohamed. the unity and variety in forming the ornamental elements in the folk jewelry, field, historical and analytical study, master thesis, helwan university,2006. 12. nofal, eslam mahmod hassan hussein. towards management and preservation of egyptiancultural landscape sitescase study:siwa oasis, academia.edu. platform. 13. siwa studios exhibition catalog, fifth session, ministry of culture, the general organization of cultural palaces, 2014. 14. siwa studios exhibition catalog, first session, ministry of culture, the general organization of cultural palaces, 2009. 15. siwa studios exhibition catalog, fourth session, ministry of culture, the general organization of cultural palaces, 2013. 16. siwa studios exhibition catalog, second session, ministry of culture, the general organization of cultural palaces, 2010. 17. siwa studios exhibition catalog, seventh session, ministry of culture, the general organization of cultural palaces, 2016. 18. siwa studios exhibition catalog, sixth session, ministry of culture, the general organization of cultural palaces, 2015. 19. siwa studios exhibition catalog, third session, ministry of culture, the general organization of cultural palaces, 2012. 20. taher,bahaa.sunset oasis novel, dar el shorouk publishing house,2008. 21. tassis,geoffrey and others. repatriating prehistoric artefacts to egypt: fekry hassan’s naqada and siwa study collections,archaeology international journal, 112,2009. 22. vivian,cassandra.the western desert of egypt,the american university in cairo press, an explorer’s handbook. new revised edition 2000. 23. wali,tareq. architectural hymns, stay in the desert architecture approach, the arab association for printing and publishingel bahrain,first edition,1996. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) the far morocco idrisid arts and their role in enriching the plaster wall processing in the southwest saudi arabian kingdom in the century (14th ah/ 20th ad) doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.137 eman ahmed aref lecturer in art history department – faculty of fine arts – helwan university keywords idrīsid dynasty, idriss palace, jizan area, mulay idris abstract studying the methods of plaster wall decorations is considered one of the complementary elements of the architectural vocabulary that reflects the cultural and ideological heritage identy of the time period. wall decoration has broken the barrier of time and place, and the political and doctrinal differences, expressing in an abstract way the truth about the beilefs of both the far morocco idrisid and sebia idrisid in kingdom of saudi arabia, where they did not use any symbol or sign that demonstrates their belonging to shi'i muslims, so-most probablythey belong to sunni muslims. this study aims to track the foundation phases of idrisid state in far morocco during the century (2-4tha.h/8-10th a.d) and its extension to the east in the tihama asir region during the century (14thah/20thad). the research problem lies in trying to detect the link and the nature of the relationship between the two states despite their differences in time and place through studying the natural strategic crossings, as well as the political circumstances that contributed in the transfer of the influences of far morocco arts to sebia region in the southwest of the kingdom of saudi arabia, which contributed in enriching the plaster decorative arts of the facades of the idriss ashraaf's palaces, and their merging with the local artistic nature of najd, yemen. this study has revealedthrough following the analytical descriptive methodthe emergence of some influnces coming from the countries of east asia and india and the countries of the african continent due to sebia's geographical location as a port on the red sea and its presence on both the coastal trade way and caravans. 1. introduction: the kingdom of saudi arabia has gained a religious sanctity for having the two holy mosques, as it is one of the first center of the initial planning of the islamic civilization architecture in asia and the world. it has influenced by previous arts, and civilizations; some of which are local whereas others are foreign. arts were not important in the beginning in order to abide by the teachings of islam, rejecting all aspects of worldly life as worldly life is nothing but a place to work. and thus art has become nothing but a secondary functional element. and the passage of historical epochs and the expansion of islamic conquests across the earth to spread the true religion of god, the arts of these countries have mingled with the islamic values resulting in new arts with a distinguished character. thus we find a similarity between the decoration units of the facades of najd clay architecture with its traditional features prevailing in all parts of the kingdom of saudi arabia and which are emotionally associated with yemeni heritage – mingled with the spirit of the royal court's arts of the ummayad and abbasiyah caliphates embodied in the palaces, mosques and asbestos of the state of aldarsa in morocco, also the reign of the state of adresse gazzano has mingled with the art of decoration of moroccan architecture, andalusian and indian architecture which resulted in new shapes of deep and hollow decorative units on the walls of some of the wealthy class houses in the late reign of the ottoman empire in farasan islands located in the red sea southwest saudi arabia. eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 2 statement of the research problem:an attempt to reveal the link and the fact that the relationship between the two countries belong to the idrisid period in origin and supervision in both morocco and jizan in the kingdom of saudi arabia, despite their differences in time and place and the scarcity of dealing with this topic. the role of the natural strategic pathways, as well as the political circumstances that contributed in the transfer of the influences of far morocco arts to sebia region in the southwest saudi arabia, which contributed in enriching the plaster decorative arts of the facades of the idriss ashraf's palaces, and their merging with the local artistic nature of najd,yemen. research objectives: follow the stages of establishing the idrisi state in far morocco during the century (24thah/8-10thad) and the extension of its ashraf eastward in the region of tihama asir during the century (14thah/20thad) to find the relationship that links them despite their differences in place and time as they are separated by nearly a thousand years. deducing and analysis artistic influences coming from far morocco, and its mingling with the local najdi style that is reflected on the plaster wall processing in the remains of the jizan idrisid period in sebia. research delimitations: -place delimitations: far morocco fez city, jizan in al-makhlaf sulaimani region that is located between southwest saudi arabia and northwest yemen. -time delimitations: the idrisid dynasty period in the late abbasiya state reign (5th ah/10th ad) extending to the second half of the ottoman empire reign (13-14th ah/19-20th ad) research assumptions:the remains of plaster decorations in the facades of the idrisid dynasty palaces in jizan region are characterized by a special arty nature distinguished from the rest of saudi arabian parts, where the common local najdi artistic styles embraced the yemeni and african styles producing art is a special character. research hypothesis:the geographic location of sebia in tihama asir region was one of the elements of the plaster wall arts development in the kingdom of saudi arabia, they met and met traditional local najdian arts, and foreign art, and reflected on the facades of what remained from the ruins of some palaces and buildings of idriss rulers in jizan. the political circumstances also helped in the formation of the plaster decorations style which made it different and special in comparison to its counterparts in the same era. research methodology:this study follows the comparative analytical method which depends on some special repetitive elements on the walls of some of the remains of the idrisid of far morocco and sebia in kingdom of saudi arabia. 2background history: the arabian peninsula and north africa are linked through a long history, however research should extend to the depth of the historical idrisid beginnings, especially that we are trying through this study to deduce the reasons for their relocation from the south of the arabian peninsula towards far morocco, and the return of their ashraf a thousand years later to the place of their origin, which contributed in enriching the plastic decoration processing in the period of jizan idrisid dynasty in tuhammet ‘‘asir reigon. 2.1the beginning of the alawites' rebellion in the arabic peninsula: al-'alwain have suffered from the persecution of their cousins the abbasiya caliphate, where they believed that they had the right to rule the islamic state, and so their rebillions reiterated to throw the abbbasid state, beginning from muhammed bin abd allah bin alhasan who was called the "the pure soul" and his brother ibrahim, but abu ga'far al mansour had confronted them in (145 ah/762 ad), and in the year (169 ah/786 ad) the caliph moses al-hadi bin al mahdi put down another alawites' rebellion in the famous battle alfakkh (the trap) near mekkah (169 ah/786 ad), but yahya and his brother idriss were able to flee to egypt disguised among the piligrim caravans, heading toward morocco that included the two states of kharijites (tiaret and sijilmasa) that were hostile to the abassid state. 2.2the foundation of the first top state by the arab morocco idriss 5th a.h./10th a.d: al'alwain idriss were contemporary to both the saffarid state in sijilmasa city in far morocco, and the rustamid state in the east, and it also became allies with the ibadi state. the rustamid state had supported the first establishment of the idrisid state in respect to their muhammed descendants, and it stood against the abbasid attempts to eliminate them in a political manner in spite of " the abassids present in kairouan and their hatred and enmity to idriss i and his family, and despite their multiple armies that were so big for idriss i to figureht in his beginning… but they could not attack him for the fear of the rustamid rebellion against them in support to the big idriss" 1 ( muhammed ali daboz: 2010)1. 2.3idriss i (788-793ah): by the arrival of idriss bin abdullah al kamel at volubilis city which is related to tangier according to the roman administrative division, in the year (170ah/ 787ad) during yazid bin hatem reign in eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 3 africa. idriss i was able to address the berber tribes beginning with awraba tribe through their sheikh isaac bin abdul hamid the awraban and mawla rashed,and to attract them with his ancestry back to the hashimi prophet household , and to convince them with the independence from the abassid state using their tribalism tendency, the berber tribes continued to pledge allegiance to him such as awraba, zenata, zwawa and others in the year (172 ah/790 ad ) declaring the separation of far morocco from africa after the separation of andalus, and thus he was could spread the islamic religion. he tried to unite them under the umbrella of the first moroccan state forming a strong army and taking advantage of the berber tribes' marshal and war skills, unifying their populations languages into arabic the holy quran language, and trying to keep the fabric of the society by eliminating tribalism. the islamic conquests succeeded in all parts of the arab morocco dominating tamasna2 westward and tlemcen eastward (173 ah), their expansion westward worried the khalif harun al rasheed and made him decide to get rid of the idrissid leader by his assassination in the year (177 ah/793 ad). 2.4idriss ii (177313 ah/ 793828 ad): by the death of idriss i, his servant rashed took over, and then one of the berber tribes leaders had taken care of idriss ii (177-313 ah/793-828 ad) until he grew and took rule. fez city during his reign had become the lighthouse of knowledge and science of the andalus region through al quaraouiyine and andalus mosques which were built by workers from andalus and tunisia. so the andalusian axillary rustumid, and aghlabid taste mixed with the moroccan taste had dominated, especially at the time of andalusian emigration during the century (7th ah/13th ad) fleeing from the christianization violence due to the weakness of the almohad (the monotheists) under the reign of both the hafsid and slavery states. the rise of the idrisid state in far morocco (172 ah/788 ad) coincided with the axillary rustumid state in middle morocco (164 ah/781 ad), and the aghlabid state in africa (184 ah/800 ad), and thus the period of the governors that follow the abassid state ended, (hussein moanis: 2000 ad)3. the islamic conquests in morocco were easy due to the likeness of the berber's social nature to the arabs' including tribal life and sheikh. 2.5the struggle of the ummayyad caliphate and the fatimid caliphate in the arab morocco: the figureht between the ummayyad caliphate in andalus and the fatimid caliphate in morocco continued on ideological bases between shiite and sunnite, until the center of caliphate had moved to egypt, as the fatimid caliphate headed to open it, the umayyad caliphate took the chance to dominate all parts of morocco. this struggle had resulted in rich civilized and cultural contact that reflected on all faces of social, scientific and cultural life. the ummayyad caliphate reign in morocco and andalus continued and ended in (422 ah/ 1030 ad). the fatimid caliphate tried to spread shi'ism in morocco in the year (296 ah/908 ad), however the maliki imams rejected this, which exposed them to tyranny and torture, and they had to flee to andalus and tried to consolidate the maliki sunii doctrine, however shi'ism had spreaded in morocco and andalus in the fatimid era in a limited way on the hands of the sufi philosopher and jurist abuabdullah muhammed bin abdullah bin mssara bin nagiih al gabaly (269 ah/319 ad), and as the fatimi's dream of spreading shi'ism in morocco and andalus didn not come true because of their people's adherence to the maliki sunni doctrine, the fatimid caliphate headed toward egypt hoping to spread their doctrine. 2.6the end of the idrisid state in the arab morocco: when idriss ii began to divide the idrisid state among his brothers as an inheritance, they fought over the reign which led to the weakness of the state, and also helped the meroite andalusian and fatimid invasions to take over. sometimes they invited the idrisid imams to the fatimid caliphate in the time of al qasem bin al hassan reign (337 ah/948 ad) to avoid their assault, and other times they invited the sunni andalusian ummayyad to avoid their invasions, until this confusion and political weakness had ended in their complete elimination, and the umayyad control (985 ad) over most of their cities and the fatimid got rid of the last of their rulers. 3. the expansion of idrisid ashraaf: the ashraaf descendants continued supplementary in morocco without being rulers; the most famous geography scientist appeared in (5th ah/11th ad) century, and al safadi called him idris in his book alwafi bel wafeyat,( the extensive book of the dead), according to his great grandfather, mohamed ben mohamed mohamed ben abdullah ben idris ben yahia ben ali, up to the sixteenth grandfather reaching abu talib. he was born in the moroccan sabta city in (493 ah/1100 ad) and died in (560 ah/1165 ad) his residence on the mediterranean coast facilitated his movement among neighboring countries and asia, recording their geography. ibn khaldon called him alhamoudi, in reference to his granddad hamoud, the founder of beni hamoud state, one of the descendants of idrisis in malga, andalus in (407 ah). “their ruling quickly extended to algeciras, the green island, in (431 ah), and their rule was known as the taifa kings, idriss i rule”3 (abdulghani, m. h., p. 7 & 8)4. they were known as taifa kings due to the conflicts that were among the umayyad and the hammudid branch over the caliphate of andalus, as seditions spread during this period of time, which led to the breakdown of the umayyad dynasty and the foundation of taifa kingdoms in (417 ah) under the leadership of al-mu’tali, the ruler of malga kingdom, and mohamed bin qasem al-mahdi, the ruler of algeciras in (427 ah). eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 4 the name of idriss, accompanied by an adjective, passed around the ancestry of idrisid ashraaf as in morocco ( idriss al-mutta’eyd, idriss al-aali, idriss al-sami), and their ancestery ramified among the algerian ashraaf, such as al sharif abdelqader bin mohi aldin, the founder of the modern algerian state resistant to the french colonialism (1808-1883 ad), and the senussi ashraaf in libya and al jebel akhdar (the green mountain) (1950-1969 ad), and al sharif ali bin mohamed in jizan (1830-1943 ad). 4.1. the geographical location and its civilizational effect on jizan region: it is difficult to determine the beginning of the history of jizan region due to the lack of previous studies and archaeological excavations despite the importance of its geographical location that links it to yemen, passing through hijaz and extending east and northward. however, some historians maintain that its history goes back to pre-islam as it was one of the destinations of prophet of god solomon to look for precious metals. they most probably reached this conclusion due to its proximity to the then contemporary civilizations of moin and sheba kingdoms. this region was also a contemporary of the reign of the kings of humyar in yemen and kings of hijaz and yamama, concurring with the era of old arab kingdoms. jizan region is characterized by the abundance of water and fertile agricultural land as well as its distinguished geographical location as it overlooks the red sea from the west, and it is close to the navigational road of the bab el mandab strait, which is linked to the arabian sea. it shares borders with yemen from the east and south and with ‘asir from the north. in addition, jizan region lies on the two roads of commerce, pilgrimage, immigration, and wars, which are called tihamah coastal road and jadah al sultaneyah al wosta that lead to yemen, makkah al mokarama, al madina al monawara, iraq, bilad al sham, and egypt. these two roads have enriched the civilizational relations and cultural ties among these countries and cities, transferring the treasures of their deep-rooted arts, such as the ancient egyptian, assyrian, babylonian, canaanite, and hadramout arts, leaving their traces on the styles of plaster wall processors on the surfaces of architectural walls. the geographical location has also aided in activating the sea and land trade and in enhancing the artistic mixture in the crucible of the previous ancient civilizations, especially after the arab islamic conquest, which led to the production of a new kind of plaster decorative arts with a special character that distinguishes the south western region of the kingdom of saudi arabia during the second half of the (13th ah/19th ad) century. 4.2.the beginning of the idrisid ashraaf era in jizan: prepare al-sharif ali bin mohamed bin ahmed bin idriss (1172-1253 ah/1758-1837 ad) is considered the grandfather of idrisids in tihamet ‘asir region as he is of husseini origin, from the roots of the idrisid ashraaf in the arab morocco, and he is of the descendants of bin idriss, called al-asghar; bin idriss, called al-akbar; bin abdullah, called al-mahd al-kamel; bin al-hassan al-mathni; bin alhassan al-sebt (prophet muhamad grandson; bin imam ali ibn abi-talib. and ahmedhis grandfather, called abi al-abass al-arachi, in the village of maysoor in (1163 ah), and he learned the religious and juristic sciences in kairouan mosque, then moved to both libya and egypt, where there al-azhar al shareef, sudan, and then to makkah in (1213 ah), where he stayed about thirty years. he learned at the hands of senior religion and jurisprudence scholars and kept guiding people to allah, trying to spread his sunni sufi method that emphasizes the oneness of allah, taking it from his mentor sheikh mohammed bin abdul wahhab (1115-1206 ah) najd preacher who belongs to the doctrine of imam ahmed ibn hanbal. therefore, the followers of imam abdulaziz bin mohamed bin masoud called it wahabi as they entered makka, but they ruled makkah for seven years only, and then mohamed ali, the governor of egypt conquered makkah in (1228 ah), and imam ahmed idrissi moved to yemen, settling in the city of sebya where he passed away in (1253 ah/1837 ad) 4.3. the end of the idrisid ashraaf era in jizan: jizan region suffered from resisting the ottoman occupation, and in the mid (13th ah /19th ad) century, imam mohamed bin ali alidrissi (1293 ah/1876 ad) born in sebya, tihamat ‘asirsucceeded in regaining control over most parts of mikhlaf sulaymani along with its coastal ports till serat and tihamat yemen. imam mohamed is considered the first azhar graduate to establish a state south the kingdom of saudi arabia as he learned the religious and juristic sciences at the hands of great sheikhs and scholars from al azhar al shareef, upper egypt, and libya where imam al senusi was. a lot of tribal chiefs of mekhlaf sulaimani region, yemen, makkah, and madina were attracted to him, and through whom he managed to confront the army of imam yahia, the governor of yemen. he designated sebya region as the capital of his state for about fourteen years, being assisted with the english and the italians and their desire to eliminate the ottoman empire, which was at that time dominating most parts of the world. after the death of imam mohamed bin ali al-idrissi (1341 ah/1926 ad), some weak rulers took over, which invited yahiaimam of yemento conquer them. therefore, the idrisids appealed for the help of king abdul aziz, and makkah treaty was concluded in (1345 ah/1926 ad) with imam al hassan bin ali bin mohamed. however, al hassan, jizan governor, did not continue his commitment to the treaty for several reasons, among which is the tension in the tribal internal political relationships, especially with bani aa'id tribe and the cupidities of makkah governor, al shareef eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 5 hussein, from the northern side under the approval of king abdul aziz, and imam yahia from the southern side in tihama region. this led to his breaching the treaty with king abduaziz and his joining yemen imam, hoping in finding a way out of his state, which led the first saudi state to confront the yemeni invasion. this ended with concluding al ta'ef treaty in (1353 ah/1934 hd) and keeping jizan region as a part of the kingdom of saudi arabia and giving up most of tihama lands that were under the control of yemeni idrisids. 5the transition factors of the andalusian and moroccan arts towards jizan in the islamic era: established the umayyad state (41-132 ah/660-750 ad) laid the first bases of plaster art and wall sculpting, this art had developed in the abbasid caliphate (132447 ha/750-1519 ad) where it was outstanding with its three stages in samarra region, the islamic art in the abbasid period had special features that distinguished it from the arts of the previous cultures, the most famous plaster building then was hwayselat palace or plaster palace in the western side of tigris valley, it was built by al mu'tasem. plastering wall art had witnessed a more developed stage in the sassanid persian era, where it covered most of the walls, both internal as in the linings of arches the mihrab( the prayer chamber), the ceilings and the inner walls, and external as in the facades of the entries, the minarets, and the door and window openings, then the seljuk turks developed and enriched it with more plant branches. the umayyad caliphate in andalus was characterized by the plaster art, using some organic materials in its preparation such as egg yolk to be more resistant to climatic factors. the umayyad caliph was keen on” separating the antiabbasid political matters in the east from the intellectual cultural matters” 4 (eman mahmmoud hamadi&lateef khalaf muhammed: 2016 )5, aware that science is the basis of nations' progress, so scientists in all fields had been sent to baghdad to learn more, and thus cordoba had become the intellectual and cultural capital in the islamic west as a result of the mutual delegations' exchange among eastern and western scientists and therefore reflected on the artistic taste in andauls where the splendor and the beauty of the plaster wall decorations of its palaces had matched those of abassid palaces,and in this pattern the andalusian taste transfered to fez city the capital of the idrisid state in far morocco, mingling with the arts of the berber tribes whose ancestors extended in the african desert, mingling with the people of the nile basin; especially nubia and sudan, and through them the andalusian moroccan artistic taste had moved across the red sea extending to the southern and western parts of the arabian peninsula. it is worth mentioning that in the far morocco idrisid era, science was taken care of schools universities and libraries were established, the number of scientists increased and they became more keen to receive knowledge from different countries, in the east and west. thus the moroccan artistic character had crystallized and gained special features that distinguished it as a result of the social and intellectual contact. the abassid plaster decorative arts also moved to far morocco through egypt, where ahmad bin tulun mosque had copied the samarra style in wall decorations, gowns, plant and quranic streaks extending on the frames of the arches and the pillars' crowns. this decorative style had particularly moved to al quaraouiyine mosque in fez and to andalusia. it is worth mentioning that far moroccan arts in their beginnings were loyal to the ummayyad eastern arts and also their cultural and civilization heritage prior to the islamic conquest to the old egyptian, aramean, phoenician and yemeni cultures, it should be mentioned that "mawla idriss the great, the founder of the first islamic arabic state in morocco and his entourage had written with the eastern pen"5 (ismail ottoman:1992)6. 6the plaster wall inscription technique: craft engraving tools have evolved on plaster, using stone engraving and hollowing by knife and some pointed tools, and sometimes using casting models and fixing them on the walls. a community of skilled manifacturers and labourers did this artistic work each with a specific role to do, some were specialized in plaster preparing by mixing and purifying it from debris, while others spread it on the walls, and others drew motifs using some geometric tools and a sac containing ground for lining the motifs, and the decorator who the drawings using the engraving tools, succedded by someone who retraced the borders, the angles and the lines of the high relief and low relief shapes, and sometimes a painter was used in painting the plaster shapes with light and dark colors and sometimes gilding them with specific oxides. the plaster treatments differed from one region to another according to the raw material availability and the financial potentials, however, it was proven that plaster material was used as an isolating and adhesive material in building bases throughout the world through history, also as a stucco to cover and isolate the wall in hot and cold atmospheres in summer and winter. 7the characteristics of plaster decoration art in far morocco: it seems that this art was influenced by the arts of the egyptian culture in the constructional method of engineering, we can also notice the usage of the curved romanian arches that looked like the triumphal arches at the romanian and the ancient greece city gates which were built with bricks or stone blocks as in (figure.1) they were characterized with their curvature and binding taking the shape of a horseshoe, sometimes the key stone extended in a tapered shape (figure.4), the broken arches were also used, with its sides stabilizing on stone stanchions, those arches were surrounded by plastic geometric plant plaster motifs mostly eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 6 containing asterisk plates that were transmitted from the berber arts. the kufic and thuluth calligraphy streaks were used, as in mawlay idriss iizaywya (small mosque) (figure.4) as a new type of wall decoration which gave the wall a creative and distinctive character. (figure. 1) mawalay idriss iizawya, the arches are horseshoe shape, fez city, (5th ah/10th ad) century the amazigh heritage of art is mixed (figs.1& 4) had mingled with the byzantine and romanic art, due to the proximity of morocco to constantinople, the plaster artist had replaced the mural engravings that were scattered in royal palaces and temples with the hollow plaster, he also utilized the minute plaster motifs through colouring it as it was a piece of mosaic. the plaster decorations had varied between low relief and high relief, and between grooved and hollow, mixed with various textures and materials, like the colored ceramic tiles, and the engraved wood, which added to the plaster material a unique special character in color and processing, which led to the aesthetic unity between repetition, harmony and solidarity between the decoration units, the various materials and the architectural wall. the decoration of mosques and palaces was not a priority for the muslim artist as it was in the previous artistic civilizations, applying arabic language (the language of qura'n) as the main language, enforced islamic people unity and ended the tribalism and the tribal differences, which reflected on the unity of the islamic arts and the domination of the true religious teachings, thus producing artistic styles in all parts of the islamic world. this is applicable to the far moroccan idrisid dynasty that established the islamic belief in the berber tribes' spirits, and involving them in the islamic conquests in the east and west. the artist had created genuine plaster decoration elements, inspired by the artistic amazighs heritage units (figs.2&3) which were spreading on the clay houses' walls in this period, mixing them with the artistic experience that he carried with him since he moved from the south of the kingdom of saudi arabia to far morocco, and thus appeared the high relief and low relief lines, and decoration units coming from both heritages mingled with the ummayyad and abbasid styles and the inherited arts in this region. this image cannot currently be displayed. (figure.3) some of the wall decorations in one of the facades of the berber towns. (figure.2) some of the amazing’s decorations in the farm houses that where common since ancient times eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 7 (figure. 4) a detailed plaster decoration in mawlay idriss ii zawya, fez city, (5th ah/ 10th ad) the muslim artist was skilled in at geometric and arithmetic sciences, inspiring from the asterisk plates in the barbaric heritage arts, many innovative polygonal forms of asterisk plates (fig. 4) as in mawlay idriss ii zawya in fez city. the plaster artist also dealt with the units of the wall decoration elements such as those used in the window openings (sunshades) which became similar to the solid wall windows, decorated with curved broken arches with stalactites, pillars and calligraphic streaks, showing his creative art meticulously through his skilled evacuation of the decorative units, and painting some of them with bright red, blue and golden colors. the plaster artist in the idrisi era was inspired by some of the barbaric art features which were characterized by the higher relief elements, and he filled them with plastic geometric decorations,thus his plaster motifs looked like an extending mesh on the surface of the wall, stressing on the light and dark reflection, using different colors on the white plaster surface. 8the characteristics of the plaster decorative art in sebia city: imam muhammad bin ali al-idrisi founded sebia city in the year (1338 ah) as it was located on the north-eastern part of jizan city. it was divided into two partitions, the old city and the new city near the red sea coast. (figure. 5) ahmed bin idriss mosque in jizan 14th a.h/ 20th ad the architecture of the idrisid palaces in jizan belonged to the buildings of the second half of the century (14th ah), and despite of the wars that took place during this period, it was characterized by flat constructions that did not exceed one floor in the private houses, and stressing on the decorations of the facades and the low narrow and wide windows, and it was surrounded by walls and high castles with high gates (fig. 5) in the form of horseshoe arches decorated with plant and geometric decorations and heritage asterisk plates. the plaster decorations on the facades of the idrisi buildings in morocco were distinguished from their counterparts in yemen, where they were closer to the ummayyad era's decorations, and specially samarra's arts in the abbasid era, in the hollowing style and taking care of the facades and covering them with modified plant decorations. those new approaching influences were mingled with the najdi heritage arts that were spreading around all parts of the arabic peninsula, thus the elements of this heritage parts appeared in a regular and embellished way, following the occupation of the royal class artists, mingled with the persian, asian, and african spirits (figs.6, 11& 12) the decorated friezes included a collection of geometric decorated hollow elements made of clay and plaster, where they topped up the facades of the palaces and houses, especially the main gate that was specified for the visitors' entry and the two side windows located on the facade. eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 8 the plaster artist had selected his elements among the najdi decorations, he didn't transfer them in their common usual outline that depended on the decorations of balconies, window openings and doors with plaster material, but he handled them in a method that was consistent with his ideological goal, through abstraction and refinement while keeping his special character. for example, he used “the triangular shape which was known as the louhuj” 6 (abdullah bin ibrahim al ameer:2007)7. known as the name of glaucoma or the hollow opening penetrating the wall, in the form of triangles that were used as louvers and light slots in the windows of the najdi buildings. the plaster artist in the idrisi period used them as a kind of engraved decorations on the wall surface without penetrating it.(figs.6,7&8), he also used the najdi decorative elements inspired by the palm leaves, and flower petals that were used in the decoration of the inner and outer balconies and which were known as zaranik decorations and hollow balconies. (figs.8,9,12,13&14) the plaster adorned artist had used the artificial hollow engraving without penetration while showing the elements on the same level of the wall. the artist kept the visual and architectural modelling as in (figs.6&7) through keeping the horizontal and vertical lines of the plaster friezes with the straightness of the constructive architectural modeling, while keeping the harmony and the diversity through breaking the repetition of the broken interlacing and curved lines harmoniously and finding solid solutions for the wall surface in a balanced way. the jizan idrisi processing of plaster decorations were not as sharp and hard as those of far morocco, as it was concordant with the wall, more gradient and low relief (figs.7,8,9,10,11,12,13&14) rather than being high relief and obtrusive on wall surfaces as in far morocco (figs.1,2,3&4) this was probably due to the proximity of sebia from the sea coast that had the features of the red sea arts which were characterized by frescos more than high relief plaster wall decorations, except in some african regions such as kenya and nigeria. however the najdi character had dominated this region, and the najdi artist kept the nature of wall paint that resembled the paint of the desert and natural rocks. (figure. 8) decorated plaster in the najdi style, idrisid ad th02ah/ th14era (figure. 9) a plaster decorated unit common in the heritage architecture using the najdi style the artist kept in the idrisi state period had kept the heritage character that distinguished jizan region and despite being influenced by previous arts, he was able to incorporate between the different artistic styles, and thus appeared the asterisk plates with the high relief hexagonal and pentagonal petaled ornaments that were shaped inside low relief circular ( figure.7) a palace from the idrisid period in the late ottoman era in jizan. 14th a.h/ 20th ad (figure.6) najdi style decorated plaster, the idrisid period 14 th a.h/ 20th ad eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 9 figureures (figs.7,8&9) and sometimes surrounded by frameworks of various hollow triangles in geometric regularity (fig. 9) (figure. 10) a detailed palace multi-level broken arch (14th ah/20th ad) (figure. 11) a multi-level broken arch at an idrisid idrisid palace (14th ah/20th ad) (figure. 12) a façade of an idrisid house in jizan (14th ah/20th ad) the architect was not approved at that stageon using the architectural arches as much as shaping the wall decorations in hollow and decorated arches, keeping the simplicity of the primary lines of architecture as in (figs..7,8,10,11&12) thus the arches looked solid suggesting door and window slots on the full length of the facades and its greatness. the facades of the idrisi palaces were designed as a main door located at the front of the building front characterized by its height, and located in the middle between two narrow windows that nearly the same height and were located on both sides, and it is thought to be the influence of a turkish design, it spread in different parts of the arabic peninsula such as al riyadh, jeddah and medina where a frontal area was added to it to sit in during summer. as the wall processing of the idrisi palace facades developed, the decorations with the straight frames developed into curvatures and also broken arches with asian persian character were added to it, on the summit of the entries and the windows of these palaces. (figs.10,11&12) as many and multiple of these contracts and differed in their layers, thus achieving a creative aesthetic value that was not common in this region. the plaster wall decorations took the spirit of the broken arches design and dropped down on its sides, which enriched the visual wall processing through the diversity of high relief and low relief in an alternate way, with breaking the barrier of the straight constructive and building lines that made up the building, we notice in (figs.10,11&12) the similarity between the broken arches in sebia's palaces by those of mawlay idris ii particularly at the top of the keystone (fig. 4). (figure. 13) a najdi style decorated plaster, idrisid era 14th ah/20th ad (figure. 14) details from the gate at sebya, idrisid era 14th ah/20th ad (figure. 15) a city gate at sebya, idrisid era 14th ah/20th ad the plaster artist used the heritage plant units as the palm leaves decorations which were common on the facades of the heritage building (fig.13) as plastic units for the ornamentation of the arch summits which were ornamented in a simple and symmetrical form, he modified this decorative unit using curved and abstract lines which were thin and simple.the facades' decorations of the building entries had evolved and were taken care of, influenced by the style of the triumphal gates of the romanian and ancient greece buildings,consequently it looked higher and more refined, he also created in the decorative arts where he took care of the arches modeling resulting in the disappearance of the quadrilateral slots which were common in the very beginnings of the idrisi architecture, thus the arch slots widened, he also took care of the wall plane motifs which were ornamented with vermicular decorative streaks, influenced by the andalusian decorative style (fig.14) in its duality and arches duplication, also the sasanian and indian influences appeared in the wall decoration style , thus it appeared as dropdown curtains like the indian and persian rugs that were used in the formal celebrations. eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 10 those decorations extended from the building summit and ended in plant motifs that looked like rattles, mostly inspired by the ottoman and barbaric heritage plant motifs. (figure. 16) a granite slab from the byzantine era, engraved with decorative units (11-12 ah) christian and byzantine museum the plaster decoration elements had mixed between the local style, which relied on the geometric abstract figureures, and the plant units with their interlacing branches with the artistic methods coming from india, persia and arab morocco through bringing the skilled manufacturers. the plaster attractive elements of the ruins of idrisid palaces and buildings were similar to those of the umayyad's in the plaster engraving and hollowing method after drying and the motifs protrusion from the background with twisting and interlacing plant lines to cover most of the wall surface. however, the idrisid motifs in this stage were formed of a group of plant stripes hollow in the insides and all around, also the decorative design was formed of wide and hollow plant stems surrounded by a frame formed of a part of this foliate heads,it also showed a multi-petaled flower that appeared in the fatimid and abbasid motifs and moved to the heritage architectonic style in najd region, it is worth mentioning that in the primary stage some motifs of the sasanian and byzantine art methods overwhelmed (fig.16). (figure. 17) inner wall closets with broken arches, an idrisid palace 14th ah/20th ad the idrisi buildings contained a collection of solid wall closets known " as al faregha"(abdullah bin ibrahim al omair 2007)8 that looked like small window engraved in the wall, and which was used in keeping the household, lanterns, books and other things. the indian and sessenian architectural arts reflected especially on the pointed arches that ornamented the inner and outer walls of the idrisi architecture, and appeared on the top of the entrances' summits and the wall closets (fig.17), the decorations of some facades in tihama asir during the idrisi era were sometimes characterized by their similarity with the nubian decorations,where the solar asterisk plates and the straight streaks that lined the edges of the building facade and above the slots, which were formed of the hollow rhombus shape (figs..6,7,8&9). a comparison between the artistic method of plaster processing in both far morocco (fez) and jizan (sebia): both abdel rahman bin mu'awiya bin hisham (113-172 ah/731-788 ad), and mawla abdulla al idrissi were able to seize parts of far morocco and spain, during the peak of the abbassid caliphate stability, taking advantage of their preoccupation in wars, their eastern expansions and their bonds consolidation in all parts of the islamic states, which gave mawla abdullah al idrissi a chance to found his state in far morocco through the polarization of some countries, such as egypt, libia, and algeria, through his confidential messages based on his ancestry back to the prophet household, thus deserving the islamic caliphate more. on the same pattern, jizan idrisid ashraf were able to find their emirate during the preoccupation of the abbasid caliphate in their dispatches to consolidate their control over the trade and pilgrimage routes. eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 11 (figure.17) a comparison between the idrisi emirate in both far morocco and jizan in the kingdom of saudi arabia the results: the spirit of the idrisis’ beginning headed from the south of the arabian peninsula towards far morocco, bearing its culture and its najdi heritage arts with it, and established its basis in far morocco. the plaster decorations of jizan idrisid the plaster decorarations of far moroccan idrisid point of comparison (14th ah/20th ad) (5th ah/10th ad) the period caliper, rope and knife caliper and ruler slitting and discharging tools austerity and simplicity luxury and accuracy the dominating feature the african and najdi arts the berber arts, especially the old amazighs arts the heritage artistic influences were influenced by the hellenistic and sasanian arts. -were affected by the hellenistic, byzantine and sasanian arts that melted with the umayyad arts the romanes, byzantine and gothic the preislam newcoming artistic influences -were influenced by the abbassid arts,where sammara arts were. zaidyyah arts, asian, indian and turkish arts through pilgrimage,trading and wars -were influenced by ummayyad damascus through the polarization of the labourers and manifacturers from the east. the andalusian and aghlabids arts, and the indian arts through pilgrimage,trading and wars. the contemporary artistic influences the plaster artist depended on the interlacing straight geometrical lines, and also on the abstract plant units, and he didn’t intentionally covered most of the wall, thus his shapes looked simple. he kept the decorative elements in the same height with the wall. the abstract plant units with their twisting branches were used, and the shapes were fragmented and abstracted into geometrical elements and they were reshaped producing a replicated shape that gave the continuity to the visual modeling. the decoration elements protruded from the wall. decorative ments the circular shapes with the different and varied rossettes were used as straight frames. he took from the barbaric art the asterisk plates modeling,and added to it. the asterisk plates the rarety of quran calligraphy in this period the kufi and thulus calligraphy spreaded the calligraphic streaks the facades specially the entries and the guests sittings. the building façade and most of the inner and outer parts of the wall the place of decorations in architecture the shapes were not coloured, keeping the main colour of the raw material the plaster elements were coloured to show the decoration units plaster colouring the arches' frames were decorated in broken method. different architectonic elements were decorated with plaster such as, the minarets, the domes and the arches, and it was mixed with other materials as wood and mosaics the plaster architectonic elements they took the shape of horseshoe arches, and najdi pointed arches, and broken arches they took the shape of horseshoe arches, and pointed arches with dropping stalactites, and also broken arches the arches eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 12 there was a relationship that connected both the eastern and western idrisid states despite their difference in place and time, as about a century separates them. however, the land and sea crossings played a role in extending the idrisi’s supervision through trade and cultural exchange as their beliefs and their religious and political ideologies mingled with the tribal, heritage, cultural legacies. this was reflected in the way they handled the facades of their palaces, which were characterized by simplicity, abstraction, and avoiding the drawing of living creatures, even if they were abstract wall decorations. they were also known for their austerity, and their buildings seemed plain, without exaggeration in spaces or wall decoration, as illustrated in details in the previous table (fig. 17). discussion: the second century ah witnessed many political movements in arab morocco; there was the idrisid state in far morocco in the 5th hg/ 11th ah century, the ibadi state in tunisia, the rustamids in (144 ah) in middle morocco, and the aghlabids state in (188 ah), which was politically subordinate to the abbasids but selfgoverning as a state for the tulunids in egypt. then, the fatimids succeeded in establishing their state in the fourth hijri century, and then headed towards cairo. during this period of time, while the abbasid caliphate was collapsing, the ottoman empire expanded eastward, keen on dominating hijaz and al sham states (levant states) and the land and sea trade routes. conclusion: the study traced the factors of the formation of far morocco idrissids in the arab morocco in the (5th ah/ 11th ad) century and the emirate of ashraaf idrisids of tihama ‘asir in sebya during the (14th ah/20th ad) century, showing the struggle of the two states for staying independent of the caliphate, such as the idrisid state of fez that resisted the domination of the abbasid caliphate, the aghlabids of tunisia, the fatimids, the umayyads, and the andalusians as well as the emirate of ashraaf idrisids in sebya that resisted the ottoman caliphate, the first saudi state, and the zaidis in yemen. the goal of the idrisids was to restore the islamic caliphate as they are descendants of the hashemi house. we have concluded through research and analysis that there may be a connection between the two eastern and western states, through immigration and the expansion of the ashraaf descendants despite the difference in time and place, by studying the natural strategic crossings and the political circumstances that contributed in transmitting the influences of far moroccan arts to sebya region, south west kingdom of saudi arabia, which in turn contributed in enriching the arts of plaster decorations for the facades of ashraaf al'adarisih palaces and their mingling with the najdi yemeni artistic local character as they shared almost similar and close features in that the decorations of both regions were devoid of animalistic and humanistic elements, even modified ones. although both were influenced by persian and byzantine art styles, the elements of their decorations depended on geometric and plant abstraction and sometimes symbols of warding off magic. recommendation:interest in the study of islamic decorative arts and development in line with the modern era, especially after it is located after the status of the architectural arts in the arab islamic civilization, reached its peak in the seventh and eighth centuries east and west, but in the middle of the thirteenth century was neglected and neglected and the focus was on quotations from the arts west. -studying the relationship between the architecture of the arts of morocco and the south of saudi arabia, where it weakens the references that deal with the historical, political and artistic relationship between them, the researcher adopted through reading the writings of the arab travelers to connect them. previous studies. books: 1. ismail, osman osman: 1992, history of islamic architecture and applied arts in the far east, islamic civilization series, first edition. 2. al-tha'albi, abd al-'azzi: 1990, north african history from the islamic conquest to the end of the majority state, second edition, beirut-lebanon, dar al-gharb al-islami. 3. al-aqili, mohammed bin ahmed, 1982, al-makhlaf sulaimani, dar al-yamamah publications, riyadh, i, c. 4. al-omari: shahab al-din ahmed bin fadl, 1972, pathways of sight in the kingdoms of amasar, investigation: ayman fouad sayed, dar al-aitasam, cairo. kunl, ernst: 1966, islamic art, translated by dr. ahmed issa, second edition. 6. al-maddah, amira ali, 2007, al-makhlaf sulaimani under the rule of al-adarsa and king abdul aziz's efforts to annex the makhlaf to the kingdom of saudi arabia (jazan region), cairo, i. 7. marzouk, ali abdulla: 2010, book (art of decoration of traditional architecture in aseer, art and aesthetic study), series of archaeological studies, no. 8, the saudi commission for tourism and archeology (archeology and museums), saudi arabia. eman ahmed aref / the academic research community publication pg. 13 articles, periodicals and encyclopedias: 1. adrissi: muhammad ibn muhammad ibn 'abd allah, without history, nazah al-mushtaq in mentioning the places, countries and countries (d.m.t). 2. baldari, john, 1980, foreign powers and privileges in the emirate of idrissi, center for gulf studies, i. 3. hassan, mohamed abdel ghani: 1971, sherif idrisi (the most famous geographical arabs and islam), the series of arab flags, number 97, the general authority for publishing and publishing. 4. khalid abdul aziz al-dayel, "the historical report on the excavations of domat al-jandal in the season 1405-1985". pp. 80-81. 5. abdullah bin mesfer, 1978, al-siraj al-munir in the biography of amara asir, 1, al-resala foundation, syria. 6. abdullah saad al-rashed and dr. mohammed al-thunayan et al., (1421/2001)"an initial report on the survey of the old commercial road: the high yemeni pilgrimage road al-najdi season two", an article in the yearbook of ruins, saudi arabian antiquities yearbook, general department of antiquities and museums, ministry of education, saudi arabia. , sixth issue, tenth, riyadh: pp. 106. 7. ali ali hassan al-amayra (research entitled: elements of composition and visual evaluation in architecture) in tishreen university journal for studies and scientific research (engineering sciences series) vol. (16) no. (2) for 1994, page / 111 – 73. 8. massoud al-maeed, article at the conclusion of the hilla al-omran project in a broad international and local presence, "ancient asir homes inspires photographers and designers", al watan online, asir printing and publishing, saudi arabia, 22/2/2012. 9. malkawi, hanan sulaiman: 1977, relations between the principals of adarsa in asir and the supervision of mecca, 1908-1925, publications of the committee of the history of jordan, edition 1. foreign references: 1. ebin saleh. mohammed abdullah, 2001. the decline vs the rise of architectural and urban forms in the vernacular villages of southwest saudi arabia, college of architecture and planning, king saud university, riyadh, saudi arabia, journal, building and environment. n.36. pp. 89-107 2. fletcher, b., cruickshank, d., 1996. history of architecture, 20th ed. architectural press. 3. hogarth, david geory. 1921. a history of arabia, oxford university press, london. 4. malkawi, hannan s. 2011, abd al-azeez of the addaressah in tuhama other (1920-1934), jordan journal of social sciences (jjss), n. 38, ed.1 5. old, clive leather. 1983. the britain of saudi a 1925-1939, first edition. references: 1-dabouz, mohamed ali: (2010), history of the maghreb, part i, printed by the foundation of tawa latt, algeria, first edition, p. 361. 2-tamsneh: located in morocco, the area between the bourgraq and um el rabie rivers. 3-mawns, hussein: (2000 ad), landmarks of the history of morocco and andalusia, cairo, al-rashed, i, volume 5, p. 65. 4-hassan, mohamed abdel ghani, sherif idrisi (the most famous geographic arabs and islam), the series of arab flags, number 97, cairo: the general authority for publishing and publishing, 5-al-obeidi, iman mahmoud hammadi; and dulaimi, latif khalaf muhammad, (april 2016), the cultural data exchanged between iraq and andalusia, journal of the arts, literature, humanities and sociology, issue 5, published research, emirates college of educational sciences, united arab emirates, dubai. 6-ismail, osman osman, history of islamic architecture and applied arts in morocco, al-aqsa, first edition, morocco: series of islamic civilization of the west, 1992, p. 366. 7-abdullah bin ibrahim al omair, traditional architecture in najd, archaeological studies, issue 4, riyadh: issued by the saudi society for archaeological studies, 2007, p. 152:153. 8-abdullah bin ibrahim al-omair, 2007, op. cit., p. 154:155. the plaster artist had selected his elements among the najdi decorations, he didn't transfer them in their common usual outline that depended on the decorations of balconies, window openings and doors with plaster material, but he handled them in a ... the artist kept the visual and architectural modelling as in (figs.6&7) through keeping the horizontal and vertical lines of the plaster friezes with the straightness of the constructive architectural modeling, while keeping the harmony and the divers... the artist kept in the idrisi state period had kept the heritage character that distinguished jizan region and despite being influenced by previous arts, he was able to incorporate between the different artistic styles, and thus appeared the asterisk... the plaster artist used the heritage plant units as the palm leaves decorations which were common on the facades of the heritage building (fig.13) as plastic units for the ornamentation of the arch summits which were ornamented in a simple and symme... http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication spatial analysis of public services (schools) in nablus city using the tool of geographic information system (gis) taher j.t. moghayer1, ali abdelhamid2, wang xingping1 1school of architecture, southeast university, no.2, sipailou road, nanjing, 210096, china 2school of architecture, an-najah national university, nablus, palestine keywords spatial analysis ; gis; schools; palestine; spss abstract this paper basically aims to study the existing public services (schools) in nablus city in terms of their capability, distribution and suitability for the urban expansion and population growth in the city. this paper includes a comprehensive survey of all schools in the city in order to provide a database of this service, in addition to data about the number of students, teachers and architectural characteristics of the building and their services. it also measures the level of satisfaction of such public services was measured through the results of the questionnaire distributed to a random sample of students. the methodology of the study was based mainly on the descriptive and analytical research methods by using the tool of geographic information system (gis) and the statistical package for social sciences (spss) as well as using certain geographic models like nearest neighbor analysis. the results of the study indicated the existence of randomness in the distribution of schools in nablus city due to the absence of proper planning and reference to planning regulations. in addition, the study showed the lack of efficiency and capability of such services. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication 1. introduction the importance of urban planning is that it’s a comprehensive study of all aspects that affect the formation of the urban environment,(yaakup & sulaiman, 2007) which include urban form, economic, social and administrative. it also helps in providing public services to the population such as education, health and other services, (scholten & stillwell, 2013). furthermore the importance of proper planning of land use and how to distribute the public services in a scientific and systematic manner because it is a priority for developing societies. nowadays there are several softwares that could support decision makers and planners and help them analyze and control the data such as gis (rahaman & salauddin, 2009), which can be used for many different purposes in public services to meet the population’s needs (attfield, tamiru, parolin, & de grauwe, 2002) (abusada & thawaba, 2011). nablus city and other palestinian cities suffer from indiscriminate distribution of public services including educational services as well as failure to observe the planning criteria for these services. this is due to several conditions, (shaheen, 2013) including inadequate government land allocated to these services and lack of financial resources to purchase private land and other political factors such as the lack of control over land as a result of israeli occupation (abdulhadi, 1990). the aims of this study is to help improve the existing public services (schools) in nablus city in terms of capability, distribution and suitability for the urban expansion and population growth in the city, which includes a comprehensive survey of all the schools in the city in order to provide a database for this service. the level of satisfaction of such public services was measured through the results of the questionnaire distributed to a random doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.227 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 2 sample of students. it also determines the population’s need for the educational service in the future because nablus city has rapid population growth. 2. data and methodology the research methodology is divided into five steps:  general survey and theoretical framework: this stage includes a survey of the study area, concepts, models and theories that are related to the subject of this study.  data collection: this stage includes collecting the descriptive and spatial data depending on the formality statics, reports, interview, observation and questionnaire.  data preparation: this stage includes data processing, coding and data entry, and dropping data collected on digital maps and tables to carry out an analysis this data by using arcgis10.2 software and the program of statistical package for social sciences spss.  spatial and quantitative analysis: in this stage, the current reality of the educational service distribution was analysed and the problems and vulnerabilities faced with developing proposals and appropriate solutions and perceptions of the future were identified.  results and conclusion: this stage evaluates the results and develops recommendations in order to get rid of the problems of the educational services sector. finally, view the study's conclusion and recommendation of this study. 2.1. study area the study consists of educational services (schools) within the boundaries of nablus city except the camps. the study area also was divided into nine sections of each section representing a neighborhood. the sections were separated according to the streets that separated the neighborhood and the other. the field survey was conducted for all the surrounding area as shown in (figure 1). figure 1 study area taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 3 3. the spatial and statistical analysis 3.1. nearest neighbor analysis it is based on the study of the distribution of educational services (schools) in the neighborhood to understand the pattern of distribution which is clustered, random, or regular, which helps to make a proper future plan and the following equation can be applied in the study of the nearest neighbor analysis: r=(2*d)*n/a r= nearest neighbor analysis d = average distance between points (real distance) and the average is the distance between points and divide it by the number of readings (measurements). n = number of service location points. a = area of the search area. the value of the nearest neighbor analysis ranges from 0-2.15 where the quantitative meaning has a clear and specific meaning distribution mode if the value is nearly zero. this means it is clustered and if the value is nearly 2.15, this means the height of the spread, therefore (appendix 1) shows the pattern of distribution of schools. figure 2 shows the neighborhood affiliation of the schools in the study area and according to the correlation equation, the total distance between the school sites in the study area is equal to (25500)m and the number of schools is (85). the land area of the studied location is equal to (28690932) m2 and is derived from the nearest neighbor analysis equation: (0.0017770) near zero, this means that the pattern of distribution of schools is clustered in the total study area and in the neighborhoods. figure 2 distributions of schools taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 4 3.2. statistical analysis: nablus city has a population of about (153097) people and (85) schools with (34149) students. about (16903) of them are males and (17246) are females. the percentage of education in nablus city is (0.22305 %) by dividing the total number of students on the population. the statistical analysis will be achieved by dividing the city into deparate neighborhoods. the following (appendix 2) shows the distribution of schools in the study areas, the number of students who are studying in these schools, and the number of students who live outside the neighborhood and who study in nearby schools but are not affiliated with their neighborhood. it is, therefore, good to study the schools that are located within the neighborhood in which the students live in order to facilitate and control the efficiency of distributing the services. aljabal alshamali, albalda alqadema, almakhfeya, almasakin, al-dawar and adahya neighborhood have a large number of students who study there but come from different neighborhoods. ras alain, rafidya and almanteqa alsenaeya neighborhoods are also sought out by a large number of students who live outside of these neighborhoods, which causes overcrowding and lack of control and efficiency of education. appendix 3 indicates the neighborhoods’ area and the population numbers and the density. appendix 4 shows the standards of primary, middle and secondary schools in the palestinian ministry of education. appendix 5-13 show the standards that match with the schools. 3.3. the level of satisfaction in order to obtain results on the level of satisfaction of the educational services provided to the students, a questionnaire was used. about (380) questionnaires were distributed to students in (85) schools. the number of valid questionnaire for analysis is (300). (table 1) shows students satisfaction in the distance between the school’s location and the living place. the data indicates that 53% of the suitables think the schooling is suitable, 34% think schools are acceptable, and 13% think they are not suitable. table 2 shows what the students think of the school building. about 43% of them think that the school building is suitable, 41% feel it’s acceptable, and about 16% believe it’s not suitable. table 3 shows the possibility of leaving the building in case of emergency. 44% said it is suitable, 38.7% of respondents said it’s acceptable while 17% said it’s not suitable. table 1 distance between the school location and the living place frequency percent suitable 159 53 acceptable 102 34 not suitable 39 13 total 300 100 table 2 the view of the students on the school building frequency percent suitable 129 43 acceptable 123 41 not suitable 48 16 total 300 100 table 3 the possibility of leaving building in case of emergency frequency percent suitable 133 44.3 acceptable 116 38.7 not suitable 51 17 total 300 100 taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 5 4. discussion and result: in rafidya, almakhfeya, ras al-ain, and al-dawar neighborhood, according to the data, the location of the school doesn’t meet the required standards so we recommend that the location is moved to a site that is suitable for the number of students who have study in this school. additionally, the schools in albalda alqadema neighborhood are not meeting the required standards of primary school and the student's proportion of the built up area and the student's proportion of the total area of the site also doesn’t meet the standard. therefore, we suggest that the location should be suitable for the number of students who have study in these schools, moreover the number of students in each class also is not suitable. the same could be said about schools in almanteqa alsenaeya neighborhood, adahya neighborhood, aljabal alshamali neighborhood, and almasakin neighborhood. as for almakhfeya, al-dawar, albalda alqadema, adahya, aljabal alshamali, and almasakin neighborhoods, we recommend that new schools be built in these area including primary, middle and secondary schools because most of the students in those neighborhoods seek schools elsewhere. 5. conclusion and recommendation the study area suffers from poor efficiency in providing educational services. most school sites were not based on prior planning, but according to the availability of the land and the conditions of financial support. the analysis of the neighborhood link method shows that most educational services are clustered. moreover, the lack of administrative management from the ministry of education fails to distribute the students according to the geographical location, which leads to poor services in some areas of the neighborhoods in the city. it’s necessary to identify local planning regulations for public services in nablus city in particular and in other palestinian cities in general. it’s also necessary to establish a spatial planning department at the ministry of education who will be responsible for the distribution and planning of educational services as well as applying the planning regulations according to the population growth and geographic features of the settlements. appendix a1 pattern of distribution of schools location ed n ed/n 2*d a/m 2 n/a r=(2*d)*n/a r rafidya 3750 15 250 500 3683847 0.0000041 0.00205 clustered almakhfeya 2710 7 387.1 774.2 2348267 0.0000290 0.00224 clustered ras al-ain 3890 19 204.7 409.4 2342513 0.0000081 0.00033 clustered al-dawar 100 2 50 100 371322 0.0000053 0.00053 clustered albalda alqadema 815 8 101.8 203.7 379617 0.0000210 0.00427 clustered almanteqa alsenaeya 4600 7 657.1 1314.2 9272829 0.0000007 0.00092 clustered adahya 1100 5 220 440 653070 0.0000076 0.00334 clustered aljabal alshamali 7300 19 384.2 768.4 6023911 0.0000031 0.00238 clustered almasakin 400 3 133.3 266.6 3615556 0.0000008 0.000213 clustered nablus 25500 85 300 600 2869093 2 0.0000029 0.001777 clustered a 2 distribution of schools in the study areas & the number of students taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 6 location no of schools no of students in neighborhood no of students study in neighborhood schools no of students are going study out neighborhood no of students are outside coming to study in the neighborhood schools rafidya 15 3546 8209 0 4663 almakhfeya 7 3341 2510 831 0 ras al-ain 19 5704 6714 0 1010 al-dawar 2 2381 690 1691 0 albalda alqadema 8 4813 3810 1003 0 almanteqa alsenaeya 7 1063 3726 0 2663 adahya 5 2944 1052 1892 0 aljabal alshamali 19 7576 6239 1337 0 almasakin 3 2778 1261 1517 0 a 3neighborhoods area &no of population & density location area m2 nu of population density p/km2 rafidya 3683847 15897 4310 almakhfesya 2348267 14979 6370 ras al-ain 2342513 25573 10910 al-dawar 371322 10678 28750 albalda alqadema 379617 21582 56850 almanteqa alsenaeya 9272829 4766 520 adahya 653070 13199 2021 aljabal alshamali 6023911 33664 5630 almasakin 3615556 12459 3440 a 4 the standards of schools item primary school middle school secondary school no of students 20-700 440-560 180-540 location area m2 2000-7000 4000-5400 1800-5400 build up area m2 800-3000 1400-2300 800-2300 location area m2/student 10 10 10 build up area m2/student 1.57 1.57 1.57 taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 7 no of class room 6-18 12-15 6-18 no of students in class room 37 37 30 a 5 rafidya neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 2* 8* 5* no of students 192* 3923* 4094* location area m2 1252** 17786** 18070** build up area m2 515* 12798* 13557* location area m2/student 6.5** 4.5** 4.4** build up area m2/student 2.6* 3.3* 3.3* no of class room 9* 114* 114* no of students in class room 22* 35* 36* * relevant standard ** not standard a 6 almakhfeya neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 2* 3* 2* no of students 416* 1117* 977* location area m2 2319** 4749** 4937** build up area m2 792* 2501* 4136* location area m2/student 5.5** 4.2** 5** build up area m2/student 2* 2.2* 4.2* no of class room 11* 31* 29* no of students in class room 34* 36* 38* * relevant standard ** not standard a 7 ras al-ain neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 9* 3* 7* no of students 2024* 974* 3716* taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 8 location area m2 8976** 6764** 26874** build up area m2 4951* 5321* 15170* location area m2/student 4.4** 6.9** 7.2** build up area m2/student 2.4* 5.4* 4* no of class room 65* 29* 102* no of students in class room 37* 34* 31* * relevant standard ** not standard a 8 al-dawar neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 1* 0 1* no of students 156* 0 534* location area m2 482** 0 3000** build up area m2 325* 0 2800* location area m2/student 3** 0 5.6** build up area m2/student 2* 0 5* no of class room 6* 0 13* no of students in class room 26* 0 41* * relevant standard ** not standard a 9 albalda alqadema neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 2* 2* 4* no of students 555* 964* 2291* location area m2 3528** 6664* 9596* build up area m2 742* 2566* 6587* location area m2/student 6.4** 7** 4.2** build up area m2/student 1.4** 2.6* 2.9* no of class room 16* 25* 61* no of students in class room 38** 39* 35* * relevant standard ** not standard taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 9 a 10 almanteqa alsenaeya neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 2* 2* 3* no of students 731* 1073* 1922* location area m2 3509** 5674** 59536* build up area m2 3006* 4230* 8980* location area m2/student 4.8** 5.2** 30.9* build up area m2/student 4.1* 3.9* 4.6* no of class room 21* 30* 50* no of students in class room 35* 36* 39* * relevant standard ** not standard a 11 adahya neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 4* 1* 0 no of students 486* 566* 0 location area m2 1570** 1140** 0 build up area m2 832* 1640** 0 location area m2/student 3.2* 2** 0 build up area m2/student 1.7* 2.9* 0 no of class room 23* 16* 0 no of students in class room 22* 36* 0 * relevant standard ** not standard a 12 aljabal alshamali neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 10* 4* 5* no of students 1591* 1543* 3105* location area m2 14260** 20324* 16590** taher j.t. moghayer / the academic research community publication pg. 10 build up area m2 6931* 5624* 13359* location area m2/student 9** 13* 5.3** build up area m2/student 4.4* 3.6* 4.3* no of class room 81* 53* 86* no of students in class room 20* 29* 36* * relevant standard ** not standard a 13 almasakin neighborhood schools match withthe standards item primary school middle school secondary school no of schools 1* 1* 1* no of students 70** 695** 559* location area m2 150** 5000** 5700* build up area m2 100* 2400* 1730* location area m2/student 2.1** 7.1** 10.1* build up area m2/student 1.4* 3.4* 3.1* no of class room 2* 20* 15* no of students in class room 35* 35* 37* * relevant standard ** not standard references 1. abdulhadi, r. s. (1990). land use planning in the occupied palestinian territories. journal of palestine studies, 19(4), 46-63. 2. abusada, j., & thawaba, s. (2011). multi criteria analysis for locating sustainable suburban centers: a case study from ramal lah governorate, palestine. cities, 28(5), 381-393. 3. attfield, i., tamiru, m., parolin, b., & de grauwe, a. (2002). improving micro-planning in education through a geographical information system: studies on ethiopia and palestine. school mapping and local-level planning: eric. 4. rahaman, k. r., & salauddin, m. (2009). a spatial analysis on the provision of urban public services and their deficiencies: a study of some selected blocks in khulna city, bangladesh. theoretical and empirical researches in urban management, 120. 5. scholten, h. j., & stillwell, j. (2013). geographical information systems for urban and regional planning (vol. 17): springer science & business media. 6. shaheen, l. (2013). rapid urbanization and the challenge of sustainable urban development in palestinian cities. paper presented at the proceedings of world academy of science, engineering and technology. 7. yaakup, a., & sulaiman, s. (2007). gis as new approach and method in preparing and implementing the development plan in malaysian planning system. jurnal alam bina, jilid, 9. http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication the impact of western culture on the transformation of residential patterns in one of the heritage areas in baghdad (neighborhood cremat / salhiya baghdad model) shatha a. alamiri1, doaa m. alzubaidy2 1 d.pro. university of baghdad, baghdad, iraq 2 a.l alfarabi university college, baghdad, iraq keywords baghdadi residential patterns, traditional architectural style, chronology of western styles in baghdadi architecture, transformations of baghdadi residential patterns. abstract the traditional housing of baghdadi has undergone many transformations in the past century. this is noticed in many districts of traditional baghdad and its heritage. in this period, architectural styles with western influences were observed as a result of the political conditions and foreign colonization that swept the country. german architecture, english and french and other models in our old heritage stores, especially in the neighborhood of cremat in salhia baghdad. with this level of complexity of the models, we have to disclose and study during the research process to reach the mechanisms and adaptation of western models designed for an environment of a different nature adapted to our environment and the local baghdad and take advantage of these global experiences in the design process. therefore, the research highlighted the influence of western culture on our baghdadi architectural culture to preserve the landmarks of the past so that future children can see it. ever since man's historical awareness of the past, the present and the future, he tried to record his present and preserve his past for the future. the urban heritage reflects the cultural identity of man: his past, his present and his future. our baghdad municipality has been characterized by functional organization of the elements of the house, relying on the internal courtyard to provide the necessary privacy to the population and the use of local construction materials such as bricks, plaster, stone and palms and the use of the sheds in the internal atmosphere of the rooms. all examples of baghdadi heritage architecture share a distinctive architectural character that belongs to the region and reflects all of its cultural, environmental and social conditions. therefore, the research will try to reach the impact of these civilizations on the baghdadi style, especially in the residential architecture of baghdad. the objective of the research was to describe the effects of western culture on the architectural style of the salhia area and its adaptation to the local style of the region while attempting to come up with new and traditional indicators of transformation in residential patterns. in order to address the research problem, which is the phenomenon of divergence in the decisions of the traditional residential patterns in the locality of the cremat salhia, and to verify the goal of the desired research, the research plan is to analyze the chronological sequence of the ancient models in the region and identifying the identity of each model and then how to diagnose changes in traditional architectural styles through its holistic calendar and the appearance of the architectural style of the salhia in this architectural form. the results showed the impact of western cultures on the identity of the baghdad residential area. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.233 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ shatha a. alamiri / the academic research community publication pg. 2 introduction the research was based on the analytical method of the architectural styles and methods of construction of the baghdad residential units in al-kareemat district through the chronological sequence of these units and their impact on the design of the residential units. the study also adopted the method of transferring the field measurements that were taken for samples of the traditional and modern housing units into graphs and to demonstrate the influence of western culture on the baghdadi architectural styles and explain the adaptation of western architecture to our local environment. with the diagnosis of patterns of western architecture and its reflection on the domestic production of housing. the influence of the west in its attitudes and the nature of its products is unique and different from our own. 2 patterns in heritage areas of baghdad 2.1 the heritage areas of baghdad and its history and the area of creamat especially the arab city with its traditional cohesive texture is the best example of the application of the concept of social interdependence at the city level as a whole, city planning and pathway processors in terms of width, height, direction and change of direction is the main stage of adaptation with the environment. harmonized fabric can soften the effects of harsh climates and reduce their effects, especially high temperatures, solar radiation, dusty and warm winds, and thus reduce the total thermal load on the facades of buildings, especially residential units, where housing units constitute the largest proportion of total structural production in the arab city. (1) the karkh side of baghdad, as we know it geographically, starts from the district of al-jaafir to the north and the salhiya and the krimat to the south and from the tigris river east to the tombs of sheikh maarouf al-karkhi and al-junaid al-baghdadi. the karkh area consists of several shops and a shop on a number of alleys. each alley of a number of houses and shops most famous in karkh (creamat) is the river bordering the river because of the importance of water in particular in reference to the importance of water. this region is characterized by the beauty of the river and the coolness of the atmosphere in the summer. 2.2 the upgrowth of the cremation area and location al-mahalla is located on the western side of baghdad and its borders as stated in the atlas of baghdad, 1952 (mahalat 218) adjacent to the al-ahraa rasmi bridge administratively the salhiya area. the area was formerly large green farms and orchards, maud and currently, al-ahrar bridge. in july 1911, the german maister pasha arrived in baghdad to take up his post as director of its works and opened his offices in dar kadhim pasha (turki origin) on the west bank of the tigris river in the krimat area. it is not just a winding alley from which there are short alleys that lead to the tigris river and another to the center of the city. it is a popular place that has roots in the depths of shatha a. alamiri / the academic research community publication pg. 3 history and on its feet, it still has the secret of its existence. to the past, creams feel you are part of old baghdad that you read about in the tales of the round city (as in fig. 2,3). when you look at it, it takes time to reflect on its aesthetics, especially as the river, the boats and the movement of the land give it joy even though some of its old houses have become incapable of resisting nature. the most prominent of which is the british house of the british embassy. this house is located in the southern part of baghdad near the fence and not far from the proposed location of the railway station on the same bank to the south. on the morning of july 27, 1912 was an official celebration of the commencement of the development project in the presence of the governor jamal pasha and about 40 engineers, mostly germans from the effects of the baghdad railway project that is located in the south-west of the city. (garage alawi and the role of rail in salhia currently) was the compound in the era of construction is located outside the city limits so that the train comes out of the station and runs parallel to the western fence to the north towards samarra. this was most prominent reason for the region’s urban growth. the construction of this community contributed to the development of the karkh side and its expansion in this direction in later years until it began to appear in later eras of modern important installations after it was limited to a number of residential shops and some shrines. karkh witnessed developments in a series of important projects, including the development of the baghdad railway station iron, which became known as a station west of baghdad and to the northwest of it, an airport was built (muthanna airport currently) on a large land in 1931 considering that this site was then outside the city and far away from urbanization and the establishment of the iraqi radio house in 1936 took a position in salhia near the lord of baghdad station (3). then the english came to do a bridge mudd near the former liberal camp soldiers englishmen there. in the early 1920s, the railway complex and its neighbors, especially salhia, became a large urban center in the 1920s and 1930s. there was a significant change in the urban style and lifestyle of the grove. the western influence was evident in the urban and architectural environment and the new residential neighborhoods such as the railway complex. neighboring areas were based on straight and cross-border geometrical designs and if the new areas reflected a remarkable transformation and then a division of traditional folk architecture (as in fig. 3), the first time to show the impact of these western cultures on the local architecture in the creams. 2.3 nature of the fabric in the creams area: the nature of the textile in the region began with the harmonious organic pattern developed by the needs of the population and the emergence of dilapidated buildings around which was the urban growth of the region and was the beginning of its emergence. examples of this growth included the houses of the ottoman rulers and the british embassy where they are settled in the region in addition to the bridge ahrar linking karkh rusafa and then railway station and housing railway workers and sites. the fabric of their work was transformed from an organic type to a straight-cut pattern that followed the developments in the area in haifa street and divided the area into two halves due to changes in the lifestyle of the people and their influence on the western style as well as the british occupation of the area and the entry of cars during the same period, which forced the region to divide the streets geometrically to form an integrated road infrastructure (as in figure, 4). figure , 2, site by google earth figure,3,morphological ,creamat area by researcher figure,4, fabric area by researcher shatha a. alamiri / the academic research community publication pg. 4 3 .factors affecting the origin and development of traditional residential architecture from the beginning of creation, the main concern of man was to try to adapt to his environment. caves and huts were built in a primitive way during prehistoric times to protect against the danger of animals and aggressors and to overcome the various climatic fluctuations. through his understanding, the phenomena of the environment and its geographical and climatic characteristics enable man to develop his habitat and in different ways benefiting from previous experiences in the development of construction methods and building materials to create a suitable residential environment. residential architecture has been particularly affected by several factors including topography, climate, religious and social factors. • topography: geography has an important role in the architectural configuration.. • climate: climate plays a major role in the emergence and development of residential buildings and in the formation and composition of the main building elements. • religious, social and cultural factors: the social environment has greatly influenced how residential buildings are created. • economic factors: trade and agriculture are among the important activities that have contributed significantly to the development of traditional residential buildings. libya has been one of the regions that served as a trade intermediary between europe and africa. • political and legislative factors: political factors played an important role in the development of residential buildings in libya. islami, where people converted to islam, the houses took another style in accordance with islamic law. the houses were built in adjoining residential neighborhoods with inner courtyards, emphasizing privacy and respect for the neighbor. during the german and english occupation, t high-altitude multi-role balconies overlooking the wide openings on the outside and the current period is an extension of the period of openness to the outside and the full transfer of western architecture that does not fit customs, traditions and climatic conditions prevailing. • building materials and technology. 4. the chronological sequence of patterns and their differences in the area of creams and the impact of western culture on their residential patterns the style of architecture is characterized by its cohesive texture and its social and latent sustainability. it is unique in planning and design elements. inclusion was not coincidental but rather a product of climatic, religious and social conditions. the spatial organization of the organic city is characterized by streets and twisted walks, and relatively large and open neighborhood and garden units and indoor gardens act as reservoirs of moderate cold air. the factors of economy and politics have had the greatest impact on the change of baghdadi identity and style. this is noticed in the cremation area in baghdad where ottoman colonization began to occupy the area. the arrival of the germans and the english was also influential as they left their design fingerprints on baghdad. the difference between the baghdad models was clear: 4.1 traditional style baghdadi in housing • first: on the level of horizontal plans. • second: the level of sense of mass and space. • third: the level of the formation of façades. • fourth: the level of environmental and climatic treatments. 4.2 western style in housing: the classical european style is characterized by the clarity of the values of form and art and we find the mass unit surrounded by a vast courtyard as an extension. this block stands alone and has clear features and express themselves strongly and simply and embody the features of nature around with the use of iron in the balconies and in the quarries. additionally, there are statues in the entrances and massive columns were used to introduce the huge entrance. the german and english models are characterized by openness to the outside with balconies and chimneys and the presence of vertical windows. in addition, the use of iron in the facades with the high entrances to the level of the earth and the decorations and inscriptions at the top of the building. speaking of the influence of western culture and its influence in the area of creams in baghdad, at the beginning of the emergence of the region was the ottoman governor controlled baghdad where a palace was built. after that, the english came and built several houses in the region and then they moved to france to complete their studies and returned to the idea of the classic french style shatha a. alamiri / the academic research community publication pg. 5 of old legg. in this period, the mid-fifties of the nineteenth century took over the republic of iraq; the government began a period of urban prosperity of baghdad and tried to return the baghdadi style in their homes. from here came the designs of house zaher in response to the challenge of western cultures to maintain the the old baghdadi style. (fig. 5,6) shows the difference of cultures and their impact on the model of the study area. 5 .what is the adaptation of the patterns of the west with the pattern of local residential environment in baghdad the planning of the traditional housing was fully compatible with the environment, with all its pros and cons, and it was achieved according to two strategies: protection and adaptation. protection has been achieved by limiting the impact of the extreme natural environment conditions such as hot climate, relative humidity in some areas, elevation in other areas and the intensity of solar radiation. the adaptation was to exploit the potential of these harsh conditions and deal with them to achieve the thermal comfort of the inhabitants and the exploitation of natural energy sources such as the sun and wind. the use of the middle courtyard was one of the most important design principles in the architecture of different civilizations in iraq despite the differences in the urban environments and in the urban environment. this is due to the ability of the building with a central courtyard to adapt to various conditions in terms of achieving a lot of environmental requirements, civilizational and aesthetic and social, such as privacy and protection from external hazards or harsh environment, especially in hot climates. we notice that the housing was initially designed in the middle courtyard of the original baghdadi models open the spaces of the house and closed from the outside. this was clear on and off the baghdadi style to achieve privacy and isolation from the outside and create an external environment integrated climate and socially interconnected at home as in (figure 7). after the intervention of the political factor and the occupation of baghdad by western countries and the transfer of their cultures to us in the construction of buildings and houses in baghdad, we note the mid-closing of the middle courtyard of the house from the top because their homes are not designed on the basis of the central courtyard. donc entirely average in the design of baghdadi houses and turned his job to the distributor spaces home and change its size and open large windows in the facades overlooking the outside and the construction of open balconies to the outside as in (figure 8), all of these came western ktathirat on social traditions and patterns of architectural baghdadi. 6. indicators of the new transformations on the traditional residential patterns in baghdad at the planning level: the middle courtyard turned into a dynamic distributor or a transitional space in the house and shut it off from the top completely. بيت الشاوي . الطراز البغدادي في المنطقة البيت ا�لماني .ذات طرز معمارية المانية دار فهمي دولت : شيد على الطراز ا�نكليزي هر شيد على الطراز المحلي بتاثر غربي -دار الظا figure,5,by researcher figure,6,by researcher figure,7,by researcher figure,8,by researcher shatha a. alamiri / the academic research community publication pg. 6 at the level of the architectural mass: opening to the outside through the large glass windows and balconies and the creation of open spaces such as small green gardens in front of the house or surroundings to entertain the inhabitants of the house itself, in addition to the clarity of the entrances and highlighting the elements of architecture to confirm them but taking into account the privacy and traditions of the community. 7. conclusions and recommendations the essence of modern transformations in the model of the baghdadi dwelling lies in the impact of time and the continuation of the occupation of baghdad, which caused the phenomenon of division of the models with the advent of each occupation. vajdd house baghdadi model in terms of composition and planning, space organization has become almost non-existent spaces of the house and the disappearance of the open courtyard. western strategies must be a tool for progress in technology and contemporary rather than a way to eradicate the baghdadi style of traditional dwellings. traditional architecture still suffers from western influences and technological phenomena that are influenced by local architecture, so traditional architecture has to discover the principles of western architecture and choose what is suitable for the local environment and to mix these principles with modern technologies and use them in contemporary architecture. 8 references اددببب .1 ه اددببب ال�س�� دب،ق يب ال ه م ال ،دسببا ال ا،اتدببةدامب الحيييبشك ل ببتيم الةا��� اتدببتاعيبشك السحا ،اتحراب ،قة جامسب -الزبيدي،مهاصببحا 2006بغدا،، . ا مجيب .2 اددبببببببببرالةت ه ما بال ادبببببببةدامبال�� الة يددببير اتمو رال�ساصبببببببحتاليمج، م،���يم، وم اامسب -عايم،ق�� عحدالحزا رشببببببب�� ال 2008-11،السد،26الةتا مجيب���� . ماعب بغدا، , م حرع لطمدح التحخ , .3 1980ا . 4. oliver, paul, (1997), encyclopaedia of vernacular architecture, phaidon press ltd , 4london, uk. 5. barton,hugh-1996.sustainable urban design quarterly,issue 57-juauary 1996,urban de-sign group. http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 what is related to towns’ prospering and decaying in pennsylvania? bianjie ji1, zhiyue xia2 1department of landscape architecture, the pennsylvania state university 2department of ecosystem science and management, the pennsylvania state university athese authors contribute equally keywords rural development; principle component analysis abstract this research aims to compare those degenerate towns and cities with booming ones to find out the strategies for rural and regional developments and help the decision-making through regional planning. different from studies that only focus on decaying towns, this paper does not neglect those prosperous ones but compare the significant differences between them. the methods include 1) principal component analysis (pcv) to create development index (di) for every county subdivision from 2000 to 2015; and 2) spatial and temporal analysis to find whether some spatial patterns exist. development index (di) is the core standard to evaluate some location’s development. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication 1. introduction nowadays, in terms of sustainability, considerable amounts of urban planners and researchers focus on the physical spaces of cities shirking rural areas and other social factors. however, whether a city is sustainable relies more on environmental, social and economic issues[3]. to achieve that, it is fundamental to analyze it at a bigger regional scale since there’s an intimate relationship between urbanization and environmental sustainability [4]. meanwhile, some factor, for example, economic development, is not only an indispensable part of sustainability but also a motivation to move cities forward. in such a big regional scale, however, when zooming in, a city is too big to dig out to check development status and reasons. usually, researchers use counties, tracts or blocks as boundaries. here, the scale of towns will be used because the initial research purpose to zoom in widely-neglecting townships. all the boroughs, townships, municipalities and cities are studied. for each year, there are 2573 records in the past 15 years (2000 2015). some towns in pennsylvania are decaying resulting from complicated reasons, for example, the shrink of industry and the diminution of the population. in contrast, other pennsylvania towns survive and even boom. to find part of reasons for this phenomenon, thus, a model is built to evaluate a town’s development level in terms of education, medical care, economy and social characteristics. then, different metrics of towns are analyzed to check whether relationships between specific factors and town’s development exist. many researchers blame town’s decay to the decline of the steel industry. that might be true. nonetheless, we care more about recent ‘peaceful’ years without rapid change to find out the exact reasons to pull or push towns’ development. this research aims at comparing those degenerate towns with booming ones to find out the strategies for rural and regional developments and help the decision-making through the regional planning. different from studies that only focus on decaying towns, those prosperous ones will not be neglected but be compared with the significant differences between them. because ‘role models’ can inspire urban planners while decaying towns give them lessons. for example, a town in tallinn experiences decaying. those old buildings made of carbonate doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.230 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ bianjie ji / the academic research community publication pg. 2 stones release air pollution. however, the renovation plan at the town’s scale makes no progress [5]. to renew a town is a big challenge. the problem towns facing is complicated. townships, regions, trade, and environment have complex spatial economy [6]. thus, most statistic data (population, housing units, education percentage, health insurance percentage ……) of pennsylvania are collected from u.s. census[1], which cover various fields in comprehensive developing aspects. data from 2010 to 2015 are highly detailed as well as the year of 2000 while comprehensive data from 2002 to 2009 are not available from united states census bureau. the probable reason is that the bureau gathered and analyzed data every five years before the year of 2010. but we can still draw an approximate conclusion since data of the year of 2000 are accessible. 1. methods 1.1 data this study focuses on the spatial relations and different attributes contributing to the towns’ thriving and shriveling. development of a township, a borough or even a city is correlated with many attributes including population, employment status, local education, public facility, and medical facilities. u.s. census publicized statistical data in county subdivision scale of every state from 2000 to 2015. pennsylvania department of health publicized county healthy profile on their website every year from 1998 to present [2]. 12 representative data are selected from plentiful data sets from 2010 to 2015 and 2000, 8 years’ data in total. 12 representative data include three data sets of population and age groups, two of education and employment, three data sets of economic, two of housing conditions, one migration, and one medical treatment. total population, the percent of population under 18 years old, and the percent of population over 65 years old are used to represent characteristics of population and age groups distribution. the percent of people holding bachelor’s degree or higher represents local educational quality. the ratio of the amount of employment and total labor in force is used to evaluate employment status. household income, percent of poverty households （annual income is less than $25,000）, and values of houses are selected to evaluate local economy. percent of households that have comprehensive plump networks and percent of vacant units among the towns represent housing conditions. moving-in population in a year is also selected because it reflects whether the town attracts people from other places. the amount of hospitals, nursing homes and drug and alcohol treatments in a county is used to evaluate the medical level of county subdivisions. these 12 data are selected to be considered as factors related to the development of sub-counties. 1.2 principal component analysis principal component analysis (pca) is a dimension reduction model to extract most vital information from multiple variables [7]. pca eliminates multiple correlations in the data interior to calculate orthogonal components. principal components are a few of orthogonal components, which explain most of the variances. in this research, through principal component analysis, four factors are extracted from twelve variables, which are explained 71.545% variance (table 2). factor scores of these four principal components are stored for developing a new index to evaluate the overall performance of a township, a borough or a city. table2. total variance explained by orthogonal components bianjie ji / the academic research community publication pg. 3 2.3 development index (di) principal components analysis method to reduce the dimension of data is collected. then we create an index named a developing index for every borough, township, municipality, and city. pca-based indices are effectively used for socio-economic status study. pca-based indices also make it easy to classify all samples to several cluster groups [8]. the developing index represents a relative degree of developing and sustainability of the town. we define a development index using weighted principal factor scores, in which the weight is the percent of variance explained by every factor. in this study, four principal components are extracted, so, four factors are used to calculate di (2.1). di  p1 * fs1  p2 * fs 2  p3 * fs3  p4 * fs 4 (2.1) di: develop index pn: percent of variance explained by factor n fsn: factor score of factor n di reflects a comprehensive performance of a town comparing with others. in order to analyze each factors’ contribution to di, we return back to pca factors and obtain an equation using factor score coefficient matrix. di and original twelve factors equation are shown (2.2). 2.4 spatial analysis using gis to analyze whether those decaying towns or prosperous towns have spatial relations or the reasons behind this. when we get the statistic results of every borough, township, municipality, and city, we plot them on the map of pennsylvania to better show whether spatial relationship exists, in other words, whether there’s some certain pattern with a spatial connection, or whether there are some ‘peculiar’ spots appealing to our eyes. the detailed steps include: a) arranging all the data including the index in micro-soft excel; b) joining this excel table (using geo-id to match the data) to the pennsylvania map with comprehensive administrative units (boroughs, townships, municipalities, and cities); and 3) plotting out the data by five categories based on standard deviation. figure. 1 workflow bianjie ji / the academic research community publication pg. 4 1. results 1.1 statistical analysis table 1 yearly index percentage 2000 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 level1 0.16 0.35 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.27 0.19 level2 2.65 1.44 1.52 1.36 0.89 0.86 1.13 level3 61.85 39.67 36.57 34.45 32.62 30.43 27.72 level4 26.62 42.08 44.46 45.92 47.57 49.24 50.80 level5 6.74 10.66 11.31 12.01 12.43 12.83 13.27 level6 1.56 4.05 3.96 4.16 4.16 4.39 4.87 level7 0.43 1.75 1.87 1.79 2.02 1.98 2.02 every year’s data are divided into several categories (level 1, level 2, level 3, level 4, level 5, level 6, and level7). these categories are relative percentages that mean the number falling into this category divided by the this year’s total record. the range for every category is based on the standard deviation (sd). level 1 is the index below 2.5 sds while level 7 is the index above 2.5 sds. level 2 is the index from -2.5 sds to -1.5 sds, level 3 is from -1.5 sds to 0.5 sd, level 4 is from -0.5 sd to 0.5 sd, level 5 is from 0.5 sd to 1.5 sds, and level 6 is from 1.5 sds to 2.5 sds. from level 1 to level 7, the performance index goes up, which means the overall performance of all 12 factors goes better. for example, level 7 demonstrates the best performance while level 1 is the worst. from 2000 to 2015, moderate performance (level 4) and slightly above moderate one keep ascending. meanwhile, slight below moderate performance (level 3) continues dropping. in general, the overall performance goes up from the year of 2000 to the year of 2010. so, is pennsylvania decaying or developing at the state’s (regional) scale? the answer is positive. 12 factors are analyzed. their normalized values demonstrate how much a particular factor contributes to the overall performance (index). the following factors have positive impacts on development: total population, 65 years above, employment, income, immigration, house value, plumbing, and health. however, the number of kids under 18 years old, poverty and house vacancy have negative effects on the development. education has the most impact on town’s decay or boom, as table 2 shows. table 2 index normalized variables coefficient metrics overall index for whole population 0.119 percent of population under 18 years old -0.0755 percent of population over 65 years old 0.0687 percent of population who own bachelor's degree or higher 0.139 employment/population ratio 0.024 mean income (dollars) 0.116 migration 0.116 percent of poverty -0.054 house value 0.107 house vacancy rate -0.038 plumping 0.120 health facilities 0.122 bianjie ji / the academic research community publication pg. 5 3.2 spatial analysis in this part, spatial pattern is studied to find whether there are some spatial relations between those decaying towns and cities or their counterparts. for the year of 2000, the urban areas, most of which lay in the city of pittsburg and the city of philadelphia, were further developed than rural areas. allentown and erie performed worse than these two cities but better than remaining areas. in addition, the eastern pennsylvania was better than the west, which was better than others where towns were located. for the year of 2010, it differs from the year of 2000. urban areas still performed well. moreover, good performance spread from the cities to towns surrounding them, such as allentown, pittsburg, and philadelphia. philadelphia’s west developed well. towns developed well around pittsburg. moreover, northern pittsburg spread better than the south. some towns started to perform well scattering in the center, north and south of pennsylvania. from 2010 to 2015, most towns continue growing except for few towns that decline during those years. the overall performance of the whole state was better and better from 2000 to 2015. 2a figure 2a development index of 2000 2b figure 2b development index of 2010 2c figure 2c development index of 2011 2d figure 2d development index of 2012 2e figure 2e development index of 2013 2f figure 2f development index of 2014 bianjie ji / the academic research community publication pg. 6 2g figure 2g development index of 2015 3.2 temporal analysis 3a figure 3a index change 2010-2000 3b figure 3b index change 2015-2010 from 2000 to 2010, the philadelphia urban area grew extensively as well as some towns scattering around the whole state. the eastern pennsylvania had the highest intensive growth. inevitably, some towns experienced decay which was far less than the booming ones. meanwhile, from 2010 to 2015, some towns were decaying which was more than those booming ones, although the overall performance went up. generally, changes from the year of 2010 to 2015 are more stable than ones from 2000 to 2010. comparing changes of 2000 – 2010 with ones of 2010 – 2015, the latter one’s decay area is larger than the former. it explains a potential problem that pennsylvania is growing in general. however, this could not cover the fact that some townships and boroughs are increasingly decaying. more and more townships and boroughs experience the population decrease because of people immigrating to other regions. in turn, the socio-economic status is inevitably decreasing with less employment, less median income or increasing slowly, house values decline, and vacant house rate increasing. in future, these towns might disappear merging to other administrative units. so, scholars should pay more attention to townships and boroughs development. bianjie ji / the academic research community publication pg. 7 3.4 typical sample analysis figure 4 index change for 4 towns and cities these four cities and towns typically stand for other ones in pennsylvania. the philadelphia city is always the number 1 performance. high socio-economic status of philadelphia attributes to the big population, high annual income per household, highly educated population, low percentage of poverty households, low percent of vacant house units. philadelphia comprehensive development index increases rapidly from 2000 to 2010, and continuously increase from 2010 to 2015. philadelphia is far better than the second one pittsburg let alone other cities and towns. pittsburg has grown striking but smoother than philadelphia before 2010 and settled to stability after it, even a little decrease. state college borough is a typical town. because the pennsylvania state university sits here attracting students from home and abroad. it results in state college’s higher development index than surrounding towns. the industry of education attains more population, especially those well-educated ones, which promotes its employment rate and the immigration. meanwhile, it elevates the environmental protection, infrastructure construction, property maintenance, housing values etc. thus, the development index is higher. from 3.2 spatial analysis, it’s not hard to find that towns near state college, such as ferguson township, half-moon township, patton township, college township and harris township, owns bigger development index than those remote villages far from it. in 2000, as a tiny borough, state college performed similarly to other average towns. as many boroughs fell behind, state college whose performance was worse than cities but comparatively stable and grew steadily advocated townships around it to development. seven springs borough represents those decaying towns that perform the worst among 2573 records. from 2000 to 2010, it still moved forward while the population was decreasing after 2010. in 2010, only 40 persons resided here while in 2015 only one. the increasingly depressed town is going to disappear. 4. conclusions among all the typical statistic data collected from u.s census and pennsylvania department of health, 8 factors -population, percent of educated population, employment, household income, migration population, house value, physical facilities and health facilities are positively correlated with socio-economic status of a borough, a township or a city, while other 2 factors – percent of poverty and vacant house rate are negatively related to bianjie ji / the academic research community publication pg. 8 development index. surprisingly, other two factors’ contribution to the di is out of expectation. percent of population over 65 is correlated positively with di while the percentage of population under 18 negatively. this demonstrates that cities, townships, boroughs’ development does not show at the age groups distribution. probably, developed may attract to senior citizens who have savings and pensions, which will promote the development. however, the number of teenagers may bring economic burdens for a family. thus, the percent of population under18 is negatively correlated with the development. it is true that some townships boroughs and cities have been decaying. however, talking about the whole pennsylvania state, the overall tendency for both townships boroughs and cities is growing. temporally, it performed better from 2000 to 2010 than from 2010 to 2015, in terms of growth and its intensity. spatially, before 2010, the urban areas performed better and grew faster. after it, the rural area started to grow intensively. overall, the eastern pennsylvania grew faster than the west, both of which grew faster than other areas. towns surrounding cities grow faster than those remote villages.the gap between cities and towns are still very large but has the tendency to narrow down. towns start to differ largely after the year of 2010 in terms of development. most of them grow steadily while some of them decay. the limitation is that data vary from 2000 to 2015. from the year of 2010 to the year of 2015, comprehensive and detailed data are gathered from u.s census bureau, as well as the year of 2000. however, a gap of data from 2001 to 2009 results from data shortage. because data from 2001 to 2009 have more general categories without the comprehensive and detailed records required by the research. if data from 2001 to 2009 were generalized from the county level and applied to town, borough level, the accuracy would be negatively affected. thus, those years without detailed data are skipped. in future, the temporal scale of this study could be extended to get more accurate analysis and outcomes. references 1. bureau, us census. "census.gov." census.gov. n.p., n.d. web. 14 jan 2017. 2. "pa.gov." health statistics home. n.p., n.d. web. 14 jan. 2017. 3. christian fertner, niels boje groth, lise herslund & trine agervig carstensen (2015) small towns resisting urban decay through residential attractiveness. findings from denmark, geografisk tidsskrift-danish journal of geography, 115:2, 119-132, doi: 10.1080/00167223.2015.1060863 4. atukunda, gershom. urbanization and environmental sustainability. bishop university press, mbarara-uganda, 2012. 5. bityukova, l. water air soil pollut (2006) 172: 239. doi:10.1007/s11270-006-9078-1 6. dömötör, e., mátyás, l., & balázsi, l. (2016). a gazdaság térbelisége, városok, régiók, kereskedelem és természeti környezetünk/the spatial economy: towns, regions, trade and environment summary of coeure project studies, part iii. közgazdasági szemle, 63(6), 673-696,724. doi:http://dx.doi.org.ezaccess.libraries.psu.edu/10.18414/ksz.2016.6.673 7. vyas, seema, and lilani kumaranayake. "constructing socio-economic status indices: how to use principal components analysis." health policy and planning 21.6 (2006): 459-468. 8. abdi, hervé, and lynne j. williams. "principal component analysis." wiley interdisciplinary reviews: computational statistics 2.4 (2010): 433-459. 9. cutter s l, boruff b j, shirley w l. social vulnerability to environmental hazards[j]. social science quarterly, 2003, 84(2): 242-261. 10. schmidtlein, mathew c., et al. "a sensitivity analysis of the social vulnerability index." risk analysis 28.4 (2008): 10991114. 11. clemence, alain, willem doise, and fabio lorenzi-cioldi. the quantitative analysis of social representations. routledge, 2014. 12. yongheng, yang, hu angang, and zhang ning. "an alternative to human development index with principal component analysis [j]." economic research journal 7 (2005): 000. http://dx.doi.org.ezaccess.libraries.psu.edu/10.18414/ksz.2016.6.673 issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press the study of integrated conservation of four villages in mian mountain zhang yu, ding yi1 1 huazhong university of science and technology, wuhan, china keywords mian moutain; fortress; historical villages; conservation abstract the current study on the micro level of single-building protection and repair is relatively complete, however, the discussion about elements of cultural heritage and their relevance among the ancient villages is comparably insufficient. the protection work is strongly influenced by tourism development and cultural gimmick, thus resulting in low protection efficiency and many omissions. historical village as the cultural settlement patterns bears a large number of heritage relics. they were regionally scattered with a clear characteristic of gathering. the article takes these four historical villages in mian moutain as an example, relying on the historical time period theory, then tries to look for the association and similarities of the forming mechanism between villages. the article discusses the integrated conservation from three levels: the regional heritage conservation, the cultural line shaping, and the featured brand building. the development of culture is diverse. commonly, there are some alternative cultures in a kind of culture and together with the main culture, they form the complexity and diversity of the cultural circle, authentically recording the rich history and regional culture. hongshan village, nanzhuang village, zhangbi village, lengquan village at the foot of the mian mountain, taiyuan basin of china. the four historic cultural villages were built to defend and were made prosperous by the jin business. they are an ancient village -group bearing the function of residential life and defense (fig.1). take the qing dynasty as a time node, the four historic villages almost keep their continuous rampart before the qing dynasty and their courtyard pattern after it, which can reflect the social life of multiple periods. figure 1 four villages’ location doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.241 zhang yu, ding yi / the academic research community publication 1.the forming background of four villages 1.1. the influence of the geographical relationship by mian mountain and the fen river in shanxi province the long period of time is a history of stability and rarely change of all sorts of structure and the structure group (fernand braudel 1993). the core concept of "long time" is the intrinsic connection between geographical environment and social structure such as mountains, plains, geography, climate, nature and social organizations, cultural traditions, which seems to be stationary through time. the formation and evolution of the traditional villages are also affected greatly by the diverse surrounding geographical environment. the four ancient villages are located in the northern part of mian mountain, the fen river helps defense on the north, southeast is the guanziridge channeling to shangdang, southwest is the shuque valley which is on the way towards south. the mian mountain is a branch of the taihang mountain, which is elevated more than 2000 meters. this geographical landscape existed for a long time, impacting the space of surrounding villages holistically. 1.2. the change of regional social economic form in ming and qing dynasties the ming and qing dynasties, as a time unit during the long history in the middle of shanxi province, have impacted the four villages’ current situation beyond any time periods because of the limited land but convenient transportation, numerous people seek out for business, which led the economy to develop rapidly with the rise of a wide range of commercial trading activities. the evidence can be found in the “county annals (1819)". after the qing dynasty, the business routes were expanded based on the traffic routes, the people expand routes (fig.2). large amount of merchants relied their business on the routes. villages also gradually developed into commercial-service-oriented villages. thanks to the good business environment, the villagers also gradually grew from poor to wealthy celebrities. there were so many merchants gathered at the foot of the mian mountain for that moment. zhangbi village had only someone to go out to do business at the beginning of the qing dynasty. it has become a businessman village during the middle period of qing dynasty. there were four big families named jia, zhang, wang and qi. the temples, stages, roads, houses, gates, which are sponsored by the big families, still stand until today. hongshan village was an important trading town during the ming and qing dynasties. with the rise of the business, the village banks were also gradually formed. the most famous bank was qiao shijie’s baofenglong piaohao (bank). the existing building type, including housing, commerce, sacrifice and other kinds of buildings of the village, are all important material evidence. figure 2 business lines in the late qing dynasty zhang yu, ding yi / the academic research community publication 1.3. the impact of the historical war sudden major historical events in a short period affected not only the ancient villages directly, but also strengthened the cultural connection between these villages. the influence has locked the village’s spacial evolution in a particular historical period. the ancient war between the villages and outside happened frequently. his royal highness li shimin leading soldiers chased song jingang here in 2rd year of the reign of tang emperor wude (619 a.d). a few months later, li simin fought eight battles in one day and then occupied the bing state. the tunnel in zhangbi village hoarded grain for song jingang. 2. the defensive elements of villages’ pattern defense is the functional characteristic of the four villages, which has obvious features of space. the significant factors of the cluster of these villages are strategic pass, blind pass, walls, also other village defense facilities, which influence the villages’ integral space pattern. 2.1. the strategic pass against the huns lengquan pass was built by emperor gaozu to defend against the huns, named after the cold spring in it. lengquan pass is located at the arteries of the northern frontier to the central plains. the left of the pass is a mountain; the right is the river. a number of emperors deployed combat troops to the pass, setting a fortress here (fig.3). the pass has been the foundation of lengquan village from the ming dynasty. figure 3 lengquan village’s ancient position lengquan village’s frontier pass culture is a special cultural form, which embodies the the frontier village’s defensive settlement pattern in a turbulent society atmosphere. this pattern the continuous relations between defenseive culture and fortress culture that living under the social situation full of dynasties vicissitudes, peasant uprising and bandits infest and so on. the pattern of the village belongs to the specific age stage, as time goes by, more and more social culture adding up to the village itself, now it shows in front of our eyes the rich and colorful remains of several dynasties. zhang yu, ding yi / the academic research community publication figure 4 the underground passages’ model of zhangbi village 2.2. the underground passage for military food storage zhangbi village is located on the high ground with mountains surrounding its three sides. it is easy to defend but difficult to attack and it also has retreating roads. the geographical advantage of this village is obvious in those years. the initial purpose behind building zhangbi village was as a military fortress. in order to meet the needs of the army, the troops of sui dynasty dug a huge system of underground passages and stored grain there. the passages formed an "s" shape that is thousands of miles in length and freely crisscrossed. it has approximately three layers underground, the top is about 1 meter beneath the surface; the middle layer is 8 to 10 meters far from the surface; the bottom layer is 17 to 20 meters from the surface. each layer is about two meters high (fig.4). the passages were built with facilities of surveillance, command, drainage systems, ventilation with stable, granary, station troops in it. outside the valley is the mouth of the cave, which can be used as the entrance and exit and also can be used as a sentry. the whole tunnel system constituted complete underground military defense facilities belonging to the "garrison besieged" military tactics facilities, according to the fort "back channels" in the ancient art of war. 2.3. the mountain barrier as ground defense mountains and hills are commonly seen in this area. many villages here are located on the hills with natural barriers as boundaries. for example, nanzhuang village is located on a high mountain, the north and the west a big ditch, east and south is a slope so the villagers built a fort gate and walls in the east and south, and the other places all use natural terrains as barriers. all of these formed a safe enclosure space and there were also two atticsat the fort gate, villagers can watch out for the situation of the enemy. the mountain ridge, the scarp and the artificial fort walls together formed nanzhuang village’s boundaries. hongshan village is located in the high hinterland of mian mountain away from the fen river. the north and west of hongshan village are cliffs, elevation difference reaching dozens of meters, forming a natural barrier. like nanzhuang village, hongshan villagers use steeps to build up the castle walls, constructing the security defense system. 3. the differentiated characteristics of villages’ space the village space is not a short-term achievement, it formed shape through the multiple cultural evolution, as well alternately stacked influenced each other and then derived a temporal composite expression. the villages’ defensive needs caused by the war before the qing dynasty led to many remains as villages’ fort gate, fort walls, hidden hole, gate houses, etc. after the qing dynasty, wars decreased and there were many commercial trades. these trades pushed the defensive villages to have many typical characteristics of commercial towns, such as the main streets, commercial facilities along the streets, etc. zhang yu, ding yi / the academic research community publication zhangbi village’form hongshan village’form lengquan village’form nanzhuang village’form figure 5 four villages’ spatial patterns 3.1. a street, eight lanes and two gates in zhangbi village zhangbi village was surrounded by a continuous fort wall. there were two fort gates each in the south and north of the village made of stone arch and brick structure. the north gate has a barbican. there was a main street connecting the two gates. the main street has four lanes on each side, the only exit was at the j junction. the street system looks like a dragon spine, so the main street, also known as “dragon-spine street”. zhangbi village’s architectural layout is clear: temples were built near the south and the north gate while housing distributed on both sides of the streets. 3.2. two forts in hongshan village mountains and the river were the boundaries of hongshan village. the pattern remains intact basically. there are two forts in the village named baoze and xitoubao with the yuan temple and kuixing building in the southeast corresponding at a distance. baoze located in the highest point of the alluvial plain on the east and the west is gully cliff. the south and north are connected to the outside through gentle slopes. the houses lined up on both sides of the main street with huge fortress walls around. two gates were set at the north and south walls; another gate is set at the southwest. the artificial fortress walls and natural valleys gave the village the best safeguarding of the internal security. xitoubao’s location is exquisite, turning into mutual horns towards baoze. through the remaining walls of the north and the west sides the southern steep cut and fort gates we can clearly determine the boundaries. the internal is in the "back" glyph as backbone, remaining the traditional herringbone streets. 3.3. lengquan village: a majestic shut and an important node at the north of fen river lengquan village has been relying on the traffic advantages on the pass during the sui and tang dynasties becoming a famous commercial town in addition to its military defense function. lengquan pass’s military defense function weakened gradually after the ming dynasty. the pass area became the first choice to build houses based on its natural defense. the gate tower was very tall, built during the ming emperor’s jiajing period. the street in front of the gate was a straight line along the slope towards the mountain. there are a lot of relics on both sides of the main street such as street shops, banks, schools, memorial arch, drama stage, ancestral temple and so on. 3.4. nanzhuang village: a street, three lanes and two gates nanzhuang village was a "castle" mainly built as defense against the enemy. the village’s function was complete as a military stronghold. the castle walls, streets, courtyard, residence formed a defensive system together. during the ming and qing dynasties, the village became a commercial town because of its geographical advantages. the main street was the center of the trade and assembling. there were many shops on both sides of the main street, the important public architectures were strung into a line. three transverse streets were built according to the topography, at the same time, undertaking the business trade, transportation, communication, folk culture activities and other functions together with the main street presenting a “丰(feng)"glyph. as a summary, the four villages present an exclusive character towards outer space, the internal street spaces are circuitous and changeable, privacy is strong. to meet the transportation needs in the ming and qing dynasties, the main street was built throughout the village combining trading facilities and space together. villages are the carrier zhang yu, ding yi / the academic research community publication of culture; its spatial characteristic is the core content reflecting the characteristics of culture. the impenetrable defense system, the unique village layout, the courtyards all over the village have been remains here showing the defense and business culture during the hundreds of years. 4. the integrated conservation of the four villages in mian mountain unlike the up to down formation cities, most of villages are formed from the bottom up due to the natural terrain. its forming process is very slow and influenced by both nature and the social environment. because of the large quantity of villages, their scattered distribution and the lack of funds, the protection of ancient villages in china is often out of puff. for example, this study involves more than four ancient villages needing measures of protection. high efficiency and more systemic group covered protection methods are particularly important. 4.1. the integrated conservation of the "material evidence" first of all, the base of the village site selection and construction is the natural environment including the mountain, water, ravines and trees, etc. there is a contact between the cultural history information and monuments, from the ancient reads, battlefield handed down to the mountain temples, tombs and other historical witnesses. the last remaining are common in these villages. we can find the typical defensive facilities such as the big gate and the towers from the inside and outside walls. the texture components such as the dwelling houses and commercial street absorbing social structure change for a long time of local-style, to the cultural village ancestral temple, temples and other public buildings to maintain normal continuation of non-material. 4.2. the cultural routes –event system protection through the” material evidence” the macroscopic ancient village association system is the guarantee of the protection work’s persistence and integrity. these four ancient villages contain the similar historical background, presenting pieces culture characteristics under the series of historical events in different times. excavating the cultural relationship between villages, and planning all kinds of historical factosr as a whole are the focus of this level’s protection. the war before the qing dynasty had a strong impact on these villages. business culture in the middle and latter periods of qing dynasty also impacted on the whole taiyuan basin hugely. thus, the ancient war and ancient trade route station became the important clues throughout all kinds of remained"material evidence" (fig.6). figure 6 four villages’ development clues 4.3. branding the characters discovering and protecting villages’ own features zhang yu, ding yi / the academic research community publication focus of the historical origination has implicit difference, which led to the villages’ characteristic different in dominant form of expression directly. each ancient village has its cultural independence. we create a cluster architecture and centrally associate cultural characteristics on these multiple villages, at the same time, what we should avoid is its culture identical and manufacture imitation in a rough way caused by the similar characteristics. 5. conclusions in this case, hongshan village was greatly influenced by business in the ming and qing dynasties due to its moderate natural geographic location which is significantly different from lengquan village and zhangbi village under the influence of the war. in addition to the one-thousand-year-old water culture formed by the hongshan spring, there are also pottery and porcelain cultures due to rich forestry resources and climate conditions of cultural achievements in hongshan village. the rich intangible cultural heritage is particularly valuable. nanzhuang village as an old town in the past, has a more cautious building structure and form and is joined with the chinese traditional theory of environment like "nature and humanity". the value of the architectural remains is more worthy of scrutiny. given its serious damage, the village needs to limit its development. lengquan village and zhangbi village all have their defense characteristics. the difference is that lengquan village’s villagers have relocated overall and the village has become a "site" village, as brokeback venus, need not to be repaired deliberately. the loss of natural environment after the hollow broken beauty is very attractive. on the other hand, because of the ancient underground passages in zhangbi village that have been developed, the village has been a well-known tourism site. we should avoid excessive development that leads to the loss of the authenticity. references 1. braudel f, ollard r l. the mediterranean and the mediterranean world in the age of philip ii. china social sciences publishing house, 1999.27 2. braudel f. the perspective of the world: civilization and capitalism 15th-18th century, vol. 3. sirirajmedj com, 1992. http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication geopathy, earth and human connection: natural communication mayank barjatya prithwe institute of research & development (pird), pune, maharashtra, india keywords geopathy; nature; earth energies; sustainable & natural architecture abstract bio-architect mayank barjatya works with geopathy and geobiology as a medium to learn from nature. he has been instrumental in analytical earth assessment and its impact on human health and brain connections. he proposes the model and method by which detailed geobiological study can provide us information to derive the parameters for sustainable urban planning, construction & location of buildings, underground structures, and services that actually support and promote human health and well-being. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication 1.1. introduction to geopathy humans have always been sensitive to certain places or areas where we do not sleep well, fall ill easily, or where our performance is lower. dowsers and geo-biologists termed such zones as biological stress zones. the knowledge of this influence of the earth (geos) on living beings (bios) is called geobiology. alternately the study of disease (pathos) caused by earth (geos) is called geopathy. this has also been called geomancy in the past, with the suffix ‘mancy’ referring to the process of divination based on the earth. 1.2. natural vibrations and the human body the world sees the interaction of humans with their space with a specific eye. vibration is the key element that affects each life-form. under earth elements includes grid lines, meridians, water streams, lakes, earth cracks, shastreams, earth cavities and also earth0sky chimneys. all the earth elements are foreign to human energies and their wavelengths do not match with human wellbeing. multiple cultures and experts have proposed the model of the human being as an antenna, legs connected to the negative pole of the strata, and head connected to the positive pole of the cosmos. the human body is thus continuously a part of perennial energy exchange between the poles. this energy nourishes and sustains the human body. though we are not consciously aware of this process, our body does participate in it. it receives and stores this energy and information in its cells, whereon it goes on to influence the day to day workings of a human being. resonance is the science of communication when two bodies or objects have similar wavelengths and frequencies irrespective of this location or distance. morphogenetic field theory is based on this knowledge as stated by rupert sheldrake. following the same process of resonance, earth and human communicates through the medium of the under earth elements which is mainly 70% water, common in both. 1.3. the tradition behind geobiology since long and referred to in books of history, the process to select the suitable land to make a home had documented parameters and rituals. in india, the vedic wisdom holders had recorded the science of building construction named vastu shastra [2], the basis of this invention was scientific knowledge acquired through their doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.229 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mayank barjatya / the academic research community publication pg. 2 supersensory perceptions and practical self-application (“tapobal”).[3] science today has little knowledge of these facts and theories. the sages had a detailed knowledge of planetary cosmic forces and they were aware of its impact on the wellbeing of a human. figure 1 lord vishwakarma ( god of creation & vastu ) much before the invention of modern sciences, indian forefathers had knowledge of these forces “ vedas” has described these forces in the chapters. even in ancient times, the sages were aware of the gravitational and magnetic effect of the earth. indian vedic texts have detailed the effect of cosmic forces much before scientists in other parts of the world noticed. vastu shastra principles have always considered the geobiological impact of earth grid of energy lines revolving around the globe. the german physician dr. ernest hartmann [4]later scientifically discovered these grid lines. swiss geobiologist, blanche merz, has discovered that by taking into account the measurements of earth radiations, we can build or amplify the needed power point of the strongest vibration based on four themes – orientation, strong radioactivity, vertical strata and an absence of all trouble making hartmann intersections inside the living space. understanding these principles, we can learn more about brahma sthala [6]which is much talked about in vastu shastra.vastu shastra is a building science which describes a balance between the human beings and their environment.we can achieve peace and prosperity by following the science of vastu during the construction. home and working space constructed utilizing the parameters of vedic vastu shastra which has a universal impact remains pleasant and prosperous. feng shui [7], is the chinese interpretation of vastu shastra. it is the system of analyzing a landscape and its influence on a space. energy (chi) is the potential vibrations as per the shape of mountain, lakes, rivers, and forests, their size, disposition and the relationship between them also matters and is the deciding force to check the suitability of the site. 1.4. the natural invisible order since ages and in history, the chosen site or plot of land would be verified before using it for multiple purposes. the decision for public buildings was based on the auspiciousness after special rituals, gods’ dedications, the influence of planets, or order of the saint. as per architect vitruvius, roman’s were one of the first to determine the healthiness of a site by checking the entrails of the cows who were forced to live on the site for a year. symbolism was considered most important. time of construction of escurial palace in spain was matched with the entrance of sun and moon in aries to attain the highest military and political ambitions. the plan of this building was given the shape of a grill following the similarity to st. laurence ( martyr tortured on a grill ). pillar of the world “ axis mundi “ as per the ancients was critical factor which would help architects to determine the orientation and position in relation to the sun, earth, and planets. figure 2 labyrinth stone circle figure 3 stone henges: earth puncture http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/44/standing_stones_of_callanish_(callanish_i)_(9605427).jpg mayank barjatya / the academic research community publication pg. 3 a natural and invisible order was seen as an image to understand architecture by the ancients. the subtle realms material form was seen in mayan temples, chinese pagodam indian spiritual spaces and gothic cathedrals. few older carpenters in the alps respect the forest and the wood and trees are felled only during a very specific period, between december and february, following descending moon. while building each beam, rafter and stud are specifically positioned according to the original direction of growth of the construction wood. a tree grows from the earth (negative pole) to the sky (positive pole), thus wooden rafters and studs are fixed so as to have their positive pole towards the sky. to make sure a natural flow of energies between the construction and the biosphere is maintained the beams would have their positive pole towards north or east, it is well known that our planet, being a great magnet has positive and negative poles, it is surrounded by its own magnetic field (the geomagnetic field) which is pulsating at the rate of 7, 8 beats/second. location and hour of the day determines its field intensity. underground water streams and geological faults cause magnetic disturbances. multistoried and massive construction without understanding the earth energies can reduce the effects of the geomagnetic to the extent of inducing different health problems such as heart diseases. scientists and doctors in germany and france have found that out of 400 deaths due to cancer revealed that 383 cases were related to dwelling over geological faults, underground water veins, and disturbances of the natural geomagnetic field. french beekeepers specifically place hives over underground water veins. such hives can produce up to three times more honey than hives positioned a few feet away, but due to the impact of the negative vibrations the lifespan of these bees is shortened and they become aggressive. figure 4 effect of geostress on bed figure 5 origin of gesostress below homes figure 6 geo-energy grids and lightning 1.5. what is geo stress the subtle vibrations coming from mother earth has an impact on our health and can cause chronic diseases is a difficult proposition to be explained to modern educated, pragmatic person. since millions of years, we have lived with this natural vibration which rises up through earth’s mantle. subterranean running water, certain mineral concentrations, fault lines and underground cavities when encounters with these natural vibrations, their original vibrations become distorted and harmful to living organisms. in the case of running water, normally 100 to 300 ft. (30 to 90 meters) underground, an electromagnetic field is created in the opposite direction to its flow by friction which then increases these vibrations passing through by up to 30 times. gepathic stress is the phenomenon which is the effect of these higher vibrations, also known as negative energies or harmful earth rays. human, plants, and animals if resides on this earth would feel discomfort and ill health. normally, each day and each minute we are in tune with these natural earth vibrations but it does not affect us during a short duration. these essential natural vibrations have a negative effect on human energies only when spending extended time in a still position, sleeping rooms and working offices are spaces which need to be checked for geo stresses immunity and general wellbeing are compromised with the effect of geostress. continuous spending time on geostress areas may result in diseases in the periodic time frame. disturbances in sleep patterns, restlessness and/or chronic lethargy and poor health would be initial symptoms of geostress. if not treated and if the position of bed or office desk is not shifted this stress can eventually generate more complex diseases or prolong your recovery from illness. proper absorption of vitamins, minerals, trace elements etc from your food (and supplements) can be delayed or prevented when you are staying on geostress zone. also, geostress can often make you allergic to food, drinks, and environmental pollution. mayank barjatya / the academic research community publication pg. 4 1.6. the layers of geobiology the purpose of geobiology is to provide information to enable us to reproduce a space as near to natural living conditions as possible, taking into consideration the need for the comfort provided by ancient and modern technologies favorable to the environment. the quality of our home and the elements necessary as basic ingredient is defined by geobiology. several elements. factors and layers determine a peaceful house with the right balance. these elements are in three interdependent levels.  the physical level deals with all the known effects related to the quality of the earth (i.e. geological fault, water streams, radon...etc.), to the quality of the location (i.e. air pollution, noise...etc.) and the quality of the building construction.building materials have a great influence on our health, both physical and psychological. we can easily imagine ourselves stroking a piece of wood, feeling its softness and warmth. the tree has grown out from the energies of the soil, the water, and the cosmos, it radiates a message of life, very different from the message of a piece of vinyl or plastic. even the best of natural materials can become hazardous by toxic chemical treatments which are slowly releasing unhealthy emanations such as lead, cadmium, formaldehyde, phenols, organochlorine...etc. they can cause human discomforts such as nausea, headaches, insomnia, asthma, brain damage and even chronic diseases like cancer  the energy level includes the placement of a house on the energy grid, curry or hartmann nodal points and other tellurian currents, electromagnetic pollution and the faraday cage effect due to poor earthing of electric devices, reinforcement of concrete slabs and steel frames. lately, the use of artificial sources of radio electric frequencies has become a cause for concern. it has surpassed many times the production of natural sources., electromagnetic pollution has increased a hundred times during the past 30 years as per german specialist wolfgang volkrodt. low-frequency electromagnetic fields around high voltage power lines are a major cause of cancers affecting 10 to 15 % american children, this is the astonishing fact given by the new york power lines project. this research group was formed by the commission responsible for the power grid of the state of new york.  the symbolic or spiritual level, which is the least recognized, is also the most important as it is the quality of the whole. most of us can feel clearly the difference of feelings in extremes (i.e. between burial or cremation spaces and churches) and are getting affected, people who are more sensitive will perceive subtle differences that would nevertheless unconsciously influence us. according to b. merz (institute of geobiology of chardonne, lausanne in switzerland) just as space, where we spend time, can make us prone to disease or depression, another environment or vastu (in the indian context )can lift us to more subtle levels of vibration, strengthening our body and spirit. throughout history, such places are often sought after and are called sacred spaces. tourist or modern pilgrims are often inspired by such power spots which our forefather already knew, indian, aborigines, aryans and others have made several monuments and temples on these spots. obeying a sacred tradition many man-made poles of attraction were built on powerful sites by the architect priests, like the pyramids of egypt, the statues of easter island or many gothic cathedrals. the celts considered the site on which the cathedral of chartres is erected as sacred. all past energetic imprints are recorded by land. water and earth has long-lasting memory. a divergence from its ideal natural condition would create disharmony. it becomes necessary to clear stagnant vibrations and energies from your home, office or property to make it return it to its original state of perfection. change the quality of your environment, creating a sacred space for living and working. to change the quality of your environment and creating a sacred space for living and working, energy sciences such as spiritual vastu, energetic feng shui, and geophysics clearing is utilized. by connecting and working co-creatively with nature and applying quantum technologies, we can clear our habitats and earth. utilising the wisdom of our forefathers we can lift the vibrations of our communities, thereby healing ourselves and the planet. geostress corrections can be done by connecting ourselves with the spirit (energy ) of the property then clearing the negative energy that runs through the grids of the earth using a process and defined protocols. these cross grid lines when burdened with negative and noxious energy, affect the health and well-being of everything that lives on the property. 1.7. case studies 1.8. sacred biology – kedarnath temple, india it is not surprising that this pilgrimage has been the subject of many miracles that can be attributed to many phenomena geobiological and spiritual presences. mayank barjatya / the academic research community publication pg. 5 among the 12 jyotirlingas ( spiritual indian sacred spaces ) kedarnath is the highest. this 1000-year-old and enormous temple is located in the rudra himalaya range in north of india. the mystery of this building’s structure has mystified scientists for decades. the structure survived being buried under the snow for almost 400 years, with several yellow lines implying glacial movement over the stones. glaciers in this region with mud and rocks can be really abrasive. the building is 85 feet high, 187 feet long and 80 feet broad with walls of 12 feet breadth. the kedarnath temple is built strategically on 6 feet high plinth following perfect divine proportions. prithwe research team is working on this mystery, how this european system which was first discussed by vitruvius in the first century before christ reached india around 18 century? how were 12-foot wide stones cut precisely and put together with such precision in a completely inaccessible part of north india with sub-zero temperatures? figures 7, 8, 9 kedarnath temple, golden ratio & vastu diagram 1.9. urban crime – negative energies in pune city even as 11 accidents were reported on the pune-mumbai expressway in the past four days, ar mayank barjatya shows how he thinks the negative energy and other parts of the city could be measured, contained and how it affects crime. he has been studying the crime hotspots of the city. eight years ago, he had suggested that the police could reduce the negative energy by placing harmonizers in these spots. barjatya’s studies showed that the crime rate has been very strong in the south of pune, in areas like sahakar nagar, gultekdi, and wanowrie and in the north-west of the city — pimple gurav, spicer college etc. a zonal map showing the spots with the highest criminal activities was prepared accordingly. barjatya demonstrated some of his research for pune mirror by actually taking readings on apparatuses named the lekar antenna, the esmog spion and the geo magnetometer in lulla nagar-kondhwa and sangamwadi bridge, two areas marked as crime hotspots. the apparatus showed the negative energy readings confirming barjatya’s theory. in lulla nagar and kondhwa, the reading showed cosmic energy vibrating at a frequency of 12 acu units: negative 2.8 (bad for mental strength and creates confusion); global vibrations at a frequency of 15.3 acu units: negative 2.2 (poor for relationships and generate antisocial thinking); telluric vibrations of frequency 8 acu units: negative 2.3 (signalling financial weakness and unemployment). the esmog spion showed geo stress at electromagnetic readings of a high frequency: 12,000 units at all levels which is high radiation and affects brain cells and generates anti-social thinking. at wakdewadi, near the new bridge, the readings were almost the same. the police have now started compiling fresh data as statistics have mayank barjatya / the academic research community publication pg. 6 obviously changed over the past eight years. police inspector (crime branch) sunil tambe told pune mirror, “barjatya has spoken to me. we are compiling the statistics and it will be completed soon.”. figures 10: geostress measurement near crime area & map of pune city showing crime zones 1.10. road fatalities – a geopathic perspective ancient science of architecture can help avert accidents on mumbai-pune expressway. the 96-km pune-mumbai expressway has become synonymous with the fatal accidents, that seem to be happening at regular intervals other than a scenic drive. it is very common to open the day’s papers and find news about an accident that has taken place on the expressway. a pune based research academy has conducted a fresh survey of accident-prone spots on highways at this alarming rate of accidents on the expressway has taken so many innocent lives. the survey was undertaken on the cause of these accidents by ar. mayank barjatya and his team at the vastuworld academy, has given some interesting findings, according to ar. barjatya, the high-accident spots (black spots) on the mumbai-pune expressway is directly situated on geopathic stress zones, which exert a strong debilitating impact on the physiological condition of the vehicle drivers. these zones could cause critical errors while driving. after a careful study using scientific devices like geomagnetometer, lecher antenna, and esmog spion mayank barjatya and research team of vastuworld has identified seven spots on the expressway, where a number of accidents have taken place in the past few years. each of these spots has been visited by a research team has checked for telluric and other geopathic stresses. thus, kind of detection work has been done in western countries with a great deal of success, ar. mayank reveals, not exactly on express highways but the same protocols have been used to find a strong correlation between crime and geopathic stress. in the first year the crime in denver where these geospthic harmonizers where installed went down 36% and the second year it went down 51%.’ he adds further, “now we have reported in from los angeles and san diego, as well as san francisco areas where they are working with the harmonizers and clearing the geopathic stress in their areas. they all report a reduction in crime. in san diego (the first year of the project which started there in march of 1997), there is a 28% decline in drive-by shootings from the previous year. homicide rates are down 15.2% from last year, and robberies are down 31%.” it goes without saying that geopathy and accidents are related. how can use the modern system of quantum science and utilize the development in instrumentation to absorb these vibrations ?. modern scientific society needs to accept these life-saving systems and should give a thought to these solutions. mayank barjatya / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figures 11: seven geostress accident spots on mumbai-pune expressway figures 12: accident spot 1 near shedung pune india 1.11. conclusions the study of architecture, bio-energetics, and effect of geostress on human, plants, and animals has given us a new insight. learning from age-old tradition, respecting our heritage and natural building science, we can develop relevant systems to take care of human health and well-being inside a built structure. using procedures like geostress mapping and getting the measurements from the site using h3 gold lecher antenna and geo-magnetometer, we can find the quality of geo-stresses and determine the location of negative grid lines. further study on to counter and shield bioenergetics from these stress lines became a guide for us to work/research on the bio-resonance application, scientific solutions, frequency-based remedies and utilizing indian heritage symbolism which is part of the science of bio-geometry. mayank barjatya / the academic research community publication pg. 8 references 1. robert endros (le rayonnement de la terre et son influence sur la vie) signal lausanne (switzerland). 2. babonneau lafleche martin (traite de geobiologie) editions de l'aire lausanne. 3. legrais altenbach (sante et cosmo tellurisme) editions dangles (france). 4. jean charles fabre (maison entre ciel et terre). editions arista paris. 5. legrais altenbach (habitat et sante) comitel (france). 6. blanche merz (l'ame du lieu) georg geneva (switzerland). 7. vitruvius pollio (the ten books on architecture) dover publications.3. mettam gr, adams lb. how to prepare an electronic version of your article. in: jones bs, smith rz, editors. introduction to the electronic age. new york: epublishing inc; 1999. p. 281-304. 8. tapobal (https://healholistic.wordpress.com/2010/02/01/the-scientific-facts-about-vaastu-shastra/#more-545) 9. geobiology the holistic house" by j.m. gobet, b. arch 10. www.vastutimes.com 11. www.vastuworld.com http://www.vastutimes.com/ issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press the impact of tourism on the cultural environment in turkey: the case of antalya şeyda şen1 yıldız salman2 1i̇stanbul kültür university 1i̇stanbul technical university keywords tourism, turkey, cultural tourism abstract tourism has begun to develop with the development of the socio-economic structures of the countries after the second world war and has become one of the fastest growing and expanding sectors in the world economy since this period. when tourism is rapidly growing, developing countries that have limited resources such as turkey have to make rational investment decisions for the economic future of the country. turkey’s tourism policies that focus on coastal tourism began to be applied through development plans in the 1960s. in the five-year development plans that started in 1963, tourism was selected as the priority sector in the economic development of turkey and the main principle of tourism sector was defined as mass tourism until the 1980s. in this period when tourism investments were increasing, for the preservation of the natural and cultural heritage, it was aimed to give priority to the regions which were seen as most convenient for tourism investments. in the 1960s, antalya was one of the selected priority regions according to the directions of the development plans to concentrate on the regions with high ability to attract tourists and to get short-term results. after the 1980s, although the concept of individual tourism has been mentioned in the development plans, mass tourism investments in antalya have increased rapidly with the tourism incentive law no. 2634 issued in 1982. from the 1980s, accommodation facilities in various categories have filled the city, thus the negative impacts of tourism on the natural, cultural heritage and social structure have begun to become evident. the tourism sector contributes greatly to the economic, cultural and social development of both developed and developing countries. however, the rapid and unplanned development of the tourism sector and focusing just on the economic impact of tourism for a long time has caused negative natural and socio-cultural influences. in antalya, overpopulation caused by the rapid development of tourism has caused deteriorations on the cultural and natural environment. particularly, kaleiçi which is the historic center of antalya has been through cultural and social transformations and lost its original character. the aim of this study which is based on the ongoing doctoral thesis is to discuss the role of tourism developments shaped by national policies and legal regulations with reference to the transformation process of cultural values in the case of antalya kaleiçi. in the first part of this study, national tourism policies and investments in turkey and the interaction between them and the protection of the historic environment are explained. in the second part, the cultural, spatial and social impact of national tourism policies and investments in the case of antalya are determined. doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.242 şeyda şen / the academic research community publication pg. 2 in the third part, the spatial and social impacts of tourism investments in the case of kaleiçi are questioned. 1. national tourism policies and investments in turkey after the second world war along with the improvement of the socio-economic structures of the countries, the demand for tourism increased rapidly and mass tourism became widespread. due to widespread mass tourism and the economic achievements of the countries through tourism, tourism has begun to be seen as a tool for economic development. since this period, tourism has become one of the fastest growing and expanding sectors in the world economy. in this period when tourism was rapidly developing, developing countries such as turkey which had limited resources had to make investment decisions rationally for the economic future of the country. the rapid development of the country's economy and the efficient use of limited resources had been attributed to determinate and plan of sectors that will provide the fastest and most revenue-generating growth (dpt, first development plan, 1963). for this purpose, since the early 1960s, the governments in turkey has been prepared for development plans to determinate the priority sectors and its incentives. in the five-year development plans that started in 1963, tourism was identified as the priority sector in the economic development of turkey and the main principle of tourism policy was defined as mass tourism until the 1980s. even though individual tourism investments were mentioned in the development plans since the 1980s, mass tourism investments were continued. especially after the tourism incentive law no. 2634, which was enacted in 1982, mass tourism investments were increased in the mediterranean and aegean coastal regions, which were accepted as the most convenient regions for tourism. in this period when tourism investments were increasing, for the preservation of the natural and cultural heritage, it was aimed to give priority to the regions which were seen most convenient for tourism investments. it was also clarified that conservation of national parks and restoration of historical monuments will take place in complementary investments (dpt, second development plan, 1968). right after the acceptance of tourism incentive law no. 2634 which includes the principles for the development of the tourism sector, the regulations to determine and plan tourism areas was accepted. within this scope, from 1982 to nowadays, plans were made to target more than one million capacity of bed in tourist areas in the mediterranean and aegean coastal regions and nearly five hundred thousand capacity of the bed was accomplished (doğmuş, 2010). although this rapid and intense tourism development’s negative impacts on the natural and cultural heritage values have been felt since the 1990s, the situation is defined as a problem in the development plans since the 2000s. in the ninth development plan prepared in 2007, the negative impacts on the natural and cultural environment and urbanization pressure on tourism areas due to the tourism investments was defined as an important problem. (dpt, ninth development plan, 2007). as a result, national tourism policies, legal regulations and the tourism plans in turkey have focused only on the economic benefits of tourism, especially the increase of the bed capacity in the coastal areas. in these coastal areas where natural and cultural heritage values are intense, instead of evaluating tourism and economic benefit of it as a tool for preserving these heritage values, these heritage values have been seen as a tool for the economic benefit that tourism can provide. to summarize, the preservation of these values has been highly connected to tourism and the motivation for preservation has been considered only because of the economic benefit it provides. the economic concerns over tourism planning stages have caused negative impacts on natural and cultural heritage. the tourism sector which is supported by multiple laws and incentives has transformed natural and cultural heritage into products that can be consumed for tourism purposes. 2. the impacts of national tourism policies and investments in antalya until 1950s antalya was a typical seaside city with a population of around 50.000 and had mainly agricultural and service sectors. the city consisted of the pier where today's yacht harbor is located, kaleiçi and several quarters next to kaleiçi (esengil, 2002). the city has entered into a rapid transformation process with the tourism policies that started to apply since 1960's. turkey’s national tourism policies that focus on coastal tourism began to be applied through development plans in the 1960s. in this period, antalya was one of the selected priority regions according to the first development plan decisions to concentrate on the regions with high ability to attract tourists and to get short-term results. at the end of the 1960s, tourism planning studies were started in antalya. in 1969 the coastal band between antalya and çanakkale was declared as tourism development zone by council of ministers and it was decided to plan the şeyda şen / the academic research community publication pg. 3 coastal band with its 3 km inland from the coast. in this plan, antalya came into prominence and became an important center within this band because of its well-conserved natural and cultural heritage values. in the 1970s, in development plans, it was announced that construction of infrastructure, airport, marina, and highways will be carried out in the priority tourism areas (dpt, third development planı, 1973). to achieve this goal, in 1973, the ministry of tourism was invited scandinavian planning and development organization (spda) to prepare antalya's master plans. in the same period, antalya region tourism master plan was prepared. thus this period has been the beginning of tourism-oriented urbanization in antalya. in 1975, three important projects were started in antalya: the southern antalya project, which foresees 70.000 accommodation capacity in the west of antalya, the historical city of side project, which foresees 12.000 accommodation capacity in the east of antalya and the historical site conservation project of kaleiçi. after the 1980s, mass tourism investments in antalya have increased rapidly with the tourism incentive law no. 2634 issued in 1982 and the incentives provided by the state. 30 tourism areas of a total of 270 tourism areas which declared up to today from 1982, were located in antalya. antalya had the largest share of tourism investments in turkey (doğmuş, 2010). in this period, when certified accommodation capacity is about 10 times higher in turkey, the accommodation capacity in antalya had been % of turkey's total. the number of tourist in turkey in 1980 was 1.3 million and in 2015 the number of tourists was increased 27 times and became 36 million. between 1980 and 2015, antalya's percent from the total tourist number was increased parallel to the investments. in the same period, a number of tourist in antalya in 1980 was 4.903 and in 2015 it became 11 million. tourist percent of antalya from the total number of tourists in turkey was %0,4 in 1980, %2,5 in 1985 and %31 in 2015 (esengil, 2002). table 1. number of tourists coming to turkey and antalya by years 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2015 antalya 4.903 65.915 826.027 1.939.477 3.230.837 11.331.840 turkey 1.288.060 2.614.924 5.389.308 7.726.886 10.428.153 36.244.632 although antalya has strong cultural tourism potential, which was the reason of the city was selected as a priority area in the 1960s, tourism investments have developed along the coastal tourism. from the 1980s, accommodation facilities in various categories have filled the city, thus the negative impacts of tourism on the natural, cultural heritage and social structure have begun to become evident. accommodation facilities located side by side and even in some cases attached with the site areas in the region have threatened to preserve these areas. in antalya, tourism investments have created new types of services. thus local people choose to work in the tourism sector, they abandoned their traditional crafts which is an important element of cultural tourism. the job opportunities have also caused immigration and overpopulation. and the social structure of city has been changed. 3. the impacts of national tourism policies and investments in the case of kaleiçi kaleiçi historical site is antalya’s historic city center which urban life constantly continuous since the 2nd century. archaeological values from the hellenistic and roman ages that overlap with the historic city core; monumental values such as mosque, madrasa, hamam, church from the seljuk and ottoman periods; traditional urban values such as houses, shops, workshops, squares and gardens that show a section of the ottoman urban life before the republic are the elements of the historical environment of the area. the traditional civil architecture of kaleiçi which are dated the second half of the 19th century and the first half of 20th century is designed due to the local climate, topography, and landscape (tankut, 1972). until 1950s antalya was a typical seaside city with a population of around 50.000 and kaleiçi was one of the several quarters in the city. in the 1950s due to immigration and urbanization, the population of antalya has increased. since the 1960’s the city has entered into a rapid transformation process with the national tourism policies. since the 1950s every development that occurred in antalya has also affected the kaleiçi site, because of its location in the city center. at the end of the 1970s, the ministry of tourism decided the necessity of integrated tourism and conservation plan of kaleiçi historical site because of the complex problems of it. then the ministry gave the responsibility to prepare an integrated plan to middle east technical university’s applied research unit (tankut, 1972). şeyda şen / the academic research community publication pg. 4 within the context of this plan, kaleiçi was surveyed, analyzed and evaluated. following the conservation and rehabilitation proposal plans developed for the study area in general scale, restoration and reuse projects were prepared. as a result of the analyzes, it was stated that the economic structure of the area was weak and the environmental standards were low. in the survey studies that was done during this period, it was also determined that %22 of the commercial units were vacant and %66 of the houses and %79 of the commercial units were used by tenants (tankut, 1972). therefore, it is established that the increasing number of tenants and shortened duration of the tenancy, tend to turn the historical site into a transition zone. and the social erosion that can be a rise in the area, is highly relevant to the intense physical environment erosion. despite the threats on the area, kaleiçi has the following the opportunities: • the location close to the city center creates a great attraction. • natural and cultural heritage values of the site are very attractive. • the environmental qualities such as the gardens can rarely find in the areas which are very close to the city center. • the site has a very positive environmental balance for a city that has a tendency of rapid development and intense like antalya. • it has many vista points. in kaleiçi historical site conservation project, it was decided that tourism planning must not be a primary goal, but it can be a secondary goal of the project. the aim of the project was, • to reduce the contradiction between the present situation of the historical environment and the contemporary life requirements. • to repair the social structure • to repair the economic structure • to do a rehabilitation project • to do a conservation project for the natural and cultural values • to add touristic functions. the main challenge of the project was whether or not the local people will continue to live in the same area again after the conservation project. the success of conservation plan was seen due to the facts that, • to provide a healthy environmental structure for the local people. • to create a healthy, functional and alive area for the city of antalya (tankut, 1972). this plan, created by middle east technical university’s applied research unit, was converted into a zoning plan and accepted in 1982. the zoning plan divided the area into five such as kaleiçi historical site, archaeological sites, trade zone, accommodation zone, residential areas, green areas. in the plan, the ways of intervention in the registered buildings was determined. accordingly, many buildings were restored and reused with functions related to the tourism sector (yazar, 2010). during the process of the plan, in the reuse projects, many registered buildings have lost their original plan scheme. due to the increased value of the buildings and the new commercial functions brought to the area, the original users of the buildings have changed and the social structure has not been preserved. in the 1980s, tourism investments that developed along the coastline of antalya have also affected the kaleiçi site. in 1992, the zoning plan was revised considering the tourism development that took place very close to the site. in the revised plan, it was declared as a necessity to function the new buildings as houses in order to sustain the integrity of the social structure. for preserve social structure, it was suggested to reuse some traditional houses as hostels and others as tourism function (yazar, 2010). later on, the plan has been divided to prepare detailed projects by antalya metropolitan municipality. in this context, restoration studies were carried out on the historic walls and registered houses of the site and landscape arrangements were made (yazar, 2010). in 2004, the kaleiçi historical site was declared a “cultural and tourism conservation and development zone” along with other historical sites in the city center. later on, pedestrian and vehicle transports were arranged, infrastructure works and road covers were made, lighting elements were renovated and urban furniture was added. şeyda şen / the academic research community publication pg. 5 recent studies in kaleiçi historical site verified that tourism functions in the area have caused many problems that affect natural, cultural heritage and social structure. first of all, new buildings that are mostly incompatible with the environment has been increased. increasing incompatible buildings can be a major problem that could cause to lose original characteristic of the area. secondly, there has been a lack of maintenance for the monumental buildings. in the third place, as a result of the reuse projects that were focused on tourism functions, the original features (original plans and facades) of the registered buildings has been changed. in the fourth place, during the restorations, modern techniques and materials have been used instead of traditional materials and techniques. but the main problem in the site is, tourism-focused development of the city and the new tourism functions of the site, changes the social structure. while the local residents leave the site, the new people from other cities choose this site to live and work. nowadays, more than %50 of the inhabitants are from the other cities. 4. conclusion the tourism sector contributes greatly to the economic, cultural and social development of both developed and developing countries. however, the rapid and unplanned development of the tourism sector and focusing just on the economic impact of tourism for a long time has caused negative natural and socio-cultural influences. in the 1990s in addition to discussions on the negative effects of mass tourism on the cultural heritage, but also international tourist attractions have changed and tourists preferences have changed from coastal tourism to cultural tourism and alternative tourism types. according to the united nations world tourism organization, the main features of cultural tourism are; "cultural tourism is also about experiencing and enjoying everything that makes the region, the life of local residents and the characteristics that make both of them.” (unwto, 2004). integrated conservation, also pointed out by current conservation concepts, underscores that today's intangible cultural heritage such as daily life, traditional life, and modes of production must include as well as the physical structure to the protection planning studies of preservation areas. particular attention should be paid to the fact that not to lose the spirit of the place, especially where tourism is economically beneficial. until 1950s antalya was a typical seaside city with a population of around 50.000 and kaleiçi was one of the several quarters in the city. in the 1950s due to immigration and urbanization, the population of antalya has increased. since the 1960’s the city has entered into a rapid transformation process with the national tourism policies. although antalya has strong cultural tourism potential, which was the reason of the city was selected as a priority area in the 1960s, tourism investments have developed along the coastal tourism. from the 1980s, accommodation facilities in various categories have filled the city, thus the negative impacts of tourism on the natural, cultural heritage and social structure have begun to become evident. since the 1950s every development that occurred in antalya has also affected the kaleiçi site, because of its location in the city center. although kaleiçi historical site conservation project, which was created by middle east technical university’s applied research unit in the 1970s was aimed to local residents stay in the site, recent studies were showed that nearly %50 of the local residents left the site. references 1. dpt, first development plan, 1963. 2. dpt, second development plan, 1968. 3. dpt, ninth development plan, 2007. 4. doğmuş eylem o., antalya örneğinde ulusal turizm politikalarinin sorgulanmasi, doctoral thesis, dokuz eylül university, izmir, 2010. 5. esengil, r., antalya 20 yılda neden bu kadar bozuldu?, journal of mimarlık, istanbul, 2002. issue:305, p. 60 -62 6. tankut, g., antalya kaleiçi sit planlaması, journal of mimarlık, istanbul, 1979. issue:159, p. 47-48. 7. yazar, b., turizmin tarihsel dokulara etkileri: antalya örneği, master thesis, dokuz eylül university, izmir, 2010. issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press destination studies – an institution sayak ghosh 1 1 dip tt(mgt) montreal. keywords maps, destination studies , the institute of destination studies, education and tourism, cultural tourism and employment abstract first of all, we must understand that there are various aspects of tourism with respect to its beauty, aesthetics, technical parameters, trade & commerce, training & education, innovation etc. if anyone wants to find the bondage between education and tourism, there can be various topics, concepts, factors, and parameters to portray the entity. again, if education is an aspect of tourism, then we can formulate a tourism course subject to beauty, aesthetics, technical parameters, trade & commerce, innovation and, last but not the least, the destinations – the prime capital for tourism; as a tourist has a destination whereas a traveler does not. so, pertaining to education and tourism, i shall focus on destination studies. it would be better to admit that tourism is the most special segment of human geography. this subject leads us to understand our planet and the culture of the world better than any other subject. so, we must also find a scientific way of studying tourism to understand the human race better. to start with, we must focus on the different destinations of the world, their geography – how to reach there, their culture, their heritage, their history, their socio-economy, interesting places to visit there etc. once we grab it we have almost grabbed the major portion of the subject named tourism. so, let’s proceed. maps a map is the most important tool not only for destination studies but also for studying tourism and geography. right now let us focus on the importance of map in a destination study. i remember the very first class of my tourism course. that day the director of our institute stated very clearly, “if you know maps, you know more than 60% of your course! and if you don’t know then please leave the course !!”. that’s how the map is the fundamental tool for tourism course and so very important for any destination study. ideally, an individual studying different destinations should passionately love maps. at the very first note, he or she invariably should get a hang of the world map irrespective of any trainer/ teacher/mentor. let the world map be his or her mentor. once this phenomenon is through to any individual or student, he or she can proceed very fast for any sort of destination studies. then automatically the student will have the culture to sit with any map e.g. a world map, any continent map, any country map, any city map etc.. after that slowly the student will gather interest to browse different books of different destinations apart from his or her curriculum books subject to an official course of tourism. certainly mentoring will be required not only to complete the course successfully but also to have a strong grip on doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.243 sayak ghosh / the academic research community publication pg. 4 the technical as well as the aesthetic parameters of the subject. destination studies geography at the very first shot, a student studying different regions should first scan the world map (as discussed before) in his or her retina in such a way that any destination of the world is just in his or her finger-tips. the student should be able to explain the geography of the particular destination without a second thought and without an iota of doubt. then only he or she can proceed further. for convenience, the students should study the map continent wise and then country wise. then he or she should know all the capitals along with the other important cities pertaining commercial hubs and international airports. if possible the students also need to memorize the currencies of different nations, their three-letter codes along with their country, city as well as the airport three-letter codes; this study can help them to define a few things technically better in the near future. transportation & accommodation once a person thoroughly examines the geography of a particular destination, then he or she has to know how to reach there (by air, water, rail, road etc.), what sort of amenities are there to stay (hotel, motel, inn, guest house, homestay etc.) and what are the amenities of transfers in that particular region like local cab, auto-rickshaw, tuktuk, bus, local train, cable car etc.. infrastructure & socio-economy nowadays one has to be aware of the infrastructure of a particular destination i.e. how are the roads of that region, are there any sort of link roads, how are the condition of the bridges, do they have flyovers and bypasses in the busy cities etc.. one also has to be updated about the socio-economy of the destination e.g. what is the per capita income, what’s the common occupation of the local people, what’s the regional cum national psyche etc.. polity polity is a crucial factor not only in a particular region or nation but also it is a major issue for the international relationship. if the political environment is sound of a particular destination then it is by default a suitable place to roam as there will be less possibility of civil unrest subject to the polity. social good being can also be expected out of it. thereby the economy might not face any crucial challenge. so, the socio-economy along with polity and the national infrastructure slightly portrays the overall environment of a particular region. culture then comes culture; the people of a particular region. one has to know about the language the people speak, what food & beverages they prefer along with their staple food, their common dress, the common design of their houses and last but not the least the co-curricular activities associated with the mass e.g. music, painting, literature, cinema, dances etc.. there can also be any other unique kind of activities that the people are interested in. history the culture of a particular region evolves from the history. so, the student should have a brief idea about that regional history and also the philosophy that is being portrayed through the ages over there. similarly, heritage should be cultivated simultaneously. a place may not have pyramid but a small village can easily have an ancient shrine that coveys not only the heritage but also a saga, history, school of thought, architecture, sculptor and many more concepts if we want to cultivate. climate climatic conditions of a particular region is very important to know as that’s a prime information that the tourists have to know beforehand in order to pack their luggage for the entire trip subject to the destination i.e. what sort of dresses they have to carry; if it’s hot then light clothes should be taken, if it’s cold then winter-wears and if it’s a place of monsoon or it may rain in the travel dates then the tourists have to keep an umbrella in reserve etc.. sayak ghosh / the academic research community publication pg. 5 natural calamities are inevitable. we can’t fight with nature. but we can at least have the knowledge from the weather forecasts whether there will be landslides, heavy rain, snowfall etc. so that we can at least take some measures beforehand to avoid negativities subject to the planning. but definitely, we can’t get rid of an earthquake or tsunami or a sudden flood etc.! flora and fauna flora refers to plant life and fauna refers to animal life. one should also have an idea of flora and fauna of a particular region as many tourists are also interested in the same. one should know if there is any forest nearby or if there are any unique plants, flowers or even interesting animals in the vicinity or else any presence of any zoological or botanical garden. flora and fauna also denote the eco-tourism or the green tourism of a particular destination. places of interest the most interesting point of all is the entity of places of interest. this is the most important point for which the tourism happens for a particular destination. there are various places of interest like the shrines, gardens, lakes, museums, parks, waterfalls etc.. in a macro traditional perspective, most people classify to choose destination either by sea-side or by hilly / mountain area, valleys, rift valleys, canyons, plateau, deserts, grasslands etc.. a tourist before planning the destination for his or her trips first checks this very entity and then plans accordingly subject to his or her, the family’s or the group’s taste. activities the latest trend in tourism is the activities that a region can provide to its tourists. so a person who is doing the destination study should be aware of all the activities that can be availed in the particular destination. if it’s a seaside then the tourists can avail water-sport activities. if it’s a mountain area then people can go for paragliding, water rafting etc.. the theme park activities are there if the tourists visit a theme park. daily many activities are also getting innovated; the students should be aware of it. shows related to theatre, opera & other musical items, traditional dances are always there subject to the local culture of a place. the institute of destination studies transparently i have tried to explain destination studies through its various modules. again it has to be seen that the concepts portrayed so far is with respect to the entity -education and tourism. so, let’s see whether the concepts can have a formal structure in the institution of tourism. yes, it can have an elaborate structure in the institution. so, let’s define the structure as the institute of destination studies. the institute will conduct courses subject to destination studies with respect to the upcoming trends of tourism. the faculty of the institute needs to have a profound knowledge of the following subjects as portrayed before:  geography  transportation & accommodation  infrastructure & socio-economy  polity  culture  history  climate  flora and fauna  places of interest  activities apart from the above subjects, the students should also be trained in the technical aspects of travel & tourism industry like:  ticketing (air, rail, cruise, bus)  hotel booking  itinerary building – formulating a tour package sayak ghosh / the academic research community publication pg. 6  visa, documentation and other travel related formalities  forex services  international sim cards thus, if such an institute can be built, it will usher a new wave in the tourism world and can really elevate the value of human geography to its optimum extent! education and tourism for a region, the education is very much needed for its inbound tourism as well as a player sitting in that particular region and selling outbound tour packages. this is all about the mainstream and conventional formal education being imparted to the mass. unlike the introduction, let us see where we can map tourism in the realm of education. today it’s the high time to introduce tourism in the mainstream school curriculum throughout the world. as conveyed earlier about the institute of destination studies, the concept can also be tied up with the schools, colleges, universities and other institutes to impart the formal study of tourism. the institute would definitely have its own captive students to whom the faculty would teach or preach with its entire autonomy. so, it will also act as a society to preach tourism by destination studies, make awareness campaigns and mentor both the aesthetic and technical aspects of the travel & tourism world. the most beautiful and crucial factor that this very institute should be ideally doing is to formulate a non-profit approach for the aspect of travel and tourism for the mass i.e. the people who are having the dream to roam the planet can do so without the constraint of their so-called economic incapability. the institute has to make a mandatory drive to do so in order to promote the wellness and happiness factor of the society thereby of the whole world! raja ram mohan roy who is referred as “the father of the indian renaissance” by the nobel laureate (a great poet) rabindranath tagore (literature / 1913 / india) was very much popular in the united kingdom and rest of europe. while in europe he discussed many international sociological points in the first half of the nineteenth century in different forums. among them, he raised an argument that why a civilized person has to procure a passport, get the visa and pass through all the immigration formalities subject to the nations traveling from and visiting. this particular thought was adored by the diplomats, creative thinkers and many other eminent personalities of europe as well. he also emphasized on education and its holy light to ignite the blind faith from any sociological system. till date, we are still following those strict external affair policies subject to multiple nations throughout the world. the contemporary terrorism throughout the globe is also conveying that the flame of education is still not been able to illuminate and show the mass the huge mountain of the vice of blind faith inside the global demography. unlike raja ram mohan roy, netaji subhas chandra bose the great revolutionary for the indian struggle for independence also formed multiple non-profit societies with different european nations while he was in europe in the early 1940s. his insight was to develop deep cultural exchanges and important dialogues between india and europe. but his activities remained unfinished as he was not traceable after a few years or died due to an air-crash; the incident is still a controversy cum mystery! what an irony? here the institute of destination studies can really act as a vital aspect for the institution of tourism; to educate, to make people visit different nations and ideally the entire planet and in turn, the mass by themselves can go for building a system and develop an intense culture that deals with peace, harmony, and prosperity !! once an individual and subsequently a mass travels and gradually gathers knowledge of different regions of the world, slowly acquaints with their culture, exchange dialogues and try to feel the oneness among all, really there will be no negativities left with the entire human race. cultural tourism and employment since the institution – destination studies is a special aspect of travel & tourism and thereby of the human geography, so it is not only a utility factor of the industry but also an integral part of the global culture as well. sayak ghosh / the academic research community publication pg. 7 it has been already portrayed that culture – local as well as global is a module in order to define tourism. it is also certain that today’s industry is not only running on commercial tour packages but also there is a huge demand rather space for niche or special interest tourism. this realm is huge with different offbeat forms. cultural tourism is one of the forms and is an upcoming trend that will very shortly be very popular yet niche. destination studies will mainly cultivate the ground or local culture subject to a particular destination. numerous cultivations of different regional cultures will add a new dimension to the global culture; this is the aesthetic part of the form. once this trend comes into the functionality, it will not only deal with the beauty and aesthetics but it is also going to usher the technical parameters of the trade i.e. right away generate employment. what a beautiful idea! there are some forms that are already existing like music concert, opera, film festival, theatre festival etc.. these are already treated as activities pertaining tourism in a few regions of the world like mozart concert in austria, opera events in sydney opera house in australia etc. that have already become popular as people visiting these regions do conventionally attend the programmes. apart from austria and australia all the other countries of the world have their own form of music both regionally as well as nationally. but they have not been cultivated yet for the persons visiting the region to be catered to. if it is done then the local music professionals can get involved in the matter and earn surplus revenue not only to oneself but adding a source to his or her national income. the same phenomenon also holds true for other art workers as well. similarly, few film festivals as in cannes have gained bit tourist popularity but there are many other film festivals that are not that marketed from a tourism perspective. theatre festivals are still a very niche segment. there are also many other segments like food festivals, cultural fairs, handicraft workshops, workshops related to regional occupation etc.; though they have a bit of local presence they are not that marketed to gain the inbound tourism. so, it is very much transparent that lot of work has to be done to nurture the huge untouched cultural sustainable space. cultivating any specific regional culture not only promotes a specific cultural event but also attracts people to come to the particular region to also speculate the place along with the cultural activity. so, cultural tourism is not only bound to a particular cultural event, programme or activity but also develops a culture to know a place where the event takes place and usher the local employment simultaneously. thus, it integrates all the local cultures of different regions of the world to escalate the quality of the global culture. hence it is so evident that how tourism adds on to a new dimension of culture and thereby generating employment throughout the world just by cultivating one’s own culture. http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) reflections of feminism in contemporary mural painting between occidental and oriental societies doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.117 zeinab nour 1 1 associate professor, painting department, mural painting specialty. faculty of fine arts, helwan university, cairo, egypt. keywords feminism; public art; mural painting; graffiti; street art; women rights; girls; social traditions; identity; culture; east; west; occident; oriental; egypt; usa; europe. abstract feminism as a global movement was and is still working on achieving women rights & liberation in different ways and by using different tools. art in general and mural painting as a public art in specific, are very eloquent tools to help present feminist causes to different societies. these societies vary from a nation to another, from a culture to another, depending on the extent of suffering that women endure and also depending on how strong the feminist movement is in that particular society. despite the fact that feminism is a global movement, each society's identity is reflected differently in such kinds of arts, especially when looking at occidental and oriental worlds where ethics and traditions are distinctly different. these differences shall be normally reflected in contemporary public art, like in subjects, messages, styles, and even concerning the amount of the architectural or structural available areas for such kind of arts. this is what the researcher will try to clarify through a kind of analytical comparison between occidental and oriental societies concerning the feminist movement. this includes its murals as a public art, especially in egypt where feminist public art can be considered limited, the matter that may lead to some significant conclusions about the importance of such art, its role and its effect on the society. 1. introduction feminism is a group of different social theories, political movements, and moral philosophies, driven by motives related to women's causes and rights in the aim of reinforcing developed, stable and strong societies. in general, feminism doesn't, in any way, mean to stand against men as much as it means standing by oppressed women worldwide until they get their rights, equally to men, especially in education and employment. it is worth mentioning here that there is no unified global version of feminism to represent all feminists, thus, feminist causes can vary from a nation to another, from a culture to another, depending on the level of suffering and social ethics and beliefs. of course, what some activists are seeking for in one society may be rejected by other activists in another society and it also depends on how strong feminism itself is as an active movement in this society. in general and logically, global feminism has a number of common goals like stopping all kinds of violence against women, demanding for equality in voting, education and employment. there is no need any more to talk about the importance of women as communities members or as pillars in society, they represent one half of a society and talking about axioms in this research may be considered a loss of time. on the other hand and despite these mentioned axioms, it is common in the eastern societies to think that feminism as a movement is against men, religion and ethics, which is not right. this misinformation may be diffused on the hand of anti-feminist groups or freedom 's enemies to frighten societies from the feminist idea as if it's pure danger zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 2 to life. therefore, more transparency, awareness and knowledge are needed to enlighten people in these countries and to facilitate the efforts of feminist activists and art as visual arts especially can play a very eloquent and important role in doing this job. it is also necessarily to mention here that this research should be considered as just a minor spotlight on feminist arts in oriental societies ,especially egypt, because the subject is full of details and worth more studies to cover the whole story for a better understanding and to ensure its continuity. 2. feminism history 2.1. brief western feminism history they say art is the mirror of societies, they also say that art can be the inspiration for a society. between this and that, one cannot imagine talking about a certain trend of art without talking about the political, economical and social circumstances that were beyond this art, especially when it's an activist art. from now on, this research will delve deeper into historical details that represent the start of feminist art, which is a form of activist art. charles fourier, a utopian socialist and french philosopher, is credited with having coined the word "féminisme" in 1837, as an expression (goldstein, leslie f.,1982). it was first known in france in 1872 and later in other european countries and the united states of america. three waves were historically known about modern western feminist movements, the first was during the 19th century and early twentieth century. its focus was on giving women rights to vote and one of the most important productions that came after this wave was the remarkable book ‘the second sex’ of the french philosopher simone de beauvoir who gave within it a marxist solution and a wide view on many of the questions of feminism in 1949. the second wave was during the late 1960s and it was known by the "women's liberation movement" in the united states, united kingdom, and other developed countries. the wave continued to fight for voting rights, the reform of family laws which gave husbands control over their wives, and to abolish marital exemption in rape laws which precluded the prosecution of husbands for the rape of their wives. as a wave, it is considered the most significant one among the three feminist waves concerning its impact on women’s rights achievements, as well as on art. thus, this wave had another significant phenomenon called ‘the feminist art’, through which a different type of art was rising on the hands of female artists to highlight a woman’s life, art and achievements away from patriarchal art that failed to represent women’s causes or express their suffering worldwide. the researcher intends to delve deeper into this matter given the direct relation it has with the topic of this research. as for the third wave, it began in the early 1990’s in the united states of america, and despite the fact that this recent wave is closer to our contemporary time, it was demanding a higher ceiling for women rights especially concerning sexual issues, as well as stopping ‘glass ceiling’ practices that impede women's advancement in developed economies. even though it was mainly raised to perceive failures of the second wave and to avoid its mistakes, the third wave was widely open to internal debates between different feminists. there were arguments about equal treatment for women compared to men, in addition to what was called post-feminism. all together are not considered as significant points to highlight in this research which only focuses on the art side without delving deeper in the feminism debates nor its theory in general, the fear of feminism in conservative societies, especially closed religious ones, has acquired its magnitude from the focus on the difference of opinions regarding specific points like issues concerning sexuality for instance, while feminism is much more than these issues. basically, feminism is a human call for stopping all kinds of violence against women, demanding for equality in voting, education and employment and such basic social rights, and these basic human calls can't be a threat to any society, but on the contrary, it's a reinforcement for a better society. the feminist concept may have found difficulties on its way into the eastern part of the world, especially in the middle east where misunderstood or misinterpreted religious concepts and old traditions still represent an unwritten constitutions. thus, and as previously mentioned, this misinformation about feminism may have been diffused on the hand of freedom 's enemies to frighten societies from the feminist idea as a whole. therefore, more transparency, awareness and knowledge are needed to enlighten people in these countries. so, what is probably more powerful than arts to do this mission? that is what this research tries to explore and therefore, in the following parts, the researcher will highlight feminism in the middle east, where egypt is to be our example for its important location as a gate between the north and the south, the east and the west. egypt also has a cultural influence on the whole area and its currently living an ongoing feminist experiment, even though the movement started very early in the history of global feminism. feminism in egypt as an artist, one has a number of friends from the east where the arab gulf extends, and to the west where the moroccan countries exist. it is widely known that when one arab from one of those sides meets another from the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/marxist https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/family_law zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 3 latter side, they speak in the egyptian dialect in order to understand one another. from this, the impact of the egyptian culture appears on what is called "the arab world", which is not really arabic in its different roots nor parts, but it is usually referred to as such because of the common used language after the rise of islam. its worth mentioning here that each country in the arab world speaks arabic in its own way that may differ widely from one country to another depending on its historical, cultural and ethnic roots. however, the egyptian dialect is very well known to all the eastern countries due to the modern historical influence of the egyptian cinema and music industries since the beginnings of the 20th century. this is why egypt was chosen as a model for the feminist movement in this research, noticing that this choice doesn't necessarily mean that this model was applicable in other countries of this part of the world where women might be suffering from different kinds of problems, thus different aspects of activism from here to there are also available. in comparison to the western feminist movement with regards to its date and demands, egypt was almost on a parallel track with this global movement especially during the first two waves. in the year 1805, egypt started to get rid of the dark age of the ottoman occupation and its oppressive feudal system on the hand of muhammad ali pasha, the albanian commander who is considered the founder of modern egypt due to the enormous military, economic and cultural reforms that he was responsible for. this resulted in more social movements, more opened windows to the western world, especially concerning education and scholarships for egyptian students to europe in almost all fields. after that, egypt has fallen under the british occupation with its capitalist system in 1882, which in spite of its brutality and barbaric exploitation to the country, it has more or less continued to put egypt on the map. it’s worth mentioning that although the occupation was british, the cultural tendencies of the ruling class in egypt by this time has always been french. this was evident in the life of the elites, elegant men and women french "etiquette", language, fashion and of course in their french schools in all egypt's big cities. this all had an effect on the feminist activity in egypt due to the aspiration of this ruling class to make egypt similar to europe, especially france. given the aforementioned reasons, egypt was on the track of modernity where the feminist movement was a necessity to establish this modernizing goal. it was not easy for egyptian women to transition from one era called the "harem" established by the ottoman culture, where women were not allowed to leave their homes except under certain conditions and after the permission of their "men" (fathers, brothers, husbands or even sons) to the era of education, science, art, employment and enlightenment. however, this change was inevitable and convictional, not only by patriot women, but also and more importantly by the help and support of the enlightened regime as well as progressive egyptian men who were aiming to get back a strong advanced egypt after too many years of darkness, colonization and occupation. on the internet, there is false infromation that claims that the modern feminist movement in egypt started between (1923–1939), as the egyptian feminist union (efu) was founded by the former leader of the women's committee in the wafd party, hoda shaarawi. this was after her participation in an international feminist conference in rome in 1923 along with nabawiyya moussa and ceza nabarwi (jayawardena, kumari, 1981). however, one can say that the feminist movement has seen the light in egypt long before that date. going back to the year 1873 when jeshem afet hanimefendi, khedive ismail pasha's wife has inaugurated the first girl public school in egypt using her own money, this school could be considered the first light of feminism in egypt because before that time, girls were not allowed to get educated, except maybe some girls who were home schooled. it is worth mentioning that jeshem was a slave one day before being liberated then married to khedive ismail, which might explain where her determination was been born. this initiative has encouraged other numerous elites to send their girls to schools, and later to sponsor and support education for girls. the school was inaugurated after the publication of the book of refaa el-tahtawy, the well known egyptian writer, teacher, translator, egyptologist and renaissance intellectual who has spoken about this concept in his book "al-murshid al-amin lil banat wa al-banin" (the faithful guide for girls and boys) published in 1873 (labib rizk, younan. 2002). it is now clear that feminism in egypt rose far before the famous revolutionary books of kassem amin, the well known egyptian intellectual writer, "liberation of the woman" in 1899 and "the new woman" in 1901. these famous books were considered by some historians as the first action of feminism in egypt while they were actually preceded by the enlightened perception of refaa el-tahtawy in 1873, who was himself one of the first scholarship beneficiaries to paris. the egyptian feminist union (efu) was founded after 1923 in an environment that was previously groomed and prepared for major feminist changes since the end of the 19th century. even though these changes were not fast nor accurate, it was obvious that a new era was about to begin for the egyptian woman much before other women in the arab region. these changes spread in almost all kinds of fields, from literature, cinema, theatre, visual arts, journalism, universities, law, sports and eventually to politics. however, after considering egypt’ feminist history and now looking at the present situation, it seems like something is unbecoming. how could there be such a powerful modern start but still a large number of women https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/rome zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 4 who suffer in egypt and the arab region in general? by egypt or the arab region, this research refers to women and girls in low, poor and uneducated levels in the social pyramid of these countries. the answer has to be in the time period between these two ages, there was an interruption in the rhythm of feminism in egypt and that might have started during the sixties and seventies of the 20th century. in general, the feminist activity in egypt deteriorated after 1952 when the army seized power in egypt as "the ruling revolution command council" ordered the dissolution of all political parties including all independent women's movements. despite that, and despite the fact that gamal abdel nasser initiated "state feminism", more rights were gained by women during his regime, like the right of voting and running for elections in the 1956 constitution for the first time. it seems that at this time, there were remaining strong solid activists like dorria shafik who were the reason why such gains were obtained. however, with the obstruction of the feminist activity itself, things were not continuing on the same previous track. in time, there were no longer enough groups, parties or coherent entities of activist voices to stand in the face of deterioration that appeared later, there was always some individual voices here or there, but there weren’t any strong built feminist movements. during the seventies, a stringent islamic trend started to invade egypt due to a lot of reasons and circumstances. in general, it started to happen when egyptian presidents reconciled with islamists, especially the muslim brotherhood. gamal abdel nasser was the first to do it, but then he disagreed with them and began to arrest a large number of their leaders especially after their attempt to assassin him in 1954. after that, president al-sadat, who opened the prison doors, allowed the brotherhood to move in streets and villages and rural areas where they could gain control on the majority of the simple poor people across the religious and political platforms. during this time, some egyptians emigrated to the arab gulf land for oil business and big money and later returned with severe religious ideas and life concepts. their return was also within the new political circumstance provided by al-sadat’s reconciliation with islamists. all of these events, situations and more have come together to put the egyptian woman under a kind of focus, "oppressive focus" if the expression could be used. thus, the woman in the eyes of severe islamists is a kind of probable danger, which means she has to be pulled back to her home one way or another; it's one of the most patriarchal communities in the history of humans. earlier on there was an article in the feminist journal "l'egyptienne" published by the efu, written in french by ceza nebarawi where the journal editor stated in 1927: "we the egyptian feminists have a great respect for our religion and we aim to see it practiced in its true spirit" (jayawardena, kumari, 1981). however, things have been different in the seventies and upcoming years. in the absence of this enlightened vision of ceza and her colleagues as a strong structure supported by the regime itself, the ruling class of egypt and the elite, which is the main idea in here, the beginning of the 20th century with the radical islamic culture in the seventies of the same century, feminism in egypt as a movement has lost a lot even in terms of "islamic feminism.” there were different attempts from different individual voices or civilian associations or national councils to reverse this, not to mention the efforts of the presidents al-sadat and mubarak’s wives, gehan al-sadat and suzanne mubarak who despite the corruption that was running during their regimes, have offered some privileges to egyptian women especially on the personal status code and social developing levels. if there wasn't the continual economic crisis, the invasion of the radical islamic culture, selfishness of the "new rich" class, the rising age of marriage, the depression of youth etc, one can say that egyptian woman could definitely have had more rights by our time. women could have definitely suffered from less depression or domestic violence, female genital mutilation or street harassment. in spite of the aforementioned, egyptian women could start over because they didn’t lose all of the rights they managed t acquire in earlier times. in european, and other advanced societies, women still suffer from inequality in salaries, while in egypt, most of women, especially in governmental jobs, have the same salary as men in the same job post. in comparison to some arab world countries, the egyptian woman doesn't have to get her husband’s permission nor her father’s to have her own passport or to leave the country. similarly, wearing a veil is not obligatory along with the existence of other kinds of social and civil rights. the egyptian woman is in almost every field of work, employed or managing, not to mention the presence of a lot of active feminism militants and associations. this gives hope for a better continuation, on both levels, regional and global, a better appropriate continuation for the ancient history of egypt where the woman was a respectable and enabled society member in all living aspects. 3. feminist art 2.2. the feminist art movement in the occident it has to be clear first that the idea of drawing or painting or sculpturing female figures by male or female artists is not necessarily a feminist trend or activity; there is sometimes a kind of confusion about this. so many artists have been inspired by the woman's world and its visual beauty, her body, her hair, and this is not necessarily feminist art, actually, it could be sometimes considered as an anti-feminist art especially when it tends to show the woman as an object for sexual pleasure. on the other hand, any art created by a female is sometimes considered feminist art because it helpsreinforcing women in the field of art. the researcher, however, tends to think that a zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 5 female artist who is presenting marvelous pieces of still-life paintings for instance can't be considered a feminist artist; thus, in this research a feminist female artist or a pro-feminist male artist is the one who is presenting a feminist cause through his or her art. this is true even if it is in an indirect symbolic and unseen way; in this research, there will be a kind of focus on female feminist art. the most important change produced by the war, however, had less to do with the jobs women held and more to do with the identity of the women who went to work (chafe, william, n.d.). in the 20th century, when men came back home after war, whether in world war i (1914-1918) or world war ii (1939 -1945), but especially after the world war ii, they found out that their women have taken a new road of life. many of them had jobs, they were left alone for the whole life’s responsibility and it must have been hard of course, but one way or another, every independent woman started to rediscover herself and her own identity as a society member. some women have also become artists and were recognized in the field. thus, before this time, almost everything about women in art was expressed and presented by men. sometimes in men's art, women were represented as evil being who were the reasons behind any troubles and even satan's allies, but in women's art, things were different; a female artist shall treat her own story, memories, life difficulties as a woman as well as a mother with an eye of her own self. she shall also present her causes and announce her demands in the name of other women in her society. in the ancient or middles ages, even when women created their own arts, they were probably anonymous, meaning that their art productions were not signed. for instance, the studies about the paleolithic cave paintings which often have human hand prints, 75% of which are identifiable as women's (national geographic tv, 2013). the postwar periods witnessed the brilliance of female artists, like the feminist german dada artist hannah höch (1889-1978) as an example of post world war i. she was one of the group's pioneering photomontage artists. höch critiqued the role of women, beauty standards, marriage, the politics of her home country, germany, and the misogynist dada group itself (nastasi, 2014). another artist of the time is the american visual artist, nancy spero (1926-2009) as an example for the post world war ii feminist female artists who chronicled wars and its apocalyptic violence. thus, women were living wars, maybe in the second line after men as warriors, but their experience was never less horrible or bloody. as a human experience, it shall always be a motif for an artist to express hard times and misery. this transaction phase for female feminist visual artists was not easy nor too fast, but one can say that the whole circumstance had created the convenient atmosphere for feminism art movements to grow and develop all around the whole world. therefore, during the seventies of the twentieth century, and as mentioned within the second western feminist wave, there was a flourishing real feminist art movement, not only in the visual arts, but also in different fields especially in music and fortunately in the music industry. this was a real jump in the world of feminism because of its ability to support feminist music to cross borders and reach people, especially women who were hopeful, encouraged and enthusiastic about the movements. these feminist art movements aimed to connect feminism activists globally due to their compassion and understanding spirit and of course the effects of art itself as a common human language. there are too many female artists to mention on this occasion, but one cannot drop names like the mexican painter frida kahlo (19071954) whom her work at her time wouldn't be considered feminist, but was later seen as one of the most important images of feminist art in this time and this spot of the world. later with the feminist art history's beginnings in the late 1960s, one should mention names like the yugoslavian-born performance artist marina abramović, the french multi-media artist niki de saint phalle, the american female artists barbara kruger, sherrie levine and judy chicago and others. these artists did not not only special in traditional visual arts, but also in different new art medias like video, performance and installation arts. in brief, women artists, motivated by feminist theory and the feminist movement, demanded for equality in representation which was codified in the art workers' coalition's (awc) statement of demands, which was developed in 1969 and published in a definitive form in march 1970. the awc was set up to defend the rights of artists and force museums and galleries to reform their practices and encourage female artists to overcome centuries of damage done to the image of the female as an artist by establishing equal representation of the sexes in exhibitions, museum purchases and on selection committees (harrison, 2000). feminism has shared some interest with postmodern art philosophy which could be seen in speech acts, and this has probably helped the diffusion of the feminist art movement, not only on the hand of female activists, but also with the help of profeminist artists. this took place especially in the contemporary art era, as we can see in the words of jeremy strick, director of the museum of contemporary art in los angeles, who described the feminist art movement as "the most influential international movement of any during the postwar period” (blake, 2007). 2.3. feminism in occidental contemporary mural painting visual arts in general may be the most expressive arts about human life since the primitive era when man started to create different forms using mud under his feet to create symbols and magical protection totems in the wild environment. the start was also marked when man created drawings or mural paintings on the walls of caves to https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/socialist_federal_republic_of_yugoslavia zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 6 reflect the various creatures and the wildlife around them. this was long before humans started to read and write, which shows the importance of visual arts and the relationship between humanityand their need for expression. visual communication helped, in one way or another, to establish different languages around the world. mural painting is one of these communication tools through time and space, through which an artist can bring his or her idea or their group's ideas to the whole world around. mural painting, especially in public areas or as a street art, has doubled the effects on people and societies. thus, it's not to be imprisoned in galleries nor museums where too many people have no access; therefore, mural painting as a public art can play a great role to bring the feminist cause to the street and to the whole society. it can awaken minds, release freedom and inspire women around the world to revolt and to demand their rights as well as remind the whole society about the women's rights as humans. feminism shall find a new way to people through murals, mural painting, graffiti, street or public arts, whatever is the name of this art, it shall be an eloquent medium to express all women’s demands around the world after too many years of ignorance and injustice. not too far from the previously talked about history of the feminist art movement, actually, within the 2nd feminist wave, in the late 1970s, sandra fabara or as known lady pink or "first lady of graffiti" originally from ecuador, has been known as one of the first graffiti and mural female artist based in new york city, (figure1). figure1. lady pink, graffiti artist. (false prophet blog) despite the fact that graffiti's beginning as an art history has nothing to do with the "hip-hop" music that appeared in the united states in the 1970s , so many historians, especially music historians have considered graffiti as one of 'the four elements of hip-hop: rapping, break-dancing, graffiti art, and deejaying (brown, kwakye, lang, n.d.) . it’s worth mentioning that lady pink herself says: "i don’t think graffiti is hip-hop. frankly i grew up with disco music, she was saying that as an objection to what was said, that graffiti is understood as a visual expression of rap or hip-hop music. as a researcher, i think that hip-hop is too young to be considered as graffiti's source; in fact, graffiti has always been there since the dawn of human activity especially when we notice that the "graffiti" meaning as a word is just scratching or random drawing or painting on any unprepared surface with any coloring or writing technique and with the permission of no one especially in streets and on walls. this makes it an act of vandalism, but one can conclude that with the new era of hip-hop music that grew fast and worldwide, graffiti has become more known in all societies as a street art practiced by people who were longing for change and interaction in their societies, especially youth. graffiti as a street art has more or less flourished, and with the widespread of this type of arts, a graffiti association was established in1972 in new york on the hands of hugo martinez, and even though it was ans still is considered as vandalism, it has helped to diffuse a lot of common causes among societies (nour, 2008). graffiti gave marginzalized people a voice to be heard by politicians and other in power. feminism was among the most important causes that graffiti has helped, and despite the fact that the identity of the artist is usually kept secret in graffiti works, some names have seen the light as icons in their field and to become legal muralists who have their own mural company. slowly, with the worldwide contemporary art concepts especially the freedom of expression, some ideas had to change and people were more ready to see more arts on their streets. the “act of vandalism’ represented by graffiti has sometimes become considerable pieces of art, especially in the contemporary arts when mural painting with all its techniques has become a legal form of graffiti. urban galleries, governments and authorities started themselves to hire street artists for legal and technically prepared murals in public or chosen areas or to open more spaces, events, competitions for such kind of arts and activities. feminism in graffiti it has grown faster and even reached the level of organizing some female street art events as it is the way in the annual event "femme fierce" in london, on the occasion of the international woman day. some graffiti female artists even have their works featured in exhibits in galleries and museums, and even though it was and still is known as a man's corner due to the hard circumstances artists should work under, zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 7 many women have found themselves in this field. they were and still often subjected to all kinds of harassment, but they continued to prove themselves. women in the field were called female writers, like male writers were called, because they were usually using tags and words as brief messages and letters in their paintings. these were usually applied by aerosol can paints which is faster and easier in such moments when avoiding the police. one can mention other female subway writers after lady pink and her continuation during the1980s, such as lady heart, abby, chic. ss, dawn, anna and bambi, and lady bug in the usa (the cyber bench, n.d.). as for europe, while hip-hop was closely linked with graffiti culture, punk also adopted the idea of graffiti to help spread messages. uk anarcho-punk band crass regularly had stencil-like images on their releases and undertook a graffiti stencil campaign on the london underground system in the late 1970’s and early 1980’s, with anti-war, anarchist, feminist and anti-consumerist messages being popular (graffiti & punk, n.d.). in another spot of europe, the german street art scene with its overwhelming numbers of experimental, highly innovative and perfectionist artists, has always been keeping up with those of new york, paris and london. the city of berlin, with its rich graffiti history (just think of the 1980s graffiti decorated berlin wall with its politically engaged murals and bubbly lettered slogans), is one of the most ‘bombed’ cities in germany or even in europe (10 german artists whose street art will leave you breathless, n.d.). therefore, berlin was once called "graffiti mecca of the urban art world" by the art critic emilie trice (arms, 2011). even france that seems sometimes less interested in graffiti, some graffiti artists had their names shining such as miss.tic with a thirty-year long career as a female street artist (figure2) (pursley, 2012). figure2. (the man is the past of the woman). figure3. a "stick up girlz" mural, australia 2010 lucy r. lippard (writer, art critic, activist and curator from the united states) argued in 1980 that feminist art was “neither a style nor a movement but instead a value system, a revolutionary strategy, a way of life.” this quote supports the fact that feminist art affected all aspects of life. by time, more feminist female artists have joined this cause. new contemporary groups have gathered themselves, especially through the internet, which made connections easier from the east to the west. one can mention the "stick up girlz" feminist muralists group (figure3). actually, in occidental societies and in latin america as well, feminism and feminist art, including mural paintings, public and street arts, has rapidly excalated after the nineties of the twentieth century. it is difficult for this research paper to present all categories and styles concerning feminist mural painting in the occidental world, but one can say that, in their works, females used many traditional feminine symbols including hearts, red lipsticks, and other known visual female symbols (figure4). they also used unconventional symbols or imaginary themes (figure5), like poems and literature texts especially from some iconic works like the "the second sex" book of the french philosopher simone de beauvoir's. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/the_second_sex zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure4. traditional symbol of feminism, latin america figure5. untraditional graffiti, unknown artist female graffiti writers have knocked every closed door behind which lays a problem in silence, almost all occidental women sufferings have been treated through female muralists, especially sexuality issues which took a lot of attention by european and american feminist activists. sometimes, some of their works were bold and hard to accept by ordinary people or conservative families, and this is a point that the research would come back to later especially in the feminist mural painting in egypt, but it must be considered that art isn't always about soothing and calming, sometimes it has to be disturbing in an aesthetic way that could awaken people and push them to think and react in a certain way. however, this doesn't mean that art, especially public art, should cross the line and become an offense or a cause of hurt to anyone on any level, otherwise, it's psychological vandalism. lady pink once said: “public work has a responsibility… it has to be family friendly, you have to take the community into consideration” (false prophet blog, n.d.). maybe this difference between ultimate freedom of expression and calculated aesthetic visions can be seen in two kinds of murals: the first as a night fast graffiti with the permission of no one, and the second as a prepared mural painting design under the permission of any authority. the second would not probably allow a message that could potentially cross a moral line. in general, it is understandable that what could be accepted by occidental societies could be hard to accept or even left in peace in oriental societies. even when it comes to some graffiti works executed by lady pink herself despite of her quote, direct;y depicting the woman’s intimate body parts or sexuality (figure 6), these works cannot find a place in the orient streets. even if a graffiti writer is corageous enough to do it, it shall be erased instantly the day after. sexuality issues in feminist art in the occident are not too far from similar issues in the orient, but it is the way of looking at these issues that matters. religions and traditions in the east are still so strong and dominating that we can consider them as an unwritten constitution. if a painter has a nude piece of work in a private gallery, he couldn’t and wouldn't paint a similar one on any of the street walls. thus, oriental graffiti writers should always use indirect and smart ways to handle sensitive subjects in their street arts, and that's what we are going to talk about in the next part. figure6. christina angelina, a venice-based multi-media artist (nastasijevic, n.d.) 2.4. feminism in modern and contemporary art in the orient (egypt as a model) if anyone types "egyptian feminist art" on google search browser, one shall find so many results for a specific period which almost has began in the year 2011 with the january 25th public revolution. it’s almost all about street art including public mural paintings and graffiti, which we will talk about later, but before doing so, we must pose a few questions: what about the years before this date? were there any kinds of feminist art movements in egypt since the decline of feminism activity in 1952, as previously explained in section 2.2? if yes, what kind of arts? when it comes to feminism in modern visual arts in egypt, one can say that there was a kind of trend of feminism, not so clear or conspicuous and not as strong as the occidental case, but it did exist. for instance, those egyptian artists who were depicting women as a mother, as a muse or as a lover and of course as a symbol for any abstract positive or good ideas like fertility or generosity or tenderness, may be considered feminist artists too. this is because they aimed to present the woman as a source of power or inspiration or even as a national symbol by depicting egypt as a female figure, starting for example with the famous sculpture of mahmoud mokhtar "renaissance of egypt" "nahdit misr" in 1928, in which he imagined egypt as a local woman who stands up while leaning against a sphinx as a symbol of a rising nation while being based on a great history. in the researcher's opinion, such visual treatments don’t handle feminism in a direct way like we can see in the occidental societies, especially concerning the direct depiction of shapes or forms of female and male sexual organs. these egyptian artists don’t seem to be artivists or feminist artists for some critics especially occidental ones, but they may be, especially in the opinion of the researcher, militants for the woman's rights movement. this is because they were standing by the woman’s side until she gets rid of any kind of oppression, negative discrimination or injustice but only in an indirect way that may be more appropriate in an oriental society, which http://www.widewalls.ch/author/asja-n/ zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 9 is known for its love of symbols and indirect expressive arts. this is a society that may alienate any explicit visual messages which can lead to a reversed result against the feminist cause itself, as if feminism would be the reason of any social degradation; it’s a society that has a special respect and sacredness for religions and traditions. thus, to talk about feminism in egyptian contemporary mural painting, one must go deeper into modern art history. briefly, there was a big feminism trend in the modern history of egypt, starting with mohamed ali's successors and declined with gamal abdel nasser's regime. between this time and that, there was a lot of reflections of feminism in many living sides, but visual arts were not really this engaged in the idea of fighting for women rights. this situation has continued within and after gamal abdel nasser's time, except maybe in some individual artists works, such as the well known egyptian painter inji aflatoun (1924–1989) who was a female egyptian painter and activist in the women's movement. she was a “leading spokesman for the marxist-progressive-nationalistfeminist spokeswoman in the late 1940s and 1950s”, as well as a “pioneer of modern egyptian art” and “one of the important egyptian visual artists.” she was arrested and secretly imprisoned during nasser's roundup of communists in 1959. besides her passion for nature and her concerns that appeared in her paintings about women in the egyptian society, her paintings in prison were the most captivating and the portraits of women inside the prison have the most expressive faces with eyes full of horror (taher, 2011). in a fast review of the history of egyptian female painters starting in the 1st half of the twentieth century, and apart from the work of the feminist inji aflatoun, there were a lot of female brilliant artists that maybe the man's history hasn’t been fair to. among them and concerning our subject "feminism art", we can mention: tahia halim, zeinab abdel hamid, gazibiah serry and zeinab al-seguiny, they were all very important and remarkable female artists in their ages. however, as a researcher in their arts, one couldn’t feel them as clear feminist artists, except maybe for zeinab al-seguiny whom in her paintings we could see and feel the inner psychological struggle of women on their unique faces, between tenderness, women concerns and emotions, she could possibly be considered on the track of feminism. one can also mention the originally bulgarian female artist "visella farid" who lived in egypt and was a fan of the egyptian woman with all her concerns and hard life, especially in the countryside (el-saadi, 2007). later in contemporary egyptian arts and within the nowadays open space thanks to the internet and the different calls of freedom there was a return of independent civil associations, the appearance of individual militants in the domain of feminism, politics and literature such as the activity of someone like nawal al-saadawy since the 2nd half of the twentieth century. art academies in egypt also started looking forward to contemporary arts concepts and other global political and economic factors. we can say that there is a new era for egyptian feminism in many life sides: literature, theatre, politics, arts etc. between male and female visual artists, but especially among female artists from different art specializations. concerning male artists, one can mention ebrahim el-dessouky and walid ebeid, the first is using the world of the woman and her body as a visual icon, the second is going deeper through her inner space, whether psychologically or physiologically, as well as her relationship with the man and it's a quite interesting vision to focus on, but not in this research which should focus on female artists and mural painting. as for the female contemporary artists, a lot of them are concerned with egyptian women case, whereas, each one of these artists is one of these women, living in a society that has been, for approximately 30 years, under the stress of a severe religious trend and a lack of feminist support, as previously explained in the end of 2.2 section. their concerns are mostly general, meaning that in their art we cannot see them engaged directly with the suffering of the egyptian woman including cases like domestic violence, female genital mutilation, street harassment, prostitution, sexism, etc. despite that, we can say that the idea of militancy in their work exists as there is a kind of compassion with the woman in general, especially the egyptian woman in her total struggling life, sorrows, resistance and hard duties (mentioning here that at least 35% of egyptian families are supported by women). all her problems and causes, through their works, their treatment for the woman's body, eyes-look, positions as a body language, through all of this and that, a viewer can imagine seeing an indirect regard for something like the harassment problem for instance, or for the female genital mutilation or other sexual issues to a woman, who is always bearing burdens and concerns about her body and her life. in this regard, we can mention some of these female artists such as: hend adnan, fayrouz samir, reham al-saadany, asmaa al-nawawy, randa fakhry, mervat al-shazly, shaimaa sobhy, eman osama and hend al-falafly. in their works we can see the woman and sometimes her partly naked body as a visual icon and it's a kind of feminism too, but not in a direct way. it’s worth mentioning that almost all of these male or female artists exhibit their works in egyptian private galleries or enclosed museums, not in public. as for other artists like the egyptian contemporary artist ghada amer, who was born in 1963 in cairo and immigrated from egypt in the age of 11, she is a multimedia artist and her work frequently addresses issues of femininity, sexuality, postcolonial identities, and islamic culture. her work is feminist, subverting the traditionally masculine genre of painting, and its rejection of the norms of female sexuality. one can obviously notice that she could have managed to free her mind from all kinds of censorship to express her ideas boldly and sometimes in a transparent way. whether we agree or not with the artist’s point of view regarding some issues, it would be logic https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/gamal_abdel_nasser zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 10 to understand her openness of expression in multiple different ways probably because she lived in occidental societies where such total freedom of expression is available and where subjects can be treated "directly" and with no fear nor embarrassment, and most important where people themselves are ready to see, accept and admire her work. 2.5. feminism in oriental contemporary mural painting (egypt as a model) apparently, what modern and contemporary visual art in egypt has presented for and about women wasn't enough for serving the causes of feminism in the orient or specifically in egypt, despite how strong, coherent or passionate it was. this was justwas not good enough for the feminism causes themselves, maybe that was due to the new era with its requirements and challenges facing the woman of the age or maybe because this modern and contemporary art was presented only for the elite, enclosed inside galleries and museums, while there is a burning situation in the streets of egypt. nobody on the streets had the courage to talk about women’s problems or their suffering. in a country like egypt, and as an oriental society, women have a lot of causes to struggle for, like for instance: domestic violence, female genital mutilation, street harassment, prostitution, sexism, marriage before the legal age for girls, especially in rural areas, the general dominance of men and boys on girls' lives especially in low and poor levels where they may be subjected to a huge oppression. therefore, with such kinds of sufferings and causes, egyptian arts need to adapt in order to express the aforementioned. it needs to break the silence and overpass the indirect romantic way of expressing such problems, even if not in a total direct way, but at least with more transparency than what the galleries and museums have presented. briefly, in 2011, with the egyptian revolution, all kinds and sorts of self expression were evident where people, especially youth spent days and nights on the street. it was a great chance for them to present and announce their demands, not only to the ruling regime, but also to the rest of the citizens who probably are not in the knowledge stream, who are living simply and sometimes naively, who were suffering in silence without understanding a lot. this is when the need for for graffiti art and mural expressions appeared with all their tools: figure drawing, colors, stencils, spray cans, quotes, proverbs, literature extracts and caricature as well, all these tools have helped to make messages clear and direct, even if it seems sometimes as an illustration in a story book, all tools were there to answer the call of freedom and knowledge. during the years of the revolution and ever since it began, there was a lot of ebb and flow operations between youth in the streets and the different successive ruling regimes as well as their governments. within these operations, many horrible events happened, some people, especially youth were killed and some girls and women were brutally harassed or assaulted in the crowds of the street manifestations. these events brought to the stage the horror that each girl is living in her life in general, as an oriental girl, she should always keep her virginity and her pure reputation, which has became in these events a weapon against her and as a threat to her for not taking part in the manifestations, because when women take part in manifestations, they become a strong motif for men to do the same. not to mention the problem of street harassment that almost every egyptian woman or girl was and still is living in since about 20 years, with the continual economic crisis that caused a kind of difficulty for youth to get married in a society where marriage is the only legal channel for sexual needs. this is besides the lack of ethics and education concerning such issues. all of these were ready to be expressed in the new street arts especially the mural painting and graffiti as a new possible public, fine and even beautiful outlet through which lost children of the street or ordinary people have taken part in. it was a general enthusiastic and exceptional atmosphere that all egyptians have lived. the most important beneficiary of this situation was the exit of visual arts to the streets in an interactive atmosphere that could never happen through the galleries nor museums. even systematic or official mural painting which was present in the egyptian streets before this revolution and starting in the late seventies of the twentieth century didn’t have this level of interaction, it was only answering the call of street decorating or national calls or heritage recalls. as for graffiti before this revolution, it was almost all about pilgrim trips and religious ceremonies or sermons. in general, mural painting and graffiti before this last revolution, have never been this active especially concerning women and the feminist causes; they were never this frequent or sincere. street arts in this revolution were created based on the ongoing events, day by day, to objection and protest. unfortunately, a lot of these graffiti works, if not all of them, were abolished, but before being erased, they have been documented on the internet on different websites, sometimes with unknown artists’ names. one of the most interesting ripe fruits of this feminism graffiti movement in egypt is the activity of female graffiti writers in a country that has been trying to reject religious extremism, a country where women were on the top of sacred personalities in its ancient history. with the new revolutions events, more feminist projects were created, more feminist associations have announced themselves as supporters and sources of aid for egyptian women and girls. graffiti and mural painting were some of their tools to reach their goals, whether through female artists or pro-feminist male artists and graffiti writers like the well known "el-zeft" (figure7). this was especially true during the muslim brotherhood ruling that lasted for one year and on which fears were burning for the women rights. zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 11 in this regard, we can mention some female graffiti writers: "miss azarita""maliket gamal el-azarita", her real name is aya tarek, a young egyptian female graffiti artist and one of the "artists revolution association" who has announced herself during the january 25th revolution and was one of the most important organizers of visual street arts activities. we also have other famous female graffiti artists: hend kheira, hanaa al-degham, bahia shehab; as for mira shihadeh who depicted the famous mural of "circle of hell" in 2014 depicting the assault incident that happened in 2013, her most recognizable piece is depicting a girl in heels with her hand on her hip and uses a can of spray paint to drown miniaturized figures coming towards her. she has painted multiple versions of this graffiti. sometimes the girl is veiled, other times her hair flows free, sometimes she’s dressed in red, other times in white, and in others she’s just a silhouette. but in every edition, she wrote the words “no to sexual harassment” in arabic beneath the outpouring of paint from her can (figure8) (lindsey, 2016). figure7."nefertiti"by el-zeft cairo, 2012 figure8.graffiti by mira shihadeh many of the murals and street artworks created have been supported by newly formed graffiti and street art organizations determined to foster social change with just paint. artist and activist merna thomas cofounded the community (noon el neswa) in 2012 as a way to combat inequality. the group launched their project “graffiti harimi,” which means "female graffiti", graffiti campaign that created stencils of powerful egyptian women alongside text advocating for women’s equality. what is really remarkable about this diffused group of graffiti in the country is that they showed positive fame of the most iconic female stars in the egyptian movies and singing domains. they were all respected and beloved by the egyptians, all in black and white just like their "belle époque" movies or songs, with a short message below or ahead, the message is usually about empowering girls and women in general. they aimed to remind the whole society how a woman could be strong and great just like a man, raising the value of women in the eyes of the society, not necessarily about a specific incident and that's a good idea, because empowering women doesn't have to wait until a bad incident or a political event takes place (figures 8,9,10&11). figure8. i am the one who opened the sluice figure9 . art is not forbidden zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 12 figure10. long live free egypt figure 11. the girl is equal to the boy one of the most brilliant graffiti of the "noon el neswa" organization is the one on which was written "don’t label me". the secret of its brilliance is that it touches upon a taboo in egypt which caused a kind of negative discrimination between the girl who wears a veil and the girl who doesn't wear it, as if the one who puts it is a decent girl, while the one who doesn't is an indecent one. not to mention that the girl or woman who puts the face burqaa is considered by others as an extremist. this graffiti calls for stopping this kind of pre-judging people especially women based on their costume, which is from the researcher's point of view, very important to talk about visually (figure12). figure12. don’t label me graffiti another influential street art group is the "women on walls" (wow) organization which began in 2013 as women empowerment graffiti initiative in many egyptian cities. prior to painting in mansoura city, the wow artists engaged the local women in a discussion on the issues that concerned them most, so that the walls could be a direct reflection of the community’s needs. this could be one of the most important movement an association can do, because it builds a direct connection between artists and other women. in 2015, the "lady of the wall" project was launched in cooperation with the "d-caf. downtown contemporary art festival", an initiative entitled " decode your chains " to express women's issues through graffiti with the presence of a number of female and male artists from inside and outside egypt (abdel-wehab, 2015). through this project, more advanced mural paintings have been executed aiming to empower egyptian women in the face of all her social, political, economic, sexist and other problems since so long and on the long term. the murals in this project have taken an advanced phase, as there were good technical preparations, designs and enough time to organize among artists, which is to be considered as a mature street art event (figures 13&14). figure 13&14. mural paintings executed within the activity of the "lady of the wall" project. zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 13 despite the diffusion of feminist graffiti in egypt during the last revolution, it has guarded a kind of figurative realistic style as an art in an oriental developing society, meaning that despite the high dose of expression freedom lived by the graffiti artists, they were not using any exaggerated traits or obvious drawings of sexual organs, knowing that the feminism causes they were dealing with were about sexuality in the first place. thus, one can say that they used their imagination as well as their intelligence to tell a story or to discuss a sensitive problem in a smart way, we can't call this smart way "indirect" like we did in our talk about the modern and contemporary egyptian feminism arts of galleries and museums as we previously mention in the section 3.3. we can't say that the graffiti writers way in egypt was “indirect” because the writing, tags and quotes they used, made the message so direct, but we can rather say "smart", smart enough to be accepted by people on the street. thus, it had to be in a non-provocative tone, otherwise the result shall be the opposite of what they wanted, but a smart message to be understood and appreciated as well. their messages have probably helped others to talk about the problem and to call for stopping such kinds of persecution against women and girls. thus graffiti, along with social media, together have created an outlet of expression as well as searching for solutions whether during the manifestations or in the general future. in such occasions, people, especially girls and women learned that hiding the problem is not going to solve it, but discussing it can. 4. conclusion 1. each society has its own way of visually expressing its causes and treating its problems, especially in something like feminist cases which are, for some societies sensitive cases due to traditions and the religious atmosphere. this is not to be considered against the universal language which is much appreciated by artists and art as a human common language. on the other hand, art should also respond to people's needs inside a certain society, it should find the best language to reach them effectively. an example for this is the way a girl or a woman is dressed in oriental graffiti. she's always expected to be more prudish than in occidental figurative graffiti, not necessarily wearing a veil, but at least she should be looking prudish and serious, unless a graffiti artist decides to break the unwritten law and that would be an exception. 2. it has to be clear that the visual comparison in this research was not about deciding which is better: the occidental or the oriental visual treatments in mural painting of feminism causes? actually, this is against what the researcher believes as an artist. briefly, each street artist is talking to the people, he or she is one of the people, unlike some isolated artists who are expressing their own cases, which means that each artist is free to choose the best visual way to deliver his or her message, and as much as he or she understands the people around him/her, as much as he would be successful in his mission. 3. graffiti as a form of mural painting and as a street art, is more active concerning hot subjects and events, unlike the arts of galleries and museums. it's like the news information on media tools, graffiti as a street art is instant and responsive, more engaged with the people and the events in a direct way. 4. feminism in graffiti, whether in oriental or occidental societies, is more active, effective and fast reaching to the highest number of people, especially women who need to feel supported, understood and felt by others. it's also a kind of inspiration for each woman to get over her fears and to demand for her rights. all of this can happen due to a street art, especially when it's creative and eloquent, brief and direct, where there is no need for sophistication or hard philosophy to be understood by simple people, especially in a developing country. 5. based on the previous point, graffiti and street arts in general should have more spaces in oriental societies, despite the numerous works we could find on the internet. graffiti, streets arts and mural painting in the orient are considered limited when compared to similar arts in the occident, this matter has to change. whereas such kinds of arts are important, their role might be very accurate in enlightening people’s perceptions. they must be allowed in an organized way whether by governmental authorities or independent artist associations, the matter that leads to think about opening special areas for this kind of arts which will also minimize the vandalism action of some graffiti writers. thus, governments need to understand that graffiti is not necessarily against regimes, even though it has grown wild in egypt in the atmosphere of the revolution, which is considered as a conclusion in itself, but it could also be used in an organized way to spread culture, visual delights and art appreciation as well as helping in human causes. using street arts in feminism empowers women, and empowering women means empowering the whole state. that's what many occidental governments have understood and started to take advantage of the matter that helped also in the progress and the good quality of the presented art, technically and visually. some critics and graffiti writers would object to such a suggestion claiming that graffiti is only graffiti when it's totally free with no censorship and totally unprepared, but that doesn't prevent the idea of spreading visual arts, meaning that the organized street arts don’t prevent the non-organized ones, just like we saw in some organizations’ activity. 6. art in general and street arts in specific are important tools in the face of extremism and different kinds of intimidation and terrorism. we could see that through some egyptian graffiti with short piercer messages ensuring zeinab nour / the academic research community publication pg. 14 that the meaning isn’t going to be misinterpreted, and this is a very good and important role for graffiti and street arts to serve feminism which is always facing extremism of all kinds of religions. references 1. 10 german artists whose street art will leave you breathless. retrieved http://www.widewalls.ch/10-german-artists/clemens-behr/ visited may,2017. 2. abdel raouf, moustapha. mars4,2015. graffiti in egypt, rebell youth & speaking murals. middle east online. retrieved from http://middle-east-online.com/?id=195262 visited may,2017. 3. abdel-wehab, reham. mars25,2015. " decode your chains " with "lady of the wall" in the greek campus. retrieved from http://www.dotmsr.com/ الیوناني-بالحرم-الحیطة-ست-مع-القیود-فك visited may,2017. 4. arms,simon. july 13th 2011. the heritage of berlin street art and graffiti scene. retrieved from https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2011/07/the-heritage-of-berlin-street-art-and-graffiti-scene/ visited may,2017. 5. blake, gopnik. sunday, april 22, 2007. what is feminist art? washington post staff writer. 6. brown, ruth nicole, ed.; kwakye, chamara jewel, ed, peter lang. wish to live: the hip-hop feminism pedagogy reader. educational psychology. volume 3. retrieved from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ed535918 7. el-saadi, hoda. suleiman, mounira. 2007. women pioneers of egyptian art: words and images. women and memory forum. p32. 8. false prophet blog. retrieved from http://falseprophetclothing.com/blogs/news/15816505-lady-pink visited may,2017. 9. false prophet blog. retrieved https://falseprophetclothing.com/blogs/news/15816505-lady-pink visited may,2017. 10. goldstein, leslie f. 1982. early feminist themes in french utopian socialism: the st.-simonians and fourier". journal of the history of ideas. 43 (1). p91–108. 11. graffiti & punk. 20th century graffiti, the rise of graffiti art. retrieved from http://www.widewalls.ch/20th-century-the-rise-of-graffiti/ visited may,2017. 12. h. chafe, william. women in the early to mid-20th century (1900-1960): social and economic conditions. a published essay in the u.s.history in context. retrieved from http://ic.galegroup.com/ 13. harrison, charles. 2000. art in theory (repr. ed.). oxford [u.a.]. blackwell. pp. 901–2. 14. http://www.graffiti-blog.org/gallery/montana-stick-up-girlz/ visited may,2017. 15. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/feminist_art visited may,2017. 16. ibid. 17. jayawardena, kumari. 1981. reformism and women’s rights in egypt’ in feminism and nationalism in the third world. . zed books ltd. p72. 18. jayawardena, kumari. 1981. reformism and women's rights in egypt in 'feminism and nationalism in the third world. zed books ltd. p69. 19. labib rizk, younan. 2002. egyptian women between development and liberation(1873-1923). the egyptian general book authority. intellectual works. p.9. 20. lindsey. jan24,2016. feminist street art sparked by the egyptian revolution. retrieved from http://www.thingsworthdescribing.com/2016/01/24/feminist-street-art-sparked-by-the-egyptian-revolution/ visited may,2017. 21. nastasi, alison. november 1, 2014. 10 female dadaists you should know. retrieved from http://flavorwire.com/485924/10-femaledadaists-you-should-know/ visited may,2017. 22. nastasijevic, asja. girl power – female street artists we admire. http://www.widewalls.ch/10-female-street-artists/ visited may,2017. 23. nour, zeinab. october 19-22/2008. mural painting between nationalism and absolute creative freedom (in arabic) published by the international conference of the faculty of fine arts centennial in egypt – helwan university (cairo – egypt). 24. pursley, rebecca. spring 2012. shake off the law: graffiti and feminism. the mcnair scholarly review truman state university. volume 18. p55. 25. taher,menna. sunday 18 sep 2011. the life of inji aflatoun, an artist and a rebel. ahram online. retrieved from http://english.ahram.org.eg/newscontent/5/25/21577/arts--culture/visual-art/the-life-of-inji-aflatoun,-an-artist-and-a-rebel.aspx 26. the cyber bench. documenting the new york city graffiti. retrieved from http://www.at149st.com/women.html visited may,2017. 27. were the first artists mostly women? october 9, 2013. documentary movie on abu dhabi national geographic tv. http://www.widewalls.ch/10-german-artists/clemens-behr/ http://middle-east-online.com/?id=195262 https://www.smashingmagazine.com/2011/07/the-heritage-of-berlin-street-art-and-graffiti-scene/ https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ed535918 http://falseprophetclothing.com/blogs/news/15816505-lady-pink https://falseprophetclothing.com/blogs/news/15816505-lady-pink http://www.widewalls.ch/20th-century-the-rise-of-graffiti/ http://ic.galegroup.com/ http://www.graffiti-blog.org/gallery/montana-stick-up-girlz/ https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/feminist_art http://www.thingsworthdescribing.com/2016/01/24/feminist-street-art-sparked-by-the-egyptian-revolution/ http://flavorwire.com/485924/10-female-dadaists-you-should-know/ http://flavorwire.com/485924/10-female-dadaists-you-should-know/ http://www.widewalls.ch/author/asja-n/ http://www.widewalls.ch/10-female-street-artists/ http://english.ahram.org.eg/newscontent/5/25/21577/arts--culture/visual-art/the-life-of-inji-aflatoun,-an-artist-and-a-rebel-.aspx http://english.ahram.org.eg/newscontent/5/25/21577/arts--culture/visual-art/the-life-of-inji-aflatoun,-an-artist-and-a-rebel-.aspx http://www.at149st.com/women.html%20visited%20may,2017 http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) geometric patterns in egyptian architecture & interior design doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.140 heba-talla hamdy mahmoud 1 1lecturer of interior architecture decor department faculty of fine arts mansoura university keywords geomertric; pattern ; sample; aincent egyptian; coptic; ;christian; islamic; project ; contemporary; craft. abstract this study will examine the role of geometric patterns in selected examples of egyptian architecture, interior architecture and art. ancient egyptian, coptic, and islamic periods are the selected historical ages from egyptian heritage due to the abundance of different works and styles with geometric pattern characteristics during their periods. in addition to the historical periods, the study will demonstrate some selected models from egyptian contemporary architecture and arts. these models include architectural projects, traditional craft products and artistic works with geometrical characteristics. the study aims, through the extracted information, to increase the awareness about the effective role of geometric patterns as an architectural and artistic capability and to clarify the degree of freedom, flexibility and functionality as an inherent feature through demonstrating the different practices, styles and materials. 1. introduction geometric patterns are employed by architects, interior architects and fine art artists to create a wide range of designs including textiles, ceramics, metalwork, architectural elements, and manuscripts. it considers one of the main matching points between architecture and arts through providing a variety of shapes, forms, models and formulas. "the simple forms of the circle, square, and straight line are the basis of the patterns. these elements are combined, duplicated, interlaced, and arranged in intricate combinations. most patterns are typically based on one of two types of grid, one composed of equilateral triangles, the other of squares. a third type of grid composed of hexagons in which one regular polygon is repeated to tile the plane" (fukushima c, 2004). "geometric proportions in architectural patterns represent a design language, as words do in a spoken language. they determine the frameworks within which elements are arranged into a pattern, a relation between one element and another, and a proportional relation within one element. they address and reflect the natural laws that govern the basic harmonies of nature, being describable by means of mathematics and geometry" (loai m, 2012). history indicates that the real origins of geometric patterns were found in ancient egyptian, chinese, indian and greek architecture and arts. geometric patterns are a common factor in the majority of historical and contemporary architectural and artistic works. remarkable features showing that in spite of the religious variations between islam and christianity, there are many common features in egyptian society with the same realization and taste in the areas which geometrical patterns work. 2. research methodology the methodology of this research mainly used a qualitative method based on descriptive approaches including primary surveys and historical tracing of the existence and usage of geometric patterns' works in egyptian architecture, interior architecture and arts. the research classified the information into two categories, the first classification is based on the chronological series of time for the egyptian historical selected periods. the second heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 2 classification is based on the usage of geometric patterns within each period and how these architectural heritages applied through the time of each period. data and information collected through multiple refereed sources include books, journals, conferences, and specific official internet sites. more than one source for each element was used to confirm the integrity and consistency of the research. 3. geometric patterns in anicent egyptian architecture and arts the great pyramid of khufu with its sloping façade and other similar geometrical designs of ancient egyptian artifacts such as sakkara pyramid are explicit works of ancient egyptian geometrical skills that demonstrate their proficiency in applying this field. there are many examples of geometrical designs that still exist until today in ancient egyptian temples, walls, columns, ceilings and many other tools and objects refer to the extensive usage of geometric patterns during ancient egyptian periods. these ancient patterns gave birth to many historical and recent geometrical decorations, motifs and illustrations. "we can see a source for most of our familiar elements of design in the decoration which was used in egypt long before any example that is known to us outside of that land. we are logically bound to look at the origin of these motives. if, then, we seek the source of most of the various elements of the decoration which covers our walls, our floors, our dishes, our book-covers, and even our railway stations, we must begin by studying egypt. as our object is the history and evolution of the various elements of decoration, we may classify these elements. there is the simplest geometrical ornament of lines, spirals and curves, and of surfaces divided squares and circles" (petrie wm, 1920). these patterns were applied using several materials like wood, marble, rugs, and clay with different styles such as zigzag, chess and other orders and formations. these major geometrical pattern types are found in furniture, ceilings, walls, and pottery. "in the furniture of ancient egyptians, cubism and geometric shapes were the most distinctive characteristics. for the design of the cocktail cupboard, which was fashionable during this period, geometric and cubic lines were dominant. besides the rectangular, linear, circular or triangular motifs, zigzag and stylized flowers, lines were expanding from the center as the sunlight that constitutes the main features of the designs and they carry influences from the egyptian art. cubic volumes and geometrical appearances are the primary outstanding characteristics in armchairs" (sadikoglu p, 2007). 4. samples from ancient egyptian geometric patterns  clay geometric patterns works during the early times of the predynastic period in egyptian history and along the ancient egyptian dynasties, egyptians used geometric patterns on their works especially in clay works like potteries, vases and bowls, figure 4-1, figure 4-2 present these styles of work that appear with clear, simple lines, and shapes and are very easy to recognize. "the systematic clearing of the eighteenth dynasty funerary pits and ramesside tombs has brought to light some objects of exceptional quality and historical interest. these include pottery with geometric designs, for example prince baki's vase" (corzo m, 1993). figure 4-1: pottery, predynastic period figure 4-2: pottery, predynastic period  gaming boards with geometric patterns design gaming boards with geometrical designs were found in both the predynastic period and the first dynasty with different features according to the rules of gaming with several illustrations and colors. figure 4-3 shows a gaming disk found in the tomb of chancellor hemaka at saqqara during the predynastic period (2935-2975 b.c), figure heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 3 4-4 board game, new kingdom (1550-1077 b.c) "more than 5,000 years ago, the ancient egyptians invented a board game almost as elaborate as anything from parker brothers today. beginning simply as a form of recreation, this game was to evolve into a profound ritual, a drama for ultimate stakes. called senet or "passing," the game was based on the movement of draughtsman across a board consisting of 30 squares arranged into three parallel rows of ten squares". (peter a, 1980). figure 4-3 gaming disk, predynastic period. figure 4-4 board game, new kingdom  kha's protractor, rose of direction and coffin a unique style of geometric patterns employment at the time of king amenhotep is the protractor of the architect kha1, which was discovered in his tomb in 1906, at deir el-medina in egypt near the valley of the kings. "note that the modern tool has the same shape as the object found in the kha’s tomb. to conclude this discussion, let me propose a comparison of the decoration of this egyptian item with that of a compass rose of directions. we can go back from the compass rose to the kha’s rose, with small adjustments. perhaps the origin of the design of the compass rose is in the ancient egyptian tools" (slyke v, 1991). figure 4-5 introduces a comparison between contemporary compass rose of directions and kha’s rose of direction. this protractor is considered one of the pioneer devices for angles measurement. figure 4-6, demonstrates this device as it is in torino egyptian museum. other examples that belong to kha with geometric patterns designs are kha’s rose of direction figure 47 and kha’s coffin figure 4-8. figure4-5 comparison between contemporary compass and kha's protractor. figure4-6 kha's protractor, 18th dynasty. 1 kha: one of the most important supervisor and architect, responsible for some projects completed during the periods of three kings, amenhotep ii, thutmose iv and amenhotep iii. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/new_kingdom https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/new_kingdom heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure4-7 kha’s rose of direction figure4-8 kha's coffin  ceiling paintings at amenhotep iii palace "neferhotep, who lived during the reign of haremhab, had the pattern above in his tomb chapel. the pattern incorporates his name and title with geometric and vegetal forms, like the spiral and blue lotus. below, this pattern, which no longer exists, was copied from a neighboring tomb in thebes. the pattern uses the winged scarab with a sun disc, symbolizing rebirth after death. during the new kingdom, in the reign of amenophis iii. thick cushions, covered with fabric in geometrical patterns, were placed on the chairs and footstools" (olaf ek, 2000). several geometrical patterns found in different room ceilings at the site palace of amenhotep at malqata, the west bank of the nile at thebes, upper egypt, in the desert south of habu. figure 4-9, figure 4-10 and figure 4-11 are three samples of geometric patterns of room ceilings at amenhotep palace. figure4-9 ceiling room l5, amenhotep iii palace. figure 4-10 ceiling, room n5 amenhotep iii palace. figure 4-11 ceiling, room b5 amenhotep iii palace. 5. geometric patterns in egyptian coptic architecture and arts in spite of the various designs of coptic architecture and art with geometric patterns, the design that depends on the cross as a focal element in the center of the work surrounded with fine ordered geometric shapes is the most common design. geometric patterns are common between coptic and islamic art "it was not surprising to find-out that these came from the church despite their islamic appearance. the idea of mixing crosses with eight pointed stars was very common and it reflected how artists saw the two religions as being strongly connected. this particular design appeared quite often and is still used today in egypt to express the unity of religions. it’s seen on https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/nile_river https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/thebes,_egypt https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/upper_egypt https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/medinet_habu_%28temple%29 http://www.egyptpro.sci.waseda.ac.jp/image/mprml5l.jpg http://www.egyptpro.sci.waseda.ac.jp/image/mprml5l.jpg heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 5 public buildings in egypt like on the doors of the main entrance to the palace of arts in cairo" (el-akkad t, 2013). one of twenty panels with geometrical decorations that was discovered by archaeologists belongs to the period within the 6th century ad and the 7th century ad which was presented at coptic museum in cairo, figure 6-1. the coptic marble works are distinguished with their high level of accuracy and professionalism, figure 6-2 shows a marble water fountain in the coptic museum. many bookbinding covers are decorated with historical geometric patterns such as gospels from the monastery of holy mary mother of god at perkethoout in fayum during the period within 7th century and 7th century ad which was purchased by pierpont morgan in 1911, located now in the museum of morgan library in new york, figure 6-3. the stained glass with geometric pattern decorations in attractive colors is a demonstrative type of coptic geometric patterns, figure 6-4 shows a glass window in the hanging church in cairo. the woodworks of the hanging church in cairo are known for the accurate geometric pattern works, figure 6-5, figure 6-6. coptic textiles are distinguished with their antique shape, figure 6-7 is an example of this type of art in the coptic museum in cairo. 6. samples from egyptian coptic geometric patterns figure 6-1 panels, coptic museum figure 6-2 water fountain, marble work, coptic museum figure 6-3 bookbinding of holy mary figure 6-4 stained glass, hanging church http://www.flickr.com/photos/seyerce/332075800/ heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 6-5 woodworks, hanging church. figure 6-6 woodworks hanging church. figure6-7 coptic museum 7. geometric patterns in egyptian islamic architecture and arts a quick survey of egyptian islamic construction with its entire mosques, mausoleums, domes, minarets, minbars, walls, floors, ceilings, doors, windows, pots, lamps, book covers or textiles makes it easy to discover the impact of geometric patterns in different styles and shapes. "original stucco panels with vegetal motifs and window screens with geometric designs are surviving in al-azhar mosque. stuccoworks above the windows and over the walls with abstract 6-point geometrical design added during caliph alhafiz. there is another mihrab with significant geometrical decorations. the most significant surviving element of al-juyushi mosque is the lavish carved stucco of its mihrab with floral and geometrical patterns. there are abstract six-point geometrical patterns over the spandrel of the mihrab. the interior apex of the dome is also designed with a six-point star with arabic inscriptions. one of the earliest types of islamic geometrical patterns is the six-point geometrical pattern, which has been used in square and can be found in ibn-tulun mosque in cairo” (embi mr, 2012). these patterns are characterized with remarkable spaces of freedom and variety and also have the capability of growth and extension with repetition and complexity. egyptian islamic geometric patterns have the ability to accommodate and be incorporated within other types of ornamentation. calligraphic, arabesque, and nature element patterns are clear forms of that interaction. "geometric ornamentation in islamic art suggests that complex arrangements and combinations of elements are infinitely expandable; the frame surrounding a pattern appears to be arbitrary and the basic arrangement sometimes provides a unit from which the rest of the design can be both predicted and projected" (fukushima c, 2004). this evolution of egyptian geometric patterns is due to the egyptian worker's cleverness, skills, and innovation besides the role of social and cultural characteristics of egyptian crafts. "the large window in the middle of the sultan qalawun complex has incomplete large geometric-rosettes emanating from eight-pointed stars. the two smaller windows on either side have stucco grilles of four stacked large geometric-rosettes emanating from six-pointed stars filling the whole window" (el-akkad t, 2013). islamic geometric patterns styles of egyptian works are produced using various materials. the most famous products are designed in wood, specially inlaid woodwork of doors, minbars and mashrabeya, figure 8-1, figure 8-2 are two samples of woodwork. stonework with large scale and simple forms are clearly presented in islamic building fronts, minarets, domes, and entrances, figure 8-3, figure 8-4, and figure 8-5. metal works are known to be proficient and accurate, figure7-7, figure7-8. marble geometric designs with their rich color spectrum take remarkable proportion especially in floor surfaces, figure 8-9 figure 8-10. egyptian islamic geometric patterns exist in several other materials such as stained glass, colored glazed brickwork, ceramic mosaic, stucco works and book illumination. 8. samples from egyptian islamic geometric patterns  islamic geometric patterns, woodwork http://www.flickr.com/photos/seyerce/332075800/ http://www.flickr.com/photos/seyerce/332075800/ heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure 8-1 ibn tulun mosque; minbar, woodwork figure 8-2 al-nasir mosque minbar, woodwork  islamic geometric patterns stonework figure 8-3 madrasa umm al-sultan sha'ban. figure 8-4 madrasa umm al-sultan sha'ban figure 8-5 ibn tulun mosque  islamic geometric patterns metal sample figure 8-7 bronze door, sultan hassan mosque. figure 8-8 bronze door, al-mu'ayyad mosque  islamic geometric patterns marbel sample figure 8-9 al-maridani mosque marbel work figure8-10 al-maridani mosque marbel work https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/bronze https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/mosque-madrassa_of_sultan_hassan https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/bronze http://patterninislamicart.com/archive/browse/monuments/42/al-maridani-mosque http://patterninislamicart.com/archive/browse/monuments/42/al-maridani-mosque heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 8 9. geometric patterns in egyptian traditional architecture the traditional residential construction of mamluk and ottoman periods with their architectural and interior features provide additional confirmations about the proficient and extensive use of geometrical patterns in egyptian culture. bayt el suhaymi is a remarkable example of egyptian residential traditional buildings with geometrical decorations, the geometrically carved wooden dome with its graceful lantern displays traditional arabesque patterns, figure 9-1. there are also the smaller domes with geometrically cut colored glass that appear like jewel, figure 9-2, windows on the upper floors besides those in the halls and rooms covered with colored glass, figure 9-3, and the ceiling is decorated with many shapes of geometric patterns, figure 9-4, these are some explicit examples from bayt el suhaymi. al sinnari house presents other clear examples of these traditional sites that have many geometric patterns works. "the entrance block façade consists of two intertwining arches. the frame of the outer arch etched in zigzag shapes and geometrical decorations, surrounded by with hexagonal decoration, above which there is a circular ornament at the center of the arch. the doorframe is surrounded with geometrical decorations on stone. both sides of the door and the entrance façade are decorated with geometrical decorations in round square and rectangular shapes, figure 9-5. the ceiling has been decorated with wooden boards made of squareand rectangular-shaped geometrical forms and rosettes" (mahmoud, 2014). khan el-khalili district, alsayeda zeinab district, al moezz street, ghouriyya complex are examples of egyptian zones and buildings that have wide varieties of geometric pattern designs. figure 9-1 wooden dome of bayt el suhaymi figure 9-2 colored glass dome of bayt el suhaymi figure 9-3 windows of bayt el suhaymi figure 9-4 ceiling of bayt el suhaymi figure 9-5 the front of al sinnari house heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 9 10. geometric pattern in egyptian contemporary projects although the fundmental elements of historical islamic architecture were designed and built to respond effectively and dynamically to people’s physical, environmental, social, physiological and religious requirements in the past, it can also be successfully implemented in current and future architectural and interior designs. islamic goemetric patterns is one of the practical usage of this concept. there are many evidences in egyption contemporary architecture projects specially in the domain of interior architecture and decoration. the design of both the national cultural center (cairo opera house) figure 10-1 and the american university in cairo (new campus) figure 10-2, are two examples for the successful usage of islamic architecture with modern methodologies. figure 10-1 cairo opera house figure 10-2 auc new campus 11. geometric patterns in egyptian traditional crafts one of the main reasons that made geometric patterns widely spread in the egyptian artistic and architectural domain is its major usage in most egyptian traditional crafts. gifts, pottery, textiles, copper works, handmade jewelry, wood works and ceramics are some famous examples that are designed using geometric shapes. egyptian traditional crafts markets such as khan el-khalili and al fustat zones consider open exhibitions with numerous variety of traditional crafts and gifts based on geometric pattern designs. al fustat traditional crafts and ceramics produce many products that are based on geometric patterns design. figure 11-1, figure 11-2. are two examples of that. figure 11-1 traditional geometric patterns figure 11-2 traditional geometric patterns 12. geometric patterns in egyptian artists works  ahmed mostafa’s works ahmed mustafa is an egyptian artist who specializes in arabic arts. he created rich visual art works through his innovative mixture of painting and calligraphy. many of his art works include geometrical patterns. "ahmed moustafa (1943–) is a perfect example. many of moustafa’s works present koranic verses in threedimensional forms, and at times he juxtaposes two different traditional scripts—in still life of quranic solids, he uses geometric kufic for the background and cursive thuluth for the threedimensional shapes" ( shabout n, 2010). figure 12-1, figure 12-2 are samples of ahmed mustafa’s painting with geometric patterns. heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 10 figure 12-1ahmed mustafa’s painting figure 12-1ahmed mustafa’s painting  abdel rahman el nashar’s works abdel rahman el nachar, born in 1923 and died in 1999, obtained his phd in 1978 from the budapest art academy. he participated in numerous exhibitions and was awarded the 1st prize in painting at the cairo salon, and later the 1st prize of the 4th biennale in 1992. in the early stages of his artistic career, most of his art works style were a combination of both expressionism and surrealism. during the last 10 years of his artistic life, most of his works were subjected to geometric pattern abstraction art, figure 12-3, figure12-4 are samples of el nashar’s painting with geometric patterns. figure 12-3 el nashar painting figure 12-4 el nashar painting 13. conclusion egyptian architecture, interior architecture and arts give geometric patterns a great deal of importance and respect. the employment of geometrical patterns in the egyptian environment that are designed in various materials such as, wood, marble, clay, glass, stone, metal and textile. it has many different sizes, volumes and scales, scales from tiny and precise works such as handmade jewelry to the huge surface of great pyramid and massive domes of main mosques. egyptian geometrical patterns are spread all over the country in most cities and districts. the existence of geometrical pattern works is a continuous and essential portion of egyptian architecture, interior architecture and arts across the history of egypt from the ancient egyptian era up to contemporary time. the heritage of previous historical periods, in particular the coptic and islamic periods, are filled with architectural and art works with pure geometrical pattern designs or in coordination and consistency with other styles of ornamentations using calligraphic, arabesque and the nature element. the role of egyptian workers and craftsman skills has an impact on the proficiency of egyptian geometrical patterns. the usage of egyptian geometrical patterns engages with the people’s religious, residential and cultural features. references 1. petrie, w. m. flinders 1853-1942. (1920). egyptian decorative art. 2d ed. london: methuen & co. 2. hopkins, h. p. (1886 1959). henry powell hopkins papers. 3. museum of fine arts, boston & smith, william stevenson (1960). ancient egypt as represented in the museum of fine arts, boston (6th ed., fully rev). the museum, boston. 4. david wd., (1976), pattern in islamic art. 1st.ed. vista: overlook press and studio. 5. strunk jr w, white eb. (1976), the elements of style. 3rd ed. new york: macmillan. 6. corzo, m. a., & afshar, m. (1986 1992). art and entertainment[pdf]. the getty conservation institute. 7. killen, g. (1994). egyptian woodv\torking and furniture[pdf]. british library cataloguing in publication data. 8. bard, k. a. (2005). encyclopedia of the archaeology of ancient egypt. routledge, taylor & francis group. heba-talla hamdy mahmoud / the academic research community publication pg. 11 9. d’avennes , e. p. (2007). islamic art in cairo. 10. pottmann, h., & bentley, d. (2007). architectural geometry (1st ed.). exton, pa: bentley institute press. 11. fukushima c, hens m, turchinsky m. (2004), islamic art and geometric design. 1st ed. new york: metropolitan museum of art. 12. sarfraz m. geometric modeling techniques, application, system and tools. 1st ed. norwell: kluwer publisher; 2004 13. sadikoglu p. (2007), ancient egyptian art. 1st.ed. istanbul. boyut yavin grubu. 14. broug, e. (2008). islamic geometric patterns. london: thames & hudson. 15. hessian m. (2010) islamic ceramics in egypt. 1st ed. cairo: dar ghareeb for printing pup. &dist. 16. el-akkad t. (2013), the aesthetics of islamic architecture & the exuberance of mamluk design. 1st ed barcelona. university of catalonia 17. mahmoud aa. (2014), al sinnari houses. 1st ed. alexandria: bibliotheca alexandria. 18. piccione, p. a. (1980). in search of the meaning of senet [pdf]. 19. hoskins, n. a. (1986). the tapestries of coptic egypt[pdf]. ars textrina. 20. sehnaz cs, cagdas g. (2007), a shape grammar study:form generation with geometric islamic patterns [pdf]. istanbul: 10th generative art conference ga. 21. pottman, h., asperl, a., hofer, m., kilian, a., & bentley, d. (2007). architectural geometry (vol. 724). exton: bentley institute press. 22. shabout, n. m. (2010). the arabic connection in articulating north african modernity in art. south atlantic quarterly, 109(3), 529-543. 2 24. embi mr, abdullahi y. (2012), evolution of islamic geometrical patterns. gjat global journal al-thaqafah. 25. loai m. geometric proportions: (2012), the underlying structure of design process for islamic geometric patterns. frontiers of architectural research: 1:p381. 26. ramzy n. (2012), the impact of local environment aspects on coptic architecture in egypt. alexandria university engineering journal: 51; 325–341. 27. behnam g, atefeh f, ali t. (2013), symbols and signs in islamic architecture. european review of artistic studies: 4: 73. 28. sidawi b. (2013), understanding the vocabulary of the islamic architectural heritage. gber global built environment review 8:26 – 39. 29. doris b. (1989), islamic architecture of cairo . 1st ed. leiden: brill publishers. 30. slyke v. (1991), tools and applications. 1st ed. new york: the free press. 31. touny g. (1992), hand book of islamic ornament. 1st ed. bern: egyptian documentation &information center. 32. olaf ek. (2000), atlas of egyptian art. 2d ed. cairo: the american university in cairo press http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2012.07.009 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2012.07.009 figure 8-1 ibn tulun mosque; minbar, woodwork figure 8-2 al-nasir mosque minbar, woodwork 1. petrie, w. m. flinders 1853-1942. (1920). egyptian decorative art. 2d ed. london: methuen & co. 2. hopkins, h. p. (1886 1959). henry powell hopkins papers. 3. museum of fine arts, boston & smith, william stevenson (1960). ancient egypt as represented in the museum of fine arts, boston (6th ed., fully rev). the museum, boston. 4. david wd., (1976), pattern in islamic art. 1st.ed. vista: overlook press and studio. 5. strunk jr w, white eb. (1976), the elements of style. 3rd ed. new york: macmillan. 6. corzo, m. a., & afshar, m. (1986 1992). art and entertainment[pdf]. the getty conservation institute. 7. killen, g. (1994). egyptian woodv\torking and furniture[pdf]. british library cataloguing in publication data. 8. bard, k. a. (2005). encyclopedia of the archaeology of ancient egypt. routledge, taylor & francis group. 9. d’avennes , e. p. (2007). islamic art in cairo. 12. sarfraz m. geometric modeling techniques, application, system and tools. 1st ed. norwell: kluwer publisher; 2004 13. sadikoglu p. (2007), ancient egyptian art. 1st.ed. istanbul. boyut yavin grubu. 16. el-akkad t. (2013), the aesthetics of islamic architecture & the exuberance of mamluk design. 1st ed barcelona. university of catalonia 17. mahmoud aa. (2014), al sinnari houses. 1st ed. alexandria: bibliotheca alexandria. 18. piccione, p. a. (1980). in search of the meaning of senet [pdf]. 19. hoskins, n. a. (1986). the tapestries of coptic egypt[pdf]. ars textrina. 20. sehnaz cs, cagdas g. (2007), a shape grammar study:form generation with geometric islamic patterns [pdf]. istanbul: 10th generative art conference ga. 21. pottman, h., asperl, a., hofer, m., kilian, a., & bentley, d. (2007). architectural geometry (vol. 724). exton: bentley institute press. 24. embi mr, abdullahi y. (2012), evolution of islamic geometrical patterns. gjat global journal al-thaqafah. 25. loai m. geometric proportions: (2012), the underlying structure of design process for islamic geometric patterns. frontiers of architectural research: 1:p381. 26. ramzy n. (2012), the impact of local environment aspects on coptic architecture in egypt. alexandria university engineering journal: 51; 325–341. 27. behnam g, atefeh f, ali t. (2013), symbols and signs in islamic architecture. european review of artistic studies: 4: 73. 28. sidawi b. (2013), understanding the vocabulary of the islamic architectural heritage. gber global built environment review 8:26 – 39. 29. doris b. (1989), islamic architecture of cairo . 1st ed. leiden: brill publishers. 30. 86tslyke v. (1991), 38t86ttools38t86t and 38t86tapplications38t86t.86t 1st ed.86t 38t86tnew york38t86t: the free press86t. 32. olaf ek. (2000), atlas of egyptian art. 2d ed. cairo: the american university in cairo press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 http://www.ierek.com/press touristic virtual environment of tunguragua province o. e. paredes1, melo fiallos, d.f.2, a.r. guaman2, m. g. garcía1, n. armas1 1 systems, electronics and industry faculty, technical university of ambato 2 faculty of human sciences and education, technical university of ambato keywords virtual environment; geolocation; georeferencing; cultural tourism; promotion; management. abstract tourism and the advances that technology has had over the years have turned into useful instruments that are used to develop platforms and virtual touristic environments that can help in its management and positioning promotion-wise. the objective is to design a virtual touristic environment that will promote service providers, cultural activities, routes and touristic attractions that are found in the province of tungurahua, and which include natural resources and historical sites that have not been exploited yet. the virtual environment’s goal is to integrate relevant information for tourists in the area, plus destinations and locations using a map, geolocation and georeferencing functions. the goal is to increase the flow of national and foreign visitors by using audiovisual archives or files. the validation of the goals was based on studies about the characteristics and the behavior of the tourists and information obtained from national public companies that are primarily related to tourism. 1. introduction the province of tungurahua – ecuador, is a touristic point of interest in the country and worldwide due to its geographical location, climate and natural resources (ministerio de turismo, 2016). it is divided into nine counties and each one has its own parishes with many natural attractions and variations of climate. it is easy of access makes the province an ideal destination to visit any time of the year, making this one of its most important economic activities (honorable gobierno provincial de tungurahua, 2016). this region can’t and won’t stay behind in anything regarding the evolution and development of new technology (valles, 2000). the implementation of ict, information and communication technology, in the category has evolved due to the different stages of computerization and informationalization of society. the administration of a touristic destination should authorize the development of an ecosystem that generates income through crafts, gastronomy, cultural and many other products. this activity should be structured as a product that can manage the offer and route the demand. e-tourism is the way that is necessary for the tourist to explore and live a different type of experience (blanco, 2011). this can be done with texts, images, audio, and video and with the help of technology. it is possible to design and integrate a system of internal management and external positioning that will allow geolocation in all the locations that the tourists or users wish to get to know and would like to access. more and more often, it has become frequent for a tourist to prepare his own route or roads that they will take on their trip, with the help of virtual touristic environments or touristic web platforms, which will focus on a personalized route, with places of interest, providers, accommodations, transportation and leisure and pleasure activities. the tourist must also have the comfort to have this virtual environment on their electronic device with internet access. considering that the construction of a touristic destination relies not only on the development of the territory, it must be noted that it also relies on the interaction that the tourist has in this environment. in tungurahua, you can find a great amount of touristic information, providers and establishments that offer specialized services, not centralized but accessible, which means, that the information of interest for the tourists can be shown on a graphic chart online. there is an extensive labor in order to find this information and design the products, with the adequate instructions so it can be useful for visitors. the virtual environment in the management and positioning of tungurahua has a goal that is to carry out the touristic management and positioning in the province, centering all the information about the institutions, agencies, doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.244 o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 2 natural resources, and routes, in just one platform. it should also offer a system of georeferencing and geolocation. the tourist can access it through a device with an internet connection to search for any information he/she may need. 2. background there are many assignments that are related to touristic platforms, which combine technology with tourism. the advances that there has been in computing programming due to the growing popularity of tourism is an international deal, based on the need for quick communications that are also reliable and secure. this allows the promotion and merchandising of the places of interest for the tourist. in addition, it has been confirmed that the users in the leisure department have a necessity to access tools that demonstrate and promote these places and that are based on images and audiovisual means which nowadays are getting more flexible and attractive (oriol, 2006). nevertheless, all the touristic platforms mentioned, are designed in a particular way for a specific enterprise or place, but there is not a tool that will centralize all the information into a virtual environment, one that tourists or user can access and manage easily. projects that come from ict and are applied to tourism, are being developed based upon many lines of action (valles, 2000), multiple studies and authors who agree with the construction of infrastructures and the consolidation of information systems and reserves, where reserve stations, touristic information systems, multimedia databases and specialized networks meet and communicate in between all of the above components (castellanos, 2013). many studies about the tourist’s behavior suggest that virtual platform users prefer to look for and see all the information about the place and the service providers in one site, (garcia, morales, & díaz, 2011) (sanz, 2007) (gonzáles, sanchez, & sanz, 2010). the design and construction of a virtual environment that groups all of the information about tourism in the province of tungurahua, will let exploit touristic and commercial activities at the same time that the tourists will use a generalized virtual environment. 3. proposed solution ( the virtual environment, in management and touristic positioning in the province of tungurahua, with the name tungurahua turístico, is an online platform that includes all the information about the touristic places and the service providers. it includes a positioning system, a geolocation, and georeferencing system, where the users can visualize the exact location that he/she wants to visit. it can also detect the user’s location and map out the routes that the user can use to get to a specific destination, and referencing all the information that has been collected and centralized. the virtual environment of tungurahua turístico consists of two parts: the first one has interfaces that the user or tourist can observe and the second has to do with the administration of the platform. in figure 1, a fragment of a relational model of tungurahua turístico can be observed. figure 1 exemplar design of data of a virtual environment by means of this virtual environment, all the information about service providers and natural resources in the counties are meant to be centralized. the information is divided into sections that are classified into counties and parishes. the main page in the virtual environment has subsections with general information about the province; a subsection with multimedia where audio-visual files can be enjoyed, based on each county. the user can find information about different places under the tab cantons (counties) where a list of activities is found and it shows what can be done and also one can see some references to natural resources and service providers that can be found in each canton (county). also, the user will be able to find an exact location of every registered establishment into o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 3 the platform by using a map that shows with marks on the location of the establishments or natural resources that are registered into the platform and can use the geolocation to draw routes and get to the desired destination. the map of the places in each canton contains sections where the user can visualize a description with basic data about each service providers such as accommodation, alimentation, transportation, and others. if any of the places are off the tourist’s interest, he will be able to access more detailed information about the place in a tab. 3.1 resource management for the development of this project, there have been some restrictions and characteristics that the platform must consider. the diagrams are defined as being representations of the management process, the activities that the users can perform according to their designated roles. to obtain information for the platform about the province, cantons, and parishes, there has been a collaboration between many public entities, such as the municipalities (gad) of each canton. for instance, baños de agua santa was taken into consideration for the pilot run of the collection of information that will build and be presented in the virtual environment tungurahua turístico. the information that was requested to the different public establishments was given in diverse formats which had to be processed. in the virtual platform, images can be observed, also, texts, videos, and maps. the maps were created based on the different excel documents that were provided by the public establishments. the list of touristic service providers was obtained thanks to the municipality of baños de agua santa. 3.2 analysis of the evaluation and information process through the study of the lists of service providers in baños de agua santa and its natural attractions that are a part of the touristic attractions, it was established that the missing information and data needed to be included into the platform. it was necessary to keep in mind the characteristics of the tourist. knowing the characteristics of the tourist, we considered it is useful for tourism because this way there can be a better pacification and development of the products and specialized services that can serve and comply with the necessities of the visiting population (centro de estudios superiores en turismo sectur, 2016), as much as the activities that are accomplished and are planned while on a trip. the activities are found in table 1. table 1: service providers establishment classification/type travel agency operators duality accommodation hotels inn hostels residential hostels pensions alimentation restaurants cafeterias soda leisure and recreation bars clubs campsites extreme sports galleries museums crafts churches/temples o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 4 pools natural attractions transportation touristic transportation urban transportation taxis the paths and streets around and through the city have to be taken into account as much as the information in table 2. table 2: paths and main streets path classification path main secondary street second order service 3.3 geo-localization and geo-referencing the virtual environment tungurahua turistico has a section designated for the placement of a map where the user can visualize with precision the exact location of the destination or establishment just by using a system of reference points. this coordinate system refers to any point on the face of the earth, which uses two angular coordinates, latitude (north or south) and longitude (east or west) (negi.org, 2016). qgis was used in the management and creation of maps. it is a geographical information system with an open code and a gnu (general public license) type license. qgis is an official project from open source geospatial foundation (osgeo) that works with linux, unix, mac osx, windows y android, and supports various formats, vector data functionalities, raster data and databases (qgis.org, 2016). the representation of the maps or layers are carried out by points and lines, the vector data is where the geographic data is described, they can be connected with lines and polygons, the layers used in the project are polygon shaped, lines and dots. table 3 describes the types of layers. table 3: types of layers in the project layer type entertainment establishments point (x,y) accommodations point (x,y) alimentation point (x, y) tour operators point (x, y) transportation line paths line streets line province polygon cantons polygon o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 5 parishes polygon 3.3.1 coordinate system qgis manages various coordinate systems with the help of coordinate reference systems (crs). any point on earth can be defined by using three numbers called coordinates; in general, crs can be divided into projected coordinates and a geographical coordinate reference system (qgis.org, 2016). the reference coordinate system used in this project corresponds to south america, to ecuador in particular, which means that the coordinate system is sc:wgs84: s17. the reference code belonging to ecuador is epsg4326. 3.3.2 processing of information and creation of layers for the creation of layers in qgis, one must work with shape o .shp o file shape archives and files, which are vector data storage formats from esri used to store locations and the form and attributes of geographical entities. they are saved as a collection of related archives and files that contain an entity (qgis.org, 2016). to be able to generate the layers in the project, a norm was applied to standardize the information collected in the excel sheets, while items such as x and y (latitude and longitude) were augmented. it was classified based on the field type, which stores the type of geometrical shape. in the case that the establishment is of an alimentation sort, the layer needs to be specified with dots; in the case that they are paths and streets, the layer is specified with lines, and for the province´s cantons (counties) and parishes there will be a layer of polygons. to locate this information in the x and y fields, it was necessary to geo-codify each direction with the help of api and google maps. google offers the possibility to use and create function through an enormous set of apis, one of them being google maps geocode, which allows the user to consult the physical coordinates of an address on a map, returning to a latitude and longitude detail (qgis.org, 2016). by using a visual basic function called geocoding, geographic coordinates and addresses of food establishments in baños de agua santa can be obtained. table 4 shows a fragment of the codification function. table 4: fragment of the codification function this function was taken out of the code displayed on lines and created by daniel cedeño urbina. the dots were obtained by applying latitude and longitude analysis of every registered establishment on the list. the excel document was saved with a .cvs extension, in other words, the document was delimited by commas, which were later imported by qgis with a predetermined connection where the tools used generated layers of dots and lines. these layers were exported to a database, enabled with extensions towards geographic data about accommodation. 3.3.3 integration of maps in a virtual environment to integrate the maps in a virtual environment, it is necessary to create a map server and to transform it into layers in an online map service. the architecture and the layout of the project are made up by the layers that build the streets of baños de agua santa (the main and secondary streets) which will be converted into map files while the layers of dots which will be maintained in its original format. mapfile is a file that mapserver configures and it is used to convert geospatial data into images or other vector data. its purpose is mainly to define the layers that can be generated, such as how to obtain the necessary information and how to draw it (qgis.org, 2016). objhttp.open "get", url, false objhttp.setrequestheader "user-agent", "mozilla/4.0 (compatible; msie 6.0; windows nt 5.0)" objhttp.send ("") if instr(objhttp.responsetext, """lat""") = 0 then goto error valortemporal = right(objhttp.responsetext, len(objhttp.responsetext) instr(objhttp.responsetext, """lat"" : ") 7) lat = split(valortemporal, ",")(0) valortemporal = right(objhttp.responsetext, len(objhttp.responsetext) instr(objhttp.responsetext, """lng"" : ") 7) lng = replace(split(valortemporal, "}")(0), " ", "") geocodificar = lat & " ; " & lng exit function o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 6 for the georeferencing function of the virtual environment, a google maps –apiwas used to incorporate google maps and web pages or virtual environments from external developers by using a javascript interface. it is designed to function on mobile devices and in navigator applications on traditional desktop type computers. the api includes a location and geo-codification. the api google maps clients can access these api http services through a secure connection (https) (excellentias.com, 2016). the maps are images that have been combined with an html code, the virtual environment runs petitions through ajax technology, its api is made up by a set of javascript files that contain the types, methods, and properties that are used to run the functions of these maps while the user navigates through the map section. api sends information about the new coordinates and levels of zoom by utilizing ajax (excellentias.com, 2016). to activate the visualization of the maps in the virtual environment tungurahua turistico, it is necessary to first obtain a google id, identification that is proportioned by google analytics to register petitions made by the user when he consults or navigates through maps virtual environment and then can obtain the statistics of number of visits made to the site. all of the registered data in google analytics, make up part of the administrative section. the insertion code of maps into the virtual environment is developed according to the object placed. for georeferencing the locations of touristic interest, markers were used and can be visualized on the map with the help of apis that locate it on the map when it is being aimed at the cantons (counties) borders. it order to do so, it is necessary to add the google id so that the maps can be seen correctly. for the geolocalization function, a code that can detect and access the virtual environment must be programmed (google maps, 2016). figure 1 shows the location of the dot of the establishments of baños de agua santa with its markers. figure 1 a look of the map with dots to locate the establishments and tour operators of baños de agua santa in the province of tungurahua 3.4 user administration the virtual environment tungurahua turístico has or manages three types of users:  administrator: a user with privileges of the administrator has to access to all the information on the platform and can establish processes such as insertions, selections, editions and the elimination of information.  user / tourist: is a user that can visualize any information of interest through the interphases in the platform.  user / establishment: the user that can visualize and upload information to the profile of the touristic establishment to the platform. the user – establishment register is made by a verification process with simple requirements. first: register the user legally in a list of service providers of public establishments that regulate this type of situations. second: send a formal email to the administrator of the virtual environment tungurahua turístico, asking for the creation of a o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 7 new user. the administrator must prove the existence of the establishment in the list and that it has all rights up to date in order to proceed with the creation of a user. the activities that can be made by the user establishment are: change the establishment’s picture, run the commentary section, the working hours, and others. 3.5 information about the virtual environment tungurahuaturistico feedback the information uploaded to the platform has been obtained in diverse lists of different municipalities in each canton (county) in the province of tungurahua. for the development of tests, the establishments that were registered on the list of the pilot county of baños of agua santa, an interphase that was able to prove the functionality of the virtual environment was created. it is worth mentioning that the platform is based on the information that has been provided by the users of the type establishment that manages a profile interphase where it is possible to post information about every spot on their property. in figure 2, the different tabs in the user establishment can be viewed. figure 2 a look at the profile of a user and his establishments. 3.6 statistics consultation through the virtual environment, tungurahua turístico, the members under administrator are able to consult the statistics that are available in geolocationing and georeferencing. the statistics are generated by google analytics, a free system created by google that allows the user to see the information about the users and the number of visits he makes on the online site (google analytics, 2016). the administrator can also find out how many visits the site receives and from which part of the world the virtual environment is being accessed. to register the virtual environment tungurahua turístico, it was important to provide basic information about the platform to be able to obtain a code for the platform which will be in charge of monitoring the record of visits and the user’s activities. google analytics is in charge of presenting the information as statistic reports in the administrative part of the virtual environment. in figure 3, a statistic report about the visits that tungurahua turistico has gotten to date can be seen. o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 8 d figure 3 the visits of tungurahua turístico statistic report. 4. conclusions the development and construction of the virtual environment tungurahua turístico guarantees the management and development and touristic placement in the province of tungurahua through this tool. feedback on the information from the platform happens through the service provider registering process. it also allows evaluating numerically the impact of the touristic flow that gets into the province. the tourist obtains all the information in one site, in other words, all the information that may be of interest to the tourist is centralized, making the consultations about the destinations as user-friendly and easy to use as possible. acknowledgements the investigative results found in the present project have been obtained in an investigative performance stage at an investigative level “design and implementation of a virtual environment for the development and touristic positioning in the province of tungurahua”, which has been financed by department of research at technical university of ambato. references 1. blanco, j. (2011). tecnología y turismo. obtenido de http://cf.cdn.unwto.org/sites/all/files/pdf/omt_amreports_numero1_tecnologiaturismo_esp.pdf 2. castellanos, l. (2013). el turismo en un ecuador megadiverso. obtenido de http://www.revistagestion.ec/wp content/uploads/2013/10/201_turismo.pdf 3. centro de estudios superiores en turismo sectur. (2016). metedología del estudio del perfil y satisfacción del turista. obtenido de http://ictur.sectur.gob.mx/pdf/estudioseinvestigacion/calidadycompetitividad/pst_formato2.pdf 4. excellentias.com. (2016). geocodificar en excel: cómo obtener las coordenadas de una dirección. obtenido de http://www.excellentias.com/geocodificar-en-excel-obtener-coordenadas/ 5. garcia, r., morales, l., & díaz, y. (2011). la imagen del destino y el comportamiento del turista. obtenido de https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=294911 6. gonzáles, a., sanchez, i., & sanz, s. (2010). la imagen como factor clave del comportamiento del turista. obtenido de https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=2138685 7. google analytics. (2016). google analytics. obtenido de https://analytics.google.com/analytics/web/?authuser=1#report/defaultid/a84436700w126412900p130032300/ 8. google maps. (2016). api de google maps para web. obtenido de https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/javascript/?hl=es419 9. honorable gobierno provincial de tungurahua. (2016). tungurahua un destino turístico. obtenido de http://www.tungurahua.gob.ec/index.php/informativo-hgpt/principales/1472-un-trabajo-mancomunado-para-ofrecer-espaciosalternativos 10. ministerio de turismo. (2016). ministerio de turismo de tungurahua. obtenido de http://www.ambato.gob.ec/etiqueta/ministerio-deturismo 11. negi.org. (2016). sistemas de coordenadas. obtenido de o. e. paredes / the academic research community publication pg. 9 http://www.inegi.org.mx/inegi/spc/doc/internet/sistema_de_coordenadas.pdf 12. oriol, i. (2006). visión estratégica de las organizaciones virtuales en el turismo. aprovechamiento de las tecnologías de la comunicación y la información en la competitividad de las empresas turísticas. obtenido de http://estadisticas.tourspain.es/img-iet/revistas/ret-142-1999-pag73-84-83560.pdf 13. qgis.org. (2016). qgis the leading open source desktop gis. obtenido de http://www.qgis.org/es/site/about/index.html 14. qgis.org. (2016). trabajando con datos vectoriales. obtenido de http://docs.qgis.org/2.2/es/docs/training_manual/basic_map/vector_data.html 15. sanz, s. (18 de 10 de 2007). imagen global e intenciones futuras de comportamiento del turista de segunda residencia. obtenido de https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=2726969 16. valles, d. (2000). las tecnologías de la información y el turismo. españa: http://estadisticas.tourspain.es/img-iet/revistas/ret-142-1999pag3-24-83551.pdf. issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press geographical conditions and cultural tradition as determinants in sustaining tourism village program case study tourism villages in yogyakarta vincentia reni vitasurya1,3 , gagoek hardiman2 , suzanna ratih sari2 1doctoral program at universitas diponegoro, 2lecture at universitas diponegoro, , 3lecture at universitas atma jaya yogyakarta keywords ecotourism; geographical condition; cultural tradition; tourism village; sustainable tourism; community participation abstract ecotourism, as a part of sustainable tourism, has been growing rapidly in indonesia in many rural areas in yogyakarta. this is because mass tourism changed the emphasis onto nature and cultural tourism so that rural tourism became interesting to tourists. this paper aims to study the development of rural tourism in yogyakarta in terms of mileage, geographical conditions, period of growth and tourist attractions. descriptive analysis is used to identify the influence factors based on distribution of location, historical factors, and cultural and geographical conditions in tourism villages in yogyakarta. rural tourism in yogyakarta has been growing since the year 2000. the dominant attraction is related to cultural tourism based on community participation. research results show that geographic condition and local cultural tradition, which support the traditional daily income of the local community, became the determinant factors in sustaining the touristic village of yogyakarta. 1. introduction yogyakarta as a tourist destination has a uniqueness that attract tourists both domestic and foreign. along with the development of the tourism industry, tourist interest began to change from a mass tourism destination to a tourist destination with a small group that prioritizes experience. ecotourism and special interest is a "trend" that need to be observed. (fandeli, 2000). an open country that prioritizes sustainable tourism is interesting for today’s trevelers. (itb, 2016). ecotourism is a relatively new tourism trend in indonesia, although internationally since october 1999 the world tourism organization has actually issued “global code of ethics for tourism” as encouragement to the countries of the world to develop sustainable tourism. (unwto, global code of ethics for tourism, 2001) as an extension of alternative tourism, ecotourism has evolved as a consequence of dissatisfaction with conventional forms of tourism in general, ignoring social and ecological elements, which favor anthropocentricity, as well as making a more centralized profit approach to offering tourist products. (fennell, 2008). form of ecotourism-based tourism and cultural activities began to appear in yogyakarta. currently, there are 81 tourism villages in yogyakarta province have been developed. (disparbud-sleman, 2012 ); (disparbud-bantul, 2013 ); (disparbud-gunungkidul., 2014); (disparbud-kulonprogo, 2014). village tourism program launched by the indonesian government through the tourism department in 2005 which was followed up by government regulations through the implementation of national program for community empowerment (called “pnpm mandiri) in 2008, has significantly increased the number of tourism villages in indonesia. (hadiwijoyo, 2012). the development of agrarian-based village into a tourism village is an interesting phenomenon that needs to be studied continuously. theoretically this "trend" is a positive phenomenon as a feature of sustainable environment. this paper aims to examine the potential tourist attractions of tourism villages sustainability in doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.240 vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 2 yogyakarta. this identification is beneficial for future development established by the government to determine the direction of regional-based development policies. 2. method research conducted to get the study of the distribution of this tourist village use explorative paradigm by using relationship analysis between the factors supporting the sustainability of the tourist village with existing condition in yogyakarta province. generally, this research attempts to clarify the relationship pattern between 2 or more variables with reality condition. (groat & wang, 2013). the analysis process is done by using secondary data archive analysis to know what, who and how many. (yin, 2003). this method is chosen because it focuses on the contextual context of the present. the supporting factors of the sustainability of the tourist village are taken based on the requirements of the tourism village, i.e : accessibility, attractions, community, security, accommodation, climate and networking. (diparta-diy, 2014 ); (priasukmana & mulyadin, 2001). measurement of distribution to take aspect of time of establishment of tourist village which is associated with the declaration of village tourism programs by the government, so this study can examine what influences the sustainability of tourist villages in 4 districts based on the time of its establishment. schematically, the flow of discussion of this paper can be seen through the chart in figure 1 below. figure 1. research schematic (author, 2017) 3. overview of tourism village in yogyakarta village tourism program in yogyakarta emerged as a response to the establishment of the community based tourism program proclaimed by the indonesian government, but the concept of rural tourism has begun to be developed since 1998 by sri sultan hamengku buwono x as the governor of yogyakarta who also domiciled as the king of the sultan's palace. yogyakarta as a special region has unique characteristics that distinguish with other provinces in indonesia. the customary position of the king can affect daily life of local community in yogyakarta. king as the traditional leader as well as the governor as the administrative leader of the government cause relationship the leaders and people of yogyakarta become intimately. given the long history of the yogyakarta palace which was founded in 1755, the existence of kraton yogyakarta can not be separated from buffer zone in the form of rural area which holds many roles such as agricultural production centers and crops, security of the region to the spread of religion. (abimanyu, 2015). the village became the backbone of the yogyakarta's agrarian tradition. kraton yogyakarta attention to rural development cause rural tourism become an alternative income society as well as a means of preserving the natural environment of rural areas, both physically and non-physically in the form of daily tradition. the condition behind the emergence of the concept of rural tourism in yogyakarta cause priority of the development of tourism villages in yogyakarta more directed to the tradition-based tourist village, both daily and cultural artifacts. ecotourism rests on rural tourism, nature tourism and cultural tourism. (nugroho, 2011). theoretically this "trend" is a positive phenomenon if seen as a feature of a sustainable environment. villages are being treated to remain a beautiful village to reduce the villagers' willingness to sell land that gradually becomes new settlement land and reduce fertile land. one of the efforts that can be done to protect rice fields in the suburbs is by developing creative industries, namely sustainable tourism. in line with this, world tourism organization defines sustainable tourism development as a development that meets the needs of today's travelers, while protecting and encouraging opportunities for the foreseeable future. (unwto, global code of ethics for tourism, 2001) vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 3 rural sustainable tourism means developing rural areas into tourism villages based on the sustainability of the natural environment, which rely on agrarian lifestyles, and authenticity of nature as one of the tourist attractions, but has a greater economic value than before. based on data of tourism villages in yogyakarta, distribution of tourism villages are more dominant in sleman and bantul districts as agricultural production centers as shown in the map in figure 2 below. figure 2. map of tourism villages distribution in yogyakarta (author, 2017) based on the tourism potentials found in the province of yogyakarta, a growing tourism village relies on attractions of local cultural traditions, uniqueness of the landscape, a blend of the uniqueness of the landscape with cultural traditions and creative craft industry attractions. (diparta-diy, 2014 ). in line with what has been determined in the study of the development of tourism village in yogyakarta province, development of rural tourism emphasized on exploiting village with all community entities, nature, and culture that exists in it as the power of tourist attraction. the typology of a tourism village defined as follows: tourism village based on the uniqueness of local cultural resources (customs, traditions of community life and cultural artifacts) as main tourist attraction. this tourism village has a rural region with a unique variety of elements of traditional customs and peculiarities inherent community daily life as a cultural form of rural society, both related to livelihood activities, religion and other forms of activity. tourism village based on the uniqueness of natural resources as the main attraction (mountains, plantations and agriculture, coastal areas). this tourism village has a rural area with unique locations in the mountains, valleys, beaches, rivers, lakes and various other unique landscape forms, so that the village has the attraction of the beauty of the view and landscape to attract tourist visits. the tourism village is based on the uniqueness of cultural and natural resources as the main attraction. this tourism village that has a rural area with a fascination that is a blend of the uniqueness of cultural traditions (customs, tradition and pattern of community life) and natural tourism resources (the beauty of landscape). tourism village based on the uniqueness of creative economic activities (traditional craft industry). this tourism village has a rural area with a fascination as a tourist destination through the uniqueness of creative economic activities that grow and develop from local community industry activities, as well as a distinctive artistic activity. these four typologies are the basis of identification of tourist attractions for the development of tourism villages in yogyakarta. 4. development of a tourism village in yogyakarta vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 4 the development of tourism village in yogyakarta can’t be separated from rural development in general. rural development is an effort to improve and equalize the economy, especially in rural areas. rural areas are transformed as a result of village development. the transformation can’t be directed to the evolution of agricultural villages into industrial villages and then into trade villages, but every type of village development can build together. (agusta, 2014). connected with the development of the tourism sector, in particular the transformation can lead to cultural transition such as the transition of society and agrarian culture to industrial culture (tourism) and transition of a closed society into an open society with a global culture. (setyadi, 2007). two forms of transition are more dominant in the villages that become tourist destinations. the development of traditional and cultural-based tourist villages is an effort to prevent the change of local values in rural communities in yogyakarta. in line with that opinion, locations that are supported by physical potential with local culture can be a driver and controller of the development of tourist villages. (pudianti, 2012). tourism development attraction i.e. cultural tradition attraction, nature, a blend of cultural and natural traditions and local crafts in line with period of the establishment of tourist village. they can be supporting factor for the development of tourism villages which can identify the sustainability of tourist villages in yogyakarta. identification of the distribution of the number of tourism villages in yogyakarta according to tourist attractions in each district can be described by the graph in figure 3 below. figure 3. graph of distribution number of tourist villages based on the potential tourist attraction in 4 districts of diy province (author, 2017) based on the data it can be seen that the year of declaration of the village tourism program as part of the central government program of the republic of indonesia in 2005 increased the number of tourist villages sharply (see table 1). based on these data, bantul and sleman become the districts with the most tourism villages. the tourist attraction is dominated by traditional and natural attractions for sleman district. while the attractions of handicrafts and the combination of nature and tradition dominate the tourism village in bantul district (see figure 3 on bantul and sleman graph). the growing attractions in sleman district are in line with local livelihood conditions which is in the agricultural sector. the geographical condition of sleman district located on the slopes of merapi volcano makes its area fertile for agriculture since the era of mataram kingdom. (bps-kab.sleman, 2016). the dominance of livelihoods makes agricultural traditions a distinctive cultural feature developed for tourist villages. bantul district, located in the southern part of yogyakarta province, is dominated by livelihood community from trading and handicraft industry. (bps-kab.bantul, 2016). character of coastal communities in accordance with the landscape approaching the southern coastal region resulted in craft and trade can grow well. the role of geographical physical condition and cultural tradition as an attraction that dominates the development of tourist village can be seen through the identification table of the growth of tourist villages based on the year of establishment and tourist attraction in yogyakarta in table 1 below. table 1.identification of tourism village growth in yogyakarta base on year of establishment year of establishment tradition nature nature and tradition local handicraft summary before 2005 3 8 1 2 14 after 2005 16 26 12 13 67 summary 19 34 13 15 81 source : author, 2017 the identification of dominant tourist attractions shows that the tourist attractions that drive the tourism village are the geographical physical conditions that are visible through the natural attractions (see table 1 column 3). geographical physical condition in the form of natural tourism attractions consistently become the trigger of the vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 5 development of tourism villages. both before the era of declaration of programs in 2005 and after the era of declaration program after 2005. while the cultural tradition as a tourist attraction to be a second driver (see table 1 column 2). further seen in column 4, the physical geographic mix in the form of natural attractions and cultural attractions can be a potential for tourism village development. so it can be concluded that the two things are decisive in the development of programs that can affect the sustainability of tourism villages in yogyakarta until today. 5. geographical physical condition and cultural tradition in sustaining tourism village program geographical physical condition and cultural tradition is a tourist attraction that becomes attraction for tourists to visit. the uniqueness of the geographical physical condition and cultural traditions of a village become important in the development of tourism villages, especially in the province of yogyakarta. sustainability of tourist villages, both as a concept of community empowerment to develop the village as well as the response of rural tourism program, can be identified by looking at the potential of tourist attraction. 5.1. development of tourism village in yogyakarta before the declaration of village tourism program in the era before the declaration of village tourism program, tourism villages grow by rely on natural attraction as happened in ketingan tourism village in sleman district and nglinggo tourism village in kulonprogo district. both of these tourism villages rely on natural attractions such as bird watching in ketingan and tea plantations in nglinggo. ketingan tourist village was inaugurated in 2000. bird watching becomes a tourist attraction because of its location is one of the stopover location of the heron bird, especially in the rainy season to breed. geographical conditions of beautiful ketingan village, with farms and shady trees are suitable for breeding habitat. the uniqueness of this nature becomes the attraction for tourists, especially bird lovers to observe the natural habitats of birds that blend with rural atmosphere. (see figure 4a). while nglinggo tourism village which was inaugurated in 2004 rely on tourist attractions in the form of tea plantations managed by pt pagilaran. its geographical location at an altitude of 900 1000 m asl make this location suitable for tea plantations. (see figure 5b). its history as one of former place used by prince diponegoro in the fight against dutch colonial is value-added to the tourist attraction of this village. a. b. figure 4(a) tourist attraction in ketingan (kurniawan, 2012) figure 5(b) tourist attraction in nglinggo (bernadi, 2015) beside tourist attractions that rely on geographical physical condition, tourism villages in yogyakarta also rely on tradition and culture as a tourist attraction. the existence of cultural tradition became the forerunner of the concept of rural tourism-based village development initiated by sri sultan hamengku buwono x in 1999 at the east asian tourism forum (eatof) program in brayut village. (utomo, 2017). the concept of rural tourism is emerging because the village as a buffer zone of the city needs an alternative way to improve its development. authenticity agrarian-based cultural traditions by rely on the physical conditions of geographic become an attraction offered to tourists. villages that have a homogeneous character cause the influence of modernization does not affect the daily lives of citizens. brayut tourism village and tembi tourism village emerged as model of cultural-based tourist village. brayut tourism village in sleman district was inaugurated in 1999, has the attractiveness of a variety of traditional javanese dwelling architecture that shows the high level of socio-economic level of this villagers in the past. traditional javanese house located in brayut still occupied by the owner and his descendants to this day, so the condition is well maintained (see figure 6c). entering the tourist village brayut, like entering the laboratory architecture of a traditional living house. this uniqueness becomes an attraction for tourists. meanwhile, tembi tourism village in bantul regency was inaugurated in 1997, rely on the tourist attraction of java rural atmosphere. the beautiful atmosphere supported by the tradition of mendong crafts (made of pandanus plants) combined with the agriculture cause tembi became one of the destinations of foreign tourists who come to yogyakarta. (see figure 7d). vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 6 c. d. figure 6(c) tourist attraction in brayut (author, 2017) figure 7(d) tourist attraction in tembi (author, 2017) 5.2. development of a tourism village in yogyakarta after the declaration of a village tourism program distance not being considered as long as the tourist landscape is unique in attracting tourists as in the example of pentingsari village in sleman established in 2007 (see figure 8a). this village relies on the authenticity of mountain village atmosphere although located approximately 25 km from downtown yogyakarta. similarly, some special interest tourism villages such as nglanggeran tourism village in gunungkidul which was inaugurated in 2006. this village relies on tourist attraction of ancient volcanoes (see figure 10c), is 26 km from downtown yogyakarta. as well as kalibiru tourism village in kulonprogo which was established in 2008. this village relies on the attraction of protected forests and views of the reservoir sermo. (see figure 9b) within 35 km from yogyakarta city center. a. b. figure 8(a) rural atmosphere in pentingsari (author, 2017) figure 9(b) landscape in kalibiru (author, 2017) c. figure 10(c) landscape in nglanggeran (projsct02, 2013) village tours that rely on special interest tourism in the form of landscape objects are able to attract tourists in large numbers but if not managed well in the long term, it can experience depreciation both the physical environment and the interests of tourists. sustainable management is important for tourism village managers. innovation and creativity are supporting factors for the sustainability of tourist villages based on geographical physical condition. responses can be creating a variety of attractions that involve tourists actively such as the development of outbound activities and educational tours. the example of the village pentingsari, natural atmosphere combined with village tourism activities by involving tourists to plow the fields, fishing, and stringing janur (decoration made from young coconut leaf) as a decoration for traditional ceremonies. (see figure 11a and 12b). vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 7 a. b. figure 11(a) fishing attraction in pentingsari (author, 2017) figure 12(b) “menjanur” attraction in pentingsari (author, 2017) while in the tourist village of kalibiru and nglinggo, the manager developed a tour package spot panoramic photo and educational tour of tea plantation. (see figure 13c and 14d). c. b. figure 13c. photospot in kalibiru (author, 2016) figure 14d. teawalk in nglinggo (bernadi, 2015) villagers's daily cultural traditions including crafts and cultural artifacts become an interesting tourist attraction, considering yogyakarta is known as a cultural city. tradition is more potential to invite tourists back to visit because of the emotional involvement with the local community in the tourist village. a. b. figure 15(a) traditional house in brayut (author, 2017) figure 16b. mendong handicraft in tembi (author, 2017) for example in bantul district, developing tourist villages rely on traditional handicrafts such as woven mendong (from pandan leaf) in tembi tourist village (see figure16b), traditional cuisine in lopati tourism village (see figure 17c), and pottery handicrafts in kasongan tourism village (see figure 18d). tourists can interact with villagers in the craft industry. traditional craftsmanship using local raw materials is an attraction for tourists. cultural artifacts as a product of the traditional built environment in the tourism village is also an attraction for tourists such as a rural environment with traditional house architecture in the tourist village of brayut district of sleman. (see figure15a). c. d. figure 17c. bamboo basket in lopati (ipank, 2012) figure 18d. pottery handicraft in kasongan (farhan, 2012) vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 8 the trend of the development of tourist interest is behind the development of village tourism program so that leads to nature tourism that blends with cultural traditions. in table 1, can be seen that typology of rural tourism that relies on the combination of nature and tradition become more developed after declaration of the program. in other words, geographical physical conditions, cultural traditions and the combination of the two became the determinant of the sustainability of the tourist village in yogyakarta. to maintain the sustainability, tourism villages need human resources as a driving attraction. good management by rural communities can result in sustained improvements in the economy. 6. community participation as a driver in the development of tourism village the development of tourist villages to improve the welfare of rural communities needs to be accompanied by efforts to empower the village community mainly related to the knowledge of sustainable tourism. communitybased sustainable cultural tourism involves tangible utilization and intangible cultural resources to support the cultural, social and economic vitality of local communities, creating understanding among stakeholders, making it easier to provide authentic and interesting experiences for visitors. (unwto, tourism and culture partnership in peru – models for collaboration, 2016). the empowerment process undertaken by the community is expected to be the responsibility of the community themself. local community can have the ability to make decisions and carry out all decisions individually or in groups, in utilizing local resources to improve their welfare. (sutawa, 2012). the key to the development of tourist villages is the participation of villagers in the village. community participation in rural areas of yogyakarta is quite good considering the tradition of “gotong royong” a mutual cooperation that is still attached to the daily lives of citizens. javanese culture of mutual respect and “tepa selira” (understanding each other) resulted in reliable community participation. on the other hand the typical character of the village community such as the desire to move forward, competing and achieving success can be a motivation for the community to develop their village as happened in pentingsari tourism village district of sleman. despite being located in an isolated access area, but the strong desire of pentingsari villagers can prove to be the best tourism village. (vitasurya, 2016). 7. conclusions the sustainability of the tourist village in yogyakarta is dominated by the factors that become the determinants : geographical physical condition, the beauty and authenticity of the preserved landscape becomes an attraction if it has a unique uniqueness like pentingsari, kalibiru, nglanggeran but need to be added with the uniqueness that touches the emotions of visitors to return. in the era after the declaration of village tourism program, geographical physical condition with the natural tourist attraction develops when there is activity to attract visitors. tradition of local culture, the uniqueness of tradition in the daily life of the community is an attraction for tourists. the uniqueness that touches the emotions will bring longing to return. geographical and local physical conditions become dominant in the sustainability of tourist villages in yogyakarta. but it can move with the support of community participation. based on the above analysis can be concluded that the two factors are mutually influence to maintain the sustainability of tourist villages in yogyakarta. acknowledgements appreciation are given to the managers of brayut, tembi, pentingsari, kalibiru and lopati tourism villages for the information used in this paper. apreciation also for the research team from enterpreneurship research center (puswira) universitas atma jaya yogyakarta and laboratory of build environment (pplk lab) architecture department of universitas atma jaya yogyakarta for the opportunity given to engage in some research on tourism villages. references 1. abimanyu, s. (2015). kitab terlengkap sejarah mataram (1 ed.). yogyakarta: saufa. 2. agusta, i. (2014, october 24). transformasi desa indonesia 2003-2025. retrieved december 12, 2016, from www.perhepi.org: http://www.perhepi.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/transformasi-desa-indonesia-2003-2025_dr.-ivanovich-agusta.pdf 3. bernadi. (2015, october 30). indahnya kebun teh dan air terjun di desa wisata nglinggo kulon progo. retrieved from http://panduanwisata.id: http://panduanwisata.id/2015/10/30/indahnya-kebun-teh-dan-air-terjun-di-desa-wisata-nglinggo-kulon-progo/ 4. bps-kab.bantul. (2016, july 15). kabupaten-bantul-dalam-angka-2016. retrieved from bantulkab.bps.go.id: https://bantulkab.bps.go.id/ipds@3402/pdf_publikasi/kabupaten-bantul-dalam-angka-2016.pdf 5. bps-kab.sleman. (2016, july 1). kabupaten sleman dalam angka. retrieved from slemankab.bps.go.id: https://slemankab.bps.go.id/website/pdf_publikasi/kabupaten-sleman-dalam-angka-2016.pdf vincentia reni vitasurya / the academic research community publication pg. 9 6. diparta-diy. (2014 ). kajian pengembangan desa wisata di diy. . yogyakarta: dinas pariwisata propinsi diy. 7. disparbud-bantul. (2013 ). data desa wisata kabupaten bantul. bantul: pemerintah kabupaten bantul. 8. disparbud-gunungkidul. (2014). data desa wisata kabupaten gunungkidul. yogyakarta: disparbud gunungkidul. 9. disparbud-kulonprogo. (2014). data desa wisata kabupaten kulonprogo. yogyakarta: disparbud kulonprogo. 10. disparbud-sleman. (2012 ). data desa wisata kabupaten sleman. yogyakarta: disparbud sleman. 11. fandeli, c. (2000). pengusahaan ekowisata. yogyakarta:. yogyakarta: published through cooperation fakultas kehutanan ugm, pustaka pelajar and unit konservasi sumberdaya alam diy. 12. farhan, a. (2012, april 3). oleh-oleh cantik dari desa wisata kasongan, yogyakarta. retrieved from https://travel.detik.com: https://travel.detik.com/dtravelers_stories/u-1883234/oleh-oleh-cantik-dari-desa-wisata-kasongan-yogyakarta/3/#detail__photo. 13. fennell, d. (2008). ecotourism third edition. new york: taylor & francis. 14. groat, l. n., & wang, d. (2013). architectural research methods (2 ed.). new jersey: john wiley & sons. 15. hadiwijoyo, s. s. (2012). perencanaan pariwisata perdesaan berbasis masyarakat (sebuah pendekatan konsep). yogyakarta: graha ilmu. 16. ipank. (2012, september 10). desa wisata lopati, menuju desa wisata pendidikan. retrieved from http://yogyakarta.panduanwisata.id: http://yogyakarta.panduanwisata.id/daerah-istimewa-yogyakarta/bantul/desa-wisata-lopati-menuju-desa-wisata-pendidikan/ 17. itb. (2016, november 1). itb world travel trends report . retrieved from http://www.itb-berlin.de: http://www.itbberlin.de/media/itb/itb_dl_all/itb_presse_all/world_travel_trends_report_2016_2017.pdf 18. kurniawan, d. (2012, june 23). desa wisata ketingan, menariknya meneropong aktifitas burung kuntul putih. retrieved from http://yogyakarta.panduanwisata.id: http://yogyakarta.panduanwisata.id/files/2012/06/ketingan4.jpg 19. nugroho, i. (2011). ekowisata dan pembangunan berkelanjutan. yogyakarta: pustaka pelajar. 20. priasukmana, s., & mulyadin, r. m. (2001). pembangunan desa wisata : pelaksanaan undang-undang otonomi daerah . info sosial ekonomi, 2(1), 37-44. 21. projsct02. (2013, january 27). menikmati wisata gunung di gunung purba nglanggeran. retrieved from http://www.panduanwisatajogja.com: http://www.panduanwisatajogja.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/gunung-api-purbanglanggeran.jpg 22. pudianti, a. (2012). perpaduan budaya lokal dan potensi fisik sebagai daya tarik wisata pedesaan di sleman, daerah istimewa yogyakarta. simposium nasional rapi xi ft ums – 2012 (pp. a37-a44). solo: fakultas teknik universitas muhammadiyah surakarta. 23. setyadi, y. (2007). pariwisata dan perubahan nilai nilai sosial budaya berdasarkan lingkungan tradisi pada masyarakat bali. jurnal penelitian humaniora, 8(2), 97-109. 24. sutawa, g. k. (2012). issues on bali tourism development and community empowerment to support sustainable tourism development. procedia economics and finance, 4, 413-422. 25. unwto. (2001, december 21). global code of ethics for tourism. retrieved from www.tafionline.com: http://www.tafionline.com/pdf/codigo_etico_ing.pdf 26. unwto. (2016). tourism and culture partnership in peru – models for collaboration. madrid: unwto. 27. utomo, b. (2017, march 24). how is the history of brayut tourism village ? (r. v. vitasurya, interviewer) 28. vitasurya, v. r. (2016). adaptive homestay sebagai bentuk partisipasi masyarakat untuk melestarikan desa wisata pentingsari-yogyakarta. atrium-jurnal arsitektur , 2(1 ), 17-30. 29. yin, r. k. (2003). case study research : design and method (3 ed.). california: sage publication. issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 http://www.ierek.com/press the iconographic method applied in the design of products with cultural demostration in the creation of the tourist destination daniel marcelo acurio m.1, santiago alejandro acurio m.1, cristina páez quinde2, daniel sánchez guerrero3, ruth infante paredes2, marcelo núñez espinoza2 1pontificia universidad católica del ecuador sede ambato. 2facultad de ciencias humanas y de la educación, universidad técnica de ambato. email (mc.paez, ruthinfantep, marcelownuneze) 3universidad estatal amazónica – puyo. keywords iconography; culture; popular festivities, corpus christi, touristic destination; abstract the popular festivity known as corpus cristi is a clear manifestation of culture in ecuador. it is considered a crosscultural expression of the cosmovision and iconographic symbolism of religious fusion making an evident imaginary connotation of the population. where evident, catholics are of a vernacular world and end up being a praise in honor of the favors received from the body of christ and the indigenous roots of spirituality. it represents gratitude for the successful harvests obtained in the year by the pachamama and taita inti. the present study aims to provide furnishings with designs of this festival, the park 13 de abril in pujilí, which is also commonly known by locals as the danzante park. the methodology used was an analysis of the artistic projects developed by panofsky where the work is reinterpreted from a designer perspective. this method is used to propose a method of extracting the iconographic and iconological elements of cultural demonstrations resulting in the innovation of the canton. taking advantage of the values and cultural heritage of the nation and showcasing its aesthetics, a greater flow of visitors to the area is ensured as well as the dynamics of the local economy. 1. introduction iconography has been considered, both, from a scientific point of view (porebski, 1969) and an artistic one (panofsky e. , 1987) as a technique of description and classification of images understood as a visual representation. for panofsky, there is a connection between an iconic work of art and a morphological and semantic component. in mieczyslaw porqbski’s study of polish art, images contain informative elements that bring meaning. the panofsky method, although widely applied, runs the risk of finding un-coded content or unintended meanings within the images (bialostocki, 1973). an icon is commonly defined as a sign that maintains a relation of resemblance to the represented drae (mitchell, 2015). however, and although this definition intrinsically includes the semiotic sing significance as an element that brings meaning to the represented form (zhang & sheng, 2017), it still gives greater prominence to its form in the relational sense with the represented object. in other words, meaning of the represented object is the only given thing. thus, to represent a real object, such as a cup, an icon must resemble the shape of that cup. that, nonetheless, excludes meanings associated with the icon of that cup that could mean the proximity of a coffee place; a geographical area traditionally associated with its production or a place of recreation in which you can chat and enjoy a relaxed atmosphere even though coffee or another beverage that is served in a cup is not consumed. the cognitive processes studied by olson & bialystok (2014) show that a new observed image is contrasted with a set of previously acquired concepts that activate mental processes of assimilation and interpretation that associates concepts acquired with the image. doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.245 daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 2 for this reason, and for the purposes of the present work, the broad definition of icon is adopted as a “discursive unit, spatially delimited (by a real or virtual framework) within the appearance of the signals, which may indicate one or several referents (colle, 1999). understood as a discursive unit, the icon gives rise to a form of "codified" visual language with an ease of comprehension that allows the expression of a variety of emotions through the intentional inclusion of aesthetically pleasing "indicators". considering the level of meaning associated, levels of iconicity have been proposed. in addition to their own description, they are associated with their pragmatic functions (villafañe, 1985). the eleven levels are shown in table 1 as follows: table 1. eleven levels of iconicity degree level description function 11 natural image restores all properties of the object. is perceived directly in the natural state recognition 10 scale three dimensional model restores all properties of the object. is perceived directly but not in the natural state description 9 stereoscopic record images restores form, color and position of the object. is indirectly perceived artificially description 8 color photography highly restores the positional relationship and color in a two dimensional plane description / artistic 7 black and white photography resets the relationships between form and position in a two-dimensional plane description / artistic 6 realistic painting reasonably resets relationships between form and position in a twodimensional plane artistic 5 nonrealistic figurative representation does not reestablish relationships on a two-dimensional plane but identification still occurs artistic 4 pictograms only the shape and not the other relations or sensitive characteristics are restored information 3 motivated schemes the sensitive features are removed and only organic relationships are represented information 2 arbitrary schemes there are no sensitive characteristics or organic relationships generally indicative information 1 nonfigurative representation their sensitive properties and relationships are abstracted, their meaning is not evident artistic latin america and ecuador have great cultural diversity (kent, 2016). since pre-hispanic times, there has been an adaptation of elements of the people with whom they relate that required achieving a unique symbolic language in which great importance is given to the natural motifs from the vision of divinity and a symbiotic relationship. we find common motifs of birds, mountains, flowers, rivers, and more that adorn their clothing and personal objects (leon, 2014). over time, these elements and their “icons” have been losing their presence and meaning, becoming a commodity that often devalues cultural identity reuslting in a misconception of underdevelopment or social marginalization. it is of social, touristic and economic interest to take advantage of these elements by giving them an air of modernity (johnston, 2013). assuming the permanent construction and reinterpretation of our cultural identity is not only understood as the reservation of ancestral elements representative of an indigenous nationality, but also as daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 3 inputs for the construction of the future tradition (larraín, 1994). at a graphic level in product design, in latin america, (restrepo, 2013 & newman, 2015) a road that has been transported in ecuador, where industrial production prefers to leave aside cultural contribution, has been left at an artisan level. since it does not have resources, little chances of innovation are left in the creation of products and relating them to cultural aspects, with an exception to the field of costume design. from this perspective, incorporating a broad theoretical reference of iconographic studies developed in the field of plastic arts will allow a methodological reference that will help professionals in determining aesthetic elements from this broad cultural background. it should also give them an opportunity to take advantage when it comes to the design of products that promote local development based on its own iconic elements, finally, strengthening the identity itself. although it is true that the study of artistic works has profound methodological proposals such as the case of bilderatlas mnemosyne raised for the iconological study by abraham moritz warburg, better known by aby warburg, that considers a heuristic analysis of works of art and their relationship with religion, poetry, worship, and more. in his analysis, he investigates a variety of documents by constructing 82 panels which form part of his plan and provide a detailed meaning of the work in his own words: "der liebe gott steckt im detail" (tartás & guridi, 2013). it is no less true that the method developed by his follower, erwin panofsky, provides more methodological rigor in a time that appropriately separates the scope of iconography as a study with a purely descriptive scope that regards iconology as an interpretative study. for this reason, it serves as a firm base that allows the development of a method that focuses on the design and constitutes innovation. 2. methods and materials as per the previous discussion, it is imperative to feature the method proposed by panofsky, which is summed up with a simple example that is mentioned such as a person greeting another by taking off his or her hat. in this simple action some levels, as follows, can be found: primary or natural meaning in which only basic forms can be determined. in the example there are forms that shape the person greeting (factual significance) and their basic postural relationships that indicate their mood of greeting (expressive meaning). secondary or conventional meaning: at this level, the conventional meaning that is socially accepted is at stake. therefore, it is of unequivocal interpretation. in other words, the conscious recognition of taking off the hat implies a salutation. it is derived from the medieval custom of taking off the helmet in a sign of confidence, thus, it demonstrate the knight’s peaceful intentions. intrinsic meaning or content: while the previous levels are purely phenomenological, ie perceived by direct inspection. this level involves an inner knowledge, a description about the personality of the individual who greets as well as the underlying motivations and interests in the act of greeting. this would only be possible by investigating the individual from different points of view and in different environments. it becomes a synthesis of these individual attributes (panofsky e. , 1987). thus, it clearly distinguishes levels of analysis: pre-iconographic; corresponding to primary meaning and it is based on practical experience, familiarity with objects and events. it can be corrected by a study of the way, in which in different historical conditions, objects were expressed by forms (style history). iconographic; corresponding to the secondary meaning and which is based on a knowledge and familiarity with specific themes and concepts. it is corrected by a study on how, in different historical conditions, the themes and concepts were expressed through objects and events (history of types). iconological; corresponding to intrinsic significance. it is based on familiarity with the essential tendencies of the human mind, which can be improved by a study of how, in different historical conditions, the essential tendencies of the mind were expressed through themes and concepts specific (history of symbols). (panofsky, studies on iconology, 1998) 3. results and discussion in recognizing the stages of this method, it is reasonable to see that, in of product design where the basic outlook is commercial in nature, the required level is the first because what is being conveyed to the consumer is an image of aesthetics that encloses a factual and expressive meaning of the product that generates familiarity and attractiveness. that also includes a social meaning according to the environment where the product is introduced (secondary meaning). however, its results, unlike arts, are difficult to apply and have little commercial value when trying to capture an inner, symbolic, non-factual image and translate it into an object of consumption. however, this is not impossible given that there are certainly a few consumer products that have marked not only identity and daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 4 social acceptance, but have become cultural referents as well. for methodological purposes, it refers to the levels of sensitive perception. in accordance with panofsky's model, the levels of interpretation (table 2) can be presetentative for elements of the cultural symbolic language, taking into consideration that this aesthetic interpretation aims at its application in a consumer product without being completely artistic or informative. according to the level of iconicity proposed by villafañe, the product of the analysis must be located according to its complexity between a nonrealistic figurative representation and a pictogram. thus, the levels are addressed as shown below: table 2. levels of interpretation level purpose technique correction method pre iconographic recognize the basic sections that make up the object of study and its position (expressive meaning) according to its visual weight. simplify its basic forms. observation anecdotic register photographic collection form simplification (geometrization, abstraction) iconographic recognize its socially accepted meaning, it is a question of determining the meaning of the cultural manifestations by the consensus of the experts introduce in the basic geometries morphological and chromatic elements that contribute the level of secondary or conventional significance. interview survey principles of design (repetition, radiation, gradation, etc.) as indicated, the aesthetic elements obtained must be of a basic level of complexity as to make their introduction into the product design feasible. it does not have to affect the functional performance and, at the same time, the cultural contribution has to be appreciated by its aesthetic component. a first approximation was presented when the park and garden were equiped for the re-evaluation of the iconic identity of corpus christi (montenegro, 2014). the basic elements of the dancers of corpus christi, a festival of pujilí in cotopaxi by agreement no. 647 of the ministry of education, culture, sports and recreation of ecuador, were constituted as an intangible good belonging to the cultural heritage of the nation. in order to get a broader view of the origin and evolution of the feast of corpus christi, some authors with important information are quoted: corpus christi comes from latin "corpus" which means "body" and "christi" which is translated as "of christ". therefore, "corpus christi" means "the body of christ". this feast came from the end of the thirteenth century in liege, belgium. it was created by a eucharistic movement whose center was the abbey of cornillon founded in 1124 by bishop albero de liege. among the various eucharistic customs that this movement began there are: the exposition and blessing of the most holy sacrament, the use of the bells during the elevation at mass and the feast of corpus christi (herrera & monge, corpus christi, intangible heritage of ecuador, 2012). on the other hand, a series of events occurred and they contributed to the establishment of the feast of corpus christi. one of them was the eucharistic revelations of st. julian of retine, prioress of a monastery near liege. another event was the miracle of the bolsena forms, as well as the miracle of the corporal of daroca (the hosts had become real flesh and could not be separated from the corporal or liturgical cloth that enveloped them due to the coagulated blood). the liturgical cloths were taken (to the pope) urban iv, who stimulated by this and aware of daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 5 the necessity to fight heresy of berengario, established in 1264 the celebration of corpus christi in all the church. (pope) clement v confirmed it in 1311 and since then it spread throughout the catholic world (valiente, 2011) in the case of ecuador, this celebration of religious and cultural origin came to our territory with the spanish conquerors who checked that the indigenous peoples had several festivities. one of them was inti raymi that includes important characters like performers who dance in honor of the sun in june (figure 1). this month coincides with the religious celebration called corpus christi. this fact produced that the priests decided to incorporate the indigenous dancers in the catholic celebration. in the colony, the indigenous feasts were gradually integrated into the catholic holidays since, for the natives, it was not so easy to accept the imposition of the precepts of the catholic church. according to luis moreno, the current popular feasts of corpus christi are survivors of the inti raymi, heliolatric ceremony of the ancient kingdom of quito. corpus christi is a festival of important national significance that originally was a purely indigenous celebration. over time, it was combined with the catholic religious festival integrating elements and characteristics that were highlighting the popular manifestations of ecuador that remain alive in the country (herrera, corpus christi, intangible heritage of ecuador, 2011) with the above, the knowledge of the feast of corpus christi is amplified and the proposed method is applied. figure 1. corpus christi dancer from which the proposed method is applied as follows (tables 3-4): table 3. pre iconographic level basic sections register simplification daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 6 table 4. iconographic level basic sections socially accepted significance morphological elements chromatic elements sunlight. the four most important or representative festivals of the indigenous world inti raymi pawkar raymi coya raymi cápac raymi daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 7 it represents the flora and the fauna, the anthropomorphs and zoomorfos that live in the area. decorative element. it represents the flora, fauna, and the richness of the place. the rainbow. based on this simplification, the design of the product is applied. the product is urban furniture (figures 2-6): figure 2. bench figure 3. garbage container daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure 4. fence figure 5. lamp figure 6. bench, garbage container, fence and lamp daniel marcelo acurio m. / the academic research community publication pg. 9 4. conclusion cultural manifestations are perceptible elements of a wide spectrum of a social, religious, intellectual, and effective group. they are expressed through their music, dance and other elements that are feasible to collect in order to decorate the design of environments, clothing and other products. the method of iconographic description, applied as a description of visual components of a cultural manifestation, allows the extraction of representative elements that can be reinterpreted for application in the setting of parks. the chromatic and morphological application in the design of products cannot fully absorb the richness of the cultural manifestations nor, in the aesthetic aspect, the depth of its meaning. therefore, the simplification proposed to the iconographic iconological method of panofsky is suitable to extract a basic meaning that endows the product with identity and revalues the under study cultural manifestation. the aesthetic contribution of the park makes it possible to boost tourism in the sector, thus allowing a cultural and innovative contribution to local production that translates into economic benefits due to being a place of interest in the locality. finally, this methodological proposal is an academic contribution that allows the designer to take advantage of the variety of cultural manifestations of ecuador and latin america as a source of aesthetic construction. references 1. bialostocki, j. (1973). estilo e iconografía: contribución a una ciencia de las artes. barral. 2. colle, r. (1999). el contenido de los mensajes icónicos. revista latina de comunicación social, 2-72. 3. herrera, s. &. (2011). corpus christi, intangible heritage of ecuador. ab initio n. 3, 45-57. 4. herrera, s. &. (2012). corpus christi, patrimonio intangible del ecuador. ricit n. 4, 71-86. 5. johnston, a. (2013). is the sacred for sale?: tourism and indigenous peoples. london: earthscan. 6. kent, r. (2016). latin america, second edition: regions and people. new york: guilford publications. 7. larraín, j. (1994). la identidad latinoamericana teoría e historia. estudios públicos, 31-64. 8. leon, e. (2014). andes: prehistoric art. in encyclopedia of global archaeology (pp. 234-238). new york, ny: springer new york. 9. mitchell, w. (2015). image science: iconology, visual culture, and media aesthetics. chicago: university of chicago press. 10. montenegro, p. (2014). equipamiento de parques y jardines para la revalorización de identidad icónica del corus cristi. ambato: pucesa. 11. newman, r. (2015). primitivism and identity in latin america: the appropriation of indigenous cultures in 20th-century latin american art. art history honors paper, 1-103. retrieved from http://digitalcommons.conncoll.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1002&context=arthisthp 12. olson, d., & bialystok, e. (2014). spatial cognition: the structure and development of mental representations of spatial relations. new york: psychology press. 13. panofsky, e. (1987). meaning in the visual arts. new york: doubleday anchor books. 14. panofsky, e. (1998). estudios sobre iconología. madrid: alianza editorial. 15. porebski, m. (1969). about iconographic problems of cubism. the contens of a work art, 289. 16. restrepo, l. (2013). intermix: traditional pre-columbian art meets contemporary design. louisiana: graduate faculty of louisiana state university and agricultural and mechanical college. retrieved from http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-11182013-154902/ 17. tartás, c., & guridi, r. (2013). cartografías de la memoria. aby warburg y el altas mnemosyne. ega: revista de expresión gráfica arquitectónica, 226-235. 18. valiente, s. (2011). the feast of corpus crhisti in the kingdom of castille during de modern age. ricit n. 4, 71-86. 19. villafañe, j. (1985). introducción a la teoría de la imagen. madrid: ediciones pirámide. 20. zhang, x., & sheng, j. (2017). a peircean semiotic interpretation of a social sign. annals of tourism research, 163-173. http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication european road safety policy 2016-2020: a forecast on topics and activities armin kaltenegger, birgit salamon, gerald furian1 1kfv – austrian road safety board keywords european union, road safety policies, political agenda abstract objective 25,500 people were killed on european roads in 2016. thus, despite the achievements of the past, there is still need for action in order to reduce the number of people killed or injured in road traffic. road safety will therefore certainly continue to be a part of the political agenda of the eu and its member states. however, the topics and activities of road safety policy that will determine the next few years are less apparent. official programmes usually provide an insight on a very general level only. for this reason, the austrian road safety board (kfv) has asked the erfurt university of applied sciences to carry out a policy analysis in order to clearly forecast the actions of the eu 2016-2020 in terms of road safety policy. the forecast aims at supporting the work programmes of public and private institutions as well as decision makers. method the study was based on an evaluation of programmes and legal acts of the past years as well as on expert opinions. from the results, conclusions were drawn on the activities and actions to be expected till 2020. results the results were structured according to the seven objectives defined by the european commission in its policy orientations on road safety 2011-2020. among others, the following developments can be expected in the near future:  the eu commission is revising several directives, most importantly the directive on initial qualification and periodic training for professional drivers (a proposal has already been published), the infrastructure directive (with a possible inclusion of all highways and a focus on motorcycles and its), and the tunnel safety directive.  other directives have been or are currently being evaluated and will most likely be revised in the future. this includes the driving license directive and the cross-border enforcement directive. apart from that, in the field of enforcement, only recommendations on the exchange of good-practice are expected.  technical vehicle safety and the promotion of the use of modern technology will gain more importance. a report on advanced vehicle safety features was published in december 2016, a proposal can be expected in 2017. in 2018, new directives on technical vehicle inspection are going to be applied in the member states. a “road package” has been published in may 2017, targeting electronic road toll systems, competition in commercial road transport as well as social conditions of professional drivers. c-its (cooperative its) are becoming a priority: based on a strategy published 2016, networked vehicles should be introduced by 2019. a review of the its action plan and doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.237 armin kaltenegger / the academic research community publication pg. 2 directive is pending.  driver distraction and the safety of senior road users are a subject of eu-funded research projects. results will be published within the next years. however, no legislative proposals are expected.  reducing the number of seriously injured will be a core objective in the future: a reduction goal of 50% has been set by the council of the european union for the period 2020-2030. the results show that the developments of the last years point towards a full and active agenda till 2020 and beyond. this roadmap will support all stakeholders in road safety in their contribution. 1. introduction 25,671 people were killed in road traffic accidents in the european union in 2016. therefore, despite all achievements of the past, there is still need for action in order to further reduce the number of road traffic injuries and fatalities. thus, road safety will still continue to be a part of the political agenda of the eu and its member states. however, the topics and activities of road safety policy that will determine the next few years are less obvious. official programmes usually provide an insight on a very general level only. in order to gain a clear and detailed picture of future eu actions in relation to road safety, the kfv (austrian road safety board) commissioned prof. mathias gather (gather, et al., 2016) of the erfurt university of applied sciences to conduct an analysis of the eu policies of recent years. the result of this analysis was a forecast predicting which topics and measures will be part of eu policy until 2020 and beyond. the objective was to make the forecast as clear as possible so that public and private institutions, as well as important decision-makers, can use it as a basis for their working programmes, budgets, and research focus. at the center of the policy analysis is the policy of the eu itself. in addition, a few selected european countries with a high level of road safety (sweden, norway, united kingdom and germany) were also considered. however, the present article focuses only on european policy. as a basis for the analysis, documents issued by the government and non-government stakeholders were evaluated systematically, focussing on the years 2010 – 2015. at the center of attention were core programmes defining the framework for road safety, particularly the eu’s road safety programme “towards a european road safety area: policy orientations on road safety 2011-2020” (european commission, 2011) and its interim evaluation (european commission, 2015b). directives and regulations, including proposals by the commission, were also systematically assessed. they often contain concrete instructions for the commission for further steps including a date for a mandatory report on the implementation of the legal act. these reports often form the basis for amendments to a legal act and include valuable information on possible topics and activities. the third type of documents included in the analysis were position statements of selected institutions operating on a european level, for instance, etsc (european transport safety council), fersi (forum of european road safety research institutes) and cieca (international commission for driver testing). in addition to this document analysis, interviews were conducted with experts who possess detailed insights into current and future policies. on a european level, those experts included members of the eu commission and eu parliament. the interviews were conducted with szabolcs schmidt (head of the road safety unit of dg move), susanne lindahl (road safety unit of dg move), michael cramer (mep), dr. dieter-lebrecht koch (mep). the document analysis and the expert interviews made it possible to draw conclusions on the developments in the second half of the current decade and to identify working fields and activities that are to be expected with high probability over the next few years. 2. outlook on the european road traffic policies the key document on a european level is “towards a european road safety area: policy orientations on road safety 2011-2020”, which specifies seven fields of action. these fields of action were used as a basis for the structure of the results of this study. over the next few years, the following developments can be expected in each of the target fields. 2.1. education and training of road users in the area of road safety education and driver training, the eu driving license directive (2006/126/ec) is currently being evaluated (move/c4/2016-100). the evaluation is conducted by imob (hasselt university, belgium) armin kaltenegger / the academic research community publication pg. 3 together with kfv (austria), the national technical university of athens (greece), etsc and the austrian state printing house. the study includes, among others, an evaluation of the driving license model, the category system, the regulations for driving examiners and the eu driving license network resper. the results are expected by the beginning of 2018; amendments based on the evaluation are likely. proposals for eu-wide standards on driver training and driving instructors (currently not regulated by the driving license directive) have been presented by cieca (cieca, 2015). furthermore, a study financed by the european commission on the topic of driver education (including the requirements for driving instructors), driver testing and fitness to drive has recently been published (trl, swov, bast, loughborough university, & monash university, 2017). the results provide a basis for the commission to assess in what respect initiatives by the eu would be useful. the directive for the initial and periodic training of professional drivers (2003/59/ec) has already been evaluated (panteia, research & mobility leuven, 2014) and a proposal for amendment has been published in february 2017 (com(2017) 47 final). the planned changes to the directive target several problematic areas that were identified. among others, the proposal includes an adaption of the contents of the training, measures for improved mutual recognition of the training and adaptions aiming at reducing interpretation difficulties. 2.2. increased enforcement of road rules important topics in the area of enforcing traffic regulations are the cross-border enforcement as well as onboard vehicle equipment to ensure compliance with regulations. the activities of the eu on these matters will rather be in the form of recommendations and the exchange of good-practice cases; legal acts are not to be expected. an evaluation of the directive facilitating the cross-border exchange of information on road safety related traffic offenses ((eu) 2015/413), commissioned by the eu commission, was completed in the first half of 2016 (grimaldi studio legale, 2016). this evaluation not only confirmed the directive’s contribution to a better enforcement of road safety related traffic regulations and its economic benefit but also showed that the revenues surpass the costs. the recommendations of this study are particularly aimed at an improved application in the member states as well as more efficient procedures. furthermore, legislative amendments are also proposed, in particular, an assessment whether an eu-wide regulation could force vehicle owners of all member states to reveal the identity of the driver when required. in 2013 two important studies in the area of automotive technology were made public: an evaluation (transport & mobility leuven, tno, ce delft, trt, 2013) in relation to the directive on the installation and use of speed limitation devices for certain categories of motor vehicles in the community (92/6/eec) contains recommendations for the expansion of the directive, namely the extension of its scope to light commercial vehicles as well as the equipment of all commercial utility vehicles with an isa-system (intelligent speed adoption). the study (ecorys, cowi, 2014) about the implementation of alcohol interlocks came to the conclusion that, among others, the exchange of experiences between all member states should be encouraged and the focus should be placed on harmonizing technical as well as cross-border aspects. in the meantime, significant progress has been made through the introduction of the eu-wide driving license code “69” for alcohol interlocks (directive (eu) 2015/653). furthermore, the study suggests the drafting of guidelines for the implementation of alcohol interlocks for drivers who have committed alcohol-related offenses and the observation of further technological developments. 2.3. safer road infrastructure the core legal act in the area of road traffic infrastructure is the directive on road safety management (2008/96/ec). it specifies coherent procedures in relation to road infrastructure safety management and applies to all roads in the trans-european road network that are being planned, built or already operational. the evaluation (transport & mobility leuven, trt, prospex, 2014) of the directive from 2014 is encouraging an extension of the scope to all motorways. an even higher benefit could be achieved through the extension to all roads, however, such an extension would lead to an increase in costs for the member states. the evaluation further recommends to increase the focus on motorcycles and to provide support for the distribution of its (intelligent transport systems) applications. the commission is also conducting an impact assessment of possible amendments with corresponding recommendations being expected in 2017. the directive on minimum safety requirements for tunnels in the trans-european road network (2004/54/ec) was also evaluated (icf consulting services, trt, 2015). depending on the outcome of the impact assessment, whose results should be available by the end of 2017, suggestions for amendments could be expected in 2018. 2.4. safer vehicles in the area of motor vehicle type approval, falling under the competence of the dg grow (directorate-general for internal market, industry entrepreneurship and smes), a report on the regulation concerning type-approval armin kaltenegger / the academic research community publication pg. 4 requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles ((ec) 661/2009) and the regulation on the protection of pedestrians and other vulnerable road users ((ec) 78/2009) was published in december 2016 (european commission, 2016a). the report focusses on advanced vehicle safety features and outlines key issues to be addressed in the review and possible update of the regulations. it presents 19 specific vehicle safety measures that appear to be feasible and cost-effective. based on the report, an impact assessment is carried out that will most likely lead to a proposal for amending both regulations, to be expected by mid-2017. the directives from the “roadworthiness package” dealing with the periodic roadworthiness tests for motor vehicles and their trailers (2014/45/eu), the vehicle registration documents (2014/46/eu) as well as the technical roadside inspection of the roadworthiness of commercial vehicles (2014/47/eu) have to be applied on a national level from 2018. 2.5. use of modern technologies to increase road safety the use of modern technologies will become one of the most important fields of action of the eu in the next few years. at the center of attention are c-its (cooperative intelligent transport systems), which allow vehicles to interact between themselves and with the road infrastructure. a “c-its platform” was brought to life in 2014. at the beginning of 2016, the platform presented a report (c-its platform, 2016) that served as a basis for the development of an eu strategy for the implementation of c-its. the strategy was published at the end of 2016 (european commission, 2016b). it identifies issues to be addressed at european level and proposes actions to ensure coordinated deployment of c-its services in 2019. in addition, the european transport ministers endorsed the declaration of amsterdam on cooperation in the field of connected and automated driving in april 2016. the declaration identifies actions for the member states, the european commission, and the industry to support the introduction of connected and automated driving. it aims at ensuring more coordinated approach between the member states and at european level to remove barriers and promote, among others, a consistent legal framework. the its directive (2010/40/eu), which sets a framework for the deployment of intelligent transport systems in the field of road transport, will also be further developed. regarding most of the its applications ranked as priority measures in the directive, uniform specifications have already been adopted in delegated regulations. this concerns, among others, the interoperable eu-wide ecall (see chapter 2.6), safe and secure truck parking lots and eu-wide real-time traffic information systems. the progress was analyzed in a report (european commission, 2014a) on the implementation of the its directive as well as in a progress report (european commission, 2014b) on the its action plan (european commission, 2008). based on these reports, the commission came to the conclusion that after the implementation of the designated measures, it will be necessary for a second step to reassess the directive and the action plan. a roadmap (european commission, 2017b) was published in march 2017, setting march 2018 as a completion date for the evaluation. as a first step, the period to adopt delegated legal acts, currently expiring on 26 august 2017, will be extended: the commission will be able to exert this power for another five years, with an automatic tacit extension after that (com(2017) 136 final). regarding the systems covered by the directive, longterm trends such as using crowdsourcing for traffic data, automated driving and the deployment of cooperative services are to be considered. next to the currently prioritized measures,, it could be necessary to determine new priorities. 2.6. emergency and post-injuries services a key measure in the area of emergency services is the eu-wide introduction of the onboard emergency call system ecall, which automatically dials the europe-wide emergency number 112 in the event of an accident and communicates the position of the vehicle. several legal acts have already been published: a regulation on type approval ((eu) 2015/758) regulating the mandatory installation of the system in passenger cars and light trucks starting 2018, a decision of the deployment of the interoperable eu-wide ecall service (585/2014/eu), a regulation ((eu) 305/2013) based on the its directive containing specifications for the psap (public safety answering points) infrastructure required for the proper receipt and handling of ecalls and recently two regulations specifying additional details concerning data protection and technical requirements and test procedures ((eu) 2017/78 and (eu) 2017/79). based on article 12 of the regulation on type approval, the commission should present an evaluation report by 31/3/2021 on the achievements and the penetration rate of the ecall system and assess whether the scope of the regulation should be extended to other vehicles as well. while the focus of road safety politics has so far been primarily on road traffic fatalities, seriously injured road users will be more at the center of attention in the near future. in this regard, a common european definition of serious injuries was agreed upon in 2013 (european commission, 2013). figures for seriously injured users of european roads were published for the first time for the year 2014: 135.000 (european commission, 2016c). a study on serious road traffic injuries in the eu has been financed by the commission and finalized in late 2016 (aarts, et al., 2016). after repeated requests both from ngos (etsc, 2016a) and the eu parliament (european parliament, 2016), the armin kaltenegger / the academic research community publication pg. 5 eu finally set a target of 50% reduction for the period 2020-2030 in june 2017 (council of the european union, 2017). 2.7. protection of vulnerable road users in july 2017, the council of the european union endorsed conclusions on road safety where it is stated that the safety of vulnerable road users – pedestrians and cyclists – is of special concern as accident rates are particularly high (council of the european union, 2017). the commission is asked to enhance the protection of vulnerable road users by ensuring the deployment of new safety features for vehicles. similarly, etsc published a position statement (etsc, 2016b) in 2016 which demands a revision of the regulation on the type-approval of motor vehicles with regard to the protection of pedestrians and other vulnerable road users ((ec) 78/2009). at the moment, an impact assessment is carried as a preparation for a possible amendment of the regulation and changes are expected (see chapter 2.4). the safety of older road users has become a central activity field in light of the current demographic trends. this was recognized by the eu commission in its policy orientations (european commission, 2011). a recent study (imob, ntua, lab, erf, 2015) recommends measures in the areas of infrastructure, awareness-raising, driving license and medical fitness as well as vehicle technology, particularly driver assistance systems. the eu commission could become active in the area of vehicle technology and promote the exchange of experience. legal measures in relation to driver licensing, such as medical tests and a restricted validity of the driving license, would be possible. however, there is currently no consensus on this topic between the member states, so no regulation is to be expected. 2.8. further topics a road traffic package called “europe on the move” (european commission, 2017a) was presented by the commission in may 2017. it aims at promoting clean, competitive and connected mobility and comprises a wideranging set of initiatives in different areas of road transport. the package includes, among others, legislative proposals regarding the interoperability of electronic road toll systems as well as regarding competitive conditions in commercial road transport and social conditions of professional drivers. over the next years, activities outside of the seven goals already set in the policy orientations can also be expected. for instance, studies on the topic of distraction are being financed (european commission, 2015a). additionally, gender aspects (higher risk of male road users) could gain importance over the next few years (european commission, 2015b). 3. summary until recently, there has been a steady and promising downwards trend of road traffic fatalities. meeting the common target in the eu of halving the number of road deaths seemed realistic. however, the reduction has come to a halt during the last three years. the reduction target may therefore not be met unless further efforts are made. in march 2017 (valetta declaration, 2017) and again in june 2017 (council of the european union, 2017) the transport ministers of the eu member states took action and stressed the continuing importance of joint and determined efforts to improve road safety. they listed several topics that require particular attention in the coming years, including vulnerable road users, connected and automated driving, post-collision care, influencing the behavior of road users and developing a europe-wide road safety culture. these latest developments and the results of the study point towards a full and active agenda till 2020 and beyond. 4. list of cited documents commission delegated regulation (eu) 2017/79 of 12 september 2016 establishing detailed technical requirements and test procedures for the ec type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to their 112-based ecall in-vehicle systems, of 112-based ecall in-vehicle separate technical units and components and supplementing and amending regulation (eu) 2015/758 of the european parliament and of the council with regard to the exemptions and applicable standards commission delegated regulation (eu) no 305/2013 of 26 november 2012 supplementing directive 2010/40/eu of the european parliament and of the council with regard to the harmonized provision for an interoperable euwide ecall commission directive (eu) 2015/653 of 24 april 2015 amending directive 2006/126/ec of the european parliament and of the council on driving licenses commission implementing regulation (eu) 2017/78 of 15 july 2016 establishing administrative provisions for the ec type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to their 112-based ecall in-vehicle systems and uniform armin kaltenegger / the academic research community publication pg. 6 conditions for the implementation of regulation (eu) 2015/758 of the european parliament and of the council with regard to the privacy and data protection of users of such systems council directive 92/6/eec of 10 february 1992 on the installation and use of speed limitation devices for certain categories of motor vehicles in the community decision no 585/2014/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 15 may 2014 on the deployment of the interoperable eu-wide ecall service directive (eu) 2015/413 of the european parliament and of the council of 11 march 2015 facilitating cross-border exchange of information on road-safety-related traffic offenses directive (eu) 2015/719 of the european parliament and of the council of 29 april 2015 amending council directive 96/53/ec laying down for certain road vehicles circulating within the community the maximum authorized dimensions in national and international traffic and the maximum authorized weights in international traffic directive 2003/59/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 15 july 2003 on the initial qualification and periodic training of drivers of certain road vehicles for the carriage of goods or passengers, amending council regulation (eec) no 3820/85 and council directive 91/439/eec and repealing council directive 76/914/eec directive 2004/54/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 29 april 2004 on minimum safety requirements for tunnels in the trans-european road network directive 2006/126/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 20 december 2006 on driving licenses (recast) (text with eea relevance) directive 2008/96/ec of the european parliament and of the council of 19 november 2008 on road infrastructure safety management directive 2010/40/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 7 july 2010 on the framework for the deployment of intelligent transport systems in the field of road transport and for interfaces with other modes of transport directive 2014/45/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 3 april 2014 on periodic roadworthiness tests for motor vehicles and their trailers and repealing directive 2009/40/ec directive 2014/46/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 3 april 2014 amending council directive 1999/37/ec on the registration documents for vehicles directive 2014/47/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 3 april 2014 on the technical roadside inspection of the roadworthiness of commercial vehicles circulating in the union and repealing directive 2000/30/ec proposal for a decision of the european parliament and of the council amending directive 2010/40/eu as regards the period for adopting delegated acts, com(2017) 136 final proposal for a directive of the european parliament and of the council amending directive 2003/59/ec on the initial qualification and periodic training of drivers of certain road vehicles for the carriage of goods or passengers and directive 2006/126/ec on driving licenses, com(2017) 47 final proposal for a directive of the european parliament and of the council amending directive 2003/59/ec on the initial qualification and periodic training of drivers of certain road vehicles for the carriage of goods or passengers and directive 2006/126/ec on driving licenses, com/2017/047 final regulation (ec) no 78/2009 of the european parliament and of the council of 14 january 2009 on the type approval of motor vehicles with regard to the protection of pedestrians and other vulnerable road users, amending directive 2007/46/ec and repealing directives 2003/102/ec and 2005/66/ec regulation (ec) no 661/2009 of the european parliament and of the council of 13 july 2009 concerning typeapproval requirements for the general safety of motor vehicles, their trailers and systems, components and separate technical units intended therefor regulation (eu) 2015/758 of the european parliament and of the council of 29 april 2015 concerning type approval requirements for the deployment of the ecall in-vehicle system based on the 112 service and amending directive 2007/46/ec tender move/c4/2016-100 for a contract regarding a study on the implementation of directive 2006/126/ec on driving licenses armin kaltenegger / the academic research community publication pg. 7 5. references 1. aarts, l., commandeur, j., welsh, r., niesen, s., lerner, m., thomas, p., . . . davidse, r. (2016). study on serious road traffic injuries in the eu. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/sites/roadsafety/files/injuries_study_2016.pdf 2. cieca. (2015). final report. cieca-rue road user education project. retrieved july 5, 2017, from http://www.drivinginstructortrainingcourse.co.uk/uploads/2/3/6/3/23635138/2015-03-19_cieca-rue_final.pdf 3. c-its platform. (2016). final report. european commission. retrieved july 5, 2017, from http://ec.europa.eu/transport/themes/its/doc/c-its-platform-final-report-january-2016.pdf 4. council of the european union. (2017). council conclusions on road safety endorsing the valletta declaration of march 2017. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/st-9994-2017-init/en/pdf 5. declaration of amsterdam. (2016). declaration of amsterdam. cooperation in the field of connected and automated driving. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/ba7ab6e2a0e14e39baa77f5b76f59d14/2016-04-08-declaration-of-amsterdam--final1400661.pdf 6. ecorys, cowi. (2014). study on the prevention of drink-driving by the use of alcohol interlock devices. rotterdam, the netherlands: eurpoean commission, dg for mobility and transport. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/sites/roadsafety/files/pdf/behavior/study_alcohol_interlock.pdf 7. etsc. (2016a). an eu target to reduce seriously injured on the roads. briefing. retrieved july 5, 2017, from http://etsc.eu/wp-content/uploads/briefing-serious-injury-target_june-2016-briefing.pdf 8. etsc. (2016b). position paper: revision of regulation 78/2009 on the protection of pedestrians and other vulnerable road users. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://etsc.eu/wp-content/uploads/2017-03-pedestrian-protection-positionfinal.pdf 9. european commission. (2008). action plan for the deployment of intelligent transport systems in europe. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:52008dc0886&qid=1499441676089&from=en 10. european commission. (2011). towards a european road safety area: policy orientations on road safety 2011-2020. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/road_safety/pdf/com_20072010_en.pdf 11. european commission. (2013). commission staff working document on the implementation of objective 6 of the european commission’s policy orientations on road safety 2011-2020 – first milestone towards an injury strategy. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/sites/roadsafety/files/pdf/ser_inj/ser_inj_swd.pdf 12. european commission. (2014a). implementation of directive 2010/40/eu of the european parliament and of the council of 7 july 2010 on the framework for the deployment of intelligent transport systems in the field of road transport and for interfaces with other modes of transport. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:52014dc0642&qid=1499441190292&from=en 13. european commission. (2014b). progress report and review of the its action plan. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:52014sc0320&qid=1499441516157&from=en 14. european commission. (2015a, october 14). horizon 2020 ria research and innovation action, mg-3.5-2016. retrieved july 5, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/research/participants/portal/desktop/en/opportunities/h2020/topics/mg3.5-2016.html 15. european commission. (2015b). interim evaluation of the policy orientations of road safety 2011-2020. retrieved july 5, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/sites/roadsafety/files/pdf/interim_eval_2011_2020/interim_eval.pdf 16. european commission. (2016a). saving lives: boosting car safety in the eu. brussels. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/docsroom/documents/20508/attachments/1/translations/en/renditions/pdf 17. european commission. (2016b). a european strategy on cooperative intelligent transport systems, a milestone towards cooperative, connected and automated mobility. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/com20160766_en.pdf 18. european commission. (2016c). road safety: new statistics call for fresh efforts to save lives on eu roads. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_ip-16-863_en.htm 19. european commission. (2017a). europe on the move. an agenda for a socially fair transition towards clean, competitive and connected mobility for all. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/pdf/?uri=celex:52017dc0283&from=en 20. european commission. (2017b). evaluation roadmap evaluation of the intelligent transport systems (its) directive. retrieved july 10, 2017, from http://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/initiatives/ares-2017-1585949 armin kaltenegger / the academic research community publication pg. 8 21. european parliament. (2016). written declaration on the serious road traffic injury target. retrieved july 6, 2017, from http://www.europarl.europa.eu/sides/getdoc.do?type=wdecl&reference=p8-dcl-20160004&format=pdf&language=en 22. gather, m., aslaksen, f., furian, g., kaltenegger, a., kritzinger, s., salamon, b., . . . wilde, m. (2016). strategische themenschwerpunkte in der europäischen straßenverkehrssicherheitspolitik 2016–2020. vienna: kuratorium für verkehrssicherheit. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://www.kfv.at/fileadmin/content/taetigkeitsbereich/publikationen/kfv_publikation_strategische_themen_eu_fi nal.pdf 23. grimaldi studio legale. (2016). evaluation study on the application of directive 2011/82/eu facilitating the cross-border exchange of information on road safety related traffic offences final report. brussels, belgium: european commission. retrieved july 5, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/facts-fundings/evaluations/doc/2016-0316-evaluation-study-application-cross-border-final-report.pdf 24. icf consulting services, trt. (2015). study on the implementation and effects of directive 2004/54/ec on minimum safety requirements for road tunnels in the trans-european road network. london, england: icf consulting limited. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/factsfundings/evaluations/doc/tunnel_final_report.pdf 25. imob, ntua, lab, erf. (2015). eldersafe risks and countermeasures for road traffic of elderly in europe. brussels, belgium: european commission – directorate-general for mobility and transport (dg-move). retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/sites/roadsafety/files/pdf/studies/eldersafe_final_report.pdf 26. panteia, research & mobility leuven. (2014). ex-post evaluation study report. study on the effectiveness and improvement of the eu legislative framework on training of professional drivers. zoetermeer, the netherlands: panteia/research & mobility leuven. retrieved july 5, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/factsfundings/evaluations/doc/2014_ex_post_evaluation_study_training_drivers_en.pdf 27. transport & mobility leuven, tno, ce delft, trt. (2013). ex post evaluation of directive 92/6/eec on the installation and use of speed limitation devices for certain categories of motor vehicles in the community, as amended by directive 2002/85/ec. leuven, belgium: transport & mobility leuven. retrieved july 5, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/sites/roadsafety/files/pdf/vehicles/speed_limitation_evaluation_en.pdf 28. transport & mobility leuven, trt, prospex. (2014). study on the effectiveness and on the improvement of the eu legislative framework on road infrastructure safety management (directive 2008/96/ec). leuven, belgium: transport & mobility leuven. retrieved july 7, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/factsfundings/evaluations/doc/2014-12-eval-directive-2008-96-ec.pdf 29. trl, swov, bast, loughborough university, & monash university. (2017). study on driver training, testing and medical fitness. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/sites/roadsafety/files/dl_study_on_training_testing_med_fitness.pdf 30. valetta declaration. (2017). valletta declaration on road safety. retrieved july 6, 2017, from https://www.eu2017.mt/en/documents/valletta_declaration_on_improving_road_safety.pdf issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press a study on cultural sustainable tourism in context of painted scrolls kanak lata singh 1 assistant curator, painting national museum, new delhi, india keywords art, heritage, tourism. abstract india is known for its reach in art and culture. cultural tourism provides a major contribution to the development of the country from different aspects. apart from supporting the indian economy, cultural tourism also helps in preserving and developing unique art traditions which are slowly dying out due to negligence. patachitra, the painted scroll of bengal is one of them. the patachitra tradition is an essential part of intangible heritage based on tour practices. patuas, as they are known as a community, chiefly represent a group of artists wandering with their painted scrolls and narrating the stories from place to place to earn their livelihood. the patachitra is a platform where several mediums of communication are united such as visual messages, oral traditions and music during process of storytelling. these painted scrolls represent narration of hindu mythologies as well as folklore. in this regard, considering business as one of the purposes of tour, this research about patua artists working for patachitra in west bengal is an attempt to reveal the fact that artifacts, as a part of culture, and tourism are two sides of the same coin. the existence of one is essential for the survival of the other. 1. introduction in the context of cultural sustainable tourism and the painted scrolls of the west bengal, this article attempts to present a study that reveals how cultural sustainable tourism helps in preserving and developing unique and traditional art forms that are slowly dying due to negligence. it also highlights that local art forms of the country that strongly attract tourists and play a significant role in cultural tourism and developing the tourism market in india. culture is a combination of different activities and ideas of a group of people with shared traditions, which are transmitted and reinforced by members of the group. new research reveal that “culture refers to the cumulative deposit of knowledge, experience, beliefs, values, attitudes, meanings, hierarchies, religion, notions of time, roles, spatial relations, concepts of the universe, and material objects and possessions acquired by a group of people in the course of generations through individual and group striving” . during this era of globalization in the industry of tourism, a new section of cultural tourism emerged in the 20th century. cultural tourism not only pushed the market of tourism and the economic condition of country forward, but also created a curiosity on a global level towards gathering knowledge about art and culture of different parts of the world. cultural tourism can be defined as “that activity which enables people to experience the different ways of life of other people, thereby gaining a firsthand an understanding of their customs, traditions, the physical environment, the intellectual ideas and those places of architectural, historic, archaeological or other cultural significance which remain from earlier times. cultural tourism differs from recreational tourism in that it seeks to gain an understanding or appreciation of the nature of the place being visited. ” correlation between cultural tourism, art and culture: doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.248 kanak lata singh / the academic research community publication incorporating arts and culture into the tourism product helps to create a distinct image and identity of the visited place, which is important for a country to project itself. considering culture and the arts as an integral part of the tourism product helps to preserve local identities and protect cultural experiences. in many instances, it encourages the realization and recovery of local cultural resources that we either forgot about or do not even know existed. cultural tourism provides an opportunity to make smaller communities more attractive. it creates vibrant spaces in small neighborhoods, expand business opportunities and improve the quality of life. an analysis of the extent of tourist involvement in the cultural tourism industry and their level of involvement in culture are art is presented in the following table. table 1: type of cultural tourism and level of involvement of tourists type of cultural tourist level of involvement of tourist the purposeful cultural tourist cultural tourism is the primary motivation for visiting a destination and the tourist has a very deep and elaborate cultural experience the sightseeing cultural tourist cultural tourism is a primary reason for visiting a destination, but the experience is less deep and elaborated the serendipitous cultural tourist a tourist who does not travel for cultural reasons, but who, after participating, endsup having a deep cultural tourism experience the casual cultural tourist cultural tourism is a weak motive for travel and the resulting experience is shallow the incidental cultural tourist this tourist does not travel for cultural reasons, but nonetheless participates in some activities and has shallow experiences as per the aforementioned chart, the first two groups of tourists show that they are intentionally involved in cultural tourism and thus are deeply influenced by it. the third group of tourists reveals that even if a tourist does not travel for cultural reasons, he or she may be deeply influenced by the art and culture of the visited area. the last two groups are such tourists who are only casually and incidentally involved in art and culture of the visited area. the presented study shows that, directly or indirectly, partially or fully, the tourist is always influenced by the art and culture of the visited area. this way, local art and culture contribute a lot to development of tourist footfalls in the visited area. not only do tourists get influenced by the visited area, but the area itself is is definitely influenced by the tourists. these influences can be positive or negative and they are presented in the following table. table 2: positive and negative effects/impacts of cultural tourism positive effects negative effects the development of the regional culture culture become commercialized protection of the natural habitat destruction of the environment the accentuation of tourism regions investments in tourism that act against the state of the environment strengthening of the local traditions and culture architecture not characteristic to the local customs less seasonal, can extend the tourism season carrying capacity problems can be an important form of sustainable tourism cultural tourism has only a dependent role (need for package) conflict source the table above shows that cultural tourism has a greater positive effect on art, culture and life of common people. it spreads more awareness of the place’s values, languages, lifestyle, and customs. by maintaining kanak lata singh / the academic research community publication awareness about the importance of cultural tourism and the everlasting positive effects it has, a country can create a balance between the society, environment, and tourism for improving the economic condition of the country. in this regard, a detailed study about painted scroll of the west bengal (kalighal pata painting) and role of tourism in preserving and developing this folk art form is being presented here. it is also important to discuss the contribution of this painted scroll to the development of cultural tourism as well. any static data of tourist flow in west bengal has not been used for analyzing the contribution of cultural tourism in the existence and development of the tradition of painted scroll as it is not available because the school of painted scroll was originated in the early 19th century and at that time, study about tourism in india had not started. painted scrolls of the west bengal: west bengal is a state situated in the eastern part of india, which shares its international border with bangladesh, nepal and bhutan. some of the important tourist centers are calcutta, tarakeswar (pilgrim centre), shantiniketan (work place of rabindranath tagore), bakreshwar (pilgrim centre) at birbhum district, durgapur (industrial city) and dakhineshwar kali temple, kalighat. painted scroll is one of the major tourist attractions in terms of artifacts and its famously known as kalighat pata painting. this article states that because of the increasing number of tourists in colonial india, this folk art form of painted scrolls has taken a new turn and reached its fully developed form. the tradition of painted scroll was originated by the hereditary painters of the eastern indian region of bengal. initially, the artists were wandering in one place and the other with painted scroll but in early 19th century, they settled down in kalighat. kalighat pata painting is considered as a folk art tradition. ajit ghose said “the word ‘pata’ is a sansakrit word of considerable antiquity which has posed into the bengalee language. it has a double denotation (i) a beautiful cloth and (ii) a picture painted on cloth ….” . the scroll painters illustrate narration of stories in a chronological way on handmade paper coated on cloth. artists use mineral and organic colors. the width of scroll painting can go from 4 to 14 inches and their length can be 3 to 15 feet. a piece of bamboo is placed on each end of the scroll and it is used to roll the painted scroll. the artists use these painted scrolls for presenting stories through visual depiction by evoking responses from their audience. the performance of patua songs assisted by scenes displayed from their scrolls. the songs consist of rhymed couplets, one or more corresponding to each register of the pata. as a song unfolds, the patua unwinds the scroll to the appropriate scene displaying the relevant pata skillfully with the help of bamboo handles at either end of the long scroll. this gives these scrolls their name, jorano pata (rolled scroll), to distinguish them from square ones depicting single scenes. these itinerant entertainers travel from village to village performing stories in public spaces such as the bazaar or the courtyards of schools, temples, or large homes. it is not uncommon to run into a crowd gathered under the shade of a banyan tree, mesmerized by the patua's performance. the scroll painting of kalighat originated as a tool of entertainment for common people. in return for their services, they were paid in cash. these painted scrolls are a source of livelihood of patuas, thus, they worship it before starting performances and on special occasions at their homes. figure 1 ramayana pata west bengal, 20th century, cloth national museum, new delhi kanak lata singh / the academic research community publication the initial major subject of these scroll paintings were narration of mythological stories as ramayana, mahabharata, some stories from bhagawat purana. a beautiful example of scroll painting titled as ‘ramayana pata’ (figure1) illustrated with scene from ramayana series, made in late twentieth century is in collection of the national museum, new delhi. the top most panel shows the scene of balli and sugriv’s combat followed by other scenes depicting (figure 2) hanumana and wife of legendary hero prince rama sita’s plight as a captive in ravana’s ashok vatika . figure 2, close up of the ramayana pata, national museum, new delhi before kalighat, chitpur near the temple of chitteshwari founded in 1610 ce was a major centre for religious purposes and of tradition of painted scroll. chitpur was infested with dacoits area therefore after the establishment of kalighat temple in 1809 ce a number of artists migrated from chitpur, nabadwip, krishnanagar, mituri and shantipur to kalighat. in the early 19th century, kalighat became a popular pilgrimage centre. due to the name of temple kali the painting tradition which was developed around this temple has been called kalighat painting. here it’s clear that due to the increasing number of domestic tourists coming for religious purposes, art of painted scroll shifted to kalighat, west bengal. in time, several new themes like historical stories, folklore and contemporary scenes of social issues became popular subjects of the painted scrolls. the reason behind this change was the migrating interest of the public for which these paintings were made. early 19th century was a period when the indian freedom struggle was in its peak and in order to achieve political freedom from the british rule, everyday new movements were run by the indian political leaders. these political movements were strongly influenced by the life of common people such as under swadeshi movement (1905 ce) based on the request of indian political leaders’ common public to completely boycott goods imported into the indian market from england. the patua artists played a significant role to make people aware of these kinds of facts related to the national freedom struggle through the painted scrolls. even the common public was taking more interest in hearing stories of freedom movements than old mythological stories. it was the first major change in the art of painted scroll which emerged due to political issues. one of the examples of kalighat scroll painting is related to the freedom struggle movement of ‘saheb pat’ (figure 3). in the present pat painting the whole story is chronologically narrated into small sections and each part is divided by lines. in one section, british officers are seen making a plan of war with freedom fighters and in another one, they are shown fighting with freedom strugglers. (figure 4) human figures are made with puppet kanak lata singh / the academic research community publication type eyes and tubular body limbs as we find in painted terracotta of kalighat because many clay figure modelers or potters were working as patua painters in kalighat as well as at other centers of kolkata. figure 4, close up of the saheb pata, national museum, new delhi. due to increasing mediums of entertainment like movies, dance and drama, the tradition of telling stories by pata (scroll) paintings started decreasing rapidly in the middle of the 19th century. at present in villages of west bengal this tradition is rarely being performed by the patua artist. as this painting tradition was a medium of earning livelihood for the pauta painters they adopted new elements to keep it in demand of tourists and art appreciators. the embracing of european expressive forms in the region’s cultural life in the late nineteenth century affected the traditional artistic practice of kalighat painting in a variety of ways. artists used opaque water color style from the british for the kalighat painting. unique handling of the pictorial form and adaptation of the dramatic costumes such as boots, hats, props and instruments like violin for hindu deities were major elements that emerged in this indian paintings school. it was considered a depiction of westernization in indian art. as a result, new themes, stylistic features, and even the paper was also introduced as a new surface of painting at the place of scroll. after that, along with painting of company schools, the tourists and british officers as well started to carry out kalighat paper paintings as souvenirs for their homes. as a result, a new genre of kalighat paper painting emerged in the second half of the nineteenth century from the resourceful adaptation of traditional scroll paintings of kalighat. in the paintings made on paper, the artists left the background blank but in the scroll paintings background are full of trees, ponds, rivers and vases according to the requirement of the theme. it again reveals that due to presence of a number of tourist and the presence of indians and british officers and their relatives, folk painting trend of kalighat school was highly influenced and it took a new turn. the kalighat painting school was an outcome of new lifestyle and aesthetic norms with shifting standard of morality. as jyotindra jain said that “the story of kalighat painting is the story of the transformation of folk art form into a popular genre of robust encounter of rural artists who migrated to the city of calcutta ” some important artists of kalighat painting school were nirban chandra ghose, kali charan ghose, nilmani das, balram das prabin chandra, inanendra patidar, khandu, dhiren and paritosh and gopal das. ajit mukherjee said that later kalighat paintings reveal influence of british water color but according to w.g. archer, there is no evidence that any painter received training from british tutors. the kalighat paintings are both time-and-space-bound. thus, they reflected the time and place in which they were created. the kalighat paintings were the first true caricature and satirical artists of india. around 1920 ce, kalighat painting trend had spread to paharpur, tollyguna in kolkata, mahesh ballavapura and panrojtala in hawrah and 24 paragana. role of cultural tourism in existence and development of painted scroll in the west bengal: the art of painted scroll known as kalighat pata painting or patachitra is an essential part of intangible heritage based on tour practices of the patuas or the artists who make patachitras. patuas are known as a community made up of a group of artists wandering with their painted scrolls from place to place to earn their livelihood through storytelling. therefore, tour practice is considered as one of the major causes of the origination of the art form in west bengal. kanak lata singh / the academic research community publication when the centre of the traditional art school shifted from chitpur to surrounding areas of the kalighat kali temple, the increasing number of indian pilgrims’ demand for these painted scrolls reached its peak. here again it seems that due to the increasing number of domestic tourists the art of painted scrolls matured in west bengal. in this regard, jyotindra jain said that calcutta was a major trade centre of india in colonial period thus ‘between 1854 to1877 howrah station of kolkata was connected with the national railway network. it was linked to main cities of india like varanasi, allahabad, patna, mumbai and agra etc. therefore, a large number of visitors have been coming here every year. these visitors desired to carry home typical and easily portable souvenirs such scroll paintings. indian foreign tourists also prefer to carry out painted scrolls as souvenirs to their homes. thus the folk painting of kalighat became the center of attraction for foreign people. based on the aforementioned, it’s proven that cultural tourism protected and strengthened the local tradition of painted scrolls. role of painted scroll and other art forms in existence and development of cultural tourism in the west bengal: it has already been discussed under the title of correlation between art, culture and tourism that directly or indirectly tourists are always influenced by the art and culture of the visited area. the culture tourism extends more consciousness about a place’s values, languages, lifestyle, and customs into the visitors. this is how it plays a significant role in the development of tourist footfalls in the visited area. regarding the contribution of art and culture in cultural tourism, h.l. hughes said that growth in travel opportunities and improved communication systems has contributed to an increased awareness of global culture. consumers are now familiar with the art and music of many other countries besides their own. it is natural that they would want to visit cultural organizations to experience these art forms when they travel. heritage sites and museums, along with theatres and other performing arts venues, are a significant reason why tourists visit the major urban areas. in the above lines hughes discussed about contribution of tourism that how it make aware people of the other country about art and culture of the one nation which develop interest of people to visit that country and know more about art and culture. similarly in colonial india the british officer had come initially for trading and later for ruling then they desired to know more about indian life and culture. as a result they attracted towards art and culture and given their contribution in preserving it. the same had happened in the case of painted scroll of the kalighal, west bengal. the tradition of painted scroll was originated as tool of entertainment for the common people of west bengal and as medium of livelihood for the patua community. the school of painted scroll reached on its peak in kalighat due to increasing number of pilgrim or domestic and british tourists in west bengal during colonial period. the indian people contributed in stylistic and theme based changes in this art form whereas reasons for suddenly increasing demand of the kalighat paintings were the british officers who chosen kalighat paintings to carry out as souvenir to their homes. the tradition of this art form is still contributing a lot in attracting eyes of international and domestic tourists as an important tourist product. for tracing tourist flow in colonial india static data is not available but for analyzing contribution of art and culture in increasing number of tourist flow and contribution of tourisn in indian economics in present era a static data is presented herewith. through statics data about increasing footfalls in west bengal state tourism minister bratya basu said west bengal in 2014 saw around 89% growth in tourist footfall as compared to the previous year 2013, 5.04 crore tourists visited bengal last year compared to 2.67 crore in 2013. apart from the overall growth, number of foreign tourists also went up to 14 lakh from 12.45 lakh in 2013. in 2011-12 the allocation was rs 44 crore which has gone up to rs 317 crore in 2015-16. table 3: year-wise growth of tourist footfall in bengal kanak lata singh / the academic research community publication west bengal improved its position among the states, moving up to fifth, with 1.49 million foreign tourists visiting the state in 2015. indian tourism industry has gone to new height in recent times. both tourist arrival as well as revenue earned thereof are showing a steep hike. as per the world travel and tourism council estimate, this sector now generate more than 4% of the country's gdp and more than 20 crore jobs . the tourism ministry has also played an important role in the development of the industry, initiating advertising campaigns such as the 'incredible india' campaign, which promoted india’s culture and tourist attractions in a fresh and memorable way. the campaign helped create a colorful image of india in the minds of consumers all over the world, and has directly led to an increase in the interest among tourists. p 240 the present study reveals that painted scroll in kalighat has been playing an essential role in the tourism flow in the west bengal since colonial period. conclusion india is known for its rich art and culture thus a number of foreign tourists come here for cultural tourism. summarizing this article, it is submitted that the cultural tourism product like art, heritage etc. and cultural tourism itself is a very important part of the indian culture and economy. in order to enhance the indian economic condition, the government also supports tourism in india. through the present study about cultural sustainable tourism and the painted scrolls of the west bengal, the following facts came to light: 1. existence of cultural tourism is dependent on the availability of art and culture of the country as art and culture are two important tourism products. 2. the art of painted scroll of kalighat is one of the major tourist attractions of india. 3. culture tourism protected and strengthened the local tradition of painted scrolls in west bengal as domestic and foreign tourists in colonial india were responsible for the stylistic changes considered as development in this art of painted scroll. it’s now proven that the existence of cultural tourism depends on the existence of folk art and vice versa. references: 1. g. hofstede, cultures and organizations: software of the mind, (mcgraw, new york: 1997), 279. 2. international scientific committee on cultural tourism, charter for cultural tourism (1997, http://www.icomos.org/tourism) 3. pika ghose, unrolling a narrative scroll: artistic practice and identity in late-nineteenth-century bengal (the journal of asian studies, vol. 62, no. 3 , 2003), 840 ibid: p. 844 4. jyotindra jain, kalighat painting images from changing world (mapin publishing ltd. ahmadabad:1999) 40 ibid, 5: p. 9 5. w.g. archer, bazar paintings of calcutta : the style of kalighat (her majesty’s stationery office, london :1953) 8 ibid 5: p.13 6. h.l. hughes ,“urban tourism and the performing arts” quality management in urban tourism, wiley ( source: http://aitcofficial.org/aitc/west-bengal-registers-positive-growth-in-tourism-says-national-report/ new york, 1997) 7. anonymous, bengal tourism flourishes – tourist footfall doubles in 2014 (may 22, 2015, http://aitcofficial.org/aitc/bengal-tourism-flourishes-tourist-footfall-doubles-in-2014/). ibdi 9. 8. 1 sherap bhutia, growth & development of tourism sector in west bengal: issues & concerns (american international journal of research in humanities, arts and social sciences available online at http://www.iasir.net) http://www.icomos.org/tourism http://aitcofficial.org/aitc/west-bengal-registers-positive-growth-in-tourism-says-national-report/ http://aitcofficial.org/aitc/bengal-tourism-flourishes-tourist-footfall-doubles-in-2014/ http://www.iasir.net/ http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication supporting mobility across european cities through physically active-friendly urban environments rosina u. ndukwe cesie, european cooperation department, via roma 94 90133 palermo, italy keywords action plan; active transport; physical activity; policy intervention; uactive; urban active environments. abstract active transport i.e. cycling or walking as well as using public transport for everyday journeys is an effective approach with multiple social and environmental benefits for transforming urban environments into active urban environments. although cycling and walking often remain on the margins of transport planning and infrastructure, there are new approaches emerging along with policies relevant to the creation of urban environments conducive to active travel. interventions and policies for developing physically active-friendly environments across towns and cities in europe are central to facilitating the promotion of physical activity and sustainable transport among the local population. a 3-year erasmus+ project called space (supporting policy and action for active environments) involves local government partners and an ngo developing policies and interventions to promote physically active-friendly environments in five european towns/cities: latvia [tukums], italy [palermo], romania [brasov], spain [toledo] and greece [trikala]. the project has focused on cities with recorded low physical activity levels. 5 working groups across these towns/cities have started co-production to develop urban active environments (uactive) action plans aimed at influencing policy and practice for active transport programmes promoting the use of cycling and walking. action plans are based on international guidance for healthy urban planning as remaining project partners include universities and an ngo who have provided support, advice and mentoring. cooperation and co-production with public health professionals, local government officers, education authorities and transport agencies is a key approach to the project. creating sustainable active urban environments is a key to healthier, cleaner, and economically successful cities. this goal can be reached by increased carbon-free forms of transportation such as walking and cycling. the space project aims to capture both the challenges and solutions for the development of active transport in urban spaces translating evidence into policy and practice and ensuring innovation at the policy level. supporting policy and action for active environments urban environments are central to facilitating physical activity for public health and promoting multiple social and environmental benefits. in supporting the development of urban environments and the integration of active transport programmes incorporating walking and cycling into public policy across europe, the 3-year erasmus+ project space has brought together a diverse mix of local government, non-profit and academic partners to develop and test approaches to increase the physical activity level of diverse communities (physical and social environments), and to support and encourage social inclusion through more active participation, policy intervention, and dialogue. doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.236 rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 2 launched in january 2015, space aims to develop policies and interventions across five european cities in the form of an action plan (an urban environment action plan [uactive]) to promote physical activity-friendly environments and to learn from policy and best practice implemented across the different european cities. in redesigning urban environments for active transport, project partners have adopted the following definition of ‘active environments’: “physical or social environments that provide positive encouragement in helping people to be physically active, and to make the active choice.” the 5 specific sites led by the local government and nonprofit organizations include tukums (latvia), palermo (italy), brasov (romania), castilla-la mancha (spain) and trikala (greece). the remaining project partners include higher education institutions (gloucestershire, oxford, zurich, thessaly) and non-profit government-funded organization (fit for life national physical activity promotion program finland) who each provide specialist support and advice in the development of the uactive action plan incorporating current evidence, healthy urban planning and mentoring. to summarise, 10 institutions from 8 european countries make up the space consortium which is comprised of: university of gloucestershire (uk – coordinator), university of oxford (uk), university of thessaly (greece), university of zurich (switzerland), fit for life program, likes foundation for sport and health science (finland), castilla la mancha regional government of education (spain), tukums municipality (latvia), brasov metropolitan agency (romania), cesie (italy), the municipality of trikala (greece). they are in line with numerous other world health organisation (who), eu and national policy documents that support the use of an integrated approach to intervention design, development and implementation such as the eu white paper: a strategy for europe on nutrition, overweight and obesity; eu white paper; promoting healthy diets and physical activity; eu workplan for sport 2011-2014. the project also exchanges with relevant who activities and networks, hepa europe, and national and regional governments of the partner countries in order to support the activities across the partner countries and to support the sustainability of the methodology and key findings into policy across europe to encourage local communities to take part in physical activity as part of their everyday life. this paper will present the methodology and the main results achieved during the space project to support the facilitation of physical activity-friendly urban environments through the development of uactive. it will review the effective multi-layered approaches in combining research and practice from challenges and solutions sought to develop and integrate policy and intervention into action at a local level in order to transform urban environments. the 5 uactive action plans presented, each one diverse in specific goals and intervention priorities will demonstrate the different strategies, tools and policy approach to promote active transport in european cities and towns. the complexities of the different environments presented and planning through co-production and collaboration at different levels of public policy and community participation, reviewing both physical and social environments will be discussed. conclusions will be drawn from the lessons learned from the final results and through the tested model for creating sustainable urban active environments. furthermore, future directions for collaborative research and practice in the field of uactive will be presented. the uactive concept in promoting physical activity in social and built environments uactive has been designed to help organizations and the local population increase physical activity of the involved communities and support and encourage social inclusion through more active participation in their local environment. evidence-based local policy intervention strategies have been brought to the forefront in new approaches relevant to the diversity of the cities involved and stimulated enhanced participation in physical activity through the promotion across local communities and at the policy level of the concept of uactive. the rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 3 methodology adopted for developing and implementing uactive can help to develop a change in culture across the population where physical activity and an active lifestyle becomes both the easier and the preferred choice. the concept of uactive has been defined in the following characteristics: uactive action plan which is defined as a model for developing an urban active environment is a co-produced comprehensive plan which includes a vision for the future. the plan aims to achieve that vision. it details actions and specific goals for a specific setting and/or population groups, for example, children/schools, urban town center/community. the review of both the built environment and social environment is central to the action plan and its implementation. built environments can include a town center with reduced car access, cycling/pedestrian infrastructure, parks and green spaces, free outdoor exercise equipment, school playgrounds, etc. social environments can include policies at local or national government level that actively prioritize physical activity including walking and cycling campaigns, social media that actively promotes physical activity. co-production approach for the development of uactive co-production is one of the main parts of the project's methodology and it has been central to the development of the uactive action plan. firstly through the collaboration among 10 organizations across 8 different countries, the project has brought together partners in implementation sites who have identified their own community needs and aim to have a more active urban environment. through the diverse activities of the project, all partners have worked together to implement action plans in the five sites and develop tangible outputs as a result. partners not identified as intervention sites are however either experienced in policy development and implementation, have a relevant specific academic subject specialism, and/or have a practical application of such projects, and have ensured the co-production within the project. the project adopts the diffusion of innovation (doi) theory (rogers, 1962) whereby knowledge, expertise, drive, determination, and place are shared and contribute collectively to the development of the finished product. in detail, a multi-agency and transnational approach has formed the development of the uactive action plans in tukums led by tukums municipality (latvia), palermo by cesie (italy), brasov led by brasov metropolitan agency (romania), castilla-la mancha led by castilla la mancha regional government of education (spain), and trikala led by the municipality of trikala (greece). these 5 partners have been supported in their action plan development by experienced academics, policymakers, and practitioners of the partner countries. the university of gloucestershire and university of oxford (uk), university of zurich (switzerland) fit for life program (finland) and university of rosina u. ndukwe/ the academic research community publication thessaly (greece) have each provide specific support to each site. support has offered expert input and review of the plans development process and finalization and importantly in assessing their economic value and impact to the environments in focus. during this process, partners have raised awareness across key representatives and stakeholders of the importance of health-enhancing physical activity through promoting active transport programmes within the urban environment. it is import to review how the uactive action plans have been developed across the 5 cities. their development took between 12 and 18 months and a specific six-step process was adopted which included: evidence review: sharing of current good (evidenced-based) practice of the implementation and promotion of an urban active environment (uactive) to increase population level (community) physical activity levels; consultation and co-production: establishment of stakeholder working groups in the five eu member states to co-develop the uactive action plans with a focus on creating environments to support physical activity to foster a more physically active environment; example action plans and template for uactive plan: to support the member states to develop and embed the uactive action plan into policy/practice in each designated city/town; expert input and review: to support member states in developing competencies in the assessment of the value of the uactive action plan through training in the use of the health economic assessment tool (heat). endorsement: adoption by local government or municipalities and ensuring support from elected members of the communities involved in the plans development. implementation and evaluation: co-implementation with stakeholder groups, evaluation of progress and implementation, together with ensuring visibility of results rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 4 3.1 environments for physical activity in europe: a review of evidence and examples of practice the development of tangible outputs which are central to support the development and sustainability of the action plans have ensured a review of research, practice, and lessons learned from the plans development. the aim of the summary of evidence and good practice report was to provide an explanation of how an active environment action plan can be developed, drawing on the good practice and learning from the space project. it includes an explanation of how to develop an action plan, what it needs to include and summary examples of five action plans from the space implementation sites. in the development of uactive, the partnership has carried out an extensive scoping exercise of evidence and good practices across all partner countries. firstly through research carried out in their respective countries on different case studies which demonstrate examples of urban active environments and specific challenges that have been overcome. scientific evidence on the influence of the environment on physical activity was identified as relevant and realistic good practice examples. three examples per partner were characterized in detail to serve as knowledge pool for the development of the individual uactive action plans. secondly through a large scale event learning and sharing of good practice symposium and workshop took place in palermo (italy) in october 2015 to facilitate the sharing of practice, experience and knowledge across partners and workshop on uactive action plans and case studies selected. as a result of the evidence collected, the partnership produced the eu uactive summary of evidence and good practice document led by the university of oxford. 3.2 collaborative working to develop uactive working groups have been established in each of the 5 sites which were made of key professionals in the field of policy, regional government, transport planning and development, sustainable mobility, health officials and local community beneficiaries. working groups led the process of the plans development together with partners to ensure their relevance to policy and community needs. collaboration with the working groups took place through meetings, action planning events, and community consultation. it is worth noting that the strategic partners and organizations which formed the working groups have been crucial in ensuring the action plans relevance and sustainability. uactive action plans across european cities and towns the main results have been the development of the 5 uactive action plans with specific visions, goals, and outcomes: 4.1 tukums the town of tukums in western latvia has around 19,000 inhabitants in the central area and 10 rural municipalities. the town has good infrastructure for sport and activity:9 sports grounds; 9 sports gymnasiums; 11.3km of bicycle lanes; and 2 parks. in 2014. tukums municipality became a member of latvian healthy cities network. it gave a lot of possibilities to communicate more with inhabitants about healthy lifestyle, to promote preventive measures, to support healthy aging, to cooperate with other municipalities in this field, to get political support for solving public health problems in the municipality. rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 5 table 1 – summary of the uactive action plan realized in tukums, latvia action plan case study vision characteristics tukums, latvia in motion in tukums! goal 1: develop the infrastructure for safe pedestrian flow in the town identifying the pedestrian flow in the town, 2017 develop the plan of infrastructure for safe pedestrian flow, 2017 create the infrastructure for safe pedestrian flow, 2018. goal 2: develop the infrastructure for safe cycling in the town pupils’ involvement in designing of the bicycle routes, 2017 route development in line with the designed ideas and existing bicycle lines plan and using a heat tool, 2017 create the bicycle infrastructure in line with the designed plan, 2020 design the standardized bicycle parking spot, 2018 location of safe bicycle parking spots, 2020 involvement of enterprises in the location of safe bicycle parking spots, 2020 goal 3: development of recreation areas inhabitants involvement in designing of the recreation areas and recreation and sports routes, 2017 development of routes to link the recreation territories (for walking, nordic walking, running, bicycling))2018 marking of the developed route map, 2018 organizing joint work sessions to facilitate the lakes involving entrepreneurs, associations, and population, 2017 goal 4: improvement of the information available on sports and recreational infrastructure improve the access to the information on sports infrastructure, 2017 locating the stands for runners and nordic walkers with information on proper warming-up, the performance of exercises and warming-down in the identified recreation areas, 2018 goal 5: promotion of health contributing activities the announcement of initiatives for proactive people.(2018) addressing the state-level competition organizers on organizing certain stages of competitions in tukums. (2018) development of routes to link the recreation territories (for walking, nordic walking, running, bicycling)(2018) promotion and development of traditional events in the municipality like family day, heath and sports festival, mobility week (2018) to include different pupil-attractive sports activities in sports lessons, including swimming, skating, etc. (2017) organising activity promoting day camps for children.(2017) rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 1 tukums town map with reduced speed areas, bicycle path, and location of sports infrastructure. 5.2 palermo palermo is the capital of the sicilian region of italy and the province of palermo. it is located in the northwest of the island of sicily, and is the 5th most populated city in italy, with an urban area of 855,285 inhabitants. although palermo has many beautiful tourist attractions, it also has problems. the development and facilitation of active environments are hindered due to lack of green spaces and parks. 60% of palermitans are dissatisfied with the lack of green spaces. the action plan and its development have been facilitated by cesie. table 2 – summary of the uactive action plan realized in palermo, italy action plan case study vision characteristics palermo, italy palermo – home of active and healthy school communities goal 1: urban trails urban trekking from home to school school children as a group walk from home to school led by school leaders (teachers, educators, and youth workers) who would be “urban trail guides”. children collaborate with their teachers in planning the walking bus using historical routes. 4 routes identified & designed and classroom activities to be developed for the identified routes 12 schools signed up to the urban trails programme at least 1000 school children with support from parents to participate in the walking activities goal 2: active school districts increase in the number of school sports facilities made available for use after school hours for school children to facilitate physical activity. develop partnerships between schools, agencies and local associations to develop specific activities activities. with parents, families and wider school community to raise awareness about the potential use of shared school facilities. at least 10 schools signed up to take part in the active school districts from 4 main areas in palermo. set up of after-school activity programmes in which at least 1000 school children with support from parents access to school sports facilities after school hours rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure 2 – palermo’s urban trekking route “ from home to school”. 5.3 brasov the city of brasov, is a medium-sized city in the center of romania, with around 290,000 inhabitants. it is in a mountainous area, but the city itself is relatively flat, allowing for easy cycling in most areas of the city. cycling is increasing in the city, especially among the young, despite the significant barrier of the cold weather during the 3-5 winter months each year. the municipality is investing in cycle lanes across the city: there are approx. 30 km of cycling lanes in the city of brasov, both dedicated as well as shared space. there are also plans to include cycle lanes as part of any new road construction or maintenance. brasov’s first sustainable urban mobility plan includes a focus on active mobility (walking & cycling) and will include distinct measures to switch from car use to walking and/or cycling. the action plan and its development have been facilitated by brasov municipality agency. table 3 – summary of the uactive action plan realized in brasov, romania action plan case study vision characteristics brasov, romania brasov the city where cycling is a way of life goal 1: the creation of the urban planning of the setting of cycle lanes and related facilities. the evaluation of the current cycle lanes network and related facilities (lengths, areas, safety degree offered, quality of infrastructure, parking, rental centers etc.) the development of a study on cyclists’ number the financial and technical analysis possibilities regarding the extension of the cycle lanes network and related facilities; using heat for selecting investments with the greatest impact the selection of the projects for the extension and improvement of the cycle lanes network (prioritization and identification of the funding sources) goal 2: the extension of the bike paths network (and related infrastructure) by 2023 goal 3: the creation of recreational facilities for bicycle users. elaborating the design themes to carry out the technical and economic documentation (feasibility studies) the launch of the tenders documentation (including the application form if the investment is based on the structural funds) receiving the technical and economic documentation and the submission of the application form (if the investment is made through structural funds) contracting the necessary funds for the investment (if the investment is made through structural funds) the launch of the tender for the investment projects implementation rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 8 receiving the technical and economic documentation and the submission of the application form (if the investment is made through structural funds) contracting the necessary funds for the investment (if the investment is made through structural funds) the launch of the tender for the investment projects implementation goal 4: promoting the bicycle for transportation and recreational purposes among residents. raising awareness of the public authorities on the importance/need for cycle lanes by involving the citizens policy on bicycle family on bicycle day competition of ideas for urban projects, bike trails and related facilities "brasov the bike-friendly city” information and communication activities information/awareness materials oriented towards the population communication through classical media: press conferences, press releases, appearances and interviews, print, radio/tv outdoor communication online communication: web, social media, blog civic participation activities public consultations through online questionnaires organising critical mass organizing regular information actions with the traffic police on the traffic laws and rules for cyclists annual intra-school competition "biking safely" women bikers parade brasov cultural cycling establishing partnerships with different horeca stakeholders in brasov to offer bike parking infrastructure figure 3 – brasov’s bike lane network. 5.4 castilla-la mancha toledo is a municipality and a city in spain. toledo is the capital of the castilla-la mancha autonomic community. it has 83226 citizens and it is the second most populated municipality in the province, and the forth of the autonomic community. the old town is the center of the city and the area most touristic. however, in this rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 9 area resides only less than 14% of the total population. santa maría de benquerencia neighborhood is the most populated area of the municipality and, it is located 8 km away from the old town. it is characterized by a duality of an industrial and residential area, and it has grown a lot during the last years. the action plan and its development have been facilitated by castilla la mancha regional government of education. table 4 – summary of the uactive action plan realized in castilla la mancha, spain action plan case study vision characteristics castilla la mancha, spain active mobility will become an easy, sustainable and popular alternative in toledo, for an efficient, safe and healthy daily transportation. goal 1: to improve roads and equipment needed for a better connection, on foot or by bike, from santa mª de benquerencia to the old town. to improve pedestrian routes to create a cyclist route from santa mª de benquerencia to the old town to install bicycle parking in all the different activity centers to design a specific mobility plan for the industrial polygon goal 2: to implement projects of active mobility – walking to school programmes in the schools from both neighborhoods. dynamisation and economic support to schools which implement active mobility programmes – a safe way to school security in opening and closing school times (municipal police) signposting of routes and center environment goal 3: to promote participatory and social dynamics that support and encourage active mobility. to revise the actual plan to develop workshops with sports clubs within the neighborhood to develop workshops with neighboring associations goal 4: increase awareness and educate the population and social agents. communication campaign basic courses for active mobility to disseminate the project within the autonomic community. figure 4 – cyclist routes from toledo to santa maría de benquerencia neighborhood. 5.5 trikala the city of trikala is located in central greece. it is one of the oldest cities in greece. trikala lies at the very same location of the ancient city of trikky or trikkai, home of the legendary founder of the modern medical practice, asclepius. the city of trikala is the capital of the prefecture of trikala, which is one of the four prefectures of the rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 10 region of thessaly. the municipality of trikala consists of the city of trikala and another 39 small settlements. it covers a total area of 608.48 square kilometers. the city of trikala constitutes the urban center of a predominantly agricultural and stockbreeding area. the main financial, cultural, leisure, sport and other activities of the of the prefecture are concentrated here. the action plan and its development have been facilitated by the municipality of trikala with support from the university of thessaly. table 5 – summary of the uactive action plan realized in trikala, greece action plan case study vision characteristics trikala, greece eliminate all car-use from the extended city center converting all current roads to pedestrian and introducing cycling lanes. goal 1: improvement and extension of the current cycling paths network. survey on cyclists to include heat related data. the launch of the ring cycle lane in the city center. recording on use of current cycle lanes (no of cyclists/per week). production and distribution of a city map marking cycling and walking paths. digital application for cycling and walking. promotional campaign for cycling targeting women. study on cyclist’s perceptions and recording a cycling lanes use. launch event of the action plan & results of 2 heat studies in the context of space. technical study for the improvement and extension of current cycling lanes based on current space document. public consultation and review of the technical study. implementation: the improvement and extension of current cycling lanes. goal 2: improvement and extension of the current pedestrian streets network. technical study for the development of school footpath for student’s walking technical study for the improvement and extension of current pedestrian streets based on current space document. public consultation and review of the technical study. projects implementation. figure 5 – bike lanes in trikala center. rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 11 a review of the effective approaches for transforming urban environments into active urban environments informed by evidence (good practice document), there is a clear argument to show that aspects of the environment that can promote physical activity such as walking and cycling should be emphasized. alongside this, results show there is justification for supportive policies that influence a supportive environment. the examples of practice and the methodology adopted by space, have demonstrated that across europe there is a great effort being put into developing and implementing policies that help to shift the emphasis in towns and cities away from the private car and towards walking and cycling and public transport. the diversity of policy approaches from the case studies demonstrates that there is no ‘one size fits all’ and that local priorities need to be uppermost when deciding on the range of interventions to be applied at local level. the results from uactive following a 6 step process has demonstrated how the environment (built and social) through different mobility approaches can promote the development of physical active-friendly urban environments across european cities and towns. multi-agency, transnational collaboration has produced real-life uactive action plans within five countries in europe, based on published evidence, real-life experience, consultation and collaborative working with other organizations and communities across the eu. in following the recommendations from the eu guidelines for pa and also in the gapa document (2008), space demonstrates effective shared learning and co-production in action plan development to promote and develop urban active environments. evidently, the various approaches, goals, and characteristics presented through each action plan adopted to ensure its relevance at the local level. conclusions a clear need for active transport to facilitate physical activity in urban environments has been identified developing the space project. there is already policy and practice in the area of creating active urban environments (see, for example, who developing national action plans on transport, health and environment, 2014, and some excellent examples of good practice of infrastructure projects (more detail provided in e.3)), but much of the implementation is not consistent. although some good practice exists, the reality is that many towns and cities across the eu do not have the resources to implement many of the suggested policies and practices or access to the required expertise. the space project addresses this economic challenge by combining academic, policy and practice experienced partners with partners who have identified their own need to develop a more enhanced active urban environment. the project focuses on transferring eu and national policies into local action plans and implementation, resulting in guidance documents and a media resource to support the sustainability of ‘how to do it’ beyond the lifetime of the project. the examples of practice document which was a catalyst for the action plans development, show vast diversity in approaches to promoting physical activity through modifications to different social, natural and built environments. while some cities choose to tackle the challenge of road transport, others promoted physical activity through sport and recreation. however, the examples of practice also demonstrate some of the problems and challenges that need to be overcome to create active environments. the action plans are a reflection of the different environments and approaches which although have similar overall objectives, show the needs in their own local environments for change and have successfully translated these needs to key goals that can be implemented within policy and intervention strategies. for enhancing, promoting and redesigning active travel programmes in urban environments, these plans can be used as key examples of how co-production can support the transformation of cities for e.g. mobility infrastructure to develop bike and pedestrian paths for residents, facilitating physical activity within the school environment to address childhood overweight and obesity. importantly, results have provided some lessons learned from the process of the uactive action plan development in order to support other cities and regions to develop a uactive. lessons learned from results include: the process of critical review of the draft plans was helpful in developing the plan. convening a working group of local stakeholders to develop the uactivee action plan and where possible, co-produced the plan. whilst this process of consultation and engagement was familiar to most of the case study sites, the development of a detailed action plan focussing on the active environment was a new experience. the constitution of the steering group was critical: in many sites, it was easy to find interested parties (e.g. cycling groups) but harder to convince influential politicians or decision-makers to become involved. money is a critical barrier: while some sites produced ambitious plans, they worry they may not be funded. rosina u. ndukwe / the academic research community publication pg. 12 cycling seemed to be a more prominent focus compared to walking, perhaps because the infrastructure is more distinct and the advocacy groups more visible. next steps will include the review of the action plans priorities, dialogue for policy intervention and advocacy in assessing the economic value of the plans in reference to the health economic assessment tool (heat). expert input and review which have been supporting partners to developing competencies in the assessment of value of the uactive action plan through training in the use of heat and at the end of the project inform policy through specific key messages and evidence-based results to demonstrate the potential economic value of each action plan and its impact on the urban environment. further outputs will include a guidance document ‘how to create and evaluate an uactive’ including case studies from project partners and: ‘how to’ guidance on measuring value of an uactive to ensure practice and lessons learnt from the plans development will be available at eu level to a wide range of interested stakeholders informing policy and action. how can we collaborate further to address challenges and develop solutions in promoting physical activity through active transport? acknowledgments the project space – supporting policy and action for active environments is co-founded by the erasmus+ programme of the european union (sport: collaborative partnerships). the european commission support for the production of this publication does not constitute an endorsement of the contents which reflects the views only of the authors, and the commission cannot be held responsible for any use which may be made of the information contained therein. references 1. cavill, n. (2016). environments for physical activity in europe a review of evidence and examples of good practice. space eu project. retrieved from http://activeenvironments.eu/media/space-review-evidence-examples-practice.pdf 2. european white paper on sport (2007). retrieved from http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/en/txt/?uri=celex%3a52007dc039 3. eu white paper (2011-2014). a strategy for europe on nutrition, overweight and obesity; eu white paper; promoting healthy diets and physical activity; eu workplan for sport 4. eu working group "sport & health" (2008). eu physical activity guidelines (2008); recommended policy actions in support of healthenhancing physical activity rogers, e. (1962). diffusion of innovations (1st ed.). new york: free press. rogers, e. (2003) 5. global advocacy for physical activity (gapa) the advocacy council of the international society for physical activity and health (ispah). 6. ncd prevention: investments that work for physical activity. february 2011. available from: www.globalpa.org.uk/investmentsthatwork standard eurobarometer 74 autumn (2010). public opinion in the european union http://ec.europa.eu/public_opinion/index_en.htm 7. world health organisation (who) http://www.who.int/en 8. who/europe health economic assessment tool (heat). available at http://www.heatwalkingcycling.org 9. who. (2016). interventions on diet and physical activity: what works (summary report). (2009). geneva: world health organisation. retrieved from http://www.who.int/dietphysicalactivity/summary-report-09.pdf 10. schweizer, c. racioppi, f and nemer, l (2014) who. developing national action plans on transport, health and environment. a step-by-step manual for policy-makers and planners utilization of artificial neural networks in management http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication utilization of artificial neural networks in managing and planning of urban projects sherif mohamed hafez professor of construction engineering and management faculty of engineering, alexandria university, egypt abstract: artificial neural networks (nn), have been applied to many construction management problems in urban projects. nn have showed some degree of success so the objective of this paper is to highlight some applications of this tool in the construction management field to help specialists find optimum solutions. a brief description of the input and output variables for each mentioned problem was illustrated in addition to the number and type of data set collected to train and test the neural network performance then the percentage error for each developed model was pointed out to demonstrate its accuracy. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication keywords: artificial neural networks, construction, management, urban projects. 1. introduction: most construction management problems such as cost estimation, productivity modeling, budget control, mark-up estimation and others require expert knowledge, judgement and experience to consider all significant factors affecting these problems. although research has been conducted using traditional decision analysis techniques such as regression analysis, multi attribute utility theory, fuzzy theory and others to solve these problems, the obtained results weren't satisfactory because these techniques depend on advanced mathematics which make them less acceptable to represent the construction personnel experience in addition to most of the research consider the effect of a single factor or just a few multiple factors. after the researchers' efforts turned to using expert systems in the construction domain, knowledge acquisition has been considered as the major bottleneck in the development of these systems. they also lack the ability to learn by themselves, generalize solutions and respond to noisy, incomplete or unseen data and because of these limitations, artificial neural networks have been used as an alternative to represent implicit knowledge that can't be formalized. 2. overview: artificial neural networks are computational models inspired by biological models of the brain. they have been used for a wide range of problems such as pattern classification, speech synthesis, recognition, clustering, forecasting and others. neural computing approaches are different than programming approaches in the following aspects: the ability to learn and generalize using a set of given inputs and outputs, rules aren't visible, copes with noisy and incomplete data set and adapting solutions over time, the structure of neural network model is arranged in layers of units: (1) an input layer which receives input values from the outside; (2) an output layer that report doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.232 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ sherif mohamed hafez / the academic research community publication pg. 2 the final answer; (3) a set of processing hidden units in the hidden layer which link the inputs to the outputs by weights as shown in figure (1). input layer hidden layer x1 2x 3x 1o o2 output layer f f f f f f f        iw j w kj fig. (1) structure of artificial neural network neural network models are built by modifying the weighted inputs for each unit using a transfer function to reach to the required output. the transfer function may be a linear or nonlinear function which includes sigmoid and tanh functions, these two functions are the most common in neural network applications. two broad types of neural network architectures are feed forward and feed backward. the simplest and most common one is the multilayer feed forward network (back-propagation network) in which the information travels in one direction but feed backward network isn't common because it’s difficult to train and analyze. there are no formal rules to determine the best number of hidden layers & the number of hidden nodes in each hidden layer to obtain the required accuracy for a certain problem so it’s necessary to undergo a trial and error process to determine the best structure of neural network model. the learning rule for a neural network is the process of modifying the weights of a network to produce the desirable output, there are three types of learning rules: supervised, unsupervised and reinforcement. the most popular type of learning is supervised, which requires the existence of an external supervisor to control the performance of the network. 3. labor productivity: rifat sonmez & james e. rowings (nov./dec. 1998) presented an artificial neural network model to estimate labor productivity for concrete pouring, formwork and concrete finishing. the first step in developing this model was the identification of labor productivity factors for the three tasks which include: 1quantities completed; 2job size; 3-crew size; 4-percent overtime; 5-percent labor; 6-temperature; 7-humidity; 8-precipitation; 9concrete pump. the same factors were identified for the formwork except the last factor but for concrete finishing, the concrete pump and job type weren't included. the second step was to develop a regression model based on the data obtained from eight building projects on a weekly basis. the number of weekly data points for concrete pouring, formwork and concrete finishing were 112, 76, and 46 respectively, the benefit of regression analysis is to determine the significance of the factors included in the model by calculating the mean square error (mse) and the mean absolute percent error (mape) between the predicted and actual values. two neural networks were trained for concrete pouring task to find the number of hidden nodes that result in the best prediction using the following inputs after dropping insignificant factors: quantities completed; crew size; temperature; job type and concrete pump. the first network contains 13 hidden nodes while the second network contains four hidden nodes. the performance of the second network was better than the regression model because the neural network includes the interaction between quantity and the concrete pump. as for formwork activity, the input variables used to train the two neural networks were the quantity completed and crew size, the first network contains five hidden nodes while the second network contains three hidden nodes. the prediction performance of the neural network wasn't better than the regression model, the same process was followed for the concrete finishing activity using the input variables quantity completed and temperature, the first network contains five hidden nodes while the second one has three hidden nodes, the first network shows a better performance than the regression model because neural network succeeded to represent the nonlinear relationship between temperature and production rate. finally, a sherif mohamed hafez / the academic research community publication pg. 3 sensitivity analysis was done to illustrate the impact of significant factors identified during analysis on the productivity of the three tasks. lapidus, a. et al (2017) developed based on artificial neural networks (ann) has been actively implemented in construction companies to support decision-making in the organization and management of construction processes. ann learning is the main stage of its development. a key question for supervised learning is how many number of training examples we need to approximate the true relationship between network inputs and output with the desired accuracy. the design process of ann architecture is related to a learning problem known as “curse of dimensionality”. this problem is important for the study of construction process management because of the difficulty to get training data from construction sites. in previous studies the authors have designed a 4-layer feedforward ann with a unit model of 12-5-4-1 to approximate estimation and prediction of roofing process. this paper presented the statistical learning side of created ann with simple-error-minimization algorithm. the sample size to efficient training and the confidence interval of network outputs defined. in conclusion, the authors predicted successful ann learning in a large construction business company within a short space of time. 4. budget performance: d.k.h. chua, y. c. kog, p. k. loh & e. j. jaselskis (sept. 1997) illustrated a back propagation neural network was presented to predict the budget performance of a construction project using key management factors. the data set was obtained from questionnaire surveys conducted by jaselskis on 75 construction projects, 48 from contractor organizations and 27 from owner organizations. half of the projects were cross plant while the other half were a combination of manufacturing office, power, pipeline and other types, the average size of the projects was $ 124,000,000 and the mean duration is 29 months and instead of using the data as measured it was classified according to a six point scale from (0 to 5), 27 management factors were identified to affect the construction budget performance, these factors were classified into four categories which include: (1) project manager(pm): some of these factors under this category is pm site visits, pm levels to craftsmen, pm education level, pm experience and others. (2) project team: which include team turnover and design incentives. (3) planning: this category include design complete, start activities, budget contingency, constructability and modularization and others. (4) control: under this category progress inspection, quality inspection, safety, control system budget……etc. for detailed information about these factors, refer to appendix (1) at the end of the paper. during model development, the insignificant factors were dropped from the network to define the key factors for budget performance. this was done by dithering the input factors by +5% then if these factors showed a negative impact on the network output, they were discarded from the model. this resulted in identifying eight management factors used as inputs to train the neural network which include: project manager levels to craftsmen, project manager experience, team turnover, design level at construction start, constructability program, budget control system, construction control meetings and budget updates. two hidden layers were used in the model, the first layer contains five hidden nodes and the second one contains three hidden nodes while the output is the budget performance which was classified to (good, slightly good, average, slightly bad and bad), the confidence level was determined using 20 test examples to be 95% with a standard deviation of (0.827), also the model had been evaluated for unseen and incomplete inputs. about 30% of the predictions were exactly as expected while nearly 70% of the predictions weren't more than one degree of deviation from the expected. 5. construction equipment productivity: chao l. c. & skibniewski m. j. (april 1994) developed two neural network models to estimate productivity of a hydraulic excavator. the data used to train the neural network was obtained using a desktop excavator robot with electric servomotors and to simulate the performance of the excavator, a computer program was used to send instructions from a basic program to control the robot’s motion. the first network estimates excavator's cycle time while the second one estimates the excavator efficiency. the excavator simulation process is based on two scenarios, the first one simulate mass excavation when the truck queue is empty so the excavator has to wait until a truck travels back, which leads to losses in productive time. however, the truck has to wait and if the excavator is busy working with other trucks, the second scenario simulates a substructure excavation job in which the excavator, after loading a truck, has to perform additional work such as repositioning, clearing and shaping which sherif mohamed hafez / the academic research community publication pg. 4 adds extra time before being ready to work with the next truck. the input data for the first scenario is the mean time to excavate and load a truck, mean cycle time for a truck, the standard deviation between excavating and loading time of the truck, number of trucks and the standard deviation of the mean cycle time of the truck. the same input data were used for the second scenario in addition to the mean time to perform an extra task, standard deviation of that extra time and probability of performing an extra task. after loading a truck, 86 training pairs were used to train the network for estimating the excavator cycle time with average error of 0.82% and the maximum error was 2.13% and 700 data points were used for testing the network with average error of 0.92% and the maximum error was 5.37%. this performance was obtained using one hidden layer and 16 hidden nodes. the second network was trained using 200 training pairs with an average error of 0.43% and maximum error of 2.57%, then the network was tested using 1000 data points which gives an average error of 0.53% and the maximum error of 3.15%, from these percentages it’s obvious that the network achieves a sufficient accuracy level. hajjar d., abourizk s. & mather k. (1998) had presented a method for integrating neural network developed to estimate productivity for earthmoving operations with a simulation model called ap-2 earth which helps earth contractors in preparing their estimates for large and complex projects. microsoft visual c++ was used as an object oriented environment to provide both a common interface for all models and general linking structures between simulation models and other models which include cad models, estimate database, neural network model, optimization model and others. the proposed approach was implemented on a small scale where the neural network was trained to predict productivity for an ex-3500 hitachi shovel, this equipment has a 24 cubic yard bucket and its production rate ranges from 800 to 1700 (bcm)/ hour. the input variables required to develop the neural network model includes the following: (1) soil classification: five types were identified to include overburden; silt; sand; clay and rock. (2) general soil conditions: the general soil condition was either soft; hard or frozen. (3) excavator footing conditions: the condition of the excavator footing is either wet or dry. (4) excavator and truck relative positioning: which refer to the average swing angle, and the percent of both side loading, generally the productivity is higher when both sides are being loaded and the swing angel is decreased. 132 training pairs were used to train the neural network using one hidden layer containing 4 intermediate nodes, 20% of the data were chosen randomly to test the performance of the network with average error for unseen data of 5.6% while the maximum absolute error was 43%. 6. markup estimation: moselhy o., hegazy t. & fazio p. (1991) had presented an artificial neural network model to estimate the optimum mark up under different bid situations, the input layer consisted of three attributes: the number of typical competitors (n), the mean distribution of the ratio of competitors bid prices to the contractors estimated cost in previous encounters (μ) and the standard deviation of the latter distribution (σ). the practical values of these attributes are from 0.7 to 1.4 for (μ), from 0.05 to 0.11 for (σ) and from 2 to 10 for (n). the output of the neural network is characterized by three values based on the three bidding strategy models, friedman (1956), gates(1967) and carr (1987), these optimum markup were calculated using a computer program called (bid). the values of output ranges from 0 to 1. the designed network was trained using 10 examples of practical bid situations, one hidden layer was selected for simplicity and the number of hidden nodes in that layer was varied to evaluate the performance of the network as shown in figure (2). 0 5 10 15 20 25 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 no. of processing elements in hidden layer 1 n et w or k to ta l e rro r p er 1 00 0t ra in in g cy cl es fig. (2) selection of optimum number of hidden nodes sherif mohamed hafez / the academic research community publication pg. 5 it’s obvious from this figure that the best performance of the network was at six hidden nodes in the hidden layer. finally, the trained network was tested to evaluate the reliability of the network by comparing the predicted values with the actual ones, it is accurate in estimating the optimum markup for bidding, which encourages to put this network for actual use. h. li., l. y. shen & p. e. d. love (may/june 1999) implemented a rule based expert system to extract explanation from a trained neural network, at first a neural network is trained using the inputs of the three following categories: firstly, project factors: (1) project size, (2) project type, (3) location, (4) project complexity. secondly, company factors: (1) labor availability, (2) current work load. economic factors: (1) working cash requirement, (2) number of competitors, (3) market conditions, and (4) overhead rate. the neural network consists of an input layer representing the input factors, an output layer representing the markup percentage and one hidden layer contains three hidden nodes representing the three categories. the network was trained using 25 bidding examples collected from a local contractor and tested using five examples with average error rate of 6.7% which means that ann is a reliable tool in predicting markup percentage then an expert system was used to explain the choice of a certain markup percentage by the neural network which depends on using if then rule. 7. project cost estimation: tarek hegazy & amr ayed (may/june 1998) developed a neural network simulation model in a spreadsheet format to estimate the construction cost of highway projects. the inputs used for the model are the factors affecting the cost of highway projects which include: project type, project scope, construction year, season, location, duration, project size, capacity, water bodies, and soil conditions. after setting up the excel template with initial weights of ones the next step was to determine the nn weights that optimize the nn performance, this has been done using three approaches: 1back propagation neural network using a commercial nn software, the nn consists of three layers an input layer containing ten hidden nodes representing input factors, an output layer representing the total construction cost and one hidden layer contains five hidden nodes. the neural network was trained using 14 projects and tested using 4 examples with minimum weighted error of 10.34%, 1.43% on the training cases and 19.33% on the test cases. 2the second approach to obtain the optimum weights for nn was the simplex optimization which was applied using the excel add–in program called solver. the optimization objective is to minimize the nn weighted error, the optimization variables are the weights from inputs to hidden layer and from hidden layer to output layer, the optimization constraints were to limit the percentage error to 2% for training examples and 5% for test examples. using the trial and error method the optimum weights were reached with a weighted error of 0.71% for training sets and 1.25% for test sets. 3genetic algorithm is the third approach used to obtain the optimum weights for nn model, a population of possible solutions is created, then a cross over process is used to obtain the most fit offspring that solves the problem. after many generations, the optimum solution is obtained and this approach has been applied using a commercial software called (gene hunter). the optimization objective and constraints were like the objective and constraints performed using excel’s solver, the weighted error was noticed to be 22.48% for training set and 21.11% on the test set. the comparison between the results of the three methods is shown in fig. (3). sherif mohamed hafez / the academic research community publication pg. 6 backpropagation training 1.4% 19.3% 10.4% 0.7% 1.3% 1.0% optimization simplex optimization genetic algorithms 22.5% 21.1% 21.8% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% % err or in co st e stim ate % error on 14 training cases % error on 4 test cases weighted error fig. (3) comparison between weight determining methods it is evident that the excel solver provides the minimum error percentage in determining the optimum weights of nn. a sensitivity analysis module also was incorporated in the developed nn model to consider the uncertainty in project factors, this feature put the developed model for actual use in predicting the budget cost for new highway projects. pearce a. r., gregory r. a. & williams r. developed an artificial neural network model for estimating the risk of cost escalation for construction projects which help planners and designers in identifying the potential of cost variation. the data required to train and validate the neural network had been obtained using the parametric automated cost engineering system (paces) for vertical construction ranging from communication centers to medical facilities and living quarters. twelve factors had been identified based on informal interviews with cost engineering experts to be the input variables of the neural network. these factors are building perimeter, floors above grade, roof area, foot print, floor to floor height, exterior doors, exterior wall area, exterior window area, number of stairwells, number of elevators, heating and cooling load, while the output was the cost of seven categories which include substructure, super structure, exterior closure, roofing, interior construction, conveying systems and heating, ventilation and air conditioning. a total of 46 training pairs were used to train the network in addition to five cases were used to test the performance of the model. the acceptable limit of error for the cost estimation problem ranges from +25% to -10% based on standard practice for vertical construction projects. various architectures of ann were tested ranging from one hidden layer of 0 processing elements to three hidden layers consisting of 21 hidden nodes. the best performance of the neural network was by using one hidden layer with five hidden nodes with average error of -3.79% and maximum error of -7.22% as shown in figure (4). architecture pe rce nt er ror fo r t est c ase s 0% -2% -4% -6% -8% -10% -12% -14% -16% average error max error 12 -07 12 -27 12 -57 12 -97 12 -33-7 12 -77-7 12 -33-3 -7 12 -77-7 -7 12 -75-3 -7 12 -35-7 -7 fig. (4) neural network architectures vs. error the trained network was used to generate cost/probability function by increasing three independent variables: number of stories, building perimeter and floor to floor height thus a larger number of cases was generated while the other input variables were calculated using (paces) equation which depends on the three independent variables. this data set will be squashed and used to generate output values using the trained network then these outputs were not squashed and plotted as a histogram to obtain the cost/probability curve which illustrates the variations in the final cost based on the required level of confidence. sherif mohamed hafez / the academic research community publication pg. 7 anthony harding, et al. (2000) stated that a neural network approach to estimate the total cost to the client for a building project according to different procurement routes has been developed. two networks were trained to predict two measures of cost, the natural log of the cost and the cost/m2, thus four networks were obtained, two with the inclusion of procurement route and two without inclusion of the procurement route to assess the effect of the procurement route on the total project cost. the input variables for the ln(cost) model were location, natural log of the gross internal floor area, stores above, height, internal doors, while the inputs for the (cost/square meter) model were function, piling, internal doors, ceiling, the same inputs for the other two models but with inclusion of procurement route. the data set used to train the neural network was 58 projects of different functions (administrative, residential, industrial) with gross internal floor areas between 154 m2 and 11605 m2. of the data set, 34 are design and build and the remaining 24 were procured by the traditional route. the data set was split to 32 projects for training, 13 projects for verification and 13 projects for test. table (1) illustrates the r2 values for the four networks, it’s clear that the neural networks are not generalizing well and the values of mean absolute percentage error (mape) for neural networks is lower than those for regression models which are developed to predict the (cost/m2) and natural log of cost using the same inputs to the neural networks. table (2) demonstrates this comparison. a, b models without procurement c, d models with procurement table (1) performance of neural network model r2, training r2, verification r2, testing lncost a 0.971 0.992 0.837 cost/m2 b 0.718 0.865 0.348 ln (cost) c 0.969 0.990 0.843 cost/m2 d 0.702 0.859 0.252 table (2) comparison between nn model & regression model nn errors regres. errors model r2 mape% ape% r2 mape% ape% lncost a 0.933 25 18 0.985 13.8 12.1 cost/m2 b 0.538 31 22 0.979 15.6 11.0 ln (cost) c 0.945 23 13 0.985 13.9 12.2 cost/m2 d 0.696 27 25 0.979 15.4 10.1 this means that the accuracy of neural networks is less than the accuracy of regression models. the reason for this bad performance is due to using a small data set which isn’t enough to represent the real relationships between the variables and cost. another important thing to be mentioned is that the models contain procurement route yield some improvement, this means that the procurement route have some effect on the cost, but it can’t be identified without increasing the data set. the future development of this model is to increase the data set between 400 and 500 projects in addition to increasing the number of input variables to cover a wide range of project types and options. it’s also important to include the client costs in the model. michał juszczyk (2017) established that cost analyses are of the key importance for the success of the construction project. bim as developing and disseminating technology brings several advantages to the construction industry especially for the several analyses carried out during the construction project and cost analyses among them. this paper presents a discussion of the concept of combining the idea of bim and the use of artificial neural networks for the purposes of macro level cost analysis. the author’s intention is to present considerations about potential benefits as well as the nuisances of the proposed approach. 8. conclusions: based on the results of the studies reviewed in this paper, it’s evident that artificial neural network performs better than conventional methods in many situations such as productivity modeling for concrete pouring, formwork and sherif mohamed hafez / the academic research community publication pg. 8 concrete finishing activities in addition to predicting excavator productivity, markup estimation, budget performance, cost estimation for highway projects and the risk of cost escalation. however, the last application for estimating the total construction cost based on procurement route still needs much research to put this model for practical use. 9. references: 1 c h u a d . k . h . , lo h p . k . , k o g y . c . & j as el s ki s e . j . “m o d el fo r c o n s t r u ct i o n b u d get p er fo r man c e n eu r al n et wo r k ap p r o ach ” j o u r n al o f co n s t r u ct i o n e n gi n eer i n g an d m an agemen t , v o l . 1 2 3 , n o . 3 , s ep t emb er 1 9 9 7 . 2 c h u n g li . c . & j . m . s ki b n i ews ki “e s t i mat i n g co n s t r u ct i o n p r o d u ct i vi t y: n eu r al n et wo r k b as ed ap p r o ach ” j o u r n al o f co n s t r u ct i o n e n gi n eer i n g an d m an agemen t , v o l . 8 , n o . 2 , ap r i l 1 9 9 4 . 3 e . s i ami i r d e mo o s a, s . r . d i n d ar l o o , m . s h ar i fzad eh , ai c , 5 8 , 8 5 – 9 4 ( 2 0 1 5 ) 4 f . c o s t an t i n o , g. d . gr avi o , f . n o n i n o , i j p m , 3 3 , 1 7 4 4 – 1 7 5 4 ( 2 0 1 5 ) 5 h . d an y, a. s i maan & m . k evi n “i n t egr at i n g n eu r al n et wo r ks wi t h s p eci al p u r p o s e s i mu l at i o n ” p r o ceed i n gs o f t h e 1 9 9 8 wi n t er s i mu l at i o n c o n fer en ce. 6 h egazy t. & ayed a. “n eu r al n et wo r k m o d el fo r p ar amet r i c c o s t e s t i mat i o n o f h i gh way p r o j ect s ” j o u r n al o f c o n s t r u ct i o n e n gi n eer i n g an d m an agemen t , v o l . 1 2 4 , n o . 3 , m ay/ j u n e 1 9 9 8 . 7 li h . , s h en l. y . & lo ve p . e . d . “an n b as ed m ar k u p e s t i mat i o n s ys t em wi t h s el fe xp l an a t o r y c ap aci t i es ” j o u r n al o f c o n s t r u ct i o n e n gi n eer i n g an d m an agemen t , v o l . 1 2 5 , n o . 3 , m ay/ j u n e 1 9 9 9 . 8 lo we d . , h i cks o n a. , h ar d i n g a. , e ms l ey m . & d u ff r . “th e c o s t o f p r o cu r emen t : a n eu r al n et wo r k ap p r o ach ”, p ap er p r es en t ed t o c i b w7 8 i n t er n at i o n al c o n fer en ce, i cel an d , 2 8 3 0 j u n e 2 0 0 0 . 9 lo we d . , h i cks o n a. , h ar d i n g a. , e ms l ey m . & d u ff r . “th e r o l e o f n eu r al n et wo r ks i n e ar l y s t ag e c o s t e s t i mat i o n i n t h e 2 1 s t c en t u r y” p ap er p r es en t ed t o c o b r a co n fer en ce 1 9 9 9 . 1 0 m . an t h o n y, d am , 1 5 6 , 8 8 3 – 9 0 2 ( 2 0 0 8 ) 1 1 m . li , w. c h en , p p , 2 5 , 1 2 1 2 – 1 2 1 7 ( 2 0 1 2 ) 1 2 m o s el h i o . , h egazy t. & f azi o p . “n eu r al n et wo r ks a s to o l s i n c o n s t r u ct i o n ” j o u r n al o f co n s t r u ct i o n e n gi n eer i n g an d m an agemen t , v o l . 1 1 7 , n o . 4 , d ecemb er 1 9 9 1 . 1 3 p ear ce a. r . , gr ego r y r . a. & wi l l i ams l. “r an ge e s t i mat i n g fo r r i s k m an agemen t u s i n g ar t i fi c i a l n eu r al n et wo r ks ”. 1 4 s o n mez r . & r o wi n gs j . e . “c o n s t r u ct i o n lab o r p r o d u ct i vi t y m o d el i n g wi t h n eu r al n et wo r k s ” j o u r n al o f c o n s t r u ct i o n e n gi n eer i n g an d m an agemen t , v o l . 1 2 4 , n o . 6 , n o vemb er / d ece mb e r 1 9 9 8 . http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 sustainability development of smart public transportation in globalization otilija sedlak1, zoran ćirić1 1university of novi sad, faculty of economics subotica, keywords smart public transport; sustainable development; electronic monitoring system abstract the paper studies the sustainable development opportunities of the public passenger transport market in the globalized environment. the main aim of the research is to improve the competitiveness of sustainable public transport. transportation needs to be considered as an important aspect of the development of cities in a sustainable manner and for an attempt to create a smart city. those cities care about inhabitants, apply environmentally acceptable methods of waste management, offer more efficient public transportation, health care, and social system. many studies have shown the relationship between effective public transportation services and sustainable development at the city level. european commission is trying to motivate all the regional administration in an overall acceptance of sustainable urban mobility plans as part of the strategic vision for solving pressing problems in the process of functioning of modern cities. the purpose of this study is to present a concrete step in achieving the objectives of the "smart city" concept with the use of modern information technology in the traffic and passengers in the real-time monitoring process, tickets issuing, as well as passengers informing in subotica, serbia. there is a wide gap between community expectations from public transportation services and the actual quality of service provided. the resulted grounded theory has brought attention to the necessary reform of transportation institutions; transportation policy which is integrated into settlement development of the smart city strategy and consistency of economic systems; public transportation development proceeding from supply improvement; and finally, the need of awareness improvement via education. the research conclusion is a necessity of external fund allocation through emerging means of liberalization and public-private partnership and the introduction of the more demand responsive transportation system while taking into account sustainable consumption as well. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication 1. introduction the european commission intensively motivates all regional and local governments to conduct urban mobility plans as an answer to the challenges of living quality improvement and environmental protection, since 2012. in accordance with these plans, many cities in europe and throughout the world apply the concept of a smart city the city of future with its several subsystems as their development guideline. the creation of smart transportation systems in accordance with the main principles of sustainable development based on protection of public health and environmental quality, respect for ecosystems, exhaust emission limits, sustainable use of renewable doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.235 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 2 resources and minimal use of non-restorative are accepted in “the development strategy for railroad, road, water, air and intermodal transportation in the republic of serbia between 2008 – 2015”. on the other hand, the harmonization of traffic systems and the development of transportation infrastructure in the countries that are joining the european union will largely redefine control mechanisms of modern cities and the roles of city sub/systems. the challenges of fast technical-technological development include the application of systematic approach in the use of new information technologies in the process of city sub-systems management. 2. literature and regulation review governing attitudes in available foreign and latest domestic literature indicate that establishing the necessary prerequisites for sustainable urban mobility as well as the application of new technical and technological solutions in the functioning of city subsystems is imperative for the survival and development of the cities. the lack of legislation and scientific and professional observation of the problems in the functioning of the city subsystems, especially for public transportation have led to many different solutions implemented in various cities. many of them are often unsuccessful in practice. awareness of the need to regulate the public transport problems in accordance with positive examples, first of all, those from the european union has gained importance in our country in the recent years. the problem of public transport is very noticeable in the management of urban infrastructure (brook, 1995). the view that the government should improve urban planning by optimizing the rules and structure of public urban transport routes for the construction of the public transport company (ptc) and sustainable development in the future is a new idea of public transport priorities (han, 2010). several independent studies indicate the relationship between effective public transport services and sustainable urban development (too & erl, 2010). the aim of this study is to present and implement the "serkwal" framework for measuring public transport services performed within the master plan community in australia. according to the results of the survey, there is a big difference between the community's expectations from public transport services and the quality of services carried out on the ground. in particular, the results were useful in identifying areas where improvements are most needed, e.g. the response and reliability of services in order to encourage greater use of community-based public transport services. in the study (banister, 2008), the opportunities for a sustainable development of the public transport market are studied. the study focuses on the main problems of this activity and on finding a solution to the observed problems; therefore, the basic theory is based on qualitative detailed interviews with experts. a study conducted by ibm institute for business value in 2010 argues that so-called smart and lifelike cities use information and communication technologies in innovative ways in order to create a diversified and sustainable environment. sustainable transport systems are in line with all the main principles of sustainable development: protection of public health and environmental quality, respect for ecosystems, exhaust emission limits, sustainable use of renewable resources and minimal use of non-restorative (pitsiava-latinopoulou et al. 2006). the organization for economic co-operation and development (oecd) regulations relating to the sustainable transport in the environment is considered very important. the european community is moving towards the implementation of common transport rules by facing two basic problems: breaking the link between economic development and transport development, achieving equal development of all forms of transport. the european community of transport ministries (ecmt) is trying to create an integrated transport system across the member states and the rest of the continent by analyzing social issues as well as environmental and traffic issues. the world business council for sustainable development (wbcsd) launched the “2002 sustainable mobility project” in order to determine the goals of a sustainable transport system development. the study of transport processes with an emphasis on ptc has been improved by the conclusion that the transport system is one of the most complex production systems, according to its organizational structure and technical and technological characteristics. otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 3 the system of public transport with all of its performances capacity, speed, efficiency, technology, quality, investment and exploitation costs is very complex. the environmental impact is one of the most important factors. it is influenced by the location, size, and structure of cities, their economy, social relationships, etc. optimizing the structure and functioning of cities and their transport systems is a very complex and delicate task with far-reaching consequences in all spheres of life of its inhabitants. two basic strategies have been crystallized in the development of the cities: “sustainable development” and “quality of life”. satisfying these goals is possible by creating balanced urban transport system which would be achieved through a systemic approach in resource management, planning, implementation of new technologies, organization, financing, etc. in the european union, the achievement of sustainable development and quality of life goals in transport systems is obtained through the conduct of a policy which takes the principle of realization of the mobility of residents with limited use of passenger cars (uitp, 2005), as the basis. according to inadequate understanding of complex problems of transport mode choice, treatment of the city transport system as a free market, the demand for the pronounced influence of administrative bodies, the strong pressure of various interest groups is a serious obstacle to the generation of solutions that are in the general best interest (vuchich, 2002). based on numerous studies in our country and in the region it can be concluded that public passenger transport systems function in an unregulated transport services market in most cases. the market is unregulated often based on system management according to the concept of “traveler” with a partial or complete absence of a qualitative concept of any kind. the world passenger transport system development trends in cities (isotope, 1997) are directed towards the development of a new management concept which results in the quality of service improvement and lowering the costs. the lowering of transport services price is necessary in order to “gain” new users a condition for more efficient functioning of the overall transport system and preservation of the quality of life in cities. in relation to other public utility services, public transport is a specific activity because the cost of transport can’t be based on costs of investments. therefore it is necessary to finance the development and modernization of this activity from non-refundable financial sources by the city. given the increased revenue risk associated with the sale of transport services due to the nature of the activity, in the best interest to resolve conflicts between local authorities and local operators there are various types of contracts based on total costs, net costs, subsidies or hybrid contracts (mulley & nelson, 2009). the system and service quality in the ptc is measurable and represent the potential risks of misunderstandings between service providers, local operators, and local authorities. establishing realistic and optimal organizational relations between the local self-government and the operator in the application of transport and economic models eliminates most of the financial problems. these problems would substantially endanger the survival and the operation of the public transport system (murray, 2003). the processes of world globalization, as well as changes in the political social and economic environment in which cities operate today and their transport systems, require the development of new management methods in the sphere of economic efficiency. the european commission seeks to accelerate and increase acceptance of the sustainable urban mobility plans in local and regional governments in europe. the 2011 guidelines document “development and implementation of a sustainable urban mobility plan” outlines the steps needed to implement them. the implementation of the concept of “smart city” under the slogan “good functioning cities” is gaining more space in the process of managing modern urban subsystems at the same time. 3. public city passenger transport (pcpt) model the public passenger transport system target function is defined by the size and characteristics of the transport services market in the territory of the local community and the demands from stakeholders in the system in one hand, on the other hand it is defined by the characteristics of the structure, technology and the organization of public passenger transport system. in order to realize the requirements and objectives of the public transport system it is necessary to define which key performance indicators are measured by the performance of the system, how are they quantified, what are the model connections between the defined indicators and the elements otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 4 of the structure of the system. precisely defined indicators allow comparisons in different time intervals, which is one of the prerequisites for quality system management in the aspect of economic efficiency. thirteen years of research on the functioning of the city subsystems and its management, in different environments, in the territory of our country, a member of the european union and abroad, revealed that the establishment of the necessary volume and level of organizational relations in the field of regulation of the transport services market presents a bigger problem than technical-technological procedures on the establishment of functionally capable subsystems. cities that desire to develop the distinctive features of smart cities by innovatively using new information technologies build new organizational relationships and create a friendly and sustainable environment suited for the work of all of their subsystems. based on sublimated knowledge from examples of such subsystems, the necessary (but not yet sufficient) preconditions for a successful implementation of organizational relationships are: political will to execute management functions, the quality of service improvement, the quality of service improvement, financial sustainability. the structure and economic aspects of functioning are analyzed through the prism of local self-government and operators organizational relations within the public passenger transport system framework. the system of public passengers transport is the basic logistic subsystem of the city and the state which ensures the presence of its users as elements of production and other processes, at the place and in the moment where and when it is needed. as a specific transport system, public passengers transport belongs to a group of organizational-technologically complex and open systems with a stochastic change of state. the system name itself points to its basic determinants. the system determines that it is a complex component composed of parts which as the result has a greater quality than the combined quality its parts. the system is “public” because it is available for use by all residents of the city on equal terms. the “transport” definition defines that it is a system that is organized to perform “relocation/transfer” role with all sub-processes that help to accomplish this task. and finally, the transport is about people or travelers. from the basic guidelines, it can be concluded that the system of public passenger transport is a system with a complex structure of several technological and organizational subsystems, which represent an irreplaceable way of the realization of transport needs in the cities. it represents an economic activity that engages large resources invested in the system: vehicles, employees, facilities and equipment, energy, finance, etc., at the same time. the goal of each local government is the optimal management of city subsystems. the management process itself is a very complex process that envisages the implementation of several sub-processes and activities. for the successful organization and management of the traffic subsystem and in particular the pcpt, local governments have to provide the appropriate environment, which implies the definition of contractual frameworks in the pcpt system, as well as the definition of the type of contractual relations and the manner of implementing the contracting process with the operator. in the interest of smooth management process operation, the city system should be divided into functional subsystems whose analysis is carried out with using of hard statistical as well as soft subjective indicators. the increase in economic power leads to an increase in the mobility of urban residents, but at the same time it leads to problem of increased use of passenger cars, resulting in negative consequences caused by irrational use of resources (urban space and energy), congestion and the decrease in the speed in the transport system, negative consequences from traffic accidents as well as increased negative impact on the environment. sustainable urban mobility principle application in synergy with the necessary management processes based on the concept of smart cities in regulating the transport services market and selecting the appropriate transport and otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 5 economic model will give pcpt the optimal preconditions for systemic solving of the increasingly prominent organizational issues of modern cities. the new organizational relations solutions implementation process takes place in conditions of social transition and inevitably faces certain difficulties that hinder the smooth functioning. the most significant obstacles to this implementation are: technological and practical limitations, limitations caused by the lack of regulation, limitations in terms of accepting the principle of sustainable urban mobility and new solutions (resistance to change). when establishing organizational relationships with the operators of certain urban subsystems, local selfgovernment face a dilemma of the applicability of the smart city concept and the effects of its implementation on ensuring the sustainability of the pcpt as a whole. 4. modern cities in the global market conditions in order to achieve optimal functioning of the city's traffic subsystem, it is necessary to investigate the impact of the implementation of the smart city concept on the public passenger's transport sustainability. as the part of identifying and determining the boundaries of variables, their impacts on the sustainability of the pcptp system must be examined: the system of public urban passenger transport is a system of complex organizational and technological characteristics. in order to successfully achieve the goals of such a system, it is necessary to specify in detail all the obligations, rights and risks of the system itself as well as environments that may affect its functioning. the contemporary professional practice the work, efficiency, and functionality of individual city subsystems are monitored and analyzed systematically in the function of the entire organization and realization of the smart city concept. the natural environment for the manifestation of organizational relationships in the traffic subsystem is the transport services market in a certain territory, which can be regulated or disordered. the basic goal of each local government in the sphere of public transport is regulated transport services market with the model of the regulated pcpt system. regulation of the system and regulation of relations implies the distribution of competencies and responsibilities between entities in the transport services market. this is defined in a clear and comprehensive contract. the type of contract choice depends on the structure of the system and the costs that are produced in the system as well as the division of risks. the key risks in this relationship are the risk of the production of transport services and the risk of revenue. these two types of risks combined with financial risk, planning risks, and environmental risks are the basic accident-related parameters that can jeopardize the smooth operation of pcpt. the specific position of our country expressed the intention to join the european union and incompletely harmonized regulations on the one hand, as well as the more articulated wishes of the inhabitants of local communities to make their living space and the functioning of all subsystems of the urban environment sustainable and "friendly" on the other hand clearly impose the need for implementation of a strategic approach to the organization of the transport services market and the management of the pcpt system. inevitable globalization processes have become a natural environment for economies around the world. modern economy no longer recognizes the information, innovation and capital flow boundaries. technology improvements meet the desires of consumers who are craving for the cheapest and best quality products (vivier & pourbaix, 2005). regardless of the illusion of the limitless economic space and many opportunities investors otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 6 do not forget the fact that the global thinking is combined with "local action" for using all the advantages of the local market. a modern digital economy would be inconceivable without the tools of modern information and communication technologies. the “smart city” uses innovative and rational of the available technology in order to create a sustainable and diversified environment. new technology influences the operation of all seven city subsystems and enables their more efficient systemic connection. city subsystems are distinguished on their key functions basis: people (health, public safety, and education); business subsystem (city business policy and regulations); urban service subsystem; traffic subsystem; communication subsystem; water management subsystem; energy management subsystem. city subsystems are in continuous connection and interaction between themselves and with the city environment as well. optimal operation of the city is actually the result of a harmonious functioning and proper response of the subsystem to management actions. one of the world's most renowned portal dealing with new technologies “mashable” has defined a list of 25 innovations whose fulfillment leads to the epitome of a smart city. among other things, there are technical and technological solutions related to water recycling, building management, optimization of public transport, redirection of drivers due to crowds, video surveillance, parking management and information of citizens. all these solutions contribute significantly to the improving the quality of life in urban areas and environmental preservation. managing the traffic subsystem of the city is one of the areas where direct and immediate improvement can be seen because broader layers of the population in real time can have a clear picture of the city management actions success. the optimal functioning of public transport is very important within the traffic subsystem. the precondition for successful management of the subsystem is the accurate real-time information availability that is relevant for making good quality decisions. electronic real-time traffic monitoring systems with the option of issuing tickets in public transport have become an effective solution for removing inconsistencies brought by dynamic changes in the public transport environment. 5. public city transportation system organization and management in the city of subotica management is a very composite process with multiple subprocesses and activities and involves a systemic approach to problem-solving. subotica as a city has to form an organizational unit in the form of an expert body that would professionally deal with giving arguments in the field of system strategy in order to operationalize the goals and policies. the expert body must perform tasks and responsibilities from several areas such as research of the transport services market, regulatory frameworks adoption, planning, system design, and development as well as all tasks related to operational management of the system and control of system functioning. 5.1. an integral approach in the budget of costs and revenues in the public transport system in subotica when building a model of sustainable urban mobility one must take into account the analysis of the costs and revenues of the public transport system itself as well as on the costs and interests and benefits of the wider community. a sustainable urban mobility plan can’t be limited exclusively to traffic it must take into consideration environmental factors, economic development, social equity, health, and safety, etc. the efficiency and cost-effectiveness criteria must not be neglected at the same time. city budgets have been shrinking. in the last few years, this logically leads to a reduction in urban transport expenditure and mobility. unfortunately, in the city of subotica, expenditures for these needs are by about 70% lower than in other cities that have similar traffic systems of public passengers transport of by volume, structure, and complexity. with these very strict conditions, the key question is how to achieve the greatest impact with the least spending of resources. an integral approach involves considering costs and benefits, even those that are more difficult to measure such as gas emissions, greenhouse effects or air quality impacts. the european commission in its white paper on transport (2011) emphasizes the importance of internalizing external costs for all modes of transport through otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 7 common principles, taking into account the particularities of each type of traffic. (www.mobilityplans.eu, plans of sustainable urban mobility planning for people). 5.2. costs and revenues in the public transport system in subotica public company “subotica-trans” has been assigned by the city decision to transport passengers in public urban and suburban traffic in the city subotica, therefore the indicators are taken from the annual financial statements of public company “subotica-trans”. total costs in the public transport system in subotica the costs and revenues of the city public transport system are influenced by several factors starting with the quality and structure of the vehicle fleet, the fuel, and energy types and prices, spare part prices and availability, employee salaries, transport service prices, quality of organization and management. when approaching the analysis of the total system cost several different levels of aggregation can be utilized. costs can be viewed at the level of the entire system of public transport of passengers or at a modular level in order to obtain a clear picture of the participation of individual subsystems in the total costs of the entire system. the criteria for grouping each heterogeneous cost structure should be the nature of costs. table 1. structure of total costs in the public transport system of passengers for the period 2014-2016 (rsd – republic serbia dinar)1 no. cost description 2014. 2015. 2016. realisation % realisation % realisation % 1 business expences 590.040.000 98,64 664.989.000 98,18 679.179.000 98,84 2 financial expences 3.491.000 0,58 5.469.000 0,81 1.647.000 0,24 3 other expences 3.073.000 0,51 5.668.000 0,84 5.957.000 0,87 4 expenses based on write-off 1.595.000 0,27 1.184.000 0,17 326.000 0,05 total expenses 598.199.000 100,00 677.310.000 100,00 687.109.000 100,00 table 1. represents the structure of total costs observed by year, it shows that business expenses (operating costs) account for more than 98% of total expenses. other categories of costs (financial expense, other expenses, and write-off expenses) are practically negligible in relation to costs that are directly attributable to the production of transport services (costs of materials and spare parts, fuel and energy costs, wages and other personal income, depreciation, etc.). figure 1. total expenses in the public passenger's transport system in the period between 2014.-2016. 1 data from the annual financial statements of public company “subotica-trans” otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 8 the second-largest operating costs group is fuel and energy costs with a participation ranging from 24% to 31%, respectively per year. such large oscillations in the cost of power generation are the result of an unstable oil and oil derivatives market in the year 2014. and 2016. the two categories of costs practically represent two-thirds of the total operating costs (operating expenses) of the public urban and suburban passenger transport system in subotica. figure 1. shows the business expenditure of the public transport system in subotica for the period 2014.-2016. it can be noted that the total costs in the public transport system of passengers in subotica were steadily increasing in the period from 2014. to 2016. costs in the system had a positive trend of growth and they were accompanied by the total operating costs in the mentioned period. (figure 2) figure 2. total business expenses in the system of public passengers transport of in the period 2014-2016. it is very interesting to notice that the costs of propellant fuel and energy have increased by as much as 24%, which is evidently disproportionate growth trend compared to the number of kilometers traveled (an increase of about 1%) (figure 3). otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 9 figure 3. change in the price of power (oil) prices in “suboticatrans” for the period 2014-2016. taking into account all the facts related to the increase in the volume of production of transport services and their impact on the costs of propulsion fuel and energy, the biggest cause of the increase in this category of costs is a direct consequence of unexpected disruptions in the price of propellant fuel in the last three years (an increase of 28.7%). the costs of salaries and other personal earnings of employees also had a positive growth trend in the observed period. the number of employees did not change in the same period in the public transport system in subotica, unfortunately, the system can not reduce this category of costs. these costs still have a very high percentage of participation in business expenses of about 42% in the year 2016. acquisition of revenues in transport systems of public transport is one of the most sensitive issues of interrelations between the operator the local government authority. the guaranteed revenue of the operator that ensures the smooth operation and development of the system is obtained from the following sources: income from the core business (revenues from the sale of tickets, subsidies from the city budget and other sources). this important and sensitive issue is critical to the financial sustainability of the system. this must not be viewed without a wider context approach and the interest of the social community. although the local authority under the pretext of saving and reducing budget funds wants to reduce expenditures to cover the real needs of the transport system of public transport. balanced relations can also address issues of financial sustainability of the transport system as well as the interests of the sustainable urban mobility of the community. an acceptable transport economy model for all contracting parties must be a motivating factor in adapting the public transport system to modern demands of sustainable urban mobility. 6.conclusions the non-conflict functioning of the system of public passenger transport includes the creation of the necessary ambiance achieved through the adoption and implementation of regulatory documents for the public transport system. in regard to the sustainability criteria, neither the planning and risk management of the environment should be ignored: the planning risk sources lie in the fact that the planning of the centers of attraction, production, and travel is transformed into the separation of the public urban passenger's transport system from the rest of traffic and innovation at all levels of functioning of the system. the risk of planning is essentially the risk of a local government authority that has the necessary capacities to take over that risk. environmental risk: “one of the greatest ironies of the twentieth century is that all over the world we give away invaluable resources such as land, oil, clean air and all in the name of automobile traffic, although most people will never have it available” (lowe, 1994). most members of the european union use large funds from joint funds for the construction of modern transport systems in addition to technical and technological efforts and a lot of attention is paid to legislation that ensures sustainability. our country, as well as our cities, they have to adapt the work of their city subsystems, above all the traffic subsystem, the standards of the european union at the time of approaching the standards of the european union. environmental risk, therefore, becomes a very important topic in relation to the operational authority of the local administration, because of the environmental pollution problem as well as the “greenhouse effect” by the public transport system. in the mutual regulation of organizational relations, a special part must be devoted to stimulating acceptable environmental effects and nonstimulating forms of transport of passengers on the territory of the city harmful to the environment. although there are cases in which an operator takes over this form of risk, it is more appropriate that the local government provides support for the renewal of the fleet in accordance with state regulations concerning the environment through the grant of subsidies.conclusions should state concisely the most important propositions of the paper as well as the author’s views on the practical implications of the results. otilija sedlak / the academic research community publication pg. 10 the structure and functioning concept of the pcpt system today is aimed at implementing a continuous process of future positioning the system in terms of its sustainability and independence by defining the goals that the system seeks to achieve as well as the directions and ways for achieving the goals of the entire system. the current situation in the transport services marketplaces subotica in the ranks of unregulated markets (due to the lack of institutional, staffing and regulatory prerequisites). because of this, it is necessary to undertake certain management actions on market stabilization and management. the conclusion is that an external source of funding is needed through systems such as upcoming liberalization and/or partnerships between the public and private sectors and that there is a growing demand for “responsive” transport systems which is generated by the consumption. public passenger transportation environment consists of many complex conditions with different technical-technology organizational systems and levels of development and heterogeneous ownership structure. our region mostly has disconnected public transportation systems which are going to be replaced with intermodal transportation system (integrated system of ticket sales, integrated luggage management, uninterrupted mobility, high accessibility for physically challenged people) which will include entirely new approach by the transportation operators. references 1. han, s. s. managing motorization in sustainable transport planning: the singapore experience. journal of transport geography. volume 18, issue 2, elsevier. march 2010. pp. 314-321. 2. too, l. earl, g. public transport service quality and sustainable development: a community stakeholder perspective. sustainable development vol. 18, (1), 2010. john wiley & sons ltd and erp environment. pp. 51-613. 3. banister, d. the sustainable mobility paradigm. transport policy, volume 15, issue 2, march 2008. elsevier. pp. 73-80. 4. pitsiava-latinopoulou, m., basbas. s., christopoulou, p. sustainable transport systems: trends and policies. wit press. 2006. 5. vuchich, v. bus semirapid transit mode development and evaluation. journal of public transportation, volume 5, issue 2, 2002. pp. 71-95. 6. lowe, m. d. back on track: the global rail revival. washington, dc: worldwatch institute. 1994. 7. vivier, j., pourbaix, j. mobility in cities database, analysis, and recommendations. international association of public transport (uitp). brussels. 2005. 8. brook, c. a. the implementation of city transportation strategies a planning perspective. transactions on the built environment, vol. 16. wit. 1995. 9. mulley, c., nelson, j. flexible transport services: a new market opportunity for public transport. research in transportation economics. volume 25, issue 1, 2009. pp. 39-45. 10. murray, a.t. a coverage model for improving public transport system accessibility and expanding accessibility. annals of operations research. 2003. pp. 143-156. 11. eltis the urban mobility portal, downloaded april 2015 www.eltis.org 12. sustainable urban mobility plans planning for people, taken april 2015 www.mobilityplans.eu 13. mobility in cities analysis and recommendations, international association of public transport (uitp), brussels, 2005. 14. "smarter cities for smarter growth", ibm institut for business value, 2010. 15. development policy for public transport trolleybus subsystems, international association of public transport (uitp), brussels, sept. 2007. 16. isotope improved structure and organisation for urban transport operation in europe. transport research fourth framework programme, urban transport, vii-51. office for official publications of the european communites.1997. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/09666923 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/09666923 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/09666923/18/2 http://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1790&context=ese_papers issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press designing an ontology to describe ecological cycling routes within the province of tungurahua cristina páez quinde1, efrén r. narváez peña2, margarita narváez ríos1, fernanda viteri toro1, francisco torres oñate1, ruth infante paredes1 1facultad de ciencias humanas y de la educación, universidad técnica de ambato. email (mc.paez, mm.narvaez, mf.viteri, cf.torres, rutheinfantep)@uta.edu.ec 1universidad técnica particular de loja – ecuador. email. ernarvaezl@utpl.edu.ec keywords ontology; tourism, tourism routes, rdf, rdfs, owl. abstract tourism, a significant industry worldwide, has allowed for economic, social, and cultural development in rural areas because of all the advantages it offers to tourists. ecuador is a country that presents a wide range of alternatives in the tourist field allowing a massive tourist influx to many of its destinations such as indigenous communities, natural reserves, and tourist, ecological, and volcanic routes. most importantly, ecuador encourages the conservation of the diversity resulting from such influx. the objective of this research is to design an ontology which facilitates a description of the bicycle tourist routes in the province of tungurahua, and specifically in the city of ambato. apart from route descriptions, this ontology gives information about the flora and fauna and places of interest such as inns, hotels, and restaurants that can be found along this route. this ontology was developed based on the application and enforcement of semantic web technologies. that being said, all the described information is attached to an rdf vocabulary and it can be accessed using sparql. therefore, information that is semantically described in an organized and standardized manner is available in order to allow for interoperability with other existing data sources. as for the development of the ontology, the methodology used was an open code software known as “protégé”. the owl (ontology web language) was also used as marked language and rdfs for the description of the employed vocabulary. 1. introduction tourism is a field in constant development. therefore, the appearance of new technologies and specifically that of the semantic web have had a great impact among tourist agents and each and every one of its processes (barta, feilmayr, pro¨ ll, gru¨ n, & werthner, 2009). affected was also the quality of information on the web and giving place to the appearance of the semantic web. this technology gives machines a level of understanding on the web to know what the user needs in an easy and natural way. the huge amount of information that is related to the tourist industry, the decentralization and lack of standardization in this field hinders the labor of the agents or tourist services when offering the users updated information on demand. the technologies of information and communication based on semantic web have had an important and fundamental role in the field, promoting complex products that are able to satisfy the demand of the different types of travelers regardless of their preferences (zhong, zhu, li, & yu, 2002). thus, it is necessary to examine various sources of information before offering the traveler a route proposal, product or tourist destination, and lists of cultural, ancestral or leisure activities (niemann, mochol, & tolksdorf, 2008). seen from this perspective, all the information available in big data stores on the web have increased and have become decentralized, hence making it indispensable to take the challenge of locating, administrating, processing and integrating all that amount of information that is considered relevant in this area (zavarella, tanev, steinberger, doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.250 danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 2 & van der goot, 2015). nevertheless, it is important to consider that this information has been generated without any control or organization. as a result, it has become necessary to develop a kind of technology which allows the processing of all these contents from the semantic point of view for its classification and proper use (flügge & tourtchaninova, 2004). in accordance with all the above, semantic web is defined asan important area in the field of web technologies which gives a very well-defined meaning to information (gontier, 2015), allowing computers to acquire a level of simple understanding of the web (carroll, et al., 2004). at the same time, it performs activities given by the user naturally. this technology provides the capability to integrate all the diverse data sources and get more specific and precise search results as well as minimize time and resources since there is an automation of very complex tasks for human beings (brunner, et al., 2007). 2. state of art a tourist route is characterized by a promotion of new knowledge in the area, with the purpose of gaining tourism attention as the place develops due to the multiple ways that search to venture inside a determined market (araújo & fraiz, 2017). that being said, and as time goes by, different types of tourism arise. despite being pleasant in nature, these types are declared necessary mechanisms. as a result, tourist bicycle routes emerge as an entertaining alternative. moreover, when a tourist takes a tour and analyzes connections and areas of tourist fluxes, cultural interest arises and natural spaces and population increase (fernández, 2015). this creates an attachment between the individual/tourist and the experiences recreational activities provide since they are performed on occasions, during vacations, free time or simply as routine. when taking a bicycle route, the tourist chooses a more sensitive experience and appreciates the environment due to direct contact with it without any vehicular access. in order to be exposed to climate conditions and nature, tourist regions propose, besides maintaing a personal connection and tranquility, that riding a bicycle helps in capturing the rhythm and essence of life when a person goes through stress or tension (gongonçalves, corrêa, da silva carmo, & toro, 2016). serra (2016), states that tourism on a bicycle is thought of or is categorized as inferior. however, in the future, this is expected to change since it does not only invigorate economy, but it is also respectful of the environment. thus, this type of tourism results in a determined sector being compromised in offering high quality services. as the tourist has the opportunity of keeping direct contact with natural and cultural attractions, the visitor on a bicycle is a potential client of tourist places and hotels that takes this activity as a method/ route to a particular objective depending on the researcher and his/her ability to establish connections on different points such as on roads, mountains, paths (with or without vegetation). needless to say, cycling facilitates a coexistence with the population that offers harmony, value, and respect for the place where the activity is being done. the bicycle is a non polluting mean of transport which promotes sustainable tourism with respectful habits towards the natural environment. it offers protection of local communities and its traditions as well as provides socio-economic benefits in the under-developed areas. that being said, cycle-tourism is becoming an important segment for opportunities of diversification and development (moral, 2016). taking tourist cycling routes provides the visitor with bigger access to the natural site due to easy access to places that do not have enough spaces for vehicles (mrnjavac, kovačić, & topolšek, 2014). they also provide a method of organizing tourist servers in an improved way by using better signals, more information, and caring for the environment among other things. saldanha, fraga, & peixoto de sequeira santos (2015) consider that in the paquetá island, in rio de janeiro, known as “the bicycle’s island” has the implementation of cycle lanes with technological applications and mobile internet usage sources such as qr codes so that the tourist has the chance to find strategic locations when lost. as a result, the tourist becomes curious to practice cycle-tourism turning it into a tourist activity and another way of sightseeing. at the same time, it offers support for the tourist in finding a tourist route and other general aspects such as the duration, length, climate conditions, signs and orientation of the place. it makes clear connections with other interesting places and services near to the routes used. on the other hand, a research held in costa rica states that a cycling lane is more accepted by tourists in natural places that are organized by certain tour operators which promote the activity such as the arenal volcano, guanacaste, and the atlantic zone with flora and fauna species which encourage cycling (ledezma, 2016). moreover, cycle-tourism has been taken as an alternative of development in many european countries where it has been taken as an option for people who know and value nature and the benefits that riding a bicycle offers. it is preferred because new ways of fighting consumerism are being found. this, exactly, is what happens in the alicante province where acceptable conditions have been established to make cycle-tourism as its duration, landscape, infrastructure and primary services cover the tourists’expectations. the place has a cyclist tradition which encourages practicing the activity (soler, 2016). according to rodríguez (2016), cycling starts as a territorial sport or practice which is established by the geography or development of the place. relating to a territory, it is a way of interaction with the landscape, sports, flora and danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 3 fauna where the person experiments security with a controlled effort as it depends on the speed and rhythm of the bicycle and the user. the cycling lane is part of an activity that requires will, capability, a good mood and physical state to perform within the grounds of a marked tourist route. with this modality, the tourist appreciates cycling from another point of view where all the aspects are related with the route in a cycle or chain circuit because as the route is taken and completed the environment will be made familiar as normally a cycle tourist practices it to know themselves and nature. in the tourist field, and along the years, it become possible to develop a large number of data catalogues and at the same time taxonomies which facilitate the information processing of all the tourist agents, knowing that its use has been internal and without implementing standards or rules that govern them (berners, 2011). inside the ict, diverse tourist ontologies have been developed, both, public and private. considering that many of these have an advanced maturity level that represent not only generic aspects in the tourist field, but also subdomains that are even more specific than the ones which describe more concrete sceneries as this ontologythat is considered in the local environment (srinivas & akerkar, 2008). 3. methodology 3.1. semantic modeling of ontology gómez and suárez offer methodological guidelines based on scenarios that are used to model and develop ontologies (2009). in their guidelines they describe a series of 9 scenarios in which an ontology can be modeled. in this paper, we select scenario 1, which allows us to specify the requirements to be fulfilled by the ontology and scenario 3 for the reuse of ontological and existing resources. the developed ontology is small in size and punctual within the domain it represents. 3.1.1. domain analysis in the development of ontologies, the first step is to identify the domain of the information to be represented. it is most appropriate to draw on expert knowledge, taking advantage of existing categorizations or classifications. for the description of ecological touristic routes, we use the classifications that the book "manual of hiking" and the web page wikiloc provide. all this is done with the purpose of making a correct definition of the classes and properties that ontology must have in order to describe fully and correctly the selected domain. 3.1.2. requirement definitions the purpose of constructing this ontology is to test a model of consensual knowledge for the description of ecological touristic routes. it can be used by the general public that wishes to know the ecological routes that are there in tungurahua, specifically in ambato. two non-functional requirements are defined by the ontology.  ontology must be modular, which means that it allows the addition of new classes, properties and reuse.  ontology must be developed in english, as this is the language in which the vast majority of ontologies are developed. potential final ontology users:  software developers  government organizations  touristic providers potential uses:  make available to software developers a semantic database with routes and tourist sites that can be used in web or mobile applications.  search for alternative routes with greater diversity of flora and fauna in its path. the markup language selected for the implementation of the ontology is owl which has 3 sublanguages from which owl lite has been selected. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 4 the selection of ontology vocabularies has been developed following the recommendations made by the w3c as best practices for the vocabularies selection. to find these vocabularies we use an open vocabulary searcher called "linked open vocabularies" lov. the first step is to define a conceptual model of the ontology to be developed using natural language to be able to identify the classes and their relationships between properties or other classes. figure 1 conceptual model on work domain 3.2. definition of ontology vocabulary following the work of piedra, cadme, and chicaiza, when modeling the domain it requires the following activities and tasks (2014). 3.3. ontological resources re-use one of the means to collaborate in the integration of resources within the web is the reuse of existing vocabularies. the vocabularies listed below are those that will be reused.  rdf schema, and owl, to write the vocabulary.  dbpedia ontology: this ontology is generated from the specifications created manually in the dbpedia mappings wiki. each version of this ontology corresponds to a newer version of the dbpedia dataset that contains instance data extracted from different language versions of wikipedia.  bio top: a high-level ontology that provides definitions for key biomedical entities as a basic vocabulary to unambiguously describe the facts in this area.  schema: this vocabulary will reuse the concept to model the place class, as well as data properties and relationships between classes.  geo: a basic rdf vocabulary that offers the semantic web community a namespace to represent latitude, longitude, and other information about things, using wgs84 as reference data.  foaf: vocabulary developed to represent people with their attributes and relationships to other concepts, especially organizations.  npg: a formal vocabulary that provides definitions for key concepts of interest, which helps to publish content in education and science.  uta open vocabulary: created specifically for this work, it makes it possible to describe those attributes, properties and entities that have not been modeled previously in other vocabularies on the web. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure 2 approximation of the conceptual model description and it must be expressed in rdf language, so it can be continued in the linked data cloud. figure 3 shows the model that represents the ecological tourist routes in ambato. for this domino model, classes of vocabularies like scheme, foaf, dbpedia-owl npg, fgeo were used. these languages are described in the classes and relationships. ontology. figure 1 semantic model of data to describe touristic routes in ambato danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 6 table 1. class of ecological tourist routes class description route represents the route that exists from a place of origin to a destination origin represents the starting point or beginning of the route leading to the selected destination. destination represents the end of the route place it represents all places of interest that can be found along a route like parks, reservations or other places of interest for the visitors. living organism it represents all living organisms that live along a route, highlighting the biodiversity in the area where the route is. organism group it represents the group to which the living organisms that inhabit the route belong, whether they are within the flora and fauna of the area. to develop the ontology, we used protégé, which is a tool that allows us to represent our model in an owl and rdf language. it will later provide an rdfs for the conversion of triplets. when using protégé, you create the route, place, origin, destination, living organism, and organism group classes. similarly, data properties have been created to describe properties of classes. object properties have also been created and they represent the relationships between the modeled entities. figure 2 ontological model created on protégé with this first approximation, the ontological model retaining the whole cycle for the semantic description of the tourist routes in the city of ambato is obtained, which will form the basis for the process of publication of tourist information in the linked data cloud. 4. conclusion the research shows the development of an ontology that identifies the tourist routes in the city of ambato by natural and landscape spaces, from the initial phase of identification of the information obtained within the research to the tests of the concept developed in an instance within the ontology. the use of conceptual stability focused on the education sector and the integration of all the information that is possessed of the city of ambato in the tourism sector once reliability and precision of the results are granted. through the development of ontology, one can appreciate the level of maturity of the technologies that are part of the semantic web and the different programming languages that are used for its development through different types of properties. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 7 for future work, we put a test ontology alongside the introduction of the basic information obtained in the length of this research. outside of the conceptual space, shown in this article, we want to integrate all the requirements into a global project to show its real usefulness by providing the traveler with tourist routes based on their characteristics or preferences when traveling. references 1. araújo, n., & fraiz, j. (2017). las rutas turísticas vinculadas a series de ficción. análisis de las rutas de doctor mateo y gran reserva. cuadernos de gestión vol 17, 37-55. 2. barta, r., feilmayr, c., pro¨ ll, b., gru¨ n, c., & werthner, h. (2009). covering the semantic space of tourism: an approach based on modularized ontologies. 1st workshop on context, information and ontologies. 3. berners, t. (2011, 09 13). semantic web road map. retrieved from w3c: www.w3.org/designissue/semantic.html 4.brunner, j., ma, l., wang, c., zhang, l., pan, y., & k., s. (2007). explorations in the use of semantic web technologies for product information management. in proc. of www 2007, 747-756. 5. carroll, j., ian, d., chris, d., dave, r., andy, s., & kevin, w. (2004). jena: implementing the semantic web recommendations. proceedings of the 13th international world wide web conference on alternate track papers & posters, 74-83. 6. fernández, f. (2015). flujos turísticos, capital territorial y uso de la bicicleta. andalucía como modelo de destino emergente en cicloturismo. revista de estudios andaluces nº 32, 76-107. 7. flügge, m., & tourtchaninova, d. (2004). ontology-derived activity components for composing travel web services. proceedings international workshop on semantic webtechnologies in electronic business (sweb2004) co-located with berlinerxmltage, 1-7. 8. gómez, a., & suárez, f. (2009). scenarios for building ontology networks within the neon methodology. proceeding of the 5th internacional conference on knowledge capture, acm, 183-184. 9. gongonçalves, l., corrêa, d., da silva carmo, c., & toro, s. (2016). diarios de bicicleta: procesos educativos vivenciados en la ruta de las emociones. estudios pedagogicos, 323-337. 10. gontier, e. (2015). web semantic and ontology. scientific research publisihng, 15-20. 11. ledezma, c. (2016). cicloturismo en costa rica: una mirada a los tour operadores. pensamiento actual vol 16 nº 27, 157-167. 12. moral, m. (2016). el desarrollo del cicloturismo como una modalidad turístico sustentable. turydes revista turismo y desarrollo nº 21. 13. mrnjavac, e., kovačić, n., & topolšek, d. (2014). the logistic product of bicycle. tourism and hospitality management, vol. 20, no. 2., 171-184. 14. niemann, m., mochol, m., & tolksdorf, r. (2008). enhancing hotel search with semantic web technologies. journal of theoretical and applied electronic commerce research, 82-96. 15. piedra, n., cadme, e., & chicaiza, j. (2014). representación semántica del marco metodológico para la implantación de desarrollos curriculares virtuales accesibles. esvi-al. 16. pliego, d. (1993). manual de senderismo. madrid: la librería madrid. 17. rodríguez, f. (2016). el ciclismo como vector el desarrollo territorrial. boletín de la asociación de geógrafos españoles n.º 70, 419-442. 18. saldanha, l., fraga, c., & peixoto de sequeira santos, m. (2015). discussões preliminares sobre serendipidade, bicicleta e turismo envolvendo a ilha de paquetá no rio de janeiro (rj). caderno virtual de turismo, vol. 15, núm. 3., 378-389. 19. serra, m. (2016). el cicloturismo y las vías verdes como ejemplo de turismo sostenible. revista cidob d’afers internacionals, vol 113, 187-209. 20. soler, j. (2016). el cicloturismo: un nuevo producto para el desarrollo local y turístico de la provincia de alicante. universidad de alicante, 479-488. 21. srinivas, p., & akerkar, r. (2008). intelligent technologie for web applications. taylor & francis group. 22. zavarella, v., tanev, h., steinberger, r., & van der goot, e. (2015). an ontology-based approach to social media mining for crisis management. ceur workshop proceedings (ceur-ws.org), 55-56. 23. zhong, j., zhu, h., li, j., & yu, y. (2002). conceptual graph matching for semantic search. lecture notes in computer science, 92. http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication development of urban transportation system based on bus rapid transit (study case : kendari city, south east sulawesi province, indonesia) adris ade putra1 1dr.,st.mt ,. transportation engineering, department of civil engineering university of haluoleo kendari, indonesia muammar makmur2, muh arsyad3 2st.m,eng ,. structural engineering, department of civil engineering university of haluoleo, kendari, indonesia 3st.m,si,. urban planning engineering, department of architecture engineering university of haluoleo, kendari, indonesia keywords keywords: transportation, services, bus rapid transit, routes, bus stops abstract urban transport systems in indonesia have been influenced by kinds of traffic problems such as congestion, high accident rates and traffic violations and uncomfortable, safe, and orderly levels of public transport services. to develop urban transportation systems, a policy implementation is needed in public transportation such as special lanes for bus rapid transit (brt) as one of the alternative solutions to give better services for the public transport user. the purpose of this study is to count the demand of bus rapid transit, determine number of corriors and halte for the brt as well as know the types of brt which should be operated in kendari city in accordance with the needs of public transport users. the method used in this study is the quantitative method by collecting primary and secondary data which includes od matrix of destination of the population travel, number of passengers up and down on each route, load factor in each route, travel time and road inventory data. other data include road length, road width, road type, width of trotoar, width of median, and road pavement type. the results of this research is that the number of demand for public transportation in kendari city are 28 buses with 8 units in the first corridor, 6 units in the second corridor, 8 units in the third corridor, and 6 units in the fourth corridor. indeed, the total number of corridors needed to operated of brt in kendari requires 174 shelters. the potential population in kendari city is categorized on the modest development and the existing conditions of the road, which is not too large for the brt line planned. therefore, the possibility of increasing the number of passengers then the type of bus which may be used as a fleet of brt at the beginning of the operation is large floor buses total capacity of 79 people consisting of 49 seated passengers and 30 passengers standing © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.238 adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 2 1. introduction urban transport systems in indonesia have been influenced by kinds of traffic problems such as congestion, rising of trip demands, lack of traffic discipline, dominance of private vehicles, inconsistency to develop land-use system, use of roads that are not fit to their function, the public transport service is not good, low accessibility, long trip time, discomfort and lack of safety in public transport, and the cost is high. urban areas in kendari city have promlematic transportation systems like the other urban areas in indonesia. the quick changes of land-use system have not been anticipated through the arrangement of good transport system; the operation of public transport services is still focused on certain roads causing some roads to be congested. public transportation is very limited and does not have a fixed schedule or fixed bus tops causing the accumulation of vehicles at one point in the road during certain hours. besides that, the dominance of small capacity public transport (pete-pete) causes many problems, especially its impact on traffic smoothness such as service levels are low, uncomfortable, and low accessibility and lack of good public transport services (pete-pete). this is indicated by the increased congestion and reduced levels of service roads (v / c ratio) of 0.36 to 0.78 or traffic conditions that could potentially delay to congestion (putra, 2006). urban transport system requires a planning policy implementation in the urban public transport system. the development of mass transportation such as bus rapid transit (brt) is very important to be prepared by the city government as one of the alternative solutions to problems of transportion to reduce the dependence of urban communities on private vehicles or small capacity of public transportation. the development of mass public transportion is an effort to give service priority to users of public transport so that public transportation would be more appealing. by reducing the use of private transport, congestion and traffic on highways will be reduced. small cappacity public transportation in kendari city (pete-pete) is regarded as one of the causes of the problems of transportation systems. development of bus rapid transit (brt) can improve the quality of public transportation services. this is in accordance with the mandate of law number 22 of 2009 about traffic and transportation in article 158 paragraph (1) stating that the government guarantees the availability of mass transitbased ways to fullfil the needs of people by providing common motor vehicles in urban areas. given the problems and the current condition of public transport systems as mentioned above, it is necessary to develop urban transport systems based on bus rapid transit (brt) in kendari city. 2. literature review 2.1. urban transportation system urban transportation systems have an important role in enhancing the economic development of society toward the development of an area (murray, 2001). the transportation system is a system to perform a movement from one place to another place. we need a transport system in the implementation of planning techniques to develop an optimal strategy in the provision of facilities and infrastructure of urban transportation systems (moriok, 1991). urban transportation systems have consequences for the social dimension such as welfare and justice for the people (ahmed et al., 2008; kenyon et al., 2002). good function of transportation system properly is a factor that pushed for the development of community activities. transportation provides movement access to the center of trade, education and housing. inappropriate strategy and program to develop the transportation system can damage the land use, environment and the capacity of the public space. ineffective network services will not be able to fullfil the expectations of users of public transportation (world bank, 1996). the transportation system in urban areas is related to the concentration of people and socio-economic activities of the population (loo and chow, 2006). urban transportation systems of developing countries emphasized on the development of a sustainable transportation system. unfpa (1999), 95% of formation of human activities in the period 2000 to 2030 will occur in urban areas in developing countries. iea (2008), the growth of in urban areas forms a pattern of global energy use and impact on the urban transportatin system. urban areas need infrastructure of transportation for the movement of the population. hall and pfeiffer (2000), the cities of developing countries will face a lot of problems of transportation system that impact traffic congestion and accidents (death and injury). urban transportation systems have various problems such as the low level of service, discomfort and unsafety (pucher et al., 2005). urban transportation systems have challenges in making policies based on the potential of the region by prioritize to the economic growth, environmental preservation and prosperity of the present generation and the generations in the future (zietsman and rilett, 2001). the main priority is revamping the urban transportation system emphasized on the issue of the effectiveness of public transportation services as it will have an impact on the urban environment and the opportunity for the community to improve its quality of life (holden and norland, 2005). planning of urban transportation systems requires the integration of environmental and the social economics of the population and it also needs the right strategy to improve the transportation system, particularly the aspects of security, comfort and arranging the land use (schileer et al., 2010). yao (2007) in his research explained that the adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 3 demand for public transport system based on a potential area by using characteristic variables of urban areas as well as land-use system. 2.2. mass transportation development mass transportation systems can provide quality service and the main factor of mass transportation concept includes high quality infrastructure, efficient operations, effective and transparent institutional systems, advanced technology, and excellent marketing and customer service. mass transportation systems such as brt have been developed in several cities such as bogota (colombia) and curitiba (brazil). the brt system that is also applied in developing countries includes guayaquil (ecuador), jakarta (indonesia), pereira (colombia), brisbane (australia), ottawa (canada) and rouen (france). mass transportation systems in about 40 cities on six continents have implemented brt system, one of the cities that successfully implemented the brt system is transmileno. the success of transmileno influenced by the government's capacity in the planning and design the transportation modes use very good technology, good corporate management, well-planned investments in infrastructure, and well-defined ticketing systems (wright and fjellstrom, 2003). the development of urban mass transportation needs policies that consider many aspects such as planning, financing, ownership of vehicles and so on. one important aspect needed to develop an interesting mass transportation system is the analysis of the loss/profit of mass transportation, whether the system will improve or worsen the urban transportation system. the development of a mass transportation system is seen as an effective way to improve the quality of public transportation services in urban areas. market competition will require service providers to provide products with an efficient transportation system oriented towards the public (echeverry et al., 2005). the development of mass transportation leads to higher investments and greater revenues into the market. the income can replace government subsidies, but the investments in mass transportation is difficult to make a profit (mees and paul, 2005). different demands of various groups participated influence policy-making, the development of mass transportation in urban areas have forced by particular group, so that the development of mass transportation is not efficient (bianco and martha, 1999). the central government is too focused on paying attention to cost reduction rather than improve services in the public transportaion service system (white, 1997). the ability to improve public transportation services is a challenge for all stakeholders involved in the policy making of the transportation systems. the government becomes an effective tool to organize mass transportation. some transportation systems have emerged such as the bus system transmileneo in bogota that is controlled by the public sector yet operated by the private sector. even though some problems with these systems have been observed, the public/private form has been used in many developing countries (echeverry et al., 2005). 3. methods 3.1 data collection and compilation 1) secondary data secondary data is data obtained from several government agencies with regard to the data needed in transportation planning. government agencies include: department of transportation in kendari regional planning agency police general research department statistics agency 2) primary data primary data is data obtained directly with the aim to determine the existing conditions to formulate proposals the point of bus stop. primary data needed include: data of the number up and down the passenger data of household interviews (home interview) data of willingness to change from private transportation to public transportation data of road inventory 3.2 data collection methods to get the data as mentioned previously, the data collection was carried out in various ways including secondary data: get the contact to the related institutions to request the required data; primary data is conducted using surveys such us dynamic survey, passengers interview survey, household interview survey, road inventory survey 3.3 data collection to clarify the primary data collection techniques, they will be explained below: 1) dynamic survey adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 4 dynamic survey is a survey in public transportation vehicles to determine the number of passengers up and down on the route which is divided into several segments. the methods used in this survey include: record number of passengers up and down record time of trip in each segment a dynamic survey was carried out in two days on duty (not on holidays). there were a number of observations carried out on at least six (6) round trips during the morning rush, six (6) round trips during hours that are not considered busy time and 6 (six) round tripd in the afternoon during rush hours for each route observed. 2) household interview survey household interview survey is a survey to interview the residents of kendari city with a predetermined number of samples. the sample is determined based on the amount of each different zone in accordance with the existing population in the zone. 3) roads inventory survey this survey was conducted by recording the dimensions of the road. the collected data includes: length of the road width of the road road type width of sidewalk width of median pavement of the road the survey was carried out across the street in kendari city, this data supports bus rapid transit in kendari. with this data, we can determine which path is suitable for the bus rapid transit and the width of the sidewalk data is also necessary to plan the construction of the bus stop. 3.4 compilation and analysis of data compilation of data is data collection of primary and secondary data obtained from the surveys that have been conducted. compilation and analysis of data are used to facilitate the process of analysis to be carried out in the bus rapid transit plan. data compilation includes: 1. od matrix in kendari city 2. od matrix in kendari city to community who use public transport; 3. number up and down passengers on each route; 4. load dynamic factor in each route; 5. trip time; 6. road inventory data; information from the data analysis includes: route of bus rapid transit; type of brt bus; number of bus stops on route/corridor of bus rapid transit; 4. results and discussion 4.1. physical condition of kendari city 1) geographic conditions kendari city has a land area of 295.89 km2, or 0.70 percent of the land area of southeast sulawesi province. the total area of each district is very diverse. district of abeli is the most extensive district region (16.77%), followed by the district of baruga (16.76%), district of poasia (14.71%), district of puuwatu (14.43%), district of mandonga (7.89% ), district of kambu (7.82%), district of west kendari (7,77%), district of kendari (6.61%), district of wua-wua (4.17%), and the district of kadia (3.08%) kendari is the capital city of southeast sulawesi province astronomically located in the south of the equator among 3˚ 54` 11`` 30``4˚ 3` south latitude and stretches from west to east between 39` 23`122˚ 122˚ east longitude. adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 5 figure 1. map of adiministration of kendari city 2) population condition in 2016, the population of the city of kendari ± 295.732 people spread in 10 districts and 64 sub-districts. the overall population each year has increased 1.99% (according to the civil registry). size of kendari is 295.89 km2, and the population density is 999.466 inhabitants per-km2. the population density each year has increased together with population growth. 3) transportation conditions a. road network condition good road conditions will facilitate the mobility of people and facilitate transportation to move goods to other economic and social activities. conversely, when road conditions are less good, people will have difficulty in relationships of economic activity and other activities. in 2016, for the length of streets in kendari city, there are 38 percent in good condition, 30 percent moderate condition, 25 percent in a damaged condition, and 7 percent in severely damaged condition figure 2. state road surface condition by surface in kendari b. public transportation the public transportation service in kendari city consists of city transportation has 9 already existing routes and 3 routes that are in the planning phase but are approved by the mayor of kendari but are not functioning optimally yet. the type of vehicle used is a type of public passenger car which has a capacity of 12 people. c. public transportation infrastructure good public transport infrastructure supports the performance of public transportation in a city. the right public transportation facilities will increase public transportation services such as right location of bus stops and strategic location of terminals. other facilities such as departure information board are very important for passengers in using public transportation. 4.2. data collection results 1) determination of traffic zone the determination of traffic zones in kendari city is based on land use maps in kendari city. the area has been divided into internal zones and external zones. kendari city is divided into 33 internal zones, 3 special zones and 5 external zones. the following map of kendari city road network and zone map is determined based on the terms zoning: adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 3. distribution zone map 2) data collection a. land use survey land use is a condition of land use in the study area. in the study area there are a variety of land uses such as tourist areas, educational areas, residential areas, office areas, plantations, agriculture, and others. for residential areas in kendari, the largest population is living in the kendari barat district. in the book of kendari, 2016 recorded that the largest land user in kendari which amounted to 23.52% or 6959 hectares of 29859 hectares of land in kendari used as the building, then the second largest used as a garden which is equal to 16.86% or 4990 hectares. land use conditions in kendari city influece the transportation system in the city, because land-use influences the accessibility or convenience of the public to reach places that provide their needs. the following is a map of kendari land use: figure 4. map of land use kendari it can be seen from the land use maps above that kendari city is mostly covered in scattered housing. for areas that are farther to the center of town, the distance between one house to another house is relatively far such as the sub-district bungokotoko, abeli, mata and others. adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 7 b. household interview survey (home interview) household interview surveys were conducted in each and every zone with a predetermined number of samples. surveyors collect the information based on a list of questions that had been prepared about the state of the family and its occupants trips in a certain period. all the residents of the house were directly questioned. the data collected should include: 1. households data 2. data on household members 3. data of the regular trips by occupants household data and household members are data that associated with the address, number of occupants, the number of vehicles owned, family income, age, gender, location of work, the location of schools / education. data of trips that was collected is data of trip for each member of the family, schedule of trip, trip destination, and mode of transportation used. 4.3 result of data analysis 1) generation and atraction of trip (base on result of home interview) the generation of the trip is the number of trips of each zone in the area of research, which is the journey by each member of the family in any internal zone. table 1. table matrix origin destination person/day (population) source: results of analysis total of the trip resulting from the matrix of origin-destination in the form of the trip amount of 382 398 population trip person/day table 1. from table matrix origin-destination we can get information about the distribution of the trip in each zone and the largest trip distribution was obtained from zone 2 to zone 1 with the number of trips being 3,776 persons per day because the first zone is cbd (central business district) area with the characteristics of trade, services, and government so giving rise to the journey towards the zone 1 or commonly called the attraction of the trip. from the table above it can be concluded that: a) the number of the largest generation of trip contained in zone 1 was 40.210 trips person per day, because the zone 1 is the area of trade, services, government and residential areas. b) smallest generation of the trip is in zone 9 of 5.101 trip person per day which is a residential area that is far from the center of the city. c) the number of the largest attraction trip contained in zone 1 of 35.838 trips person per day. this is because of the zone 1 as center central business district (cbd). d) the smallest attraction of the trip is in the zone 31 of 3.252 trips person per day because the area is a residential area that is predominantly fishermen that is located relatively far from the city center. besides that, land use of zone 31 is mostly empty land. od 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 oi 1 2832 3706 3147 1818 3322 804 1818 3392 1503 979 2028 909 385 1678 559 839 839 245 804 1364 315 455 1538 944 280 105 1364 140 70 455 245 70 455 40210 2 3776 2308 1503 140 804 594 944 1818 245 769 839 979 734 1469 350 105 280 280 210 140 280 280 175 140 70 140 280 210 175 420 105 210 140 21538 3 2972 1434 1189 70 769 455 490 2797 490 140 420 839 944 490 70 70 210 455 769 210 210 175 280 70 70 455 734 35 70 455 105 35 245 18392 4 1608 140 105 1014 524 175 455 420 245 455 455 210 210 70 175 35 35 70 105 35 35 70 35 70 385 105 105 35 35 594 105 70 105 8462 5 3112 874 734 455 1643 350 524 769 944 350 1469 455 769 350 175 105 315 420 594 559 140 70 245 245 70 35 1853 105 70 699 35 280 490 20000 6 490 420 175 280 245 315 1888 1364 245 70 140 1678 1224 559 70 140 70 245 629 420 105 105 105 559 140 105 70 140 70 70 70 70 105 12622 7 1783 804 664 245 420 2028 5944 1608 140 245 280 594 2552 210 210 105 35 385 1434 1224 455 105 35 350 245 1084 175 105 140 35 70 105 70 25070 8 3357 2063 2727 315 769 1364 2028 2972 909 350 524 1608 3007 2203 105 140 105 350 1399 1993 769 175 280 664 455 559 664 140 105 70 70 35 35 32762 9 715 109 218 93 404 109 62 404 809 62 47 62 233 31 93 47 62 156 16 124 31 342 47 31 62 78 62 31 16 47 47 31 16 5101 10 171 140 47 93 62 16 31 16 16 264 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 31 16 31 47 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 31 16 16 1322 11 2552 804 385 420 1608 140 245 280 70 35 2517 210 245 455 140 140 664 105 105 70 140 70 140 245 70 105 35 140 35 140 70 105 350 13217 12 1049 979 734 210 420 1783 839 1503 140 105 210 734 1084 385 140 105 280 804 1154 594 210 245 559 664 490 140 210 210 70 210 140 175 175 17517 13 327 327 358 156 249 560 1120 1089 280 93 124 700 747 404 327 47 78 218 886 404 420 47 140 389 124 233 62 218 47 47 62 62 109 10809 14 1573 1469 524 210 245 524 455 2308 70 105 734 490 769 2168 385 245 140 490 315 1084 140 385 210 140 420 105 70 70 70 140 105 70 105 16993 15 295 171 31 109 78 78 62 78 109 31 62 62 295 187 840 47 31 109 62 249 31 622 31 109 109 124 16 47 31 31 31 47 47 4479 16 373 31 47 62 62 62 47 62 47 124 62 47 47 140 16 840 16 16 16 31 16 16 31 62 31 31 16 31 16 47 31 16 16 2675 17 594 175 175 140 210 70 70 175 140 70 524 315 175 175 70 35 140 105 70 140 70 70 420 70 70 105 140 105 35 280 35 70 210 5699 18 420 210 350 105 385 210 315 420 385 175 105 909 490 490 245 35 35 1329 699 385 420 35 35 1154 804 245 70 70 35 105 280 105 35 11643 19 451 78 311 31 187 171 575 607 31 31 47 498 964 140 78 16 31 249 249 513 93 47 31 171 109 109 31 47 31 93 62 16 16 6221 20 1399 140 210 70 594 420 1259 1538 350 70 140 559 874 1294 664 35 105 420 1399 1364 944 70 594 140 70 2203 140 105 70 105 35 70 35 17867 21 280 124 78 16 47 47 187 233 47 62 31 62 404 156 62 16 31 171 93 389 886 124 31 31 124 404 16 16 16 16 16 16 31 4370 22 607 560 389 124 156 187 156 62 311 78 124 140 202 140 591 124 78 124 140 140 156 1493 47 31 31 109 109 62 31 31 47 16 31 7061 23 1049 350 140 70 315 105 105 350 105 105 105 559 350 140 175 70 524 140 105 490 70 70 1189 210 70 70 385 105 70 35 35 70 210 8566 24 467 78 62 62 62 280 124 264 31 47 78 358 358 31 140 47 16 560 124 47 16 16 16 1306 264 47 47 467 124 31 218 404 16 6407 25 249 62 16 47 47 93 62 47 47 16 47 62 156 218 93 16 31 358 93 31 93 31 47 404 513 47 62 311 62 62 109 233 31 4121 26 455 210 315 70 140 210 839 420 210 70 140 140 594 280 280 35 105 280 420 2308 944 105 70 35 35 1783 35 70 35 35 70 70 35 11608 27 1434 245 839 140 1364 105 175 629 105 105 140 175 140 105 105 70 280 70 105 175 35 35 420 35 70 70 1713 210 699 140 105 105 1434 12203 28 31 140 16 16 78 47 16 62 31 47 62 124 233 16 16 31 47 47 31 78 16 16 31 435 311 31 62 1213 544 31 264 109 16 4432 29 109 31 31 16 47 62 62 31 16 31 31 62 78 31 31 16 93 62 78 47 47 31 31 249 93 31 295 575 700 16 47 451 47 3701 30 490 385 455 490 490 70 70 35 105 105 140 175 140 175 70 140 420 140 280 105 35 35 35 70 70 70 70 70 35 1119 70 70 350 6818 31 50 50 30 30 10 50 30 30 30 10 10 20 50 30 10 20 20 70 60 20 10 20 20 140 90 10 30 120 20 20 260 50 40 1530 32 140 78 31 31 124 31 62 31 31 16 62 62 62 47 31 31 31 47 16 31 31 16 31 295 171 31 93 93 482 31 93 1664 31 4308 33 156 62 124 47 295 31 31 16 16 31 233 78 140 78 47 16 202 16 16 16 31 16 124 62 31 16 638 16 62 295 47 31 2131 5614 od 35838 19123 16306 7327 16721 11609 21563 26000 8660 5407 12187 14268 19012 14608 6632 3964 5607 8829 12505 15107 7238 5621 7441 9696 6401 9110 10132 5453 4151 6031 3252 5169 7637 382398 adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 8 from the analysis of generation and attraction of trip in each zone, the obtained map of kendari desire line in the image below. the desire line shows the black bars indicating the number of trips taken, the thick line shows that the higher rate of trip. base on kendari desire line can be seen trip from zone 2 and zone 1 has a high rate of trip. meaning of trip generated by the zone 2 and zone 1 has a high level of generation of trip to another zone. figure 5. map of desire line 4.4 corridor of brt in city kendari 1) corridor i city central market jl. moh.hatta jl. p.diponegoro jl.sultan hasanuddin jl. mayjend sutoyo jl. mayjend s. parman jl. dr. sam ratulangi jl. drs. hj. abdulah silondae jl. jend. ahmad yani jl. mayjend d. pandjaitan jl. christina martha jl. capt. piere tendean jl. robert wolter monginsidi airport haluoleo: the total length of the path taken is ± 30251 m. the figure below shows the brt corridor i (purple color line) 2) corridor ii city central market jl. pembangunan jl. dr. sutomo jl. ir. hj. alala jl. edi sabara jl. brigjend soegiarto jl. malaka jl. bunggasi jl. haji banawula terminal lapulu. the path taken is ± 16706.81 m. figure below shows brt corridor ii (green color line) 3) corridor iii port bungkutoko jl. haji banawula police abeli jl. imam bonjol faculty itk police sultra jl. haluoleo jl. boulevard jl. capt. p. tendean jl. robert w. monginsidi airport haluoleo. the length of the path taken is ± 34 627 m. the figure below shows brt corridor iii (blue color line) 4) corridor iv terminal puuwatu jl. moh. yamin jl. chairil anwar jl. mayjend donal panjaitan jl. christina martha jl. capt. piere tendean jl. robert wolter monginsidi airport haluoleo. the length of the path taken is ± 25 139 m. the figure below shows brt corridor iv (black color line) 5) corridor intersection picture map below shows the intersection of the corridor i, corridor ii, corridor iii and corridor iv of brt kendari. the following location of four corridors intersection: 1. intersection of corridor i (purple line) and corridor iv (black bars) is at the office of state electricity company on jl. mayjend d. pandjaitan; 2. intersection of corridor i (purple line), corridor iii (blue line) and corridor iv (black bars) is at the junction round of baruga; 3. intersection of corridor ii (green line) and corridor iii (blue line) is at the traditional market of lapulu. picture below is a picture of the intersection of the four corridors. adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 9 figure 6. map of the intersection of corridor i, ii, iii and iv 4.5 location of bus stop bus stops are public transportation stops building for lowering and/or raising the passengers. 1) corridor i from the results of the study with regard landmarks around the road to be traversed brt in kendari corridor i ± 30.251 m, number of bus stop location as many as 39 (thirty-nine) are placed on the right and left of the road for the total amount to 78 (seven twenty-eight) bus stop on corridori. 2) corridor ii corridor ii ± 16706.81 m, number of bus stop location as many as 20 (twenty) are placed on the right side and left of the road for the total amount to 40 (forty) bus stop on corridor ii. 3) corridor iii corridor iii ± 34 627 m, number of bus stop location as many as 15 (fifteen) were placed on the right and left of the road for the total amount to 30 (thirty) bus stop on corridor iii. 4) corridor iv corridor iv ± 25 139 m, number of bus stop location 13 (thirteen) were placed on the right and left of the road for the total amounted to 26 (twenty-six) bus stop on corridor iv. 5. conclusions based on the results of the discussion, it can be concluded as follows: 1) the number of public transportation requires in kendari city is as much as 28 bus. 8 units bus for corridor i, 6 units bus for corridor ii, 8 units bus for corridor iii and 6 units bus for corridor iv. 2) this bus operation is divided into four corridors,: a. city central market jl. moh.hatta jl. p.diponegoro jl.sultan hasanuddin jl. mayjend sutoyo jl. mayjend s. parman jl. dr. sam ratulangi jl. drs. hj. abdulah silondae jl. jend. ahmad yani jl. mayjend d. pandjaitan jl. christina martha jl. capt. piere tendean jl. robert wolter monginsidi airport haluoleo: the total length is ± 30251 m b. city central market jl. pembangunan jl. dr. sutomo jl. ir. hj. alala jl. edi sabara jl. brigjend soegiarto jl. malaka jl. bunggasi jl. haji banawula – terminal lapulu. total length is ± 16706.81 m. c. port bungkutoko jl. haji banawula police abeli jl. imam bonjol faculty itk police sultra jl. haluoleo jl. boulevard jl. capt. p. tendean jl. robert w. monginsidi airport haluoleo. total length is ± 34 627 m. d. terminal puuwatu jl. moh. yamin jl. chairil anwar jl. mayjend donal panjaitan jl. christina martha jl. capt. piere tendean jl. robert wolter monginsidi airport haluoleo. 3) the potential population in kendari city is categorized on the modest development and the existing conditions of the road is not too large for the brt line planed. so, the possibility of increasing the number of passengers then the type of bus which may be used as a fleet of brt at the beginning of the operation is large floor buses total capacity of 79 people consisting of 49 seated passengers and 30 passengers standing. 4) number of the bus stop for bus rapid transit in kendari: corridor i= 78 units, corridor ii = 40 units, corridor iii = 30 units, corridor iv = 26 units. adris ade putra / the academic research community publication pg. 10 references 1. ahmed, q.i., huapu, l., and shi, y, 2008, urban transportation and equity: a case study of beijing and karachi, transportation research part a: policy and practice, vol. 42, pp. 125–139. 2. bianco.,and martha j., 1999, technological innovation and the rise and fall of urban mass transit, journal of urban history. 25 (3):348-378. 3. echeverry., juan., a. m, ibez., andri, s. m., dan luis c. h., 2005, the economics of trans milenio, a mass transit system for bogota, economia. 5:151-196. 4. hall, p.a., and pfeiffer, u., 2000, urban future 21: a global agenda for twenty-first century cities, london: spon, p.21. 5. holden, e., dan norland, i.t., 2005, three challenges for the compact city as a sustainable urban form: household consumption of energy and transport in eight residential areas in the greater oslo region”. urban studies, vol. 42, no. 12, pp. 2145–2166. 6. iea (international energy agency)., 2008, world energy outlook 2008, paris: iea 7. kenyon, s., lyons, g., and rafferty, j., 2002, transport and social exclusion: investigating the possibility of promoting inclusion through virtual mobility, journal of transportation geography, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 207–219. 8. loo, b.p.y., dan chow, s.y., 2006, sustainable urban transportation: concepts, policies, and methodologies”, journal of urban planning and development, vol. 132, no. 2, pp. 76–79. 9. mees dan paul., 2005, privatization of rail and tram services in melbourne: what went wrong? transport reviews. 25 (4):433-449. 10. murray., 2001, strategic analysis of public transport coverage, social economic planning sciences, 35,3: pp l175-188. 11. morlok, e.k., 1991, introduction to engineering and transport planning, erlangga : jakarta. 12. putra, a., 2006, optimization of fleet amount and public transportation tariff of mikrolet kota makassar, post graduate program of hasanuddin university. makassar 13. pucher, j., korattyswaropam, n., mittal, n., and ittyerah, n, 2005, urban transport crisis in india, transport policy, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 185–198. 14. schiller, p.l., brunn, e.c., and kenworthy, j. r., 2010, an introduction to sustainable transportation: policy, planning and implementation, london: earthscan. 15. unfpa (united nations fund for population division), 1999, state of world population: six billion, a time for choice, united nations population fund, new york. 16. world bank., 1996, sustainable transport: priorities for policy reform. the international bank for reconstruction and development/the world bank, washington, d. 17. wright, l., fjellstrom., 2003, module 3b: bus rapid transit, (institute for transportaion and development policy), germany: gtz. 18. white, p.r., 1997, what conclusions can be drawn about bus deregulation in britain? transport reviews. 17 (1):1. 19. yao, x., 2007, where are public transit needed, examining potential demand for public transit for commuting trips.” computers, environment, and urban systems. 31, 535-550. 20. zietsman, j., and rilett, l.r., 2001, sustainable transportation: fad or fabulous”, paper presented to the 20th annual south african transport conference, south africa. http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication abstract being the main user of any architectural product, the user’s role in the designing process should be significant, especially in complex spatial spaces such as hospitals, museums, offices, and public-use buildings. this gives the users meta-roles such as communicators, performers, and interpreters. user-centered design (ucd) tries to optimize the fit of the spaces with how users can, want to, and need to use in these spaces, rather than forcing the users to change their behavior to accommodate the architectural spaces or designing dysfunctional spaces. such spaces were designed neglecting the human factor and only using building regulations. the visitor’s parameters, profiles, spatial experiences, and the architectural configuration are what can affect the experience in architectural spaces. this paper explores a different ucd (user-centered design) approach in the evaluation of the built environment which is the parametric spatial analysis approach. the approach studies the spatial pattern of human behavior of a random selection of users, so it could represent any potential users in the buildings. aiming to intensively engage users in the design process, the approach uses parametric spatial design in analyzing the visitor’s behavior and deducing some design patterns and configurations that focus on different ways of user’s engagement. this approach compares the definition of users, their roles, and the type of space envisioned and produced as well. this paper describes an approach that attempts to bridge the gap between parametric geometry modeling and methods for measuring the spatial properties of this geometry. in exhibition spaces with their different spatiality, visitors tend to have some indicators which can be measured. accordingly, designers create functional spaces that suit the different types of visitors using parametric components that study the collective human behavior (organizational behavior). these functional spaces are designed through observation, user surveys, and interviews to simplify the complexity of decisions regarding the design process and visitor’s parameters, and to embed them into an algorithm that can solve the complexity of the visitor’s parameters. analyzing visitors’ behavior and the spatial morphology improves the visiting experience and provides better interpretations. the analysis makes the designers aware of visitors’ circulation, visiting styles, behavior, patterns, tendencies, and trends within a wide diversity of spaces. moreover, this analysis can be combined into an evolutionary algorithm to help solve problems. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords visitor’s parameters; parametric spatial analysis; optimization pg. 1 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.341 a user-centric approach to optimize visitor’s experience in exhibition spaces using parametric spatial analysis nourhan el-halawany1, hazem el-daly2, sherif abdelmohsen2 1 msc. student, department of architecture, ain shams university 2 associate professor, architectural department, ain shams university. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ el-halawany / the academic research community publication 1. introduction human aspects help define the perfect space for each individual, that explores and captures the immaterial, human needs of a space, like personality, values, experiences, ritual and time. visitor studies explore human experiences within any architectural spaces such as museums, cultural heritage sites and other informal learning settings to inform decisions is greatly affected by the spatiality and decisions made in the spaces. spatial layout planning, especially designing exhibition spaces and patterns of circulation for a planned efficient navigation and orientation and for a better experience for the visitors who are the main user of the architectural product, is one of the most complicated problem in architectural design as it has many parameters that should be tested and figured out. by examining the extent to which spatial structures can be optimized using the concept of evolutionary strategies, which search for solutions for spaces by systematically varying the parameters and choosing a certain goal (fitness function). parametric modelling combined with optimization algorithms has emerged as one of the most widely used computational methodologies for spatial and experiences design allowing designers to script complex generative algorithms for design space exploration. 1.1. architectural space in architecture, design begins by generating ideas and continues by transforming them to concrete spatial formations and spaces that are functional and fits the users. architects learn about the design problem by creating alternatives and testing them in order to gain desired spatial formations. a comprehensive architectural knowledge helps architects in this process. this knowledge is a synthesis of practice and theory, experience and research. architects must proceed in to bring all parameters together in a creative way. 1.2. design complexity utilizing a large repertoire of organizational patterns and design precedent knowledge together with the precise criteria of spatial evaluation can present design challenges to make sure of using the human factor and creating functional spatial formations so it needs theories and applications of implementation of a parametric design process. there is an opportunity to supplement the designer’s knowledge with computational decision support that provides real-time spatial feedback during conceptual design. this paper presents an approach based on a generative multiperformance framework, to configure and optimize architectural designs based on a precedent design. 2. parametric modelling the introduction of parametric design has turned up a new flexibility in discovering solution space, setting up the way for geometry customization and the form optimization system. it helps in creating and exploring the parameters to evaluate the designs and help the designer from the beginning of the design process to get the best design outcome among a large number of opportunities and easily tested and modelled and evaluated to achieve a performance oriented design. generative algorithms have also been used to define the optimal user accessibility and visibility in architectural design and so analyzing user movement, the behavioral patterns and spatial accessibility of visitors. the whole optimization process can be developed as a rhino grasshopper script. grasshopper is an advanced parametric modelling tool which is working with rhinoceros interface. it is an influential design tool which allows exploring a new affiant way of design. the geometry in the grasshopper is defined pg. 2 el-halawany / the academic research community publication by using graphical interface without having any knowledge about scripting language. the geometry will be created by dragging and dropping available components, in which these components represent data, function in the working. 2.1. the parametric models grasshopper consists of two main types of objects which are “parameters” and “components”. parameters are used for to input variables and feed them into components that transform them and output the results. in which the inputs may be geometry or a single data using rhino/grasshopper in this research is to create geometry or building which is able to change its elements parametrically. a parametric or generative model is an essential feature in the optimization process. 2.2. optimization process using evolutionary algorithms – design variables: the mathematical expression or any quantity that controls the shape of design and its configuration such as height, width and height. these variables are controlled by designer or some geometrical equation. – design objectives: are that designers try to achieve, such as those functions which designers try to maximize or optimise. – parameters: are quantities that affect the design objective but are considered fixed, so they cannot be changed by the designers – constrains: the limitations of the design space in which characteristically happen by reason of finiteness of source or technologically limitation that the designer set to their targeted designs. 2.3. there are two types of optimization: – single-objective optimization: when the design problem optimizes a single objective, which mostly maximize or minimize. therefore the optimization model is scalar. – multi-objective optimization: when the problem has more than one objective to optimize, the optimization model will have vector objective instead of scalar. optimization is an iterative process which starts with defined geometry, then the geometry will be simulated using a parametric simulation software with a simulation process, after that based base on the obtained feedback for the simulation engine, the geometry has to capable to change its parameters to get better simulation results in the next generation of a configuration according to observations or knowing the visitors behaviour and pattern to accommodate better visiting experiences and behaviors among the exhibition spaces or any architectural space. 3. spatial analysis 3.1. space syntax configuration is defined not simply as connections, but as ‘relations that take into account other relations syntax techniques can simply be turned round and used in design as they are tools to think with and experiment with, as well as tools of analysis. architecture is about the exploration of possibility and so are space syntax techniques. given the working spatio-functional understanding provided by the analytic phase, the syntax model can be turned into design mode and simulate the configurational effects of different design ideas. space syntax is based on configurational theory of space and attempts to decode spatial formations and their pg. 3 el-halawany / the academic research community publication impacts on human activity. by the development of new techniques for representing and analyzing space, space syntax appears as a tool for architects to explore their design ideas and understand possible effects of their proposals by illustrating a link between research and design. parametric analysis can be used in the implementation of optimizing spaces and enhance the visitor’s experience. 3.2. accessibility accessibility analyses help in understanding socio-economic potentials of a place. and how visitors move along different spaces or see certain exhibit if they are accessible or there is a certain route that should be followed. 3.3. visibility people experience their environment mainly by vision. what they see influences their experience and behavior. our advanced visual analysis methods help to: – identify visual attractors and visually prominent places – create navigation-friendly environments – estimate the visual impact of new developments 4. simulation simulation can be able to predict the environmental and structural performances of the building. the power of simulation techniques and software depends on the performance of system to the modification that been done by designers. however, the main disadvantage of simulation programs is that they work under trial and error process. it means that designer has to have solution in order to get feedback for the simulation engine. therefore, the design process involves recurrent possibilities, evaluations and adjustments to attain the desired results. simulations are considered a significant tool in the digital design process, particularly in the performance-based design. in which simulations feed the design process by helping designers to find, explain, and confirm through representations the achievement of desired solution. yet the success of this process depends on the designer skills in the defining of design problem correctly, formulation of valuable hypothesis and most importantly to interpreter the alternative outcomes. the link between parametric design tools and simulations-based designs are still indirect and needs more research that what we are discussing in this paper to find the linkage between parametric analysis and the evolutionary optimization for better results through the spatial design or the evaluation of spaces existed. 4.1. spatial analysis on different configurations studying an existing configuration and how the visitor’s spatial analysis can change according to the spatial formations and accordingly the whole visibility and behavioral patterns, we can manage to reach the solid and reliable parameters that should be used in the design and evaluation process. 4.2. existing models for spatial analysis spatial configurations have been largely studied in architecture, usually utilizing computational methods for spatial analyses at building or urban scales. creating diverse representations of the components of the space and their relationships. these allow the user to script complex generative algorithms without prior programming knowledge and can help pg. 4 el-halawany / the academic research community publication steering design space exploration. exploring different solutions can be done in a timely manner as the parametric design process. complex environments constitute a compelling common ground for architects. however, galapagos for grasshopper for example yielding a single near optimal solution. as a result, parametric modeling as implemented in existing environments lacks of guidance features and design space exploration, usually remaining limited to manual manipulation of sliders and initiation of generations helping to solve the architectural process. the manual observation by pen-and-paper direct observation methods are the most widely used for data collection of human behavior such as movement, occupancy, and interaction among persons and their visiting styles and behaviors . researches have demonstrated strong correlation of building layouts and general human occupancy, movements and interaction among them helping to model their behaviour and reach norms of patterns. this paper reviews two components in grasshopper as parametric components, and they are: – smart space analyzer – decoding spaces 4.3. smartspace analyzer plugin is an intuitive tool to perform spatial analytics on a building or urban scale. it performs distance mapping, visibility analysis and connectivity analysis in seconds. as a grasshopper plug-in for rhino, smartspaceanalyser provides real-time interaction in the modeling environment to quickly test a range of scenarios with instant visual feedback. it can come up with: – distance to: how far away is everything from one or more locations? – average distance: what is the average distance to all locations from all locations? – visibility: what can be seen from my current location and any location the users may be in? – field of view: what is directly visible from my current location? what is in my peripheral vision? – walkability: where can be walked in and how long and it is mainly used in urban spaces? the following is the smart space analyzer component and it can change to any of the previously mentioned results. figure 1. field of view component (smart space analyzer) pg. 5 el-halawany / the academic research community publication by studying the existing configuration of picasso exhibition in cairo, egypt and its plan and applying these parametric components it made it possible to analyze different spatial parameters that affect the user experience in spaces and what can affect the course of their visit to design a genetic component using generative tools to optimize the spatial complexity in exhibition spaces. figure 2. plan of picasso exhibition in cairo figure 3. the parametric visibility analysis of a certain visitor in the exhibition using smart space analyzer plug in pg. 6 el-halawany / the academic research community publication figure 4. visibility to component (smart space analyzer) figure 5. visibility analysis using smart space analyzer pg. 7 el-halawany / the academic research community publication 4.4. decoding spaces: this component is able to interpret segment maps from parametric line drawings for evaluating axial maps and visibility the analysis graphs can be related the directly visualization to the component parametric model, will be which extended opens up by new displaying ways of thinking here are images of visitor’s (cones of vision). isovisits from two different visitors in the space and the grey is their visual intersection to test the crowd visibility and the human behavior within a group or affected by other visitors. figure 6. the intersection of two different visitors from decoding spaces component in another position figure 7. the location of the two different visitors from different locations from decoding spaces component designers can deduce the visibility intersection and the hot and cold zones in the exhibition environment. many other spatial parametric components can be used by designers in the optimization process. 5. connecting interactive evolutionary optimization and parametric design this paper develops an approach that seeks to explore the different parameters that should be included in the evolutionary process that can enhance the visitor’s experience in complex spatial spaces by connecting interactive evolutionary optimization to parametric design in such a way that all the features offered by parametric design in terms of geometry generation can be used to explore innovative structural systems. consequently, interactive evolutionary optimization must not be limited to a set of structural typologies or design problems. interactive evolutionary optimization must thus be connected to parametric design in the most lightweight way possible and should only know about the geometry, the performance index, and the design variables of a given problem, allowing the designer to explore any design problem easily and interactively. connecting evolutionary optimization and parametric design inherently extends the designer’s input by not limiting it to the modification of predefined parametric formulations of design problems. analyzing and visualizing these data in order to gain deeper insights into the effects of spatial variables. these can then be used to support decision making and participatory designing process to analyze the needs of people. merging the parameters found in the route of the visitors in order to find solutions to the architectural complexity design. pg. 8 el-halawany / the academic research community publication 5.1. design optimization this paper highlights approaches that seeks to connect interactive evolutionary optimization to parametric design which is offered by parametric design in terms of geometry generation can be used to explore innovative design systems. using a parametric modelling environment enabling the capture designs, extraction of spatial analytics, and demonstration of how populations can be used to drive the generation and optimization of alternate spatial solutions towards creative exploration, are theoretically applicable to any design problem and are well-suited to make illdefined criteria meet quantifiable objectives in architectural design. building these parametric modeling environments can be used in combination with analysis and optimization components to constitute integrated design environments. the user and parametric models are optimized galapagos for grasshopper for example giving a single nearoptimal solution. as a result, parametric modeling as implemented in existing environments lacks of guidance features and design space exploration. 5.2. fitness value selection the fitness function that evaluates every algorithmic solution from the various generations during optimization process is categorized by the designers themselves according to the design plan and the needs of the different exhibition spaces and behaviors deduced from the observation and simulation by one fitness function or many according to the optimization type. 6. conclusion this paper showed the feasibility of the combination of spatial analysis, space configuration and visitor’s behaviors with parametric software to come with an optimized result. this provides planners and designers with a powerful tool to analyze their existing project for revitalization or new design to design more functional spaces to meet the needs of the users according to the usercentric approach. these outcomes are used to evaluate their final design which helps the designer produce a more accurate result in line with the purpose of the project. this paper shows the feasibility of this process through a case study with some parametric analysis components tested and clarifies the existing opportunities and weaknesses as well. the next step is to make the parametric design approach to master layout opportunities to fit more the visitor’s needs from accessibility and visibility and clearer for designers to tackle the weaknesses and obstacles in the process. this approach can enhance the spatial design and maximize views and vistas and identify obstacles which might restrict these. helps in analyzing the spaces to avoid the creation of “dead space” which is rarely visited by visitors in the exhibition spaces and can become a location of vandalism or negligence. third the identification of hot spots where visitors visit most can be the best location for some exhibits according to the curator or the designer’s plan. 7. references 1. alexis danhaive, renaud & mueller, caitlin. (2015). combining parametric modeling and interactive optimization for high-performance and creative structural design. 2. benedikt, m. l. (1979). to take hold of space: isovists and isovist fields. environment and planning b: planning and design, 6(1), 47-65. doi:10.1068/b060047 3. el-halawany, n. b. (2017). a frame work for enhancing user experience in existing exhibit spaces using evolutionary algorithms (master’s thesis). ain shams. 4. hillier, b., & hanson, j. (1984). the social logic of space. cambridge: cambridge university press. pg. 9 el-halawany / the academic research community publication doi:10.1017/cbo9780511597237 pg. 10 introduction architectural space design complexity parametric modelling the parametric models optimization process using evolutionary algorithms there are two types of optimization: spatial analysis space syntax accessibility visibility simulation spatial analysis on different configurations existing models for spatial analysis smartspace analyzer plugin decoding spaces: connecting interactive evolutionary optimization and parametric design design optimization fitness value selection conclusion references associate professor, faculty of fine arts http://www.ierek.com/press archive online issn: 2537-0162 international journal on: the academic research community publication the international conference : cities’ identity through architecture and arts (citaa) smart technical street furniture design: case study of ''new cairo administrative capital'' doi: 10.21625/archive.v1i1.124 hala hassanein 1 1assistant professor – interior architecture design faculty of fine arts – helwan university keywords futuristic cities; smart street furniture; smart devices; new technology design trends; information communication technology ict technology; information technology service management (itsm), q-methodology abstract street furniture has been redefined by the high pace of technology as smart devices that contribute to build future cities. thus, it is a combination of passion, skills, ideas and tools of information and communication technologies (ict)1 converted into finished products. ict is a catalyst for cities to address these challenges in a ‘smart’ manner that links and strengthens networks of people, businesses, infrastructures, resources, energy and spaces. on the other hand, one of the most important components to be adopted for designing smart cities is the it service management (itsm)2. it refers to the entirety of the activities directed by policies, organized and structured to plan, design, operate and control itsm offered to citizens by adopting a process approach towards management, focusing on their needs and stressing continual improvement. new trends in urban planning are heading to draw a new futurea smart city that is able to link the physical capital with the social one. street furniture, as an important element of smart cities, is a term used to define objects in public spaces. such concept is related to the context of wireless 3 infrastructure and house small-cell units. they are considered –visuallyas common and torelabe places to the public. this research will focus on smart street-furniture design as a standard guide for designers and planners of the ''new cairo administrative capital'', which is currently under construction as the first smart city in egypt. 1. introduction: street furniture4 is a collective term for objects and pieces of the installed equipment on streets and roads of various purposes. street-furniture has become a cardinal element of many nations’ identities. in other words, it is what makes the streets serve as an astonishing and national landmark that attracts the visitors. such streetfurniture would be the red telephone boxes of britain; the residential mail boxes of the united states; and the street lights and metro entrances of paris. typical examples of street furniture include billboards, lamp posts, and lit signage, phone booths, kiosks, mailboxes, park benches, bike racks, public art, utility poles, traffic signals, information boards, city maps and other structures that have a nearby power source. in order to make 1 catriona manville, gavin cochrane, & jonathan cave, rand europe, ''mapping smart cities in the eu'', 2014, ipol-itre_et (2014) 507480_en_2.pdf p.9 2 wikipedia, definition of it service management, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/it_service_management 3 donald watson, alan platted & robert shibley, 2003, ''time-saver standards for urban design''. mcgraw-hill companies, p 7.9, 1-7 4 wikipedia, , definition of street furniture, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/street_furniture https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/policy https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/business_process https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/continual_improvement_process https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/it_service_management https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/street_furniture hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 2 street furniture suitable for small-cell networks, it must be able to accommodate power, antenna and associated fiber and other cabling equipment. we have considered a number of smart cities in the region, namely, the middle east as well as in the european union (eu-28). the main focus is on street furniture as the core of our research. dubai has been actively pursuing its ambition to become the world’s smartest city by 2017 through the recent launch of a “one-stop shop” mobile app to access government services, and the planned deployment of 100 smart bus stations by early next year is another considered objectives. most countries of the middle east, including bahrain and the united arab emirates -uae, still are in the bottom half of the open-data global rankings because of their limitations pertaining the usage of data via internet. according to the european union (eu) rankings5, luxembourg is a european smart city leader. it ranks the top in the recent ranking mapping smart cities across the eu-28 issued by the european parliament's committee on industry6. in general, the data of these cities and other countries, such as paris, spain and seoul, were obtained amd examined using online sources of information, like local governments and projects’ websites. ''new cairo administration capital'' is not just about implementing technology for the sake of technology, but rather it follows an informed agenda to combat various urban challenges in egypt such as growing populations and issues related to basic service delivery, citizen safety, and social inclusion. 2. the purpose / main emphasis: i explored the public space designs of smart cities in order to focus on analyzing the innovative and technological aspects of smart street furniture. then, i will make an analysis of the situation concerning planning the smart, urban, cities design to improve the elements’ effectiveness of street furniture facilities. following these line, it gives some advices and recommendations which are helpful to improve the public urban design in a way that responds to the unfavorable factors of the smart considerations of the city. it is essential to seek a scientific method of designing to create a comfortable and pleasant public street furniture for the new cairo administration capital. our main emphasizing will depend on analyzing various technological trends and techniques in designing smart street furniture. in other words, an overview on different new devices technologies will be conducted. the desired result of that is to have an enhancement for designing new ideas or trends to be utilized in the manufacture of the materials used in street furniture. the ideal criteria for the designers as a general guide for making a scientific curriculum is to keep track of what's new in the hi-tec communications. 3. methodology and structure: we have taken a conventional approach in the study with a strong emphasis on integrate technical aspects of technology for street furniture with the goal of creating smart and connected public spaces. we followed that with in-depth analysis to provide an accurate and objective picture of current available patterns with its related new trends. based on these insights, we identify examples of good applications and formulate recommendations for future interventions that could influence developments of "new cairo city" and its contribution to the objectives of egypt 20202030. ''new cairo administration capital'' is planned to having meaningful objectives aligned with its economic vision and its expected tangible outcomes. price waterhouse cooper – pwc as an international financial organization, published, "the world in 2050” stating that egypt will achieve the 19th global rank in 2030. the expected gdp will have a total of us$ 2049bn. as for 2050, 15th place is the expected rank for egypt with an expected gdp with a total of us$ 4333bn compared to its current rank. in 2016, egypt occupied the 21th rank with a total gdp of us$ 1105bn. one of the contemporary approaches in urban planning that has never been applied before in our region is qmethodology7. it is widely accepted as a scientific research method used in various types of businesses. also, it's a well-structured and increasingly-used research method of measuring different perspectives, attitudes or subjective opinions for developing new ideaswith an emphasis on the human practice and their field of experience. 5 european union, ''eu rankings'', http://smart-cities.eu/ranking.html 6 dr. marco annunizata, ''designing the smart cities of the middle east''. general electric – ge look ahead. the economist; 2016, http://gelookahead.economist.com/smart-cities-middle-east-2/\ 7 dr. joon sik kim, xi'an jiaotong liverpool university, ''mapping conflicts in the development of smart cities: the experience of using q methodology for smart'', gusu project, suzhou, china, 2016, corp2016_13.pdf, p. 2 http://smart-cities.eu/ranking.html hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 3 we will conduct number of a questions (i.e. factual statements) to selected number of authorized governmental officials and others working at non-governmental companies to answer our inquiries in a scientific method to support our findings. the methodology depends on searchable implementations, questions (q-statements) through a brief review of the previous experiences of designing new ideas and trends. definitely, the trends or ideas are used in street furniture and were obtained from various models of smart cities around the world. the methodology and structure will include the following: 3.1 definitions and concepts section: provides functioning definitions of smart cities, street furniture, environment, related characteristics and describing design factors. 3.2 street furniture elements, materials & analysis of the new trends section: elements of street furniture, materials and analyses of success design factors with intensive focus on the relationship between technology-factors and the types of designing the construction process to prepare a conceptual planning model. 3.3 the new cairo administration capital’ planning section: provides an analysis of the successful factors of planning the city, main aspects, and implementation of the q-methodology. design of conceptual planning model cpm as criteria or guide for street furniture planners. 3.4 conclusion section: findings, conclusions and recommendations, 3.1 definitions and concepts section: definition of technology8: it is "the collection of techniques, skills, methods and processes used in the production of goods, services or in the accomplishment of objectives such as scientific investigation, or the purposeful application of information in the design, production, utilization of goods, services, and in the organization of human activities". thus, the street furniture technology design is the collection of purposeful application of information in the design, utilization of public services in a good manner for the organization of, and the benefits of human activities. this section will include smart cities (3.1.1) and street furniture (3.1.2) respectively. 3.1.1 smart cities: from an international perspective, united nations in its report of the world commission on environment and development, “our common future 9” identified smart city as “a city that strategically utilizes many smart factors. as in figure 1, three main pillars should be considered in the definition, namely, planning and management, infrastructure and people. 8 wikipedia, ''definition of technology'', https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/technology 9 united nations un “our common future” chapter 1: a threatened future, clause 49, http://www.un-documents.net/ocf-01.htm#1 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/techniques https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/skill https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/methods https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/processes https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/good_(economics) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/service_(economics) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/scientific_investigation https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/technology hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 4 figure 1 –elements of smart cities in figure 1: these pillars are the joint elements for many features of smart cities such as government and agency administration; city planning and operations; buildings; energy; water; transportation10; education; smarter care; social programs; and last but not least, the public safety. the concept of smart cities around the world has three characteristics to solve its terminological confusion about its identity and nature of the city as identified in united nations – un "mapping conflicts in the development of smart cities"11 as summarized in the following table: smart characteristics definitions & implementations concept of smart cities as "engineering" emphasizing the degree of communication, interaction, sensor networking necessary to achieve level of smartness nature including but not limited to: wired and wireless connectivity to the highest standards of bandwidth. operation center to operate, maintain, and control all activities. air pollution counter-measures, and monitoring systems. smart water utility pipe leak, irrigation, and waste management. stimulating green behavior, smart buildings, running track, and elderly care systems. public parking availability prediction, smart car parking and interactive street sensing. concept of smart cities as "science" giving special importance to innovative technologies with deep involvement of science to improve the way people live, and work including: information systems should conform to the best available current standards for interoperability between information technologies (it) systems in general; and for interoperability in the built environment, and physical infrastructures. the model of city information includes: commuter information model, mobile payment, and smart fit navigation, etc. smart characteristics definitions & implementations (continue) concept of smart cities as "studies" third view is to investigate what smart cities mean for the economy and society. the complexity of smart cities is inseparable from the economic, social, environmental, and culture. new patters of technology integration have encouraged the society to be “more” interconnected and interactive, not only to share information, but also to allow a novel form of transactional relationship between different actors in the society. nowadays, ''new cairo administration capital'' is under construction (i.e. build-in progress) as a smart city based on the aggregation of these characteristics: engineering, science and studies. since culture and 10 new jersey department of transportation, 2008, usa, pennsylvania department of transportation 11 dr. joon sik kim, xi'an jiaotong liverpool university, mapping conflicts in the development of smart cities: the experience of using q methodology for smart, gusu project, suzhou, china, 2016, corp2016_13.pdf, p. 1-2 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 5 technology may influence street furniture design with the addition of new requirements for the egyptians needs, all –togethershould be synchronized and interacted. a smart city12 is one with at least one initiative or more of the following six smart characteristics, guidelines13 of urban smartness, design, and its related applications as follows: smart mobility: e.g. emission free transport, advanced parking , and accessibility smart economy: e.g. high-tech industry, ease of doing business, and innovation culture smart living,: e.g. e-heath, public safety, and intermodal transport smart governance: e.g. e-government services, open data and transparency smart people: e.g. agile civil society, social inclusion, and e-learning smart environment: e.g. green environment, sustainable building, and water management smart environment: as one of above main characteristics, smart environment definition and its different types, is listed within “50 sensor applications for a smarter world”– by libelium14 that includes fire detection by monitoring of combustion gases and fire conditions to define alert zones (public housing & governmental bodies). one of the hi-tec devices used in this regard, is a synthetic tree in boston, usa as follows: figure 2 a synthetic urban tree – boston usa figure 2a a synthetic urban tree “humidity swing” as shown in (figs 2-2a-2b), the above example was design in boston, usa, as one of the most effective and efficient method to solve the issue of air pollution which provides controlling the co2 emissions, pollution emitted by cars. during late october of 2010, the shift boston15 recruited mario caceres and christian canonico from paris, to develop a synthetic urban tree that could benefit the city of boston. figure 2b construction modules of synthetic urban tree it’s an urban intervention which contains a system that is capable of removing carbon dioxide from the air and releasing oxygen using a carbon dioxide removal process called “humidity swing”. in addition to cleaning the air, it will also generate energy with solar energy panels while harvesting kinetic energy through an interactive seesaw that visitors can play with at the treepod's base. 12 un commission on science and technology for development, ''issues research on smart cities and infrastructure'', 2016, p. 11, http://unctad.org/meetings/en/sessionaldocuments/cstd_2015_issuespaper_theme1_smartcitiesandinfra_en.pdf 13 china development bank capital, 2015, "six smart guidelines, cdbc's green and smart urban development guidelines", green & smart, six-smart guidelines_2.pdf, p 14-18 14 libelium, ''50 sensor applications for a smarter world'', smart environment, http://www.libelium.com/resources/top_50_iot_sensor_applications_ranking/ 15 shift boston, usa, ''boston treepods 2011'', 2011, http://shiftboston.org/competitions/2011_treepods.html http://shiftboston.org/competitions/2011_treepods.html hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 6 the other means by which those above six characteristics of "urban smartness" are achieved include a range of components: technologies; material, organizational and knowledge inputs; processes; and norms or standards. our study over ''new cairo administration capital'' is to conclude whether the majority of these six characteristics are properly applied and accounted for within the planning phase and eventually in the implementation process or not. 3.1.2 smart street furniture: as shown in figure 3, the designs of the smart street furniture has become a symbol for the concept of smart cities and public places that use technology to enhance services, reduce costs and resource consumption to enable residents to engage them effectively and actively with each other (fig 3). street public areas (landscape) technology design urban planning circulation street furniture, lighting transit facilities civil engineering smartphone apps wifi networking ict / itsm, real time data collection data process software public art media content furniture design architecture figure 3 – concepts of smart street furniture as cities look for economical ways (i.e. smart economy) to enhance street furniture, it offers unique technology solutions by leveraging their existing assets such as streetlights and outmoded phone booths. cities are creating next generation infrastructure by linking them to public carrier or city networks. these connections facilitate new services and benefits the citizens and visitors in the form of wi-fi, mobile charging, interactive city maps, and real-time city information and alerts. in addition, cities can gather air quality, traffic, and noise data from sensors on the smart street furniture to better manage the city dynamics which will boost the neighborhood's safety. categories of technology systems: a. tools of ict technologies16: it service management, itsm is a general term that describes a strategic approach for designing, managing and improving the way information technology (it) is used. the goal of every it service management framework is to ensure that the right processes, people and technology are in place so that the smart city can meet its business and social goals. the common tools include: cellular network: it is a communication network where the last link is wireless. the network is distributed over land areas called cells, each served by at least one fixed-location transceiver, known as a cell. it basically refers to having many small interconnected transmitters as opposed to a master one. digital: it is a type of transfer that involves breaking a message or form of communication between two machines down into binary code. binary code consists of all ones and zeros, and it could be reassembled upon being read by another piece of equipment that utilizes the digital technology. mechanical: it is the application of engineering principles and technological developments to the creation of useful machinery or products. 16 sara bartolini, 2009, “smart sensors for interoperable smart environment“phd, università di bologna, p. 80 (table 5.3) http://amsdottorato.unibo.it/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/finaldownload/downloadid337a21bdd2e613292efbc428a1d24ad5/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/2576/1/bartolini_sara_tesi.pdf street public areas technology design hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 7 optical: it refers to anything that relates to light or vision, whether it is visible light or infrared lightthat performs a specific function. virtual: in computing, virtualization refers to the act of creating a virtual version of something, including virtual computer hardware platforms, storage devices, and computer network resources. vision: it is an integrated engineering system providing world-class solutions and services in electronics, land systems and provides a wide array of high-value products to blue-chip customers. the first four technologies are used widely in designing, planning, implementing new approaches and applications for smart cities as well as street furniture, whereas the last two points are less used due to different reasons. b. tools of energy technologies17 : it is an interdisciplinary engineering science having to do with the efficient, safe, environmentally friendly and economical extraction, conversion, transportation, storage and use of energy. it is targeted towards yielding high efficiency while skirting side effects on humans, nature and the environment. design principles18: as shown in figure 4, the premise of street furniture design is that it should be people-oriented. it is the core idea of street furniture design as located in the center. based on this premise, three main principles are developed as: functional, unity, and identity. the three principles are in balanced positions and linked in the model. it implies that the principles are equally important, coordinated and interflowed with each other as follows: figure 4 – design principles of street furniture functional: it must be designed according to certain standards from the perspective measurements, architectural, in unique form, usage, comfort, quantity accessibility, functional suitability, and suitability of material as in figure 5. a real example exists in dubai as air-conditioned smart shelters offering multiple services, like free wi-fim, and it comes in different types of kiosks. figure 5 – dubai, smart shelters 17 wikipedia, definition of ''energy technology', https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/energy_technology 18 ghorab, 2014 , istanbul, turkey, ''evaluation of street furniture according to basic design principles'', design principles materials, p.6 people symbolic, consent , understandable functional standards measurements, suitability, identity modern, historical, unique, attractive unity location, maintainance, social https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/interdisciplinary https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/engineering https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/science https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/environmentally_friendly https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/energy https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/adverse_effect https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/energy_technology hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 8 people oriented: the criteria that affect to what extent street furniture design makes a difference or how much it is liked by users. it should indicate to what extent it is understandable, meaningful, symbolic and creating visual richness. unity: should be compatibility between different types of street furniture, compatibility with surrounding, environment and climate must be evaluated carefully; be in color harmony, shape, easily maintained and complying with the social considerations. identity: it should be in modern form, having historical qualities referring to history, culture, tradition life style & behavior, geographic environment, different, attractive, original/ unique, and in a good location. the most famous two examples for applying design identity within the outlook of street furniture are in the middle east; (dubai) as smart palm, and european union – eu (denmark) as tulpi seating units, (figs 6, 6a,6b): figure 6 – dubai, smart palm figure 6a – denmark, tulpi seating units dubai: figure 6 smart palm is a green multifunctional device and info-point with wi-fi access. it made from a combination of fiber-reinforced plastic and concrete topped with nine leaf-shaped photovoltaic modules. a six-meter-tall palm can generate around 7.2 kilowatt hours, a touch-screen panel giving local details on weather and transportation. over the next 12 months, dubai plans to install 103 smart palms across the city. denmark: figure 6a tulpi-design is a typical dutch design. marco manders achieved recognition with his tulpiseats, which is based on the dutch national flower, the tulip. it allows people to orient seats to meet specific social needs; the tulpi19-seat is made from plastics that fall into the category of lldpe (linear lowdensity polyethylene) and stainless steel. no toxic chemicals are used to treat the tulpi-seat. polyethylene is an essential biologically inert solid and considered as non-toxic. cairo: the identity aspects of ''new cairo administration capital''20" as the unique designing approach reflecting its islamic identity such as street seating which are designed based on the islamic patterns as shown herewith – figure 6b figure 6b – cairo, islamic pattern of street seating units 19 marco manders, ''tulpi-design'' http://www.tulpi.nl/tulpi-seat/ 20 official governmental presentation provided from new capital company website, http://thecapitalcairo.com/ http://www.tulpi.nl/tulpi-seat/ http://thecapitalcairo.com/ https://www.google.com.eg/imgres?imgurl=http://i.dailymail.co.uk/i/pix/2015/07/16/07/2a9324b900000578-3162761-image-m-26_1437029814260.jpg&imgrefurl=http://www.dailymail.co.uk/travel/travel_news/article-3162761/power-palm-smart-trees-installed-dubai-offer-wifi-phone-charging-beach.html&docid=s3gmtm0fr0cufm&tbnid=faybnddqjpwn9m:&vet=1&w=634&h=449&bih=754&biw=1440&q=dubai%20smart%20city%20smart%20tree&ved=0ahukewjtzc-fl-nrahwnhrokhrd0cpkqmwhpkc4wlg&iact=mrc&uact=8 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 9 3.2 street furniture elements & materials and analysis of new trends: a) elements: street furniture includes numerous elements not limited to billboards, lamp posts, lit signage, phone booths, mailboxes, park seating benches, bike racks, public art, utility poles, traffic signals, information boards, and city maps. some of these mentioned elements are equipped with cloud-connected devices to make citizens and residents’ lives more comfortable. b) materials21: the characteristics of material use, stability of the product and the psychological effects it creates are important, for the best design relies on strong, simple and natural shapes and materials. the list of the used material in smart street furniture covers the following: steel: it is the most preferred material because it's durable and resistant to rust. it requires little maintenance and relatively cheap compared to other materials. wood: it is one of the most preferable materials for its natural features, but it had a major disadvantage as well. it takes longer to dry after rain and needs more maintenance. concrete: it is durable, difficult to dry after rain and expensive to use. stone: same as durable and difficult to dry after rain but has only limited designs possibilities. plastic: it is in the smooth surface side, good appearance, more durable, and needs less maintenance. in new cairo administration capita,' proper considerations have been concluded that steel will has the priority among other materials but wood and concrete will also be used based on the location, the nature of placement and its purposes. the priority of steel is for being a high quality material and its processing technique that will ensure robust street furniture ready to face all seasons because its appropriateness for its function, fitting in with environmental constrains and suitability for giving any form. street furniture design guidelines: general placement considerations: street trees should be the primary organizing element of the streetscape, while street furniture should be placed where it can accommodate the majority of the people. yet, the designer should be mindful of other specific elements; and within the overall pattern of plantings and furnishing. the city’s design and general placement considerations should be flexible enough to be able to tailor the size and type of street furniture to suit the specific needs of the individual communities. specific location guidelines for each element are detailed by element on individual street furniture and it’s not limited to the following examples: general considerations22: i. within the local & site specific context of streets and parks: avoid placing furniture in front of significant buildings where possible and practical, minimize the impact by placing items to the sides or edges of the building, use benches instead of seats, use bike brackets fixed to existing posts instead of stainless steel bike hoops, clear glass panel bus shelters instead of solid panels. ii. within the broader context of streetscape areas and parks: keep the quantity of furniture to the minimum standard required to provide the appropriate level of service, and reduce clutter by rationalizing furniture with new works and consolidating furniture together in clusters. specific consideration 23 per item: street lighting: should be located alternately with street trees. park seating benches: should be placed according to design intent; be situated parallel to the pedestrian clear way. for example, when located at a transit stop, they should face the street for functionality, and when intended for rest and people watching, they can be placed so that the pedestrian is encouraged to feel a sense of privacy while still connecting with the public square. it can be placed near popular restaurants to accommodate people waiting to be seated. seating incorporated into building forms, such as seat-walls, may be used as an alternative to free-standing benches. bike racks: should be located in the buffer zone with a 3 foot minimum clearance between bicycles parked at racks and other street furniture. all newspapers racks are located in the buffer zone, yet open toward the pedestrian through a way. 21 ghorab, 2014 , istanbul, turkey, ''evaluation of street furniture according to basic design principles'', design principles p.6 22 city of ballarat, urban design manual, ''part a: street and park furniture guidelines", 2013, street_and-park_furniture_3.pdf – p 9 23 donlad watson, alan plattes, robert shibley, 2003, ''time-saver standards for urban design'', mcgraw-hill companies. p 6.5 4 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 10 chairs, tables: are typically located close to the buildings. recycling bins: placed in a manner which allows clear sight lines for pedestrians, cyclist, and drivers. other furnishings: should be placed between these organizing elements, clustered at predictable, high-use locations such as transit stops or corners. c) analysis of new trends samples: we have summarized most of applications of new trends in six trends aiming to be last updated trends; eco-friendly and more comfortable so that urban environment could integrate technology with the communal living. thus, it gets more tech-oriented and somewhat futuristic as being mentioned in the following sections. 1. trend of multifunctional ict devices (feature & usages): smart stations24 for buses: it is to incorporate with 4g technology, wi-fi connectivity and to support transport providers with an additional source of revenue in terms of digital advertisements by outdoor media companies. figure 7 – smart bus station as shown in figure 7: the bus station as a cloud device, include screens that display real-time information about bus movements and touch-screens that provide access to interactive maps, local news, tourist information as well as a usb charging port for mobile devices and advertising. 2. trend of responsive street furniture devices25: responsive street furniture uses digital technology to make streets work better for people who find moving around difficult for the different types of reasons. it brings the adaptability of digital devices, like ipad, allowing it to be changed to the best that suits the needs of the individuals. these changes include brighter street lighting, audio information, extra places to use and more time to cross the road. figure 8 – diagram of responsive street device figure 8a live responsive street device as shown in figure 8 & 8a: in contrast, accessibility in the digital world of smartphone, tablets and websites is all about adaptability. when a device or application can adapt, it can meet the needs of an individual much more completely, rather than trying to be the best compromise between everyone. prototypes of street furniture try to 24 ericsson, in ''uitp world congress'', 2015, https://www.ericsson.com/spotlight/services/connected-bus-stop-for-a-better-commuterexperience 25 ross atkin associates, ''research, design and development'', http://www.rossatkin.com/wp/?portfolio=responsive-street-furniture https://www.ericsson.com/spotlight/services/connected-bus-stop-for-a-better-commuter-experience https://www.ericsson.com/spotlight/services/connected-bus-stop-for-a-better-commuter-experience http://www.rossatkin.com/wp/?portfolio=responsive-street-furniture hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 11 adapt to disabled people’s mobility and offer them a customized experience in real time. after registering with their smartphone, users can specify their needs while walking on the streets. trend of pop-up26 (hydraulic power units) furniture: as shown in figure 9, it portrays a new kind of outdoor furniture that can be pumped out of the pavement by the users. hydraulic system allows the furniture to be fixed at any height. figure 9 – example of hydraulic power street units this means that you can decide whether you want to create a bench or a picnic table. this furniture folds and disappears into the sidewalk. it is fabulous for public spaces and it creates a great urban design, as (fig 9). trend of sustainable technology: optical technology: energy solar led street lamps: with the increasing energy crisis, countries are seeking to solve the crisis via establishing , for example, a road to seek new and renewable energy use; solar panel reducing energy consumption, or increasing energy efficiency. the led street lighting is an integrated light-emitting diode (led) light fixture that is used for street lighting, which can be used for major roads, sub-major roads, and highways. it is highly efficient, long lasting environmentally, friendly and also inherently controllable, (figs 10-10a) figure 10 – diagram of solar led street lamps figure 10a – live solar led street lamps a central control monitoring system that detects whether when they are working or not in order to alarm the responsible technician as shown in the above diagram. benefits of solar led lights: improved community, safer society, and more colorful. reduced energy and light pollution. an even distribution of light to concentrate the light onto the pavement, road and minimize the back spill. a central control monitoring system that detects whether they are working or not in order to alarm the responsible technician. digital technology: informative digital signage 27: the first smart street solution in the middle east region has been installed at a high-tech park of dubai, offering wi 26 popsop ltd, ''learn 7 trends in urban living for 2014'',http://popsop.com/2013/12/what-a-smart-city-of-the-future-will-look-like-learn-7trends-in-urban-living-for-2014/ 27 emirates 24 news, july 2016, ''region's first smart street unveiled in dubai'', http://www.emirates247.com/news/emirates/region-s-firstsmart-street-unveiled-in-dubai-click-for-where-2016-07-03-1.634798 https://www.zano.pl/en/street-furniture/catalogue/street-lamps http://www.pvsolarchina.com/ http://popsop.com/2013/12/what-a-smart-city-of-the-future-will-look-like-learn-7-trends-in-urban-living-for-2014/ http://popsop.com/2013/12/what-a-smart-city-of-the-future-will-look-like-learn-7-trends-in-urban-living-for-2014/ http://www.emirates247.com/news/emirates/region-s-first-smart-street-unveiled-in-dubai-click-for-where-2016-07-03-1.634798 http://www.emirates247.com/news/emirates/region-s-first-smart-street-unveiled-in-dubai-click-for-where-2016-07-03-1.634798 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 12 fi access and real-time news display besides incorporating sensors monitoring temperature, humidity and air quality installed by huawei. figure 11 – dubai, informative digital signage it allows real-time display of news and information, while the integrated wi-fi transmitter offers internet access within a 300 meter radius, as shown in figure 11 trend of virtual technologies: the era of global digitalization, information and big data, is making food shopping better, smarter, more convenient and more interesting. it will enhance public boards at streets as instant displays with products relavent to the customers' interest. these boards are installed in bus stations. customers scan products codes with their phone, and the groceries are delivered to their homes. figure 12 – virtual shopping channel as shown in figure 12, it is an innovative shopping channel for shoppers to virtually interact with their chosen stores or products. that will offer customers an immersive purchasing experience, allowing endusers to digitally interact with stores and explore products in an innovative 3d enabled format. trend of modular street furniture28: the core aim is to empower landscape architects and specifies it with the freedom to create something unique for each and every project. it is also to match the palette of the surrounding environment without the associated costs of any off bespoke products. figure 13 – modular street furniture 28 rachel pownall, ''modular street furniture'', 2008, http://www.coroflot.com/rachel_pownall/modular-street-furniture http://www.toxel.com/nspiration/2010/08/04/weird-and-creative-food-products/ http://www.toxel.com/tech/2011/07/07/12-cool-apple-iphone-concepts/ http://www.coroflot.com/rachel_pownall/modular-street-furniture hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 13 as shown in figure 13, the benches 29 are a mixture of internal and external curves to create different configurations, either allowing people to sit alone or togetherencouraging social interaction. conceptual planning model (cpm) for street furniture: conceptual modeling 30 in general is the activity of formally describing some aspects of the physical and social world around us for the purposes of understanding and communication. a conceptual model's primary objective is to convey the fundamental principles and basic functionality of the system which it represents. also, a conceptual model must be developed in such a way as to provide an easily understood system interpretation for the users. a conceptual planning model, when implemented properly, should satisfy four fundamental objectives: 1. enhance the individual's understanding of the representative system. 2. facilitate efficient conveyance of system details between all parties involved. 3. provide a point of reference for system designers to extract system specifications. 4. document the system for future reference and provide a means for collaboration. proposed conceptual planning model – cpm for smart city and street furniture as direct implementation of smart city's identity to be applied within our case study of ''new cairo administration capital'' plays an important role in the overall planning and designing process. it is clear that if the conceptual model is not fully developed, the execution of fundamental system properties may not be implemented properly, giving way to future problems or system shortfalls. these failures do occur in the industry and have been linked to; the lack of user input, the incomplete or unclear requirements, and the changing requirements. the expected outcome is to have an overall enhancement for designing new ideas and trends to be used in the designing and manufacturing of the street furniture's materials. it is an ideal criterion for designers as a general guide for making a scientific curriculum to be updated with what's new using hi-tec communications, worldwide. 29 andrew h. dent & leslie, ''material innovation architecture'', 2014, uk in thames & hudson ltd. p 104-105 30 wikipedia, 'conceptual model'', https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/conceptual_model https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/conceptual_model hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 14 conceptual planning model -cpm: information database definitions, concepts, principles as well as internal & external information of previous implementation experience within the region and the world smart mobility smart cities smart urban landscape smart economy smart living engineering science studies urban planning, circulation street furniture lighting, transit facility civil engineering smart governance smart people interaction communication information systems value added to economy basic concepts design principles technology trends of applications smart environment wired & wireless connectivity smart navigation value added to society operation center guidelines & best practice functional smart apps multifunctional devices measurement systems elements of street furniture people oriented wi-fi, cellular networks responsive devices materials of street furniture unity digital, ict / itsm pop-up, hydraulic devices placement & positioning identity data collection sustainable devices data process software virtual devices modular devices q-methodology to measure attitudes and differences in the development of “''new cairo administration capital''” identify concourse q-statements implementation of qsorting factor analysis interpretatio n of factors ''new cairo administration capital'' street furniture results of q-tables hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 15 findings, conclusion and recommendations figure 14 conceptual planning model -cpm as indicated above – in figure 14, we will start implementing the above planned processes for each topic individually. first, for the ''new cairo administration capital'' as a smart city, then last but not least, our core topic of street furniture: 3.3 ''new cairo administration capital'': “new cairo administration capital” 31 is a large-scale project announced by the housing ministermustafa madbouly on the 13th of march 2015. as a smart city located in 45 kilometers east and just outside the second greater cairo ring road, it would become the new administrative capital, housing the main government departments, ministries, as well as foreign embassies. on 700 square kilometers total area, a population of 5-7 million people is expected to live and grow, figure 15. city of knowledge 435.4 feddans s m a r t c i t y 2 8 2 . 9 f e d d a n s figure 15 map ''new cairo administration capital'' is planned to be consisted of 21 residential districts and 25 "dedicated districts". its downtown is to have skyscrapers, figure 15a. the city will also have a central park, artificial lakes, about 2,000 educational institutions, a technology and innovation park, 663 hospitals and clinics, 40,000 hotel rooms, 90 square kilometers of solar energy farms, an electric railway and a new international airport. the city is designed in 282.9 feddans (figure 15a) and the city of knowledge is to be in the size of 435.4 feddans, (figure 15b) as follows: smart city, downtown, skycrapers & central park: figure 15a – layout of downtown, skyscrapers & part city of knowledge – plan for land use of 417 feddans: 31 wikipedia, ''proposed new capital'', https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/proposed_new_capital_of_egypt https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/smart_city https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ring_road_(cairo) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ring_road_(cairo) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/international_airport https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/proposed_new_capital_of_egypt hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 16 figure 15b detail plan for city of knowledge 3.3.1 success factors for planning new cairo city: initially, cairo capital company is the in charge company establishing, constructing, and manageing the new city talked to municipal economic development officials under the authority of cairo governate. it is to explain the opportunities, requirements, and benefits associated with wireless street furniture and seek support from the ministry of communication and information technology, mcit, as well as information technology industry development agency, itida for most updated common practice technology within the region. this process has been finalized in less time than what was planned for. secondly, the company identifies all special local considerations of historic districts, architectural and requirements that may increase costs /or extend the timeline of the deployment process. it has been concluded to have the design based on islamic pattern to create a great impact on its identity. the following planning and live-pictures (i.e. under construction) as figure 16, showing implementation of the islamic identity in all residential buildings: figure 16 – constructions in progress & general layouts then, coordinating legal franchising and other permitting governmental requirements to identify timing and other expectations from both municipal bodies and infrastructure provider perspectives (i.e. subcontracting companies such as arab contractors co., orascom constructions industries – oci, etc..) to plan for the whole execution project plan which concludes that its first phase is subject to finalization within 2018. third, realistically discuss estimate costs for the access in relation to any published municipal schedule or point of view. the nature of the project seeks interpretations as needed for the project's economic viability including commercial and economic feasibility studies. finally, prepared to respond promptly to standard code of construction and safe infrastructure based on best common practice used within similar smart cities in the region. 3.3.2 main aspects of planning 32: the vision of technology elements 33 and its priority as best practices in design are as follows: 32 the capital cairo, http://thecapitalcairo.com/smart-city.html 33 tnt news, india, 2016, ''tag archives: smart city'', tnt, thenortheasttoday, http://thenortheasttoday.com/tag/smart-city/ hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 17 figure 17 – features elements of smart cities as shown above figure 17: technology elements: urban automation, connected devices and intelligent or senor-based infrastructure which present the highest priority in the planning phase. smart city elements: contains open data & internet, smart agriculture, smart home & retail, smart health & education, smart grid & energy, smart e-government, and smart mobility having all together priority in planning. innovation approaches to transportation elements 34: urban analytics; userurban delivery and logistics; strategic business models, roadway electrification, and electric vehicles, that are connected and involved citizens having high priority. there are three core factors that will properly be considered in ''new cairo administration capital” as following: a. from technology perspectives: physical infrastructure; smart; mobile; virtual technologies, and digital networks: protected and organic waste recycled in order to grow. well-connected locally, regionally and internationally. make use of the sustainable technologies of today. infrastructure will be able to make, reuse and conserve water and waste. 90 square kilometers of solar energy farms. b. from human perspectives: human infrastructure; social capital: variety of medium and high-density districts to address the issues of land constraints and population density. exceptional quality of life with compact walkable urban neighborhoods, lush green gardens (i.e. green river) and shaded walkways to ensure a sense of community. electric railway and new international airport focus will be on promoting pedestrian-friendly choices throughout the city. c. from institutional perspectives: policy; regulations and directives as follows: all governmental bodies and ministries will be re-located in "new cairo administration capital'' educational institutions, a technology & innovation park "i.e. city of knowledge", hospitals, clinics, and international hotels, etc.. 3.3.3 q-methodology approach in planning & designing ''new cairo administration capital'': q-methodology35 was originally invented by psychologist, stephenson, in 1935 in order to examine individuals' subjectivity systematically and scientifically, and then this research method has been developed further based on factor analytic theory. this methodology is recognized as an evaluation tool combining both qualitative and quantitative research techniques. the research uses this method to measure attitudes and different in the development of ''new cairo administration capital'' based on the particular standing point of the observed participations. this subjective landscape on smart cities and street furniture can be valuable to understand the exiting debates in practice and 34 new jersey department of transportation, 2008, usa, pennsylvania department of transportation 35 dr. joon sik kim, xi'an jiaotong liverpool university, mapping conflicts in the development of smart cities: the experience of using q methodology for smart, gusu project, suzhou, china, 2016, corp2016_13.pdf, pages. 1-10 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/international_airport hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 18 implement projects more efficiently by mapping possible conflicts in advance. this method employs quantitative tool of factor analysis in the following five main stages: 1. identification of the "concourse": at this stage, it is to develop a wide range of discussion, and questions in order to collect the concourse. 2. definition of q-statements: the discourse collected from the above stage needs to be summarized and reduced to a manageable number of the concourse, which is often referred to as q-statements. 3. implementation of q-sorting: this stage involves the interview process with selected participants to ask rank all q-statements on a scale from "disagree level (-4)" to "agree level (+4)". the range, such as down (-4) to high (+4) will be used to sort the statements in the later stages. 4. factor analysis: when q-sorting is completed, the correlations between q-sorts are calculated by using the factor analysis method. this statistical analysis is to identify and classify a distinctive group of q-sorts that shares a similar subjective opinion or position received from the participants. 5. interpretation of the factors: final stage is to interpret the results of the factor analysis based on the findings. implementation of q-methodology & work done: 1. "concourse": we have selected number of key governmental officials as well as from non-government companies based on their background, work and experience that can provide assurance to our findings, enhancing particular support to answering our questions. firstly, open discussions have been implemented to acquire basic information and current issues of “new capital” from media such as newspapers, websites, government documents, etc. secondly, meetings and phone conversations have been concluded with five key professional experts, of three from government officials; and two operational and scientific officials whom working at non-government sector. 2. "q-statements": the typical number of q-statements to be in 30 and 60. drawn from initial tests and pilot q-sorting, the research has found 50 statements / questions as factual-statements covering smart city and its related street furniture which will be considering during planning, designing and implementation processes of “''new cairo administration capital''” and are suitable for this study. 3. "q-sorting": all q-statements were given one by one randomly to the participant, then to split them up into categories: disagree; agree and neutral based on their own perspectives. then, the participant is required to place all statements into the q-table in a ranked-order according to the forced distribution. at the last stage of q-sorting, the participants are required to complete a questionnaire for their personal details. participants were asked to use an inverted pyramidal table (figs 18 & 19) in order to rank the 50 qstatements in a nine-relative (9) nine scale (-4,-3,-2,-1,0,+1,+2,+3,+4) based on how strongly they agree or disagree with or against each particular q-statement. 4. "factor analysis": we have two main segments for the questionnaire, first for smart cities surveyed in 23 q-statements; and secondly, street furniture surveyed in 27 q-statements (total of 50). unified factors of 0.33 and 0.22 is unfind for both of the governmental for the non-government that have been calculated to measure the level of acceptance. q-methodology approach: there are many designing approaches, types of elements, materials to use, placement principles, functionality and appearance features for smart city and street furniture that differs from city/or region to another. all these q-statements were submitted, or discussed, and interviewed with 3 key government perspectives; and 2 nongovernment perspectives. the following inquires; questions and factual statements have been prepared and answered by selective key professional experts (i.e. participants) as listed herewith: key government perspectives: a mr. wael mousa assistant to ministry of housing, utilities and urban development, b dr. ahmed farouk ministry advisor for national projects – ministry of investment, c eng. mohamed arab advisor to the national regulatory authority telecommunications non-government perspectives: d eng. safwat sobhy ceo, orascom for construction industries, oci e dr. ayman ashour dean of faculty of engineering, ein shams university hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 19 i. ''new cairo administration capital'' as a smart city: the interview participants to ask are ranking all q-statements on a scale from "disagree (-4)" to "agree (+4)" participants topic of statement no. q-statements a b c d e aspects of planning & design 1 planning process is based on best practices in design, ecology and culture, common smart city components and innovation approaches for whole city and especially for urban pillars of ease accessibility for transportation and circulation movements are properly considered. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 2 a smart city is one with at least one initiative of the following six characteristics: smart governance, people, living, mobility, economy and smart environment. ''new cairo administration capital'' is planned base on implementing most of these main characteristics as smartness feature. +4 3 +4 3 -3 topic of statement no. q-statements a b c d e aspects of planning & design 3 a smart city around the world have three different views, first is smart cities as "engineering", secondly, is mart cities as "science" and last but not least is smart cities as "studies", all these views are properly considered. +4 3 +4 +4 3 technical consideration 4 infrastructure designed is able to make, reuse and conserve water efficiently, protected and organic waste recycled, as well as effective-connected and open data, internet, gsm technologies (i.e. g-4) for communication with deep involvement of solar energy as prime source for power and as green environment main requirement. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 5 for the image of smart capital will use as much as information communication technologies – ict as well as multi-users devices that save time, efforts in an effective and efficient manner as well. +4 3 +4 +4 3 people & public services 6 information sharing between governments and enterprises would be an asset in building the information system via e-government that will provide citizen-centric services with efficient administrative procedures. +4 +4 +4 3 3 public & private buildings 7 government is in need for modern building management systems to organize effective repairs works, maintenance more effectively and efficiency for sustainability proposes. +4 +4 3 +4 +4 8 all residents building will have sort of intelligent systems and smart services to improve living environments 2 3 3 3 2 economy & positive value added 9 green energy solutions (i.e. solar) are becoming basic goal for the development of ''new cairo administration capital'' that will saving cost and achieving green environment as planned. +4 -3 +4 +4 +4 10 ''new cairo administration capital'' is not just about implementing technology for the sake of technology but rather, follow an informed agenda to combat various urban challenges in egypt, such as growing populations and issues relating to basic service delivery, and social inclusion. so, all these constrains have been accounted for within the planning. +4 +4 +4 +4 3 characteristics of smart cities 11 the following prioritized characteristics for planning smart cities have been considered in the case study: wired and wireless connectivity +4 3 +4 3 3 12 effective information systems 3 3 +4 3 +4 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 20 13 commuter information model, mobile payment, +4 +4 3 3 +4 14 operation center to operate, maintain, and control all activities within the capital 3 2 2 3 2 15 air pollution counter-measures, +4 3 3 2 3 16 smart water utility pipe leak, irrigation, waste systems +4 3 +4 3 -3 17 real time 3d maps, 3 2 -3 2 -3 18 efficient public transport, stimulating green behavior, smart buildings 3 3 +4 3 3 20 smart running, bikes tracks and elderly care systems 2 3 2 3 2 21 public parking space availability prediction and interactive street sensing. +4 +4 3 3 3 22 managing household waste, improving cycling safety 3 3 -2 3 3 23 smart evacuation management in case of nature risks and sudden emergencies. +4 3 3 +4 +4 interpretation of the factors q-table for ''new cairo administration capital'' as a smart city: results based on calculated factors revealed the following findings: totally agree / or full consent statements (i.e. +4) for the two segments are 43%. the agreed opinions (i.e. +3 & +2) are 47%. last but not least, perspectives less than agreeing (-3& -2 ranks) is of 5% as shown in the below inverted pyramidal q-table: full disagree sound & less disagree sound & less agreee full agree segments / scale -4 -3 -2 -1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4 total factor government perspectives 0 2 1 0 0 0 6 23 34 69 0.33 non-government perspectives 0 3 0 0 0 0 5 20 15 46 0.22 pyramidal q-table (fig 18) as shown in figure 18, using the excel statistical as simple sample tool analysis, the data for ''new cairo administration capital'' segment were analyzed using the relevant basic statistical processes (i.e. concluded factors of 0.33 & 0.22 for segments of governmental and non-governmental officers respectively), all relationships between the data were also analyzed; and with the information obtained from the questionnaires built based on q-statements conclude that concept, factors, elements of ''new cairo administration capital'' is been considered within the planning phase and our field visits that all what have been planned for is being implementing during current stage of constructions that schedule phase-1 will be concluded by midyear of 2018. analysis of smart cities results: total q-statements for smart cities segment are based on 23 statements delivered, discussed and obtained its perspectives from the participants, having a total of 207 ranges of expected responds (9 ranks). responds received from key government perspectives were more positive than those from non-government due to their more access possibilities to planning and designs of ''new cairo administration capital'' data and information, whilst others may not be able to have the same amount of detailed data and in-depth information especially during the planning phase. thus, positive consents and agreed upon opinions were aggregated and concluded major topics related to the following: implementation of e-government. building management systems designed based on last technology. application of information communication technology – ict. solid combat various challenges (i.e. growing population, service delivery, safety). green energy solutions more efficient in operation, maintenance and saving costs. hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 21 whilst other answers far / away from full consent and agreement opinions concluded major topics related the follows: residents building will not fully intelligent for all smart services, but that will based on type of location providing this requirement of hi-tec systems for intended usages. all effective information, digital smart systems will be placed in specific areas of interest based on the planning design not deployed over all locations (i.e. main smart city, city of knoweldge). managing household waste, improving cycling safety are assessed but not in a defiant manner (i.e. not yet planned for). public parking space availability prediction, smart car parking and interactive street sensing are not concluded and planned for yet, but are within the overall consideration list of interests. ii. street furniture in ''new cairo administration capital'': the interview participants to ask are ranking all q-statements on a scale from "disagree (-4)" to "agree (+4)" participants topic of statement no. q-statements a b c d e identity 1 street furniture has planned in the modern nature, shape, form in islamic historical from identity point of view referring to history of egypt aiming to enhance its identity in form of attractive, unity, and unique in nature +4 +4 3 +4 3 designing & planning 2 street furniture is designed, planned and equipped based on last updated technology in the field (i.e. smart kiosks, multiuse's devices, etc.) to comply with the smartness. +4 +4 +4 3 3 topic of statement no. q-statements a b c d e designing & planning 3 the planning will integrate technology into street furniture to provide both phone-charging stations and tools for gathering valuable data as a basic example. +4 +4 3 3 3 3 the planning will integrate technology into street furniture to provide both phone-charging stations and tools for gathering valuable data as a basic example. +4 +4 3 3 3 4 street furniture elements will uses ict technology, connected to wi-fi, hi-tec devices, exchange of data and information, all of these are properly considered for availability of backhaul and power, location of sites to improving coverage, suitable equipment with available recently frequency bands of 4g applied in egypt. +4 +4 +4 3 3 5 technical trends of designing street furniture worldwide are as following, kindly indicate which one or more will be applicable and which will not applicable in implementation of ''new cairo administration capital'' as a smart: trend of multifunctional street units. +4 +4 +4 3 3 6 trend of responsive street furniture devices. -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 7 trend of sustainable applications such as: energy solar led; and digital technology such as informative digital signage. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 8 trend of modular street furniture. -4 -4 -3 -3 -3 functional & technical features 9 street will be planned and designed among a wide width of at least 90 and max of 125 meters as standard norms +4 +4 +4 3 +4 10 the common lists of material used in street furniture are steel, wood, concrete, stone and plastic. the planning is focusing mainly on steel, for its sustainability durable, resistant to rust as well as others (i.e. wood & concrete). +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 11 for traffic systems in all streets are equipped by +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 22 multifunctional digital display as last technology used. 12 are there are many green parks, spaces and landscape were accounted for within the planning to allows a variety of seating furniture for visitors and pedestrians. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 13 for best practice for street furniture to perform its functions, considerations have been taken to be visible and with suitably chosen colors. each item has, in contrast to its environment and in bright colors as well. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 14 hi-tec senores will be installed among street furniture as units for measurement and monitoring air quality, pedestrian traffic, in cases of emergencies, and pollution. +4 +4 +4 3 3 15 functions of street lights will have the ability to increase/decrease the lighting levels by control management system via hi-tec digital tool. +4 +4 +4 3 3 functional & technical features 16 one of the most uses of digital technology comes in the form of the popular cell phone market and smart phone booths. these types of digital technology are included within the city planning for street furniture. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 17 the last updated information boards, maps and posts will be installed in "the new city" to enable getting data and information via intelligent street furniture +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 18 all considerations for the ideal placement of street furniture based on the best practice are considered during the design phase. +4 +4 +4 3 3 power, energy & lighting 19 the planning will use integrated light-emitting diode (led) light fixture in the new city’s streets. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 topic of statement no. q-statements a b c d e power, energy & lighting 20 all advertising boards, signs and billboards designed as devices using (led) digital furniture for advertising. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 21 with the massive demand and subsequent explosion of data usage, more wireless network infrastructure companies (i.e. orange-vodafone-etisalat) and others to come, they are using the last technology of 4g in the region. the proper coordination has been made and arranged among them to collaborate in the data-sharing for efficient communication protocols serving street furniture. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 22 solar energy, as the best system in operation, maintenance and saving costs, is deployed with utmost activities. +4 +4 +4 3 3 unity 23 the planning of the city considered all aspects of the unity of the streets, by placing it in good locations based on the norms or the standards. the climate also must be evaluated carefully, should be in color harmony, easily maintained and social environments and other considerations that of these have direct impact on the unity of street furniture and have periodic maintenance work done on it. +4 +4 3 3 3 24 there is an importance of having a number of international companies, advertising agencies provides its design experience to submit their proposed intelligent furniture as one of the planning elements that will incur revenue for the city. +4 +4 +4 3 3 people 25 responsive street furniture could make streets more +4 +4 3 3 3 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 23 oriented usable for everyone providing assurance for its benefits. 26 street furniture will be designed to be easily recognized and understood the users. +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 27 people would find street furniture more modern, pleasant. it will be in good shapes, colors, fine texturesurfaces, and smooth surfaces designed to ensure their consent, easy usage, ease of maintenance and in a suitability manners. +4 +4 +4 3 3 interpretation of the factors q-table for street furniture: results based on calculated factors revealed the following: totally agree / or full consent (i.e. +4 ranks) for the two segments is 70% where the perspectives that agreed (i.e. +3 & +2) are 22%. last but not least, other perspectives less than agreeing (-4&-3&-2 ranks) are of 7% as shown in the below inverted pyramidal, q-table: full disagree sound & less disagree sound & less agreee full agree segment / scale -4 -3 -2 -1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4 total factor government perspectives 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 4 71 81 0.33 non-government perspectives 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 26 24 54 0.22 pyramidal q-table fig 19 as shown in figure 19, using the excel statistical as simple sample tool analysis program, the data for street furniture were analyzed using the relevant basic statistical processes (i.e. concluded factors of 0.33 & 0.22 for governmental and non-governmental officers respectively) all relationships between the data were also analyzed; and with the information obtained from the questionnaires built based on q-statements conclude that concept, factors, elements of street furniture are being considered and properly accounted for within the phase of planning but will not be in phase 1 of the project but within late phases as originally planned for. analysis of street furniture results: total q-statements for segment of street furniture are based on 27 statements delivered, discussed and obtained its perspectives from the participants, having a total of 243 ranges of expected responds (9 ranks). responds received are summarized as follows: thus, positive consents and agreed upon opinions were aggregated and concluded major topics related to the following: best, updated and last technology will be used during designing most of street furniture. implement, focusing on application of ict technologies and multiuser devices. steel material will be used due to its sustainability durable, resistant to rust and requires minor maintenance. traffic systems in all streets will be equipped by multifunctional digital display. green parks, landscape, seating benches and public art were accounted for in the planning. hi-tec senores considered among street furniture as unit for measurement, control and monitoring air quality, pedestrian traffic, in cases of emergencies, and pollution. led lighting systems are applied and functioning in street lights posts having the ability for increase/decrease the lighting levels by control management system via hi-tec digital tool. the last technology of 4g, proper coordination have been made and arranged among them to collaborate and data-sharing for efficient communication protocols serving the streets. whilst other answers away from consent and agreement opinions due to planning have not being completed and agreed upon by the authorities, as follows: components of fully responsive street furniture may not by applying in all areas, since that involves high cost and manufacturing features to be built-in and installed. international companies and advertising agencies may have less chance to win applying their hi-tec advertisements over street furniture in ''new cairo administration capital'' compared to egyptian companies in the market. some constrains may exist, when placing the street furniture in certain areas. responsibility tasks for street furniture maintenance is not yet concluded and agree upon within the city administrators. good maintenance plan equal valid and sound sustainablilty. hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 24 3.4 conclusions section: 3.4.1 research findings: for ''new cairo administration capital'' as a smart city: we found out that the overall planning is achieved in suitable aesthetic concerns in designing ''new cairo administration capital'', throughout islamic history manner as base for futuristic planning done in all residences buildings. this creates a meaningful output of egyptian identity serving the overall objectives aligned with egypt 2020-2030 taking as a whole, and its tangible outcomes that expected to achieve. the basic six characteristics of smart city have been properly applied. we have assured that each initiative has been implemented properly as planned as well as accompanying with the international rules and guidelines of the smart city. so, we focused on three of these characteristics that are having great impact and valid concerns to all of the planners. the three characteristics cover the following: smart economy: this conceptual characteristic has been applied, utilized to synchronize, optimize city’s investments in green and broadband economies. the investigation of critical city’s resources that will contribute to its readiness to smart vision is a crucial preliminary planning step being done and concluded. smart governance: all requirements for smart governance have been implemented, like including the decision making participation, public and social services, transparency, democratic processes, interconnection between the governmental organization and administrations, and improving community access to services as well as close involvement, monitoring and following up procedures taken by the highest level of the authority in egypt. smart environment: the new capital is well-designed to install, operate and monitor pollution and all related sustainable technologies in order to reach lower levels of energy consumption having the edge of green environment. for street furniture in ''new cairo administration capital'': the obtained results have pointed out a strong relationship between the street furniture layouts and the technical fixtures. the related materials counted and highlighted the need to pay attention to studies of new designs concerning the smart furniture in egypt. street furniture is designed in unity, and this gives it an identity and connection to the location. the function of the street furniture is not just an object of use, art, or communication. items of street furniture are the designed elements not only for beautification purposes, but to provide comfort, transportation, relaxation, entertainment and protection from the outside effects. 3.4.2 conclusions: this conceptual planning model (cpm) could be the founding documentation for a smart city master plan as a map depicting some concepts that might be applied to smart innovation, broadband economy, and innovative urban ecosystems. it examines, respectively, all aspects of designing street furniture within a city addressing a mixture of planning priorities in a reference model. it is a combination of various basic elements and factors for crucial considerations that could be used to evaluate egypt or any other country within the regionits innovative capacity in identifying complements and inconsistencies in street furniture’ master planning. therefore, the city master planning should contain the innovative characteristics that contribute to a green, sustainable smart city growth, which was the focal point of the reference model. smart city planners working in field of street furniture could use the reference planning model as provided from the study to: define the conceptual layout of the street furniture planning procedures and describe innovative characteristics and elements of urbanism. as street furniture come in different shapes and sizes, this reference model for planning should be tailored to local / national urban innovative characters integrating all layers of the model. smart city planners could formulate a six-layer planning agenda based on the local features. utilize the synchronization and optimization of egypt’s investments in the green and broadband economies. investigation of critical cairo’s resources that will contribute to its readiness to the smart vision. prevent unsustainable investments to build upon the socio-technical compliance in the street furniture course of action. 3.4.3 recommendations: based on our findings, we are suggesting a number of recommendations to be considered within the next planning and designing future smart cities in egypt, based on what have been studied, concluded and implemented: hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 25 a. future research steps should be considered towards the refinement of the smart innovation model into a “system in systems” model that will mirror -in detailsthe smart city processes. following a systemic approach, the model should be adaptive as far as inputs, outputs, and processing’s to the local context of a smart city. b. key performance indicators should be explored for sustainability, competitiveness, and employment generation. c. a process-oriented evaluation model could be developed based on the systemic smart city performance that will contest the existing smart city benchmarking schemas in order to enhance the planning process and to overcome any faced constrains during the implementation of the new cairo administration capitals. acknowledgements: the conducted q survey in this research is done by the valuable participation of the following key governmental and non-governmental officials based on their appreciated contribution to the brainstorming and meetings sessions through the preparation phase as well as when submitting its final results and conclusions: mr. wael mousa assistant to ministry of housing, utilities and urban development, dr. ahmed farouk ministry advisor for national projects – ministry of investment, eng. mohamed arab advisor to the national regulatory authority telecommunications eng. safwat sobhy ceo, orascom for construction industries, oci dr. ayman ashour dean of faculty of engineering, list of abbreviations: ict information and communication technologies it information techology itsm it service management uk united kingdom uae united arab emirates gdp gross domestic product led light emitting diode cpm conceptual planning model lldpe linear low-density polyethylene references: 1. 50 sensor applications for a smarter world. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.libelium.com/resources/top_50_iot_sensor_applications_ranking/ 2. bartolini. s. (2009) “smart sensors for interoperable smart environment“phd, università di dr. joon sik kim, xi'an jiaotong liverpool university, mapping conflicts in the development of smart cities: the experience of using q methodology for smart, gusu project, suzhou, china, 2016, corp2016_13.pdf, pages. 1-10 3. bologna, p. 80 (table 5.3) http://amsdottorato.unibo.it/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/finaldownload/downloadid337a21bdd2e613292efbc428a1d24ad5/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/2576/1/bartolini_sara_tesi.pdf 4. boston treepods 2011. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.shiftboston.org/competitions/2011_treepods.php 5. china development bank capital, 2015, "six smart guidelines, cdbc's green and smart urban development guidelines", green & smart, six-smart guidelines_2.pdf, p 14-18 6. city of ballarat, (2013) urban design manual,''part a: street & park furniture guidelines",street_and-park_furniture_3.pdf – p 9 7. dent & leslie, ''material innovation architecture'', 2014, uk in thames & hudson ltd.p 104-105 8. donlad watson, alan plattes, robert shibley, 2003, ''time-saver standards for urban design'', mcgraw-hill companies. p 6.5 – 4 & p 7.9, 1-7 9. dr. joon sik kim, xi'an jiaotong liverpool university, mapping conflicts in the development of smart cities: the experience of using q methodology for smart, gusu project, suzhou, china, 2016, corp2016_13.pdf, pages. 1-10 10. european smart cities. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.smart-cities.eu/ranking.html 11. european union, eu rankings, 12. ghorab. p, (2014) , istanbul, turkey, ''evaluation of street furniture according to basic design principles'', design principles materials, p.6 13. hawksworth.j. (2016.). the world in 2050. retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.pwc.com/gx/en/issues/economy/theworld-in-2050.html 14. how iot technology is transforming businesses ericsson. (2017, august 16). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://www.ericsson.com/spotlight/services/connected-bus-stop-for-a-better-commuter-experience http://smart-cities.eu/ranking.html http://www.coroflot.com/rachel_pownall/modular-street-furniture http://www.rossatkin.com/wp/?portfolio=responsive-street-furniture http://www.un-documents.net/ocf-01.htm#1 http://www.libelium.com/resources/top_50_iot_sensor_applications_ranking/ http://amsdottorato.unibo.it/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/finaldownload/downloadid-337a21bdd2e613292efbc428a1d24ad5/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/2576/1/bartolini_sara_tesi.pdf http://amsdottorato.unibo.it/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/finaldownload/downloadid-337a21bdd2e613292efbc428a1d24ad5/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/2576/1/bartolini_sara_tesi.pdf http://www.shiftboston.org/competitions/2011_treepods.php http://www.smart-cities.eu/ranking.html https://www.pwc.com/gx/en/issues/economy/the-world-in-2050.html https://www.pwc.com/gx/en/issues/economy/the-world-in-2050.html https://www.ericsson.com/spotlight/services/connected-bus-stop-for-a-better-commuter-experience http://smart-cities.eu/ranking.html http://www.coroflot.com/rachel_pownall/modular-street-furniture http://www.rossatkin.com/wp/?portfolio=responsive-street-furniture http://www.un-documents.net/ocf-01.htm#1 hala hassanein / the academic research community publication pg. 26 15. manville, cochrane, cave, (2014) rand europe, mapping smart cities in the eu, 2014, ipol-itre_et 507480_en_2.pdf , p.9 16. modular street furniture by rachel pownall at coroflot.com. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.coroflot.com/rachel_pownall/modular-street-furniture 17. new jersey department of transportation, 2008 (usa) pennsylvania department of transportation 18. new jersey department of transportation, 2008, usa, pennsylvania department of transportation 19. peyman ghorab, 2014 , istanbul, turkey, ''evaluation of street furniture according to basic design principles'', design principles materials, p.6 20. plan of implementation of the world summit on sustainable development 21. rachel pownall, ''modular street furniture'', 2008, 22. responsive street furniture. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.rossatkin.com/wp/?portfolio=responsive-streetfurniture 23. ross atkin, 2012, associates, research, design and development, 24. rudenko, a. (2013, december 18). what a smart city of the future will look like? learn 7 trends in urban living for 2014. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://popsop.com/2013/12/what-a-smart-city-of-the-future-will-look-like-learn-7-trends-in-urban-living-for-2014/ 25. s. (2016, july 3). region's first smart street unveiled in dubai. retrieved from http://www.emirates247.com/news/emirates/region-s-first-smart-street-unveiled-in-dubai-click-for-where-2016-07-03-1.634798 26. sara bartolini, 2009, “smart sensors for interoperable smart environment“phd, università di bologna, p. 80 (table 5.3) http://amsdottorato.unibo.it/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/finaldownload/downloadid337a21bdd2e613292efbc428a1d24ad5/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/2576/1/bartolini_sara_tesi.pdf 27. shillong misses ‘smart city’ list for the fourth time. (n.d.). retrieved august 30, 2017, from https://thenortheasttoday.com/tag/smartcity/ 28. smart city lighting the humble lamp post goes digital. (2015, june 10). retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://gelookahead.economist.com/smart-city-lighting/ 29. tulpi.nl, t. (n.d.). seat. retrieved august 30, 2017, from http://www.tulpi.nl/tulpi-seat/ 30. un commission on science and technology for development, ''issues research on smart cities and infrastructure'', 2016, p. 11, http://unctad.org/meetings/en/sessionaldocuments/cstd_2015_issuespaper_theme1_smartcitiesandinfra_en.pdf 31. united nations un “our common future” chapter 1: a threatened future, clause 49, 32. watson, plattes, shibley, (2003) ''time-saver standards for urban design'', mcgraw-hill companies. p 6.5 – 4 & p 7.9, 1-7 a. media & newspapers: the following contacts have serval announcemets via press, media and newspapers that were considered within the study for thier value technical and operational information given to the press from key officials in various fields of businesses as follows: eng. ismaiel saeid head of planning & excution sector at egyptian telecom. co. dr. mohamed mostafa international business director at shaker co. mr. mohamed nasseim representaive general manager at urban communities authority eng. mahmoud elshenawy head of construction division of egyptian espanish co. mr. mohamed fouda administration manager at new capital company http://www.coroflot.com/rachel_pownall/modular-street-furniture http://www.rossatkin.com/wp/?portfolio=responsive-street-furniture http://www.rossatkin.com/wp/?portfolio=responsive-street-furniture http://www.emirates247.com/news/emirates/region-s-first-smart-street-unveiled-in-dubai-click-for-where-2016-07-03-1.634798 http://amsdottorato.unibo.it/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/finaldownload/downloadid-337a21bdd2e613292efbc428a1d24ad5/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/2576/1/bartolini_sara_tesi.pdf http://amsdottorato.unibo.it/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/finaldownload/downloadid-337a21bdd2e613292efbc428a1d24ad5/23d360a0-8fec-4637-a7fc-bd4c2afa9319/2576/1/bartolini_sara_tesi.pdf https://thenortheasttoday.com/tag/smart-city/ https://thenortheasttoday.com/tag/smart-city/ http://gelookahead.economist.com/smart-city-lighting/ http://www.tulpi.nl/tulpi-seat/ http://unctad.org/meetings/en/sessionaldocuments/cstd_2015_issuespaper_theme1_smartcitiesandinfra_en.pdf 3.1.2 smart street furniture: as shown in figure 3, the designs of the smart street furniture has become a symbol for the concept of smart cities and public places that use technology to enhance services, reduce costs and resource consumption to enable residents to engage them ef... the first four technologies are used widely in designing, planning, implementing new approaches and applications for smart cities as well as street furniture, whereas the last two points are less used due to different reasons. b. tools of energy technologiesp16f p : it is an interdisciplinary engineering science having to do with the efficient, safe, environmentally friendly and economical extraction, conversion, transportation, storage and use of energy. it is targeted towards yielding high efficiency while skir... cairo: the identity aspects of ''new cairo administration capital''p19f p" as the unique designing approach reflecting its islamic identity such as street seating which are designed based on the islamic patterns as shown herewith – figure 6b figure 6b – cairo, islamic pattern of street seating units a) elements: street furniture includes numerous elements not limited to billboards, lamp posts, lit signage, phone booths, mailboxes, park seating benches, bike racks, public art, utility poles, traffic signals, information boards, and city maps. som... b) materialsp20f p: the characteristics of material use, stability of the product and the psychological effects it creates are important, for the best design relies on strong, simple and natural shapes and materials. the list of the used material in ... street furniture design guidelines: benefits of solar led lights: figure 14 conceptual planning model -cpm as indicated above – in figure 14, we will start implementing the above planned processes for each topic individually. first, for the ''new cairo administration capital'' as a smart city, then last but not least, our core topic of street furniture: 3.3 ''new cairo administration capital'': “new cairo administration capital”p30f p is a large-scale project announced by the housing ministermustafa madbouly1t 1ton the 13pthp of march 2015. as a smart city located in 45 kilometers east and just outside the second greater cairo ring road, ... ''new cairo administration capital'' is planned to be consisted of 21 residential districts and 25 "dedicated districts". its downtown is to have skyscrapers, figure 15a. the city will also have a central park, artificial lakes, about 2,000 educationa... issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press ethnomusical study on the ancestral sound produced by capolin maria fernanda viteri1, maria cristina paez quinde1, victor hernandez del salto1, ana del rocio silva mayorga1, ruth elizabeth infante1, francisco torres oñate1 1 facultad de ciencias humanas y de la educación, universidad técnica de ambato keywords capolin, leaf, ancestral sound, tourism abstract the spontaneous and traditional art represents one of the most important aspects in the culture of a town because it is the worldview manifestation that shows cultural reality in areas that are considered socially subaltern. this is the case of the ecuadorian andean region, where the ancestral sound of capolin leaves shows a historical experience and a particular sensitivity. capolin is a leafy tree native from america. it has simple, alternate, oblongo laceolate leaves that are 6 to 14cm long by 2 to 4 cm wide. it has 3 to 5 prominent nerves from the base of the leaf. this musical technique is part of the ecuadorian culture and has been inherited and transmitted from a remote past and at the same time is a resource with high cultural vulnerability. when talking about the research work it is worth adding that a descriptive study was carried out. it encompasses the representative cultural features of the plant in the population and the fundamental dendrolgical characteristics. the study also goes through the frecuency and the decibels created by the sound of the plant, the intonation and the human effect caused by this sound. the research concludes that the transversal axis of music is creativity and that boosting this type of manifestations can be a motivation for the dynamization of the touristic activity because it is part of the intangible heritage of a town. 1. introduction ethnomusic and ancestral sound ethnomusic forms part of musicology and it is defined as the musical study of cultures’ oral traditions. the object of study of ethnomusicology is traditional music and instruments of all mankind cultures (morales de la mora, 2003). the musical phenomenon allows to have a better communication among human population, but the most important thing is that music creates a sense harmony among peoples in a social context. in addition, it becomes an observer component of intercultural dialogue, which is aimed to individualise with the group of sounds like harmony, rythm, melody and tonal coherence (cámara de landa, 2010). it eases coexistence, learning and a town or population enrichment (carvalho, 2003). ethnomusic represents the person both socially and culturally, as an interpretation aimed at focusing on important circumstances such as festivals and rituals. it is also a musical expression that belongs to oral tradition and it allows to obtain musical imagination of the product found in the place (artez & felipe, s/f). it interacts directly with traditional musical instruments. the network of practitioners and music producers that make possible the deep study of the musical genre have found traces and paintings, sacred places, drawings among others. the ancestral sound is an interpretation performed with different musical instruments. they emit a gentle musical rhythm for ears. at the same time, there is a sense of contact with nature. these ancestral sounds are heard more frequently in indigenous areas since these keep a linked to the countryside lifestyle. that is why (fernández, 2010) doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.247 maria fernanda viteri / the academic research community publication pg. 4 the ancestral sound is a state of contact with unknown cultures. in the andean world, music is an important factor that reflects the relationship between the person and the different spiritual, ritual, cultural, natural and ceremonial expressions. it makes the person aware of the interaction between environment and his or her habitat (castillo, 2015). within nature it is very common to hear sounds of animals and their environment (bird whistle, wind, water, rain, trees among others). during ages, humans have learned to imitate and polish them by combining the sounds with rhythm created with other instruments. these musical expressions show indigenous ways of living both in their present and their past (benítez, albuja, & vaca, 2016). this encourages the community to have values like solidarity, friendship, and strength, which creates people from the community integration. the ancestral sound is considered as a means of communitarian communication (peña, 2012). people from the communities used it to show that there are problems into the community. they organize meetings and team work in order to defend the peoples’ wholeness. the interpretation of traditional music has become a form of identity resistance that characterizes and defines indigenous people. at the same time, it constitutes a strong bond with the past because it is closely linked to it. this was a historical time with a completely different way of living that the current times (flores, 2009). both the ethnomusic and the ancestral sound are part of the intangible heritage since they include representations, expressions, techniques, and cultural spaces that are congenital to a community (olivera, 2011). they have aesthetic value that characterizes a community (asiáin & aznárez, 2012). it also contributes to tourism in a significant way because it generates interest in the market. most tourists like to know different ways of living, so they would like to be part of them. capolin the tree that is called prunus serotina subsp. capolin (cav.), is a monopodic, evergreen, or deciduous or shrub tree that grows from 5 to 15 m. of height, and in some cases up to 38 m. they are distributed from the south of canada to the south of bolivia (mcvaugh, 1951). the anatomy varies, the most common tree has got a long and straight trunk in forests, whereas in temperated zones it is short and wide with alternating branches. their leaves are characterized by being stipulated, simple, alternate, shortly petiolate, and ovate alanceolate that measure 5 to 16 cm. of length and 2 to 5 cm. of width. it has brown and gray bark almost smooth and glabrous, its numerous small and white flowers are grouped in auxiliary long clusters. its fruit is a globular drupe of reddish-black color, which in the maturity gets a bittersweet flavor. it contains a single seed (fresnedo-ramírez, segura, & muratalla-lúa, 2011). the particularity of this plant is that it is not necessary to sow it with men's hand, but it grows independently. they are conserved by farmers because of their fruit and wood price. its leaves and flowers are used for therapeutic purposes due to the fact that it helps to improve respiratory diseases (lozoya, 1982). the capolin fruit is used to make sweet and liquid products, while its wood is appreciated because of its strength and durability. it was used in the colony to manufacture pianos. each part of the capolin tree has a goal in different fields such as: medicine, commerce, food, animal building or animal fodder (avendaño-gómez, y otros, 2015). in medicine, it is used to treat respiratory and nervous diseases. in addition, it is used as an insecticide in different communities of latin america (mcvaugh, 1951). in addition, capolin dry leaves are boiled and used as a cardiorregulator for the treatment of cutaneous infections. the cortex is used as antirheumatic medicine to treat wounds and bruises (agapito & sung, 2005). furthermore, in traditional medicine this plant leaves are used to treat diuretic and expectorant diseases as well as to deal with sleepless, diarrea, fever and digestive problems (mantilla, 2004). infusions made from their leaves and bark have medicinal properties such as antibacterials and antioxidants useful for respiratory diseases (jiménez, castillo, azuara, & beristain, 2011). a phytochemical study of capolin leaves identified relaxing compounds that smooth the muscle. simultaneously, capolin essential oil was investigated to verify its displacement as a vascular relaxant and thus to verify that it contributes to human health as a treatment against hypertension (ibarra at all, 2009, págs. 165-171). mixtures with chemicals and capolin leaf are also made to obtain ointments or medicines that are used to relieve gastrointestinal problems (rivero-cruz, 2014). something similar happens when chemical components are combined with the plant. for example, it in combination with hyperoside and chlorogenic acid have protective effects to improve cardiac functions and relieve pain. additionally, (hernández-rodríguez, y otros, 2016). it was found that capolin leaves are excellent antioxidant sources just like capolin seed that contains highly polyunsaturated fatty acids with omega 3 and omega 6, which are essential for human beings. within indigenous communities, leaves are used as musical instruments to create sounds similar to the ones birds do by placing the leaf in the mouth to blow. this technique was practiced by the native peoples, but it currently performed in rituals maria fernanda viteri / the academic research community publication pg. 5 like an expression of hubbub. in this way it can be confirmed that the capolin leaves have multiple usages in human beings life. 2. state of art the following topics are essential according to selected documents: popular music, identity, resistance, methodological tools, cultural fact, human development, everyday spaces, music anthropology, role of music in the construction of identity, creativity, holidays and sociological proposal. the related fields of inquiry are based on conceptions that raise questions and establish mental processes that allow music production as a cog in the social and cultural context. with an anthropological perspective, identities and semiotic configurations could be determined, which could make an ethnomusicological study the discovery of a socio-cultural fact with its own logics and dynamics (gonzález de pérez., 2005) “sobre el estudio de la música como hecho cultural”, claims that musical conceptions must raise questions that talk about mental processes and worldviews. the interest of music study lies on its social and cultural context. and in our society, what conception do we have of music, musicians, composers, and interpreters? does each type of music, each instrument, deserve equal opinions? however, there is a weakness in this research: the most empirical measurement tools. the sociocultural function of ancestral music, a material and sound support, often involves an extra dimension determined by the functional and symbolic role it plays in society (dorunon, 1981) “guía para recolectar instrumentos musicales tradicionales”, determines the importance of musical instruments in cultural heritage because it asserts that when traveling, it is surprising to discover, by consulting specialized works or visiting the rooms and reserves of a museum, to what extent the scope of the musical instruments is rich and diverse. at the same time, recommendations and working tools have been proposed so that the collection of the musical material is carried out reasonably and efficiently, without causing harm to the community that owns it. the desing of research collection tools contributes to the investigation. the social senses that are provoked in the musical listener, construct the sociomusical spaces with the capacity of resignification of the sympathizers and the possibility of generating own and differentiated collective practices (ramírez, 2012) “¿identidades sociomusicales rurales?” poses formation process of sociomusical identities, with acoustic structures typical of the musical genre. the social imaginary to which it appeals conforms the specific characteristics of the particular context in which listeners receive music in one way or another. therefore, it is possible to find the conducting threads between ancestry, biology and social production of music in the capolin leaf. the most significant contribution of ethnomusical research is that concepts do not exist in music (jardow-pedersen, 2003) “el manual de etnomusicología historia, recopilacion, instrumentos, transcripcion, signficado”, designs the third communicative dimension that consists of messages and meanings that music generates, attributable qualities and incidents in listeners, consciously or unconsciously make them part of that culture represented in harmonic sounds. the main contribution of ethnomusical research is to rethink the ethnomusicologist researcher technical condition, until becoming someone who can transform intercultural processes to intracultural nature (nettl, 2003) “reflexiones sobre el siglo xx: el estudio de los "otros" y de nosotros como etnomusicólogos confers on ethnomusicology a fundamental role in the study of the "other musical," then the transition to the "other" culture makes the researcher an active subject of that culture. the participation of environmental sounds exposes a social change, with the desacralization of certain areas of life in exchange for the sacralization of others (martí j. , 2009) “como el aire que respiramos: músicas ambientales en espacios de la cotidianidad”, proposes with his research the desacralization of the glorified world-music, then the ancestral music could be measured by using western quantitative forms. music is a means of symbolic communication, capable of expressing the repressed desires in the unconscious, and it is capable of creating responses where, it is assumed, all sorts of thoughts, both rational and irrational (steingress, 2006) “el caos creativo: fiesta y música como objetos des deconstrucción y hermenéutica profunda, una propuesta sociológica”, expresses the ambiguity of the humans as social and natural beings. expressive forms act in the process of collective renegotiation towards the relationship between nature and human culture. this is between the individual and society as factors of sublimation and desublimation, repression and liberation. artistic production has unsuspected qualities, capable of activating individual and collective self-esteem, as well as strengthening of social and territorial ties (londoño, 2008). “memoria colectiva y músicas locales en una de desarrollo humano”, concludes that it is possible to claim: taking care, giving value and re-creating local, rural and urban songs is assuming them as a collective memory and take advantage of them because they are unique cultural heritage. in addition, it opens possibilities for individual and community human development. this maria fernanda viteri / the academic research community publication pg. 6 encourages the intergenerational communication, and the growth of a historical consciousness like factors of tourist promotion. music has assimilated a wide range of changes and mutations that go through the introduction of new languages, communication and listening habits alteration. therefore, it is a crisis of traditional aesthetic canons from notions of art itself (hormigos, 2010) “la creación de identidades culturales a través del sonido”, states that the history of western music in the last fifty years was marked by its integration into a society, in which the predominant form of diffusion of culture is mass media and new technologies. the fact of knowing minority music types that belong to another time or space expands the range of alternatives and stimulates the end of that homogeneity (rodríguez, 2015) “el papel de la música en la construcción de una identidad durante la adolescencia ¿dime qué escuchas y te diré quién eres?”, establishes that the adolescent is the sole owner and responsible for their choices within the framework of diversity in order to analyze which elements intervene in the musical phenomenon from different points of view. it helps to understand that in addition to a very important cultural manifestation, it is also the product of business. the discussion on popular music often resorts to the appeal or the simple acceptance or not of the public and renunciation of judgment and evaluation (alabarces, 2008) “posludio: música popular, identidad, resistencia y tanto ruido (para tan poca furia)” it recovers the dimension of aesthetic valuation beyond a relativist concept, because the diversity of aesthetics can converge into political concepts. the ability to value biological, social and cultural diversity goes hand in hand with the advancement of thought models based on a socio-environmental conscience that promotes intra and intergenerational social solidarity, respect for heterogeneity and harmony with the environment (cergio, 2002) on his work “el imaginario sonoro de los tiempos”, leaves the vacuum of a methodology of analysis, as part of the experiences from the experimental orchestra of andean instruments musical performance. dimensions focus on subjectivity with the following categories: reincarnation, growth, longing and illusion. the aspects that need to be addressed in the analytical discourse are: theoretical discussion and measurement tools. musical research, besides penetrating the abstractions of thought, also tries to find the unprecedented and enduring precisions of spirit (veladiz) shows that “musicoterapia con instrumentos de origen precolombino”, there isn’t a theoretical reference, it is argued in favor of a music therapy diploma, with a duration of 206 hours along 13 modules. it remains as a pending aspect of an approach to an intercultural dialogue that allows to lower the emotional levels produced by urban everyday life. the objective of ancestral music research is to situate, through a multidisciplinary analysis that includes an organological, anthropological and acoustic description (fabre, de la cuadra, & pérez de arce, 2012). in the article “antaras aconcagua: un estudio antropológico y acústico”, there is a lack of acoustic measurement instruments, and the features of the instrument and the rites that accompanied it, in an attempt to rescue the memory of who was a central icon of aconcagua culture. a pending element in the methodology is an in-depth interview to the musical instrument performer. it will be a fundamental element in the configuration of the peoples’ cultural heritage, which in the case of the present research, is an added value for tourism. 3. methodology for the present study, an ethnographic research on the resulting ethnomusic sound resulting from the capolin leaf (typical practice in the ecuadorian andean reagion). in order to study this sample, music transcription along with musical and sound features measurement were applied. when a body or system reaches the maximum degree of oscillation, we speak of resonance frequency. we take as a reference the principle by which every body or system has one or more characteristic frequencies. the increase of vibration occurs because of resonance. in order to determine the intensity generated by the sound. spl were measured by (db) and it will vary between 0 db threshold of hearing and 120 db threshold of pain. the calculation of sound pressure levels (spl db) should be guided by the average of frequencies, and the formula to be used is: $(&') = 10 log & 10 012 563 34 the average values are analyzed by the free software; pacalculate, which studies the sound pressure level (spl db). in order to analyze the rhythmic and tonal features of the melody, major and minor scales were used. in addition, chords we added according to the tonality maria fernanda viteri / the academic research community publication pg. 7 4. results the capolin leaf vibrates when it is handled by the ends and the musician blows. the conversion from blow to sound is produced due to the excitement point that reaches the leaf. the level of the sound wave is directly related to the pressure exerted on the blade, the more energetic it blows, the sharper and stronger the sound it emits. in the experimentation the maximum frequency reached by capolin sheet when receiving pressure had an average of 6122 hz with an amplitude of -5.9 db. figure 1 in the left part of the table we can appreciate the change of db and in the lower part the frequency change measured in hz. bearing in mind that the sound is not pure, which means it does not have the characteristic of being simple sinusoidal because of the harmonics presence, it is concluded that in the fundamental frequency, the noises are represented by the grass in the graph and harmonics are represented after each high peak. figure 2 the sound pressure level has an average result of -4.2 spl db, as we can see below. it should be noted that the random phase option is for incoherent sources (different signal in each source). when performing the musical transcription in the melody produced by the capolin leaf blow, it can be distinguished the use of minor and major scales, which despite being based on ancestral sounds reminds us directly to “pasillo”. the results of the rythmic analysis done on finale demo version, show that the melody is on 6 8 . this fact leads to determine that despite the fact that the melody is similar to “pasillos”, it is different because pasillos are not normally on 6 8 but on 3 4. therefore, the use of a capolin leaf is part of a yaraví. the tone of the melody is on ab major and it has anacrusis. from the fifth bar a modal shift is made by using a c major to pass to f minor, which is the relative scale of ab major. this exchange is quite typical in ecuadorian music, it can be noticed in measure two and three that there is a chromatism in the melody (eb e f). for a better analysis, some chords were placed to the melody. in the first two bars the cadence iim v i (usually used in jazz) is performed, in the third bar it passes to the v degree that is eb major, in the next bar we can find a maria fernanda viteri / the academic research community publication pg. 8 d natural in the melody. therefore, an ebmaj7 chord was placed to give the melody a more contemporary sound. after ebmaj7 there is a g7 that functions as a secondary key to pass to c major. in the bar that belongs to c major the minor harmonic scale of f is used. it ends with a cadence v i m. figure 3 5. conclusions the musical expression of the ecuadorian andean world through the capolin leaf blow is constituted in an integrating world, in which creativity, subjectivity, technique and all the imaginary are inherited from a society that has traveled through processes of adaptation, conquest, resistance and self-determination. the various human groups that settled in what is now the andean region in ecuador have adapted themselves to their geography, similarly to capolin in the past. the capolin is of great importance not only for native peoples. its wood and the taste of its fruit conquered the spanish conquerors, it has conquered those who come later as well and it will continue to conquer those who come as tourists because of its musical expression. the music of the capolin leaf is a process of cultural identity resistance, whose relationship between nature and individuals are factors of sublimation and desublimation, repression and liberation. the one who emits music with the capolin leaf, starts from existential questions and establishes the mental process of gear between its subjectivity and the nature because it reconfigures its meanings. when somebody plays by heart, without any academic music knowledge, it is possible to create andean music genres like yaravi. performers will be able to get melodies with anacrusis among the ab majaor key or tone. from the fifth bar a modal shift is made by using c major to pass to the f minor, which is the relative of ab major. in bar two and three there is a chromatism in the melody (eb e – f).. references 1. agapito, e., & sung, i. (2005). fitomedicina: 1100 plantas medicinales, volumen 1. perú: perú. 2. alabarces, p. (junio de 2008). posludio: música popular, identidad, resistencia y tanto ruido. en v. castro, & m. romo, biodiversidad de chile, patrimonio y desafíos tradiciones culturales y biodiversidad (pág. 700). obtenido de http://www.redalyc.org/comocitar.oa?id=82201207 3. artez, i., & felipe, r. l. (s/f). áreas musicales de tradición oral en américa latina una crítica y tentativa de reestructuración de los "cancioneros" establecidos, por carlos vega. revista musical chilena, 9-55} 4. asiáin, a., & aznárez, m. (2012). patrimonio cultural inmaterial y adquisición/desarrollo del lenguaje: tradición discursiva y psicodinámica oral. huarte de san juan. filología y didáctica de la lengua , 45-64. 5. avendaño-gómez, á., lira-saade, r., madrigal-calle, b., garcía-moya, e., soto-hernández, m., & romo de vivar-romo, a. (2015). manejo y síndromes de domesticación del capulí en comunidades del estado de tlaxcala. agrociencia,189-204. 6. benítez, n. m., albuja, j. i., & vaca, c. (2016). el turismo comunitario como estrategia para la visibilización y revalorización de la memoria musical los pueblos kichwas de imbabura. revista turydes: turismo y desarrollo, n. 20 7. cámara de landa, e. (2010). el papel de la etnomusicología en el analisis de la música como mediadora intercultural. revista historia actual online (haol), núm. 23, 73-80 8. cartagena, j. (2002). imaginario sonoro de los tiempos. orquesta insturmental de instrumentos nativos, oein, 23-27 9. carvalho, j. j. (2003). la etnomusicología en tiempos de canibalismo musical. una reflexión a partir de las tradiciones musicales afroamericanas. trans. revista transcultural de música n°7. 10. castillo, j. d. (2015). la dimensión espiritual y política del canto de enrique males . quito: universidad andina simón bolivar. 11. dorunon, g. (1981). guía para recolectar instrumentos musicales tradicionales (2 ed.). parís, francia: editorial de la unesco. doi:92-3-301846-6 maria fernanda viteri / the academic research community publication pg. 9 12. fabre, b., de la cuadra, p., & pérez de arce, j. (2012). antaras aconcagua: un estudio antropológico acústico. aisthesis , 325-342. 13. fernández, t. (2010 ). la pluma en el aire. cuadernos de literatura del caribe e hispanoamérica n° 12, 135-148. 14. flores, g. (2009). “nuestro sonido tradicional lo estamos distorsionando”. pasado y presente de la música tradicional y las bandas de viento en tingambato, michoacán. revista relaciones 120, vol. xxx, 267-296. 15. fresnedo-ramírez, j., segura, s., & muratalla-lúa, a. (2011). morphovariability of capulı´n (prunus serotina ehrh.) in the central-western region of mexico from a plant genetic. genet resour crop evol , 481-495. 16. gonzález de pérez., m. (2005). sobre el estudio de la música como hecho cultural. colantropos, 1-39. obtenido de http://www.humanas.unal.edu.co/colantropos/files/8514/5615/3641/musicaycultura.pdf 17. hernández-rodríguez, g., espinosa-solares, t., hernández-eugenio, g., villa-garcía, m., reyes-trejo, b., & guerraramírez, d. (2016). influence of polar solutions on the extraction of phenolic compounds from capulín fruits (prunus serótina). revista de la sociedad química de méxico, 73-78 18. hormigos, j. (09 de 02 de 2010). la creación de identidades culturales a través del sonido. comunicar(34), 91'98. doi:11343478 19. ibarra, c., rojas, a., luna, f., rojas, j., rivero, b., & rivero, j. f. (2009). vasorelaxant constituents of the leaves of prunus seronita "capulín". revista latinoamericana de química. 37/2, 164173 20. isolabella, m., & rossano, s. (2015). ilmar la frontera: algunas reflexiones en torno al uso del medio audiovisual en la investigación etnomusicológica. trans. revista transcultural de música núm 19, 1-16. 21. jardow-pedersen, m. (2003). manual de etnomusicología, historia, recopilacion. méxico: etnomax 2013. doi:032001-01181106290 22. jiménez, m., castillo, i., azuara, e., & beristain, c. (2011). antioxidant and antimicrobial activity of capulin (prunus serotina subsp capuli) extracts. revista mexicana de ingeniería química vol. 10, no. 1, 29-37. 23. londoño, m. (junio de 2008). memoria colectiva y músicas locales en una perspectiva de desarrollo humano. iv congreso nacional de la música, conservatorio del tolima. . ibagué, colombia. recuperado el 30 de mayo de 2017, de http://www.conservatoriodeltolima.edu.co/images/revistas/mcp1/musica_cultura_y_pensamiento01_f.pdf 24. lozoya, x. (1982). flora medicinal de méxico. plantas indígenas (primera parte), méxico, d.f., instituto mexicano del seguro social., 80-93. 25. mantilla, j. (2004). las plantas medicinales de nuestra madre tierra. cusco: perú. 26. martí, j. (1992). hacia una antropología de la música. (c. -i. fontanals, ed.) digital.csic,, anuario musical (47) : 195225 (1992)(47). doi:v 27. martí, j. (2009). como el aire que respiramos; músicas ambientales en espacios de la cotidianidad. (c. arbelos, ed.) música oral del sur(8), 163-175. doi:1138-8579 28. mcvaugh. (1951). prunus serotina subsp. capuli (cav.). brittonia 7, 227-229. 29. morales de la mora, e. (2003). la etnomusicología, definición y objeto de estudio. gaceta universitaria. 30. nettl, b. (2003). reflexiones sobre el siglo xx: el estudio de los “otros” y de nosotros como etnomusicólogos. revista transcultural de música (7), 1-23. 31. olivera, a. (2011). patrimonio inmaterial, recurso turístico y espíritu de los territorios. revista cuadernos de turismo, nº27, 663-677. 32. peña, m. f. (2012). voces y sonidos de la madre tierra”:jujunula makuira, la radio que fortalece el tejido social en la guajira colombiana. revista anagramas volumen 10 n 20 , 197-212. 33. ramírez, j. (enero-abril de 2012). ¿identidades sociomusicales rurales? (l. girola., ed.) sociológica , 27(75), 157-194. doi: 0187-0173 34. rivero-cruz, b. (2014). simultaneous quantification by hplc of the phenolic compounds for the crude drug of prunus serotina subsp. capuli. pharmaceutical biology, 1015-1020. 35. rodríguez, á. (22 de febrero de 2015). el papel de la música en la construcción de una identidad durante la adolescencia ¿dime qué escuchas y te diré quién eres? doi:2254-3643 36. steingress, g. (2006). el caos creativo: fiesta y música como objetos de deconstrucción y hermenéutica profunda. una propuesta sociológica. (t. rojo, ed.) revista andaluza de ciencias sociales(6), 43'-75. doi: 1696-0270 37. veladiz, j. (2009). musicoterapia con instrumentos precolombinos. antropología, boletín oficial del instituto nacional de antropología e historia, 89-91 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication kitoparts: a virtual playground to explore form, space, and order derek a. ham1 1nc state university college of design abstract architecture students use both analog and digital tools throughout their design process. ideally, the affordances of each tool complement each other. our goal with kitoparts is to move beyond two-dimensional screen based computer modeling environments to create a system that feels analog but harnesses all the affordances of digital modeling environments. with the usage of vr and haptic controllers, we hope to provide a rich and flexible methodology for investigating forms and space. in educational settings, kitoparts aims to solve three major problems with traditional beginning design exercises. first, it solves the scaling problem, allowing design students to see their designs visualized at full scale and in real-time. second, it overcomes the combinatorial nature of physical building blocks by allowing 3d shapes to overlap and embed into each other in ways they could not within the physical world. finally, we include the designer’s “hands” in the creative process. virtual hands prove to be much more intuitive to use than the traditional mouse and keyboards commonly utilized in most cad and modeling software. with kitoparts, the computer model is no longer just a tool for representation; it becomes the user interface for design. kitoparts allows both seasoned designers and novices to simply play, build, and explore. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords education; representation; hands on learning; slow computing; shape grammars; real and virtual; play and design 1. introduction how do designers imagine their projects during the design process? do they imagine shrinking themselves to inhabit the physical models they make? or, do they imagine scaling their models into gigantic forms belonging in the real world? do designers inhabit their sketches as the ink touches the paper? some do. designers rely on their imagination throughout their entire process, and when imagination fails technology attempts to lend a helping hand. digital modeling offers the designer the ability to control cameras and walk through spaces in firstperson perspective. as friedberg (2009) points out, the computer model feels scale-less and intangible. oftentimes, computer screens are barriers that can situate the designer something like alice looking through the looking glass, desiring to get in. in our proposed vr design system, kitoparts, computer modeling is no longer a process involving clicking a computer mouse. we have created a new intuitive process that involves using your hands to build and design digital architectural models at various scales (figure 1). with kitoparts the hand-held scaled model becomes the user interface (ui). this is not just a new way to ”experience design” but also a new way ”to design”. the ui pg. 85 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.348 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ham / the academic research community publication and ux are of special interest for any design software because of how it can enable or thwart creativity. recent hci devices that track the body have offered touch-less interaction for computer modeling, but their instability and lack of tactility have left much to be desired. the contemporary vr market’s response to human interaction in virtual spaces has been with wireless controllers that give the user a free domain of movement, haptic feedback, and several programmable analog buttons. figure 1. screenshots of the kitoparts design tool running on oculus rift using oculus touch controllers. figure 2. screenshots of the kitoparts design tool running on oculus rift using oculus touch controllers. virtual hands, provided by the oculus rift, bring back the action of “holding objects” to the design process. manipulating blocks with one’s hands is a design tradition that goes back a long way, even before the bauhaus. this type of object manipulation is what knight (2012) calls “slow computing.” designers can manually carry out geometric transformations by sliding and rotating their pieces around in space. in the virtual environment, designers can now use their hands to scale objects with a simple stretch of the shape primitive. without gravitational pg. 86 ham / the academic research community publication or physical constraints, the pieces can be explored with three-dimensional embedding and form overlap. 2. background 2.1. using vr in the design process the recent usage of vr in architecture and design do not use vr as an actual work environment, the place where designs are conceived. designers often use pen and pencil, cad, digital modeling, and various rendering tools. in the early stages of the design process it is important for the tools of use to be flexible and offer ”0” resistance in the creative process. because of this, pen and pencil has been the tool of choice; they are easy to use, and allow designers to work beyond combinatorial logic. some digital tools claim to offer the same ease of use and fast ideation as pencil and pen. sketchup and rhino offer dimensionality to the design process in ways sketching does not. yet, these ”easy to use” tools still present hurdles and blockage of thought that naturally comes when operating a computer mouse and navigating a software’s ui. several of these popular cad software packages have now begun to implement vr functionality.1 with most, the approach to provide added vr support is only for the endvisualization of constructed projects. architects then use the virtual environment at “stopping points” or moments of reflection. users are not given the opportunity to carry out design and modeling activities within the vr space. 2.2. design representation, scale, and proportions the way architecture responds to scale and proportion is often difficult to grasps for novice designers. this has a lot to do with the reality that scale in relation to the human body is left to the imagination of the designer. much of the design process is spent translating scale through imagination. design students are rarely afforded opportunities to design at a 1:1 scale. as a result the designer may have difficulty considering the spatial ramifications of his/her design, as the design itself is only as good as they can use their imagination to speculate scale (corbusier, 1946). designers do use scaled down models, and often populate them with miniature representations of humans to indicate the relative proportions to the body, but much can be lost in this cognitive translation. in some instances the usage of “full scale” models and/or drawings have been used to explore design ideas (figure 3). this is always an informed experience because we truly do not have a sense of how large or small something is, until we experience it at a 1:1 scale. while full-scale exploration can give the designers affordances to be reflective about their design decisions, the thought process is paused during the time used to model or draw. the lengthy natures of this process can sometimes thwart creativity, and time + cost constraints do not lend these exercises to be frequently repeated. furthermore, all projects do not lend themselves to this type of exploration due to the enormous scale of the end design. figure 3. adesign student using a 1:1 scale drawing to better understand their designdecisions 1 11 v-ray has released several vr plugins for autodesk modeling software including 3ds max and maya. likewise, several vr plugins (including autodesk live) have now come on the market allowing users to import sketchup and revit, bim models to be viewed on oculus rift and htc vive. these tools come with crowded user interfaces, as they are industryfocused tools. pg. 87 ham / the academic research community publication 2.3. design education: kit of parts exercises educational approaches and the tools we use for design education are of important interest to our work. the traditional “kit of parts” exercise was the metaphor this project was designed (and named) from. the “ninesquare” design project is a common exercise using a kit of parts given to students in the beginning-design curriculum. within this exercise, students are forced to work in complete abstractions. love (2003) writes, “by reducing possible design solutions to reductive elements like ‘walls-as planes’ and ‘piers,’ students were encouraged to think about spatial relations” (p. 44). this kit of parts exercise provides students with a scaffold introduction to thinking about form and space (figures 4 & 5). 2.4. shape grammars and computational play shape grammars expand the kit of parts exercise from looking solely on the kit of part pieces to an explicit usage of rules and a vocabulary system to explain the structure and order of a design system. an example of this type of computational approach can be seen in the kindergarten grammars described by stiny (1980). the kindergarten grammars are a formal description for the froebel building gifts made popular by architects, such as frank lloyd wright. within this system, shape grammars work with a kit of parts and their configurations, serving as the vocabulary and a category system that make the language of design. just as it is in all games, the constraints of the system often bring out the elements of play (ham, 2016). in doing so, they produce creativity. while froebel blocks are combinatory in nature, they still demonstrate the ludic offerings of shape grammars. when designs move beyond combinatory systems, we can move beyond 0-dimensional elements to allow for more “play moves” that include embedding and shape emergence. figure 4. design students working on a traditional kit of parts project pg. 88 ham / the academic research community publication figure 5. design students working on a traditional kit of parts project 3. tool creation 3.1. coding process and environment to designing the tool the constructor-programming environment for kitoparts is built in the unity 3d game engine. unity is robust; it allows program designers to create tools and projects that extend well beyond mobile and console games. unity allows designers to code in both javascript and c#, both which were used to construct the kitoparts design tool. kitoparts was built for the oculus rift and the compatible oculus touch hand controllers. the oculus rift and htc vive are both flagship devices that have taken to the unity game development as a platform for content development. these devices represent high quality vr experiences with relatively affordable prices. this has enabled the industry to push the boundaries on the level of immersive experiences. 3.2. description of the kitoparts environment the kitoparts tool situates the designer between the traditional experience of building a scaled model and inhabiting that same model at 1:1 true scale. the virtual experience becomes surreal in that real-scale representation is carried out in real time as the user manipulates the virtual scaled model with their hands (figure 6). in kitoparts, the designer is given instant access to the understanding their design decisions related to scale and proportion. figure 6. kitoparts modeling environment and components pg. 89 ham / the academic research community publication navigational elements are placed on each “virtual hand” that include buttons for easy access to an array of new shape primitives, buttons to toggle visibility of the scaled model and 1:1 model, and buttons to change material properties of building blocks. kitoparts is designed to provide an easy to use creative environment that quickly constructs vr projects with a minimal time investment. the goal of the kitoparts software is to provide a user interface that incorporates features akin to physical design-play experiences. 4. results & discussion 4.1. live demonstration + user test a recent exhibit at the 2017 east coast games conference in raleigh, nc allowed us to gather critical feedback from a user group outside of the architectural and design community (figure 7). the results were overwhelmingly positive. one tester said, kitoparts “returned me to my childhood.” kitoparts takes a familiar activity and moves it beyond 0-dimensionality. each component in the kit of parts exercise is no longer treated as a single discrete element. pieces can fuse together as you hold them in your hands. with these virtual building blocks we find embedding that produces the emergence of new shapes and spaces. this methodology of design is both playful and computational. figure 7. kitoparts testersat the 2017 east coast games conference in raleigh, nc the 0-dimensionality of the traditionally physical kits of parts are combinatorial like legos. that approach to design can be limiting and offers fewer possibilities than designing with pencils and trace paper. kitoparts removes the combinatorial limitations of traditional building blocks, but still allows users to play with combinatorial logic should they choose. ideally, studio design exercises should allow students to play within the upper limits of multidimensional shapes to account for embedding, recursion, and emergence of new shapes. 4.2. formal descriptions of vr gestures tangible learning through manipulatives has a great lasting impact on the learner. kitoparts provides several opportunities to see the relationship between learning with the hand and seeing with the eye. the hand play can be understood as the “kit-of-actions” the players use to perform the game. these actions can be further characterized by the unique hand positions players took in game play. the traditional kit of parts project can be characterized by stiny’s shape grammars so that each shape can be represented by the variable “x” as they go through several transformations, best understood by the schema x→ t (x). shapes are then held by the user’s hand as he/she translates, rotates, and reflects the geometry in space. however, these transformations are combinatorial in the traditional kit of parts exercise because the wooden blocks cannot pass through each other through embedding. in the virtual domain, the user can design without these constraints. designers can move shapes with their hands to generate compositions that include embedded shapes. three dimensional shapes can pass through each other in ways they do not in the physical world. for the designer, this opens up an array of possibilities. pg. 90 ham / the academic research community publication figure 8. kitoparts enable users to explore shape embedding where they could not with physical blocks piaget notes that as the child develops, learning with the hands was essential. the same can be said about adult learners and students of design. the connection a child’s hands have with any toy is a beautiful dance of control and imagination. for users playing with kitoparts, the hands are intuitive tools to carry out calculation. in this teaching approach, design composition is not taught through formal lectures but rather done through doing, making, and play. hands and eyes become the instruments necessary to carry out computations. vr becomes a form of playful calculation that enables the designer to play between the physical and digital. hands-on inquiry can lead to experiential understanding of material and shape qualities of a subject matter. the strength of hands-on inquiry in understanding shape rules is the ability the user has to discover all of the inbetween stages of a transformation. if we apply, for instance, a 90-degree rotation to a shape via a traditional computer-based system, the shape would just snap into its new orientation. what we miss, then, is the opportunity to see all the degrees of rotation that lie between 0 and 90 degrees. if this happens we might lose sight of all of the transformed embedded shapes that evolve during the course of the transformation from 0 to 90 degrees. from hands-on actions and slow computing, we can find so much more. 4.3. future studies with the kitoparts tool complete, future studies of its use in the educational setting of the architecture design studio will look to answer several questions (but not limited to): how does instant access to full-scale visualization impact design education? are concepts better understood? how well does the tool enable the student to think about scale and proportion? how does learning that situates the student between working with scaled models and their designs at 1:1 experiential scale (in real time) impact student learning? how do they (and how often) navigate between model view and full-scale view? -how well does the tool enable the student to bring their design ideas into fruition? limitations? compare risk taking with other cad tools. -how many design iterations do students go through with this vr system? how many iterations/tweaking do they go through with each design? 5. conclusion for a long time, designers have placed a great emphasis on tactile approaches to learning such as hand drawn sketching, diagramming, and model building. in many cases, designers used these techniques to separate themselves from other professions; it was the skill that gave them creative superiority over other professions. while sketching is not being removed from design education, this method of process thinking is in desperate need of a reboot. designers must adopt new methods to reach places where they are not only just “users” of new technology but hackers and creators of new technology themselves. when a scaled model becomes an interface for design, there are opportunities to include intuition and visual calculation. design becomes child’s play. holding a design element in our hand (albeit virtual) helps us to carry out geometric transformations radically different than the experiences we have dragging objects along a computer pg. 91 ham / the academic research community publication screen with a mouse. the tangibility of learning is once again brought to the forefront of design activities. furthermore, this new type of virtual tangibility through the use of haptic controllers allows designers to explore gestures that would ordinarily be impossible to achieve. design elements can be handled in a noncombinatory manner. this is not unique to computing environments, but is definitely a new experience for the “hand-guided” design experience. matter can now pass through matter. embedding can occur with 3d blocks in the same way we slide compositions drawn on tracing paper along a table. the process is tangible, intuitive, and non-combinatorial, all ingredients that deliver a new and novel design experience. 6. references 1. corbusier, l. (1946). towards a new architecture / by le corbusier. london: architectural. 2. friedberg, a. (2009). the virtual window: from alberti to microsoft. cambridge: the mit press. 3. ham, d. (2016). “how designers play: the ludic modalities of the creative process.” design issues 32 (4): 16-28 4. knight, t. (2012). “slow computing: teaching generative design with shape grammars.” in computational design methods and technologies: applications in cad, cam and cae education, edited n. gu and x. wang. hershey, pa: igi global, 34-55. 5. love, t. (2003). “kit-of-parts conceptualism.” harvard design magazine 19: 40-47. 6. stiny, g. (1980). “kindergarten grammars: designing with froebel’s building gifts.” environment and planning b: planning and design 7 (4): 409-462. pg. 92 introduction background using vr in the design process design representation, scale, and proportions design education: kit of parts exercises shape grammars and computational play tool creation coding process and environment to designing the tool description of the kitoparts environment results & discussion live demonstration + user test formal descriptions of vr gestures future studies conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication creativity in sustainable redesign for existing buildings by using green architecture as a contemporary trend faysal mahmoud abu alazm1, asmaa soliman mansour el-khalidi1 1department of architecture and urban planning suez canal university faculty of engineering, ismailia, egypt abstract with rapid climate changes in recent years, it has become important as it is necessary to think about a new concept of architecture that respects and considers the environment. to counter these changes, the concept of environmental and green architecture starters’ theory has appeared as one of the applications of creative solutions in buildings. architects then began turning it from a theoretical study on the method of the design of buildings and making them environment-friendly by reducing the consumption of resources to run the building and reduce damage to the environment due to alanbosat and waste resulting from construction work. environmental and green architecture does not just reduce the impact on the environment but also supports energyefficient buildings, which achieves self-sufficiency within the building. it also provides energy production and exploits the optimal way efficiently and with equanimity. this paper aims to: -highlight the importance of green architecture and sustainability in shape. -reach a methodology to convert existing buildings into green buildings. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords green architecture; redesigns; existing building; architecture contemporary trend; sustainable architecture 1. main text sustainability is a general principle in the eco-design which is one of the main objectives in contemporary design as one of the methods of protection for our environment and protect it from climatic repercussions which causes a non-environmentally friendly and considerate of others have construction and architecture. green architecture trend as one of the sustainability applications in architecture has emerged and is designed to reduce energy consumption both in the stage of implementation or operation of the building later considering the lack of prejudice to the social and functional to needs, and green buildings take into account the full life cycle of the building since design began to implementation, operation and demolition and the mechanism to get rid and recycling of components. green architecture is: an approach to building that minimizes harmful effects on human health and the environment. the ”green” architect or designer attempts to safeguard air, water, and earth by choosing eco-friendly building materials and construction practices structure pg. 50 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.345 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ abu alazm / the academic research community publication – first point: green design components – second point: principles of green building design – third point: guideline for sustainable design in existing building – fourth point: green building benefits – five point: ecosystem assessment of green architecture systems – sixth point: case study methodology to reach the desired objective of the research follows the researcher following methodologies: 1. general definition of green building through described as one of the sustainability applications in architecture, as well as clarification of the green design elements. (inductive ”approach to collecting information” theoretical conceptual entrance method) 2. conclusion methods for the application of these items on the already existing buildings. (the analytical method deductive) 3. the application of green solutions on a building already exists and draw conclusions. (applied method) apply the theoretical study on the building’s main administration of suez canal university as a model case study. 1.1. green design components green architecture sensitive a range of basics to protect the environment, be it by applying some new solutions in the design, such as: • ventilation systems designed for efficient heating and cooling • energy-efficient lighting and appliances • water-saving plumbing fixtures • landscapes planned to maximize passive solar energy • minimal harm to the natural habitat • alternate power sources such as solar power or wind power • non-synthetic, non-toxic materials • locally-obtained woods and stone • responsibly-harvested woods • adaptive reuse of older buildings • use of recycled architectural salvage • efficient use of space (leed — usgbc) green buildings do not contain these solutions but the designers trying to consider some of them at least, while the goal. building industry environmentally friendly and considerate her up to the production of energy for the operation to relieve pressure on it. 1.2. principles of green building design – study a detailed analysis of the site in order to benefit the environment and ecosystems site and achieve sustainability. pg. 51 abu alazm / the academic research community publication – water conservation and efficient use without wasting. – energy efficiency without affecting the environment and without extinguished – achieve adequate and sufficiently in the internal environment as one of the sustainable design requirements – the optimum use of materials and resources that used in building. – innovation in design. figure 1. six major elements of green building design 1.3. guideline for sustainable design in existing building to achieve sustainability in existing facilities must achieve a minimum level of environmental solutions to the building’s existing shunt based consumer and harmful to the environment to a building follows the green architecture and environment-friendly: -the use of natural ventilation through the application of the ventilation holes in the ceilings and directing the openings in the direction of the wind granulocytes. -energy savings using natural lighting and the use of alcasrat to achieve the highest benefit. -use water-saving health systems and water recycling exchange ramadi in watering plants in front of the building and then after treatment. -the introduction of green elements to minimize the impact of the rise in temperatures and reduce humidity near the building. -the use of a sustainable energy generation such as solar panels, pipes, generators, and wind power generators powered kinetic energy elements. -reduce the use of synthetic materials and chemical processing direct impact on the environment and the use of environmentally friendly materials as an alternative to it. -reduce the use of wood and address what has been used bdhanat protection to reduce the likelihood of corruption and batalli loss of a significant nature resources. -adapting internally with the surrounding natural environmental factors. -adapting with the surrounding installations and buildings list. -optimal utilization of space so as not to lose the architectural spaces in spaces irrelevant. pg. 52 abu alazm / the academic research community publication -thinking about the recycling of materials and components origin spoil rtoterha to reduce the risk to the environment. 1.4. green building benefits green building is not a simple development trend; it is an approach to building suited to the demands of its time. • environmentally responsible: passive solar homes can significantly cut use of heating fuel and electricity used for lighting. if passive cooling strategies are used in the design, summer air conditioning costs can be reduced as well. (kats, 2006) • comfort: because a well-designed passive solar home or building is highly energy efficient, it is free of drafts. extra sunlight from the south windows makes it more cheerful and pleasant in the winter than a conventional house. (kats, 2003) • aesthetics: passive solar buildings can have a conventional appearance on the outside, and the passive solar features make them bright and pleasant inside. • economy: if addressed at the design stage, passive solar construction doesn’t have to cost more than conventional construction, and it can save money on fuel bills (woolley, 2008). 1.5. ecosystem assessment of green architecture systems buildings went toward environmental approach by achieving sustainability in the site and the human health and environmental protection and the provision of water and materials selection and indoor environmental quality, and social and economic aspects. it was necessary to systems to evaluate the success of environmentally based and grant certification per the standards be updated assessment of aphid to achieve transparency in the evaluation and development in accordance with the requirements that continues to grow. (bauer, schwarz, & mosle, 2010) a) breeam – bre environmental assessment method (1990):building research establishment in 1990 established a system of pre-valuation method to ensure environmentally based and evaluate quality, the primary goal of this system ease the effects on the environment and resulting from the ongoing developments, the professionals wanted to integrate details that therm environment in design (breeam). the evaluation program is available for offices, industry, schools, courts, prisons, multiple purpose dwellings, hospitals, private homes, and neighborhoods. the versions of assessment essentially look at the same broad range of environmental impacts: management, health and well-being, energy, transport, water, material and waste, land use and ecology and pollution (housing standards review). loans granted for the construction of buildings according to performance-based environmentally according to breeam system through the core elements of the system, a management 12%, health & wellbeing 14%, energy 18%, transport 8%, water 6%, material 13%, waste 7%, pollution 12% , land use & ecology 10% (how to obtain a breeam rating). then descent gathered and evaluated per the good and very good and excellent. b) leed – leadership in energy and environmental design (1998): the leed is an evaluation system for green buildings and the basic aim to encourage designers and building owners and workers to convert the real estate domain environment construction of an integrated sustainable environment (leed is green building). green building practices can substantially reduce or eliminate negative environmental impact and improve existing unsustainable design. is an evaluation system for green buildings and the basic aim to encourage designers and building owners and workers to convert the real estate domain environment construction of an integrated sustainable specialists put these standards to try to adjust the negative effects on the environment and to reduce potential liability resulting pg. 53 abu alazm / the academic research community publication from indoor air quality problems. the rating systems developed for the different uses of buildings. the rating is always based on the same method, but the measures differentiate between the uses (building design construction guide). new construction as well as modernization of homes and non-residential buildings are assessed. beyond single and complete buildings, there are assessments for neighborhoods, commercial interiors and core and shell. the rating system is organized into five different environmental categories: sustainable, sites, water efficiency, energy, and atmosphere, material and resources and innovation. it gives the leed four categories to evaluate the building certificated, gold, silver and platinum (leed v4 for building design and construction). c) dgnb – german sustainable building certificate-gesbc-(2007): gesbc system differs from other systems in the sustainability it is based on the structure is divided into basic elements, a study of the economic social, environmental, and cultural. figure 2. breeam system figure 3. leed system pg. 54 abu alazm / the academic research community publication the development of the german real estate market and developed elements of this system was a response to the requirements (german sustainable building council (dgnb)). the german sustainable building council (dgnb) was founded in june 2007 and created the german sustainable building certificate together with the german federal ministry of transport, construction and urban development. the goal is to create living environments that are environmentally compatible, resource-friendly and economical and that safeguard the health, comfort and performance of their users (the dgnb system: global benchmark for sustainability). the certification was introduced to the real estate market in january 2009. it is now possible to certify at three different levels, “bronze”, “silver” and “gold”, site quality will be addressed, but a separate mark will be given for this, since the boundary for the overall assessment is defined as the building itself (german sustainable building council (dgnb) general terms). figure 4. dgnb system 2. case study 2.1. main administration building of the suez canal university: historical background the first step was the establishment of the university by the president mohamed anwar sadat, president of the arab republic of egypt laid the foundation stone for the establishment of the suez canal university, in the october 4 1975, the total land area of 1300 acres within the boundaries of the city of ismailia, then issued law no. 93 of 1976. and in the establishment of 08/14/1976 suez canal university and it is based in ismailia hosted by the suez canal authority in ismailia, the first meeting of the fledgling university, headed by prof. dr. abdul majid othman, building the first president of the university of the suez canal (suez canal university). 2.2. building description it built a two-story mediates based vip lounge topped with major meetings of the university hall, on the ground floor there is the public administration of the university security offices and the office of the main hall vip, while the first floor and agent’s university offices and the main office of the university president and the main meeting pg. 55 abu alazm / the academic research community publication room. building has a main staircase adjoins a special entrance prime university, agents and vip him both sides of the special branch personnel. based hill height of 4 meters from the level of the university buildings and the main entrance to the building is located on the eastern facade and is located university president’s office on the southern facade of the building. figure 5. main entrance south elevations figure 6. main entrance east elevations pg. 56 abu alazm / the academic research community publication figure 7. building description plans pg. 57 abu alazm / the academic research community publication environmentally rating: assessment of the buildings systems on the collection of items that are reviewed to assess environmentally based: table 1: environmental rating pg. 58 abu alazm / the academic research community publication 2.3. proposed amendments add items to achieve environmental requirements in both southern and eastern façades, as well as addressing the inconsistencies of the elements of the building to be more than one architectural direction, as well as adding elements to generate renewable energy to increase the efficiency of operation in the building. figure 8. proposed amendments figure 9. a-south east shot pg. 59 abu alazm / the academic research community publication figure 10. b-south east shot figure 11. c-west south shot figure 12. d-north west shot pg. 60 abu alazm / the academic research community publication 3. conclusion – the need to follow the approach of sustainability in the design, considering the environmental aspect in all phases of the projects. – the need to reduce energy consumption in all cases and stages of projects. – represent existing buildings side toughest in sustainable design where it lies in transforming and re-built to suit the design considerations of sustainability. – re environmentally project design does not affect the formation of the building negatively, but makes it the best in the performance of his job. – economic return that is provided to convert the building into a sustainable be more economical than the survival of the building as it is. 4. recommendation from the above recommends a range of considerations during the re-design of existing buildings to be converted from ¬an ordinary building to building a sustainable: – the need to reduce energy consumption in existing buildings – the need to achieve thermal and optical comfort factors and appropriate guidance in existing buildings. – support integration of sustainability elements in buildings such as solar cells and modules and piping energy and facades cultivated and other support elements of sustainability in buildings – the need to update the list of supporting sustainability in buildings and integrating all that is suitable for buildings per environmental, social, economic, and functional arts and construction factors, as well as elements of technology available. 5. references 1. leed — usgbc. (n.d.). retrieved from https://new.usgbc.org/leed 2. kats, g. (2003). green building costs and financial benefits. boston: massachusetts technology collaborative. 3. woolley, t. (2008). natural building: a guide to materials and techniques. ramsbury: crowood press. 4. bauer, m., schwarz, m., & mosle, p. (2010). green building: guidebook for sustainable architecture. heidelberg: springer. 5. breeam. (n.d.). retrieved from http://www.breeam.org/ 6. housing standards review. (n.d.). retrieved from http://www.bre.co.uk 7. how to obtain a breeam rating (breeam uk)[pdf]. (n.d.). breeam. 8. leed is green building. (n.d.). retrieved from https://new.usgbc.org 9. building design construction guide. (n.d.). retrieved from https://www.usgbc.org 10. german sustainable building council (dgnb). (n.d.). retrieved from https://www.dgnb.de pg. 61 abu alazm / the academic research community publication 11. the dgnb system: global benchmark for sustainability. (n.d.). retrieved from https://www.dgnb-system .de 12. german sustainable building council (dgnb) general terms [pdf]. (n.d.). dgnb. 13. suez canal university. (n.d.). retrieved from http://www.sourwebsite.com/www.scuegypt.edu.eg 14. kats, g. (2006, october 1). greening america’s schools: costs and benefits[pdf]. capital e. 15. leed v4 for building design and construction[pdf]. (2016, april 5). leed. pg. 62 main text green design components principles of green building design guideline for sustainable design in existing building green building benefits ecosystem assessment of green architecture systems case study main administration building of the suez canal university: historical background building description proposed amendments conclusion recommendation references paper title http://www.ierek.com/press issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication keywords urban efficiency, resilience, architecture, planning, spatial planning abstract high rates of urbanization lead to a fragmented urban form with unequal access to jobs, amenities and public services. the lack of efficient and adaptive layout and design, integrated land uses (paton et al., 2013; saunders & becker, 2015), urban connectivity (taaffe et al., 1963) and sufficient forward planning at all levels of government is identified as a shortcoming which only exacerbates the consequences of urbanization. based on an analysis of spatial planning principles, this paper proposes a practical and policy-related set of tools for improved forward planning, promoting resilient layout planning and smart land use management as a means to enable diverse settlements to respond to events such as intense levels of urbanization. the case study is focused on the dualistic urban settlements of south-africa, but principles proposed could be applied to other settlements with similar spatially distorted patterns. the proposed set of tools could potentially improve urban resilience and efficiency. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) peer-reviewed under responsibility of archive's, the academic research community, publication introduction according to the world bank (2015), the world’s urbanization level is drastically increasing and stands at an even higher 53% urbanization rate. this assertion is clearly reflected in south africa as well, the un projects that 71% of south africa’s population will live in urban areas by 2030, reaching almost 80% by 2050 (un habitat, 2016). turok (2012:21) reveals that urbanization leads to a fragmented urban form with unequal access to jobs, amenities and public services in south africa. this, in turn, leads to a number of challenges including inefficient infrastructure, long travel distances, poor service delivery, low-quality spaces, disintegration, and separation. the ineffective and inadaptable layout and design, non-integrated land uses and insufficient forward planning at all levels of government and aspects result in the inability of some cities to effectively keep up with a high urbanization rate, therefore exacerbating the problems. by taking these various components into account and determining what causes one city to handle and absorb rapid urbanization better than others, a framework may be established which will lead to more resilient cities. this study was initiated to potentially provide a practical set of land use management tools that will lead to improved urban resilience and efficiency. this will potentially improve and simplify the implementation of urban resilience and efficiency, and enable cities to plan for shocks and recover from them with faster and more effective adaption. most of the available studies and research focus on resilience in terms of natural disasters and shocks, with little or no emphasis on urban resilience, especially pertaining to land use types. this study focuses on the numerous theories and principles associated with land use planning, resilience, and efficiency, and identifies key aspects of urban resilience and urban efficiency. the article will explore the different spatial components influencing the towards more resilient cities: land use and urban efficiency j.e drewes, m. van aswegen & m. richter north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i1.231 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 2 capacity of a settlement to respond positively to rapid changes, and subsequently propose a multi-faceted approach that leads to urban resilience and efficiency proposals will also be made regarding a tool for the government to enhance resilience and efficiency and guide development through land use management systems. land use planning land use planning in this century faces both threats and opportunities. it is expected that land use planning should deliver sustainable development and livable communities, but it should also cope with serious conflicts regarding these two visions (godschalk, 2004:5). it seems that the future of land use planning depends on how it resolves these conflicts and creates cities that are liveable and sustainable. the new urban agenda (habitat iii un, 2016) embraces urbanization and calls for “more appropriate policies (which) can take advantage of urbanization across physical space”. urban sprawl could be identified as one of the main challenges of land use management and refers to land development that occurs at a specific pattern and a specific pace, where the pace refers to the rate which land is consumed for urban processes to ensure the growing population has sufficient land to develop on (pfister, 2004:4). urban sprawl also refers to the following (burchell et al., 1998:43): (i) low-density development dispersed over a large area of land; (ii) geographic separation of necessary resources such as work, homes, schools, and shopping; and (iii) high dependence of automobiles. therefore, urban sprawl leads to higher public and private costs, being less economic as the cost to supply infrastructure and services are more expensive (bhatta, 2010:28). he suggests that mixed land-use planning will fight against urban sprawl, otherwise it causes separation and fragmentation which in turn leads to urban sprawl. in answer to the challenges experienced worldwide, and more specifically in the south african context, various aspects are identified which facilitated the application of land use management practices to address these challenges, i.e. densification, zoning, mixed land use, corridor connections and sense of community. densification is discussed extensively in planning literature as a possible way to achieve compact cities, combat sprawl and create urban sustainability (daneshpour & shakibamanesh, 2011:110; gordon & richardson, 1997:97). therefore, depending on the context, densification can mean different building forms and processes. the approach aims to counteract negative effects of urban sprawl in terms of ineffective land-use and related environmental problems through densification and compact building. dowall and clark (1997:16) suggest that zoning measures are one of the most commonly used planning tools. they state that land zoning provides landowners with information on how their land can be optimized and where to situate buildings. to improve the different uses. zoning regulates the use of land in residential, industrial, commercial, agricultural or other land-use areas and is used to control population density, urban sprawl, traffic, and other urban problems. drescher (2015:2) argues that mixed zoning is important especially in clustered developments where residential areas and working sites are planned as one entity. in many developing countries, the impromptu squatter settlements around the outskirts of cities, where small-scale industries, housing, and agriculture are located in close proximity to each other, are also mixed zoning models. du plessis (2015: 218) asserts that the concept of mixed land use types in the south african context, has remained prominent on the spatial planning agenda since the early 1990s, and was most profoundly influenced by the seminal work of dewar and uytenbogaardt (1991) in which they argue that ‘the multifunctional use of space and facilities is not only desirable: it is economically essential (dewar & uytenbogaardt, 1991:59). they also identify the integration of urban activities and land use types as one of five central conceptual changes required for the transition of south african cities onto a more positive urban developmental path. economic or development corridors are defined by brunner (2014:29) as integrated networks of infrastructure within a geographical area designed to stimulate economic development and it may be developed within a country or between two or more countries. similarly, octaviano (2014: 2) and bowland and otto (2012: 3) affirms that development corridors may be created to link manufacturing hubs, areas with high supply and demand, and manufacturers of value-added goods and often feature integrated infrastructure, such as highways, railroads and ports, and may link cities or countries. mcmahon (2012:2) defines a sense of community is a unique collection of qualities and characteristics – visual, cultural, social, and environmental – that provide meaning to a location. the sense of place is what makes one city or town different from another, but the sense of community is also what makes our physical surroundings worth caring about (mcmahon, 2012:2). deitrick and ellis (2004:428) suggest that aspects such as street connectivity, mixed land use, and accessible destinations along with moderate j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 3 to higher levels of residential density, public gathering places and quality parks and open space all lead to an improved sense of community. the sustainable cities institute (2012) states that a strong sense of community is a vital principle for sustainable land use management. urban resilience this section connects resilience to the planning realm and determines how land use types and urban efficiency could improve the resilience of a city. according to christopherson et al. (2010:3), the term resilience originates from the field of environmental studies where it is used to describe the biological capacity to adapt and thrive under adverse environmental conditions. stumpp (2013:231), recognizes that the concept of resilience has been applied to different systems and increasingly understood in more fields for the last forty years, with its definition becoming ambiguous. meerow et al. (2016:42) argue that the problem with resilience is its multitude of different definitions and turning any of them into operational tools. he further states that the definition has become so broad that it is seemingly meaningless. in order to define the term urban resilience within an urban system, it is important to establish a common understanding of the term urban system and what it entails. many early writers, such as christaller (1966), harris and ullman (1945) and lösch (1954) discussed the origin and nature of systematic variations in the characteristics of urban places, however, a lot of detail remains uncovered. bourne and simmons (1978:15) stress that the mere understanding of how a city changes (grows, stagnates or declines) is not enough to study that particular city. rather, the city should be seen as part of a larger system. according to bourne and simmons (1978:15), it is a complex system where the strong interaction between the elements creates “feedback effects which regulate growth and change”, however this complex system was modelled as a relatively simple hierarchical order of cities“a national system dominated by metropolitan centers and characterized by a step-like hierarchy”. bourne (1975:32) states that the cities and urban regions of a modern industrial economy constitute a set of interrelated subsystems nesting in a complex hierarchy of increasing scale upward from individual urban areas to a national urban system. he adds that urban systems are structures which are determined by the spatial distribution of centers of production and consumption in the private and public sectors of the economy. he further categorizes an urban system into three levels, i.e. the national system, the subsystem at the regional level and the daily urban system. for the purpose of this study, references regarding the urban system will be focused on the third level (daily urban system) only, although it is apparent that each level impacts on the larger urban system as referred to by bourne (1975). according to bretagnolle et al. (2010:1), the organization of urban systems can be defined on three main levels: the (i) micro level represents elementary units (persons, firms, institutions) that are living together in a city, (ii) the meso level corresponds to the city itself (as a consistent geographical entity), and the (iii) macro level is the system of cities, which is made up of a large number of towns and cities which interact under a combined control (national political territory or a global economic network). this organization is shaped by interactions operating on different spatial and temporal scales of observation. a comprehensive definition of urban resilience needs to incorporate these four sub-systems conducted from the daily urban system and its interactions and to do so in an inclusive and flexible way, it is essential to allow some degree of perspectives and emphases to remain. consequently, for the purpose of this paper urban resilience is defined as: “the ability of a daily urban system-and all its constituent socio-ecological and socio-technical networks across temporal and spatial scales to maintain or rapidly return to desired functions in the face of a disturbance, to adapt to change, and to quickly transform systems that limit current or future adaptive capacity”. this definition was carefully worded and developed to articulate each of the sub-systems. urban resilience operates in non-equilibrium and emphasizes the importance of timescales and adaptive capacity and recognizes multiple change pathways (meerow et al. 2016:45). it is also safe to say that resilience shares much with other key contemporary urban goals such as sustainability, governance and economic development (hurlston & thompkins, 2012:171). dewar and uytenbogaardt (1991:22) identify the integration of urban activities and land uses as one of six central conceptual changes required for the transition of cities onto a more positive urban developmental path. the other changes include (i) balance, (ii) freedom, (iii) equity, (iv) intensity, diversity and necessary complexity, and (v) community. they argue that positively performing urban environments j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 4 reflect a high degree of integration between different parts and elements of the city. groups and communities should be able to benefit from a greater range of opportunities and facilities. for this to occur, they suggest that the more intensive activities and events need to be exposed to the inhabitants of many local areas. these principles will subsequently form part of the tools as identified in section 4. resilience and spatial planning principles according to iclei (2012:2), integrated land-use planning is an essential key to land use decisions and zoning extensions; they argue that a better land use management and integrated urban planning strategy, are essential to improve the current and future resilience of cities and that it should involve all levels of governance and local communities. saunders and becker (2015:75) state that land use planning is one of the main measures that contribute to resilience. this idea is supported by paton et al. (2013:38), who argue that land use planning is an integral part of creating a resilient society. therefore, it is vital to refer back to land use planning to try and establish the theoretical principles for successful land use compilation in order to achieve urban resilience. through an extensive literature review on best practice and generally agreed upon and accepted doctrines for sound spatial planning, the following principles were identified: place-making, opportunity, efficiency, choice, identity and change, proportion and scale, liveability, enclosure, access, movement networks, public transport, open spaces, public facilities and economy. lynch’s (1984:121) study on the several principles that contribute to the best practice city, shows that a city and its planning policies should make provision for the following dimensions: table 1: lynch’s spatial planning principles for the best practice city vitality the degree to which the form of the settlement supports the vital functions. sense the degree to which a city can be clearly perceived and mentally differentiated and structured in time and space. fit the degree to which the form and capacity of spaces, channels, and equipment in a city match the pattern and quantity of actions. access the ability to reach other persons, resources, information, services and other people. control the degree to which the use and access to spaces and activities, and their modification and management are controlled by those who use, work, or reside them. efficiency the cost of creating and maintaining the city. justice the way in which the environmental benefits and costs are distributed among people. source: adapted from lynch (1984: 121) lynch regards the above-mentioned principles important for the spatial planning of an urban area. similarity may be observed from behrens and watson (1996) and lynch and hack (1984) in some of the principles, which highlight the importance of these principles. behrens and watson (1996:66) state that the following principles are intended to contribute to the best practice city. the principles are discussed as normative concerns presented: table 2: behrens and watson’s spatial planning principles for the best practice city placemaking the concept of a ‘sense of place’ attainment cannot be accomplished through the submission of standardized planning actions: it results from imaginative, appropriate actions based on an understanding of the site, human need, function, and culture. scale the design of widths, heights, surfacing, and operations of a number of elements of a layout plan from the perspective of the person on foot has implications for the planning and design of public facilities. access circulation needs and maximization of levels of access should be met, especially to commercial, facility and employment opportunities. public transport, road network design and citywide land use distribution patterns are important and therefore have implications for planning and design of circulation and public facility systems. opportunity maximization of the economic opportunities happens in large agglomerations of people through the arrangement of infrastructural investments in space. local economic development and creation of economic opportunities have implications for the planning and design of amenity, circulation and utility systems. j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 5 efficiency land use policies, transport policies, and capital investment programs are affected by the cost-effective utilization of land and financial resources. choice the maximization of the range of choices available to end-user communities regarding housing consolidation, urban surroundings, service provision and movement modes affects design and planning of circulation, utility systems, and amenity. source: adapted from behrens and watson (1996:66) behrens and watson's (1996) principles are very similar to lynch's (1984) identified principles, but it is notable that behrens and watson (1996) elaborate more on these principles which might ease the application by making the principles more understandable and practical. lynch and hack (1984:75) suggest that the following principles will lead to the best practice city: table 3: lynch and hack’s spatial planning principles for the best practice city identity and change each site is unique and different in some degree. interrelations on sites indicate the planner’s limits and point out the damage that may be imposed since site development can provide unexpected effects that pass along the entire chain. proportion and scale spatial character varies with proportion and scale. proportion is the internal relation between parts or areas, while the scale is the relation of size of elements to the size of other objects through the observer. enclosure outdoor spaces are defined by trees, buildings, hedges, and hills, but are seldom completely enclosed. level changes can define spaces while creating effects of dynamic movement. the success of a site is more dependent on the levels than the general shape itself. access access is the degree to which users can reach other persons, resources, services, places or information. the quality of dealing with traffic is a fundamental advantage of any organized site, therefore it is important to create linkages between important activities with provision to various kinds of transport. source: adapted from lynch and hack (1984:75). lynch and hack (1984:75) emphasize the enclosure and access of an urban area which contributes to the aesthetic and the practical aspects of the city, as it assists to maintain the balance in the spatial aspects of an urban area. chapin and kaiser (1979:39-75) suggest that the following principles will lead to the best practice city: table 4: chapin and kaiser’s spatial planning principles for the best practice city liveability the qualities in the physical environment of the urban area which tend to induce the citizens a feeling of mental, physical, and social well-being. health and safety this refers to regulatory measures such as health, sanitation, housing and building codes. this includes density controls and controls over hazardous areas convenience public convenience is an element of the public interest in upholding the construction of streets and highways as a public purpose. economy this term is associated with efficiency in the land use pattern and its public cost implications in terms of municipal expenditures etc. amenity this term refers to the pleasantness of the urban environment as a place in which to live, work and spend leisure time. source: adapted from chapin and kaiser (1979:39-75). from the preceding table, it is evident that chapin and kaiser has a different approach to the spatial planning principles with emphasis on aspects such as the economy. it is less corresponding with other sources, which means that the combination of these different sources will lead to a comprehensive set of principles. the preceding tables (table 1table 4) illustrate that there is a lot of agreement between the different sources. it can be concluded that the overarching and most important principles consist of the following: place-making, opportunity, efficiency, choice, identity and change, proportion and scale, liveability, enclosure, access, movement networks, public transport, open spaces, public facilities, and economy. it is argued that these principles can be applied in the urban planning process in order to improve urban resilience. j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 6 the principles identified in the literature review were in turn linked to six land use planning tools (zones of public transport, infill planning, open space systems, mixed land use, densification, urban edge) available to address issues in relation thereto (richter, 2016). table 5: relationship between land use management tools and spatial planning principles public transport infill planning open space systems mixed land-use densification urban edge place making x x opportunity x x x x x efficiency x x x x x choice x x x x identity and change x x x proportion and scale x x x liveability x x x x enclosure x x x access x x x x movement networks x x public transport x open spaces x public facilities x x x x economy x x x x x source: richter, 2016. from the above table, it is apparent that all the recurrent aspects treated in the study can be addressed through more concentrated, integrated and combined principles. this will lead to improved implementation as it is simpler and has fewer aspects or requirements to adhere to. these six principles (x-axis) were selected on the basis of a vigilant and transparent process to ensure that it touches all the fourteen aspects (y-axis) which theorists and legislation argue have the greatest contribution towards urban efficiency and urban resilience. the six concepts are a simplified, comprehensive and inclusive version of the fourteen principles. this table buttresses the main argument of the study which states that the implementation of an appropriate land use and densification model will lead to more resilient and efficient cities. empirical study the literature study highlights that there are various opinions and views regarding the morphology of urban models, and their sustainability and resilience. given the fact that spatial aspects ought to be combined from the different urban models, it is implausible to proclaim a specific model as being more resilient and more sustainable than another. rather an integrated approach which assimilates the positive aspects of the various models should be, as such an approach is more likely to improve the resilience and sustainability of an urban area. the empirical study was performed using south africa as the focal case study on both a qualitative and quantitative basis. as a result of south africa's history in terms of apartheid and urban form, it is important to create a south african context to understand the background and origin of south african cities. it will also contribute to the background and basis of south african cities throughout the rest of the study. in 1981, davies developed the apartheid city model, which was preceded by his segregation model (davies, 1981:59), and had strong resemblances to hoyt's classic sector model (1939). the apartheid city was the result of the 1950 group areas act, which sought to separate various racial groups in south africa into distinct areas (christopherson, 1984:77). the south african cities are often regarded as a unique, defying contrast. a white minority were practicing the policies, while it led to racial discrimination and no freedom or independence to several races (simon, 1989:191). he states that south africa shares a colonial history of european conquest and is influenced by the early british ‘native’ policy which leads to segregation and became the model for german and other british settlement colonies in africa. afrikaner nationalists adopted and systemized this inheritance of native reserves and urban segregation of africans which resulted in the features of the apartheid city, as subsequently illustrated. j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 7 figure 1: the original apartheid city model source: davies (1981:64). the decision to use the generic twin city as a case study, rather than limit the study to one specific settlement, is informed by the uniform approach in land use and layout planning throughout south africa through various policies and legislation, the most recent being spluma (south africa, 2013). in the case of south africa, the apartheid city led to a physical gap between the city and the informal settlements (twin city) as previously discussed. this situation is not only visible in south african cities, it is also found in other international cities, which contributes to the development of slum areas and urban decay within the cbd area. land use management as a regulatory tool is one of the aspects that strongly influences the urban resilience of a city. the application mechanisms of land use management directly refer to tools that can improve urban resilience. these urban areas are seemingly non-resilient, unsustainable in certain levels, inaccessible due to non-integrated nodes and corridors, and inefficient as a result of urban sprawl. similarly, dilapidated areas are apparent in many settlements and the inefficient land uses directly affect the end-user. as a result, it is pertinent to find tools to improve communication, integration, and application of guidelines and policies across all levels of government. in order to minimize interracial contact, the simplified urban structure with its racially exclusive and unequal residential areas, health, and education and recreation facilities were designed. simon (1989:191) asserts that future growth occurs outwards from each segment to assure that the pattern remains preserved (figure 1). this white dominated urban structure reflects and reinforces the social formation required by the domination, whereby overcrowded african townships were designed with the minimum cost. the findings throughout the study reveal that contemporary south african cities are faced with several slow-burn challenges. evidently, there is a lack of practical policy and tools that can address these problems. the subsequent figure (figure 2) is based on a generic south african city with a typical apartheid city morphology where there is a rigid separation between the city and the informal settlements (twin city). the twin city is a smaller replica of the city, but with organic development with little town planning principles and tools applied to this area. this morphology and its related problems lead to non-resilient and inefficient cities. figure 2: current dualistic cities source: richter, 2016. j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 8 in the state of south african cities report (sacn, 2016) it is emphasized that spatial form, human settlement, and public transport interventions are interdependent and will undermine each other if planned and implemented separately. the challenge for cities is to enhance their spatial form in a way that makes them increasingly economically efficient and resilient, as well as more inclusive, enabling people to access different economic opportunities across city space. cities, therefore, need to use their spatial planning and land-use management (zoning) instruments, and human settlement and public transport investments more effectively to concentrate and densify where people live and where they work along core public transport corridors and economic centers (sacn, 2016). this is subsequently addressed through various land use management instruments. urban sprawl can be addressed by implementing the urban edge and applying densification within the boundaries of the city with a specific focus on important nodes and around corridors. segregation will be eliminated through the integration of corridors enhancing efficient transport systems and integration between the city and twin city, eradicating the invisible boundary between the city and its twin city. economic inefficiency can be transformed through enhancing and developing nodes and corridors that lead to improved competitiveness. land use inefficiencies will be addressed through densifying primary and secondary nodes, setting an urban edge and planning for mixed land use types (figure 3 refers). public transport has significant potential to contribute to the urban resilience of a city. it helps foster a sense of community by connecting people and providing accessible transport for people regarding their social or demographical status. it encourages people to have a healthier lifestyle with more available options regarding walking or cycling. public transportation also reduces the need for building car parks, leading to the more efficient use of land. it also leads to a better natural environment with less pollution. important movement corridors and networks should be identified within the urban area. these networks and corridors should be divided into certain zones due to the capacity and daily movement. efficient ways of public transport should be implemented within the identified zones. figure 3: urban resilience and efficiency model source: richter, 2016. transport modes may vary from bus transport systems, railway systems, and bicycle systems according to the distance from the cbd. although focus should be placed in and around the central area of the city, it is essential that the “twin city” forms part of this system to eliminate the gap or zone of segregation. efficient, effective and affordable public transport options are essential in this area. public transport zones, as illustrated in figure 3, will increase the number of opportunities in communities by having improved access to social, economic and environmental facilities. with more alternatives and different modes of transport people will have better choices and access to workplaces and other amenities. this will, in turn, have a positive impact on the economy of the city and lead to more efficient and livable cities with less traffic, improved accessibility and less pollution. infill planning will assist in regenerating areas and prevent urban decay, and by doing so, contribute to improved urban resilience. it will improve the air quality through improved transportation and shorter travel distances. daily needs and services are more accessible to the community. infill planning encourages quality affordable housing which improves choice, opportunity, and efficiency. areas within the urban edge should be identified where infill planning can be implemented. these areas may include open or unplanned areas (note that this does not include open space or protected areas), and areas with j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 9 ineffective use. the areas identified should have the necessary potential to contribute to urban resilience. within these areas specific focus should be on other principles that improve resilience, it should accommodate mixed land uses, zones of public transport, open space systems and densification. as figure 3 illustrates, infill planning will lead to areas with higher densities and mixed land uses. this will increase opportunity and choice in terms of housing and other social and economic amenities and improve efficiency and accessibility through the development of nodes which will provide the community with various facilities and services. infill planning will improve the safety and identity of urban areas by regenerating these areas. open spaces are a key part of any urban system. open spaces should not only provide for the physical and social needs of a community but should also increase the overall quality of the environment through accommodating natural systems, by protecting and conserving the biodiversity. it improves the physical and psychological health of people and strengthens communities open spaces make cities and neighborhoods attractive and liveable with adequate proportion and scale. it encourages people to socialize and integrate irrespective of race or demographic status. zones and systems should be identified and planned for. instead of creating one or two single large open spaces, cities should rather plan for more open spaces, which are smaller areas but serve part of a larger system of continuity. this will not only improve urban resilience but will also contribute to easier access to these areas. as illustrated in figure 3, open space systems improve the quality of an area; more open spaces will lead to improved social and environmental opportunities and choices. this will assist in creating an improved balance between the proportion of built areas thereby leading to aesthetically attractive and more livable cities. mixed land use types directly contribute to urban resilience. mixed land use types also lead to improved efficiency, sustainability, liveability and sense of place by enhancing the area’s unique identity and development potential. areas will have continuous movement, which will decrease crime and prevent urban decay by enhancing revitalization. mixed land use types encourage high-quality design by providing greater flexibility and more control. it increases opportunities and choices regarding housing, retail, public transport, and recreation. it promotes pedestrian and bicycle travel and reduces auto dependency, roadway congestion, and air pollution by co-locating multiple destinations. mixed land use nodes will also promote efficient use of land and infrastructure and guide development towards established areas, protecting outlying rural areas and environmentally sensitive resources. implementation of mixed land uses should be implemented next to main corridors and main focus areas. this will enable the development of mixed-use nodes which may extend to surrounding areas, creating a spread effect. as figure 3 indicates, mixed land uses would result in multi-purpose areas with improved opportunities, choice, and access to housing, services, work and other amenities. it could also lead to places that are aesthetically more attractive with an improved sense of place where people can live, work and play. this will ultimately accelerate the creation of liveable, resilient and efficient urban areas. if implemented appropriately, densification is arguably one of the most powerful tools that a municipality or city can adapt to achieve resilient, sustainable, competitive and livable cities. well-designed density has the ability to shift transportation away from automobiles to other modes of transport and possibilities. it makes retail, recreation, and business more efficient and supports daily services close to residential areas; this also improves walkability and makes it more enjoyable. densification requires more high-density residential areas, which can be more affordable and more efficient. furthermore, it fosters a public realm with activities and facilities that encourage interaction between residents. densification also limits urban sprawl, thereby motivating improved preservation of farmlands and other heritage areas. densification should be applied along main corridors, within the cbd and other secondary nodes. different intensities of densification could be developed, descending from the primary focus areas outwards to the surrounding areas. this will make a significant contribution to the overall urban resilience. as figure 3 demonstrates, densification will assist in creating more sustainable and affordable housing options which will, in turn, expedite improved opportunities and choices in terms of different densities and types of housing. in a similar vein, access to public facilities and other amenities will be enhanced due to the proximity of services, amenities and the development of nodes and resulting in overall efficient cities. the urban edge is regarded as a primary strategy to counter urban sprawl, encourage densification and protect natural resources. it facilitates efficient use of land and urban services within the boundary of the urban edge. this will signal future spatial locations and developments. the urban edge will prevent market failures and the misallocations of resources that lead to urban sprawl and developmental advantages in suburbs by internalizing and limiting externalities that may arise through shopping malls, j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 10 office parks, and residential development. the urban edge should include and integrate the city and the township. it must be as limited as possible to contain development. the edge must be strictly adhered to, with no development outside the edge. as an attempt to make the urban edge more efficient and resilient, it could be operated for longer periods. for instance, if a boundary is currently set for a period of five years, it may be increased through setting it as the urban edge for the next ten years. figure elucidates the argument that an urban edge will limit urban sprawl and will, therefore, lead to improved efficiency through the efficient use of land. the proportion and scale of an area will also be protected and enhanced. figure 3 illustrates the fact that all these tools are interdependent of one another and form part a cohesive network of urban resilience and efficiency, as has been extensively discussed in the study. each of these tools contributes towards a renewed urban form that demonstrates a continuous strive to be more resilient and more efficient. conclusion it is necessary for resilient planning to be based on systems analysis, which enables it to define the points and issues of the vulnerability of urban systems and focus on the key issues such as the gap or the zone of inaccessibility between the city and the twin city. this will provide possibilities and improve opportunities in terms of access to workplaces, social amenities, and other facilities which make the city more efficient. in relative terms, the use of public transport will reduce the dependence on oil and other fossil fuels and lead to a more self-sufficient and energy efficient city. based on ahern’s (2011) resilience principles, when a function or service is provided by a central entity of urban infrastructure it is more vulnerable and likely to fail. however, when the same function is provided by a distributed or decentralized system it becomes more resistant to disturbance. the green infrastructure allows for redundancy and modularization – that is, spreading risks across geographical areas, time and multiple systems. this is a result of the social, physical and economic diversity of green infrastructure that forms part of an effective strategy for supporting urban resilience. densification and infill planning need to be accompanied by a diversification of land uses, increased access to both social and physical infrastructure, better links to public transport, and integration with public and green spaces. this should eventuate in a more efficient, equitable, sustainable and resilient growth trajectory. the urban edge will further propel the growth trajectory even more resilient and efficient by combating urban sprawl through limiting growth within a reasonable and effective urban edge. this study concludes that the implementation of an appropriate land use and densification model will lead to more resilient cities. it was the objective of this study to achieve three succinct goals; firstly, to explore the different spatial components influencing the capacity of a settlement to respond positively to rapid changes. secondly, to propose a multi-faceted approach that leads to resilience through the implementation of mixed land uses and therefore more resilient settlements. finally, to create a tool for local government to enhance resilience and guide development through existing policy and legislation. these objectives have been dealt with and illustrated using the theories of young (1993), nel (2011), chapin and kaiser (1979), iclei (2012), saunders and becker (2015) and paton et al. (2015), which all agree that land use planning is one of the main measures that contribute to what has been defined as urban resilience and efficiency. it is argued that the recommendations made in this section could improve urban efficiency and urban resilience within urban areas by providing possible solutions which could be integrated into policy and legislation, and by providing local government with a practical set of tools. it is envisaged that the utilization of urban efficiency and urban resilience will broaden cities' and government's views on resilient and efficient urban planning and development. references 1. ahern, j. 2011. from fail-safe to safe-to-fail: sustainability and resilience in the new urban world. landscape and urban planning, 100(4):341–343. 2. behrens, r., watson, v. 1996. making urban places. cape town: creda press. 3. bhatta, b. 2010. analysis of urban growth and sprawl from remote sensing data. springer science and business media. 4. bourne, l.s. & j. simmons. 1978. systems of cities. new york: oxford university press. 5. bourne, l.s., 1975. urban systems: strategies for regulation: a comparison of policies in britain, sweden, australia, and canada. oxford: clarendon press. j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 11 6. bowland, c. & otto, l. 2012. implementing development corridors: lessons from the maputo corridor. saiia policy briefing, 54. 7. bretagnolle, a., pumain, d., and vacchiani-marcuzzo, c., 2009. the organization of urban systems. in complexity perspectives in innovation and social change (pp. 197-220). springer netherlands. 8. brunner, j., cozens, p. 2013. ’where have all the trees gone?’ urban consolidation and the demise of urban vegetation: a case study from western australia. planning practice res., 28:231–255. 9. burchelll, r.w., shad a.n, listokin, d., phillips, h., downs, a., seskin, s., davis, j.s., moore, t., helton, d. & gall, m. 1998. the costs of sprawl – revisited. washington, dc: national academy press. (report 39, transportation research board). 10. chapin, f.s., jr. & kaiser, e.j. 1979. urban land use planning. usa: university of illinois press. 11. christaller, w. 1966. central places in southern germany. translated by baskin, c.w. new jersey: prentice-hall. 12. christopherson, a.j. 1984. south africa: the impact of past geographies. kenwyn: juta. 13. christopherson, s., michie, j. & tyler, p. 2010. regional resilience: theoretical and empirical perspectives. cambridge journal of regions, economy and society, 3(1):3-10. 14. daneshpour, a. & shakibamanesh, a. 2011. compact city; does it create an obligatory context for urban sustainability? international journal of architectural engineering & urban planning, 21(2):110–118. 15. davies, r. 1981. the spatial formation of the south african city. geojournal, 2:59-72. 16. deitrick, s., & ellis, c. 2004. new urbanism in the inner city: a case study of pittsburgh. journal of the american planning association, 70(4):426–442. 17. dewar, d. & uytenbogaardt, r. s. 1991. cape town: university of cape town, urban problems research unit. 18. dowall, d. & clark, g. 1997. urban land policies for the uninitiated. economic and social commission for asia and the pacific. http://www.unescap.org/huset/land_policies/ 19. drescher, a.w. 2015. technical tools for urban land use planning. http://www.ruaf.org/ 20. du plessis, d.j. 2015. land-use mix in south african cities and the influence of spatial planning: innovation or following the trend? south african geographical journal, 97:3, 217-242. 21. godschalk, d.r. 2004. land use planning challenges. journal of the american planning association, 70(1):5-13. 22. gordon, p. & richardson, h. w. 1997. are compact cities a desirable planning goal? journal of the american planning association, 63(1):96–106. 23. habitat iii, united nations. 2016. a new urban agenda. quito declaration on sustainable cities and human settlements for all. quito un habitat. 24. harris, c. & ullman, e.l. 1945. the nature of cities. the annals of the american academy of political and social science, 242(1): 7-17. 25. hoyt, h. 1939. the structure and growth of residential neighbourhoods in american cities. washington: federal housing administration. 26. hurlston, l. & thompkins, e. 2012. public-private partnerships in the provision of environmental governance: a case of disaster management. adapting institutions: governance, complexity and social-ecological resilience. cambridge: cambridge university press. 27. iclei (local governments for sustainability). 2012. integrated land use planning for resilient urban communities. http://resilient-ities.iclei.org 28. losch, a. 1954. the economics of location. london: geoffrey cumberlege, oxford university press. 29. lynch, k. 1984. good city form. 2nd ed. massachusetts, london: mit. 30. lynch, k. & hack, g. 1984. site planning. 3rd ed. london: mit. 31. mcmahon, t. 2012. why sense of place is worth caring about. http://www.planetizen.com 32. meerow, s., newell, j.p. & stults, m. 2016. review: defining urban resilience: a review. landscape and urban planning, 147:38-49 33. nel, v. 2011. land-use management system as a tool towards achieving low-carbon cities in south africa. http://www.ajol.info/ 34. octaviano, t. 2014. economic corridors boost markets, living conditions. http://research.bworldonline.com/ 35. paton, d., mamula-seadon, l. & selway, k. 2013. community resilience in christchurch: adaptive responses and capacities during earthquake recovery. gns science report, 37:28-39. 36. pfister, j.l. 2004. using landscape metrics to create an index of forest fragmentation for the state of maryland. master thesis, towson university. https://tigerweb.towson.edu/ 37. richter, m. 2016. land use and urban efficiency: towards more resilient cities. dissertation. potchefstroom campus, north-west university. 38. sacn. 2016. state of south african cities report 2016. johannesburg: sacn. j.e drewes / the academic research community publication pg. 12 39. saunders, w. & becker, j.s. 2015. a discussion of resilience and sustainability: land use planning recovery from the canterbury earthquake sequence, new zealand, international journal of disaster risk reduction, 14:73–81. 40. simon, d. 1989. crisis and change in south africa: implications for the apartheid city. transactions of the institute of british geographers, january (1):189-206. 41. south africa. 2013. spatial planning and land use management act no. 16 of 2013. 42. stumpp, e. 2013. viewpoint: new in town? on resilience and “resilient cities”. cities, 32:164-166. 43. sustainable cities institute. 2012. land use and planning. http://www.sustainablecitiesinstitute.org/ 44. taaffe, e. j., morrill, r. l. & gould, p. r. 1963. transport expansion in underdeveloped countries: a comparative analysis. geographical review, 53:503–529. 45. the world bank. 2015. urbanisation reviews. http://www.worldbank.org/ 46. turok, i. 2012. urbanisation and development in south africa: economic imperatives, spatial distortions and strategic responses. london: human settlements group. 47. un habitat. 2016. world cities report 2016: urbanization and development: emerging futures. http://wcr.unhabitat.org 48. young, a. 1993. guidelines for land use planning. rome: food and agriculture organisation. http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication buildings orientation and its impact on the energy consumption rania e. ashmawy1, neveen y. azmy1 1faculty of engineering, tanta university, tanta ,egypt abstract nowadays, many countries suffer from severe shortage of energy resources and the inability of saving it. it is necessary to develop an integrated strategy, to make buildings consume less energy and to integrate active and passive design techniques. since the building orientation is one of the most important factors affecting energy consumption, this paper addresses the effect of building orientation on the amount of energy consumption within buildings. we employ the simulator ”energy-plus” to estimate energy consumption annually and during critical months in summer and winter. to obtain the best orientation for maximum energy saving, different orientations are tested. it is found that an air-conditioned building that has a southern facade consumes less energy. however, a western facade causes higher annual energy consumption by 26% over the southern facade. in the case of a two-facade building, the lowest energy consumption is obtained between the northern and southern orientations in cairo, egypt. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords buildings orientation; active techniques; energy consumption; cairo; passive techniques 1. introduction energy represents a major component in any country’s economy and hence it affects the world’s economy. saving energy consumption, especially in buildings, directly affects national economy. the shortage in the traditional energy sources and the early stages in using the renewable energy sources motivated the design of energy saving buildings. many design treatments are developed to achieve energy saving. these treatments are targeted to enhance the thermal performance of the building shell e.g. walls, ceilings, floors, and openings (marszal, heiselberg, bourrelle, musall, voss, sartori, & napolitano, 2011). many studies have tried to reveal the effect of the building shell components and its orientation on energy usage efficiency (pai, 2015). many passive and active strategies for energy saving are employed to enhance the efficiency of cooling, warming, ventilation and lighting (sadineni, madala, & boehm, 2011). the effect of building shell improvement on the of energy consumption efficiency is extensively studied. this includes the techniques for thermal insulation for walls and ceilings and the techniques for openings shading, the type of glazing, and the window-wall ratio (wwr). in addition, the building orientation was subject to many experiments, especially in cold regions. this paper focuses the effect of building orientation on the amount of consumed energy. this is important as the orientation is a basic factor that affects the exposure to sun radiations and hence the thermal acquisition, ventilation and lighting. the amount of consumed energy in a hot dry climate is calculated for the different orientations pg. 35 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.344 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ashmawy / the academic research community publication annually and during critical months in winter and summer. the building is modeled and its orientation is changed by 15 degrees to calculate energy consumption every 15 degree including the basic orientations (north – south – east –west). the study area adopted is cairo, which is the capital of egypt. 1.1. objectives this research objective is to obtain the building orientation that provides the maximum reduction of energy consumption, while achieving the thermal comfort, and attaining the window wall ratio 20%, according to the egyptian code of energy, to find the optimum orientation that achieves lower thermal loads and less energy consumption for months. 1.2. research methodology the methodology is based on the study of energy problem, its causes and their impacts on the buildings sector. in addition, we discuss different strategies and architectural solutions to reduce energy consumption in buildings. the study of the effect of buildings’ orientations on reduction of energy consumption is achieved by using the simulation program “energy plus”. the impact of different orientations on the study model is calculated every 15 degrees. the selected study area is the city of cairo, egypt. the consumed energy in summer and winter is monitored to get the optimum orientation for achieving lower energy consumptions inside the building. the energy consumed in summer and winter is measured during the critical months and is annually measured. 2. the energy problem at the beginning of the new century and the fall of the global economy and with lower global energy indicators, it was necessary to pay attention to the energy problem because it would represent a radical part of our daily lives. moreover, our dependence on traditional energy increases every day, especially with the massive technological progress, which increases our energy needs. it is known that buildings constitute nearly half of global energy and local consumption. the high-energy consumption in buildings is due to the use of separate glass facades in our environment besides the increased dependence on mechanical methods instead of dependence on the most suitable designs. due to separation from our environment, it was necessary to establish new rules for the formation of our lives and to rationalize the consumption of non-renewable energy. it should be a trend to find a strategy to take advantage of the natural energies that is abundant in the arab world, such as solar energy and wind energy. solar energy stands as the best choice for consumption in comparison to other forms of energy. however, the challenges facing this system are seen in the difficulty of covering the needs of big cities and supplying energy for longer periods of time. these challenges push us to seek energy-saving architectural designs that depend on its structure to improve the building design performance in manner that makes it an energy-saver. if integrating it with renewable energy structure, it will become a low energy consumption building (pérez-lombard, ortiz, & pout, 2008). research has focused on studying the strategies that work to reduce energy consumption by controlling the building envelope as shown by the following. 3. energy reduction strategies for the building envelope (algohary, 2002). reducing energy consumption inside a building depends on the passive and active techniques as in figures (1), (2) (ashmawy, 2015). the figures show solar passive and active technologies that through their integration, low energy building can be achieved (givoni, 1991). however, because of the high cost of the active techniques, which rely on energy generation inside the building, this research deals with passive solar technologies that can be employed for the building design and operation. passive strategies for building design and processing help to avoid heat gain and pg. 36 ashmawy / the academic research community publication to reduce cooling loads. this leads to reducing energy consumption in summer and winter periods and along the entire year, and provides a range of thermal comfort for users in addition to reducing dependence on mechanical means. 4. passive solar strategies for energy consumption reduction ”building design” passive solar strategies and techniques depend on building design, orientation, efficiency of its outer envelope, and treating roofs, openings and outer walls. this helps controlling the consumed energy and achieving thermal comfort. the following discussion will explain this (paul, 2001). figure 1. passive solar strategies to reduce energy consumption inside buildings (ashmawy, 2015). figure 2. activesolar strategies to reduce energy consumption inside buildings (ashmawy, 2015). pg. 37 ashmawy / the academic research community publication 4.1. orientation of the building building orientation represents the relation between its elevations and the original geographical direction. in design process, it is important to consider the actual quantity of solar radiation on the facades of a building as a whole, as it affects the thermal load of the building and controls the thermal behavior and the amount of thermal comfort of the space (morrissey, moore & horne, 2011). in addition, it affects the quantity of ventilation crossing inside the building, which in turn affects the quantity of energy consumed in it to achieve the thermal and life requirements. 4.2. the window wall ratio windows are openings, which represent the weak areas in the outer envelope of the building, where the building is susceptible to the highest intensity of radiation through the opening, which means that it allows the entry of solar radiation to insider spaces. therefore, handling the windows has an effective role in reducing the thermal loads inside the building. ratio of windows in the facades varies according to its orientation. the thermal load on the facades of the building varies from one direction to another direction according to the movement of the sun in summer and winter, which requires the reduction of windows in a specific area of facades and increase them in certain facades (goia, 2016). 4.3. the glass thickness glass is one of the important determinants of openings; it is the means of transmission of light rays into the inner spaces. when the solar radiation is incident on the surface of the glass, a portion of it enters the space and absorbed, and the glass material absorbs another portion and the rest is reflected outside the space. the reflected part depends on the angle of the incidence of the solar radiation; either absorbed part will transfer via convection and conduction properties of the materials (vanhoutteghem, skarning, hviid & svendsen, 2015). 4.4. shading system a shading system is the means used for treating the different openings for significantly reducing the acquisition of heat into the building through them. in addition, it improves the quality of natural lighting in the spaces, depending on the number and location of windows. also, it contributes to improving the convenience of users visually and thermally by reducing glare and the thermal acquisition, in addition to controlling the natural ventilation (david, donn, garde, & lenoir, 2011). 4.5. thermal insulation thermal insulation is used to reduce heat transfer from outside to inside and vice versa. studies indicate that the heat transmitted through walls and ceilings in the summer is approximately 60-70% of the heat removed by air conditioning. the rest comes from the windows and air vents, and requires that electrical energy consumption of up to 66% of total energy consumption. therefore, we must use heat-insulating materials that reduce the influx and the flow of heat through the various structural elements and thus help in the rationalization of electricity consumed in the summer cooling and winter heating (eben saleh, 1990). 5. different orientation patterns and their impact on reducing energy and achieve thermal comfort (shick, 2009) building orientation and openings play an important role in achieving thermal comfort and reduction of energy consumed in cooling, heating, lighting, or any other purposes. it is found that many studies prefer to take the pg. 38 ashmawy / the academic research community publication building longitudinal direction axis along the east-west direction, so that the southern facade takes the largest amount of the heat in the cold period as the north façade takes less amount in extremely hot period, depending on the azimuth and elevation angles of the sun in summer and winter. therefore, this research paper studies the different orientations and their impact on reducing energy consumption to reach the best orientation that achieves greater thermal comfort and makes full use of lighting and natural ventilation. this is reflected in reduction of energy consumption in buildings. the energy consumption is studied and modeled for every 15 degrees from the north to the south over a year as shown below. 6. the applied study the energyplustm simulation program is used to study the effect of orientation on energy consumption of the model every 15 degrees. the amount of energy consumed per year is monitored to report the change during the critical months in the summer and winter and to find the loads affecting the consumption rates. 6.1. simulation tool description the energyplustm simulator is an energy simulation program for building to model both energy consumption for heating, cooling, ventilation, lighting and plug and process loads—and water use in buildings. a full list of its capabilities can be found in (energyplus). the developers of energyplus test it using industry standard methods. the goal is to assure reliable and accurate results as possible. it is subject to analytical tests such as hvac tests, based on ashrae research project 865 and building fabric tests, and is based on ashrae research project 1052. it is also subject to comparative tests such as ansi/ashrae standard 140-2011, energyplus hvac component comparative tests and energyplus global heat balance tests (energyplus). overall, the results of energyplus compared very closely with the analytical results obtained from the ashrae 1052-rp toolkit. in a study by and̄elković, mujan, & dakić (2016) an experimental validation test for energyplus shows that simulation results are very close to the measurements in the experiment proposed throughout it. hence, the energyplus can be considered a reliable simulation tool. 6.2. the study model buildings consume approximately 45% of the total energy consumption in any country. therefore, when developing a strategy to reduce energy, buildings sector should be taken into account to reduce energy consumption in it. therefore, many countries today seek how to realize the principle of energy-saving and low-energy buildings by the year 2020. this target motivated the choice of the research study model that is selected for the study, which is a room with a bathroom as an extension. such a unit is the core for most of the buildings used by individuals of residential buildings and hotels buildings. the room-area is (7.2 x 3.6) square meters (m2). a bathroom of area (2.4 x 2.4 ) squared meters is appended to that room. the room is painted using white color. the height of them is 3.3 meters. it includes one window as shown in figure (3). the window is square shaped with size of (1.9x1.9) squared meters i.e. 3.6 square meters. the glazing is a one layer transparent glass of thickness 3 mm. its lattice has total solar permeability of 0.64 and 0.9 photovoltaic permeability. this glazing specification represents the quality and type of the commonly used glass in egypt. the details of the structural components of the selected room and the determinants of key elements used, which are installed within the environmental simulation program, are found in table (1). note that the layers of structural elements are arranged from the inside outside. it is assumed that the building is fully air-conditioned throughout the day and it is not allowed to open windows and there is full dependence on the air supply in accordance with the air-conditioning system. pg. 39 ashmawy / the academic research community publication this assumption is important for rooms, especially for hotels in egypt, as the climate is very hot in summer and cold in winter. this necessitates the existence of air conditioners to achieve the thermal comfort for residents. table 1: research sample characteristics figure 3. model under thermal characteristics of the study area (hasanin, 2000). the city of cairo lies on the sides of nile river islands in the north of egypt directly southeast of the point where the river leaves its limits in the desert and becomes two branches in low-delta region. it represents the highest populated city in egypt and it is characterized by climatic characteristics of this region. cairo climate is characterized by high temperature during the summer months and cold during the winter months. the average pg. 40 ashmawy / the academic research community publication daily range of temperature in the month of july (summer) is between 37 ◦c and 21 ◦ c, while the average daily range during the month of january (winter) is between 17 ◦ c and 6 ◦c. solar glare rates in cairo reach a maximum of 95% in summer, while in december the glare rates in winter are about 60% as shown in table (2). table 2: climate zone characteristics 6.3. analysis of the energy consumed in different directions using the simulation program ”energyplus”, the energy consumption has been studied and analyzed for the model every 15 degrees for cairo region throughout a year and during the summer and winter months as shown in table (3,4,5,6) (h: heating , c:cooling , l:lighting , eq :equipment) . table 3: analysis of energy consumption in the directions (north + northeast) annually and during the summer and winter pg. 41 ashmawy / the academic research community publication table 4: analysis of energy consumption in the directions (east + southeast) annually and during the summer and winter months pg. 42 ashmawy / the academic research community publication table 5: analysis of energy consumption in the directions (east + southeast) annually and during the summer and winter months pg. 43 ashmawy / the academic research community publication table 6: analysis of energy consumption in the directions (west + northwest) annually and during the summer and winter months pg. 44 ashmawy / the academic research community publication figure (4) summarizes the results of estimation for the interior energy consumed in heating, cooling and lighting loads in summer, winter and all over the year for different directions that spaced by 15 degrees. figure 4. total energy consumed annually in the cooling, heating and lighting in different directions it shows that lighting loads are almost constant in most of the orientations. heating and cooling loads are fully responsible for the energy consumed at different orientations. moreover, most of the energy consumed is for cooling, which is the main source of energy consumption in egypt and the study area. it represents folds of heating loads around the southern and western orientations. up to half of the energy consumed in cooling is consumed for heating annually in the northern direction and orientation slanted especially toward east. the figure shows also that north orientation and (north + east) at angles of 15 and 30 degrees with the north represent the orientation for the least energy consumed in the cooling load per year, while the heating loads per year increase. the orientations of south especially the (south + west) at an angle of 15 and 30 degrees with the south introduce the least heating loads. the western direction and (south + west) at angles of 75.60 with south, the orientation for highest energy conpg. 45 ashmawy / the academic research community publication sumption in cooling affects the total energy consumed annually in these directions. figure (5) shows how much energy that annually consumed in different directions every 15 degrees, which is measured using the energy plus program. figure 5. total energy consumption per year in different directions it was found that the total energy consumed annually in the simulated room (study model), reaches a lower level when the room is in the direction of the south (3636.35 kw / h per year), followed by the direction south-east oblique angle 15 with the south (3661.41 kw / q). when the room is directed towards the north west at an angle 60 with the north the energy consumption becomes (4590.2 kw / h), which represents the highest level of annual consumption. this means that the southern façade, without any processors, gives less annual consumption of energy, so as to their role in achieving warm during the winter months, in addition to the fact that the east-south direction makes the energy consumed in the summer significantly less than that in the south-west orientation. it was observed that the maximum percentage reduction in the energy of the room consumption in different directions up to about 26% from the maximum value which is about (1000 kw). to reach the best direction for the rooms of the building and openings in terms of energy consumption, the following is measured – the energy consumed in every two opposite facades. – total energy consumption for a group of adjacent rooms that consists of the basic simulated room as a building unit. this allows finding how the impact of opposite facades on the amount of energy consumed, as well as to know the amount of energy that is reduced in the case of repetitive room construction. 6.4. analysis of the energy consumed in every two opposite facades because in urban planning, resort buildings face to achieve parallel road networks, we collect the energy consumed in all every two opposite interfaces to reach the best two opposite interfaces for reducing energy consumption, as shown in figure (6). it was found that the buildings with opposite facades that are oriented at (north south) represent the maximum reduction in energy consumption. the facades at (northeast southwest) at an angle of 15 degrees and (northwest southeast) at an angle of 15, caused an increase by 1.6% over the (north south) orientation. moreover, the energy consumption increases by nearly 5% over the north-south orientation, for the facades at (northeast + south-west) at an angle 30 and (northwest southeast) at an angle 30. interfaces with oblique angle of 45 represent the worst facades, as the energy consumption is over 8.8% of the energy consumption by (north + south) direction. when the facades (east + west) are monitored, it is found that the energy consumption significantly increased. energy consumption increases up to 13.7% over that for the facades (north south). this confirms that the facades in the direction (east west) suffer from an increase in the annual consumption to achieve the requirements of cooling, heating and lighting. pg. 46 ashmawy / the academic research community publication figure 6. total energy consumption in all two interfaces opposite annually 6.5. the study of consumed energy for adjacent chain of rooms that built using the core room model figure 7. the compound model for the study model to evaluate the impact of orientation on energy consumed within a whole building, the annual energy consumption for a model combines 20 units (modeled rooms); each 10 units constitute a façade as shown in figure (7). the direction of the combination is then changed by 15 degrees to calculate the annual energy consumption for all directions. the results of this experiment are shown in figure (8), which depicts the compound model by examining these figures, interesting results can be found. for the rooms chain model, the orientation (north-south) causes a decrease of the annual energy consumed to about 8577 kw as compared to orientation (east-west), which is equivalent to about 9% of the total energy consumed annually. economically, and in terms of electric power prices according to egyptian tariff, the reduction in annual energy consumption price in the direction (north-south) compared to the direction (east-west) is about 13%, which is equivalent to more than (3000 egp) per floor of this model. figure 8. total energy consumption of the model compound annually in different directions in case of the 15 degrees obliqueness with the (north-south) toward east, the increase of annual energy consumption does not exceed the (north-south) direction by more than 1.2%. when this 15-degree obliqueness is with west, the consumption increases by 1.7% as compared to the basic (north-south) direction. this represents slight pg. 47 ashmawy / the academic research community publication difference compared to the basic (north-south) direction. similarly, if the obliqueness is 30 degrees instead of 15 degrees and toward east, there is an increase of 3.7%. if the obliqueness is toward west, the increase is 4.3% as compared to the basic (north-south) direction. this increase is less than 5%, which makes it ineffective in terms of annual energy consumption at that basic direction. hence, it is clear that the building orientation has an impact on annual, summer and winter energy consumption. 7. conclusions in the hot arid zone climate like the city of cairo that is the capital of egypt, it is found that the building orientation has a major effect on the amount of the energy consumed to achieve comfort for its users. as the building is adapted to the local climate, it can benefit from the surrounding environment and achieve users comfort. this will directly reflect on reducing the energy consumption. it is found that a southern facade results in the least energy consumption because of lower heating loads in winter. however, the western facade causes the highest annual energy consumption by 26% over the southern façade. in case of two facades for the building, the optimum orientation for least energy consumption is the north-south. the orientation that is leaning with an angle ranges from 15 to 30 degrees with east causes slight higher consumption than the north-south. the orientation that leans from 15 to 30 degrees with the west leads to slight higher consumption than the former. these two leaning directions introduce low rates in annual energy consumption, which is no more than 5% as compared to the north-south direction. in the simulated compound model (the chain of adjacent modeled rooms), it is found that the energy consumption for the facades north-south is lower than the energy consumption for the facades east-west by nearly 10%, which is reflected on reducing the annual energy consumption rates by about 13%. 8. references 1. algohary, s., (2002) “the importance of energy and environmental aspects in the design of solar passive building”, doctor degree, ain shams university. 2. and̄elković, a. s., mujan, i., & dakić, s. (2016). experimental validation of a energyplus model: application of a multi-storey naturally ventilated double skin façade. energy and buildings, 118, 27-36. 3. ashmawy, r.e., (2015), establish a sustainable strategies for low energy building. master thesis, faculty engineering. tanta university 4. david, m., donn, m., garde, f., & lenoir, a. (2011). assessment of the thermal and visual efficiency of solar shades. building and environment,46(7), 1489-1496. 5. eben saleh, m. a. (1990). thermal insulation of buildings in a newly built environment of a hot dry climate: the saudi arabian experience. international journal of ambient energy, 11(3), 157-168 6. energy design tools. (n.d.). retrieved from http://www.energy-design-tools.aud.ucla.edu/ 7. energyplus. (n.d.). retrieved from https://energyplus.net/ 8. givoni, b. (1991). performance and applicability of passive and low-energy cooling systems. energy and buildings, 17(3), 177-199 9. goia, f. (2016). search for the optimal window-to-wall ratio in office buildings in different european climates and the implications on total energy saving potential. solar energy, 132, 467-492. 10. hasanin, t. g. h. (2000). trains of urban development in egypt, update evaluation for the experience of new urban communities. pg. 48 ashmawy / the academic research community publication 11. marszal, a. j., heiselberg, p., bourrelle, j. s., musall, e., voss, k., sartori, i., & napolitano, a. (2011). zero energy building–a review of definitions and calculation methodologies. energy and buildings, 43(4), 971-979 12. morrissey, j., moore, t., & horne, r. e. (2011). affordable passive solar design in a temperate climate: an experiment in residential building orientation. renewable energy, 36(2), 568-577. 13. pai, m. y. (2015). effect of building orientation and window glazing on the energy consumption of hvac system of an office building for different climate zones. international journal of engineering research & technology (ijert), 4(9), 838-843. 14. paul, t. (2001). passive solar design for the home 15. pérez-lombard, l., ortiz, j., & pout, c. (2008). a review on buildings energy consumption information. energy and buildings, 40(3), 394-398. 16. sadineni, s. b., madala, s., & boehm, r. f. (2011). passive building energy savings: a review of building envelope components. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 15(8), 3617-3631. 17. shick, w.l.,(2009). effects of building orientation on energy savings”, small homes council– building research council, university of illinois, champaign. 18. vanhoutteghem, l., skarning, g. c. j., hviid, c. a., & svendsen, s. (2015). impact of façade window design on energy, daylighting and thermal comfort in nearly zero-energy houses. energy and buildings, 102, 149-156. pg. 49 introduction objectives research methodology the energy problem energy reduction strategies for the building envelope (algohary, 2002). passive solar strategies for energy consumption reduction "building design" orientation of the building the window wall ratio the glass thickness shading system thermal insulation different orientation patterns and their impact on reducing energy and achieve thermal comfort (shick, 2009) the applied study simulation tool description the study model analysis of the energy consumed in different directions analysis of the energy consumed in every two opposite facades the study of consumed energy for adjacent chain of rooms that built using the core room model conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication kinetic architecture & renewable energy azza gamal haggag1 1modern academy for engineering and technology abstract today, architecture is one of the finest products of the creative human mind that god has given us. its existence is a necessity which makes the aspects of human life and way of thinking balanced between endless desires and needs. this confirms the strong relationship between the architectural product and humans. this relationship is based on providing humans with their needs and it aims to find appropriate solutions to the problems facing them. additions that can be added to the architectural product such as motion help in activating the interaction in this relationship. the movement is added to the architectural output to express a new relationship between the environment and the human who was affected by the existence of motors and its utilitarian, technical, and aesthetic issues. the research focuses on how these effects can be exploited to solve problems like energy consumption that is a main problem in the construction process. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords energy consumption; energy saving; design considerations; kinetic building 1. introduction according to the design considerations necessary for the implementation of any kinetic building efficiently and successfully, considerations can be classified into: architectural considerations technical considerations and considerations of implementation. the main idea of this paper based on trying to prove that if these bases or considerations meet the goal of energy saving and the use of environmentally friendly alternative sources, the principle of saving energy for kinetic buildings will be achieved, and it is no longer limited to the kinetic interfaces that contribute to climate adaptation and energy saving. the following is an account of these considerations and how they can be channeled to energy saving and know which considerations have a prominent role in achieving this goal. 2. kinetic architecture design considerations design considerations are the main factors for getting a successful kinetic building, some of these considerations have a direct impact on energy consumption rate and other have an indirect effect. this consideration including the following, figure1. pg. 75 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.347 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ haggag / the academic research community publication figure 1. kinetic architecture design considerations. 2.1. architectural considerations successful architectural work requires many of the basic architectural considerations to meet the human different needs by achieving functional, aesthetic, psychological and social comfort, which can be expressed as follows: first: functional considerations: including the followings: studying the ability of the building to achieve its purpose in terms of choosing the appropriate motor system for different architectural needs, and the compatibility of the design solution of the kinetic system with the requirements of internal spaces (study the purpose of movement) studying the purpose of movement by tracking and studying many kinetic buildings, the purpose of applying motion can be classified into the followings, table 1: 1providing design flexibility to fit with the natural variables or to make the building multi-use. 2 providing design flexibility in accordance with the functional requirements, such as the movement of doors and windows that perform specific function 3achieving maximum benefits from the surrounding environmental conditions. 4 attracting the attention of the recipient and achieving luxury. this category includes restaurants, revolving exhibitions and residential units. table 1. kinatic building examples for different purpose of movement. 1providing design flexibility to fit with the natural variables or to make the building multi use. swedbank stadium located just north of stockholm, and designed to be a truly multi-purpose facility. the arena seats 50,000 guests for international football matches and other sporting events, and can be configured to hold an additional 15,000 guests for concerts and other shows by controlling the roof design that can protect guests from inclement weather, while still retaining the advantages of an open-air stadium when the weather is favorable (project gallery). see figure 2. sharifi-ha house designed by tehran studio next office, consists of three rooms that can be rotated 90 degrees to open up views and terraces during iran’s hot summers, and turned back to a horizontal position to keep the house warmer during the cold, snowy winters (taghaboni, 2014). see figure 3. 2 providing design flexibility in accordance with the functional requirements. continued on next page pg. 76 haggag / the academic research community publication table 1 continued american airlines by unidock uni-systems has designed the uni-dock as a way to perform needed safety inspections, maintenance and repairs in less time with more accuracy. the uni-dock allows maintenance staff fast, easy access to an entire aircraft for all repair and inspection activities, dramatically shortening the stay of each aircraft and optimizes productivity and air time of each aircraft (en-fold® retractable awning by uni-systems). see figure 4. 3achieving maximum benefits from the surrounding environmental conditions. the dynamic solar shading of kiefer technic showroom the kiefer technic showroom is a hybrid exhibition space and office building in bad gleichenberg, austria that moves according to the general weather conditions. the façade expands and contracts to regulate the amount of sunlight permitted to the interior. this responsive design minimizes the necessity of air conditioning by maintaining a constantly moving shield against external heat (uys, 2016). see figure 5. penumbra providing shading across a building facade for both low evening sun and high afternoon sun conditions. our solution was a series of vertical shading louvers, that can independently pivot to maximize solar protection, and when the sun reaches an altitude in which vertical louvers would be ineffective, completely rotate upwards to act as a horizontal shading element and light shelf (short, 2014). see figure 6. 4 attracting the attention of the recipient and achieving luxury. shanghai theater designed by foster, partners and heatherwick studio, inspired by traditional chinese theatres, the three-story building features a curtain-like facade of bronze tubes. these tubes hang in three layers, moving in a vertical direction creating semi-transparent movable screens in front of windows and balconies (frearson, 2017). see figure 7. figure 2. swedbank stadium pg. 77 haggag / the academic research community publication figure 3. sharifi-ha house figure 4. american airlines by uni-dock pg. 78 haggag / the academic research community publication figure 5. the dynamic solar shading of kiefer technic showroom figure 6. penumbra figure 7. shanghai theater pg. 79 haggag / the academic research community publication studying the relationship between fixed and moving parts and the impact of each other, while maintaining the stability of each part of them separately. studying the horizontal and vertical communication elements like stairs and corridors, their relationship to the movement and directions of escape to achieve safety for users (ishii, 2000). studying services location and facilities taking into account the absence of overlapping service paths and facilities especially in the revolving projects. studying the percentage of used spaces for mechanical and operating systems, including studying the effect of moving elements on the fixed parts. studying the compatibility of architectural design with laws, legislations and regulations, respecting laws and regulations of the surrounding. second: environmental considerations environmental considerations are necessary by: providing thermal and optical comfort to the user of the architectural space, without affecting the environment and the energy conservation rates. using some environmental design strategies like green architecture and sustainable buildings increases the performance of the building in the field of environmental conservation. -providing thermal comfort gained by using natural ventilation and shades, studying ratios of openings, finishing materials , efficiency of joints for moving parts. -achieving acoustic efficiency gained by studying the effect of the internal structure of the moving part on the acoustic efficiency of the space, as well as the effect of materials used and the great effect of motors and joints saving energy, including thermal and optical considerations and the energy type required for the operation of the building and the operation of motors. third: considerations of geometric form determination of the geometric form must be integrated with the purpose of the building and the nature of the movement, whether functional or environmental, which requires the following: determining the basic form of the kinetic building by studying the style and nature of the movement. taking into consideration the structural and mechanical aspects of the structure as a whole, moving parts and joints. the design of kinetic blocks, which sometimes produce the whole structure by moving them all separately at the same time (hoberman associates, 2007). studying the form and behavior of the building in motion, by making real or digital initial models of the movement style. -taking into consideration the achievement of movement safety especially for buildings that move with a transformation of the structural skeleton, and check stability during movement. taking into account the ease of use of the facility by achieving flexibility in responding to various functional and environmental requirements. fourth: aesthetic considerations although elements of kinetic buildings are mechanical component, it requires some aesthetic considerations through: studying the esthetics of the form of movement in the case of stability and in case of movement. studying the compatibility of the final form taking into account the relationship between the movement parts and fixed parts. study the compatibility of the building with the environment. pg. 80 haggag / the academic research community publication 2.2. technical considerations technical considerations are the most important considerations necessary for the implementation of the kinetic buildings for the continuation of its work efficiently, including the following: operation, maintenance and safety environmental loads material selection economic considerations first: operation, maintenance and safety kinetic buildings are exposed to collapse and failure by breaking parts of them over time or affect the efficiency of the movement or response to exogenous stimuli, so specialists must follow some steps to reduce the size of risk and reduce the costs of periodic maintenance and safety for users in the framework of (asefi, 2009): taking into account achieving good detailed design for all operation and maintenance programs. providing the complete specifications of all components of the kinetic system. taking into account the integration of the roles of the architectural and structural designer with the manufacturer and continuity of the relationship between them. preparing the equipment for periodic and surprise maintenance. second: considerations of environmental loads it is one of the most important challenges facing the process of design of kinetic buildings includes the process of assessment and identification of all internal and external environmental loads that can affect the movement of moving components. environmental loads can cause the collapse of the joints before or during the motion, which requires study of the following: -the external environmental loads are divided into expected loads such as wind loads, and unpredictable loads such as earthquakes. therefore, the structure must be designed with a degree of flexibility that resist the horizontal forces of the earthquakes, or sets up special systems such as those that causes closing the building shell when the wind speed rises. -internal loads: such as internal heat transfer to the structural components or resulting from the motion of the building. third: material selection considerations these include structural materials and covering materials, and there are many criteria and considerations that can be classified into environmental, structural and mechanical, aesthetic considerations. and some computer database programs help in comparing between different materials such as cambridge selector cambridge (ashby, 2005). material selection considerations include: environmental considerations: environmental impact is one of the most important considerations for material selection (asefi, 2009), it includes: choosing materials that have little effect on the environment which is also less energy consuming during manufacturing and operation. choosing materials that are most resistant to environmental conditions, like the lighter and more fire-resistant or recycled materials. choosing the easy cleaning materials which are small enough to reduce the possibility of plankton, microbes and dust existing, thus reducing the cost of maintenance and cleaning, such as self-cleaning materials and antiadhesive materials (lehman, 2008). selection of materials which are available at the surrounding environment to reduce costs and adapt to the surroundings. structural and mechanical considerations: the study of the mechanical properties of materials is a basic requirement for the structural design of the kinetic structures, including the study of some factors like the factor of decreasing material efficiency over time, the pg. 81 haggag / the academic research community publication thermal and sound behavior of the materials in terms of insulation, the material lifetime and durability, resistant material to buckling (asefi, 2009). the aesthetic considerations: it means the consideration that concern of the aesthetic properties of materials such as color, patterns, appearance and compatibility with the visual perception of the structure. fourth: economic considerations (cost and value) kinetic buildings are characterized by the high initial cost, making them sometimes be excluded as a design alternative. cost elements include (ashby, 2005): -the cost of the initial design including the various researches and studies of the method of movement and behavior of the building as a whole and the costs of making study models. manufacturing cost including the methods of manufacturing different parts of the kinetic structure and the cost of covering materials. operating and controlling cost including the energy used to move the building, especially large-scale installations that need high-capacity engines. as well as the necessary energy for monitoring, sensing and computer control. the cost of periodic and sudden maintenance. it includes the cost of maintenance materials and all spare parts for the system covering materials. 2.3. implementation considerations these include coordination between the different design teamwork which include the architect, the structural, electro-mechanical engineers, the engine & control systems exper.., etc., who have to fully integrate the work under the previous considerations, in addition to understanding the movement system which can be simplified in the following (fox & kemp, 2009): the kinetic systems components. the kinetic systems generally consist of: structure skeleton, actuators, input systems and controller. the input can be presented by the sensors and the different input methods which give different information about the surrounding environment. the control systems are in the computer that is responsible for making the decision to carry out the movement by receiving the information from the input systems and giving the orders to the animation systems that move the structure. not all previous items are required because: -if the system consists of motors and structural skeleton, it is a simple kinetic building, easy to control. if the system consists of sensors without engines, they will be sensitive building, such as monitoring and safety systems used in fixed buildings. if there are sensors and motors together, this system is responsive/ smart building. if the system simulates neural networks systems, this is a smart intelligent self-learning has many characteristics that facilitate the response to the surrounding environment and achieve the desired needs efficiently (sheriden, 2000). the movement occurring in the parts of the kinetic building requires an engine to generate this movement and a controlling system to achieve its purpose in the best possible way, which is known as the control system. there are many techniques to control this movement ranging from simple manual systems to complex technical and mechanical systems, and the more complex the control systems the more energy consumed in the operation of the building. parts of control systems include: mechanical motors that are extended by a source of energy usually electrical energy or pressure of liquids (hydraulic) or pneumatic pressure and pneumatically turning it pg. 82 haggag / the academic research community publication into motion. sensors that respond to stimuli physical chemical stimuli (such as motion, temperature or chemical concentration) and send signals or impulses, including light sensors, sound sensors, heat sensors, humidity sensors, touch sensitive sensors, positioning sensors, motion sensors, chemical and magnetic sensors, as well as environmental sensors used in studying temperature, air pressure, humidity and others. transducers, a device that converts energy from one image to another, such as converting mechanical energy into electrical energy. detectors, devices consisting of sensors, in addition to other electronic components , used for conversion of signals from the sensors and converted into a understandable and usable formula. actuators, which convert the incoming energy which are in the form of signals to mechanical movement. 3. design considerations analysis the relation between the building and energy is an old and prominent relationship which nowadays constitutes one of the most important scientific studying trends to maintain the correct environmental balance. this is the mathematical equation in which the architect and the work team compare the different design solutions for each of the above mentioned consideration elements with different grades to assess the energy consumption rates that can be classified into: maximum consumption, medium consumption and low. thus all elements can be balanced to reach the energy consumption rates of the building as a whole to make the necessary design decisions. according to the rate of consumption, one of the risk management strategies can be used. these policies provide three solutions according to the risk assessment in terms of probability and impact and these policies are: prevention or avoidance policy, reduction policy and acceptance policy (airmic & irm, 2002; lough, stone & tumer, 2006). 4. conclusions there are some design considerations that mainly affect the energy consumed, the most prominent one is the consideration of studying the purpose of movement and environmental basics of the design and materials used. therefore, the decision to apply kinetic buildings or moving parts or elements must be carefully evaluated since the efforts of different institutions in many countries going into limit and control the rates of energy needed for construction, operation and maintenance. however, some architectural projects may gain international fame in terms of idea and implementation because they are kinetic buildings, and thus attract many visitors and users who are financially capable, despite consuming a lot of energy to attract the attention of passers-by. and it is difficult in these cases to assess the consumption of energy in order to choose the appropriate risk management policy, but choosing the policy of reduction will be the best solution. the functional reasons for applying kinetic buildings placed in a strong confrontation with the analysis of the pg. 83 haggag / the academic research community publication necessity of movement because they provide solutions to many problems of architectural design, so in the case of energy consumption remains, the option of reduction policy will be the ideal alternative rather than prevention. estimate the ratio between the average energy consumption and the rate of saving are difficult to determine precisely in many cases because they influenced by the performance of users of architectural spaces and their understanding of the concepts of environmentally friendly buildings and problems of depletion of energy sources and other topics. the necessity of cooperation of the various parties involved in the design, implementation and formation of kinetic buildings ,so that it will be easy to complete all the necessary data for architectural, technical and operational design considerations. 5. acknowledgments the author would like to acknowledge modern academy for engineering and technology in egypt for the financial and moral support for carrying out various academic researches. 6. references 1. airmic, a., & irm, a. (2002). a risk management standard. airmic, alarm, irm. 2. asefi, m. (2009). design management model for transformable architectural structure, valencia: proceedings of international association for shell and spatial structures (iass). 3. ashby, m. f. (2005). materials selection in mechanical design. mrs bull, 30(12), 995. 4. en-fold® retractable awning by uni-systems. (n.d.). retrieved from https://www.uni-systems.com/ 5. fox, m., & kemp, m. (2009). interactive architecture. new york: princeton architectural press. 6. frearson, a. (2017, june 9). foster and heatherwick complete shanghai theatre with curtain-like facade. retrieved from https://www.dezeen.com/2017/06/09/foster-heatherwick-complete-shanghai-arts-centre-curtain-likefacade-fosun-foundation-theatre-architecture/ 7. hoberman associates. (2007, january). changeable form: transformable architecture. lecture presented at smart geometry winter conference. 8. ishii, k. (2000). structural design of retractable roof structures. computational mechanics. 9. lehman, m. l. (2008). bringing architecture to the next level. sensing architecture. 10. lough, k. g., stone, r. b., & tumer, i. (2006, january). the risk in early design (red) method: likelihood and consequence formulations. in asme 2006 international design engineering technical conferences and computers and information in engineering conference. american society of mechanical engineers. 11. project gallery. (n.d.). retrieved from http://www.uni-systems.com/en/projects/featured-projects/swedbank-s tadium 12. sheriden, j. (2000). the engineering of style, naval architecture,current thinking on smart products and materials(doctoral dissertation) [abstract]. retrieved from http://www.designpartners.co.uk/smart.html 13. short, t. (director). (2014). penumbra a kinetic daylighting and shading system [video file]. retrieved from https://vimeo.com/88143073. 14. taghaboni, a. (2014, july 7). harifi-ha house / nextoffice alireza taghaboni. retrieved from https://www. archdaily.com/522344/sharifi-ha-house-nextoffice 15. uys, e. (2016, august 30). the dynamic solar shading of kiefer technic showroom. retrieved from http://w ww.designindaba.com/articles/creative-work/dynamic-solar-shading-kiefer-technic-showroom pg. 84 introduction kinetic architecture design considerations architectural considerations technical considerations implementation considerations design considerations analysis conclusions acknowledgments references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication biomimetics as an approach to sustainability of architectural designs ahmed el-kattan1 1architecture section, faculty of engineering, azhar university, egypt abstract the universe around us stands as a proof of the greatness of god. everything around us, small or huge, tiny or great, all confirms the fact that this universe has a creator who initiated it and keeps running and maintaining it. no one can ignore such a fact. all aspects of beauty and perfection have been created by allah. despite the vast technological and scientific development that humanity witnesses these days, we still discover new indications of god’s creativity and miraculous formations every day. this was a source of inspiration for architectural designers that made them come up with new inventions and creations that help regeneration and natural environmental sustainability. many architects try to copy nature in their designs as they believe that the biomimetic approach is considered the design approach that best preserves the environment and sustains buildings. the absence of a clear definition of different approaches of biomimetic designs of various architectural works is one of the stumbling blocks that face many developers of architectural trends and architectural designers in particular. the research problem is summarized by highlighting various biomimetic approaches of architectural designs through reviewing all previous theories and researches and also studying biomimetic technologies that lead to different results as an introduction to sustainability. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords bio mimicry; sustainability; bio mimetic design; built environment; natural environment 1. introduction the approach of copying nature in architectural design which includes an understanding of environmental systems might be the tool to create an environmental building that could go further more than just simply being a preserver of the natural environment, but a way of environment regeneration as the building is a vital component in complementing with natural ecological systems. ”from my designer’s perspective, i ask: why can’t i design a building like a tee/ a building that makes oxygen, fixes nitrogen, sequesters carbon, distils water, builds soil, accrues solar energy as fuel, makes complex sugars and food, creates microclimates, changes colors with the seasons and self-replicates. this is using nature as a model and a mentor, not as an inconvenience. it’s a delightful prospect . . . ” (mcharg, 1965). although different forms of bio mimetic designs or designs inspired from alive elements have been the subject of discussion and interest of researchers and professionals in the field of sustained architect, yet practical application of such a trend in architectural design has not been materialized as a common concept. this is obvious from the rarity of built case studies. examples of successful designs that copy nature which went beyond the stage pg. 19 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.343 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ el-kattan / the academic research community publication of concept and development are mainly limited to products and materials and do not concern the building gas a whole or a building system but tend to copy nature from one aspect of a certain organism. vincent et al and vogel studied many historic and contemporary examples. an international research organization interested in biomimecry defined several obstacles that hinder the utilization of this method. the absence of a clear defined approach of bio mimetic designs is one of the barriers that architectural designers have to tackle. by reviewing and comparing published materials and by studying current technologies of bio mimetic work it was found that bio mimetic design approaches do exist. each of such approaches has its positive as well as negative points. different approaches have different results as far as sustainability is concerned. while some designers and scientists use the method of copying nature as a method to increase the sustainability of what they design yet bio mimetic design method could also be used, in some cases, as a source of new innovations. reap et al indicated that bio mimetic design approach does not necessarily mean coming up with a product or a material that outlasts traditional product or material if the analysis is done from a life cycle perspective (waddington & whyte, 1968). 2. terms and general concepts 2.1. bio mimicry bio mimicry is copying of models, system and nature elements for the purpose of solving complicated human problems. biomineralized structures have been used inspired from nature. from studying the morphology of living organisms many applications have been developed through multidisciplinary cooperation among biologists, chemists, bioengineers and metallurgists for solving human problems and creating balance between natural environment and manmade build environment (zari & storey, 2007). 2.2. bio mimetic design it is the creation of balance and attraction between natural environment and the built mass within a natural harmony either in the shape of the building, building material or the building colors, as if they are all melodies within the same symphony, the earth with its sky, topography, mountains, trees and its living organisms. we are all invited to look and examine such aspects deeply and try to live through it. nature is a proof of being creative. a singly idea may give numerous solutions and forms. from the idea of forming a tree, a birth a human all types of tress, birds and people where there is no identical pair despite that they all follow the same plan and system. with the same concept of nature and its method to present solutions, the designer extracts numerous designs from a certain idea. the designer does not neglect the role of nature in enriching his creative ideas. nature to such a designer is and open display or show in all times and places. this could be fulfilled through: -minimizing internal partitions which might obstruct the flow of air and light through the whole building. -creating harmony between the building and external environment e.g. emphasizing roof surfaces and domes. -giving logical ratios for internal and external openings dimensions all over the building. -avoiding mixing of varied materials and maximizing the utilization of natural materials which express its function in the building. from here we can interpret the building as being a part of the natural environment through its inspired idea out from natural elements. the following is an example of that: 2.2.1. spiral shape main characteristics continued on next page pg. 20 el-kattan / the academic research community publication table 1 continued a indirect and goes around itself in a repeated manner and can infinitely fill all two dimensional space. b it is a bend that starts from the point of origin and gradually diminishes to larger bends as if trying to get away of this point. c spiral growth occurs by enlarging longer outer surfaces that turns around internal shorter surfaces and covers it. difference in growth speed creates spiral growth. d spirals are a doubling image, i.e. each image reflects another. 2.2.2. spiral form in living organisms: figure. 1 figure 1. spiral form in living organisms starting from ram horns to human palm print source: (waddington & whyte, 1968) snails grow by enlarging the outer surfaces faster away from rotation axis. difference in growing speed creates the form of spire without using any other method (feuerstein, 2002). 2.2.3. utilizing the spiral idea of seashells in building spiral stairs: figure. 2. figure 2. showing the utilization of spire idea of seashells in making spiral stair case. source: (waddington & whyte, 1968). pg. 21 el-kattan / the academic research community publication 2.3. the natural environment the definition of scientific concept of environment was first used by scientists working in the field of biology and physics. some see that environment has two concepts each complements the other. the first is ”biological environment” which relates not only to man life and his reproduction and genetics, but also the relationship between man and other living organisms, (fauna and flora) which exist together. the second is ”physical environment” and this includes water resources, earth and air whether pure or polluted and other natural characteristics of the medium. some others see that environment means the medium that the living organism lives in. it forms the total conditions and elements that keep the organism alive. another trend concentrates on man as one of the active components of environment, so they go to define environment as being all the components of the medium with which man is reacting affecting or being affected by. or it is the framework where man lives and from which he gets all that supports his life whether it is food, clothing, shelter or medicine, and in the same time exercises relationship with fellow man. it seems that it is closer to a scientific fact to state that environment is the group of physical elements, nature, and social, cultural and economic factors that harmoniously exist side by side in a unique balance affecting the life of man and other living organisms in direct or indirect way. this definition shows that environment is a complex term: as there is the natural environment with its components placed by god, including water, air, soil, sun rays and also what lives on such elements and components i.e. man together with fauna and flora. and there is the built environment which includes all that results from man’s interference and dealings with natural environmental components such as towns, factories, human and social relations that run such establishments (biomimicry guild, 2007). in general environment refers to all surroundings of an object. this object might be a human, an animal or a computer program. in the present time scientists agree that the concept of environment includes all conditions and external factors where living organisms exist and affect in its operations. environment for humans is: ”the framework where he lives and hosts soil, water and air and any inanimate or any living organism that is included in each of these three elements. it also includes what wraps this framework of different manifestations such as weather, climate, winds, rains gravity, magnetic field . . . etc., and also the mutual relations between these elements. 2.4. built environment it is the collection of creations, achievements and changes performed by man to change the natural environment, i.e. changing the basic conditions and reforming it to suit his needs. included in such changes, not only by building (architect, houses . . . etc.) but also include agricultural products and so on. built environment, e.g. buildings and infra structures from urban areas to rural or natural places that crosses (such as highways, railways, etc.) in desert and through mountain ranges. 2.5. sustainability the concept of sustainability goes back to the beginning of the seventies of last century. that is when numerous nomenclatures for increased sustainability design such as green design, environmental design and ecological design started to appear. all such names were mainly aiming to emphasize that, when designing any building, a considerable consideration should be given to the effect of this building on the natural environment. the word sustainability comes from latin which means (to hold up) support from below. society holds from below by its dwellers, nowadays and in the future, according to greek concept. the site has certain physical, cultural, and spiritual characteristics to deal with sustainability, which means sustainability of reaction between society and ecological system (mcharg, 1965). sustainability means integration of ecological systems with human behavior patterns to give sustainability and uniqueness of making up the place. sustainability might indicate that various natural resources are being utilized in a way that does not deplete them or reduces their renewable value for coming generations by protecting stored consumable natural resources like cooling, water and living organisms. pg. 22 el-kattan / the academic research community publication sustainability includes self-relying development operations and depends on potentials generated from within. it uses resources in a way that does not deplete them. it represents rational investment of natural resources. this puts sustainability in its right position and secures maximization of its returns. the main aim of sustainability depends on ecology, which is the science that studies the relationship between living organisms and the environment and social cultural effects. achieving sustainability requires minimization of resources consumption. environmental researcher david w. orr has classified sustainability into two groups: environmental sustainability and technological sustainability. although both have the same aim, yet the way to fulfill such targets may differ. environmental sustainability means maintaining and protecting natural assets, which include environmental systems and its services together with waste treatment, regulating climate, producing nutrition, forming soil and consuming resources at a minimum level. technological sustainability deals with the technologies that achieve sustainability by of the methods of modulating resources to useful products together with combining sciences and designs from human perspective with innovations and creations of designers to come up with futuristic designs (graham, 2003). 3. the approach of bio mimicry the bio mimetic approach as a design procedure could be categorized into two procedures: a design inspired by looking at nature trying to define specification, behavior or function in an organism or ecological system and then translate that into architectural designs influenced by nature. the other approach is nature’s effect on a design which means that if there is a problem we examine and measure the way nature went through to get it solved. this could be shown in figure. 3.below figure 3. a diagram shows bio mimetic approach categorized in two categories: design by looking at nature and nature influence on design. source: the writer. 3.1. design by looking at nature the approach of designers looking for solutions with the world of living organisms requires information about the way nature solved certain problems. biologists can help in this area. this approach leads designers to identify prime aims of the design and its parameters. an example of this approach is the prototype bionic car of daimler chrysler. the aim here was to reach a large pg. 23 el-kattan / the academic research community publication volume with a small wheel base. the design was inspired by the shape of boxfish (ostracion meleagris). this fish looks like a box but in the same time it is still aerodynamic. the chassis and structure of the car is a typical case of bio mimetic. it was designed using modelling computer software method and based on the way trees grow by making as little as possible of stress concentration. the resulting design gave a structure that looked very similar to a skeleton where material was added exactly where it needed most. no enough studies have been directed to the implications of architectural design and bio mimetic trends with the identification of humans to design problems which are the basis of the approach to solve certain problem and the way buildings are related to each other, also the relation between buildings and ecological systems. this approach does not necessarily eliminate the underlined causes of destroying environment or damaging it (faludi, 2005). figure. 4. shows a car designed by using the concept of copying nature. it is more efficient and the aerodynamic shape taken from the boxfish makes it more economic in fuel consumption. there is also high efficiency in using materials as mimicking tree growth patterns led to using minimum amount of materials in the car structure. although the car itself is not a new trend in transport but simple improvements were made possible over current technologies without restudying the idea of the car itself as a means of transportation. figure 4. daimler crysler car design inspired by the shape of a fish and the way trees grow. source: (kibert, 2006) designers can look for the possibility to reach solutions to design problems through the bio mimic approach without going so deeply in understanding the scientific aspects and even without cooperating with biologists or environmentalists if they can take the trouble to watch and examine living organisms and ecological systems and go through available biological researches. with the limitations of scientific understanding the translation of biological knowledge to a man-made design is likely to remain superficial. for example it is easy to copy mechanical aspects of creatures, yet it is still rather difficult to copy other sides such chemical reactions without suitable collaboration with scientists. despite such drawbacks, this approach could very well be the way to convert existing built environment from unsustainable environment into a more efficient environment. pioneer thinkers like william reed and ray cole reckon that a shift from a built environment that ultimately is degenerating ecological systems to a built environment that regenerates capacity for ecosystems to thrive and restore local environments. this will not be a gradual process but will require a fundamental rethinking of the way architectural design is dealt with (faludi, 2005). 3.2. influence of biology on design biological knowledge acquired by human designer, and backed up by familiarity with ecological research i.e. designer’s knowledge is the way to reach the required design rather than the determination to solve a certain design problem. the example given in this case is the scientific analysis of the lotus flower emerging clean from dirty swampy waters. this analysis led to many innovative designs. this was detailed by baumeister (2007), including sto’s lotusan paint which enables buildings to be self-cleaning. figure. 5. pg. 24 el-kattan / the academic research community publication figure 5. human designer copying nature using the idea of the lotus flower cleaning itself despite being in a swamp. source: (feuerstein, 2002). hawken (2007) points out that humans as a species of man, has been on earth long before the oldest living forest and since then humans are learning to adapt to their environment. the similarity between solutions that are designed by humans and the adaptability shown by other species is not all that great despite the fact that such organisms (species) live in the same environment with the same available resources. the advantage of this approach is that biology influences humans in ways that could be considered different from predetermined design problem, resulting in previously unthought-of technologies or systems or even approaches to design solutions. possibilities of a true change in human designs and what is concentrated on as a solution to a problem exists with such an approach to bio mimetic design. from the designer’s perspective this approach has the disadvantage that biological studies must be extensively carried out followed by recognizing the relevance of the design workout. ecologists and biologists should be able to identify the potential of their study in creating innovative application. 4. application of bio mimicry on different architectural work as far as the previously mentioned two approaches, it is possible to apply three different level of mimicry in the design. those three levels are form, process and ecological system. when looking at a living organism, the aspects that could be copied are the form and the design process. in ecological system, it should be searched looking for aspects that could be copied. in this paper a framework is suggested to understand the application of bio mimicry in architectural design where the different levels are recognized. there is also an attempt to show the way of using bio mimicry as a method for increasing the ability to regenerate environment. deciding about the developed type of bio mimicry, this framework paves the way for designers who like to use bio mimicry as a method for improving environmental sustainability. it also allows them to identify the efficiency of the approach they are about to head for. the framework that is described here could be applied in both approaches i.e. design looking at nature and the influence of nature on design. by going through available bio mimic technologies, three different levels of mimicry could be recognized. these three levels are: the organism, behavior and the ecological system. the level of the organism points at a certain organism such as a plan or an animal. the mimicry could by for the whole organism or just a part of. the second level is copying the behavior and this could include a translation of one side or more of the organism’s behavior towards the ecological system around it. the third level is about mimicking the whole ecological system and the main mutual principals that provide successful functioning (zari & storey, 2007). within these levels five other dimensions mimicry could be seen, so a bio mimetic design could, for example, be a matter of copying the (form), i.e. the design looks like the mimicked organism or it could be made out of a similar (material). the imitation could be of the way it is made, this is the (function) or how it works (process), or may be what it is able to do (function). achieving the aim function of a building means that the building is having a successful function suitable for the environment and the ecological system. so it enjoys the environmental balance through sustainability and the main building function which helps to reduce material consumption and adaptation pg. 25 el-kattan / the academic research community publication with external environment. figure. 6. below shows the methodological framework followed in bio mimicry of architectural design. figure 6. shows the bio mimic methodology framework in architectural design. source: the writer the paper discusses the three level of architectural design through the form. design process and the environmental balance with comparative analytical examples. 4.1. first level: the level of organism bio mimetic in architectural form example: the project of east gate building in harare, zimbabwe (elkholy, 2001). figure 7. to show the extent that designer applied mimicry of termite mounds pg. 26 el-kattan / the academic research community publication figure 8. to show a termite colony and the ventilation idea from inside to outside and discarding refuses underneath table 2. bio mimetic of architectural form at organism level source: collated by the writer bio mimetic methodology framework in architectural design organism level project description: it is possible to copy the relation between organisms or species in a similar way. it is possible to show the bio mimicry of process and function at the behavior level by the east gate building in harare, zimbabwe. the building is partially based on negative ventilation technology and heat regulation that could be seen in ant hills to create fixed heat inside. water is extracted and purified from drainage under the building. this is a mimicry of what is done by some types of termites near ground water as a cooling mechanism by evaporation. figure 7 figure 8 bio mimetic methodology framework in architectural design (continued) form the building looks like a termite mound material the building is constructed using a material similar to that used to build termite mound, a material inspired by nature and mimics conical structure or skin. construction the building is constructed in the same way termites use, i.e. building gin stages. continued on next page pg. 27 el-kattan / the academic research community publication table 2 continued analysis mimicking on behavior level requires making some decisions about the suitability of mimicry to the human contest. not all organisms have the kind of behavior that is suitable to mimic by humans. there is always the risk that a consumption pattern could be interpreted on bases of other species behavior. for example copying of behavior of a building to termites could be suitable to create a building with a comfortable temperature that is negatively controlled. mimicking the social structure of termite colonies does not coincide with the evaluation of international human rights. it could be more suitable to use behavior mimicry for a certain building in a way to increase sustainability and capacity for environmental regeneration rather than applying mimicry in social and economic fields without careful studies. it might be better mimicking full system rather than mimicking individual organisms in this matter 4.2. second level: level of behavior level in architectural design process example: the project of tsui house residence for florence & william tsui (elkholy, 2001). figure 9. figure 10. pg. 28 el-kattan / the academic research community publication figure 11. figure 12. table 3. bio mimetic of architectural form at behavior level source: collated by the writer bio mimetic methodology framework in architectural design behavior level of mimicry in architectural design continued on next page pg. 29 el-kattan / the academic research community publication table 3 continued project description: basically the building is a reinforced concrete structure constructed on a chain of perforated drain pipes that dissipate the building water and water resulting from cases of flash floods, water is pushed directly outwards through large drain pipes of the house partially buried in the soil at about 1.50 m underground. walls are made out of insulating materials that have been recycled and added to cement blocks. the resultant product is called restra block. such walls are impervious to water, fire and termites. they also reduce noise. from the economic point of view, they are less expensive (by about 10 %) of the cost of traditional structure. upper structure consists of a chain of arches in the shape of a parabola connected together with timber posts tied and covered with a spray of cement connected to a system of blocks. this leads to the formation of a united, continuous structure. walls are at an angle of 4◦ towards the inside which creates compression towards the center of gravity of the structure. resulting side forces also help against earthquakes. side walls are designed in the form of curves and arches so winds accelerate around surfaces. external surfaces also have depressions which enhance aerodynamic efficiency by reducing air friction with surfaces. materials used in this building are timber, plywood, concrete (cement blocks+ insulating materials) and structure adhesives, gypsum, water resistance acrylic, fiberglass and steel wires. figure 9, figure 10, figure 11, figure 12 tilted walls towards the inside with a 4◦ angle forming structural compression toward center of gravity also generated side forces help to resist earthquakes function the designer was inspired by an organism which is the water spider with its elliptical form which withstands natural disasters. analysis the main project idea is inspired by the morphology of one of the most widespread organisms in nature, the water spider with its elliptical shape. the designer followed the same principle natural structure 4.3. third level: the level of mimicry of ecological systems with balance between building and nature. example: ”venterra project” greg & diane kaumann residence (elkholy, 2001). table 4. showing mimicry of ecological system in balancing the building with nature. source: collated by the writer. bio mimetic methodology framework in architectural design ecological system level of mimicry in architectural design continued on next page pg. 30 el-kattan / the academic research community publication table 4 continued project description: it is a project of designing a residence in usa. a large part of the residence is buried under ground with a corrugated roof above the ground floor, made out of golden colored bright metal. the roof corrugations help in dispelling the strength of hurricane winds and in the same time providing a multi drainage system as it forms a funnel shape to collect rain water in outdoor and indoor reservoirs for recycling water. the roof also forms a chain of a random system that has random minor bumps which alleviate the strength of hurricane winds and allow those winds to pass at the top of the house with least effect. the plan of the house is in the form of a horseshoe. this shape allows for maximum exposure to sun rays over the year. it is the only design that provides that. the shape also forms a wind barrier for north west and south west winds which are considered as the main source of hurricanes. the house has three car garages. it also has an upper work area and a tunnel from the house to the garage, partially buried under ground. figure 13, figure 14, figure 15, figure 16 venterra, greg & diane kaumann residence, the designer was inspired by the ecological system to solve ventilation and heating problems creating balance and functional sustainability inside the house to meet dwellers’ needs. function the designer was inspired by system function through form treatment in the building. sustainability the building is designed in a way that makes it meet requirement of its dwellers and withstanding weather and function conditions with minimum cost and effort analysis the construction of the house utilizes styrofoam as an insulating material and corrugated steel plates. walls and floors have a network of hot water pipes that warms the place. the pipes go through the fireplace in living area helping to heat the water. the designer was inspired by the ecological system to solve the ventilation and heating problems inside the house to create balance and functional sustainability to meet requirements of the house users. after studying and understanding analytical examples of architectural works designed on basis of bio mimicry and the development of living organisms across millions of years, where such organisms survived on earth because they possess survival mechanisms and continually developed across the years. this is a wealth of knowledge and examples for humans to inspire them to come up with problem solutions copying what such organisms did to handle aspects such as energy and resources. it was also possible to understand the consequences of negative environmental impact of human activities on ecological system of the globe (doughty & hammond, 2004). pg. 31 el-kattan / the academic research community publication figure 13. figure 14. figure 15. figure 16. pg. 32 el-kattan / the academic research community publication 5. results and recommendations 1. to make nature the right course to go through for constructing an environmentally reactive and balanced building, there is a methodological framework that is followed through three level of nature, organism, behavior and ecological system, as formation has dimensions which are: form, material and construction. design process has method of operation while environmental balance, without function and sustainability it is difficult to reduce revenues consumption and adaptation with external environment. 2. the main advantage of bio mimic design is that it would have an overall positive effect on environmental performance. it would also be applicable on a groups of spatial and time ranges and this is considered to be a good start point for a building design that is actually sustainable and regenerative of a certain place. 3. the research emphasizes that bio mimetic designs can withstand natural conditions such as heavy rain, hurricanes, floods, fires, earthquakes and soil compression. studies showed that when designing a sustained building, nature must be looked at as a source of inspiration and mimicry providing the designer with the course of work leading to the ideal situation which means that buildings should multiply their systems, treating their wastes, generating their energy and reaching comprehensive aesthetic formations over time. this means that the designer can take natural or previous forms or copy them allowing nature to show itself in the design and come out to the surface through appearing in its different forms such as the form of flowers and birds and the touch of materials or even the characteristic that accompany natural light and ventilation and reflects into buildings. 6. references 1. al-homoud, m. (2000). sustainable urban planning of historical jawa. analysis the physical and social pattern, jordan engineers association, 1 (1), 127. 2. american institute of architects. (n.d.). retrieved from www.aia.org 3. berkebile, b., & mclennan, j. (2004). the living building: biomimicry in architecture, integrating technology with nature. bioinspire magazine, 18. 4. biomimicry guild (2007). innovation inspired by nature work book, biomimicry guild. 5. doughty, m. r., & hammond, g. p. (2004). sustainability and the built environment at and beyond the city scale. building and environment, 39(10), 1223-1233. 6. elkholy, m. (2001). ł ł . . . . al bayan. 7. eugene tsui tdr inc. home. (n.d.). retrieved from http://www.eugenetsui.com/ 8. faludi, j. (2005). biomimicry for green design (a how to). retrieved from worldchanging. 9. feuerstein, g. (2002). biomorphic architecture. menges. 10. graham, p. (2003). building ecology – first principles for a sustainable built environment, oxford, black well. 11. hastrich, c. (2006). the biomimicry design spiral. biomimicry newsletter, 4(1), 5-6. 12. kibert, c. j. (2006, march). revisiting and reorienting ecological design. in construction ecology symposium, massachusetts institute of technology, cambridge, ma (vol. 20). 13. mcharg, jan, l. (1965). ”architecture, ecology and form”, university of pennsylvania. pg. 33 el-kattan / the academic research community publication 14. russell, j. a. (2004). evaluating the sustainability of an ecomimetic energy system: an energy flow assessment of south carolina (doctoral dissertation, university of south carolina). 15. sustainable building. (2001). independent journal on building and the environment issue. 16. waddington, c. h., & whyte, l. l. (1968). aspects of form. 17. zari, m. p., & storey, j. b. (2007). an ecosystem based biomimetic theory for a regenerative built environment. in sustainable building conference (vol. 7). pg. 34 introduction terms and general concepts bio mimicry bio mimetic design spiral shape spiral form in living organisms: figure. 1 utilizing the spiral idea of seashells in building spiral stairs: figure. 2. the natural environment built environment sustainability the approach of bio mimicry design by looking at nature influence of biology on design application of bio mimicry on different architectural work first level: the level of organism bio mimetic in architectural form second level: level of behavior level in architectural design process third level: the level of mimicry of ecological systems with balance between building and nature. results and recommendations references issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press sustainable perceived authenticity in cultural tourism: modeling alsace and bali prihartomo andimarjoko1 1laboratoire humanis, em strasbourg business school, université de strasbourg, france keywords sustainable; dynamics; perceived authenticity; cultural tourism ; abstract cultural tourism roughly contributes to 40% of the international tourism arrivals. however, marketing for it is a dilemma between maximizing the economic return and nurturing the culture’s social functions because, in cultural tourism, a culture is a “product” to be “consumed”. marketers need to attract the “correct” segments of cultural tourism, which have cultural motives as opposed to those of mass tourism. research shows that attracting such segments can be done through a differentiation based on authenticity. however, in cultural tourism, authenticity is a relative and negotiable term. perceived authenticity is more applicable than the traditional, objective authenticity. previous research has been done to understand how authenticity is perceived by tourists but how it changes over a time remains elusive to researchers. this research focuses on the dynamics of perceived authenticity; how it changes over a time. a temporary, hypothetical model is proposed that is subject to a further seeking of variables and their relationships. the research is conducted in two stages: qualitative for building the model and quantitative for confirming it. two cases will be built i.e. alsace in france and bali in indonesia. the two regions will represent two different points on a spectrum. this research is a work in progress. 1. introduction 1.1. marketing of cultural sustainable tourism in its recent annual report, world travel & tourism council (wttc) reported the contribution of tourism to the world gdp reached 9.8% (us$ 7.2 trillion) in 2015. the sector provides 284 million jobs worldwide or equally 1 in 11 jobs on the planet. the report also predicts the tourism sector to grow by 4% annually for the next ten years (world travel & tourism council, 2016). meanwhile, richards (2014) states that cultural tourism has now been accounted for roughly 40% of the international tourist arrivals, which grew from 37% in 1997 (oecd, 2009). back in the 1970s, an early awareness of the importance of cultural tourism was quoted by wirth and freestone (2003) from mccannell (1975): “tourism is not just an aggregate of merely commercial activities; it is also an ideological framing of history, nature, and tradition; a framing that has the power to reshape culture and nature to its own needs (maccannell, 1975: 1).” meanwhile, richards (ed.) in 2005 mentioned that in most european countries, subsidies to the arts and culture have grown considerably in the post-war period so that government was a major provider of financial support for culture. however, the trend has reversed. failure to show clear benefits from subsidies, together with increasing pressure to reduce public expenditure seriously threatened the level of government support for arts and culture in europe in the 1980s (richards, ed., 2005). pressures to earn more income and to reduce reliance on subsidies have been evident at many heritage attractions in recent years. meanwhile, despite the growing demand (chhabra, 2010), the trend of increasing competition enters the scene. (timothy and boyd, 2003, in chhabra, 2010). doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.246 prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 2 this competition forces tourism destinations to develop offers that are different from their peers. the importance of differentiation as a business strategy has been recognized since 1980 when michael e. porter mentioned it as one of the three generic strategies: (a) overall cost leadership; (b) differentiation – building customer perceptions of superior product quality, design, or service; (c) focus – avoiding direct confrontation with major competitors by focusing on a narrow market niche (porter, 1980). from the marketing perspective, in cultural tourism, a destination place is a brand and the culture itself is a “product” to be “consumed”. being consumed, a product is subject to commoditization (maccarrone-eaglen, 2009) (wirth and freestone, 2003). for that reason, tourism has often been condemned for spoiling the authenticity of heritage. profit-driven objectives of organizers and promoters of heritage tourism activities are responsible for this cultural degradation to some extent (chhabra, 2001). “it has been observed all around the world: massive tourism and an authentic and living indigenous culture simply cannot coexist.” (lietaer and demeulenaere, 2003). the growing demand will continue to impose a drain on heritage resources and living cultures (chhabra, 2010). as an example from europe, by a qualitative research in austria, paschinger’s (2007) observation on authenticity in cultural heritage found the problem of the overwhelming impact of mass tourism. this problem does not allow a guide to continue focusing fully on the group. it also restricts the possibility of having different types of visits by different kinds of target groups (e.g. pupils, adults). there is not enough space or time to deal with all of them in full (paschinger, 2007). the discussion above has brought cultural tourism into its dilemma: shall we maximize the economic return or preserve the indigenous culture for its social function? 1.2. perceived authenticity in cultural tourism the brand (i.e., destination) and its product (i.e., the culture) must offer a differentiation in order to achieve the highest satisfaction of the visitors. “whereas once the ‘heritage tourism product’ has been considered rather selfsufficient, today, no such product can stay on the market nor remain competitive without implementing strategies that focus attention on the customer” (paschinger, 2007). the options are limitless, however, this research is carried out with sustainability as a core foundation. thus, the best approach is the one that ensures sustainability since it will give the highest lifecycle value. this is confirmed by the “triple bottom line” concept, which can be visualized as the following figure 1. figure 1. triple bottom line (planeta, 2005, in böhm, 2009) in the tourism industry, the “people: social performance” part translates to social and cultural sustainability. the industry also pioneered the initiative of saving the planet by developing eco-tourism, which then expanded into sustainable tourism (welford and ytterhus, 1998). therefore, the goal is not to have as many tourists as possible. the goal is to attract the “correct” segment and create a satisfaction for them. correct segment means the segment with the “correct” motive, i.e. the cultural motive (kolar and zabkar, 2010) proposed authenticity as the differentiation. chhabra (2010) also posits the trend of growing demand for authenticity. consumer decisions today are “based on how real they perceive the product/service offering to be” (yeoman et al 2007, in chhabra, 2010). the above discussion brings forward a crucial element for a place branding, particularly in the context of cultural tourism marketing: authenticity as the sustainable differentiation. meanwhile, authenticity is by no means a static term. in cultural tourism, authenticity is relative and negotiable, a concept pioneered by cohen in 1988, detailed by wang (1999) and elaborated by steiner and reisinger (2005). prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 3 research has been done to explore perceived authenticity and how authenticity could be negotiated by cultural tourists in different parts of the world. jones (2010) discussed the process of negotiating the authenticity by emphasizing the importance of networks connecting things, place, and people. paschinger (2007) and kuon (2011) observed this phenomenon in the fields. wang and wu (2013) measured the significant relationship between objective and existential authenticity. afterward, lin (2015) measured the positive effects of perceived authenticity to the willingness to pay (wtp). some others tried to reveal a number of practical applications for enhancing the perception of authenticity. the works done by chhabra et al (2003), koontz (2010), brida et al (2011), xie (2011) and rickly-boyd (2012) can be considered to be this type. 1.3. the dynamics of perceived authenticity previously, waitt (2000) found that the clientele itself (for example age, residence, gender) makes a significant difference in seeing the authenticity among tourists. rickly-boyd (2012) further raised a question about what has been missing: the understanding of the dynamics of perceived authenticity. in particular, work must be done to understand how tourists’ perceptions of authenticity are formed and changed over time. for example, how did tourists’ perceptions of authenticity change from the time they entered the destination to when they exited, as well as with repeat visits over time. nevertheless, more research aims to examine the complexity and dynamics of this concept as it is used in a variety of contexts. while it is agreed perceived authenticity changes over time, little is understood about how that happens. ironically, the key to a sustainable perceived authenticity is to understand its dynamics. the dynamics of perceived authenticity remains elusive to tourism researchers (rickly-boyd, 2012). therefore, it is the focus of this research: to understand the dynamics of perceived authenticity. at the time of the writing of this paper, the research is a work in progress. therefore, this paper covers the work partially. 2. research problem and questions concluding previous discussions, the research was triggered by a problem: although it is agreed that perceived authenticity may change over a time, little is understood about how that takes place. meanwhile, understanding such dynamics is the key to a sustainable perceived authenticity. the dynamics of perceived authenticity remains elusive to tourism researchers. therefore, this research is trying to answer the following questions: a. what are the variables that affect the change of perceived authenticity over a time? b. having known all variables, what is the general mechanism of the change process of perceived authenticity? c. how do the changes in culture affect the perception of authenticity? d. how do the cases in alsace and bali contribute to building a better understanding of the dynamics? e. having built a comprehensive model, what is the relative significance of each variable? how can the significances contribute to building a better model? 3. methodology to achieve its objectives in answering research questions, the research is divided into two stages: a. stage one: qualitative research b. stage two: quantitative research. therefore, it employs two consecutive approaches, i.e. qualitative and quantitative. both approaches are applied to the scope of fields of this research, alsace, and bali. 3.1. epistemological paradigm the qualitative part (stage one) of this research plays a crucial role in the overall directions of the research. and consequently, its validity must be ensured, by an adherence to a clear epistemological framework. to determine a proper approach, the author refers to the summary provided by avenier and thomas (2013). considering the goal of this research is to generate knowledge by conceptualizing the understanding of the flux of experiences for thinking and acting, whose form is a pragmatic conception of the knowledge and actionable propositions, it was concluded pragmatic constructivism the most suitable paradigm for this research. in this paradigm, internal validity is approached by an abductive upward conceptual generalization of the flux of experiences. meanwhile, external validity is justified by a pragmatic testing of knowledge’s functional fit (von glaserfeld, 1984, 2001; le moigne, 1995, 2001, in avenier and thomas, 2013). prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 4 3.2. research strategy 3.2.1 stage one (qualitative) the objective of the qualitative stage is to build a model that explains the dynamics of perceived authenticity. at this stage, based on the sources of collection, data consists of two different categories: a. primary data: obtained from direct observations in the fields by the researcher, focus group discussions (fgd) and in-depth interviews with the informants; b. secondary data: obtained from indirect observations, i.e. from library search, records by the authorities (both published and unpublished), relevant books and publications (including tourist brochures), folklore and online observations by netnography (kozinets, 1997, in ginga, 2013). to identify the categories of informants for the in-depth interviews, the research refers to the four stakeholders of cultural tourism, for example from xie (2011): (1) government; (2) tourism business; (3) visitors; (4) ethnic groups. direct observations are conducted by the researcher, by being present in the researched destinations, observing, participating, having informal talks with several parties (e.g., tourism offices, restaurant owners, other tourists) and taking relevant photographs. fgd is conducted for collecting data from tourists, by encouraging them to reveal their perceptions of authenticity. the main part of the research strategy, because the ultimate objective of this research is to construct a working model as a new theory. in this case, grounded theory has the capability to produce a new theory based on qualitative data (richards and munsters, 2010). in the analysis, data is reduced by grouping them into first-order categories. the categories are then grouped further as second-order themes and eventually extracted as theoretical dimensions (glaser, 2004)(charmaz, 2006). nvivo® (version 11) software is used for helping the content analyses (kaefer et al, 2015). 3.2.2 stage two (quantitative) the objective of this stage is to confirm the model and reveal the relative significance of each variable. convenience sampling is used to determine the recipients of questionnaires. for field officers and tourism operators, questionnaires are handed to the respondents. while for visitors, field intercepts are done at tourism attractions. questions are designed based on the results of qualitative research, aiming to verify the significance of the variables and their relationships. special care is given to segregate between one-time and repeat visitors. when a visitor is identified as a repeat visitor, he/she is asked to answer more questions. in the analysis, such visitors are gathered as a separate population group. a special treatment is also given to tourists who have previously been respondents because their change in perceived authenticity will be recorded. considering relationships among multiple constructs need to be regressed simultaneously, with a relatively small sample size (less than 200), a variance-based structured equation model (sem) approach will be taken (hair et al, 2006, haenlein and kaplan, 2004, in andimarjoko and wiharto, 2014). the statistical computation uses smartpls® software. only relationships that are statistically significant will be retained in the model. the overall workflow of the research is displayed in the following figure 2. figure 2. overall research workflow prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 5 4. literature reviews and preliminary observations this chapter mainly summarizes the literature reviews and preliminary observations that had been done up to the date this paper was written. 4.1. constructivism approach to authenticity a dictionary in philosophy (mautner, ed., 1997) defines constructivism as the theory that knowledge is not something that we acquire but something that we produce. it posits that the objects in an area of inquiry are not there to be discovered, but are invented or constructed. being a foundation of knowledge building, constructivism has been embraced by education in classrooms since the mid-1980s (applefield et al, 2001). a more philosophical approach has also been discussed by scholars, for example by lenman and shemmer. they suggested a link of the constructivist approach with the moral philosophy, tracing back to the writings of hobbes and rousseau, influenced by kant's moral philosophy (lenman and shemmer, ed., 2012). the constructivism's practical interpretation in the authenticity of hospitality industry was exposed for example by jang and park (2012) and jang and namkung (2011), which elaborate the negotiable nature in the perception of authenticity as suggested by a classic paper by cohen (1988, in jang and park, 2012). they suggest that authenticity from constructivist approach is a product of social interactions. this reference to social interactions is also supported by ebster and guist (2004, in jang and park, 2012) wang (1999) and wood and munoz (2007). in 2015, lin tested the concepts of authenticity suggested by wang (1999) by measuring their effects to the tourists’ willingness to pay (wtp). the different concepts suggested by wang (1999, in lin, 2015) can be summarized in below paragraphs. object-related authenticity focuses mainly on tourists’ opinions of toured objects, which can include local art, handicrafts, cultural relics, souvenirs, historical events, and cultural activities (lin, 2015). this can be subdivided into objective authenticity and constructive authenticity. the first subdivision, objective authenticity, requires objective views that are object-based (wang, 1999), this is in agreement with the ‘objective’ or ‘material definitions’ of authenticity. by deciding whether these activities conform to stipulated criteria, one can determine whether they are authentic (lin, 2015). on the other hand, constructive authenticity is the result of social constructs. the authenticity of an object does not pertain to its nature or essence per se but derives from people’s beliefs and opinions. tourists define authenticity in their own ways (oh, 2005, in lin, 2015). existential authenticity is a form of constructive authenticity in cultural tourism. it is constructed by activities. thus, a tourist’s experience of existential authenticity is stimulated by participating in tourism activities. correspondingly, authentic experiences in tourism are to achieve this activated existential state of being within the liminal process of tourism. the concept was introduced by wang (1999) and elaborated further by steiner and reisinger in 2005. it is a sense of enjoyment and escape, the experience of true self in the context of foreign place, time, and culture (kolar and zabkar, 2010). existential authenticity encompasses intra-personal and inter-personal authenticity (wang, 1999)(lin, 2015). intra-personal authenticity is constructed by the individuals. when people feel freer and more real than usual, it is not solely due to the authenticity of the toured object. instead, this state of mind is achieved by escaping the restrictions of daily life (brown, 1996, p. 37, in lin, 2015). finally, inter-personal authenticity is constructed within a group. during touring and tourism activities, the environment may be just a medium through which a group of tourists comes together to experience inter-personal authenticity (wang, 1999). just as the family becomes the main private sphere in which individuals experience their true selves (berger, 1973, in lin, 2015), when tourists travel with their families, close emotional ties allow them to reveal their true selves more freely (wang, 1999). perceived authenticity is complex by nature because tourists define their authenticity in various ways (jones, 2010)(cohen, 1988)(wang, 1999). waitt (2000) also observed that important differences in the level of perceived authenticity exist within the clientele, for example, according to gender, place of residence, and stage of the lifecycle. from a heritage destination of the rocks in australia, female overseas tourists are significantly more highly motivated to experience history and have a far greater propensity to critique the historical authenticity. in contrast, male domestic tourists with previous visitations to the rocks uncritically accepted what they saw as being historically authentic (waitt, 2000). prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 6 4.2. constructing perceived authenticity a number of research has tried to reveal how authenticity be constructed by heritage tourists. from a case study of a heritage excavation at hilton of cadboll, scotland, jones (2010) used the term negotiating the authenticity. she posits that objective authenticity keeps playing a key role. then tourists negotiate their perceptions on authenticity, knowing that not everything can be objectively authentic. figure 3. relationship network of constructing the authenticity (author’s elaboration from jones, 2010) jones accepted the distinction between objective and constructive authenticities but criticized the dichotomy of the two perspectives. “neither explains why people find the issue of authenticity so compelling, nor how it is experienced and negotiated in practice.” the conclusion was the networks of relationships between people, places and things (objects) that appeared to be central in constructing the authenticity, not the things (objects) in themselves (jones, 2010). jones’ (2010) result can be put on a diagram as above. figure 4. conceptual model of perceived authenticity (source: wang and wu, 2013) afterward, wang and wu in 2013 explored further the process of perceiving authenticity in cultural heritage tourism, in yangzhou, china. to examine the relationships between objective authenticity and existential authenticity, they added performative authenticity as a mediating construct between the two. performative authenticity refers to the perception of the body at play, at risk, etc., and especially focuses on the relationship between body and place, which is vitalized through performative practices and mediations on and off places (knudsen and waade, 2010, in wang and wu, 2013). above was the model they examined. wang and wu (2013) proposed h1, h2, and h3 as the hypotheses, with all having positive relationships. the results supported all hypotheses accordingly, with h2 obtaining the highest standardized path coefficient of 0.54. hypothesis h3 follows with 0.37, and h1 with 0.36. the model enables an empirical examination of the relationship of three types of authentic experiences. it especially indicates the inner and outer interaction through the whole perception process (wang and wu, 2013). two years later, lin (2015) took a step further by assessing the economic impacts. the research measured the relationships between the tourists’ willingness to pay (wtp) and different concepts of authenticity suggested by wang (1999): object-related, intra-personal and inter-personal. the quantitative survey was done in pingxi, taiwan. although it found the three concepts were significantly related to wtp, intra-personal authenticity shows the strongest impact on the economic value. inter-personal comes the second and object-related the third, prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 7 respectively. it shows that the desire to escape from everyday life (wang, 1999) is more important in perceiving the authenticity than the object itself. exploring a phenomenon of staged authenticity, rickly-boyd in 2012 studied a case on the reproduction of spring mill pioneer village in indiana, the united states. the village sits on the original location of the former village; however, as a heritage landscape, it is composed of restorations, reproductions, and replicas of nineteenth-century structures. the village provides a spectrum of objective and constructive authenticities, from the natural landscape and log structures to live actors and objects of everyday life from a bygone era, that trigger the imaginative. in the village, the most common question asked by the tourists was “did they really live like this?” (rickly-boyd, 2012). although authenticity as originality received 83% agreement from the tourist population, there exist certain degrees of “negotiating” the authenticity. for example, “genuineness”, defined as reconstruction using historically accurate methods, received 87% agreement. as delyser (1999, in rickly-boyd, 2012) argues, “the concept of authenticity enables visitors to experience the past as they imagine it” (p. 624), findings at spring mill pioneer village support this claim. while authenticity and originality do correlate in the minds of tourists, what matters is their imagination of what the “original” village may have been like (rickly-boyd, 2012). because they believe the village to be authentic, they can take the next steps, which include “insightfulness” toward engaging with its heritage narrative. the defines as “unique psychological outcomes or benefits gained from visitors’ subjective experiences of the heritage context provided and resulting from their actions, or ‘mindful’ questioning of the environment, with the visitors’ own personal meanings and perceptions imbued” (mcintosh, p. 58, in rickly-boyd, 2012). thus, “insightfulness” is an effective, reflective, and cognitive process (rickly-boyd, 2012). however, rickly-boyd (2012) admits the research does raise further questions. in particular, work must be done to understand how tourists’ perceptions of authenticity are formed and change over time. for example, how did tourists’ perceptions of authenticity change from the time they entered the village to when they exited, as well as with repeat visits over time? nevertheless, more research aimed at examining the complexity and dynamics of this concept, as it is used in a variety of contexts, is necessary. the dynamics of authenticity remain elusive to tourism researchers (rickly-boyd, 2012). 4.3. cultural exchange between tourists and hosts wang (1999) already suggested inter-personal authenticity as a component of existential authenticity. this concept implies the construction of perceived authenticity through the interactions among tourists. on the other hand, one should never neglect the interaction between tourists and the host, for example as reported by robinson and picard (2006) and böhm (2009). due to the nature of tourism, they are continuously in contact. while böhm (2009) focuses on assessing the social and cultural impacts of tourism, robinson and picard point out that today’s contact can be indirect. the role of other media in the cultural changes can be inevitable (robinson and picard, 2006). among other forms of cultural changes such as diffusion and assimilation, the interaction between visitors and host is similar to acculturation or "culture contact" as described by anthropologists. the anthropological studies of acculturations started to be popular in 1910 1920 (koentjaraningrat, 2016). further, it also states that before 1920, anthropology exposed only customs/behaviors that were already effectively in place in a certain society. the anomalies shown by certain individuals were not subjects of interest to anthropologists. this approach changed in 1920. anthropologists realized these "outliers" sometimes become a root of changes in a culture. upon such anomaly, the society will first "punish" it through its control mechanism. but when the anomaly persists, it is subject to happen again (recurrence). after several recurrences, the society finally must give its concession (koentjaraningrat, 2016, pp. 250-251). robinson and picard (2006) further emphasize the role of media in the indirect interactions. with the advent of new media such as the internet, the impact can become even more severe. these exchanges have long been realized and many governments have applied policies to "protect" the culture (robinson and picard, 2006). however, such cultural exchange is not always negative. in fact, it can enrich and strengthen the culture, while maintaining the perceived authenticity. for example, in the case of balinese paintings, which used to be simple ones. through the interactions with visitors and foreign artists, sophistication process took place. and the result is the sophisticated paintings seen today, while they are still strongly perceived as authentic balinese (picard, 2010). therefore, it just confirms that we need to understand how this change in perceived authenticity works over a time. prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 8 to model the above cultural exchange, böhm (2009) elaborates the cultural interactions in tourism by incorporating some findings by bodley (1997, in böhm, 2009). the model is explained in figure 5. figure 5. intercultural exchange between host and visitors (source: böhm, 2009) it describes the exchange as happening in the three forms of a culture system: material, behavioral and ideological or value system. the elaboration can be visualized as the above diagram. changes and adaptations are most frequent at the outer level (1), as local people are willing to modify their offers to satisfy the tourists’ needs. exchange occurring at this level is based on economics (böhm, 2009). changes in behavior, language and other issues in the behavioral culture (2) occur less easily and requires more time. and the modifications on the ideological level only occur over long periods. constant and long-lasting influences of tourism lead to a longer term, gradual change in a society’s values, beliefs and cultural practices (3) (boyne, 2003, in hall, 2003, in böhm, 2009). if interactions between visitors and the host culture result in changes in any of the five fundamental factors of cultural value in table 2.2 (kluckhohn and kluckhohn, 1962, in koentjaraningrat, 2016), a penetration to the value system has taken place. in many cases, tourism is an unbalance process of intercultural exchange. in general, the greater the cultural difference between the host and the visitor, the more severe the socio-cultural impacts will be. on the other hand, the bigger the contrast, the more exotic and attractive the host culture is perceived by the potential visitors (böhm, 2009). the study above by böhm (2009) was done in an exploration of the social and cultural impacts of tourism, without an explicit focus on perceived authenticity. however, it is worth to bring the model across to study authenticity, to understand how it evolves over a time. most importantly, it is useful to know in which forms of the cultural authenticity is impacted and how. 4.4. initial observations in alsace observations in alsace (in progress) are conducted by participation, netnography and unstructured interviews with informants representing different stakeholders. the focus of this research is on the route des vins or wine route of alsace, a 170-kilometer route of wine estates, starting from thann in the south to marlenheim in the north. the region has a unique subculture because, in a significant part of its history, alsace was a part of german imperium. in order to reveal some aspects of the perception of authenticity in alsace, the researcher conducted unstructured interviews with tourists and local tourism authorities. samples ware based on convenience, and further interviews are yet to take place. the following three elements in material culture are the most frequently appeared as “authentic alsace”: semi-timbered houses (often decorated with flowers); vineyards and wineries; and white wines contained in slender-shaped bottles. an illustration of the alsace semi-timbered house is given in figure 6. prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 9 figure 6. a semi-timbered house with flower decorations in barr, northern alsace (courtesy of alsace-wine-tour.com) although the route des vins d’alsace was officially inaugurated in 1953, the wine tradition in alsace has started since the gallo-roman era (alsace wine tour, 2017). from several visits to wine estates around colmar so far, the family ranges from the 8th generation families (for instance domaine françois baur in turckheim) to the 14th generations (such as emile beyer in eguisheim). alsace has seven types of grape varieties: pinot blanc, pinot gris, pinot noir, riesling, muscat, gewurtztraminer and sylvaner (alsace-wine-tour, 2017). among the seven, a number of informants in eguisheim mentioned the darkest variety, pinot noir, has a unique situation in alsace. alsace wines have been widely perceived as “white” than “red”, causing red wine contained in a slender-shaped alsace bottle has a low visibility to the customers. because of this reason, a number of domaines have started to change the bottles of their pinot noir from alsace to bourgogne (figure 7). because bourgogne wines are perceived as “red”, bourgogne-shaped bottles enable alsace pinot noir to gain more visibility this is an example change in the material culture due to economic relations. figure 7. the shapes of a traditional wine bottle from alsace (left) and bourgogne (right) mass tourism seems to have created some impacts to alsace. according to some informants in eguisheim, there had been some changes since the village was awarded “the most preferred village in france” in 2013 (alsacewine-tour.com, 2017). the number of tourists increased significantly since then, and most visitors to the wineries preferred to buy low-priced, low-quality wines, instead of the higher graded wines produced from grand cru or premier cru terroirs. this has driven wine producers to focus on low-class wines, gaining profit from higher volumes, or shifting the strategy from differentiation to cost leadership. although this phenomenon needs to be verified by a wider group of informants, it implies a deeper change in the host’s culture, touching the behavioral culture. in 2017, kaysersberg, another village of alsace, won the “the most preferred village in france 2017” (buron, 2017). it is worth to observe the impacts of this award to the village. 4.5. initial observations in bali observations in bali (in progress) is also conducted by participation, netnography and unstructured interviews with informants representing different stakeholders. initial interviews with conveniently chosen informants resulted in the top three elements of material culture perceived as “authentic bali”: statues, building ornaments and religious ceremonies. the buildings cover pura or a balinese hindu temple in the villages, and traditional balinese houses. prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 10 figure 8. a typical village pura in selumbung village, eastern bali (courtesy of selumbung.com) some interviews to host informants have also revealed some changes in material culture. this was to find if there have been similar phenomena to the sophistication process of balinese paintings due to the interactions with foreigners (picard, 2010). a wood carving artist from selumbung village, karangasem regency, explained the influence from french wood carvings to a traditional patra punggel pattern of bali. the difference between a native patra punggel and the one with a french influence is displayed as a sketch in figure 9. figure 9. an artist’s sketch of a native patra punggel carving (left) and with the french influence (right) the impact of mass tourism in bali has long been recognized and warned by many researchers. an alarm has been raised by picard since 2003, as cited by hitchcock (ed., 2008). it questioned whether the recent trend to develop mega-projects can be reversed and that with the indonesian law on regional autonomy implemented in 2001, “district heads are more than ever eager to attract big-scale investments to their region” (hitchcock, ed., 2008:56). however, it has also been observed that balinese have certain kind of resilience to protect their culture from mass tourism: “the balinese have found a perfect way to blend culture with tourism and their ability to keep their culture alive is often underestimated by many anthropologists” (siadis, 2014). the researcher has observed mass tourism has been happening mostly in the south of the island. the second most dense is the north, while the western and eastern parts of the island have a relatively low density of tourists. but some informants from the east have mentioned the number of tourists in their areas is increasing. 5. proposed models 5.1. a hypothetical model for the dynamics of perceived authenticity research has been conducted to understand to measure perceived authenticity and its effects, and how perceived authenticity is constructed, for instance, a concept of the network among place-things-people emphasized by jones (2010). for this research, the studied references are summarized to propose a temporary, hypothetical model that tries to describe the dynamics of perceived authenticity, shown in figure 10. prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 11 figure 10. a hypothetical model for the dynamics of authenticity the concept being studied is the dynamics of perceived authenticity. in the diagram, it is shown as a final, dependent, construct. based on the description from rickly-boyd (2012), the dynamics can be measured as becoming higher or lower. an existential authenticity is proposed to be a mediating construct that explains the effects of two independent constructs: timeframe (for example: enter vs. exit, visiting once vs. repeat, etc.) and the variation in clientele itself (differences in residence, stage in the lifecycle, gender, etc.) (waitt, 2000). the intrapersonal and inter-personal authenticities are represented by existential authenticity (wang, 1999). the upper left part, shaded grey, tries to explain how the changes in culture affect the dynamics of perceived authenticity. the cultural change is proposed to be a mediating construct, which explains how the intercultural exchange between the host and tourists (böhm, 2009; koentjaraningrat, 2016) and other media (robinson and picard, 2006) affect the dynamics of perceived authenticity. the intercultural exchange may be measured by the depth of the interaction, while the construct of other media may be measured by the levels of exposure. the model on figure 10 is a hypothetical, temporary model. the primary objective of this research is to rebuild the model by means of a qualitative research. 5.2. an elaborated model for the cultural change the second model is a more detailed view of the grey-shaded area in figure 10. it takes a form as a process diagram (cause and effects) of the intercultural exchange process, which normally starts from a change by an individual (koentjaraningrat, 2016; robinson and picard, 2006), shown in figure 11. figure 11. process diagram of cultural change (author’s elaboration from koentjaraningrat, 2016, robinson and picard, 2006 and böhm, 2009) prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 12 an individual exposure will induce an individual change, which has to endure the resistance from the culture's control mechanism. when it fails, the change will stop and die. otherwise, recurrence of changes will happen, forcing the society in general to accept change. when the societal change occurs, it induces a change in culture in general. intercultural exchange mostly takes place on the outer layer of the culture due to economic relations but can affect the deeper layers if extensive exchange occurs over a long time (böhm, 2009). 6. conclusions and recommendations this research is a work in progress, and therefore a number of temporary conclusions can be drawn: a. the dynamics of perceived authenticity remains elusive to tourism researchers; b. a temporary, hypothetical, model has been proposed to try explaining the dynamics of perceived authenticity; c. a process model has been elaborated from references to describe the change process in host’s culture; d. the initial observations have revealed a number of cultural elements being perceived as authentic in alsace and bali, and changes in the host cultures following the intercultural exchange. and the paper recommends a path forward as the followings: a. to continue the research by observations and field data collections; b. to analyze the data and rebuild the models on the dynamics of perceived authenticity, for both alsace and bali; c. to compare and analyze the resulted models built for alsace and for bali. references 1. alsace wine tour. alsace wines in brief. retrieved from http://alsace-wine-tour.com; 2017. 2. andimarjoko p, wiharto b. the effects and importance of authenticity: a study on indonesian and thai restaurants in prague. journal of business and entrepreneurship, 3, pp. 36-52: 2014. 3. applefield jm et al. constructivism in theory and practice: toward a better understanding. the high school journal, vol. 84, no. 2, pp. 35-53: 2001. 4. avenier m, thomas c. what kinds of qualitative methods are adapted to doing research in which epistemological frameworks? the 22nd conference of aims. clermont-ferrand, 10-12 june 2013. 5. böhm k. social and cultural impacts of tourism: a holistic management approach for sustainable development. saarbrücken: vdm verlag: 2009. 6. brida jg, et al. authenticity perception of cultural events: a host-tourist analysis. brunico: school of economics and management, free university of bolzen-bolzano: 2011. 7. buron c. kaysersberg est le village préféré des français en 2017. huffingtonpost.fr, 14/06/2017. retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.fr/2017/06/14/kaysersberg-est-le-village-prefere-des-francais-en-2017_a_22186900/ 8. charmaz k. constructing grounded theory: a practical guide through qualitative analysis. london: sage publications: 2006. 9. chhabra d. heritage tourism: an analysis of perceived authenticity and economic impact of the scottish highland games in north carolina. raleigh: north carolina state university: 2001. 10. chhabra d. sustainable marketing of cultural heritage tourism. oxon: routledge: 2010. 11. chhabra d, et al. staged authenticity and heritage tourism. annals of tourism research, vol. 30 no. 3, pp. 702-19: 2003. 12. cohen e. authenticity and commoditization in tourism. annals of tourism research, vol. 15, pp. 371-86: 1988. 13. ginga d. in the footstep of kozinets: towards a new netnographic taxominization. journal of internet appreciation. pp. 418-419: 2013. 14. glaser b. remodeling grounded theory. forum: qualitative social research. vol. 5, no. 2, art. 4, may 2004. 15. hitchcock m, et al, ed. tourism in south east asia: challenges and new directions. copenhagen: nias press: 2008. 16. jones s. negotiating authentic objects and authentic selves: beyond the deconstruction of authenticity. journal of material culture. vol. 15(2). pp. 181-203: 2010. 17. kaefer f, et al. a software-assisted qualitative content analysis of news articles: examples and reflections. forum: qualitative social research. vol. 16, no. 2, art. 8, may 2015. 18. koentjaraningrat. pengantar antropologi, revised ed. jakarta: rineka cipta: 2016. 19. kolar t, zabkar v. a consumer-based authenticity: an oxymoron or the foundation of cultural heritage marketing?. tourism management, no. 31, pp. 652-64: 2010. 20. koontz a. constructing authenticity: a review of trends and influences in the process of authentication in consumption. sociology compass. no. 4/11 (2010), pp. 977-988: 2010. 21. kuon v. the pursuit of authenticity in tourist experiences: the case of siem reap-angkor, cambodia. lincoln: lincoln university: 2011. 22. lenman j, shemmer y, editors. constructivism in practical psychology. oxford: oxford university press: 2012. 23. lietaer b, demeulenaere. sustaining cultural vitality in a globalizing world: the balinese example. international journal of social economics, no. 30(9), pp. 967-84: 2003. http://alsace-wine-tour.com/ prihartomo andimarjoko / the academic research community publication pg. 13 24. lin yc. the willingness of heritage tourists to pay for perceived authenticity in pingxi, taiwan. current issues in tourism. rutledge: taylor & francis group: 2015. 25. mautner t, editor. a dictionary in philosophy. london: penguin books: 1997. 26. oecd. the impact of culture on tourism. paris: oecd: 2009. 27. paschinger e. authenticity, interpretation and the issue of demand: how product development at world heritage sites can encourage sustainable management. krems: imc university of applied sciences: 2007. 28. picard m. bali: the discourse of cultural tourism. retrieved from http://www.espacestemps.net/articles/bali-thediscourse-of-cultural-tourism/: 2010. 29. porter me. competitive strategy. new york: free press: 1980. 30. richards g. tourism trends: the convergence of culture and tourism. breda: nhtv university of applied sciences: 2014. 31. richards g, editor. cultural tourism in europe. barcelona: atlas cultural tourism research project: 2005. 32. richards and munsters. cultural tourism research methods. wallingford: cabi: 2010. 33. rickly-boyd jm. through the magic of authentic reproduction: tourists' perceptions of authenticity in pioneer village. journal of heritage tourism. vol. 7, no. 2, may 2012, 127-144: 2012. 34. robinson mr and picard d. tourism, culture and sustainable development. paris: unesco: 2006. 35. siadis lm. the bali paradox: best of both worlds. leiden: leiden university: 2014. 36. steiner c, reisinger y. understanding existential authenticity. annals of tourism research. vol. 33, no. 2, pp. 299-318: 2005. 37. waitt g. consuming heritage: perceived historical authenticity. annals of tourism research. vol. 27, no. 24, pp. 835-862: 2000. 38. wang j, wu c. a process-focused model of perceived authenticity in cultural heritage tourism. journal of china tourism research. vol. 9:4, pp. 452-466: 2013. 39. wang n. ‘rethinking authenticity in tourism experience.’ annals of tourism research 26(2): 349–70: 1999. 40. welford r, yttherhus b. condition of the transformation from eco-tourism into sustainable tourism. european environment. no. 8, pp. 193 – 201: 1998. 41. wirth r, freestone r. tourism, heritage and authenticity: state-assisted cultural commodification in suburban sydney, australia. perspectiva urbanas. no.3, pp. 1-10: 2003. 42. wood nt, munoz cl. “no rules, just right’ or is it? the role of themed restaurants as cultural ambassadors”, tourism and hospitality research, vol. 7, pp. 242-55: 2007. 43. world travel & tourism council. travel & tourism economic impact 2016 world. retrieved from https://www.wttc.org/: 2016. 44. xie pf. authenticating cultural tourism: folk villages in hainan, china. waterloo: university of waterloo: 2001. http://www.espacestemps.net/articles/bali-the-discourse-of-cultural-tourism/ http://www.espacestemps.net/articles/bali-the-discourse-of-cultural-tourism/ https://www.wttc.org/ http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication sustainable architectural design education: a pilot study in a 3rd year studio kamal eldin mohamed1, soofia tahira elias özkan2 1department of architecture, izmir institute of technology 2department of architecture, middle east technical university abstract a design studio is the heart and soul of the architectural education curricula where students learn to make repetitive design decisions that result in design strategies for resource use in order to create an environmental system that reacts to the human needs and requirements or solves existing problems. integrating sustainability principles into the undergraduate design studio is an urgent need in order to teach young architects sustainable design principles that can stop the continued environmental degradation of the planet. this study proposed a new design studio pedagogy for integrating sustainability principles with a method to test the new pedagogy and the students’ final products. this paper presents the tests results of the pilot study and provides recommendations for the experimental design studio of the following semesters. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords architectural education; design studio pedagogy; sustainability 1. introduction architectural education intends to teach students a combination of design skills and professional knowledge. the architecture profession is an interdisciplinary science model that involves engineering, arts, environmental science, computer science, sociology, geography, culture, information technology, political science, and law disciplines. architectural curriculum education has a unique set up which is distinct from other university education disciplines. it has special privilege of a core subject, which is the design. the philosophy of architectural education defines architecture as a conceptual problem-solving discipline; its goal produces conceptual thinkers who are well versed in the skills, science, theory, and history of their field. the success of the education program depends on the quality of the faculty members and students connected with their commitment and passion (cornell, 2015). design is a strategic tactic or a roadmap of someone to accomplish a unique expectation (bakarman, 2003). design studio is a special and major element in the architectural education not only as course materials but also as a place where the students practice design. successful architecture studio courses are those that integrate the practice of design activity with all other coursework and educational experiences (kurt, 2012). contemporary design pedagogy contains design methods, the impact of technology, preparing students for globalization, future directions, knowledge economies, sociology, and thought processes (hall & barker, 2010). if the architectural design professions are to remain pertinent, architectural design education must completely pg. 126 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.354 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mohamed / the academic research community publication integrate sustainability into curriculum’s pedagogy to tackle the current and emerging issues facing our society in order to ensure an education that embrace responsible design solutions (walker & seymour, 2008). the complex area of building sustainability has been included in the architectural education curriculum in many architectural schools in order to prepare the architecture students for sustainable design practice. on the other hand, there has not been clear consensus on teaching methods nor on curriculum design (dib & adamo-villani, 2014). some of the teaching methods in architectural education can be cited as follows: -the three principles of ecole education: freedom, competition, and variety (carlhian, 1979). the bauhaus prime education objectives depended on integrating theory and application. constructivist design studio concepts (kurt, 2012). -integrated public interest design studio concept (anderson, 2012). charrette design studio technique (pernice, 2013). embracing deep learning approach for principles and practices of sustainability (sarhan & rutherford, 2014). learning pyramid principles that supported deep leaning not service learning. therefore, the questions were started with; explain, compare, and construct not describe (wood, 2004). over the last two decades, the integration of sustainability in the architectural education has been an active debate. the major consent is that the reform to address the notion of sustainability is unavoidable and every school would be expected to bring a relevant contribution and progress in achieving this goal. on the other hand, the adaptation of content and ideas of sustainability will vary according to each architectural school due to circumstantial forces setting up its direction, pedagogical approaches, diversification of its philosophy, and the flexibility and ability of innovation adaptation (ibrahim, 2008). it is essential to consider major restructure of both the traditional studio culture and modules for integrating sustainability issues. teachers and students should force the commitment to new studio culture and give it the priorities. existing teaching methods, approaches, and techniques which focus on lectures and assignments providing students with theoretical knowledge is not applicable for integrating sustainability in design studio (nikolic, messner, lee, & anumba, 2010; sarhan & rutherford, 2014). sustainability education is an emanate imperative that requires a paradigm shift in academic and professional training. on the other hand, issues that impede this concern can be listed as follows: -outdated pedagogy that focuses mainly on the form and aesthetics. -education program has two parallel axes technical-theoretical and design. -knowledge concerning environment, technology, and materials is lacking. -most schools use digital technology as a computer aided drafting (cad) tool. while digital technology should be fully integrated into the whole design process. -an ambiguous definition of sustainable architectural education exists. the pilot study was conducted with the belief that integrating sustainability principles in the design studio would result in producing a sustainable design solution for the student’s architecture project. the aim of the experimental design studio was to integrate sustainability principles into design studio project as a one of main project design concept. while the objective of the pilot study was to: -create an integration method -test the method. -test the method’s impact on the students’ learning ability and the finished product. pg. 127 mohamed / the academic research community publication 2. methodology the study took place at the architecture department in izmir institute of technology, in turkey. the research was conducted in the third year design studio (ar 301 architectural design iv) in the spring term in 2015, with 22 students. two instructors conducted the design studio as a team supervising all students with the help of one teaching assistant. the class had twelve working hours per week in the studio. the proposed design studio class focused on practicing rather than just acquiring theoretical information, which would help in integrating sustainability in the design project. the fourteen weeks of in the semester were divided into time modules system that allowed students to focus on the design process and not only on the final design/product. the design process was divided into four periods; four weeks for conceptual idea, four weeks for project development, four weeks for materials and testing, and two weeks for finishing and presentation. each period ended with an open jury. the teaching methods mentioned above were incorporated into the design studio in the following manner: -one case study was presented by each student (24 case studies) – learning by teaching others. students were required to write the project program individually then in a small group of three then in a group of eight – practice by doing and group discussion. students were required to construct study models during the project design development process (4 models) – practice by doing weekly panel reviews were conducted (6 panel reviews) in two formats: – deep learning (compare, contrast, and explain): a. group discussion of the design process and project development were conducted – group discussion. b. students criticized each other’s project by asking each student to present his/her project to the group – learning by demonstration. technical trips to: a. the project site and surrounding area – practice by doing. b. existing exemplary projects – learning by demonstration -instructors conducted charrette design assignments during the design process (4 assignments) – practice by doing. various digital technologies were used throughout the design process – practice by doing. a. conceptual design period; climate consultant and sketchup. b. design development period; revit, auto cad, and sketchup. c. design evaluation period; rivet, designbuilder, and sketchup. d. final drawing and presentation; rivet, auto cad, 3d max, designbuilder, and sketchup. -project owner(s)/user(s) were invited to discuss the project (2 visits) – pubic interest/immediate use practice. outside expert(s) were invited for workshop (4 workshops) – learning by demonstration. a . instructors assigned homework related assignment ahead of each workshop studio – practice by doing. -instructors conducted individual desk critics (10 desk critics) – learning by demonstration. class instructors offered lectures about the project topics that included visuals and audios materials (6 lectures) learning by visual, audio, and lecture. juries a. instructors conducted midterm juries (3 midterm juries) – learning by demonstration. b. instructors hosted a final jury – learning by teaching others pg. 128 mohamed / the academic research community publication 3. experimental design studio model all steps of the research method that were explained earlier were included in the class syllabus, studio calendar, project program, grading system, and jury’s evaluations. the environmental issues aspect of the sustainability principles was the only concern for the first pilot semester. the other two, i.e. social and economic aspects of sustainability were not considered. the entire evaluation of the students’ work was divided into two parts. first part was design process evaluation, embracing the sustainability integration (40% of total grade). second was finished project evaluation (60% of total grade); of which is 60% was dedicated purely to the design aspect and 40% for the degree of integration of the sustainability principles in the project. figures 1 4, illustrate four different students’ projects. 4. evaluating the results this section presents the results of two types of evaluations carried out with regard to the pilot studio for sustainable architectural design class. the first is an evaluation by the design studio instructors of the students’ work, based on the design process they followed and the final product; i.e. their design project; as well as the degree to which the sustainability principles were integrated into their final design. the second evaluation was done by the students themselves for the way the studio was conducted and what their own journey was like. 4.1. evaluation by the instructors the environmental sustainability principles checklist evaluation (karslı, 2013) were presented to the students during the design process. instructors explained all elements in the checklist to the students, showed them how to integrate each element in the design project throughout the design process. at the end of the semester, each project was evaluated against the sustainability checklist as a measurement tool of project success (40% of the final project evaluation grades). figure 9 illustrates the checklist elements, and figure 9 illustrates the correlation between the number of sustainable elements each student used in his/her project and the final studio grade. the trend between design process grades representing the new studio pedagogy structure and final project grade of the students show a positive result as shown in figure 9. naturally, the same positive trend result between design process grades and final studio grades. pg. 129 mohamed / the academic research community publication figure 1. the designed architecture department project incorporate the use of; natural light, natural ventilation, sustainable materials (totally constructed out of wood), double skin façade,shading elements, green elements, collecting rain water, reuse of grey water, and solar panels. the proposed design had %56 reduction in annual energy consumption. figure 2. the designed architecture school incorporate the use of; long ramps floors to convert kinetic energy to electricity, natural light, shading elements, natural ventilation, solar panels, green roof, rain water collection. pg. 130 mohamed / the academic research community publication figure 3. the designed architecture department project in corporate the use of; natural light, green roof, natural ventilation, shading elements, collecting rain water, and solar panels. figure 4. the designed architecture department project incorporate the use of; natural light, natural ventilation with wind catchers, sustainable materials (constructed out of wood and steel), double skin façade, shading elements, green roofs, collecting rain water, reuse of grey water, and solar panels. the proposed design had %32 reduction in annual energy consumption pg. 131 mohamed / the academic research community publication figure 5. sustainable principles checklist figure 6. the correlation between the number of sustainable elements each student used in his/her project and the final studio grade figure 7. positive trend result between design process grades and final studio grades pg. 132 mohamed / the academic research community publication 4.2. evaluation by the students one week after the final jury, the grades (95% of the class grade) were announced. instructors invited the students for an open colloquium. at the beginning of the colloquium, students were handed out a questionnaire form that had various questions about the studio structure and format, sustainability issues, jury style and format, and their own comments about the studio from all aspects. before attending the studio, 80% of the students had no knowledge about sustainable design. 95% of the students confirmed practice sustainable design in their professional life and will chose it as their graduate education study subject. figure 8. the case studies scored the highest points among the studio tasks figure 9. the natural light scored the highest points among the sustainable design elements generally, students stated that the difficulties of the sustainable design studio were due to the fact that they had to learn many issues before coming up with a creative sustainable design solution. however, as can be expected, students who had taken a sustainable design elective class faced less difficulties. additionally, they pointed out that energy simulations consumed a lot of time to learn and apply. -general personal students’ comments regarding the class were: -appreciation of attending the sustainable studio and joy of learning the subject. -request for the continuation of the studio in their fourth year. -class is hard but we learn a lot. technical trip schedule time during the semester and case studies finishing time need to be rearranged. pg. 133 mohamed / the academic research community publication appreciation of class instructors’ knowledge of the topics and their care. 5. conclusions and recommendations the use of three different energy simulation programs; sketchup, designbuilder, and revit created a confusion among the students. the conversion among the three program was difficult and in some cases was impossible. some building forms were difficult to draw in designbuilder software as that required higher expertise level. importing drawings from sketchup to designbuilder in some cases were unsuccessful. revit achieved the most successful energy simulation result considering; learning time, other various work achievements, and reasonable measured results. students design process grades showed parallel trend with final project grade. moreover, all students managed to include many of the sustainable design elements in their design. furthermore, there were parallel trend between sustainable checklist elements used in each student project and final project grades. the standard deviation of studio pedagogy structure elements, shown in figure 9, was 1.97. that showed separation between the top and bottom elements. furthermore, the standard deviation of sustainable design elements, shown in figure 9, was 1.78. also, that showed separation between the top and bottom elements. students claimed that case studies presented by them were big help to achieve their project. however, cases studies presentation need to be finished during the first step of the design process. technical trip schedule after the first midterm review minimize the benefit of it. there was lack of applying sustainable design principles on the project landscape. the following recommendations were applied to the following ar 301 architectural design studio in fall of 2015 (second experimental studio) revit software was used for energy simulation work as the only energy simulation program. design process grade distribution was kept the same the 40 points of sustainability checklist elements and energy simulation grades distribution were modified according to the work load, and energy saving effort. more attention given to the basic elements scores of studio pedagogy structure and sustainable design by providing more lectures and inviting external experts. same strategies were applied to sustainable landscape design. technical trip was arranged at the third week of the design process followed by the first midterm review with one week gap between them. all cases studies were presented by the students within the first six weeks of the design process. 6. acknowledgments the author would like to thank instructor dr. zeynep durmus arsan at izmir institute of technology for her contribution to the studio. the author would like to thank the students of sustainable design studio class of spring 2015 at izmir institute of technology. 7. references 1. anderson, n. m. (2012). public interest design: a vehicle for change in architectural education and practice. paper presented at the 2012 acsa international conference, barcelona, spain. 2. bakarman, a. a. (2003). quality evaluation tool for the design studio practice. pg. 134 mohamed / the academic research community publication 3. carlhian, j. p. (1979). the ecole des beaux-arts: modes and manners, 7. 4. cornell, u. (2015). bachelor of architecture (b.arch.), cornell university. retrieved from http://courses.co rnell.edu/preview program.php?catoid=22&poid=10782#barchcurriculumforstudentsmatriculatinginfall 2014 5. dib, h., & adamo-villani, n. (2014). serious sustainability challenge game to promote teaching and learning of building sustainability. journal of computing in civil engineering (5). 6. hall, a., & barker, t. (2010). design collectives in education: evaluating the atelier format and the use of teaching narrative for collective cultural and creative learning, and the subsequent impact on professional practice alternative practices in design: past present and future. 1 (1), 1-11. 7. ibrahim, n. (2008). sustainability and the architectural education: are we there yet. senvar+ isesee. 8. karslı, u. t. (2013). integrating sustainability in interior design studio. procedia social and behavioral sciences, 106, 1532-1539. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.12.173 9. kurt, s. (2012). applying constructivist instruction method to the basic design course. international journal of arts and sciences, 05(05), 253-262. 10. nikolic, d., messner, j. i., lee, s., & anumba, c. (2010). the virtual construction simulator-development of an educational simulation game. paper presented at the proceedings of the international conference on computing in civil and building engineering. 11. pernice, k. (2013). charrettes (design sketching): half inspiration, half buy-in. retrieved from http://ww w.nngroup.com/articles/design-charrettes/ 12. sarhan, a., & rutherford, p. (2014). integrating sustainability in the architectural design education processtaxonomy of challenges and guidelines. paper presented at the fusion-proceedings of the 32nd ecaade conference. 13. walker, j. b., & seymour, m. w. (2008). utilizing the design charrette for teaching sustainability. international journal of sustainability in higher education, 9(2), 157-169. 14. wood, e. j. (2004). problem-based learning: exploiting knowledge of how people learn to promote effective learning. bioscience education e-journal, 3. pg. 135 introduction methodology experimental design studio model evaluating the results evaluation by the instructors evaluation by the students conclusions and recommendations acknowledgments references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.381 factors affecting the calculations of return on investment (roi) in public-private partnerships (ppp) projects in egypt ibrahim abdel rashid1, mohamed el-mikawi2, hossam el-din mohamed baha3 1professor, structural engineering department, faculty of engineering, ain shams university. 2assistant professor, structural engineering department, faculty of engineering, ain shams university 3graduate student, structural engineering department, faculty of engineering, ain shams university abstract public authorities and governments in many countries tended to allocate to the private sector the operations management of existing ppp projects and for financing new projects. there are a lot of benefits from following this approach for all parties. these benefits included risk mitigation, cost savings in governmental expendures, service improvement, employment opportunities, and enhancement in economic indices. this approach was called public-private partnership (ppp). this term was defined as “a cooperative venture between the public and private sectors, built on the expertise of each partner that best meets clearly defined public needs through the appropriate allocation of resources, risks and rewards” (world bank, 2016). public-private partnerships (ppp) projects become an important methodology for governments of both developed and developing countries, as a result from crucial role and their worldwide use. the ppp methodology enables public authorities and governments to allocate risks to different parties especially the private sector. according to the world bank report the private financial participation in egypt has accounted $219,229.82 million in the period from 1990 to 2000. this figure has increased to $998,667.36 million in 2015 (world bank, 2016). ppp projects are usually more difficult to implement than other traditional procurement models because of their complexity and that their nature and their long duration. previous research studies on several ppp projects showed that a number of problems exist in the project returns. additionally, these researches show that there is a need for an objective, reliable and practical return assessment model for ppp projects. this required model will help decision makers to assess the profitability of ppp projects at their early stages. to apply ppp projects in egypt successfully, one of the fundamental requirements is to perform and implement a comprehensive analysis of return on investment (roi). to do that analysis, it should include the factors affecting the roi relating the projects’ influences such as ; financial, legal, political, social . . . etc. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords egypt; economy; ppp; roi; factors; affectin; iflation; decision maker; investment pg. 332 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ abdel rashid / the academic research community publication 1. introduction public private partnership (ppp) is a procurement system that has emerged as one of the most important approaches for delivering projects in the recent years. ppps are forms of joint endeavor or collaborating between public and private sectors for financing , constructing, developing and operating projects (mof, 2014). there is a need to identify and allocate all factors associated with the calculations of the roi of the ppp projects. there are many public-private partnerships past histories and project experiences to highlight factors critical to the success of future projects. however, there is no comprehensive study that measures the roi of a future ppp project. in the absence of such a study, it is extremely difficult for government agencies, industry personnel, and academics to accurately and effectively analyze ppp projects. furthermore, analyze and evaluate the effectiveness of ppp projects. 2. definition of ppp the definition of ppp projects is “ppp is a long-term contractual relationship between the public sector and the private sector for the purpose of having the private sector deliver a project or service traditionally provided by the public sector. ppp projects do not minimize the public sector’s responsibility to improve public services, only the methodology for its provision and procurement is different” (mof, 2014). the governments are responsible for providing people with the major needs (such as electricity, water sanitation etc.) the governments are also responsible for building the airports, metro stations and provide highways. it was historically assured that the public sector alone without any support, was not capable to provide such projects and services in the required manner (mof, 2014). in contrast, the private sector was involved in areas where there is economic profit such as industry, agriculture and retail operations. the private sector had proven its capabilities to manage resources more effectively than the public sector. due to that fact, the private sector helped the public sector in the reform and the upgrade of to the standards. accordingly, the private sector can afford the following four principal roles: – provide additional finance and capital – secure professional management and skills – added value to the consumer – better identification of needs and requirements – optimal uses of resources the ppp concept is not the only issue that has been argued between researchers and many other parties but also the pros and cons of ppp have undergone extensive debate too. two point of views about this debate: the first believes the positive results will not be achieved without ppp, while the second believes that would happen despite the partnership rather than because of it. the second viewpoint can be proved through the mandatory partnership which sometimes occurs through privatized projects that create new organizations, which find themselves obliged to collaborate with the original organization. (osborne, 2000) also, the debate poses many questions about ppp as an efficient method for public sector reform, such questions include: what are the suitable conditions that make ppp successful and in which areas may ppp fail. the answers to such questions lead us to establish an understanding of the suitable ways and areas of cooperation between the public and private sectors to enhance the successful factors and meanwhile time decrease the failure of ppp is more than obtain project funding or even project management. the government’s role wouldn’t be minimized with ppp existence, in contrary it would provide more creation in governmental roles, as long as the private sector is professional and qualified. thus, ppp methodologies have motivated the government authorities to be able to obtain a suitable position in managing, controlling and evaluating pg. 333 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication ppp projects with private partners by investing in its competitive advantages, such as the massive public sector projects, to fulfill its needs of financial resources and qualified human resources. the ppp process has logical stages in order to build strong structures of new forms of partnerships; this process requires hard work from governments to think in ways which could assist them in developing such partnerships. moreover, it requires the answer to many questions before thinking of any form of partnership such as: with whom may the government share, and how and which of the many partnering options available should be employed. furthermore, assessing both benefits and risks of any form of ppps. 2.1. the principal participants in ppp projects different parties are participated in ppp projects, such as; sponsors, investors, funding institutes, consultants, construction firms, and operators. the ppp contractual structure could vary from other projects to accommodate the difference and the singularity of that project. in ppp projects the funding, design, construction and operation must have a definite time called concession period, which should be acceptable to meet the expected return on investment (roi) to investors. subsequently, ownership of that project returns back to the government or any other public authority without any charges or fees (eghbal shakeri, 2002). the stakeholders that may be a part in the ppp project are the government or public authority, contractors, lenders, sponsor, supplier, investors, grantor, and finally the off-taker. figure 1. typical structure of ppp project (neil cuthbert, 2016) 2.1.1. the public sector the most important player in ppp projects is government or public authority because it requires a particular and special attention in coordination and cooperation with all parties involved to achieve the required service. the government proceeds with the project authorization and secure legislations needed. consequently, arrange a concession agreement with the private sector. the requirements and expectations of both parties the government as well as will the private sector need to be addressed to reach the winwin situation. therefore, ppp projects concept requires an absolute support, because of such projects are large and complex in its nature and need a lot of considerations regarding legal, regulations, and financial aspects especially in developing countries. pg. 334 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication many of investors are mostly hesitant on taking a decision regarding ppp projects unless they obtain the necessary guarantees related to land acquisition, stability in inflation, exchange rates, taxes . . . etc. all of these concerns are applied through the project life cycle. 2.1.2. the sponsor the second important stakeholder in ppp projects is the project developer or project association which certainly consisting of professional organizations in all aspects ; legal, funding, design, construction, operation , insurance and maintenance. all of these associations will be in multiple forms of consortiums or by separately and individual participation. the sponsor who will responsible to handed over the project to the public authority or government. 2.1.3. the supplier the supplier is the company which of supplies all equipment or materials needed for the project. 2.1.4. the investor the investor may exist as a financial institute, construction corporation, vendor, operator or other types of shareholders. the role of the investor is to secure funds for the project. depend on the type of investors, funding channels would be determined if it is direct investment by individual shareholders or provide equities from financing entities. the investor carry a high risk for a long duration projects, therefore must insured the equity lent by an insurance company to secure investment. 2.1.5. the off-taker according to the need of the required service or the project, the off-taker definition party varies from country to another .if the government or public authority responsible and guarantees to pay the fees to the developer; it is believed that this authority is an off-taker. hence, the public authority should have a good credit rating and tariff because they are responsible for the revenues risks of the project. therefore, off-taker agreement must be negotiated properly, well addressed all unforeseen factors and all financial issues that might impact the project. if the private sector or developer intends to secure initial investment from income payments or tariff, that might expose the project to big jeopardy. 2.1.6. the contractor the contractor’s role in ppp project is to execute and implement the project effectively to meet the required degree of quality. the contractor responsibilities start from initial stages of the project. the contractor company might be an individual construction company or a consortium that includes multiple disciplines; design, structural, mep..etc. in most cases, the contractor might be one of the shareholders in project company. 2.1.7. the operator the operator is a professional entity that specialized in providing operation and maintenance to the project. generally the operator earns its revenues according to the off-take agreement as mentioned above. the operator starts its role and involvement from design to handle over the project back to the public authority. the role of the operator is very important and crucial in ppp projects, the project’s success rely on operator‘s performance throughout the project life cycle. pg. 335 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication 2.1.8. the lenders generally, the lender is an either an agency or financial institute that provide the project funds. according to the debt/equity ratio, the lender contributes in the project. minimum equity is the high risk for the lender and investor itself. all ppp projects must have a strong lender to secure the funds needed to the project especially in early stages without any revenues or incomes from credit rating or tariff. 2.1.9. equity provider the equity provider is a funding approach, by which, ppp projects are partially funded in a small percentage 1030% by injecting capital in the project initiation, and the remaining percentage funded by lenders. the equity provider is a private shareholder, operator, contractor, supplier or financial entity that invest in the project and gain profit when project meets its purpose from investment perspective (osborne, 2000). 2.2. ppp in egypt in egypt, a legal framework for ppp projects has been issued called the ppp law (67 for the year 2010). therefore, a new body has been established at the ministry of finance called the ppp central unit. for establishment of standard ppp contracts, standardized procedures as well as verify the procurement documents. it is expected that egypt will assign around 5.5 to 7& of its yearly gdp to finance infrastructure projects’ needs which include new investments for new projects in addition to maintenance of existing projects. the main objective is to across the gap by accelerating the mobilization of the private capital. since 2004, egypt has performed structural reform which necessitates the government to implement infrastructure reform (mof, 2014). in ppp projects and to secure the delivery of the specified level and standard of services, the government retains close control over. in turn, ppps will open up opportunities for the domestic contracting and financing sectors and that are including smaller contractors who are expected to gain considerably profits from this program. 2.2.1. overview in recent years egypt has raised the spending on major projects such as; natural gas distribution, building new homes, water treatment plants and sanitation, maritime ports and airports. there are regulated frameworks that allow ppp projects to take its place in egypt. these regulations are in accordance with the best practice regulations worldwide. bidding and awarding procedures must be in a transparent approach concept. it is mandatory to perform a cost–benefit analysis using a public-sector party called comparator. the 2010 ppp law prohibits the confiscation of project assets by public authorities or the government. in 2012, egypt amended the rules relating to ppp projects to give the option of arbitration procedures instead of using the egyptian courts, which takes place under the un commission on international trade law (unctral) (economist, 2015). the public private partnership central unit (pppcu) is the unit responsible for ppp projects in egypt and one of the ministry of finance subordinates. the pppcu was established in 2006 and based on international practices and models. its role basically is to mandate and manage the full life cycle of ppp projects such as; risk assessment, tendering and procurement process, bid selection, sign contract, project initiation and financial closure. therefore, the pppcu include diverse expertise that provide the needed studies; technical, legal, tendering and contracting. these expertise relevant to line ministers of finance, housing and utilities, economic development, transportation, investment, legal affairs and chaired by the prime minister. due to the tendency of line ministries to conduct the ppp methodology unilaterally, the pppcu has to improve relationships with the different ministries by consolidate efforts to be clear and unified in procedures , training the ministries’ staff and develop them to enhance their capability to manage these types of contracts. by which, eliminating all types of contradictions or unilateralism. pg. 336 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication 2.3. first successful public-private partnership (ppp) project in egypt one of the successful ppp projects is the urban wastewater treatment plant with an average daily flow of up to 250,000 m3 per day. capacity to serve more than 1 million residents, the expected population increase of new cairo at the time the project was designed. a drinking water shortage was identified as a pressing issue in egypt’s environmental sustainability, particularly in very densely populated areas. the existing wastewater treatment infrastructure did not produce water with adequate levels of quality to enable the water to be used to irrigate agricultural and urban green areas, forcing freshwater to be used instead. the government decided to build new infrastructure to reuse urban wastewater for the purposes mentioned, thereby reducing freshwater use. in addition, the project would reduce the water pollutants entering the river nile. awards received by the project: – water deal of the year, awarded by global water intelligence in 2010 – ppp african deal of the year, by euro money/project finance magazine in 2010 – bronze award—middle east and north africa, by emerging partnerships in 2013 location: city of new cairo, egypt (jordi salvador, 2016). 2.4. factors to be considered to ensure success of ppp projects ppp projects have variety of high risks elements that should be addressed, because long duration of the project as well as the capital costs are very high. therefore, when assessing projects, it is necessary to identify and analyze, the different factors affecting its success. ppp projects guidelines in egypt that published by the ppp central unit pppcu, “risk allocation is at the heart of how ppps are structured.” the factors affecting the success of the ppp projects and roi prior to that success are: project finance, design, construction, and operation. 2.4.1. finance – secure funds – infaltion rates – interest rate and tax increases – price escalation in project components – exchange rates 2.4.2. design and development – suitability of the design – development problems – problem testing – variants of design and development – design delivery pg. 337 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication 2.4.3. construction – cost overrun – construction delay and delivery schedule – defective construction – scope change – site accessibility – construction variations and claims – disputes and arbitration 2.4.4. operation – operation productivity – revenue loss – system breakdown – maintenance frequency – prices escalation – comples or non innovation technology – accidents and safety issues 3. return on investment (roi) a performance measure and metric used to evaluate the worthiness of an investment or project comparing with a number of different projects or investments. return on investment (roi) measures the revenues and the outcome of an investment relative to the investment’s cost. the return of an investment is divided by the cost of the investment, and the result is a percentage or a ratio (marty schmidt, 2017). the return on investment formula: roi = (revenues − cost)/cost (1) return on investment is a common evaluation metric because of its simplicity. return on investment (roi) can be used as a primary assessment of an investment’s gains and profitability. if an investor does have a profit and that means positive (roi), then these roi values can direct him as to which investments are preferable among others. (marty schmidt, 2017) return on investment (roi) is an assessment metric among others for speculate and evaluate the financial outcomes and revenues of investments. investors use the return on investment (roi) to compare the magnitude of expected gains with the magnitude of costs, the roi ratio calculates as net investment gains divided by total investment costs. therefore, when comparing two or more projects, and the risks or any other unforeseen circumstances are equal, the project with the higher (roi) is considered the better choice (bailey, 2014). pg. 338 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication 3.1. return on investment (roi) needed information the return on investment (roi) as an evaluating tool or metric is not sufficient basis for selecting an opportunity or project over another. the reason is (roi) compares costs to revenues but says nothing about unforeseen, uncertainty or any other factors that might affect the results such as (design changes, inflation, interest rate, construction delay, etc.). the investors and decision makers must take into account the different (roi) outcomes. therefore, all the factors mentioned above must be considered in calculating return on investment (roi) to obtain an efficient and realistic result or indicators before taking any decision regarding either a new opportunity or comparing two projects. 4. ppp projects and return on investment (roi) in devolping countries , that would be considered not stable and high risk from political perspective, and according to the nature of ppp projects , investors need a practical evaluation metric to assess their revenues against costs . the project with long period is a high risk project . investors with this concept, works on quicker returns based on a shorter period to gain fast profits and could be re-invested and generate more returns and profits than expected from one project with long period. some other investors are risk takers with the concept of ; the higher the risk , the higher the profit . therefore , ppp projects with its long duration and risks , investors and deciosion makers are normally use the return on investment (roi) as a long duration evaluation metrics 4.1. project funding funding ppp projects is a crucial factor that projects’ successes rely on, external funding is needed and required for project’s initiation and that may be either injected from private sector or public sector. the remaining required investments for ppp projects are mostly recover in future from expected revenues. according to the concept of special purpose vehicle (spv), a project company may be established by the investor and may be as a form of consortium that conclude different specialized companies or a single large company. the shareholders will not funding all project requirements, they will secure a proportion as equity and required funds from financial entities that secure the capital required instead. to provide the required funding, investors or financial institutes must study the attractive factors of the ppp projects such as; the well-designed and shorter payback period, the suitable tolls or tariffs which secure the future cash inflow, the transparent regulations to reduce and mitigate market risks (eghbal shakeri, 2002). 4.2. tariff design some of the considerations are needed to design tariffs: – return on investment for private operator – the standards of the services and its costs – end user affordability – cost recovery needed the most commonly used metrics by the investor to evaluate the financial worthiness is the return on investment (roi), and the internal rate of return (irr) is the metrics used by the operator to evaluate the potential revenues of the project against its own cost of equity. the combination of service costs and tariffs determine the commercial feasibility of the project .the operator has the chance to improve the potential financial outcome by being particularly efficient in investment and operations. therefore, the operator will only get involved in a project if there as a chance to make a profit given a determined set of service standards and tariffs (marty schmidt, 2017). pg. 339 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication 5. questionnaires the researcher has quantified all these tangible factors using questionnaire. the aim of this questionnaire is to quantify the factors that affect the roi calculation of the ppp projects. in this questionnaire experts are asked to weigh each one based on its importance and possibility of happening during the life cycle of the ppp project in egypt. 5.1. sample size cochran (1963:75) developed the equation (2) to yield a representative sample for proportions for large populations n0 = z2 pq / e2 (2) n0 = the sample size, z2 = the abscissa of the normal curve that cuts off an area at the tails figure 2 figure 2. cochran sample size illustration e = the desired level of precision. p = 0.5 (maximum variability). the estimated proportion of an attribute that is present in the population. q = 1-p. z = 1 for more than 3000 population; founded in statistical tables and equivalent to the area under the normal curve for 95% confidence level and ±5% precision. the sample size (n0) can be adjusted using equation: n = n0 / [1 + (n0 − 1) /n] (3) n = the sample size n = the population size (cochran, 1963:75). 5.2. data collection according to the egyptian federation for construction & building contractors in egypt in 2016, the approximately number of contractors in egypt is 31000 contractors and due to the egyptian syndicate of engineers civil and architectural consultants are approximately 1000 consultants. by interviews and sent questionnaire to many of investors, project management experts, consultants and operators, and according to the following criteria: – the whole population = 32000 – confidence level = 95% – margin of error = 10% pg. 340 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication the size of the sample is determined by using the equations above and the results obtained that it has to be 96 participants. the questionnaire was actually sent to a sample of 200 variety stakeholders in egypt. a total 102 of owners, consultants, project management firms and contractors replied to the questionnaire sent. 5.3. risk rating matrix risk matrix is made of simple table where the risks are grouped based on their likelihood and the extent of damages or the kind of consequences that the risks can result in as shown in figure 3. the risk matrix is a tool to illustrate and evaluate the project’s risks based on the likelihood and its effect. different consequences regarding different factors resulting from using such matrix (dumbravă, 2013). figure 3. risk matrix an example of risk matrix with ranking and probability effect shown in table 1. the high rates indicate a great level of effect. questionnaire survey designed , based on the factors that affecting the calculations of the return on investment (roi) in ppp projects in egypt as shown in table 2. the purpose of the questionnaire is to provide a consistent scale to rate the expected effect for each factor. table 1. risk effect scale rate probability effect very high probable to exist if exists, cause a major cost overrun, schedule delay high will probably occur in most instances if exists, cause substantial cost increasing, schedule delay and major reduction in performance medium might occur it occur , cause noticeable budgeted cost increasing but may be manageable within contingency, slippage to delivery dates, noticeable degradation in performance low in some circumstances might occur cause slight increase in budgeted , minor slippage in delivery dates ,minor reduction in performance but manageable continued on next page pg. 341 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication table 1 continued very low no probability to occur cause no effect on budget , no impact on project millstones , neglected reduction in performance and if happened it would be manageable table 2. factors and explanation no. factor explanation 1 land availability the factors related to consequences that emerge from delay in land acquisition 2 changes in scope the factors related to the change that might be required in the original agreed upon scope with the impact in cost and time 3 changes in design the factors related to the changes of the original design or defectives in the that design which need corrective actions regarding these defectives 4 cost overrun uunexpected extra costs during project life cycle. 5 delay in construction delays in implementing or executing the project due to any circumstances 6 defective construction exists if to facility , system or the equipment cannot meet the construction specification and standards 7 weak operating productivity the productivity of operating system is cannot meet the expected output specifications 8 complex systems related to the incompatible systems or interface with other systems that might not perform as an integrated system 9 accidents issues the unexpected accidents or hazards which occurs in frequent basis and cause unacceptable outputs 10 price escalation changes in the cost or price of specific goods or services in a given economy over a period 11 weak coordination if one party or more in the project cannot perform in coordination and cooperation manner , resulting a great negative impact on the project 12 tax increases increasing in taxes fees that not considered before 13 inflation rate sustained increase in the general price level of goods and services in an economy over a period of time 14 volatility of exchange rate the rate at which one currency will be exchanged for another. it is also regarded as the value of one country’s currency in relation to another currency 15 higher level of interest rate the amount of interest due per period, as a proportion of the amount lent, deposited or borrowed 16 drawback economic the probability of losing demand due to any downside or drawback of the economy resulting revenues below expected 17 political issues the political factor is a major factor if exists or occur, especially in an instability ,situation it would reflect negative impacts on other factors continued on next page pg. 342 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication table 2 continued 18 unsuitable regularities the actual regulation cannot meet the investments’ expectations which resulting a large cost and time negative impact on the project 19 delays in approvals delays in necessary approval or legalization either in initiation stage or testing and commissioning of the project 6. results the factors sent to questionnaire participants must have a sum of “1” in their weight to comply with the traditional equation as shown in table 3. it is clear that results obtained of the questionnaire have an influential degree and tangible percentage that might change the (roi) calculated by that equation. table 3. weight of factors the economic factors such as inflation rate, cost overrun and interest rate are extremely influential for the ppp projects due to the long duration of the project which were not considered before in the previous studies. there is no doubt that the political factor has a major effect especially in egypt. administrative factors such as poor coordination with the administrative and governmental agencies and approval delays have a high rate weight that influence the (roi) as shown in figure 4. pg. 343 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication figure 4. weights histogram 7. conclusions as explained earlier, ppp projects have a special nature in terms of study, implementation, and operation. duo to the long life duration of the project, which may extended more than 20 years, this particular nature requires consideration of all factors that may affect the process of calculating the return on investment (roi). these factors, if present at different rates, whether high or low, will certainly affect the decision-maker negatively or positively and thus give results quite different from the traditional equation. therefore, we have done a questionnaire to measure the effect of these factors on the return on investment in egypt. these factors were found to have a very high impact when they occur, and they will certainly occur with great probability. therefore, the results and figures derived from this equation: roi = (revenues − cost) /cost (4) need to take into account the factors discussed previously. according to the results obtained from the questionnaire, we notice that all the factors mentioned are realistic factors, but different in terms of the phase of the project, whether the project at the phase of design, implementation or operation. these factors may also vary according to the other circumstances or influences such as; financial, technical, political, etc. however, in all cases, these factors should be considered as an effective influence to the decision maker. the results of this questionnaire may differ from one industry to another and from one country to another, but it is very impressive and very high. 8. references 1. the world bank ppi database,http://www4.worldbank.org/sprojects. world bank; 2016 2. ministry of finance, public private partnership central unit. national program for public private partnership; 2014 3. https:// www.business-case-analysis.com/return-on-investment.html.boston: marty schmidt; 2017 4. stephen osborne, publicprivate partnership. london: rutledge; 2000 5. broadbent, j. & laughlin. introduction about ppps. accounting, auditing & accountability journal; 2003 6. eghbal shaker. publicprivate partnership (ppp) approach. manchester, united kingdom; 2002 7. neil cuthbert, atif choudhary. the emergence of public-private partnerships (ppps) in the middle east and africa. middle east and africa ppp guide. february; 2016 pg. 344 abdel rashid / the academic research community publication 8. the economist.intelligence unit. evaluating the environment for public–private partnerships in africa. the infrasco; 2015 9. reginald u. bailey. a risk analysis tool for evaluating roi of tra for major defense acquisition programs . proquest llc; 2014 10. vasile dumbravă. impact matrix in analysis and risk assessment projects. journal of knowledge management, economics and information technology, romania; 2013 11. jordi salvador, francesc trillas, joan enric ricart & miquel rodrı́guez planas . new cairo wastewater treatment plant (egypt).iese; 2016 pg. 345 introduction definition of ppp the principal participants in ppp projects the public sector the sponsor the supplier the investor the off-taker the contractor the operator the lenders equity provider ppp in egypt overview first successful public-private partnership (ppp) project in egypt factors to be considered to ensure success of ppp projects finance design and development construction operation return on investment (roi) return on investment (roi) needed information ppp projects and return on investment (roi) project funding tariff design questionnaires sample size data collection risk rating matrix results conclusions references issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication http://www.ierek.com/press education and tourism: the inclusion of ancestral knowledge in the university degree curricula danny rivera flores1, juan carlos pazán1, corina núñez1, yolanda pérez1 1universidad técnica de ambato keywords ancestral towns, interculturality, curricula, consmovision, integration abstract being able to recognize your own individual rights in vulnerable situations is a good way to live. a new curriculum developed under ecuador’s higher education board brings together the inter-cultural concept. in ancient cultures, segregation existed among latin american people in higher education. in this way, the new proposal for education makes it vital for future professionals to develop in the domain of methods and proceeds about ancient acknowledge, traditions, and cultural. to achieve the purpose of having inclusive curricula, it was needed to analyze ancient thoughts focused in the salasaka community consmovision (descendant from bolivia settled in ecuador) and chibuleos community who formulated the methodology that promotes cultural consciousness and is focused on the development and potentiation of habits and customs that generate different ways of living and thinking in the new educational environments. the obtained results are in function of statistics settings that show inclusive methodologies that link up the university professorship with ancient knowledge and culture. the use of this investigation is the implementation of methodologies in curricula in ecuadorian universities in higher education. it’s about transforming the ideological challenges on the academic formation of the ancestral towns. 1. introduction when we talk about knowledge, we make reference to the socio-constructivist learning theory. ausubel (1968) establishes that there will only be significant learning when the content is relatable in a substantive and not arbitrary way with what the learner already knows, that is, with relevant and preexisting aspects of their cognitive structure (p13). it considers students as non-knowing beings, without light, but based on their previous knowledge of their school experiences and everyday life, they can build new and significant acquaintance and be the main actors of their own learning. therefore, robinson (1969) indicates that ancestral, traditional and popular knowledge, cognizance, and technologies will be integral axes of public management and will have an intercultural approach to their practices for the exercise of the plurinational state (p.5). this is similar to those who depend on the joint participation of possessing people’s ancestral knowledge and succeed in eradicating discrimination and promoting equality, inclusion and gender equality. education constitutes an indispensable tool so that mankind can progress towards the ideals of peace, freedom and social justice. hewitt ramírez & barrero rivera, (2011) state that its essential function is the development of people and societies as a means for human development that is more harmonic and genuine that allows for a decrease in poverty, exclusion, misunderstandings, oppressions, and wars among others. higher education is essential to create the intellectual capacity to produce and use knowledge and lifelong learning required by people to update their knowledge and skills (world bank, 2003; delors 1996). higher education is considered the biggest challenge given the demands of today’s global society with the characteristics of the twenty-first century along with globalization as an emerging concept, and the efficiency and the transition from a technological society to a knowledge society. (palomares ruiz, 2004; bozu & canto, 2009). doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.249 danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 2 according to unesco, cultural diversity is a source of creativity and innovation and its recognition fosters social inclusion and participation. the term wise knowledge refers to the methodical processes of production of new knowledge, traditionally known as scientific research, but there’s also another knowledge where the method is called style, and also generates new knowledge. that’s the case of art, another type of knowledge. both science and the art have their respective technical and technological manifestations (álvarez, 2009). wise knowledge makes its own discourse that’s usually communicated in a scientific or aesthetic language. they are called ancestral and traditional knowledge and traditions to all the knowledge that owns the indigenous peoples and communities, and that have been transmitted from generation to generation for centuries (palomares ruiz, 2014). the university plans a determinant role in the integral formation of individuals, that’s why they have the obligation to include sustainability on their curricula so that future professionals develop their work from a sustainable perspective leading them to act responsibly and commit to their most direct environment (azcárate, navarrete, & garcía, 2012). the university sustainability proceeds are not easy and they have the potential to transform the educative model. the challenge is to find out the best way to be affective, a path that every single university should build. given the current context of european convergence, which advocates competency-based training, it seems like a good time to start the journey (ull, martínez, piñero, & aznar, 2010). the applied methodology was comparative at performing an analysis between the various strategies for imparting ancestral knowledge. the conclusions reveal which methodology is the most suitable to be able to insert the knowledge in the university. 1.1 retrospective evolution colonization of knowledge the history of knowledge is marked geo-historically and it has a value and a place of origin (castro-gómez & guardiola rivera, 2011). knowledge is not abstract and unfocused, it’s quite the opposite (lander, 2013). the missionaries had noticed that aztecs or incas had no writing, therefore, they had no knowledge in the sense that the renaissance university conceived the knowledge (lander, 2011). when it was time for the french and english missonaries, en xix century, the observations were similar. only this time the knowledge was measured on the basis of the kantiana-humboldtian university and not renaissance anymore (shari´ati, 2009; walsh, 2011; schiwy & ennis, 2012). therefore, human knowledge that does not occur in a region of the globe from greece to france or to the north of the mediterranean. knowledge is produced in many places but, for example, knowledge produced in africa, asia or latin america may not be sustainable (dussel, 2014). this power relation marked by colonial differences and colonial statutes of power that’s to say, the discourse that justifies the colonial difference is the one that reveals knowledge, it is organized through power centers and subaltern regions (ramón, 2012). the trap is that the discourse of modernity has created the illusion that knowledge is de-incorporated and de-localized and that it is necessary, from all regions of the planet, to rise to the epistemology of modernity (andrade palma, 2015). in this way, research is worthy whether it’s produced in the right, the left or the center of the world. there are three great narratives, macro-narratives that are characterized as the histories of knowledge that are located from greece to france to the north of the mediterranean (marín díaz, 2017). the christian macro-story generated the liberal macro-story and this generated the macro-macro marxist account (sosa elízaga, 2011). as it’s known, the secularization of knowledge apparently opposed and distanced itself from christianity (fachin, 2013). however, in a complementary gesture, christianity was kept close since the christian religion was necessary to the philosophers of illustration to ensure that all other religions were inferior to christianity (caldas & rodríguez, 2014). likewise, we know that secularization developed liberalism then liberalism generated its counterpart, marxism (hessen, 2016). so that christianity, liberalism and marxism with their corresponding "neo’s" are not two sides of the same coin, but three sides of one side of the coin (hume, 2013). on the other side of the coin is colonialism and finally, colonialism opens the doors of all of those fields knowledge that were marginalized in the name of christianity, liberalism and marxism. (locke, 2013). ancestral knowledge ancestral knowledge is part of the heritage of a country and its value is not limited to original communities, but that knowledge is an important resource for all mankind as it enriches mutual knowledge through dialogue and danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 3 allows the preservation of the broad spectrum of cultural diversity in a given territory (bozú & canto, 2009). according to unesco, cultural diversity is a source of creativity and innovation and its recognition fosters social inclusion and participation. therefore, ancestral knowledge must be protected and promoted, recognized and consolidated for the benefit of all mankind by the current generations and future ones (cerda-gutiérrez, 2016). it also ensures that cultural diversity broadens the possibilities of choice offered to all and is a source of development, understood not only in terms of economic growth, but also as a means of access to an intellectual, effective, moral existence and satisfactory spirituality (delors, 2000). the international organism gives the necessary recognition to all cultural expressions that exist and that have existed on the planet (gomez, 2014). in this ambit, the struggle in ecuador has shaped the framework of the historical project of sumak kawsay. it encourages the the rescue, preservation and divulgation of ancient knowledge (gonzales, galindo,& gold, 2014). it’s denominated knowledge and ancestral knowing and traditions to all of those knowledge that ancient peoples own, and that have been transmitted from generation to generation by centuries. (palomares ruiz, 2014) this knowledge, knowing and practices had been conserved through long time mainly by using oral tradition from original peoples and also by practices and customs that have been transmitted from fathers to children in the framework in the context of the dynamics of community coexistence that characterize our indigenous peoples (jaramillo, 2005, pág. 77). it is not easy that a half-blood world tries to understand what the ancestral knowledge is really about because we should first carry out an exercise in "mental decolonization", so to speak (chevellard, 2011). we should first understand that ancestral knowledge is the expression of a deep and complex worldview that is far from the conception of the western world. we should know that the understanding of this knowledge cannot be given fully through a process of description, analysis, and categorization because the true understanding of ancestral knowledge arises from the experience of that worldview in which intuition and feeling intertwine with thought to generate knowledge of the world (gonzález agudelo & díaz hernández, 2008). having pointed this out, and without being able to detach completely from the need to describe and categorize, it could be said that ancestral knowledge encompasses a wide variety of aspects of knowledge and technique ranging from language to gastronomy, from mathematics to crafts, passing through medicine, construction, forestry, environmental conservation techniques and microclimates, production and food, agriculture and irrigation, transport and communication, etc. (gonzález acosta, 2015, p.15) each town has its own thoughts, practices and customs that configure out the particularity of its various identities (agosto, 2014). we can see this reflected in the difference between a craft of wild seeds of the cofan, for example, and the well-known woven handicrafts of the otavalo that belongs to the kichwa nationality. it’s also reflected in the difference between gastronomy, music and dance of the amazonian shuar people and gastronomy, dance and music of other nationalities and peoples of the sierra or the coast (secretaría nacional de planificación y desarrollo, 2014). in spite of these differences, there are common elements, points of encounter that are central axes within their worldviews twinned their ways of conceiving, interpreting and relating to the world. spirituality seems to stand out as the essential part that shapes collective identity from indigenous peoples determining its harmonic link with the pacha mama with the mother earth (quintana, 2012). these are the central axes of ancestral knowledge, perhaps, the ones which should wake up more interest not only in the half-blood population, but worldwide given that they constitute elements that could give answers to some of the global needs of the present time. production and consumption models respectful with nature, intuitive approximation and sensitive to reality are wise enough to understand that they are a part of something much bigger than oneself, these are all components of an ancestral wisdom that has already started to call the attention to the world. in front of the actual ecological crisis as a product of the model of development at the global level, it could assume an important role in the construction of new models which permit a harmonic relation with the beings that conform to the environment and sustain our existence (castro, 2011; conaie, 1989; tarapues & rico, 2012). inter-culturalism to sum up, the concept of inter-culturalism is defined from the perspective of indigenous social and intellectual movements,and accounts for the importance of geopolitics of knowledge (quijano, 2016). that is, to take seriously that knowledge is not one and universal for whoever wants to gain it but is marked and marked by the colonial danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 4 difference (césaire, 2016). in this sense, the authors agree that inter-culturalism is thus defined as a way of overcoming internal colonialism, having the opportunity to form citizens aware of the differences and able to work together in the development of the country and in the construction of a fair society that is equitable, egalitarian and plural. less than two decades ago, south america began officially recognizing its ethnic and cultural diversity (tubino, 2015). a historical diversity rooted in policies of extermination, enslavement, dehumanization, inferiority and also in the supposed overcoming of the indigenous and black. in this regard, (trigo, 2008) indicates that this latter part of the mestization and, in countries like brazil, dominican republic and the colombian and venezuelan caribbean, the so-called racial democracy. in this way, there is a growing need to promote positive relationships between different cultural groups to confront discrimination, racism, and exclusion. it is important to emphasize that inter-cultural as an epistemic, ethical and political project from the indigenous perspective is a unique manifestation of what is happening in other parts of the world (walsh, garcía, & mignolo, 2016). on the other hand, it is a good example of the epistemic potential of border epistemology (mignolo, 2013). an epistemology that works at the limit of indigenous knowledge subordinated by the colonialism of power (maldonado, 2017). they are also marginalized by the colonial difference and western knowledge translated into the indigenous perspective of knowledge and their political needs and ethical conception (walsh, 2014). ecuador shares several ethnic groups and nationalities that share typical characteristics. there are usually a variety of manifestations found in myths, rites, games, legends, dances, food, costumes, etc. collective expressions that reaffirm the cultural richness of our country (jácome, 2013). in spite of everything, our country is great in different aspects: its culture: it has a great variety of ethnic groups settled in the costa, sierra and amazonía of the country, and they maintain their customs and traditions from a long time (diario el tiempo, 2015). the republic of ecuador has a significant percentage of the indigenous population estimated to be between 35% and 40% of the national population, grouped into 14 nationalities and 18 ethnic groups (sidenpe, 2017). the ecuadorian constitution of 1998 was a significant step to address the indigenous issue by consecrating ethnic pluralism (constitution of the republic of ecuador, 2008). ecuador proclaims its will to consolidate the unity of the ecuadorian nation in recognizing the diversity of its regions, peoples, ethnicities and cultures, defining ecuador as a unitary, democratic, multicultural and multiethnic state (codempe, 2017). currently 14 nationalities and 18 ethnic groups are recognized, these are: table 1: ethnic groups source: (conaie, 2017) made by: researchers ethnics of the cost ethnics of the mountain rage ethnics of the amazon  awá  chachis  épera  negrosafro ecuatorianos de esmeraldas  montubio  cholopescador  tsachila  saraguro  natabuela  quilotoa  quisapinchas  salasacas  chibuleos  cañaris  quitu cara  panzaleo  otavalos  shuar  achuar  huaorani  siona  secoya  zápara  shiwiar  cofán towns the salasaka approximately 12,000 inhabitants organized in about 24 communities. the organizational base is the commune (loyola & surita, 2013). the highest authority is the assembly and then the cabildo. being mayor gives status in the community. work for the community is done in minga and decisions are taken democratically in the assemblies. the salasaka are a people with an economy in transition, from a subsistence economy to a market economy. its form of economic reproduction is differentiated by ecological floor, as follows (valenzuela, 2013). crops in this area are corn, wheat, barley, beans, potatoes, cabbage, lettuce, beet, cauliflower, apple, pear, peach and capuli. they sell cakes, vegetables, capulí to complement their food and clothes. the most common animals danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 5 are sheep and cattle. milk production is minimal; it’s given to the mestizos of the area. good irrigation yields good quality pastures and excellent alfalfa crops oriented for the provincial market (gonzález terreros, 2015, pp. 7595). they make tapestries using their own weaving techniques and traditional designs of the area. for a part of the population, this activity constitutes the main occupation oriented to the national and international market. there are some artisans who have turned their workshops into micro enterprises (sánchez parga, 2010). on the other hand, women, in addition to their housework, feed cattle and smaller animals such as guinea pigs and rabbits. it is important to say that a part of the sangay national park is located in spaces of the territoriality of the salasaka people and in its interior are communities (la hora, 2016). the chibuleo the town chibuleo is located in the central mountain range to the south-west of the province of tungurahua in the canton ambato, parish juan benigno vela, 18 km from the city of ambato, via guaranda. they are bilingual, their mother tongue is kichwa and spanish as a second language. it is estimated that the population is approximately 12,000 inhabitants and are organized in 7 communities: san francisco, san luis, san alfonso, san pedro, chacapungo, san miguel and pataló alto. we must note that part of the territories of this town are in the chimborazo faunist reserve (campion m., 2015, pp. 243-262). the political structure of the chibuleo people is composed of the community assembly, as the highest authority, then the people's government council, the cabildo comunitario, the coordination council, and finally the associations and cooperatives directives. all decisions and resolutions in community law are taken democratically in ordinary or extraordinary assemblies called through the community councils. in this town, it is organized in the indigenous movement of tungurahua, mit (pinos montenegro, 2016, pp. 31-43) the chibuleo people, whose productive axis is the agricultural activity, takes advantage of its geographical location to plant a variety of products at the same time as they are dedicated to livestock. with regard to agriculture, they sow in small plots called blocks: potatoes, mellocos, barley, vegetables and maize, production that is destined mostly to own consumption (nieves loja, 2015). in relation to livestock, they are dedicated to the breeding of cattle and horses and to a lesser extent the raising of domestic animals such as lambs, pigs, chickens, guinea pigs, rabbits. livestock activities are oriented for individual consumption and to the provincial market (trujillo, 2012, pp. 304-314). the chibuelos make handicrafts such as embroidered blouses, shigras, and rebozos of white color with bands of two colors, ponchos and on a smaller scale, ceramic. production is directed to self-consumption and the provincial market, national and even international. they maintain their ancestral celebrations combining the traditional with the religious, music, ethnic dance, dancers and the use of own ancestral instruments. knowledge in this village is transmitted orally (bastidas jiménez, 2015, pp. 180-189). inter-culturalism seeks to develop an interaction between culturally different people, knowledge and practices. an interaction that is social, economic and political where the power of institutional conditions limit the possibility that the "other" can be considered as subject with identity, difference and agency the capacity to act (salomon, 2013). inter-culturalism, during the course of time, has been strengthened to overcome this rejection that is necessarily a prolonged work of education. in the interaction between individuals and groups with different cultural identities, ideas and actions of one person or cultural group are not allowed to stand above each other so that people could become more interested in this subject (fuenzalida, 2009). it is important to clarify that inter-culturalism refers not only to the interaction that occurs at the geographical level, but also to take into account situations in which differences occur. in educational institutions, there are different ways in which the institution is strengthened by the practice of values, traditions, which each and every one of the managers manage, contributing and promoting values so as to strengthen work and positivity (suárez rosas & barrios osuna, 2006). the pedagogical methodology to be used in the curriculum will be based on the theories of learning of the technical university of ambato that is the partner constructivism, and connectivity. each paradigm has its processes, activities and methods of action. the national plan for good living and inter-culturalism. the zonal agenda for good living (2013) mentions that "multi-culturalism and intercultural bilingual education in indigenous cultures have been denied meaning and validity in the universal context, this is because the idea of historical progress is considered inherent only to the western culture" (p.11). however, it is not a question of ignoring the scientific, technological, economic and political progress of western culture since in intercultural relations there must be a balance so that no culture becomes an instrument of hegemony and repression (almeida, 2008). these affirmations were consolidated with the approval of the constitution (2008), since article 257 gives danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 6 them the legal framework to be constituted as indigenous or afro-ecuadorian territorial districts that may exercise the powers of a decentralized autonomous government. article 380 also states that one of the responsibilities of the state will be to ensure, through permanent policies, the set of values and manifestations that shape the plurinational, multicultural and multiethnic identity of ecuador. in this context, culture is now indigenous people’s proof of belonging, the verification of identity and the means of self-knowledge. this positioning before their own culture has forced them to take responsibility for the direction of it. the active participation of organizations has begun by making decisions in bilingual education, in the application of appropriate technologies, in the conscious support of the transition from oral to written and literary languages (almeida, 2008). speaking of socio-constructivist learning, ausubel (1968) states that "there will only be meaningful learning when what is being learned is able to relate in a substantive rather than arbitrary way with what the learner already knows, that is, with relevant aspects and pre-existing cognitive structure "(p.13). it considers the students not as beings without knowledge, without light, but from the previous knowledge that they possess of their school experiences and of the daily life, they manage to construct new and significant knowledge, being they the main actors of their own learning. accordingly, robinson (1969) states that "ancestral, traditional and popular knowledge and technologies will be integral axes of public management and will have an intercultural approach to their practices for the exercise of multi-national status" (p.5). this is similar to those who depend on the joint participation of the people possessing the ancestral knowledge and succeed in eradicating discrimination and promoting equality, inclusion and gender equality. the technical university of ambato and the career of psycho-pedagogy will base its methodology on four axes of gender equality, of peoples, nationalities and inter-culturalism, axis of equality in the disability, axis of environment and finally the axis of gender equality, established by the national secretariat for higher education, science and technology and innovation and unesco (2013), in the document building equality in higher education, fundamentals and guidelines to mainstream the axes of equality and environment. it is necessary for higher education to construct learning scenarios that allow the development of gender and intercultural approaches that allow the exercise of a democratic, inclusive and diverse education. this allows access to all the services offered by members of the university community, especially to vulnerable or socially or culturally vulnerable population groups. this will be at the same time that it carries out activities in and out of the campus with various activities linked to the community (naranjo, 2015). it will also diligently emphasize the admission to a person with disabilities, special abilities, catastrophic illnesses, single parents or students, who for their admission must show them. it will also guarantee the permanence of students with low resources, special abilities, economic level, ethnicity, etc., in parallel with the laws and regulations in force (campion, 2014). national curriculum reform when we speak of a global world, we emphasize the interconnection that exists today among the most remote parts of the globe thanks to modern media such as cell phones, television and the internet, but we also allude to the fact that the whole world is making a single market in which financial capital is freely displaced and economic actors, each against all, are faced with generalized, globalized competition (gasché, 2005, pp. 177-200). the last curricular reform in the university, initiated in 1998, has promulgated several agreements oriented to the implementation of processes that deal with approaches, principles, characteristics and guidelines in correspondence with the pei (1996-2010) and with the development plan 1996) to harmonize the academic actions that the institution has within its social function (forero, 2008). some provisions contemplate the need to evaluate the development of the reform, primarily pointing to aspects of the administrative nature of the curriculum but they leave out the components of vital importance for the academic future of the university (gómez, 2003; lópez, 1989 & universidad de caldas, 1998). accordingly, magendzo (1991) points out that the curricular reform proposals have been, with the best intention, fruit of the analyses carried out by expert groups and other gummies who have worried about the subject but have not developed in a process that could well be research-action for example: the proposals of carr and kemmis (1988), mckernan (1999), forero (1983) and quintero (2001) in their idea of reflexive spiral in action to elaborate and to evaluate a proposal of curricular intervention that includes theories, models, approaches and finally specific designs of research development of the curriculum (torres, 2004). we have been attending a curricular reform implemented with the inverted spiral scheme, that is, instead of being teachers and students who study, analyze and discuss proposals, calculating their scope, limitations, costs and effects, it was a group of experts that decided and led management bodies to produce standards that are only being debated in the so-called university-based communities (vera-noriega, 2007). the best example of legitimacy must danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 7 go far beyond legality: wide and deliberate participation, whether it is leisurely and meticulous, of each and every one of the actors in the process so that the final result is an approximation to the consensus and an incorporation assimilation-respect for the created norm (schmelkes, 2004). in this way, curricular design in every university career starts from the fact that every community has a history, a social history, and that the social genesis of every community is always pluri traditional; in the very heart of its heritage shares many elements with other cultures. as demonstrated by the cosmovision (non-fragmented original knowledge that responds to a holistic purpose but does not have a history of institutionalization) of several peoples and cultures of the mexican southeast and that is maintained through orality. for example, the myth of origin that depends on the culture is changing but elements are shared through them (gay, 2004, pp. 30-49). the lack of continuous monitoring and control of academic activities allowed for the indiscriminate proliferation of undergraduate degrees and postgraduate programs in a large number of heis in ecuador that responded more to clients’ demands and not to social need (rojas, 2011). thus, it seems that the non-fulfillment of their social responsibility was the trigger that caused the questioning of university work by various social sectors and that somehow justified the intervention of the constituent assembly and the national assembly when they approved the constitution of the republic and the organic law of higher education loes respectively, showing that for the ecuadorian case the university reform does not originate from its sine but, rather, arises from the social claim and the governmental concern (conesup, 2007). the transition period, which initially lasts five years, forces heis to overcome the process of evaluation and accreditation under penalty of being outside the system (loes, 2010). in this way, higher education happens to obtain curricular components, units of curricular analysis and levels that solve a problem for each semester. in addition, an opening is given to directly start the experience through the pre professional practices. finally, the integrating knowledge project merges the transversal nature of the subjects through the integrative chair in order to obtain qualitative results that the students can support at the end of each level (consejo de educación superior, 2014). the diversification of the new curriculum of higher education proposes the integration of the knowledge and cultures of indigenous peoples and nationalities. through inter-culturalism, we must answer the questions: what are the pedagogical methodologies of the curriculum that will achieve the incorporation of the dialogue of ancestral, every day and traditional knowledge of inclusion and diversity? what are the theoretical, methodological and attitudinal skills and skills that the curriculum will contemplate in order to achieve the incorporation of the dialogue of ancestral, daily and traditional knowledge of inclusion, diversity and gender approach? the construction of the new intercultural curriculum will allow the creation of an intercultural subject in its relations of communication, production and consumption of perceptions, knowledge, identity, transcendence, language development, thinking, socio-cultural interaction, ancestral knowledge and cultural "(larrea, 2015, p.24). 2. methodology. the new ecuadorian curriculum allows integrating the ancestral knowledge. in order to achieve intercultural incorporation, it is necessary to establish methodologies that allow the adequate integration of knowledge. in the new curricular designs, methodologies are proposed, however, it is not known which ones are the right ones to be able to incorporate them. educational methodologies are proposed, such as: • tutorials. • evaluation. • individual work • conferences. • study of cases. • proactive tutoring. • team work. the research is carried out with a sample of 482 students corresponding to the career of psychopedagogy and educational psychology of the technical university of ambato aged between 19 and 25 years. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 8 the techniques were applied to differentiated groups applying the different methodologies proposed in the curriculum to determine which one is suitable for implementing in classrooms: for the students of the career of educational psychology, the following methodologies were applied: tutorials, evaluation, individual works and conferences, while for the psychopedagogy career methodologies were applied: case study, problem solving, proactive tutoring and cooperative work. it should be noted in both samples that the principles of "practicum" and "action research" were used to achieve the inclusion of ancestral knowledge. the application of observational fact sheets, which contain parameters of knowledge: education, languages and science, as an essential device for the ecology of knowledge and bio-knowledge as a crucial point of the future of knowledge. these two parameters of of knowledge were put into play through: patrimonialism, education and science, biodiversity, territoriality and governance (crespo & vila, 2012). the observational form was applied to the two groups to know the degree of knowledge reached according to the application of the different methodologies. the degree of achievement was defined as 1 to 5, where q is not attained and 5 are fully achieved. observational records were used for 5 days to obtain their average. 3. results. we measure the knowledge gained in patrimonialism, education and science, biodiversity, territoriality and governance through the observation tab: applied methodologies patrimoniality education and science biodiversity territoriality governance tutorials 3,3 2,3 3,4 2,1 3,4 evaluation 2,4 1,2 2,5 3,3 2,2 individual works 3,2 2,3 4,5 3,2 2,1 conferences 3,4 2,3 3,5 3,6 3,1 study of cases 4,1 4,2 3,9 4,3 4,1 proactive tutoring 4,6 4,6 4,4 4,5 4,8 team work 4,5 4,8 4,8 4,6 4,2 table 2. methodologies applied vs methodologies. prepared by: researchers figure 1. high and low degrees in knowledge of ancestral knowledge prepared by: researchers 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 patrimoniality education and science biodiversity territoriality governance danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 9 the highest and lowest degrees obtained for patrimonialism, education and science, biodiversity, territoriality and governance, are: table 3. means of applied methodologies. prepared by: researchers applied methodologies measure tutorials 2,9 evaluation 2,32 individual works 3,06 conferences 3,18 study of cases 4,12 proactive tutoring 4,58 team work 4,58 . in that way, we can determine that the methodologies that serve most effectively for the capture of ancestral knowledge are: case study, proactive tutoring and cooperative work. the results were analyzed: the group that received the knowledge with the methodologies: tutorials, evaluation, individual works and conferences; versus the group that received the knowledge with the methodologies: case study, proactive tutoring and cooperative work. we apply the pearson correlation coefficient to the means: table 3. pearson's correlation prepared by: researchers. pearson correlation (r.) -0,72829874 determination (r*r) 0,53041906 y = -0,09x + 4,69 figure 2. dispersion diagram prepared by: researchers. there is a correlation between the knowledge of ancestral knowledge between the two groups. it is a negative but not perfect correlation; this means that the difference between the methodologies applied to the two groups is too diverse to capture the ancestral knowledge. the value r ≠ 0: r> 0; therefore, the methodologies used by the teacher has a correlational influence on the student's learning in order to capture the knowledge of the ancestral knowledge and in accordance with what is established in the decision rule, it can be affirmed that the methodologies: case studies, proactive tutoring and cooperative work, are the ideal ones to be able to impart the knowledge of the ancestral knowledge. it should be noted that in a macro way practice and research should be considered. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 10 4. conclusions it is difficult to the half-caste population to understand the knowledge and ancient practices of the indigenous peoples, because it is not possible to speak about inter-culturalism. there must be constructed scenes of learning that they facilitate interculturalidad across the currícula and allow the exercise of a democratic education, enclosing and diverse, guaranteeing a community conviviality by means of the practice of positive relations between several ethnic groups. it is important to identify which are the most suitable methodologies that allow to integrate in an effective way the knowledge raised in the curriculum developments to obtain an education of general type where they all and all have the same opportunities without any type of discrimination across the interaction between the different cultures and the cooperative learning, obtaining a mutual enrichment that ensues from the exchange, the reciprocity and the interdependence. it is possible to affirm that the methodologies: case study, proactive tutoring and cooperative work, are the ideal ones to be able to impart the knowledge of the ancestral knowledge. the tutoring starts from the conception of the subject to guarantee its cognitive autonomy; that is to say, that the process of practicum with its principles, of understanding the teaching practice as a space that generates learning, the profile of tutor, non-segmented practice, observation reflection and the process itself of the investigation through the monitoring and control . these principles are applicable in a better way if we apply the methodologies applied. 5. references 1. agosto, p. (2014). saberes ancestrales y biodiversidad. destrucción, negación y disputa. centro de investigación y formación de los movimientos sociales latinoamericanos (cifmsl). buenos aires: consejo latinoamericano de ciencias sociales. 2. almeida, a. (2008). la pluriculturalidad. quito, ecuador: ruíz. 3. álvarez, c. (2009). hacia una escuela de excelencia, 2ª ed. la habana: academia. 4. andrade palma, m. (viernes de marzo de 2015). colonización del conocimiento. el diario manabita de libre pensamineto. 5. ausubel, d. p. (1968). educational psychology: a cognitive view. new york: holt, rinehart & winston. 6. azcárate, p., navarrete, a., & garcía, e. (2012). aproximación al nivel de inclusión de la sostenibilidad en los curricula universitarios. profesorado. revista de currículum y formación de profesorado, vol. 16, núm. 2,, 105-119. 7. bastidas jiménez, m. (2015). educación intercultural bilingüe en el ecuador: un estudio de la demanda social. alteridad. revista de educación, vol. 10, núm. 2, julio-diciembre, 2015, 180-189. 8. bozú, z., & canto, p. (2009). el profesorado universitario en la sociedad del conocimiento: competencias profesionales docentes. revista de formación e innovación educativa universitaria, 2, 2, 87-97. 9. caldas, a., & rodríguez, c. (2014). la regulaci�n jur�dica del conocimiento tradicional : la conquista de los saberes. bogotá: ilsa. 10. campion, m. (2014). la organización indígena transfronteriza en los márgenes del ecuador. perspectivas desde la sierra, costa y amazonía. tesis doctoral. manuscrito sin publicar. en prensa. 11. campion, m. (2015). entre la memoria histórica y el atentado: las relaciones transfronterizas de los indígenas. revista científica "general josé maría córdova", vol. 13, núm. 16, julio-diciembre, 2015, 243-262. 12. castro, j. (2011). elementos de reflexión para una agenda ambiental en la frontera entre colombia y ecuador. rostros y rastros, 35-44. 13. castro-gómez, s., & guardiola rivera, o. (2011). el plan colombia, o de cómo una historia local se convierte en diseño global. nueva sociedad, 175. 14. cerda-gutiérrez, h. (2016). formación investigativa en la educación superior colombiana. bogotá: educc. 15. césaire, a. (2016). discurso sobre el colonialismo. madrid: akal. 16. chevellard. (2011). la transposición didáctica. del saber sabio al saber enseñado. buenos aires: aique. 17. codempe. (2017). pueblos y nacionalidades del ecuador. quito: ruíz. 18. conaie. (1989). las nacionalidades indígenas en el ecuador: nuestro proceso organizativo. quito: ediciones abya-yala. 19. conaie. (2017). nacionalidades y grupos étnicos del ecuador. quito, ecuador. 20. conesup. (2007). reglamento de doctorados, ecuador. quito. 21. consejo de educación superior. (2014). reglamento de régimen académico . quito: ces. 22. constitución de la república del ecuador. (2008). educación. en c. d. ecuador, constitución de la república del ecuador (pág. 27). alfaro, montecristi: ruíz. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 11 23. crespo, j. m., & vila, d. (2012). saberes y conocimeintos ancestrales, tradiciones populares. stream 5: comunidades, 48-96. 24. delors, j. (2000). la educación encierra un tesoro. madrid: santillna. unesco. 25. diario el tiempo. (lunes de noviembre de 2015). el ecuador, reconoce la existencia de los diferentes pueblos y nacionalidades, de acuerdo a la constitución de 2008. diario el tiempo, pág. 2. 26. dussel, e. (2014). historia de la filosofía y filosofía de la liberación. bogotá: nueva américa. 27. fachin, l. e. (2013). la conquista de los saberes. bogotá: ilsa. 28. forero, f. (2008). estructura curricular de programas académicos universitarios y su relación con la docencia, en mejorar la docencia universitaria. bogotá: universidad pedagógica nacional. 29. fuenzalida, f. (2009). la agonía del estado-nación. poder, raza y etnia en el perú contemporáneo. lima: fondo editorial del congreso de perú. 30. gasché, j. (2005). hacia una propuesta curricular intercultural en un mundo global. revista interamericana de educación de adultos, vol. 27, núm. 1, 2005, 177-200. 31. gay, g. (2004). curriculum theory and multicultural education. en: james a. banks y cherry a. mc. gee banks (editors). handbook of research of research on multicultural education. 2a ed. san francisco california: jossey, bass. 32. gómez, j. (2014). lineamientos pedagógicos para una educación por competencias. en el concepto de competencia ii. una mirada interdisciplinar. bogotá: sociedad colombiana de pedagogía. 33. gómez, p. e. (2003). construcción de un currículo integrado para la universidad de caldas. informe final de investigación. . manizales.: vice-rectoría de investigaciones y postgrados. 34. gonzález acosta, m. (2015). la emergencia de lo ancestral: una mirada sociológica. maracaibo, venezuela: universidad del zulia. 35. gonzález agudelo, e. m., & díaz hernández, d. p. (2008). desde el currículo hasta la didáctica o sobre la circulación de los saberes y sus controles en la universidad: un ejemplo en la enseñanza de la medicina. medellín, colombia: universidad de antioquia. 36. gonzález terreros, m. i. (2015). las escuelas clandestinas en ecuador. raíces de la educación indígena intercultural. revista colombiana de educación, núm. 69, 75-95. 37. gonzález, j., galindo, n., galindo, j. l., & gold, m. (2014). los paradigmas de la calidad educativa. de la autoevaluación a la acreditación. méxico: unión de universidades de américa latina. 38. hessen, j. (2016). teoría del conocimiento. lozada. 39. hewitt ramírez, n., & barrero rivera, f. (2011). la integración de los saberes: una propuesta curricular para la formación en investigación en la educación superior. bogotá, colombia: universidad de san buenaventura. 40. hume, d. (2013). conocimineto. prisse hall. 41. jácome, s. (2013). nacionalidades y pueblos del ecuador. quito: ruiz. 42. jaramillo, h. (2005). interacción entre el capital humano, el capital intelectual y el capital social: una aproximación a la medición de recursos humanos en ciencia y tecnología. méxico: trillas. 43. la hora. (miércoles de julio de 2016). diversidad de nacionalidades y pueblos indígenas en ecuador. diario la hora, pág. 4. 44. lander, e. (2011). los derechos de propiedad intelectual en la geopolítica del saber de la sociedad global del conocimiento. quito: universidad andina simón bolívar. 45. lander, e. (2013). la colonialidad del saber. eurocentrismo y ciencias sociales. la paz: hisbol. 46. larrea, e. (2015). el curriculo de la educación superior desde la complejidad sistémica . quito: consejo de educación superior. 47. locke, j. (2013). el empirismo del conocimiento. méxico: trillas. 48. loes, l. o. (2010). asamblea nacional del ecuador. quito: ruiz. 49. lópez, n. e. (1989). currículo y calidad de la educación superior en colombia. bogotá: icfes colciencias. 50. loyola, g., & surita, a. (2013). 14 nacionalidades & 18 grupos etnicos ecuador . santa cruz cascajo, galapagos, ecuador: loyola lodge. 51. magendzo, a. (1991). currículo y cultura en américa latina. santiago de chile: piie. 2da. edición. 52. maldonado, n. (2017). “sobre la colonialidad del ser: contribuciones al desarrollo de un concepto”,en el giro decolonial. reflexiones para una diversidad epistémico más allá del capitalismo global. bogotá: siglo del hombre. 53. marín díaz, m. a. (2017). colonizacion y municipalizacion en la hispania republicana. españa: universidad de granada. 54. mignolo, w. (2013). historias locales/diseños globales. colonialidad, conocimientos subalternos y pensamiento fronterizo. madrid: akal. 55. naranjo, g. (2015). políticas de acción afirmativa de equidad de género para la docencia y la gestión. ambato: universidad técnica de ambato. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 12 56. nieves loja, g. m. (2015). el carácter reconstructivo de la justicia indígena, en chimborazo, ecuador: perspectiva ética. aufklärung. revista de filosofia, vol. 2, núm. 2, octubre, 2015, 79-102. 57. palomares ruiz, a. (2014). profesorado y educación para la diversidad en el siglo xxi. españa: universidad de castilla-la mancha. 58. pinos montenegro, j. (2016). imaginario creador y pobreza. estudio etnográfico entre indígenas kichwas del cantón ambato, provincia de tungurahua ecuador, que salieron de pobreza y los que viven extrema pobreza. diálogo andino revista de historia, geografía y cultura andina, núm. 51, 2016, 31-43. 59. quijano, a. (2016). “estado-nación y ‘movimientos indígenas’ en la región andina, cuestiones abiertas”, enmovimientos sociales y gobiernos en la región andina. resistencias y alternativas, lo político y lo social. revista del observatorio social de américa latina, clacso, 15-24. 60. quintana, r. (2012). estudio de plantas medicinales usadas en la comunidad indígena tikuna del alto amazonas. macedonia: nova 10. 61. ramón, r. (2012). la nueva colonización de américa latina, la tecnológica y el conocimiento. rebelión, 21. 62. rengifo-salgado, e., rios-torres, s., fachín malaverri, l., & vargas-arana. (2017). saberes ancestrales sobre el uso de flora y fauna en la comunidad indígena tikuna de cushillo cocha, zona fronteriza perúcolombia-brasil. revista peruana de biología, vol. 24, núm. 1, 2017, 67-78. 63. robinson, f. g. (1969). school learning: an introduction to educational psychology. new york: holt, rinehart & winston. 64. rojas, j. e. (2011). reforma universitaria en el ecuador. etapa de transición. innovación educativa, vol. 11, núm. 57, octubre-diciembre, 2011,, 59-67. 65. salomon, f. (2013). supermán es más súper cuando se quita la malla. chungara, revista de antropología chilena, vol. 45, núm. 4, 2013, 515-522. 66. sánchez parga, j. (2010). el movimiento indígena ecuatoriano. la larga ruta de la comunidad al partido. quito: abya-yala. 67. schiwy, f., & ennis, m. (2012). knowledges and the known. andean perspectives on capitalism and epistemology. nepantla: views from south. 68. schmelkes, s. (2004). avances y retos de la educación superior indígena en méxico. coordinación general de educación intercultural y bilingüe, en educación superior para los pueblos indígenas de américa latina, memoria del segundo encuentro regional. méxico, d.f: méxico, cgeib-sep. 69. secretaría nacional de planificación y desarrollo. (2014). plan nacional para el buen vivir 2013-2017. quito, ecuador. 70. shari´ati, a. (2009). on the sociology of islam. berkeley: california university press. 71. sidenpe. (2017). nacionalidades y pueblos indígenas del ecuador. quito: ruíz. 72. sosa elízaga, r. (2011). pensar con cabeza propia. educación y pensamiento crítico en américa latina. buenos aires: clacso. 73. suárez rosas, l., & barrios osuna, i. (2006). la universidad como líder en la solución de los problemas de salud. el proyecto "pelileo". revista cubana de salud pública, vol. 32, núm. 3. 74. tarapues, e., & rico, a. (2012). gobernabilidad y aspectos culturales en resolución de conflictos ambientales. bogotá: editorial universidad del rosario. 75. torres, j. (2004). globalización e interdisciplinariedad: el currículo integrado. madrid: ediciones morata. 76. trigo, a. (2008). la tarea pendiente de los estudios culturales latinoamericanos en cultura y cambio social en américa latina. madrid: iberoamericana/vervuert. 77. trujillo, j. (2012). plurinacionalidad y constitución. ecuador: abya yala. 78. tubino, f. (2015). “la interculturalidad crítica como proyecto ético-po��co”, encuentro continental de educadores. lima: ibid. 79. ull, m., martínez, m., piñero, a., & aznar, p. (2010). análisis de la introducción de la sostenibilidad en la enseñanza superior en europa: compromisos y propuestas curriculares. evista eureka sobre enseañanza y divulagación de las ciencias. 80. unesco. (2013). organización de las naciones unidas para la educación, la ciencia y la cultura. constitución de la unesco. 81. universidad de caldas. (1998). plan de desarrollo. manizales: universidad de caldas. 82. valenzuela, o. (2013). la nacionalidad ecuatoriana. quito: universidad central del ecuador. 83. vera-noriega, j. á. (2007). teoría y método en el diseño curricular intercultural por competencias. hermosillo, sonora: centro de investigación en alimentación y desarrollo, a.c. 84. vivir, l. a. (2013). propuestas de desarrollo y lineamientos 8 para el ordenamiento territorial en el punto 2 de diagnostico. quito. 85. walsh, c. (2011). ¿qué conocimiento(s)? reflexiones sobre las políticas de conocimiento, el campo académico, y el movimiento indígena ecuatoriano. quito: boletín icci rimai. danny rivera flores / the academic research community publication pg. 13 86. walsh, c. (2014). construir la interculturalidad. consideraciones críticas desde la política, la colonialidad y los movimientos indígenas y negros en el ecuador. interculturalidad y política. lima: red de apoyo de las ciencias sociales, en prensa. 87. walsh, c., garcía, á., & mignolo, w. (2016). “interculturalidad y colonialidad delpoder: un pensamiento y posicionamiento otro desde la diferencia colonial”, en interculturalidad, descoloniza��ndel estado y del conocimiento. buenos aires: signo. http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication reducing energy consumption strategies in university buildings in egypt iman osama abd el gwad1, ayman alsayed altaher mahmoud2 1associate professor of architecture department, faculty of fine arts, helwan university. 2teaching assistant, architecture department, giza higher institute for engineering abstract recent times have seen academic buildings face challenges when it comes to high energy consumption in comparison to relatively low performance, which affects the interior of the building by reducing the comfort level of the area. reduced comfort level holds the risk of preventing students from having an optimal space in which studying or attending scientific classes to achieve high grades. as a result, we must critically evaluate the principles in place that regulate planning policies intended to ensure a space that uses low energy consumption but has a high performance. in particular, we must analyze building design strategies, low energy design plans, along with their systems and integration methodologies. by focusing on the evaluation system crietria for international and locality system in comaprtive and for four study cases in a comparative methodology of building energy efficiency will help identify the most viable strategy for creating a leading green design for university campuses in egypt with an integrated low-cost energy consumption methdologies. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords university building; energy consumption; criteria; strategy; universities; egypt 1. introduction university’s has an essential role in sustainable development; though the motivation is not solely linked to the potential for financial prosperity, instead, the more prominent benefit is a carefully created setting that will, as mentioned before, directly influence the quality of life, comfort, security, and health factors for students and staff. achieving sustainability in design and construction is the emphasized goal currently. there were several theoretical basics evaluated; however, a number of them do not appear to be sensible. the vernacular design has several sustainability aspects. however, historical data reveals substantial challenges that compromise the feasibility of the model as a reliable strategy. the technology and its achievements have typically taken a space from being ”part of an environment” to create a separate setting. as such, the design disrupts the existing set-up profoundly, making it non-economic as a solution. in response to these findings, new solutions need to seek not just to implement new technology but to find a sound way to interact with the existing environment in place. in this regard, sustinabillty approaches conferred and outlined in the building and design sector boosting these challenges. inadequate studies of lighting and thermal comfort that failed to measure how much space is needed for facilities to run optimally have resulted in insecure building envelopes, leading to faults in energy consumption and pg. 112 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.351 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ abdou / the academic research community publication environmental sustainability (meaning, the building is more susceptible to failures due to the surrounding climate conditions, etc.). the main issue that continues to need to be addressed is the low efficiency where bio-life aspects (environmental and human factors) are concerned. pérez, l., ortiz, j., maestre, r. & coronel, j.f.,2012) 2. universities and sustainable architecture characteristics policy a “fully mature” approach to university sustainability may be summarized as “one in which the activities of a university are ecologically sound, socially and culturally just and economically viable”. how the transition towards sustainability is expressed in a particular university must inevitably reflect the social, cultural, economic and be expressed in different ways, there are well-defined foundational principles which characterize university sustainability .in general terms, a university consciously choosing the path of sustainable development would exemplify the following principles: a. seeks to minimize its consumption of resources by putting in place measures to conserve water, energy and paper, etc. b. cuts waste output through a process of reducing consumption and reusing materials via recycling where possible makes purchasing decisions based on knowledge of the environmental and social impacts of the product, e.g. paper manufactured from sustainably managed forests. c. encourages environmentally preferred transport options such as carpooling, bicycle facilities, public transport facilities and staff incentives to discourage car based on : • engages staff and students and supports them to continually improve environmental practices and reduce their negative environmental impacts. • ensures that any maintenance and construction is carried out to minimize environmental impacts and constantly improves the environmental performance of the university facilities; and makes decisions about financial investments and research with consideration given to the social and environmental implications of those decisions. d. ensure that any strategies will be taken in low energy consumption must have two basic principles attention: • human comfort: students and stuff needs and requirements. • saving environmental: by using strategy that made sustainable environment and dis-effecting to bio-environmental liv in those (material using in construction, technologies using, renewable or nonrenewable energy, co2 emission) there are many factors that make a university green in terms of operations. the examples given above are by no means an exhaustive list. examples given above are by no means an exhaustive list. 3. university buildings and energy consumption through sustainable architecture operations to get the full diagrammatic policy for low energy consumption, we must define the whole policy and principles for its implementation. the implementing solution principles will be located throughout the university sustainable to ensure that, in the future, we might need to adjust the solution principles, and we may easily refer to the existing system. (r. j. cole, 2012). the following steps will be an outline the problematic solution; architecture whole strategy and methodology principles policy and integrated principles will be (unep,2014) : a. whole systems design integration : all systems and entities are accounted for and incorporated into the system design, to achieve whole system design we must be had an integration method that have more to improve the complex of all relatively in that method (new project ) (human , culture ,ecology). 1) human factor : have a main step done the sociological steps to know what the usersneeds. 2) culture factor: build to enclose open space to have the total privacy conservation enviromnt. 3) community factor : experience of place project location as verncular architecture processing. b. bold ecology: a biological pattern of functioning.whiv.ch means save environment and compatibility between building, environment and human comfrtable. pg. 113 abdou / the academic research community publication according to (nina, stefan, alexander, michaela, henrique and arnold.2016), energy consumption reduction had an ecology approach in the conceptual frame work for social-ecological systems integration, reduction energy affected in 80% percent in this frame because reduction energy will be have an effecting regulation process in ( reduction co2 andco1 , increasing estimated green power ,environmental benefit through green strategies that reduction energy consumption ( green areas , green wall ,green roofs , organic material ,etc. ) ) .so achieving increasing in inductive quantity evaluate system criteria will be increased bold ecology main whole strategy. c. intelligent construction : which means have applied crietria (closed building energy cycle, low cost energy strategy, low cost energy , smart design, high energy efficiency, waste water, utilization, high energy yield, contaminant, recycle material, conservation, resource conservation, energy conservation , inner air,smart grid,renewble energy powered in university ). d. intelligent limits :wich means there were limits in using smart programs or materials that will be chosen in design process for implemminting porcedures 1) local material: we could be used the local material from the local site for the new university projects because it’s had compatible with the local environment and climate zone , local material have also low cost and easily in manufactured and setup. 2) integration to landscape: land scape in or out door play a main role and make better option in establish new project example: • waste water treatment. • air quality improvement. • more satisfying and feeling comfortable. • save environment sociality and civilized. 4. university and sustainble environmental international assessment methods focusing energy consumption meusring comparison the widely used schemes measurement accreditation leadership in energy and environmental field (leed), building analysis environmental assessment technique (breeam) and star green australian, ui green metric . leed was created and developed by the u.s. inexperienced building council (usgbc) and has worldwide acceptanc as a benchmark for inexperienced building practices. breeam was created by the u.k. building analysis establishment (bre) and is adopted by the u.k., universitas indonesia (ui) initiated a world university ranking in 2010, later known as ui greenmetric world university ranking, to measure campus sustainability efforts. all four schemes unit of measurement affordable scoring system of aggregation credits that applies to an honest vary of every new building types and existing buildings. all aspects of an expansion of environmental issues like materials, energy, water, pollution, indoor environmental quality and heap. one in every of necessary credits throughout all the three schemes that is additionally the essential consider the final effort to realise sustainable development, is that the consumption of energy or succeeding carbon emissions in buildings, see general comparative three main assessments ways table 1. (ya roderick, david, carlos, 2010). pg. 114 abdou / the academic research community publication pg. 115 abdou / the academic research community publication 4.1. result of comparison every assessment method have a step in management system for energy consumption as main criteria, leed’s has an optimum defined criteria (energy efficiency best management practices), green star has divided in to 2 focusing indictor (energy sub-metering, peak energy demand reduction), breeam has explained in 2 indictor (low and zero carbon technologies, energy monitoring) but them have not measured considering campus issued. ui green metric has a main indictor will be a great chance in optimized measuring indictor, that was (smart building implementation), ui offered to enhance campus building to do more effort for all principles that control this criteria (management system, smart materials, smart equipment’s and smart design), it can be developed as global demand for any new measured indictor and affected in decreasing energy consumption ratios. 4.2. local asessment method of egypt: green pyramids rating system the green pyramid rating system is a national environmental rating system for buildings. it provides definitive criteria by which the environmental credentials of buildings can be evaluated, and the buildings themselves can be rated. the rating can be used to assess individual new buildings at either or both of the following stages: 1.at design stage, 2.at post-construction stage. ), projects will be rated, based on credit points accumulated, pg. 116 abdou / the academic research community publication according to the following rating system (gprs certified: 40–49 credits, silver pyramid: 50–59 credits, gold pyramid: 60–79 credits and green pyramid: 80 credits and above) 4.3. g.p.r.s. energy performance evaluation criteria for design stage so according to research scope we must be studied the criteria that related to energy performance and that will be: i. mandatory minimum requirements (m.1 minimum energy performance levelm.2 energy monitoring & reportingm.3 ozone depletion avoidance) ii. energy efficiency improvement:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. (10 points) iii. passive external heat gain reduction:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 7 points ) iv. energy efficient appliances :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..( 3 points) v. vertical transportation systems: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(3 points) vi. peak load reduction:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 6 points) vii. renewable energy sources:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..( 12 points) viii. environmental impact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 4 points) ix. operation and maintenance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 1 points) x. optimized balance of energy and performance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 4 points) xi. energy and carbon inventories:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( 2 points) 5. chosen case studies check list benchmark rating tool will be depended on merging the sociological part, bold ecology, low-cost energy consumption criteria in questioner methodology to find the way to apply standards and low-cost design strategy in integration between them. depending on the analysis, principles for all strategies will show how to improve efficiency and quality for the indoor and outdoor environment of the university, see table (6). the three study cases were chosen by same climatic zone aspects, also have the full benefits of the applied energy criteria to, indeed, have the accreditation. the case studies had chosen because the high accreditation assessment certification for them , case study one had an environmental assessment certification (6 green star certification) australian programing equal to platinum leed certificate, second case study had leed platinum certificated and arabian relativity. third case study has a main role because it had placed in egypt , auc university fifth settlement had a new university campus construction occupied in 2009 for first year , it had been chosen for its traditional design mixing with modern design style ( called postmodern art ) , traditional building element had constructed to have a good regulation with environment aspects, that’s will be guided in final analysis what traditional style needed to be regulated in the recent age, auc university had ranked 104 overall world according to green metric campuses, case studies will be explained the main issued for found the best sustainable indictors practice focusing energy consumption. pg. 117 abdou / the academic research community publication pg. 118 abdou / the academic research community publication pg. 119 abdou / the academic research community publication pg. 120 abdou / the academic research community publication pg. 121 abdou / the academic research community publication pg. 122 abdou / the academic research community publication 6. check list tool results the comparison discussed the final analysis done in step before to get the best practice in implementing a decreasing energy consumption strategically without human distribution needing and conservation of environmental aspects. the case studies will be measured affection using for implemented chosen strategy in every case study and have whole comparison feedback result from basic information that showed that have high grade and it will be masdar institute because masdar has developed a methodology to calculate carbon reduction by applying energy efficiency measures and/or fuel switching in new building units (residential, commercial, and/or institutional units). examples include efficient appliances; efficient thermal envelope; efficient lighting systems; efficient heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (hvac) systems; passive solar design; optimal shading; building energy management systems (bems); and intelligent energy metering. this methodology was submitted and finally approved by the united nations framework convention on climate change (unfccc) in june 2011 (am0091: energy efficiency technologies and fuel switching). this is the first methodology that looks into the emission-reduction calculation of new buildings under the unfccc scheme. it is also the first time that a methodology has been approved that applies a set of measures to buildings without directly quantifying a specific emission reduction to a specific measure. in case studies analysis (first question) answer’s had gotten: specially insurance applying spaces connected to number of users and satisfaction according to assessment methods every case study design according fixed user number ’s (stuff and student’s ) , satisfaction comes from the design style that had chosen computable with surrounding environment . in case studies analysis (second question) answer’s had gotten: that efforts had done in decreasing energy consumption , the most of case studies had built on enhancing building envelope by using measurement programming of sun radiation on facades , every case study have been a first thinking on how to be more efficiency, decreasing thermal conductivity from outside to indoor space’s to achieve high comfortable level for users , most of case studies makes tradition element in modern style as ( mashrabia (arabian universities) , arcades ( for all case studies) , local material with high resistance and low thermal conductivity, using system insulation according to climatic zone aspects , glazing material which could be decreased heat gain by 40% and affected in reducing hvac energy consumption directly ( depend on the effectiveness of insulation of certain envelope elements can be assessed using their u-value (which represents the amount of heat radiation (w) that can enter the building per meter square of area and at a temperature deferential of one degree), fixed shading for sun radiation ( depended on sun radiation degree ( winter and summer)),facades color painted material have been great impact on reduction thermal from sun pg. 123 abdou / the academic research community publication radiation , colors have been development to can be reflecting and diffusing sun radiation as showed in case studies other issued in decreasing energy ,that have used led artificial lights integration with daylight hours , that can be reduced energy consumption by 30 % of total energy consumption . using recycle material have been affecting whole life cost ,most of recycle material had a greening design acceptation and conservation environmental aspect’s ( eco-life ) .specified , using recycle material have appositive life cycle cost and also could avoid negative reflectance with developed material in recycling procedures . certificate design principles in hot areas as building from open to close as vernacular architecture elements ( separated entrances , courts ( open ,semi shaded , shaded) ,arcades, ”mashrabia” in modern style ,thickness of building envelop ,cross ventilated areas , wind passive towers , landscape had decreased heat gain specification environmental quality computable with location environment ) all of those can be called passive cooling and heating elements ,as showed in case studies -expected . this main elements can improve environment indoor quality ,certificated system in assessments methods with high rated accreditation and affecting directly on decreasing energy consumption because those elements will affecting in thermal heat resistance and ventilation ,both affecting on hvac energy consuming through day. in case studies analysis (third question) answer’s had gotten: uses of renewable energy ( solar pv panels , wind turbines ) will provide green and sustainble power ,this will be great development in decreasing cost of energy consumption through life cost ,computable with other decreasing energy consumption aspects , campuses could be produced energy, this will decreas co2 emmission and will be meet the green houh gas emmision scope 1&2.auc must be applied renewable energy to be ”green campus” helping community to be a sustainable campus leadership in egypt. in case studies analysis (fourth question) answers had gotten: using certificated environment assessment had showed that case studies have high regulated in some issued and some to be repaired as (landscaping and decreasing heat gain) to improve environment quality and energy consumption rates a certification had also provided us a clear information for current statues for each of case study to be gotten full procedure’s knowledge (as research scope )for methodologies of decreasing energy consumption. 7. conclusion through research anlaysis had appeared scientfice cosider solutions for decreasing energy consumption through inductive analysis and comparison methdologies that explained before and there were: 1. in new unversity project must be applied specified sustainble policy that will be the guid lines that controled the implemenation of the design strategy. 2. nontalking in any mrthdologies will be used to decrease energy consumption before ensuring user’s ( staff and students) experince for sociaglical satsfing (human factor). 3. new unversities and exetencemust be have a planed planning for decreasing energy consumption and created adepartment that controled and developed energy consumption and performance. 4. universities must be applied passive cooling and heating strategies that had effected dierctley enhancing for eco-enviromental aspects and tring achieving zero carbon emmision. 5. using material suitable with local project climate as regualated with climatic cosedration ( thermal coductivity condition , ventalited per hours condition and erasion aspects), that will be amain rule in design strategy and impleminting proccesing to decresing energy consumption relation ,because this princible through analysis have dierect related method ( low mterial condictivety in thermal condition = low using hvac = low energy power consumption) in sample state. 6. reneweble energy power must be included in any university building , that will great benifite to decrease whole life energy cost ,universities had researcher’s that developed clean and green energy to achive zero pg. 124 abdou / the academic research community publication energy consumption , that will be according to university rule community an affected on whole commuinty decreasing non-renewble energy, this will had coserved enviroment. 7. smart building programes ( management system , sensors analysis , room data control , smart material used(envelop building)), through analysis has been showing that a chance to have asmart reducing energy consumption in universities consiedring decreased energy consumption through delaying time ( non occubied useres ) in education spaces by management and sensors through creating a smart room data and implementing samrt gride, smart matrial defiened that developed araw material to regulated with local climate condition and users need ,that will be enhanced education space function and performance ,also raised high grading also decreased energy consumption ( hvaclighting ). 8. recommendation for g.p.r.s. as comparison result for evaluation systems, we would be suggested the following table to be guide line in applied energy performance evolution criteria to be considered with (any climatic zoning, best curriculum criteria and best weighted accreditation points), that’s will be from gprs system and the other systems that explained before. 9. references 1. ahmadi, f. (2003). sustainable architecture. journal of architecture and urbanism. 2. osmond, p. (2013). greening universities toolkit: transforming universities into green and sustainable campuses. united nations environment programme. 3. jacob, a. (2009). littman, regenerative architecture: a pathway beyond sustainability, (master’s thesis, university of massachusetts, amherst). 4. jowdat, m. (2002). education of climatic architecture. journal of iranian architectural studies. 5. hardy, m. (2010). the 12 principles of traditional building, oxford university. 6. pérez-lombard, l., ortiz, j., maestre, r. & coronel, j.f. (2012), constructing hvac energy efficiency indicators, energy and buildings magazine. 7. cole, r. j. (2012). transitioning from green to regenerative design. building research & information, 40(1). 8. stavropoulos, t, tsioliaridoul. a., koutitas. g, vrakas, d., & vlahos, i. (2013) school of science and technology, international hellenic university, thessaloniki, greec . 9. 2016 list of zero net energy buildings [pdf]. (2016). new building institute. 10. roderick, y., mcewan, d., wheatley, c., & alonso, c. (2009, july). comparison of energy performance assessment between leed, breeam and green star. in eleventh international ibpsa conference. 11. masdar campuses. (n.d.). retrieved november 10, 2017, from https://www.masdar.ac.ae/campus 12. university projects. (n.d.). retrieved november 11, 2017, from https://www.usgbc.org/projects 13. green metric report. (n.d.). retrieved november 12, 2017, from http://greenmetric.ui.ac.id/ pg. 125 introduction universities and sustainable architecture characteristics policy university buildings and energy consumption through sustainable architecture operations university and sustainble environmental international assessment methods focusing energy consumption meusring comparison result of comparison local asessment method of egypt: green pyramids rating system g.p.r.s. energy performance evaluation criteria for design stage chosen case studies check list check list tool results conclusion recommendation for g.p.r.s. references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication ‘omani burqa’ vs. decorated façade of modern omani house; the case of salalah, dhofar region, oman balkiz yapicioglu1, liudmila cazacova2 1girne american university, girne, cyprus 2liudmila cazacova abstract visiting oman, one firstly encounters wide roads and exaggerated decorations of house façades—situated behind high walls. these broad roads and decorated dwellings are unlike traditional omani architecture which can be identified as very sensitive to scale and climate. omani architecture can also be visualized from the narrow streets and low height buildings across many well-preserved villages; built using humble mud or stone structures. another encounter one might have is the traditional ‘omani burqa.’ it is worn by some omani women, originally designed for protection from dust and sand, which mimics the features of a falcon. lately, the ‘omani burqa’ has developed into a true fashion-item and is used as a ‘face mask’ with different colors and shapes. fashionable burqas are often decorated with shimmering crystals or diamonds which differs from the traditional design. what is visible behind the ‘burqa’, the ‘eye’, and the ‘burqa’ itself, become quite embellished, subsiding the importance of the other parts of the face. the façade design of a modern omani house and its walls are like the modern ‘burqa’ and the ‘eye’. even though the house is separated from the street by high walls, the importance of visual access from the street to façade can be perceived from the highly decorated house façades, and decorated walls at the same time. this study—using visual analysis of house façades in salalah, oman—attempts to identify the architectural elements used in architectural design. these elements are repeated all over oman, to accentuate visibility from the street to the façade. eventually, the study concludes that the importance of the visuality from the street to the façade, in a changing ‘closed’ society, is the leading factor for the embellishment of the wall and the façades, rendering the overall design behind the wall insignificant. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords omani burqa; façade; decoration; wall; street 1. introduction change in the built-environment is an evolutionary process. what causes this change is tied to the obvious; industrialization, development of the economy, technology, increased population and movement of people, urbanization, and etc. there is also the element of culture that brings change in architecture. as bavin (1989) states “cultural meanings provide the bases by which society organizes and shapes its material world. . . material culture, then, has the potential to reveal the shared understandings of society and groups within it”. this also posits the hidden element of continuity within the changed material culture where the continuity is rendered by the material culture that cannot be observed by the eye of a distance beholder. culture and traditions are part of this continuity, even pg. 101 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.350 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ yapicioglu / the academic research community publication though they might take different forms and functionality over the course of time. continuity might involve repetition of patterns (i.e. patterns of thinking and behavior) and may also involve social trends developed over time, which is also about awareness of a society’s past. on the other hand, continuity embodies the notion of adaptation and transformation. however, continuity and adaptation (or transformation) do not necessarily happen in unity. for example, certain traditions might continue without major change over the years (i.e. behaviour), whereas the location or the space these traditions take place might change and adapt to the present time, i.e. material culture. as pocock (1962) states, “societies are organized to ensure their own continuity and thereby serve the function of preserving something from the past”. therefore, we can understand change, within the context of this study, as how material culture has developed and modified over time continuing the past within the shelter of the present to preserve privacy. considering that the notion of continuity of certain cultural tradition is embodied with the material culture, this study, therefore, attempts to connect how material culture change, i.e. decorated facades -hidden behind the decorated wallsof architecture versus the burqa1 is an attempt to hide what is considered private in a closed society, therefore to protect the past within the present. architecture is used as part of material culture and is presented as an artifact (yapicioglu & cazacova, 2016) and burqa is also represented as part of the material culture of a closed society, in this case dhofari region of oman. the study initially will discuss our approach to our research followed by the tradition and history of omani burqa and its evolvement throughout the past and the present. our study then will be followed by our evaluation of the façade elements of the traditional and contemporary housing of dhofar region in oman, where comparison of the past and the present will be presented. the study will conclude by our discussion and the conclusion 2. methodology this paper, as was stated in the introductory section mainly focuses on the cultural reflections on modern architecture in dhofar region, oman and more specifically on how material culture, burqa and architecture façade, manifests itself visually/symbolically as a medium between the past and the future continuing the culture of privacy in a closed society. most importantly the study attempts to identify the false and/or decorated façade elements used in modern architectural design, which are repeated all over dhofar, to accentuate visibility from the street to the façade to disguise the privacy behind the façade almost like the burqa and the decorated eye. moreover, architecture practices as a didactic statement of ‘how a given society ought to live, think, and/or feel. . . ’ (robinson, 1990). therefore, by analysing the mythical culture of burqa and its visual cues on modern architecture and the traditional housing façade elements in dhofar, it is the purpose of this case study to analyze and interpret the juxtaposition of the modern and the traditional in their attempt to continue the tradition of privacy in dhofar region, oman. the research is based on, an anthropological approach, i.e., a qualitative approach, using observation as the primary mode of study, where raw data in the field is abstracted out as a meaningful understanding. as denzin and lincoln (2000) put it, qualitative researcher study things in their natural settings, attempting to make sense of, or to interpret, and phenomena in terms of the meanings people bring to them. it consists of a set of interpretive, material practices that makes the world visible, including photographs among other documentations like, recordings, field notes, interviews and etc. this methodology, like a designer approaching a project, virtually assures that common cultural understandings will be identified for the research interest at hand. furthermore, it does not impose a theory, but let the understanding derive from the investigation. in order to achieve the aim of this study how material culture, burqa and architecture façade, manifests itself visually as a medium between the past and the future continuing the culture of privacy in a closed societythis research, initially, reviewed the originality, functionality and the evolution of burqa via literature review and documented the emergence of modern style trends in burqa design. furthermore, the raw data for the research, following the research methodology aforementioned, collected through ‘in situ’ documentation, via photographs of different 1burqa is a face mask or a veil worn by girls/women from puberty onwards or from the age of about 18 (mubarak, 2012) to cover their faces. pg. 102 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication residential buildings, in dhofar region, i.e. modern residential. the modern residential buildings documented are spread out in the region of dhofar and mainly in the suburbs of salalah. it is also important to mention here that, the traditional housing in dhofar region was previously documented (cazacova, 2014) and studied in detail that this study uses as a reference of omani traditional housing in dhofar region. 3. burqa (female’s face mask) – originality, functionality and evolution according to the description given by balfour-paul (1997) there are two distinctive types of face masks worn by omani women: the bedouin burqa and saif malik burqa. the description of omani ancient bedouin burqa, which is displayed in figure 1a, is found in quite a few travelers’ manuscripts such as wellsted (1838) “travels to arabia”, pfeiffer (1850) “a woman’s journey round the world”, oppenheim (1900) “vom mittelmeer zum perzischen golf”, ruete (1907) “momoirs of an arabian princess”, and balfour-paul (1997) “indigo in the arab world”. according to the travelers reports omani ancient bedouin burqa is a veil of rectangular shape made of blue satin2 embroidered in red, blue, gold or silver color trimmed with a gold border and a vertical (right over the nose) whalebone stiffener in the middle with two openings on either side, which are large just enough for the women to see the passing objects (wellsted & raymond, 1838; pfeiffer, 1850 & oppenheim, 1900). the upper part of the mask was fastened to the head with silk strings interwoven with gold or silver chains and kept the hair cover in place. the lower part fully hides the nose and partially the cheeks, thus, the eyes and the lower part of the face remains free (ruete, 1907; balfour-paul, 1997). saif malik ancient burqa face mask wore by omani women is more provocative than bedouin burqa model and provides minimal covering of the face (fig. 1b). it is rectangular of butterfly shaped mask framing women’s eyes with a vertical inflexible string in the middle (on the nose). the mask was embroidered and beautifully patterned with coloured silk, gold and silver threads and tightened to the head by four strings on both sides on the ears. figure 1. omaniancient bedouin burqa (a) embroidered with silver filament and decorated withsilver sequins; omani ancient saif malik burqa face mask embroidered withsilver (b). drawings by osman l, 2017. an article named “behind the bars!” published in new york times magazine published in march 9th, 1916 states that “every woman in muscat is her own jailer for modesty’s sake”. nevertheless, according to the reports found in travelers’ manuscripts e.g. wellsted (1838), pfeiffer (1850), omani women generally do not hide their faces, but in muscat women wear burqas along with a blue or red colored abaya dress when they leave their houses. it is interesting that a century later traveler balfour-paul (1997) states the opposite most of the omani women wear face masks, except those from muscat, its surroundings and certain settled parts of the interior who do not wear masks at all. furthermore, susan mubarak in her article for muscat daily (mubarak, 2012) writes that the black veil or burqa is exclusively dhofari that whenever you see women in muscat shopping malls wearing a fashionable abaya and black face veil with a slit for eyes, that is a distinguishing sign that she is from the south of oman (dhofar). 2ancient omani bedouin burqa was made of shiny local indigo-dyed fabric (balfour-paul, 1997). pg. 103 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication burqa, which usually symbolize bedouin heritage, mimics the features of a falcon and is light, breathable and protects women’s face from sun, dust and sand (elazzaoui, 2015 & the ”burqa” as seen in oman: the veil of the bedu woman, 2017). nevertheless, ruete (1907) defines the function of burqa as veil hiding women/girl’s face from male observers. she also states that an arab woman was not permitted to show her face. the face should be covered with burqa frequently at home and always at outings. though is obligatory to wear burqa in the presence of an unmarried man, is used also on the other occasions, depending on the age and wishes of the women/girl and her husband or father. figure 2. omani modern bedouinburqa worn by dhofari women (c); omani modern saif malik burqa face mask wornby women/girls as fashion, decoration (batoola) (b). drawings by the osman l,2017. in 2005 the government of sultanate of oman announced burqa ban in all institutions of higher education. female students stopped wearing it (since was not allowed) and with their faces uncovered they became distinctive. the things are changing and the number of young females with uncovered faces can be seen now at the colleges, offices and in the city. despite the progressive changes in the country, the general attitude of dhofari is that woman’s reputation and identity should be concealed and ’protected’ whenever possible. therefore, the burqa is considered a symbol of dhofar that reflects the population mentality (mubarak, 2012). nevertheless, there are still bedouin women in the country that wear burqa and do not consider it as an oppression, but rather a tradition (fig.2c). this tradition originates from pre-islamic period, it is passed down from one generation to another and still ongoing (elazzaoui, 2015). however, the burqa in modern oman, which was originally designed as a functional garment, turned into a fashion item. the women all over the country (even non-bedouin) wear decorative burqas3 on different festive occasions e.g. weddings and the like (fig. 2d) (elazzaoui, 2015). 4. traditional omani dwelling façade vs. contemporary façade originally, omani and particularly dhofari, similarly to the rest of the arabic peninsula lived in traditional houses made of local materials that was found in abundance in the region. majority of the houses were made of stone, rocks, lime and etc. where the harsh conditions of the desert and the traditional life style embodied both in the form, design and the materials of the traditional housing (tab. 1). as table 1 depicts, one of the very striking elements of the traditional house in dhofar is its accessibility from the street. the visual from the street to the façade was a direct access where the façade elements were modestly arranged; the front door, the door to the majlees4 and the scattered windows over the façade. even though ornamentations were used, mostly on the doors and on the screens of the windows, they were on a modest scale and weaker in reference. most importantly, the reference on decoration was a representation of the local craftsmanship in wood-carving (damluji, 1998). the 3modern decorative burqa, which became a fashion in oman, is called batoola. batoola is custom designed and made in different colors, materials and of different shapes (elazzaoui, 2015). 4majlees is a reception hall of a residence for male visitors only, which is used on different festive occasions. usually is easily accessible from the street and has a segregated entrance and bathroom. pg. 104 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication openings on the façade were simple in shape and weaker in reference. moreover, the openings on the façade were almost indicative of the plan behind the façade and emphasized the overall form of the building. another important element that supports this argument is that the builder’s modest, almost naive, approach to the arrangements of the façade elements which does not accent symmetry focusing on the functionality of the architectural elements on the façade. traditional dwelling facades (salalah and mirbat cities) study’s results. figure 3. façade’s photograph building location figure 4. façade’s photograph building location figure 5. façade’s photograph building location figure 6. façade’s photograph building location notes: facades common attributes asymmetry; natural construction material (sandstone, limestone, limestone plaster, e.g., which give the appearance of sandy colour5); minimal features and no any pure decorative features; functional + decorative features (wooden carved windows and doors, roof crenelated parapet, etc.); the facade attributes reflect the interior spaces layout; accented entrance to the majlees; direct access to the house from the street; inner courtyard. 5according to the dhofar municipality building regulation (1996) the buildings should be of sandy color matching the surrounding environment. pg. 105 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication figure 7. façade’s photograph building location figure 8. façade’s photograph building location figure 9. façade’s photograph building location figure 10. façade’s photograph building location figure 11. façade’s photograph building location figure 12. façade’s photograph building location pg. 106 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication when we evaluate the façade of the contemporary housing in oman, dhofar region, the decorated high walls immediately meet us with decorated (gilded) metal gates encircling the residents where the access from the street is interrupted (tab. 2), unlike the traditional house, and the main entrance is merged with the entrance to the majlees. this perhaps, initially, evokes the feeling of a continuity of the closed society tradition for the eye of a distance beholder, however, the continuity of the tradition and adaptation to new is nevertheless in contradiction. for example, the decorative porch/portico, with no obvious function, is usually built elaborately in the middle of the façade, declares openness like you will see in a public building but not necessarily on the façade of a residential building in a closed society. one other feature on the façade presenting the dichotomy between open and closed is the vast amount of large, i.e. out of scale, openings on the façade with other decorative accents. unlike the traditional house of dhofar, these openings are situated in a way that they emphasize a very strong symmetry giving the wrong sense of what is behind the façade, but again quite inviting. moreover, they are tinted in different colors for privacy almost defeating the purpose of the openings. our further analysis of the façade surfaces one more conflict between culture and architecture. as table 2 depicts, the extremely rendered façade with eaves, pediment, moldings, pilasters, arches, columns, balconies, quoins, colour, etc., almost declares anything else of the building insignificant, i.e. function, form and plan and most importantly islamic culture. according to the cazacova (cazacova & al kathiri, 2014), only 12% of the decorative elements used on facades in dhofar region are islamic in origin. contemporary house facades (salalah and mirbat cities) study’s results. figure 13. façade’s photograph building location figure 14. façade’s photograph building location figure 15. façade’s photograph building location pg. 107 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication figure 16. façade’s photograph building location figure 17. façade’s photograph building location figure 18. façade’s photograph building location figure 19. façade’s photograph building location figure 20. façade’s photograph building location pg. 108 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication figure 21. façade’s photograph building location figure 22. façade’s photograph building location figure 23. façade’s photograph building location figure 24. façade’s photograph building location note: facades’ common attributes surrounding wall; ornamented gate; symmetry; sandy color; excessive ornamentation (eaves, pediment, moldings, pilasters, arches; columns, balconies, quoins, etc.); tinted colorful windows; porch and decorative (false) porch/portico; outer courtyard; islamic design features6 and other than islamic design features; the façade attributes do not reflect the interior spaces layout; main entrance merged with the entrance to the majlees; access to the house via gate and outer courtyard. our comparison of the traditional versus the modern house in oman, dhofar region, clearly states the conflicts between continuity and adaptation, and how certain traditions transforms under the pressure of time. in arab gulf countries, like almost everywhere else, traditional houses are built to adapt to the local natural habitat and to satisfy societal and cultural values. as mentioned by eldemery (2009) the arab city is trying to catch up with the modernity, started losing its local image, uniqueness, and ability to meet its particular needs. as income and population continue to climb steadily in the gulf countries, modern styled housing design, which values aesthetics, construction cost and modern technologies over cultural values, has become increasingly preferred over traditional architecture. 6according to the dhofar municipality building regulation (1996) buildings’ facades should be of local islamic design style. pg. 109 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication 5. discussions and conclusions golari rightfully argues that the introduction of wealth and modernity into the gulf region, a traditional society, has been very rapid and is based on a marginal economy, the oil. golari further remarks; “unlike europe and north america, there has been no philosophical ‘enlightenment’, trial-and-error development of civil institutions, and no cultural or political evolution in parallel with the growth of an industrial consumer society”. sultanate of oman in persian gulf, regardless of its latest efforts of oil independent economies, is not immune to golari’s remark. the undeclared history of modernity is obvious both in oman’s built and social environment, where the present modern material culture conflicts with the past traditions. nevertheless, the field of architecture, as a material culture, is also striving to catch up with these developments to meet the demands of this rapid everchanging environment, consequently finding itself squeezed between to the tension of the past and the future. today’s physical environment in oman, regardless of the extreme climatic conditions, is not similar what it was less than fifty years ago. with increased urbanism and developed transportation systems, an omani city does not reflect continuity of traditional identity and can be considered as transformed. how this transformation, however, changed the traditions of omani culture in its spatial environment is an interesting phenomena. the private culture of oman still persists, or continues, regardless of the changes in the material culture and one of the most striking examples of this continuity is the omani burqa worn by the women that connects the past and the traditions to the present. the study here presented that the architecture (material culture) in dhofar, oman, has developed and modified over time continuing the past within the shelter of the present by studying the changes and evolution of burqa, facades of traditional and the modern house. it is shown that, even though the house is separated from the street by high walls for privacy, the importance of visual access from the street to façade can be perceived from the highly decorated house façades, and the decorated walls at the same time. essentially, all these elements are quite inviting from the street regardless of the high walls around the house, which is in conflict with the intention of the wall, privacy and closeness. today, their veiled faces distinguish dhofari women. originally, however, the dhofari women used burqa for its functionality, for protection from the sun and the dust, and not for hiding what is behind the burqa. this is almost like the façade of the traditional building that was built very modestly using local materials where functionality was of the foremost importance. there was no surrounding walls or elaborated decorations but a simple façade with minimum openings and roof parapets, which clearly emphasized the form and the layout of the building. traditionally, dhofari women did not use the burqa to cover their faces and burqa, over time, is transformed from a garment of function into a decorative accessory to hide the face, like the façade of the traditional house. the façade and the wall of modern dhofari house are almost like the painted eye of the dhofari women wearing burqa; a decorated mask that conceals what is real by accentuating what can be seen outside of the wall from the street to preserve privacy. 6. acknowledgments the authors of the article thank their institutions – girne american university and dhofar university for the support of this research and presentation of the article at the conference. cazacova l. acknowledges her daughter liubna osman for burqas’ drawings production. 7. references 1. pocock, jg. (1962). the origins of study of the past: a comparative approach. comparative studies in society and history; 4(2):209-246. 16. robinson, jw. (1990). architectural research: incorporating myth and science. journal of architectural education; 44(1):20-32. 2. ruete, e. (1907). memoirs of an arabian princess (pp. 85-92). new york: doubleday page & company. pg. 110 yapicioglu / the academic research community publication 3. the ”burqa” as seen in oman: the veil of the bedu woman. (2017). retrieved july 18, 2017, from http://h owtolivelikeanomaniprincess.blogspot.com.cy/2012/02/burqa-as-seen-in-oman-veil-of-beduoin.html 4. wellsted, l. & raymond, j. (1838). travels in arabia (pp. 350-351). london: murray. 5. yapicioglu, b., & cazacova, l. (2016). the building as a statement of an artefact: the mijmara. international journal of ecology & developmenttm, 31(3), 99-116. 6. eldemery, i. m. (2009). globalization challenges in architecture. journal of architectural and planning research, 343-354. 7. assali, i. (2017). a challenge of cultural identity in the context of modernity. iosr journal of environmental science, toxicology and food technology,11(3), ii, 98-107. 8. balfour-paul, j. (1997). indigo in the arab world (pp. 139-141). s.l.: routledge. 9. bavin, l. (1989). behind the façade: the expression of status and class in material culture. the australian journal of historical archaeology,16-22. 10. cazacova, l. & al kathiri, m. (2014). islamic architecture features and modern housing: case study north awqad, salalah. the international journal of the constructed environment, 4(3), 1-18. 11. cazacova, l. (2014). traditional housing features shaped by the defensive city, case study mirbat (phd thesis, european university of lefke). lefke, north cyprus. 12. damluji, s. (1998). the architecture of oman (pp. 425-436). uk: garnet publishing. 13. denzin, nk. (2000). lincoln y. qualitative research (p. 3). thousand oaks: sage publications 14. dhofar municipality. (1996). building regulation for dhofar province. dhofar, sultanate of oman. office of minister of state & governor of dhofar: local order no. 2/96. issued on sixth rabial 11.1417 h; 20 august. 15. elazzaoui, h. (2015, may 5). from function to fashion: the omani burqa. culture & art, fashion, women. http://mvslim.com/from-functionto-fashion-the-omani-burqa/. retrieved: 18.07.2017. 16. golzari, n. (2016). architecture and globalization in the persian gulf region. london: routledge. 17. kenzari, b. & elsheshtawy, y. (2003). the ambiguous veil: on transparency, the mashrabiy’ya, and architecture. journal of architectural education; (4):17-25. 18. mubarak, s. (2012, december 18). burqa a dying tradition, muscatdaily.com. http://www.muscatda ily.com/archive/storiesfiles/burqa-a-dying-tradition-1wx0. retrieved: 18.07.2017. 19. oppenheim, m. (1990). vom mittelmeer zum persischen golf (pp. 327-328). hansebooks. 20. pfeiffer, il. (1850). a woman’s journey round the world. london. pg. 111 introduction methodology burqa (female's face mask) – originality, functionality and evolution traditional omani dwelling façade vs. contemporary façade discussions and conclusions acknowledgments references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication case study on fuzzy blitz quality function deployment eslam a. nawar1, soheir h. backar2, mohamed a. el-dardiry3 1master’s student, production engineering department, faculty of engineering, alexandria university, alexandria, egypt 2assisstant professor, production engineering department, faculty of engineering, alexandria university, alexandria, egypt 3emeritus, production engineering department, faculty of engineering, alexandria university, alexandria, egypt abstract organizations strive to develop their products in a way that fulfills customers’ requirements and increases their satisfaction. the traditional quality function deployment (qfd) is a popular technique for that purpose but it has some drawbacks. to tackle these drawbacks, the researchers will implement blitz qfd a modern model of the traditional one and integrate it with fuzzy logic through a case study on the development of a cargo tricycle. this model provides a leaner approach that captures the most critical requirements of customers in order to implement them and provides more reasonable values as a result of using fuzzy logic. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords quality function deployment (qfd); analytical hierarchy process (ahp); fuzzy logic; product development 1. introduction quality function deployment (qfd) is a mechanism that translates customer requirements into engineering characteristics (akao & mazur, 2003). its objective is to better understand what customer really wants and offer a product or service that exceeds his or her expectation. in 1972, qfd was originated at mitsubishi’s kobe shipyard in japan and its first guidelines was introduced by akao in the same year. by 1977, qfd became a key procedure for toyota and other japanese firms used it such as daihatsu. in 1984 the technique was introduced to the western world where many companies like general motors and motorola started to use it (evans & lindsay, 1999). it was not until 2015 when the international organization for standardization (iso) published the first standard dedicated for this technique (iso 16355-1 general principles and perspectives of quality function deployment (qfd), 2015). researchers have reported many various advantages of the traditional qfd but the most agreed are that it is a preventive technique as it reduces the number of engineering changes required by better understanding customer requirements prior to manufacturing phase (jaiswal, 2012). this advantage leads directly to other two advantages which are reducing product development time and lowering start-up costs. toyota is the most famous example pg. 256 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.366 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ nawar / the academic research community publication for assuring these advantages. as between 1977 and 1979, toyota’s start-up costs were reduced by 20 percent, following by 38 percent reduce by 1982. also, development time was reduced by one-third by 1982. however the advantages of the traditional qfd, it has some drawbacks, some of the reported are that it requires a long time to be developed which is not suitable for today’s rapid change of technology and therefore change of customer requirements. also, it converts customer voice into specific rigid values which is not very suitable for human reasoning (jaiswal, 2012). in order to tackle these drawbacks, the researchers will propose a model built on a modern model of qfd called blitz qfd which aims to introduce lean thinking and thus shorten the development time. blitz qfd was first introduced by zultner in the mid-1990 to provide a faster approach to the traditional qfd (zultner, 1997). the main improvements are improving efficiency and speed of analysis by tracking only a small number of the most critical customer needs and prioritizing them using some methods like analytical hierarchy process (ahp) (mazur, 2012) (saaty, 1990). some researchers integrate fuzzy logic to the model in order to translate customer voice into more suitable values (lie, chen, zhou, & yi, 2016). fuzzy logic was introduced by zadeh in 1965 as a mathematical technique to deal with uncertainty and to be able to interpret human reasoning (zadeh, 1996). figure 1 shows the researchers proposed model which is based on the blitz model. this model will be the blueprint of implementing the case study and the rest of the research. figure 1. proposed blitz quality function deployment model 2. case study one of the differences between the traditional qfd and the blitz is the determination of voice of business (vob) as a first step of the model which usually consists of basic information about the company and the product of study, project targets, company points of strength and customer segments (mazur, 2012). the steps of the integration between blitz qfd and fuzzy logic are implemented through a case study taken form an egyptian business company. the company is specialized in manufacturing automotive parts, and manufacturing and assembling tricycles. the first step in blitz qfd is the identifying the strategic targets as shown in table 1. the targets were prioritized by using ahp. pg. 257 nawar / the academic research community publication types of customers are identified as: long term retailers, short term retailers, government and end user. by using ism, customer segments were prioritized as shown in table 3. the next step is to identify the company’s core competencies. by using independent scoring method (ism) (maritan, 2015), the competencies were prioritized as shown in table 2. pg. 258 nawar / the academic research community publication the next step is to perform customer analysis. various tools can be used to obtain qualitative information and quantitative data about customer requirements (proctor, 2005). in this model, we used gemba interviews as a qualitative tool, then used questionnaire as a quantitative one. a small group of selected customers have been interviewed to capture customers’ opinions, suggestions and requirements in their language and expressions. these customer requirements have been rewritten in sticky notes according to jiro kawakita (jk) recommendations (kawakita, 1981) as shown in figure 2, then grouped into categories of up to two level as shown in figure 3. figure 2. collecting the sticky notes figure 3. affinity diagram, the result of jk method pg. 259 nawar / the academic research community publication after that, the questionnaire has been designed to ask about the importance and bench marking for each requirement. all the answers from questionnaires are summarized in order to be easily. then the crisp values are converted into fuzzy values (chen & hwang, 1992). preplan matrix is constructed while the complete house of quality (hoq) matrix is constructed as well using the same relations of traditional qfd (cohen, 1995) but considering the mathematics of fuzzy logic (bede, 2013). the fuzzy values of relative importance design characteristics are converted back to crisp values using centre of gravity method (chen & hwang, 1992). pg. 260 nawar / the academic research community publication pg. 261 nawar / the academic research community publication figure 5 shows a chart to trade off between the importance of the technical requirements and their difficulty to implement. development team should start implementing the lower right part as it represents high importance and easy implementing characteristics. the lower left part represents low importance but easy implementing characteristics, so the team could implement them too. the higher left part is the last section to consider as it pg. 262 nawar / the academic research community publication includes low importance and difficult to implement characteristic. the last part is the higher right part which is considered as the challenging part where it contains high importance but difficult to implement characteristic, so the team have to spend much time in order to introduce innovative thinking to implement these characteristics. figure 4. bottle neck analysis 3. conclusions blitz qfd offers a leaner and faster way than the traditional one in a way that helps organization shorten the cycle time of product development and identifying the most important requirements to customers. the integration of fuzzy logic through the model helps to obtain more suitable way to reduce the ambiguity of voc. the most benefits obtained from this case study by applying the proposed model are the clear identification and communication of each steps between the development team enhanced by the use of visual tables, focusing on the most critical requirements for both vob and voc, not complicated calculations and suitable to use by small organizations and increasing customer satisfaction by correctly implementing his or her requirements. although the model can be implemented on wide range of applications, the researchers suggest testing and comparing other tools for each step like the use of focus groups in customer analysis, analytical network process (anp) in prioritizing customer requirements and chen’s approach for converting fuzzy numbers to crisp values in order to obtain the most suitable for any specific application. 4. references 1. akao, y., & mazur, g. h. (2003). the leading edge in qfd: past, present and future. international journal of quality & reliability management, 20(1), 20-35. 2. bede, b. (2013). mathematics of fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic. springer. 3. chen, s.-j., & hwang, c.-l. (1992). fuzzy multiple attribute decision making, methods and applications. pg. 263 nawar / the academic research community publication springer-verlag. 4. cohen, l. (1995). quality function deployment: how to make qfd work for you. addison-wesley. 5. evans, j. r., & lindsay, w. m. (1999). the management and control of quality. south-western college pub. 6. iso 16355-1 general principles and perspectives of quality function deployment (qfd). (2015). iso. 7. jaiswal, e. s. (2012). a case study on quality function deployment (qfd). iosr journal of mechanical and civil engineering, 3(6), 227-35. 8. kawakita, j. (1981, sept.). the use of a holystic presentation of “key problem approach” in a technical cooperation project for a himalayan hill area. mab/conf-81/5/6 unesco-icsu conference-exhibit: ecology in practice, pp. 22-29. 9. lie, j., chen, y., zhou, j., & yi, x. (2016). an exact expected value-based method to prioritize engineering characteristics in fuzzy quality function deployment. international journal of fuzzy systems, 18(4), 630-646. 10. maritan, d. (2015). practical manual of quality function deployment. springer. 11. mazur, g. h. (2012). blitz qfd the lean approach to product development. asq world conference on quality and improvement. anaheim ca. 12. proctor, t. (2005). essentials of marketing research. prentice hall. 13. saaty, t. l. (1990). the analytical hierarch process. european journal of operational research(48), 9-26. 14. zadeh, l. a. (1996). fuzzy logic = computing with words. ieee transactions on fuzzy systems, 4(2), 103-111. 15. zultner, e. r. (1997). project qfd managing software development projects. transactions of the 9th symposium on qfd. pg. 264 introduction case study conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication design criteria for pervasive games in historical sites ahmed hassan emara1, adham m. hany abulnour1, mohammed moustafa ayoub1 1architectural engineering and environmental design department, arab academy for science and technology and maritime transport abstract video games can be considered a strong asset in the tourism industry. it is a form of media that allows for interactive experiences. it also allows the virtual reconstruction of historical sites and cities that are difficult or impossible to reconstruct physically, thus, introducing historical sites to a new generation. pervasive gaming (playing on site) can help augment the tourist’s experience by using 21st-century technologies, such as augmented reality, to reconstruct the site virtually and to let the player experience the history of the sites in a more engaging way. this paper aims to provide stakeholders (decision makers, preservation professionals, and game designers) with a guide on how to start the development process of a pervasive game in historical sites for the purpose of promoting the egyptian architectural heritage to the next generation according to their understanding capacity and expectations. this paper presents pervasive gaming as a platform for the virtual restoration of historical monuments as well as the revival of the intangible aspects of these sites, particularly the historical stories associated with them. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords gamfication; interactive storytelling; augmented reality; pervasive gaming; location based games 1. introduction the preservation of historical sites in egypt faces some issues, on the physical preservation front there are issues like inaccessibility, lack of funding, infeasibility, and so on. attempt to preserve the historical sites by means of 3d scanning and photogrammetry leaves the issue of how to present these data to the public in a proper way largely unresolved, resulting in a large amount of raw data waiting to be presented to the public. on the other hand, the declining public concern for historical building and the feeling of alienation from the building and the individuals who erected it, and ignorance of the historic value of the monuments, led to a feeling of disinterest which resulted into actions like littering and vandalism. (moustafa, 2011)thus it is important to revive the history of historic places through innovative means. in the last decades, there has been a trend towards the active participation of people visiting historical locations. this trend has been partially sustained by a discernible shift from historical monument to heritage product that has resulted in encouraging the visitors request for more involvement. (malcolm-davies, 2004). gamification can be the answer for the providing of such involvement. while the designing a game is a creative process and can be subject to intuition and creativity, it’s important for the historical sites to be gamified in a way consistent with their physical and historical attributes. this is considered a common ground for the stakeholders to start the gamification process. the methodology of this research comprises of the following: -analyzing the most successful pervasive games in the market and breaking down their game mechanics from their pg. 63 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.346 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ emara / the academic research community publication game description and gameplay using the mda framework. -reviewing the physical and historical attributes of the historical sites and assign proper game mechanics to each attribute. -testing the results against the analyzed games to verify. 2. background the use of games in the tourism industry is increasingly establishing itself as a futuristic way for marketing touristic attractions. tourism is an industry that is based on creating personalized experiences and services, new technologies such as social media, smartphones, and gaming provide technological tools for developing such experiences. (buhalis, weber, & zhang, 2015) according to the world travel market report (2011) gamification is a major trend for the future of tourism, which is expected to draw in visitors from all ages. the current use of games by the tourism industry can be categorized into two types: -promotion games (play off location) mainly used for brand awareness, to attract potential customers, and to build up a destination or a company image. examples are thailand’s (smile land game, 2012), cape town, south africa (the real time report, 2012), ireland (tourism ireland, 2011), and nanjing, china (people, 2013). these games were developed by destination management organizations (dmos) for destination marketing purposes. many airlines like klm, british airways, and virgin atlantic have also developed games to advertise their brand to consumers. -pervasive games (play on location) are mainly used for more on-site engagement, to enhance tourists onsite experiences at the destination in entertaining and informative way. most of the existing tourism destination games are based on the game mechanics of the classic treasure hunt. for example, rexplorer aims to make on-site tourists to explore and enjoy the history of the united nations educational, scientific and cultural organization (unesco) world heritage city of regensburg, germany. pervasive games are a type of games that mixes the virtual game world with the physical world, this type of games advances through gameplay by tracking the player’s location (normally via mobile gps) and guides him to the game’s goals and objectives. popular examples of these games are ingress and pokémon go. the popularity of pervasive games has increased thanks to games like pokémon go. these games are playful activities where location matters and where collaboration or competition between the players is an important trait. they are played in specific locations using networked mobile devices and result in the merging of digital and physical space. in these games learning about the physical and urban spaces is established on a new grounds and the interaction with the context of the surroundings is enriched and supported by the following characteristics: mobility, location awareness, interaction between the players and various ways of interaction with real-world objects. these characteristics render mobile games useful for situating playful learning activities in real contexts and as such they have been used in recent years to situate play in the relevant physical environment, employing this new relationship to space to support social, experiential and situated learning. the underlying idea is that with these games the players associate information with physical activities in the real world, experiencing immersion in a physical and social space, augmented with digital media. learning through location-based mobile games needs not to be an explicit goal. pervasive games usually have some associated learning objectives, so questions are raised about how to design these games and how to achieve the learning objectives. many location based city games have been inspired by traditional board or party games. however translation from physical to digital is not straightforward, especially when learning is involved. characteristics such as story-telling, role playing and game play strategies need to be employed. various design support tools have been proposed that provide an orientation to designers pg. 64 emara / the academic research community publication 3. classification of pervasive games for the purposes of this study, a classification by activity (gameplay) type will be made. this is by analyzing the games available in the market in the time of this study: treasure hunt (search and find): the player has to find a virtual or physical object in a certain geographical location. finding the location can involve searching roughly the given location. however, the player can also be guided to the place by the game using a navigation system provided by the game. the concept behind the searchand-find games is that the player has to reach a destination. this destination is always a fixed point in the game world that does not change. if no specific location is given, the player has then to choose from a range of locations which are fixed. territory defense and claiming: in this type of games, players find a certain location which might contain a certain object and aid each other in claiming said location, while the opposing team(s) tries to do the same. this requires the coordination of timing and movement between players. if more players are present at the location capturing it is done faster. the players are also required to defend said territories from other teams. scavenger hunt: a scavenger hunt game is a party game where the organizers make a list of specific items and/or objectives which the participants aim to collect or complete. participants may be individuals and/or small teams. the goal is to be the first to complete the list or to complete the most items on the list. players can take photographs of listed items as proof or be challenged to complete the tasks on the list in the most creative manner. a scavenger hunt differs from a treasure hunt game, in that the latter involves the collection of one or several items in sequence, while a scavenger hunt primarily collects items in random order. this type of games is created and moderated by the users of the game. role playing game (rpg): players impersonate or take control of digital characters in a literary setting. players act out the of these characters roles within a narrative, either through linear story or through a process of branching storylines and/or character evolution. actions taken in-game succeed or fail according to a system of rules and guidelines. there are several types of rpg. a tabletop rpg is carried out through discussion, live action role-playing game is carried out by players physically performing their characters actions. in both types, an arranger called a game master (gm) decides on the rules and setting to be used, acting as moderator, while each player plays the role of a single character. narrative in rpgs are usually branching, allowing for freedom of movement and exploration and gives a more real life feel to the game. 4. the mda framework the difference between video games and other entertainment products (such as books, music, movies, etc. . . ) is that their consumption is relatively unpredictable (hunicke, leblanc, & zubek , 2004). the events that happen during gameplay and the outcome of those events are difficult to predict at the time the product is finished. the mda framework breaks games into their components: figure 1. the mda framework pg. 65 emara / the academic research community publication 1. mechanics: are the rules of the game. these rules define how the game is carried out, what actions the players can take, the victory conditions, the mechanisms for enforcing the rules, etc. 2. dynamics: describe how the rules are carried out over time, responding to player input and working along other rules. in programming terms, the “run-time” behavior of the game. 3. aesthetics: describe the player’s experience of the game; their enjoyment, frustration, discovery, fellowship, etc. in other terms, the factors that makes the game enjoyable. there are eight type of aesthetics, including but is not limited to: sensation (game as sense-pleasure): player experiencing something completely unfamiliar. fantasy (game as make-believe): player experiencing imaginary worlds. narrative (game as drama): a story that drives and guides the player. challenge (game as obstacle course): creating a challenge or series of challenges that can be mastered. contributes to the game’s replayability. fellowship (game as social framework): creating a community where the player is a part of. dominant in multiplayer games. discovery (game as uncharted territory): encourages players to explore and discover the game world. expression (game as self-discovery): encourages players to be creative. for example, creating avatars, customizing scenery, etc. . . submission (game as pastime): connection to the game, as a whole, despite constraints. 5. determining the most successful pervasive games for breaking down using the mda framework by extracting the statistics of pervasive games currently in the market, the most dominant games can be identified. the selection criteria is as following 1. the study will focus on android users as they are the most common platform in egypt (39.86% android users vs 5.49% ios users by august 2017) (stat counter global stats, 2017) 2. the study will list games with rating of 3.0 and above according to google play store as game below that rating is considered unsuccessful and unapproved by its user’s base. 3. the study will omit clones (games using the exact same gameplay) and will list game with more variations. table 1. list of pervasive games on google playstore no# game type downloads rating (google playstore) 1 pokémon go treasure hunt 100-500 m 4.1 2 ingress territory defense 10-50 m 4.3 3 landlord real estate tycoon rpg 1-5 m 4.4 4 zombies, run rpg 1-5 m 4.3 5 geocaching treasure hunt 1-5 m 4.0 6 spectrek light treasure hunt 100-500 k 4.1 continued on next page pg. 66 emara / the academic research community publication table 1 continued no# game type downloads rating (google playstore) 7 resources gps mmo game treasure hunt 100-500 k 4.1 8 goosechase scavenger hunt 100-500 k 3.5 9 turf wars – location based mafia territory defense 50-100 k 3.6 10 munzee scavenger hunt scavenger hunt 50-100 k 3.9 11 geoglyph territory defense 1-5 k 3.4 12 clue hunt scavenger hunt 1-5 k 4.1 13 trail of treasures treasure hunt 500-1k 4.1 14 cats go: offline treasure hunt 1-5 m 3.8 15 color planet resources, gps mmo rpg 1-5 k 4.3 16 father.io tactical map territory defense 1-5 m 3.7 17 the magic go rpg 100-500 k 3.5 18 fps invaders go rpg 1-5 k 4.1 19 piste et trésor treasure hunt 10-50 k 3.9 5.1. breaking down the games using the mda framework the mechanics of each game is determined by describing the various actions, behaviors and control mechanisms offered to the player in game. along with the game’s content (levels, assets and so on) the mechanics support overall gameplay dynamics. this step develops the game concept. the dynamics of the game describes the players experience with the games and the actions that emerged during gameplay using the games mechanics. the aesthetics of the games describe the feelings and experiences of the players during and after gameplay. a game can be comprised of several aesthetics from the eight defined aesthetics. since the game dynamics are a byproduct of the game mechanics and aesthetics, the study will focus on breaking down the mechanics and aesthetics as game dynamics cannot be designed directly and are influenced by changes in game mechanics and aesthetics table 2. breakdown for treasure hunt games pokémon go geocaching spectrek light resources gps mmo game trail of treasures cats go: offline piste et trésor mechanicssingle player x x x x x x x multiplayer x x x x search x x x x x x x capture x x x x x x x evolve x continued on next page pg. 67 emara / the academic research community publication table 2 continued resource management x x eliminate x x auction or bidding x aesthetics sensation x x fantasy narrative x x x challenge fellowship x x x x discovery x x x x x x x expression submission x x x x x x x for treasure hunt games, they are mostly single player oriented, with multiplayer activities on the side. their core mechanics are search and capture for virtual artifacts. they promote discovery and usually have little to no narrative behind the gameplay. table 3. breakdown for territory defense games ingress turf wars geoglyh father.io mechanics single player multiplayer x x x x search x x x x capture x x x x defend x x x x ranking x eliminate x x aesthetics sensation x x fantasy x x narrative x x challenge x x x x fellowship x x x x discovery x x x x expression x x submission x x territory defense games are multiplayer games usually divided in teams. they require players to coordinate among themselves for the best outcome thus leaving little time for individual actions. territory defense games are about social interactions and focused game play. table 4. breakdown for rpg games landlord real estate tycoon zombies’ run colorplanet resource the magic go fps invaders go mechanics single player x x x x x multiplayer x x continued on next page pg. 68 emara / the academic research community publication table 4 continued role playing x x x x x search x x x x capture x x x x x ranking x x eliminate x x x auction or bidding x x x aesthetics sensation x x x x fantasy x x x x narrative x x x x x challenge x x x fellowship x x x x discovery x x x x x expression submission x x x x rpg games are usually single player games; they are driven by a cohesive narrative that sometimes branches into multiple paths. they incorporate multiplayer activities which can serve as a diversion from the main game, individual appearance and customization is heavily featured in these games. table 5. breakdown for scavenger hunt games goosechase clue hunt munzee mechanics single player multiplayer x x x search x x x capture x x x time limit x x x eliminate aesthetics sensation fantasy narrative challenge x x x fellowship x x x discovery x x x expression submission x x scavenger hunt is similar to treasure hunt games with some differences; they are focused on team play and have no narrative at all. they are about team coordination and cooperation. 6. designing process for historical sites games to design a pervasive game in a historical site, the site is broken down to their tangible (physical features) and intangible (narrative) components. in the case of egyptian sites, they are required to be promoted as both architecture and historical narrative. to this end, the historical site will be classified as following: 1site classification by fragmentation and the rate of builtin area: the following types of area can be grouped if they do not consider the activities (boz´any, 2007): pg. 69 emara / the academic research community publication a. single building. b. multiple buildings near each other (e.g. with a common garden), c. multiple buildings far from each other’s (e.g. in different cities), d. building or buildings near to each other’s with a surrounding outer area, e. one or more outer area(s) with no buildings. f. multiple outer areas with buildings. 2site classification by history a. person: a person of importance to political, economic, social or cultural development and building has a role in his/her life. b. event: an event important to political, economic, social or cultural development and the building has a role in the event. c. theme: an important theme (e.g. the seal fishery) to political, economic, social and cultural development and the building(s) has a relationship to this theme. 3site classification by function a. military b. civilian c. religious 6.1. criteria for assigning the suitable game mechanics the study will create criteria to which the stakeholders can assign suitable game type to a selected historical site by analyzing its spatial properties and narrative nature. 6.1.1. the spatial requirements the search and capture mechanics dominant in treasure hunt and scavenger hunt games requires the tokens to be placed within a minimum distance of 160 m apart from each other to allow for gps markers error margin (geocaching, 2016), this rule may not apply if using physical markers as the case of the scavenger hunt game munzee, which uses qr codes to be scanned by players as the searchable tokens. the spatial requirements for territory defense games is much larger than treasure and scavenger hunt games due to the territories being planned to accommodate many players in the same spot at one time and having multiple territories to be the subject of the game. rpg games require large area to house multiple activities and minigames. in terms of site complexity, territory defense games require the least amount of complexity as the game play requires rapid movement which can be hindered if a lot of objects are in the way of players, but complexity is perfect for search and find mechanics as they provide the opportunity to discover and explore at an easy pace. therefore, the core mechanics of the games can be mapped to the first classification like this: figure 2. mapping of game mechanics to site configurations pg. 70 emara / the academic research community publication 6.1.2. the narrative interactive storytelling in video games differs from traditional storytelling in books and movies that it can utilize branching storyline, which has one or more starts and multiple or open ended endings. to simplify the categorization of the narrative inside historical sites the research will focus only on the sequence of events and activities without looking at them chronologically or spatially (azaryahu & foote, 2008). so the narratives can be categorized as the following: 1. linear narrative 2. branching or complex narrative 3. emergent narrative (story of the visitor) linear narratives, while can be told to groups, still experienced individually and social effect has little to no effect on the listener. on the far end, social interactions are essential for the formation of emergent stories. this study argues that the simpler the narrative, the less social interactions are required. so narratives can be mapped to the eight items of game aesthetics like so: figure 3. mapping of game aesthetics to site narrative 7. application of game design criteria: the karnak complex 7.1. overview the karnak temple complex, consists of a combination of temples, chapels, pylons, and other structures. construction of the complex began during the rule of senusret i in the middle kingdom and continued into the ptolemaic period, although most of the existing buildings date from the new kingdom. the area around karnak was the ancient egyptian ipet-isut (”the most selected of places”) and the main place of worship of the eighteenth dynasty theban triad with the god amun as its head. it is part of the monumental city of thebes. the karnak complex gives its name to the nearby, and partly surrounded, modern village of el-karnak, 2.5 kilometres (1.6 miles) north of luxor. figure 4. map of karnak, showing major temple complexes and sacred crescent lake of mut it consists of four main parts, largest part is the only one currently open to the public. the term “karnak” is usually associated to the precinct of amun-ra, because this is the part most visitors see. the three other parts, the precinct pg. 71 emara / the academic research community publication of mut, the precinct of montu, and the dismantled temple of amenhotep iv, are closed to the public. there also are a few smaller temples and sanctuaries connecting the precinct of mut, the precinct of amun-re, and the luxor temple. 7.2. gamification proposal for the karnak complex due to the precinct of amun-ra being the only part accessible to the public, the gamification process should take place in it. this part of the covers nearly 250, 000 m2 and contains many structures and monuments. the main temple itself, temple of amun, covers roughly 61 acres. this puts this part of the complex at classification no# 4 of figure 5: figure 5. map of karnak, showing major temple complexes and sacred crescent lake of mut the history of the karnack complex is a layered one, spanning from the middle kingdom to the late period. the figures featured in the temple consist of many deities and kings overlaid and intertwined with each other. this complex narrative gives the karnack complex the 2nd designation in figure 2: table 6. assigning game mechanics and aesthetics to the karnak temple the karnak complex mechanics single player x multiplayer x role playing x search x capture ranking eliminate auction or bidding aesthetics sensation y fantasy narrative y challenge fellowship discovery y expression y submission pg. 72 emara / the academic research community publication now comparing table 6 to table 4 this scenario has an 80% match to the colorplanet resources rpg game, which contains single and multiplayer game modes, and revolves around the search for locations and artifacts and deploying virtual workers to harvest resources. 8. conclusion and future research the researches that inspired this paper mention the importance gamification as a novel way of recreating the touristic experiences and provided a starting point for this research to advance further and analyze the pervasive games available in the market by the time of this study. while the proposals presented by this study are by no means rigid, it presents a viable framework built on the understanding and data from apps market sources and careful analysis of their working components, it is the point of view of this paper that gamification of historical sites is essential to create memorable experiences and to reinvent the visitor experience in accordance with the 21st century expectations in order to invite recurring visitors to these sites. a more refined study should include the prototyping and testing of the proposed games on site to test their performance and their perception. 9. references 1. adams, e., & rollings, a. (2007). fundamentals of game design. pearson prentice hall. 2. azaryahu, m., & e. foote, k. (2008). historical space as narrative medium: on the configuration of spatial narratives of time at historical sites. springerlink. 3. boz´any, a. (2007). heritage site area type classification for facility management purposes. 4. buhalis, d., weber, j., & zhang, h. (2015). tourists as mobile gamers: gamification for tourism marketing. journal of travel & tourism marketing. pg. 73 emara / the academic research community publication 5. geocaching. (2016). geocaching guidelines. retrieved from https://www.geocaching.com/play/guidelines 6. hunicke, r., leblanc, m., & zubek , r. (2004). mda: a formal approach to game design and game research. international journal of heritage studies, 277-293. 7. malcolm-davies. (2004). borrowed robes: the educational value of costumed interpretation at historic sites. 8. moustafa, s. l. (2011). historic cairo causes of deterioration and suggestions for preservation. in old cultures in new worlds (pp. 762-767). washington: 8th icomos general assembly and international symposium. 9. munir, a. (2014, september 10). app monetization: 6 bankable business models that help mobile apps make money. retrieved september 12, 2017, from http://info.localytics.com: http://info.localytics.com/blo g/app-monetization-6bankable-business-models-that-help-mobile-apps-make-money 10. museum, t. b. (2016). fieldnotes storytelling. 11. operating system market share egypt. (n.d.). retrieved september 22, 2017, from http://gs.statcounter.co m/os-market-share/all/egypt 12. sintoris, c., yiannoutsou, n., demetriou, s., & avouris, n. (2013). discovering the invisible city: locationbased games for learning in smart cities. interaction design and architecture(s) journal, 47-64. pg. 74 introduction background classification of pervasive games the mda framework determining the most successful pervasive games for breaking down using the mda framework breaking down the games using the mda framework designing process for historical sites games criteria for assigning the suitable game mechanics the spatial requirements the narrative application of game design criteria: the karnak complex overview gamification proposal for the karnak complex conclusion and future research references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication naturalism in architecture creating a culture of resilience houssameldeen bahgat el refeie1 1assistant professor, al shrouk academy, cairo, egypt abstract naturalism is the philosophy that adopted the theory of evolution and the domination of natural properties. the popularity of naturalism was due to the rise of the extensive biological researches and the evolution of natural sciences by the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth. the emergence and the rise of these scientific theories were the contributing factors to the domination of naturalistic trends. it had an ample impact on urban and architectural schemes. environmental catastrophes and the climate change that followed the second world war that reached its peak in the last two decades of the twentieth century were the major factors in attracting the attention to the importance of preserving nature. naturalism was inspired by biological theories using a biological metaphor. the philosophy brought to mind techno-scientific images which drew out the concept of genetic architecture. these images tried to synchronize with the natural variables in order to achieve the concept of sustainable development. this paper aims to examine the concept of sustainable architecture by studying the architectural movements that are influenced by nature and biological theories, such as terms, models, projects, and buildings. for a deep understanding of the current discourse, this paper searches for the impact of the philosophy of naturalism on the history of sustainable architecture. the paper focuses on the notion of resilience while picturing the transformation of economic, political, social and physical structures into resilient urban spaces and organizational patterns which have the potential to grow and change—a subject mostly presented in a historical review. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords naturalism; sustainable; resilience 1. introduction “sustainable architecture,” has become an excessively used term in recent decades as a response to environmental catastrophe, and climate change. this notion has a broad applicability but usually used in partial application. the term is always used to point out to recent environmental building solutions, focusing in using new materials which capable to recycle or reuse, and ecolabeling, and with a little concern to social and cultural issues. sustainable architecture is scarcely discussed as a decisive key driver has a potential to make a greater systemic shift, which would have to foster a radical rethinking of conventional economics, consumption manners, and sustainable life styles. this paper traces the impact of the naturalism’s philosophy on architecture with concentrating on the case of metabolism architectural movement in japan which emerged in the 1960s and drew the attention to its revolutionary and visionary urban planning and architectural schemes. metabolism’s prime manifesto, addressed a huge concern to cultural resilience as an expression of national identity. this vision had been seen from a contemporary point of view. pg. 93 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.349 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ el refeie / the academic research community publication the movement of the metabolism had influenced with the new political and environmental changes and directly responded to the human and environmental catastrophe after the atomic bombing of japan in the second world war. its architecture came out as a complete and radical transformation of japan as a political system, social, and physical structures into resilient spatial and organizational patterns capable to change to respond to changing activities. metabolism is the belief that design and technology should express the vitality of the living organisms. the basis of the ideas adopted by metabolism architects results from the idea that everything in life changes and is altered by rapid technological developments. as a result of the changing human needs, buildings must adapt their spaces to the new activities. this requires them to be able to change and grow as a living organism. metabolists employed biological metaphors, retrieved technoscientific images, and triggered the conception of a genetic architecture in vernacular forms. they struggled to link between their visionary urbanism, institutional infrastructures, and the individual capability in customizing cells and adaptable temporary order of dwellings, which could expand, shrink or substitute according to the functions need. rem koolhaas and hans ulrich obrist have one of the latest correlations with metabolism is, project japan: metabolism talk (2009). it is an extensive synopsis of interviews with the proponents of the movement, in the seventies and eighties of the twentieth century, previously unknown archive material, and photographs documenting the making of the book and revisiting the metabolism’s architecture. the authors tried to explore the movement’s revolutionary agenda, projects schemes, and the reasons behind the success of metabolism vision and ideas in the 1960s, and its disappearance twenty five years later “in the bonfire of neoliberalism” (koolhaas, obrist, ota, westcott, & daniell, 2009). 2. resilient urbanism by the 1980s, as a result of great technological and industrial development, the interest in the natural environment increased. architecture started seeking for compatibility with the surrounding environment without harming the natural environment and climate. there have also been persistent attempts to develop architecture and accommodate it with the requirements of the times and needs of users. due to the consciousness of the environmental catastrophe the world is passing by, the concept of environmental resilience has become mainstream .the notion of resilience first emerged in the 1970s related to ecological systems. recently, it has become one of the major concepts in contemporary urbanism in the context of environmental, economic, and social crisis. it has usually been defined as the capability to response to, and recover from various threats with minimum harm to public safety and health, that is besides focusing on developing the economy of a particular urban area. however, the term of resilience is mostly addressed in environmental and technical contexts and often disregards social and cultural implications (goldstein, 2011). resilience gives systems the ability to adapt according to change; thus, it always be capable to rethink assumptions and build new systems (folke, carpenter, walker, scheffer, chapin, & rockström, 2010). when metabolism was presented to the international design community at the world design conference in tokyo, (wdc) 1960, the term was not in use yet. metabolists impeded the notion of resilient urbanism in technical, socio-ecological, and cultural terms. a resilient architect’s society presents here its systematic spatial reorganization in order to achieve a balance between change and preservation as expressed in the design of different life cycles of infrastructures and individual dwelling unit, and of permanent and changeable parts of the urban system which give the ability to add, subtract or substitute different urban elements according to change in functions or needs. metabolism left its influences on the japanese architectural community, beside it had a decisive impact on western architectural and urban discourse (folke, carpenter, walker, scheffer, chapin, & rockström, 2010). the wdc in tokyo was the first international event japan ever held, it presented new urban discourse and turned the wdc into a forum where discus differences between japanese and western culture. metabolists were searching for japanese cultural identity differ from western models, however, metabolism took a new approach. dealing with new models, terms, and images that could be applied more generally, and reflected a broader shift, not only in japanese architecture but also to the contemporary architecture. metabolists connected traditional pg. 94 el refeie / the academic research community publication models with a historic, universally applicable, and structuralist spatial conceptions with biological metaphor. all of these underline the strong influence of organic theory and expressed by cutting edge technology. metabolists created their conceptual movement focusing on nature and organic schemes accomplished an accepted stereotype of japanese architecture. 3. envisioning reorganization the architectural historian ryuichi hamaguchi divides post-war modernism in japan into two separate decades. after the second world war, all the main cities in japan were destructed, particularly hiroshima and nagasaki. the guiding theories as early rationalism and functionalism were taken up again. hamaguchi claims that around the middle of the 1950s, an architectural discourse shifted from functionalism to ‘aesthetic consciousnesses. in japan, around 1960 architects started to engage in a broader discourse on cities planning and urbanities. architects launched numerous conceptual proposals for urban redevelopment. kenzo tange‘s metabolist proposal for tokyo bay was one of the first examples of this both theoretical and utopian approach to urbanism in japan (hamaguchi, 1966). figure 1. tokyo bay (1960) kenzotange, with kisho kurokawa and arata isozaki. by the end of the 1950s japan was still fighting for achieving the task of housing millions of people left homeless in affected cities. the consciousness of having lost the war, brought with it a deep concern of losing the japanese national identity with having a disconnection with one’s own culture. this is created the desire to retrieve the national heritage of japan. the japanese architects tried to unite a new japanese alliance to participate in creating a utopian city planning. it was a wonderful chance for the japanese architects and urban designers to communicate directly with their foreign colleagues during the wdc in tokyo in 1960. this event plays not only as a catalyst for a generation shift in general especially in the design community in an asian context, but also as a marker for a growing selfconsciousness of a nonwestern architecture. in similar way, metabolists defined japanese culture vis-a-vis a western audience. they used the term ”japanese” as opposite to western modernism, which they considered it as an essentially uniform condition. the spokesman of the metabolists, noboru kawazoe, claimed that in japanese architecture there are a strong relation between functional and symbolic values. in opposition, he emphasized that west modernism which for him was purely functionalist. pg. 95 el refeie / the academic research community publication the metabolism’s manifesto prepared for the conference (kawazoe, 1960), was contained essays and visionary projects and schemes, but the most visible was the drawings of kikutake (wendelken, 2000). the projects presented were theoretical designs and visionary schemes‘ discussing cities and urbanities dealing with the issue of accommodating a population growing into the millions, drawing the attention to sites that had not been considered before like the ocean or the sky. the publication also included an essay by noboru kawazoe, where he point out to the nuclear catastrophe and promotes ‘the unity of man and nature and the evolution of human society into a peaceful state of unity, like a single living organism.’ he ends his essay with: ‘our constructive age . . . will be the age of high metabolism. order is born from chaos, and chaos from order. extinction is the same as creation . . . . we hope to create something which, even in destruction will cause subsequent new creation. this something must be found in the form of the cities we were going to make—cities constantly undergoing the process of metabolism’ (kawazoe, 1960). the metabolist manifesto at the wdc presented the concept of megastructure as a unique japanese contribution to modern architecture, and according to reyner banham its marking the maturity of japanese architecture and its independence of other cultures,’ and of “‘neo-colonialist” views of what it ought to be,’ (banham, 1976) . the term of ‘megastructure’ appeared for the first time in a paper by fumihiko maki’s collective form (maki, 1964). the idea of megastructure is like the natural evolution of the organic idea with respect to growth and development. different parts of the same organism work in the same mechanism as flowers, leaves, and fruits that grow from one tree. as a response to actual issues, the metabolists developed their organic schemes of network cities. one of the major problems was recognized as the lack of comprehensive infrastructure in japan, which was the main obstacle to urban development and economic growth. progress of means of transportation increased mobility which was promoted as a matter of individual freedom. the urban design proposals which presented by different members of the metabolism movement dealt with topological questions (the following). they did not take a traditional way envision infill of streets and new public transportation systems to solve this problem, but they took a radical approach dealing with new forms of total organizations that went beyond the conventional urban planning for the existing city. the mission they decided to go through was set on unifying all urban aspects into one big organism, which held as a containers for various functional units of different life-cycles. these megastructures branched in a hierarchy from large traffic arteries and transportation lanes down to streets on the pedestrian level. they linked all the public and commercial facilities with housing, which was being organized to become self-contained community. 4. metabolism in architecture the urban sociologist ernest burgess’ created a biological term” metabolism” in his article ‘the growth of cities’, first published in 1925 in the book” the city metabolism” which inspired from the anabolic and katabolic processes of a living body. burgess used the term ‘social metabolism’ to identify the process of growth and transformation of cities. the most revolutionary concept in burgess’ at this time was the stating the cities’ growth as ‘normal’ and not as the reason for social demise, as in the rhetoric of the garden city proponents (the foremost). because a city behaves in its formation and extension like a living organism it grows and changes, and thus endure naturally cycles of disintegration and reintegration. beside metabolism’s biological implication, the term was often showed up in the context of buddhist values, especially by western writers, focusing on the model of death and rebirth. günter nitschke in a special japan number of ad in 1964, edited an essay claiming that ‘metabolism’ can be translated to the japanese expression ”shinchintaisha”, which means renewal or regeneration. cherie wendelken has pointed out to the buddhist concepts of transmogrification and reincarnation (wendelken, 2000). in this way, we find out that the notion of ‘metabolism’ carries both a universal scientific connotation as well as a japanese spiritual values and beliefs. metabolism as a biological metaphor focused on the reorganization of the relationship between society and the pg. 96 el refeie / the academic research community publication individual adopting the comprehensive planning which would make people free (lin, 2010). the disintegration of the city into ‘cells’ corresponded to the breaking away from conventional family structures especially in the modern western societies and the strengthening of the situation of the individual in japanese society. as a native japanese model for the impermanence of architecture and a boost for metabolist principles served the national monument of the ise shrine, reconstructed every 20 years since the 7th century in the shinto tradition. another example, the historical model of the 16th century katsura detached palace, which was extended twice over 150 years into an asymmetrical plan, as representing a japanese tradition of metabolic and ideas of growth (koolhaas, obrist, ota, westcott, & daniell, 2009). metabolism created an organic stand for visualizing the regeneration of japanese culture after the destructions of fire bombings and two atomic blasts and severe environmental catastrophe. it granted the acceptance of japan as ground zero a site of rebirth where culture would be regenerated from an underlying spirit of japanese traditional values and beliefs and give it a new dimension as a modern nation. for that reason the metabolists proposed an organic connection between the individual and a fundamental cultural pattern (wendelken, 2000). 5. structural and symbolic reorganization the sky house which was owned by kiyonori kikutake1958 presents as the prototype for the ‘cell’, staging metabolist principles. the sky house consists of one square room, floating above ground on piers containing plumbing compartments attached on two sides of the building representing expandability. it proposed possible expansions extending from the main cell by what kikutake called ‘move-nets’, which would be plugged in beneath the floor to provide bathrooms, storage space, and removable children’s rooms for an expanding and contracting family. in otterlo in 1959 kikutake, presented at the last ciam meeting his metabolist project, ideas for the reorganization of tokyo city that was through kenzo tange. due to the lack of space and the high land prices in tokyo, kikutake proposed here a group of towers on the edge of tokyo bay, carrying exchangeable capsules of domestic units. kikutake’s highrise projects for a tower city and a marine city (literally ‘city on the sea’), previously published in the journal kokusai kenchiku (international architecture), were he presented it once again as parts of a comprehensive project entitled ocean city at the world design conference in 1960, and were included in the publication metabolism 1960: a proposal for a new urbanism. young japanese architects, kisho kurokawa and arata isozaki collaborated on the project with kenzo tange, among others who were not originally part of the inner metabolist circle (watanabe, 1961). tange’s organized the masses in a linear spine eighteen kilometers across tokyo bay, the masses’ organization like an element made of layered systems of intersecting infrastructural cycles on different scales, which extended from tokyo center, forming a ‘civic axis’. tange emphasize on reflecting metabolism thoughts on the nature of urban structures that would allow growth and change. this meant that the organization of the new civic axis was a significant challenge. they would become the most central mobility element contributing in a growing metropolis, where mobility was one of the basic necessities in city growth. biological metaphor of the growth process of organic bodies now managing the new development concept, inspiring the development strategy from the city core into a spine as a new growth phase from vertebrates, where the spine is essential for the transmission of information through the nervous system from the brain to the spine. figure 2. kiyonorikikutake’s ocean and marina projects, (1972). pg. 97 el refeie / the academic research community publication tange’s plan addressed a units of two square kilometers would stand a high-rise building complex symbolizing entrance and exit, or interchange with a three level of terrific, graded due to speed to facilitate the transportation of up to 2.5 million inhabitant along the city axes plus providing a city with a communication network and underground parking. these axes would be bounded with housing for five million people on man-made islands, each high rise building considered as amegastructure or a little city or community of its own. tange presenting his three dimensional megastructure as a superstructure, consisting of terraces on which the inhabitants could erect private houses according to their own tastes while the artificial land stayed in public hand. ‘private space where man lives and works in the air, and common space on the ground level where modern society unfolds freely its own interactions are separated’ (nitschke, 1964). the plan rejected the traditional form of the static master plan and envisioned an ‘organic’, more dynamic system stretch out across the water of tokyo bay. this dynamic was able to absorb programmatic changes and to respond to economic and social needs. tange developed his schemes to give an expandable urban forms that could grow and change. 6. megastructure versus group form fumihiko maki in the publication ”investigations in collective form” in 1964, published his research on ‘group form’ with masato othaka. this was a new spatial concept differs from the concept megastructure. maki distinguished in his research three different ‘collective forms’, the compositional (the modernist space), the megastructure (tange’s tokyo bay project, for example), and the group form. the group form differed from the compositional in its way of connecting the separate elements to the totality. elements can be added and taken away from the cluster without destroying the balance of the whole composition as in a modernist ensemble. this consisted of a fixed number of certain elements according to the master plan principle, where the design process was clearly divided into two phases, first is a functional planning phase followed by the second phase of creating individual buildings. the megastructure, on the other hand, was an open structure without a fixed concept of composition or a specific form, it was denominating the infrastructure, a man-made landscape, upon which all functions and elements of society grew and flourish. from his point of view a ‘master system’ replaced the master plan. maki saw the task of the master system in its capability to change to swing into place ‘in ever new stages of formal and structural equilibrium,’ preserving at the same time ‘visual integrity’. group form was rather based on a ‘group program’ than on a determined plan, resulting in non-hierarchical collective forms, in contrast to the master plan and the master system. the layout of a group form always stayed dynamic and open-ended. maki described its cluster-like arrangements with the words ‘it is not necessary to limit composition to inorganic, geometrical, structural, or mechanical patterns. rather group form is an intuitive, visual expression of the energy and sweat of millions of people in our cities, of the breath of live and the poetry of living (the research).’ koolhaas, in his recent publication, has compared group form to a social process instead of a technological proposal, whereby group form ‘surrenders to change rather than imposing mastery, and that asserts interdependence among disparate, even unfinished elements, rather than hierarchy and isolation’ (maki, 2005). banham claims that, the concept of megastructure is often derived from existing ‘accidental structures,’ architecture and urbanism at the beginning of the 1960s, promising ‘to resolve the conflicts between design and spontaneity, the large and the small, the permanent and the transient (koolhaas, obrist, ota, westcott, & daniell, 2009). in banham, it presents the culmination and the end of the modern movement, which continues to announce in the modern era its capability to control ‘the design of the whole human environment,’ while now admitting the importance of the individual desires for self-expression, a contradiction that the megastructures were finally unable to resolve. spontaneous processes of self-building could happen but ‘within a framework created by professional architects’ and still ‘reflecting the monumental and aesthetic values of professional architecture’ (koolhaas, obrist, ota, westcott, & daniell, 2009). pg. 98 el refeie / the academic research community publication 7. the image and the reproduction of metabolism metabolism has generated a radical visionary approach dealing with architecture. we can discuss the different aspects of the metabolist image: first the early visionary proposals and schemes, second the projects that was actually executed. kyonori kikutake’s theoretical projects differ quite heavily in language and scale from his executed projects. his visionary proposal for an experimental houses aiming to dwell hundred thousands of inhabitants are represented in a sketchy way, often in charcoal with a dreamy style and always containing some domestic-romantic implications, such as using the reflection of the rising sun on the surface of the ocean or fuji mountain as a background. kikutake’s early built architecture has a traditional forms and styles, although he was using contemporary materials and advanced construction methods. most of his buildings are of a moderate scale and well integrated into their surroundings. in 1960-62 arata isozaki presents his project. ‘future city’, using in ironic way images can be found in the photomontage he called it ‘incubation process’. in this drawing from isozaki’s city in the air, for tokyo’s shinjuku district, isozaki introduced his proposal for a new kind of housing featuring a dwelling units plugged to a huge cylindrical cores are built in a specific empty lots. isozaki situates a megastructure which built above the existing city within a field of classical ruins. the image pictures the city as the place capable to contain many life cycles and could allow to various cultures to live and thrive, overlap, and decline. isozaki claims that future cities would be built over the ruins, the city has its role in recurring cycle of life growth and death. in this synchronization of the already declined (western classical architecture) with the visionary (japanese metabolist architecture), we still could not imagine if it was a revolution or it was a paradigm shift. 8. conclusions naturalism has influenced architecture and urban design in many ways. the large impact of naturalism shows in metabolism. metabolists develop their organic schemes to respond to changing activities. metabolism is the belief that design and technology should express the vitality of living organisms. the basis of the ideas adopted by metabolists architects results from the idea that everything in life changes and is altered by rapid technological developments. as a result of changing human needs, building must adapt their spaces to the new activities. this requires them to be able to change and grow as a living organism. the movement of the metabolism regenerated a new relation with japanese traditional culture and a gave their architecture a new identity differs from western architecture trends. the metabolist schemes earned a large appreciation of visionary projects on huge scales, especially in the west. one of the major objectives of the metabolists to find a new approach capable to solve the new urban problems that came out with the rapid growth of megacities. they focused on of land scarcity, housing shortage, and unplanned sprawl. they also addressed fundamental social considerations, philosophical metaphor, political reflections on the structure and architecture features, and national identity and culture. metabolists created a radically different conception of the city, conceived that the strict separation of public and private realms, making one part of the megacity an infrastructure at large and disintegrated the other part into a micro landscape of cells. it shows that a population are moving freely associate and dissociate according to personal needs. this society was not related to place; it integrated through the availability of the megastructure and group form, metaphoric images such as cycle and tree, and the idea of an underlying cultural heritage. the metabolist visions of a resilience reveals various contemporary urban problems. the current discourse now is discussing how to design sustainable cities which have similar challenges such as, land scarcity, housing shortage, insufficiency of infrastructures, and a lack of transportation means. sustainable architecture have not led to the emergence of more resilient cities. koolhaas and obricht, point out to the retreat of the state’s organizations and the prominence of the private market in driving development. they show the network of relations behind the movement. they demonstrate the movement of metabolism’s proponents and their ability to collaborate and build alliances to represent a wide range of other disciplines in order to fulfill their concept of a resilient culture which pg. 99 el refeie / the academic research community publication left its impact on urban planning and design theories. 9. references 1. banham, r. (1976). megastructure urban futures of the recent past (p. 45). london: thames and hudson. 2. folke, c., carpenter, s. r., walker, b., scheffer, m., chapin, t., & rockström, j. (2010). resilience thinking: integrating resilience, adaptability and transformability. ecology and society,15(4). doi:10.5751/es03610-150420 3. goldhagen, s. w., & legault, r. (2000). anxious modernisms: experimentation in postwar architectural culture (pp. 279-285). cambridge, massachusetts/ london: mit press. 4. goldstein, b. e. (2011). collaborative resilience: moving through crisis to opportunity. cambridge, ma: mit press. 5. hamaguchi, r. (1966). a view of modern japanese architecture – 20 years after the war (p. 19). the japan architect. 6. kawazoe, n. (ed.). (1960). metabolism: the proposals for a new urbanism (pp. 48-49). bitjutu syuppan sha. 7. koolhaas, r., obrist, h., ota, k., westcott, j., & daniell, t. (2009). project japan: metabolism talks...köln: taschen. 8. lin, z. (2010). kenzo tange and the metabolist movement urban utopias of modern japan (p. 95). 9. maki, f. (1964). investigations in collective form (p. 132). st. louis: school of architecture, washington university. 10. maki, m. (2005). toward group form, in ockman, j. architecture culture, 1943-1968: a documentary anthology (p. 324). new york, ny: rizzoli. 11. nitschke, g. (1964). die metabolisten japans. bauwelt, 512. 12. watanabe, s., kamiya, k., koh, h., & hamaguchi, r. (1961). conductors of city planning? (p. 39), the japan architect. 13. wendelken, c. (2000). putting metabolism back in place. the making of a radically decontextualized architecture in japan. anxious modernisms. experimentation in postwar architectural culture. eds.: goldhagen, s.w., legault, r., mit press, cambridge, massachusetts/ london pg. 100 introduction resilient urbanism envisioning reorganization metabolism in architecture structural and symbolic reorganization megastructure versus group form the image and the reproduction of metabolism conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication abstract the construction of any river obstruction has some morphological impacts on the river bed and flow as it implies some disturbance to the river water flow. this disturbance causes local scour to occur due to bridge construction. for many reasons, there exists a need to protect these assets by continuous monitoring and maintenance. for this research, 6th october bridge was considered as a case study for bridges constructed on caissons along the river nile. a field data (contour maps for the bed of the river nile at year 1982and 2008) and computer model fdot (developed by florida department of transportation), was used to evaluate the depth of scour at the caissons of 6th october bridge. conclusions and recommendations were highlighted. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords caissons; scour; river nile bridges; bearing capacity 1. introduction bridge scour is a removal of soil by erosion due to flowing water around bridge piers. it is depended on the following: bed material properties, bed configuration, flow properties, and the type of bridge foundation. the foundation type is the main factor to identify the possibility of scour.deep foundations such as piles, piers or caissons are considered to have a high capacity to resist the scour damage. while shallow foundations such as isolated footings, raft or combined footings are considered to have a low capacity to resist the scour damage, so the shallow foundations are recommended to be considered high risk. as shown in figure (1) the total scour around bridge foundation comprises three components: 1. general scour and long-term aggradations 2. contraction scour 3. local scour at bridge supports or abutments (fhwa, 2010). figure 1. the scour around bridge supports (fhwa, 2010) structural and geotechnical engineers must take into account the effect of scour on bridge foundations especially pg. 247 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.365 evaluation of bearing capacity of caissons subject to scour moamen e. abd elraof1 1lecture, civil engineering department, faculty of engineering, al azhar university, egypt https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ abd elraof / the academic research community publication friction piles. the effect of scour on bridge foundations may be summarised as follows: 1changes in soil stress around the bridge foundations, 2reduced embedment depth and therefore reduced in bearing capacity of foundations, 3possible changes in the structures response and the resulting foundation force effects (loading). the coordination is required between hydraulic, geotechnical, and structural engineers to avoid the effect of scour on the bridge foundations. as shown in figure (2) the state of effective stress corresponding to the scour conditions at any depth along the shaft can be estimated as follows. at the top of the embedded length of the shaft (point c), the vertical stress is equal to zero. at a depth of embedment equal to 1.5 ys or greater, assume the vertical stress is controlled by the streambed elevation b. assume a linear variation in vertical stress over the depth 1.5 ys. in other words, the effect of local scour on stress diminishes linearly over a depth equal to 1.5 times the scour hole depth, ys. the change in effective stress and the embedded length of the deep foundation effects on the bearing capacity of the bridge foundations, so the effect of scour must be taken into consideration (aashto lrfd bridge design specifications, 2007). figure 2. the effect of scour on bridge foundations (aashto lrfd bridge designspecifications, 2007). caissons are selected as the most practical method of founding long span bridges with heavy loads, in deep water environments. the caissons types are open caissons, box caissons, and pneumatic caissons. open caisson is a watertight box made of steel or reinforced concrete and opened at both top and bottom. it can be constructed to depths of 20 m or more depending on the soil conditions. box caisson is similar to open caisson but closed at the bottom and opened at the top. pneumatic caissons have been installed to depths well in excess of 100 m in some projects. the bearing capacity of caissons depending on the end resistance only, while the skin friction resistance is ignored in river bridges because the bed soil is liable to be scoured. the designer must estimate the maximum depth of scour when applicable, which should be conservatively established from recognized analytical methods or from computer models. figure (3) shows the failure of a bridge in south africa constructed in the period from about 1930 until 1960, which were supported on caisson sunk to inadequate depths and founded in alluvial deposits well above bedrock (frankipile, 2008). bridge foundations should be taken to a safe depth well below the anticipated scour level to protect it from any movement due to the force of the stream and other external forces. figure (4) shows the components of bridge constructed on caissons. pg. 248 abd elraof / the academic research community publication figure 3. caissons failure dueto bed erosion (frankipile, 2008) figure 4. the various components of caissons 2. 6th october bridge the 6th october bridge is an elevated highway in central cairo, egypt. with total length ramps, it is approximately 20 km. the bridge crosses the nile river twice. it connects west bank suburbs, east through gezira island to downtown cairo, and on to connect the city to the cairo international airport to the east. the flyover was constructed in 10 main phases between 1969 and 2002. bridge crossing the nile in the east branch with width 34 m and ramps on saraya el gezira with width 8 m, the work in this in part started in january 1973 and finished in october 1976.it founded on four pneumatic caissons under the base of the nile. caissons were pulled on ship lift to the nile then floated and pulled to its specified places to erect piers under the bottom of the nile. the abutments are founded on 260 fibro piles. the bridge width is 26.5 m and capacity 70 ton as shown in figure (5) & (6). pg. 249 abd elraof / the academic research community publication the soil characteristic for the bed at the bridge is shown in table (1) figure 5. 6thoctober bridge east branch (handbook of international bridge engineering, 2000) figure 6. bridge crossing thenile table 1. the soilcharacterized to the bed at 6th october bridge location d50 mm. d mean mm. %gravel %sand %silt soil type coarse medium fine total east 0.14 0.13 0.00 0.00 13.19 80.36 100 0.00 fine sand middle 0.14 0.13 0.00 0.00 11.93 79.92 100 0.00 fine sand west 0.14 0.12 0.00 0.00 8.76 82.93 100 0.00 fine sand average 0.14 0.13 0.00 0.00 11.29 81.07 100 0.00 3. compute scour depth from field data the field data used for this research are as follows. pg. 250 abd elraof / the academic research community publication 3.1. contour maps of the river nile bed in study area at the year 1982 and 2008 contour maps with scale 1:5000 were produced by kenting earth sciences ltd. ottawa, canada, 1981-1982 from a hydrographic survey and aerial photography at 1978. these contain the river bed contour lines for the study area (6th october bridge) with interval 0.5m. and a set of maps produced at 2008 from a hydrographic survey and aerial photography. these contain the river bed contour lines for the study area (6th october bridge) with interval 0.5m as shown in figures (7) & (8). figure 7. a contour map for river nile bed at the year 1982 figure 8. a contour map for river nile bed at the year 2008 3.2. data processing and analysis five sections every 50 m of river nile in downstream of 6th october bridge (at years of 1982 and 2008) can be drawn using the contour maps. figure (9) shows the places of the cross sections. after drawing the sections of the river nile using auto cad program, a comparison between the sections is doing to evaluate the changes in river nile bed where the bridge was constructed as shown in figures from 10 to 14. pg. 251 abd elraof / the academic research community publication figure 9. the places of the cross sections figure 10. cross section no.1 figure 11. cross section no.2 figure 12. cross section no.3 figure 13. cross section no.4 pg. 252 abd elraof / the academic research community publication figure 14. cross section no.5 from the river nile cross sections the data of the river nile bed downstream 6th october bridge can be obtained as shown in table (2). table 2. the data of the river nile cross sections down stream 6th october bridge cross sections width of river nile (1982) width of river nile (2008) change in width max. scour depth(m) 1 320.25 282.7 -37.55 0.5 2 329.2 287.6 -41.6 1.7 3 321.9 290 -31.9 1.1 4 316 286 -30 0.5 5 311.25 284.33 -26.92 0.65 from the previous figures and table (2) the following can be observed: 1. sedimentations were occurred especially on the western side of river nile to distance 140 m and 2.5 m depths. it may be affected negatively on navigation. 2. the river nile width was decreased to distance 38 m. 3. the elevation of the lowest point at 6th october bridge downstream is (+5.0). 4. no scour hole at the downstream of the bridge 5. the maximum scour depth is 1.7 m at the cross section no.2 (in the area situated between the two caissons), so a comparison between the river nile bed at years 2004 and 2008 done to evaluate the changes of river nile bed at this cross section, as shown in figure (15). the results were as follows: erosion was occurred on the western side of river nile to distance 65.0 m and with depth ranging from 0.5 to 2.0 m. at the middle of the river nile cross section, the maximum depth of scour is 1.1 m (this scour occurred in four years only). in the eastern side of the river, the scour depth between 1982 and 2004 was 0.4 m and it’s become 1.2m in four years (between 2004 and 2008), so the slope of the east bank at cross section no.2 is less safe. figure 15. cross section no.2 at years 2004 and 2008 6. due to the sedimentations in the eastern side bank, the slope of the east bank becomes safer except the slope of the east bank at cross section no. 2. 4. computer model a program (fdot) was developed by florida department of transportation bridge scour evaluation and remediation. the purpose of the program is to evaluate bridges over tidal and non-tidal waterways with scour able beds pg. 253 abd elraof / the academic research community publication to determine the risk of failure from scour. a team of engineers was assembled in each district of the florida department of transportation to ensure proper evaluation. experts in bridge hydraulics/hydrology, structures and geotechnical worked together to come to a consensus on potential bridge scour-related problems and possible corrective actions (florida department of transportation, 2010). the computer program fdot scour calculator was used during this analysis to evaluate local scour around 6th october bridge caissons. 4.1. input data the data that are provided to the program is as follows: 1. bed material properties, table (1). 2. the properties of flow in river nile. 3. bridge geometry which includes caisson dimensions and shape. 4.2. computer model results figure (16) shows the input data and local scour depth occurred around 6th october bridge caissons. the maximum scour depth according to fdot-scour calculator program is 2.87 m. figure 16. scour depth calculation using fdot program. 5. conclusion and recommendations 1. the field measurements from the contour maps show a scour depth of about 1.7 m since the bridge construction up till now. 2. the fdot –scour calculator program results show a scour of a depth 2.87 m. that means the difference between the measured scour and calculated scour about 1.17 m. 3. since the maximum scour depth was found 1.70 m the bridge foundations can tolerate this scour. 4. caissons are most suitable foundations for the bridges constructed on river nile since it affected by scour less than the piles due to the following: the bearing capacity of caisson is not affected by scour due to the bearing capacity of caissons depending on the end resistance only, while the bearing capacity of piles decreased by scour especially friction piles a bending moment due to current drag forces and wave action on the piles can be neglected in the case of a massive structure like caissons. caissons non-buckling in the case of scour. while piles are exposed to the buckling in the case of scour. 5. periodic examination every two years must be done to avoid any damages that may occur. pg. 254 abd elraof / the academic research community publication 6. references 1. american association of state highway and transportation officials. (2007). aashto lrfd bridge design specifications: customary u.s. units. washington, d.c: american association of state highway and transportation officials. 2. chen, w., & duan, l. (2014). bridge engineering handbook. boca raton: crc press, taylor & francis group. 3. aswani, m. g., vazirani, v. n., & ratwani, m. m. (2004). design of concrete bridges:. nai sarak, delhi: khanna. 4. vesić, a. s. (1975). lecture series on deep foundations, march-april 1975. boston: boston society of civil engineers section, american society of civil engineers. 5. brown, d. a., turner, j. p., & castelli, r. j. (2010). drilled shafts: construction procedures and lrfd design methods. mclean, va: u.s. dept. of transportation, federal highway administration. 6. florida department of transportation. (2010). bridge scour manual (pp. 1-129). tallahassee, florida. 7. joseph e. bowles (1988). foundation analysis and design (4th ed). new york mcgraw-hill 8. franki (2008). a guide to practical geotechnical engineering in southern africa. saice. 9. hydraulics research institute. (2000). local scour of the river nile bridges (rep.). 10. saad, m. b. (2002). nile river morphology changes due totheconstruction of high aswan dam in egypt. retrieved from https://www.scribd.com/document/294683954/high-dam-pdf 11. tomlinson, m. j., & woodward, j. (2015). pile design and construction practice. boca raton: crc press, taylor & francis group, crc press is an imprint of the taylor & francis group, an informa business. 12. terzaghi, k., peck, r. b., & mesri, g. (1996). soil mechanics in engineering practice. new york, ny: j. wiley and sons. pg. 255 introduction 6th october bridge compute scour depth from field data contour maps of the river nile bed in study area at the year 1982 and 2008 data processing and analysis computer model input data computer model results conclusion and recommendations references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication the impact of integrating occupational safety and health into the pre-construction phase of projects: a literature review laila khodeir1, youhansen salahel dine2 1associate professor, faculty of engineering, architecture department, ain shams university, british university, cairo, egypt 2faculty of engineering, architecture department, ain shams university, cairo, egypt abstract construction is a high-risk industry owning to several accidents that take place in construction sites. fatalities and workplace injuries are a major issue. construction managers concentrate on profitability as far as cost, quality, and time are concerned. unless experts end up mindful of safety-related issues, development tasks can never reach their targets. the main aim of this paper is to review the literature that highlights the result of the implementation of occupational health and safety practices in construction sites. the research examines the impact of the implementation on the number of accidents in construction sites and the precautions that should be taken into consideration starting from the pre-construction stage. previous research suggested that early introduction of occupational safety & health management systems (ohsms) and elements within the project implementation is an important asset in decision-making. it aims toward the abatement of occupational hazards in the workplace. the paper explores through a literature review the root causes of construction accidents and factors causing risks in construction sites. the research explains oshms, and its effects, and how they can be integrated into the pre-construction stage in projects. the impact of the implementation of occupational health and safety practices at construction sites will be discussed as well. the study concluded that due to implementing ohsms, there is a significant reduction in accidents. in order to improve security and health, safety measures should be included starting from the preparation of contract documents. it is recommended that the managers of top construction companies commit more to safety and health procedures. there is a need to provide funding for the regulatory body that oversees health and safety in the construction industry. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords occupational health and safety management system; accident; construction health and safety; construction sites 1. introduction construction industry is a high risk industry awing to severe accident occurrence in construction sites and accidental deaths or work-related injuries is considered an issue. construction managers concentrate principally on profitability as far as cost, quality and time, though development tasks can never accomplish their targets unless experts end up noticeably mindful of the safety-related issues (smith, 1999). pg. 173 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.357 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ khodeir / the academic research community publication figure 1. rate of fatal work-related injuries per 100,000 workers as estimated by health and safety executive (hse) as indicated by health and safety executive, the statistics in figure 1 demonstrate the quantity of laborers fatally harmed in 2015/16 is 144, and relates to a rate of deadly damage of 0.46 deaths for every 100,000 labourers. over the most recent 20-year era there has been a descending pattern in the rate of fatal injury (workplace fatal injuries in great britain 2018, 2018). health and safety are related to ensuring the welfare of the laborers through protection in their separate work environment. security of laborers is extremely crucial in especially in high risk industries such as the construction industry in light of the fact that the fundamental power behind any site is the laborer. it is discovered that without wellbeing, the dangers and risks at an extremely risky place like construction sites can get individuals harmed, hurt or even executed and appropriately this can cause any development site deferrals and additional consumptions. health and safety are ensured to both the employees and employers since bosses can’t get a decent result if their workers are becoming ill and harmed constantly (shamsuddin, ani, ismail & ibrahim, 2015). occupational health and safety management system can be explained to be part of the whole management framework that encourages the administration of the occupational safety and health dangers related to the business of any organizational structure, planning of the activities and any other practices and processes in order to continually keep the os&h policy of an association and continual improvement directed towards the abatement of occupational hazards in the workplace, (osh). the main objective of the occupational health and safety management system (ohsms) to be certified is to empower the awareness of employees in safety through safety work practices, and higher safety standards are promoted in the construction industry, (teo, ling & chong, 2005). it is argued by smallwood (2002), that accidents are inescapable in the construction industry since the business is known to be naturally unsafe. the high rates of injury are essentially because of deficient or non-presence of osh administration frameworks (zolfagharian, ressang, irizarry, nourbakhsh & zin, 2011). health and safety issues are not bound to the construction phase of a project yet happen all through a project. huge numbers of health and safety problems experienced during construction could be avoided if efforts are made during the project brief and design phases, (haywood, 2004). (hare, cameron & roy duff, 2006) and (saurin & fermoso, 2004) explored health and safety integrate with preconstruction phase, thus suggested to future researches to develop the whole model for construction project management. this paper aims to present a literature review on root causes of construction accidents, factors affecting safety in construction sites, what is meant by occupational safety and health management system. the paper then discusses what the pre-construction stage is and effects of implementing occupational safety and health in the inception &feasibility, design &tendering pre-construction stage then implementation of occupational health and safety practices at construction sites will be discussed. previous research suggested that early introduction of occupational safety & health management systems (ohsms) and elements within the project implementation, is an important asset in decision-making as it directs towards the abatement of occupational hazards in the workplace. pg. 174 khodeir / the academic research community publication 2. defining construction site accidents (ritter, 2006) explains a ‘construction site accident’ is any type of accident that happens on a construction site; products fall, people are crushed, buried, burned, electrocuted and fall to their deaths during working hours and the injured party was someone working on that job, (ritter, 2006). it can be in term of harm to gear and materials and particularly attention is given to injuries, (hinze & russell, 1997). 2.1. root causes of construction site accidents there are many different root causes of construction site accidents due to unsafe acts and conditions. unsafe conditions on site are hazards that can cause injuries, these are: defective tools, unprotected openings, and improper storage of equipment and materials. unsafe acts on site are hazards caused by actions of people on site, these actions can be categorized in 3 ways: things a person should have done (e.g. inform others about unsafe conditions), things a person should have done differently, and those that a person should have not done at all, (frederick & nancy, 2009). however, according to literature, theses can be summed up into eight root causes. according to table 1, it is shown here that all construction accidents are due to one or more of the eight root causes. table 1. rootcauses of construction site accidents, (frederick & nancy, 2009) root cause description absence of legitimate training an employee was not appropriately prepared in perceiving and staying away from work risks. deficient requirement of safety an employee’s supervisor ˜or other individual with safety oversight duties realized that endorsed techniques for staying away from risks were not being taken after, but rather fail to uphold safety standards. safe equipment not given an employer does not give an employee with equipment necessary to decrease risks. unsafe strategies or sequencing the ordinary sequencing of construction tasks does not happen, bringing about a task being more perilous than usual unsafe site conditions the site is intrinsically more perilous than usual construction sites. not using given safety equipment an employee is given appropriate safety equipment yet does not utilize it or does not utilize it legitimately. poor attitude toward safety an employee may have been legitimately trained, but does not appropriately stay away from work risks. isolated, sudden deviation from endorsed conduct a regularly skillful and aware of safety employee abruptly and unforeseeably plays out a perilous demonstration because of exhaustion, distraction, or in like manner. out of the eight root causes, the initial five recorded are related to a hazardous condition due to an inadequate management of safety; the last three recorded are related to a perilous act by the harmed party, (frederick & nancy, 2009). this brings us to the main aim of the paper at examining the early introduction of safety management system which is the occupational safety & health management systems (ohsms) and its elements within the project implementation in the pre-construction stage assuming it, is an important asset in decision-making as it directs towards the abatement of occupational hazards in the workplace. pg. 175 khodeir / the academic research community publication 3. safety in construction sites safety is exceptionally crucial in construction industry since it is a high danger industry as the primary power behind any construction site is the laborer. safety is jeopardized because construction is always a risky task due to work-at heights and other outdoor reasons ,this in addition to workers’ attitudes and behaviors (frederick & nancy, 2009). helander (1991) states that construction is substantially more risky than manufacturing and this is partly because of more dangerous working techniques and machines used (helander, 1991).research has been done to identify problems for construction safety all over the world. some research findings from developing countries are gathered and shown in the following table 2. table 2. factorsaffecting safety in construction sites [16-19]. researches factors affecting safety in construction sites kartam et al. (bottani, monica & vignali, 2009) -disorganized work, -poor accident record-keeping and reporting -extensive utilization of foreign workers -extensive utilization of subcontractors -absence of safety regulations -the low priority given to safety -the small size of most construction firms, -competitive tendering, -severe climatic conditions tam et al. (wilson & koehn, 2000) -top management’s poor safety awareness -absence of training -project managers’ poor consciousness of safety -reluctance to include assets for safety -reckless operations cheng et al. (international labor organization,1988) -not giving value to the significance of safety measures actualized at working environments -not giving adequate safety orientation to new laborers -not employing all around prepared safety and health staff to execute safety measures aksorn and hadikusumo (mohamed, 2002) -worker contribution -safety counteractive action and control frameworks -safety game plan -management responsibility it is concluded from the previous studies that many issues are associated with actualizing and implementing safety and health management in construction projects and the majority of the work-related injuries are preventable through safety measures and enhancing safety awareness among industry stakeholders (baxendale & jones, 2000). the following section is concerned with the explanation of what is meant by occupational health and safety management system. 4. occupational health and safety management system the occupational health and safety management system (ohsms); in other words work-related health and safety management system was first prepared by the health and safety executive (hse) in the united kingdom (uk) of the accident prevention advisory unit (apau) in the uk in 1991. occupational health and safety management system can be explained to be part of the whole management framework that encourages the administration of the occupational safety and health dangers related to the business of any organizational structure, planning of the pg. 176 khodeir / the academic research community publication activities and any other practices and processes in order to continually keep the os&h policy of an association and continual improvement directed towards the abatement of occupational hazards in the workplace (osha, 2008). 4.1. objectives of occupational health and safety management system the main objective of the occupational health and safety management system (ohsms) to be certified is to empower the awareness of employees in safety through safety work practices, and higher safety standards are promoted in the construction industry, (teo, ling & chong, 2005).it is argued by smallwood (2002) that accidents are inescapable in the construction industry since the business is known to be naturally unsafe. the high rates of injury are essentially because of deficient or non-presence of osh administration frameworks (zolfagharian, ressang, irizarry, nourbakhsh & zin, 2011). bottani, monica, and vignali (2009) found through an empirical investigation that companies adopting safety management systems exhibited higher performance for all the topics encompassing company attitude to (bottani, monica & vignali, 2009) through identifying safety goals, giving latest risk data, defining risks and development of training programs to employees. wilson (2000) stated that despite the simple concept of the principles behind safety management, it is during the implementation of such a program that construction companies may encounter their most difficult obstacles. it is found that issues such as cooperation from others are vital, yet profoundly ignored, by construction companies which are why seemingly simple problems continue to exist, (wilson & koehn, 2000). this will be clarified in the next section as integration of occupational health and safety into construction. 4.2. implementation of occupational health and safety management system into construction sites numerous work-related accidents and injuries are because of a breakdown in the current osh management system (zolfagharian, ressang, irizarry, nourbakhsh & zin, 2011). according to the international labor organization (ilo), the contractor has obligations to take measures to protect workers from accidents ;that means the top of the company takes a leadership and responsibility for performing safety management activities either through actual control or nominating another body responsible for overall construction site activities (international labor organization,1988). accordingly, effective safety must be accomplished when there is an appropriate management upon the interaction between technology and individuals. (mohamed, 2002) used a questionnaire-based model to assess the safety climate at construction sites, corroborating the significance of management commitment, and laborers’ involvement, attitudes, in addition to supportive as well as supervisory conditions, in accomplishing a positive safety work atmosphere (mohamed, 2002). makin and winder 2008 developed a conceptual framework to ensure that an ohsms brings together the benefits of the three fundamental control procedures for managing working environment risks: safe place, safe individual, and safe frameworks (makin & winder, 2008). many reasons can be the cause of construction accidents and several shortcomings might take place in phases of in a construction project; planning, design and construction. this is also ascertained by a study made by (sulaiman& mahyuddin, 2005). firstly, in the planning phase, owners pay little attention to safety management and may neglect potential site safety issues. secondly, in the design phase, designers and architects may disregard all conceivable safety-related design codes or have the capacity to dispense with every single conceivable factor. finally, in the construction phase, contractors may not be mindful about site dangers or report issues in time, and additionally, laborers may carry out their activity thoughtlessly. hence, the pre-construction phase is essential. the following part will explain pre-construction, its stages and its integration with occupational health and safety. pg. 177 khodeir / the academic research community publication 4.3. implementation of occupational health and safety elements in pre-construction phase based on fig.2, construction project management is explained in three phases which are; pre-construction, construction & post-construction [23, (tregenza, 2004) .pre-construction phase is the first phase, which includes inception & feasibility, design, and tendering (singh, 2002). figure 2. construction project management. stages (k.s., i. h. s. (2002). the phases of pre-construction starts with “inception & feasibility”; is concerned with the customer’s prerequisites and is known as arrangements of the pre-project . it incorporates the project goals as well as, land matter, feasibility study and setting up project association structure. second phase is “design”; which contain project brief, calculated and schematic outline improvement, arranging endorsement, enumerating configuration, cost spending planning, and benefit of building, (hendrickson & au, 2000). finally the last phase in pre-construction is “tendering”; the tender document being an issue and after that being assessed to pick the potential contractor where the objective amid this stage is to obtain an entire and exact comprehension of venture necessities, (college, 2011). health and safety issues are not bound to the construction phase of a project yet happen all through a project. huge numbers of health and safety problems experienced during construction could be avoided if efforts are made during the project brief and design phases (haywood, 2004). (hare, cameron & roy duff, 2006), and (saurin & fermoso, 2008) explored health and safety integrate with preconstruction phase, thus suggested to future researches to develop the whole model for construction project management. the following table 3 discusses the implementation of occupational health and safety in the three phases inception & feasibility, design, and tendering. table 3. occupationalhealth and safety implementation in pre-construction phases, author afterextant literature pre-construction phases occupational health and safety implementation inception and feasibility -employer is accountable to his employees’ safety & health. employer also has a responsibility for the visitors (osh). -project owners can emphatically impact project safety & health performances since they are the person who contribute financing for the project and should be concerned with including osh during objective identification and project brief, (huang & hinze, 2006), and (sulaiman & mahyuddin, 2005) -it is also the management’s responsibility to alternate attitudes through health and safety awareness of employees (thye, 2006) continued on next page pg. 178 khodeir / the academic research community publication table 3 continued design -half of the work related safety and health issues arise from deficiency in design (fleming, 2006). -the design professionals who escape the responsibility of integrating health and safety in their design because of the absence of safety training, absence of safety design tools (gambatese, 1996). -the health and safety factors must be incorporated into the design plan, by doing as such it will make a gradually expanding influence scattering safety and health throughout the industry. -fundamental concept of prevention through design (ptd); that depends upon excluding safety and health dangers rather than ensuring the safety of the laborers or warning them (gambatese, 2000). -a design tool has additionally been created to help designers in distinguishing project-specific safety perils and to give best practices to end the risks, (gambatese & hinze, 1999). tendering -the first thing that comes in mind upon mentioning elements of safety and health, is how it becomes of legitimate and moral duty (huang & hinze, 2003). -parties that were included with the tendering as contractors need to play their parts in grasping safety and health (fleming, 2006). -beginning from the customer, it is an obligation to point out the significance of the safety and health execution of the construction’s contractors particularly upon making a choice; contractors should be picked on the contractors’ ability in predictive of safe project performance rather than lower tender costs (levitt, parker & samelson, 1981; fleming, 2006). -it is a problem in the traditional procurement to concentrate on tender cost subsequently limiting the contractual workers to work in a more productive way (fleming, 2006). 5. conclusion this paper presented a literature review on root causes of construction accidents, factors affecting safety in construction sites, what is meant by occupational safety and health management system. the paper then discussed what the pre-construction stage is and effects of implementing occupational safety and health in the inception &feasibility, design &tendering pre-construction stage then implementation of occupational health and safety practices at construction sites will be discussed. previous research suggested that early introduction of occupational safety & health management systems (ohsms) and elements within the project implementation, is an important asset in decision-making as it directs towards the abatement of occupational hazards in the workplace. despite the contributions and important role construction industry plays in countries’ growth, it has dependably been rebuked for the high rates of accidents and fatalities. pg. 179 khodeir / the academic research community publication literature review demonstrate that accidents are caused by a broad selection of issues, some of which are hazardous equipment, work site conditions, unique nature of the industry, risky strategy, humans and administration. the reason for accidents in construction industry are basically credited to workers’ lack of regard, inability of laborers to obey work techniques, work at high height, operating equipment without safety tools, poor site management, hard work operation, low understanding and skill level of workers, inability to utilize ppe and poor workers attitude about safety. construction sector is more dangerous than other sectors it is based on the literature findings, which increase the possibility for serious accidents. from the research findings, the aim to review the impact of implementing occupational health and safety practices at construction sites has been stated. the number of accidents in construction sites could be decreased upon implementing the occupational health and safety into the pre-construction phase. this review enhances the awareness of the role of implementing ohsms as the main objective of the occupational health and safety management system (ohsms) which is certified to promote safety awareness and safe work practices in the construction industry and the responses also show they are aware that ohsms is effective in prevention of risks and accidents and effective on-site safety and health management. finally, health and safety issues are not bound to the construction phase of a project yet happen all through a project. huge numbers of health and safety problems experienced during construction could be avoided if efforts are made during the project brief and design phases. researchers investigated the reconciliation of health and safety with the pre-construction phase, thus recommended to future researches to incorporate the factors shown previously with the whole model for construction project management. the occupational health and safety was discussed in the three phases inception & feasibility, design, and tendering. 6. references 1. baxendale, t., & jones, o. (2000). construction design and management safety regulations in practice—progress on implementation. international journal of project management, 18(1), 33-40. 2. bottani, e., monica, l., & vignali, g. (2009). safety management systems: performance differences between adopters and non-adopters. safety science, 47(2), 155-162. 3. choudhry, r. m., & fang, d. (2008). why operatives engage in unsafe work behavior: investigating factors on construction sites. safety science, 46(4), 566-584. 4. fleming, m. (2006). developing safety culture measurement tools and techniques based on site audits rather than questionnaires. final project report, saint marys university, 1-63. 5. frederick g. and nancy j. (2009). construction project management. columbus, ohio: prentice hall. 6. gambatese, j. a. (1996). addressing construction worker safety in the project design. university of washington, seattle. 7. gambatese, j. a. (2000). owner involvement in construction site safety. . in construction congress vi: building together for a better tomorrow in an increasingly complex world, orlando, florida, (pp. 20-22). 8. gambatese, j., & hinze, j. (1999). addressing construction worker safety in the design phase: designing for construction worker safety. automation in construction, 8(6), 643-649. 9. hare, b., cameron, i., & roy duff, a. (2006). exploring the integration of health and safety with preconstruction planning. engineering, construction and architectural management, 13(5), 438-450. 10. haywood, g. (2004). achieving excellence in construction procurement. actions to improve safety & health in construction. pg. 180 khodeir / the academic research community publication 11. helander, m. g. (1991). safety hazards and motivation for safe work in the construction industry. international journal of industrial ergonomics, 8(3), 205-223. 12. hendrickson, c., & au, t. (2000). project management for construction: fundamental concepts for owners. engineers, architects and builders, prentice hall, pittsburgh. 13. hinze, j., & russell, d. b. (1997). construction safety. prentice hall. 14. huang, x., & hinze, j. (2003). analysis of construction worker fall accidents. journal of construction engineering and management, 129(3), 262-271. 15. huang, x., & hinze, j. (2006). owner’s role in construction safety. journal of construction engineering and management, 132(2), 164-173. 16. international labor organization (ilo), safety and health in construction convention, 1988 (no. 167). (1988). retrieved march 20, 2017, from http://www.ilo.org/dyn/normlex/en/f?p=normlexpub:12100:0 ::no::: 17. levitt, r. e., parker, h. w., & samelson, n. m. (1981). improving construction safety performance: the user’s role. stanford university, stanford, ca. 18. makin, a. m., & winder, c. (2008). a new conceptual framework to improve the application of occupational health and safety management systems. safety science, 46(6), 935-948. 19. mohamed, s. (2002). safety climate in construction site environments. journal of construction engineering and management, 128(5), 375-384. 20. occupational safety & health act and regulations act 514 in 1994 (osh) (my.). 21. osha, occupational safety and health administration, formaldehyde. (2008). retrieved march 10, 2017, from https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show document 22. providing guidance and information to deliver construction works at imperial college london. (2011). retrieved march 20, 2017, from http://www3.imperial.ac.uk/capitalprojects/projectprocedures/stages/tende r 23. ritter, f. d. (2006). successful personal injury investigation: master the techniques of finding the facts that win cases for plaintiff attorneys. library of congress. 24. saurin, t. a., & fermoso, c. t. (2008). guidelines for considering construction safety requiremnets in the design process. industrial engineering and transportation department. 25. shamsuddin, k. a., ani, m. n. c., ismail, a. k., & ibrahim, m. r. (2015). investigation the safety, health and environment (she) protection in construction area. international research journal of engineering and technology, 2(6), 624-636. 26. singh, h. (2002). engineering and construction contracts management: law and principles. lexisnexis. 27. smallwood, j. j. (2002, september). the influence of health and safety (h&s) culture on h&s performance. in proceedings (pp. 217-226). 28. smith, n.j. (1999). managing risk in construction projects, blackwell, oxford. 29. sulaiman, k., & mahyuddin, n. (2005). safety in the construction industry: are we barking at the wrong tree? [niosh]. journal of occupational, safety, & health, 2005, 2(1), 7. 30. teo, e. a. l., ling, f. y. y., & chong, a. f. w. (2005). framework for project managers to manage construction safety. international journal of project management, 23(4), 329-341. pg. 181 khodeir / the academic research community publication 31. thye, l. l. (2006). leadership and the development of osh culture. in proceeding of the 9th conference and exhibition on national institute of occupational safety and health (niosh). 32. tregenza, t. (2004). action to improve safety & health in construction. magazine of the european agency for safety & health at work. 33. wilson, j. m., & koehn, e. e. (2000). safety management: problems encountered and recommended solutions. journal of construction engineering and management, 126(1), 77-79. 34. workplace fatal injuries in great britain 2018 [pdf]. (2018, july 4). health and safety executive. retrieved march 20, 2017, from http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/pdf/fatalinjuries.pdf . 35. zolfagharian, s., ressang, a., irizarry, j., nourbakhsh, m., & zin, r. m. (2011, july). risk assessment of common construction hazards among different countries. in sixth international conference on construction in the 21st century (citc-vi). kuala lumpur malaysia (pp. 151-160). pg. 182 introduction defining construction site accidents root causes of construction site accidents safety in construction sites occupational health and safety management system objectives of occupational health and safety management system implementation of occupational health and safety management system into construction sites implementation of occupational health and safety elements in pre-construction phase conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication abstract knowledge is considered one of the effective assets which control the success of organizations, and its effective management is crucial. although knowledge has existed and has been used along all projects, the way it was managed was almost intuitive and highly reliable on in-house systems. as a consequence, knowledge management was introduced in the late 1990s to help companies create, share, and systematically use knowledge. knowledge management can be defined as the identification, optimization, and active management of intellectual assets that create value, increase productivity, and gain and sustain competitive advantage. construction field, as one of the most complicated fields, is considered a project-based field where numbers of investments in it are in millions every year. although knowledge in construction is among the main factors for project success, most of this knowledge lies in the minds of the people, which makes it hard to be captured and stored. accordingly, effective knowledge management in construction is affected by different factors, including the willingness of people to share their knowledge and the mobilization of the workforce from one project to another without sharing lessons learned and previous knowledge. here comes the role of application of km, which could help prevent “reinventing the wheel” in construction. this paper aims at offering a comprehensive overview of the application of km in construction through reviewing extant literature sources. topics discussed included factors affecting km, km tools and techniques, the processes of km, and the main benefits and challenges facing km. there are many factors affecting knowledge management and many tools and techniques to manage knowledge. as for the findings of this paper, they took the form of an analysis of the main benefits and challenges facing the application of km in construction. © 2018 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords knowledge management; construction sector; construction project 1. introduction “knowledge is power” (uriarte, 2008) in the past, knowledge was an important element for many fields, especially the political and the war fields. it was the main motive for many decisions. by time, the strength of knowledge existence grows and has become an important element in business. the existence of knowledge is not enough in business competitiveness but in managing and sharing knowledge as well. in the construction sector, knowledge is essential for a project success. the nature of knowledge in construction is pg. 1 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.342 applications of knowledge management in construction: a literature review asmaa sallam1, ali eid1, ali elfaramawy1, laila khodier1,2 1faculty of engineering, architecture department, ain shams university, cairo, egypt 2department of architecture, the british university in egypt, cairo, egypt https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ sallam / the academic research community publication different as it depends mainly on the learned lessons and the experience of people involved in the project. thus, managing knowledge in construction has become so important in the last few years, especially as construction projects have become more complicated and many disciplines have been involved in them. 2. data, information and knowledge data, information and knowledge are basic terms in knowledge management needed to be defined. it is important to differentiate between these terms first to understand the field of km. data: is the raw material of knowledge. it is numbers, words, facts, etc. that have no meaning without being in a context. information: is data, processed and leads to results in a meaningful context. knowledge: is information in human minds, it is the experience of people. it is the using of information and data to make actions. (uriarte, 2008) 3. history of km the concept of knowledge is an old term, which existed thousands of years ago and had different images. there would not have been civilization or development in all fields of life without the existence of knowledge. our ancestors understood the value of knowledge and using it, so they created several ways to share and save knowledge. they didn’t recognize knowledge management term, but they used the available tools and techniques to get the benefit of knowledge. the timeline of the field of km since 1970s and its main turning points are stated below. 1970s: it was the beginning of the appearance of the term knowledge management, as management theorists and practitioners published their papers, showing how knowledge and information are valuable assets in organizations. among those management theorists and practitioners are peter drucker, paul strassman, chris argyris, christoper bartlett, dorothy leonard-barton, etc. . . . in the late 1970s, early knowledge management systems included technology solutions such as the early hypertext/groupware application systems, which were introduced to help in sharing knowledge. in addition, rop acksyn and don mccraken developed a hypermedia tool for km systems, a decade before the existence of the world wide web. (uriarte, 2008) 1980s: the importance of km as a professional competitive asset was not recognized until the mid-1980s. according to kimiz dalkir (2005), some concepts like “knowledge acquisition”, “knowledge engineering” and “knowledge-based systems” were developed by the late 1980s, and they enhanced km systems. in 1989, the term km became popular and a formal part of the lexicon of management. it began to appear in business-oriented journals like sloan management review, harvard business review, and others and conferences began to be held for it. the international knowledge management network (ikmn) started in europe and meanwhile the consortium of the u.s. companies started the “initiative for managing knowledge assets”. not only that but also the first book about km was published by sakaiya and was entitled the knowledge value revolution (dalkir, 2005; uriarte, 2008). 1990s: by that time, km has become one of the subjects in the new business practice. it has gone through several turning points as follows: – in 1990, many companies in the u.s., europe and japan founded programs for knowledge management. it became widespread in business journals and a main subject to be discussed in the business conferences’ agendas. it was published in journals and magazines as a theory in the management field but it didn’t get the full attention from business professionals. – in 1994, the international knowledge management network (ikmn) became online and then the knowledge management forum in the u.s. joined it. numbers of groups related to km were founded and the number of km publications, conferences and seminars increased, focusing on the km importance in the pg. 2 sallam / the academic research community publication business competition. in addition, the european strategic program for research in information technologies (esprit) began offering funds for km related projects, as stated by f. a. uriarte, jr. (2008). – in 1995, ikujiro nonaka and hirotaka takeuchi published a book in japan entitled the knowledge creating company: how japanese companies create the dynamics of innovation. it was the start to get the corporations and organizations’ attention towards km as a valuable asset to organizations. by the end of the year (september 1995), “a knowledge imperative” symposium was held in houston by arthur andersen and the american productivity and quality center apqc (uriarte, 2008). – by the end of the 1990s, professionals and practitioners recognized the role of km in the market competition and business organizations began to apply km in their businesses. also, major international consulting firms such as ernst & young, arthur andersen, and booz-allen & hamilton used knowledge management projects as a big source of revenue a number of organizations, such as the american productivity and quality council and the american society for information science, began to study and find the relation between km and other management areas like benchmarking, best practices, risk management, and change management (uriarte, 2008). in 2003, km became an important academic course, as there were more than 100 universities, business and library schools which offered km courses and degrees (dalkir, 2005). many people talk about the benefits of km and how to apply it. in each stage of km development, there was a pioneer who assisted through his writing to show the importance of km. (table 1) shows the known pioneers who contributed to this field and their works since 1970s. table 1. contribution of management theorists and experts (uriarte, 2008). pioneers year their work peter drucker paul strassman 1970s they were the first to write about km in papers. they talked about the importance of information and knowledge for organizations. chris argyris christoper bartlettdorothy leonardbarton 1970s they participated in developing the km theory through their publications. dorothy leonard-barton 1995 she wrote the book wellsprings of knowledge – building and sustaining sources of innovation, which was published by harvard business school. she documented the case study of chaparral steel company that implemented an effective km strategy since 1970s. thomas allen at mit late 1970s he made studies on information and technology transfer and was largely responsible for the current understanding of how knowledge is produced, used and diffused within organizations. continued on next page pg. 3 sallam / the academic research community publication table 1 continued pioneers year their work peter drucker matsuda sveiby in the mid-1980s they coined the term “knowledge worker” and wrote in depth about the role of knowledge in organizations. peter senge 1989 he wrote one of the first books on organizational learning and km the fifth discipline. sakaiya 1989 he wrote one of the first books on organizational learning and km the knowledge value revolution. tom stewart 1991 he published the article “brainpower” in fortune magazine, which was the introduction of knowledge management. ikujiro nonaka hirotaka takeuchi 1995 they published an influential book entitled the knowledge creating company: how japanese companies create the dynamics of innovation. karl erik sveiby 1995 he wrote one of the most popular articles in km field, entitled “the new organizational wealth.” verna alle 1995 he wrote one of the most popular articles in km, entitled “the knowledge revolution.” butterworth-heinemann (publishing company) 1995 it launched the series “resources for the knowledge-based economy” and started publishing an annual yearbook on km. 4. km definition what is km? what is its definition? and what are the fields it is involved in? researchers and professionals in business practice began to put definitions and rules for km in the last two decades. some of them found that km has a multi-disciplinary nature and is used in many domains all over the world (dalkir, 2005; girard & girard, 2015). to start with, kimiz dalkir (2005) identified more than 100 definitions for km through an informal survey for the published definitions in this field. also, john and joann girard (2015) gathered more than 100 definitions for km from different domains. they collected these definitions from 13 countries and from 23 domains, representing the points of view of the authors of the definitions, based on their domains and cultures. according to what is mentioned above, it is clear that there are too many definitions for km and until now there is no one definition that is agreed on by researchers (uriarte, 2008). however, there are common points and concepts among the presented definitions. the following are some of the published definitions for km from different countries and domains: knowledge management (km) is the process of capturing, developing, sharing, and effectively using organizational pg. 4 sallam / the academic research community publication knowledge (”knowledge management,” 2014). international knowledge management is the process of efficiently organizing, analyzing, retrieving, using and – in some cases – monetizing knowledge (”knowledge management definition, hrzone,”). united kingdom strategies and processes designed to identify, capture, structure, value, leverage, and share an organization’s intellectual assets to enhance its performance and competitiveness. it is based on two critical activities: (1) capture and documentation of individual explicit and tacit knowledge, and (2) its dissemination within the organization (”knowledge management. business dictionary online.,”). usa knowledge management is the systematic management of an organization’s knowledge assets for the purpose of creating value and meeting tactical & strategic requirements; it consists of the initiatives, processes, strategies, and systems that sustain and enhance the storage, assessment, sharing, refinement, and creation of knowledge (frost, 2010). denmarkknowledge management is achieving organizational goals through the strategy-driven motivation and facilitation of (knowledge-) workers to develop, enhance and use their capability to interpret data and information (by using available sources of information, experience, skills, culture, character, personality, feelings, etc.) through a process of giving meaning to these data and information (uit beijerse, 1999). germany the purpose of knowledge management is to provide support for improved decision making and innovation throughout the organization. this is achieved through the effective management of human intuition and experience augmented by the provision of information, processes and technology together with training and mentoring programs (snowden, 2009). united kingdom. knowledge management is a conscious, hopefully consistent, strategy implemented to gather, store and retrieve knowledge and then help distribute the information and knowledge to those who need it in a timely manner (stuhlman, 2012). usa knowledge management is therefore a conscious strategy of getting the right knowledge to the right people at the right time and helping people share and put information into action in ways that strive to improve organizational performance (o’dell & grayson, 1998). usa the definitions mentioned above are some of the definitions definitions stated by john girard & joann girard (2015). other definitions are stated by other researchers as follows: knowledge management is the conversion of tacit knowledge into explicit knowledge and sharing it within the organization, it is the process through which organizations generate value from their intellectual and knowledge based assets (uriarte, 2008). knowledge management is the deliberate and systematic coordination of an organization’s people, technology, processes, and organizational structure in order to add value through reuse and innovation. this coordination is achieved through creating, sharing, and applying knowledge as well as through feeding the valuable lessons learned and best practices into corporate memory in order to foster continued organizational learning (dalkir, 2005). from these definitions and the mentioned references further reading, the following points are noticed: – most of the definitions say that km is a process to achieve goals. – km is an organization process. – capturing, sharing, storing, using, and their synonyms are used in most of the definitions in all domains, as the processes of km to get advantage from knowledge. 5. km life cycle as stated in the km definitions, km is a cycle, which consists of a number of processes. interestingly, there is no one model for km cycle agreed on among researchers and pioneers, but the differences between models are pg. 5 sallam / the academic research community publication not great. kimiz dalkir (2005) and sanjay mohapatra, arjun agrawal and anurag satpathy (2016) , selected four models for km cycle, which are clear and had a full comprehensive and detailed description for the cycle processes; besides they could be applied in the real world (table 2). 5.1. the zack km cycle table 2. km cycle models (dalkir, 2005; mohapatra, agrawal & satpathy, 2016) author meyer and zack year 1996 concept of the model in this cycle the main factor is the information products, meyer and zack proposed that the processes applied on the design of products can be extended to the intellectual field. at the same time each stage of the km cycle adds value to the knowledge product that is created through the model. they suggested that knowledge products are presented as a repository comprising information content and structure. this repository holds the raw material of knowledge, data and information, to be the basics for knowledge products. the stages of the model acquisition: is to get information from its source. the source of information must be of high quality to get good information product. refinement: is the process of refining the content of knowledge through a statistical analyses to add value to the knowledge product and get use of it. storage/retrieval: is the process of storing knowledge acquisition and refinement in the first two stages. it is the process where knowledge could be usable and accessible to everyone in the organization. storage may be physical such as file folders, printed information, etc. or digital such as database, knowledge management software, etc... distribution: is the process by which knowledge is transferred to users through many ways (e.g., fax, print, and e-mail). in this stage, it is important to select not only the of transferring but also its timing, frequency, form, language, etc. . . presentation or use: is considered the evaluation of the whole cycle and the value-added through previous stages. if the user have the context where to use the content of the knowledge product, so the cycle succeed to add value to people and organization. 5.2. the bukowitz and williams km cycle author bukowitz and williams year 2000 continued on next page pg. 6 sallam / the academic research community publication table 3 continued concept of the model “how organizations generate, maintain and deploy a strategically correct stock of knowledge to create value” this is the concept that bukowitz and williams (2000) emphasized on in their framework. therefore it deals with knowledge repositories, relationships, information technologies, communications infrastructure, functional skill sets, process know-how, environmental responsiveness, organizational intelligence, and external sources. in addition to depending on the long range processes that make knowledge management is convenient for organization objectives. the stages of the model get: is to gather information to be able to take decisions, solve problems, or innovate. the most important issue in this stage is not to obtain knowledge but to deal with the huge amount of available information. use: is the process of dealing with information to extract important knowledge to help in organization innovation. learn: is the process of learning from previous experiences and get the benefit of lessons learned. contribute: is the process by which employees share their knowledge with others through the organization database or network. assess: is the process by which an evaluation of intellectual capital is held to define the mission-critical knowledge and manage existing intellectual capital to be convenient with the future knowledge needs. build and sustain: is to ensure that the organization’s future intellectual capital will keep the organization viable and competitive. divest: organizations need to examine their intellectual capital in terms of the resources required to maintain it and whether these resources would be better spent elsewhere. this involves understanding the why, when, where, and how of formally divesting parts of the knowledge base. 5.3. the mcelroy km cycle author mcelroy year 1999 continued on next page pg. 7 sallam / the academic research community publication table 4 continued concept of the model he emphasized that organizational knowledge is held both subjectively in the minds of individuals and groups and objectively in explicit forms. in this model he proposed that knowledge of the organization is used in business processing environment and evaluated through loop of feedbacks. if it matches the organization expectations it reuse and become part of the the organization intellectual capital, and if not the business process behavior is adjusted and reused again the stages of the model individual and group learning represents the first step in organizational learning. knowledge is information until it is validated and used in context. knowledge claim formulation involves codification at an organizational level. is a formal way to codify individual and group knowledge and innovations in the organization. information acquisition is the process by which an organization acquires knowledge claims in the organization or from external sources in general. these knowledge claims are library services, research initiatives, think tanks, consortia, and personalized information services. knowledge claim evaluation is the process of evaluating knowledge claims to determine their validity and value. and also show that these claims have great value more than the existing knowledge in the organization knowledge repository. knowledge integration is the process of exchanging the old knowledge claims with new one. besides making sure that new knowledge is integrated in organization knowledge system. 5.4. the wiig km cycle author wiig year 1993 conceptof the model he focused on the three conditions that need to be present for an organization to conduct its business successfully: a business (products/services) and customers. resources (people, capital, and facilities). the ability to act in this model he emphasized on the concept that knowledge is the way to make decisions and solve problems. therefore the km is important to facilitate the best use of knowledge in organizations. he suggested the expression “working smarter” which mean making use of all the best knowledge we have available. therefore wiig’s km cycle stated how knowledge is built and used as individuals or as organizations. continued on next page pg. 8 sallam / the academic research community publication table 5 continued the stages of the model building knowledge refers to activities ranging from market research to focus groups, surveys, competitive intelligence, and data mining applications. building knowledge consists of five major activities: obtaining knowledge, analyzing knowledge, reconstructing/synthesizing knowledge, codifying, modeling knowledge and organizing knowledge. holding knowledge consists of remembering, accumulating knowledge in repositories, embedding knowledge in repositories, and archiving knowledge. pooling knowledge consists of coordinating, assembling, and accessing and retrieving knowledge. to coordination the knowledge a collaborative teams must work together to create a “who knows what” network. after getting knowledge it collected together to sored in a library or repository, to make it easy to be accessed and retrieved. applying knowledge in this last process, knowledge is applied to work tasks. when knowledge is applied to routine tasks the compiled knowledge in human minds is used which almost used unconsciously. but on the other hand difficult tasks need to get more concentration and to dig for the needed knowledge well. 6. km types in the modern economy, the knowledge that it is able to harness is the organization’s competitive advantage. this competitive advantage is realized through the full utilization of information and data coupled with the harnessing of people’s skills and ideas as well as their commitments and motivations (uriarte, 2008). knowledge is divided into two types; tacit and explicit knowledge. explicit knowledge is a tangible knowledge and tacit knowledge is intangible knowledge. knowledge can be transformed from tacit knowledge into explicit knowledge and vice versa. in (table 3), there is a comparison between tacit and explicit knowledge to clarify the meaning of each of them and the differences between both of them (dalkir, 2005; uriarte, 2008; anumba, egbu & carrillo, 2005). table 6. tacit and explicit knowledge tacit knowledge explicit knowledge location it is stored in people minds. it is stored in documents, databases, websites, emails and the like. where does it come from? it is accumulated through people’s experiences, interactions, studies, trials and practices. it is stored through the process of codifying knowledge into documents such as reports, memos, business plans, drawings, patents, trademarks, customer lists, methodologies, and etc. continued on next page pg. 9 sallam / the academic research community publication table 6 continued tacit knowledge explicit knowledge knowledge characteristic -it is personal -it depends on the success and failure trials and could be useful or not. -it is hard to record, codify and articulate. -it is considered a subjective insight as it is related to the person’s experiences and point of view. -it depends on the personal willingness to share own knowledge. -it is a unique knowledge as when an organization employs a person who has such knowledge, it is an advantage for it. -it is codified, documented and archived. -it is sharable. -it could be stored by using computers and information technologies. -it is tangible can be accessed. -it could be duplicated as it is stored in documents and databases so any one can get it. managing it the first step is to identify it through differentiating between the useful and the unuseful knowledge. next, use different ways such as conversations, workshops, training, technologies (e-mail, groupware, etc.. . . ) to share it. first step is to identify the knowledge that could be articulated. next, it is documented and stored. then, it is shared and used. (uriarte, 2008) as a matter of fact, explicit and tacit knowledge are integrated, both together form the intellectual assets of the organization and give it its competitive advantage. tacit knowledge is important to be able to make use of the explicit knowledge and explicit knowledge helps to understand, analyze and share the tacit knowledge. so, the two types of knowledge are so important and the interaction between them is necessary. nonaka (1996) called this interaction “the four modes of knowledge conversion” (uriarte, 2008) and they are as following: socialization is a process of creating common tacit knowledge through shared experiences. in this mode, people interact and share their experiences with each other. this happens when a person takes a part of other person’s experience and enhances his own. the exchanged experience is not documented so in this mode the knowledge is still intangible and could not be shared without the person’s willingness. externalization is a process of transferring tacit knowledge into explicit knowledge, this happens through articulating and codifying tacit knowledge into documents, drawings, diagrams, etc... this mode helps in extracting knowledge from people’s minds to keep it safe in documents and repositories for others to use it. and in the same time it helps to get benefit from this tacit knowledge and create a new product. combination is a process of combining several existing explicit knowledge to produce new knowledge in other form. for example, a researcher can assemble an array of previously existing explicit knowledge to prepare a new knowledge such as a thesis or an article. this mode is helpful to gather codified knowledge and get benefit from it through a new product. internalization is a process of using explicit knowledge to create tacit knowledge of people. in this mode people get their knowledge by using tangible knowledge such as manuals, videos, books, etc. . . and learn it. the expression “learning by doing or using” is shown clearly in the process of using manuals to know how to use the machine. the instructions are learned and become part of the person’s tacit knowledge (uriarte, 2008). pg. 10 sallam / the academic research community publication 7. pillars of km there are four main pillars that must exist for any km initiative. without these pillars km implementation will not succeed. they are considered as the four corner columns holding the building. these pillars are: 7.1. management and organization this pillar depends on the high level managers in organizations and their commitment to the implementation of km. top management must be involved in the process of km and must provide the example for the rest of the employees. it is worth mentioning that km implementation must serve the strategic objectives of the organizations. therefore, the organization structure needs to include a km department and define its responsibility. besides the top management commitment, organizations value chain must be considered. the relation between organizations as customers and suppliers is too important to define the objective of km and the way to manage knowledge in the organization. once the customers’ needs and feedback are defined, they must be known to the whole organization members to help them develop products, provide services and take decisions. 7.2. infrastructure to apply km, the infrastructure support and technology are required. information and communication technologies (icts) are needed in km processes creating, organizing, storing, sharing and using knowledge. there is a number of tools for each process which assist in terminating the process in an easy and fast way. portals, e-mails, internet, databases and other tools are examples for the icts available nowadays. these technologies are developed rapidly to adopt the competitive market and the complexity of the knowledge processes. the use of these technologies makes the implementation of km more effective in organizations. 7.3. people and culture km depends on the human factor as the main enabler through its processes. it deals mainly with tacit knowledge, which is the knowledge in human minds. people attitudes, culture, social values and aspirations must be considered when managing the knowledge which people possess. to enhance the knowledge flow in the organization, some points must be considered: -defining the organization structure relating to its strategies. -defining the required knowledge according to these strategies. -refining the recruitment process, by choosing people who have the required knowledge and experiences to add new knowledge to the organization. -choosing people who have the potentials and attitudes to share and acquire knowledge. -providing the required training to the employees, which serves the organization objectives and assist in improving employees’ experience. -building up an atmosphere of trust and openness to encourage employees to share and gain more knowledge. -creating the motivation to help employees to learn and apply their knowledge (uriarte, 2008). there is an argument among theorists about the most important factor in km processes the human or the technology factor. in fact, there are some organizations that use icts in creating and sharing knowledge even if they do not know that they are applying knowledge management. although using technology spreads widely in organizations, human knowledge is the core and the intellectual asset of the organization; this knowledge is unique and is the competitive advantage of the organization. therefore, managing people is more important and difficult than managing technology usage (dalkir, 2005; uriarte, 2008). pg. 11 sallam / the academic research community publication 7.4. content management system is the information assets and systems that support digital information management, these assets and systems could be internal or external. these systems are responsible for the digital content such as websites, internet, intranet, databases, etc. . . . content management system is an important pillar to make sure of the knowledge management system performance. therefore programs for managing this content need to be developed and implemented, and maintaining and updating roles need to be defined. in addition to thie authors should enrich this content through their new articles (uriarte, 2008). 8. km frameworks the importance of knowledge management increases and spreads in the business world. many organizations seek to implement km because if they implement it in a proper way, they will get the benefit of it and improve the work environment and the collaboration in the organization. thus, theorists and practitioners have developed different frameworks and systems to implement km. for example, f. a. uriarte extracted five stages of many knowledge management initiatives in large organizations to implement km (uriarte, 2008). also, sanjay mohapatra, arjun agrawal and anurag satpathy set ten golden steps to be followed in corporations (2016). f. a. uriarte stages and sanjay mohapatra, arjun agrawal and anurag satpathy’s steps are explained below. uriarte’s stages are: – advocate and learn. – develop strategy. – design and launch km initiatives. – expand and support initiatives. – institutionalize knowledge management. stage 1: advocate and learn in this stage, the advocates of the concept of km must introduce to the rest of the organization benefits, problems and other companies’ trials to implement km. in this stage there are five steps to be followed: a)introducing knowledge management to the organization members to show them how km will help them to do their work more efficiently. b)identifying the km team and focal points that will support the development of km, by choosing people who already make small groups of communication and have a connection with the high level management and by selecting the existing activities that are related to km. c)learning about the experiences of other organizations and defining the benefits and the problems they face to avoid their mistakes. d)identifying advocates of knowledge management. stage 2: develop strategy in this stage, there are some conditions which need to be available to make it possible to move to the second stage of implementing km. these conditions are: a)the organization has established a km group or committee for km and it has successfully met a few times. b)a top management member support further exploration of km. c)a group, a section, or a division within the organization is looking for successful, internal grassroots efforts related to km that are already underway. d)the it section or division of the organization is interested in actively supporting the km initiatives. e)availability of an experience of knowledge sharing that helped the organization in the past. f)some pilots have been identified allowing the demonstration of how km will benefit the organization. pg. 12 sallam / the academic research community publication g)ownership of the proposed pilots have been identified and their possible funding has been secured. after meeting these conditions, the initiative of km can begin through pilot initiatives. through these pilot initiatives the organization can choose the best strategy that is consistent with the organization strategy and help to achieve the organizational objectives. the pilots need to have a support team with identified tasks; budget and technologies need to be provided to make these pilots. finally, an evaluation for the pilot is carried out to measure its suitability. stage 3: design and launch km initiatives in this stage, the km pilot projects are measured and lessons learned are shared. some indicators need to be developed to make the decision to continue in the third stage; these indicators are: a)the pilot projects have been fully conceptualized and designed, including the detailed implementation strategies and procedures. b)communities of practice have been organized and launched or an interactive km intranet site or other kmrelated initiative is operational. c)the task force team leaders have been enlisted and pilot facilitators and implementers have been trained. d)pilot measures and indicators have been established and a system for tracking and reporting results has been developed. e)policies and strategies for learning from the km initiatives have been created and disseminated to all relevant players. f)strategies and procedures for expanding the pilot initiatives have been mapped out and desired outcomes from the pilots have been clearly described. this stage comes after the success of the first two stages, so it is more detailed and focuses on budget and actual performance. the benefits of applying km is known; there is just a need to show the measurable gains and the roi to top management. stage 4: expand and support this stage could take years to be achieved. at this point, the pilots would have been launched and results gathered, some important lessons would have been learned and captured, and the further continuation of the km journey would have been already decided. some of the following indicators need to be present to continue implementing km: a)other departments in the organization are expressing a desire to actively participate in the km system as a result of successful pilots. b)the promotion and marketing of km throughout the entire organization has started to show positive results. c)the entire organization has been made aware of the existence of the km initiative and the results of the pilot activities. d)an expansion strategy for the km initiatives is in place, supported by a number of top executives in the organization. e)adequate resources have been identified for expanding the km efforts and the finance and budget departments are supportive of these efforts. the main objective of this stage is to develop and market an expansion strategy throughout the organization and to effectively manage the growth of the km system. stage 5: institutionalize knowledge management in this final stage, km become a part of the organizational processes and the organization has to redefine its strategies, review its organizational structure and revisit its performance assessments. one or more of the following indicators need to be present: a)the km system is now directly linked to the business model. b)a number of km initiatives are widely deployed throughout the organization. c)all executives, managers and employees are trained to use km tools and technologies. d)the km strategy is methodically assessed, gaps are being identified, and methods to close the gaps are available. e)a formal support structure is in place to maintain the operation of the km system. pg. 13 sallam / the academic research community publication f)an employee compensation and rewards program is in place and aligned with the km strategy. g)sharing knowledge is now the norm in the organization and communities of practice are actively operating. speaking of sanjay mohapatra, arjun agrawal and anurag satpathy’s ten golden steps, they are: step 1: select a business strategy for km: this is the basic step to implement km. it is essential to define the business goal of the organization for which the km needs to be implemented. this will facilitate the implementation of km. step 2: align km strategy with the business strategy: this step is to make the km strategy in consistent with the organization objectives. as a result, integration between km processes and the organization internal processes is done. this would happen through analyzing the internal environment and the interactions in it. step 3: audit and analyze present knowledge: in this step, the present tacit knowledge available within the organization needs to be checked and audited to analyze the strength and weakness points in the organization knowledge and to have a full picture for the situation of the information flow in the organization. so, the km strategy could fill the existing gaps and solve problems. step 4: analyze existing infrastructure: analyzing the existing infrastructure supports availability and feasibility for implementing the km strategy. this is because it will give the information about the scale of investment required for fulfilling the gap, ensuring the proper functioning of the km processes and determining the available potential for these processes and their usage in order to help make use of available resources effectively and efficiently. step 5: build km team(s): building km teams is one of the important decisions that need to be taken for effective implementation of the km strategy. the selection of members of km team must be aligned with the business objectives and goals and community of practice can also be the determinant of the members of the km team. the number of the teams will depend on the size of the organizations and the team can include sponsors, facilitators and members. step 6: define roles and responsibilities: defining roles and responsibilities clearly for each individual in a team is a very important step. this will help to reduce rework and conflicts. it will help everyone in the team to focus on his own activity, which will enhance the performance. besides, this will help to manage the team and assess its performance. step 7: develop the km system: in this step, a km system is developed to help people to integrate km activities with their daily working activities and make sure that km will support their working environment. at the same time this system must be easy to use and help people to take decisions in participatory environment. therefore, matrices and critical success factors processes should be defined according to the organization internal dynamics and should be suitable for the business goals and objectives of the organization as well. step 8: implement the km system: this is the ground part of the km implementation process. this step will be the initiative of applying km. it will face some problems and challenges and the most important challenge is the human attitude as employees will have a problem to deal with the km principles. to change their mindsets and their culture they have to find the motivation and to see the commitment of the top management towards km. their performance indicators should also take km work into consideration, which means the key performance indicators (kpis) must be aligned with the km strategy. step 9: km evaluation/audit: in this step, the organization defines the period of evaluation and the success and the failure of the system will be checked on the basis of predefined matrices and csfs levels. who will perform evaluation/audit will mainly depend on the organizational culture and the internal dynamics of the organization. evaluation could be done by using questionnaires, interviews and focus group discussions. pg. 14 sallam / the academic research community publication step 10: identification of issues and challenges: km is a continuously evolving process. it requires continuous reviewing to define the problems and the challenges that face the km initiatives. the focus in this step is not only on identifying the problems but on solving them as well. the nature and the size of the problem will decide the type of solution to be process improvement processes (pips) or it could be structure improvement processes. besides, it will define who the decision taker will be; the km team or the top management team (mohapatra, agrawal & satpathy, 2016). in these two road maps, f. a. uriarte’s five stages and sanjay mohapatra, arjun agrawal and anurag satpathy’s ten steps are explained below, there are some common steps. both of them depend mainly on having a sequence in implementing km: first: knowing km, the goal of implementing it and how it will help in the organizational objectives and the business goals. second: according to the km goals, its strategy is defined. third: the organization infrastructure is defined to know the gaps in the system to be filled and to identify the needed work. fourth: applying the system of km as a pilot project. fifth: evaluating the pilot project and identifying the weakness points then trying to find solutions to them. 9. km in construction knowledge is one of the intellectual assets in organizations and construction sector is no exception. as construction sector is a project-based industry, it needs to manage the knowledge of the project. 10. construction projects the construction industry is a project-based industry. the nature of the construction project is different from other projects like manufacturing or it projects. it depends on the client’s need for a facility. then, the project phases begin, unlike the manufacturing industry, where there is a product purchased in the market to be sold to customers. therefore, the construction projects are different from manufacturing since the construction projects have their own nature and special characteristics. thus, it is important to know how to manage a construction project to achieve best performance (hendrickson, 2008; senior & halpin, 2011). construction project characteristics:-it has a unique nature as every project has its own requirements and conditions even if they are of the same type. for example, if there are two office buildings which will be constructed, they will not be the same, and they will not be handled in the same way; their circumstances will be different in terms of location, occupation, building skin, budget . . . etc. all of these determinants will differ in the two projects and as a result schedules, cost, cash flow, design, studies . . . etc. will differ too. -it takes long time. -it is a multidisciplinary project as many stakeholders collaborate during the project phases. different disciplines are involved in the project such as architecture, structure, mechanical . . . etc. -it has a temporary nature as each project has its own team from the early planning phase until the opening time. after that, the team splits up to work in other projects or members of the team stay together to work in another project. for example, the consultant, the contractor and the subcontractor make one team to finish the project and after a project close-out, the contractor would work with another consultant to build another project. pg. 15 sallam / the academic research community publication 11. km tools there are different classifications for km tools. some practitioners classified them into two types of tools; a) it tools, b) non-it tools (table 4). others classified them according to the processes of km cycle (anumba, egbu & carrillo, 2005; young, 2010). some practitioners stated that knowledge management tools are it tools only and these tools are more effective to deal with explicit knowledge rather than tacit knowledge. km tools need to have the following characteristics/features: -facilitate information contextualization by putting information in context and define its characteristics to facilitate reaching the required information.-consider the nature of the user, the content and the time while transforming information. -facilitate social interaction and verbal communication. -provide an easy and customized computer interface to help using and searching for information and to keep continuance (ghani, 2009). table 7. it tools and non-it tools of km it tools non-it tools • document libraries leading to a document management system. • knowledge bases (wikis, etc.). • blogs. • social network services. • voiceandvoice-over-internetprotocol (voip). • advanced search tools. • building knowledge clusters. • expert locator. • collaborative virtual workspaces. • knowledge portal. • video sharing. • brainstorming. • learning and idea capture. • peer assist. • learning reviews. • after action review. • storytelling. • collaborative physical workspace. • apo knowledge management assessment tool. • knowledge café. community of practice. • taxonomy. • knowledge worker competency plan • knowledge mapping. • km maturity model. • mentor / mentee scheme. these tools and techniques are used to manage knowledge in general and in construction sector as well. but there are some tools it tools – that are used especially in the construction field such as cad (computer aided drafter) and bim system (building information modeling). specifically, bim is considered nowadays the most important tool to manage and coordinate project information and data. there are too many researches that talk about bim and km and many aec organizations around the world that use bim to develop project performance in the design and construction phases (2014). 12. conclusion as mentioned earlier, the term knowledge is not a new concept to introduce. it is known in all fields but the new issue is why we need knowledge management. the problem now is not about the availability of knowledge, rather it is about know-how, know-what and know who. this is why we need knowledge management. as a result of globalization, the world has become “a small village”, business has spread around the world, organizations in different fields and construction sector even the small ones has had different branches and customers all over the world. by the increase of construction business and the complexity of its projects, the need to organize and codify knowledge on organization and project levels increases. implementing knowledge management has had benefits on different levels and has helped to face challenges too. in fact, there are benefits on the individual, project and pg. 16 sallam / the academic research community publication organization levels. according to kimiz dalkir (2005) and anumba, egbu and carrillo (2005), the benefits are: -km facilitates taking decisions and problem solving, which helps to save people’s time and the project time as well, accordingly, it helps to improve the performance of the project. -km keeps people up to date with the construction issues. -km raises the competitive spirit among employees to get more knowledge and to share it. -km creates a collaborative environment in the workplace through sharing knowledge among employees. -km keeps organizations ahead of the competition. -through fertilizing ideas, km increases opportunities for innovation. meanwhile, challenges that face the implementation of km are (anumba, egbu & carrillo, 2005; forcada, fuertes, gangolells, casals, & macarulla, 2013):changing the mentality and the culture of the construction organization. -most companies are divided into departments and business units that operate independently and have little contact with one another, which makes it difficult to share knowledge. -the most challenging issue to manage knowledge is the lack of time. most of the project schedules are condensed and time is limited for employees to take over their tasks and share their knowledge. -as the human factor is one of the main reasons for km success, it is also the main challenge to implement km. this is because without having the culture of sharing and accepting knowledge, km can’t be implemented. besides, the rivalry between employees makes them keep their knowledge for themselves. -selection of the km tools is one of the major challenges that faces its implementation as it needs to define the organization goals and to define the knowledge nature in the organization, which sometimes become hard to define accurately. 13. references 1. anumba, c. j., egbu, c. o. & carrillo, p. m. (2005). knowledge management in construction. blackwell. 2. hendrickson, chris.(2008). project management for construction. ver. 2.2. pittsburgh: department of civil and environmental engineering, carnegie mellon university. 3. dalkir, k. (2005). knowledge management in theory and practice. elsevier. 4. forcada, n., fuertes, a., gangolells, m., casals, m., & macarulla, m. (2013). knowledge management perceptions in construction and design companies. automation in construction,29, 83-91. doi:10.1016/j.autcon.2012.09.001 5. ghani, s. r. (2009). knowledge management: tools and techniques. desidoc journal of library & information technology, 29(6), 33. 6. girard, j., & girard, j. (2015). defining knowledge management: toward an applied compendium. online journal of applied knowledge management,3, 1-20. 7. mohapatra, s., agrawal, a., & satpathy, a. (2016). designing knowledge management-enabled business strategies. springer. 8. senior, b. a., & halpin, d. w. (2011). construction management. 9. the architect’s handbook of professional practice. (2014). hoboken, nj: wiley. 10. uriarte, f. a. (2008). introduction to knowledge management: a brief introduction to the basic elements of knowledge management for non-practitioners interested in understanding the subject. jakarta, indonesia: asean foundation. pg. 17 sallam / the academic research community publication 11. weippert, a., & kajewski, s. l. (2008, november). value-adding knowledge management (km) framework: an aec industry perspective. in proceedings of the cib joint international symposium dubai (pp. 15-17). 12. young, r. (2010). knowledge management tools and techniques manual. the asian productivity organization. pg. 18 introduction data, information and knowledge history of km km definition km life cycle the zack km cycle the bukowitz and williams km cycle the mcelroy km cycle the wiig km cycle km types pillars of km management and organization infrastructure people and culture content management system km frameworks km in construction construction projects km tools conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication the construction of economic green buildings in sinai and suez canal zone using compressed stabilized earth technique wael mohamed adel tawfik abdel-latif1 1architect, phd abstract currently, there are several technologies applied in many societies to improve the use of the environmental resources such as the use of soil with some binders in the construction of buildings, and the usage of the stabilized earth architecture technique by new urban communities. one of the advantages of these buildings is that they make good use of the environment and save energy and expenditure. this project deals with the use of the sandy soil which resulted from the excavation of the buildings. it also targets the design and building of whole low energy, ecological, and low-cost green building/villages in the future projects in sinai and suez canal zone, using stabilized earth architecture. the sandy soil under study is that of the sand on the east side of the suez canal in sinai which is a by-product of the dry excavation and wet drilling of the canal. this paper shows that passive and energy efficient techniques incorporated in building designs can reduce the electricity requirements. the most effective parameter is the thermal efficiency of building envelope and blocking sun rays. the available renewable energy systems can meet parts of building loads. thermal bridges are not so common in the bearing wall construction method. herein in this paper, several specimens were collected from different sites in elferdan and serapum in sinai (suez canal zone) along the east side of the suez canal to investigate the suitability of stabilizing this soil for the production of compressed earth blocks for low-cost ecologic building construction. several tests, e.g., sieve analysis and the proctor test, were made of the specimens. the results showed that the ratio of salts, chlorides, and sulfates were low. in addition, the specimens collected sieve analysis ranged from coarse to fine sand. stabilizing the materials resulted from the by-production in the industry can be used for minimizing the coast of compressed stabilized earth buildings with high engineering properties. experiments on the produced compressed stabilized earth bricks (cseb) with different level of stabilizing agent (by-product materials) were made using one of the specimens collected from elferdan zone. the results showed that the 35% ckd ratio of sand weight can be considered as the optimum ckd content; which provides the best properties for the admixture as long as the percentages of cement (opc) and the fiber-reinforced polymer (frp) are 5% and 0.07% of sand weight, respectively. the rest of this research will be completed in the next parts, which includes finding more mechanical, engineering, and thermal properties of the produced cseb. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords green buildings; compressed stabilized earth buildings; sinai; suez canal zone pg. 153 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.356 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ abdel-latif / the academic research community publication 1. introduction the construction of sinai and suez canal zone is an important national project. the sand installed on the east side of the suez canal in sinai, and that resulted from the dry excavation and wet drilling of this canal, can have many environmental benefits. the project includes using this installed sand in designing and building whole zero energy, low coast ecological green building/communities using stabilized earth architecture technique especially in sinai on the east side of the suez canal, to take part in the prosperity of the suez canal zone. the proposal scheme appears from figures 1 to figure 6 below, show example of building models that can be constructed using compressed architecture technique. scheme 1: full design proposal for the prototype building the project objects to have internal thermal comfortable day lighted buildings, contributing towards solving the housing and city crowd problem, and the possibility of building in remote desert lands without being connected to any electricity or water or sewage grid, only road & moderate ground water aquifer is needed. the project includes, first the determination of soil and defining its classification and characteristics. the soil is stabilized with a binder depending on soil type, to improve soil properties. the mixture is then compressed into molds to produce compressed stabilized earth blocks (cseb). the engineering and mechanical properties of the cseb are then determined. the architecture design of the building is then made according to green architecture parameters, and cseb design constrains, to provide moderate thermal environment inside the building and take pg. 154 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication advantage of natural lighting and ventilation, and renewable energy sources. the structural design is made according to the egyptian codes including the earthquakes’ construction requirements to assure its efficiency and safety. finally, the execution process begins according to the egyptian rules and specifications to achieve the requirements of safety, operation, and maintenance. part one in this paper tackles with the analysis of energy efficiency buildings and if the sandy soil installed on east side of the suez canal in sinai be used in the construction of these buildings using compressed stabilized earth technique? and what type of stabilizer (by-product material) which can be used to produce low cost ecologic cseb? 2. literature review 2.1. introduction to energy efficiency the rate of electricity consumption is increasing rapidly in egypt. the residential and industrial sectors are considered as the two major end users of electricity in egypt. the average annual growth rate of the residential sector is 7.5% over the last five years. it is increasing rapidly. (mourad, ali, abdel-rahman, & ookawara, 2014) occupant’s need for thermal, biologic and visual comfort can be considered during building design with the reduction of the energy consumption level. energy efficiency and passive technique can be incorporated in building design at the early design stage to minimize loads of the conventional systems such as lighting, ventilation, cooling and heating, and to design energy efficient lighting. the renewable energy systems like solar photovoltaic and solar heating water systems can be used to meet part of building energy loads and reach the comfortable zone, figure 1. a national energy efficiency plan for promoting more efficient use of energy has been prepared. it includes using of renewable energy systems, improving energy efficiency in public buildings and street lighting, and increasing use of light emitted diode lamps (leds). 2.2. compressed stabilized earth many studies have focused on the investigation of alternative low coast construction materials. this is due to the increasing costs of traditional and ordinary building materials. the aim is to develop inexpensive energy efficient construction materials for the construction of low cost sustainable buildings. figure 1. comfortable zone masonry is one of the popular materials for building construction due to its useful properties such as durability, relatively low price, good heat and sound insulation, acceptable fire resistance, appropriate and satisfactory resistance to weathering, and likable appearance. pg. 155 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication adequate erosion resistance and compressive strength are normally required in the materials used for the construction. the direct use of earth soil for building construction without any modification has some disadvantages like low mechanical characteristics and durability, low performance, and dissatisfying resistance to weathering. these disadvantages can be enhanced by stabilizing the soil with a binder, depending on the soil type, for improving chemical and mechanical properties of this soil (fetra, rahman, & zaidi, 2011; deboucha & hashim, 2011). the process of compaction improves the strength of the stabilized soil and leads to high compressive strength and good resistance to erosion. the stabilization and compacting techniques produces compressed stabilized earth blocks(cseb). they are a low cost, strong, and durable blocks for building construction. cseb have some advantages which includes the use of local materials, the production is in site so the transportation coast is reduced. compressed stabilized earth construction method is a fast and easy construction method, and generates local economy. the produced cseb have good strength. the carbon emission and embodied energy in the production phase are low, so a low level of waste is produced which cause no environmental pollution (deboucha & hashim, 2011). the remarkable difference between the conventional bricks and cseb is the energy consumed and carbon emission during the production process. the concrete blocks, common fired clay bricks, and aerated concrete blocks creates during their production 143, 200, 280-375 kg co2/ton respectively, while the cseb creates 22 kg co2/ton (fetra, rahman, & zaidi, 2011). 2.3. stabilizing materials portland cement, lime, fly ash, silica fume, fly ash with cement or lime, and cement kiln dust (ckd) can be used as stabilizing materials added to the soil to enhance its properties. cement is usually used in the stabilization of sandy soil. lime is usually used in stabilization of fine grained soils like clay. the coal combustion in power plants produces fly ash as a by-product. the engineering properties of soil can be improved by the addition of fly ash to lime or cement. silica fume can be used also. the cement manufacturing process produces ckd as a by-product material. the raw material and energy that was wasted to produce ckd are considered as a loss of money for cement industry, as ckd is a disposable material. therefore, using ckd would be much more cost effective than just getting rid of it away as a waste material. the ckd contain higher concentration of sulfates, alkalis, and free lime. the adding of ckd affects the compaction characteristics of the soils. 3. energy efficiency in buildings as one of the aims, is to design a low coast energy efficient buildings at early stage of planning of new societies in egyptian desert, a single and two story house prototypes were introduced. the housing unit is of area 112 m2 and a garden of 90 m2. this suggested prototypes are designed for the habitation of people in egyptian new cities which consider one of the key solution for the crowdedness in the delta and around the river nile. the proposed prototypes are making use of passive and energy efficiency techniques that are incorporated in building design than regular design technique. they also can make use of the available renewable energy resources. although renewable energy systems are expensive now a day, with the fast development in technology, the prices become more manageable. 3.1. the passive and energy efficiency techniques the passive and energy efficiency approach includes different environmental design strategies to avoid heat transfer through the building envelope. sun rays are blocked away from building envelop through tress and external shadings devices, which decreases the solar heat gain, figure 3. the solar heat gain through roof is reduced either pg. 156 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication by shading or insulation. the vertical east and west facades are subjected to the largest solar intensities, the heat gain can be reduced when the smaller facades are on the east and west sides. the building orientation along the east-west axis is the preferred orientation. however in the neighborhood the buildings shades each other, figures 1-3. optimization of building form reduces the building heated volume, decrease the geometric heat bridges and improve daylight.for the one story prototype house the calculated energy demand (electricity required) for cooling the building decreased by about 50% from 25.8 kwh (regular design) to 13.9 kwh (energy efficient design) as the thermal balance decreases from 20.25 kw to 11.1 kw, as shown in equation 1. the co2 emission decreases by 50% from 14 tons/year to 7 tons/year. it worth mention that the thermal resistance (u value) of cseb is assumed to be 1.4 w/m2c (u value of cement mortar). for the two story prototype house the calculated energy demand (electricity required) for cooling the building decreased by about 46% from 47.41 kwh (regular design) to 25.57 kwh (energy efficient design) as the thermal balance decreases from 37.9 kw to 20.6 kw, as shown in equation 1. the co2 emission decreases by 46% from 27.45 tons/year to 14.92 tons/year. q total = q transmission + q ventilation − q internal loads − q solar w here q transmission = t hermal transmit tan ce q ventilation = ventilation loads q internal loads = internal heat loads q solar = solar gain (1) building envelope design (size and window location) provides the minimum required daylight access, minimum heat gain and maximum external reflection. the maximum window wall ratio is 18% of building envelope and the maximum glazed area is 10% for south oriented room, such that daylight should not drop than the intensity needed by our biologic and visual systems. for the one story prototype house, the window wall ratio for north, south, and west facades are 18.8%, 8.7% and 6.22%. while there are no openings in the east façade except the house entrance. for the two story prototype house, the window wall ratio for north, east, south, and west facades are 17.2%, 6.22%, 9% and 12.4%. the best way to daily reset our circadian clocks and stimulate our bodies to produce a healthy dose of vitamin d is 1-2 hours (complete activation duration) of exposure of a minimum of 1000 lux (starting quantity) of natural light each morning (duration of exposure is inversely proportional to quantity of luminance at the eye), figure 2.this exposure should not drop below fifteen minutes under any circumstances. then daylight quantity can be reduced (after 2:00 pm) such that the quantity of daylight enclosed in the space is enough to support vision system. the design of the openings system thus must fulfill the previous considerations (abdel-latif, 2005). light nano-coat paintings are preferred to be used as they are thermal resistance. internal reflected light isn’t affected by the change in window opening shape, within an elevation angle of 50 ˚ from the horizontal. however once the elevation angle is above 50 ˚ from the horizontal, the vertical window configuration is better than the horizontal window configuration (abdel-latif, 2014). q trans. = σ ai ∗ u i ∗ ∆t = a exterior wall × u ext.r wall × ∆t ext. wall + a win × u win × ∆t win + a roo f × u roo f × ∆t roo f (2) where a=area of building element (m2); u=thermal resistance (w/m2c); ∆t=temperature difference between external and internal temperature. thermal insulation of energy efficient building envelop play a great role in energy saving as it reduces the heat transfer to the indoor spaces. the better insulation capacity lowers the thermal transmittance (u value). for the one story prototype house, the thermal transmittance decreases from -8.1 kw (regular design) to -3.7 kw (energy efficient design) as shown in equation 2. for the two stories prototype house, the thermal transmittance decreases from -15.1 kw (regular design) to -5.2 kw (energy efficient design). for the two prototypes, the thermal resistance of walls decreases from 2.46w/m2c (regular design) to 0.66w/m2c (energy efficient design), figure 3.the thermal resistance of the roof is 0.43w/m2c. the internal temperature decreases about 4 ◦c from 26 ◦c to 22 ◦c. it worth mention that the used windows are single glazed window (u= 5.8w/m2c). although, double glazing windows pg. 157 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication (u= 2.8 w/m2c) are more thermal resistance, but they are very expensive (about 1500 l.e/m2). for the one story prototype house, upon installing double glazing windows, the energy demand (electricity required) for cooling the building decreased to 12 kwh (energy efficient design) as the thermal balance decreases to 9.5 kw, and the thermal balance decreases to -2.9 kw. the co2 emission decreases to 6.9 tons/year. for the two story prototype house, upon installing double glazing windows, the energy demand (electricity required) for cooling the building decreased to 21.57 kwh (energy efficient design) as the thermal balancedecreasesto17.25kw,andthethermalbalancedecreasesto5.2kw.theco2 emission decreases to12.49 tons/year. the using of double glazing windows didn’t decrease the energy demand for cooling loads, thermal balance, and co2 emission very much. it is better to use single glazed windows as they are very cheaper than the double glazing windows the construction method is bearing walls such that the thermal bridges are avoided in the building envelope. a thermal bridge is an area within building elements, in which the heat energy is rapidly transported to the inside than in the remainder of these elements. however, thermal bridges are very common in the common construction method which is the reinforced concrete structure (columns, beams and floor slabs) filled in with block work or brick walls (visser & yeretzian, 2013). natural air ventilation uses both wind and temperature difference to cool the building interior. the courtyard and openings placed in the north elevation help in cooling down the air flow before entering the house spaces and is used to release heat and humidity. figure 2. healthy day-lighting system along the day figure 3. isometric of the multi-shell wall for the energy efficient envelope of the residential building. 3.2. integrated renewable energy resources the total electric daily loads of the house lighting and appliances are about 7.6 kwh/d, as shown in table i. the pv size is 2.1 kwp, and this is corresponding to a number of 10 pv modules of 220 watt (total area 16 m2). ). for the one story prototype house, the building applied pv (bapv) are installed on more than one third of the roof of the living area (total area 50m2), as shown in figure 4. for the two story prototype house, the building applied pv (bapv) are installed on more than two third of the roof of the living area (total area 50m2), as shown in figure 5. the solar charger controller and inverter sizes are 100 watt or greater and 1400 watt or greater, respectively, pg. 158 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication per each apartment unit. the number of batteries (600 ah) needed is 10, per each apartment unit. the batteries are divided into two groups connected in series to double the voltage (obtain the 24 v), and each group contain 5 batteries (600ah) connected in parallel. solar heaters are installed on the roof for hot water supply. figure 4. renewable energy resources in the one story prototype house figure 5. renewable energy resources in the two story prototype house table 1. daily load profile of the prototype residential building load quantity power hrs/d power total inside led tube lamps (120 cm) 14 15 8 210 1680 outside led lamps 4 15 8 60 480 fans 4 60 5 240 1200 computer 1 300 5 300 1500 refrigerator 1 175 12 1§75 2100 tv & receiver 1 80 8 80 640 total daily loads (kwh/d)total daily loads (kwh/d) 7.6 peak daily power (wp/d)peak daily power (wp/d) 1065 pg. 159 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication 4. materials and methods 4.1. divisions of suez canal province the suez canal province is divided into three parts; the north zone covers the area from south of port-said in north running south to elferdan. the middle zone covers the area from elferdan running south to serapum, figure 6. the south zone covers the area from serapum running south to elsuez. 4.2. soil specimen location the herein study covers the middle zone where twelve specimens were collected. figure 6, shows the map of the second zone. seven specimens were collected along about 3.5 km of the east bank of the suez canal from 65.1e km running south to 69.1e km in elferdan area (suez canal east side numbering from portsaid in the north). five specimens were collected along about 2.5 km of the east bank of the suez canal from 88.1e km running south to 90.5e km in serapumarea. the characteristics of the soil were conducted through different tests. sieve analysis was conducted using the bs set of sieves. the optimum moisture content and maximum dry density were determined through proctor test. chemical analysis was performed to determine the ratio of salts, chlorides, and sulfates, and the ph value. figure 6. the second zone covers the area from elferdan running south to serapum. 5. result and discussion 5.1. sieve analysis the result of the sieve analysis were illustrated in figures 7-18. the soil classification of specimens from 65.7e km running south to 66.8e km is medium to fine sand. however, the soil classification of specimens at 67.3e km and 67.9e km is medium to coarse sand. the soil classification of specimens at 68.5e km and 69.1e km are medium fine silty sand. the soil classification of specimen at 89e km is coarse to fine sand. the soil classification at 88.1e km, 88.5e km, and 89.6e km are medium to coarse sand. the soil classification of specimen at 90.5e km is medium to fine sand with silt. pg. 160 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 7. the sieve analysis of specimen 1 at 65.7e km at el-ferdan figure 8. the sieve analysis of specimen 2 at 66.2e km at el-ferdan pg. 161 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 9. the sieve analysis of specimen 3 at 66.8e km at el-ferdan figure 10. the sieve analysis of specimen 4 at 67.3e km at el-ferdan pg. 162 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 11. the sieve analysis of specimen 5 at 67.9e km at el-ferdan figure 12. the sieve analysis of specimen 6 at 68.5e km at el-ferdan pg. 163 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 13. the sieve analysis of specimen 7 at 69.1e km at elferdan figure 14. the sieve analysis of specimen 8 at 88.1e km at sarapum pg. 164 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 15. the sieve analysis of specimen 9 at 88.5e km at sarapum figure 16. the sieve analysis of specimen 10 at 89 e km at sarapum pg. 165 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 17. the sieve analysis of specimen 11 at 89.6e km at sarapum figure 18. the sieve analysis of specimen 12 at 90.5e km at sarapum pg. 166 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication 5.2. characteristic properties table ii, and figures. 25-28, show the results of the maximum dry density and ideal moisture distribution of the soil specimens. table show that the maximum dry density of the specimens from 67.3e km to 69.1e km in elferdan is the highest, and the maximum dry density of the specimens from 88.1e km to 89e km in serapum is the lowest. the maximum dry density of specimens from 65.7e km to 67.3e km and from 89e km to 90.5e km is relatively equal. the ideal moisture content of the specimens from 67.3e km to 69.1e km and from 89e km to 90.5e is relatively equal. the ideal moisture content of the specimens from 65.7e km to 67.3e and from 88.1e km to 89e km are relatively equal. table 2. some characteristic properties elferdan in north serapum in south from 65.7e km to 67.3e km from 67.3e km to 69.1e km from 88.1e km to 89e km from 89e km to 90.5e km maximum dry density (gm/cm3) 1.87 1.925 1.776 1.898 ideal moisture content (%) 8.9 9.7 10.4 8 figure 19. modified proctor test for specimens from 65.7e km to 67.3e km at elferdan area figure 20. modified proctor test for specimens from 67.3e km to 69.1e km at elferdan area pg. 167 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 21. modified proctor test for specimens from 88.1e km to 89e km at serapum area figure 22. modified proctor test for specimens from 89e km to 90.5e km at serapum area pg. 168 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication table 3. some chemical properties elferdan in north serapum in south from 65.7e km to 67.3e km from 67.3e km to 69.1e km from 88.1e km to 89e km from 89e km to 90.5e km total salts 0.151% 0.775% 0.227% 0.435% chlorides (cl) 0.06% 0.35% 0.115% 0.14% sulfates (so3) 0.0349% 0.0422% 0.0225% 0.086% the ph values 9.2 8 7.4 6.4 5.3. liquid and plastic limits this test was performed on specimen part passing sieve no. 40 (0.425 mm). all specimens show that the liquid limit is zero and soil is non-plastic. 5.4. chemical characteristics table 3 show the ratio of salts, chlorides, and sulphates, and the ph value of the collected specimens. table 3 revealed that the chlorides ratio does not exceed 1% stipulated in the egyptian code for the construction using stabilized earth (part one; compressed stabilized earth bricks). (housing and building national research center, under publication) 5.5. analysis and discussion the results showed that the soil is mainly sandy soil. the experiment program deals with using ckd as a main stabilizing agent. to study the effect of ckd in sandy mixtures, the following variables were considered in this study: 1. percentage of ckd as a ratio of sand 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, and 45%. 2. percentage of cement (opc) as a ratio of sand is 5%. 3. percentage of fiber-reinforced polymer (frp) as a ratio of sand is 0.07% or 0.9 kg/m 4. curing period of mixtures is 28 days. 5. mixtures were mechanically compressed at 20 kg/cm 6. optimum water content is 20% of sand weight. the experiment results of specimens 6 at 68.5e km at elferdan are illustrated here in, however the results of the other specimens will be illustrated in further research. different mixtures were produced to obtain the optimum ckd content which provides the best properties of the admixture as long as the percentages of cement (opc) and the frp are 5% and 0.07% of sand weight, respectively. the tests include dry compressive strength, dry flexure, dry density, and absorption. the testing takes place using laboratory prepared samples (4x4x15cm). several samples were prepared by adding ckd ratios to the sand according to the testing conditions and, hand or mechanical mixed thoroughly. optimum water content is then added and mechanical mixing continues until a uniform mix is obtained. the admixtures are mechanically compressed. the produced samples are then cured for 28 days using water. the compressive strength is measured by astm d 422-63 test methods. pg. 169 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication figure 23 showed the dry compressive strength of sand-ckd mixtures, the relation can be represented as in equ.3. maximum dry compressive strength was recorded at 35% ckd ratio of sand weight. figure 30 showed that maximum dry flexure was recorded at 35% ckd ratio of sand weight. figure 31 showed that the density of sandckd mixture is relatively constant. figure 32 showed the minimum absorption was recorded at 40% ckd ratio of sand weight. the difference in the absorption measures at 35% and 40% ckd ratio is low. figure 23. dry compressive strength. figure 24. dry flexure figure 25. dry density figure 26. absorption pg. 170 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication q = −0.5891r2 + 42.49r − 682.71 w here q = dry compressive strength at 28 days(k/cm2) r = ckd ratio to sand weight (%) (3) 6. conclusion the herein paper represents the first part of the project that deals with the use of the sandy soil in the design and build, ecological, and low coast green building in the future projects that will be held in sinai on the east side of the suez canal, using stabilized earth architecture the sandy soil used is that resulted from excavation of the buildings, sand installed on the east side of the canal in sinai and that resulting from the dry excavation and wet drilling of the suez canal. the herein paper (part one) study the passive and energy efficient design approach in buildings that can reduce energy consumption and the electricity coast. the analyses of the prototype residential buildings were presented, where the passive and energy efficient design approach was considered. the energy and electricity coast were reduced. the paper also study several specimens collected from different sites in elferdan and serapum in sinai along the east side of the suez canal to investigate the suitability of stabilizing the soil for the production of cseb for low-cost ecologic building construction. it showed that passive and energy efficient technique incorporated in building design can reduce the electricity requirements. in the prototype residential buildings, the energy demand (electricity required) for cooling, co2 emission, and thermal balance decreases by about 50%. the internal temperature decreases about 4 ◦c. the most effective parameter is the thermal efficiency of building envelope and blocking sun rays. the available renewable energy systems can meet part of building loads. thermal bridges aren’t so common in the bearing wall construction method. the experiment were made on specimens 6 at 68.5e km at elferdan using different levels of stabilizing agent. the results showed that the 35% ckd ratio of sand weight can be considered as the optimum ckd content which provides the best properties for the admixture as long as the percentages of cement (opc) and the frp are 5% and 0.07% of sand weight, respectively. the results provide an indicator of the potential uses of ckd, cement and frp mixture and sand in producing cseb and in building construction. the rest of this research will be completed in the next parts. part two includes finding more mechanical, engineering and thermal properties for the produced cseb. more experiments can be performed on the other specimens. 7. acknowledgments many thanks to the engineering department and the research center of suez canal authority for their great efforts, without which this research could not have been completed. also special thanks to dr. adel hashim from the housing and building national research center for his advice. 8. references 1. abdel-latif, w. m. (2005). natural lighting as a factor in providing a healthy environment in buildings (master’s thesis). 2. abdel-latif, w. m. (2014). an approach for daylight design in buildings (doctoral dissertation, cairo university). 3. deboucha, s., & hashim, r. (2011). a review on bricks and stabilized compressed earth blocks. scientific research and essays, 6(3), 499-506. pg. 171 abdel-latif / the academic research community publication 4. riza, f. v., rahman, i. a., & zaidi, a. m. a. (2011). preliminary study of compressed stabilized earth brick (cseb). australian journal of basic and applied sciences, 5(9), 6-12. 5. the egyptian code for the construction using stabilized earth. (n.d.). housing and building national research center. 6. mourad, m. m., ali, a., abdel-rahman, a. k., & ookawara, s. (2014). an energy efficient-smart homes for new cities in egypt. wit transactions on ecology on the built environment, 142, 115-126. 7. visser, f., & yeretzian, a. (2013). energy efficient building guidelines for mena region. med-enec. internet; www.med-enec.eu pg. 172 introduction literature review introduction to energy efficiency compressed stabilized earth stabilizing materials energy efficiency in buildings the passive and energy efficiency techniques integrated renewable energy resources materials and methods divisions of suez canal province soil specimen location result and discussion sieve analysis characteristic properties liquid and plastic limits chemical characteristics analysis and discussion conclusion acknowledgments references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication a tool for comparative disaster risk analysis and evaluation in urban areas (draes) engin kepenek1, ziya gençel1 1suleyman demirel university, architecture faculty, city and regional planning department, turkey abstract the issue of examining the earthquake safety for existing constructions, which form the basis of urban mitigation strategies, requires new methods and tools according to each city’s and society’s specific conditions. the common goal in all methods is to yield correct results in a timely manner. however, due to the multiplicity and complexity of the parameters used in the examination, auxiliary tools are needed. this is not only because of difficulties in collecting data, but also in order to obtain reliable results. thus, collected data must be analyzed in computerized environment. in this study, an evaluation tool (software) called ”disaster risk analysis and evaluation system (draes)” is developed. this software has been implemented and tested in antalya; one of the metropolitan cities of turkey within an area of 8800 hectares at 26610 buildings. the obtained results were evaluated comparatively which determined, consequently, the priority areas for planning as an important input for the city of antalya. in this study, the general structure and working principle of the developed software are given. the source codes and data base of the program have been registered in accordance with the regulation on registration of the intellectual and artistic works of the ministry of culture and tourism. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords loss estimation; seismic hazard; seismic vulnerability; urban areas; comperative assesment; draes 1. introduction cities behavior during earthquakes depends on the structures in the city, characteristics of the local ground, earthquake source and the interrelationships among all these factors. therefore, in urban risk analyzes a large number of variables should be evaluated at the same time. urban habitats with a structure mass that has undergone inadequate engineering service have been formed in turkey in the mid-20th century as a consequence of population increase and migration to the city, using geologically inadequate areas for construction. this current situation, coupled with unplanned urbanization, has made our cities vulnerable to disasters. with the earthquakes, the problem of the safety of existing structural areas has come to mind. in the face of this problem, it has become a necessity to conduct a rapid and reliable screening of building stock expressed in hundreds of thousands of buildings in order to create a sense of structural confidence. however, the excess of building stock, workforce and resource problems have made the implementation phase almost impossible and it has become necessary to carry out alternative work on the subject. pg. 224 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.361 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ kepenek / the academic research community publication in this study, a software was developed to create a new evaluation approach by using the first degree evaluation algorithm which is among the methods to be used in determining the risky buildings within the scope of the ”law on the conversion of areas under disaster risk” law no: 6306, currently used in turkey and the results obtained were transferred from the building scale to the urban scale. although the method of construction examination is the same, for different cities; past earthquakes, structural characteristics, construction-methods and habits will be different. the underlying principle in developed approach and software is that these subjective conditions of cities differ from each other. 2. development of the methodology to say that disasters are purely natural phenomena is the biggest mistake made conceptually. disasters are a result of the coincidence of natural hazards and human vulnerabilities. so a danger does not create a disaster by itself. disaster is the result of the humanitarian systems and their fragility. natural disasters occur when these two effects are encountered in the same coordinates in time and space (alcantara, 2002). despite the fact that disasters are happening all over the world, the effects are much greater, especially in the underdeveloped and developing countries. in cities, the most destructive effects occur in the poorest and faulty structured neighborhoods, in other words, the most irregularly structured areas. in short, the formation of disasters is not a work of nature but the result of a system established by man. in reducing this vulnerability, the system should be considered as a whole, legal administrative, social and economic developments should be provided at the same time. because of its geological and topographical features, turkey frequently confronts the earthquake reality and experiences significant loss of life and property each time. since the beginning of the 1900s there have been 158 damaging earthquakes in turkey, 97200 people have lost their lives, 175,000 people have been injured and 583371 buildings have been destroyed or damaged in these earthquakes (taymaz, 2001). as can be understood from the figures, turkey, despite its dangerous geographical structure, has paid great price for the reason that it is unprepared for disasters. one of the biggest factors in the occurrence of these disasters is inadequate regulations, incomplete implementation decisions and unplanned construction as a result of them. after marmara earthquake of 1999, it is once again understood that turkey is inadequate and unprepared against natural disasters. after this date, it is not only legal but also project-oriented. in this context, many projects such as istanbul earthquake master plan, radius project, zeytinburnu project, marmara earthquake emergency reconstruction project, disaster prevention and mitigation project including seismic microzonation in istanbul province have been carried out and many evaluation methods have been developed within these projects and ”law no. 6306 on the conversion of areas under disaster relief” was issued. the methods to be used in determining the buildings defined within the scope of this law are similar to idpm. the purpose of these studies is to make a rational evaluation with minimal data to be collected in a limited time by building observation from outside, thus making a performance order for the detailed examination of the buildings in istanbul (i̇dmp, 2003). arranged order does not include any unit of measurement or the buildings are not classified according to their risky status. the review is carried out in a comparative way, with priorities for the next assessment being determined. in order to determine the regional risk distribution in the method, a series of parameters for the evaluation of 1 to 7 storeys reinforced concrete buildings are investigated by observation and evaluated by their weights. in order to apply the method specified in the law, the following parameters must be specified. these parameters are; type of structural system, floor type, current state and apparent quality, soft floor / weak floor, vertical irregularity, heavy outcrops, planar irregularity / torsion effect, short column effect, structure / collision effect, peak / slope effect, earthquake hazard and ground (çşb, 2012). pg. 225 kepenek / the academic research community publication 3. general structure of developed software the general structure of the software consists of 3 parts: android application, java desktop application and php web application. 3.1. java desktop application draes is a software developed in oop (object-oriented programming) standards using the java se software language. the mysql database management system, which is flexible and fast enough to store building information and regional risk data and to display records whenever necessary, is integrated into the software. draes completed the development process using the waterfall model, coded in the ”composite” design pattern. the use of a ”composite” design pattern allows the resulting objects to be combined together in a piece-whole relationship with a tree structure, and this composition can be accessed from a single interface. because the java programming language is used, the platform can run independently. draes can run on any operating system that has a jvm (java virtual machine). the initial login screen of the software is as shown in figure 1. figure 1. splash screen the software has user characteristics defined for 3 different user scenarios. these users can be classified as ”observer, analyst and manager”. once the user has logged in, the observer can enter and edit the data, the analyst can access and analyze the data, and the administrator can identify the new user. the user diagram is as shown in figure 2. figure 2. draes usage status diagram draes offers 8 different interfaces to the user in terms of usage. under the new data entry tab, there are the building pg. 226 kepenek / the academic research community publication identity, the technical information interfaces, the site map service interface under the display of the building data interface, the general, regional analysis, neighborhood analysis interfaces and finally the user profile interface under the data analysis tab. since the recent earthquakes and arc gis commands direct windows to different software, they have not been defined as an interface. 3.1.1. user profiles the number of buildings to be examined in urban areas is expressed in thousands. in such highly comprehensive projects, the hierarchy of employees needs to be applied. furthermore, in such studies conducted with expert personnel, it is possible that the error rate may be found in the data to be evaluated on the grounds that not all of the personnel on the study team are at the same information level. for this reason, there should be a tracking system for the personnel. the control of the data to be evaluated with this system can be controlled by another expert through the photographs taken, new levels of success and lack of personnel can be determined and new training programs can be prepared. each user must have a record and an ”id” in order to login to the system. in addition to general information such as name, surname, e-mail address, and password, the users who come to the registration screen should also choose the area in which they want to use the program. these areas consist of 3 options; observer, analyst and manager. the areas that users can choose from these areas are different. in addition to the recording area, there is an area where the user can leave messages to the manager. due to this field being filled on demand, the administrator has supervised the system security. users approved by the administrator can use the system in the user group they belong to. figure 3. user registration screen on the draes home page, users can use their user group attributes when they log in with their e-mail addresses and passwords, and their assigned ids are processed on the data they enter (figure 3). in addition, when the date of entry of each of the data is recorded, the next work to be performed on this area is made visible. after the login screen, the application continues with a login screen as shown in figure 4. system users get their e-mail addresses and passwords with help. users who want to register with the system, forget their password or visit our website can access the relevant page from the bottom line commands. users who do not remember their passwords can ask the system to send them a new password by entering their email addresses with the help of the screen shown in figure 5 after the password forget command. passwords consist of randomly generated letters and numbers. these passwords are both sent to your e-mail address and automatically changed in the database. after login with the current user name and password, the draes main interface comes up (figure 6). this interface can be accessed in submenus by selecting english and turkish language options. there is also a brief description of what each of the commands on the bottom of the screen does when the command is on the bottom of the screen. pg. 227 kepenek / the academic research community publication figure 4. draes user login screen figure 5. password renewal screen figure 6. draes main interface 3.1.2. addition of new building data the first menu in the software is the add building data menu. when the corresponding command at the top is clicked, the menu shown in figure 7, opens. the layout of the building to be evaluated is determined without fault and the layout, island and parcel numbers are used so that the information is not confused with the information of the other building. the map, island and parcel numbers that are taken from the municipality where yapi belongs are written in the related field in the software. when entering the map, island, parcel information manually, the coordinate data can be taken automatically on the android devices, unlike on the desktop. as you can see in figure 7, you can enter the name of the district, street, street, building id, building name, estimated age of the building, place of the building (concrete-masonry) to enter the data obtained with the help of forms during both the application and the field work intermediate percent. pg. 228 kepenek / the academic research community publication figure 7. new building data identity information in the add new building data interface, there is a page where the technical information will be entered next to the identification information command. this window contains the area where the variables to be used are entered when calculating the performance score. figure 8. yenibina verisi – teknik bilgileri if the user wants to enter data from a form that is in his / her hand rather than through the android device, he can log in from the page shown in figure 8. 3.1.3. displaying building data in the draes software, there is the view building data section where the observer group can input and edit (figure 9). the analyser user group is not allowed to make any changes to this page. in the interface, the entered building data can be displayed and modified on the system identification and technical information. with the help of gps data, the location of the building can be determined by clicking on the region map service command, and the accuracy of the data can be done on this side (figure 10). in addition, the district and neighbourhood options on the interface can be labeled by marking the areas where only the change is required. this grouping is displayed on the right side of the interface. the average of all the buildings where the performance score is calculated is compared with the neighbourhood and district buildings on the right side of the interface and the number of buildings below the average is displayed as a percentage. pg. 229 kepenek / the academic research community publication figure 9. view building data interface figure 10. territory map service interface 3.1.4. analysis of data another interface within the software is the interfaces of general-data analysis, region analysis, neighborhood analysis and structure analysis, which are opened by the analyze command. these interfaces are defined for display by the analyst user group. when the command to calculate the performance score is pressed on the general data analysis screen coming to the first screen, the performance scores of the buildings are calculated with the help of the algorithm defined in the software (figure 11). however, before the performance score is calculated, the ”list” command needs to be displayed on the right-hand side of the building where no data is entered. it is possible to display the identification information of each building on this screen. just below the screen is a window with ”building information”. with the help of this window, you can check the performance scores and make the necessary corrections by returning to the building data add menu the second drop-down menu under the ”analyze data” command is the region analysis menu (figure 12). the analyzer can be used by the user group to display both a single district data on the interface and two different districts can be compared graphically. the data on the left side of the interface are given as the performance score averages, the total number of buildings and neighborhoods, the number of buildings being evaluated, and the percentage of irregularities determined by the standard deviation. the number of buildings under the average urban average is given as a percentage and is called ”urban risk level”. this value has been visualized above the menu as a pie chart. in addition, the value entered with the command ”enter limit value” and the performance scores of that county are compared with the determined value again. if the right side of the pop-up window is inspected, the comparison can be made with another district. the analysis is based on the average performance scores, and the results are given as a graph. beneath the comparison chart, pg. 230 kepenek / the academic research community publication the result window displays 5 different result texts previously entered in the system. the next pop-up window of analyse data is the neighborhood analysis interface. in this menu, the total number of streets and buildings, the number of buildings to be evaluated, the average performance score and the number of buildings below and above the average can be displayed. the average performance score of the neighborhood is evaluated together with the average performance score (opp) of the province and the result is displayed as ”neighborhood risk level” as a percentage. in addition, any value determined by the ”enter limit value” command can be compared with the opp of the examined region. in the analysis of the district, it is possible to classify the streets in the neighborhood by making a comparative evaluation with the average performance score as it is in the neighborhood rank. the same map is also displayed with the ”map” command on google maps. the last open window of the ”analyze data” interface is the ”structure island analysis” interface. the total number of buildings, the number of buildings, the average performance points, and the evaluation of the buildings below and below average in the examined island are given in pie chart. the average performance score of the structure island is evaluated together with the average performance score of the surrounding region, and the result is displayed as ”structure island risk level”. it is also possible to compare any value determined by the ”enter limit value” command with the average performance score of the structure being examined. in addition, it is possible to classify the buildings in the island by making a comparative evaluation of the average performance points as well as the street order in the neighborhood analysis (figure 14). the same map is also displayed via google maps, which is also examined by the ”map” command. figure 11. analysis of data figure 12. analysis of data comparative regional analysis pg. 231 kepenek / the academic research community publication figure 13. analysis of data neighborhood analysis figure 14. analysis of data structure island analysis 4. conclusion one of the most important issues in determining the reliability of cities against depression in turkey is to test the resistance of the building stock against the depression. as a matter of fact, the detailed examination of thousands of buildings in the context of cities can be considered as very difficult and time-consuming when the critical time and costs are considered. for this reason, tools with fast and accurate results are needed with as few parameters as possible. with the introduction of law no. 6306 in turkey, rapid assessment methods have partially attained the required level. however, when the size of the cities is considered, tools and raised human subjects continue to be a problem. based on the need for the structural risk assessment of antalya, draes computer software has been developed as a tool for the street scanning method in the 6306 numbered law. draes software is an infrastructure work on determining regional risks and priorities and can be used to collect building inventory that is needed in disaster management systems. while providing fast and accurate results for the analysis and analysis of the developed software structures, the programming language used in the software minimizes the time loss in the information input and correction options that can be done by different software. the software not only saves the time lost in transferring survey forms collected in the field to the computer environment but also allows information to be entered on the terrain in all devices with android operating system. program outputs can be read by software such as arcgis, ms access, excel, etc. in the ”.mdb” format, allowing you to perform different analyzes and mappings on this page. pg. 232 kepenek / the academic research community publication 5. references 1. alcántara-ayala, i. (2002). geomorphology, natural hazards, vulnerability and prevention of natural disasters in developing countries. geomorphology, 47(2-4), 107-124. doi:10.1016/s0169-555x(02)00083-1 2. istanbul metropolitan municipality planning and construction department ground and earthquake investigation department, earthquake master plan for istanbul (p. 569, rep.). (2003). 3. kepenek, e. (2016). a structural risk classification model proposal for urban transformation (master’s thesis, süleyman demirel university, 2016) (p. 168). isparta: institute of science and technology. 4. regulation on the buildings to be built in earthquake regions (rep.). (n.d.). ankara: republic of turkey ministry of public works and settlement. 5. republic of turkey ministry of environment and urbanisation. (2012). law no. 6306 on the conversion of areas under disaster relief. retrieved from http://mavikart.cevre.gov.tr/en/mevzuatlar.aspx 6. sucuoğlu, h., yazgan, u., & yakut, a. (2007). a screening procedure for seismic risk assessment in urban building stocks. earthquake spectra, 23(2), 441-458. doi:10.1193/1.2720931 7. taymaz, t. (ed.). (2001). symposia on seismotectonics of the north-western anatolia – aegean and recent turkish earthquakes. istanbul. 8. temür, r. (2006). developing a rapid analysis technique and related software (unpublished master’s thesis). i̇stanbul university, institute of science and technology. 9. the study on a disaster prevention/mitigation basic plan in istanbul including microzonation in the republic of turkey, the istanbul metropolitan municipality. (2002). retrieved from www.ibb.gov.tr/tr-tr/su bsites/depremsite/publishingimages/jica eng.pdf 10. yakut, a., sucuoğlu, h., & akkar, s. (2012). seismic risk prioritization of residential buildings in istanbul. earthquake engineering & structural dynamics, 41(11), 1533-1547. doi:10.1002/eqe.2215 pg. 233 introduction development of the methodology general structure of developed software java desktop application user profiles addition of new building data displaying building data analysis of data conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication the role of architectural education in promoting urban heritage: opportunities and challenges mona helmy1 1assistant professor, chair, architecture department at dar al-hekma university, jeddah, ksa abstract today, introducing urban heritage into the architectural education curriculum is becoming an important component of the learning experience. it strengthens the sense of belonging, national pride, and cultural identity of students as an active and remarkable part of their history that guides their future. urban heritage allows previous generations a better understanding of their long and rich history. the main objective for introducing urban heritage into the architectural education was to link heritage practice with teaching and research activities, as well as to create synergies between the educational activities and the surrounding community in order to ensure the preservation and the appreciation of the heritage. as part of hekma school of design and architecture, the architecture department at dar al-hekma university reflected its mission “to graduate professionals in the field of architecture and equip them with the necessary knowledge and skills, focusing on sustainable design while preserving the cultural and aesthetic values of saudi arabia.” within the curriculum. the mission was materialized through a set of interdisciplinary and co-curricular activities and initiatives for the promotion, conservation and revitalization of urban heritage in saudi arabia. those actions were determined to create a dynamic environment for social, cultural and economic development at large. the plan was also to strengthen students’ appreciation of urban heritage through the sharing and exchanging of knowledge, skills, and experience between the pedagogical activities and the real practices for mutual enrichment. often, each activity was dedicated to a given heritage theme. the activities are structured in thematic subjects covering many areas, such as heritage and sustainable development, theory and practices of conservation, adaptive re-use of heritage buildings, inter-disciplinary research investigations, heritage for dialogue, and reconciliation, among other themes. the creation of the architecture curriculum in the fields of urban heritage was the first step to share knowledge and competencies, and to encourage professors’ and students’ participation in heritage safeguarding projects. besides, this program tends to promote inter-cultural dialogues through heritage appreciation. the paper investigates the challenges associated with studying heritage in architecture, as well as opportunities for students to be more excited about studying heritage, develop their skills, and be self-motivated. it is expected that the paper will analyze dar al-hekma university educational experience in integrating urban heritage within the architectural education curriculum among other national and international experiences. it will evaluate related teaching approaches and draw thoughtful conclusions in order to use this unique pedagogical process and learning outcomes in enhancing the heritage appreciation and its practices. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords dar al-hekma university; urban heritage; architectural education pg. 196 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.359 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ helmy / the academic research community publication 1. introduction heritage is something inherited from a generation to another. the definition of the heritage in oxford english dictionary is “valued objects and qualities such as historic buildings and cultural traditions that have been passed down from previous generations”. there are different types of heritage, such as, cultural heritage, urban heritage, etc. heritage might be tangible or intangible. its tangible part includes countries/cities natural heritage, urban heritage, such as historic sites and/or historic buildings, etc. while its intangible part refers to cultural heritage and traditions, ideas, beliefs, memories, art, crafts, and dance among many other elements. as per tonkin (2011), “everything which the ancestors bequeath may be called heritage: landscapes, structures, objects, traditions.” preserving, excavating, displaying, or restoring are all practices connected with heritage. people’s identity is being characterized according to their heritage among other factors. people are learning and being influenced by the people around them. 2. teaching urban heritage in the architecture curriculum at dah: learning from reality the philosophy of teaching architecture in dar al-hekma university (dahu) is based on an integrative learning approach. it focuses on real issues and local and global contexts, to prepare students to use their architectural skills and knowledge in preserving cultural identity and to create environmentally, economically and socially healthy communities. it promotes the awareness of the implications of globalization on the discipline and practice of architecture through liberal education fields. urban heritage education in the school of design and architecture at dahu is an important component of the curricula. in the architecture department, many courses are communicating urban heritage. the nature of the courses ranges from theory into practice. while history and theory courses, such as arch 3301, “history of islamic world architecture”, and arch 4301, “theory and practice of urban form and housing” cover the urban heritage from a wider perspective communicating knowledge and cognitive learning domains, special seminars, such as arch 3305 “introduction to conservation, theory and practice” and arch 3306 “regional cultural identity” are directly connected with urban heritage issues. in general, the architecture curriculum is conducted to promote an interactive learning process and implement the student-centered learning approaches in the heritage field. various thematic studios are being conducted to implement and communicate urban heritage, natural heritage, cultural heritage, as well as contextual heritage. urban heritage life projects and community service projects are being developed through design studios, in order to link the students’ theoretical knowledge with the practical experience. other courses in the architectural curriculum at dahu are connected to the urban heritage in an indirect way, such as the technical courses group that deals with building construction, structure, materials, from sustainable and environmental perspective and consideration. 3. integrating urban heritage as part of the architectural education there are different methods in integrating urban heritage as part of the architectural education. studios, seminars, history, conservation and preservation courses are following different approaches to integrate heritage in academic curricula. students’ internship or training that provides practical experience in the vernacular heritage is of utmost importance in the learning process. all those approaches are tools for students to develop their knowledge, critical thinking, and practical experience in the heritage field. one of the main objectives of teaching architecture at dahu is to respond to the physical dimension, contextual dimension, and socio-cultural dimension among others. the curriculum focuses not only on classical methods of in-class education and research, but it heavily uses training, extracurricular activities and community service as pg. 197 helmy / the academic research community publication primary tools of the learning process. 4. dimensions of integrating heritage education within the school of design and architecture at dahu integrating urban heritage education within the architecture department at dahu could be classified under seven main dimensions. fig. 1 shows how the six dimensions of teaching heritage are needed and well integrated through the curriculum, in order to communicate the heritage knowledge, appreciation, and practices from different perspectives and on a variety of learning domains. figure 1. dimensionsof heritage education source: the author 4.1. first dimension: urban heritage as a surviving history urban heritage could be perceived as a rich story telling source. it demonstrates the formation, establishment, growth, expansion, development, changes, and transformations of all built forms, urban environments, and building traditions among others. as per heritage perth, “everywhere has a history and everywhere has a heritage”. the word ‘heritage’ means ‘something that is passed down from previous generations; a tradition’, while ‘history’ is: ‘the discovery, collection, organization and presentation of information about the past of people, places and events‘. the architecture curriculum at dahu has five courses ranging between lecturebased and seminar-based to communicate heritage from its historical dimension. courses, such as history of world architecture i “(arch 2301), and history of world architecture ii, (arch 2303) focus on history of architecture from pre-history, passing through all world historical eras, to european renaissance through the 20th century. while history of islamic world architecture (arch 3301) surveys the architecture of the islamic world from the 7th century onwards to the modern period. the course’s chronological structure introduces students to the historical evolution of architectural styles, and building typologies of islamic architecture, highlighting its diversity and multicultural nature. monuments are examined in their social, cultural, political, socio-economic, and aesthetic contexts. pg. 198 helmy / the academic research community publication teaching strategies of the history of architecture courses’ group is based on student-centered learning approach as well as thinking-based learning. it varies between interactive lectures, students’ seminars, class debate, case-based study, fieldwork and site visits. in fall semester 2013/14, twenty-six students of arch 3301, history of islamic world architecture have followed a case-study based approach in documenting and analyzing thirteen mosques in jeddah. the historical dimension of the urban heritage could be challenging to some students, as it relatively relies on studying and memorizing, which is more communicating the knowledge learning domain. however, incorporating field works and site visits, as well as case-study based analysis and learning approaches, which focus more on their cognitive skills, interpersonal skills, and communication skills, make it more exciting to students. 4.2. second dimension: urban heritage as geographical place one of the most important considerations of architecture and design is the building context, site, or its geographical place at large. often, physical factors of site-specific architecture (ssa), such as location, physical context and natural assets, are highly considered when designing or planning any project. in addition, non-physical sit factors, such as community values and traditions are governing some projects. however, some sites, such as mountain, lake, island, desert, monument, building, complex, or city are listed as world heritage sites if they meet the criteria of the unesco (united nations educational, scientific and cultural organization) in this regard and the icomos (the international council on monuments and sites). in fall semester 2014/15, students who are enrolled in arch 3305, introduction to conservation theory and practice, have worked on a collective research. the course introduced the concepts and methodologies of preservation, restoration and conservation of buildings. it also introduced basic concepts of the adaptive re-use of buildings. in addition, the course examined the role of governance as well as contemporary practices associated with architectural and urban conservation. the research conducted through this course focused on “reinventing the vernacular” as a topic. the idea of the research was to use the heritage and the traditions of asir region in bringing the past into the future of the region. in this course, students conducted an extensive research in asir region. parallel to that, students who were enrolled in arch 3601, studio iii contextual cultural and environmental design, have proposed a design for a cultural center as well as other creative reuse strategies of existing buildings. the students’ work, including research and design projects, was judged by an invited national and international panel in asir. urban heritage is very challenging from its geographical or spatial dimension aspect, yet a very interesting one. it reflects students’ skills in knowledge, comprehension, analysis, synthesis, evaluation, and until reaching the application skills in some heritage based revitalization applications. often, it is associated with site visits and tangible experience. it becomes of highest motivational value when it is associated with contextual studies and live projects. 4.3. third dimension: urban heritage as vibrant architecture urban heritage in architecture has a set of design principles, categories and considerations. it varies and ranges from a project to another depending on the nature of the project and its context. while some applications/design projects, such as adaptive re-use projects, are completely following and guided by historic buildings’ designs to change the buildings’ functions with minor architectural modifications, other projects, such as infill projects in historic areas, are considering heritage as their main inspiration that guides design decisions. other projects in historic or non-historic sites may interpret heritage and represent it in other contemporary expression or modern language. recently, a new trend of dealing with heritage has emerged. in this trend, infill projects in historic areas and heritage contexts are completely in contrast with their context. often, contrasted design of architectural new pg. 199 helmy / the academic research community publication projects is based either on design philosophy/ concept, or otherwise just to pop up and draw a design statement. expression of heritage values in modern buildings was conducted as a design charrette in the architecture department at dahu. in the spring semester 2012, a three-day design workshop has been led by the renowned architect dr. rasem badran and arch. jamal badran, with the theme of “ritual space reinterpreted”. figure 2. dr. rasem badran and arch.gamal badran conducting a design workshop at the architecture department at dahu courtesy of the architecturedepartment at dahu figure 3. dr. rasem badran and arch.gamal badran conducting a design workshop at the architecture department at dahu courtesy of the architecturedepartment at dahu the three days’ design workshop was conducted for twenty architecture sophomore students to design a “mosque complex” within the city of jeddah. the complex included the mosque and its related services as well as some other structures/facilities. the additional facilities have varied between cultural, social, educational, and / or commercial facilities to serve jeddah community. the site was selected to be in the modern part of jeddah city. the objective of the design assignment was to be inspired from and to reflect the essence of jeddah heritage in a modern context. the major challenge of the workshop was to demonstrate how the interpretation of architectural heritage vocabularies, elements and expressions can be maintained and revived, not only as physical form, but also as a mean to accommodate contemporary needs and aspirations. the work done by roa’ abdulhakeem almargalani (see figures 4 and 5) shows the design process of the mosque and how the hejazi heritage inspirations were reinterpreted and reflected in a modern dynamic expression. figure 4. the design process of roa’ almargalani shows themosque design development. pg. 200 helmy / the academic research community publication figure 5. the mosque elevation shows the reinterpretation of the saudi heritage in a modern expression courtesy of the architecture department at dahu, roa’ almargalani another urban heritage interpretation was done by sara murad (see figure 6). although her designed mosque looks conventional, yet some design elements, such as the minaret and the use of the arches were introduced in a new expression. figure 6. themosque elevation designed shows the reinterpretation expression of aconventional mosque courtesy of the architecture department at dahu, sara murad the idea of introducing the design charrette was very motivational and challenging to the participated students. they were able to communicate their concepts in the mosque project in a limited duration. to build on the success of this workshop, the mosque design project was more developed and detailed throughout the semester. it was assigned to the students as the core semester project with a larger program of services and social facilities. 4.4. fourth dimension: urban heritage as living culture heritage doesn’t only reflect a history of a city or a place, but also it reflects its culture. traditional culture is what identifies communities, cities, or countries. heritage from its cultural dimension is considered as a story teller that communicates traditions and social life of past communities. it is an essential part of preserving identities of living communities. as per jokilehto j. (2011) “the integration of the different aspects of recognition of cultural heritage, whether physical, intangible, or living, and the motivation and involvement of society in its safeguarding, is one of the challenges of the 21st century”. in fall semester 2009/2010, a collaborative design studio between the interior design students at dahu and the urban planning students at the university of colorado at denver (cap at ucd) took place. the topic of the project was initiated on “jeddah: affordable housing”. the design studio focused on “affordable housing between living traditions and contemporary spaces”. it discussed the challenging design opportunities in the context of the rapid urban changes that are taking place in the rich, cultural and economic conditions in the city of jeddah. the design studio aimed to explore opportunities for developing an affordable housing scheme within the context of modern urban, architectural, and design conditions. it also aimed to create a platform for exchanging knowledge between students from both academic institutions. the main research and design assignments for the dahu students was to design the interior design in full detail of the affordable housing. master plan and units were developed by pg. 201 helmy / the academic research community publication students of cap at ucd, to fulfil the target of designing affordable housing units that effectively respond to the saudi arabian (jeddah) modern living conditions, while preserving its typical local living traditions and cultural identity. the scope of the project was to plan an affordable housing complex and to design a housing unit that allows maximum usage of the space with minimum expenditure. students from both academic institutions have worked jointly in small groups of two students each, where the urban design and architectural components of the design project was carried out by ucd students. an online discussion process was the main tool of the mutual exchange of ideas and design development that took place between the students from both institutions. final design projects have manifested integrated and comprehensive team work efforts. project nature was very challenging to students from cap as per its nature that deals with exclusive and very specific cultural values and living habits considerations in the affordable residential units in jeddah, which was completely different than housing considerations in the usa. residential considerations in saudi arabia, such as privacy, needed spaces and functions, life style, among other considerations were raised and communicated between the groups from both institutions. research took place has guided the design process and helped in reflecting a genuine (jeddawy) style in the designed residential units. the experimental design studio stimulated innovative solutions and creative ideas that respected saudi living traditions, residents’ cultural needs and requirements. at the same time, the designs utilized modern technologies and applications, beyond the superficial reproduction of traditional elements, which was another challenge for the cap students. the work developed by urjwan al shreef (see fig.7) reflects a modern expression of islamic design while preserving residential needs in saudi arabia. while the work developed by kholoud baroom (see fig. 8) confirms a traditional identity of islamic design in the interior design of the residential unit, yet in an elegant expression. figure 7. :modern expression of islamic design while preserving residential needs in saudiarabia courtesy of the architecture department at dahu, urjwan shareef figure 8. : traditional designexpression by kholoud baroom courtesy of the architecturedepartment at dahu, kholoud baroom the work developed by nadia mandourah from dahu (see fig. 9) shows the process of the project development that was carried out through knowledge and culture exchange with her counterpart from cap at ucd. through pg. 202 helmy / the academic research community publication an interactive process of communication between the paired students from both institutions, residential unit was modified to respect saudi living traditions and the residents’ cultural needs and requirements. figure 9. an interactive learningapproach. a process of the affordable housing collaborative design projectshows the knowledge, traditions, and culture heritage exchange between a dahustudent with her counterpart in cap courtesy of the architecturedepartment at dahu, nadia mandourah pg. 203 helmy / the academic research community publication 3.5 fifth dimension: urban heritage as an adapted technology design principles of urban heritage are considered one of the main solutions to inform our contemporary needs in buildings in terms of sustainability. by nature, heritage constructions are eco-friendly, sustainable, and considered as green architecture. they represent main examples of passive technology to meet communities’ current and future needs, while preserving resources. hosagrahar (2012) assumed that “the cultural heritage and creativity are valuable cultural resources for sustainable development in urban areas. the built heritage, monumental and ordinary, as well as cultural forms, expressions, practices, elements, values, and forms of knowledge, are all cultural resources that can contribute to development”. in spring semester 2014, an adaptive reuse live project was developed by the junior architecture students at dahu in collaboration for jeddah municipality, upon an invitation from culture and tourism department. in this project, students were asked to develop an adaptive reuse project for bab al bunt, an old building in historic jeddah, which dated back to almost hundred years ago. bab al bunt was originally built as a place to receive the pilgrims arriving from jeddah port. students were asked to propose a variety of design solutions for using bab al bunt as a pilgrimage museum. bab al bunt pilgrimage museum in jeddah was introduced as the facility that describes and documents the most important event in the life of any muslim: the pilgrimage to the holy sites of mecca and medina. the arrangement of the entire museum was proposed to be designed as a story told through a series of topics that was organized according to subject matter and specific time periods. the designs followed an itinerary, which brings to life the different phases and the overall meaning of the holy journey. as minimal changes in the building were allowed, a strict program was given to students. the project was designed to consider sustainability and green architecture as a development base. students were asked to examine the sustainable design solutions that are already provided by the old building while composing the required applications and recommendations that make it eligible for the leed certification. the project designed by mariam dandachi (see fig. 10) shows the sensitive design solution of changing the function of bait al bunt building into a museum without changing the structure of the building. it also shows the sustainability considerations in the building. figure 10. baital bunt adaptive reuse project and sustainability considerations courtesy ofthe architecture department at dahu, mariam dandachi pg. 204 helmy / the academic research community publication 4.5. sixth dimension: urban heritage as a meaningful sense of place the sense of place is an important element in perceiving, understanding and appreciating urban environments. it is a social phenomenon that incorporates individual people experience. there is no one specific or single sense of place, but a variety of perceptions that shapes it for people. usually, people form the sense on any place with different personalities, cultural preconceptions, emotional and cognitive experience, etc. it is argued that different people characteristics can guide or inform the sense of place. places that lack a sense of place are sometimes referred to as placeless or inauthentic. steele (1981) defines the sense of place as “the particular experience of a person in a particular setting (feeling stimulated, excited, joyous, expansive, and so forth).” heritage has a strong statement in terms of giving a powerful and authentic sense of place. often, it reflects the original sense of place that sometimes symbolizes the identity of the place. as per massey (1994) “the search after the ’real’ meanings of places, the unearthing of heritages and so forth, is interpreted as being, in part, a response to desire for fixity and for security of identity in the middle of all the movement and change. a ’sense of place’, of rootedness, can provide in this form and on this interpretation stability and a source of unproblematic identity”. in the spring semester 2014, the adaptive reuse project that was developed by the junior architecture students at dahu, has proved that sense of places conveyed through heritage is powerful enough to guide new development in heritage contexts. although bait al bunt adaptive reuse project had a strict program allows minimum interventions in the building, some students have developed the project and its surrounding using its genuine sense of place. the design project developed by aya zahran (see fig. 11) has another design approach. in addition to the design solution suggested by the student to inform the adaptive reuse project, bait al bunt building was integrated with its surrounding by adopting urban design solutions. figure 11. baital bunt adaptive reuse project. integrating the building with its surroundingcourtesy of the architecture department at dahu, aya zahran the project developed by amani aljehani and muhja malaikah (see fig. 12) is one of the best examples for that. students have suggested an integrated design solution for the outdoor exhibition associated with bait al bunt pg. 205 helmy / the academic research community publication museum that confirms and consolidate the main essence of the historic building. figure 12. baital bunt adaptive reuse project. communicating the heritage through sense ofplace courtesy of the architecture department at dahu, amani aljehani and muhjamalaikah in general, the project was challenging to students, as minimum changes and architectural interventions were pg. 206 helmy / the academic research community publication allowed in the adaptive reuse design proposal. in addition, the strong identity of the building and its context controlled students design proposals. students were more comfortable in designing the outdoor area of the building as they got less design constrains and more flexibility in their contextual proposed design solutions. 5. from practice to theory from the previous discussions on the dimensions of teaching heritage in the architecture department at dahu, some conclusions and considerations could be theorized. urban heritage is an essential component of architectural curricula. it needs to be integrated in architecture and design courses from different perspectives and following a variety of teaching dimensions. some of these dimensions, such as urban heritage as history or as geography, are already imbedded in the nature of some architectural and design courses. however, other dimensions of teaching urban heritage, such as a guiding theme for architectural design studios, needs to get more flexibility and innovation in their topics and in their design nature. it needs not to be only limited to conservation, or preservation oriented, but also to communicate students’ creativity in urban heritage reinterpretations. this paper recommends that a comprehensive educational plan should be addressed based on the school plan of study in partnership with a responsible organization, such as the center for the national built heritage, in order to develop, support and promote the following recommendations, among others: – encourage a sense of belonging to the national cultural heritage, and activate the relationship of the students with their local urban heritage and historic places. this includes events, visits, and cultural raising awareness. – motivate students to exchange ideas and thoughts by following new teaching methods and to discuss the role of studying urban heritage for architects and designers. – build a social awareness of the urban heritage with local communities, with emphasis on integrating the urban heritage within the educational curricula through various study and academic means. – encourage academic meetings, workshops and conferences on urban heritage and promoting a culture of specialized community-based revitalization of urban heritage. – encourage investigating similarities and differences for curriculum contents through the pedagogy of teaching architectural and urban heritage. – diversify the methods in which the teaching of heritage with all its proposed dimensions in the curricula and to support it through educational activities. 6. references 1. heritage. (n.d.). in oxford english dictionary. retrieved august 12, 2014. 2. culture’s contribution to achieving sustainable cities [pdf]. (2011, november 15). unesco. 3. heritage perth. (n.d.). retrieved july 28, 2014, from https://heritageperth.com.au/discovery/history-v-herit age.html 4. jokilehto, j. (2011). iccrom and the conservation of cultural heritage: a history of the organisation’s first 50 years, 1959-2009. international centre for the study of the preservation and restoration of cultural property. 5. massey, d. (1994). space, place, and gender university of minnesota press. minneapolis mn. 6. steele, f. (1981). the sense of place. cbi pub co. pg. 207 helmy / the academic research community publication 7. tonkin, s. (2011). essay: what is heritage? [pdf]. australian heritage strategy. retrieved august 10, 2014. pg. 208 introduction teaching urban heritage in the architecture curriculum at dah: learning from reality integrating urban heritage as part of the architectural education dimensions of integrating heritage education within the school of design and architecture at dahu first dimension: urban heritage as a surviving history second dimension: urban heritage as geographical place third dimension: urban heritage as vibrant architecture fourth dimension: urban heritage as living culture sixth dimension: urban heritage as a meaningful sense of place from practice to theory references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.375 experimental simulation for load reduction techniques on underground utilities using geofoam bahr m. a.1, tarek m. f1, hassan a. a2, hassaan d. m3 1professor of soil mechanics and foundation, al azhar university, cairo. egypt. 2assistant professor of soil mechanics and foundation, al azhar university, cairo. egypt. 3phd student, al azhar university, cairo. egypt. abstract this paper investigates an experimental study on reducing stress acting on buried flexible pipes by using expanded polystyrene (eps) geofoam techniques. an experimental model was carried out with dimensions depending on pipe diameter (d) and location, the used fill cover material was from sand and eps blocks either embankment form, or within sand backfill as embedded layer. the pipe flexible is un-plasticized polyvinyl chloride (upvc). a series of experiments have been carried out by using static surface loading on rectangular steel plate,where the load is distributed over the backfill. the behavior of sand backfill around the pipe was observed, and the displacement and strains of the pipe were measured. the experimental results showed that the embedded layer of eps geofoam block embedded in sand for different techniques reduced the deformation of flexible buried pipe, with high efficiency and low coast compared with eps geofoam only. the results reveal that, the most effective methods that can reduce the stress on buried flexible pipe with low cost were eps encasement block with head void method, and eps block embraces the upper part of pipe method. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords buried flexible pipes; geofoam; a laboratory setup. 1. introduction underground utilities are infrastructures such as conduits and buried pipelines systems used for transmitting or distributing water supply, gas, electricity, lights, storm drains; etc.. underground utilities are expected to withstand induced stresses from dead and live loads on pipe . all these loads cause problems such as radial deformation, ring bending (crushing), axial extension or compression and longitudinal bending moment, these problems may lead to leakage or broken of pipe network (ng, 1994). the expanded polystyrene (eps) geofoam was used as lightweight construction material goes back to 1972 at oslo, norway for the roadway project. this material was used as foam blocks in the usa in 1980s and japanese constructed their first lightweight fill project at 1985 (nchrp, 2004). because of the advantages of eps as lightweight, low coast thermal resistance, vibration damping and compressible pg. 323 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ bahr / the academic research community publication properties, it has been used with different techniques in many countries at last decades in europe, united states, canada and japan for roadways, railways and covering underground utilities. geofoam also used to solve many important engineering problems such as settlement, bearing capacity of weak layers, and slope stability problems (stark et al., 2012 and bartlett et al., 2015). vaslestad et al., (1993) investigated the eps geofoam layer as imperfect ditch method above four rigid culverts had dimensions 1.6m diameter and 15m overburden high. the results showed that, the overburden ressure reduction at the crown was ranging from 50% to 75%. yoshizaka and sakanoue (2003) investigated eps geofoam as a lightweight cover on pipe to reduce lateral forcedisplacement relationships for buried pipes. they found that, the eps geofoam reduced the lateral soil-pipe forces by about 33 to 60%for pipe undergoing horizontal displacement. ahmed et al., (2013) studied the earth pressure interaction between the backfill and the wall of rigid pipe under static and cyclic loading conditions. the results investigated that the embedded eps geofoam reduced the earth pressure on the rigid pipe. this research studies by performing a series of laboratory experimental model tests, the stress and deformation of flexible upvc buried pipes and the soil backfill behavior around it was observed under static surface loading. different techniques using eps geofoam with different densities as backfill material was evaluated to reduce stress on buried pipes, and minimize its deformation. the experimental results of all tested cases were compared to deduce the most effective backfill method are comparing for all cases. 2. materials and experimental model 2.1. materials expanded polystyrene eps geofoam has many types and shapes which depending on the usage case. eps geofoam blocks are produced with two types: eps15 & eps30, the properties of eps geofoam are listed in table (1). sand material used in research was from the eastern desert of egypt. the sample is passing on sieve no. 4 (4.76 mm), table (1) also shows the properties of used sand. the used un-plasticized polyvinyl chloride (upvc) pipe is of 110mm diameter and 600mm long, with thickness of 4mm, the specification of upvc pipe according to manufacture are shown in table (1). table 1. properties of materials property sand eps 15 eps 30 upvc pipe unit weight (kn/m3) 15.5 0.147 0.298 14 modulus of elasticity e (kn/m2) 11000 3000 8000 2×106 void ratio (e) 0.73 specific gravity (gs) 2.69 relative density (dr) 0.25 shear parameters φ=32◦ poisson’s ratio(ν ) 0.30 0.09 0.17 0.4 2.2. loading frame and steel tank a loading frame has dimensions of the loading frame are 1400mm long x 1200 mm height. the loading frame is fixed with steel tank as shown in figure (1). the dimensions of steel tank were approximately chosen to be more than the minimum rigid frame boundaries. the minimum rigid boundaries are 2d for vertical direction (where d is the pipe diameter) and 4d in horizontal directions (kamel and meguid, 2013). the overburden pressure above the pipe crest was 300mm (2.6d) from surface, and the rigid base of the tank was located at 315mm (2.8d) below the pipe invert. the lateral boundaries at a distance 615mm (5.5d) measured from its circumference, as shown in pg. 324 bahr / the academic research community publication figure (1). the tank is approximately1380mm long, 1000mm height and 300mm wide, with a 10mm plexiglass face, the front side was reinforced horizontally using three 25mm steel box sections every 250 mm and vertically using two 100 mm steel u sections every 400 mm, and the rare side was from steel. the steel tank sides were painted to reduce the friction. a hole of 150mm in diameter was drilled in the front and a rear side, the whole size was larger than the diameter of the pipe to ensure that the pipe rests on sand directly, a rubber membrane was put at both ends of the pipe to prevent sand leakage during loading condition. the compression load was applied using a hydraulic jack with load gauge operated by manual pump. dial gauges were used to measure the vertical settlement of the surface plate and the pipe deformations. electrical strain rosettes with gauge length of6 mm and gauge factor of 2.12 + 1 % were used to measure the strain at the outer face of the pipe, the stains were placed at crown and springline of the middle length section and connected to data logger. figure 1. (a) the sketch diagram with dimensions of the model and (b)the loading frame and steeltank 3. experimental setup and testing procedures. 3.1. overburden sand model three compacted layers of air dried sand with thickness of about 100mm for each layer were arranged from the base of tank to the lower level of the pipe. the upvc pipe was placed in position crossing the tank faces from a hole of 150mm, and a rubber membrane was inserted around the pipe and bond with walls by silicon, the horizontal level of the pipe was checked. the sand placement was poured and compacted around the pipe from invert to the crown, another two thin layers of colored sand were prepared at invert and crest of the pipe. black lines were drawn on the outer side of glassfiber plate parallel to colored sand layers. the final layer of sand was added to completely cover the pipe and to reach the height of 300mm above the pipe crown. colored layer of sand was put at the top of the overburden layer, the black line was drawn on the outside of the fiber glass. 3.2. overburden eps blocks model after removing the overburden layer of sand and reaching to the lower level of the steel tank; a bed of sand was prepared from the base of model tank to the lower level of the pipe, the new pipe was inserted and placed over the sand bed, then geofoam blocks with dimensions of 300 mm×300 mm×100 mm were arranged as overburden layer with depth of 300mm, as shown in figure (2). figure 2. the experimental set up for the overburden eps blocks model. pg. 325 bahr / the academic research community publication 3.3. embedded eps blocks over the pipe (imperfect ditch) model a bed of sand was prepared from the base of model tank to the lower level of the pipe, then the sand was poured around the pipe and above by about until 20 mm and well compacted. a layer of eps geofoam block was placedover sand with dimensions of 550mm×100mm, and then the sand was backfilled to reach a height of 300mm over pipe crown, as shown in figure (3) figure 3. the experimental set up for the embedded eps block over the pipe model 3.4. embedded eps block embraces the pipe upper part model as in the previous model, a bed of sand was prepared from the base of model tank to the lower level of the pipe. the sand layer was completed to the lower mid-height of the pipe, then the upper mid-height was encased by preformed eps geofoam block with dimensions of 330mm×165mm (3d*1.5d). the sand fill layer was completed to reach a height of 300mm over pipe crown, as shown in figure (4). figure 4. the experimental set pipe encased with embedded eps block model 3.5. pipe with embedded eps encasement blocks model a bed of sand was prepared from the base of model tank to the lower level of the pipe, then eps geofoam blocks with dimensions 165mm height ×100 width were put at the both sides of the pipe, and covered by eps beam block with dimensions 330 mm×165mm (2d*1.5d). the sand fill layer was completed to reach a height of 300 mm over pipe crown, as shown in figure (5). figure 5. the experimental set up in case of pipe inside embedded eps blocks culvert model pg. 326 bahr / the academic research community publication 3.6. testing procedures a load frame was used to transfer the load from hydraulic jack into a load cell which placed above a mild steel plate of size 500 mm x 280 mm x 30 mm to transmit the load uniformly to the sand, eps geofoam blocks and buried pipe. the surface stress is based on the aashto hs-20 truck loads which transmit stress with impact factor 86kpa to buried pipe at depth 305mm. the rate of loading for all the experiments was constant. 4. behavior of buried pipe in different backfill models 4.1. overburden eps blocks model figure 6. deformation of upvc buried pipe under loading in case of eps blocks (embankment) model figure (6) shows the maximum horizontal and vertical displacement curves of pipe in case of sand backfill, the crown and the springline displacement behavior started linear with surface stress until it reaches the value of 71.5 kpa, then the behavior became nonlinear. on the other hand, the stress-displacement relationship of the overburden eps blocks shows to be linear-relationship up a stress of about 180 kpa (nearly one and half the maximum linear load of sand backfill), under that load the reduction in pipe vertical deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about 46% and 36% respectively. while the reduction in the pipe horizontal deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about 70% and 57% respectively. it is worth noting that, eps with less density partially release the applied by a degree little more than the denser one. 4.2. embedded eps blocks over the pipe (imperfect ditch) model figure 7. deformationof upvc buried pipe under embedded eps blocks (imperfect ditch) model figure (7) shows that the maximum horizontal and vertical displacement curves of pipe in case of imperfect ditch method, for eps30the crown and the springline displacement behavior started linear with surface stress until it reaches the value of 71.5 kpa, then the behavior became nonlinear. while in case of eps 15 the crown and the springline displacement behavior started after 71.5kpa with linear behavior for crown and springline. under the design surface stress 180kpa the reduction in pipe vertical deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about pg. 327 bahr / the academic research community publication 60% and 0% respectively. while the reduction in the pipe horizontal deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about 50% and 37% respectively. it is worth noting that, eps with less density partially release the applied by a degree little more than the denser one. 4.3. embedded eps block embraces the pipe upper part model figure 8. deformation of upvc buried pipe under embedded eps blocks embraces thepipe upper part model figure (8) shows that maximum horizontal and vertical displacement curves of pipe in case of embedded eps blocks embraces the pipe upper part model, under the design surface stress 180kpa the reduction in pipe vertical deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about 65% and 45% % respectively. while the reduction in the pipe horizontal deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about 75% and 55% respectively. 4.4. embedded eps encasement blocks model figure (9) illustrates that maximum horizontal and vertical displacement curves of pipe in case of embedded eps encasement blocks model, the crown and the springline displacement behavior started linear after surface stress107.5 kpa until it reaches the value of maximum surface stress180 kpa. under the design surface stress 180kpa the reduction in pipe vertical deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about 95% and 95% % respectively. while the reduction in the pipe horizontal deformation due to use eps 15 and eps 30 is about 99% and 95% respectively. figure 9. deformation of upvc buried pipe under embedded eps encasement blocks model these figures show that, the most effective method which reduce the surface stress and minimize the pipe deformations are eps block embraces upper pipe method and eps encasement block method. the eps embankment method reduces the surface stress and the pipe deformations with high cost compared with eps embraces and encasement methods which get the higher results with low cast. the imperfect ditch is not effective method in pg. 328 bahr / the academic research community publication case of eps30 because of small compressibility as it transfer the stress to the buried pipe, also eps15 imperfect ditchmethod has not get good results although it has high compressibility. eps15 is more effective than eps30 at the same backfill method, due to its higher compressibility with lesser stress transfers to the buried pipe. 4.5. the reduction percentage of upvc buried pipe in case of optimum backfill models 4.5.1. the reduction percentage in case of eps embraces upper pipe model figure 10(a) shows the reduction percentage of eps block embraces upper pipe method at the crown, for eps15 the reduction percentage is 100% at surface stress 70kpa and then it is decrease gradually to be 70% at surface stress 107kpa and 65% at maximum surface stress 180kpa, while eps 30 reduction percentage at crown is 100% at surface stress71.5kpa and then it is decrease gradually to be 45% at 107kpa and finally the percentage is 45% at maximum surface stress. figure 11(b) shows the reduction percentage of the pipe springline, in case of eps 15 the reduction factor is 100% at surface stress 71.5kpa then it is decrease gradually to be 80% at 107kpa and finally reach to 75% at maximum surface stress, the eps 30 reduction factor is 50% at start and it is increase gradually to be 55% at maximum surface stress. figure 10. the reduction percentage of upvc buried pipe incase of eps embraces upper pipemethods. 4.5.2. the reduction percentage of upvc buried pipe in case of eps encasement pipe model figure 11 (a) illustrates that the crown reduction percentage of eps encasement block method, in case of eps15 reduction percentage is 100% at surface stress 71.5kpa and 107kpa then it is decrease gradually to be 95% at maximum surface stress, in case of eps 30 the crown reduction percentage is 100% at stress 71.5kpa and it is decrease gradually to be around 95% at maximum surface stress. figure 11 (b) illustrates the springline reduction factor, in case of eps15 the initial reduction factor is 100% at surface stress 71.5kpa reduced to 99% at maximum surface stress, in case of eps 30 reduction factor is 100% at stress 71.5 kpa and reduced to 95% at maximum surface stress. figure 11. the reduction percentage of upvc buried pipe in case of eps encasement pipe methods. pg. 329 bahr / the academic research community publication 4.6. the strain behavior of upvc buried pipe in case of different models. figure (14) shows the diametral stress-strain relationship of buried pipe diameter at crown in case of different backfill methods. the results shown in figure indicate that all curves started with linear trend until the surface stress reaches the value of 71.5kpa then it changed to be a nonlinear except for the eps encasement cover method which have a linear trend. the eps 30 and eps 15 embankment reduce the crown strain of the pipe by about 30% and 45%, respectively at maximum surface stress. the imperfect ditch method from eps 30 has no effect on reducing crown strain, but the eps 15 reduces the crown strain by about 45%at maximum surface stress. the eps 30 and eps 15 block embraces upper part of pipe method get the crown strain of the pipe by about 60% and 64%, respectively at maximum surface stress. eps 30 and eps 15 encasement block reduced the crown strain by about 93% and 95%, respectively at maximum surface stress. figure (15) shows the diametral stress-strain relationship of buried pipe diameter springline in case of different backfill methods. the results shown in figure indicate that all curves started with linear trend until the surface stress reach the value of 71.5kpa then the trend changed to be a nonlinear except eps casement cover method and eps embraces upper pipe which have a linear trend. eps 30 and eps 15 embankment method reduce the springline strain by about 56% and 68%, respectively. the imperfect ditch from eps 30 and eps 15 block reduce the springline strain by about 40% and 50%, respectively. eps 30 and eps 15 block embraces upper part of pipe method get the springline strain by about 81 and 86%, respectively. eps 30 and eps 15 encasement block reduced the springline strain by about 100%. figure 12. crown diametral strain of upvc buried pipe in case of different backfill models. figure 13. springline diametral strain of upvc buried pipe in case of different backfill models. 5. conclusions this research investigated the effect of eps geofoam techniques to reduce the earth pressure on flexible buried pipes. four techniques of eps geofoam as a backfill were applied: (a) embankment, (b) imperfect ditch, (c) eps block embraces the upper part pipe, and (d) eps encasement block with head void. these systems of eps geofoam defined as cover or as backfill system. a laboratory model was designed to set up backfill of height 300mm in rigid pg. 330 bahr / the academic research community publication box over flexible pipe and the surface pressure was applied over the steel plate, the pipe has horizontal and vertical dial gauges. two types of eps with different densities were used. from this study the following conclusions were drawn: 1.the results show that the different methods of eps geofoam eps 30 and eps 15 reduce the earth pressure on flexible buried pipes and the displacement and stress of it with percentage depending on backfill method and loads type. so, these methods protect buried pipes. 2.the eps geofoam embankment method reduced the vertical and horizontal deformations by about 36% and 40%, respectively for eps 30, while for eps 15 the reduction was higher with about 65% and 75%. 3.the eps encasement block with head void method minimized the vertical and horizontal deformations by about 98 and 99%, respectively and by about 95 and 99% for eps 15. 4.the imperfect ditch method from eps 30 reduced the vertical and horizontal deformations by about 0 and 37%, respectively, while for eps15 the vertical and horizontal deformations reduced by about 45 and 60%, respectively. the imperfect ditch method is not recommended in case of the backfill height300mm and the pipe is flexible. 5. the encasement with head void was the most effective method which reduces the stress over buried flexible pipe, followed by the eps block embraces the upper pipe method. 6. references 1. ahmed mr, meguid ma, whalen j. laboratory measurement of the load reduction on buried structures overlain by eps geofoam. geomontreal conference, montreal, quebec, 2013.p.1-10. 2. american lifelines alliance. gideline for the designe buried steel pipe. american sociaty of civil engineering asce, july 2001. 3. bartlett s f, lingwall b n, vaslestad j. methods of protecting buried pipelines and culverts in transportation infrastructure using eps geofoam. geotextiles and geomembranes. june 2015, pp1-12. 4. ilamparuthi k, rajkumar r. experimental study on the behaviour of buried flexible plastic pipe. ejge journal, vol. 13, bund c. 2008, p.110. 5. kamel s, meguid ma. investigating the effects of local contact loss on the earth pressure distribution on rigid pipes. geotechnical and geological engineering 31(1), 2013. p.199–212. 6. national cooperative highway research program nchrp. geofoam applications in the design and construction of highway embankments. web document 65 (project 24-11) stark, t. d., arellano, d., horvath, j. s. and leshchinsky, d., scarsdale, new york, 2004. 7. ng p c f. behaviour of buried pipelines subjected to external loading. thesis submitted to the university of sheffield for the degree of doctor of philosophy, 1994. 8. yoshizaka k, and sakanoue t. experimental study on soil-pipeline interaction using eps backfill.pipelines 2003.copyright asce 2004.p. 1126-1134. 9. stark td, bartlett sf, arellano d. expanded polystyrene (eps) geofoam applications and technical data. the eps industry alliance, 1298 cronson blvd ., suite 201, crofton, md 21114, 2012, p.1-36. 10. vaslestad j, johansen t h, holm w. load reduction on rigid culverts beneath high fills: longterm behaviour. transportation research record 1415, norwegian road research laboratory, public road research administration, 1993. p.58-68. pg. 331 introduction materials and experimental model materials loading frame and steel tank experimental setup and testing procedures. overburden sand model overburden eps blocks model embedded eps blocks over the pipe (imperfect ditch) model embedded eps block embraces the pipe upper part model pipe with embedded eps encasement blocks model testing procedures behavior of buried pipe in different backfill models overburden eps blocks model embedded eps blocks over the pipe (imperfect ditch) model embedded eps block embraces the pipe upper part model embedded eps encasement blocks model the reduction percentage of upvc buried pipe in case of optimum backfill models the reduction percentage in case of eps embraces upper pipe model the reduction percentage of upvc buried pipe in case of eps encasement pipe model the strain behavior of upvc buried pipe in case of different models. conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication the impact of societal transformations on the urban spaces during the local festivals rasha a. moussa1 1assistant professor, collage of architecture and design, effat university, jeddah, saudi arabia abstract urban spaces had played an important role in the individuals’ psychological life and in their integration with their environment as it’s considered as the mediator through which the interactions between people with each other and with their natural environment, they can exchange their cultures and spread activities. despite its importance, many communities suffer from the absence of positive communication between individuals and place they belong to or lack of happiness while being in it. the reason for that is the ignorance of some urban designer to the role of the humanity in the process of the design and its impact on the formation of the urban spaces, though through urban design the complexities of the place can be managed and a general framework for change can be created by designing a compatible and sustainable space for users depending on the events and activities located in it that show political, social and economic transformations that occurs to the communities and affect the social development for individuals. although there are social diversity among members of the same community but it was observed that there is a similarity in their behaviors towards certain positions, which expresses their culture. social celebrations (festivals) are considered the most effective patronize for social formats impact on the spatial formation, as it helps in supporting the idea of individuals’ belonging to the place since the human there is the main sponsor for forming the spaces that contain all the activities and events that may be specific or temporary with a time or an event, and thus it was essential to show physical and non-physical components for space formation in order to gain access to identify the reciprocal relationship between the individual and the place and highlight the most important and successful spatial expressions that help boost the spirit of communication between individuals and develop a sense of belonging to the place. the paper examines how the dynamics of social life at the local scale are shaped by the special spatial arrangements created for urban festival events by the observation of the social changes impact on the resulting urban transformations during festival and its role in individuals’ sense of belonging substation. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords festival; enclosure; centrality; axial; urban spaces; social interactions; human behaviors; permeability and connectivity 1. introduction nowadays urban festivals have become an attractive topic to most of the cities and their number had raisen in the recent decades (gursoy, kim, & uysal, 2004), as local authorities and stakeholders are convinced that through pg. 183 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.358 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ moussa / the academic research community publication these events the image of the cities can be improved and make them more vibrant and cosmopolitan in order to generate economic benefits (saayman & saayman, 2006). whereas several cities consider festivals as part of the urban regeneration thrust and place promotion activities, others are trying to raise their profile by organizing or hosting special events and annual festival (herrero, sanz, devesa, bedate & del barrio, 2006). in the past, the aim of the festivals was to transgress boundaries of prevalent social and political order, but nowadays some cities harnessed festivals for more market-oriented purposes. local authorities had found that these events become an economic key itself and make an essential contribution to the urban economy as they raise the value of properties and attract commercial development. the role of the festival does not stand at that only, but they play a significant role in enhancing the local social life and shaping the social experiences in the local spaces, by creating new opportunities for social engagement and innervate this social bond, also festivals in large cities heighten sensation, emotion, and memory by compressing many people and activities into a certain time and place (fig.1). we can consider festivals as part of everyday life that is characterized by the intensities of sensory experience (gardiner, 2004) which is formed by the social behaviors of the participants and their distinctive interactions with themselves and the physical settings of the places (stevens, 2006). figure 1. shows the of festivals and their impact on communities in this research paper, we will concentrate on the public spaces where festivals occupy and how the spatial behaviors of the participants affect the management of the place hosting them. by analyzing the different social practices connected to the festival event, we can highlight the potential festivals can provide for improving and developing pg. 184 moussa / the academic research community publication the everyday life and consequently maintain a good quality of life. the paper will focus on the diversity of actions through which urban spaces are appropriated and inscribed during festivals. the findings will illustrate how local social spaces can be redefined. the research will cover in two main themes that happened in old jeddah (al-balad) during the annual festival that occurs in it, and the study will show: a) the moral of the social needs and their effect on the spatial formation of place. b) the characteristics of space during the festivals. 2. literature review 2.1. urban festivals as a tool of enhancing cities profile urban festivals have become a popular organizational form for creating experience space and for marketing cities. through these events, the meaning of place and social life of users can be redefined and rediscovered and the identity of space will be promoted to a ”distinctive city”. festivals create the brand of a given destination by creating an impression of a memorable journey to the city, generating pleasant experiences and memories connected with it in order to persuade the recipient of the marketing message to choose this destination and not another (cudny, 2014). the experience economy framework has been applied to explore how certain places are arranged and organized (hayes and macleod, 2007-avdikos, 2011), how users’ experience and influences can be measured for developing marketing destination strategies (morgan et al-,2009) for enhancing the attractiveness of place (yeoman et al, 2004 smith and von krogh stand,2011). festivals provide cities with a particular image especially when it is connected to a certain location or a place that has a specific theme. for this reason, several cities consider festivals as a method for solving image problems (quinn,2005). 2.2. urban festivals as a tool of creating social and cultural spaces: festivals have a significant influence on the urban community. they can be considered as a component, which creates a broadly understood social capital, which is formed by interpersonal linkages, norms, and social relationships; as they built relationship between all the participants starting from the organizer till the inhabitants. moreover, they are also in arena for expressing and consolidating opinions and values common to the urban community (cudny & rouba, 2011). this is not the only role for festivals but frey connected festivals to tourism and consider them as attraction way for visitors (frey, 2000). tourists enjoy the art, culture and entertainment offerings and that make them be one of the fastest growing branches of industry. tourists spend money to participate in such festivals and that affect the local economy and raises it, in addition, the city can be distinguished from other cities as a tourist destination (baerenholdt & haldrup, 2006). the economic impact of such urban festivals on the host society goes beyond the organized activity (hiller, 1995). people who do not usually seek out cultural facilities can be introduced to venues they might otherwise have visited (irina and rianne, 2011). festivals do not attract only tourists but also talented performers, as it is a platform for supporting and promoting them. they can have a good opportunity to meet people who are interested in such particular art forms. many festivals organizers of her free concerts and exhibitions, which often take place in easily accessible public space such as street or square. in addition, organizers can mix between popular and talent performers in order to suit all tastes of music and art. altogether, these conditions can turn festivals into a meeting space for creative people and a place of popularizing pg. 185 moussa / the academic research community publication high culture and developing cultural capital which consist of several elements like taste, familiarity with high culture, social and cultural convention , formal education and culture-related property which subsequently helps in renovating the existing cultural infrastructure and growing of other cultural development. 2.3. importance of festivals on places: festivals become a modality for expressing the close relationship between identity and place (quinn, 2005), throughout time, the festival and the host place can become inextricably linked (getz, 2008). furthermore, successful festivals can become by time centered for the host city’s identity (gibson & davidson, 2004), so the location of the festival may have an impact on its content, objectives, and successes. festivals that are linked to particular places (place-bound festivals) are usually are organized to honor certain historical events or show traditions related to the local culture of the host place and demonstrate what a society believes to be its essence. these festivals often offer physical and moral experiences that connect people to place (derret, 2003); as they involve collective celebrations with diverse purposes like building social cohesion by bounding ties within community, learning and celebrating cultural traditions that belong to the place and drawing on shared histories and local practices. this means communicating an attractive atmosphere which come from place-bound activities, events, attractive places and diverse social spaces that make visitors and inhabitant feel inspired and connected to the place (lorentzen, 2009). 2.4. transformation of urban space during festivals, cities are reshaped and transformed either by altering their spatial constitutions or by granting them a special and specific identity. in addition, streets are closed off, unwanted elements are removed, buildings are refurbished, alternative spaces are created and extra-ordinary performances are staged in places usually reserved for more temporal activities. all of these things occur in order to encourage visitors to participate and feel safe inside the space. so festivals provide spaces for redefining the cities and make them live in temporal rhythms of activities and people who look to the urban practices that uphold the city rather than seeing it as unitary phenomena. these cities become an experiencescape and ordinary spaces are transformed to festival spaces with alternative activities that contrast the routine of everyday life (jamieson, 2004). 2.5. festivals and social behaviors festivals generate regulated and liminal spaces through temporary appropriations of local settings as they involve physical modifications of local spaces, which promote some social arrangement. willem braun emphasizes that such events set up unceremonious, intersubjective spaces where a multiplicity of identities can be expressed and deliberated (willems-braun, 1994); while ravenscroft and gilchrist suggest that this physical and temporal bounding facilitates the disciplining of social behavior during festivals. these social behaviors usually have the potential to differentiate and particularize social identity. according to some studies on the satisfaction of visitors during festivals, it was found that it depends on the ability of attendees to adapt with the festival atmosphere as a socially integrative, interactive and emotionally engaging experience. moreover, this can be achieved and facilitated for gaining experience under certain conditions that urban designers and organizers should take it into consideration like: a) permeability, which means the ability of visitors to move freely and comfortably along a diversity of paths between different spaces and creates personal itineraries. b) centrality as the event should be spatially connected. c) the availability of un-programmed public spaces and semi-public (third places) adjacent to formal venues and pg. 186 moussa / the academic research community publication circulation routes, so informed socialization could be formed as it attracts visitors and generates economic benefits (morgan, 2007). figure 2. shows place making elements source: https://www.pps.org/ steven’s also confirms in his broader study of informal activities in public spaces that three-dimensional elements of public spaces identified by lynch (1960) nodes, paths, and boundaries are directly involved by users as they perceive act out the potential behavioral affordances of urban public spaces. festivals can be a tool that cities can use to enhance a place or enrich it as the four main elements that make a successful place can be found in a well-organized event or festival (fig.2). 3. methodology the fieldwork for this research paper had two stages: the first was observing the varieties of social behaviors occurring within the urban spaces during local festivals and the sensory and spatial perceptions available in that context; the second was to analyze the reflection of these behaviors on the transformation of this space. the observation stage focus on showing the social characteristics and behaviors of users and the interactions among them and how the spatial setting and structure of the place hosting the event can have an influence on organizing and controlling these relations. together these aspects illustrate the role that organized festival events can play in informal socialization and in contributing the feeling of belonging to a place. the paper studies one of the poplar events that is held annually in a significant place in jeddah city, lasting for 10 days. this event is known by “historic jeddah festival” and it is the first of its kind in jeddah city that recalls the past of both the place and the people in the past, in a period of time through which jeddah city had passed over more than half a century ago. the festival initiated in 2014, and aims to promote the kingdom as the house of pg. 187 moussa / the academic research community publication culture, literature and arabian and islamic history, while, preserving the heritage and the cultural treasures. it links the glorious past of the kingdom with its prosperous present, allowing the people of jeddah and visitors to touch the episodes of last century, and it introduces new generations to the heritage, culture, traditions and history of the residents of the historic jeddah area. the festival features various events each year, including dozens of programs and activities, in addition to forums and independent performing arts that spread along the historical place (al balad), furthermore, it has a specific theme annually that shows the traditions and link between behaviors and attitudes of people in past and present. the saudi commission for tourism and national heritage (scth) chooses the historical area of jeddah (albalad) to be the place of the festival as it has very particular geographical, cultural, political and financial contexts. it includes a number of monuments and heritage buildings of archeological interest, such as the old jeddah wall and its historical open squairs (e.g. al mazloom, al sham, al yemen, and al bahr haras), and a number of historic mosques (e.g. uthman ibn affan mosque, al shafi’i mosque, al pasha mosque, akash mosque, al memar mosque and al hanafi mosque), in addition to these several historical markets (souks) found there. the study focus on how attendees act within the spaces specially arranged for this festival in order to allow urban designers to sketch out a range of ways in which the spatial arrangements of urban spaces during festivals give shape to informal socialization and the production of meanings, and city brand. the researcher visited the site of the festival before and during the festival event and observed the diversity of formal and informal activities, which were shaped around the event and how the attendees’ reactions to fulfil their needs affected the arrangement of the open spaces and paths inside the site. the field visit depend on site analysis, field notes, live observations of human behavior in public settings and photos, in addition to the archival research of media reports and festival programs from previous years. the observations concentrated on two main aspects that shaped the space, which are: a. social and humanity aspects (behavioral aspects) including diversity of user patterns, activities occurring, interactions between attendees and participants “organizers, sponsors, sellers, talented performers” and involvement of local businesses, institutions and social groups in the festival events b. spatial aspects (urban space settings) including reorganization and transformation of public and private space for the festival, intensive uses of spaces that are usually unoccupied and adding some elements to enrich the open space. through the precise field visits to the place before and during the festival and analyzing, the spatial settings that occur with respect to the attendees’ behaviors, the research figures out the significant role of the four physical and spatial characteristics of the urban (enclosure, centrality, axial and permeability) on the organization of actions and behaviors of occupants. 4. analysis and findings: before we start the analysis of the impact of the social aspects on urban spaces during the historic jeddah festival, it is necessary to concentrate on some social features for the users, which should be taken in consideration due to its importance on succeeding the event. the research divide these features into two main features, which are: a) congestion: during historic jeddah festival, urban spaces are crowded with different users more than any time else. in addition, its level of overcrowding varies through the day, as it is more crowded in nigh than in day light due to the natural of climate (hot and dry climate) (fig.3a-b); moreover, most of the attendees work. the congestion is caused when there is a conflict between activities that are performed at the same time in the same place. (carmona at al., 2010). although there is negative side for congestion, but people in some cases prefers it for social interactions results in a collective behavior. pg. 188 moussa / the academic research community publication figure 3. shows how the space is crowded in night more than in day light b) the diversity of users: historic jeddah festival is characterized by diversity of users in terms of age, gender, social and cultural level. users can be divided into two main types: residents of the district or owners/labors who work in shops there and visitors who come only in festivals to participate if they find attracting elements there. those visitors might be from jeddah citizens who feel that this festival belongs to their culture and traditions and want to share their kids all old habits or foreigners who are excited to transfer knowledge and traditions with other people and enjoy the feeling of place (sense of place) especially that old jeddah has its identity. based on the above, we can consider that the social features is one of the main factors that reshape the urban space and help in the development of physical and behavior of space and users. the following analysis shows that although the site of historic jeddah festival is appropriate for such events and can offer opportunities for social interaction, self-expression and self-realization to develop unless we ignore any of the four key spatial characteristics: enclosure, centrality, axial and permeability and connectivity. 1) enclosure one of the benefits of the site of historic jeddah festival is that the place is totally surrounded by large walls. during normal days, vehicles can move inside and there is no separation between pedestrians’ paths and vehicles’ roads but as festival starts, only people can inside through the huge old gates and it is not allowed for any vehicle to go inside (fig.4). this help in expanding the amount of spaces where users can move safely and extra temporary booths could be added so it gives the chance for more participant to share their stuff and open market for nonprofessional projects (fig.5). furthermore, it helps to reduce air pollution, traffic noise and increases the ability of users to enjoy watching the displayed elements, deal with the merchant without feeling scared of cars, as well as the density of people increase, and their opportunities for social interactions increase. the enclosure of the urban space helps in arranging the movement of people inside and keep it smooth and easily. in addition, people can knew the initial start of the festival and lead them to have a one-way circulation and assure that they will pass through all the activities held there. figure 4. shows the huge gates of the festivals that are open for people only pg. 189 moussa / the academic research community publication figure 5. shows how people can move safely and free during the festival 2) centrality centrality describes the action of a central element in its periphery. it was defined thus as a hierarchical concept between service and attraction. it may cause congestion if it is not well arranged or the distribution of activities is not appropriate. the attractiveness and circulation of this element is based on the efficacy of the central pole and its accessibility. in normal days, the central poles (nodes) in the site are always empty, no theme or activity there and there is not any use for the central pole (nodes) (fig.6). figure 6. shows that some of the nodes are empty and without any theme or activity in normal while during the festival (historic jeddah festival), most of the nodes have a certain use, and they are a lot in order to reduce the congestion. these nodes are divided to three main types, each as its own characteristic: a. nodes near the gates are used as gathering points; people can gather there then start their journey through old jeddah and activities of the festival. these nodes are usually very crowded thus there is no furniture in it (fig7). b. separate nodes are spaced out along the paths providing particular points of crowd concentration. these nodes are for the activities (fig.8 a-b) and the talent performances especially art and talent shows; as it acts as a small exhibitions where talent people can show their work (fig.9), people usually stay inside it and it is not with furniture. c. large nodes at the end used as a meeting space where people can sit, had conversations, and enhance the social interactions between them. these nodes are full of furniture and food booths and temporary tents that increase the opportunity for the occurrence of interactions of different social ties (fig.10). figure 7. shows the gathering node near gates pg. 190 moussa / the academic research community publication figure 8. shows how the nodes can be used for activities or open galleries figure 9. show art exhibition for talented people figure 10. show using end nodes as a social interaction space sometimes stakeholders and organizers add huge temporary structure elements (inflated building) for shows that talk about history, local life and traditions. the organized events of the festival go hand-in-hand with physical planning to develop the public realm as a socio-cultural medium for interaction. 3) axial historic jeddah festival is formed in order to show all things about the history and traditions of this place, as it is the initial core of jeddah. many events happened there and some famous people used it, so stakeholders and organizers consider it as an open exhibition where people should pass through all its parts. in order to facilitate the movement and avoid informal ones, signs are used and sometimes they put barriers to separate between both directions. on the other hand, people can move freely in all paths during the normal days. figure 11. shows how famous places are decorated and the lighting of paths pg. 191 moussa / the academic research community publication figure 12. show how people act with the displayed elements and what slower the movement among the paths there is another benefit from the one-way circulation to the shops’ owners; they will be assured that all people will pass by their shops. in addition to that, organizers used the wall of the famous buildings there as form digital art with different shapes to make the paths livable and people do not feel bored, and the add light above the paths (fig.11 a-b). most of the secondary activities’ rely upon the linear structure established for the organized event. one of the problems found was that thus the movement of people was easily organized, but the congestion lead to slower the movement as some activities attract people and some booths were placed among the paths so people stop suddenly without considering that they should move especially that there are some paths are narrow (fig.12). 4) permeability and connectivity: the idea of permeability and connectivity is to connect and integrate the site with the surrounding community and areas through a network of diverse public spaces including streets, paths and open spaces. connections with existing streets will invite pedestrians into and through the site. permeability can enhance the attractiveness of a neighborhood through the provision of additional usable open space; can increase social interactions by facilitating more activity in the public realm, and can maximize the potential for walking to a range of services. old jeddah (al balad) has good linkages between all its areas through the pedestrian paths. during festival not all the paths are opened. organizers only use part of the neighborhood for the festival, this make people unable to recognize that there are other parts in the site that they did not visit unless local citizen shows them. but on the hand, we can consider the end of the festival as a cul de sac where the opportunities for social interaction increase (fig.13). the site also includes many stalls selling ethnic food, crafts and traditional clothing that attract people especially who do not know a lot about old saudi traditions and customs (fig.14). the festival encourages more intensive and more varied uses of places that already carry memories and meanings for local citizen, and opening up community spaces so that new meanings can be brought to them. also it provides better spatial opportunities for local citizens to act out and develop their own identities, and to communicate with other people from different cultures. finally, we could consider historic jeddah festival as a tool for enhancing social engagement and the discovery of place, making strong connections to local identity and everyday life, and it illustrates tensions between efforts to control place and image, and local citizens’ propensity to continuously create, circulate and debate images and ideas about places and identity. furthermore, such a festival provides an opportunity to develop awareness of identity for local children who participate in it, and develop their skills and confidence in bodily performance as a means through which they can communicate identity and meanings to others. figure 13. show cul de sac as a social place pg. 192 moussa / the academic research community publication figure 14. show the place’s identity while moving through paths 5. conclusion: festivals may be strategically conceived with the purpose of promoting a ‘distinctive city’, which considered as an important feature of the experience economy. moreover, such a use of the festival has also led to considerations of the commoditization and spectacularization of cultural events, where the traditionally perceived benefits for the local community can be questioned. urban open spaces are the support of collective life as they reflect the inhabitant’s culture, develop their everyday activities, and create the image of a place, where architectural structures and sociocultural features are mobilized, framed and re-presented. throughout the study, it was figured out that festivals may be able to influence social inclusion through facilitating social interaction, and stakeholders felt that there festivals were great places to get people together, and occupied a unique place in society. it was shown that urban spaces become dynamic during festival time, and neighborhood spaces are constantly being produced and reproduced with respect to their identity, meaning, rules, and social uses. according to the previous part, it is essential to enhance the urban spatial spaces by increasing their ability to create connections and networks and provide attendees with a celebratory experience, and in order to achieve that, we should take in consideration the effect of the four key spatial characteristics as each of them had a role in facilitating social interaction. the idea of the enclosure for the space makes it safer in use and provides an identity, and centrality shows the ability of the space in attracting people through the arrangement and distributions so it could carry different uses that fits all users. our analysis also considered two other spatial parameters of festival event which were: axial and permeability and connectivity. these characteristics do not imply tight control of space and action. they are more open-ended, and they thus frame good prospects for introducing new uses into local space. the axial paths and movement during the festival emphasizes that the flows of people are free and not restricted to only docile queues of visitors on predetermined itineraries. communication, interaction and movement are constantly occurring two ways at festivals, back and forth across the interface between those on the move and those who are stationary. organizers have to take in consideration that the space for the festival should not be too tightly regulated. in spite of the obvious benefits of enclosure and centralization, there are good reasons to loosen up the physical and managerial frame within which festival occur, so we can consider the four characteristics as important aspects that help in understanding the spatiality of organized festivals. more importantly, they illustrate how the same framework gives insight into unplanned and unexpected local activities. by analyzing the people’s reactions during festival, we could find that they act out the possibilities inherent in the festival spaces and their participations add meaning and value to the space of the festival through the unprogrammed activities, and not only by decorating or renaming them. festival can also reawaken old meanings in spaces, whether festival organizers want it or not. the role of festival organizers in promoting social interaction needs to be unpacked further. they should know what forms of embodied engagement they offer to meet local needs; the ways in which festivals and their spaces are active, tactile, and malleable, given the findings of this study that it is part of the strategies employed by organizers to attain social inclusion goals. pg. 193 moussa / the academic research community publication 6. references 1. avdikos, v. (2011). local hegemonic blocs: the case of tourism in rhodes. european urban and regional studies, 18(1), 77-92. 2. baerenholdt, j. o., & haldrup, m. (2006). mobile networks and place making in cultural tourism: staging viking ships and rock music in roskilde. european urban and regional studies, 13(3), 209-224. 3. derrett, r. (2003). making sense of how festivals demonstrate a community’s sense of place. event management, 8(1), 49-58. 4. frey, b. s. (2000). the rise and fall of festivals: reflections on the salzburg festival. working paper/institute for empirical research in economics, 48. 5. gardiner, m. e. (2004). wild publics and grotesque symposiums: habermas and bakhtin on dialogue, everyday life and the public sphere. the sociological review, 52, 28-48. 6. getz, d. (2008). event tourism: definition, evolution, and research. tourism management, 29(3), 403-428. 7. gibson, c., & davidson, d. (2004). tamworth, australia’s ‘country music capital’: place marketing, rurality, and resident reactions. journal of rural studies, 20(4), 387-404. 8. gursoy, d., kim, k., & uysal, m. (2004). perceived impacts of festivals and special events by organizers: an extension and validation. tourism management, 25(2), 171-181. 9. hayes, d., & macleod, n. (2007). packaging places: designing heritage trails using an experience economy perspective to maximize visitor engagement. journal of vacation marketing, 13(1), 45-58. 10. herrero, l. c., sanz, j. á., devesa, m., bedate, a., & del barrio, m. j. (2006). the economic impact of cultural events: a case-study of salamanca 2002, european capital of culture. european urban and regional studies, 13(1), 41-57. 11. herrero, l. c., sanz, j. a., devesa, m., bedate, a., & del barrio, m. j. (2007). economic impact and social performance of cultural macrofestivals. cultural tourism: global and local perspectives, 303-323. 12. hiller, h. h. (1995). conventions as mega-events: a new model for convention-host city relationships. tourism management, 16(5), 375-379. 13. jamieson, k. (2004). edinburgh: the festival gaze and its boundaries. space and culture, 7(1), 64-75. 14. johansson, m., & kociatkiewicz, j. (2011). city festivals: creativity and control in staged urban experiences. european urban and regional studies, 18(4), 392-405. 15. lorentzen, a. (2009). cities in the experience economy. european planning studies 17: 829–845. 16. morgan, m. (2007) festival spaces and the visitor experience, in: m. casado-diaz, s. everett and j. wilson (eds). social and cultural change: making space(s) for leisure and tourism, pp. 113–130 (eastbourne, uk: leisure studies association). 17. morgan, m., elbe, j. & de esteban curiel, j. (2009) has the experience economy arrived? the views of destination managers in three visitor-dependent areas. international journal of tourism research, 11(2): 201–216. 18. quinn, b. (2005). arts festivals and the city. urban studies 42: 927–943. 19. ravenscroft, n. & gilchrist, p (2009). spaces of transgression: governance, discipline and reworking the carnivalesque. leisure studies, 28(1), pp. 35–49. pg. 194 moussa / the academic research community publication 20. saayman, m. & saayman, a. (2006). does the location of arts festivals matter for the economic impact? papers in regional science 85: 569–584. 21. smith, a. & von krogh strand, i. (2011). oslo’s new opera house: cultural flagship, regeneration tool or destination icon? european urban and regional studies, 18(1): 93–110. 22. stevens, q. & shin, h. (2014). urban festivals and local social space. planning, practice & research, 2014, 29(1), pp. 1–20, 23. stevens, q. (2006). the shape of urban experience: a reevaluation of lynch’s five elements. environment and planning b: planning and design, 33, pp. 803–823. 24. van aalst, i. & van melik, r. (2011). city festivals and urban development: does place matter? european urban and regional studies, 19(2) 195–206 25. willems-braun, b. (1994). situating cultural politics: fringe festivals and the production of spaces of intersubjectivity. environment and planning d: society and space, 12, pp. 75–104. 26. yeoman, i., robertson, m., ali-knight, j., drummond, s. & mcmahon-beattie, u. (eds) (2004) festival and events management. an international arts and culture perspective. oxford: elsevier butterworthheinemann. 27. andersson, i. (2014). placing place branding: an analysis of an emerging research field in human geography. geografisk tidsskrift-danish j geogr 114(2):143–155 28. cudny, w. (2014). festivals as a subject for geographical research. geografisk tidsskrift-danish j geogr 114(2):132–142 29. cudny, w. & rouba, r. (2011). theatre and multicultural festivals in lodz as a free time management factor among the inhabitants and tourists in the post-industrial city. acta geographica universitatis comenianae 55(1):3–22 30. dinnie, k. (2011). city branding: theory and cases. basingstoke, hampshire, houndmills [england]; palgrave macmillan, new york. 31. mikkonen, j., & pasanen, k. (2011). economic and socio–cultural impacts of two cultural festivals of savonlinna, paper for global events congress iv: events and festival research: state of the art, leeds. 32. festival research: state of the art, leeds [pdf]. (n.d.). retrieved december 25, 2011, from http://www.ev entsandfestivalsresearch.com/files/proceedings/mikkonen pasanen final.pdf 33. ooi, c. s. (2002). cultural tourism and tourism cultures: the business of mediating experiences in copenhagen and singapore. copenhagen business school press dk. 34. ooi, c.s. (2010). branding cities, changing societies. creative encounters working paper 45:3–17 35. ooi, c. s., & pedersen, j. s. (2010). city branding and film festivals: re-evaluating stakeholder’s relations. place branding and public diplomacy, 6(4), 316-332. pg. 195 introduction literature review urban festivals as a tool of enhancing cities profile urban festivals as a tool of creating social and cultural spaces: importance of festivals on places: transformation of urban space festivals and social behaviors methodology analysis and findings: conclusion: references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication towards enhancing building information modeling implementation in the egyptian aec industry nouran elabd1, laila khodeir1 1faculty of engineering, ain shams university, cairo, egypt abstract since the expression ”building information modeling” bim was initially presented in the engineering and construction aec industry in the most recent decade; it has changed numerous parts of the design, construction, and operation of a building. bim is a middle ware connector that represents the advancement and utilization of pc. bim has various frameworks which have been conducted by the pioneers in the bim industry to enhance the bim process. there is a study of the reflection of those frameworks on the egyptian aec industry to overcome the threats that prevent egypt from applying bim technology more broadly. in addition, a comparison is conducted between the successful countries which implemented bim in their projects and managed to enhance their adoption by examining the local challenges and targets. the countries then made strategies and standards to overcome the aforementioned obstacles. furthermore, successful actions were applied that can match with the egyptian industrial requirements. this paper is expected to define the challenges which are facing the egyptian industry to apply bim and the potential capabilities of solving those problems. to acquire the vital information to carry on this paper, a questionnaire was created and distributed in the aec community. the reason for the study was to see how experts consider bim as a device in the fields of design and construction in general and in the egyptian industry particularly. the aim of this paper is to propose a framework through several case studies which are discussed, analyzed and compared. the purpose of the analysis is to explore the importance of using bim. additionally, exploring the effect of different parameters on implementing bim helped significantly during the process. it starts with proposing its framework with evaluating matrix that contains attributes to measure its success, moreover, it serves as a great help to the egyptian companies that make real business decisions about enhancing bim implementation through this framework. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords aec; architecture; engineering; construction; industry; building information modeling; bim standards; egyptian firms; bim frameworks; return on investment; swot analysis; man hours 1. introduction building information modeling (bim) is one of the most promising recent developments in the architecture, engineering, and construction (aec) industry. with bim technology, an accurate virtual model of a building is digitally constructed. this model, known as a building information model, can be used for planning, design, conpg. 209 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.360 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ elabd / the academic research community publication struction, and operation of the facility. it helps architects, engineers, and constructors visualize what is to be built in a simulated environment to identify any potential design, construction, or operational issues. bim represents a new paradigm within aec, one that encourages integration of the roles of all stakeholders on a project.1 aec firms have understood the advantage of utilizing bim as a part of project, which was an inspiration for leaving the prior computer aided design framework and use bim (hardin & mccool, 2009), as shown in figure 1. figure 1. building information modeling characteristics 2. building information modeling benefits the bim process’s mainly benefits are lessening of project risks. most of the different construction project delivery techniques that have been developed over the past years have more capable of moving risks from one project team member to another, rather than managed much toward lessening that risk (azhar, hein & sketo, 2011). other related benefits are that bim is a faster procedure, better design; controls whole-life costs and environmental information, better production quality, and better customer service, proposals are better understood through visualization (azhar, hein & sketo, 2011). 3. building information modeling risks: the most legal risks are to determine the ownership of the bim information and how to maintain it through copyright and other laws (azhar, khalfan & maqsood, 2012). the rest of the bim risks are categorized into groups as shown in table 1: table 1. building information modeling risks categories category type of risk team members who will manage the entry of data to the bim model and be responsible for any mistakes in it. the idea of bim blurs the level of obligation so much that risk will probably be upgraded (azhar, khalfan & maqsood, 2012). the draftsman, engineers of bim look to each other with an end goal to figure out who obligation regarding the matter had raised (azhar, khalfan & maqsood, 2012). continued on next page pg. 210 elabd / the academic research community publication table 1 continued owner there is no easy answer to the problem of data ownership; it needs answer to every project. before bim innovation can be completely used, the dangers of its utilization must be distinguished and dispensed, as well as the expense of its execution must be paid for too (smith, d. k. & tardif, 2009) contractors in situations where the information is incomplete or is submitted in a variety of scheduling and costing programs, a team member for the most part a general contractor must re-enter and update an expert planning and costing program, that program might be a bim module or another system that will be incorporated with the 3-d model (smith, d. k. & tardif, 2009). responsibility for the precision and coordination of expense must be contractually addressed. 4. frameworks for building information modeling the bim frame work useful for standardizing the utilization of bim to help the aec industry share the project data, and then make projection of that successful lesson learned on the egyptian aec industry (scheuer, keoleian & reppe, 2003). each frame work will be categorized into three sections as follow: conception, advantages and disadvantages. in order to benefits from the strong points in each framework and be able to make use of it in the egyptian framework, which will be suggested (scheuer, keoleian & reppe, 2003). 4.1. succar bim framework a prototypical framework and an investigative methodology to identify, capture and represent bim interactions. the framework is composed of three interlocking knowledge nodes and their push-pull interactions (succar, 2013). framework conception; this framework consists of three fields (policy node-process node –technology node), as shown in figure 2.1. they have sub nodes and these nodes have two relations, the bim policy, process and technology nodes: the first node is the field of interaction generating research frameworks, standards and best practices for minimizing conflict between bim stakeholders, and the second one is the field of interaction between construction requirements, construction deliverables, organizational structures and operational communications for maintaining bim, and the third node is the field of interaction between software, hardware and networking systems to generate bim (succar, 2013). advantages: the advantage of this framework is that the three nodes not only covering different bim fields, but also each circle include a specific set of players (succar, 2009). as an example of bim nodes and sub-nodes interact with each other, designers interact with fire authorities and other regulatory bodies to insure conformity with respective standards and codes, this is an external interaction between process and policy nodes. also bim nodes and sub-nodes not only interact but they also overlap, overlapping occurs when players or groups work together to form a joint industry deliverable (succar, 2009). as an example, policy and technology circles overlap when their players work together to generate interoperability standards (ifcs are a striking example). so really the importance of bim nodes lies in identifying interactions and overlaps between industry players, as shown in figure 2. pg. 211 elabd / the academic research community publication figure 2. overlapping between the three nodes, bilal succar, building information modeling framework, 2009 4.2. bim performance assessment framework (bimpa) gu and london framework explains the bim unit which is a special unit that handles bim technology implementation. its characteristics are that it has a specific business function, has a manager, and exists within the organization. it is directly impacted by the bim technology deployed, and in turn creates bim value in the form of tangible and intellectual (intangible) capital. bim value is the value added due to bim use in an entity (sher & williams, 2009). it is conceptualized as the part of the gap between the firm’s value and the market value of the same industry that is a result of the bim implementation. to realize these impacts figure 3 shows the proposed framework attempts to measure the bim value (sher & williams, 2009). figure 3. visualizedbim implementation at the corporate level, measuring bim performance: fivemetrics,2012 framework conception: the bim perception model assists top management in the adoption of bim. the management must evaluate the benefits against the costs and risks involved in implementing the technology (gu & london, 2010). a cost-benefit analysis (cba) is used to estimate the value of a bim investment. the return on investment (roi) is limited to tangible costs and benefits, whereas the risk & cost-benefit analysis (rcba) technique is a more comprehensive method because both tangible and intangible costs and benefits are considered, concerning the bim adoption model it aims to define the critical success factors (csfs) that decision makers use to decide whether to implement bim technology, but the bim performance model aims to and use kpis for bim performance measurement (gu & london, 2010). there are no kpi measures among existing frameworks. therefore, bim adopters may choose a single or mixed framework based on their own needs (gu & london, 2010). advantages: assists top management in deciding on the adoption of bim technology through bim perception model, allow cost benefit analysis, define the critical success factors (csfs) that decision makers use to decide pg. 212 elabd / the academic research community publication whether to implement bim technology, efforts to assess and measure bim performance (gu & london, 2010). 4.3. comparison between different frameworks finally, there is a need for a holistic framework addressing the consolidation of fragmented concepts and to assess bim impacts on performance in the aec industry, which proposes a bim performance assessment framework, which attempts to identify and improve the critical factors that affect construction performance (succar, 2013). table 2. comparison between different bim frameworks succar (2009) bim framework jung and joo (2011) gu and london (2010) conception succar (2009) introduced a bim framework for the aec industry that covers the areas of technology (deliver/develop tools, systems), process (who procure design, construct, manage and maintain facilities), and policy (who educate practitioners and conduct research). they proposed a bim framework that covers bim technology, construction business functions, and bim perspectives. analyzed the readiness of the aec industry with respect to products, processes, and people, and then proposed a collaborative bim decision framework in an attempt to position bim adoption in the industry. disadvantages the framework lacks any measure for assessing performance. despite the efforts to assess bim performance, the framework still targets industry stakeholders. it was limited to identifying promising areas and driving factors for bim in practice (mom & hsieh, 2012). this analysis discussed only the mapping process and not performance measurement, clear process to manage bim performance has not been provided (liu, 2017). advantages bim nodes and sub-nodes interact with each other as an example, designers interact with builders to generate facilities; this is an internal interaction. also designers interact with fire authorities, this is an external interaction between process and policy nodes (succar, 2013). overlapping occurs when players or groups work together to form a joint industry or generate a joint industry deliverable. variables attempt to be fully independent of each other in order to facilitate further analysis and applications (jung & joo, 2011). figure 4 have developed bim guidelines (agc, 2006), bim protocols (ohio das, 2010; aia, 2008), and integrated project delivery methods (aiacc, 2007) to describe the needs, requirements, and obstacles for bim implementation. from the previous frameworks, it has been analyzed that each company has to have a framework that measure the bim performance and facilitate the implementation, so it has been concluded that the framework should include three main parameters which are the stakeholder involvement, the technology issue and the regulation or standards pg. 213 elabd / the academic research community publication figure 4. to make roles for adopting the bim process, as shown in figure 5. as a result, frameworks can generate a tool to compare the performance of bim through (kpis) -which lacks in the previous analyzed frameworks-to be able to evaluate the success of any framework by a list of attributes: efficiency with cost per project/man hours spent per project: comparing the time spent on project using bim engineer with the man-hours spent by a drafts man using cad, to record the effectiveness of actions. speed of development (clash detection): the time spent to detect the clashes is important and needs to be handled in a proper way, in order to reduce additional work and costs and maximize the client satisfaction. measuring the quality of projects: visualization will improve the coordination and enhance the quality. measuring the skills of employee and the development of knowledge weighting should be carried out once data is gathered to measure the performance. figure 5. analyses of bim framework and standards components 5. analysis of bim implementation case studies the selected case studies aim to show that bim helps in improving the aec industry, and that bim can be used as a sustainable tool through energy analysis, also seeks to explore if bim implementation helps in enhancing the coordination to reduce the wastes factors. the methodology will be through several case studies which will be discussed, analyzed and compared, to explore the importance of using and implementing bim through fixing the company parameter and measuring the different aspects and challenges. conclusions were found from large scale projects of a company that has been successfully using bim practice, also with the help of interviewing professionals in the aec industry. three case studies of large scale projects were selected, which have different function to show how bim affected the industry, the project delivery time, cost and quality. pg. 214 elabd / the academic research community publication 5.1. criteria of the case studies selection approach the case studies had bim data exchange with more than one other, and the selection was based on: recent projects; to explore the latest state of practical technology implementation. international firm that executes projects in egypt and other countries to make a successful comparison. project types as multifunction projects to cover the different functions of projects that implement bim. project size; not choosing small or medium projects scale to make it easier, but study and analyze mega projects to maximize the benefits and to cover more problems and coordination benefits. project location: one of the case studies is in egypt to serve the scope of the paper and the rest are in the middle east due to the similar position and challenges and they also have egyptian workers and engineers. 5.2. case studies attributes there have been some major points that were taken into consideration through selecting the three case studies; (case study 1: midfield terminal building of the abu dhabi airport, case study2: riyadh metro project, case study3: the nile corniche project in cairo). the points are related to the scope of the paper to manage useful comparative analysis, the point to be studied in each case study will be as shown in figure 6. figure 6. the case study attributes according to previous data mentioned, the case studies can be analytically compared to find if bim implementation can enhance the aec industry for better results. weights are given based on interviews made with team members in the three projects, and from studying the attributes of the three projects. the weight is 1-5 points where 1 is the worst and 5 is the best weight. na refers that this point is not applicable. final evaluation will be determined as follows: full implementation 80-100 % intermediate implementation 50-80 % low implementation 0-50 % table 3. comparison between the previous three case studies point of comparison p1(abu dhabi airport) figure 7 p2(riyadh metro) figure 8 p3(nile corniche) figure 9 plot area built up area 700. 000 m2 178km-long built up area 197.227 m2 continued on next page pg. 215 elabd / the academic research community publication table 3 continued average number of architects in the team 40 na 5 software used bentley bentley bentley attribute 5 (challenges faced) design challenges 2 2 4 technical challenges 4 3 1 social and cultural challenges 4 3 1 bim manager 5 5 5 visualization 5 5 3 attribute 6 (bim im leme tatio ) coordination and collaboration 4 3 2 simulation 5 2 4 bim standards 5 client standards adac 5 cad standards(aia) 5 vicon standards (consultant) time saved (through implementing bim) 5 4 2 social challenges affected the time cost saved (through implementing bim) 5 na na attribute 7 ( roject manageme t) bim client demand 5 5 5 planned delivery date with scheduled 5 5 1 some political reasons ipd 5 4 1 lod (100-200-..500) 5 lod 500 5 lod 500 3 lod 350 attribute 8 (bem) sustainability 4 1 1 evaluation 66 / 75 51 / 75 38 / 75 bim implementation %(fullintermediate-none) 88% consider as full implementation 68% intermediate implementation 51% between low and intermediate implementation continued on next page pg. 216 elabd / the academic research community publication table 6 continued evaluation 66 / 75 51 / 75 38 / 75 bim implementation major benefit for construction and fm coordination between 6 lines for construction coordination and mep figure 7. figure 8. figure 9. findings from the final evaluation as shown in table 3 which are generated by the researcher: project p1 (88%) had fully implemented bim in a successful practice; bim was used in a unique and creative way to improve the current process practice. project p2 (68%) —project p3 (51%) this table is a summary of the major learning points of the three case studies, which illustrate: in the first case study when the full implementation of bim process occurred there were benefits in all areas (time-cost-coordination-visualization-client satisfaction) and those benefits were the highest between the three projects. in the second one the bim implementation was less than the first project, in spite of applying standards but the existence of social challenges affected the process, the benefits were less than the first project. in the third pg. 217 elabd / the academic research community publication case study the bim implementation was the least between the three projects and this is due to the major challenges in many aspects such as social and political changes between egypt and qatar. so it is not the matter of applying bim or not that would enhance the aec industry, and we cannot predict that even if we facilitate all the points that could enhance the bim process such as it departments, bim managers, standards the bim will be a solution for all the aec projects. this is because every project has its unique challenges and aspects. figure 10. the revolutionary phases of model 6. the proposed framework the main conclusion of the paper is summarized in figure 11, showing the cycle relationship between government, process, technology, business, execution and bim performance measurements represented in terms of inputs and outputs resulting in: establishing metrics to evaluate the success of the proposed bim framework. testing the metrics with the attributes of the case studies, specifically projects that are non-bim versus bim in the same organization. providing limitation of the framework from the data. validating the resultant framework model established to evaluate the net benefit or lack thereof from bim. 6.1. generation process of the framework the procedure of generating the framework has been illustrated, as shown in figure 7, and mentioned below in detail: figure 11. generationprocess of the framework first: the frame work benefits from the literature reviews: from the different analyzed frameworks that were developed by successful pioneers in the bim field which have advantages that have been used such as introducing a bim framework for the aec industry that covers the areas of technology, process, and policy, and disadvantages that we tried to avoid and search for solutions to them such as lacking any measure for assessing performance by designing a performance node. this means that we need to design performance node. also from the world wide bim standards which achieved success and gained reputation in applying bim which helped in the framework to learn how those countries succeeded in making development of bim to benefit from them in the egyptian firms. this means that we need to design policy node represented in government. second: the frame work benefits from the interviews: from the findings after the interviews the result is that we should provide trainings/education for bim technology in companies and providing education communities to advise the client about the importance and benefits of using bim for him the project. this means that we need to design process node. third: the frame work benefits from the case study: the framework benefits from the case study by facing the practical advantages such as saving cost/time and maximizing coordination through applying standards ,the develpg. 218 elabd / the academic research community publication opment of it department, increasing the awareness of stakeholders, existence of bim specialist, also by avoiding the different challenges that could face any company/country such as the political and social challenges which could affect enhancing the bim implementation, so the experience could be generalized to the whole egyptian aec industry. this means that we need to design business node. 6.2. elements of the framework 1. the nodes: represent the phases or the process of the framework to maintain the bim implementation; also it varies in the size when it comes to government and performance node. the government node is at the beginning of the process with the largest size, because without its role and power the whole framework will not exist in a proper way. concerning the performance node it is the end of the framework to monitor the performance and enhance it as shown in figure 8, it also plays a huge role because it gives repetitive feedback. the nodes will be discussed as follows: figure 12. the three different sizes ofthe nodes that represent the framework government node: indicates to the policy node and it is the first and biggest node because from this node the enhancement process could begin, it includes standards and universities that could educate the students and conduct researches. the government could develop a new ministry to be specialized in implementing, monitoring and enhancing the bim process which will reflect on the hall aec industry that represent huge part of the egyptian economy, this ministry should make plan with certain duration and the role/characteristics of the ministry should be establishing a programme for the collection and analysis of bim data to capture lessons and share best practice, committing to an egyptian bim organization as a vehicle to allow it to achieve fully integrated bim, also it should seek global partners in developing international bim standards to enable software to work together more effectively, and it should invest in future cities to create a demonstrator that launched in certain date. process node: represented in clients and project managers who make decisions concerning the implementation of bim, and could affect the team members of the project, when the awareness of the stakeholders increase the output will be the demand of the client for such a service. business node: if the stakeholders became satisfied with the process, it will encourage the companies which are represented in the business node to change the perception of bim, which will make the firms gain more than already receive, this node represented in senior technical officers, managers and executives of an organization. technology node: this node represents the software, hardware, networks, specialized equipment and bim database. to identify technical requirements of bim and the levels of interoperability execution node: this is an ongoing node and there might be future enhancement and refinements after the execution of the framework. performance node: in order to evaluate skills, performance and capabilities after the monitoring process to maximize the benefits and avoid the problems occurring after completing the loop of the framework. 2. inputs and outputs: each input affects the node which leads to outputs that will be inputs for the next node and so on in a closed loop, as shown in figure 13. pg. 219 elabd / the academic research community publication figure 13. inputs and outputs of the framework 3. arrows: the measurements and lesson learned are represented in a closed loop from the performance node back to the government to assess and evaluate the process and benefit from the successful and in successful lessons, as shown in figure 14. figure 14. the arrow represents the loop from the performance node back again to the government 6.3. evaluation of bim framework implementation by the user group evaluation matrix of bim framework is necessary because without such metrics, teams and organizations are unable to consistently measure their own successes and/or failures. performance metrics enable teams and companies to assess their own competencies and to benchmark their progress against that of other practitioners. accordingly, each node has its measurable attributes with certain weight, which are 1-5 points where 1 is the worst and 5 is the best weight as shown in table 4, and the final evaluation will be determined after calculating the total weight of the bim implementation of the organization to be as follows: full implementation 80-100 % intermediate implementation 50-80 % low implementation 0-50 % table 7. evaluation matrix of bim framework implementation by the user group nodes measurements attributes scale government is the ministry achieving their role? 1 2 3 4 5 standardizing information and measurement process process node is the client involved in the process? availability of bim skills and trainings for the employee business node compare the man-hours spent using bim process with using a traditional way continued on next page pg. 220 elabd / the academic research community publication table 7 continued nodes measurements attributes scale speed of development (clash detection) better quality through visualization better product through coordination (simulation) the cost reduction the time saved technology node availability of strong it department is there enough cost to apply bim process? execution node existence of ongoing enhancement availability of quality measurements total performance node full bim implementation (80%-100%) intermediate bim implementation (50-80%) low bim implementation (0%50%) 6.4. limitation of the framework this framework could be applied only in certain conditions, because there is no successful frame work that could be applied for all the companies/countries, every company has its conditions and this frame work could work only in the organization that has those criteria: high income company, because low income company would not be able to afford the cost of bim. companies that execute large projects, because using bim application in small projects will not achieve the targeted returns which have to be on the same level and cost of bim. companies that will apply bim framework should be under the supervision of the government, even if it is a private company it has to be monitored in order to maintain the bim process in its best way and not to become the traditional way that exists now which represents the process as a tool or only revit software. every company should have its own hierarchy and a bim specialist/ department. there are also many limitations but it will be more obvious with the practical implementation and testing the framework, because it is not the matter of applying bim or not to enhance the aec industry, and we couldn’t tell that if we facilitate all the points that could enhance the bim process such as it departments, bim managers, standards and raise the knowledge the bim will be a solution for all the aec projects, because every project has its challenges and aspects. pg. 221 elabd / the academic research community publication 7. conclusion remarks from the frameworks analyzed previously, and from the three case studies which have been studied, analyzed and compared, the following key findings were observed. regarding bim implementation in egypt, there are reasons that limit the enhancement of bim application in egypt, which are the fear and resistance of change, lack of training on bim software, lack of standards that regulate the bim implementation in egypt, also the contract issue, lack of knowledge about bim in the egyptian firms. also, working hour’s appropriation among design stages relies upon the used design too. in the traditional workflow, most of the time is consumed while making the development documents. but when bim is used, most of the working hours are required amid schematic and developing stage wiping out wastes in later construction, maintenance stages and through the entire life cycle. regarding the stakeholders: the main director for using the bim process in the egyptian firms is the client. this accordingly will increase the percentage of bim implementation in case of developing the awareness of the stakeholders. also the clients become satisfied from the bim process, because of the complete insight to the project in the whole phases. it enhances the visualization, time control, cost estimating. figure 15. the proposed bim framework for enhancing theimplementation of bim in egypt, generated by the researcher 8. references 1. about bimtech. (n.d.). retrieved june, 2015, from https://www.bimtech-eng.com/about/ pg. 222 elabd / the academic research community publication 2. azhar, s., hein, m., & sketo, b. (2011). building information modeling (bim): benefits, risks and challenges. azhar, s., khalfan, m., & maqsood, t. (2012). building information modelling (bim): now and beyond. construction economics and building, 12(4), 15-28. 3. gu, n., & london, k. (2010). understanding and facilitating bim adoption in the aec industry. automation in construction, 19(8), 988-999. 4. hardin, b., & mccool, d. (2009). bim and construction management: proven tools, methods, and workflows (pp. 8-15). john wiley & sons. 5. jung, y., & joo, m. (2011). building information modelling (bim) framework for practical implementation. automation in construction, 20(2), 126-133. 6. liu, x. (2017). developing interactive connections between bim and facilities information systems for end user functionalities. 7. mom, m., & hsieh, s. h. (2012, june). toward performance assessment of bim technology implementation. in 14th international conference on computing in civil and building engineering (pp. 27-29). moscow: publishing house asv. 8. scheuer, c., keoleian, g. a., & reppe, p. (2003). life cycle energy and environmental performance of a new university building: modeling challenges and design implications. energy and buildings, 35(10), 1049-1064. 9. smith, d. k., & tardif, m. (2009). building information modeling: a strategic implementation guide for architects, engineers, constructors, and real estate asset managers. john wiley & sons. 10. succar, b. (2009). building information modelling framework: a research and delivery foundation for industry stakeholders. automation in construction, 18(3), 357-375. 11. succar, b. (2013). building information modelling: conceptual constructs and performance improvement tools. school of architecture and built environment faculty of engineering and built environment, university of newcastle: newcastle. 12. succar, b., sher, w., & williams, a. (2009). measuring bim performance: five metrics. architectural engineering and design management, 8(2), 120-142. pg. 223 introduction building information modeling benefits building information modeling risks: frameworks for building information modeling succar bim framework bim performance assessment framework (bimpa) comparison between different frameworks analysis of bim implementation case studies criteria of the case studies selection approach case studies attributes the proposed framework generation process of the framework elements of the framework evaluation of bim framework implementation by the user group limitation of the framework conclusion remarks references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.367 material’s perception strategy in terms of adaptive re-use within the computational, and parametricism context sarah mohammad mansour1 1phd of interior architecture ,faulty of fine arts,décor department, alexandria university. abstract creativity has been assigned to the design or drawing, with materials most often being specified as a result of design rather than being considered a driver of it. (i) designers empowered by new technology now consider form as it is defined by identifiable systems. this evidence based, parametric methodology is a response to two decades of digitally-derived projects, often produced simply for their novelty. (ii) the best work results when the architect has combined respect for the old with a skilled progressive command of the new. material culture is portrayed as the physical confirmation and articulation of a culture in its relics and design. in the time that we comprehend the thought of material culture not just as having importance for investigations of the past. yet in addition getting a projective limit. ww may now be at a critical defining moment.. as computation starts to significantly change our origination of the material, so in architecture this will defy the set up connection between the procedures of design and the physical fabrication of the constructed medium . obviously, computation was brought into design & architecture the greater part a century back. furthermore, expanding digitization has since plagued all parts of the field. as though, it has remained emphatically impacted by the theoretical isolation of the procedures of design and making that has overwhelmed structural plan thinking since the renaissance, and it is just now that creators are starting to deal with the computational void as never again disconnecting from the physical domain. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords adaptive-reuse; parametric design; laser cut; biodegradable materials; sustainability; computational; 3d printing. 1. introduction 1.1. background and motivation this paper is presenting an investigation about the truth about materials, as the using of old traditional materials in the terms of preservation depends on its way of processing and behavior. traditional old materials make a conflicted perception about the new and the old parts in the space, but, it could be processed with a new processing methods, using digital computation driven tools. for the final design output, could coin a mutational adaptive space, on a certain level of insane complexity. we can call it (insanely – adaptive). this term will conduct old pg. 265 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mohammad / the academic research community publication abandoned space and the tradition approaches of adaptive reuse to a new phase and upward its level to be parametrically enhanced. enhancement will involve both functionality and aesthetics values, a generative unfolding of material behavior in space and time from which hitherto unsought design possibilities could originate. fulfillment new design possibilities and innovation in making, as sometimes the final output could look historical, though the creation process was not a historical one. as neri oxman (iv) stated “the future of architecture lies in design that incorporates the systems and materials of nature.” so we need to have a new perspective in our dealing with materials in the terms of adaptive re-use within this computational era. 2. history synthesis 2.1. driving force for technical innovation just a couple of remarkable cases of architectural compositional styles consolidated in a solitary building exist generally. new structures tended to rub out old ones, and those structures that survive are the fittest cases of compositional architectural styles that won when they were assembled. styles changed gradually finished the course of design history, and dissimilar to today, structures built inside a specific decade—and now and again inside a given century—are comparable in appearance. today, style assignments have small importance, current works don’t fit into an effectively conspicuous complex example, and contemporary engineering outline dispositions are definitely not static. it is educational to take a gander at extremely old cases of building combination through current eyes. 1-the duomo at siracusa in sicily comprises of a mix of three design elements, (fig 1) spreading over more than two thousand years. the most seasoned part is greek doric, a style dating from around 500 bce. a romanesque nave and second story in all probability supplanted the top of the doric sanctuary amid the norman time frame (eleventh century), and a rococo exterior and apse were included after an earthquake in 1693. juxtapositions of these three particular styles are unmistakable from different vantage focuses both inside and outside of the church building. regardless of the huge time traverses between the increases of progressive components, the engineering creation isn’t divided. maybe on the grounds that each of the three components are of comparable shading and were built utilizing comparative materials, the diverse times are not instantly seen. moreover, each of the three bits was attached as a way to a similar end—making the most critical religious working in the city. since the elaborate veneer is the predominant component, the house of god looks, at first look, similar to a normal sicilian church developed amid the late renaissance figure 1. at the duomo at syracuse, three unmistakable styles—greek doric, romanesque, and florid—are obvious from different vantages of the house of prayer. the design forbear of the house of prayer feels durable in spite of the dissimilar styles (vi) another significance logical inconsistency, on the perception view of the space is: 2the mosque at córdoba, spain, (fig 2) inspires an alternate visual reaction. the site was initially a christian church, worked by the visigoths around 500 ce, yet was supplanted by a muslim mosque around 800 ce. the pg. 266 mohammad / the academic research community publication mosque is rectangular in plan and comprises of arcades included brilliantly hued, twofold horseshoe-formed curves, bolstered by thin segments. córdoba came back to christian mastery in the thirteenth century, and around 1525, a gothic nave was embedded into the focal point of the mosque. structurally, the inclusion is limit—the steed shoe curves obviously slam into the gothic fan vaulting. shafts of sunlight puncture the dull creation of the mosque in a sensational way, however in the congregation, sunshine enlightenment is splendid and uniform. the differentiation between the two structural styles couldn’t be more articulated, reverberating maybe the contrasts between the religious convictions that won in the sixteenth century. figure 2. at the mosque at cordoba, the two structural styles are unmistakably separated and articulated. the addition of new into old is limit—the gothic fan vaulting slams into the horseshoe curves. in both the duomo at syracuse and the mosque at cordoba , the designer of the more up to date parts of the structures did not browse a variety of conceivable styles: they essentially utilized the style that won at the time . the distinctions amongst new and old curve uncovered through genuinely expressed contrast. unobtrusive in syracuse and unforgiving and obvious in cordoba. a time stamp must be unmistakably identifiable on both parts (new & old) 3. material synthesis in the past two examples , we have reached that in the first one (the duomo at syracuse) that the subtle difference in choosing the same materials and colors in the preservation phase in the different three eras has led to a vague , indistinct , and unclear ambience . users’ perception couldn’t characterize and recognize each era separately. but if we look at the second case (mosque at córdoba ( the change consider to be a paradigm shift. the using of the off-beat colors (compare to the existed) and the new composition of the horse-shoe arches visibly which collide with the gothic fan vaulting, the experience was totally impressive. the obvious evidences from each style and era make it very apparent to the pg. 267 mohammad / the academic research community publication occupants without any confusion about the old parts and the new insertions. but what if we want to talk about the terms of materials in the preservation within the computational, and parametricism context? and what about the mutations of the adaptive reuse in this over-tuned notions? how about fusing the physical and the computational as material synthesis? material culture is portrayed as the physical confirmation and articulation of a culture in its relics and design. in the time that we comprehend the thought of material culture not just as having importance for investigations of the past. yet in addition getting a projective limit. we may now be at a critical defining moment.. as computation starts to significantly change our origination of the material, so in architecture this will defy the set up connection between the procedures of design and the physical fabrication of the constructed medium . obviously, computation was brought into design & architecture the greater part a century back. furthermore, expanding digitization has since plagued all parts of the field . 3.1. material strategy in preservation terms: figure 3. material strategies in preservation terms. author work this strategy is answering the query about the truth about materials,( fig3 )moreover the new fabrication methods—like additive manufacturingallow design to be extended to the level of the material structure. specialists at the icd utilized multi-material procedures to deliver frameworks that react to ecological boosts with a form transformattion. (fig 4) the related responsive development does not need any mechanical or electronic parts, or the supply of operational vitality. (vii) material as machine makes motion without motor (applicable for traditional materials like wood). while hygroscopy ( viii) is regularly comprehended as a material lack in innovation, biology has advanced methods for using it as a key element. a few plants utilize hygroscopic activations to create movement: also, conifer cones curve one case of this figure 4. 3d-printedenvironmentally responsive material systems, university of stuttgart 2014.david correa, steffen reichert and achim menges/achim menges architect bda andinstitute for computational design (icd). we can’t disregard existing materials in favor of the new or novel. fig(5) pg. 268 mohammad / the academic research community publication figure 5. material strategies processing for old and new materials. author work. 4. relevant precedents in a 1971 lecture to students, stated:louis kahn xi stated:: if you are ever stuck for inspiration, ask your materials for advice. ”you say to a brick, ’what do you want, brick?’ and brick says to you, ’i like an arch.’ and you say to brick, ’look, i want one, too, but arches are expensive and i can use a concrete lintel.’ and then you say: ’what do you think of that, brick?’ brick says: ’i like an arch.’”xii so we will review some relevant studies about using old traditional materials like bricks and sands had been processed with computational parametric tools, in both design and fabrication phase resulted in final output looked seamlessly brilliant as if we applied this old materials in any old site for preservation term no one could have any doubt that it’s brand new part has been inserted eventually to the space. 4.1. parametric regionalism flexibility is the very center of parametricism, which nourishes off technological change and flourishes with change. not constrained to system alone, adjustment in parametric plan can be reached out to react to territorial specifics and varieties. utilizing computational innovation, the architect applies a coordinated outline philosophy through the investigation of the particular implications of different design parameters, for example, material execution, building tectonics and human conduct. regionalism isn’t just reflected in the nearby setting and atmosphere, yet in addition innate in social perspectives like building materials and craftsmanship. the talk of regionalism in the computerized age has expansive social and moral criticalness. in the previous years, parametric plan strategy had been connected by designer philip yuan xiiito his training and research in china. with concentrating on the arrangement of parameters on the execution of nearby materials like bricks ,concrete, and timber and investigate the new open doors offered by the incorporation between parametric design and local culture. pg. 269 mohammad / the academic research community publication consequently, regionalism with regards to the computerized time is progressively worried about the reconciliation and recovery of physical data and virtual information through new innovations. the operation and advance of social frameworks dependably includes rich local traditions and social legacy, and the arrangement of their traditions is firmly identified with the domestic regional condition and social generation. parametric outline gives another way to deal with design learning and spatial association; it should consolidate provincial data and local behavior from a wide viewpoint. (xiv) parametric models have totally broken the limits amongst plan and manufacture, empowering an incorporated lifecycle outline philosophy from conceptualization to operation, amendment and development through the control of geometric data. (xv) the logicality, adaptability, intelligence and constructability of parametric frameworks relate to a completely open arrangement of digital design and fabrication. parametric models develop an association between design geometry and performative parameters of local climate, material, structure and behavior. the choice as to which geometrical parameters matter in architectural design turns into the way to the design approach. (xvi) digital design and fabrication of conventional materials(research and routine with regards to philip yuan) (xvii) conventional craftsmanship ought not to be seen just as far as its social esteem (fig 6). the importance of customary materials will be re-imagined as architects give careful consideration to their performative qualities and fabrication logics. likewise, the extraordinary topographical highlights encapsulated in conventional materials bring rich territorial qualities into architectural design. (xviii) as of late, he has dedicated his building practice to advanced manufacture utilizing nearby materials. conventional materials have been subjected to morphological investigations to accomplish an inventive standard of performative tectonics. 4.2. tools of imagination (michael hansmeyer projects – the grotto). between chaos and order, both natural and artificial, neither foreign nor familiar. digital grotesque (fig 7) presents an immersive, human-scale, highly articulated grotto that is entirely fabricated using 3d printing. fine-grained corns of sand printed at a resolution of 0.13mm allow the creation of a yet unseen architecture. the 16 square meter room is composed uniquely through algorithms (fig 8). (xxi) new materials and manufacture techniques have generally prompted radical changes in architectural design. they have for sure been essential drivers in its advancement. today, additive fabricating is creating emissaries as an insurgency in design. though in engineering, this development has up to now been used only for small scale forms. digital grotesque takes additive manufacturing innovation to a genuine architectural scale. digital grotesque presents a completely immersive, strong, human-scale encased structure with a bewildering level of detail (fig 9). its geometry comprises of a huge number of individual facets printed at a resolution of a tenth of a millimeter, constituting a 3.2-meter high, 16 square meter vast room. pg. 270 mohammad / the academic research community publication figure 6. silkwall. the angles of rotation of the cement blocks were constrained to 21values. wooden formats were given by the architect to educate the manufacturershow to distribute the pieces to the right position. figure 7. digital grotesque structure with a perplexing level of detail the potentials of additive manufacturing in architecture are huge. architectural details can achieve the limit of human recognition. there is no cost for multifaceted nature : printing this exceptionally grotto costs the same as printing a primitive cube. nor is there a cost for customization: creating very individual components costs close to printing a standardized series. ornament and formal expression thus cease to be a luxury. what would we be able to do with this recently discovered opportunity? 4.2.1. design by algorithm the single subdivision process produces shapes that contain data at various scales. the nearer one gets to the shape, the more highlights one finds. such a progressive separation can likewise be found in exemplary classic architecture design. however dissimilar to customary architectural design forms, here a solitary procedure is utilized both to shape the general frame, and to make the moment surface subtle elements” details”. this articulation can be utilized to make lineaments that surpass the limit of human haptic or visual observation that would be altogether un-drawable utilizing conventional means (fig 14). pg. 271 mohammad / the academic research community publication 4.2.2. fabrication the use of 3d printing innovation in architecture has up to now been constrained to prototyping or delivering little scale models. material expenses are high, machines have constrained to scales, what’s more, the larger part of materials are not sufficiently solid to satisfy development necessities. sand-printing innovation has as of late developed as an added substance producing strategy (additive manufacturing) that defeats these confinements (fig10). this innovation is right now utilized fundamentally to make casting forms in for industrial modern applications. however, it has remarkable highlights that make it reasonable to make architecture compositional parts. in particular, it permits the fabrication extensive scale components. (at present up to 8 cubic meters in estimate). with high resolution and exactness at an aggressive, competitive cost and in brief time frame. the printed sandstone components can be completely self-supporting and can be collected as a strong construction (fig 11). natural sandstone has been utilized as building material since prehistoric times. church buildings, cathedrals, figure 8. isometric view to the whole mass. figure 9. isometricassembly detail of the mass pg. 272 mohammad / the academic research community publication figure 10. thegiant 3d printer figure 11. assemblyin the real life. figure 12. thefinishing coat. figure 13. theexcessive sands while printing process pg. 273 mohammad / the academic research community publication sanctuaries and other fancy ornamental structures were frequently built with sandstone, as it is a moderately delicate material that is anything but difficult to work while as yet having basic protection and resistance. 3d printed sandstone has fundamentally the same as properties once it is post-prepared. with a specific end goal to additionally solidify the smaller scale “micro-detailing of the grotto” (local parts are thinner than 2mm) and to increase the structural stability, the printed sandstone is infiltrated with resin (fig 12). figure 14. the intricate grotesque after finishing and it shows a new phase in additive manufacture and its impact on architecture leading to generate classic forms though the processing phase was computationally done 5. informed robotic materials moreover, traditional materials like bricks and clay are now widely used by informed robotic system. clay are now using in 3d printing with an advancement in printing large scale constructions on site, and undoubtedly with a robotic technology (cable robots and drones) robots driven by cables (xxiv) figure 15. robotos driven by cables & drones have helped in 3d printing using clay in printing large scale construction 6. experimental design. ”by author”: suggested sustainable material like palm leaves mat, come in sheets (4*2.5m2 ) allows transmitting light due to the weaving ability to the material nature.could be fixed by to work as screening sustainable system on windows or shading vertical devices (fig 16).i used laser cut to perforate suggested design based on a grasshopper definition depends on curve attractor. the shading device could be double layer, creating overlapped design and different alternatives.(fig 17) pg. 274 mohammad / the academic research community publication figure 16. palm leaves mat before and after laser cut and how it helped to change the users perception to the material. 7. conclusion – materials ‘behaviour have been totally altered due it the way of processing and the paradigm shift in computational technology, parametric tools restore the design scene and the final output, reforming endless choices and generate unimaginable ideas. – experimentation with the shape of perforation and how each can be used to represent the dynamics of space, as well as what light and shadow effects are created as light source distorts the projection of the shape – the perforation pattern in the screen system could be based on daylight simulation according to using simulation software like diva for rhino & grasshopper and that’s for how using it in the applicable part of the study. figure 17. double layer, creating overlapped design and different alternatives pg. 275 mohammad / the academic research community publication 8. recommendations sustainability could be enhanced by conducting an investigation and experiment a research for new biodegradable materials depend on a developed 3d printing filament, extracted from palm leaves or palm midribs, referring to a new research from chalmers university of technology in sweden on liquefied wood , which it can be applied and developed to recycle existed palm tree’s waste which is easily obtainable in the arab region. the 3d printing could be used in preservations, and restoration of the old sites, and here it with the supposed new material, we can investigate the adaptability with the building special condition . that’s all will lead to energy and money save by making the best of what we already have mixed with the new innovative technology and cutting edge design tools. 9. references 1. i castle .helen, material synthesis, fusing the physical and the computational. september/october 2015. profile no 237.p:5 2. ii beorkrem .christopher , material strategies in digital fabrication, 2013 by routledge.p:8 3. iii menges. achim, material synthesis, fusing the physical and the computational. september/october 2015. profile no 237.p:9 4. iv http://www.wired.co.uk/article/mit-mask-maker 5. v bloszies ,charles, old buildings, new designs. architectural transformation, 2012, princeton architectural press, 1st edn ,p:41, downloaded from: https://issuu.com/vladimirchuzhinov/docs/oldbuildings. 6. vi text from ibid.p:41.photos;left; http://matthewwilliamsellis.photoshelter.com/image/i0000cuog rii0ei middle: https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/file:2781 siracusa duomo navata centrale foto giovanni dall%27orto 22-may-2008.jpg right: http://www.paradoxplace.com/perspectives/sicily%20&%20s%20italy/montages/sicily/siracusa/s iracusa%20or tigia.htm 7. vii menges. achim, material synthesis, fusing the physical and the computational. september/october 2015. profile no 237.p:13. 8. viii hygroscopy is the phenomenon of attracting and holding water molecules from the surrounding, usually at normal or room temperature, environment. this is achieved through either absorption or adsorption with the absorbing or adsorbing substance becoming physically changed somewhat. this could be by an increase in volume, boiling point, viscosity or other physical characteristic and properties of the substance, as water molecules can become suspended between the substance’s molecules in the process 9. ix ibid p:68 10. x ibid p:68 11. xi louis isadore kahn: from 1957 until his death, he was a professor of architecture at the school of design at the university of pennsylvania. kahn created a style that was monumental and monolithic; his heavy buildings for the most part do not hide their weight, their materials, or the way they are assembled. louis kahn’s works are considered as monumental beyond modernism. famous for his meticulously built works, his provocative proposals that remained inbuilt, and his teaching, kahn was one of the most influential architects of the twentieth century. he was awarded the aia gold medal and the riba gold medal. at the time of his death he was considered by some as ”america’s foremost living architect.” https://en.wikipedia. org/wiki/louis kahn pg. 276 mohammad / the academic research community publication 12. xii https://www.facebook.com/vanibahl/posts/10154282889178573 13. xiiiyuan,philip.,parametricism 2.0 . rethinking architecture’s agenda for the 21st century, architectural design, march/april 2016, profile no. 240,p:93. 14. xiv schumacher, patrik, the autopoiesis of architecture, vol i: a new framework of architecture, john wiley & sons (chichester), 2011, pp 5–8. 15. xv sheil .bob, and glynn. ruairi, fabricate: making digital architecture, riverside architectural press (toronto), 2012, pp 30–35 16. xvi hensel .michael, sunguroglu. defne, and menges. achim, ‘material performance’, versatility and vicissitude: performance in morpho-ecological design, march/april (no 2), 2008, pp 34–41 17. xvii philip yuan: is associate professor at the architecture and planning institute of tongji university, shanghai, director of archi-union architects, and a member of the shanghai urban & planning consultant community. 18. xviii picon .antoine, digital culture in architecture, birkhäuser (basel), 2010, pp 30–35. 19. xixyuan,philip.,parametricism 2.0 . rethinking architecture’s agenda for the 21st century, architectural design, march/april 2016, profile no. 240,p:94. 20. xx michael hansmeyer is a post-modern architect who utilizes algorithmic architecture techniques, generative art mentalities, and cad software to generate complex structures. he is currently based in the caad group at eth’s architecture department in zurich. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/michael hansmeyer 21. xxi http://www.michael-hansmeyer.com/projects/digital grotesque info.html?screensize=1&color=1 22. xxii ibid 23. xxiii ibid 24. xxiv http://www.iaacblog.com/life/iaac-shows-the-potentials-of-3d-printed-buildings-at-barcelona-building construmat/ 25. xxv ibid pg. 277 introduction background and motivation history synthesis driving force for technical innovation material synthesis material strategy in preservation terms: relevant precedents parametric regionalism tools of imagination (michael hansmeyer projects – the grotto). design by algorithm fabrication informed robotic materials experimental design. "by author": conclusion recommendations references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.387 energy efficient smart wireless sensor network for border monitoring islam w. mahdy1, mohamed m. elkhatib2, mohamed a. refky3 1cairo university 2military technical college 3cairo university, egypt. abstract the main concern of wireless sensor network is the flexibility and the power to execute different control tasks. this paper presents low power flexible controller for an intrusion detection using power gating technique to reduce the static power loss and fuzzy logic controller, the input signals are proceeded from a pir, an acoustic and magnetic sensors, the output is presented as an alarm to define the kind of the intrusion. the system behavior is simulated using matalb-simulink. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords wireless sensor network; intrusion detection; fuzzy logic. 1. introduction wireless sensor network (wsn) is a powerful tool to fill the gap between the physical (pressure, temperature, humidity) and digital worlds[1], as it can gathers information from physical environment such as temperature, pressure, noise even image and communicate these information to logical devices. wsn is considered very essential in several aspects such as medical and military applications especially in border monitoring. in border monitoring[2], the role of wsn focuses on gathering information from several types of sensors such as seismic, camera, pir, magnetic, and motion detectors and then processing these data through programs to give the suitable alarm for each case. wsn has the advantage of low cost and low power, wsn consists of hundreds or may be thousands of wireless sensor nodes, which are distributed in an extended geographical area, so it is hard or impossible to replace or refill the battery of the node, so the effective solution is to equip each node with at least one energy harvesting system and let these nodes to be totally powered from this energy harvesting system, and we have to reduce the power consumption of the node through low power sensor based architecture and reducing the monitoring requirements or monitoring cycle. in this chapter three sensors pir, acoustic, and magnetic sensors are implemented in one node, the consumed power can be reduced by controlling the monitoring cycle that does not make sensors on all the time, and by pg. 387 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mahdy / the academic research community publication using the power gating technique, the data of the three sensors are then processed to the fuzzy logic system to give the suitable warning alarm and decision. 2. the main idea of the proposed system the main idea of the proposed system as shown in figure (1) is based on controlling three different kinds of sensors, pir sensor which is the primary sensor of the system, acoustic sensor, and magnetic sensors using two techniques the monitoring cycle, and the power gating technique every fifty seconds the system deactivates the power gating of the pir sensor and connects it to the energy harvesting source, the pir sensor is on for ten seconds, if the output of the pir sensor is less than vth then pir sensor goes off again for a new monitoring cycle, and if the output of the pir sensor is greater than vth the sensor remains on and the system deactivates the power gating of the other two sensors (acoustic and magnetic) and the output of the three sensors are then connected to the fuzzy system controller, which gives the suitable action for the corresponding output, the system then is being reset by the operator and the cycle is repeated. the main idea of the power gating technique[3] is to prevent the leakage current of the inactive blocks, which is achieved either by cutting the ground connection by nmos transistor or cutting the supply connection by pmos transistor. in this module we are using pmos transistor to isolate inactive parts of the module and ensure that no leakage current from these parts. figure 1. the algorithm of the system. pg. 388 mahdy / the academic research community publication the proposed system simulation using matlab/simulink the matlab/simulink of the proposed system is shown in figure (2) figure 2. the proposed system simulation in matlab simulink. every fifty seconds the pir sensor is on by deactivating the pwr 1, and in case of the output of the pir sensor is less than the vth the pir sensor is on for 10 seconds. the acoustic and the magnetic sensors are remaining off; in this case the total power saved are about 83% compared to the case of remaining the pir sensor on all the time. figure (3) represents the output of scope 1 which represents the duty cycle and the outputs of pir, acoustic, and magnetic sensors respectively in case of the output of pir sensor is less than vth. figure 3. scope1 (duty cycle and the output of pir,acoustic, and magnetic sensors). in case of the output of the pir sensor is greater than the vth, the pir sensor remains on by the switch shown in figure(2), the switches pwr2 and pwr3 of the acoustic and magnetic sensors are then deactivated. figure (4) represents the output of scope 1 which represents the duty cycle and the output of pir, acoustic, and magnetic sensors respectively in case of the output of pir sensor is greater than vth. pg. 389 mahdy / the academic research community publication figure 4. scope1 (duty cycle and the output of pir,acoustic, and magnetic sensors). in this case the pir sensor is on all the time and the outputs of the 3 sensors are then passed to the fuzzy logic controller system. 3. the fuzzy system controller fuzzy logic is usually useful in linearity and time invariance[4], the control of fuzzy system is basically depends on the human knowledge and experience about the system. fuzzy logic system consists of 3 main parts:fuzzification[5]: converts crisp inputs to corresponding linguistic values. rule base[6]: consists of a group of if – then rules which are based on the knowledge. the if part is called conditions, and the then part is called conclusion. defuzzication[7]: when all conditions of the rule base are activated and evaluated, then they are combined into one output signal. in the proposed system the mamdani[8] type fuzzy system with three inputs and four outputs are used. the three inputs are representing the outputs of the three sensors, and combined together with and method. the outputs are calculated with centroid method, as shown in figure (5) figure 5. three inputs and four outputs the fuzzy system controller. pg. 390 mahdy / the academic research community publication every sensor has three symmetric membership functions, figures (6), (7), and (8) represents the value of the output voltage of each sensor in the x axis, and the y axis which represents the membership function degree of each input which varies from (0 to 1). the first and last membership function is trapezoidal and the middle one is triangle, the choice of the membership function depends on application or controlling system, trapezoidal and triangle membership functions are simple and more flexible, and need a small amount of data to define the membership functions. figure 6. pir membership function pg. 391 mahdy / the academic research community publication figure 7. acoustic membership function figure 8. magnetic membership function pg. 392 mahdy / the academic research community publication the following table represents the description of the membership functions of each input. table 1. descriptionof the membership functions of each input. input name values left center right pir sensor low 0(trap) 1.25 2.5 medium 1.25 2.5 3.75 high 2.5 3.75 5.5(trap) acoustic sensor low 0(trap) 1.25 2.5 medium 1.25 2.5 3.75 high 2.5 3.75 5.5(trap) magnetic sensor low 0(trap) 1.25 2.5 medium 1.25 2.5 3.75 high 2.5 3.75 5.5(trap) the output of the fuzzy system consists of four alarms (no danger, animal, human, and vehicle). each output consists of three symmetric membership functions (low, medium, high) as shown in figure (5), the defuzzication method is centroid method because it gives an accurate result based on the weighted values of several membership functions[9]. the following table represents the description of the membership functions of each output. table 2. description of the membership functions of each output. output name values left center right no danger low 0(trap) 25 50 medium 25 50 75 high 50 75 100(trap) animal low 0(trap) 25 50 medium 25 50 75 high 50 75 100(trap) human low 0(trap) 25 50 medium 25 50 75 high 50 75 100(trap) vehicle low 0(trap) 25 50 medium 25 50 75 high 50 75 100(trap) the rule base of the system which depends on the human experience and knowledge consists of 27 if-then rules, which represent all possible inputs of the three sensors and combined together with and method, as shown in figure(9). figure(10) represents the rule view of input and the calculated outputs according to the inputs, for example when the inputs of the three sensors are 2.5v for pir sensor, 1.5v for acoustic sensor, and 1.5v for magnetic sensors the outputs will be 11.5 for no danger, 48.5 for animals, 30 for human, and 30 for vehicle. pg. 393 mahdy / the academic research community publication figure 9. rule editor of input/ output membership functions. figure 10. theinputs and the corresponding outputs pg. 394 mahdy / the academic research community publication in the matlab/simulink of the proposed system as shown in figure (2), scope (2) represents the values of the outputs after proposed in fuzzy logic system. for the input value of pir sensor equal to 5 volt the sensor remains on and activates acoustic and mag. sensors, for the outputs of the sensors equal to (5,5,5) volt respectively the output as shown in figure (11) will be 19.2% for no danger, 50%for animal, 80.8% for human, and 80.8% for vehicle, therefor the final result in this case will be for vehicle intrusion. figure 11. the corresponding outputs of the three inputs(5, 5, and 5) and for the input value of pir sensor equal to 3.5 volt the sensor remains on and activates acoustic and mag. sensors, for the outputs of the sensors equal to (3.5, 2.5 and 1.5) volt respectively the output as shown in figure (12) will be 20.2% for no danger, 56.9% for animal, 74.5% for human, and 43.1%for vehicle, therefor the final result in this case will be for human intrusion. figure 12. the corresponding outputs of the three inputs(3.5, 2.5 and 1.5) and for the input value of pir sensor equal to 2 volt the sensor will be on for 10 seconds and then goes off, the acoustic and mag. sensors will remain off and the output as shown in figure (13) will be 62.9% for no danger, pg. 395 mahdy / the academic research community publication 55.4% for animal, 37.1% for human, and 21.2% for vehicle, therefor the final result in this case will be for no danger or for animal intrusion. figure 13. the corresponding outputs of the three inputs (2, 0, and 0) 4. conclusion saving power is an important goal for wireless sensor network which can be achieved by reducing the monitoring cycle of the system; power gating is one of the most efficient methods to reduce the static and dynamic energy loss. fuzzy logic control is a good solution for non-linear and complicated design that provides robust and reliable control. fuzzy logic control resembles human decisions and has the ability to generate precise solutions from the gathered information. this system can save power by 83% compared to the systems that make sensors on all the time. 5. references 1. molina-pico, cuesta-frau, d. araujo, and a. alejandre, ” forest monitoring and wildland early fire detection by a hierarchical wireless sensor network,” j. sens. 2016, 2016. 2. m. hammoudeh, f. al-fayez, h. lloyd, r. newman, and a. bounceur, ”a wireless sensor network border monitoring system: deployment issues and routing protocols,” ieee sensors, vol. 14, no. 8, october 2016. 3. v. c. kalal, r. k, and v. pawar, ”novel low power logic gates using sleepy techniques” international journal of advanced research in electrical,” electronics and instrumentation engineering, vol. vol. 4, issue 1, january 2015. 4. n. sadati and r. ghadami, ”adaptive fuzzy sliding mode control using multiple models approach,” ieee international conference on engineering of intelligent systems, islamabad,2006 pg. 396 mahdy / the academic research community publication 5. t. ross, ”fuzzy logic with engineering applications,” mcgraw-hill, u.s.a., 1995. 6. r.r yager and d. p.filev, ”essentials of fuzzy modeling and control,” john wiley & sons, 1994. 7. m.sugeno and g.t.kang, ”structure identification of fuzzy model,” fuzzy sets and systems, vol. 28, pp. 15-33, 1988. 8. e. h. mamdani and s.assilian, ”application of fuzzy algorithms for control of simple dynamic planet,” proceeding of.ieee, vol. 12, pp. 1585-1588, 1974. 9. w. pedrycz, ”fuzzy control and fuzzy systems, second edition,” john wiley and sons, new york,, 1993 pg. 397 introduction the main idea of the proposed system the fuzzy system controller conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication the challenge of greening the existing residential buildings in the egyptian market base case amr soliman elgohary1, shereen omar khashaba2 1lecturer at modern academy for engineering and technology, cairo, egypt. 2assistant lecturer at the canadian international college, cairo, egypt. abstract existing buildings are the massive percentage of the building stock, and therefore, are the key to improving efficiency; buildings account for an enormous share of the climate change crisis, and approximately 40% of the world total energy consumption (mcarthur & jofeh, 2015). the egyptian stock of buildings includes about 12 million buildings. 60% of these buildings are residential. the final electricity consumption of the residential buildings in 2010 was 51370 gwh and increased in 2014 to reach 62441 gwh. thus the share of total energy consumption was 18.8% in 2010 and increased to reach 21.55% in 2014 (”technology roadmap energy efficient building envelopes.”, 2013). therefore, the residential sector plays an important role in the mitigation of energy consumption crisis, which is expected to increase. the research field and initiatives in egypt on the green buildings and green buildings retrofits are rare and, if existing, are weakly applied. unlike in developed countries, there is a large research on building retrofits, e.g., the residential property assessed clean energy (r-pace) program and the weatherization assistance program (wap) of the department of energy (doe). both are examples of the incentives to green building initiatives globally. this paper discusses the challenge of greening the existing residential buildings in egypt by demonstrating an analysis of the motives and the barriers to applying green measures in the egyptian market. the research methodology comprises the analytical-comparative method. in the analytical part; the paper identifies the current situation of the residential sector energy consumption in egypt, and the benefits of greening existing buildings for tenants, investors, and owners. in the comparative part, the current situation of egypt’s green market business case is compared with the international one, discussing the challenge of greening the residential buildings. the paper summarizes the opportunities to improve the building energy efficiency, incentives, and policies that are developed to address significant financial and technical awareness to building efficiency. these policies will help enable critical market actors to make decisions to promote energy efficiency in existing buildings. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords existing buildings; residential buildings retrofits; egypt green market; green building barriers; green building motives pg. 136 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.355 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ elgohary / the academic research community publication 1. introduction the current rate of new buildings is considered low compared to the already existing which represent the majority of the building stock, buildings are responsible for a major share of the climate change crisis, and approximately 40% of the world total energy consumption (mcarthur & jofeh, 2015). reducing energy consumption through retrofitting building is considered a low cost method to increase the efficiency of existing buildings. sustainable new construction, no matter how energy efficient can’t by itself changes the environmental impact of the current built environment. thus, the building sector has a basic role in climate change impact reduction efforts and in energy consumption conservation; green building measures can reduce the costs of energy consumption by 30 %, carbon emissions by 35%, water use by 30% to 50%, and reduce waste costs by 50% to 90% (birk, 2007). the real challenge of greening the existing buildings is to reach the desired achievement while still respect budgets, in addition to handling occupant resistance to the change. in egypt, the residential consumption has increased compared to other sectors due to the urban expansion of residential buildings, the excessive use of air conditions in summer, and the use of domestic electrical appliances that is not energy efficient. the overwhelming consumption percentage lies in the existing residential sector, as a result it has the biggest share in energy reduction opportunities, see figure 1. accordingly, motives aroused in the building construction sector to limit the increasing energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions. figure 1. electricity use by sector in the egyptian market 2015-2016 (“egyptian electricity holding company annual reports.”). the main challenge in retrofitting existing buildings lies in identifying the barriers and obstacles that stands in the way of retrofits, and overcome these barriers through attempts and policies that act as incentives to greening the existing buildings. it also lies in identifying the motives to greening the existing buildings to owners, investors, stakeholders and contractors. 2. motives to greening the existing residential bmuildings in the developing countries like the case of egypt, increased energy cost lately is a major driver to green buildings, especially in the last 10 years. less emphasis on government regulation indicate the maturity of market, as outside incentives become less important than benefits to the building owner. the building and construction industry (bci) australia survey for the green building market report in 2014 found that the main motives to the involvement in green buildings differs from the building owner, contractor or subcontractor as shown in figure 2. these motives can be classified into economic, environmental, cultural/social, and political motives. pg. 137 elgohary / the academic research community publication figure 2. motivesto involvement in green buildings’ market according to (bci) survey. (asia,2014) 2.1. economic motives energy price is of medium concern in the short and medium term. energy costs are the least controllable; thus rising in energy price is a main economic motive to examine energy efficient buildings more closely. utility charges are among the top operating costs for buildings, and previous research shows that the energy savings for the green buildings’ construction average 30% more than the normal buildings’ construction, this is confirmed by a report from mcgrawhill, which finds overall operating costs of the green building construction to be lower by 8-9% (yudelson, 2010). attractive return on investment (roi) is certainly important; a number of case studies of leed-eb (leed for existing buildings – operation and maintenance) projects indicate that the “payback” on incremental investment can be as low as two years (kats & alevantis, 2003). as for the future competitiveness, the removal of subsidies on electricity services in egypt makes many building owners believe there will be less competitive in future years without a certified or a green building. figure 3. left: average residential sector electricity prices in 2012 and projection to 2040 in united states of america (cents per kilowatthour). (“aeo2014 results and status updates for the aeo2015,” 2014). right: energy prices rise (tarrifs piaster/kwh) residential sector in egypt according to 2005-2006 and 2016-2017 annual reports (“egyptian electricity holding company annual reports”). 2.2. environmental motives one of the most important tasks is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions as a quick action for tackling climate change. studies performed by the intergovernmental panel on climate change (ipcc), in co-operation with other international firms show that improving the buildings’ performance is one of the cheapest ways to reduce greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions, and results in a net economic benefit (”opportunities and challenges commission for environmental cooperation”, 2008). another study performed by the international energy agency (iea) shows that improving the building performance through energy efficiency measures may lead to reduction in carbon-dioxide emission up to twothirds of the needed reduction globally (langdon, 2007). pg. 138 elgohary / the academic research community publication figure 4. effect of going green on co2 emissions, occupancy rates, and construction costs (langdon, 2007). 2.3. cultural/social motives due to the growth in public awareness of climate change and the need to reduce ghg emissions, there is a rapid level of acceptance of green building practices, there is an increase in the numbers of buildings that registered green building rating systems such as leed; the amount of leed-certified buildings increased by one billion square feet in 2010, up to eight billion, which indicated a rate of growth by 14% , especially for the leed certified existing buildings, according to the u.s. green building council (usgbc), the area of leed-certified existing buildings is more than the area of the leed-certified new construction by 15 million square feet as cumulative (katz & manager, 2011). figure 5 in egypt, there are 15 buildings that acquired leed certifications since (2007-2016) excluding leed-ebom, and 26 buildings registered to different programs, including one building registered for leed v4 o+m eb in new cairo (“green building information gateway.”). figure 5. growth in leed forexisting buildings: operations & maintenance certified space (yudelson, 2016). 2.4. political motives government regulations have an enormous effect in the construction market. regulations are generally created to organize how to save or reduce costs of energy and water, and help improve man’s living conditions through government supported research, development, educational programs, and tax shifting. many governments have pg. 139 elgohary / the academic research community publication developed legislations to limit environmental impacts of buildings. the use of local codes and legislation programs helped to accelerate the application of green practices in the construction market. table 1 summarizes the motives to greening existing buildings from the economic, environmental, cultural/social, and political/governmental aspects according to the international and local market. table 1. motives to greening existing buildings. international motives local motives economic motive commentary motive commentary attractive return on investment (roi) many energy retrofits and leedeb certifications are showing high rates of roi for owners. achieve an increased building value increased marketability. achieve higher sale value attractive roi efficient buildings are considered high quality buildings that achieve an increased value responsible property investing investors and owners committed to corporate social responsibility (csr) are asking for certified green buildings, or applying green strategies and measures achieve higher sale value increased building value achieve higher prices and higher sale/resale value. future competitiveness owners with a longer term perspective are concerned that their properties’ attractiveness might diminish concern about energy prices the energy prices in egypt are increasing and subsidies will be removed in the upcoming years. achieve lower running/operational costs. concern about energy prices and future volatility energy is the largest cost of building operations in addition to that it is the least controllable. environmental tackling climate change reducing greenhouse gas emissions from buildings, and resource conservation. provide a healthier indoor environment higher quality building provide a healthier environment and better quality of life. providing a cleaner and healthier work environment through applying green techniques seeking a better quality of life. cultural/social tenant demand, and stakeholder pressure investors, tenants, and communities want green buildings — — continued on next page pg. 140 elgohary / the academic research community publication table 1 continued corporate sustainability building owners see investing in sustainable measures is an important way to occupy a leadership position occupy a leading position in a new domain concerning retrofits and energy efficiency contractors seek new domains and techniques to assure competitiveness. increase of awareness towards the environment and the climate change; thus seeking solution through green buildings increase of awareness towards energy efficiency and energy use reduction political/ governmental mandatory regulations, and introduction of new green codes and standards politicians worldwide seek strategies to encourage greater energy efficiency and more efficient resource utilization through political measures such as subsidies and tax cuts for renewable energies. increased energy independence will lead to increased national security win more government tenders. economic motive in addition to the political and governmental legislations will help application of energy efficiency retrofit measures to grow in a rapid way mandatory programs new standards and codes if existed do not encourage green retrofits for existing buildings. new standardizations are introduced to some electrical domestic devices that assures efficient energy use. 2.5. the market business case benefits of greening existing residential buildings retrofits of a building has many benefits to the owner, tenants, investors and contractors. a significant energy and water consumption reduction, as well as the increase the productivity of occupants, in addition to the reduction in the amount of negative impacts of buildings on occupants as a result of enhancing the building’s indoor environment quality. table 2 explains the benefits of green retrofits. 2.5.1. benefits directly to the building owner increased economic and financial benefits are the main drivers to change. the most significant benefits to the building owner are classified into two main categories. first, increased income through higher rental rates, higher occupancy growth, and higher rental growth. second is lower costs through lower operating cost in the reduction of energy and water use; direct costs are represented in energy and water consumption, security, cleaning, repairs and maintenance. however, this cost category also includes indirect costs such as property taxes, insurance. owners of green projects reported that; for new constructions, the operating costs was reduced by 13.6%, and for existing constructions, a reduction by 8.5% has been achieved. (“green trends driving growth green outlook 2011”, 2011). see figure 6. in addition, green buildings offer a healthier living environment; increased air ventilation, improved day light space, and low toxicity finishes, as well as the lower operation costs. this makes green buildings more appealing pg. 141 elgohary / the academic research community publication to the public. as a result, it is faster to sell and lease compared to conventional buildings in the same area. figure 6. owner’s green building benefit. 2.5.2. benefits directly to the tenants tenants are placing a higher value on the intangible benefits, which include higher personal productivity, and better indoor environmental quality, in addition the tangible benefits represented in lower operational costs. 2.5.3. benefits directly to the investors green buildings create more desirable living conditions, offer a suitable return on investment. the following opportunities have been identified for investors: capital cost savings: optimization of the building systems can lead to savings in capital cost. for example, using a downsized hvac systems through energy efficient design. enhanced building value: green buildings have an increased ability to rent and sell space based on their enhanced indoor environment quality, lower operating costs and enhanced marketability. for new construction, value increases 10.9%, as for existing buildings the value increases 6.8% (“green trends driving growth green outlook 2011”, 2011). 2.5.4. benefits directly to the contractors contractors involving in the green market will have a unique reputational position based on retrofitting existing buildings, this will increase the market demand for that certain contractor. pg. 142 elgohary / the academic research community publication table 2. benefits of green retrofits. business case benefits of green retrofits tenants potential for reduction in operational costs good indoor environment as a result an increased productivity. improved comfort enhances sustainability goals reputational image owners reduction in operating costs improved efficiency results a longer equipment life due to “right-sizing” .(less need for refurbishment) higher rents greater occupancy lower tenant turnover enhanced marketability investors improved long-term value through reduced performance risk higher resale value contractors/ -reputational position for contractors subcontractors -opportunity to be recognized as the energy efficiency expert in your local community. 3. barriers to greening existing residential buildings green buildings have many benefits to the owners, tenants, investors and contractors. governments and the public realize these benefits as well as the urgent need for more sustainable-conscious building practices. but it isn’t the mainstream due to some barriers. these barriers reduce the growth rate of green building renovations and make them more costly as follows: 3.1. high initial cost the green building construction costs are basically less if performed during the initial design stages, but green retrofits that has to be integrated to an already existing building may have higher costs. in addition, costs of green building technologies, and materials are high and require long payback periods, so traditional applications replace green practices. 3.2. lack of awareness lack of awareness of the benefits that green buildings provide was an important obstacle that discourages green construction. this shows the need for education about both the financial and non-financial benefits of green construction. the regulations and codes of building design are complex and difficult to understand, clients are not able to comply with it. 3.3. split benefits the individual who pays the bill is not always the same who benefits. as a result, the investor may lose his interest in paying for green practices when the tenant or the owner gets all the benefits. on the other hand, tenants may not be willing to pay for retrofits in a resident that is not their own. pg. 143 elgohary / the academic research community publication 3.4. risk and uncertainty the developer may concern about the reliability of green building practices, uncertainty over the costs of developing a green building, over the economic benefits of greening existing buildings, building performance over time, and worry about the payback period. 3.5. lack of experienced workforce in-experienced workforce may increase the risk of inexperienced service providers. lack of applications of green retrofits in projects leads to low practices and may lead to low quality retrofits integration as well. 3.6. lack of product information information available on green building systems, products and their application is not widely spread and need a big research support consuming time and effort. the lack of these information may cause developer to depend on specialized consultant, or use the conventional building products. 3.7. availability of products or technologies some products with special technologies and specifications may not be available to be installed in the desired buildings, in accordance traditional products are installed in projects. imported products and materials require additional prime cost and time. 3.8. lack of coordination in government policies affecting buildings building codes may unintentionally require application of environmentally harmful features, or may ban the use of materials that are not widely used. 3.9. lack of research investments in egypt, there is not a reliable source of information to know the real amount funding for green building practices, and if it existed or not. in the united states, a study shows that from 2002 until 2005, the funding for green construction research reached $193 million a year, which represents only 0.02 % of the estimated annual funding of building construction research budget (baum, 2007). 3.10. organizational dynamics in a multitenant building, it takes participation from nearly all the tenants to achieve a green certification (for example leed-ebom), and that can be very difficult to achieve. even in a single tenant building; getting everyone to provide data, and cooperate during the performance period for the project can often be quite difficult. barriers can be overcome by means of some of the motives either environmental, cultural, economic, or governmental, table 3 summarizes the barriers classified into economic, technical, cultural, and governmental. table 3. barriers to greening existing buildings. barriers to greening existing buildings commentary international barriers local barriers continued on next page pg. 144 elgohary / the academic research community publication table 3 continued economic/financial financial consideration of green buildings some lack of funding or financing difficulties high cost of green systems, materials, and technologies the investor may lose his interest in paying for green practices when the tenant or the owner gets all the benefits relatively low energy prices despite the increase in tariffs. lack of funding or financing difficulties high cost of green systems, materials, and technologies long payback periods the investor have no interest in paying for green practices tenants not willing to pay for retrofits in rented residents. lack of research investments lack of funding programs concerning retrofits in buildings technical technical issues concerning systems, implementation, and maintenance lack of experienced workers risk and uncertainty lack of products information unavailability of green technologies as the majority are imported periodical maintenance is sometimes ignored in projects. lack of experienced workers lack of product information risk and uncertainty cultural/social the country’s culture affects its market and thus accepts certain products and rejects others client knowledge barrier to codes and regulations organizational dynamicslack of collaboration lack of environmental concern and awareness resistance to change lack of awareness of the benefits of green building. client knowledge barrier to codes and regulations organizational dynamicslack of collaboration intangible benefits affects tenants willing to apply retrofits political/ governmental governments play very significant roles in the upgrading /downgrading of green buildings -lack of coordination in government policies affecting buildings lack of coordination in government policies affecting buildings lack of a government policy framework for energy efficiency the absence of an enforcement of regulations corruption and other problems the supervision and monitoring systems are weak the lack of appropriate incentive programs for green buildings systems and technologies pg. 145 elgohary / the academic research community publication 4. procedures and programs/policies to encourage green practices regulations, codes, standards, obligations, certifications, and incentives are considered a main motive to reach the goals for the greenhouse gases reduction. today, the majority of the energy regulations hardly focus on energy efficiency aspects that can achieve low operating costs and short payback periods. these are some of the procedures to encourage green practices shown in (figure 7). figure 7. incentives and procedures to encourage green practices 4.1. financial incentives financial incentive programs are the main motive that encourage stakeholders in the market to apply green practices. the incentives for the implementation of energy efficiency and retrofit measures is based on amount of electricity/water saved. financial incentives may include low interest/long term financing. locally, the introduction of these programs is still ignored and not applied. however, many programs are being applied globally, there are wide financing for energy efficient retrofits options, some of them are: -specialty home energy loans: in u.s.a, programs offer loans at low interest rates to energy efficiency products locally available. power saver loan: a program designed for energy retrofits up to $25,000 with terms up 15 to 20 years. (“energy incentive programs, california — department of energy,” 2015) the kfw bank program: since 2011, in germany, the kfw bank offer loans of 2.9 billion euros for the retrofit of existing residential building, as a result, investments reached 3.9 billion euros (georg, 2011). the return on investment for each one euro was 3 euros received by the german federal government. this programs affected the labor market, as the sales due to the increased demand for retrofit products increased, and increased the employment opportunities. 4.2. tax credit incentives the energy efficient building tax deduction has proved its efficiency to encourage the application of green retrofits. it is widely spread in germany, usa, italy (neuhoff, stelmakh, amecke, novikova, deason, hobbs, & initiative, 2012), and others. but locally it has not been applied yet to any building types. the following are examples of tax credit programs: tax incentives program: italy offers tax credits to houses for installing single retrofit measures, for example: heat insulation in walls, roofs, basements, and windows. tax credits may cover 55% of the energy cost with a limit to the maximum value according to a specified criteria (neuhoff, stelmakh, amecke, novikova, deason, hobbs, & initiative, 2012). residential property assessed clean energy (r-pace) program: building owners can be funded when applying energy efficiency, renewable energy production, and water conservation practices, by means of assessment collected with the property taxes based on the (r-pace) program structure. pg. 146 elgohary / the academic research community publication the energy investment tax credit (itc) program: a 10% tax credits is provided for retrofits in the building envelop, a 30% tax credit is provided for the application of a residential solar systems, or a small wind turbine. the owner can request the tax credits to be added to his personal income taxes. owners have 4.3. develop legislations/programs, standards and building codes the effectiveness building energy legislations varies from country to another. in the developing countries, energy standards are often less effective than expected, mainly due to some difficulties in enforcement to apply these legislation, difficulties in compliance, or due to corruption and other issues. and the monitoring of the implementation of these legislations is poorly documented. the following represent some examples globally and locally. globally: the department of energy’s (doe) weatherization assistance program (wap): the program offers free installation of energy efficiency practices, for houses that meet specified income rate criteria that are approved by (doe) home energy labeling programs: the home performance is assessed using an assessment tool that scores the performance from 1-10 points, (10) is the best score of energy efficiency according to (doe) program. locally: develop an energy specification standards for electrical appliances: home appliances such as electric fans and televisions have new standards for energy efficiency and a monitoring system (“egyptian electricity holding company annual reports.”). egyptian green building council: the egypt green building council has been established in 2009, it developed the green pyramid rating system (gprs). the first edition was published in december 2010 (bassili & emeritus, 2013). the initial response by the construction industry to establishing a rating system was positive for several reasons including the development of logical and incentive system that would encourage compliance and reward efficiency. but unfortunately, no buildings were awarded the gprs, and no buildings are willing to register, instead leed certification is the proper option for buildings that desire green permits. the energy efficiency improvement and greenhouse gas reduction project: executed by the egyptian electricity holding company, and the ministry of electricity, supported by the united nations development program in 1999 (akker, 2010). the project’s main objectives is to reduce the long term greenhouse gas emissions, mainly this will be achieved through higher efficiency of equipment. the ministry of housing utilities and urban communities issued a ministerial ruling -482/2005on 20/12/2005 for the enforcement of energy efficiency code for residential buildings (akker, 2010). 4.4. increase the awareness of energy efficiency according to the egyptian ministry of electricity, there are limited initiatives to encourage the efficient use of energy in residential buildings. lighting is the biggest consumer of energy in almost all sectors. therefor the egyptian electricity holding company has cooperated with the “improving energy efficiency of lighting and building appliances” project to encourage the use of efficient lighting products as a prior choice for residential buildings. efficient lighting initiative: in 2015, a contract to supply (sell or deliver) the residential buildings with 13 million led lamps, achieving an energy saving of 1124 million kwh and fuel saving of 276 ktoe/year (“egyptian electricity holding company annual reports.”). spread awareness through brochures, seminars, different events, campaigns and energy efficiency tips, in all governorates digital campaigns through face book, twitter, youtube and ”waty el watt” slogan. pg. 147 elgohary / the academic research community publication 5. the egyptian green market business case the following table explains the residential egyptian green market current situation compared with the global market. table 4. comparative analysis of egypt’s green market business case current situation. commentary egypt worldwide approaches (initiatives) to green buildings and greening (retrofitting) existing buildings) are the actions taken by government or ngos (nongovernmental organizations) to encourage retrofits of buildings and increase awareness establishment of the egyptian green building council. developing the green pyramid rating system (gprs). arising of ngos i.e. egyptian society for energy in buildings & environmental design research (eeer) ibpsa egypt first conference about building simulation contributions to built environment, cairo2013 go green expo on 25-26 may 2013, first green solution exhibition. energy efficiency improvement and greenhouse gas reduction project develop an energy efficient standards for electrical appliances efficient lighting initiative the kfw incentives (germany) federal legislation (usa) united states green building council (introducing leed program) energy investment tax credit (itc) residential pace programs different funding programs there are many other initiatives and programs that are not mentioned. incentives i.e. tax reductions, funding programs, and loan programs to push the establishment of building retrofits. there is no specific incentive program to mention; thus it needs to be established to refresh the green market in egypt federal legislation (usa) incentive schemes for existing buildings in germany. other incentives around the world codes government legislations and specifications building legislations and codes do not encourage people to follow green architecture. actually in some cases, the legislation discourages people to follow any green concepts. if existed; not efficient enough, or not applied at all. -international green construction code (igcc) -ashrae standard for high-performance green building -other codes all over the world. continued on next page pg. 148 elgohary / the academic research community publication table 4 continued awareness the owners, tenants, investors need to know the benefits of green retrofits in buildings. limited awareness programs exist and public respond to it is not enough. most of the efforts focus only on lighting efficiency, ignoring all other opportunities public awareness needs to focus on green building benefits especially economic benefits through: conferences, seminars and workshops at universities. public media regular magazines and newspapers strong awareness of green buildings and green strategies; thus the number of certified green building in increasing every year. green buildings is gaining a strong reputation among owners and investors due to tenant demand tenants and owners want green, environmental responsible buildings green technologies and strategies green technologies applied to conserve energy and water consumption. or generate energy through renewable resources (i.e. solar panels) almost all the new technologies of green buildings are imported at high value (i.e. photovoltaic panels) high initial cost availability problems passive strategies rarely applied in existing buildings annual exhibitions for green technologies and its application, and implementation-training programs for workforce on the new strategies availability of material with certain specification for green building (i.e. leed specifications) environmental product declarations (epd) are introduced in the european market and spreading worldwide, it shows the products impact on environment so that it is easy to choose the suitable product. leed updated its credits to comply with the epd. application of retrofits application of energy conserving methods in residential buildings -there is a lack of trained and experienced workers -there is not any contractor or construction companies specialized in building retrofits to implement green technologies after auditing the energy consumption of the building. -specialized offices and companies are available. -auditing companies are available to assess the building’s situation and apply the appropriate retrofits (either deep or standard retrofits) pg. 149 elgohary / the academic research community publication 6. conclusion the research field and initiatives in egypt on the green buildings and green buildings retrofit are rare, however, there are initiatives and standards starting to take actions towards green buildings and greenhouse gas reductions. legislation is a must to ensure the enforcement mechanisms to adopt the energy efficiency building codes in egypt. existing building retrofit technologies can be classified into three main categories: demand side management: retrofits that conserve energy i.e. insulation, window retrofits, and cool roof. supply side management: retrofits that involve production of energy in buildings i.e solar systems. energy consumption patterns “human factor”: which is a new factor introduced in the operating phase of the building, requires awareness to the different daily activities that consume energy. codes and specifications in egypt have to be implemented and executed roughly regarding energy efficiency in buildings, because the majority of the opportunities lies in building retrofits. opportunities to improve the existing buildings’ energy efficiency, in developed and developing countries are alike. policies are developed to overcome the barriers to building efficiency either financial, institutional, or technical. these policies can be classified into the following categories: energy efficiency improvement: owners and investors have to set targets for energy consumption reduction in action. policies that increase awareness: like public awareness campaigns. financial incentives: tax reductions, government risk mitigation guarantees, loan funds. technical market development: through developing the green industry, and market by setting a medium/longstrategic plan to ensure that local manufacturers are able to produce appliances that comply with the efficiency standards. human resource development: through workforce training programs and developing the expert skills working in the building sector. develop energy efficiency codes, standards, and labels: develop legislations for monitoring labeling in domestic appliances and equipment. develop a structured program criteria to show the minimum levels of energy efficiency to be applied to existing buildings as well as new construction. figure 8 illustrates a swot analysis (strengthweakness-opportunities and threatens) of the egyptian green market base case, to know where we are and start to take actions to catch up the international trend in green business. figure 8. swot analysis to the egyptian green market base case. pg. 150 elgohary / the academic research community publication 7. acknowledgments we thank god for finishing this manuscript, we are grateful to all who offered assistance, and comments on an earlier versions of the manuscript which greatly improved the final research. 8. references 1. akker, j. van den. (2010). final evaluation energy efficiency improvement and greenhouse gas reduction project. retrieved from https://www.thegef.org/sites/default/files/project documents/267 452 t e ccm egypt.pdf 2. asia, s. e. (2014). building market report. 3. bassili, g., & emeritus, h. (2013). energy efficiency building codes and green pyramid rating system. international journal of science and research (ijsr) issn (online index copernicus value impact factor, 14(5), 2319–7064. retrieved from https://www.ijsr.net/archive/v4i5/29051501.pdf 4. baum, m. (2007). green building research funding: an assessment of current activity in the united states — u.s. green building council. united states of america. retrieved from https://www.usgbc.org/resource s/green-building-research-funding-assessmentcurrent-activity-united-states 5. birk, c. (2007). building a reputation st. louis business journal. st. louis business journal. retrieved from http://www.bizjournals.com/stlouis/stories/2007/07/30/focus1.html 6. egyptian electricity holding company annual reports. (n.d.). retrieved july 4, 2017, from http://www.moee .gov.eg/english new/report.aspx 7. freeman, r. (2016). 5 green building tax incentives for 2016 — poplar network. poplar. retrieved from https://www.poplarnetwork.com/news/5-green-building-tax-incentives-2015 8. georg, k. (2011). example of incentive programmes for retrofits: the kfw in germany. retrieved from http s://passipedia.org/planning/refurbishment with passive house 9. components/example of incentive programmes the kfw in germ any 10. green building information gateway. (n.d.). retrieved july 4, 2017, from http://www.gbig.org/ 11. green trends driving growth green outlook 2011. (2011). mcgraw-hill contruction. retrieved from htt p://aiacc.org/wpcontent/uploads/2011/06/greenoutlook2011.pdf 12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2015.08.550 13. kats, g., & alevantis, l. (2003). the costs and financial benefits of green buildings. retrieved from http ://evanmills.lbl.gov/pubs/pdf/green buildings.pdf 14. katz, a., & manager, c. (2011). square footage of leed-certified existing buildings surpasses new construction. retrieved from https://www.usgbc.org/docs/archive/general/docs10712.pdf 15. langdon, d. (2007). the cost & benefit of achieving green buildings data report, innovative thinking in property and construction. 16. mcarthur, j. j., & jofeh, c. g. h. (2015). strategic retrofit investment from the portfolio to the building scale: a framework for identification and evaluation of potential retrofits. procedia engineering, 118, 1068–1076. 17. neuhoff, k., stelmakh, k., amecke, h., novikova, a., deason, j., hobbs, a., & initiative, c. p. (2012). financial incentives for energy efficiency retrofits in buildings italy, 236–248. pg. 151 elgohary / the academic research community publication 18. opportunities and challenges commission for environmental cooperation. (2008). retrieved from http://w ww.cec.org/our-work/green-economy/improving-conditions-green -building-construction-north-america retrieved from http://www.davislangdon.com/upload/staticfiles/au snz publications/info data/infodata green buildings.pdf 19. technology roadmap energy efficient building envelopes. [pdf]. (2013). international energy agency. 20. yudelson, j. (2010). greening existing buildings (first). united states of america: mcgraw-hill books. 21. yudelson, j. (2016). reinventing green building : why certification systems aren’t working and what we can do about it. new society publisher. pg. 152 introduction motives to greening the existing residential bmuildings economic motives environmental motives cultural/social motives political motives the market business case benefits of greening existing residential buildings benefits directly to the building owner benefits directly to the tenants benefits directly to the investors benefits directly to the contractors barriers to greening existing residential buildings high initial cost lack of awareness split benefits risk and uncertainty lack of experienced workforce lack of product information availability of products or technologies lack of coordination in government policies affecting buildings lack of research investments organizational dynamics procedures and programs/policies to encourage green practices financial incentives tax credit incentives develop legislations/programs, standards and building codes increase the awareness of energy efficiency the egyptian green market business case conclusion acknowledgments references 404 not found http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.369 the correlation of deconstruction architecture to arab architectural identity framework for application of deconstruction in arab architectural projects-exploratory and practical study emad h. rabboh1*, ali a. elmansory1 1canadian international college, al azhar university in cairo, egypt. abstract the arab architectural identity is characterized by the originality of the various arab cultures. islamic culture is what makes arab societies unique and it is what inspired arab architecture. consequently, the arab architecture encounters contemporary challenges. if modern architectural trends influenced arab civilization, it could then obliterate its identity over the years. moreover, positively interacting with modern architectural trends must take place rather than negative interactions. the aforementioned reasons leave this phenomenon the subject of discussion and research and thus the lack of update and development of the vocabulary of arab architecture. the proposed study discusses the problem of the correlation of deconstructive architecture with the architectural and arabic identity through the end of the 20th century until 2017. in order to arrive at the definition of the philosophy of deconstruction architecture and the appropriate relationship between it and the arab architectural identity, the study utilizes a qualitative descriptive methodology that tries to give a generic image of philosophy and characteristics. deconstruction architecture attempts to link the positive aspects of architecture and arab identity through the analysis of the frameworks of this philosophy of particular architectural works of various architects who adopt this philosophy of architecture. responding to the above, the current study shows that it is better to strip the modern trends and take what suits the arab culture. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords deconstruction architecture; arab architectural identity; jacques derrida 1. introduction the deconstruction movement emerged in the end of the last century. deconstruction was presented as a part of architecture theory. obviously, the deconstruction is not merely an architectural movement or trend. the deconstruction is a philosophy of thought that has cast its shadow on art, culture and architecture. initially, it was conceived by the french-algerian philosopher jacques derrida. deconstruction architecture expressed a bidirectional eradication state; the first is the complete separation from the classical euclidean geometry, secondly, is the complete estrangement of interior and exterior elements of buildings. generally, undermine the mutual *corresponding author: emad h. rabboh pg. 290 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ rabboh / the academic research community publication correlations between the parties of the architectural work. in addition, this trend undermines the harmony between the external and internal environment. in view of this trend and its relation to civilization and arab identity, samuel huntington stated in his book clash of civilizations: (civilizations are comprehensive, meaning that every part of its components cannot be fully understood without reference to the civilization it contains. based on the aforementioned concept, the research adopts the analytical approach. arab culture and civilization must be studied in their parts and vocabulary, consequently, examines the relationship of arab identity is studied with deconstruction thought and philosophy. this paper aims at reaching the above by understanding this philosophy and deconstruction architecture and exploring its relationship with arab civilization. 2. methodology the deductive methodology will be used in the current paper, through direct observations and analysis of the architectural trends used in the deconstruction architecture. therefore, the results and trends suitable for arab architecture will be reached through the analytical overall perspective of this trend. the research sample used in the current paper is a study of various noted projects of the architects of this trend. a general framework will be developed for the deconstruction, thereby, dismantling and fragmenting these frameworks for the original elements. which entails reading the language between these original elements, and the choice of the appropriate for them to identify with arab architecture, which represents a methodology for work in projects for arab architects who are going to adopt the deconstruction in their projects. eventually, presented models and discussion of what was reached, likewise, final recommendations of the paper. 3. background 3.1. arabic cultural identity ”arab cultural identity” as a language and culture existed before the existence of the islamic call, was confined to arab tribes and specific geographical locations. while arabism as a cultural identity of cultural affiliation began with the emergence of islam, with the link of the arabic language to the holy quran call by arab pioneers. thus, arab civilization became the arab culture with a cultural content that brought the arab culture out of the two ethnic and geographical circles to the broad cultural horizon that was co-sponsored by arab christians and non-arab muslims. consequently, the arab cultural identity emerged from the tribal or ethnic component. the limitation of the geographical area (the arabian peninsula) to a circle that expands in its definition of «arab», to include everyone who integrates into arab culture regardless of ethnic origins. most arabs are now included in this definition, even if they do not come from arab origins in terms of blood or race. this confirms the history of the ancient arabs in terms of the religious minorities in the arab region itself as part of the islamic civilization, and in terms of the interaction of ethnic minorities (islamic and christian) with the arab culture as an incubator culture of multi-religious and ethnic. arab culture is now the only remaining arab collective. the danger is not only the result of what is happening now in various arab countries, and this danger did not start only with the european occupation of the region at the end of the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth century, it began with the fall of arab leadership of the islamic world. hence, the beginning of the deterioration of the state of arab culture, regardless of what this culture (after the end of the state of the caliphs) of the concepts of some contrary to the inherent content of islamic values. the identity of man, culture or civilization is its essence and truth. in addition, in everything humanism, culture or civilization the constants and variables. the identity of the object is its constancy, which is renewed and never amended, manifest itself and reveal itself, without giving up its place for its opposite as long as the self remains alive. the identity of any nation is a characteristic that distinguishes it from other nations to express its civilized pg. 291 rabboh / the academic research community publication personality. identity always has three components: a faith that provides a vision of existence, the tongue in which it is expressed, and long-term cultural heritage. religion is the key issue characteristic of the cultures of peoples, afterward, language is the one that follows religion, as a distinct factor of the people of a culture from the people of another culture. then come the history and elements of diverse culture in the forming of identity. in recent continental philosophy of religion there has been significant attention paid to the abrahamic doctrines of creation ex nihilo and divine omnipotence, especially by deconstructive thinkers such as derrida, caputo, and keller. the identity is extremely essential, including the interests where people cannot reason or act rationally in the pursuit of their own interests unless they know themselves, the politics of interests assume the existence of identity. if this is the identity and this importance to each one, the identity of muslims is further significant, and islam in its religion, religion, history, civilization and language is a common identity of each muslim, and the language that speaks is not only a tool of expression and means of communication, but is: thought and self and address, holy holiness, which became the language after the revelation of the islamic religion. the faith is not just an ideology, but is: the right balance, the infallible right, the system of values that represent our reference to behavior, it is not relative or transitional. 3.2. deconstruction architecture: origin and philosophy there has always been a significant interaction between architecture and the human sciences, such as sociology, psychology, and philosophy. deconstruction is a method of critical analysis of philosophical and literary language which emphasizes the internal workings of language and conceptual systems, the relational quality of meaning, and the assumptions implicit in forms of expression. the term deconstruction was one of the flash points in critical and cultural debates of the last quarter of the twentieth century. the star of the deconstruction movement rose at the end of the twentieth century. the deconstruction trend in architecture is largely based on the principle of the destruction of conventional euclidean geometry. the vision of the building leads to a visual surprise, repeatedly shocking the viewer from the initial moment of the building. this philosophical school began at the end of the sixties of the last century in france by the french philosopher jacques derrida (1930-2004). derrida is the most widely translated french philosopher in the world. his philosophical treatises and ideas represented the beginning of deconstructionism. the philosophy of jacques derrida is to end the western metaphysical tradition, a branch of philosophy that examines the nature of reality and the relationship between mind and post-structural material. deconstruction represents a complex response to a variety of theoretical and philosophical movements of the 20th century, notably french structuralism, freud and psychoanalysis. derrida’s theory of deconstruction must be brought into the discussion at this point. deconstruction, which can be considered a method to seek the new and question the existing (the current), includes a functioning logic similar to the concept of creativity. the strategy of deconstruction that can be applied to the problems of meaning and the possibility of meaning can be expressed via derrida’s concepts. the dates of derrida’s work notwithstanding, deconstruction—in other words, the questioning of conventional ideas and meanings—is an old model of behavior within the evolution of architecture, having arisen throughout history. the key arguments of today’s major architectural philosophers and gurus was discussed. architecture and philosophy cannot be separated and their influences can never be separated. the interaction between philosophy and architecture is evident not only in derrida’s writings, but also in collaboration with architects bernard chomé and peter eisenmann at parc de la villette in paris. jacques derrida’s deconstructing ideas can effortlessly be applied to architecture and have been accomplished by many contemporary architects. deconstruction architecture a contemporary architectural style, in addition to, a modern school of thought in architecture, philosophical bases were built from literary deconstructionism. this philosophical movement derives its name from the russian construction movement (1920 ad), which is fundamentally incompatible with the pg. 292 rabboh / the academic research community publication order of rationality in modern architecture. deconstructionist thought raises traditional questions concerning the recognition of form and space. the architecture that appears to be fragmentary, nonlinear, disjointed, uneven lines and incomplete forms indicates this theory. the final appearance of the buildings in this pattern is characterized by unpredictability, and chaotic-controlled. deconstruction buildings are unimaginable without the influence of contemporary architecture as well as the art of russian constructivism. in 1985 the architect bernard tschumi called jacques derrida with an invitation. architecture call on philosophy. for what? philosophy? not simply. the philosopher was asked if he would be interested in collaboration with an architect on the design of a section of the parc de la villette in paris. the philosopher accepted the invitation and soon wrote an essay about the project. deconstruction architecture received its first international recognition through the exhibition ”deconstruction architecture”. this exhibition was organized at the museum of modern art in 1988 and has been organized by philip johnson and mark wigley. the works of frank gehry, in addition to, the buildings and projects of peter eisenman, furthermore, coop himmelblau, and bernard chomi were shown. in this exhibition, the beginning of the movement of deconstruction architecture was launched all over the world. philosophical treatises on deconstruction are concerned in critique of metaphors, as well as metaphor for all forms of contemporary european consciousness. according to the views of the french philosopher, the consciousness was limited to glorifying the saying that ”being or existence in the presence” is the maxim that the european philosophical approaches brought to the forefront, moreover reached it up to absolute and perfection. according to derrida, the emergence of this metaphysical problem, which found itself philosophical thought and specifically european, is in an attempt to reveal its historical references by analyzing the texts of different literary culture. in other words, ”disjointed” in order to uncover the basic meanings and layers of metaphor, which was the consolidation of the works of later eras. in this sense he uses his own style to read literary product, when consciously a clash or disagreement arises between the ”meaning” of the text and the possibility of ”interpreting” that text. derrida employs his theory in many other fields such as plastic arts and architecture. the term ”deconstructionism” was dedicated at the end of the 1980s, as both a symbolic and a theoretical expression, illustrating the totality of design experiments that were entrenched in global architectural practice at the time. based on the descriptive approach for deconstruction theorist the latter is not an architectural ”style”, but rather a ”means” for the designers, in which the elements of the building can be built, approaching architecture as a kind of art. derrida adds that deconstruction does not necessarily undermine the built-up buildings but rather creates a ”conflict” between what is normal and familiar to one in understanding the language and meaning, and between what he sees. the deconstruction movement, which fathered many of the proponents of this new school was grounded firmly in what greg lynn refers to as the “contradictory logic” of jacques derrida. the topological, or deform movement represents a deliberate shift from derrida’s discourse to that of deleuze. its intention is to incorporate, rather than exaggerate difference. this involves a policy of “gratification” rather than conflict and seeks to develop systems to incorporate various elements in an architecture intended to be inclusive and organic. the requirement is thus for a geometry which is elastic in its ability to contort and deform in a process of continual transformation. 3.3. characteristics of deconstruction architecture one of the major developments in architecture in the past twenty years is the liberation of formal expression and organization in architecture to reflect the heterogeneous nature of our current cultures and contexts. the significant characteristics of this trend is to breakdown the differences between sketching and sculpture, consequently, re-mix them in an architectural crucible, thereby, it can touch the direction of the functionalism, nonetheless limited to the expressive value of construction. the architectural value of the building was limited by the formal relations of the sizes, forms and spaces as indicated by the structural elements. new raw materials such as metal, glass and plastics were utilized to follow the idea of life as the body of science. worth mentioning that some pieces were taken from cubism. pg. 293 rabboh / the academic research community publication the characteristics of deconstruction architecture are as follows: 1. refuse the ornamentation. 2. calls for the demolition of all euclidean engineering foundations. 3. the aesthetic value of the building was limited by the illustrated correlation of the volumes, masses and spaces. 4. the deconstruction is the architecture of breaking, non-symmetry and non-consistency. 5. structural masses highlighted by the utilization of new raw materials such as metal, glass and plastics to follow the idea of expressing life in the body formed by science. 6. calls for the deconstructing of buildings into parts. 7. calls for a reconsideration of relations, whether human or urban. 8. architecture of deconstruction can be understood from the basic instincts of joy to man. 9. the deconstruction is architecture full of unpredicted surprises. 10. the vocabulary of classical architecture is utilized in reverse or distorted form. 11. deconstruction and postmodernism, despite the obvious differences between them, they agreed on something intrinsic: difference, dimension, criticism of all that is traditional and familiar. 4. the analytical study 4.1. trends in deconstruction architecture currently, specific architecture designers are now applying the concept of deconstruction architecture, creating a new architecture that is not approximating the usual architecture and does not rely on its familiar references. it is a special architectural product that enriches the global architectural discourse with new frameworks and different concepts. peter eisenman (1932), p. bernard eisenberg (1944), bernard de tschumi (1944), c. de portzamparc, zaha hadid (1950), rem koolhaas (1944), hiromi fujii (1935). furthermore, architects in different geographical areas are now among the greatest important architects working within the approach of deconstruction architecture. 4.1.1. the fragmentation & discontinuity this trend is based on the idea of independence in the building and its elements. the building, so that it indications how creative and progressive it must be independent, is not limited by other buildings that spoil its aesthetics, besides this is influenced by the idea of estates and palaces in the middle ages. this trend is based on the separation of elements of the building each element itself with the interdependence and attraction between them in ease and skill as shown in figure (1, 2, 3, 4). frank gehry is the guru of the fragmentation & discontinuity. frank owen gehry is one of the most inventive and pioneering architects working today. frank gehry is that rare kind of architect who has garnered both critical acclaim and popular fame. his designs dramatically blur the line between art and architecture, yet the strong appeal of his sculptural designs does not obscure the role of function. pg. 294 rabboh / the academic research community publication figure 1. the guggenheim museum. architect: gehry parteners. figure 2. peter b. lewis building. architect: gehry parteners. figure 3. waltdisney concert hall. architect: gehry partners. figure 4. vitra museum. architect: gehry partners. 4.1.2. neo constructivism one of the most important pioneers of this trend is rem koolhass zaha hadid. this trend is based on the use of engineering vocabulary such as square, rectangle, triangle, circle, etc., in addition to the use of bold colors with the pg. 295 rabboh / the academic research community publication obvious artistic abstraction in the works are the elements of the building (elements of the formation of crustacean structure, communication elements, nets, cortical tiles). this trend is the most attractive trend because it moves man from the real world to the world of aerospace buildings or space as shown in (figure 5, 6, 7). zaha’s hadid techniques discussed investigating the underlying cause for her works distinctiveness from her other colleagues in architecture. figure 5. seattle central library. architect: oma, lmn. figure 6. beko building. architect: zaha hadid figure 7. chaoyangmen soho building. architect: zaha hadid. 4.1.3. the follies bernard tschumi is one of the pioneers of this trend. michele costanzo interviews bernard tschumi about his work and his vision of the changing field of contemporary design research. while, this trend is a combination of pg. 296 rabboh / the academic research community publication two schools: deconstruction and late construction. this trend strongly influenced by the projects of kandinsky, chemi, one of the pioneers of the construction late school, as well as the projects of derrida from the deconstruction school, and thought this trend, accordingly to one of its pioneers (coop himmelblau) is a study of the future and a serious look at what will be the buildings of the future, consequently, the elements of sculpture that are the focus of work for us is the basis of future projects, the most important elements of this the trend is the sculptural materials are also entirely dependent on iron and glass as shown in (figure 8). figure 8. anima cultural center. architect: bernard tschumi. 4.1.4. positive-nihilism the prime guru of this school is peter eisenman, this trend advocates of complete intellectual liberation and does not connect itself to specific school/trend, or specific particular term under which the building is located as shown in (figure 9). therefore, liberalism in design and methods of construction and buildings of this trend does not adhere to the form or the intellectual trend or the element itself, it calls for independence and separation from reality. peter eisenmann believes that “the show” is the key object of architecture; its architecture is characterized by extreme abstraction, despite the introduction of some traditional elements. one of his most famous works was the visual arts center, which was characterized by: 1. required a catalog to understand architecture ideas. 2. the spontaneous understanding of the public. 3. his project required to be read about before watching. 5. discussion and analysis obviously, from the analysis of trends and frameworks of deconstruction and analysis to the main elements of these different trends and contrast, while the first trend (the fragmentation & discontinuity) represents the direction of total separation between the inside and outside. this trend does not fit the arab architectural identity resulting from the analysis of arab and islamic identity. the second trend (neo constructivism) is the use of explicit geometric shapes. it is possible to analyze some of its vocabulary and use it to suit arab architecture. the third trend (the follies) that takes the sculptural forms is the basis of his designs with twisting these forms and this architectural principle can be taken and adapted to suit the arab architecture the last trend (positive-nihilism), which is completely liberated and does not link itself to any school, is not suitable for arab architecture. pg. 297 rabboh / the academic research community publication figure 9. the city of culture. architect: peter eisenman table 1. a summary of the proposedmethodology for classifying deconstruction trends in terms of their relevanceto arab architecture ser. the trend the properties the gurus architects the noted projects rating 1 the fragmentation & discontinuity this trend is based on the idea of independence in the building and its elements. the building of this trend indicates how creative and progressive it must be independent, is not limited by other buildings that spoil its aesthetics. frank gehry project: the guggenheim museum. architect: gehry parteners. location: bilbo, bizkaia, spain. * 2 neo constructivism this trend is based on the use of engineering vocabulary (square, rectangle, triangle, and circle). using of bold colors with the obvious artistic abstraction in the works are the elements of the building. rem koolhass. zaha hadid. project: seattle central library. architect: oma, lmn. location: seattle, wa, united states. **** continued on next page pg. 298 rabboh / the academic research community publication table 1 continued ser. the trend the properties the gurus architects the noted projects rating 3 the follies-follies. a study of the future and a serious look at what will be the buildings of the future. the most important elements of this the trend is the sculptural materials and entirely dependent on iron and glass. bernard tschumi project: anima cultural center. location: grottammare, italy. architect: bernardtachum architects *** 4 positive-nihilism. advocates of complete intellectual liberation. does not connect itself to specific school/trend peter eisenman project: the city of culture location: spain. architect: eisenmanarchitects ** table 1 summarizes the methodology of the research, which shows the trends of deconstruction, as well as the characteristics of this trend, then the most noticeable projects of trend and well-known architects, the research proposed a scale based on the proposed approach, consisting of a quadratic scale, (*) completely inappropriate (**) not inappropriate, (***) appropriate (****) appropriate. distinctly, from this table the proposed approach to applying the deconstruction architecture in particular projects, whether for the adoption by the architect in certain projects, furthermore, for the projects in which the client requests to adopt this trend, likewise, projects that require the of the site conditions or the appropriate architectural approach to adopt and utilizing this trend. based on the above, the research indicates that one of the best architects who adopted and succeeded in applying this trend, while respecting the arab identity and architecture is dr. abdal-haleem ibrahim. plainly, from his project that he has respected the arab and islamic architectural identity through his using a noticed arab architectural elements (arches, domes, vaults), not only used as they are used in historical times, but also utilized in the context of modernity and deconstruction by stripping the abstracts of its architectural assets and then the utilizing of modern architectural lines, on the level of floor plans and internal and external facades. in addition, the use of modern architectural materials, the children’s garden and, the palace of arts project opera house cairo, egypt, the american university in new cairo. 6. conclusions and recommendations – the most prominent architects of this school are zaha hadid, frank gehry, peter eisenman, bernard tschumi, and rem koolhass. – the strong criticism directed to the fragmentation & discontinuity trend, because of its extreme disregard for heritage. – a few of trends of deconstruction architecture can be adapted to arab heritage architecture. – arab culture must contain the architectural vocabulary, which reflect the culture of arab countries, without which does not distinguish this architecture of each country. pg. 299 rabboh / the academic research community publication – it is possible to analyze some frameworks related to the second trend (neo constructivism) and adopting it with elements of arab islamic architecture. the principles of the third trend (the follies) can be adapted to fit the arab architecture through the utilizing of arab architectural elements and abstract it. this is evidenced via the utilizing of the principle of abstract sculpting for modern construction materials, which gives a modern conception of islamic and arabic architecture without loss of islamic heritage and arab rich vocabulary and islamic and arabic culture. 7. references 1. abdullah, a., said, i., & ossen, d. (2013). zaha hadid’s techniques of architectural form-making. open journal of architectural design, 1(1), 1-9. 2. cauchi, m. (2009). deconstruction and creation: an augustinian deconstruction of derrida. international journal for philosophy of religion, 66(1), 15-32. 3. costanzo, m. (2009). twenty years after (deconstructivism): an interview with bernard tschumi. architectural design, 79(1), 24-29. 4. danielle rago (2004) deconstructive architecture and daniel libeskind:”a discourse on deconstruction, its relation to architecture, and its influence on daniel libeskind’s architecture”. 5. deconstruction. (2013). in oxford dictionaries. retrieved august 24, 2017, from https://en.oxforddictiona ries.com/definition/deconstruction 6. di cristina, g. (2002). architecture and science. nexus network journal, 4(2), 133. 7. durmus, s., & gur, s. o. (2011). methodology of deconstruction in architectural education. procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 15, 1586-1594. 8. hoteit, a. (2015). deconstructivism: translation from philosophy to architecture. canadian social science, 11(7), 117-129. 9. huntington, s. p. (1997). the clash of civilizations and the remaking of world order. penguin books india. 10. jencks, c., & kropf, k. (1997). theories and manifestoes of contemporary architecture. wiley. 11. khalil h. ”determinants of confirming arab cultural identity in architectural design through the modern structuralism method”, an analytical study of the style of zaha hadid. (faculty of fine engineering, university of damascus), 1-15. 12. mallgrave, h. f., & goodman, d. j. (2011). an introduction to architectural theory: 1968 to the present. john wiley & sons. 13. parvin (ed.). (2012, feburary 25). vitra design museum and factory — frank gehry. retrieved august 24, 2017, from http://www.arch2o.com/vitra-design-museum-factory-frank-gehry/ 14. peeters, b. (2013). derrida: a biography. john wiley & sons. 15. pollack, s. (2006). sketches of frank gehry. sony pictures home. 16. salingaros, n. a. (2004). anti-architecture and deconstruction. umbau-verlag harald püschel. 17. wigley, m. (1995). the architecture of deconstruction: derrida’s haunt. mit press. 18. wong, j. f. (2010). the text of free-form architecture: qualitative study of the discourse of four architects. design studies, 31(3), 237-267. pg. 300 rabboh / the academic research community publication 19. sullivan, m. a. (2005, october 12). peter b. lewis building. retrieved from https://www.bluffton.edu/ho mepages/facstaff/sullivanm/ohio/cleveland/gehry/lewis.html 20. ghandour, s. (2007, november 1). ł ł ł . retrieved august 24, 2017, from http://www.voltairenet.org/arti cle152659.html 21. seattle central library / oma lmn. (2009, february 10). retrieved august 24, 2017, from https://www.a rchdaily.com/11651/seattle-central-library-oma-lmn 22. frearson, a. (2012, november 15). galaxy soho by zaha hadid architects photographed by hufton crow. retrieved august 24, 2017, from https://www.dezeen.com/2012/11/15/galaxy-soho-by-zaha-hadid-architec ts-photographed-by-hufton-crow/ 23. furuto, a. (2013, march 16). anima cultural center proposal / bernard tschumi architects. retrieved august 24, 2017, from http://www.archdaily.com/341890/anima-cultural-center-proposal-bernard-tschumiarchitects 24. pagnotta, b. (2013, september 1). ad classics: the guggenheim museum bilbao / gehry partners. retrieved august 24, 2017, from https://www.archdaily.com/422470/ad-classics-the-guggenheim-museum-bil bao-frank-gehry 25. jones, r. (2013, october 14). ad classics: walt disney concert hall / frank gehry. retrieved august 24, 2017, from https://www.archdaily.com/441358/ad-classics-walt-disney-concert-hall-frank-gehry 26. beko masterplan. (2012, december 1). retrieved august 24, 2017, from http://www.zaha-hadid.com/mast erplans/beko-masterplan/ 27. city of culture. (n.d.). retrieved august 24, 2017, from http://www.eisenmanarchitects.com/city-of-cultur e.html pg. 301 introduction methodology background arabic cultural identity deconstruction architecture: origin and philosophy characteristics of deconstruction architecture the analytical study trends in deconstruction architecture the fragmentation & discontinuity neo constructivism the follies positive-nihilism discussion and analysis conclusions and recommendations references 404 not found http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.390 evaluation of tribological performance of hydrogenated dlc by surface texturing in the presence of palm based tmp ester at different temperatures mahendra varman1, arslan ahmed1, haji hassan masjuki1, md. abul kalam1, n.w.m zulkifli1 1centre for energy sciences, department of mechanical engineering, faculty of engineering, university of malaya, 50603, kuala lumpur, malaysia abstract surface textured and dlc coated (hydrogenated amorphous carbon) samples were assessed for their coating performance at 40 ºc, 80 ºc and 125 ºc. as a result, textured a-c:h dlc demonstrated higher but stable coefficient of friction (cof) at high temperatures as compared to un-textured dlc samples. however, textured dlc samples showed higher wear resistance compared to un-textured dlc coating. the enhancement can be elucidated by the lower graphitization of textured dlc samples. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords tmp ester; wear resistance; friction; surface textured; ac:h dlc coating 1. introduction in the past, surface texturing has demonstrated reduction in friction [1] and wear [2]. applications such as piston/ cylinder [3], mechanical seals [4] and cutting tools [4] have been textured to enhance their tribological properties. micro/ nano textures improve the tribological properties by increasing the load carrying capacity through a hydrodynamic effect, minimizing third body abrasion by entrapping wear debris and reducing the increase in temperature at contact by keeping the lubricant at the interface [4]. lately, surface textured diamond-like carbon (dlc) coated surfaces have been experimented in oil-lubricated [5] and water lubricated [6] sliding conditions. dlc coatings are commonly being utilized to enhance the tribological properties of engineering components such as bearings, gears, seals and metal cutting tools, because of their hardness and preferred tribological performance. thus, the usage of dlc by automotive industry is also growing. however, the performance of dlc coating is heavily influenced by temperature and ambient condition such as relative humidity. as a result, dlc is doped with hydrogen, various metals and nitrides to sustain the tribological properties of dlc at harsh environment [7]. at the same time, surface texturing has also been considered as an alternative method to improve the tribological performance of dlc coating. ding et al. [6] showed a decrease in friction and wear in textured a-c coating under water lubrication. song et al. [8] demonstrated rise in the wear life span of a-c:h dlc coating in a vacuum environment. most of the research done in this area are conducted pg. 424 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ varman / the academic research community publication at room temperature and the thermal stability of dlc coatings at higher temperature has yet to be investigated thoroughly. therefore, the present study aims to examine the effect of textured a-c:h dlc coating at 40 ºc, 80 ºc and 125 ºc. moreover, the effect of textured a-c:h dlc coating in palm oil based trimethylolpropane (tmp) ester was also evaluated as an alternative to the conventional base oil. this investigation will then help validate the suitability of textured dlc coating at high temperature applications and in environmentally friendly base oil applications. 2. methods hardened steel was used as a substrate material with an average hardness of ~58 hrc. the material was cut into 15 mm by 15 mm pieces. it was then polished to reduce the average surface roughness to 35 nm. the counter ball material was 100cr6 with a diameter of 6.35 mm and average surface roughness of 40 nm. micro surface textures with approximate dimensions of dimple depth, diameter and density of ~8 µm, ~100 µm and ~20% respectively, were produced on the substrate using a picosecond laser. once textured, the micro bulges around the dimples were cleaned by light polishing with a diamond suspension of 0.5 µm particle size. then, the a-c:h dlc coating was deposited by hybrid magnetron sputtering. to determine the a-c:h dlc coating performance at different temperatures, a ball-on-flat-type tribo-tester in a reciprocating motion was employed. palm oil based trimethylolpropane (tmp) ester was used as an environmentally friendly lubricant. the procedure for the production of palm oil based tmp ester can be found in zulkifli et al. [17]. the load, speed and temperatures selected to simulate the cam/ tappet interaction are as follows: load = 100 n; temperatures selected is 40 ºc, 80 ºc and 125 ºc; frequency = 5 hz; test duration was 2 hours and stroke length was 2.5 mm. the applied load corresponds to the maximum hertzian contact pressure of 2.36 gpa, which is much higher than the typical contact pressure of cam lobe and valve tappet interface at 0.6 gpa. therefore, the present condition was selected to enable shorter laboratory testing procedure and accelerate the measurable wear. the symbolic representations used in the present study are as follow: table 1. symbolic representations used in the present study. sample and tested condition symbolic representations dlc coated un-textured sample tested at 40 ºc in tmp tmp-c40 textured and dlc coated sample tested at 40 ºc in tmp tmp-t40 dlc coated un-textured sample tested at 80 ºc in tmp tmp-c80 textured and dlc coated sample tested at 80 ºc in tmp tmp-t80 dlc coated un-textured sample tested at 125 ºc in tmp tmp-c125 textured and dlc coated sample tested at 125 ºc in tmp tmp-t125 nanoindentation hardness tests (hysitron) was used to determine the mechanical properties of dlc coating. an atomic-force microscopy (afm) (ambios technology) and a scanning electron microscopy (sem)/ energy dispersive x-ray spectroscopy (eds) (hitachi) were used to analyze the wear track surface morphology. eds was also utilized to investigate the elemental composition of the wear track. besides that, the change in id/ig ratio after the sliding test was determined by raman spectroscopy (renishaw). deconvolution of the raman spectra was conducted using data analysis and graphics software (originlab). pg. 425 varman / the academic research community publication 3. results and discussion with nanoindentation hardness tests, dlc coating showed hardness was around 18.4 ± 2.2 gpa. figures 1a-1c present the coefficient of friction (cof) difference with time for textured and un-textured dlc samples. from scheme 1, textured dlc samples showed comparatively steady cof with time compared to un-textured dlc samples. with the increase in temperature, the cof for un-textured dlc decreases, while it increases for textured dlc. tmp-t40 shows lower cof compared to tmp-c40 during the friction test. figure 1b shows that cof for tmp-c80 was lower than tmp-t80. at 125◦c (figure 1c), cof for tmp-c125 show an abrupt increase at the start. after that, cof reduced for tmp-c125 and increased until the completion of the test. for tmp-t125, after the initial instability, cof steadily increased to until the completion of the test. the reason for the decrease in cof of un-textured dlc at 80 ◦c and 125 ◦c may be due to higher graphitization transformation [12]. as a result, the coating layer becomes soft and the cof reduces but wear increases [13]. this may be the reason for the higher wear rate in the case of un-textured dlc, as shown in figure 1. furthermore, graphitization could be confirmed by raman spectroscopy. table 2 presents the raman spectra shift for specimens at 125 ◦c before and after test. the shift in the g peak and increase in the id/ig ratio show an increase in the sp2 fraction of carbon in the dlc film [14], which confirms graphitization has occurred. the results also indicate that even at higher temperatures, a lower graphitization transformation can be observed with textured coating. tmp-c125 exhibited coating delamination and scratches as shown in figure 2. as can be seen in table 3, specimen tmp-c125 exhibited a decrease of carbon (c) and higher increase of iron (fe) in comparison to as-deposited amorphous hydrogenated carbon coating. for textured dlc, cof increases when temperature increases, as shown in figure 1c. this may be due to the reduction in graphitization by the aid of textures. the reduction in graphitization can be explained by the lower wear rate of textured dlc as compared to un-textured dlc, as shown in figures 2. besides that, table 2 confirms the lower graphitization for tmp-t125 by slight change in g peak shift and id/ig ratio. it was observed that wear coefficient values nearly followed the cof trend in the textured dlc case. however, in the case of un-textured dlc, it was the opposite trend that was observed. this can be explained by the fact that higher graphitization helps in reduction of cof but increment in wear rate. as a result, textured dlc shows higher wear resistance compared to un-textured dlc throughout the different temperature tests. scheme 1: coefficient of friction at different degrees. pg. 426 varman / the academic research community publication figure 1. wear coefficient of textured and un-textured dlc at various temperatures in tmp table 2. raman spectra shift for specimens at 125 ◦c before test after test d-peak (cm-1) g-peak (cm-1) id/ig d-peak (cm-1) g-peak (cm-1) id/ig tmp-c125 1351.08 1533.07 1.17 1376.03 1559.74 1.57 tmp-t125 1351.08 1533.07 1.17 1355.11 1535.00 1.20 figure 2. sem image of un-textured dlc of tmp-c125 table 3. eds analysis of a-c:h coating at various temperatures specimen elements (atomic %) carbon oxygen chromium ferrous silicon as-deposited dlc 96.27 0.56 2.83 0.34 tmp-c125 34.23 3.45 21.22 41.10 pg. 427 varman / the academic research community publication 4. conclusions the tribological performance of textured a-c:h dlc coating has been presented and compared with un-textured a-c:h dlc coating. at a lower temperature (40 ◦c), textured dlc showed lower friction and wear compared to un-textured dlc. at higher temperature (80 ºc and 125 ºc), textured dlc showed higher friction compared to un-textured dlc. however, textured dlc showed higher wear resistance throughout the different temperature tests. in addition, tmp ester showed a strong potential to replace fossil fuel based lubricant. this line of study will be very useful to promote and optimize further, textured dlc coating as a wear resistant coating for automotive components. 5. acknowledgments the authors are grateful to ministry of higher education (mohe) of malaysia for frgs fp007-2014a support. thanks to professor dr. robiah binti yunus (universiti putra malaysia) for providing palm oil based tmp ester. 6. references 1. qiu, y. and m.m. khonsari, experimental investigation of tribological performance of laser textured stainless steel rings. tribology international, 2011. 44(5): p. 635-644. 2. quazi, m.m., et al., a review to the laser cladding of self-lubricating composite coatings. lasers in manufacturing and materials processing, 2016: p. 1-33. 3. quazi, m.m., et al., laser-based surface modifications of aluminum and its alloys. critical reviews in solid state and materials sciences, 2016. 41(2): p. 106-131. 4. ahmed, a., et al., an overview of geometrical parameters of surface texturing for piston/cylinder assembly and mechanical seals. meccanica, 2015: p. 1-15. 5. pettersson, u. and s. jacobson, friction and wear properties of micro textured dlc coated surfaces in boundary lubricated sliding. tribology letters, 2004. 17(3): p. 553-559. 6. ding, q., et al., improved tribological behavior of dlc films under water lubrication by surface texturing. tribology letters, 2010. 41(2): p. 439-449. 7. neville, a., et al., compatibility between tribological surfaces and lubricant additives—how friction and wear reduction can be controlled by surface/lube synergies. tribology international, 2007. 40(10-12): p. 1680-1695. 8. song, h., et al., improving the tribological performance of a-c:h film in a high vacuum by surface texture. journal of physics d: applied physics, 2014. 47(23): p. 235301. 9. fang, t.-h. and w.-j. chang, nanomechanical characterization of amorphous hydrogenated carbon thin films. applied surface science, 2006. 252(18): p. 6243-6248. 10. tsui, t.y., j. vlassak, and w.d. nix, indentation plastic displacement field: part i. the case of soft films on hard substrates. journal name: journal of materials research; journal volume: 14; journal issue: 6; other information: pbd: jun 1999, 1999: p. medium: x; size: pp. 2196-2203. 11. ronkainen, h., et al., load-carrying capacity evaluation of coating/substrate systems for hydrogen-free and hydrogenated diamond-like carbon films. tribology letters, 1999. 6(2): p. 63-73. 12. arslan, a., et al., effects of texture diameter and depth on the tribological performance of dlc coating under lubricated sliding condition. applied surface science, 2015. 356: p. 1135-1149. pg. 428 varman / the academic research community publication 13. arslan, a., et al. effect of surface texture on the tribological performance of dlc coating. in proceedings of malaysian international tribology conference 2015. 2015. malaysian tribology society. 14. ferrari, a.c. and j. robertson, interpretation of raman spectra of disordered and amorphous carbon. physical review b, 2000. 61(20): p. 14095-14107. 15. bremond, f., p. fournier, and f. platon, test temperature effect on the tribological behavior of dlc-coated 100c6-steel couples in dry friction. wear, 2003. 254(7–8): p. 774-783. 16. vanhulsel, a., et al., study of the wear behaviour of diamond-like coatings at elevated temperatures. surface and coatings technology, 1998. 98(1): p. 1047-1052. 17. zulkifli, n.w.m., et al., the effect of temperature on tribological properties of chemically modified biobased lubricant. tribology transactions, 2014. 57(3): p. 408-415. 18. arslan, a., et al., effect of change in temperature on the tribological performance of micro surface textured dlc coating. journal of materials research, 2016. 31(13): p. 1837-1847. pg. 429 introduction methods results and discussion conclusions acknowledgments references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.386 availability and feasibility of demand side management projects in egypt mohamed gaber1, ahmed mohamed atef2, amr el zawawi3, mohamed salah4 1electrical construction engineer,petrojet company,northern branch, egypt 2electrical maintenance engineer,egyptian steel company ,alexandria plant, egypt 3electrical engineering dept,faculty of engineering,university of alexandria, egypt 4mathematics and physics dept,faculty of engineering,university of alexandria, egypt abstract demand side management (dsm) results in energy consumption reduction accompanied by lower cost according to the feasibility study for each project. in egypt, dsm projects are scarce due to lack of good studies proving their underlining profitability. this paper studies the major types of dsm programs and their availability to be executed in egypt. tips to measure feasibility for these projects are given using the net present value (npv), internal rate of return (irr), profitability index (pi), payback period (pp) and discounted payback period(dpp). different factors affecting the projects to study like the inflation factor and the discount rate are studied. this paper also investigates a new sustainable way for natural illumination called the sun tunnel. this method is presented with its different types: rigid and flexible as a case study © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords day light; demand side management; energy efficiency; sun tunnel; sustainable lighting 1. introduction energy shortage and increasing energy price in egypt force many researchers and companies to reduce energy consumption as well as studying new ways for sustainable energy generation from renewable energy by users, although energy cost increasing is a main hurdle which motivates to find new ways to reduce energy consumption. this paper may serve as a reference for studying any project to take a decision about its execution. it also includes a case study for installing a sun tunnel. dsm demand side management npv net present value irr internal rate of return pi profitability index pp payback period dpp discounted payback period pg. 379 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ gaber / the academic research community publication o&m operation and maintenance (o&m) wacc weighted average cost of capital 2. dsm dsm has considerable potential to reduce power system generation, transmission and distribution costs. however, the integration of dsm into existing restructured electricity markets is not straightforward. dsm has been receiving increasing attention, particularly with the widespread of advanced metering systems, like smart meters, which facilitate more detailed monitoring and control of customer loads. the main goals of dsm are: peak clipping, valley filling, load shifting, strategic load growth and strategic conservation [1].distributed generation and energy storage can also be classified as dsm [2]. 2.1. classification of dsm programs there are three main different programs of dsm. they have been discussed in [3] and can be classified as shown in fig.1 figure 1. classification of dsm programs 2.1.1. energy reduction programs (energy efficiency): energy reduction programs are considered as cost negative due to energy saving. they provide a large number of energy saving tips in all sectors. this can be implemented by more efficient processes, buildings and equipment. in egypt, it can be extended to lighting, motors and boilers. pg. 380 gaber / the academic research community publication 2.1.2. load management it aims to change the load pattern and encourage less demand at peak times and peak rates and this can be done by three different ways: load leveling improved generation without increasing the reserve capacity. this is done by peak clipping, valley filling and load shifting using thermal energy storage for water, space heating and reducing the peak demand. load control [4] direct control of particular loads such as air conditioning, hot water systems and swimming pool pumps remotely by the utility. in this case, the utility offers special low kwh prices for customer and this method is not available in egypt. tariff incentives and penalties there are three different programs regarding tariff incentives and penalties: – time of use rates: utilities have different charges for power use during the day to reduce peaks. this method is not used in egypt. – power factor penalties: a penalty is applied in egypt for any given factor less than 0.9 inductive for industrial loads. – real time pricing: according to utilities loads. it may be continuous or by the hour pricing. this method is not used in egypt. 2.1.3. load growth and energy conservation load growth by improving the customer productivity, this increases the market share of the utility and imposes its ability to fill valleys and shave peaks. this is done in egypt by distributed generation using renewable energy projects. conservation programs this result from utility-stimulated programs directed to customers. these programs are used in egypt. 3. energy saving tips declaring energy saving tips is required by users to be award with different projects for different loads as following: 3.1. industrial and commercial sector: energy saving tips for boilers, that are most commonly used in industry can be found in [3]. also tips to avoid leaks in steam systems is studied in [3]. lighting is considered as one of the most important ways to reduce energy consumption. using led instead of fluorescent lamps and using interactive lighting scenarios are found in [5]. high efficiency motors and motors drives are used in most of factories to save energy. compressed air system saving tips in [3] are very important, because in an average facility, 70% of the generated compressed air is used in air blow applications, 10% for actuation with the remaining 20% are lost through leakage. actions must be taken to solve leakage problems and to adapt pressure for minimum requirement. for the devices which need higher pressure, pressure booster can be used. pg. 381 gaber / the academic research community publication 3.2. household there are many practices for houses for energy saving like sealing, insulation, hot water cylinder, washing machines, heaters, and lighting, energy saving tips are applied [3]. the most applicable module is saving energy using lighting programs by changing lamps, using intelligent lighting systems and using natural lighting like sun tunnel if applicable. 4. economic analysis economic study is the most important part in any project related to dsm. most of these projects need feasibility studies to be executed. the following section will describe this. 4.1. net present value (npv) [4] the method used to perform the economic analysis is npv since it is commonly used to measure the viability of engineering projects. npv is defined as the difference of all cash inflows and outflows taking into consideration the time value of money. inflows refer to revenues and outflows refer to capital cost as well as operation and maintenance (o&m) costs. the npv can be calculated using relation (1): npv = ∑nt=1 (bt−ct ) (1+i)t where, bt = benefits at the end of each year of the project ct = cost for each year of the project n = number of years i = discount rate 4.2. profitability index (pi) pi is actually a modification of the npv method. while npv method gives an absolute measure for project; the profitability index gives a relative ratio for it. the project that has a pi above 1 should be accepted. pi as discussed in [6] is calculated by comparing the npv with the initial investment as shown in (2). pi = npv (initial investment) 4.3. payback period payback period is a procedure used to calculate the period of time needed to make up for the initial expenditure by discounting future cash flow. the payback period is calculated when the inflows equal the outflows. it can be calculated using formula (3): payback period = (t −1) + |ccft−1|cft where, t is the year when the cumulative cash flow begins turning zero or positive ccft−1 is the cumulative cash flow at the year t-1 cft is the cash flow of the year t pg. 382 gaber / the academic research community publication 4.4. discounted payback period (dipp) dipp, as reviewed in [7], is a procedure used to calculate the period of time needed to make up for the initial expenditure by discounting future cash flow and also taking in consideration the time value of money (discount rate). the discounted payback period is calculated when the inflows equal the outflows. dipp can be calculated using formula (4): dipp = (t −1) + |nct−1|dcft where, t is the year when the cumulative npv of cash flow begins turning zero or positive nct−1 is the npv of the cash flow at the year t-1 dcft is the discounted cash flow of the year t 4.5. internal rate of return (irr) irr as defined in [8] is the discount rate at which the npv equals zero. if the irr is above the planning discount rate that means, that the project is economically viable. when comparing two or more mutually exclusive project. the project that has the highest value of irr should be accepted. to calculate irr, relation (1) is solved for i , such that npv = 0. 5. sun tunnel sun tunnel brings natural light into even the darkest and most isolated spaces through a specially designed high reflective tunnel that passes from roof to ceiling, it is a better solution for any place has working hours during day time there are two types of sun tunnel. flexible type, as shown in fig.2 [9], is more suitable for shorter distances, cheaper to purchase, easier to install and allowed negotiating around obstructions in the roof space. due to the build of the flexible tube. light will reflect less in a flexible sun tunnel, effectively directing the light away from its required destination, resulting in less light reaching the required room. rigid type, as shown in fig.3 [9], gives a better light transmittance than the flexible sun tunnel. the less the light bounces off the internal surface of the tube, the more natural reaches the required room. figure 2. flexible sun tunnel our study is for a room with dimensions 2.5m width x 6m length x 2.8m height to maintain an approximate illuminance of 500 lux. room dimensions and the required illuminance data were inserted in dialux program. using luminaire type: philips noted as ”finess tcs198 2xtl5-14w/840 hf c6”, the distribution of the required luminaires is shown in fig.4 pg. 383 gaber / the academic research community publication figure 3. rigid sun tunnel figure 4. luminaire distribution using dialux there are different parameters that need to be taken into consideration when performing this kind of analysis. a. project life the lifetime of project will be 20 years. b. project costs the cost of the project for 8 tl5 luminaires that includes luminaires cost, electrical cables and switches, 5 times lamps replacement and maintenance cost for 20 years and equal 150$ sun tunnel type is studied in [10], and the results for the room data is 2 x flexible sun tunnel twf, 14” diameter and its cost as given by [11]was 198.41$ c. inflation inflation is the annual rate of change in prices that reduces the purchasing power of the customers. o&m costs are affected directly by this parameter; therefore, it needs to be considered in this study. inflation is arbitrarily assumed to be 12% in egypt as repeated values for all years. d. discount rate discount rate is explained in [12]. it reflects the time value of money. it is the rate at which any investor can expect to earn on his invested money. it is assumed at 18% for this study. e. weighted average cost of capital (wacc) wacc [13] is the minimum acceptable rate of return at which a company yields returns for its investors. if project return is less than wacc this means that the project is losing value. here we considered wacc= 18%. pg. 384 gaber / the academic research community publication f. depreciation depreciation is a measure of the decrease of the financial value of an asset over time due to the use and wear. depreciation is used to calculate the income tax for a project. g. income tax there is a fixed percent income tax rate that applies to any project or economic activity that has not been carried out 12 months before the date of the exemption request. h. energy price escalation the escalation rate chosen for this study is set at 2%, based on the present change in price of energy. based on these values for sun tunnels, we can conclude that for 20 years life time, we will find npv and irr as shown in table1 table 1. project data and economic results project life 20 years total cost for sun tunnel include taxes 440$ = 7920l.e tl5 luminaires project cost for 20 years 300$=5400l.e kwh cost for residential between 351 to 650 kwh layer [14] 0.75 l.e discount rate 18% npv 2560 l.e pi 1.424 payback period 3years dipp 4 years irr 21% figure 5. npv over 20 years project life according to these values, npv is positive and irr is greater thans 12% wacc. that means that the project is acceptable and is beneficial. 6. conclusion the increasing electricity selling price, enhanced the use of using the dsm. there are different programs for dsm but not all of these programs are available in egypt. sun tunnel project, which is considered as one of peak clipping program projects is profitable. this study shows its profitability according to npv and irr. pg. 385 gaber / the academic research community publication 7. references 1. z. hungerford, a. bruce and i. macgill, ”review of demand side management modelling for application to renewables integration in australian power markets,” in ieee pes asia-pacific power and energy engineering conference (appeec), brisbane, qld, australia, 2015. 2. j. a. deysel, m. kleingeld and c. j. r. kriel, ”dsm strategies to reduce electricity costs on platinum mines,” in international conference on the industrial and commercial use of energy (icue), cape town, south africa, 2015. 3. ”sustainable energy regulation and policymarking for africa ,module 15.,” may 2017. [online]. available: ht tp://africa-toolkit.reeep.org/. 4. j. r. matagira-sánchez and a. a. irizarry-rivera, ”feasibility study of micro pumped hydro for integration of solar photovoltaic energy into puerto rico’s electric grid,” in north american power symposium (naps), charlotte, nc, usa, 2015. 5. r. kathiresan, y. j. kenneth and s. k. panda, ”an interactive led lighting interface for high energy savings,” in ieee innovative smart grid technologies asia (isgt asia), kuala lumpur, malaysia, 2014. 6. i. giriantari, i. kumara and d. santiari, ”economic cost study of photovoltaic solar system for hotel in nusa lembongan,” in international conference on smart green technology in electrical and information systems (icsgteis), kuta, indonesia, 2014. 7. l. wei, y. li and y. su, ”research on economy and technology feasibility for centralized solar power development in qinghai-tibet plateau,” in ieee pes asia-pacific power and energy engineering conference (appeec), xi’an, china, 2016. 8. z. qiao, h. zhang and z. qiao, ”research on estimation methods of internal rate of return in hydraulic engineering project,” in 2nd international conference on information engineering and computer science, wuhan, china, 2010. 9. ”velux sun tunnel skylights—flexible and rigid.,” may 2017. [online]. available: http://www.veluxu sa.com /products/suntunnls. 10. ”velux sun tunnel lux calculator.,” may 2017. [online]. available: http://www.velux.co.uk/products/ suntunnels/lux-calculator. 11. ”flexible sun tunnel (twf/tlf) roof superstore.,” may 2017. [online]. available: https://www.roofingsup erstore .co.uk. 12. ”discount, inflation, and interest rates pveducation.,” may 2017. [online]. available: http://www.pveduca tion. org/node/708. 13. ”weighted average cost of capital.,” june 2017. [online]. available: http://www.investopedia.com/terms /w/wacc.asp/. 14. ”electricity price & tarrif.,” june 2017. [online]. available: http://egyptera.org/en/t3reefa.aspx. pg. 386 introduction dsm classification of dsm programs energy reduction programs (energy efficiency): load management load growth and energy conservation energy saving tips industrial and commercial sector: household economic analysis net present value (npv) [4] profitability index (pi) payback period discounted payback period (dipp) internal rate of return (irr) sun tunnel conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication towards urban spaces of quality: through the existing urban legislations in egypt haitham el sharnouby1 1higher institute for engineering and technology in behera, egypt. abstract egyptian urban spaces suffer from a chaos that is the result of crowded and disordered pedestrian sidewalks, streets and shop signage. this chaos creates a negative effect on, both, the image of the city and the quality of life within these urban spaces. many legislations and regulations in egypt attempted to deal with these issues. similarly, the egyptian government established many organizations and authorities in order to deal with these issues with little success. the national organization of urban harmony (nouh) is one of those organizations established by the government to take the responsibility of dealing with pedestrian sidewalk and shops’ signage while the municipality deals with road occupations. these organizations should perform their responsibilities through the egyptian legislations. the research at hand aims to find a solution to that particular problem which has influenced the quality of the street and its reflection to the quality of life as result. in order to find a solution, the research attempts to find a mechanism to boost the role of shop signage as an element of urban spaces in order to emphasize street quality. thus, the research well be divided into four parts: part one reviews the quality of urban spaces and the meaning of its terms while part two reviews the concept of the quality of life and the relation between the quality of life and urban spaces. part three demonstrates the urban quality of life through tangible and intangible approaches. finally, part four reviews the egyptian legislations that deal with research issues and attempts to find the difficulties that faced when enforcing laws. finally, the research conclusion illustrates the most important issues in the research and their proposed solutions. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords urban; municipality; advertisements; sidewalks; quality of life; urban space; urban legislations; road’s occupations; sign boards 1. introduction urban spaces have more than one type, paths and streets are the most type that people daily used. thus, the higher quality of the urban space, the higher influence in the people’s comfort in that urban space. the quality of urban spaces has more than one definition, and it depends on more than one element. the most important element that influence the quality of urban space is the path that link between urban spaces which represented by the pedestrian sidewalk, streets, roads, streets, and walk ways which represent the main elements in the city’s visual components. the importance of the path is based on its influence in different aspects such as culture, perception, cognition, behavioral issues and made environment. in all over the world, the local government or municipalities are the states party that obligated to control the sidewalks and shops’ signage, but in egypt the local government actually pg. 234 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i3.362 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ el sharnouby / the academic research community publication has no control on these elements. egyptian legislations in terms of road’s occupations and urban harmony discussed the quality of urban spaces and the people’s comfort in implicit manner. nouh obligated to issue several heuristic guides about specific urban element to cover all the urban activities. those specific urban elements are including both ”signboards”, and ”sidewalks”. in another side, the road’s occupations are included in a particular law in order to prevent any violations may make negative influence in the street as an urban space. the main problem that makes the egyptian’s urban spaces suffer that chaos is; that there are many factors prevent enforcement of legislations regarding road’s occupations, sidewalks, and shops’ signage, which make a pore urban quality of life inside the streets for pedestrians and car parking. 1.1. the research problem the problems of the research can be concluded in the following points: – the infringement on the inviolable of sidewalks in order to gain extra showcase spaces, as in figure 1. – the infringement on the inviolable area of the street to prevent car parking, as in figure 2. – sidewalks distortions in terms of widths, paving, regularity, and levels, as in figure 2. – disunification of shops’ signage in terms of pattern, form and its contents as in figure 1. figure 1. infringement of shops on the street and sidewalk (the researcher, 2017) figure 2. infringement on the street to prevent car parking (the researcher, 2017) 1.2. the research aims the research aims to find a mechanism in legislative manner to facilitate the connection between the urban space participants and the competent municipality to enforce the regarding laws to achieve the quality of street as urban space. this mechanism depending on: pg. 235 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication – involving the shops’ owners as responsible of infringement on the inviolable of the street and sidewalk. – involving the real estates occupants as responsible of infringement on the inviolable area of the street. – exploring the legislative reasons of disunifications of shops’ signage in the egyptian streets. – exploring the legislative reasons of sidewalks distortions. 1.3. the research methodology and workflow the research depends on the descriptive approach in reviewing the literature of urban spaces and quality of life in order to define a baseline to be compared with the egyptian existing reality, while the inductive approach used in reviewing the egyptian legislations to explore the reasons of the last two points in the research problems. the research will follow the process that illustrated in figure 3, in order to achieve its aims figure 3. the research outline 1.4. the research limitations this research and most researches that were performed after 25 january 2011 where there were restrictions for security precautions regarding taking a live photograph. thus, some photos may not reflect exactly the problem for the mentioned reason. 2. the quality of urban spaces presence of people in urban spaces, their activities and applications seem more important than good design of physical elements as in figure 4, because urban environments are influencing beyond a collection of buildings which are separated by streets, squares or parks. undoubtedly, urban spaces belong to and are around people and they reflect people’s activities. therefore, the better quality of urban space the better efficiency, variety, and quality of citizenship (tibbalds, 1992). cullen stated that townscape is ”the art of relationship” in urban space (cullen, 1975), this relationship is between three factors providing city’s sensational experience: optics, place and content. among these factors, optics is the most important one and declares us a dynamic experience of walking through urban space. cullen’s also demonstrates how movement can be read as a visual sequence and emphasis that our perceptual sense is a function of the visual and experimental qualities of the urban space we are moving through. a mutual relationship between human and urban space was considered and discussed several times in terms of human and environment. barker suggested that if there is compromisation between human acts and physical and social environment, places will come to conformity. generally, presenting a comprehensive classification of theories pg. 236 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication expressed in appurtenance studies in urban space can help us to identify its qualitative dimensions (barker, 1968). this led us to look for, what is the most suitable definition of the quality of urban spaces, for the research’s point. in fact there are various definitions for the quality of urban spaces and environment, the most suitable definitions for this research’s point when lansing and marans stated that “an environment of high quality conveys a sense of well being and satisfaction to its population through characteristics that may be physical, social or symbolic” (lansing & marans, 1969). in in other words, porteous defined it as “a complex issue involving subjective perceptions, attitudes and values which vary among groups and individuals” (porteous, 1971). while pacione defined it as contention is that “quality is not an attribute inherent in the environment but is a behaviorrelated function of the interaction of environmental characteristics and person characteristics. . . . we must consider both the city on the ground and the city in the mind” (pacione, 1993). hence, we can conclude that the term “quality of urban space” should be divided into two terms the first term is “quality” and the second term is “urban spaces” which discussed in this research in terms of paths. 2.1. quality quality is one of those words which are used unthinkingly by everybody, but which stubbornly evade definition. in general usage and in publicity circles, the word “quality” is frequently used to designate the attractiveness or the excellence of the product (osman, 2004). also, 8402-1986 standard defines the quality as ”the totality of features and characteristics of a product or service that bears its ability to satisfy stated or implied needs” (business dictionary, 2017). 2.2. urban spaces a city is a spiritual and physical system which responds to its residents’ demands, activities and behaviors. social needs and human special behavioral patterns are the basics of spatially human presence in the city. therefore, they shape or may modify the urban spaces (razavizadeh, 2015). this means that urban spaces are strongly related to the way people work and live in the cities (lang, 1994). since the industrial revolution era, people’s approaches to production and lifestyles have further exceeded all aspects of the traditional urban space; thus creating the so called “lost space” (trancik, 1986). these resulted because the urban space has gradually become occupied by motor traffic and urban life has been relegated to the sides of the roads (expert, 2011). since the 1960s, researchers have paid more attention to optimizing urban spaces and promoting outdoor activities (sun, 2013), in order to improve the influence of the most important urban factors on people’s emotions toward their sense of quality of urban space. these important factors may concluded as building façade details, building functions, ground floor usage and what individuals actually see (li, 2016). 2.3. paths lynch classified the contents of the city images into five elements: paths, edges, districts, nodes and landmarks. streets always expressed as paths, and undoubtedly paths are the most important connective element in the city. they are the channels along which the observer occasionally or potentially moves. people observe the city during moving through it, and the other environmental elements are arranged and related along these paths. the observer form an image in his mind sometimes due to a certain activity concentrated on such path, this applies not only to activities but also to certain features and spatial quality. so figure 5 illustrates one of the research problems which reflect the suffering which people faced in the streets during walking, shopping, parking, and their public ownership of the streets. then the free of physical obstacles in paths and streets may create a comfort relationship between human and urban space and make it approximated to be qualitative urban space. pg. 237 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication figure 4. paris, les berges. activities seem more important than physical elements (mackenzie, 2015) figure 5. obstacles in streets and sidewalks create a hostile sense to whom made such obstacles. (the researcher, 2017) 3. the quality of life quality of life is a concept which has generated a great deal of interest in recent few years. it is not only arise in the current and previous century, but it dates back to philosophers like aristotle the philosopher (384–322 bc) who wrote about wellbeing of life and how public policy can provide it. much later, in 1889, seth was used the term quality of life in a statement by: “we must not regard the mere quantity, but also the quality of life which forms the moral end” (marshall & banister, 2007). many studies has been focused the quality of life but till now there is no consensus has been reached to how it should be defined (serag, 2013). it is a complex construct and multidimensional that requires multiple approaches from different theoretical visions. there were many attempts to find a definition to quality of life and find what constitutes it in different disciplines. quality of life have been noted in the literature by more than hundred definitions. quality of life is “the satisfaction in your life that comes from having good health, comfort, good relationship etc., rather than from money” . . . it is “the personal satisfaction (or dissatisfaction) with the cultural or intellectual conditions under which he lives” (the free dictionary, 2017). it is also refers to the day living enhanced by healthy food, clean air and water, enjoyment of parks, open spaces and water elements, conservation of wildlife and natural resources, security from crime, and protection from radiation and toxic substances. there are enough elements of quality of life held in common by members of a society for the concept of quality of life to be meaningful. otherwise, the quality of life concept in the community is usually used to explore services and factors of the community, and resources that the people are observed as factors influencing pg. 238 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication their life quality or helping them in coping with each other (sun, 2005). myer stated that a community quality of life is built of the shared characteristics participants experience in places for example, traffic, water and air quality, or recreational opportunities, and the subjective evaluations participants make of these conditions. when the quality of life related to urban spaces it may be a sensory experiment inside the urban space, and by analyzing this experiment in urban space we find that it is possible to identify two approaches in which quality of life is affected: the physical approach and the emotional approach. the physical approach is maybe the simpler of the two to consider because it deals with tangible and material aspects of the built environment; dimensions with substance that are mutable and can be touched, altered, and shaped. on the other hand the emotional approach deals with less tangible, more ethereal aspects of urban spaces that nonetheless demand attention due to the impact they have on the physical approach. it deals with people and their relationships to each other, their rapport with places, their senses of community, and the differences experienced by different people at different times. ultimately the two are entwined and it is with this interconnection between the emotional and physical approaches that urban design should work to create urban spaces in order to contribute to a positive quality of life and wellbeing. 4. urban quality of life quality of urban spaces and quality of life are always the main two targets to be achieved by the designers, which mean that they should not achieve sparely. mixing these two achievements in one expression may make it easy to be achieved together and generate which most called term “urban quality of life”. urban quality of life is not a simple term and has no clear definition. so, till now there is no agreement for its definition but it has complex visions which might be defined by various disciplines. the term urban quality of life is not used to describe some physical features but to describe all the forked relationships that exist between those physical features. thus, the definition of urban quality of life is complicated rather than linear. the need to improve the quality of life in a specific place or for a specific person or group is an important to be taken in consideration by planners. improving the quality of life in urban spaces is no longer a simple matter, but the human satisfaction with different urban characteristics like transportation, recreational opportunities, quality of public areas, population and building densities, land use patterns, and ease of access for all to basic services, goods and public amenities. as well as social characteristics like security, safety, public health, social integration, education, increasing accessibility for disabled persons, promoting equality and respecting diversity of cultural identities, conservation of historic, religious and culturally significant buildings, or districts, emphasis mixed use of housing and services at the local level in order to perform the diversity of needs and expectations. these are in addition to environmental characteristics like respecting local landscapes and treating the local environment. 4.1. activities in urban spaces the relation between people and their city influences the fundamental matters of life like a strong link. in closely view to the city, a neighborhood center and its facilities specify the way of thinking of its residents to improve their environment or even motivate people to move and do something. urban space is a combination of local attributes and human presence which is a part of features related to human perceptual and behavioral aspects. by behaviors and experiences, urban spaces are developing and evolving at moment and its vitality and dynamic space are influences the life inside it. in recent years, discussions regarding environmental design has not been possible without paying attention to human participation (razavizadeh, 2015). environmental and urban design researchers considered that urban space is the best place to evaluate all of social, cultural, artistic and perceptual aspects along time, if one is identify some of the attributes which have helped implementation in survival of pedestrian areas (tiwari, 2013). urban spaces are the best context to emphasis behavioral human interactions. these spaces include all public spaces where people have visual and physical access (madanipour, 1992). in this regard, we can observe the pedestrian activities and human’s behavior in public spaces in order to enhance their quality. there has been a great emphasis on the role and importance of public spaces in different aspects of comfort and health issues in the pg. 239 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication literature of design and planning. there are certain reasons of human presence in urban space, these reasons can be classified into three part as in figure 6 and according to gehl: – necessary activities (e.g. going to school or work, shopping, waiting for a bus) that participants have no choice. – optional activities take place, if time and place allow, and weather and setting invite them (e.g. taking a walking to get a fresh air, stopping for a coffee in a street, people watching) – social activities depend on the presence of others in public space(e.g.communal activities, passive contacts such as simply seeing and hearing other people) figure 6. activities in urban spaces (gail, 1987. adapted by the researcher) figure 7. what makes a great place (pps, 2009) 4.2. sensation in urban spaces pps identifies four key attributes of urban public open spaces based on pps’s years of experience in working with communities, the observations and research of well-known placemakers and recent conversations with folks. these pg. 240 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication key attributes focus on ways to attract people to a street as an urban public space and to tap into its communitybuilding potential. these four attributes also closely parallel to pps’s “what makes a great place” diagram as in figure 7 as follow (soltanian & mohammadi, 2015): – sociability: one of the most important attributes of urban spaces is to create opportunities needed for social interactions. interaction with other people of the society leads to creating a stronger relationship with the place and society. – activity and usage: the most important factors in urban spaces dynamics and their activity in various hours and seasons are social events, different activities and usages inside the urban space and their potential to attract individuals and different groups – access and relation: relation is related to the quality of circulation, space connections and access along with space visibility and accessibility to the space as physical and visual access that affects security and performance of the space. – image and comfort: image is related to the quality of space physical organization and mental comfort of the place. sustainability, distinction and visual pleasure of the space are effective in attracting people to a specific place and their mental comfort. the most important approaches of those attributes which reflect the aims of the research were “the relations which related to the quality of circulation, and image, and related to the quality of mental comfort”. 5. egyptian legislations regarding urban quality of life when we talk about egyptian law regarding urban quality of life, we can conclude from the above literature that we should talk about roads’ occupations, shops’ signage, and pedestrian sidewalks. egyptian regulations regarding roads’ occupations are working through law was issued at 1956 and still working till now. this law called “law no. 140 of year 1956 for road’s occupations“. the executive rule of the road’s occupations law in its article (1) is dividing the public roads into two main types as illustrated. figure 8. the public roads’ main two types (the researcher, 2017) the first type is which paved by asphalt, concrete, stones, or any other tiles, this type considered if it has sidewalk or not, while the second type is that not paved. the executive rule of the road’s occupations law in its article (5) also classifies the ground floor usage and activities which may occupy the roads by violations as; garages, workshops, pg. 241 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication repairing of carpets and clothes, and stores of grocery, slaughter and any food shops. all that mentioned activities are not allowed to obtain any road occupation permissions, this in addition to the commercial refrigerators and balance scales are not allowed to obtain any road occupation permissions as well. also article (6) of the same rule stated that it is not allowed to give permission for occupations which laid at distance less than ten meters from entrances of pedestrians pass tunnel (ministry of municipal and rural affairs, 1956). in another point of view the egyptian building law stated in part two of the law “urban harmony” that nouh should establish heuristic guides for twelve urban elements, these guides are sorted in table 1. five heuristic guides of them was issued till now, these five heuristic guides are; heritage sites and buildings, advertisements and signboards, city centers, open spaces and parks, and quality management. heuristic guide of roads and sidewalks still not issued as shown in table 1. table 1. the twelve heuristic guides that should be issued by nouh. status issued 1 2 3 4 5 heritage sites and buildings advertisements and signboards city centers open spaces and parks quality management heuristic guide not issued so far 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 quality management roads and sidewalks environmental fundamentals cities’ entrances the village nature reserves external lighting so, the sidewalks in the most areas of the city are in critical situation in terms of its width, paving, regularity of level, and height of its curbstone figure 2. the heuristic guide of “advertisements and signboards” is organizing the shops’ signage in one small article which stated that “it’s allowed to commercial and administrative activities shops in ground floor of buildings, putting a signage for their activities and utilizations, and the competent local authorities should arrange with urban harmony responsible party in the province in order to unify the form and pattern of the signage when proceeding the building permissions” (nouh., 2010). this heuristic guide issued while there is another law still working till now, called “law no. 66 of year 1956, for regulating the advertisements”. this law and its executive rule define the criteria of shops’ signage in terms of its height, dimensions related to the width of shop-front, and emerging of the signage, but this law and the competent heuristic guide have not any control to the signage contents. 5.1. difficulties facing prevention of infringement on roads and sidewalks law of roads’ occupations is not like the most of the egyptian laws because it has not a separate part for penalties, but it has only one penalty for all violations instead. this penalty is committing the violators to pay 100 egp up to 300 egp. as forfeit (council of ministers, 1/4/1956). this penalty article was decreed at 1980 when the exchange rate of usd was less than one egyptian pound as in figure 9, which means that this penalty is not suitable for applying now at 2017. in particular view the mentioned penalty of road occupation is not linked to a period of time which the violation occupies the road, in addition, the law stated that the removal of the violations should not be done unless issuing a related adjudication which is mean that there is a delay of time in order to implement the removal of road’s occupations. this is obviously means that the penalty is not deterrent enough to prevent the violations, which is reflecting a bad image of city in terms of roads, urban spaces, pedestrian pass tunnels, . . . etc. figure 10 illustrates an extreme violation in the entrance of pedestrian pass tunnel while this occupation according to the law should be laid at least ten meters from that entrance. one of the most important reasons that made the spread of road’s occupations phenomenon, is the difficulty of involving urban spaces’ participants to prevent this phenomenon. it’s pg. 242 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication possible to prevent violations of roads’ occupations by facilitating the way which the participants can connect the municipality and complaint for these violations. one of the best way to facilitate the connection between urban spaces’ participants and municipalities is that each municipality specify a hot telephone line and make the shops owners committed to demonstrate this hot number in the shop’s signage in obvious manner. this way cannot be applicable now until involving the signage law and the competent heuristic guide in the signage contents. 5.2. difficulties facing unification of shops’ signage and sidewalks harmony as illustrated in table 1; one of the un-issued heuristic guides till now is the heuristic guide of roads and sidewalks, in parallel there is no any obvious working legislations in egypt regulate the sidewalks especially in terms of widths, paving, regularity, and levels. this directly reflected to the physical and mental comfort of the urban spaces participants as in figure 2 and figure 11. regarding shop-front signage; as mentioned before there are two regulations control this article, the first one is the heuristic guide of advertisements and signboards which mentioned this article in one short paragraph with vague criteria, subsequently part two of building law regarding urban harmony did not assign any penalties when violating that intangible criteria, as well as the signage content did not one of that criteria. the second one is law no. 66 of year 1956 for regulating the advertisements, although; this law defines more accurate criteria than the heuristic guide for shops’ signage in terms of its height, dimensions related to the width of shop-front, and emerging of the signage but penalties when violating these criteria does not reasonable to apply now a day at 2017. this law defines a penalty when violating the specific criteria by one egp and does not exceed ten egp (council of ministers, 26/2/1956). the penalty was established at the year that the law issued when the exchange rate was one usd equal 0.35 egp2 . 2the average rate at 1956 is usd = 0.35 egp, while the average rate at 2017 is usd = 17.65 egp (currancy converter, 2017) figure 9. historical exchange rates graph of usd vs. egp1 pg. 243 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication until now there are not any legislations deal with signage on the entrances of residential buildings, although the egyptian building law in part four dealt with the real estate wealth and how to establish the occupants’ federations in these real estates, but those federations did not get committed by the law to use any signage on the building entrance to promote themselves in terms of address, name, or even hot telephone line to connect with municipality if they made any violations. as well as this, the heuristic guide of advertisements and signboards did not mention anything about signage on buildings entrances. hence, municipality cannot control any infringements to the inviolable area of sidewalk and street in front of the building entrance as in figure 2. so, by committing the occupants’ federations to use signage on the building entrance and control its contents, the municipalities may get more control of infringements in front of the building’s entrance on the inviolable area of sidewalk and street. 6. conclusions the research parts illustrated the quality of urban spaces and its relation with the quality of life, then it attempted to link these articles with the egyptian legislations regarding roads, sidewalks, and shops’ signage as key points may influence the upgrade the reality of the egyptian streets. hence, the research achieved the following conclusions; – paths are the most important connective element in the city – quality of urban spaces should consider both the city on the ground and the city in the mind – the interconnection between physical and emotional approaches in urban spaces should emphasize the quality of life. – urban quality of life is the human satisfaction with different urban attributes which include activities in urban spaces and sensation in urban spaces. – egyptian legislations that influence the urban quality of life are the law of public road’s occupations, law of public roads, and part two and four of building law. – the applied penalties to the violations of road’s occupations and signage standards are not deterrent enough to prevent the violations, because they are decreed 61 years ago, as well as the forfeit is not suitable for now a day. figure 10. extreme violation in the entrance of pedestrian pass tunnel (the researcher, 2017) figure 11. sidewalks distortions in terms of widths, paving, regularity, and levels (the researcher, 2017) pg. 244 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication – the legislations of shops’ signage have no control to the signage’s content. and the legislations of the real estate wealth did not obligate the occupants’ federations to put a signage on the real estate’s gate. – there is not any commitments or legislations to the shops’ owners and real estate’s occupants’ federations to include a hot telephone line in obvious font, color, and location in their signage, in order to facilitate the connection between the urban space participants and the competent municipality. – in order to achieve the research aims and solve its problems, the penalties that applied to the violations of roads’ occupations and signage standards should be modified in the regarding laws to be contemporary and related to the existing exchange rate in order to be deterrent enough to prevent those violations. – an article should be added to the laws regarding signage, to obligate the shops’ owners and real estates’ occupants’ federations to include a hot telephone line in obvious font, color, and location in their signage, in order to facilitate the connection between the urban space participants and the competent municipality, and assign a deterrent penalty when violate that. – speed up issuing the heuristic guide of roads and sidewalks and establish a deterrent penalty for any violations to that guide provisions. 7. references 1. banister, d., & marshall, s. (eds.). (2007). land use and transport. doi:10.1108/9780080549910 2. barker, r. g. (1968). ecological psychology concepts and methods for studying the environment of human behavior. palo alto, ca: stanford university press. 3. council of ministers. public road’s occupations law 140. egyptian chronicles, vol. 26 bis. are. 1/4/1956. 4. council of ministers. regulating the advertisements law 66. egyptian chronicles, vol. 16 bis. are. 26/2/1956. 5. cullen, g. (1975) townscape. van nostrand reinhold company, new york. 6. egypt, ministry of municipal and rural affairs. (1956). executive rule of public road’s occupations law 140. (vol. 32, egyptian chronicles.). cairo, egypt. 7. expert, p., evans, t. s., blondel, v. d., & lambiotte, r. (2011). uncovering space-independent communities in spatial networks. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 108(19), 7663-7668. doi:10.1073/pnas.1018962108 8. gehl, j., & koch, j. (2011). life between buildings: using public space. washington, dc: island press. 9. historical exchange rates. (n.d.). retrieved from https://www.oanda.com/fx-for-business/historical-rates 10. lang, j. (1994). urban design: the american experience. hoboken: wiley. 11. lansing, j. b., & marans, r. w. (1969). evaluation of neighborhood quality. journal of the american institute of planners, 35(3), 195-199. doi:10.1080/01944366908977953 12. li, x., hijazi, i., koenig, r., lv, z., zhong, c., & schmitt, g. (2016). assessing essential qualities of urban space with emotional and visual data based on gis technique. isprs international journal of geo-information, 5(11), 218. doi:10.3390/ijgi5110218 13. lynch, k. (1960). the image of the city. massachusetts: the mit press. 14. pacione, m. (1993). the geography of the urban crisis: some evidence from glasgow. scottish geographical magazine, 109(2), 87-95. doi:10.1080/00369229318736883 pg. 245 el sharnouby / the academic research community publication 15. porteous, j. d. (1971). design with people. environment and behavior, 3(2), 155-178. doi:10.1177/001391657100300204 16. quality of life. (n.d.). retrieved from https://www.thefreedictionary.com/quality of life 17. razavizadeh, a. s., majedi, h., & habib, f. (2015). criteria and indicators of presence quality improvement in urban spaces, (case study: historical texture of kashan city). international journal of architecture and urban development., 5(3). 18. soltanian, f., & mohammadi, a. (2015). study of characteristics of urban public open spaces based on social interaction (case study: salavatabad’s 3-kilometer route). european online journal of natural and social sciences, 4(3), pp. 553-564. retrieved from http://european-science.com/eojnss/article/view/2759 19. the national organization for urban harmony. (2010). heuristic guide of foundations and standards of advertisements and signboards. supreme council for planning and urban development. retrieved from http: //www.urbanharmony.org/en/images/t.o.r eng.pdf 20. tibbalds, f. (2015). making people-friendly towns: improving the public environment in towns and cities. london: taylor & francis. 21. tiwari, s. (2013). developing a sense of place by humanizing public pedestrian precincts. international journal of architecture and urban development, 3(3), 21-26. 22. trancik, r. (1986). finding lost space: theories of urban design. new york: van nostrand reinhold. 23. what is quality of life? definition and meaning. (n.d.). retrieved from http://www.businessdictionary.com/ definition/quality-of-life.html 24. what makes a successful place? (n.d.). retrieved from https://www.pps.org/article/grplacefeat pg. 246 introduction the research problem the research aims the research methodology and workflow the research limitations the quality of urban spaces quality urban spaces paths the quality of life urban quality of life activities in urban spaces sensation in urban spaces egyptian legislations regarding urban quality of life difficulties facing prevention of infringement on roads and sidewalks difficulties facing unification of shops' signage and sidewalks harmony conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.383 research of one-dimensional consolidation of clays considering their rehological properties chen zhuo1, deng jingentgss1, yu baohua1, weng haoyang1, wang jie1, yan xinjiang2 1china university of petroleum(beijing), fuxue road no.27, changping district, beijing, china 2cnooc research institute, sun palace street no.6, chaoyang district, beijing, china abstract the paper concerns the influence of time and strain-rate effects on the clays in one-dimensional consolidation under constant effective stress. an improved creep constitutive model is deduced, by analyzing the stress-strain theory developed by yin and sekiguchi. treating the sample as a single system and applying the boundary conditions at the system level, differential mathematical equations to the consolidation problem of clays are obtained. the proposed differential mathematical equations have advantages in their ability to (i) not clarify the primary consolidation and secondary consolidation deformation. the error in calculating consolidation deformation which is caused by the argument about end of primary consolidation can be avoided. (ii) obtain the model parameters easily. how to achieve parameters by experiment is described in detail in the paper. (iii) be programmed and solved readily for the finite difference description of the problem. results from clays have been used to examine the validity of the model. it is shown that the proposed model can describe the consolidation of clays well. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords consolidation; viscous; time; creep; strain rate. 1. introduction at present, the research on clay consolidation is mainly based on the consolidation theory of terzaghi. after considering the mutual influence of pore pressure and deformation, biot improved the consolidation theory of terzaghi and introduced the effective stress coefficient. such research suggests that the pore pressure gradually dissipates until 0 with the increase of the consolidation degree during the drainage consolidation of saturated clay, and the saturated soil sample is in the elastic state. however, by considering the viscous deformation of the soil skeleton, some researchers argue that the volume change caused by the pore water pressure change in the terzaghi theory is just the initial consolidation of the soil samples. what’s more, due to the deformation of the soil skeleton, under the fixed pressure, the clay will undergo second consolidation. based on the division of first consolidation and second consolidation, the consolidation analysis of clays is divided into two parts: terzaghi theory is adopted in analysis of the consolidation process of pore water pressure dissipation; creep theory is adopted in analysis of the secondary consolidation stage. sun mingqian found that selecting the different end time of first consolidation, the second consolidation settlement calculated over a long period of time would be very different. it turned out that the consolidation analysis depended on the researcher’s experience pg. 346 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ zhuo / the academic research community publication to a certain extent. in order to reduce the dependence on the researcher’s experience, it is considered that during the whole compression process, the deformation and drainage processes affect and adapt to each other in this paper. it means that the gradual removal of pore water in the soil, the pore volume reduction of the soil skeleton particles and gradual transference and adjustment of pore water pressure exist at the same time during the consolidation of clays. then, a one-dimensional consolidation model describing the whole process of consolidation is proposed in this paper. and the first consolidation and the second consolidation are no longer distinguishable in the consolidation analysis of clays. in order to describe the rheological properties during clay consolidation, part of the one-dimensional consolidation model is based on the clay elastoplastic viscous model proposed by predecessors (yin, 2002 and sekiguch, 1976). the results show that the one-dimensional consolidation process of clay can be well described by the proposed consolidation model in this paper. 2. the governing equation of consolidation clay in the one-dimensional drainage consolidation of the clay, the total load applied to the clay remains constant, and the load is shared by the clay skeleton and the pore water. the external load is equal to the sum of the pressure loaded on soil skeleton and pore pressure. the pressure loaded on soil skeleton is called effective stress of clay. compressive stresses and strains are taken as positive. referring to terzaghi’s consolidation theory and biot consolidation theory, the properties of the clay are assumed to be as follows: 1) clay is isotropic. 2) clay deformation is small. 3) the seepage in clay follows darcy law. 4) the clay only undergoes vertical compression and vertical seepage. 5) the solid and liquid phases of the clay are incompressible. 2.1. continuity equation as the deformation of the clay is small, the geometrical equation of deformation can be expressed as: εz = ∂ uz ∂ z = εv (1) because the one-dimensional consolidation of clay is in accordance with the principle of material balance, the decrease of clay volume is equal to the outflow of fluid volume. the continuous equation of seepage of clay can be obtained, ∂ εz ∂ ε = ∂ qz ∂ z (2) the seepage in the clay conforms to the darcy law: qz =− k γw ∂ u ∂ z (3) substituting equation (3) into equation (2), the continuous equation of clay can be obtained: 2.2. stress-strain relationship in this section, the stress-strain relationship of the clay is mainly determined. according to the above assumptions, the deformation of the clay is mainly composed of two parts, the elastic-plastic deformation and the viscoplastic pg. 347 zhuo / the academic research community publication deformation. the elastic-plastic deformation part can be written as: ε ep v = ε ep v0 + λ v + in ( p ′ m p ′ m0 ) (5) for the viscoplastic part of clay, there have been various types of viscoplastic models have been proposed, which can be divided into three categories. the first category is the component model, such as: kelvin model, burgers model, etc. these models use different components to simulate the rheological properties of rock and soil, and replacing the original components by new non-linear rheological components to simulate non-linear creep. the second category is the empirical model, whose physical meaning is unclear, but the form is simple, what’s more, easy to understand and apply. for example, the yin model and the sekiguch model, these model generally thought that the relation of viscous deformation and time is logarithmic. the third model is the yield surface model (niemunis1996, chen yuanhong 2002), which is mainly a three-dimensional rheological model. it is different from the first and second types of rheological models (mainly one-dimensional model). the main feature of this model is the yield surface, which is used in transforming the volume stress rheological equation into partial stress rheological equation. in this paper, empirical model and component model are more applicable compared to the yield surface model, because the research focuses on one-dimensional clay consolidation. component model that describes the theory of linear rheology has been relatively perfect. however, the establishment of non-linear components has no uniform standard, which limits the application of component model in nonlinear rheological research. and the nonlinear rheological phenomenon of clay is obvious. therefore, the research that describes the rheological behavior of clay with component model is little and the form is not unified (ma bo ning 2013, qi ya jing 2012, wang zhongwen 2010). compared to the component model, the model which is used to describe the rheology of clay is mainly empirical model, such as yin model and sekiguchi model. in this paper, the clay viscoplastic model is based on the empirical model. yin model creep strains can be described by(yin1999) ε vp v = ψ v in(1 + t t0 ) (6) where ψv and t0 are two material parameters. at t = 0, the specific volume plots on the normal compression line at vm=vncl . at this time, the clay is in the elastic-plastic stage. after the elastoplastic stage, the clay is in the viscoplastic state, and vm is linearly related to the logarithm of time t. 1. sekiguchi model sekiguchi (1974) has extend the stress-strain-time model proposed by murayama, sekiguchi and ueda (1974) to include the time-dependency of dilatancy of normally consolidated clays and obtained a relation predicting the time-dependent variation of volumetric strain under axi-symmetric conditions of sustained loading. the relation is rewritten here in the form: εv = λ 1 + e0 in ( σ ′ m σ ′ m0 ) + d(η −η0)+ 3 2 h0 { d + λ (1 + e0)n } xin   ( ∂ εv ∂ t ) σ ′ m0, η0 / ( ∂ εv ∂ t ) σ ′ m,η   (7) where λ is the compression index, d the coefficient of dilatancy (shibata,1963), h0the relaxion spectrum of a box –type which is normalized by the consolidation pressure, n the extra stress ratio, ( ∂ εv ∂ t ) σ ′ m0, η0 the volumetric strain rate after the change of loading, and ( ∂ εv ∂ t ) σ ′ m,η the volumetric strain rate after the change of loading. through the analysis of the above two models, it is found that although the assumptions and model parameters proposed by the respective models are different, the relationship between the viscoplastic deformation and the time pg. 348 zhuo / the academic research community publication is generally considered to be logarithmic in the models. in this paper, the viscoplastic deformation and the time were assumed to obey the following relationship: ε vp v = ψ v in(1 + αt) (8) if α = 1t0 , then the model is equivalent to the yin model. in the above equation, if the time approaches infinity, the strain approaches the infinity, which is clearly contradictory to the fact. therefore, it is considered that the parameter ψ is not fixed, but time-related. assume that the ultimate strain of clay is ε vpvm, lim t=∞ ε vp v = lim t=∞ ψ v in(1 + αt) = ε vpvm (9) according to the above equation, and referring to clay model proposed by yin (yin,1999), we believe that the parameter ψ and time meet the following relationship: ψ v = ψ0 v 1 + ψ0 v ε vpvmin(1 + αt) (10) in this paper, it is considered that the elastic strain is produced simultaneously with the viscoplastic strain. thus, the stress and strain in the consolidation process of clay conform to the following relationship: εv = εv0 + λ v in ( pm −u p ′ m0 ) + ψ v in(1 + αt) (11) the partical derivative of the above formula is: ∂ εv ∂ t = −λ v (pm −u) ∂ u ∂ t + ψ0 v( 1 + ψ0 v ε vpvm in(1 + αt) )2 ( α 1 + αt ) (12) by substituting equation (12) into equation (4), the consolidation formula can be obtained: ∂ εv ∂ t = −λ v (pm −u) ∂ u ∂ t + ψ0 v( 1 + ψ0 v ε vpvm in(1 + αt) )2 ( α 1 + αt ) =− k γw ∂ 2u ∂ z2 (13) the solution of the above equation shows that the pore pressure increases with the increase of time and strain, which is opposite to the fact that the pore pressure of clay dissipates with the increase of time and consolidation degree. so there is a mistake in the consolidation equation and need to be fixed. in the previous research, it is generally considered that rheological behavior does not exist in the main consolidation process, which indicates that when the pore pressure is greater, the rheological phenomenon is not obvious. therefore, for the rheological parameter, we make the following assumption: α = α0 ( 1− u pm ) (14) then, we can get the equation: ∂ εv ∂ t = −λ v (pm −u) ∂ u ∂ t + ψ0 v α − α0 pm ∂ u ∂ t 1 + αt   1( 1 + ψ0 v ε vpvm in(1 + αt) )2   (15) by substituting equation (15) into equation (4), the consolidation equation can be obtained: ∂ u ∂ t   λv (pm −u) + ψ0v pm α01 + αt   1( 1 + ψ0 v ε vpvm in(1 + αt) )2     = kγw ∂ 2u ∂ z2 + ψ0 v α 1 + αt   1( 1 + ψ0 v ε vpvm in(1 + αt) )2   (16) pg. 349 zhuo / the academic research community publication 2.3. the boundary and initial condition it is necessary to increase the boundary condition to solve the consolidation equation. this research assumes that the thickness of the consolidation clay is h, the bottom of clay is impermeable, the top of clay is the drainage layer, and the initial pore pressure is evenly distributed. then, the boundary conditions are: ∂ u ∂ z ∣∣∣∣ z=h = 0, u|z=0 = 0 (17) the initial condition is: u|t=0 = u0 (18) the pore pressure and the final settlement in the clay at any consolidation time can be obtained by solving the governing equations 16, 17 and 18. 2.4. the solution of governing equation due to the governing equations presented in the previous section appear too complex to yield an exact solution, so this study decides to use the finite difference method to solve it. the clay thickness is h, the step size of z direction and t direction is 4zand 4t. for the sake of simplicity, record (k, j) = (zk, t j ), u (k, j) = u (zk ,t j ). figure 1. finite difference grid in the grid interior point (k, j), use the center difference quotient formula: ∂ 2u ∂ z2 ∣∣∣∣ (k, j) = u(k + 1, j)−u(k, j + 1)−u(k, j−1)+(k−1, j) 4z2 ∂ u ∂ t ∣∣∣∣ (k, j) = u(k, j + 1)−u(k, j) 4t (19) by substituting equation 19 into equation16, the formula can be obtained: u(k, j) = u(k, j−1) + k4t ( λ v (pm −u) + m pm α0)γw u(k + 1, j−1)−2u(k, j−1) = u(k−a, j−1) 4z2 + mα4t( λ v (pm −u) + mα0 pm ) α = α0 ( 1− u(k, j−1) pm ) m = ψ0 v 1 1 + αt   1 1 + ψ0 v ε vpvm in(1 + αt)2   (20) the above equation is the differential equation for one-dimensional consolidation equation. pg. 350 zhuo / the academic research community publication in the upper boundary, use the backward difference quotient in replacing partial derivative, obtain the approximate difference of the boundary condition ∂ u ∂ z ∣∣∣∣ (h, j) = u(h, j)−u(h −1, j) 4z = 0 (21) 3. determination of parameters in the theory as can be seen from equation 20, the one-dimensional consolidation equation mainly contains the following parameters:λ ,ψ0,α0. this section is mainly about how to obtain the values of these parameters by experiment. 3.1. determination of parameter λ the term λ is similar to that used in modified cam-clay. when the compression experiment is carried out on the normal-consolidated clay, the relationship curve between the compressed volume of clay and the effective stress can be obtained. this relationship is called the normal consolidation line. the normal consolidation line (e-lnp’) in the compression experiment is a straight line whose slope is the parameter λ , and figure 2 shows the reference diagram for this relationship(lu tinghao 2006). thus, the parameter λ can be obtained by the compression experiment of the normal consolidation clay. figure 2. compression experiment 3.2. determination of ψ, α0 the terms ψ, α0 are material constant parameters. the creep experiments show that the strain of clay is linear with the logarithm of time. and the value of the parameters ψ0 and α0 can be obtained by fitting the creep experimental data of normal consolidation clay. figure 3 shows the reference diagram for this relationship (lu tinghao 2006). because of the large amount of pore pressure and its change in the early stage of creep experiment, when fitting the experimental data, the experimental data of latter stage of creep should be used and the creep strain of this moment pg. 351 zhuo / the academic research community publication is dominated by viscoplasticity. figure 3. creep experiment 4. validation on one-dimensional consolidation experiment 4.1. laboratory equipment in this paper, the rheological tests of artificial clay were carried out in the laboratory according to the research demands. compared with the field experiment, the indoor experiment has many advantages: more repeated times, less cost, easy for long-term observation, easy to control environmental factors and test conditions, and easier to highlight the main factors to eliminate the influence of secondary factors. the test device is improved on the basic of original triaxial rock mechanics testing unit. experimental equipment is shown in fig.1, its main parts are followed: 1)pressurization and constant pressure system 2)high pressure sealed system 3)displacement measurement system pressurization and constant pressure system has two passages; a constant axial load is applied to the rock sample by jack through one passage and a constant confining pressure through the other one. by the time the applied pressure is showed in the digital display. the displacement is measured by displacement sensor whose accuracy is 0.01mm. the results are displayed by numbers figure 4. the consolidation testdevice pg. 352 zhuo / the academic research community publication 4.2. experimental samples the artificial cores are used to simulate the one-dimensional consolidation. the research adopt the recipe of 89.5% bentonite + 0.5% na2co3 solution + (10-x)% sand(200 mesh) + x% water to make the samples. the samples were made using conventional steel ring blades (6.18 cm in diameter and 2 cm in height) in a volume of about 60 cm3 and prepared by the compact sample method. before the test, extracting air in the sample and making it saturated. the test conditions of each sample to be consistent. 4.3. consolidation experiment the sample is double-sided drain. single-stage loading method is used for test. the load is 25kpa. the indoor test is limited by the number of samples, time and test equipment. and long test process will make sample disturbance, affecting the test accuracy and other conditions of the constraints. so the test is not suitable for a long test cycle. at the same time, according to the previous research experience, shorter test time can achieve the desired goal, get more meaningful conclusions. so the loading time is 24 hours. the results are as follows: figure 5. the relationship graph between the clay strain value and the time 4.4. numerical calculation and analysis according to the compression experiment and the creep experiment, the parameter values in the consolidation equation can be obtained as follows: table 1. parameters in rheological model λ ψ0 α0 ε vp vm k/γw 0.0126 0.03 0.0283 0.03 1.13*10−3 it should be noted that ε vpvm and k/γw, these two parameter values are difficult to obtain directly from the compression experiment and the creep experiment. therefore, the results of the consolidation experiments need to be fitted to obtain the specific values of these parameters. the results of the consolidation experiment are calculated with the rheological consolidation model and the terzaghi model, and they are shown in fig6. by comparing the results of the rheological consolidation model and the consolidation experiment, it can be found that there is a certain error when the time is short, such as within 1h. the change of permeability should be responsible for the error. when the time is long, the permeability change is small, and then the rheological model can be a wonderful simulation of the experimental results. the terzaghi model is mainly used to describe the main consolidation process of clay. it is difficult to use the terzaghi model to simulate the whole consolidation process pg. 353 zhuo / the academic research community publication figure 6. comparison graph of clay strain value and time of clay, and there is a great error in the simulation process by comparing the results of the terzaghi model and the consolidation experiment. one of the reasons for the error is that the permeability and compressibility are changing with time. and another important reason is the hypothesis in terzaghi model that the clay is in an elastoplastic state. 5. conclusion 1. the clay elastic-plastic viscous model proposed by yin is modified, and the stress-strain relationship in modified model can better describe the consolidation behavior of clay. 2. on the basis of the modified model, a one-dimensional consolidation equation with rheology of the clay is deduced. the equation can describe the consolidation behavior of one-dimensional clay well. 3. the proposed rheological consolidation model overcomes the problem to distinguish the first and second consolidation process, which reduces the dependency on experience for the consolidation analysis calculation. 4. due to the change of the permeability in the consolidation process, the rheological consolidation model has some error in describing the initial consolidation, which should be taken into account in the follow-up study. 6. acknowledgments this work was supported by the national oil and gas major project of china (grant no. 2016zx05028001-01) and national program on key basic research project “973” program (grant no. 2015cb251202). pg. 354 zhuo / the academic research community publication 7. appendix list of symbols εz − axial strain z, uz − displacement, axial displacement εv −volume strain t −time qz − f luid volume k− permeability γw −speci f ic gravity o f water u− pore−water pressure ε ep v −elastic− plastic volume strain ε ep v0 −volume strain at ′ m = ′ m0 λ −slope o f virgin compression line v −speci f ic volume, volume occupied by unit volume o f solids p ′ m −mean e f f ective stress under isotropic stres sin g p ′ m0 −model parameter ε vp v −viscoplastic creep strain ψ,ψ0 −creep parameter t0 −model parameter α,α0 −model parameter ε vp vm −model parameter u0 −initial pore−water pressure 8. references 1. terzaghi k, peck r b, mesri g. soil mechanics in engineering practice[m]. john wiley & sons, 1996. 2. biot m a. general theory of three-dimensional consolidation[j]. journal of applied physics, 1941, 12(2): 155-164. 3. liu mingqian. research on rheological and consolidation properties of tianjin coastal soft soil[d]. jilin university of china, 2016. 4. crawford c b. interpretation of consolidation tests [j]. journal of soil mechanics and foundation division, asce, 1964, 90(5): 87-102. 5. casagrande, a. the determination of the preconsolidation load and its practical significance[c]. proc.i st icsmfe, 1936, 3: 60-64. 6. qian jiahuan, application of rheology theory in soil mechanics [c]. selected papers of the fourth national conference on soil mechanics and basic engineering, china construction industry press,1986. 7. qian jiahuan, wang shengyuan, guo zhiping. application of rheology theory in soil mechanics [c]// selected papers of the national conference on soil mechanics and basic engineering, china construction industry press. 1983. 8. liu shiming, zeng guoxi. on the secondary deformation of soft clay[j]. journal of zhejiang university (engineering science), 1990(6):840-848. 9. yin j h, zhu j g, graham j. a new elastic viscoplastic model for time-dependent behaviour of normally and overconsolidated clays: theory and verification[j]. canadian geotechnical journal, 2002, 39(1): 157-173. pg. 355 zhuo / the academic research community publication 10. sekiguchi h, toriihara m. theory of one-dimensional consolidation of clays with consideration of their rheological properties[j]. soils and foundations, 1976, 16(1): 27-44. 11. liu xiliang. principles of soil mechanics [m]. china university of mining and technology press, 2015. 12. ma boning. research on rheological consolidation of soft clayey soils in dual scale[d]. zhejiang university, 2013. 13. qi yajing, jiang qinghui, wang zhijian. 3d creep constitutive equation of modified nishihara model and its parameters identification [j]. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 2012, 31(2):347-355. 14. wang zhongwen, yuan zhiqiang, li bin. study on creep characteristic of tertiary argillaceous rock in loess area [j]. chinese journal of rock mechanics and engineering, 2010, 29(s2):004008-4015. 15. niemunis a, krieg s. viscous behaviour of soil under oedometric conditions [j]. canadian geotechnical journal, 1996, 33(1): 159-168. 16. chen yuanhong, hong baoning, gong daoyong. modified cambridge visco-elastic-plasticity model considering rheology of soil [j]. journal of hohai university (natural science edition), 2002, 30(5):44-47. 17. bjerrum l. engineering geology of norwegian normally-consolidated marine clays as related to settlements of buildings[j]. geotechnique, 1967, 17(2): 83-118. 18. yin j h, zhu j g. measured and predicted time-dependent stress-strain behaviour of hong kong marine deposits[j]. canadian geotechnical journal, 1999, 36(4): 760-766. 19. li ronghua. partial differential equation numerical solution (second edition) [m]. higher education press, 2010. 20. lu tinghao, liu zude, chen guoxing. advanced soil mechanics [m]. machinery industry press, 2006. pg. 356 introduction the governing equation of consolidation clay continuity equation stress-strain relationship the boundary and initial condition the solution of governing equation determination of parameters in the theory determination of parameter determination of ,0 validation on one-dimensional consolidation experiment laboratory equipment experimental samples consolidation experiment numerical calculation and analysis conclusion acknowledgments appendix references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.392 integrative framework of kansei engineering (ke) and kano model (km) applied to light bulb changer soheir backar1 1(assisstant professor): production engineering department, faculty of engineering, alexandria university abstract currently, any industries face higher competition in their business pertinent to the customers’ demands and product design requirements. customer requirements and satisfaction measurement can be achieved through various methods. this paper presents an integrative framework of kansei engineering (ke) and kano model, applied to a product (light bulb changer lbc). ke captures and translates the emotional needs of the customer (kansei), whereas kano model is inserted into it to investigate the relationship between service quality attribute performance and kansei. on this research, the integration between ke and km in product development approach is applied though a daily life product as a case study (lbc product). the results show that the mechanical mechanism consisting of spring fingers with pvc, round grip and plastic telescopic pole is preffered by customers. this study found that the perceived or quality attributes are influenced by the emotional design or kansei response. it provides the useful spectrum to other researchers to gain more powerful product development in the future, and stay on the customer satisfaction and requirement track. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords kano method (km); kansei engineering (ke); product development process (pdp); semantic differential (sd) 1. introduction the customer satisfaction is one of the challenges on how they can deliver the quality of the product for their success and survival in today’s competitive environment. kansei engineering can be used as a tool for creative product development generating new revolutionary solutions (koleini et al., 2014). also, kano questionnaire is very helpful in measuring customer satisfaction (mostafa et al., 2013). qiting et al. made a questionnaire to determine the customer needs and satisfaction at shanghai disneyland (qiting et al, 2012). integration between kansei engineering and kano model is a new field to develop products and services to achieve customer satisfaction fulfillment. lanzotti and tarantino suggested the idea of integration of ke and km existing in pd (lanzotti and tarantino, 2008). schutte et al applied this integration in the service development (schutte et al., 2004). fevi et al proposed an integration framework of km and ke towards a product used in our daily life; pen design development (fevi et al., 2014). this research tries to find out the relevant features in the product development process and how they meet the characteristics required by the customers using kansei engineering (ke) and kano method (km). both approaches pg. 430 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ backar / the academic research community publication are integrated as the structural model of customer satisfaction that will be functioned to help the designer or producer to generate the questionnaire as an initial process to gain the data collection. neither ke nor km are sufficient to make the customer fully satisfied. so, integration helps to achieve customer requirements (cr) fulfillment. figure 1 shows the integration approach between ke & km. in this study, we illustrate the integration between ke and kano model through a procedure that helps in increasing customer satisfaction and maximizing profit applied to a certain product (light bulb changer). this helps to determine the strength and weakness in the integration process to be able to develop the procedure in the future. also, a complete analysis of questionnaire results and obtaining the most important kws and elements of the product will be applied. figure 1. the integration approach between ke & km 2. methodology the integration approach between ke and km depends on three basic phases; collection of kansei words, relating kws with engineering characteristics, and implementing kano model. 2.1. collection of kansei words: table 1 shows the 78 words that have been collected and gathered to form a new database for light bulb changer. table 1. kansei words modern self-sacrificed classic futuristic vulnerable charming strong comfortable professional lively neutral cheap expensive firm cool unique long organic domestic convenient impressive lovely rustic moderate real attractive surreal alignment sensibility flexibility friendly simple sophisticated adorable low profile public cute stylish luxury monotonous bold soft beautifully creative masculine light weight romantic bright continued on next page pg. 431 backar / the academic research community publication table 1 continued healthy chic refreshing boring neat calm relaxing plain hard mellow eye catching artificial complex warm loose sleek stationary transparency rough smooth durable thick vitality safety tough brilliant pure practical pleasant tasty it was necessary to collect some of the words (kansei words) that might reflect the needs of the customer and that relate to the product which will help us in thinking about the proposals for a new product suitable to the needs of the customer. depending on the considered domain, the kansei words generally vary from 50 to 600 (nagamachi et al., 2008). in order to get a complete selection of words all available sources have to be used, even if the words emerging seem to be similar or the same (schutte, 2002). 2.2. semantic differential (sd) scale semantic differential is a type of a rating scale designed to measure the connotative meaning of objects, events, and concepts. the connotations are used to derive the attitude towards the given object, event or concept or is a standard visual analogue scale (vas) and a 7-grade-likert scale.in order to ensure that the word was properly understood, the extremes on the opposite sides of the scales were symbolized by (very much) and (not at all). we weight every word to determine its importance, then select the most important words to be used in kano questionnaire. thirty five participants were interviewed and asked to answer the sd scale questionnaire. table 2 shows an example of the response of participant no 1. table 2. an example of the response of participant 1 customer no: 1 light bulb changer kansei word not at all 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 modern x 2 strong x 3 expensive x 4 omestic x 5 real x 6 friendly x 7 cute x 8 beautifully x 2.3. importance weighting in our study, we use (sd) scale to measure the importance of each word and choose the most important words which have high grades, also we calculate the weight of each word to determine the importance of the word. the weight = (the total grades of word) / (7*no of participant). table 3 represents the grade of kansei words and importance weighting. after selecting the words that have the highest degrees and the highest weights. we collect all selected words in a table (meaning table; table 4). table 4 shows that the six words that have the highest grade are comfortable, convenient, attractive, simple, light weight, and durable. pg. 432 backar / the academic research community publication 2.4. relating ke with engineering characteristics (ecs) the chosen elements (characteristics) related to the most appropriate word of kansei words by brainstorming. these words & elements are combined together in a questionnaire (kano questionnaire). sauerwein et al. focused that each question must be involved some requirements of the product related to kansei words which must be suitable with this requirement (sauerwein et al., 1996). in this study, the questionnaire includes three sections, two sections (functional and dysfunctional) to check the lbc design (grip shape, grip material, telescopic pole) and one section to choose the lbc mechanism among (air suction, mechanical, and electrical). the number of questions are thirty four divided to seventeen functional questions and seventeen dysfunctional questions. table 5 shows an example of functional questions in the kano questionnaire. the questionnaires are distributed to 40 participants. by combining the answers of functional and dysfunctional requirements in the kano evaluation table 6, the product features can be classified into a (attractive), o (onedimensional), m (must be), i (indifferent), r (reverse). then, this data is analyzed by a mathematical approach. the mathematical model is to measure the customer satisfaction or dissatisfaction: customer satisfaction (s.c) = (a+o) / (a+o+m+i) customer dissatisfaction (d.c) = (o+m) / (a+o+m+i) total c.s.c (t.c.s) = (a-m) / (a+o+m+i) table 3. grade and weighting of kansei words kws grade weight kws grade weight modern 144 0.587755102 bright 106 0.432653061 strong 129 0.526530612 soft 139 0.567346939 expensive 102 0.416326531 public 136 0.555102041 domestic 68 0.27755102 flexibility 87 0.355102041 real 103 0.420408163 moderate 97 0.395918367 friendly 60 0.244897959 conservative 107 0.436734694 cute 67 0.273469388 cheap 183 0.746938776 beautifully 132 0.53877551 charming 87 0.355102041 self-sacrificed 87 0.355102041 sexy 104 0.424489796 comfortable 190 0.775510204 chic 128 0.52244898 firm 136 0.555102041 refreshing 114 0.465306122 convenient 173 0.706122449 boring 83 0.33877551 attractive 181 0.73877551 neat 78 0.318367347 simple 189 0.771428571 calm 87 0.355102041 stylish 151 0.616326531 relaxing 78 0.318367347 creative 113 0.46122449 plain 65 0.265306122 classic 132 0.53877551 hard 136 0.555102041 professional 80 0.326530612 mellow 103 0.420408163 cool 108 0.440816327 eye catching 127 0.518367347 impressive 92 0.375510204 artificial 100 0.408163265 surreal 102 0.416326531 complex 82 0.334693878 sophisticated 119 0.485714286 warm 68 0.27755102 luxury 99 0.404081633 loose 60 0.244897959 masculine 74 0.302040816 sleek 97 0.395918367 futuristic 155 0.632653061 stationary 87 0.355102041 continued on next page pg. 433 backar / the academic research community publication table 3 continued lively 100 0.408163265 transparency 120 0.489795918 appealing 105 0.428571429 rough 102 0.416326531 lovely 113 0.46122449 smooth 120 0.489795918 alignment 133 0.542857143 durable 167 0.681632653 adorable 113 0.46122449 thick 143 0.583673469 monotonous 95 0.387755102 vitality 134 0.546938776 light weight 177 0.72244898 safety 190 0.775510204 vulnerable 100 0.408163265 tough 106 0.432653061 neutral 81 0.330612245 brilliant 139 0.567346939 unique 132 0.53877551 pure 126 0.514285714 rustic 120 0.489795918 practical 103 0.420408163 sensibility 121 0.493877551 crunchy 101 0.412244898 low profile 123 0.502040816 organic 88 0.359183673 bold 102 0.416326531 healthy 100 0.408163265 romantic 108 0.440816327 table 4. the meaning table no kansei words meaning positively correlated to kw negatively correlated to kw word 1 comfortable sd words: -miserable comfortable providing physical well-being or relief -light -good -pleasant -miserable -boring word 2 convenient sd words: -inappropriate -convenient fitting in well with person’s needs. -suitable -appropriate -inappropriate -unsuitable word 3 attractive sd words: -barren -attractive pleasing or appealing to the senses. -lovely -likable -barren -unattractive word 4 simple sd words: -complex -simple easily understood or done; presenting no difficulty. -noncomplex -uncombined -complex -intricate word 5 light weight sd words: -heavy -light weight easy to carry it. -easy to carried. -heavy word 6 durable sd words: -jerrybuilt -durable able to withstand wear, pressure, or damage; hard-wearing. -industrial -strength tough -jerrybuilt -nondurable pg. 434 backar / the academic research community publication table 5. an example of functional questions in the kano questionnaire grip shape 1a lbc with a round grip on the handle helps me to feel comfortable as it gives physical relief while using it. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. 2a lbc with a hexagonal grip on the handle helps me to feel comfortable as it gives physical relief while using it. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. 3a lbc with a triangular grip on the handle helps me to feel comfortable as it gives physical relief while using it. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. grip material 4-a lbc with grip made of foam sponge seems to be convenient. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. 5-a lbc with grip made of pvc seems to be convenient. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. 6-a lbc with grip made of soft rubber seems to be convenient. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. telescopic pole 7using a telescopic pole made of plastic makes it feel light weight. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. 8using a telescopic pole made of aluminum makes it feel light weight. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. 9using a telescopic pole made of tin makes it feel light weight. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. 9using a telescopic pole made of tin makes it feel light weight. 1like. 2must be. 3neutral. 4live with. 5dislike. table 6. kano evaluation table pg. 435 backar / the academic research community publication 3. analysis of kano model questionnaire results 3.1. grip shape analysis the participants were asked to choose among (round, hexagonal, and triangular). table 7 illustrates the arrangement of customers’ requirements and the values of satisfaction and dissatisfaction factor for grip shapes. table 7. thearrangement of customers’ requirements and the values of satisfaction anddissatisfaction factor for grip shape q # d.c s.c q r i m o a q # grip shape g.d g.s grip shape 1&18 -0.6875 0.53125 1 7 6 9 13 4 1&18 2&19 -0.4482758 0.4827586 1 10 8 7 6 8 2&19 3&20 -0.25 0.25 0 20 14 1 4 1 3&20 due to the result of total satisfaction factor, it’s clear that (round shape) is the most satisfactory. so, the new design should consider the grip to be round. 3.2. grip material analysis the participants were asked to choose among (foam sponge, pvc, and soft rubber). table 8 illustrates the arrangement of customers’ requirement and the values of satisfaction and dissatisfaction factor for grip material table 8. thearrangement of customers’ requirements and the values of satisfaction anddissatisfaction factor for grip material q # d.c s.c q r i m o a q # grip shape g.m.d g.m.s grip material 1&18 -0.6666666 0.4666666 0 10 6 10 10 4 4&21 2&19 -0.3846153 0.5 0 14 8 5 5 8 5&22 3&20 -0.5757575 0.3333333 0 7 11 11 8 3 6&23 due to the result of total satisfaction factor, it’s clear that (pvc) is the most satisfactory. so, the new design should consider the grip to be made of pvc material. 3.3. telescopic pole material the participants were asked to choose among (plastic, aluminum, tin). table 9 illustrates the arrangement of customers’ requirements and the values of satisfaction and dissatisfaction factor for telescopic pole material. table 9. the arrangement of customers’ requirements and the values of satisfaction and dissatisfaction factor for telescopic pole material q # d.c s.c q r i m o a q # telescopic pole material t.m.d t.m.s telescopic pole material 7&24 0.513513514 0.648648649 0 3 4 9 10 14 7&24 8&25 0.285714286 0 0 19 15 6 0 0 8&25 9&26 0.333333333 0.095238095 1 18 13 6 1 1 9&26 due to the result of total satisfaction factor, it’s clear that plastic telescopic pole is the most satisfactory. so, the new design should consider the telescopic pole made of plastic. pg. 436 backar / the academic research community publication 3.4. mechanical analysis the participants were asked to choose among (air suction, mechanical, and electrical). table 10 repreents the result. table 10. mechanical mechanisms result mechanism air suction electrical mechanical score 11 7 22 due to the results, it’s clear that (mechanical mechanism) is the most satisfactory. so, we will focus only on the results of mechanical mechanisms to show which one is the most satisfactory. the participants were asked to choose among (clamp&collet, spring fingers, and interference). results are indicatd in table 11. table 11. the arrangement of customers’ requirements and the values of satisfaction and dissatisfaction factor for mechanical mechanisms mechanical q# m.d m.s q r i m o a mechanical q# 13&30 -0.222222222 0.222222222 0 13 7 0 2 0 13&30 14&31 -0.5 0.6 0 2 4 4 6 6 14&31 15&3215&32 -0.272727273 0.272727273 0 11 7 1 2 1 15&32 3.5. the chosen elements due to the result of total satisfaction factor, it’s clear that spring fingers mechanism is the most satisfactory. so, the new design should consider the mechanism to be spring finger (mechanical). figures 2, 3, and 4 represents the elements and designs selected due to participants choices. figure 2 represents the elements have been chosen due to achieving customer satisfaction in grip ship and grip material. figure 2. grip shape and grip material figure 3 represents the elements have been chosen due to achieving customer satisfaction in telescopic pole material and mechanism. figure 4 represents the element has been chosen due to achieving customer satisfaction in mechanical mechanism. 4. discussion and conclusion this study followed the known methods in collecting kansei words to establish a database. it also applied s-d scale as a guaranteed way to determine the important kansei words to form a meaning table. but on the other hand it contributed remarkably in: pg. 437 backar / the academic research community publication figure 3. telescopicpole material and mechanical mechanism figure 4. mechanical mechanism – applying the integration process on a new product with variable categories. – lbc is a new product to the egyptian market – contains four categories (grip shape, grip material, telescopic pole, and mechanism). – developing kano questionnaire to be in harmony with the product categories and characteristics. the new construction of the questionnaire is rich with choices among mechanisms, then choices among different designs in every mechanism. – analyzing data using a simple but valuable method to get accurate and detailed results. – this study was able to develop the procedure of integration between ke & km by applying recommendations deduced by the previous studies. most of previous studies neither either deal with many categories nor put elements and kws in order, they concerned only in the most important element and kw. – we made sure to mention all details in the integration process to be reliable in the future for other researchers or for industry men to follow. most papers or studies we have faced didn’t contain enough information to apply in industry. – the significant conclusions for this study are as follows: pg. 438 backar / the academic research community publication – the design (spring fingers mechanical mechanism with round, pvc grip and plastic telescopic pole) is the most satisfactory and it will be the best design that would achieve customers’ pleasure. also, it was found that the element (plastic telescopic pole) has the highest value of total customer satisfaction (t.c.s) = (0.135135) so it is considered the main priority in any design in the future. – mechanical mechanisms have the main priority at the beginning of any new design in the future. – this study allowed us to put the elements of each category in order, so if it becomes difficult to use the most satisfactory element, we can use the one that follow it in order, hence we can maintain customer satisfied. this study tried to focus on as many aspects and k.ws as possible to get accurate and precise results. also, it opens the door for other researchers to follow the same method to determine customer satisfaction in more important and complicated products with more aspects 5. references 1. lanzotti, a., tarantino, p., 2008. kansei engineering approach for total quality design and continuous innovation. total quality management journal, vol.20, pp.324-337 2. mamaghani, n., rahimian, e., mortezaei, s., 2014. kansei engineering approach for consumer’s perception of the ketchup sauce bottle. scgool of architecture and environmental design, iran university science. 3. mostafa, k., batool, r., parvaneh, p., alireza, a., 2013. identify and ranking factors affecting bank maskan service quality using kano model. university of tahran qom colleage, tehran, iran. 4. nagamachi, m., tachikaua, m., imanishi, n., ishizawa, t., yano, s., 2008 . a successful statitical procedure on kansei engineering. total quality management journal. 5. qiting, p., uno, n., kubota, y., 2012 . kano model analysis of customer needs and satisfaction at the shanghai disneyland. kyoto university, kubota, yoshiaki. 6. sauerwein e., bailom f., matzler k., hinterhuber, h., 1996. the kano model: how to delight your customers. international working seminar on production economics, australia. 7. schutte, s., 2002. designing feelings into products integrating kansei engineering methodology in product development. linkoping university se-58183, sweden linkoping. 8. schutte, s., eklund, j., axelsson, j., 2004. concepts, methods, and tools in kansei engineering. theoretical issues in ergonomics science, vol. 5, pp. 214-232. 9. syaifoelida, f., yahaya, s., sihombing, h., and yuhazri, m., 2014. the integration framework of kansei engineering (ke) and kano method (km) for product development. proc. of the international conference on advances in civil structural and mechanical engineering, acsme. pg. 439 introduction methodology collection of kansei words: semantic differential (sd) scale importance weighting relating ke with engineering characteristics (ecs) analysis of kano model questionnaire results grip shape analysis grip material analysis telescopic pole material mechanical analysis the chosen elements discussion and conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.388 on the natural frequency of oscillations of induction motors d. a. abdel-moamen1, m. abdel-rhman1, r. a. swief1, m. abdel-lattif badr1 1ain shams university, faculty of engineering, department of electrical power and machines abstract for transient stability analysis, the rotor dynamics of the induction motor have to be included. these dynamics affect the system stability when severe disturbances hit it and cause frequency deviations. for large systems, frequency deviations are small. however, it may cause loss of synchronism and break the system into smaller areas. motor loads are sensitive to system frequency deviations. any change in the grid frequency, changes extremely the slip. this follows by changes of the motor torque and the motor speed. the demanded active and reactive powers change as well. natural frequencies of induction motors is considered a unique property has a great effect on its behavior during different operation conditions. this work presents the performance of the induction motors through different power systems. based on time domain simulation models study the natural frequency of induction motors, their response in normal and abnormal operation is analyzed to illustrate the dynamics associated. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords natural frequency; induction motor loads; and power system stability 1. introduction more than 60% of the consumption of the generated electrical power is engorged by the asynchronous motors [1]. in transient stability analysis, the dynamic of the stator are completely ignored [2]. this is the main reason that during the following analysis the rotor speed of all types of machines is considered the dominate feature to study the power system performance. besides, instead of using hard long method, during this work simulated models of different systems are presented in time domain simulation. these simulated models represent fast transients during impacts and after reaching stability again. this work illustrates the behavior of induction motor in the natural frequency point of view, electrically and mechanically. this paper consists of 10 sections including the introductory section to discuss the concept of the natural frequency for an induction motor. pg. 398 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication 2. induction motor in power grid: figure (1) shows an induction motor supplied by the power grid. figure 1. induction motor connected to grid. this figure shows an induction motor connected to a power network with terminal voltage e with a deviation ϑ from a stationery vector called steady state voltage vector. when the induction motor rotor glides against the rotating flux, an electrical power is going to be developed. this produced power is taken from the power system and is given by, [3]: p = p0 σ σa (1) where, p0 is the motor rated electrical power, σ is the rapid slip given by the change of the rotor electrical angle and its flux and σa is the asynchronous normal slip which is usually assumed to be 0.5 to 5 to 10 per cent. due to the motor leakage flux, the effective flux of the rotor has a phase displacement against the terminal voltage of the stator. this leakage flux is associated with leakage angleϑ1 and instantaneous leakage voltagee1 . this deviation between the rotor flux and the terminal voltage is represented by: ϑ1 = e1 e = v1 p p0 (2) where, ν1 is the leakage voltage and for most of the induction motors is assumed to be 20 to 30 per cent. the energy law illustrates the relationship of the deviation of the electrical power due to the exchanged power between the motor and the grid to be: p + σata d p dt + v1ta ω d2 p dt 2 = − tap0 ω d2ϑ dt 2 (3) this shows that if the angle of the network ϑ changes, the induction motor oscillates. even in the case of a steady state grid, it may suffers transient oscillations according to its natural frequency given when the right hand side of (3) equals zero. the resulted power transferred between the grid and the rotor due to these oscillations is given by: p“ = pe − p 2 t cos µt (4) where, p is the free oscillations amplitude, ρ is the damping factor and µ is the motor natural frequency. pg. 399 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication 3. natural frequency of an induction motor: if there is an induction motor with rated slip σaequals 1 per cent, an accelerating time constant ta equals 2.5 second and leakage voltage v1 equals 29 per cent. this induction motor is connected to an infinite network as shown in figure (1). the damping factor is given by: ρ 2 = ω σα 2ν1 then, ρ 2 = 377 × 0.01 2 × 0.29 = 6.5 (5) the natural frequency of an induction motor is given by: µ = √ ω ν1ta − ( ρ 2 )2 then, µ = √ 377 0.29 × 2.5 −(6.5)2 = 3.3 cps. (6) by using simulink tool in the matlab software to simulate such a system, the resulted oscillations of this motor while plugging it with the network is given in figure (2), where the rotor speed is plotted against time, as: figure 2. oscillations of im connected to grid. by comparing the results from the formula of [3] and the one shown in figure (2), they are almost identical. for each speed change of an induction motor, it produces free oscillations. these oscillations are sliding aperiodically in the case of large rated slip. in the start, the induction motor may overshoot the synchronous speed. free transient oscillations are resulted and then they have to be completely damped to guarantee stable operation. the exchanged power between the grid and the motor increases greatly if the motor operates within the range of its resonance zone [3]. the induction motor performs oscillations with its natural frequency when connected to the grid. this frequency is going to be different if connected together with other machines. 4. oscillations between synchronous generators and induction motors: for transient behavior analysis of a synchronous generator, each single generator behavior has to be studied individually. in contrast, the analysis of induction motors is considered all of them jointly. figure (3) illustrates an equivalent diagram to this analysis, where there are number ”g” of synchronous generators feed a bus bar. all the induction motors ”n” are supplied from this bus bar and drawn jointly together with total kinetic energyσgn . for interconnected power systems, the rotating masses of all the connected induction motors are affect the oscillations of the feeding synchronous generators. for an interconnected system, that consists of two synchronous generators connected in parallel to feed two induction motors as shown in figure (4), each machine oscillates depending on its natural frequency. pg. 400 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication figure 3. power system equivalent diagram figure 4. two sg connected to two im after the oscillations are damped, the natural frequencies of these machines never intersect together. they remain parallel [3]. according to [3], when a power system is disturbed by any perturbation, the masses of all the interconnected machines oscillate trying to reach a balanced state of operation. the power balance described this behavior is expressed as: g1 v21 v21 − v2 + g2 v22 v22 − v2 + g3 v23 v23 − v2 +··· = −∑ gn (7) where, g1, g2, g3, ... are the kinetic energy of the synchronous generators and v1, v2, v3 are the natural frequency of each synchronous generator. v is the natural frequency of the whole system. (7) is presented graphically in figure (5). in this figure, σgnis the total kinetic energy of the connected induction machines and σggis the total kinetic energy of the connected synchronous machines. this system shown in figure (4) is simulated using simulation tool in matlab. the simulated model represents the start of applying the two induction motors to be fed by the two synchronous generators and lasts for 10 seconds. the system performance is analyzed by studying the speeds of all machines rotors, as shown in figure pg. 401 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication (6). the upper two lines represent the rotors speeds of the two synchronous generators. each one oscillates according to its natural frequency. then settle together with the same natural frequency. while the lower two lines represent the rotors speeds of two induction motors. as shown the lines are never intersect. this simulated system shows that not only the induction motors natural frequencies are not intersect with these of the synchronous generators, but the natural frequencies of the induction generators are not intersect with them as well. if a huge power impact hits this system, the induction motor with a large time constant may suffer an overloading condition compared to its rated power [3]. according to [3], all the interconnected parallel synchronous generators oscillate in perfect harmony. they oscillate together against all the supplied induction motors, which is proved by the previous simulated model. this system has the maximum possible stable performance. it is hard to lose synchronism among its generators. due to the slip effect, which is slow comparing to the synchronous generators [1], the initial distribution of an impact among synchronous generators and induction motors is different. synchronous generators respond instanfigure 5. graphical representation of all machines natural frequencies figure 6. oscillations of the system pg. 402 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication taneously as shown in figure (7), [3]: figure 7. different response of sg and im 5. case study: if there is a power system consists of two synchronous generators with 4.125 mva and 3.125 mva as their rated powers. as for their inertia constants, they are 4.07 second and 1.07 second, respectively. they are supplying three induction motors with different parameters such as their inertia coefficients and leakage voltages. a doubly fed induction generator in a wind farm is also connected to this system. figure (8) represents a single line diagram for this system. figure 8. the power system single line diagram according to [3], the synchronous generators oscillate against the induction motors. through this model, which is done using simulik tool in matlab, this is actually happened. besides, they are oscillating against the induction generators. figure (9), illustrates all the machines rotors speeds as an indication for their performance during a simulated model lasts for 10 seconds. the upper line represents the rotor speed of the induction generator. the middle lines consists of two lines representing the rotors speeds of the two synchronous generators. while the lower line is actually consists of two lines of the rotors speeds of two induction motors. this model proves that the natural frequency of these different types of machines, connected together in a power system, is never intersect together [3]. this guarantees stability for this power system. pg. 403 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication figure 9. rotors speeds of all machines in the system 6. factors affecting natural frequency for induction motors: there are many factors can affect the natural frequency of the induction motor. the inertia of the rotor, and the armature resistance have a remarkable effect in the damping of the transient oscillations during any perturbation affects the motor operation [4]. figure (10) represents a power system consists of two induction motor connected in parallel to an infinite network: figure 10. two im connected to infinite bus for the first induction motor (im 1), the rated power is 3000 hp, its stator resistance is 0.029 ohm and its inertia is 100.87kg.m2. as for the second one (im 2), its rated power is 150 hp, its stator resistance is 0.01117 ohm and its inertia is 30.87 kg.m2. the system is analyzed during connecting both of these induction motors to the grid which is called direct on-line starting. the resulted free oscillations during connecting the motor to the system are illustrated in figure (11). the blue line represents the oscillations of the rotor of the first motor, while the red line represents the oscillations of the rotor of the second motor. according to [3], an induction motor with great slip has increased damping to the free oscillations during its transient period. the slip effect is neglected in (6). for the induction motor mentioned earlier with natural frequency equals 3.3 cps, would completely lose its oscillations with this frequency if it has a slip equals: s0 ≥ √ 4v1 wta (8) which equals 3.5 per cent. pg. 404 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication figure 11. rotors speeds of two im connected to grid. 7. induction motor under sudden changes: for more analysis of the induction motor dynamics, the following system is considered. the same system at figure (9) is restudied while disconnecting (im 2) for 0.1 second. this sudden disconnection of (im 2) causes a transient behavior by this motor trying to reach the steady state again. the rotors speeds during this sudden change is presented in figure (12). this simulation lasts for 10 seconds describing the motor behavior during the start, disconnection and reconnection to the power system again. figure 12. rotors speeds during fault the rotor speed of the second induction motor decreases suddenly then recovered again after successful damping of the resulted oscillations [5]. during this switching transient, the air gap torque increases. besides, high inrush current flows in the second induction motor causes a voltage dip across its terminals. this causes the instantaneous slow down of the rotor speeds. it affects the voltage across the terminals of the healthy motor. figures (13) and (14) show the voltage dips across the two machines: 8. estimation of the induction motor natural frequency: the dynamic analysis and testing of a three phase induction motor helps to estimate the main parameters of the motor such as the natural frequencies, damping ratios and the motor masses [6]. to determine the natural frequency pg. 405 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication of the induction motor, a mechanical test is widely used and it is called ” the hammer impact method”. in this test, three different parts are tested, the motor frame, the stator and its rotor. the response of each part is monitored and analyzed. the responses of the three parts are completely different. the results in time domain are recorded. this helps in avoidance of coincidence of the natural frequency of the motor with magnetomotive forces frequencies. this coincidence may generate electromagnetic noise which affects the motor behavior during sudden vibrations. the main target of this analysis is reaching for a quite operated steady motor. the measuring test system is shown in figure (15) the vibration response is measured in this test by using this impulse hummer to hit the illustrated system in a radial position. the errors of calculated results of the natural frequencies have to be within 2% of the experimental results [7]. these results must be useful during design phase to minimize noise and vibrations of induction motors. 9. induction motor speed control: many applications for induction motors require an adjustable wide range of speeds. this leads to a huge development in ac adjustable speed motors. there are two ways to change the synchronous speed of the induction motor: figure 13. voltage dip across im2 figure 14. voltage dip across im1. pg. 406 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication figure 15. parameters measurement system for im (i) to vary the poles numbers, and (ii) to change the line frequency. as for the first method, the stator windings are designed to allow changes in the connections of the coil construction to change the poles number. in most cases, the rotor is going to be of a squirrel cage type. the main idea of the cage winding design, is to produce a rotor field with the same poles numbers of the inducing stator field. however, for the wound rotor design, it is more complex. as it is not only the stator windings are rearranged, the rotor windings have to be rearranged as well to change the pole number. for the second method, controlling the speed of the motor is done through changing of the line frequency. the line voltage is directly changes with the line frequency to keep constant flux density. the main factor affects this method, is to provide an effective source to have adjustable frequency. nowadays, an induction motor with a wound rotor is used as a frequency changer or using ” solid-state” frequency converters [8]. 10. conclusion: this work discusses with many models the transient performance of induction motors in power systems. through simple simulation of different induction motors models, an accurate prediction of its behavior and calculation of its natural frequency can be obtained. the response in these models is close to the mathematical formulas and theories about this dynamic performance. these models can cope with different conditions to provide an accurate simulation for induction motor in a power system. according to the given formulae and the simulation models, the natural frequency of the induction motor is higher compared with the synchronous generator. as a result, the damping of the transient oscillations has to be taken into consideration. 11. references 1. mircea eremia and mohammed shahidehpour, ”handbook of electrical power system dynamics”, ieee press editorial board 2013. 2. xiaokang xu, ”application of singular perturbation models to long term dynamic stability studies”,the university of western ontario, london, ontatio, march, 1999. 3. r. rudeubenburg, ”transient performance of electrical power system”, the m.i.t. press, 1969. 4. jorge elizondo, james l. kirtley, ”effect of dg and induction motor load power rating on microgrid transient behavior”, massachusetts institute of technology, cambridge, ma, usa pg. 407 d. a. abdel-moamen / the academic research community publication 5. marija mirošević, ”the dynamics of induction motor fed directly from the isolated electrical grid”, university of dubrovnik, department of electrical engineering and computing, croatia. 6. ioan calin rosca, melania filip, transilvania ,university of brasov, mircea cristea high school,brasov, romania, ”damping ratio estimation of three-phase induction motor” 7. fuminori ishibashi, member, ieee, makoto matsushita, shinichi noda, and kenzo tonoki, ”change of mechanical natural frequencies of induction motor”, 2010. 8. a. e. fitzgerald, charles kingsley, stephen d. umans, ”electrical machinery”, mcgraw-hill book company. 9. allan greenwood, ” electrical transients in power systems”, a wiley-interscience publication, john wiley and sons, inc. 10. e.w.kimbark, ”power system stability”, volume i, ieee press, 1995. 11. p. kundur, ” power system stability and control”, mcgraw-hill education, 1994. 12. olle i.elgerd, ” elecrical energy systems theory”, an introduction, mcgraw hill, inc. 1971. 13. p.m.anderson and a.a.fouad, ”power system control and stability”, iowa state university press, 1977. pg. 408 introduction induction motor in power grid: natural frequency of an induction motor: oscillations between synchronous generators and induction motors: case study: factors affecting natural frequency for induction motors: induction motor under sudden changes: estimation of the induction motor natural frequency: induction motor speed control: conclusion: references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.385 utilization of saline water on the mechanical properties for unbounded granular materials sherif adel el sharkawy1 1lecturer of highway engineering, dept. of civil engineering, faculty of engineering, canadian international college, cairo, egypt abstract it is well-known that three quarters of the world contain saline water. the saline water contains amounts of salt dissolved in water to a concentration of parts in per millions (ppm) includes sodium chloride, sodium sulfate and magnesium sulfate. compaction of base coarse layer is usually done by water which is considered tap water. cites near shores often need coastal roads to act as service roads parallel to shore lines. for this matter, the use of saline water in compaction is considered a main objective in this situation due to the decrease in transportation cost of tap water used in hauling and compaction of base coarse layer. this research studies the effect of saline water on the mechanical properties of the unbounded granular material used in base coarse layer. the study compares the results between the use of saline water and standard tap water by subjecting both samples to different lab tests such as california baring ratio (cbr) and modified proctor. the results showed that saline water could be used successfully in the operation of constructing base coarse layer with good results concerning the amount of absorbed water content and maximum dry density of the base coarse layer which will result in good compaction. in addition, the cbr test results showed high evaluation of strength for samples contained saline water. the study used dolomite material for base coarse layer from jabal ataqa as one of the most used aggregate types in egypt through construction. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords saline water; cbr test; modified proctor test; base coarse layer; water content; maximum dry density. 1. introduction the main function of a base coarse layer in a flexible pavement is to provide sufficient cover over the subgrade, to decrease the stresses and strains induced by traffic loading so that subgrade shear failure does not occur and does not densify significantly, in addition, to a loss of shape for the pavement surface. to perform sufficiently, the base coarse must have a number of physical and mechanical properties such as stability, durability, impermeability and workability to ensure adequate strength and stiffness under the applied traffic loads and the strength is maintained during its designed service life. to be suitable for use as base coarse material, gravel must be capable of developing an adequate bond between the bituminous surfacing and the base course, which is enhanced by a degree of penetration of the first bituminous application into the base course surface. on the other hand, it is well known that saline water affect the road infra-structure negatively. the addition of salt pg. 369 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication in water with high levels of moisture is considered one of the main causes of pavement distress. salt damage is mostly common in warm coastal regions. the damage caused to pavements by saline water had been the subject of a number of studies. this negative affect from saline water was due to the powdering phenomenon to base course. it is considered a common form of distress. it is revealed as loss of all cohesion beneath the surfacing. the result is a lack of bond between the surface treated and the base. this could easily result in failure under traffic (pirlea and burlacu, 2008) 2. background a number of laboratory tests were conducted with mixtures of different soils containing gravel with clay adding rock salt. the lab tests done were compaction, atterberg limits, cbr, unconfined compression strength, and indirect tensile strength. salt content was differentiated from 0.5 to 2.5% by dry weight. the 0.5% salt content was found to have no influence on the liquid or plastic limit. in addition, slight decrease in the liquid limit and a slight increase in the plastic limit were observed with increasing salt content. through using the modified compaction test the dry unit weight was found to increase with salt content and the optimum water content was reduced by salt treatment. the cbr test showed significant greater cbr values for salt treated samples (singh and das,1999). in another study, high saline water utilization was discussed through a number of lab tests, it was found that the presence of natural salts was found to have a positive effect on granular pavements but a negative impact on bituminous mixtures. in some cases, salts were found to have a very small positive effect on the tensile strength of the pavement material, which was likely related to clay chemistry interactions. in other cases regarding crystallization, salt mixtures were observed to form bonds with the pavement material, which led to a significant increase in tensile strength and some increase in shear strength (de carteret et al., 2010) and (liu et al., 2015). further studies on the effect of water in embankment of pavement were conducted, the study illustrated that water had played a primary impact role on embankment of pavement. it showed that water or moisture was one of the most important and partly unsolved parameters related to the deterioration of roads. it had an influence on the modulus of pavement layers and on the resistance against permanent deformation. in addition, knowledge of moisture conditions in unbound pavement layers and subgrade soils were essential to predict the mechanical behavior of these materials in pavements, and to improve the design of pavements and their drainage systems. the main objective of the research was is to increase the knowledge required for improving the highway performance and minimize the leaching of contaminants from roads and traffic. finally, the research concluded that the improvement of pavement performance will lead to less road closures, better use of the road network, longer service life and more effective transportation of goods and people (boman and gustafson, 2001). another study, focused on sodium material presented in salt. it was for stabilization in clay soil, and desired compaction was obtained with less effort. it resulted in weak bond between soil particles. it was concluded that a increase in the strength and stability in the layer, it was shown that salt had considerable use in stabilizing the surface of dirt roads with low traffic volume. when the mixture of salt, soil, and water are compacted, the mixture dries as a result of recrystallized salt that makes the resulting surface dense and hard. the salt strengthens the smaller soil particles together with the large particles. in addition, when adding salt to the mixture, water should be added to obtain a moisture content within one to two percent of optimum. the salt crystals should be completely dissolved and the mixture should barely stick to equipment tires. in field, the mixture should be well graded and rolled with a pneumatic-tired roller. the road surface should have a glazed appearance and no moisture should arise on the surface. it was concluded that the effect of water type on compaction properties of soil is relatively small. optimum moisture content and maximum dry density increases respectively with increase in salinity of water. the reasons suggested were that soil is not saturated and particles weren’t soaked in water. in this condition the soil particles cannot interact freely with salts in water (alamdar, 1999). further studies of effects for high salinity water on soil compaction had been done by applying tests on both pg. 370 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication natural soils and soils manufactured in the lab by combining a natural clayey soil with coarse grained sand. the study applied modified proctor on selected samples. it was concluded that the use of high salinity water generally increased the maximum unit weight and decreased the optimum water content. the study performed california bearing ratio (cbr) tests on manufactured sand-clay mixtures used in compaction testing. the cbr test results showed a significant increase in cbr values for samples compacted with highly saline water (azadi et al., 2008). in addition, a research studied the use of saline water versus fresh water. the use of salt water resulted in increasing the maximum dry unit weight and decreased the optimum water content. the study also drew the attention there could be a major drawback from using high salinity water in compaction of soils. the reason was the increased corrosiveness of soil due to the ions present in the water. it was concluded that the use of saline water during compaction had a significant effect on several soil characteristics (waller and kitch, 2014). finally, from all studies mentioned above, using saline water should be considered a matter of study and should be put under several lab tests especially when source of tap water tanks isn’t available or far away from site. this study puts the light on this area of research through a number of tests to be able to understand its effect on granular unbounded materials used in base coarse layer. 3. problem statement the use of saline water has been a main concern to all countries that are located beside seas and oceans especially for road works. one of the main boundaries from using it, is the high concentration of salt dissolved in the water that could affect the workability and properties of materials due to the powdering of salt on the base coarse layer. the salt weakens the bond between aggregates which lead to failure due to load repetition under high traffic. 4. research methodology and objective 4.1. material sampling and testing in this research, the materials were sampled from actual aggregates collected from actual base coarse layer contains aggragates type dolomite gained from jabal ataqa. this kind of dolomite is considered one of the most used aggregate types in egypt through construction. preparation of samples followed closely cbr testing and modified proctor testing procedure in accordance with egyptian specifications which is followed american society for testing and materials (astm) d1883 and astm d1557. the study aims at utilizing saline water gathered from the mediterranean sea in alexandria to be used for compaction regarding unbounded materials used for construction in base coarse layer. the study focuses on making a comparison between using tap water and saline water on unbounded materials used in base coarse layer. the comparison was made using a number of lab tests such as cbr and modified proctor testing. to achieve this aim an experimental program using a sample from a stock pile in field contained crushed dolomite type 6 resulted from crushers. the source of materials were from jabal ataqa. the mixture contained a variety of materials such as coarse aggregates, fine aggregates and crushed sand. the mixture was subjected to a number of lab tests such as eligibility tests for materials, cbr and modified proctor test. through these tests, saline water was used to evaluate the effect of salinity on the mixture of base coarse layer and the results are compared with the results from using standard tap water. 5. experimental work 5.1. eligibility tests applied on materials the tests done in order to were sieve analysis, resistance to abrasion of small size coarse aggregate by use of los angles machine, aggregate specific gravity & absorption and elastic and plastic plasticity test. pg. 371 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication 5.1.1. sieve analysis test sieve analysis test was performed on aggregate components to satisfy specifications according to egyptian specifications and astm. the samples were taken from a stock pile in field contained crushed dolomite type 6 resulted from crushers taken from jabal ataqa. the results are summarized in table (1). table 1. accepted percentage of passing forstandard mix due to sieve analysis for aggregates used in base course mixture sieve number weight retained (gm) cumulative weight (gm) ratio of retained (%) ratio of passing (design curve) (%) specifications for base coarse layer according to egyptian code % passing sieve 2” ——— ——— ——— 100 100 % passing sieve 1.5” 7300 7300 11.6 88.4 70 100 % passing sieve 1” 5900 13200 21 79 55 85 % passing sieve 3/4” 8800 22000 34.9 65.1 50 80 % passing sieve 1/2” 6950 28950 46 54 ——— % passing sieve no. 3/8” 5100 34050 54 46 40 70 % passing sieve no. 4 8150 42200 67 33 30 60 % passing sieve no. 10 4800 47000 74.6 25.4 20 50 % passing sieve no. 40 6000 53000 84.1 15.9 10 30 % passing sieve no. 200 4450 57450 91.2 8.8 5 15 the other tests done for eligibility testing were resistance to abrasion (los angles test), aggregate specific gravity, absorption, liquid limit and plastic limit. total weight of specimen used was 63000 gm. the results are summarized in table (2). table 2. eligibility testing results for aggregate materials regarding base coarse mixture crushing test water type tap water saline water egyptian specifications specimens dolomitic aggregates dolomitic aggregates crushing ratio (%) 0.7 0.7 not more than 5 % absorption and specific gravity for dolomitic aggregates material continued on next page pg. 372 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication table 2 continued specimens tap water saline water egyptian specifications % absorption 2.30 2.46 not more than 10 % total unit weight 2.503 2.496 ——— dry unit weight 2.561 2.558 ——— apparent unit weight 2.656 2.659 ——— los angeles (l.a.) abrasion loss test specimens dolomitic aggregates egyptian specifications egyptian specifications abrasion ratio after 500 rounds 28.5 not more than 50 % not more than 50 % liquid limit and plastic limit (atterberg limit test) (passing from sieve 40) test type result of test (eye inspection) egyptian specifications liquid limit none plastic not more than 30 % plastic limit not more than 6 % the results for eligibility testing indicated that the materials used in the research were in permissible ranges according to egyptian specifications. after testing the physical properties of the materials, the following step is to test the materials mechanical properties through modified proctor test and cbr test. 5.2. modified proctor test laboratory compaction tests provide the basis for determining the percent of compaction and water content needed to achieve the required maximum dry density need for sufficient engineering properties, and for controlling construction to assure that the required compaction and water contents are reached. in the proctor test, the soil is first air dried and separated into 4 samples which are placed in 10.16 cm in diameter soil mold. the water content of each sample is adjusted by adding water from 2 to 10% to reach maximum dry density. the mixture is then placed and compacted in the proctor compactor mold in three different layers where each layer receives 25 blows of the standard hammer. after compaction for each layer, the surface is scratched in order to ensure distribution uniformity for the compaction effects. at the end of the test, after drying the sample, the dry density and the water content of the sample is determined. based on the results, a relation is plotted for the dry unit weight and the water content. in this relation, the maximum dry density regarding the optimum water content can be obtained. the results for base coarse sample using saline water and tap water are illustrated in table (3) and plotted in figure (1). table 3. modified pro ctor test results for base mixture using saline water and tap water pg. 373 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication figure 1. relation between dry density and water content (modified proctor test) 5.3. cbr testing the cbr test was developed as a method of evaluating the strength of the base course layer. it is a measurement of resistance to penetration for a standard plunger under specific density and moisture conditions. cbr test had been used to determine the material properties for pavement design and to evaluate the soil strength. the test used a standard piston with a diameter of 50 mm for penetration of the soil at a rate of 1.25 mm/minute. cbr value is calculated as a percentage of the actual load causing the penetrations of 2.5 mm or 5.0 mm to standard loads which are 1370 kg and 2055 kg due to standard crushed stones at 2.5 mm and 5.0 mm penetrations respectively. the samples are divided in two groups as similar to the proctor test. the apparatus consists of a mould 150 mm pg. 374 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication diameter with a base plate and a collar, loading frame and dial gauges for measuring the penetration values and the expansion when soaking as shown in figure (2). figure 2. cbr test apparatus the duration of soaking in water was for approximately four days and both the swelling and water absorption values were noted. the surcharge weight was placed on top of the specimen in the mould and the assembly was placed under the plunger of the loading frame. finally, a relation between load and penetration was plotted and two value of cbr were obtained using equation (1). cbr = load due to penetration o f sample load due to s tan dard specimen × 100 (1) the higher value between 2.5 mm and 5.0 mm penetration is selected. both results from using saline water and tap water are summarized in table (4) and the relation between load and penetration is shown in figure (3). table 4. cbr test results for samples containing saline water and tap water swelling test water type tap water saline water a=initial reading of micrometer 1 1 b=final reading of micrometer 1 1 swelling ratio= (a-b/(container height))*100 0 0 result no swelling detected cbr test penetration in cm 0.0635 339.75 317.1 continued on next page pg. 375 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication table 3 continued 0.127 588.9 634.2 0.1905 906 906 0.254 1177.8 1132.5 0.381 1449.6 1472.25 0.508 1812 1766.7 load at 2.5mm (kg) 1177.8 1133 cbr at 2.5 mm (%) 86.7 83.3 load at 5 mm(kg) 1812 1767 cbr at 5 mm(%) 88.9 86.7 figure 3. obtained stress from relationbetween load and penetration 6. analysis of results: from results summarized in table (3) and figure (1), it is shown that maximum dry density from using saline water is slightly lower than of using tap water. in addition, the water content in samples containing saline water is higher than the ones from tap water. this is due to effect of saline water which increased the moisture ratio in the samples from 6.4% to 7.3%. this action decreased the maximum dry density from 2.2 to 2.18 gm/cm3. in order to check these results, the ratio of saline in water content is quite variable from a sea to another but if the ratio of saline concentration in water was assumed to be 35% percent mostly, then this ratio can be calculated as in equation (2). ratio o f moisture content in saline water = (7.3 ∗ (35%)\ 100) = 0.025% (2) the previous mentioned ratio is quite small and could be neglected. besides, the results from samples containing saline water remained within permissible ranges regarding egyptian specification. other considerable aspect is the type of aggregates used in this study which is the dolomitic aggregates. it is considered a dense graded aggregate material which contains minimum voids that increases the weight of sample in compaction process. furthermore, from results summarized in table (4) and figure (3), it showed that cbr values from samples added saline water are also slightly lower from samples used tap water but also still in permissible ranges. this is also due to the decreased maximum dry density which affected the stress to which the sample can endure during cbr testing. pg. 376 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication 7. conclusions and recommendations – in the process of road construction, the use of saline water is a major concern especially when tap water isn’t available or even far from site to decrease costs. – dolomitic aggregates were slightly affected by saline water due to the density of these aggregates which minimized voids between the aggregate particles which increased the weight of sample in compaction process. – maximum dry density in samples containing saline water was slightly deceased from samples using tap water from 2.2 to 2.18 gm/cm3. – the water content in samples containing saline water increased from the ones containing tap water from 6.4% to 7.3%. – results from the modified proctor test regarding saline water remained within the permissible ranges according to egyptian specifications. – results from cbr testing regarding saline water samples also remained within the permissible ranges according to egyptian specifications. – the concentration of saline in sea water is considered part per million and this doesn’t affect the base mixture mechanical properties if used with dense graded unbounded materials due to minimum air voids. – saline water didn’t affect the bond between the aggregates in the whole base mixture considering compaction. – further studies should be done on other types of aggregates with saline water used in egypt such as limestone. 8. references 1. astm d1883.”standard test method for cbr (california bearing ratio) of laboratory-compacted soils”, american society for testing and materials, usa 2. astm d1557. “standard test methods for laboratory compaction characteristics of soil using modified effort”, american society for testing and materials, usa. 3. alamdar ss (1999). “long term effect of saline water on clay”. m.sc thesis, faculty of engineering, tarbiat modares university, iran. 4. azadi m.r. e, sadein m., jafari k. and jajani., (2008). “the effects of salt wateron the cbr test results of gscw and gsbw soil samples”. electronic, journal of geotechnical engineering, usa, 13, 1-17. 5. boman b. and gustafson k. (2001). “water movement in road pavements and embankments”. european cooperation in the field of science and technical research, p02 2001, sweden. 6. de carteret r., buzzi o. p., fityus s. g. and liu x. f., (2010). “effect of naturally occurring salts on tensile and shear strength of sealed granular road pavements”, journal of materials in civil engineering, american society of civil engineering (asce), usa. 7. liu x. f., de carteret r., buzzi o. p. and fityus s. g. (2015).” microstructural effects of environmental salinity on unbound granular road pavement material upon drying, journal of acta geotechnic, springerverlag berlin heidelberg. doi 10.1007/s11440-015-0393-9. pg. 377 adel el sharkawy / the academic research community publication 8. pirelea o., burlacu a., (2008). “the influence of sea water on promenade pavement”. journal of recent advances in civil and mining engineering, department of roads, railways and construction materials technical university of civil engineering bucharest, romania. 9. singh g. and das b. m. (1999). “soil stabilization with sodium chloride”, transportation research record. 1673, p 46-54, washington, usa. 10. waller j d. and kitch w a., (2014). “use of saline water in compaction of engineered fills”. conference paper in geotechnical special publication, geo-congress 2014 technical papers, gsp 234, american society of civil engineering (asce), usa. pg. 378 introduction background problem statement research methodology and objective material sampling and testing experimental work eligibility tests applied on materials sieve analysis test modified proctor test cbr testing analysis of results: conclusions and recommendations references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.368 the architecture of mevlevi buildings, one of the dervish houses in the ottoman geography hasan şehmuz haştemoğlu1, engin kepenek2 1suleyman demirel university, architecture faculty, architecture department, turkey 2suleyman demirel university, architecture faculty, city and regional planning department, turkey abstract the mevlevism order was established in the seljuk period in anatolia in the thirteenth century. after the death of mevlana celaleddin-i rumi, his son sultan veled systemized his father’s thoughts and created his own rules and brought the rituals to a ceremony in the form of sema ceremonies. sultan veled gave the name “mevlevism” to his sect and was called “mevlevihan” to his dervish houses. nearly 140 mevlevihane building was established in a wide geography which its east is in tabriz (iran), west is in pecu (hungary), north is in gözleve (ukraine), south is in cairo (egypt) and mecca in saudi arabia. nearly 80 of these dervish houses remained in the republic of turkey. after the declaration of turkish republic, these dervish houses were closed in 1925 by the law of “closure tekkes and zaviyes”, no. 677. there are two kinds of mevlevihan, which are “asitane” and “zaviye”. mevlevihan called asitane are the main dergahs which are full-fledged and has removing “ordeal” possibilities. the number of asitane constructions is around 15 in all mevlevihan buildings. another mevlevihan building is zaviye. zaviye were ruled by mevlevi, who has the title of “şeyh” and “dede”. many of the mevlevihan become a historical monument because of their architectural style and construction date. however, most of these structures have been ruined over the years. apart from a small number of mevlevihan, which was established as ”külliye”, ”semahane” parts of these mevlevihan were used as mosques and remained up to date. when the architectural programs of the mevlevihans are examined, it is seen that the mevlevihans, which were settled down in 13th century have an architectural program after the 16th century and they take konya mevlana dergah as an example. however, it is not possible to mention about same sized and specified spaces in all the mevlevihans. there are similar sections only in the largescale mevlevihans which are “asitane” status. in this study, an evaluation and classification study was carried out on the architectural formation of the mevlevihans one of the dervish constructions in islamic architecture which attracted attention with its wide geography. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords mevlevism; dervish houses; mevlevihane architecture 1. introduction the mevlevihan of konya, the other name “âsitâne-i aliyye” is the first place that comes to mind when mevlevihan is called. this is the place where hazrat-i mevlana and other dergah leaders who came after him were buried after pg. 278 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ şehmuz / the academic research community publication their death. and the other function of this place is administrative center. the person who wants to be a mevlevi, has to spend 1001 painful days in asithane to be a dervish. then with the decision of dede’s, he becomes a dervish and can be assigned to the other zaviyes. the influence of the mevlevihans which have integrated music and science together for centuries, has also been great on turkish culture. many people gathered in the mevlevihans have studied in many branches of fine arts and have made scientific field reputation. mevlevism, which started in anatolia during the seljuk period, spread all over the empire geography in the ottoman period. figure 1. mevlevibuildings in ottoman geography 2. mevlevihans in balkans and crimea in the course of the demolition of the ottoman empire, the balkan states made special efforts to evacuate the settlements of turkish and other muslim communities in their countries after autonomy and full independence. in this context, as a continuation of the politics of ”purification from the ottoman empire”, the liberation movement of the ottoman architectural works was seen. this process was carried out by direct destruction of architectural works, abandonment without decisive action, or conversion of the structure into another structure (sancaktar, 2012). as a result of this, a major architectural work has been lost. among these works, there are many mevlevihans and tekkes which spread in the balkans. with the help of documents in the konya mevlana dervish house central archives and the lists prepared by prof. dr. klaus kreiser and alexandre popovic, the mevlevihans that are found in the balkan geography and crimea are; in the former yugoslavia; belgrade, sarajevo, silk, kriva palanka, mostar, nis, pristina and skopje, in greece; larissa, chania, lesbos, thessaloniki, serez, tatar and vadina, in albania; elbasan and tirana, in bulgaria; plovdiv and vidin, in hungary; pecs and peştu, in ukraine (crimea); gözleve mevlevihans (önder, 1994). it is possible to obtain limited information about the belgrade mevlevihan which is in the former yugoslavia but there is no architectural information on the structure (göre, 2002). the zaviye of isa bey (uz, 1996), founded in 1462 in sarajevo, was destroyed during the ottoman-austrian war between 1683-1699, then rebuilt in 1781 and added a mosque. the mevlevihan was destroyed in 1957 and rebuilt in 2013 (ti̇ka, 2003). the skopje mevlevihan was converted to mevlevihan while it was using as a pasha mound in city center in 1650. there are still some pictures left behind the structure that was destroyed over time (karpuz, 2009). it is understood that the ipek mevlevihan in the city of ipek in kosovo was active in 1911 from the existing records (karpuz, 2010). however, the mevlevihan was destroyed by the montenegrins who occupied the city in 1912. on the other side, the other mevlevihans in the former yugoslavia; kriva palanko, mostar, nis, pristina mevlevihans have also failed pg. 279 şehmuz / the academic research community publication to survive. besides, architectural information about these mevlevihans could not be achieved in the reseaerches carried out (küçük, 2000). greece region has the highest number of mevlevihans in the balkans after the former yugoslavia. the yenişehir-i fenar mevlevihan in larissa is one of the fifteen asitane in the ottoman empire and the only asitane in the balkans (gölpınarlı, 1983). with the different available information, it is thought that the date of construction is the middle of the 17th century. it is understood from the documents dated 1891 that the dervishes returned to bursa after the city was taken by greek and the leader at the head of mevlevihan was told that “the dervish house will be demolished and they ought to leave the city” (demirci ve ösen, 2012). in addition, hanya mevlevihan, still used as an orphanage in crete island (kara, 1997) and athens mevlevihan mustafa aga mosque which is in the city center (karpuz, 2010) are few mevlevihans which have survived in greece. thessaloniki and serez mevlevihans were abandoned and destroyed. just a little information about serez mevlevihan and some photographs of thessaloniki mevlevihan have reached the present day (bakırcı and turkan, 2013). no available information was reached about mytilene, mastic and tatar mevlevihans. the name of the mevlevihan in elbasan (a city in albania) is in the section of “mevlevihans in southern europe” in a.popovic’s work ”les derviches balkaniques hier et aujourd’hui” and the mevlevihan is mentioned in the encyclopedia of islam of the turkish religious foundation, a document dated 1742 but detailed information about the building is not available. no information was obtained about tirana mevlevihan. the filibe mevlevihan which is one of the two mevlevihans in bulgaria, only selamlık and semahane parts are the standing parts of the mevlevihan today. the mevlevihan, used as a mosque and school in the past, has been used as a restaurant since 1974 (karpuz, 2010). the mevlevihan, located in the pec city of hungary, was built in the 16th century and only semahane part of the mosque was reached today (molnar, 1993). in the examinations that have been made, no information was available on pest mevlevihan the other mevlevihan in hungary. it is known that the mevlevihan, which is estimated to have been built in the 16th century in the city of gözde, was bombed by russian planes during the 1944 exile. just a ruined mosque and a semahane left to present day from mevlevihan. semahane was restored in 1996 and used for educational purposes. the mosque is ruined (kuş, 2011). 3. mevlevihans in middle east and north africa in the ottoman empire, one of the remarkable features of the mevlevihans in the arab states is to have a cultural bridge function. so that ottoman religious scholars generally know persian but there are very few araps who speak persian. the arabic mevlevi and muhips could only learn iranian sufi literature through the turkish language (glassen, 1996). however, after the ottomans, the interest in mevlevism was weakened and as a result of this most of the mevlevihans in the middle east and north africa were destroyed or became unusable. by the documents in the dergah of konya mevlana dervish house central archive and the lists prepared by prof. dr. klaus kreiser and alexandre popovic, the mevlevihans in middle east and north africa geography are in syria are; sham, aleppo, hama, humus and lazkiye, tripoli in lebanon, in iraq; baghdad, kirkuk (shahrizor) and mosul (mavshil), in saudi arabia; mecca and medina, tabriz in iran, benghazi in libya, cairo in egypt, jerusalem in palestine (önder, 1994). the most popular country of mevlevism in the middle east is syria. however, some of the mevlevihans in the country were completely destroyed and some of the outbuildings besides the mosque parts have survived at the devastated format. for example, although it is not known that there is a mevlevihan in hama, there are no artifacts reached the day (kuş, 2011). another completely destroyed mevlevihan is lazkiye. there is no information about mevlevihan structure today. humus mevlevihan, one of the remaining mevlevihan, only the mosque and some building walls have remained today (karpuz, 2007). şam mevlevihan built in 1585, is a mosque with the mevlevi tombs and sections that have turned into ruins which is still in use. aleppo mevlevihan, which was established as an asitane, has reached today with transformed semahane into a mosque (ürün, 2010). tarblusşam city, in the past syria, now located on the lebanese border is one of the cities with many ottoman works (akkaya, 2011). a large part of the trablusşam mevlevihan established in 1619 was destroyed during the lebanon civil pg. 280 şehmuz / the academic research community publication war in 1985 (glassen, 1996). it is understood from the historical sources that after the syria, the region where mevlevihans is most in the middle east is iraq. however, information about baghdad mevlevihan is very limited. in evliya çelebi’s travelogue, he mentioned the existence of mevlevihans in baghdad but he did not give any information (özçelik, 2012). in addition, the mevlevihans known presence in iraq are named şehrizor (kerkuk) and mavşil (musul) in the historical sources. however, there is no information related to the buildings (karpuz, 2010a). beyond the syria and iraq in the middle east and north africa, the known mevlevihans are mecca, medina, jerusalem, tabriz, cairo and benghazi mevlevihans. however, the information about the mevlevihans except cairo and jerusalem is extremely limited (özçelik, 2012). it is not known exactly when the mevlevihan of jerusalem was established, but it is understood from the historical records that it was active in 1539. cairo mevlevihan was founded in the 16th century. it is important because it is on the way of pilgrimage and it is a asitane. it was built on the ruined sungur sadi madrasah. the excavation and restoration work was carried out by the delegation headed by the prof. dr. g. fanfoni in 1979 (karpuz et al., 2007). 4. mevlevihans in anatolia mevlevism, which started in anatolia during the seljuk period, spread throughout the country geography during the ottoman period. later, after the declaration of the republic, in 1925 mevlevism was ended with the law of closure of tekkes and zaviyes. in this process, apart from the mevlevihans which’s semahane parts were built as mosque in anatolia, a few tekke and some mevlevihan which was built as kulliye have survived. in other words, while the mevlevihans in the form of mosque-tekke can be used as mosques in large proportions, the mevlevihans which were built in the form of house-tekke have been lost their function after the closure of the tekkes and zaviyes. most of them have been demolished and only a few house-tekke mevlevihan structures have been re-functioned to museums, art galleries and similar cultural structures. the mevlevihans used as mosques today are; afyon, konya cemel ali dede, pı̂rı̂ mehmet paşa ve şems-i tebrizı̂, çorum, karaman, kütahya, muğla, tire, edirne, eskişehir, kilis, ankara, gaziantep, tokat, i̇stanbul bahariye, yozgat, urfa. the constructions that continue their function as the quran course are the nigde and ermenek mevlevihans. we can list the mevlevihans which re-functioned and in use are konya mevlâna dervish house, i̇stanbul yenikapı and galata mevlevihans, antalya, manisa ve gelibolu mevlevihans (seçkin, 2010). 5. architecture and classification of mevlevihans the words such as külliye, asitane, dergâh, hankah, zaviye and tekke, which are used incorrectly many times together or replace with each other in turkish, generally carry other concepts that they take in the process apart from their purely word meaning. as word meanings often cause conceptual complexity, it is also very difficult to determine the classification and general characteristics of these buildings and building groups. for example, “kulliye”, the meaning is a group of buildings consisting of two or more units with different functions derived from the arabic word ”külli”, which begins to be seen in seljuk period in anatolia, became widespread in the period of beyliks and one of the main institutions of the ottoman culture. however, this definition does not match exactly with the term of the kulliye. many building groups such as the topkapı palace, which houses various buildings in its own right, can not be called as külliye. the main functions of the kulliye and the basic structures that fulfill these functions are; (ahunbay, 2012). religion function: mosque, tomb order function: hankah, zaviye, dervish houses education-teaching function: medrese, darülhadis, darülkurra, school health function: hospital while nutrition-shelter function: mess hall, banquet hall, orphanage, guesthouse, caravanserai, fountain cleaning function: hammam, bathroom on the other side, the term used as ”tekke” in turkish is actually derived from persian word ”tekke” meaning pg. 281 şehmuz / the academic research community publication ”to stay, to repose”. it is a common name used for all organizations related to religious sects. tekke is the name given to the place that the dervishes of a sect are gathering, performing ceremonies and rituals, as well as it is a general space used for all religious organizations related sects. it is necessary to draw attention to a point before the general architectural features of the tekkes are explained. doğan (1977), explains this situation as follows in his study “ottoman architecture, sectical constructions, tekkes, zaviyes and futuvvet buildings”. the characteristics of the tekkes, which are the centers of organization and action of the sects, can be very different from each other according to the shapes of the customs, traditions, rituals and dhikr of the sect. for this reason, it is impossible to determine the common features that are valid for all the tekkes (doğan, 1977). however, tanman (2005) made a typology experiment in his work ”sect structures in ottoman architecture / dervish lodges” according to the settlement layout for the ottoman period dervish lodges. according to tanman, dervish lodges can be examined in 4 main groups. table 1. classification of the dervish lodges according to the settlement layout (tanman, 2005) dervish houses by settlement layout group 1. the buildings; which have open courtyards, arcaded ottoman medresses, their derivatives common courtyards and a group of building with mosques and medresses in the form of kulliye, harem section designed independently group 2. the buildings that sect ceremony place is separated from other tekke units and located in the direction of qibla of the courtyard, the sections outside the the harem are distributed to the other side of the courtyard and are designed as scattered small kulliyes group 3. buildings that its sections which reserved for worship or visit are in the same building with all or some sections which reserved for daily life, designed to be placed in the form of a function diagram group 4. cumulative and organic structures that have been formed over centuries by adding many units in the period of seljuk, beylik and ottoman group 1.a. sect ceremony place is a mosque open to everyone’s use, can be called as mosquetekke group 2.a. buildings designed to be used as mosques at the same time group 1.b. sect ceremony place devoted for dervishes, muhrips and züvvaras who lives in a tekke group 2.b. the buildings that tombs are closed to the sect ceremony places, for this reason the buildings is not similar to mosque architecture and have the sect structure characteristic mevlevihan is the name given to the tekkes in the mevlevi order. there are two kinds of mevlevihane, which are “asitane” and “zaviye”. asitane is derived from the word ”âsitân” which dictionary meanings are dergah and sill. asitane are the main dergahs that develop “grandfather” with 1001 painful days of training. konya mevlana is the most important and the main dergah and the other main dergahs named as the asitanes are afyonkarahisar, manisa, kütahya, halep, i̇stanbul’da bulunan galata, yenikapı, beşiktaş, kasımpaşa, bursa, kastamonu, eskişehir, kahire, gallipoli ve rumeli yenişehir. in the structural sense, asithanes are groups of complex buildings which contain many functions together, whereas zaviyes are smaller ones (özçelik,2012). compared to the other sect dervish houses, mevlevihans are more important and distinctive in terms of their architecture and art history depending on their socio-cultural structures. a classification study similar to tanman’s work for mevlevihans was carried out in tanrıkorur’s ph.d. thesis titled ”architectural characteristics of turkey mevlevihans”. tanrıkorur (2005), in his work which he classifies mevlevihans in terms of settlement order in three chapters, namely “home-dervish house”, “dervish house-mosque” and “tomb-semahane linked”. pg. 282 şehmuz / the academic research community publication table 2. classification of the mevlevihanes accordingto the settlement layout (tanrıkorur, 2005) mevlevihans by the semahane forms square and rectangular planned polygon planned round planned rectangle octagonal domed circle smooth rectangle inside-outside the octagon independent irregular rectangle inside octagon outside rectangle tomb connected square nonagon non-domed trapezoid circle domed square hexadecimal non-domed square corners rounded square rounded square chopped square mevlevihans group 1. home-tekkeler, all or some parts of the sections related to the worship and daily life are in the same structure, structures that resemble civil architecture group 2. the mosque-tekke, most of them are double-functioned, equipped with a minaret and the last congregation place, the worship department is separated from the other sections and usually a courtyard located in the direction of qibla group 3. tomb-semahane connected, worship part connected to the tomb part and independent from the other parts of the tekke, other parts are usually arranged around a courtyard group 1.a. built in 14th century during the rule of beyliks, middle asian origin, have closed central courtyard, derived from four-eyvan schemes and reminiscent of the first ”house-hankah” type sects in the horasan region group 2.a. built in the 15th century, made of stone or brick, independent, have minaret and the last congregation place group 2.b. the buildings; common in 16-18 century, independent, made of stone or brick, single-domed, have minaret and the last congregation place, usually a courtyard with tekke sections located in the direction of qibla group 1.b. constructed in 19th century, most of them are wooden, similar to the traditional ottoman civilian architecture of the region in terms of facade layouts and architectur and ornament details. group 2.c. constructed in 1618th century in southeast anatolia, singledomed, made of stone or brick, do not have orginally the last congregation place and minaret continued on next page pg. 283 şehmuz / the academic research community publication table 3 continued group 2.d. buildings built in the 19th century, wooden, independent, and have mukebbire and maksure or without mineret and pulpit figure 2. sarajevo,the i̇sabey zaviye/ example of home tekke (tika, 2003) figure 3. mevlevihan of afyonkarahisar/example of mosque tekke (ilgar, 2012) figure 4. mevlevihanof gelibolu / example of tomb semahane (yazici, 2009) pg. 284 şehmuz / the academic research community publication when the architectural programs of the mevlevihans are examined, it is seen that the mevlevihans starting from the 13th century have an architectural program after the 16th century and they take konya mevlana dervish house as an example. however, in the course of about three centuries, it is seen that many different constructions are used as mevlevihan. for example, the mevlevihan of jerusalem, which its semahane part was built in 1586, it has a very complicated architecture due to the fact that; it is built on an old church structure, the construction site is an intensive settlement, inside of the walls of jerusalem is sloping and used for different purposes in over time, when the church was converted into mosque, the main entrance gate on the direction of qibla was canceled and the altar was placed here. after mevlevihan was captured by mevlevi people, semahane was built to the upper floor of the mosque and a minaret was built to the eastern part of the mevlevihan (tütüncü, 2006). in another example, the mustafa aga mosque, built in 1759, which was used as mevlevihan of athens in the city center of rome agora, was preserved as its minaret demolished. it is interesting that semahane section of the mevlevihan, was built as an antique wind tower at the first half of the 1st century by the astronomer andronikos from macedonia-kyrhos. it is understood from the old engravings that the other parts of the mevlevihan were built adjacent to the tower (karpuz, 2010). figure 5. .mevlevihan of athens (kuş, 2011) figure 6. mevlevihanof jerusalem (karpuz et al., 2007) as a result, it is not possible to mention about the same size and features of spaces for all mevlevihans. there are similar parts in the large-scale mevlevihans which are only in the asitane status. these are; dervish cells, meydan-i şerif room; matbah-ı şerif room, tilavet room, semahane, mosque, library, çelebi guesthouse (sepg. 285 şehmuz / the academic research community publication lamlık), hamuşan-graveyard-tomb, water facilities such as bath, sebil, cistern-well. it can be found in different sections such as muvakkithane, ayin-i cem chamber, chat room in some mevlevihans. in the small scale type of mevlevihans like zaviye, the main places are the semahane-mosque, the tomb and the hamuşan (dervish tombs) (kuş et al., 2006). the main sections, which usually form the mevlevihan, are located around a courtyard. the focal point of the mevlevihan is the semahane-tomb-mosque triple. the mosque may have been included in the semahane or as a separate structure. death in the mevlevi lifestyle is accepted as a wedding, so there is a cemetery called ”hamuşan” which surrounds the semahane and the tomb. matbah-i şerif, meydan-ı şerif and dervish cells could be located on the other side of the courtyard, either separately or as a whole. in the center of the courtyard there are water facilities such as fountains, wells and cisterns. when we examined the asitanes, it is seen that konya mevlana dervish house was taken as an example in the context of space, and some changes were made according to the position of the mevlevihans. in these structures, while the tomb-semahane-mosque triple is considered together, the matbah, dervish cells, harem-selamlık are placed in a separate place. such anxiety is not a concern in zaviye structures. the room of mevlevihan leader and grandfathers are outside of the the harim section and hazire wall which surrounds the courtyard. likewise some mevlevihans also have selamlık-guesthouse sections. the main sections of the mevlevihan, which have mentioned the names above and the structures in special sections such as haremlik-selamlık reflect the architectural and ornamental styles of their era. among the constructions that composes mevlevihan, the most extroverted structure is semahane. after the 18th century, due to the increase of the guests and travelers, more attention was paid to semahane. semahanemausoleum duo or only semahane is considered as a separate structure. in this period, the sema area is designed in octagonal and circular form and the side galleries and the dome are decorated with great care, wood carving and pencil work (bird et al., 2006). when the decisions of the location selection criteria of mevlevihans are examined, it is seen that they are usually built at the outside of the city, in secluded, airy and scenic locations. however, mevlevihans which are interested in love of allah and nature, are preferred to be built outside of the city in order to stay away from the material life, gossip and mevlevi people say “avam” the people who do not understand the sect life, afterwards some of the mevlevihans have remained in the city because of the growth of the city. in addition, while most of the mevlevihans are located in residential areas, the mevlevihans in the southeastern region, ayıntap (gaziantep) and urfa mevlevihans are surrounded by the shops and are located in the busiest commercial areas of the city. on the other side, some of the mevlevihans that were established in the neighborhoods where the muslim population lived in over time remained in the areas where non-muslims lived (tanrıkorur, 2000). factors affecting to mevlevihan architecture can be grouped in the following subheadings. – function diagram; just as in all the buildings, the necessary functions and their connections with each other determine the architectural programs and the outline of the settlement layout in the mevlevihans. the most important distinction in mevlevihans at this point is that the mevlevihan is a mosque-tekke or a house-tekke. in the mosque-tekke mevlevihans, the place of worship has another function besides the sect ceremonies that, the people of the neighborhood pray in it as a mosque. for this reason, the place of worship must be designed independently of the other departments, so that it should be separated from the tekke life which is in need of privacy. in the house-tekke, the various sections of the mevlevihans (harem, selamlik, dedegan cells etc.) are close to the place of worship and can even take place in the same part. on the other hand, there are some common points in the function diagrams of mevlevihans, which arise from the daily necessities, comfort and usability requirements or from the declaration principles of the day. for example, while the connections of these sections become important because of the intense and complicated human traffic between the harem section where the leader of the dergah’s family live, the selamlık and the place of worship, pg. 286 şehmuz / the academic research community publication it is preferred that the selamlık, dedegan cells, matbah, pantry, somathane, hammam sections are close to each other because of the close relationship between the functions of housing, subsistence and sanitation. also, it was expected that sections such as water reservoir and cistern would be close to wet volumes; the stables and the cars would be close to the entrances and the structures such as stables and hencoop would be away from the other parts (tanrıkorur, 2000). – traditions of the sect; another important issue that shapes the relationship between spaces in tekkes is islamic teachings and the traditions that they originate from the sects. for example, in mevlevihans, connections between the tombs and worship sections are provided with doors, windows or wide arched openings. even in some cases these sections are merged in the same space. so in the eyes of dervishes the image of the rituals being made personally in the ”presence” of grandfathers and presiding the rituals by the enamoured dervishes under the chests with their spiritual presence is provided (tanrıkorur, 2000). – land and land data; the topography of the land on which mevlevihans are located, the relation with the surrounding buildings, the direction of view, the dimensions of the land can also affect the layout of the settlement. for example, on the less sloping land the parts forming the mevlevihan could be in the same structure, this structure is placed according to the slope, if the slope is increasing, the land is separated by vertical retaining walls and land sets, and mevlevihan sections are placed on these sets as independent buildings. on the other hand, some of the mevlevihan’s semahane part have a sea view, some of mevlevihan’s plans were shaped according to the situation of the roads and buildings which surrounds the land (tanrıkorur, 2000). – economic factors; the financial resources of mevlevihans directly affected the architectural programs, their dimensions and the quality of the construction and decoration. the mevlevihans, which are supported by rich foundations, are usually consist of small sections scattered over a wide area, and the ones with modest resources are consist of small buildings (tanrıkorur, 2000). 6. conclusion mevlevi culture, which started in the 13th century, has reached the present day. however, the mevlevihan architecture, which reached its true identity in the 16th century, was almost completely lost in the balkans and the middle east after the end of the ottoman empire because of the wars, ethnic identity debates and the influence of time. in anatolia, the house-tekke type mevlevihans in the form of a zaviye has disappeared. mevlevihans which are mosque -tekke type have survived due to its mosque function and mevlevihans shaped like a külliye has reached today due to its size. as a result, all of the mevlevihans were built centuries ago and have gained the feature of ancient monuments due to their architectural style. keeping the mevlevihans alive, which succeeded to stand today and are not in use, by refunctioning them in terms of current conditions deals major significance regarding to respect to the mevlevi culture and continuation of social memory. 7. references 1. ahunbay, z., et al., osmanlı külliyelerinde yerleşme düzeni: bir tipoloji denemesi, selçuklular’dan cumhuriyet’e türkiye’de mimarlık, ed. çiğdem kafesçioğlu et al., i̇stanbul: türkiye i̇ş bankası kültür yayınları, 2012, p.500-501 pg. 287 şehmuz / the academic research community publication 2. akkaya, s., i̇pekyolu medeniyetleri dergisi, türkiye mühendisler ve mimarlar birliği bülteni, sayı 2, ankara, 2011, p.50-53 3. bakirci, n., türkan h.k., tekke ve zaviyelerin balkanlar’daki rolü ve önemi, dil, edebiyat ve halkbilimi araştırmaları dergisi, yıl:1, sayı:1, 2013, p.145-160 4. demirci, s., ösen, s., osmanlı devleti’nin balkanlardan çekilmesi sürecinde mevlevihanelerin durumu: yenişehir (larissa) mevlevihanesi örneği, sdü fen edebiyat fakültesi sosyal bilimler dergisi, sayı:26, 2012, p.1-6. 5. doğan, a.i., osmanlı mimarisinde tarikat yapıları, tekkeler, zaviyeler ve benzeri fütüvvet yapıları, i̇tü müh-mim. fakültesi matbaası, i̇stanbul, 1977, p.59-99. 6. glassen, e., tarblusşam mevlevihanesi, selçuk üniversitesi türkiyat araştırmaları dergisi, sayı 2, konya, 1996, p.27-29 7. gölpinarli, a., mevlana’dan sonra mevlevilik, i̇nkilab kitapevi, i̇stanbul, 1983, p.334 8. göre , z., belgrad mevlevı̂hânesi şeyhi adnı̂ receb dede ve nahl-i tecellı̂’si, birinci uluslararası mevlânâ, mesnevı̂ ve mevlevı̂hâneler sempozyumu bildirileri, 19-21 aralık 2001-manisa mevlevı̂hânesi, t.c. celâl bayar üniversitesi, manisa yöresi türk tarihi ve kültürünü araştırma ve uygulama merkezi, manisa, 2002, p. 317-323. 9. ilgar y., karahisar-ı sabib sultan divani mevlevihanesi ve mevlevi meşhurları, afyonkarahisar belediyesi yayın no:14, afyonkarahisar, 2012, p.40 10. kara, i̇., hanya mevlevihanesi: şeyh ailesi-müştemilatı-vakfiyesi, i̇slam araştırmaları dergisi, sayı 1, 1997, p.115-173 11. karpuz h., şimşek f., kuş a., dıvarcı i̇., kahire mevlevihanesi, dünya mevlevihaneleri, konya valiliği i̇l kültür ve turizm müdürlüğü yayını, konya, 2007, p.141 12. karpuz h., türkiye dışındaki osmanlı mevlevihanelerine toplu bakış, dünya mevlevihaneleri, konya valiliği i̇l kültür ve turizm müdürlüğü yayını, konya, 2007, p.70 13. karpuz h., balkan mevlevihaneleri, kıbrıs yakın doğu rûmi enstitüsü mevlana sempozyumu, 2009, lefkoşa 14. karpuz h., kerkük mevlevihanelerinden günümüze kalanlar, merhaba akademik sayfalar dergisi, cilt 10, sayı 13, 2010, p.196-197 15. karpuz h., balkanlar’daki mevlevı̂hânelerden günümüze kalanlar, sümam yayınları: 5, bildiriler serisi: 2, dünyada mevlana i̇zleri, 2010, p.427-445 16. kuş a., vd., türkiye mevlevihaneleri, konya: i̇l kültür ve turizm müdürlüğü yayın no:107, 2006, p.18-23 17. kuş a., dünya mevlevihanelerine yolculuk, karatay akademi yayınları, konya, 2011, p.40, 212-213 18. küçük s., xix. asırda mevlevilik ve mevleviler, yayınlanmamış doktora tezi, marmara üniversitesi sosyal bilimler enstitüsü, i̇stanbul, 2000, p. 274 19. molnar j., macaristan’daki türk anıtları, ankara, 1993 20. önder m., konya’da mevlana dergahı merkez arşivi ve mevlevihaneler, isam the journal of ottoman studıes xiv, sayı 14, 1994, p.137-142 21. özçelik m., evliya çelebi seyahatnamesinde mevlana, mevlevilik ve mevlevihaneler, rumi yayınları, yayın no:69, konya, 2012, p.127 pg. 288 şehmuz / the academic research community publication 22. popović a., “les derviches balkaniques hier et aujourd’hui”, les mevlevihane dans le sud-est europeen, ed. isis, i̇stanbul, 1994, p.264 23. sancaktar c., osmanlı i̇mparatorluğu’nun balkanlar’daki kültürel ve demografik mirası, yakın doğu üniversitesi sosyal bilimler dergisi, cilt 5, sayı 2, 2012, p.53-93 24. seçkin a., türkiye’deki önemli mevlevı̂hâneler ve mevlevı̂hânelerin yaşatılmasında vakıflar genel müdürlüğünün rolü, sümam yayınları: 5, bildiriler serisi: 2, dünyada mevlana i̇zleri, 2010, p.1-45 25. tanman, b., 2005, osmanlı mimarisinde tarikat yapıları/tekkeler, osmanlı toplumunda tasavvuf ve sufiler, ed. a.yaşar ocak, ankara: türk tarih kurumu yayınları, p.315 26. tanrikorur, b., türkiye mevlevı̂hanelerinin mimarı̂ özellikleri, c.1-metin, konya: selçuk üniversitesi sosyal bilimler enstitüsü basılmamış doktora tezi, 2000, p.117-124 27. ti̇ka, http://www.tika.gov.tr/haber/tarihi-saraybosna-mevlevihanesi-yeniden-insaedildi/596, 2013 28. tütüncü m., kudüs mevlevihanesi tarihi ve mimarisi, uluslararası düşünce sanatta mevlana sempozyumu, çanakkale onsekiz mart üniversitesi i̇lahiyat fakültesi, 25-28 mayıs, 2006, p. 700-703 29. uz a., saraybosna’da i̇sa bey mevlevihanesi, selçuk üniversitesi türkiyat araştırmaları dergisi, sayı 2, konya, 1996, p.103-106 30. ürün a.k., ortadoğu’da mevlana ve mevlevihaneler, sümam yayınları:5, bildiriler serisi:2, dünyada mevlana i̇zleri, 2010, p.447–454 31. yazici g.e., gelibolu mevlevihanesi ve gelibolu’da mevlevilik, çanakkale: çanakkale kitaplığı akademi yayını, 2009, p.13-17 pg. 289 introduction mevlevihans in balkans and crimea mevlevihans in middle east and north africa mevlevihans in anatolia architecture and classification of mevlevihans conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.370 utilization of “multiple kinetic technology kt” in interior architecture design as concept of futuristic innovation hala hassanein1 1associate professor – interior architecture design,helwan university, faculty of fine arts cairo, egypt abstract new trends of interior architectural design aim to maximize available spatial space for flexible and futuristic interiors. therefore, the design of a facility structure with its fixed and moveable interior components can have a significant impact on human performance leading to efficient interaction with surrounding spatial spaces. interactive design is constantly proves creating memorable connection and empowering connection with beneficiaries’ participants that can come to life in many forms, one of these many facility structures is implementing the interior architectural design approach of ”kinetic technology”. interior architecture is the design of a space inside any building that can be fixing. in addition, it can be the initial design and plan for use then later redesign to accommodate a changed purpose, or a significantly revised design for adaptive reuse of the building shell. generally referred to as the spatial art of environmental design, form and practice, interior architecture is the process through which the interiors of buildings are designed concerned with all aspects of the human uses of structural spatial spaces. therefore putting simply, interior architecture is the design of an interior in architectural terms, (wikipedia encyclopedia). the paper presents variety approaches of innovation trends, that utilizing multiple kinetic applications for the scope, benefit of interior design elements. it will give valid benefits to interior planners and designers for efficient enhancement into their practical expertise. that experience will be achieved when implementing this technology of kinetic approach to achieve effective utilization of interior spatial spaces as dynamic quality of the spatial space’s changeable size, continuity and to create a feeling of connectivity through the spatial space, which seems to virtual enlarge the small floor area. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords key words: kinetic; interactive; technology; innovation; aesthetic; dynamic movement 1. purpose/ emphasizing: obtain, analyzing various techniques in designing public and private spatial spaces by applying multiple kinetic technology through understanding kinetic systems. therefore, it will enable interior designers to assess major aspects of kinetic types, and its related applications that provide benefits to the design process. our approach is to analyze all variety of innovated kinetic systems and its applications in a certain classification aiming to act beneficially by introducing interior designers, variety series of principles, standards and techniques appropriate for implementing kinetic systems. pg. 302 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ hassanein / the academic research community publication then to conclude basic criteria to be a guide when applying kinetic approach and it classifications, type of movement required, the scope of interior design as well as scale of the kinetic elements. thus, we will present various approaches of innovation trends and accompanying solutions that utilizing multiple kinetic applications for the scope, benefit of interior design elements and its mechanical implementations. 1.1. methodology and structure: we will depends on number of searchable implementations, descriptive approaches through brief review of previous experiences for designing and implement multiple kinetic technology new ideas to use in design public and private spatial spaces. our intent is to clarify design kinetic principles and related mechanisms technology to help professionals with all types of its specification process. we have three parts to explore as follows in figure 1: figure 1. the paper discusses innovative concept of internal1 kinetic in the multi-functional architectural spatial space in terms of the animation, visual and plastic functions and the future trends in the internal motion design of the elements of interior architecture of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings and raw materials through analysis of a number of innovative applications and experiments in this field. 2. introduction architecture in general has always consists of two parts, one is design and the other part science they are integrated join to act as one. nowadays, we are living in era of technology and innovation where both have great potential manner to interact and help one another to provide adequate service rendering to the science of architecture and interior design taken as a whole. a design science marriage as known as “win-win “is a key issue, for fruitful partnership that designers strive to push their respective field of interior design forward by incorporating motion into architectural planners and interior designers give their beneficiaries another dimension by which to interact with their surroundings in a unify manner. the language of interior design is innovation .einstein1said, “imagination is the starting point of everything we do in life”. the 21st century buildings and its interiors are an undisputed evidence of that: innovation concepts, stunning iconic designs, incredible facilities and latest technologies are forming concept of futuristic interior architecture design. all decorating trends of the 20th and 21st century depending on the category term of technocentrism, (wikipedia encyclopedia). it is a term that denotes a value system that is, centered on technology and its ability to control and protect the environment. therefore, this introduction highlights the importance of applying kinetics into most of elements of interior design 1futuristic design concepts, http://designlike.com/about-architecture/ pg. 303 hassanein / the academic research community publication producing futurist design in form and shape as well. we will concentrate on conceptual framework of kinetic architectural structures in the field of interior design. 2.1. objective goal: our planned goal is to identify the effect of major concepts, approaches and solutions of kinetic structure as form and shape into the design process of interior design for public and private spatial spaces. such approach of applying kinetics will add a value and gain a benefit that helps to create new futurist ideas to used and deployed among variety applications of interior design whether within external or internal spatial spaces. we will form certain diagram for interior kinetic structure to set our concept of how can kinetics consider as crucial element within the design process that lead to innovate new futurist ideas for interior design. such diagram can be used by planners and interior designers as a guide or a criteria for new methodology when planning for new interior product that using the approach of kinetics. therefore, certain definitions of kinetics types and approaches are necessary to add and explained within our study. 2.2. interior kinetic structure ks diagram: interior kinetic structure ks diagram as shown in figure 2, is a symbolic representation of information according to some visualization technique to guide planners and interior designers to innovate new ideas and the technique we will use is a three-dimensional visualization diagram as follows: figure 2. pg. 304 hassanein / the academic research community publication 2.3. basic information: the process of creative design depends on many key factors that basic information the most important one. such information provides a realistic overview over all initial stages of a design project including the client relationship, methodology and collation of information to spark innovative ideas and then, develop, deploy these ideas to access the designer creativity to produce potential solutions for the innovated ideas. the interior designers first, have to analyze the previous information to consider later on any of the creative process, the pre-design work, gathering and applying the methodology, which involves a great deal of information about human needs; requirements spatial space and site considerations that the project will be based. the main requirements of design can be illustrated into human needs and requirements of the spatial space as following: human needs requirements of spatial space comfort noise control environment (solar, radiation) useable time cost benefits usability flexibility adaptability spatial space interactive spatial space shape activity 3. preliminary kinetic analysis 3.1. definitions: a. innovation2 : as extracted from businessdirectory.com, “innovation is the process of translating an idea or invention into a good or service that creates value or for which customers will pay to call an innovation, an idea must be replicable at an economical cost and must satisfy a specific need”. the following figure 3, illustrate the process of five consequence stages as initial idea, assessment of idea, creation, innovation then stage of deploy into market and last but not least, accepted by its users or beneficiaries figure 3. initial idea: previous information, uses, current application, new desire for a change, or modification or enhancement of current product or newly one all are basics for initialing the idea. assessment of idea: 2https://ar.scribd.com/document/238126903/innovation pg. 305 hassanein / the academic research community publication the desired item or a product that created by the initial idea should be feasible, doable, in a reasonable cost, affordable and add positive value to the beneficiaries use and accompanying needs. creation / innovation: a new feature and product is created and innovated. market deployment & beneficiaries acceptance: start production, deployment to markets, gain benefits and therefore beneficiaries’ acceptance b. kinetic architecture3 : kinetic architecture is a concept through which designed to allow parts of the structure to move, without reducing overall structural integrity. it lies in creating spatial spaces and objects that can physically re-configure themselves to meet changing needs c. kinetic energy4: the energy of motion, observable as the movement of an object, particle, or set of particles. any object in motion is using kinetic energy. d. kinetic art:is the art from any medium that contains movement perceivable by the viewer or depends on motion for its effect. kinetic art encompasses a wide variety of overlapping techniques and styles (wikipedia encyclopedia). e. sculpture kinetic5 : is a type from kinetic art and is an art form such as an assemblage or sculpture made up of parts designed to be set in motion by an internal mechanism or an external stimulus, such as light or air. that type could be for architectural or interior design as well as follows: i. sculpture kinetic construction6of the place, they have designed an empty place to transform into new futurist image by using sculpture kinetic construction for providing more relaxation feeling to its users better than it neglected without benefits or gains figure 4. as shown above in figure 4, they have used large columns with circle sheets by wooden panels that allow air and light to getting through via natural volume of lighting to the area with image of futurist in design and implementation as well. i. sculpture interior design kinetic7 : as example in the field of interior design figures 5(a-b), mark davis’s mobile series investigates the vast possibilities of how wood, metal material and line can deconstructed and reconfigured into new compositions each time it moved. playing with weight, movement, and ultimately gravity, the mobiles naturally lend themselves to a planetary quality, thus source and reflection 3kinetic architecture, www.piglix.org 4kinetic energy, http://whatis.techtarget.com/definition/kinetic-energy 5sculpture kinetic, http://www.thefreedictionary.com/kinetic+sculpture 66rest hole in the university of seoul utaa, 2012, http://www.archdaily.com/440719/rest-hole-in-the-university-of-seoul-utaa/ 77new mobiles by mark davis showed at pucker gallery, 2017, https://www.artsy.net/artwork/mark-davis-tribute-number-1 pg. 306 hassanein / the academic research community publication figure 5. (a) (b) f. sustainable kinetic structure: architectures and interior designers seek to minimize the negative environmental impact of buildings and its interiors by efficiency and moderation in the use of materials, energy, and development spatial space and the ecosystem at large (wikipedia encyclopedia). g. responsive kinetic structure: are those that measure actual environment conditions (via sensors) to enable building and its interiors to adapt their form, shape, color or character responsively (via actuators) (wikipedia encyclopedia). 3.2. kinetic shapes8 -ks: a kinetic shape (ks) is a smooth two or three-dimensional shape that is define by its predicted ground reaction forces as it is press onto a flat surface to achieve aesthetic design form. there are two types as follows: – two-dimensional shape (2d) is a flat two-dimensional area enclosed by lines. for 2d shapes there are many forms of shape in this category, but the one that is related to interior design is “dynamic shape”. as a matter a fact, kinetics, it is actually dynamics. the first case of dynamic is called kinetics. so, dynamic it is “every object experiences some form of motion which is the result of different forces acting on the object. dynamics is the study of the forces which are responsible for this motion.” – three-dimensional shape (3d) is a form of a three-dimensional area enclosed by a surface. that type of form could have; hollow forms have volume and or, sold forms have mass. 3.3. classification of kinetic structures: typology of kinetic structures 8elements and principals of design, kevin rigdone, pdf pg. 307 hassanein / the academic research community publication design using kinetic structure that include physical movement, could be apply within architecture design and interior design as well. 3.3.1. kinetic structures in architecture: figure 6. – embedded kinetic structures:such structure exists within a larger architectural whole in a fixed location, that used to control the larger systems and its respone according to modification of change of factors. – deployable kinetic structures:that one, exist in a temporary location and are easily transportable. there is a possibility within this structure to move, modify and change based on the plot area. – dynamic kinetic structures:that type of structure, include many applications such louvers, doors, partitions, ceilings, and walls as main elements of interior design (our focul topic). out of the above types of kinetic architecture mentioned, the dynamic structures are those that are going to study and to focus on in this paper. 3.3.2. kinetic structure in interior design9 : different movements of kinetic used within interior design including sliding, folding, rolling and pneumatic movement, the following samples of these types and their accompanying solutions are: structure of sliding kinetic: sliding partitions define the spatial space as needed, they require considerably less spatial space in store or when open it allow more place for movement. the partition panel as figures 7 (a-b), hanged on a sliding mechanism, on the rollers in tracks, moves along the guide way and hidden there. the following is an example of kinetic sliding partition: figure 7. (a) (b) · structure of folding kinetic10 : 9sliding kinetic, http://www.plaisirdeden.com/sliding-doors-eb8134ef1f8a987c.html 10typological classification of the recent kinetic architecture, vincenzo sapienza gianlucarodonò†july 2016” kinetic architecture and foldable surface” pg. 308 hassanein / the academic research community publication folding kinetic applications in interior design can done through natural/manually or mechanical structure shape as follows: natural/manual folding kinetic : futuristic design for most elements of interior design comes in many forms, and shapes for insistence, folding light is part of a series of interactive light sculptures that allow the users to manipulate amount and quality of light radiating out from the center. as shown in figure8 : figure 8. as a basic cube made of painted wood cut at four corners in different shapes and hinged so these corners, can be opened and/or closed in many ways to control the light. a single energy efficient electric light bulb is located at the center of the cube. this bulb surrounded by a light diffusing shield and six horizontal yellow colored planes, evenly spatial spaced around the bulb and light diffuser. this design as one sample of michael janzen’s many projects, explore new ways in which to reinvent the built environment through unexpected interactivity, which generates new forms and functions. – mechanical folding kinetic11 : the purpose of folding is to manage, control the size whether by minimizing or maximizing the spatial space plot. following example illustrate as figure 9, one of these folding systems which is sky-fold zenith: figure 9. as shown above such system as designed, can increase / decrease the spatial space using full system of automation that can be easily adaptable based upon the requirements and needs of the beneficiaries. – mix-structure of sliding and folding12 : sometimes, two types of structural design can join acting in same product. for example, jinlishi (egood) can provide different flexible storage options for sliding, and folding partitions storage option according to different site requirements as needed as follows: as shown above in figure 10, h storage styles are the most simple and popular option people use. 11kinetic behavior dynamic potential through architecture and design, mai m. youssef, 2017, https://www.witpress.com/elibrary/cmemvolumes/5/4/1658 12foshan egood movable partition, www.chinajls.com pg. 309 hassanein / the academic research community publication figure 10. – structure of rolling kinetic: the rolling and roll forming of structural shapes by passing them through a rolling a material or to bend or deform the work piece to a desired shape while maintaining a constant cross-section. it could be used in variety of materials such as wood, metal and glass as well. the following example as figure 11indicates the movement of rolling (rotate) furniture as convertible coffee bench (spatial space of sear as a table is adjusting by rotating elements of the bench). figure 11. – structure of pneumatic kinetic: pg. 310 hassanein / the academic research community publication pneumatics (from greek: π ν ε ύ µ α ) is a branch of engineering that makes use of gas or pressurized airpower by compressed air or compressed inert gases(wikipedia encyclopedia). such type is having the benefits of prompt, rapid, flexible and transformable that makes such approach is very feasible for international conferences, exhibitions and outdoors public and business events. the following is an example as figures 12(a-b) for construction done by yale school of architecture13 . figure 12. (a)(b) · structure of intelligent kinetic14 : intelligent kinetic systems structures are those that using hi-tech tools which have the ability of responsiveness with the movement by the human being. to perform this type of interaction, electronic sensors with controlled energy cells, system of led lights are used to produce this type of intelligent responsive kinetic in the floors as a key element of interior design structure as figures 13(a-b) figure 13. (a)(b) 4. technology movement of kinetic interior architecture15: kinetic interaction within architecture can greatly affect one’s experience. a designer embedding kinetics can often provide for a new kind of awareness. there are methods through which kinetic interior architecture can influence interior form as result of facing its forces, either during the design process or during the operation. there are two main categories for forces in kinetic interior architecture and its response. 4.1. static movement: when computer-aided programs16, used while designing futurist components of interiors there are many examples can be presenting to show how computerized designing can help, produce, and innovate various static movements for elements of interior design. 13yale school of architecture, http://architecture.yale.edu/people/henry-ng 14intelligent kinetic systems, michael a. fox & bryant p. yeh, http://echo.iat.sfu.ca/library/fox kinetic systems.pdf 15sustainable vision of kinetic architecture, https://link.springer.com/article/10.1057/jba.2010.5 16https://www.pinterest.com/search/pins/?q=kinetic%20architecture%20interiors&rs=guide pg. 311 hassanein / the academic research community publication one of many examples for static movement is the parametric design: 4.1.1. parametric shape design: parametric design is a process based on algorithmic thinking that enables the expression of parameters and rules that, together, define, encode and clarify the relationship between design intent and design response, (wikipedia encyclopedia). therefore, it is a result of innovated idea to design number of wooden sheets, panels that is designed by computerized machine for cutting, placing and install in a unique futurist manner as shown hereunder for furniture seats (a bench17 ), walls18 , as well as ceiling – figures 14 (a-d) figure 14. the above examples as figures 14 (c-d), illustrate using 3d conception for exciting and interactive new design that gives a spatial space design a feeling of life. it is the moment in designs that think, innovative, and tries applying something completely different. the design aesthetic on this ceiling can use for any spatial space or even a dining area. this design could is delicate and elegant, almost an art piece 4.2. dynamic movement19: kinetic dynamic movement is that can be transformable based on a change or according to needs of beneficiaries is applied within the following example of oled lamp, as unique combination of art design and technology by selux and design studio art+com which done in a dining room of private spatial spatial space as figures 15: 17architecturebenchdividerfurniture,https://www.cgtrader.com/3d-models/furniture/sofa/parametric-bench 18layeredorganicparametricwallwood, https://lemanoosh.com/publication/auto-draft-287/ 19dynamic movement in light, https://www.ofdesign.net/interior-design/kinetic-oled-lamp-design-floating-silently-in-spatial space-2503 pg. 312 hassanein / the academic research community publication figure 15. oled lamp) 4.2.1. origami shape designs: origami (łł, from “ori” meaning ”folding”, and kami meaning ”paper” is the art of paper folding, which is often associated with japanese culture (wikipedia encyclopedia). based on this definition, origami design is the art of folding all types of materials in general by combination of sheets to produce new shape, form a certain design as unique futuristic colorful output. figure 16. mar-quee20 [mahr-kee]: an ornamental canopy, often identified by a surrounding a cache of light bulbs, signaling entrance to a theatrical event. mar-quise [mahr-keez]: a gem cut, yielding a low pointed oval with many facets. the installation as shown in figures 16, such approach of design has utilized to fold the production sheets into a flower shape as new manner of implementation “origami design” in ceiling as one of most important elements of interior design. to complete the design, lighting has utilized to complete the flowering patterns start from the base, and move on up to create a new form of design applicable for other usages whether internally or externally. 4.3. architectural technology: it can be summarized as the ”technical design and expertise used in the application and integration of construction technologies in the building design process, (wikipedia encyclopedia). generally there are numerous types of technologies systems in this regards, we will addressing those that are much in relation to the field of interior design as follows: electricity electromechanical digital technology multimedia mechanical systems continued on next page 20scad digital fabrication club (l) abnormal, http://www.arch2o.com/scad-digital-fabrication-club-l-abnormal/ pg. 313 hassanein / the academic research community publication table 1 continued hydraulic systems thermoelectric conversion systems 4.4. kinetic application solutions: effective and efficient designing spatial spaces have to accomplish two main factors, flexibility and comfort to earn beneficiaries satisfaction. there are new trends for multiple kinetic used in the spatial space design as the following: 4.4.1. multiple kinetic designs in close-plan: the concept of multi-purpose layout for closed-plan environments is changeable functional in interior walls ,floors and ceiling for multiuses spatial spaces and uses them for storing according to the need. 4.4.2. kinetic spatial space-saving solution: figure 17. the above diagram as figure 17, for spatial space-saving hong kong flat by architect gary chang is an example of how can small flat of 32 sq. meters formed in many uses of the spatial space including; bedroom, bath, kitchen, and living room as well as intended desire through folding its components fitting the requirements of user. while it is not in use, all these folded areas could close and folded down to save spatial spaces as its prime goal of the design. 4.4.3. kinetic all-in-one box solution21 : as figure 18, the concept of all-in-one box is to design many different applications to include within one limited spatial space or area. thus, the following example illustrate how to fold, extract and joining-in many functions serving the concept of “rooms within rooms” that enable the designer to consolidate many useful forms into one scope of spatial space. such design uses foldout and slide-out components of modular furniture to act as single unit 21http://weburbarist.com/2013/07/10/fold-out-room-12-ulta-compact-living-pods-systems/ pg. 314 hassanein / the academic research community publication figure 18. 4.4.4. multiple kinetic designs in open-plan: kinetic maximize spatial space solution 22(multipurpose layout of open-plan) the concept of multipurpose layout for open-plan environments is a flexible organization of interior spatial spaces, which based on arranging the spatial space as needed. layers of partitions are in used freely to control and manage the spatial space whether by maximizing or minimizing feasibly. such approach in design currently is in use by many planners and interior designers since nowadays the available spatial space are limited in spatial space through kinetic movable and sliding walls or hinged partitions as figures 19 (a-c): figure 19. turn a multi functional large spatial space into smaller specific areas to relax, work, eat and sleep with these ideas for dividing open-plan rooms without building walls or engaging in major renovation. these open-plan zones can be temporary measures that fold away when you do not need them or more permanent structures, to give purpose 22https://www.dezeen.com/2015/11/05/arch-studio-foldaway-walls-exhibition-spatial spaces-beijing-rongbaozhai-western-art-gallery/ pg. 315 hassanein / the academic research community publication to a large empty room, as shown above in figures 19(a-c) 5. case studies on ks innovation projects: in this last part of the paper, we have selected number of kinetic structure innovation projects that implemented to study, identify and analyze its descriptive approaches through our review over some previous experiences for designing and implement multiple kinetic technology new ideas to use in design public and private spatial spaces. our intent is to clarify most updated innovation designs been done in the kinetic structure, principles and its related mechanisms in the field of interior design applications and technology to help professionals with all types of its specification process as a guide when performing the design phase. the following template as shown within figure 20, identifying the selected innovated projects as its elements, function and target to achieved in each one respectively: figure 20. ceilings & partitions: responsive kinetic design23 interior elements typology of kinetic kinetic structure kinetic shape kinetic solutions typology of technology ceilings architecture, responsive pneumatic dynamic circle aesthetic interactive innovation multimedia, digital, thermoelectric architect and designer behnazfarahi likes movement,farahi has installed a kinetic ceiling at the university of southern california that reacts and moves in response to the people walking beneath it. as shown herewith in figure 21, the ceiling measures 15 x 15 feet (about 4.6 x 4.6 m) and has five floating motion disks covered in industrial felt.there are also four discs that don’t move. the discs can move both up and down and can rotate in various directions, which means the ceiling can get quite 23aurora, the interactive kinetic ceiling, michael franco, 2016, http://newatlas.com/interactive-ceiling/42525/ pg. 316 hassanein / the academic research community publication expressive. figure 21. the ceiling is activated through a connected xbox kinetic motion-capture camera that translates movement into the actuation of the ceiling panels. in addition to having the discs respond to movement, the installation also has special lighting that turns on and off based on the path of a visitor to the room. ”this project aims to rethink the conventional rigid, solid architectural spatial space through its combination of shape changing form, responsive lighting, adaptable spatial spaces and interactive responses,” says farahi. ”it is an attempt therefore to reimaging the possibilities of sensory spatial spaces and robotic architecture.” partitions24 : facet by mireille meijs, alison milne design using the approach of origami interior structure in walls and partitions as the following figure 22: interior design elements typology of kinetic kinetic structure ks kinetic shape kinetic solutions typology of technology partitions architecture, art kinetic folding origami adaptable spatial spaces electromechanical figure 22. bloomming has collaborated with 3form on this new product innovation. facet is an interactive solution with a unique aesthetic for partitions, screens or large-scale centerpiece applications. facet brings a new dimension to interior spatial space design. designer mireille meijs used pcabs and aluminum to create this modular system. 24facet by mireille meijs / alison milne design, 2012,http://alisonmilne.com/2012/01/13/facet-by-mireille-meijs/ pg. 317 hassanein / the academic research community publication doors: spectacular curtain door, by matharoo associates interior design elements typology of kinetic kinetic structure ks kinetic shape kinetic solutions typology of technology doors sculpture rolling parametric aesthetic innovation electromechanical matharoo associates25 , an architectural firm from india completed one of the most interesting doors in the following figures of 23 (a-c), presenting new unique innovation of curtain door in different form and shapes. this design is a piece of futuristic art in a manner that is not design by others before or applied elsewhere figure 23. the manufacture used teak wood in implementing the design, which we can remind us of piano riddles, by linking number of thick burma teak together in a harmony and smoothly way while opening or closing the door. evolution door26 , by klemens torggler: interior design elements typology of kinetic kinetic structure ks kinetic shape kinetic solutions typology of technology doors art kinetic rolling origami aesthetic innovation mechanical systems one of austrian designers named “klemens torggler” had invented many previous tries to design a door with very fast, flexible and dynamic in action to save spatial space with easy movement for open or to close features. during many times before, he continues to add more features or enhancement within the design by adjusting the components itself or using updated technology. at last, his last project as shown in figures24 (ab) called the evolution door which containing four panels opening and closing respectively based on simple move by user hand. in his last design, allow the panels to move more flexible. by the help provided by kinetics, it easily folds itself as folding/origami shape of kinetic to turn around repeatedly before aligning again into a form of rectangle shape. the special construction makes it possible to move the door sideways without the use of tracks. walls: transforming sculptural wall27 interior design elements typology of kinetic kinetic structure ks kinetic shape kinetic solutions typology of technology walls sculpture kinetic sliding, folding origami saving spatial spaces mechanical systems as shown in figures 25 (a-e), proper utilization of spatial space is a main factor of successful spatial space design. thus, in a spatial space area of 60 sq. m apartment area designed by vlad mishin, with sculptural blocks wall 25matharoo associates, curtain door, 2012, http://freshome.com/2012/09/27/express-to-impress-spectacular-curtain-door-by-matharooassociates/ 26torggler’s evolution door,2014, http://www.businessinsider.com/klemens-torgglers-kinectic-door-2014-2 27sculptural wall, by vlad mishin, 2013,https:/www.behance.net/gallery/6775861/transformer-apt pg. 318 hassanein / the academic research community publication figure 24. that easy transformable to separate or dividing the area as required needs of the beneficiary is new application in design. the wall itself consists of black metal framework and plywood. figure 25. (e) (plan of modern apartment withtransforming sculptural wall) seating furniture: flat-pack kinetic seating system interior design elements typology of kinetic kinetic structure ks kinetic shape kinetic solutions typology of technology seating furniture sculpture, intelligent sliding, folding origami saving spatial spaces fabrication unit the following example in new innovated kinetic furniture as shown in figure 26 is “flat-pack kinetic seating system”, created by thomas hurd called polytope28 . polytope is an environmentally conscious flat-pack seating system ideal for temporary seating needs. this piece of art, comes pre-cut, flat, packed and can be assemble in 15–30 seconds, polytope is light for easy stacking and redeployment, allowing for dynamic use of spatial space. seating furniture: kinetic chair29 28flat-pack seating system, by thomas hurd, 2014, http://www.core77.com/gallery/20249/core77-design-awards-2011/#image=50 29kinetic innovated chair, by jessica banks, 2014, https://bondstreet.com/blog/the-future-of-furniture/ pg. 319 hassanein / the academic research community publication figure 26. interior design elements typology of kinetic kinetic structure ks kinetic shape kinetic solutions typology of technology seating furniture flat-pack kinetic sliding, folding origami saving spatial spaces fabrication unit as shown in figure 27 (a), jessica banks’ company is an engineering boutique specializing in the innovation and fabrication of kinetic furniture, lighting and wearable’s. that design house, make responsive and reaction furniture that moves, this example of new innovated kinetic chair that fixable, light, and in simple design with a vision. figure 27. while as in figure 27 (b) another company named rockpaperrobot title “the ollie chair”30: shape-shifting seating, created by rockpaperrobot called “tambour” traditionally used in roll-top desks, a tambour is a flexible surface made of wood slats adhered to a textile canvas. using a tambour as a seating surface is an innovation that gives the ollie chair its unique movement and shape-shifting abilities. 6. conclusion futuristic multi kinetic interior architecture design has proved that it is one of the most spectacular trends in interior spaces, furnishing all types of spaces. in addition, futuristic kinetic applications presented herewith provides an opportunity for egyptian planners and interior designers to see new image of the future by applying kinetics approach within most of interior design plans and applications as well as enable having prime interior trends in the near future to develop futuristic concepts to benefiting the design process. interior designers will have the ability to perform scientific combination of their given talents and practical vision for more efficient and enhancement in the design using proper utilization of multiple kinetic technologies and its solutions. we have concluded that multi kinetic technology kt is a key for allowing interior designers and planners to solve problems of aesthetics, develop their design as unique, futuristic form of design. our study revealed many aspects of new design and materials of kinetic technology in design applications making a benchmark for ideal criteria for planners, interior designers in egypt and others within the region to serve as guide, or reference while applying 30the ollie chair, rockpaperrobot, 2017, https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/144629748/the-ollie-chair-shape-shifting-seating pg. 320 hassanein / the academic research community publication the mentioned approach kt. this paper has given the crucial importance of technologies, hi-tech solutions and its fields of applications into elements of interior design through applying different types of kinetics as effective mean to fulfill innovated ideas that having the features of futuristic and creativity. egyptian architects and interior designers will grasp a vision that enable designing in more flexible, transformable, more adaptable to human needs and interaction with surrounding environment. such vision is achievable as obtained from our paper results and studies done over selected numbers of kinetic innovation projects has conclude numerous ideas, applications, creative solutions and design that develop more innovative creations useful for their enhancement for designing new ideas, trends that will help in our scope of interior design today and later on. thus, such results will give flexibility to designing of spatial spaces via applying new techniques in designing tiny spaces for residential areas to achieve target requirements of simplicity, conform, and cost effective that currently these spaces having huge demands in the egyptian market. wide implementation of these new designs using multi kinetic technology will open new lines within furniture manufactures to add, produce modern, unique futuristic unis to save time, effort and providing comfort with valid satisfaction accordingly. 7. bibliography – kenvin rigdone, elements and principals of design, pdf – vincenzo sapienza, gianluca rodono, typological classification of the recent kinetic architecture, “kinetic architecture and foldable surface”, 2016 8. references 1. interior architecture, technocentrism, kinetic architecture, kinetic energy, kinetic art, sustainable kinetic, responsive kinetic, pneumatic, origami, wikipedia encyclopedia, https://en.wikipedia.org 2. 10 futuristic design concepts, http://designlike.com/about-architecture/ 3. https://ar.scribd.com/document/238126903/innovation 4. sculpture kinetic, http://www.thefreedictionary.com/kinetic+sculpture 5. rest hole in the university of seoul utaa, 2012, http://www.archdaily.com/440719/rest-hole-in-the-univ ersity-of-seoulutaa/ 6. new mobiles by mark davis showed at pucker gallery, 2017, https://www.artsy.net/artwork/mark-davis-tri bute-number 7. intelligent kinetic systems, michael a. fox & bryant p. yeh, http://echo.iat.sfu.ca/library/fox kinetic syste ms.pdf 8. sliding kinetic, http://www.plaisirdeden.com/sliding-doors-eb8134ef1f8a987c.html 9. kinetic behavior dynamic potential through architecture and design, mai m. youssef, 2017, 10. https://www.witpress.com/elibrary/cmem-volumes/5/4/1658 11. foshan egood movable partition, www.chinajls.com 12. yale school of architecture, http://architecture.yale.edu/people/henry-ng 13. intelligent kinetic systems, michael a. fox & bryant p. yeh, http://echo.iat.sfu.ca/library/fox kinetic syste ms.pdf 14. sustainable vision of kinetic architecture, https://link.springer.com/article/10.1057/jba.2010.5 pg. 321 hassanein / the academic research community publication 15. https://www.pinterest.com/search/pins/?q=kinetic%20architecture%20interiors&rs=guide 16. layeredorganicparametricwallwood, https://lemanoosh.com/publication/auto-draft-287/ 17. architecturebenchdividerfurniture, https://www.cgtrader.com/3d-models/furniture/sofa/parametric-bench 18. dynamic movement in light, https://www.ofdesign.net/interior-design/kinetic-oled-lamp-design-floating-s ilently-in-spatial space-2503 19. scad digital fabrication club (l) abnormal, http://www.arch2o.com/scad-digital-fabrication-club-l-abno rmal/ 20. http://weburbarist.com/2013/07/10/fold-out-room-12-ulta-compact-living-pods-systems/ 21. https://www.dezeen.com/2015/11/05/arch-studio-foldaway-walls-exhibition-spatial spaces-beijing-rongbaozhaiwestern-art-gallery/ 22. aurora, the interactive kinetic ceiling, michael franco, 2016, http://newatlas.com/interactive-ceiling/42525 / 23. facet by mireille meijs / alison milne design, 2012, http://alisonmilne.com/2012/01/13/facet-by-mireillemeijs/ 24. matharoo associates, curtain door, 2012, http://freshome.com/2012/09/27/express-to-impress-spectacularcurtain-door-bymatharoo-associates/ 25. torggler’s evolution door,2014, http://www.businessinsider.com/klemens-torgglers-kinectic-door-2014-2 26. sculptural wall, by vlad mishin, 2013,https:/www.behance.net/gallery/6775861/transformer-apt 27. flat-pack seating system, by thomas hurd, 2014, http://www.core77.com/gallery/20249/core77-design-aw ards2011/#image=50 28. kinetic innovated chair, by jessica banks, 2014, https://bondstreet.com/blog/the-future-of-furniture/ 29. the ollie chair, rockpaperrobot, 2017, https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/144629748/the-ollie-chair-s hape-shifting-seating pg. 322 purpose/ emphasizing: methodology and structure: introduction objective goal: interior kinetic structure ks diagram: basic information: preliminary kinetic analysis definitions: kinetic shapeselements and principals of design, kevin rigdone, pdf -ks: classification of kinetic structures: kinetic structures in architecture: kinetic structure in interior designsliding kinetic, http://www.plaisirdeden.com/sliding-doors-eb8134ef1f8a987c.html : technology movement of kinetic interior architecturesustainable vision of kinetic architecture, https://link.springer.com/article/10.1057/jba.2010.5 : static movement: parametric shape design: dynamic movementdynamic movement in light, https://www.ofdesign.net/interior-design/kinetic-oled-lamp-design-floating-silently-in-spatial space-2503 : origami shape designs: architectural technology: kinetic application solutions: multiple kinetic designs in close-plan: kinetic spatial space-saving solution: kinetic all-in-one box solutionhttp://weburbarist.com/2013/07/10/fold-out-room-12-ulta-compact-living-pods-systems/ : multiple kinetic designs in open-plan: case studies on ks innovation projects: conclusion bibliography references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.384 sustainability of construction aggregates in kuwait sharifa al-fadala1 1kuwait institute for scientific research abstract kuwait is facing a current construction boom with projects worth of more than usd188bn. the huge infrastructure spending plan of kuwait is reflected with a growing demand of concrete as concrete is the most commonly used building material in the local construction. at the present, the quarrying of coarse aggregate which is a main concrete constituent material is banned in kuwait since 1997 and construction industry depends on the imported coarse aggregates from neighbouring sources such as united arab emirates and iran. kuwait is also interested in challenging the growing concern of an effective environmental management of water, land and atmosphere to achieve a sustainable civilization. the increasingly environmental pressures coupled with the limited available economical resources are causing the decision making authorities to consider the practice of recycling and waste utilization. this paper presents kuwait institute for scientific research (kisr) efforts to investigate sustainable sources of coarse aggregate for construction industry from waste. the first sustainable source investigated is the production of synthetic lightweight aggregates utilizing combinations of argillaceous indigenous and waste materials, and the second is recycled aggregates from construction and demolition wastes. the potential of the two sustainable sources of construction aggregates are presented and the needed steps for real industrial application are addressed. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords coarse; recycle; waste; synthetic; demolition. 1. introduction the construction industry within the arabian gulf states is continuously blooming. according to bnc project intelligence database, the gulf cooperation countries (gcc) are undergoing approximately 18,885 construction projects with an estimated total cost value of usd 2.3 trillion. the estimated value of construction projects in kuwait makes up around 10% of all construction project values in the gcc (kuwait construction market report, 20161). table 1 detailed the construction industry within the arabian gulf states. table 1. details of current construction projects in the gcc country number of projects total cost ( million usd $) united arab emirates 9125 836 saudi arabia 3424 722 continued on next page pg. 357 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ al-fadala / the academic research community publication table 1 continued qatar 2514 238 oman 2237 183 bahrain 876 93 kuwait 709 230 total 18885 2302 source: bnc project intelligence database the growth of kuwait construction market is reflected with the increased demand of building materials and products. concrete is the most commonly used building material in the local and regional construction. in 2015, the demand for concrete was estimated to reach $49bn across the gcc according to an industry forecast and this will keep escalating according to the construction boom within the gcc countries (construction week online, 2013) kuwait is a dessert country and is facing the challenge of the limited availability of resources and a distinct shortage of raw materials. at the present, coarse aggregate quarrying is banned in kuwait since 1997 (beatona magazine, epa) and construction industry depends on the imported coarse aggregates from neighbouring sources such as united arab emirates and iran. the total amount of aggregate that moves within the arabian gulf is 50 million tons per annum valued at approximately us$ 2.8 billion. the recent developments in the gulf and the related construction projects are reflected on the requirement of aggregates, which is showing a steep increase with bahrain, kuwait and iraq demands requiring an additional 50 million tons a year. (navjot-singh, 2015). kuwait is also interested in challenging the growing concern of an effective environmental management of water, land and atmosphere to achieve a sustainable civilization. the increasingly environmental pressures coupled with the limited available economical resources are causing the decision-making authorities to consider the practice of recycling and waste utilization. the need for sustainable construction is becoming a priority within the asphalt and concrete applications. this trend is necessitated by the high diminishing rate of construction materials, pressing demand on existing landfill sites, rising dumping fees, and reduced emissions into the environment. kisr is an independent national institute of scientific excellence. set up in 1967 with the mission to develop, deploy, and exploit the best science, technology, knowledge, and innovation for the benefit of kuwait. sustainability of building materials is addressed through construction and building material research program under the energy and building research center. this paper presents kisr efforts to investigate sustainable sources of coarse aggregate for construction industry from waste. the first sustainable source investigated is the production of synthetic lightweight aggregates utilizing combinations of argillaceous indigenous and waste materials, and the second is recycled aggregates from construction and demolition wastes. the potential of the two sustainable sources of construction aggregates are presented and the needed steps for real industrial application are addressed. 2. the production of synthetic lightweight aggregates utilizing combinations of argillaceous indigenous and waste materials lightweight aggregates (lwa) are defined by astm c125 (2016) as aggregates having bulk density less than 1120 kg/m3 and this includes pumice, scoria, volcanic cinders, tuff, and diatomite; expanded or sintered clay, or slag; and end products of coal or coke combustion. lwa are used in wide applications of concrete products including insulating screeds to reinforced and prestressed concrete. the most common use of lwa is in the manufacture of precast concrete masonry units. the production of synthetic aggregate from clay is based on rileys study which instructed heating raw material with a proper ratio of fluxing oxides (cao, mgo, feo, fe2o3, na2o and k2o) to silica (sio2) and alumina (al2o3), to sufficiently high temperature to melt to a viscous, pyroplastic mass. the entrapped gases in the viscous mass cause the expansion (bloating) of the mass and subsequently a porous structure with low density is obtained on cooling (riley,1951). kuwait institute for scientific research started investigation of lwa by a preliminary study conducted in 1981(parks, 1981). lab production of lwa using marine siltey clay from sulaibikhat bay indicated that lwa aggregates with a bulk density of 700 800 kg/m3 can be produced by pg. 358 al-fadala / the academic research community publication firing to 1100 oc – 1150 oc. that was a major study, which proven uneconomical at that time. further studies were conducted to characterize the clayey material from bahra (north-east of kuwait) by al-bahar s. and v.t.l. bogahawatta, (2000, 2008). the study developed a promising composition amenable for bloating by incorporating additives such as sawdust and waste oil. in 2012 , the production of synthetic lightweight aggregates (lwa) was investigated by al-bahar s. and etc to explore the suitable indigenous raw materials for the production of lwa, and to ensure that their quality and properties are suitable for use as building in kuwait (al-bahar s and etc,2012). the study also included investigation of sand wash which is a by-product material of sand quarrying in kuwait as another raw material and as a subject of an environmental issue. the following, detailed the raw materials used, the firing, bloatability assesment and the engineering assesment of the produced sythenic light weight aggregates (lwa). 2.1. raw materials preparation and assesment different locally available raw and waste materials were used in the study; details are presented in table 2. raw materials in combination with other additives were used to formulate mixtures into pellets for a set of physical minorological, and chemical tests to investigate the bloating behaviors. plasticity index according to astm d 4318 were checked to determine the clay content and plasticity of the mixture to shape uniform strands. aggregate wash, red clay, and mixture of them have high degree of plasticity which indicates their silt clayey material nature, and suitability of pelletizing. in addition, chemical analysis of representative samples of raw materials and subsequent raw mixtures is carried out by the x-ray fluorescence (xrf) method and results are presented in table 3. the resulting calculated major and fluxing oxides (sio2, al2o3 and cao, fe2o3, mgo, na2o, k2o respectively) were plotted on riley’s diagram as illustarted in figure 1, to locate their position with respect to the tertiary area of successful bloating. this implies the ability of fired materials to change phase into a mass viscous enough to ensure good bloatability. accordingly aw, rc, gc, and 50aw/50rc, all fell in the tertiary area of successful bloating. the minolorlogical testing of rc, gc, and aw showed the presence of fairly good amounts of bloatable clay minerals like, muscovite, albite, and kaolinite. results of xrf and xrd analyze have shown the similarities between the chemical and the mineralogical compositions of the rc and aw. table 2. raw materials investigated for the production of lwa. raw material source red clay natural clay dug and collected from bahra area grey clay natural clay dug and collected from bahra area normal sand normal sand collected from local quarries located in sulaibiah area in kuwait aggregate wash very fine natural material resulting from the washing process of sand. this slurry is basically a mixture of clay and friable materials. fly ash an imported pozzolanic material with mineral composition similar to portland cement. it is a by-product of the coal industry. sewage sludge an industrial waste material resulting from sewage treatment plant located in alregga area oil based mud cutting cuttings an industrial waste material resulting from the oil well drilling operations and collected from kuwait oil company gatch a consolidated material which is a mixture of calcium carbonate and calcium sulphates. it is quarried in several locations in kuwait. lime powder indigenous raw materials quarried from ahmadi and mina abdullah area dolomite indigenous raw materials quarried from ahmadi and mina abdullah area pg. 359 al-fadala / the academic research community publication table 3. xrf analysis of raw materials and raw materials mixtures sample designation sio2 al2o3 cao na2o mgo fe2o3 k2o tio2 p2o5 mno aw 63.1 18.20 3.42 1.09 3.85 3.83 1.52 0.26 0.05 0.03 rc 59.2 20.80 0.50 3.94 5.43 6.895 2.91 0.54 0.28 0.12 gc 65.3 18.70 1.20 2.07 3.30 5.05 2.98 0.47 0.27 0.04 50%aw-50%rc 60.4 20.00 1.69 2.07 4.94 5.75 2.10 0.42 0.21 0.08 ss 8.93 4.34 0.00 1.39 3.68 n-d 0.00 0.00 2.15 0.00 figure 1. raw materials and mixtures positioning in riley’s composition diagram of major oxides furthermore, by the use of the “heating electron microscope”, hem, technique, the bloating of raw materials and mixtures were examined. the hem is simulating the kiln heating environment with heating temperature ranging from 25 to 1600oc. the melting of materials was monitored by a camera, which captures different images of melting of raw materials at different temperatures to its computer. the computer software analyzed the images and identified the different temperature peaks related to the sample. hem can identify different temperatures as explained in table 4. the precise identification of the indicated temperatures will detect the start and end of gas liberation period. hem results showed that rc and the aw samples, have both exhibited maximum bloating at 1260oc. figure 2 illustrates the picture analysis of hem of aggregate wash. table 4. temperature peaks identified by hem temperature peak definition sintering temperature the temperature at which the specimen starts to shrink deformation temperature the temperature at which the specimen starts to soften as indication of the start of gas liberation sphere temperature the temperature at which gas liberation is maximum hemisphere temperature the temperature at which the specimen attains the hemisphere shape as indication of the end of gas liberation flow point temperature the temperature when sign of the mass collapse occur and gas escaping from the melted structure starts. pg. 360 al-fadala / the academic research community publication figure 2. heating microscope melting graphs of the wash.aggregate 2.2. firing and bloatability assessment actual firing trials were conducted on 800 prepared green pellets in a laboratory muffle furnace setting. the bloatability assessment was conducted based on the quality of the finished product. the quality of the finished product was assessed in terms of its bloating ratio, surface texture, specific gravity, and bulk density. the surface texture of the fired specimens was evaluated mainly on the basis of the presence of glass melts on the specimen surface. the presence of excessive glass on the surface is undesirable in industrial production as it causes ring formation within the rotary kiln at high temperatures. the firing assessment indicated that desert clay and clay from natural sources aw are promising raw materials for synthetic aggregate preparation. the effect is more prominent in clay samples containing oil and sewage sludge as bloating additives. nevertheless, due to the difficulty in accessing the clay reserves in the desert, relying on these clays alone would be impractical. therefore, aw waste materials were found to be most suitable, and reliable for production of synthetic aggregate, in different combinations with the natural clays and other additives, such as lube oil and sewage sludge. bloatability and texture assessment of aw is presented in table 5. pg. 361 al-fadala / the academic research community publication table 5. texture and bloatability assessment of fired pellets 2.3. pilot plant production of synthetic aggregate and engineering assessment of lwa for pilot plant production of lwa, green pellets were produced f every selected mixture combination, as optimized in the previous stage. raw materials were stockpiled, dried, crushed, and powdered. then powdered materials were liquefied, screened, press filtered reducing the moisture, extruded into strands, and then pelletized into green pellets. the green pellets then dried and conditioned. two rotary kilns were used for firing the clay pellets, the laboratory rotary kiln and the pilot rotary kiln. firing in both kilns was performed using natural lpg gas cylinders to simulate industrial production environment. firing process was done in two stages, the first, was the calcination stage where the green pellets to be fired at 650 oc for duration of 3 to 6 minutes. the second, was the bloating stage where the calcined pellets to be subjected to a temperature of about 1200 oc for 10 to 20 minutes. so as materials pass through a kiln, the heating stages may be designated in approximate order of temperature rise from mechanical moisture or drying period, to hygroscopic or colloidal water dehydration period, then to chemical or molecular water dehydration period, to oxidation period, to dissociation-reduction period, to vitrification period, which means first glass and melting formation period, then followed by what is called pyroplastic condition, a period of bloating for clays, while all the gases present in the material are completely liberated, sealed and entrapped within the bloated pellet. 10 pilot plant firing trials were attempted with high degree of success after adjusting heat conditions, modification to gas supply set up and fine tuning with better regulation to calcination temperature and holding time and the bloating temperature. kisr pilot plant were able to produce and approve five batches of lwa using 5 different combinations of raw materials and firing trials. the produced lwa was characterized according to astm test methods which include the identification of bulk density, voids, relative density (specific gravity), absorption and percentage of clay lumps and friable particles. the study also evaluated concrete specimens containing lwa intended for use as concrete masonry units. the evaluation included the test for popouts materials and shrinkage of concrete test. the evaluation tests were done according to standard specification for lightweight aggregates for concrete masonry units (astm c331-05). the test pg. 362 al-fadala / the academic research community publication result showed that the lwa samples produced in kisr satisfied the limit of “percentage of clay lumps and friable particles” specidied to be lower than 2%, all lwa samples meet the maximum dry loose bulk density of 880 kg/m3 , lwa samples showed absorption values ranging between 15.1 to 21.8 %. the visual inspection of all tested concrete samples containing lwa showed no sign of popout materials, and none of the samples showed any drying shrinkage that exceed 0.10% . as well, no measurable difference is noticed among the thermal conductivity values of the concrete samples produced using the five types of kisr-lwa (ranging between 0.45 w/m.k to 0.69 w/m.k). the thermal conductivity of kisr-lwa concrete is highly comparable to other conventional insulation materials for building walls and roofs, such as the hollow concrete blocks, concrete blocks, hollow clay tiles, and cement plaster , which makes it an economic competitive alternative insulation material. 3. recycled aggregates from construction and demolition wastes the total c&d waste production in kuwait is around 1.6 million ton/year and there are four main c&d waste dumpsites in kuwait with a total area of about 33 km2 (kartam. n., et al.; 2004). in 2001, the first concrete recycling project was established by the environment protection industrial company (epic). according to epic’s marketing specialist, the construction waste recycling plant set up in 2001 was the first of its kind in the entire middle east region and he plant receives anywhere between 7 to 20 thousand tons on a daily basis(clean middle east magazine). at present, al-dhow for environmental projects, a kuwaiti closed shareholding company established on 2006, manages two construction waste recycling plants by the environment preservation industrial company (epic) and arab international industrial projects company(aiip). the kuwait municipality along with the dumping sites rehabilitation committee coordinates with the recycling plants to facilitate the transfer of construction and demolition waste to the sorting and recycling plants. the waste is reduced in size and fed to the crushing plant. the finished end product that is recycled aggregate gravel is categorized into different sizes, ranging from 5 to 50 mm. no further treatment is applied and the plants do not provide any known information about the parent concrete. 3.1. quality of local recycled aggregates in 2015, kuwait institute for scientific research conducted a study to examine the major properties of recycled aggregates (al-fadala. s; etc. 2015). the study was performed on samples collected from two local construction waste recycling plants and samples size collected were 3/4 in, and 12 in, and 3/8 in in size. the characterization was performed according to astm standard methods as detailed in table 6. table 6. characterization program of recycled aggregates test standard test method used material finer than 75 �m astm c117-2013 clay lumps and friable materials astm c142-2010 los angeles abrasion astm c131-2006 soundness astm c88-2013 density and absorption astm c127-2012 unit weight astm c29-2009 the results reported in table 7 showed the inferior quality of ra as highlited with the high absorption values, exceeding 3% which is the maximum absorption limits specified for natural coarse aggregates in gso 1809 (2007). this may be attributed to the residue of attached mortar adhering to the original aggregate. these relatively high values of absorption demanded special care during the preparation of the new concrete since this will affect the workability and other properties of the new concrete mix. in addition, the abrasion loss values ranged between 35 to 44 which is lower than the maximum allowable l.a abrasion loss required in both the local specification for concrete applications gso 1809 (2007) and astm c33 (2013) for all classes of aggregates and all types of pg. 363 al-fadala / the academic research community publication weathering regions. another study of recycled aggregates by (alfadala, s. et al-; 2016) reported the presence of different contamination such as masonry, bituminous materials and glass. the classification performed according to the european standard test method en 933-11 (2009) on recycled batches showed variable compositions between batches and between sizes. unbound aggregate, natural stone, and hydraulically bound aggregate followed by concrete, and concrete products shared the dominant percentages. this study proposed setting up a well-established demolition protocol for the best recovery of demolition waste materials for beneficial reuse and recycling. an example of the variation in the constituents of coarse recycled aggregate is reported in fig. 3. table 7. properties of local recycled aggregates average test result aggregate source 1 2 bulk density (kg/m3) 1335 1357 specific gravity (oven dry) 2.3 2.3 water absorption (%) 6.2 5.2 l.a abrasion loss , % grading b (19 mm to 9.5 mm) 35 37 grading c (9.5mm to 4.75 mm) 44 41 the percentage of clay lumps and friable particles grading b (19.0 9.5) 0.5 0.4 grading c (9.5 4.75) 0.6 0.6 the amount of material finer than 75 microns, % 3 4 in .02 .01 1 2 in .07 .06 3/8 in .06 .07 figure 3. the proportions of constituent materials ofrecycled aggregates. pg. 364 al-fadala / the academic research community publication 3.2. research studies on recycled aggregate from construction and demolition wastes in kuwait several studies were conducted in kuwait to study the potential of recycled aggregates and recycled concrete aggregates (rca) in concrete industry. kuwait institute for scientific research conducted a research study on the use of ra in new concrete and the utilization of grind recycled concrete and masonry in the production of autoclaved lime-silica bricks. the study highlighted the inferior quality of ra compared to new aggregates and the additional use of superplastizer to achieve the same slump. results also reported a reduction in compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural strength. the study also showed that ground ra may be used in the production of lime-silica bricks and the resulting bricks were found to exceed the specification requirements, illustrating the potential of the proposed procedure in brick production. (el-hawary, m.; etc., 2008). kuwait university researched rca application in concrete by a study of the flexural strength of concrete mixes in which rca was used in beams and slabs. beams made with 100%, 50% and 0% rca as coarse aggregates were tested for flexural strength. results were within the acceptable range when compared with aci code requirements. the permeability tests were conducted on slabs made with 100%, 50% and 0% rca and results showed that the permeability of the concrete was not affected significantly by the introduction of the recycled aggregates. (almutairi, n. and alkhaleefi,2007 ). another study was performed to study some of the mechanical properties of concrete using rca as compared to those of the conventional natural aggregate concrete. the reported results show that the 28-day cube and cylinder compressive strength, and the indirect shear strength of recycled aggregate concrete were on the average 90% of those of natural aggregate concrete with the same mix proportions that of the target strength.(rahal,2005). 3.3. local specifications of recycled aggregate from construction and demolition wastes the first gulf specifications of recycled aggregates from construction waste to be used in construction works is issued in 2015 (gso 2489, 2015). the specification gso 2489 identifies different classes of construction wastes as detailed in table 8. table 8. construction waste classification according to gulf specifications class definition construction waste waste generated from excavation and/or demolition of concrete structures concrete construction waste waste generated from demolition of concrete structures in general. solid concrete construction waste waste generated from demolition of concrete structures including columns, foundations, and mass concrete blocks. excavation waste waste generated from excavation natural earth in construction sites. mixed construction waste waste generated from excavation and demolition of concrete structures mixed recycled aggregates mixture of coarse and fine recycled aggregates the specifications govern the use of recycled aggregates and the percentage of replacement according to class of waste being recycled. gso 2489 limits the use of recycled aggregate for the production of structural concrete having a maximum strength of 30 mpa and for non-structural concrete having a maximum strength of 40 mpa. the specifications governs the physical, mechanical, and chemical properties of recycled aggregates with-out any differentiation according to the class of waste. the standard specification considers the use of recycled aggregate as coarse and fine aggregates. the comparison of absorption, l.a abrsison and soundness limits specified for recycled aggregates to be use as coarse aggregate in structural and non-structural concrete with the same specified for natural coarse aggregates to be use in concrete specified in gso 1809 (2007) is presented in table 9. the comparison pg. 365 al-fadala / the academic research community publication showed more stringent limits for recycled aggregates in toughness and soundness and similar absorption limit when used in structural concrete . for soundness limit, the precision of soundness test specified in astm c88 (2013) is poor and it may not be suitable for outright rejection of aggregates without confirmation from other tests more closely related to the specific service intended” as stated in astm c88 (2013), therefore performance records of local recycled aggregates under real servise conditions and under real local environment where freezing and thawing is not a concern must be established rather than relying on astm c88 as a test for rejection an aggregate source. table 9. comparison of ra limits and virgin aggregate limits for concrete use standard limit gso 2489 (2015) gso 1809(2007) water absorption (%) structural concrete 3.0 3.0 non-structural concrete 4.0 3.0 l.a abrasion loss , % 30.0 50.0 soundness (%5 cycles of mgso3) (%) 15.0 18.0 4. conclusions total dependency on import to feed the construction demand for aggregates. in addition, the research was with environmentally focused on recycling waste and preserve the environment. the first sustainable source investigated is the production of synthetic lightweight aggregates utilizing combinations of argillaceous indigenous and waste materials, kisr were able to produce different sizes lwa for lwa concrete specimens that meet the astm requirements of light weigth aggregates for masonry (astm c331-05). the primary raw material used in the production of lwa is aggregate wash which is a waste byproduct resulting from sand washing processes performed at the local sand quarries. kisr registered the process used in the manufacturing of lwa as a patent registered by the united states patent and trademark office (albahar , s and etc,2016). currentley, kisr is marketing this patent by conducting a proof of concept activity to prove the applicability of this work on industrial scale. the second source investigated is recycled aggregates from construction and demolition wastes. the quality assessment of the local recycled aggregates showed the inferior quality of ra as a coarse aggregates when compared to the natural coarse aggregates. the local ra investigated showed higher water absorption, and lower abrasion resistance than virgin coarse aggregates. the local specifications of ra issued under the gulf specification organization gso 2489 (2015) is showing stringent limits on the mechanical, chemical and physical properties of recycled aggregate to be used in concrete and this is causing the concrete industry to decline accepting local ra as a sustainable source of coarse aggregate. the research studies conducted on the local ra judged the strength and the mechanical characteristics of rca concrete but no proven studies are available on durability performance of concrete made with rca. the absence of aggregates quarries in kuwait and the total rely on the imported sources of coarse aggregates, coupled with the growing environmental concerns asking for sustainable concrete industry, the local authorities are urged to consider ra as a sustainable concrete constituent. a national scale initiative must be established to start utilizing the recycled aggregates. the quality of ra must be exposed to long term monitoring to ensure quality consistency of ra produced from each crushing plant. in addition, the current demolition procedures must be investigated and the different type of waste generated from demolition must be identified and classified according to quality. a well-established demolition protocol for the best recovery of demolition waste materials for beneficial reuse and recycling is required. a governmental initiative in cooperation with local industry must encourage the use of ra in precast concrete products low strength, and non-reinforced concrete for use in exposure environment with no risk of corrosion or attack. performance based approach of evaluation of manufactured end products must be established with the national research bodies to address the durability performance of concrete made with ra under real-life conditions. pg. 366 al-fadala / the academic research community publication 5. references 1. kuwait construction market report, 2016, report published by bnc for the big 5 kuwait. publication date: august 2016, /www.bncnetwork.net. 2. gcc concrete demand to reach $49bn over two years, published on sep 25, 2013, http://www.construction weekonline.com/article-24400-gcc-concrete-demand-to-reach-49bn-over-two-years/ access aug 29,2017. 3. beatona magazine, issue 10, environment public authority (epa), kuwait. beatona.net. 4. the business of aggregate and its logistics in the arabian gulf that effects the construction industry. navjot singh, fountainhead consulting dmcc, published on october 25, 2015. 5. astm c 88; 2013; soundness of aggregates by use of sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate, american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, penn., u.s.a. 6. astm c 125. 2016. standard terminology relating to concrete and concrete aggregates. american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, pennsylvania 7. astm c331-05. 1994. standard specification for lightweight aggregates for concrete masonry units. american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, penn., u.s.a. 8. riley, c.m.,1951. relation of chemical properties to the bloating of clays. journal of the american ceramic society, pp.121-128. 9. parks, l.f. 1981. evaluation of kuwait clay. kuwait institute for scientific research, report no. kisr908a,kuwait. 10. bogahawatta, v. t. l., s. kh. al-bahar, a. m. a. abduljaleel. 2000. mineralogical and chemical characterization of the fine fraction of kuwaiti marine sediments and residual soil for the development of lightweight aggregates. kuwait institute for scientific research, kisr 5926. 11. al-bahar, s.kh; a. al-enezi; s. gh. ali; m. bahbahani; f. kh. al-fahad; m. m. al-elaj. 2007. evaluation of bahra clay for ceramic industry. kuwait institute for scientific research, kisr 9105. 12. al-bahar, s.k.; s. al-otaibi; s. al-fadala; a. abduljaleel; m. taha; f. al-fahad; r. al-foraih; a. arbeid and t.mukherjee. 2012. production and characterization of synthetic ceramic lightweight aggregates utilizing kuwaiti argillaceous materials, final report, kisr 11368, kuwait. 13. suad al-bahar, saud al-otaibi, sharifa al-fadala, ali abduljaleel, mahmoud fawzy taha, fatma al-fahad, amer al-arbeid, and tarun k. mukherjee, “the process using multiple waste streams to manufacture synthetic lightweight aggregate”, united states patent no. 9340456 b2, may,17,2016, united states patent and trademark office. 14. n. kartam, n. al-mutairi, i. al-ghsain, j.al-humoud (2004). environmental management of construction and demolition waste in kuwait, waste management journal ,volume 24 issue 10. 15. clean middle east magazine. 2016. recycling-construction-waste-in-the-middle-east-commercial-operationwithenvironmental-benefits. article dated: 28-09-2009. available at http:www.cleanmiddleeast.ae/articles/ 43/recycling-construction-waste-in-the-middle-east-commercial-operation-withenvironmental-benefits.html , accessed on 19.7.2016. 16. s. al-fadala, a. al-aibani and a. al-arbeed. 2015. sustainable use of reclaimed concrete aggregates in asphalt pavements. eu055g kisr technical report no. 12575. 17. s. al-fadala, t. al-rukhyes (2017). surface enhancement of recycled concrete aggregates by the removal of attached mortar approach, technical report, eu059g , kuwait institute for scientific research, kuwait. pg. 367 al-fadala / the academic research community publication 18. gso 1809; 2007; specifications of aggregates from natural sources for concrete. standardization organization for g.c.c. (gso). gcc standardization organization. riyadh, kingdom of saudi arabia 19. gso 2489; 2015; specifications of recycled aggregates from construction waste to be used in construction works. standardization organization for g.c.c. (gso). gcc standardization organization. riyadh, kingdom of saudi arabia. 20. en 933. 2013. test for geometrical properties of aggregates-part 11classification test for the constituents of coarse recycled aggregate. the british standards institution. united kingdom. 21. astm c33. 2013. standard specification for concrete aggregates . american society for testing and materials, philadelphia, penn., u.s.a. 22. m. el-hawary, s. al-otaibi, etc.; 2008.recycling of concrete and masonry. kuwait institute for scientific research, final report ,kisr9046, kuwait. 23. nayef z. almutairi and abdullateef m. alkhaleefi, 2007.flexural strength and permeability of recycled concrete as coarse aggregates. college of engineering and petroleum, kuwait university, kuwait. proceedings of the aci kc second international conference, march 12-14, 2007, kuwait. 24. khaldoun rahal, 2005. mechanical properties of concrete with recycled coarse aggregate. journal building and environment 42 (2007) 407–415. pg. 368 introduction the production of synthetic lightweight aggregates utilizing combinations of argillaceous indigenous and waste materials raw materials preparation and assesment firing and bloatability assessment pilot plant production of synthetic aggregate and engineering assessment of lwa recycled aggregates from construction and demolition wastes quality of local recycled aggregates research studies on recycled aggregate from construction and demolition wastes in kuwait local specifications of recycled aggregate from construction and demolition wastes conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.395 approach to accurate octane number calculation for gasoline blending manal mahmoud metwally1 1chemical engineering department, cairo university, egypt abstract the octane number of gasoline is one of the most important measures of gasoline quality to predict accurately the octane ratings of blending gasolines. this measured on a scale that ranges from that equivalent to isooctane (octane number of 100) to that of n-heptane (octane number of zero) octane no is effected by the saturates, aromatics, and olefins contents of gasoline. we take it as a standard and measure octane number by comparison with this standard. the accurate octane blending method will optimize the blending of gasoline components, when gasoline components are blended together, we will calculate the octane number of the blend with different octane number of the component or if the four components are of equal octane number. the blend octane number may be greater than, equal to or less than that calculated from the volumetric average of the octane numbers of the blend components, which indicates nonlinear blending. blending would be linear if octane number of a blend was equal to that predicted by summing the octane numbers of the components in proportion to their concentrations. in practices, the discrepancies between the octane numbers of blends and the linearly predicted values have been correlated by specific empirical equations and these have been used to correct the linear predictions. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). 1. introduction in (1955) schoen and mrstik developed a graphical correlation for predicting octane numbers of blends as a series of binary systems based on the octane rating and volumetric olefin contents of the two components being blended. stewart (1959) refined this method to be applicable to multicomponent blends yielding more self-consistent results. stewart’s correlation also required the octane rating and volume percent olefins of the components being blended. auckland and charnock (1969) developed a blending index to blend octane number linearly. the blending is obtaining blend values by blending indices linearly which obtain the molar property of a real solution by a linear combination of the partial molar properties of its components. this method can only be used to find the blending value of a component at a particular composition and cannot be used to predict its blending values in other mixtures. in (1981) rusin et al. presented a method consists of three steps: (a) transformation of component properties (b) linear blending of these transformed properties, and (c) inverse transformation of the results. this method is similar to the blending index method. due to the back and forth transformation, this method may also cause inconsistency in data transformation between these three steps. in (1959) healy et al. correlated gasoline component blending with differences in octane level and hydrocarbon type among components. sometimes this method gives unreasonable blending values especially if the hydrocarbon pg. 457 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ metwally / the academic research community publication type or octane number of the new component is outside the range of the component previously tested (morris, 1975). an interesting equation was proposed by morris et al. (1975) for describing nonlinear gasoline blending behavior as follows: oc tan e number = x1a1 + x2a2 + b12 x1 x2 (1) where ai and xi are the octane number and the volume fraction of component i, respectively and b12 is the interaction coefficient for components 1 and 2. this equation (1), is effective in correlating the octane numbers of gasoline blends. therefore, an additional blending study with the new component and other components must be carried out to determine the additional interaction terms. with n components, n(n-1)/2 interaction parameters are required. if two components are blended so k = 2(2-1)/2 = 1 ∴the equation will be octane no. on)2 = a1x1+a2x2+b12x1x2 ((b12) one binary interaction parameter). if three components are blended together so k = 3(3-1)/2 = 3 ∴ the equation on)3 = a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 + b12x1x2 + b13x1x3 + b23x2x3 ((b12), (b13), (b23) are the binary interaction parameters) if four new components are added to an eight-component gasoline pool, k = 4(4-1)/2 = 6 ∴ the equation on)4 = a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x3 + a4x4 + b12x1x2 + b13x1x3 + b14x1x4 + b23x2x3 + b24x2x4 + b34x3x4 ((b12), (b13), (b14), (b23), (b24), (b34) are the binary interaction parameters) the number of interaction parameters increases drastically from 28 to 66. this means that the thirty-eight blending studies with the new components and the other components must be carried out to determine these additional 38 interaction parameters. in (1993) zahed et al. proposed a model with five independent variables for predicting the octane number of gasoline blends. the octane numbers predicted from this equation are no longer even close to the original octane numbers of the gasoline components. the octane number of n-heptane predicted from this model is 108.77 versus the defined value of zero. similarly, the octane number of iso-octane predicted from this model is -108.95 versus the defined value of 100. the usefulness of this kind of approach is very limited. using this model to predict the octane number of blend at other conditions will be very unreliable. 2. materials: table 1 represents a typical industrial blending process employed to produce a quality gasoline from various product streams. four blending data (table 1) for gasoline produced from four different blend cuts: straight run gasoline (srg), straight run naphtha (srn), reformate (ref) and fluidized catalytically cracked gasoline (fccg). the raw gasoline cut qualities (ron, rvp and sg) were determined by the quality control department prior to blending using standard astm analytical methods. we used four kinds of additives from methanol and originate, such as xxx, xxy and xxyy. we noticed the effect of each one of them on at least four blends to determine the results for each of them to reach maximum octane number. and we determined the objective function table 1. shows gasoline (ron 95) specification: eurograde gasoline (ron 95) product specifications test unit method limits min max density 15oc kg/m3 astm d 4052 775 appearance visual clear&bright colour undyed continued on next page pg. 458 metwally / the academic research community publication table 1 continued research octane number, ron astm d2699 95 motor octane number, mon astm d2700 85 distillation astm d86 initial boiling point oc to be reported 10% oc 70 50% oc 120 90% oc 180 final boiling point oc 210◦c evaporated at 150 oc %vol 75 vapor pressure summer (1st may till 30th september) bar astm d5191 0.4 0.6 winter (1st october till 30th april) bar astm d5191 0.4 0.7 copper corrosion (3hrs at 50 oc) astm d130 1a induction period min. astm d525 360 existent gum mg/100ml astm d381 5 total sulphur mg/kg astm d 5453 10 benzene content %vol uop 744 1 olefins %vol astm d 1319/ astm d 5134 18 aromatics %vol uop 744 42 oxygenates %wt astm d4815 nil doctor test astm d4952 negative lead mg pb/ l i p 224 5 table 2. blend data sample reformate isomerate mtbe blend a blend b blend c blend dtest method units ron astm d2699 101.2 87.3 115 95.1 95.2 95.2 95.2 mon astm d2700 90 77 99 84.2 84.2 84 84 aromatic uop 870 %vol 75.6 0 0 41.7 38.9 34.4 31.5 density 15ºc astm d4052 kg/m3 826.1 663.2 740.5 754.3 744.9 742.0 734.9 vapor pressure astm d5191 bar 0.2 0.89 0.25 0.50 0.522 0.57 0.559 exhaust emission uop 539 co %mol 2.6 2.65 2.7 2.7 co2 %mol 12.3 12.36 11.9 11.8 h2 %mol 1.2 1.22 1.2 1.2 n2 %mol 83.9 83.8 84.3 84.2 pg. 459 metwally / the academic research community publication 3. results and discussion 3.1. statistical model for prediction of octane number (on) in a previous work by the author, a third order statistical model was elaborated to predict the value of on upon adding naphta to gasoline (manal, 2012). it was found that a third degree model was adequate for describing the required correlation. in the present work, a more ambitious aim was set to predict the effect of four additions in different percentages on the on of gasoline. the masses of different additives are represented by the following symbols: x1 = mass of . . . (g) x2 = mass of . . . (g) x3 = mass of . . . (g) x4 = mass of . . . (g) as a first trial, a factorial 24 first order model was suggested. 3.2. first order (linear) model the center of design and the normalixed values of the four variables as well as the minimum and maximum value of each are shown in table 3. 1. table 3. levels of design in 24 factorial experiment variable coded value x = – 1 center x = 0 coded value x = + 1 ∆x x1 71 76.5 82 5.5 x2 7 9.5 12 2.5 x3 1 2.5 4 1.5 x4 5 10 15 5 20 mixes were prepared including 16 with different combinations of x values and 4 at the center of design. percentages in table 1 were normalixed to add up to 100% each time. the coded first order design equation for 4 variables takes the form: on = a0 + a1x1 + a2x2 + a3x 3 + a4x4 + a12x1x2 +a13x1x3 + a14x1x4 + a23x2x3 + a24x2x4 +a34x3x4 + a123x1x2x3 + a124x1x2x4 + a134x1x3x4 +a234x2x3x4 + a1234x1x2x3x4 (4.1) where xi is the coded value of xi defined as: x i = xi −xo 4x (4.2) where: x0 is the central value of xi. a first regression using design expert® software was obtained neglecting three order and four order interaction terms because of the negligible interaction between light and heavy naphta and methanol. the following coded equation was obtained: on = 97.70 − 0.62 x 1 + 0.39 x 2 + 2.75 x 3 + 1.37 x 4 + 0.068 x 1x 2 − 0.075 x 1x 3 − 0.069 x 1x 4 − 0.12 x 2x 3 + 0.4 x 2x 4 − 1.4 x 3x 4 (4.3) pg. 460 metwally / the academic research community publication this equation can be transformed in terms of actual variables using equation (4.2) to get on = 77.857 + 0.1129 x 1 − 0.4586 x 2 + 4.713 x 3 + 2.351 x 4 + 0.0049 x 1x 2 − 0.0091 x 1x 3 − 0.025 x 1x 4 − 0.033 x 2x 3 + 0.032 x 2x 4 − 0.1866 x 3x 4 (4.4) this equation yielded a determination coefficient r2 = 0.951. on performing the anova and calculating the f – values the software was able to eliminate all interaction terms to obtain a simpler equation in the form: on = 99.4−0.156 x 1 + 0.315 x 2 + 1.834 x 3 + 0.2656 x 4 (4.5) however, the value of r2 in that case decreased to 0.847 which suggests that the original equation (3.1) was more suitable in interpreting experimental data. to further emphasixe that result, a plot of predicted values against actual values of on is shown in figure (3.2) showing a reasonable match between the two values. also figure (3.3) illustrates a three dimensional plot of on against x3 and x4 indicating an increase in on with increasing values of the two variables, which is in accordance with their positive coefficients in equation (3.4). also, fig (3.6) shows contour lines corresponding to that figure. the point (5) shown in figure corresponds to the calculated value of on corresponding to values of x3 and x4 = 2.5 and 9.8 respectively. 3.2.1. second order (quadratic) model whereas first order models require performing experiments at the upper and lower ends of the design (x = ±1) with replicate runs at the center of design (x = 0), quadratic models also require performing more experiments at selected coded levels (x = ± α ). the value of α depends on the number of independent variables.in case of 4 variables, α = 1.68. consequently, besides the 16 runs, 8 more runs were performed at levels ±1.68 besides 2 replicates at center of design, a total of 26 runs. generally, a coded second order model shows as: on = a0 + a1x 1 + a2x 2 + a3x 3 + a4x 4 + a12x 1x 2 + a13x 1x 3 + a14x 1x 4 + a23x 2x 3 + a24x 2x 4 + a34x 3x 4 + a1121 + a22 2 2 + a33z23 + a44z 2 4 (4.6) the following coded regression equation was obtained using design expert® software: on = 98.55−0.62 z1 + 0.39 z2 + 2.75 z3 +1.37 z4 + 0.068 z1z2 −0.075 z1z3 −0.69 z1z4−0.12 z2z3 + 0.4 z2z4 −1.4 z3z4 −0.15 21 −0.29 2 2 −0.68 2 3 −0.2 2 4 (4.7) this equation transforms to the following form on using actual variables through equation (4.3): on = 42.935 + 0.868 x1 + 0.4218 x2 + 6.223 x3 + 2.5128 x4 +0.0049 x1x2 −0.0091 x1x3 −0.025x1x4 −0.033 x2x3 +0.032 x2x4 −0.1866 x3x4 −0.0.00493 21 −0.0465 2 2 −0.302 23 −0.0081 2 4 (4.8) all coefficients were significant on applying the f – test except the coefficients of x 1x2, x1x3 and x2 x3. the value of r2 was exceptionally high = 0.9987 proving that the regression equation models perfectly the experimental data. pg. 461 metwally / the academic research community publication to confirm these findings, figure (3.1) was drawn to compare experimental and calculated on values showing a perfect alignment of points along the 45o line. also, figure (3.2) shows a three-dimensional plot of on against x3 and x4 indicating an increase in on with increasing values of the two variables, which is in accordance with their positive coefficients in equation (3.3). contour lines were drawn in fig (3.4) displaying calculated values of on as function of x3 and x4 revealing an increase in on as both variables increase. point (5) indicates a predicted value of on = 98.4 for x3 = 2.5 and x4 = 9.8. to conclude, the quadratic model obtained for factorial 24experiments has been successfully used to predict exactly the octane number values as function of the 4 addition levels. figure 1. comparisonbetween actual and calculated values of on from linear model figure 2. onvariation as function of variables x3 and x4 for linear model figure 3. contourlines for dependence of on on variables x3 and x4 for linear model pg. 462 metwally / the academic research community publication figure 4. comparison between actual andcalculated values of on from quadratic model figure 5. onvariation as function of variables x3 and x4 for quadratic model figure 6. contourlines for dependence of on on variables x3 and x4 for quadratic model pg. 463 metwally / the academic research community publication 4. references 1. schoen, w.f. and mrstik, a.v (1955). “calculating gasoline blend octane ratings”, ind. and engr. chem., 47(9), 1740-1742 (1955). 2. auckland .m.h.t and charnock. d.j, the development of linear blending indices for petroleum properties, j. inst. of petroleum, 55(545), 322329, 1969. 3. rusin .m.h, chung .h.s, and marshall. j.f., a transformation method for calculating the research and motor octane numbers of gasoline blends, ind. eng. chem. fundam., 20(3), pp. 195-204, 1981. 4. morris, w.e (1975). “interaction approach to gasoline blending”, npra paper am75-30, national petroleum refiners association annual meeting 5. healy .jr. w.c, maassen. c.w, and peterson. r.t. (1959). a new approach to blending octanes, api division of refining, 24th midyear meeting, new york. 6. zahed .a. h, mullah .s. a, and bashir .m. d. (n.d.) predict octane number for gasoline blends. hydroc proc, 72(5), 1993, 85-87. 7. manal .m. m,environmental modeling and experimentation of gasoline blending in refineries, m.sc thesis, university of cairo, 2011. pg. 464 introduction materials: results and discussion statistical model for prediction of octane number (on) first order (linear) model second order (quadratic) model references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.393 properties of pmma bone cement modified with nano-hydroxyapatite and acetone amin zaza1, mohamed habib1, nabil fatahalla1 1mechanical department, faculty of engineering, al azhar university abstract fracture in the adjacent levels is one of the consequences to the use of commercial poly methylmethacrylate (pmma) bone cement. modified pmma with a reduced young’s modulus was found to be safer for cancellous bone augmentation procedures. the aim of this research was to study the effect of adding hydroxyapatite (ha) nano-particles and acetone on different properties of pmma cement. a commercial pmma cement was used as a model for bone cement. three groups of modified pmma/nano-ha were investigated by adding 2, 4 and 6 wt. % of ha. acetone as a porogen mixed with distilled water in different amounts (a/w: 1:1, 2:1.5 and 2:1g) was used to produce porous pmma cement. the residual monomer, polymerization and mechanical properties under tension and compression tests were investigated. young’s modulus detected from compression test decreased from 826.5±10 to 728±66 mpa by adding 6wt.% ha. adding acetone to pmma with 2:1.5g (a/w) has decreased the compressive young’s modulus to 753±38 mpa. high performance liquid chromatography (hplc) measurements were carried out with intervals of 2 hours, 6 hours and 24 hours to evaluate the residual monomer for all groups. the amount of residual monomer has decreased after 24 hours of curing by adding acetone and nano-ha. modifying pmma by ha and acetone have inconsistent effect on the polymerization temperature. it was concluded that ha and acetone can be used to reduce the stiffness and residual monomer with enhanced biocompatibility of the commercial pmma bone cement. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords poly methylmethacrylate ; acetone; hydroxyapatite; adjacent fracture; residual monomer; stiffness. 1. introduction osteoporotic vertebral fracture is one of the major health problems that can cause a lot of pain, kyphotic deformity and decreased life quality. recently, there is an increase of using vertebroplasty to treat these fractures. vertebroplasty is a minimally invasive technique that involves percutaneous injection of pmma bone cement into a weakened or fractured vertebra in order to strengthen and stabilize it [1]. the mechanical objective of vertebroplasty is to restore the structural properties of the weakened vertebrae to its normal values, so that the weight-bearing kinetics during regular daily activities is sufficiently supported [2]. the commercially available pmma bone cement has a young’s modulus (stiffness) in the range of (2–3 gpa) [3]. these values are 4–40 times higher than that of cancellous bone (50–800 mpa) which is the main constituent of the vertebral body. an increased fracture risk has been demonstrated for the adjacent vertebral bodies after augmentation. the inherent high stiffness of the pmma pg. 440 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ zaza / the academic research community publication is hypothesized to be the main reason for these adjacent fractures [4]. moreover, pmma has other disadvantages such thermal necrosis due to the exothermic polymerization reaction. the pmma polymerization temperature may increase up to 70 oc during setting inside the vertebral body which can result in heat damage of the neighboring healthy tissues [4, 5]. chemical necrosis due to the monomer release is one of the pmma disadvantages as well. researchers have tried to hinder these limitations by using different additives [6-10]. adding biocompatible synthetic bone substitutes such as hydroxyapatite (ha) and α -tcp powders has shown enhanced mechanical properties and biocompatibility of the pmma bone cement [6-9]. introducing internal porosity is another approach to modify pmma bone cements [11-13]. internal porosity can decrease the injurious high stiffness of pmma bone cement and enhance its biocompatibility as it allows bone tissue ingrowth [13]. the aim of this research work is to study the effect of adding nano-ha powder and acetone to the pmma bone cement in order to hinder its limitations. the effect of adding nano-ha and a biocompatible porous agent (porogen), namely acetone, on the mechanical properties, polymerization temperature and monomer release will be addressed. acetone is the main precursor in the manufacturing of mma. it is a colorless liquid with a distinct odor that mixes readily with water. the supersaturated gas created by mixing water/acetone and the instant polymerization of pmma can result in a porous structure [14]. low levels of acetone normally exist in the human body from the breakdown of fat and is use in normal processes that make sugar and fat inside the body [15]. there is no strong evidence of chronic health effects on using acetone. several studies show that there is no evidence of serious neurotoxic, neurobehavioral, or other pathological effects of acetone. moreover, acetone was proven to be effective against some neurological disorders such as kindled focal seizures [16]. 2. materials and methods materials effect of adding nano-ha powder: [(c5o2h8) n] pmma; vertex; (oldenbarneveltln, netherlands), mma; vertex; (oldenbarneveltln, netherlands) was used as a model for bone cement. nano-ha with average 200 nm was synthesized in home-laboratory as explained in previous research work (biomedical engineering laboratory, mechanical engineering department, al-azhar university) [17]. effect of acetone/water amounts (a/w): acetone [c3h6o] (a0038111, edwic, egypt), and distilled water (conductivity approx. 2.5 µs/cm) were used as a biocompatible porogen. preparation method effect of adding nano-ha powder: ha-nano powder was added by various weight ratios 2%, 4% and 6% to the pmma powder and hand mixed in a plastic cup with spatula. after powder mixing, the mma was added to pmma/nano-ha with a ratio equal to 2:3 and hand mixed for one minute. the mixture was cast in different sample molds for tension, compression, residual monomer and polymerization tmperature to characterize the different compositions. effect of acetone/water amounts (a/w): acetone and water were blended with the following amounts: 1:1, 2:1 and 2:1.5 g (a/w). then mma and pmma were blended with a ratio equal to 2:3 for one minute. the acetone/water blends were added to the pmma and mixed for two minutes. all samples in this research work were prepared in biomedical engineering laboratory; mechanical engineering department; al azhar university. a factorial design 2 × 3 of two factors with three levels [a (nano-ha): 2, 4, 6 % and b (a/w): 1:1, 2:1 and 2:1.5 g] was applied with three repeats for each level in tension and compression testing. one repeat is used for thermal, polymerization and morphology testing characterization pg. 441 zaza / the academic research community publication mechanical testing tensile strength, compression strength, and modulus of elasticity of the modified pmma model cement were determined by using universal testing machine (zwick/roell, z010, germany). test procedure and dimensions of the specimens were according to astm 638 standard. compression specimens were tested under the following parameters: load cell: 10 kn, pre-load: 5 n, pre-load speed: 10 mm/min, and test speed: 5 mm/min. tension specimens were tested by using 10 kn load cell and screw grip for specimen grips [18]. maximum and setting temperature the thermal properties of pmma cement modified by the different additives was studied according to european standard en iso 573-2:1996. a temperature sensor (jenway 3510, england) was used. the temperature probe was placed in the mold cavity, approximately half way between the outer ring and the plunger [19]. the temperature of the pmma cement increased with time due to the exothermic polymerization reaction. the temperature raising stops after polymerization process completed. the temperature of pmma cement decreased with time until it reached room temperature. the temperature readings of the pmma cement were recorded immediately after the placement of pmma cement in the mold until it reached the room temperature every 60 seconds. monomer release high pressure liquid chromatography (hplc) (lc-2000 plus hplc system, jasco, japan) was used to identify the residual mma content according to the method described by rca r b et.al [20]. the analysis used a jasco uv detector at 230 nm, an ace 5 c18 column, a binary pump, and manual injector system. flow rate of the distilled water was 1 ml/min. figure (1) shows the calibration curve constructed with an mma concentration of 100 to 3000 ppm in acetonitrile. all of the specimens were stored in a glass flask, which was sealed with a leak-proof cap and tightly wrapped parafilm to avoid leakage. as an extraction solvent, 20 ml of methanol was added to the solution to precipitate the polymer. the specimens were maintained at 37 oc during the experiments (fig. 1). to determine the release of the mma over time, 20 µl of the extract samples solution were injected and analyzed by the hplc at regular intervals. the time intervals were 2, 6 and 24 hours. the extracted solutions were evaluated to determine the rate of residual monomer release by comparing the area under the peak on the graph with that of standard mma. figure 1. the calibration curve of standard mma and samples of toxicity for vertexmaterials 3. results mechanical testing effect of nano-ha table 1 shows the mechanical properties of the modified pmma/nano-ha cements that results from compression and tension testing. increasing the amount of nano-ha affect the compressive stiffness and strength adversely. pg. 442 zaza / the academic research community publication the pmma/6% nano-ha cement has the smallest compressive stiffness (728±66 mpa) and compressive strength (50.6±5.6 mpa). the nano-ha has a significant adverse effect on the elongation behaviour under tension. the lowest elongation (1.76 ±0.47 mm) was obtained for the pmma/4% nano-ha cement. the same composition shows the lowest tensile stiffness and strength (504 ±88 and 16.9 ±7 mpa respectively) (table 1). table 1. mechanical properties of pmma/nano-ha compositions control 2% nano-ha 4% nano-ha 6% nano-ha tensile strength (mpa) 38.8 ±3 30.8 ±2 16.9 ±7 24.6 ±2.6 tensile young’s modulus (mpa) 582 ±28 615 ±6 504 ±88 512 ±47 elongation (mm) 3.5 ±0.26 2.67 ±0.09 1.76 ±0.47 2.46 ±0.11 compressive strength (mpa) 66.8 ±2 72 ±7.5 62 ±1.8 50.6 ±5.6 compressive young’s modulus (mpa) 826.5 ± 10 971 ± 94 868 ±47 728 ±66 effect of acetone/water (a/w) various amounts of acetone and water were mixed with three levels and added to the pmma model bone cement. specifically, 1:1g, 2:1g and 2:1.5g (a/w) were added to 30g pmma and 20g mma (table 2). adding different amounts of a/w has decreased the strength, elongation and the young’s modulus under tension. the smallest tensile strength and tensile young’s modulus were 23.7±4.5 mpa and 529 ±57 mpa for the 2:1g (a/w) composition. however, the addition of a/w has increased the compressive young’s modulus except for the 2:1.5g (a/w) composition (753 ±38 mpa). the compressive strength has decreased with adding (a/w). the smallest compressive strength was recorded for the 2:1.5g (a/w) composition with 47.8 ±4.7 mpa (table 2). table 2. mechanical properties of pmma-acetone/water (a/w) compositions control 1:1g (a/w) 1 2:1g (a/w) 2:1.5g (a/w) tensile strength (mpa) 38.8 ± 3 38.7 ±1.9 23.7 ±4.5 26 ±0.9 tensile young’s modulus (mpa) 582 ± 28 603 ±33 529 ±57 529 ±61 elongation (mm) 3.5 ± 0.26 3.16 ±0.18 2.38 ±0.26 2.65 ±0.34 compressive strength (mpa) 66.8 ± 2 64.8 ±3.3 65.9 ±1.4 47.8 ±4.7 compressive young’s modulus (mpa) 826.5± 10 902 ±49 933 ±47 753 ±38 setting and maximum polymerization temperature effect of nano-ha figure (2) shows representative measurements of the cement polymerization temperature as a function of time after mixing of all pmma/nano-ha compositions. nano-ha has increased the polymerization temperature for all the composition. the maximum polymerization temperature was observed for pmma-4% nano-ha with 41.4 oc and a setting temperature of 31.1 oc. the addition of 4% nano-ha has increased the setting time to 31 min. figure 2. representative polymerization temperature measurements for pmma/nano-ha compositions as a function of time after start of mixing pg. 443 zaza / the academic research community publication effect of acetone/water (a/w) figure (3) represents the measurements of the cement temperature during polymerization as a function of time after start of mixing of different pmma-(a/w) compositions. the addition of (a/w) amounts has decreased the setting time and increased the polymerization temperature. the maximum polymerization temperature was noticed for the 2:1 g (a/w) composition with 59.4 oc. the minimum setting time was observed for the 1:1 g (a/w) composition with 14 minutes after start of mixing (fig. 3). monomer release the percentage of residual monomer by mass of all combinations after three different time intervals are represented in table (3). according to the hplc measurements, the residual monomer ranged from 0.027% to 0.45%. the (a/w) combinations shows a lower monomer release than that of the ha combinations after all time intervals. for all combinations and control group, the residual monomer started to decrease at 24h except for 2%nano-ha combination. figure 3. representative polymerizationtemperature measurements for pmma-(a/w) compositions as a function of timeafter start of mixing table 3. table 1.residual monomer content calculated as percentage of mma by mass of thespecimens of all compositions after different time intervals 2h 6h 24h control 0.094 0.214 0.095 2% nano-ha 0.095 0.180 0.450 4% nano-ha 0.093 0.225 0.186 6% nano-ha 0.086 0.226 0.218 1/1 g (a/w) 0.036 0.083 0.078 2/1.5 g (a/w) 0.028 0.061 0.053 2/1 g (a/w) 0.027 0.049 0.120 4. discussion to hinder the limitations of the pmma bone cements, two approaches have been followed in this study. nano-ha is added to pmma to form a biocompatible composite. mechanical properties are of the crucial characteristics of pmma bone cement in the different biomedical applications. mechanical characteristics under compression are dominant in specific applications such as vertebroplasty, kyphoplasty and vertebral augmentations. while, the mechanical properties under tension are dominant in other applications such as dental and arthroplasty. pmma bone cement is a brittle material and therefore, it is weak in tension but quite strong under compression (fig. 4). the inherent excessive stiffness (young’s modulus) under compression is hypothesised to contribute to adjacent fracpg. 444 zaza / the academic research community publication tures in vertebral body augmentation. therefore, the measurements of compression strength values of the prepared cements are very important in this research. adding nano-ha to the pmma can be considered as a dispersion reinforcement composites. the nano-ha size allows particle–matrix interactions to occur at the atomic or molecular level. whereas the pmma matrix bears the major portion of an applied load, the small dispersed nano-ha particles hinder the motion of dislocations. thus, plastic deformation is restricted such that the compressive strength and stiffness increase as can be noticed in the 2% nano-ha combination (table 1). the reinforcement effect depends on the uniformity of nano-ha distribution and its amount inside the matrix. the dispersion of nano-ha inside the pmma matrix was quite a challenge and becomes a restraint with higher nano-ha percentage. therefore, the reinforcement effect decreased to 728 ±66 mpa for the 6% nano-ha combination (table 1). moreover, the poor adherence between the nano-ha particles and surrounding matrix could have a weakening effect that decrease strength and stiffness in tension and compression, with increasing the nano-ha percentage. figure 4. represents the tensile [a, c] and compression [b, d] curves for nano-haand (a/w) combinations respectively the second approach is to introduce porosity inside the pmma cement by using acetone. internal pores increase the opportunity of stress concentration and therefore decreases the maximum tensile strength. different amounts of acetone and water were used as porogen when added to pmma. acetone has a lower polarity than water and a higher solubility than non-polar gases such as oxygen and nitrogen. when water and acetone are mixed together, gas solubility of the mixture decreased, thus allowing supersaturated oxygen and nitrogen gases to come out of the solution in the form of nanobubbles until the concentration is at the saturation level. these nanobubbles will produce porosity inside the pmma and lead to reduction in weight and mechanical properties. surprisingly, introducing porosity inside the pmma matrix did not decrease the mechanical properties as accomplished by adding nano-ha (tables 1 and 2). this could be correlated with polymerization temperature measurements [figs 2 and 3]. adding acetone contributes to high polymerization temperature. as the polymerization temperature increases, molecular mobility speeds up, leading to more complete polymerization. this increase in the polymerization temperature is found to be in the favor of enhanced mechanical properties but on the other hand it may increase the possibility of thermal necrosis. despite of this thermal limitation of adding acetone, the complete polymerizapg. 445 zaza / the academic research community publication tion allows lower residual monomer percentage for all (a/w) combinations than that of nano-ha ones (table 3). therefore, the increase of residual monomer in the nano-ha combinations is deleterious to its mechanical properties. 5. conclusions nano-ha as a ceramic bioactive phase can be used to reduce the stiffness, residual monomer and enhance the biocompatibility of the commercial pmma bone cement. yet, the nano-ha agglomerated and produced nonadherence points inside the pmma matrix. acetone is a volatile biocompatible substance that can be used as an effective porogen to increase the porosity of the pmma augmentation and consequently reduces the compressive stiffness and the residual monomer. the increase in polymerization temperature is associated with the reduction in residual monomer. the residual monomer has an adverse effect on the mechanical properties. the additive percentage and its correlation with both residual monomer percentage and polymerization temperature should be considered to design pmma combinations that are suitable for a specific mechanical loading conditions. 6. references 1. jin luo, daniel m. skrzypiec, phillip pollintine, michael a. adams, deborah j.williams, patricia dolan. mechanical efficacy of vertebroplasty influence of cement type, bmd, fracture severity, and disc degeneration. bone 2007;40:1110-1119. 2. kay sun, michael a. k. liebschner. evolution of vertebroplasty: a biomechanical perspective. annals of biomedical engineering 2004;1:77-91. 3. amos racea, kenneth a. manna, avram a. edidinb. mechanics of bone/pmma composite structures: an invitro study of human vertebrae. journal of biomechanics 2007;40:1002-1010. 4. andreas boger, kurtis wheeler, andrea montali, elliot gruskin. nmp-modified pmma bone cement with adapted mechanical and hardening properties for the use in cancellous bone augmentation. appl biomater 2009; 90b:60-766. 5. bryan t. h. koh, j.h. tan, amit kumarsing ramruttun,wilson wang. effect of storage temperature and equilibration time on polymethyl methacrylate (pmma) bone cement polymerization in joint replacement surgery. j orthop surg res. 2015;10:178-184. 6. r.f. vargas coronado,l.h. chan-chan,j.m. cervantes-uc, j.v. cauich-rodrı́guez, m.c. piña barba. characterization of bone cements prepared with either hydroxyapatite, α -tcp or bovine bone. articulo de investigation 2013;34: 89-96. 7. seok bong kim, young jick kim, taek lim yoon, su a. park, in hee choa. the characteristics of a hydroxyapatite–chitosan–pmma bone cement. biomaterials 2004;25:5715-5723. 8. changyun quan, yong tang, zhenzhen liu, minyu rao, wei zhang, peiqing liang, nan wu, chao zhang, huiyong shen, qing jiang. effect of modification degree of nanohydroxyapatite on biocompatibility and mechanical property of injectable poly (methyl methacrylate)-based bone cement. society for biomaterials wiley online library 2015. 9. seyed mojtaba zebarjad, seyed abdolkarim sajjadi, tahere ebrahimi sdrabadi, amir yaghmaei, behrooz naderi. a study on mechanical properties of pmma/hydroxyapatite nanocomposite. engineering 2011; 3:795801. 10. s.m.kurtz, m.l.villarraga, k.zhao, a.a.edidin. static and fatigue mechanical behavior of bone cement with elevated barium sulfate content for treatment of vertebral compression fractures. biomaterials 2005; 26:3699-3712. 11. m.a. lopez heredia, y. saa, p. salmon, j.r. de wijn, j.g.c. wolke, j.a. jansen. bulk properties and bioactivity assessment of porous polymethylmethacrylate cement loaded with calcium phosphates under simulated physipg. 446 zaza / the academic research community publication ological conditions. acta biomaterialia 2012;8: 3120-3127. 12. dario t. berutoa, rodolfo bottera, milena fini. the effect of water in inorganic microsponges of calcium phosphates on the porosity and permeability of composites made with polymethylmethacrylate. biomaterials 2002;23:2509-2517. 13. jing han, guiping ma, jun nie. a facile fabrication of porous pmma as a potential bone substitute. materials science and engineering 2011;c 31:1278-1284. 14. takeshi matsubayashi, bin ding, mizuki tenjimbayashi, kengo manabe, kyu-hong kyung, and seimei shiratori. a facile method of synthesizing size-controlled hollow cyanoacrylate nanoparticles for transparent superhydrophobic/oleophobic surfaces. the royal society of chemistry rsc adv. 2016;6,15877-15883. 15. sids initial assessment report (siar) for the 9th siam paris, france.1999:29-30. 16. sergei s. likhodii, irina serbanescu, o. carter snead iii, patricia murphy miguel a. cortez, and w. mcintyre burnham. anticonvulsant properties of acetone, a brain ketone elevated by the ketogenic diet. annals of neurology 2003; 54(2), 219-226. 17. habib m, hussein k, baroud g, fatahalla n. correlation between stoichiometry and ph in the wet-chemical synthesis of calcium orthophosphates. book of proceedings, no 23/ e cells and materials j. 25th interdisciplinary research conference on injectable osteoarticular biomaterials and bone augmentation procedures griboi, toronto, ontario, canada, 2015; may 18th-20th. 18. sebastian baloš1, mladomir milutinović, michal potran , jelena vuletić ,tatjana puškar, tomaž pepelnjak. the mechanical properties of moulded and thermoformed denture resins. journal of mechanical engineering 2015;61:138-145. 19. iso 8641 (1997): implants for surgery-acrylic resin cements [mhd 2: orthopaedic instruments, implants and accessories]. 20. r betul ica, fırat ozturk; burhan ates; meral arslan malkoc; unzile kelestemur. level of residual monomer released from orthodontic acrylic materials. the eh angle education and research foundation, inc 2014; vol 84, no 5:862-867. pg. 447 introduction materials and methods results discussion conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.425 roof planting as a tool for sustainable development in residential buildings in egypt vitta abdel rehim ibrahim1 1ass. prof., architecture department, p.h.i. abstract roof has direct influence on thermal ease and energy preservation in and around buildings. roof planting is a strategy that can be a beneficial solution in diverse climates to decrease energy utilization in buildings, proposes enriching the aesthetic potentials and architecture presentation of buildings and for enhancing the built environment and increasing investment opportunity. it helps to tackle the shortage of green space in numerous areas and delivers the city with open spaces that aids ease heat effect and offers human population with a correlation to the outside. the research problem presented in the demonstrations of the confronts presented by quick urbanization and expansion, many environmental problems as pollution, dense urbanization and heat effect that creates a negative impact on the environment. the fast growing population in cities undergo from vanishing of green areas which lead to dispossession of open space. the paper assumes that by applying roof planting to the case studies in residential buildings in egypt can improve quality of life, as an effective tool for sustainable development goals represented in social, economic and environmental factors. the paper methodology focuses on the analysis of some international examples and the lessons learned and applicability in residential buildings in egypt. the research aims to present the potentials of roof planting in abiding electricity utilization and decreasing co2 releases in hot environments. the paper studies the impact of roof planting on the performance of buildings. the results demonstrate the sustainable development goals of using roof planting under diverse design conditions and postulate assistance for design of roof planting in alike climates. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords roof planting; sustainable development; residential buildings; egypt 1. introduction combining plants with architecture and formed landscapes have been assimilated into the urban fabric and considered elevated greenspaces have lasted prolonged time ago with architecture (velazquez, 2005). they are as an easy and efficient approach for enhancing the built environment and rising investment prospect, have several environmental benefits such as to decrease flood risk, develop rainwater runoff quality, lessen urban heat island, building energy saving and keep urban wildlife habitat. (sheng et al., 2011). the need to apply green roof is significant for the well being of succeeding generation (ismail et al. 2009). green roofs are becoming popular for sustainable development.(sheng et al., 2011). the usage of vegetated roofs is a solution, which heat energy consumed by evapo-transpiration. it provides to pg. 496 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ibrahim / the academic research community publication vertical mingling of air, so the temperature above them inclines than the surrounding areas built. warm air increases above the hard surfaces and is altered by the renewed air and decreasing the heat island consequence. (sheweka, 2012) the building sector has an essential responsibility in the international energy and environmental developments as it occupies almost 40 % of the energy. it is facing a speedy progress in countries throughout the world due to issues like population increase, infrastructure expansion, upgrading and urbanization (alnaser, 2008). to challenge the fronting of energy and environmental complications, the world is directing to encourage sustainable improvement as is revealed by the current global agreement on climate difference. (paris agreement. http://www.cop21.gouv.fr /en/195-countries-adopt-the-first-universalclimate-agreement/ (2017). the usual roof type in residential buildings in egypt is the flat roof (fig 1.). in rural areas, roof tops are used for numerous purposes; pigeon houses, drying washed clothes and in some buildings extra rooms are built from light material and used for living. some buildings rooftops have been abandoned and become housings for storing litter, a place for satellite receivers and unnecessary old household properties. (zacharia & dabaieh, 2016) figure 1. poultry room with red brick; neglected rooftops in downtown cairo. source: https://webpages.uidaho.edu/larc380/n ew380/pages/greenroof.html the paper will show the existing state of the rooftops of the field study and will conclude with a recommendation for evaluation and monitoring in addition to the environmental impact. the above parameters have been explored for residential building blocks situates in cairo, egypt. 1.1. research problem air quality amounts in cairo (fig. 2.) have demonstrated hazardous concentrations of lead, carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide, gathered particulate matter levels due to periods of unregulated car releases and urban settlements that devastate ecosystems. green roof technology encompasses growing plants on rooftops interchanging green spaces that was damaged when the building was created. figure 2. co2 emissions from egypt, carbondioxide information analysis center pg. 497 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 1.2. research aim and objectives the research aims to explore the potential of green roofs on saving energy when invested on residential building in egypt, reductions of co2 and sustainable development in residential buildings in egypt. 1.3. methodology (fig. 3.) figure 3. research methodology (the researcher) 2. literature review 2.1. green roofs green roofs used to cover impermeable roof surfaces with living plant material, considered a sustainable design element in the ecological design that can assist keep the environment by shrinking developmental influences on our societies (velazquez, 2005). they are envisioned one of the typical methods used in sustainable development principles. (gedge et al., 2004). 2.2. types of green roofs table 1,2&3(fig. 4-5 &6) intensive green roofs table 1. (http://www.greenrooftechnology.com/intensive-green-roof) extensive green roofs table 2. (http://www.greenrooftechnology.com/extensive-green-roof) pg. 498 ibrahim / the academic research community publication semi intensive green roofs table 3. (http://www.greenrooftechnology.com/semi-intensive-green-roof) intensive green roofs have richer soil and extra diversities of vegetation, but are expensive to build and uphold. extensive green roofs are inexpensive and easier to build and maintain. it encompasses shallow soil, have less collections of vegetation and rarely reachable contrasting its counterpart. (zahir et al., 2014). table 4. summarizes the types of green roofs. pg. 499 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 2.3. example of green roofs types the follwing table showing types of green roofs used in some buildings in malaysia (table 5.) 2.4. components of green roofs 3. benefits and challenges of green roof there are many benefits for implementing green roofs (table 7.) and factors considered when applying green roofs (table 7.) pg. 500 ibrahim / the academic research community publication (https://www.gsa.gov/portal/mediaid/158783/filename/the benefits and challenges of green roofs on public and commercial buildings.action) pg. 501 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 4. sustainable development application in architecture figure 4. sustaianble development components sustaianable development is a arrangement of progress in which reserve usage commitments to meet human needs while maintaining the environement, these requirements can be met only in the present and for generations to come (fig. 4). (obiefuna) to achieve sustainable development, buildings must be designed inclusive of the concepts of development. such buildings will have a positive impact on the environmental health at communities and the quality of life. the concept of sustainability challengees architects to think and act in terms of long-term consequencesof their decisions on the diminshing resources of the world. (dunnett & kingsbury, 2008) 4.1. green roof’s role in sustainable development (sheng et al., 2011). table 9. pg. 502 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 4.2. international case study: table 10. shows some examples of case studies 5. roof planting implentation in egypt as a result of the steady increase in population, required an increase in the number of buildings, resulted in a sharp decline in green areas, followed by many problems. air pollution arises with increased use of environmentally harmful materials. this has negative impact which affect the city’s climate and deterioration in the mental healthiness of the body due to the overcrowding, shortage of oxygen and the lack of green areas. there are several local initiatives that have worked on the idea of rooftop container gardens for producing food for domestic use. the first rooftop gardens in urban areas in egypt started in the year 2000 under the leadership of the research unit for agriculture land and ain shams university, in collaboration with several local ngos (bekheit & latif, 2013). the (fao) food and agriculture organization and malr established the project titled “green food from green roofs in urban and pre-urban environments” to develop and demonstrate simple rooftop micro-green systems for vegetable production in two pilot sites: alexandria and cairo (bekheit & latif, 2013). numerous case studies characterize successful projects applied by diverse non-governmental organizations (ngo), public institutions and private civil proposals. for example ibn kassir foundation, in al-zawya al-hamra, cairo, formed a roof farm from wooden containers (barrels) with plastic layers occupied with peat moss or perlite used as substrates drainage is compelled through small plastic hoses to buckets. the producing leafy crops as parsley, pg. 503 ibrahim / the academic research community publication radish, and carrots. (attia et al., 2009) in several arab cities, many problems endure including environmental, social and economic. the methods for application are modest and feasible and cost effective. the utmost essential issues affecting are the climate, the constructional and economic aspects, and providing support and sustainability to resolve various complications of diverse background and characteristics, and stipulate to abounding the quality of life of the condensed arab cities. (attia et al., 2009) in egypt, soil-less cultivation is used to nurture plants atop the roofs of buildings. plants are produced on wooden tables, delivering a healthy and fresh source of food in addition with no pesticides. vegetebles and fruits can be produced as self production for building occupants (fig. 5), furthermore several projects are organized in schools as an overview to this technology. ( a. monem, 2005) figure 5. source: central laboratory for agricultural climate (2006) there are many positive effects of surface cultivation on the environment: 1. leads to a reduction in the amount of pollutants present in the air. 2. increases the oxygen ratio and reduces carbon dioxide by urban air. 3. leads to the cleaning of roofs of different buildings and facilities and the disposal of waste and fouling stored on surfaces and adversely affect the public health of the occupants of these buildings in the long run. 4. reduce the effect of the warm heat island, which is clearly evident during the summer months in large cities where a clear change in weather is the most important sign of the city’s warming up to 5 ◦ c. figure 6. figure 6. studies have shown worldwide that the phenomenon of (urban heat islands)different negative effects, including the following: pg. 504 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 5. reduces the harmful effects of mobile stations where plants are found to absorb electromagnetic waves emitted from industrial plants. 6. reduce the noise ratio and the proximity of the nearby areas of the airports and trains which leads to absorption of a large part of the sound and reduces the reflected waves. 7. is a small project that can be carried out by many groups of society such as youth housewives special needs students in leisure and vacations, which makes their leisure time useful. 5.1. analyzing residential building example case study: project brief, table 11. pg. 505 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 6. field study a field study showing the current use situation of roof planting on residential blocks of flats table 12. & figure 7.a. to 7.j.. the results shown according to screening questionnaire. table 13. 6.1. questionnaire survey results using questionnaire survey (quantitative methodology) in order to better understanding of residents preference of function of rooftop garden.(table .13 )resident’s preference of function of roof top garden. these tables show the number of 350 respondents, residents particpated in this survey questionnaire are 300. pg. 506 ibrahim / the academic research community publication figure 7. (from a to j): the field study for roof planting application to convience the residential users who have faced problems (health, pollution,..) pg. 507 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 7. discussion applicability of green roofs in egypt in residential buildings: encouraging interaction among industry professional, public policy making, need public awarness of green roofs, the cost can be twice as much to install, there are other benefits to owners of buildings as saving energy. added benefits include: stormwater managmnet, ecological, economic, aesthetic and psychological issues. there is a lack of the awarness to the community, building owners and occupants about benefits provided by roof planting. lack of technical information on how to build them, standards and building codes to green roof design and constrcution.the economic costs of installing green roofs including the maintainace: lower energy costs due to the cooling effect. the barriers in green roof implementation: architects are not convinced of the benefits. moreover, the lack of policies and guidelines, the government has not enforced it in the building by-law. application restrictions from the client and the problems to persuade them. this technology is considered new and the nonexistence of resource has upraised the rate of installation and maintenance. absence of knowledge in roof planting technology. nonexistence of need in the construction industry market. 8. conclusion and recommendation roof planting is one possible technique to reduce the devastation of natural habitats, while foster the built environment. roofs represent 21% to 26% residential and nonresidential of urban areas (wong, 2005) they stipulate an exceptional chance. these unused areas may develop an approach to regain habitat that was lost as a consequence of construction whereas furthermore assisting in the securing the environment throughout additional sustainable performs. roof planting has a positive impact on social, economic and environemental issues. this research illustrates pg. 508 ibrahim / the academic research community publication the majority of filed study residents who particpate in the survey questionnaire, they need awarness concerning advantages and benefits of roof planting towards sustainable development. this study help residents to receive better environement on their living areas. recommendations the necessity to decide the kind of plants and system of planting is crucial in constructing green roof. depending on particular climate and surrounding, the appropriateness of plant species for roof planting in certain countries should be determined. the correct plant selection assists preserving the sustainability of roof planting. the principal apprehension of modifying diverse kind of plants are utmost essentially amongst soil and kind of plants involved in diverse climate such as temperate, tropical, dry, polar and highland climates. furthermore, should be considered are the maintenance, financial, and life cycle analysis of the roof to be planted. appendix a. roof planting application (screening questionnaire) september, 2017 – cairo – egypt pg. 509 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 9. references 1. nigel dunnett, noël kingsbury. planting green roofs and living walls. timber press; 2008 2. nigel dunnett, dusty gedge, john little, edmund c. snodgrass. small green roofs: low-tech options for greener living. timber press, portlandlondon; 2011 3. carl smith, nigel dunnett, andy clayden. residential landscape sustainability: a checklist tool. blackwell publishing, usa; 2008 4. samar mohamed sheweka, nourhan magdy mohamed. green facades as a new sustainable approach towards climate change. sciverse science direct. energy procedia 18(2012) 507 – 520, elsevier 5. architectural services department, study on green roof application in hong kong, final report, urbis limited; 2007. https://www.archsd.gov.hk/media/11630/green roof study final report.pdf 6. ahmed el-sayed abdel salam. the future of greenroofs in egypt: the economical and environmental benefits when installing gree-roof on a residential building in cairo. master thesis, cairo university; 2012 7. monica zacharia, marwa dabaieh. container rooftop gardens from recyclying and up-cycling municipal wastes; sustainable vital technologies in engineering & informatics. bue ace1.; 2016 8. attia, s., mahmoud, a. green roofs in cairo: a holistic approach for healthy productive cities, conference proceeding on greening rooftops for sustainable communities, june, atlanta, usa. http://orbi.uig.ac .be/handle/2268/166604 9. kristin l. getter and d. bradley rowe. the role of extensive green roofs in sustainable development. hort science 41(5): 1276-1285; 2006. 10. lee xia sheng, ati rosemary binti mohd ariffin, hazreena binti hussein. assessing the green roof technology in green building rating systems. international building & infrastricture technology conference. malaysia; 2011. 11. hassan saeed khan and muhammad asif. impact of green roof and orienation on the energy performance of buildings: acasefrom saudi arabia. sustainabilty 2017, 9, 640, basel, switzerland, www.mdpi.com/jou rnal/sustainability pg. 510 ibrahim / the academic research community publication 12. linda s. velazquez. organic greenroof architecture: sustainable design for the new millennium ‘ making the most of your building’s “fifth façade”. environmental quality management/summer 2005. wiley periodicals, inc. 13. muhammad ashraf fauzi, nurhayati abdul malek, and jamilah othman. evaluation of green roof system for green building projects in malaysia. world academy of science, engineering and technology. international journal of environmental, chemical, ecological, geological and geophysical engineering vol:7, no:2; 2013. 14. m.h. md. zahir, s.n. raman, m.f. mohamed, m. jamiland, z.m. nopiah. the perception of malaysian architects towards the implementation of green roofs: a review of practices, methodologies and future research. e3s web of conferences 3, 01022 (2014); edp sciences; 2014. 15. umeora chukwunonso obiefuna, the role of the architect in sustainable development in nigeria. 16. neda jafari, mohd yunos, osman tahir. residents’ preference towards rooftop garden: acase of the heritage condominium, selangor. aensi journals, advances in environmental biology. issn – 1995 -0756. advances in environemental bilolgy, 9(4) march 2015, pages: 79-81 17. ismail, w. z. w., lsmaill, f., hashim, a.z., irfan, a., ramele,r. (2009). potentiality of ecological friendly effect on human behavior of green building design. 1st national conference on environmentbehaviour studies, faculty of architecture, planning and surveying (fspu), universititeknologi mara (uitm), shall alam. 18. alnaser, w.; flanagan, r. model for calculating the sustainable building index (sbi) in the kingdom of bahrain. energy build 2008, 40, 2037–2043. 19. paris agreement. available online: http://www.cop21.gouv.fr/en/195-countries-adopt-the-first-universalclimate-agreement/ ( 2017). 20. d’souza, u. the thermal performance of green roofs in a hot, humid microclimate. iwit trans. ecol. environ. 2013, 173, 475–486 21. gedge, d., & frith, m. 2004. green roofs: benefits and cost implications. livingroof.org & ecology consultancy ltd. 84. 22. denardo et al., 2005; liescke, 1998; moran et al., 2004; rowe et al., 2003; vanwoert et al., 2005a. 23. https://webpages.uidaho.edu/larc380/new380/pages/greenroof.html pg. 511 introduction research problem research aim and objectives methodology (fig. 3.) literature review green roofs types of green roofs table 1,2&3(fig. 4-5 &6) example of green roofs types components of green roofs benefits and challenges of green roof sustainable development application in architecture green roof's role in sustainable development (sheng et al., 2011). table 9. international case study: table 10. shows some examples of case studies roof planting implentation in egypt analyzing residential building example field study questionnaire survey results discussion conclusion and recommendation references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.389 an intelligent controller of nonlinear conical tank water level system hanan mohamed omran1, ahmed saad ali2, abd el-fatah.mohamed hashem3, aliabdalla abdal-hay4 1department of mechatronics engineering, south valley university ,qena, egypt. 2dr.department of mechatronics engineering, assuit university, assuit, egypt. 3pro.dr. department of mechanical engineering, south valley university ,qena, egypt. 4dr. department of mechanical engineering, south valley university, qena, egypt. abstract the present research presents an intelligent fuzzy logic controller (flc) system for control water level of nonlinear systems, whereas the cross-section area of the vertical water is not constant (conical tank). the mathematical model of the conical tank level system was derived and its simulation runs were carried out by considering the flc. for comparative analysis, a similar test runs were also carried out by means of conventional zn based pimode. interestingly, the results illustrate that applying the flc system in the control loop in the conical tank system could provide a good tracking performance than that of conventional pi model. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords fuzzy logic controller; conical tank; nonlinear process; pi controller; matlab ; 1. introduction numerous industry applications such as chemical plants, power plants, boiler, etcher requiring a control on their fluid tank precisely. this is extremely important because the desired production . rates and inventories are achieved through proper control of fluid flow and flow level. in more specific, proportional integral derivative (pid) controller [1] and various linear controllers are the most popular control schemes which have been widely implemented to control the liquid level in the process tank. in most of the industrial processes, the conventional controllers are usually proportional-integral (pi) or proportional-integral-derivative (pid. these controllers are popular partially due to their functional simplicity that allows a simple and straightforward operation. many tuning approaches have evolved in tuning the controller since 1942 when ziegler and nichols [1] pioneered a unified systematic properly, the pid loop must be properly tuned. standard methods for tuning include zieglernichols ultimate-cycle tuning [1], cohen-coon method [3], astrom and hagglund [2] and many other traditional techniques. a level control of conical tank is a challenging problem because of its non-linearity and changing in cross section. due to its simplicity, fuzzy logic control [4] method became most famous in this application. fuzzy logic is a form pg. 409 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mohamed / the academic research community publication of probabilistic logic or many-valued logic; it deals with approximate reasoning rather than fixed and exact. unlike traditional binary sets, where variables take either true or false values, fuzzy logic variables have a truth value that ranges in degree between 1 and 0. the truth value may range between completely true and completely false. thus, fuzzy logic has been extended to handle the concept of partial truth. fuzzy logic is a part of artificial intelligence or machine learning which interprets a human’s actions. computers can interpret only true or false values, but a human being can reason the degree of truth or degree of falseness. fuzzy models interpret the human actions and are also called intelligent systems. tuning approach in tuning the pi controller. for this control loop to function. 2. application description here, an inverted nonlinear structured conical process tank is taken. generally conical tanks are highly preferred for industrial storage process because of gravity discharge in its shape and it is difficult to maintain the level of the liquid at the desired point. it has a nonlinear structure which leads the liquid in the tank rises with respect to the inclination angle through which the tank is designed. the pressure acting in the conical tank is different at each point, and in this article, a fuzzy logic controller is implemented and the results were compared with pi control technique. the process is considered as single input and single output, i.e. a tank has an inlet upstream valve and outlet downstream valve [5]. identifying the process has to be done before proceed to tuning method. the process of identification has deals with the process gain (k), time constant (τ ), and time delay (θ ) that can be determined by an experimental result of single step change on process input. figure 1. the liquid conical tank table 1. operating parameters si parameter description value 1 r top radius of cone 19.25cm 2 h maximum total height of the tank 73cm 3 fin maximum inflow rate of the tank 111cm3/s 4 β valve co-efficient 55cm2/s 3. mathematical model of conical tank fig. 1 illustrates the geometry relationship of the conical tank under study. as is shown, the shape isconical and therefore the geometrical relationship is nonlinear. the control goal is to keep up the level of liquid at a constant value and for thus must control the inflow rate. the radius of the cone is (r) for the level (h). the outflow rate is pg. 410 mohamed / the academic research community publication due to the hydrostatic pressure and it is not controlled. for the level h the liquid volume v is given by: v = 1 3 ·π r2 ·g h tan α = r h = r h v = [ 1 3 ·π ·tan2 α ] ·h3·= 1 3 ·π · ( r h )2 ·h3 (1) 4. volume variation is the difference between the inflow and the outflow and it depends on the discharge coefficient β , as follows: dv dt = fin − fout = fin− β . √ h (2) by differentiating the equation (1), then: dv dt = [ 1 3 ·π ·tan2 α ] ·h2 (3) the transfer function relating the height h and the inflow rate fin with parameters (k, τ ) can be obtained as eq. (4) g(s) = h(s) fin(s) = k.e−θ s τ s + 1 w here k = 2h fout ; τ = 2ha fout ; fout = β . √ h (4) by the system identifier, process parameters of different operating regions are obtained (table 2). the process tank is divided into four region (i-iv). it is evident from table 2, when the level of the tank raises the process gain and delay time decreases because of accumulation of integral error [6]. table 2. process parameter at different valve opening inflow % rang k τ θ 40% region1 2.7 0.75 0.15 60% region2 .68 1.5 0.70 80% region3 0.18 0.78 0.22 100% region4 0.09 0.30 0.30 5. control description the main objective is to control the level of the non-linear conical tank. to achieve this, two controllers separately was proposed and comparing their results to evaluates its performance. 5.1. pid controller pid stands for proportional, integral and derivative. these controllers are designed to eliminate the need for continuous operator attention. in order to avoid the small variation of the output at the steady state, the pid controller is so designed that it reduces the errors by the derivative nature of the controller. a pid controller is depicted in figure 2. the set-point is where the measurement to be. error is defined as the difference between setpoint and measurement. (error) = (set-point) – (measurement), the variable being adjusted is called the manipulated variable which usually is equal to the output of the controller. the output of pid controllers will change in response to a change in measurement or set-point [7]. manufacturers of pid controllers use different names to identify the three modes. with a proportional controller, offset (deviation from set-point) is present. increasing the controller gain will make the loop go unstable. integral pg. 411 mohamed / the academic research community publication action was included in controllers to eliminate this offset. with integral action, the controller output is proportional to the amount of time the error is present. integral action eliminates offset. controller output = (1/integral) (integral of) e (t) d (t). with derivative action, the controller output is proportional to the rate of change of the measurement or error. the controller output is calculated by the rate of change of the measurement with time. derivative action can compensate for a change in measurement. thus derivative takes action to inhibit more rapid changes of the measurement than proportional action. when a load or set-point change occurs, the derivative action causes the controller gain to move the “wrong” way when the measurement gets near the set-point. derivative is often used to avoid overshoot [7]. the different between the actual acceleration and desired acceleration is taken as error in this study. figure 2. pid controller the pid controller is the most-used feedback control design. pid is a short form for proportional-integralderivative, show the three terms operating on the error signal to produce a control signal. if u(t) is the control signal which sent to the system, y(t) is the actual output and r(t) is the desired output, and tracking error e(t) = r(t) − y(t), a pid controller has the next form. u(t) = kpe(t)+ ki ∫ e(t) dt + kd d dt e(t) (5) the desired closed loop dynamics can be obtained by adjusting the three parameters kp, ki and kd, often iteratively with ”tuning” and without specific knowledge of a plant model. stability can often be obtained using only the proportional term. the integral term permits the rejection of a step disturbance. the derivative term provides damping or shaping of the response. pid controllers are the most well established class of control systems: however, they cannot be used in several more complicated cases, almost in the mimo systems [8]. applying laplace transformation in equation (5) will results in the transformed pid controller equation u(s) = kpe(s)+ ki 1 s e(s)+ kd se(s) (6) with the pid control transfer function c(s) = kp + ki 1 s + kd s (7) kp: proportional gain, a tuning parameter e: error = sp − pv t: time or instantaneous time (the present) ki: integral gain, a tuning parameter τ : a dummy integration variable pg. 412 mohamed / the academic research community publication the effects of each of controller parameters kp, ki, and kd on a closed-loop system are summarized in the table below. note that these correlations may not be exactly accurate, because kp, ki, and kd are dependent on each other. in fact, changing one of these variables can change the effect of the other two. for this reason, the table should only be used as a reference for determining the values for kp, ki, and kd [9]. table 3. effects of increasing pid parameters type rise-time overshooting setting time s-s error kp decrease increase small change decrease ki decrease increase increase eliminate kd small change decrease decrease small change 6. intelligent controller (fuzzy logic controller) fuzzy logic is all about “the relative importance of precision” [10]. its importance is to be exactly right when a rough answer will do. a list of general observations about fuzzy logic: 1. fuzzy logic understanding is easy. its mathematical concepts are very simple. which makes fuzzy nice is the ”naturalness” of its approach and not its far-reaching complexity. 2. it is flexible. with any given system, it’s easy to massage it or layer more functionality on top of it without starting again from scratch. 3. fuzzy logic is tolerant of imprecise data. everything is imprecise if you look closely enough, but more than that, most things are imprecise even on careful inspection. fuzzy reasoning builds this understanding into the process rather than tacking it onto the end. 4. fuzzy logic can model nonlinear functions of arbitrary complexity. you can create a fuzzy system to match any set of input-output data. this process is made particularly easy by adaptive techniques like adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference systems (anfis), which are available in the fuzzy logic toolbox. 5. fuzzy logic can be built on top of the experience of experts. in direct contrast to neural networks, which take training data and generate opaque, impenetrable models, fuzzy logic lets you rely on the experience of people who already understand your system. 6. fuzzy logic can be blended with conventional control techniques. fuzzy systems don’t necessarily replace conventional control methods. in many cases fuzzy systems augment them and simplify their implementation. 7. it is also based on natural language. the principal for fuzzy logic is the basis for human communication. this notice underpins many of the other statements about fuzzy logic. classical control theory requires a mathematical model of the system. while, fuzzy logic based control does not require a mathematical model since it is a rule based system. therefore it has an advantage over classical controller when it is applied to complex systems. it can be developed with minimal knowledge about the system dynamics. we’ll start with a little motivation for where we are headed. the point of fuzzy logic is to map an input space to an output space, and the primary mechanism for doing this is a list of if-then statements called rules. all rules are evaluated in parallel, and the order of the rules is unimportant. the rules themselves are useful because they refer to variables and the adjectives that describe those variables. before we can build a system that interprets rules, we have to define all the terms we plan on using and the adjectives that describe them. figure 3 is something like a roadmap for the fuzzy inference process. it shows the general description of a fuzzy system [10]. to summarize the concept of fuzzy inference depicted in this figure, “fuzzy inference is a method that interprets the values in the input vector and, based on some set of rules, assigns values to the output vector”. the key aspects of fuzzy logic are fuzzy sets, membership functions, linguistic variables, fuzzy rules and fuzzy reasoning. these topics will be discussed in detail in the following sections [10]. pg. 413 mohamed / the academic research community publication figure 3. overview of fuzzy logic 6.1. fuzzy sets fuzzy logic starts with the concept of a fuzzy set. a fuzzy set is a set without a crisp, clearly defined boundary. it can contain elements with only a partial degree of membership. to understand what a fuzzy set is, first consider what is meant by what we might call a classical set. a classical set is a container that wholly includes or wholly excludes any given element. for example, the set of days of the week unquestionably includes monday, thursday, and saturday. it just as unquestionably excludes butter, liberty, and dorsal fins, and so on. we call this set a classical set because it has been around for such a long time. it was aristotle who first formulated the law of the excluded middle, which says x must either be in set a or in set not-a. in fuzzy logic, the truth of any statement becomes a matter of degree. a formal definition of a fuzzy set is, if x is a collection of objects denoted generically by x then a fuzzy set a in x is a set of ordered pairs [10]: a = { ( x, µx(x) x )ε x } where µ a(x) is called the grade of membership or membership function of x in a. an often used method for denoting a fuzzy set is a = ∑ x1 ∈ x µa (xi) xi , i f x is discrete a = ∫ xµa(x) x ,i f x is continous 6.2. linguistic variables linguistic variables are used to describe particular characteristics of a system. a linguistic variable is defined by [56] (x, t(x), u, g, m) where x is the name of the variable, t(x) is the set of names of linguistics values describing x over the universe of discourse u; g is a synthetic rule in the form of grammar for generating the name, x, of values of x, and m is a semantic rule for associating with each x its meaning. each particular synthetic rule generated by g is referred to as a term. as an example if temperature was the linguistic variable x and u = [30, 90], then the term set might be t (temperature) = {cold, comfortable, hot}. m is a rule that assigns a fuzzy set or membership function to a specific term. e.g. m(cold) ={(u, µcold(u))/u ∈u} g(x) is a rule designed by using expert knowledge, which is generates the labels of the terms i.e. cold, comfortable and hot. a graph of this linguistic variable temperature is shown in figure 4 [11]. it is to be noted that in our daily life most of the decisions are based on linguistic information rather than numerical pg. 414 mohamed / the academic research community publication values; then the use of the linguistic variables is an ideal way to characterize human behavior and decision analysis [11]. figure 4. membership function example 6.3. fuzzy rules fuzzy sets and fuzzy operators are the subjects and verbs of fuzzy logic. the if-then rule statements are used to formulate the conditional statements that comprise fuzzy logic. a single fuzzy if-then rule assumes the form if x is a then y is b where a and b are linguistic values defined by fuzzy sets on the ranges (universes of discourse) x and y, respectively. the if-part of the rule ”x is a” is called the antecedent or premise, while the then-part of the rule ”y is b” is called the consequent or conclusion. fuzzy rules also called as fuzzy if-then rules, fuzzy conditional statements or fuzzy implications are explained by using the fallowing example, x y small negative big large positive small using if-then statements if x is small then y is negative big if x is large then y is positive small statements of this type are known rather approximately as conditional statements with formal definitions, if x is a then y is b or symbolically a →b where a and b are linguistic sets defined by fuzzy sets on universe of discourse x and y, respectively. the antecedent or premise is “x is a” while “y is b” is consequence or conclusion. the relation a → b represents a relation between two variables x and y. using this idea, a fuzzy rule is defined as a binary relation r found by the cartesian product depicted as, r (a → b) = a × b the cartesian product is defined by the min. operator, a×b = ∫ min (µa (x), µb (y)) (x,y) or the algebraic operator [12] a×b = ∫ µa(x), µb (y) (x, y) pg. 415 mohamed / the academic research community publication thus the cartesian product x × y is characterized by the membership function µa(x, y) where each element (x, y) ∈ x × y [11]. 6.3.1. design of a fuzzy logic controller the designing a fuzzy logic controller consists of the following four steps: 1. fuzzification 2. rule design 3. computation 4. defuzzification the key steps involved in designing a fuzzy logic controller were examined [10]. they consist of, defining input and output variables, a knowledge base, fuzzy reasoning inference and a defuzzification procedure. figure 5 shows the basic elements of a fuzzy logic controller [11]. figure 5. fuzzy logic controller 6.3.1.1. input and output variables for a particular system the necessary input and output variables must be defined. no pre-defined procedure exists for defining the correct variable and relies on a thorough understanding of the plant being controlled and experimental procedures. if a controller for the plant has been already developed; this is often a good starting point for selecting the fuzzy input and output variables [11]. 6.3.1.2. knowledge base this consists of two parts: a data base which defines linguistic variables and their corresponding membership functions, and a rule base which uses the data base in the development of the fuzzy if-then rules [10]. 6.3.1.3. data base this consists of a set of input membership functions that defines each input and output variable. to arrive a data base for a fuzzy controller, the universe of discourse or interval spanned by each variable is partitioned into a number of fuzzy subsets with a linguistic label applied to each subset. for example the input to a fuzzy controller is acceleration, and then the corresponding linguistic variables can be portioned into fuzzy subsets named positive big (pb), positive small (ps), negative big (nb), negative small (ns), zero (ze), positive medium (pm), negative medium (nm). the number of fuzzy subsets must be decided using pg. 416 mohamed / the academic research community publication expert knowledge and or experimentation. additional fuzzy subsets improve control sensitivity at the expense of additional computational complexity [11]. 6.3.1.4. rule base a rule base is a group of fuzzy rules that define the controller output response given a particular set of inputs. the input conditions are the antecedent and the output conditions are the consequence of the fuzzy rules. depending on the system being controlled, anywhere from 9 rules to control an inverted pendulum, to as many as 105 rules may be necessary to control a truck and trailer system. lee gives four ways to derive fuzzy control rules [10] use expert experience and control engineering knowledge. based on operator’s control actions. based on the fuzzy model of a process. based on learning through experimentation. the most popular method is to use expert experience and control engineering knowledge. this procedure allows fuzzy control rules to relate state variables in the antecedent to process control variables in the consequence. however, it is necessary to have a general understanding of how a change in certain control input influences the system. one other increasingly popular method for developing fuzzy control rules is via an adaptive fuzzy rule system. normally called as adaptive-network-based-fuzzy inference system (anfis). this technique enables rules to be developed directly from training data. this procedure utilizes neural networks in the development of fuzzy control rules and the optimization of the corresponding membership functions. 7. simulation a conical tank control process considered here has nonlinear characteristics and can be represented as piecewise linearized regions around four operating regions as shown in table 2. block diagram shown in fig. 4 for the conical tank process system was created by using matlab simulink software. the system simulation response is analyzed for 40% to 100% valve opening. 8. pid simulation figure 6. pid simulink of council tank pg. 417 mohamed / the academic research community publication 9. flc simulation figure 7. a) simulink block diagram for non linear conical process tank figure 8. (b) subsystem tank figure 9. (a) – (c) shows membership values (a) membershiperror e(t) following five rules are used to make up the rule base of flc: rule 1: if an error is okay then valve is no change rule 2: if an error is positive, then valve is open fast rule 3: if an error is negative, then valve is closely fast rule 4: if an error is okay and rate is positive, then the valve is closer slow rule 5: if an error is okay and rate is negative, then valve is closely fast. pg. 418 mohamed / the academic research community publication figure 10. (b) membership of rate of error figure 11. (c) membership of input flow u(t) fig.5. shows the corresponding rule editor window in the matlab fuzzy logic toolbox. fig.9 shows the rule editor window in matlab flc toolbox. figure 12. fuzzy rules pg. 419 mohamed / the academic research community publication 10. results and discussion we find that the advantages and disadvantages of pid control and fizzy control just offset each other. we can use fuzzy controller for rapid control (coarse adjustment) and then use pid controller for accurate control (fine tune). as seen from table 4, compared with pid control program, the overshoot is less in fuzzy curve. settling time reduces. the result of the simulation shows that as far as no balance and complex mathematical models, such a fuzzy control is similar to the human way of thinking. and it is suitable for coarse control at the beginning of the operation to rapidly control. and in order to get better 25 control accuracy, pid control program used as a fine tune. on the other hand, the fuzzy and pid control program presented has a wide practical value because of the fuzzy control program does not rely on the mathematical model. the responses of level control of conical tank using matlab, simulink are as shown above. the simulation shows the simulated results of the zn tuning method. from the simulated results step response for 40% step input is better than 60%, 80% and 100% in terms of time domain specifications. 60% step response also shows better results closer to 40% step change. then results show the response of flc on simulation. the controller stabilizes at the desired water level very quickly. in the fourth region in pid the system shows the high non-linearity process, flc shows critical system. 10.1. pid results figure 13. step response for 40% step input figure 14. step response for 60% step input pg. 420 mohamed / the academic research community publication figure 15. stepresponse for 80% step input figure 16. stepresponse for 100% step input 10.2. flc results figure 17. step response for 40% step input pg. 421 mohamed / the academic research community publication figure 18. step response for 60% step input figure 19. step response for 80% step input figure 20. step response for 100% step input table 4. comparion of pid & flc no rise time setting time peak time max overshoots 1 pid 50 78 60 1.33 2 60 90 60 1.55 3 55 70 60 1.45 1 flc 13 38 20 1.1 2 20 40 29 1.09 3 20 48 25 1.1 pg. 422 mohamed / the academic research community publication 11. conclusion non-linearity of the conical tank is observed and the model is implemented with the help of matlab. level control of the tank is checked by both pid controller and fuzzy logic controller. from the simulation results we can observe that fuzzy logic controller gives fast response with less number of oscillations when subjected to change in the level of the conical tank compare to pid controller and it enhances the performance of the system. 12. references 1. sung, s.w.; and lee, i.-b. (1996). limitations and countermeasures of pid controllers. industrial & engineering chemistry research, 35(8), 2596-2610. 2. ziegler, g. and nichols, n. b,”optimum settings for automatic controllers”, trans. asme, 64,759-768, 1942. 3. astrom, k j.;.hagglund .t, , “ automatic tuning of simple regulators with specifications on phase and amplitude margins”, automatica, 20,645+a651, 1984. 4. g.h cohen and g.a coon: “theoretical consideration of retarded control “, trans asme 75,pp.827/834,1953. 5. o.safarzadeh, a.kahki sedigh and a.s.shirani, ‘identification and robust water level 6. control of horizontal steam generators using quantitative feedback theory’, energy 7. conversion and management, vol.52, pp.3103-3111, 2011. 8. s.nithya, n.sivakumaran, t.k.radhakrishnan and n.anantharaman” soft computing based controllers implementation for non-linear process in real time” proceedings of the world congress on engineering and computer science(wcecs )2010,vol – 2. 9. s. mouleeswaran, development of active suspension system for automobiles using pid controller, proceedings of the world congress on engineering 2008 vol ii wce 2008, july 2 4, 2008, london, u.k. 10. http://www.linuxcnc.org/docs/2.4/html/common integrator concepts.html. 11. h. imine, a. benallegue, t. madani and s. srairi, “rollover risk prediction of an instrumented heavy vehicle using high order sliding mode observer”, 2009 ieee international conference on robotics and automation, kobe, japan. 12. the mathworks inc . ”fuzzy logic toolbox for use with matlab”, the mathworks inc., 2004. 13. http://www.scribd.com/doc/22786677/quarter-car-vehicle-suspension system-using-fuzzy-logic-controller. 14. gao, w.zhang, n.du, h. p.”a half-car model for dynamic analysis of vehicles with random parameters” the fifth australasian congress on applied mechanics (acam 2007), brisbane, australia, vol.149, no. 163. pp.595-600, december 10-12, 2007. pg. 423 introduction application description mathematical model of conical tank volume variation is the difference between the inflow and the outflow and it depends on the discharge coefficient , as follows: control description pid controller intelligent controller (fuzzy logic controller) fuzzy sets linguistic variables fuzzy rules design of a fuzzy logic controller simulation pid simulation flc simulation results and discussion pid results flc results conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.394 a feasibility study evaluating the efficiency of fine coal washing using gravity separation methods agnes modiga1, ndabenhle sosibo1, nirdesh singh1, getrude marape1 1mintek, 200 malibongwe drive, randburg, south africa abstract coal mining and washing activities in south africa often lead to the generation of fine and ultra-fine coal which is in most cases discarded due to high handling and transportation costs. studies conducted revealed that a large quantity of these fines have market acceptable calorific values and lower ash contents. in order to reduce fines discarded, processes have been developed to re-mine and process the fine coal discards with the aim of improving the calorific value, adding them to coarse washed coal to increase the yield as well as pelletizing the fines so as to meet the market specifications in terms of size. the goal of this study was to evaluate the efficiency of fine coal washing using gravity separation methods and comparing the products thereof to the market specifications with regards to the calorific value and the ash content. coal fines from the no.4 lower seam of the witbank coalfield in south africa resulting from a dry coal sorting plant were subjected to a double-stage spiral test work, heavy liquid separation and reflux classifier test work respectively. the reflux classifier achieved products with low ash content and an increased calorific value, at high mass yields. at higher fluidization water flowrate, the reflux classifier performance was superior to that of the spirals with products of lower ash content and higher calorific value. at low cut point densities, heavy liquid separation yielded the cleanest products with very low ash content but at much lower mass yields. as the density increased, the mass yields increased with the ash content while the calorific value decreased. most of the products from the different processes met most of the local industries’ specifications but none of them met the export market as well as the gold and uranium industry specifications due to the high ash content. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords fine coal processing; beneficiation; gravity separation; spirals; reflux classifier 1. introduction coal, just like other minerals is mined and processed in order to meet different market specifications. due to the fact that it is relatively friable, generation of fine and ultrafine fractions during these value chain processes is expected. in most cases these fractions are not favoured by the user, consequently they are discarded. their moisture content is in most cases high, resulting in low calorific values and difficulty to handle. moreover most collieries find it unprofitable to process and handle these fines and ultra-fine slurries due to the high handling and pg. 448 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ modiga / the academic research community publication transportation costs as well as environmental concerns subsequently leading to the majority having to discard them (coaltech, 2014). the south african department of energy (doe) assessed the generation of coal discards to be 60 million tons per annum, which is estimated to have already accumulated to more than 1 billion tons (doe, 2016). technologies have been evolving to process these fines effectively and efficiently to a saleable product. their recovery not only would increase the overall yield, and hence the mine revenue, but would also lessen the environmental concerns and the diminishing vacant land for mine waste disposal. moreover, such treatment would lead to better utilization of wastes. this paper serves to report on test work conducted on the -6mm coal sample that was sourced from a flagship project at a south african mine where dry coal from the no.4 lower seam of the witbank coalfield is sorted and the fines generated are discarded. different gravity separation processes were compared to see which one will produce a cleaner product at high mass yields. 1.1. characteristics of coal discards run-of-mine (rom) coal contains varying amounts of fine and ultra-fine coal, which seems to increase with an increase of mechanised mining usage. fine coal is generally less than 0.5 mm and greater than 150 microns, whereas ultra-fine coal is less than 150 microns, normally in the form of a slurry, (hand, 2000). around 21-24% of the 312 mtpa of the rom coal in south africa in 2007 was reported as coal discards of which 4-6% was in the form of ultra-fine slurry (coaltech, 2011). typical characteristics of rom coal, coal discards and ultra-fine slurry (coaltech, 2011; dmr, 2001) are presented in table 1 below. table 1. table 1.typical characteristics of rom coal, coal discards andultra-fine slurry (source: (a) coaltech, 2011; (b) & (c) dmr, 2001) rom coal (a) discards (b) ultra-fine slurry (c) calorific value (mj/kg) 16-21 11 20 20 27 ash % 20-40 30 60 10 50 the characteristics of the major discard dumps were in the ranges of of 11-20 mj/kg calorific value (cv) and 30-60% ash content respectively. the ultra-fine slurry were found to be of the same quality as the rom coal and can be beneficiated with effective processes to generate an extra income. other studies also alluded to the fact that the quality of ultra-fine coal is generally equivalent to that of the rom coal, and at some mines the quality is even higher, (reddick et al., 2007). 2. fine coal processing/ beneficiation various methods for fine coal beneficiation have been employed but dense media separation and spirals have been the most commonly used technologies whereas flotation has mostly been used for the ultra-fine coal (coaltech, 2011). 2.1. dense media separation horsfall et al, 1986 mentioned that dense-medium cyclones were found to be a highly efficient method for the processing of coal between 0.5mm and 150 µ m. even fines down to 75 µ m can be treated, but separation from magnetite medium in ultrafine sizes is difficult. however, the process does have a high degree of selectivity and enables low-ash coal to be produced from fines at economic recoveries (horsfall et al, 1986). dense-medium cyclone cleaning of fine coal was used in south africa at greenside colliery to produce a low-ash coal containing 7% ash and a middling fraction containing 16% ash (de korte, 2002). the process was found to be more expensive compared to spiral separation or other techniques for fine coal beneficiation though it has the possibility of cleaning fine coal from the no. 4 seam of the witbank coalfield , which is generally of poor quality pg. 449 modiga / the academic research community publication due to the higher ash and inertinite contents (bergh, 2011). 2.2. spirals coal fines in the ranges of <1mm and 0.1 mm in south africa are normally treated in spiral concentrators (coaltech, 2011). at these ranges, spirals are said to offer a simple, cost efficient and reasonably efficient separation, and the lower size at which beneficiation can be conducted is about 100 µ m (coaltech,2011; horsfall et al, 1986). though spirals are normally capable of yielding products of export grade quality, especially with fine coal fraction from the no. 2 seam of the witbank coalfield which contains some of the best quality coal, they were found to be incapable of yielding a fine coal product of a sufficiently high quality from the no. 4 seam of the same coalfield which is of lower quality having predominantly dull to dull lustrous coal ( de korte, 2002; jeffrey, 2005). 2.3. froth flotation coal flotability and surface properties strongly depend on the coal rank. very hydrophobic bituminous coals float well using only a simple frother such as methyl isobutyl carbinol (mibc) or different frothers. in their paper, horsfall et al, 1986 mentioned that coals with a high percentage of near density material (material of a relative density within 0.1 unit of the separation density) proved difficult to treat since the flotation process finds the near density material difficult to accept or reject precisely as float products. original flotation testwork around the 1980s revealed the imense difficulty to float witbank coal fines because of the type of the surface properties. mibc was utilized as a frother and power paraffin as a collector at the time and the testwork was unsuccessful commonly yielding low products. consequently ultra-fine coal by flotation process was deemed not economically reasonable (n. opperman et al, 2002). later studies proved that changing of the reagents improved the process by increasing the recoveries. in their study opperman et al indicated that testwork at goedehoop colliery showed that froth flotation can be successfully employed to wash –150 microns fine coal. the process is the viable beneficiation process for ultra-fine coal though it is expensive since the product market value is negatively affected by its relatively high moisture content. 2.4. reflux classifier production of the higher grade coal required processing of poor quality coal fines (-0.5+0.15 mm) at finer cuts of 1.30-1.50 relative density (rd). this was not easily attainable with spiral concentrators but was accomplished with a reflux classifier (bergh et al, 2013). two product streams (−210 + 100 µ m), coking coal with vitrinite concentration between 28–84% and 20–75% for the thermal coal were attained by changing the fluidizing water flow rate. light products high in the vitrinite and lower in the ash contents were achieved (tran et al, 2016). water-only density fractionation of south african coal fines could also be achieved with the reflux classifier and the results were similar to the results from the zncl2 float-sink data for narrow size ranges between -850+500 µ m, (k.e rakgase, 2012). in other studies, it was confirmed that higher density cuts could be achieved, and any number of density intervals could be prepared. it was also confirmed that separation in the reflux classifier was partially independent of particle size but it operated well for narrow size distributions above 355 µ m, (campbell et al, 2015) . 3. experimental procedures 3.1. material the -6mm coal sample was crushed and screened to produce the -1.7mm+212µ m which was then blended and split into various subsamples for head chemical analysis, washability test or heavy liquid separation (hls), spiral pg. 450 modiga / the academic research community publication concentration and reflux classifier testwork. the testwork on the fines was undertaken according to the diagrams given in figure 1 below. figure 1. flowsheetfor work conducted a head sample was analyzed for proximate and cv analysis. the cv was found to be 22.18 mj/kg and an ash content of 25.93%. these were in the ranges stated in table 1 for ultra-fine slurry. the relative density of the sample was found to be 1.60 as measured using a pycnometer. 3.2. rougher spiral testwork on -1.7mm+212µ m material the screened -1.7mm+212µ m material was subjected to spiral testwork with the aim of reducing the ash content and increasing the calorific value. separation in this instance is based on the specific gravity of the particles. heavier particles progress to the inner profile while the lighter ones progress to the outer profile of the channel along with most of the water and the slimes. different product streams are collected at the bottom of the spiral through their set outlets. table 2 shows the conditions for the test work. table 2. rougherspiral test conditions specific gravity of the solids 1.60 mass of the sample (kg) 30.00 % solids 30.00 solids feedrate (t/h) 1.50 slurry feedrate (t/h) 5.00 as soon as the steady state was reached, timed samples of seven streams which comprised of three concentrate streams, a middling stream and three tailing streams were collected. the timed samples were weighed wet, sundried and then sub-sampled for chemical analysis for proximate analysis as well as calorific value. 3.3. cleaner spiral test work on rougher spiral concentrates upon review of the analysis results of the rougher spiral products, it was decided that the three concentrate streams be subjected on a cleaner spiral to upgrade the product further. the aim of the cleaner spiral was to check if a product of a better quality can be achieved at high recoveries. table 3 shows the conditions for the test work. table 3. cleanerspiral test conditions specific gravity of the solids 1.60 mass of the sample (kg) 17.70 % solids 20.00 solids feedrate (t/h) 1.90 slurry feedrate (t/h) 9.70 pg. 451 modiga / the academic research community publication as soon as the steady state was reached, same process as in the rougher spiral for collection, preparation and sub-sampling for analysis was conducted. 3.4. heavy liquid separation (hls) testwork on the -1.7mm+212µ m material a representative 2kg subsample of -1.7mm+212µ m was subjected to heavy liquid separation testwork to obtain a washability curve and to also assess presence of any near density material. hls is a laboratory scale density fractionation method, using heavy liquid to separate heavies (sinks) from lights (floats) in order to determine the cutpoint density at which effective separation can occur. tests were done sequentially at densities of 1.30 g/cm3 to 2.10 g/cm3 and increments of 0.10 to characterize the coal sample at different densities. proximate and calorific value analysis was conducted on nine product streams. 3.5. reflux classifier testwork on -1.7mm+212µ m material a 75kg screened sample of -1.7mm+212µ m was subjected to five reflux classifier testworks at varying conditions. separation of particles in the reflux classifier is based on their size and density. the refluxtm classifier (rc) is an innovative device offering advantages in both gravity separation and particle size classification (amarieri et al., 2014; nguyentranlum and galvin, 2004). according to amarieri et al (2014), the device combines a conventional fluidized bed with sets of parallel inclined plates, as shown in figure 2. feed slurry enters below the plates while fluidization water is introduced through a distribution plate in the base. the slurry feed moves downwards into the vessel, forming a bed of particles that is fluidized from below. high density particles settle into the lower portion of the bed, and light and fine particles are transported upward, with the majority flow towards the lamellae. the high hydraulic load carries the suspension up into the parallel inclined lamella plates. here slower settling particles, which are unable to settle against the fluidization water, emerge through the plates and report to the overflow. faster settling particles drop out of suspension and onto the plates before sliding back to the zone below. when the density of the fluidized bed exceeds the set-point value, a valve opens near the base of the unit and discharges some of the denser particles as an underflow stream. figure 2. schematic diagram of a reflux classifier (amarieri et al., 2014). to understand the effect fluidising water flowrate on the final product, four tests were conducted at 30% solids slurry, dry solids feedrate of 61 kg/hr and a bed density of 1350 kg/m3. the fluidising water flowrate was varied between 250 l/hr and 300 l/hr at increaments of 50 l/hr. a separate test was conducted at bed density of 1200 kg/m3 pg. 452 modiga / the academic research community publication and fluidization water of 400l/hr. the objective of the test was to assess whether lower bed density and increased fluidization water can improve product grade. 4. results and discussions three cleaner product streams with a 77% cumulative mass yield, 20.25% cumulative ash content and an average calorific value of 25.52 mj/kg were achieved on a rougher spiral (table 4). table 4. rougher spiral test results stream names cumm mass % cumm ash grade % cv (mj/kg) conc 1 45.70 19.40 25.34 conc 2 64.21 19.23 25.11 conc 3 77.00 20.25 24.52 midds 84.23 21.41 23.84 tails 1 96.61 24.17 22.70 tails 2 100.00 24.17 22.26 they were then further upgraded on the cleaner spiral to yield three cleaner product streams with 75.2% cumulative mass yield, 19.77% cumulative ash content and a calorific value of 24.22 mj/kg (table 5). in both the rougher and the cleaner spiral, the ash content increased as the cumulative mass increased. however the cleaner spiral had low ash and high cv streams as compared to the rougher spiral. table 5. cleaner spiral test results stream names cumm mass % cumm ash grade % cv (mj/kg) conc 1 18.05 17.40 25.90 conc 2 52.95 18.78 24.52 conc 3 75.21 19.77 24.22 midds 85.88 20.23 24.04 tails 1 96.77 21.03 23.71 tails 2 100.00 21.33 23.60 coal is a low density mineral, consequently when it is subjected to gravity separation,the cleaner product is collected as the lighter fraction at low cutpoint densities. hls showed to be capable of achieving low ash content products though at very low mass yields. a product with a 3.10% mass yield, an ash content and a calorific value of 2.90% and 30.59 mj/kg respectively was obtained at a cutpoint density of -1.2+1.3 g/cm3 where more than 99% ash was rejected. as the cutpoint densities increased due to the increased separating liquid density, the product mass yield increased along with the ash content (table 6). a 57.61% cumulative mass yield was achieved at cutpoint density of -1.5+1.6 g/cm3 with a product having an 11.84% ash content and a cv of 26.11 mj/kg. more than 70% of the ash was rejected in this density range. the reflux classifier seemed to be the best option as compared to the rougher and cleaner spiral . at a maximum mass yield of 73%, the ash content of the product was 15.86% at a calorific value of 24.63 mj/kg (table 7). most ash was rejected at a 250l/hr flowrate, though the product yield was very low at 39.70% but the cv was at a maximum 24.88 mj/kg with a 15.15% ash content. table 6. hls test results cut point density cumm mass % cumm ash grade % cv (mj/kg) -1.2+1.3 3.10 2.90 30.59 -1.3+1.4 13.69 5.75 29.19 continued on next page pg. 453 modiga / the academic research community publication table 6 continued -1.4+1.5 29.34 8.23 27.79 -1.5+1.6 57.61 11.84 26.11 -1.6+1.7 72.91 14.37 24.95 -1.7+1.8 77.79 15.44 24.53 -1.8+1.9 85.76 17.62 23.65 -1.9+2.0 89.37 18.91 23.14 -2.0+2.1 99.96 23.80 21.34 as the water flow rates increased, the ash content increased while the cv decreased. this is attributed to the fact that high water flow rates resulted in the undesired high density material rising together with the low density coal as overflow material to be collected as the desired product. table 7. reflux classiffier test results bed density fluidising water flowrate (l/h) cumm mass % cumm ash grade % cv (mj/kg) 1350 kg/m3 250 39.70 15.15 24.88 300 47.00 15.47 24.73 350 73.00 15.86 24.63 400 80.00 17.86 23.88 1200 kg/m3 300 21.90 12.96 26.36 the product quality is also affected by the bed density. when the density is set in the reflux classifier, any material that is lighter than the set density will be carried over as the overflow stream, while the heavy material will report in the underflow stream. in terms of coal, the lower the density, the cleaner the coal product. proving the aforementioned statement to be true, reducing the bed density to 1200 kg/m3 resulted into the cleanest product of the reflux classifier, with a 12.96% ash content, 26.36 mj/kg cv at 88.65% ash rejections and a 21.90% mass yield (table 7). comparing all the processes employed (figure 3), very clean coal can be achieved by hls, though the mass yields are very low. factors like mass yield, the cost of the separating media, other process running costs and the customer coal specifications are the ones that give guidance on whether to employ hls to clean the coal. however, the reflux classifier which uses water as the separating media, achieved the cleaner coal than the two spirals and at mass yields between 70 80%, it achieved coal of almost the same ash content with the hls ranging between 15-18%. figure 3. cumulative ash % vs cumulative mass % curve for the methods used pg. 454 modiga / the academic research community publication 5. comparability of products to the market specifications appendix a.1.1 shows the comparability of the product streams from different processes to the market specifications. none of the product streams met the export as well as gold and uranium industry’s specifications. with regards to eskom’s and the transport industry’s specifications, all the product streams from all the processes, had higher cv’s and lower ash contents than the specified requirements. the -1.7+1mm feed sample employed in the project was already at 25% ash and 21 mj/kg cv which is a coal specification required by eskom. however the amount of fines in the fraction may not be feasible for eskom power stations. product streams from cutpoint densities, -1.5+1.6 to -1.6+1.7 of the hls were the only product streams meeting the mining industry specifications. conc 1 stream of the cleaner spiral was also within the range of specifications required by the cement and lime industry. 6. conclusions from the gravitational separation methods tested, the reflux classifier proved to achieve products with low ash contents, at high mass yields. still at higher fluidization water flowrate, reflux classifier performance was superior to that of the spirals in terms of the ash rejections achieved. at low cut point densities, the hls yielded cleanest products with very low ash content but at much lower mass yields. as the density increased, the mass yield increased with the ash content while the cv decreased. this is attributed to the fact that coal being the low density material will be suitable to be processed through low density methods, unwanted material will be recovered with the coal as soon as the density is increased. the products streams from the different processes met more than 60% of the local industries specifications, though none of them met the export market specifications due to the high ash content. 7. references 1. amariei, a., michaud, d., paquet, g. 2014. the use of a reflux classifier for iron ores: assessment of fine particles recovery at pilot scale. minerals engineering, vol. 62, pp. 66-73. 2.anton eberhard. the future of south african coal: market, investment, and policy challenges. working paper no. 100. programme on energy and sustainable development; 2011. 3. j.p. bergh et al. trace element concentration reduction by beneficiation of witbank coalfield no. 4 seam. fuel processing technology, vol 92, issue 4, 2011, p. 812-816 4.j.p. bergh et al. techno-economic impact of optimized low-grade thermal coal export production through beneficiation modelling. the journal of the south african institute of mining and metallurgy, vol 13, issue no 11, 2013, p. 817-824. 5. coaltech. the south african coal roadmap:overview of the south african coal value chain. coaltech research association; 2011. 6. coaltech. annual report. coaltech research association; 2014. 7.department of energy. national inventorydiscard and duff coal-summary report. department of energy, pretoria; 2001. 8. department of energy. coal resources -discards. department of energy, pretoria; 2017. 9. d.w. horsfall et al, (1986). the treatment of ultrafine coal, especially by froth flotation. the journal of the south african institute of mining and metallurgy, vol 6, issue no 10, 1986, p. 401-407. 10. gj de korte, (2002). dense-medium beneficiation of fine coal revisited. the journal of the south african institute of mining and metallurgy, vol 102, issue no 07, 2002. p. 393-396. 11. j. f reddick et al. a cleaner production assessment of the ultra-fine coal waste generated in south africa. the pg. 455 modiga / the academic research community publication journal of the south african institute of mining and metallurgy, vol 107, 2007, p. 811-816. 12. k.e rakgase. applications of the reflux classifier on sa coals. coaltech research association annual colloquium, 2012. 13. l. jeffrey. characterization of the coal resources of south africa. the journal of the south african institute of mining and metallurgy, vol 105, issue no 12, 2005, p. 95-102. 14 nguyentranlum, g., galvin, k.p. 2004. applications of the reflux classifier in solid-liquid separation. international journal of mineral processing, vol. 73, pp. 83-89. 15. n. opperman et al. flotation at goedehoop colliery. the journal of the south african institute of mining and metallurgy, vol 102, issue no 7, 2002, p. 405 – 409. 16. p.e. hand. dewatering and drying of fine coal to a saleable product. coaltech 2020, task 4.8.1 ; 2000. 17. q.p. campbell et al. water-only laboratory coal fractionation using the reflux classifier. minerals engineering, vol 83, elsevier, 2015, p. 59-63. 18. quang anh tran et al. maceral separation from coal by the reflux classifier. fuel processing technology, vol 143, elsevier, 2016, p. 43-50. appendix a. a.1.1. comparability of products to the market specifications pg. 456 introduction characteristics of coal discards fine coal processing/ beneficiation dense media separation spirals froth flotation reflux classifier experimental procedures material rougher spiral testwork on -1.7mm+212m material cleaner spiral test work on rougher spiral concentrates heavy liquid separation (hls) testwork on the -1.7mm+212m material reflux classifier testwork on -1.7mm+212m material results and discussions comparability of products to the market specifications conclusions references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication scenic and scientific representation of water in mughal architecture: a case study of shahjahan’s quadrangle lahore fort, pakistan saira iqbal1 1quaid e azam university islamabad, pakistan abstract nothing is useless in this world. everything has its specific purpose and objectives with respect to its importance. the present-day hardware and materials utilized as a part of building swallow noteworthy measure of our national vitality. ancient monumental buildings and palaces are still a place to relax without fans, coolers and air conditioners. there is a need to study the traditional buildings because they are time-tested. mughal architects are legendary for their creativity. without beauty, architecture would just be the combination and amalgamation of some material. hence, art is the soul and spirit of architecture. mughal architecture is the example of “feeling of wonder” that is the source of aesthetic experience. mughals showed the great skills in infusing the islamic idea with local tradition. water has had been an important element in asian culture and architecture. water is an architectural element that is extensively used in our ancient buildings and in the garden of the mughals. water not only pleases the eye on a hot summer day, but also provides passive cooling. this paper deals with the utilization of water not only for the purpose of beautification of the site but also for studying the scientific utility of water. this study is a mixture of basic and applied methods according to architectural research methods. the study in this research will show how mughals used water as an eminent representation of undaunted mughal mastery in retaining and regulating the temperature along with the beautification purpose via fountains, water channels, and pools. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords water; architecture; mughal 1. introduction in the west, the term “mughal”, usually spelled mogul, means a man of great power (robinson, 2006). in the seventeenth and eighteenth century, the great mughal empire seemed like a wonderland of fabulous wealth, priceless jewels, and gold treasures. the term mughal still signifies power and wealth. it is also said that no other dynasty in the islamic world has left behind more comprehensive documentation in the history than mughals (schimmel, 2004). they not only left a history of power, wars and treasure but immense art and architectural treasures were also their marks. mughal architects are legendary for their creativity. mughal architecture is the example of “feeling of wonder” that is the source of aesthetic experience. the great skills were shown by mughals in infusing the islamic idea with local tradition. water has had been an important element in asian culture and architecture. the idea behind this research is that “mughals utilized water for aesthetic purposes via its scientific pg. 1 doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i2.485 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ iqbal / the academic research community publication utility”. the question designed to study is: is the utilization of water by mughals in lahore fort still an eminent representation of undaunted mughal architectural mastery in retaining and regulating the temperature along with the beautification purpose via fountains, water channels, and pools? the research will be qualitative as it will be subjective and will assess water in terms of its technical functions as well as its use as a beautification method.this research will follow the inductive process covering a little about mughals, their architecture, lahore fort as a breathtaking symbol and then focusing on shah jahan’s quadrangle as a case study. lahore it generally lies between north scope 30 degrees – 38’ and 31 degrees44’ and east longitudes 73 degrees – 38’ and 74 degrees – 58’. it includes the entire plain nation lying between the ravi river on the north and the sutlej on the south and has the state of a general quadrilateral titled in the general northeast and south west bearings of the river (fig 1). 1.1. history of lahore fort in mughal period “ the lahore fort is one of the noblest structures of its kind on the planet. ascending out of the north-west of the walled city, it has been an image of its most punctual days. on the off chance that it could talk, it would tell such things that would spellbind the audience. it could recount love, sentiment and enterprise of dim looked at wonders and furious browed warriors, of rulers in streaming silks and lords in sparkling protective layer, of writers, performers, slaves and mistresses, of fighters and descendants, of transformations and court interest, of crowning ceremonies and deaths, of foul play and dark requital” (qureshi, 1998) a.location: the lahore fort is situated on the left bank of river ravi and in the northwestern part of the walled city. the site is ideally located at the intersection of the ancient north-south riverine route which used to run parallel to the river ravi and east-west hinterland route connecting kabul with delhi. (ed muhammad naeem mir, mahmoud hussain, james l. wescoat jr, 1996) (fig 2) b.significance: the lahore fort is basically the key site to study mughal architecture as it contains buildings starting from akbar’s reign till shah jahan’s reign. it covers the complete history of architecture from 10th century onwards to the extinction of sikhs and occupation of punjab by the british. there are five main quadrangles in lahore fort. diwan-e-aam quadrangle, moti masjid quadrangle, jahangir’s quadrangle, shah jahan’s quadrangle, paien bagh quadrangle. the focus of the research will be shah jahan’s quadrangle (fig 3) shah jahan’s quadrangle 2. shah jahan’s quadrangle immediately west of the jahangir’s quadrangle is located an open court enclosed with buildings of the period of shah jahan on all the four sides. it is thus known as shah jahan’s quadrangle that has some of the most beautiful places manifesting the pinnacle of the mughal art of architecture inside it. shah jahan is known as the royal builder and he can really crown the architectural domain of mughal history by virtue of his contribution to palaces, forts, tombs etc. under his reign, the mughal architecture took on a new aesthetic and entered its classical phase (chaudhary, 1991) (fig 4). the building in this quadrangle includes the diwan e khas on the north and shah jahan’s sleeping chambers on the south. the open courtyard in these buildings has been designed based on the formal charbagh style by dividing it into four by means of walkways, with a square-shaped platform serving as mahtabi in the center. the charbagh has been converted into grassy lawns now (khan). the raised platform has a shallow cistern in the center while a fountain occupies a central place in it (nadiem, 1996). pg. 2 iqbal / the academic research community publication 2.1. diwan e khas (hall of special audience) it is situated in the northern part of shah jahan’s quadrangle. this hall was built in 1645 a.d. this graceful pavilion is 53’x 51’ and 20 feet and 4 inches in height depicting a perfect example of refined mughal architecture. it was placed on a raised platform having the qualities of lightness and freshness because of the grills facing the riverside with openings all around (fig 5). 2.2. khawab gah e shah jahani (sleeping chambers of shah jahan) it is situated south of the shah jahan’s quadrangle. it is known as the sleeping chambers of shah jahan. the khawab gah has five spacious rooms laid along an east-west direction opposite to diwaan e khaas, the front of which had grand multi-cusped arched openings. the projecting portico on the northern side has been cut off now leaving only the foundations of the walls through the fountain in the cistern still remains at the central place (kombo, 1994) (fig 6). 2.3. lal burj (red pavilion) it is situated on the north-west corner of shah jahan’s quadrangle. this summer pavilion is octagonal. it was built between 1617 and 1631. 2.4. hammam e shahi hammam e shahi or the royal bath is situated at the west of sleeping chambers of shah jahan. it is a single storey structure symmetrically designed on a longitudinal axis. 2.5. khilwat khana (room of solitude a general tradition was that the mughal emperor did not generally reside in the harem, but in a separate court adjacent to it. it was constructed by shah jahan in 1633 a.d. the court of khilwat khana was divided into two parts: i)paien bagh (south) the chief characteristic of this garden was the provision of a number of paved paths and walks. a spacious platform in the middle of the garden was the provision of a number of paved paths and walks. a spacious platform in the middle of the garden, in cut and dressed brickwork with a water basin in the center enhances the beauty of paien bagh (fig 7 ) ii)emperors private residence (north) a small door opening from the garden areas leads to the adjoining second court which has a small but elegant curvilinear pavilion on the north. a deep tank with a fountain is set in the center (fig 7) 3. scenic and scientific representation of water the architecture of any time depends on two main concepts: a.the needs of the people b.the idea of beauty prevalent during that period kant suggested beauty as a distinct and autonomous employment of the human mind comparable to moral and scientific understanding (scruton, 1979). among many other assets, the architecture of mughals is admired worldwide because it was the product of experiences based in the field of geometry, hydraulics and other building scenes. new eras in refinement were at their peak in the akbar’s era but shah jahan’s style and traditions in architecture pg. 3 iqbal / the academic research community publication created wonders. today, the eye-catching and splendid cultural and historical buildings, along with the services, also gratify the eye (abdul rehman, munazzaha akhtar, 2012). landscaping is an integral part of mughal monuments. trees, green areas and water bodies in and around the building improve the physical comfort along with pleasure (mittal, 2010). great skills were shown by mughals in infusing islamic ideas with local traditions. they used hydraulic features to promote landscape design. according to the researchers, landscape designers and microclimate control experts, the water bodies like fountains and water channels were added in the buildings which pass through the internal buildings to modify the internal environment (mittal, 2010). the evaporation of water is useful in hot and dry climates because it raises the level of humidity. water has a moderating as well as regulating effect on the air temperature of microclimate. it retains very high thermal storage capacity, much higher than the building material like brick, concrete, and stone. it also has a cooling effect on environs. the heat is taken up from the air through evaporation and causes significant cooling. wind direction is an important factor in technique and science as well. the wind direction of lahore varies with the weather. in winter it is from north east to south west. in summer it is reversed i.e. from south west to north east. water is an architectural element which is extensively used in our ancient buildings and in the gardens of mughals. water not only pleases the eye in a hot summer day but also provides passive cooling. water improves physical comfort by the evaporative cooling of the surrounding air. the rate of heat loss from the moving air depends on the area of water in contact with the air and the careful zoning of the sheltered spaces so that strips of the water could be strategically placed around the structure (mittal, 2010). a water pool in the middle of the courtyard with maximum dimensions stores the solar energy and decreases the heat of the summer. this pool (fig 10) along with gardens, trees, and the boundless sky provide limited but fresh nature. evaporation from the surface of the building or from objects within the interior can produce a cooling effect on the buildings, which reduces heat (samadi, 2014). evaporative cooling is also the part of the internal environment in mughal architecture. it had not been an element of external spaces. the process is simple; air passing over water causes evaporation, and as the result of this process heat is absorbed and the air is cooled, increasing air humidity. so, the aim is to channel breezes over the water pools before they enter the building (j. fernendes, j. correia da silva, 2007). to enhance the process, the pool or fountain is placed in the center of the courtyard or the building. the fountains are placed in the center of the quadrangle. when the air passes over the water in the fountains, it takes up the heat and channelizes the breeze before it enters in the khilwat khana. the flow of cool breeze inside the khilwat khana gives a cooling effect even in hot summers (fig 7). the water pool in the middle of the courtyard with maximum dimensions store energy and decreases the heat of summer (fig 10). moreover, water on the surface of a building has a tendency to evaporate. for every gram of water that evaporates, roughly 2500 joule of heat energy is consumed. wetting a building, therefore, helps to remove heat, a process that is analogous to human sweating (ali, 2013). when the fountain in front of khawab gah e shah jahani (fig 6) evaporates water, it makes the building wet and removes the heat produced by the sun. the water pressure was maintained by salsabil. it forces the water to come out of the fountainhead. for beyond the psychological effect, the sound of the water has a soothing and relaxing effect, more significant in human comfort related with the capacity to balance and reduce environmental temperature (j. fernendes, j. correia da silva, 2007). there are many symbols of heaven on earth. “water” is one of them. the water in the pool, because of its stagnancy, reflects the sky. it is the place on earth where we can see the depth and exquisiteness of the infinite sky. the tranquil and quiescent water omits the boundary between the sky and ground. water not only affects the psychology or the aesthetic sense of the human but it also has a remarkable effect on auditory and visual sense. “the sonic and aquatic properties of water are other positive and effective aspects of pools. a fluid like water has the ability to reduce a remarkable amount of sonic energy in its fluctuations, and in fact the existence of water in the pool acts as a hidden barrier against the sound passing inside and outside the house. the magic power of water mostly presents itself through its view and sound.” this is why often there are some fountains in the rectangular pools from which water falls naturally due to the water level difference and presents a desired view and sound that pg. 4 iqbal / the academic research community publication brings happiness and joy. the illustration of cooling of shah jahan’s quadrangle is shown in fig 8. the fountains in front of khwab gah and diwaan e khas not only controls the temperature and allows the cool breeze to blow but helps in maintaining a peaceful visual and psychological environment. these are situated in between coming and going passages of the wind and provide the residents with a calm and pleasant environment. the natural resources like water, plants sun, and wind – all provide a symphonic and pleasant set of environmental efficiencies (m. shokouhian , f. soflaee, f. nikkah, 2007). 4. conclusions water is a key element in human life. it as a lifeblood that is important in different philosophies and cultures. architects have always tried to make the best possible use of the environmental resources and in architecture, water finds a special place from a scientific as well as an artistic point of view. according to the findings of research water bodies like fountains and water channels were added in the building to keep the temperature moderate inside the building. when air passes above the water bodies, water absorbs the thermal radiation (as water has high latent heat of vaporization). hence the cool air is introduced into the building. moreover, water along with its beauty, has its magical power to present itself through view and sound. it omits the boundary between the sky and ground. it not only affects the psychology or the aesthetic sense but has a positive effect on sonic and visual properties of humans. hence, mughal used water not only to enhance the beauty of the place but scientifically as well to cope with the climate of that area. so, utilization of water by mughals in lahore fort is still an eminent representation of undaunted mughal architectural mastery in retaining and regulating the temperature along with the beautification purpose via fountains, water channels, and pools. illustrations following are the figures referred in the article. these plans are provided by the architecture department in lahore fort but are graphically designed and labeled by the author. all the photographs are taken by the author. figure 1. lahore during mughal era pg. 5 iqbal / the academic research community publication figure 2. master plan lahore fort figure 3. quadrangles of lahore fort pg. 6 iqbal / the academic research community publication figure 4. planof shah jahan’s quadrangle figure 5. planof diwaan e khaas figure 6. plan of khawab gah e shah jahani pg. 7 iqbal / the academic research community publication figure 7. an illustration of paien bagh quadrangle figure 8. an illustration of shah jahan’s quadrangle figure 9. fountain in courtyard in front of khilwat khana pg. 8 iqbal / the academic research community publication figure 10. a view of fountain in paien bagh quadrangle figure 11. fountain inside diwan e khas pg. 9 iqbal / the academic research community publication figure 12. fountain inside khwab gah e shah jahani pg. 10 iqbal / the academic research community publication 5. acknowledgments first and foremost, thanks to the a lmighty allah. sincere thanks to dr. ghani ur rehman, staff of lahore fort and my friend cum mentor komal nazir abbassi for the support and suggestions. 6. references 1. abdul rehman , munazzaha akhtar. (2012). heart pleasing and praise worthy buildings :reviewing mughl architecture in the light of primary resources . pakistan journal of engineering and applied sciences , 10. 2. ali, a. (2013). passive cooling and vernacularism in mughal buildings in north india :a source of inspiration of sustainable development . international transaction journal of engineering , managment , applied sciences and technologies. 3. chaudhary, n. a. (1991). lahore fort a witness to history : architectural features . lahore : sang e meel . cultural sustainable tourism (cst) 4. ed muhammad naeem mir , mahmoud hussain , james l. wescoat jr. (1996). mughal gardens in lahorehistory and documentation . lahore : university of engineering and technology . 5. j. fernendes , j. correia da silva . (2007). passive cooling in evora’s traditional architecture . building low energy cooling and advanced ventilation technologies . 6. khan, d. a. (n.d.). lahore fort : the shah jahan quadrangle . lahore : the department of archaeology and museum . 7. kombo, m. s. (1994). shah jahan nama. lahore. 8. m. shokouhian , f. soflaee , f. nikkah. (2007). environmental effect of courtyard in sustainable architecture of iran. building low energy cooling and advanced ventilation technologies. 9. mittal, n. (2010). heritage buildings an inspiration for energy efficient modern buildings . central building research institute roorkee . 10. nadiem, i. h. (1996). lahore a glorious heritage : shah jahan’s quadrangle . lahore: sang e meel . 11. qureshi, s. (1998). the citadel : lahore the city within . concept media . 12. robinson, f. (2006). the mughal emperor and the islamic dynasties of india, iran and central asia. london: thomas and hudson. 13. samadi, j. (2014). utilizing the central courtyard of traditional architecture in modern architecture . research journal of environment and earth sciences . 14. schimmel, a. (2004). the empire of the great mughals, history art and culture . reaaktion books. 15. scruton, r. (1979). the aesthetics of architecture : the problem of architecture . great britian : w&j mackay limited . pg. 11 introduction history of lahore fort in mughal period shah jahan's quadrangle diwan e khas (hall of special audience) khawab gah e shah jahani (sleeping chambers of shah jahan) lal burj (red pavilion) hammam e shahi khilwat khana (room of solitude scenic and scientific representation of water conclusions acknowledgments references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.396 heterogeneous reservoir characterization (upper bahariya case study) abdelwahab bayoumi1, elsayed gomaa1,2, abdelnaser hamdy3 1al-azhar university, faculty of engineering, mining and petroleum engineering department. 2the british university in egypt. 3khalda petroleum company. abstract upper bahariya reservoir is one of the big productive reservoirs in the western desert (egypt). it is characterized by high degree of heterogeneity. so, it is very important to characterize it accurately for improving its recoverable oil. different tools were used to accomplish this task. these tools include dykstra-parsons coefficient, lorenz coefficient, well correlation, hydraulic flow units, relative permeability and capillary pressure. dykstra-parsons coefficient (permeability variation factor) and lorenz coefficient were determined for upper bahariya reservoir and found to be 0.86 & 0.92 respectively. this reveals that this reservoir is extremely heterogeneous. these results are proportionated with the pressure readings and the open hole logging format. the hydraulic flow unit’s reservoir technique showed the reservoir can be divided into nine flow units. the relative permeability curves of the reservoir indicated that it is a water wet system while the capillary pressure curve looks like a transition zone due to its high heterogeneity and high connate water saturation. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords heterogeneity; dykstra-parsons coefficient; lorenz coefficient; hydraulic flow units; reservoir quality index; flow zone indicator; relative permeability and capillary pressure. 1. introduction the amount of the recoverable oil from a reservoir and how it is recovered depend primarily on the accuracy of its characterization. so, reservoir characterization is the first step in any reservoir management program. briefly, the reservoir characterization is defined as the scientific and mathematical discipline that seeks to define quantitatively the input data needed to undertake predictions of flow through porous media. it is a synthesis of the disciplines of geology, geophysics, statistics, engineering and mathematics as related to the oil industry (amaefule, 1993 & kramers, 1994). the permeability and porosity of the reservoir rock have always been considered as two of the most important parameters for formation evaluation, reservoir description, and characterization. beyond evaluating permeability and porosity, one can also use a combination of two or more rock properties to gain insight into the character of flow through porous media. the j-function and the reservoir quality index (rqi) concepts are two of the ways that the oil industry has used to characterize the reservoir media. they incorporate parameters such as porosity and permeability into a single quantity that describe/characterize the formation (shedid, 2003).the pg. 465 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ bayoumi / the academic research community publication available tools are the core data (conventional and special), the open hole logging, pvt and pressure data. 2. reservoir heterogeneity identification the common static measures of the reservoir vertical heterogeneity are dykstra-parsons coefficient and lorenz coefficient which are excellent tools for characterizing the degree of reservoirs heterogeneity. these measures of heterogeneity describe the distribution of the permeability of a given sample from the formation (jerry, 1990& alharbi, 2013). 2.1. dykstra-parsons coefficient (permeability variation factor) the conventional core data from five wells (243 samples) were used to calculate dykstra-parsons coefficient as following (ahmed, 2001, abdussatter, 2008, tiab, 2004 & peter, 2013):– the core samples are arranged in a decreasing permeability sequence (a descending order) after removing any broken or nonsense data. – the percentage of samples having permeability greater than the respective samples were calculated. – use a log-probability graph paper, plot permeability values on the log scale & the percent of samples on the probability scale and draw the best straight line through the points as shown on figure (1). figure 1. permeability variation factor vdp forupper bahariya reservoir – the corresponding permeability values at 84.1% and 50% of samples from the log-probability graph were determined, and then the permeability variation factor vdp was calculated by using the following equation (ahmed, 2001) : vdp = k50 −k94.1 k50 vdp = 0.27−0.037 0.27 = 0.86 (1) pg. 466 bayoumi / the academic research community publication 2.2. lorenz coefficient the following steps summarize the methodology of calculating lorenz coefficient from the conventional core analysis data of five wells (alharbi, 2013, ahmed, 2001, abdussatter, 2008, tiab, 2004 & lake, 1989):– the available permeability values were arranged in a descending order. – the dimensionless cumulative permeability and dimensionless cumulative capacity were calculated. – the data were normalized and plotted on figure (2). figure 2. normalized flow capacity to upper bahariya reservoir – lorenz coefficient was calculated using the following equation (abdussatter, 2008):lc = area above the diagonal area below the diagonal lc = 0.46 0.5 = 0.92 (2) 3. well correlation and pressure data the well correlation and pressure data together give a reliable evidence about the reservoir heterogeneity and continuity. the upper bahariya reservoir correlation shown on figure (3) indicates that the reservoir consists of thinly sand layers interbeded with shales, silt and limestone. in some areas, where log correlations are difficult and sands appear to be discontinuous, pressure uniformity suggests that the reservoirs are, in fact, continuous or pg. 467 bayoumi / the academic research community publication connected. in contrast, in other areas where porous sands can be correlated more easily, large pressure variations suggest reservoir discontinuity, or at least greatly reduced lateral permeability. hence the importance of pressure data comes. it can provide information about reservoir continuity and the effectiveness of the water flood program. when such pressures are plotted as profiles for well-to-well comparison as shown on figure (4), one striking feature that emerges is the great variation in pressures, both laterally and vertically. the pressure data show different decline trends in all the wells. this is obviously evidence on the reservoir compartmentalization. figure 3. upper bahariya reservoir correlation figure 4. upper bahariya reservoir pressure data generally, the huge variation in the upper bahariya reservoir permeability values obtained from the conventional core analysis, dykstra-parsons permeability variation factor and lorenz coefficient results, the well correlation and the pressure data readings indicated that:pg. 468 bayoumi / the academic research community publication – the reservoir is extremely heterogeneous. – the heterogeneity in the rock signifies the possibility of finding thin vertical shale barriers that may or may not extend across the field. – the high degree of heterogeneity avers that there will be no perfect relationship between the porosity values whether the measured and calculated or between porosity and permeability. 4. permeability-porosity relationships permeability depends on the continuity of pore space whereas porosity basically signifies the availability of a pore space. also, it is possible to have a very high porosity without having any permeability and vice versa. the quality of a hydrocarbon-bearing formation is judged according to its permeability. there is no theoretical relationship between porosity and permeability in natural porous systems. so any practical relationship represents a best fit and may be represented by a convenient mathematical relationship. the easiest relationship to test is that of a straight line and it has frequently been noted that a plot of porosity against the logarithm of permeability leads to an approximate straight line. also, porosity is logging parameter while the permeability isn’t. empirical correlation of porosity with permeability is frequently attempted in order to provide an extirpate of permeability as a function of depth. the down hole permeability is mainly obtained by flow and pressure determination and requires other characteristics such as the flowing interval (tiab, 2004& archer, 1986). the poor fitting (poor correlation coefficient) between the core porosity and core permeability depicted on figure (5) is attributed to the reservoir heterogeneity and means that there is no reliable relationship between them. consequently, the conventional averaging techniques (arithmetic, geometric and harmonic) to the rock properties will be not applicable. finally, the only way to establish a correlation between the reservoir permeability and porosity is to split it into units which are known as hydraulic flow units. figure 5. core porosity versus core permeability for upper bahariya reservoir. pg. 469 bayoumi / the academic research community publication 5. hydraulic flow units (hfus) using the conventional core data (kh & ø) from five wells, the following methodology was applied to characterize the upper bahariya reservoir (ahmed, 2001, maghsood, 1996, odilia, 2001, fahad, 2000, syed shujath, 2013, tohid , 2001& desouky, 2005). step one: before any data analysis, all the fractured samples were removed. also, each sample with very high permeability and low porosity was considered as a fractured sample. step two: reservoir quality index was calculated using the flowing equation (tohid , 2001): rqi = 0.0314 √ k/∅e (3) step three: normalized porosity (øz) was calculated using the flowing equation (tohid , 2001): ∅z = ∅e/(1−∅e) (4) step four: flow zone indicator fzi was calculated using the flowing equation (tohid , 2001): f zi = rqi /∅z (5) step five: the calculated values of flow zone indicators were arranged in an ascending order, plot rqi vs. z on a logarithmic scale as shown on figure (6). three methods were applied to determine the number of hydraulic flow units as follows: – log-log plot of rqi versus øz. all samples with similar fzi values will lie on a straight line with slope equal to one as figure (6). samples that lie on the same straight line have similar pore throat attributes and thereby constitute a hydraulic unit. the mean value of fzi can be determined from the intercept of the unit slope straight line with øz=1. figure (6) allows picking out at least 9 hfus & estimate fzi boundaries for these rock types. table (1) summarizes all of these hfus. also, the value of intercept is mean fzi and will be used to calculate permeability. figure 6. hydraulic flow units of upper bahariya reservoir. pg. 470 bayoumi / the academic research community publication – histogram analysis. as fzi distribution is a superposition of multiple log-normal distributions, a histogram can detect the frequency of fzi to each hfu. the maximum value of the fzi to each hfus taken as data range and all the calculated fzi as shows on figure (7). this figure reflects that, fzi from 0.334 to 0.978 are the higher frequency. this data in the range of hfu-4, hfu-5 & hfu-6 which means that they are the dominate unit in the reservoir. figure 7. histogram of flow zone indicator for upper bahariya reservoir. – probability plot. the probability plot or cumulative distribution function is the integral of histogram (probability density function). a normal distribution forms a distinct straight line on a probability plot. therefore, the number of straight lines in the probability plot may be used to indicate the number of hydraulic flow units in the reservoir. as this plot is smoother than the histogram it is more useful to define hfus because identification of clusters becomes easier as depicted on figure (8). figure 8. probability plot of fzi for upper bahariya reservoir. the log-log plot of rqi versus ∅z, fzi histogram analysis and the cumulative probability plots allow picking out at least 9 hfus and estimate fzi boundaries for these rock types. table (1), summarizes all of these hfus. also, the value of intercept hfus lines at ∅z equal one is mean fzi and will be used to calculate permeability. pg. 471 bayoumi / the academic research community publication table 1. upper bahariya reservoir hydraulic flow units hfu no. relationship between k & ø k, md r2 fzi hfu-1 k = 0.1034 x ø1.2309 0.112 0.8251 0.1034 hfu-2 k = 0.1397 x ø0.9857 0.179 0.9041 0.1397 hfu-3 k = 0.1773 x ø0.9763 0.354 0.9864 0.1773 hfu-4 k = 0.2861 x ø1.0124 0.686 0.9240 0.2861 hfu-5 k = 0.4168 x ø0. 9895 1.689 0.9467 0.4168 hfu-6 k = 0.6668 x ø1.0301 3.389 0.9109 0.6668 hfu-7 k = 1.1877x ø0.9743 8.917 0.9224 1.1877 hfu-8 k = 1.7655 x ø0.9838 24.186 0.9568 1.7655 hfu-9 k = 2.8989 x ø1.0152 164.348 0.9497 2.8989 step six: to check if the guess is correct, calculate the permeability (k) for each hfus using the flowing equation (tohid , 2001): k = (1014×(f zi mean)2 ×∅ β e /1−∅e)2 (6) the calculated permeability is plotted against the measured core permeability as shown on figure (9). the plot indicates that the closeness of the data to the 45o straight line. this cross-plot indicates the high accuracy of the calculated permeability and the strength of the guess. the average relative error (are) for the calculated permeability values was calculated as 1.4% by using the following equation (tohid, 2001): are = 1 n ∑ n k=1( measured permeability − calculated permeability measured permeability ) (7) figure 9. the calculated permeability versus the measured permeability 6. relative permeability the relative permeability to a certain fluid phase is defined as the ratio of its effective permeability to the absolute permeability of rock (ahmed, 2001& abdussatter, 2008).relative permeability varies between 0 and 1. knowledge of relative permeability is crucial in understanding multiphase fluid flow behavior in a reservoir and for the predicting future reservoir performance. relative permeability trends are of great significance when undesirable water or gas flow is anticipated in an oil reservoir. also, the relative permeability of a fluid phase is a function of the saturations of all of the fluid phases present in the rock. it is highly important to note that the relative permeability characteristics of reservoir fluids usually change from one location to another. various rock facies in a reservoir pg. 472 bayoumi / the academic research community publication may exhibit very different relative permeability trends. relative permeability data are incorporated into reservoir models in order to make realistic predictions of recovery. the relative permeability of a certain fluid increases with increasing the saturation of that phase in porous media. the relationship between the two parameters is nonlinear. relative permeability serves is a common standard in reservoir studies regardless of the magnitude of the effective permeability in a reservoir. normalization and averaging relative permeability data for preparing the relative permeability data to be incorporated into the reservoir model, it should be first be normalized to remove the effect of different initial water and critical oil saturations. after that the relative permeability can then be de-normalized and assigned to different regions of the reservoir based on the existing critical fluid saturation for each reservoir region. the following procedure was conducted to perform the normalization (ahmed, 2001):step-1 .calculate the normalized relative permeability: water saturation s∗w, relative permeability for the oil phase k∗ro and relative permeability of the water phase k∗rw for each set of the relative permeability curves, using the following expressions (ahmed, 2001): s∗w = sw −swc 1−swc −sor (8) k∗ro = kro /(kro)swc (9) k∗rw = krw /(krw)sor (10) step 2 .plot the normalized values of k∗ro and k∗rw versus s∗w for all core samples on a regular graph paper as shown on figure (10). figure 10. normalized relative permeability for upper bahariyareservoir step 3. the average relative permeability to oil at connate water saturation and the average relative permeability to water at residual oil saturation were calculated as shown in table (3) using the following two expressions (ahmed, 2001) (k∗ro)avg = ∑ n i=1(h k k∗ro)i ∑ n i=1(h k)i (11) (k∗rw)avg = ∑ n i=1(h k k∗rw)i ∑ n i=1(h k)i (12) pg. 473 bayoumi / the academic research community publication table 2. average relative permeability at swc &sor for upper bahariya reservoir sample no 11 18 24 28 34 sum. (kro)swc 1 1 1 1 1 (krw)sor 0.21 0.03 0.11 0.09 0.04 h, ft 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 k, md 14.60 1.50 4.01 0.89 1.10 k*h 14.60 1.50 4.01 0.89 1.10 22.10 k*h*kro 14.60 1.50 4.01 0.89 1.10 22.10 k*h*(krw)sor 3.11 0.04 0.43 0.08 0.04 3.69 (kro)swc =1 and (krw)sor = 0.167 step 4. calculate the average relative permeability to oil and water at connate water and critical oil, respectively (kro )sor by using the following equations (ahmed, 2001): (kro)swc = ∑ n i=1 |h k (kro)swc |i ∑ n i=1(h k)i (13) (krw)sro = ∑ n i=1 |h k (krw)sro |i ∑ n i=1(h k)i (14) step 5. the last step in this methodology involves de-normalizing the average curve to reflect the actual reservoir and conditions of swc and sro by use the following equations (ahmed, 2001): sw = s∗w (1−swc − sor)+ swc (15) kro = (k∗ro)avg ( k ro)swc (16) krw = (k∗rw)avg ( k rw)sor (17) using the average swc = 0.498 and average soc= 0.217 that obtained from the special core data of the upper bahariya reservoir, the relative permeability data were de-normalized to generate the required upper bahariya reservoir relative permeability curve as shown on figure (11). figure 11. relative permeability curve for upper bahariya reservoir pg. 474 bayoumi / the academic research community publication relative permeability curve description 1) figure (11) shows the relative permeability curve of upper bahariya reservoir which indicates that it is a water wet system. the connate water saturation is 48.95 %, water saturation at kro= krw is 61 % (i.e. greater than 50%) and krw at maximum water saturation (i.e., at floodout) is 17 % (i.e. lower than 30%) (abdussatter, 2008 & forrest, 1971). 2) the relative permeability curves consist of three elements. first element, points 1&2 represent the residual oil saturation and the irreducible water saturation. second element, point-3 is the relative permeability to water at residual oil saturation. in a strongly water wet system, the relative permeability at this point ranges from 0.1 to 0.2. point-4 is the relative permeability to oil at the irreducible water saturation. the end points saturations determine the movable saturation range and are directly related to the amount of recoverable oil. the end points of the relative permeabilities enters into the expression for the mobility ratio and will determine the sweep efficiency of a displacement process (torsæter, 2003). third element, the curvature of the relative permeability functions: a. the most prominent feature occurs at the critical saturations where both effective permeabilities drop to zero. in other words, water becomes immobile (krw = 0) at sw = swi (i.e. at swi = 48.95 %) and oil becomes immobile (kro = 0) at so = sor (i.e. at sw= 78.3%). b. swi is larger than sor due to wettability preference; water ceases to flow at a larger saturation because adhesion binds water to the grain surfaces with a stronger force. c. point-5 on water relative permeability curve is in the region where sw encountered in field displacement is found. in this region relative permeability to water is low because oil is trapped in the pores by the invading water. 7. capillary pressure when two immiscible fluid phases, such as oil and water, are present in a porous medium, one of the phases preferentially “wets” the pore surface over the other. as a result, a pressure differential is found between the two phases. this pressure differential is known as the capillary pressure. the magnitude of the capillary pressure in a porous medium is influenced by fluid saturations, interfacial tension between the two fluid phases, and the radius of the pores, among other factors (ahmed, 2001, abdussatter, 2008 & livia). a generalized expression for capillary pressure as it relates to fluid phases in porous media is as follows (ahmed, 2001) pc = pnw −pw (18) the equation can be expressed in terms of the surface & interfacial tension as (ahmed, 2001): pc = (2σow × cos θ )/r (19) table (3) shows the capillary pressure laboratory data for five upper bahariya reservoir samples: table 3. air-brine capillary pressure data for upper bahariya reservoir sample no. depth (ft) ka (md) porosity (%) brine saturation (% pore space) h 14.7 18 25 45 75 115 215 4 6505 11.2 22.9 99.8 92.0 82.0 65.6 54.3 47.7 40.4 6 6539 22.3 15.2 93.1 80.7 64.0 48.9 40.0 35.2 30.0 10 6541 19.5 17.9 95.3 88.3 75.6 56.5 45.2 38.9 32.1 16 6542 3.33 14.4 98.9 93.5 87.0 69.8 58.6 52.4 45.8 17 6559 2.42 16.7 99.1 94.3 87.8 75.0 64.8 58.5 52.6 * capillary pressure (psia) ka : air permeability (md) pg. 475 bayoumi / the academic research community publication the capillary pressure data presented in table (3) are plotted on figure (12). this figure reflects how the pore geometry affects the capillary pressure. the low-permeability zones have high capillary pressure (i.e. the direction of increasing the permeability is the direction of decreasing the capillary pressure at certain water saturation). leverett was able to derive a dimensionless function to average core capillary pressure curves to obtain the most representative curve for a field (ahmed, 2001, livia & abu-khamsin, 2004). this function expressed as following (ahmed, 2001) j = (pc/σ) × √ (k/∅) (20) figure 12. samples capillary pressure for upper bahariya reservoir the following steps summarize the methodology of combing all the capillary pressure data to classify a particular reservoir capillary curve: step-1 calculate leverett j-function using j-function equation along with the data presented in table (3) for each sample. plot the results of calculations as shown on figure (13) and then get the best fit curve for the data. figure 13. leverett j-functionfor the upper bahariya reservoir core samples step-2 estimate the average reservoir permeability and porosity from table (3) using the arithmetic averaging equations (∅ = ∑∅i/n ) and (k = ∑ki/n ). the average permeability and porosity are 11.7 md & 17.4 %, respectively. pg. 476 bayoumi / the academic research community publication step-3 use the best fit line equation obtained from figure (13) to calculate the best fitted j function (column 2) table (3). step-4 use the average porosity and permeability values to calculate the capillary pressure (column 3) table (3) by using the following equation (ahmed, 2001) pc = j × σ (0.21646× √ k/σ) (21) in the absence of the laboratory data the values in table (4) may be used as approximation (timmerman, 1982):table 4. approximation values of contact angle and interfacialtension system θ contact angle cosine of the contact angle σ interfacial tension σ cosine θ laboratory (airbrine) 0 1 60 60 reservoir (wateroil ) 30 0.866 30 26 step-5 since the laboratory fluid system does not have the same surface tension as the reservoir system and the core sample that was used in performing the laboratory capillary pressure test may not be representative of the average reservoir permeability and porosity; it becomes necessary to convert laboratory capillary pressure to reservoir capillary pressure, table (5) (column 4) using the following equation (ahmed, 2001): pc(res) = pc(lab)× σres σlab × √ [ ∅res ×kcore ∅core ×kres ] (22) table 5. capillary pressure calculation for upper bahariya reservoir brine saturation (% pore space) leverett j-function capillary pressure (psia) ( lab) capillary pressure (psia) (reservoir) 49.68 2.34 93 105 50 2.30 92 103 55 1.76 70 79 60 1.38 55 62 65 1.10 44 49 70 0.89 36 40 75 0.74 29 33 80 0.62 25 27 85 0.52 21 23 90 0.44 18 20 95 0.38 15 17 100 0.33 13 15 step-6 draw the combined capillary pressure curve as shown on figure (14). upper bahariya capillary pressure curve description: – because of the high reservoir heterogeneity, lithology and high connate water saturation, the capillary pressure curve of the reservoir looks like a transition zone. – to start the displacement, it is necessary to increase the oil pressure until the pores with the smallest capillary pressure give away first, at which instant the oil-water pressure difference would be just above the required capillary pressure. intuitively, such pores would be the largest ones. this minimum capillary pressure pg. 477 bayoumi / the academic research community publication figure 14. capillary pressure curve for upper bahariya reservoir which required for invading the rock, thus reducing water saturation below 100% is called the displacement pressure. figure (14) indicates that the displacement pressure for upper bahariya is 15 psia. – one can also see how the displacement pressure increases steadily with decrease in water saturation as smaller and smaller pores are invaded. also, the slope of the capillary pressure curve follows the gradual change in pore-diameters. a steep curve indicates a wide distribution. furthermore, the displacement pressure can also indicate the wettability preference of the rock. a positive displacement pressure in an oil-displacing-water process indicates preferential wettability to water and the relative magnitude of the displacement pressure reflects the strength of such wettability (abu-khamsin, 2004). 8. conclusions from this work, one may conclude that: (1) for upper bahariya reservoir the dykstra parsons coefficient was found to be 0.86 while lorenz coefficient is 0.92. these results indicate that the upper bahariya is an extremely heterogeneous reservoir. (2) as a result of this heterogeneity poor relationships between the permeability and the porosity were obtained (scatters data with 0.3076 correlation coefficient). consequently, the hydraulic flow unit technique was used to identify and characterize the reservoir and the results that it can be divided into nine hydraulic flow units with the different properties. these hfu’s should be taken into consideration during developing, stimulating, enhancing of this reservoir. (3) the relative permeability curves indicated that the upper bahariya reservoir is a water wet.o (4) the capillary pressure curve of upper bahariya reservoir looks like a transition zone due to its high heterogeneity and high connate water saturation. the displacement pressure of that reservoir is 15 psia. (5) the open hole logging showed that, the reservoir consists of thinly sand layers interbeded with shales, silt and limestone. in some areas, where log correlations are difficult and sand appears to be discontinuous, pressure suggests that the reservoirs are, connected and vice versa which is inversed on the effectiveness of the waterflood program. the pressure data showed different decline trends in all the wells which is obviously evidence on the reservoir compartmentalization. nomenclature k absolute permeability, md are average relative error (kro)swc average relative permeability to oil at connate water saturation (krw)sor average relative permeability to water at critical oil saturation r capillary radius, cm swc connate water saturation, fraction. continued on next page pg. 478 bayoumi / the academic research community publication table 6 continued θ contact angle, degree kcore core permeability, md øcore core porosity, fraction. sor residual oil saturation, fraction vdp dykstra-parsons coefficient øe effective porosity, fraction fzi flow zone indicator hfus hydraulic flow units (pc) lab laboratory measured capillary pressure, psia lc lorenz coefficient øz normalized porosity k*ro normalized relative permeability of oil s*w normalized water saturation σow oil-water interfacial tension, dynes/cm (kro)swc relative permeability to oil at connate water saturation kro relative permeability to oil k*rw relative permeability to water at the critical oil saturation (pc)res reservoir capillary pressure, psia kres reservoir permeability, md øres reservoir porosity, fraction rqi reservoir quality index σres reservoir surface or interfacial tension, dynes/cm h thickness of sample, ft n total number of core samples references 1. jude o. amaefule & et.al.: “enhanced reservoir description using core and log data to identify hydraulic flow units and predict permeability in uncored intervals /wells” spe-26436, annual technical conference & exhibition held in houston, texas, 3-6 oct.-1993. 2. kramers, j. w. “integrated reservoir characterization from the well to the numerical model” 26148 wpc conference paper–1994. 3. shedid s. a. & reyadh a. almehaideb: “robust reservoir characterization of uae heterogeneous carbonate reservoirs” spe81580, the spe 13th middle east oil show & conference held in 5-8 april-2003. 4. l. jensen & lain d. currie: “a new method for estimating the dykstra-parsons coefficient to characterize reservoir heterogeneity” spe-17364, copyright 1990 society of petroleum engineers. 5. ahmad mubarak alharbi: “experimental evaluation of the effect of carbonate heterogeneity on oil recovery to water and gas injection” phd thesis submitted to university of calgary, department of chemical & petroleum engineering, 2013. pp 11-12. 6. tarek ahmed: “reservoir engineering handbook” gulf professional company, boston, london, 2001, second edition. 7. abdussatter, ghulam m. iqbal & james l. buchwatter: “practical enhanced reservoir engineering assisted with simulation software” pennwell corporation, tulsa, oklahoma, u.s.a, 2008. pg. 479 bayoumi / the academic research community publication 8. djebbar tiab & erle c. donaldson: “petrophysics: theory and practice of measuring reservoir rock and fluid transport second edition” gulf professional company, amsterdam, boston, london, 2004. 9. peter fitch1 & et.al.: “the petrophysical link between reservoir quality and heterogeneity: application of the lorenz coefficient” spwla-2013-q, spwla 54st annual logging symposium, jun-2013. 10. l.w. lake and j.l. jensen: “review of heterogeneity measures used in reservoir characterization” 20156ms spe general-1989. 11. archer, j.s. & wall. c.g.: “petroleum engineering principles and practice” graham & trotman ltd, london, uk, 1986. 12. maghsood abbaszadeh, hikari fuji & fujio fujimoto: “permeability prediction by hydraulic flow units theory and application” spe-30158, petrovietnam conference held in hochiminh, 1-3 mar 1996. 13. odilia deghirmandjian: “identification and characterization of hydraulic flow units in the san juan formation, orocual field, venezuela” m.sc. thesis submitted to texas a & m university, 2001. 14. fahad a. al-ajmi & stephen a. holditch: “permeability estimation using hydraulic flow units in a central arabia reservoir” spe-63254, the 2000 spe annual technical conference and exhibition held in dallas, texas, 1–4 oct.-2000. 15. syed shujath ali, m. enamul hossain & abdulazeez abdulraheem: “hydraulic unit estimation from predicted permeability and porosity using artificial intelligence techniques” spe-164747, north africa technical conference & exhibition held in cairo, egypt 15 17 april 2013. 16. tohid nejad ghaffar borhani & seyed hossein emadi, “application of hydraulic flow units and intelligent systems for permeability prediction in a carbonate reservoir” the 3rd (2011) cutse international conference miri, sarawak, malaysia, nov.-2001. 17. s.e.d.m. desouky: “predicting permeability in un-cored intervals/wells using hydraulic flow unit approach” journal of canadian petroleum technology, petsoc-05-07-04-p, volume 44, no. 7, jul.-2005. 18. torsæter, o & abtahi. m: “experimental reservoir engineering laboratory work book” department of petroleum engineering and applied geophysics, norwegian university of science and technology, 2003. 19. livia j. sivila: “a petrophysical evaluation of capillary pressure for naturally fractured tight gas sandstone (reservoir: a case study)” m.sc. thesis submitted to colorado school of mines (petroleum engineering). 20. sidqi a. abu-khamsin: “basic properties of reservoir rocks” king fahd university of petroleum & minerals, 2004. 21. timmerman e.h.: “practical reservoir engineering part-1” pennwell publishing company, tulsa, oklahoma, 1982. pg. 480 introduction reservoir heterogeneity identification dykstra-parsons coefficient (permeability variation factor) lorenz coefficient well correlation and pressure data permeability-porosity relationships hydraulic flow units (hfus) relative permeability capillary pressure conclusions http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication doi: 10.21625/archive.v2i4.397 a proposed heuristic optimization algorithm for detecting network attacks amr hassan yassin1, hany hamdy hussien2 11lecturer, electronics & communication, engineering department, alexandria higher institute of engineering and technology 2lecturer, higher institute of management science and advanced computing, el-beheira, egypt. abstract due to the exponential growth of e-business and computing capabilities over the web for a pay-for-use groundwork, the risk factors regarding security issues also increase rapidly. as the usage increases, it becomes very difficult to identify malicious attacks since the attack patterns change. therefore, host machines in the network must continually be monitored for intrusions since they are the final endpoint of any network. the purpose of this work is to introduce a generalized neural network model that has the ability to detect network intrusions. two recent heuristic algorithms inspired by the behavior of natural phenomena, namely, the particle swarm optimization (pso) and gravitational search (gsa) algorithms are introduced. these algorithms are combined together to train a feed forward neural network (fnn) for the purpose of utilizing the effectiveness of these algorithms to reduce the problems of getting stuck in local minima and the time-consuming convergence rate. dimension reduction focuses on using information obtained from nsl-kdd cup 99 data set for the selection of some features to discover the type of attacks. detecting the network attacks and the performance of the proposed model are evaluated under different patterns of network data. © 2019 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). 1. introduction the field of computer security has turned into an extremely important issue for computer network systems through the fast growing of the computer networks over the web which might be under risk for unauthorized and intrusion process. intrusion detection is the procedure to perceive all security issues through watching and breaking down the occasions emerging in a pc or system framework and can give a react to the unapproved activities (yu, wang, & xi, 2008). securing networks from interruptions or assaults is turning out to be more troublesome as the system innovations are expanding rapidly. the quantity of distributed denial of service (ddos) attacks has expanded by 90% , while the normal attacks span expanded by 28% (wahba, el salamouny, & el taweel, 2015).associations frequently convey a firewall as a first line of resistance keeping in mind the end goal to shield their private system from malicious attacks, however there are a few approaches to sidestep the firewall which makes intrusion detection framework a moment line of barrier and an approach to screen the system activity for any conceivable danger or unlawful activity. the performance of intrusion detection system (ids) can be improved by using the feature selection methods, pg. 481 https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ yassin / the academic research community publication which become essential step through reducing the list of features. feature selection can effect on the most classification algorithms by reducing the learning time, and improving the prescient accuracy result (wahba, el salamouny, & el taweel, 2015). the remainder of this work is structured as follows. part 2 surveys previous work about intrusion detection methods. part 3 describes the nsl-kdd dataset. part 4 summaries the feature selection methods. the classification phase is described in part 5. the introduced algorithm for ids is presented in part 6. part 7 reports the experimental results and finally the conclusion is presented in the last section. 2. related work classification, clustering and regression techniques have been used for intrusion detection systems. several classification and clustering-based techniques have been studied for the design of intrusion detection system (ids). a multilayer perceptron (mlp) and support vector machine was used in (tang & cao, 2009) as different approach for intrusion detection. the average detection rate for various attacks obtain that the svm is better than nn. they used kdd cup’99 data set for their experiments. distributed time delay artificial neural network (dtdnn) was selected in (ibrahim, 2010) as classification techniques for intrusion detection. they used kdd cup’99 data set for their experiments. the classification rate was high accuracy. for intrusion detection, authors use multi-layer neural networks and naı̈ve bayes as classification algorithm in (ibrahim, badr, & shaheen, 2012). they used gain ratio as features selection algorithms for select best features in each layer. a three-layer and naı̈ve bayes classifier was used in (sharma & mukherjee, 2012) as a classification algorithm for enhance the awareness of the intrusion detection through using the domain knowledge and the backward sequential elimination (bse) as feature selection technique. they used nsl-kdd dataset for their experiments. in (wahba, el salamouny, & el taweel, 2015) authors proposed an improved approach for intrusion detection based on correlation-based feature selection and information gain hybrid as feature selection methods and naı̈ve bayes as the classification algorithm using reduced nsl-kdd dataset. a hybrid multilevel network was selected in (majeed, hashem, & gbashi, 2013) for intrusion detection system. the system can detect both misuse and anomaly types through using support vector machine and ann as a multilevel classification methods based on principle component analysis (pca) as feature selection algorithm on nsl-kdd data set. in (ahmad, abdulah, alghamdi, alnfajan, & hussain, 2015) authors proposed a multilayer perceptron (mlp) for classification the intrusion detection system using genetic algorithm (ga) for features selection on dd cup’99 data set. the method is able to reduce the feature numbers and score high detection rate, which act as prime intrusion detection mechanism. a combination algorithm used the bayes net, naive bayes, random tree, part, c4.5, and attribute selected classifier in (parvat & chandra, 2015) as a machine learning algorithm. used 20% kdd cup’99 data set for their experiments. the purposed work improved the more accuracy as well as the time complexity. a simple classification algorithm (nearest neighbor classifier) and feature selection technique (ant colony optimization) was used in (aghdam & kabiri, 2016) for intrusion detection system. the general experimental results on the kdd cup 99 and nsl-kdd data sets providing higher accuracy in detecting intrusion attempts and lower false alarm with reduced number of features. a new hybrid algorithm for classification and features selection was proposed in (sadek, soliman & elsayed, 2013). the neural network based on indicator variable used as classification method, while rough set method used as feature selection. the experiments result on nsl-kdd dataset provided high detection accuracy with low false alarm rate as better and robust performance. pg. 482 yassin / the academic research community publication 3. dataset description the kdd cup 99 dataset has many disadvantages (kaushik & deshmukh, 2011) which discovered through different statistical analyses. nsl-kdd data set (brunswick, 2017) is an enhanced version of the kdd data set which contains the main recodes of the all kdd data set. nsl-kdd dataset has many advantages : the redundant records are removed from the train set to enable the classifiers to not produce any unfair result. the duplicated records are removed to produce better reduction rates. the records have a sufficient number in the train and test data sets to execute experiments on the complete set. selection procedure of records from each group in the original kdd data set is characterized by the number of these records. in each record there isa number of attributes (here 41) indicates different features of the network flow and a label assigned to each either can be classified into an attack type or as normal. the details of the nsl-kdd dataset are listed in the table 1, 2, 3, and 4. table 1. essential features of each network connection att. no. attribute name description sample data 1 duration time connection duration 0 2 protocol type protocol used in connection tcp 3 service destination network services ftp data 4 flag status of the connection sf 5 src bytes amount of data transferred from source to destination 491 6 dst bytes amount of data transferred from destination to source 0 7 land status 1(source, destination, port equal) 0 (else) 0 8 wrong fragment wrong fragment number 0 9 urgent urgent packet numbers (bit activated) 0 table 2. content related features of each network connection vector att. no. attribute name description sample data 10 hot enter system & execute program 0 11 num failed logins attempts login filed number 0 12 logged in status 1(success) 0 (failed) 0 13 num compromised no. of negotiated conditions 0 14 root shell status 1(done) 0 (failed) 0 15 su attempted status 1(done) 0 (failed) 0 16 num root no. of operations in connection 0 17 num file creations no. of file creation in connection 0 18 num shells no. of shell prompts 0 19 num access files no. of operations access control 0 20 num outbound cmds no. of outbound command in ftp session 0 continued on next page pg. 483 yassin / the academic research community publication table 2 continued 21 is hot login status 1(hot login) 0 (otherwise) 0 22 is guest login status 1(guest login) 0 (otherwise) 0 table 3. network connection time traffic features att. no. attribute name description sample data 23 count amount of connections (same destination) 2 24 srv count amount of connections (same services + same port) 2 25 serror rate percentage of connections ( active flag ) in count 0 26 srv serror rate percentage of connections ( active flag 4) in srv count 0 27 rerror rate percentage of connections ( active flag ) in count 0 28 srv rerror rate percentage of connections (active flag 4) in srv count 0 29 same srv rate percentage of connections (same services) 1 30 diff srv rate percentage of connections (different services) 0 31 srv diff host rate percentage of connections (different destination) 0 table 4. network connection host traffic features att. no. attribute name description sample data 32 dst host count no. of connections ( same destination) 150 33 dst host srv count no. of connections ( same port) 25 34 dst host same srv rate percentage of connections ( same services) in 32 0.17 35 dst host diff srv rate percentage of connections (different services) in 32 0.03 36 dst host same src port rate percentage of connections ( same source) in 33 0.17 37 dst host srv diff host rate percentage of connections (different destination) in 33 0 38 dst host serror rate percentage of connections (active flag 4) in 32 0 39 dst host srv serror rate percentage of connections (active flag 4) in 33 0 continued on next page pg. 484 yassin / the academic research community publication table 4 continued 40 dst host rerror rate percentage of connections (active flag 4 rej) in 32 0.05 41 dst host srv rerror rate percentage of connections (active flag 4 rej) in 33 0 4. feature selection the process of getting and accessing small and suitable data from collection of large data is called features selection which has a unique interest inside the data mining field. it’s significant part to get more performance and accurate results for selected data. feature choosing, as a process of selecting related depended features for novel features based on some defined conditions, which may be considered as a decrease technique for data mining. feature selection process contains four primary operations: subset generation, subset estimation, stopping criteria, and final results testing and verification. the subset generation services is a process act as search method that defined the strategy of the search based on specific candidate feature subsets. the candidate partition is evaluated and compared with the earlier one which removed if the new one is better based on evaluation criteria, this process is repeated until a specific stooping factor completed. the feature selection method can be used in many artificial area with three main categories (witten, frank & hall, 2005) the filter, wrapper, and hybrid models. features selection has many benefits: overfitting reduction: less redundant data means less opportunity to make decisions based on noise. accuracy is increased: less misleading data means modeling accuracy improves. training time reduction: less data means that algorithms train faster. 4.1. genetic algorithms ga is a general random search method, able to discovering large search spaces efficiently, which used basically for attribute selection. genetic algorithms (ga) search from a population of points to find a global maximum or minimum of a function. unlike many other local search techniques, there is always a chance of escaping from local maxima or minima. the gas algorithm is a simulated of the natural systems for evolutions as the principle of “survival of the fittest” given by charles darwin (goldberg, 1989). the processes of the genetic algorithm are: reproduction: selection process for subset of the input attributes (better string). crossover: combination process for the selected attributes for generating better offspring’s. mutation: modification process for the local string attribute for creating a better string. the string attribute have two binary bit values, 1 represent selected and 0 represent non-selected, while the population is evaluated and tested for termination of the algorithm at each generation. when the criteria of the termination are not accomplished, the population is run based on the three ga processes and then checked. this process is repeated for specified number of generation. 4.2. weka tool weka (waikato environment for knowledge analysis) is a freeware tool designed for machine learning and preprocessing tools such as classification, regression, clustering, association rules, and visualization (dhanjibhai serasiya & chaudhary, 2012). pg. 485 yassin / the academic research community publication 4.3. feature selection algorithm the feature selection algorithm contains many steps to select the best related features based on ga algorithm as shown in figure. 1. 4.4. selected attributes the selected attributes are (15): service, flag, src bytes, dst bytes, logged in, num root, num shells, serror rate, srv serror rate, same srv rate, diff srv rate, srv diff host rate, dst host same src port rate, dst host srv diff host rate, dst host serror rate. 5. classification phase neural networks have been ended up being fruitful in mapping input patterns to specific yields. finding a legitimate arrangement of weights and topology for a system to deliver a craved element can be viewed as an optimization problem. figure 1. feature selection steps. evolutionary algorithms (eas) have been appeared to be great at optimization problem solving (rahmani, 2008). the artificial neuron is charchterized by inputs, having some weights associated with them; an input function which calculates the total net input signal to a neuron coming from all its inputs; and an activation function, which determines the activation level of a neuron as a function of its input. an output signal equal to the activation value is produced through the output of the neuron. the evolutionary algorithms (eas) can be used in optimization problem solving using the artificial neural network (anns) with ideal design through changing the weights, structure, and learning parameters (yu, wang, & xi, 2008). one of the recent techniques is gravitational search algorithm (gsa). this technique is considerd as heuristic optimization procedure inspired from the law of gravity and mass interactions. it should be remarked that this algorithm has an effiecient capability to search for the global optimum, but expierinces slow convergence in the last iterations. gsa contains a collection of agents (candidate solutions) that have masses related with objective function value (fitness). all masses attract each other during the generations by the gravity forces between them, the weightier mass has the bigger attraction force. so, the heaviest mass attracted the other masses with the amount of space between this heaviest mass and the attracted masses. gsa agents consists of four parameters: position, inertial mass, active gravitational mass and passive gravitational mass (mirjalili, hashim, & sardroudi, 2012) the position of the mass represents the solution of the problem and the inertial and the gravitational masses are determined by the objective function. masses are attracted by the heaviest mass. hence, the heaviest mass presents an optimum pg. 486 yassin / the academic research community publication solution in the search space. particle swarm optimization (pso) is another global optimization procedure by kennedy and eberhart (1995). pso inspired by the social behavior of bird flocking. pso search process used a swarm that contains a number of particles which move to best solution at the search space based on their own best position (xbest) and the best position of the swarm (gbest) (ibrahim, badr, & shaheen, 2012). each particle has two important parameters, velocity (vi), and its position (pi) as a possible solution (mirjalili, hashim, & sardroudi, 2012). each particle starts at a random position in the n dimensional search space of the optimization problem. determination of the best particle relies upon the objective function which is modeled mathematically by the user. depending on the velocity of the particle, the (xbest) and (gbest) will be updated toward the best solution(wahba, el salamouny, & el taweel, 2015). the velocity (vi) of each particle is updated as shown in (1). while maximum number of iterations or minimum error criteria is not obtained. vin (t + 1) = w ×vin (t)+c1,i r1 (xibest (t)−pi (t))+c2,i r2 (xgbest (t)−pi (t)) (1) where: vin (t+1): the new velocity of particle i in the dimension n. w: the weighting function (considered as a random number within [0,1]). vin: old velocity of particle i in the dimension n. cj,i: acceleration coefficient for the particle i. c1,i: cognitive learning value for particle i. c2,i: social learning value for particle i. r1,r2: random numbers within [0,1]. xibest: optimum or best position that particle iin dimension n at time t. xgbest(t): optimum or best solution found by the entire population at time t. pi (t): current position of the ith particle at generation t. the position of the particle is updated using equation (2) as follows xi (t + 1) = xi (t)+vi (t) (2) where: xi (t+1) new position of particle i in the dimension n. xi (t) old or previous position for particle i at time t. vi (t) denotes the old velocity of particle i in the dimension n. figure 2. steps of the pso algorithm pg. 487 yassin / the academic research community publication pso starts in a random way by placing the particles in a search space related to a specific problem. at each iteration step, the velocities of particles are calculated using equation (1). the positions of particles are calculated by equation (2) after the velocities are defined. this process is repeated until stopping criteria is accomplished. the main steps of pso algorithm are indicated in figure 2 above. gravitational search algorithm is a new experiential optimization method which inspired from newton’s theory that states: “every particle in the universe attracts every other particle with a force that is directly proportional to the product of their masses and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them” (newton, 1729). by generations, all the gsa masses which related to the objective function value are attracted to each other through the gravity forces, and the heavier mass close to the global optimum attract. the gsa algorithm parameters begin at random by setting all the agents in the search space. throughout iterative procedure, the gravitational forces from agent j on agent i at a specific time t are updated by equation (3) as follows: f di j (t) = g(t) mpi (t)×ma j (t) ri j (t)+ ε (x dj (t)−x d i (t)) (3) where: ma j is the active gravitational mass related to agent j, mpi is the passive gravitational mass related to agent i, g(t) is gravitational constant at time t, ε is a small constant, and ri j(t) is the euclidian distance between two agents i and j. the g(t) is computed by equation (4): g(t) = g0 ×ex p(− ∝ × iter maxiter ) (4) where ∝ and g0 are descending coefficient and initial value respectively, and iter : is the current iteration, maxiter: is maximum number of iterations. in a search space with the dimension d, the total force that acts on an agent i is computed using (5): f di (t) = ∑ n j=1, j 6=1rand j f d i j (t) (5) where rand j is a random number in the interval [0,1]. baesd on the law of motion, the acceleration of an agent is proportional to the result force and inverse of its mass, therefore the acceleration of all agents can be calculated using equation (6): acdi (t) = f di (t) mii(t)′ (6) where t is a specific time and mi is the mass of object i. the velocity and position of agents are calculated as follows equation (7) & (8): veldi (t + 1) = randi ×vel d i (t)+ ac d i (t) (7) xdi (t + 1) = x d i (t)+ acvel d i (t + 1) (8) where randi is a random number located in the interval [0,1]. pg. 488 yassin / the academic research community publication all masses in gsa are initialized with basic values, then the velocities values for all masses are determined by (7), while the gravitational constant, total forces, and accelerations values are obtained using relations (4) and (5) independently one by one at the same time. the positions of masses are determined by (8). lastly , the gsa will not stop until the end criteria are accomplished. the steps of the gsa algorithm are described in figure 3. a hybrid pso with gsa are used using low-level co-evolutionary heterogeneous method’s. the basic idea of psogsa is to combine the ability of social thinking (gbest) in pso with the local search capability of gsa using equation (9). vi (t + 1) = w ×vi (t)+c ′ 1 ×rand ×aci(t)+c ′ 2 ×rand(gbest −xi (t)) (9) where vi(t) :is the velocity of agent i at iteration t, c ′ j :is a weighting factor, w : is a weighting function, rand : is a random number between 0 and 1, aci(t): is the acceleration of agent i at iteration t, and gbest : is the best solution so far. the positions of particles are updated on each iteration, using equation (10): xi (t + 1) = xi (t)+ vi (t + 1) (10) all agents in psogsa are randomly initialized. then the gravitational force, gravitational constant, and resultant forces, among agents are determined by equation (3), (4), and (5), and the accelerations of particles are determined by equation (6). at each iteration, the best solution only will be updated and the velocities values of all agents are determined by (9). at last, the positions of all agents are calculated using equation (10). the value of solutions (fitness) in psogsa is updating and the agents near by appropriate solutions attempt to induce the other agents in the search problem. the agents move very slowly when they are near the good solution. psogsa use a memory (gbest) to save the best solution has found so far. by correcting the c ′ 1 and c ′ 2 values, the capabilities of global search and local search can be equally adjusted , and each agent can detect the best solution and go near it. 6. the proposed model in this paper, both particle swarm optimization (pso) and gravitational search algorithm (gsa) wereadapted to neural network to get the optimum weights and biases that give minimum error and higher classification rate for the feed-forward neural network (ffnn). with the aim of investigating the algorithm ffnn-pso or ffnn-gsa, the following essential parameters have to be clarified. first, an objective function using the error of the ffnn should be introduced to determine particles’ fitness in ffnn-pso and agents’ in ffnn-gsa. second, an encoding strategy should be defined to encode the weights and biases of the ffnn for the particles of the ffnn-pso and the agents of the ffnngsa. all steps of the proposed model are shown in figure 4. pg. 489 yassin / the academic research community publication figure 3. steps of the gsa algorithm figure 4. steps of the hybrid psogsa algorithm pg. 490 yassin / the academic research community publication 6.1. the related objective function the objective function can be described as follows: the neural network ffnn has three layers (1 input with n nodes , 1 hidden with h nodes, and 1 output layer with h nodes). the output of each hidden node at each epoch of learning process is given by equation (11) , (12): f (s j) = 1/(+ex p(−(∑ni=1wi j xi + b j))) (11) for j=1,2,. . . .,h s j = ∑ n i=1wi j xi + b j (12) where (n) value is the number of the input nodes,(wij)value is the connection weight from the ith node in the input layer to the jth node in the hidden layer, bj is the bias (threshold) of the jth hidden node, and xi is the ith input. after calculating outputs of the hidden nodes, the final output can be defined in equation (13): ok = ∑ k i=1wk j f (s j)+ bk (13) where (wkj) value is the connection of weight from the (jth) hidden node to the (kth) output node, and (bk) is the bias (threshold) value of the (kth) output node. the learning error ek is obtained by equation (14) ek = ∑ m i=1(o k i −d k i ) 2 (14) where (q) value is the number of training samples, (dik) value is the desired output of the ith input item when the (kth)vlaue is used, and (yik) is the real output value of the ith input item when the( kth)value is used.so, the fitness function of the (ith) training example using equation (15): fit(xi ) = e(xi ) (15) 6.2. equations of gsa 6.2.1. setting the agents setting the position value of (n) number of agents randomly by (16): xi = (xli,...,x d i ,...,x n i ) (16) for i=1,2,....,n xi represents value the positions of the ith agent in the dth dimension, while n is the space dimension. calculating the best and worst fitness for all agents at each iteration for minimization problems so that to achieve the fitness evolution value by equation (17), (18): best(t) = min f it j (t) (17) worst(t) = max f it j (t) (18) j=1,....,n the fit j (t) value is the fitness value of the (jth) agent at iteration t, the best (t) value is the best fitnessat iteration t, while the worst (t) value is the worst fitnessat iteration t. pg. 491 yassin / the academic research community publication 6.2.2. estimating the gravitational constant the gravitational constant value gc(t) at iteration t is given by equation (19): gc(t) = go eα(−t/t ) (19) where : (α ) value is the descending coefficient, ( go )value is the initial gravitational constant, (t) value is the current iteration, while (t ) value is the maximum number of iterations. 6.2.3. the masses of agents are calculated as follows: the gravitational and inertia masses values for each agent are at iteration (t) are obtained using equation (20) , (21) and (22): mai = mpi = mii = m i f or i = 1,2,..n (20) mi(t) = f iti(t)−worst(t) best(t)−worst(t) (21) mi(t) = mi(t) ∑ n j=1 m j(t) (22) the active and passive gravitational masses values are mai and mpi, and the inertia mass value of the ith agent (miiis), and the mass value of object i is mi. acceleration of agents is obtained by determining the values of f di (t) ( the total force acting) on ith agent by equation (23) , (24): f di (t) = rand j f d i j (t) (23) f di j = gc(t).(mpi(t)×ma j(t)/ri j(t)+ ε).(x d j(t)−xdi (t)) (24) where ε is a small constant and rij is the euclidian distance between two agents i and j and it is calculated using equation (25): ri j(t) =‖xi (t),x j (t)‖2 (25) acceleration of the ithagents ai at iteration t is obtained from equation (26): adi (t) = f d i (t)/mii(t) (26) 6.2.4. updating the speed and positions of agents: determining the speed and the position of the agents at the next iteration (t+1) is achieved by equation (27) , (28) as follows: vdi (t + 1) = randi ×v d i (t)+ a d i (t) (27) xdi (t + 1) = x d i (t)+ v d i (t + 1) (28) social thinking capability (gbest) of pso algoirhtm and local search capability of gsa were grouped together in psogsa. all agents are initialized randomly, then the values of gravitational force, gravitational constant, and resultant forces are calculated . the accelerations of elements are defined in equation (20).at each iteration, the best solution is updated and the velocities values of all agents are calculated using equation (27). at last, the agents positions are updated using equation (28). updating the value of velocities and the positions will stop when conditions are met. pg. 492 yassin / the academic research community publication 7. simulated results and model verification exermienatl reuslts was run on matlab 2015a environment using core i5 processor, and 4 gb of ram.the last stage in the intrusion detection system is classification. in this work the classification stage is implemented using ffnn-gsa and ffnn-pso. table 5 show the training results of the feed-forward neural network with the opmtiziation techqniue gsa and pso for the intrusion detection process based on 16626 record of training nsl-kdd dataset samples. the reuslts are measured by the mean square error (mse) and the classification rate. with many number of iterations the neural network structure of ffnn for both pso and gsa are as follows: 2-layers input neural network with 71 neurons, hidden layer with 8 neurons, and output layer with 10 neurons. at the start of trainig neural network the weights are initialized randomly, which may casue corrupt recognition that improved after number of iteration. by increasing the number of iterations, the mse decreases, the classification rate increases and the time consumed increases. increasing the swarm size and the number of masses enhances the classification rate. table 5 illustrates the test accuracy of the classification model with and without the ga feature selection technique. the combination of gsa-pso feed forward algorithm has the best recognition rate against other algorithms with ga feature selection, while fnn pso algorithm has the best result without the ga feature selection. it should be noted that, dealing with 15 features is better than dealing with 41 features in classification, mse error, and processing time. table 5. comparison of recognition rate & mse values of various classification algorithms classification algorithm (2000iterations) test accuracy (%) with 41 features test accuracy (%) with 15 features recognition rate (%) mse time(seconds) recognition rate (%) mse time(seconds) fnn pso 94.0667 0.0060613 2237 96.9333 0.053256 895 fnn gsa 81.675 0.093597 2500 97.2 0.042981 1000 fnn gsapso 90 .5 0.13776 3367 98.966 0.00091032 1347 figure 5. the recognition rate for the classification algorithms pg. 493 yassin / the academic research community publication 8. conclusion the intrusion detection systems are utilized to distinguish the attacks coming towards the basic information of the client. an introduced optimized neural network model is based on studying the intrusion detection features and select the most important features only which creating an optimal intrusion detection system. this system is based on combination of gsa and pso with feed forward neural network ffnn classifier with feature selection. the classification proposed system is established by three different optimization algorithms with certain ga as feature selection method in weka program. getting the optimum performance for the classification process is our major goal, which has been done. the best algorithm performance based on ga feature selection is fnn gsa-pso classifier with an actuary of 98.96 % and the process time is 1347 sec. for the model. while fnn gsa-pso without any feature selection algorithm has the lowest average error 0.13776compared to others. generating an intelligent agent fire toward the infected packet with other new different classification algorithms in a real time environment will be our future work. 9. references 1. aghdam, m. h., & kabiri, p. (2016). feature selection for intrusion detection system using ant colonyoptimization. international journal of network security, 18(3), 420-432. 2. ahmad, i., abdulah, a. b., alghamdi, a. s., alnfajan, k., & hussain, m. (2015). feature subset selection for network intrusion detection mechanism using genetic eigen vectors. international conference on telecommunication technology and applications (csit), 5. 3. brunswick, u. o. (2017). retrieved from http://nsl.cs.unb.ca/nsl-kdd/ dhanjibhai serasiya, s., & chaudhary, n. (2012). simulation of various classifications results using weka. international journal of recent technology and engineering (ijrte) issn: 2277-3878, 1(3), 155-160. 4. goldberg, d. (1989). genetic algorithms in search, optimization, and machine learning. addison wesley. 5. ibrahim, h. e., badr, s. m., & shaheen, m. a. (2012). adaptive layered approach using machine learning techniques with gain ratio for intrusion detection systems. international journal of computer applications (0975 – 8887), 56(7), 10-16. 6. ibrahim, l. (2010). anomaly network intrusion detection system based on distributed time-delay neural network(dtdnn). journal of engineering science and technology, 5(4), 457 – 471. 7. kaushik, s. s., & deshmukh, p. r. (2011). detection of attacks in an intrusion detection system. international journal of computer science and information technologies (ijcsit), 2(3), 982-986. 8. kennedy, j., & eberhart, r. (1995). particle swarm optimization. proc. ieee int. jt. conf. neural networks, 4(6), 1942–1948. 9. majeed, s. k., hashem, s. h., & gbashi, i. k. (2013). propose hmnids hybrid multilevel network intrusion detection system. ijcsi international journal of computer science issues, 10(5), 200-208. 10. mirjalili, s., hashim, s. z. m., & sardroudi, h. m. (2012). training feedforward neural networks using hybrid particle swarm optimization and gravitational search algorithm. appl. math. comput., 1125–11137. 11. newton, i. (1729). in experimental philosophy particular propositions are inferred from the phenomena and afterwards rendered general by induction. andrew motte’s english translation. 12. parvat, t. j., & chandra, p. (2015). modeling intrusion detection systems with machine learning and selected attributes. journal of multidisciplinary engineering science and technology (jmest), 2(6), 1553-1557. 13. rahmani, m. (2008). particle swarm optimization of artificial neural networks for autonomous robots. chalmers university of technolog. 14. sadek, r. a., soliman, m. s., & elsayed, h. s. (2013). effective anomaly intrusion detection system based on neural network with indicator variable and rough set reduction. ijcsi international journal of computer science issues, 10(6), 227-233. 15. sharma, n., & mukherjee, s. (2012). a layered appoach to enhance detection of novel attacks in ids. international journal of advances in engineering & technology, 4(2), 444-455. pg. 494 yassin / the academic research community publication 16. tang, h., & cao, z. (2009). machine learning-based intrusion detection algorithms. journal of computational information systems(5:6), 1825-1831. 17. wahba, y., el salamouny, e., & el taweel, g. (2015). ijcsi international journal of computer science issues, 12(3), 255-262. 18. wang, d., yeung, d. s., & tsang, e. c. (2007). weighted mahalanobis distance kernels for support vector machines. ieee transactions on neural networks, 18(5), 1453-1462. 19. witten, i. h., frank, e., & hall, m. a. (2005). data mining: practical machine learning tools and techniques. morgan kaufmann, elsevier inc. 20. yu, j., wang, s., & xi, l. (2008). evolving artificial neural networks using an improved pso and dpso. neurocomputing, 71(4-6), 1054–1060. pg. 495 introduction related work dataset description feature selection genetic algorithms weka tool feature selection algorithm selected attributes classification phase the proposed model the related objective function equations of gsa setting the agents estimating the gravitational constant the masses of agents are calculated as follows: updating the speed and positions of agents: simulated results and model verification conclusion references http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 doi: 10.21625/archive.v7i1.930 the challenges of building sustainable cities in cameroon: health issues associated with a rapid urban population increase in buea municipality. eyole nganje monono, ph.d.1 and tatenda p. zinyemba, ph.d.2 1 department of sociology and anthropology, university of buea – cameroon. email: eyole.nganje@ubuea.cm 2united nations university merit. email: zinyemba@merit.unu.edu abstract rapid urbanization compounded by urban poverty is one of the main challenges facing many subsaharan african countries. the municipality of buea is the 10th largest municipality in cameroon and equally faces such problems brought about by unplanned development in the past four decades. in 2020, the population growth rate in buea rose to 42% compared to 5.6% in 2005, especially in the peri-urban areas. this resulted in direct and indirect pressures on available resources. since 2019, buea has been hosting close to 100,000 internally displaced persons (idps) fleeing from the conflict between the defense and security forces and the separatist groups operating in the south west and north west regions. consequently, this expansion of urban agglomerations in buea brings about challenges for the urbanites whose standard of living within the urban space is affected. this article seeks to qualitatively examine how this rapid urbanization has contributed to this recurrence of cholera outbreak since 2019 and the effects on the healthcare system and measures that are in place to mitigate this outbreak. in addressing these issues, the study administered in-depth phone interviews with medical practitioners at buea regional hospital, which is the main treatment centre in buea. it also conducted in-depth phone interviews with public health experts at the south west regional delegation of public health and buea council personnel incharge of hygiene and sanitation. the study also made use of direct observation of the researcher in the field during sensitization campaigns in the affected communities in buea. based on the results, the influx of idps has stressed the already the existing sanitation resources and excerbated the shortage/rationing of water in the municipality. the study also found that in addition to inadequate sanitation and water issues, governance and cultural issues were equally associated with the recurrence of cholera outbreaks in buea. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords cholera; buea municipality; rapid urbanization; internal displaced persons (idps) 1 department of sociology and anthropology, university of buea – cameroon. email: eyole.nganje@ubuea.cm 2 united nations university merit. email: zinyemba@merit.unu.edu http://www.press.ierek.com/ mailto:eyole.nganje@ubuea.cm https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ mailto:eyole.nganje@ubuea.cm author name / the academic research community publication pg. 2 1. introduction globally, more people now live in urban areas than in rural areas. about 55% of the world’s population is now residing in urban areas (undesa, 2018). it is projected that by 2050, 83% of the world’s population will be living in urban areas as compared to 30% in the 1950s (ibid). for the period of 1950-2018, africa’s urban population has increased by over 16 times (from 33 million to 548 million) (ibid). by 2050, africa is projected to contain 22% of the world population (ibid). curretnly, about 58% of cameroonians live in urban areas (world bank, 2022). moreover, cameroon’s capital city yaoundé is ranked the 20th fasted growing urban city in the world (undesa, 2018). however, following the ongoing anglophone crisis that started in 2016 that was escalated by economic and political marginalization of the anglophone minority group in cameroon, the northwest and southwest regions have been experiencing population changes (agbor, 2019). due to this armed conflict that included burning of villages and property destruction, at least 246,000 people in the northwestern and southwestern regions have been displaced (ibid). buea, the largest urban city in the southwest region has had about 100,000 new inhabitants (ochoa, 2018). since buea is already vulnerable to cholera outbreaks, the rise in population is likely to further increase cholera recurrence in the city. while some studies have examine the factors that influence cholera outbreaks, the impact of this disease on the healthcare system in buea is unclear. for the period of 2020-2025, cameroon is projected to have a fertility rate of 4.3 children per woman (un data, 2022). this is slightly higher than that of low-income countries (4.2) and more than double that of high-income countries (1.7) (ibid). hence, the health issues associated with an increased population density in buea urban areas are also likely to continue since november 2019, cameroon has been continuously reporting cholera cases (who, 2020). cholera is a diarrheal infection of the small intestines caused by ingesting food or water contaminated by the bacterium vibrio cholerae. for the first time, as of november 2022, cameroon will likely be declared as one of the cholera-endemic nations. 3 though cameroon has experienced cholera outbreaks before but these episodes have not been continuous. the last cholera outbreak in cameroon was between 2010 and 2011. this epidemic recorded 10,714 cases and 650 deaths nationally (nsagha et al., 2015). in the first three days of the recent outbreak, over 400 cases and 12 deaths were reported in fako division, south west region of cameroon (who, 2020). since the inception of this outbreak, the infection rates have been increasing exponentially. this is exemplified by the fact that between march 6, 2022 and march 27, 2022, weekly cholera cases in cameroon rose by over 6 times (from 200 to 1,262) (who, 2022). as of august 2022, 10,300 cases had been reported (africa news, 2022). these figures may be an underestimation due to lack of surveillance and underreporting (khan et al., 2022). given that this disease has been manageable in the past, it is important to investigate why this time it has been difficult to eradicate in cameroon. currently, the southwest region of cameroon is the most affected area with 4,617 cases recorded as of april 2022 (who, 2022). buea, the capital city in the region, is at the epicenter of this epidemic. the issue of water access, poor hygiene, and infrastructural issues have been highlighted as the major issues that need to be targeted to address these outbreaks (nsagha, 2015). however, new issues related to a rapid increase in population and consequently poorer sanitation may have exacerbated the health issues in the city. compounded with the depletion of water, sanitation, and hygiene (wash) resources during the covid-19 pandemic, the city may be in a crisis that it is too big to handle. this article seeks to qualitatively examine how this rapid urbanization has contributed to this continuous cholera outbreak and the effects on the healthcare system and the measures that are in place to mitigate this outbreak. the study will rely on phone interviews from medical doctors at buea hospital and local government officials. the next sections in this paper will discuss the literature, the methodology, the results and conclusions of the study. 3 the world health organization declares an area as cholera-endemic when confirmed cholera cases have been detected during the last 3 years with evidence of local transmission, with cases not imported from elsewhere. author name / the academic research community publication pg. 3 2. literature review urbanization in sub-saharan africa (ssa) has been on the rise, bringing about some health risks such has waterborne diseases (zerbo, delgado, gonzales, 2020). zerbo, delgado, gonzales, (2020) conducted a systematic literature review on urban risk factors associated with cholera outbreaks in ssa. they found that densely populated areas in coastal cities, regions with several lakes and rivers, informal settlements without proper sanitation and environmental/rainfall patterns to contributing risk factors. in a recent study conducted in cameroon, musa et al., (2022) examined the challenges related with addressing the cholera outbreak. the study highlighted lack of access to drinking water, open defecation in rivers, and overcrowding as the challenges to addressing this issue. however, the contributions of other attacks on the health system issues in the southwest region of cameroon from covid-19, measles, and conflict have not been studied (un ocha, 2022). musa et al., (2022) and amani et al., (2022) also showed that that in march 2022, a vaccination campaign. with the help of organizations such as the world health organization (who), 4,8 million doses of the oral cholera vaccine have been donated and hundreds of thousands cameroonians have been vaccinated (amani et al., 2022). the authors mention that the government has been revising the national cholera plan that will include preventative campaigns. government officials have been visiting homes, disinfecting toilets and public water sources. however, it is still unclear whether these measures have been useful. current reports still show that the new cases are still being reported (africa news, 2022). amani et al. (2022), also studied the challenges, best practices, and lessons from the mass vaccination campaign in littoral region of cameroon. they found that there was a 66% uptake among females and a 60% uptake among males the vaccination campaign of 2021. refusal was the main reason for not taking the vaccine. the mechanisms that influence this refusal where not necessarilly outlined. cultural dynamics, shared beliefs, values, customs, and behaviors, can potentiate and influence infectious disease transmissions like cholera (alexander & mcnutt, 2010). louis et al., 1990 carried out a study in guinea and reported that people who attended funerals were more likely affected by the outbreak that ensued than those who did not. this study complements these recent studies by examining what municipal officials and medical doctors have observed during this ongoing pandemic and whether measures are in place to address this ongoing disease. 3. methodology this article adopts a descriptive research design. it specifically uses a qualitative approach to understand the additional factors that influence the perpetuation of cholera in buea vis a vis rapid urbanization. the study administered in-depth phone interviews with medical practitioners at buea regional hospital, which is the main cholera treatment centre in buea. the study also conducted in-depth phone interviews with public health experts at the south west regional delegation of public health and buea council personnel incharge of hygiene and sanitation. the study also made use of direct observation conducted by the researcher in the field during sensitization campaigns in the affected communities in buea. the personal and physical presence on the field helped in structuring the questions and confirming some of the views of the city officials and health experts. the administrative authorization for this study was obtained from the regional delegation of the ministry of public health for the south west region. the interviews were conducted in english and french. the interviews lasted for atleast an hour. all interviews were recorded and trascribed in english. the results were analyzed using a narrative anaysis. the study allowed the interviewees to construct the stories and narrate their personal experience. the allowed the researchers to understand what has led to the recurrences of cholera and the measures adopted at various levels to tackle the outbreak. 4. results the results mainly pointed to the fact that the recurrences of the cholera outbreak was as a result of the stress put on the available resoureces due to a conflict-induced migration caused by the confrontation between seperatists and the cameroonian defense and security forces. rapid and unplanned population growth in buea is continuously on the rise due to this conflict-induced migration. this growth rate has mounted a lot of pressure on available resources (health care and hygiene and sanitation) especially in the peri-urban areas of buea. the current cholera outbreak and author name / the academic research community publication pg. 4 it recurrences paint a clear picture of the health-related challenges of buea amidst its population increase. because the disease has been previously manageable, some medical doctors suspect that there could be mutations of the disease. there are some respondents who also believe that the individuals who are being treated may also not be living in the city. that is, it is probable that the infections are occurring in areas where medical treatment is not easily accessible, which makes it seem as though the infection rates in the city are continuous. “…..we have observed some differences between the present outbreak of cholera and the previous ones that lasted just for two to three months and they were contained. personally, i think that we are dealing with a new strain of cholera which is resistant to treatment or has a high infection rate in the community because we have been observing recurrences of cholera for about two to three years now”. “this cholera outbreak as compared to the previous one has been very severe. it has been extremely prolonged and so it's not just been brief like previous ones. there has also been a good number of reinfections like the covid 19 pandemic. the cholera outbreak seems to overwhelm the existing health response and structures. it has been a burden like the covid-19 pandemic, because it is something that has to do with the well-being of the community”. “….. an epidemiologic investigation needs to be done, the site of infection might not be buea” the study discovered that in the 1970’s the notion of water rationing did not exist, because community member did not depend solely on the water utility company to supply them. the municipality of buea hosts many natural water springs and streams and many households depended on these water sources. the high demand for space for the expansion of settlement and other urban functions have resulted in the encroachment of buildings and other land use activities in catchment areas (kometa, 2009). this has resulted in the degradation of the catchments, thereby reducing the supply of water. in bomaka, about 50 – 70 % of the streams have been reclaimed, thus reducing the capacity of the stream to serve the neighborhood. it was reported that; another challenge preventing the daily supply of water is the aging installations; no significant innovations have been carryout to build storage tanks. camwater 4 still depends on infrastructures that were developed in the 1980’s with which it cannot supply water for 24 hours. many households in buea are connected to pipe born water network, but this is not a guarantee of having water pours when the tap is open. some neighborhoods and households go for months with running water in their house and only depends on public taps that not also affected by rationing (morfor, 2010). during the 2010 cholera outbreak in cameroon, the ministry of public health reported that more than 600 cameroonians died from this disease. health experts say that this disease is mainly attributed to the absence of clean potable water and poor sanitary conditions (nkemngu, 2011). 4 it is a state-run water production and supply company. author name / the academic research community publication pg. 5 “i believe these neighborhoods are highly affected because they many households don’t have access to portable water. these are communities that depend on boreholes, community water schemes and springs. secondly, apart from access to clean water, the hygiene conditions in these areas are poor because of overcrowded households, compounded with the absence of toilets in many homes. majority of household members defecate in the open air, hence the spread of the cholera bacteria is transmitted easily”. “cholera is a waterborne disease, the absence of clean drinking water is always a starting point for infection. it also requires intake of large quantities of water during watery stool so if communities don’t have clean water, how do we want to fight the disease?” “we have communities where water is a problem, and so they resort to drinking water which is not well-treated. these communities are most likely to be hit by the cholera outbreak. of course, the issue of toilets, some areas don't have toilets, or their toilets empty into running water which is later carried at the downstream for household uses. others have built their houses so close together and you have a septic tank not very far away from the kitchen or boreholes. all these are major areas of infection that have been compounded by the pressure on the available resources” the study found out that, there were some conspiracy theories about the disease according to some community members. according to health experts, these conspiracy theories and the fear of stigmatization caused people to come to the hospital only after days of trying to manage the disease at home., hence spreading the disease to other household members. it was also reported that many people were worried about how the society will perceive them as people who have cholera. at the cholera treatment centre in buea, patients are isolated from the rest of the community. this makes household members, friends, and neighbors resort to some sort of stigmatization of the patients. on the other hand, some heath experts have explained that some people are so used to seeing the disease to a degree that it is no longer alarming to them and would manage the disease at home. according to public health experts, group eating poses great risks of cholera exposure but due to the cultural dynamics of such ceremonies, it is a way of life linked with feelings of belonging to a family. like other cultures, funerals and weddings are major events in african culture. however, these ceremonies incresease the risks of cholera exposure and rapid transmission. “you know we have a culture of events (funerals, weddings, and meetings) and in all these events we eat. these events have been a hot spot of transmission of the disease, because if the water used to prepare author name / the academic research community publication pg. 6 the food or an infected person was involved in the cooking, many people will be infected in one ceremony. people can’t understand why such ceremonies will not have food and often the risk of contamination is high. so avoiding food in public places will do good in slowing the spread”. “cholera or the symptoms are like endemic now to many people. they're just used to seeing cholera or someone with watery stool, so much that when they see somebody with watery stools and vomiting, it does not give any alarm. they don't panic and try to manage it at home. one funny thing about cholera is that it's a self-limiting disease. that means, even without treatment, you can have mild symptoms of cholera and still get well without any trouble. so they will just manage maybe onto when it gets worse… they'll be looking for a facility and most often they get to the health facilities very late”. from the standpoint of those interviewed, eating at public events and ceremonies can explain why the cholera outbreak have been recurring. hence, the efets of cultural practices on cholera exposure and transmission is very high after public events. according to health experts, many people testified to have eaten at a ceremony ceremony before contracting cholera. those interviewed agreed that the best way of stopping the spread is putting a lot of attention to prevention. “i believe the most efficient way to prevent the spread of cholera is through sensitization this has to happen first at the family level on proper hygiene. education is another key aspect, i think the delegation and other stakeholders like reach out, doctors without borders, norwegian refugee council etc., are engaged in educating communities on how to keep your area clean, to purify water before drinking, the most common being boiling the water, filter before drinking”. 5. conclusion the high demand for land in buea has pushed the construction of homes to some difficult and inaccessible sites, which make waste collection difficult. hence, most people dump their refuse on any available land and along river channels, polluting driking water sources, thus making the water not suitable for home consumption. the study found out that waste management remains a major problem for the city of buea, especially when unauthorized urban growth has outpaced the ability of the municipal authorities to provide adequate facilities for collection and management of waste. due to poor and ineffective management of waste, these dumpsites tend to act as sources of environmental and health hazards to people living in the vicinity.. the problem of water rationing has forced inhabitant to turn to untreated author name / the academic research community publication pg. 7 alternative sources of water. in addition, uncontrolled urbanization and conflict-induced idps, there is increased construction around streams and catchment areas. the water bodies are also facing pollution due to increased human activitiy. there are also open septic tanks close to houses and regrettably, some septic tanks empty themselves into running streams.these streams would have served as backups to the water demands of the buea population during times of prolonged water cuts. the rationing and shortage of sanitation and water that has also been excerabted by conflict-induced migration and cultural factors exemplify how eradicating a recurring cholera outbreak and covid-19 can be difficult for health and city officials.. both diseases require the usage of water for hand washing, clean drinking water and keeping the environment clean. more and multifaceted efforts from houselholds, local, national and international communities are needed to address these issues. otherwise, more breakouts and fatalities will continue. references africa news, (2022). retrieved from: https://www.africanews.com/2022/08/05/200-dead-in-10-months-after-resurgence-of-cholera-incameroon// agbor, j. o. (2019). an assessment of humanitarian response to internally displaced persons: the case of south west region of cameroon. agormedah, e. k., adu henaku, e., ayite, d. m. k. and apori ansah, e. (2020). online learning in higher education during covid-19 pandemic: a case of ghana. journal of educational technology and online learning, 3 (3), 183-210. doi: 10.31681/jetol.726441 alexander ka, mcnutt jw, 2010;. human behavior influences infectious disease emergence at the human-animal interface. front ecol environ.; 8(10): 522-526. amani, a., solange, n. g. o., mariette, d. i. a., lekelem, s. n., linjouom, a., makembe, h. m., ... & kamgno, j. (2022). challenges, best practices, and lessons learned from cholera mass vaccination campaign in urban cameroon during covid-19 era. vaccine. buea communual development plan (2012): description of the buea municipailty, pndp, pg. 1 136.https://www.pndp.org/documents/04_cdp_buea pdf. louis me, porter jd, helal a, drame k, hargrett-bean na, wells jg, tauxe rv, 1990. epidemic cholera in west africa: tue role of food handling and high-risk foods. am j epidemiol.; 131(4):719-28. mofor, s. buea municipality and leaking cde pipes the recorder newsline saturday, nov 06, 2010. accessed 10 september 2022. musa, s. s., ezie, k. n., scott, g. y., shallangwa, m. m., ibrahim, a. m., olajide, t. n., ... & lucero-prisno iii, d. e. (2022). the challenges of addressing the cholera outbreak in cameroon. public health in practice, 4, 100295. nsagha, d. s., atashili, j., fon, p. n., tanue, e. a., ayima, c. w., & kibu, o. d. (2015). assessing the risk factors of cholera epidemic in the buea health district of cameroon. bmc public health, 15(1), 1-7. nkemngu, m. a. the paradox of cameroon’s chronic water crisis. the star news 23rd march 2011. http://thestaronline.info/?p=316 accessed 10 september 2022. un data, (2022). retrieved from: https://data.un.org/data.aspx?q=birth+rate+&d=popdiv&f=variableid%3a54 undesa, (2018). retrieved from: https://population.un.org/wup/publications/files/wup2018-report.pdf un ocha, (2022). retrieved from: https://reports.unocha.org/en/country/cameroon/card/5nuwjw618w/ un office for the coordination of humanitarian affairs (ochoa), 2018, emergency response plan cameroon north-west and south-west summary (may 2018). published on 27 may 2018. (accessed 11 september 2022). who, 2020. situation report of cholera outbreak in buea health district, south west region cameroon. retrieved from: https://reliefweb.int/report/cameroon/situation-report-cholera-outbreak-buea-health-district-south-west-region-cameroon (accessed 13 september 2022) world bank, (2021). retrieved from: https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/sp.urb.totl.in.zs?locations=cm zerbo, a., delgado, r. c., & gonzález, p. a. (2020). a review of the risk of cholera outbreaks and urbanization in sub-saharan africa. journal of biosafety and biosecurity, 2(2), 71-76. https://www.africanews.com/2022/08/05/200-dead-in-10-months-after-resurgence-of-cholera-in-cameroon/ https://www.africanews.com/2022/08/05/200-dead-in-10-months-after-resurgence-of-cholera-in-cameroon/ https://population.un.org/wup/publications/files/wup2018-report.pdf https://reports.unocha.org/en/country/cameroon/card/5nuwjw618w/ https://reliefweb.int/organization/ocha https://reliefweb.int/report/cameroon/situation-report-cholera-outbreak-buea-health-district-south-west-region-cameroon http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 50 doi: 10.21625/archive.6i1.879 investigation of human-centered transportation (walking and biking) for low-income workers in kabul, afghanistan sayed nasir shah1, yoshitaka kajita1 1tokai university abstract human-centered transportation (walking and biking) has been the cheapest, healthiest, and most convenient mode of transportation throughout history. in the new global economy, walking and biking have become common modes of transportation for low-income groups of people. kabul is the biggest city in afghanistan with scattered space organizations and currently is unfavorable for walking and biking due to insufficient attention to pedestrian and bicycle routes in city planning and poor road network and sidewalk conditions, which are among the issues that affect this 4-5 million population city. the purpose of this research is to analyze the current traffic situation in kabul and identify the role and share of citizens' use of human-centered transportation (walking and biking) for transportation. this research also aims to investigate the relationship between the economic scope of low-income workers and the use of walking and biking for transportation. the statistical population of the current study was selected from three municipal districts as travel zones. using cluster sampling, a sample participant of 929 people was obtained. it was observed that in the broad context, due to increasing cost and insufficient public transportation, low-income workers use bicycles and walking as a reliable mode of transportation. finally, it is suggested that the spatial organization of kabul is redefined and designed based on the new space organization, and the local organization and formulation of urban transportation strategies in urban strategic plans for pedestrian and bicycle transportation systems are strengthened, especially for roads leading to employment locations. furthermore, in planning, priority is to be shifted to human-centered transportation (walking and biking). © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). peer-review under responsibility of archive’s international scientific committee of reviewers. keywords pedestrian life; human-centerd transportation; walking and biking; kabul; low-income workers 1. introduction human-centered transportation (walking and biking) has been the cheapest, healthiest, and most convenient mode of transportation. walking and cycling for daily transportation have more potential than leisure activities for physical activity. focusing on transportation policies can also reduce air and noise pollution and improve health. furthermore, increasing walking and cycling in the general population and among groups of interest reduces the cost of daily travel (racioppi, 2002). research to date has tended to focus mainly on walkability as being beneficial for health and the environment as it helps reduce many health issues caused by obesity which is the result of an inactive lifestyle (speck, 2018). given the potential effects of economic stabilization and social equality that walkable neighbourhoods can provide, it is not surprising that recent studies have shown the resilience of these areas to economic crises (gilderblooma et al, 2015). http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0264275114001474#! shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 51 walking and biking are some of the most widely used modes of transportation for work purposes of low-income workers in the city of kabul, afghanistan, even though the roads and pedestrian route conditions are not favourable. human-centered transport (walking and biking) facilities are not provided in kabul, and many roads lack sufficient width for safe passage by pedestrians. consequently, on some roads, pedestrians are using the carriageways, causing conflicts with vehicles (jica study team, 2009). this situation reduces the traffic capacity and increases risks to nonmotorized transport as well. furthermore, road crossing infrastructure including road marking for human-centered transportation (walking and biking) are insufficient. it is very dangerous for pedestrians and bikers to cross roads without such infrastructure, especially on roads with heavy traffic. despite these problems, to improve walkability in the city, it is necessary to use effective measures and strategies to recover the lost identity of sidewalks and design complete streets. 1.1. research question -with all the above-mentioned uncertainties in city walkability in kabul, why is the share of human-centered transportation (walking and biking) relatively high compared to other modes of transportation? -to what extent do low-income workers benefit from the use of walking and biking for transportation? 1.2. purpose the purpose of this research is to analyze the current traffic situation in kabul and identify the role and share of citizens' use of human-centered transportation (walking and biking) for transportation. this research also aims to investigate the relationship between the economic scope of low-income workers and the use of walking and biking for transportation. 2. method simple statistical analysis was used to show the walkability share in kabul. in this investigation, we used both qualitative and quantitative methods. we adjusted analyses for the personand walkability factors associated with low-income workers. 3. survy data and results the data were collected from a one-day trip survey. participants (n = 34140), mean age = 33.06 years) resided in 22 municipal districts across kabul, afghanistan. the statistical population of the current study was selected from three municipal districts as travel zones. using cluster sampling, a sample participant of 929 people was obtained. the od is summarized to that of three transport modes and five trip purposes (figures 1 and 2). three transport modes: i) walking, ii) public mode (= bus + taxi), and iii) private mode (car + truck). five trip purposes: i) to go to work, ii) to school, iii) for business, iv) for private (shopping + others), and v) returning home. we used street interview s to subjectively collect data on kabul transportation characteristics. we adjusted analyses for the personand walkability factors associated with the low-income group of workers. table 1 transportation modes share modes trips share modes trips share walking 1347918 28.87% taxi 467288 10.01% bike/bicycle 282319 6.04% pr cars 709846 15.2% microbus 1411794 30.24% sh cars 179074 3.83% minibus 110693 2.37% truck 11828 0.25% bus 147074 3.15% total 4667834 100 shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 52 figure 1 transportation modes share table 2 transportation share by pusrpose purpose trips share purpose trips share work 1675240 35.9% shopping 178042 3.81% school 374243 8.01% home re 2387447 51.14% business 52862 1.13% total 4667834 100 figure 2 transportaion share by purpose the total number of daily trips in kabul in 2019 reached 4,667,834, including 1,347,918 on foot trips (by walking and bicycle from origin to destination) and 1,411,794 of those trips was done by micro buses which is counted a s public transportation. in the 2008 calculation, non-motorized trips were higher than other modes of transportation, but in recent years, micro buses had more travel than trips on foot. travel by other modes, such as bus, minibus, taxi, and private car, also has its share, which is shown in (tables 3 and 4). among the purpose of trips, most trips are made for work (35.9%), followed by school (8%), business (1.1%), and shopping (3.8%). 4. study area kabul is situated in the northeastern part of the country, at 1,800 meters above sea level. the city is located between 34˚31ʹ80ʺ n and 69˚10ʹ29ʺ e. it is the largest city in the country with approximately 1,023 km2area, and the population is estimated at 4.4 million people (statistical year book of afghanistan, 2019-2020). the target area of this research consists ofthree districts out of 22 municipal districts of kabul province. 28.87% 6.04% 30.24% 2.37% 3.15% 10.01% 15.20% 3.83% 0.25% walking bike tonnis minibus bus taxi pr cars sh cars truck 35.90% 8.01% 1.13%3.81% 51.14% work school business shopping home return shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 53 in order to facilitate the survey and to effectively analyze the transportation system of kabul, it was necessary to divide the city into main and sub-zones. the sub-zones are eliminated after the completion of the survey process, and no use is made in the analysis. the geological names of origins and destinations of the trip samples collected through the pt survey were converted into code numbers (coding) to facilitate the data assessment. the district centers were used for zoning within the city. in most societies, sidewalks are the main component of the network of urban and local passages for rest, recreation, and walking of citizens. unfortunately, in kabul, sidewalks are considered paralyzed and forgotten places. in urban planning, priority has been given to motorized transportation. evidence of this claim is the unfavorable physical conditions of streets and sidewalks even in the most important central parts of the capital city of kabul. these problems are as follows: existence of surface differences and physical barriers along the way lack of proper urban equipment and furniture lack of use of technically appropriate flooring materials on sidewalks and lack of necessary infrastructure interference of adjacent business activities to the pedestrian way occupation of large parts of sidewalks by shopkeepers vehicles parking on the street lack of proper bike lanes lack of complete streets other 5. analysis according to the one-day trip survey, the trips on foot have the largest share among the other trips within the district. the size of the district is large, and the trip distances between districts tend to be calculated much longer than the actual ones so that no clear relation between the trip distances and the share of trips on foot was observed. therefore, a model formula for the modal share of trips on foot within the district by purpose is prepared to assume the maximum, as well as the sharing rate for a distance, not less than 10km, will become almost 0% (figure 3). pij= 1 1+𝑒(𝑎𝐷𝑖𝑗+𝑏) (formula by jica study team, 2018) where pij modal share dij distance between i and j district (km) a, b parameter table 3 parameters of modal choice model table 4 mode choice share purpose a b work 0.5 0.5322 school 0.5 -1.45 private 0.5 0.4055 purpose walk share work 37% school 81% private 40% shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 54 figure 3 modal sharing curve of trips on foot according to (figure 3), it is observed that distance of travel and modal share have an inverted relation. 6. results the first set of the analysis shows a significant share of the walking and biking modes of transportation, which consists of 37% altogether. the above share is for all the trip purposes, namely work, school. business, shopping, and home return. the result we are going to present in this research is the use of walking and bicycling for transportation for low-income workers. in order to accurately study citizen traveling patterns within the city, a question was asked from the statistical population to determine their daily travel cost, travel time, and travel distance. the results of which are as follows: table 5 one day travel outcomes for all purposes 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 p ij distance(km) mode choice share work school private travel cost travel time travel distance modes ct. mean sd min max ct. mean sd min max ct. mean sd min max walk 292 0.0 0.0 0 0 165 1.9 2.3 10 18 165 1.9 39.5 4 21 bike 78 0.0 0.0 0 0 38 3.8 2.8 10 19 38 3.8 32.3 6 14 microbus 221 31.3 16.8 10 100 126 6.9 4.8 19 30 109 6.9 66.3 4 6 minibus 33 24.2 10.0 10 60 17 8.2 10.2 40 45 18 8.2 30.2 3 12 bus 51 26.3 12.3 10 60 37 6.0 3.1 20 36 25 6.0 41.1 8 18 taxi 86 79.0 41.1 20 220 53 7.5 4.7 20 35 60 7.5 50.4 10 22 private 125 93.6 43.4 20 450 58 7.8 8.5 30 63 85 7.8 53.1 2 36 share car 43 44.4 15.2 20 80 19 5.5 3.4 30 47 29 5.5 31.6 16 24 929 513 529 shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 55 (table 5) is the result obtained from sample data of 1, 3, and 8 zonal districts that shows count, mean, min, max, and standard deviation of travel cost, travel time, and travel distance from sample participants (n=929). all of the participants declared their travel cost, while 513 declared their travel time and 445 declared travel distance. in the following linear regression, as stated by (pradip kumar sarkar, vinai maitri and g.j joshi, 2015), the relationship between the two variables is modeled by fitting the linear equation of the observed data, one variable as an explanatory variable or is considered an independent variable, and the other that is to be estimated is considered as a dependent variable. intention is to find out the existence of a relationship between a dependent and independent variable . a simple tool for determining the relationship between two variables is to consider a scatter diagram (figures 4 and 5). figure 4 modal sharing line of trips on foot in respect to distance figure 5 modal sharing line of trips on foot in respect to time the above diagrams show the direct relationship between the one-day travel cost of workers concerning their travel distance and one-day travel cost with travel time. the mean scores of one-day travel cost were compared with oneday travel time and one-day travel distance of all modes of transportation to present their correlations. the use of walking and biking modes of transportation are the highest for shorter distances. as the distances get longer, private cars are used to meet daily needs. non-motorized modes of transportation (walking and biking) also confirm previous statements, with more usage in shorter travel times. in the final analysis of the relationship between the mode share for low-income workers and the high usage of human-centered transportation, according to (figures 4 and 5), it was observed that in the broad context, due to increasing cost and insufficient public transportation, low-income workers use bicycles and walking as their reliable mode of transportation to a noticeable extent. y = 0.0449x + 4.2724 r² = 0.4877 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 t ra v e l d is ta n c e /k m travel cost(mean)/afn 1afn=0.014usd 1day travel distance 1day travel distance linear (1day travel distance) y = 0.1499x + 58.51 r² = 0.3017 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 t ra v e l t im e /m in travel cost(mean)/afn 1afn=0.014usd 1day travel time 1day travel time linear (1day travel time) shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 56 7. share of transportation mode by trip distance the trip distance discussed here means the shortest distance between gravity centers of districts measured along the trunk road networks. therefore, it should be noted that the trip distance within the district is unclear, the distance measured along the trunk road may not be the shortest route, and the trip distances for the inhabitants living far from the gravity center may be longer than actual trip distances. the share of trips on foot within the district, at 61%, is the highest. the average distance of trips on foot is 2.9 km (figure 6 and table 6). table 6 transportation modes share in respect to trip distances distance trips (trips/day) share walk public transport private transport total walk public transport private transport intra district 1093300 533797 285685 1992408 55 27 14 0-2 21777 62724 56247 134493 16 47 42 2-4 7148 54313 30592 88284 8 62 35 4-6 42499 269558 89382 393703 11 68 23 6-8 63277 324066 126076 502441 13 64 25 8-10 53371 303420 109067 456388 12 66 24 10-12 15178 200909 73924 281212 5 71 26 12-14 13312 176204 64833 246631 5 71 26 14-16 25015 108650 43611 173801 14 63 25 16-18 14133 81548 27438 120857 12 67 23 18-20 1141 25167 6061 31704 4 79 19 20-22 6129 37746 14246 56776 11 66 25 22-24 5847 41279 20194 65001 9 64 31 24-26 5112 29064 10447 43717 12 66 24 26-28 5681 22283 7547 35087 16 64 22 28-30 2801 12553 4418 19462 14 64 23 30-32 3113 9210 3571 15731 20 59 23 32-34 254 213 139 613 41 35 23 34-36 163 1551 87 1817 9 85 5 36-38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38-40 1120 2710 973 4791 23 57 20 40-42 136 181 21 351 39 52 6 42-44 396 786 631 1760 22 45 36 44-46 217 432 154 806 27 54 19 460 0 0 0 0 0 0 total 1347918 2315923 1003993 4667834 29% 49% 22% avg. length 2.9 km 8.3 km 7.3 km 6.4 km shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 57 figure 6 share of transportation mode by trip distance the number of people using public transportation tends to increase when the trip distance exceeds two km and shares not less than 60% in most of the ranges. the average trip distance of public transport users is 8.3 km. the number of private transport mode users also tends to increase when the trip distance exceeds two km and shares around 20% in most of the ranges. the average trip distance by private transport is 7.3 km, which is shorter than that of public transport. the shares of each transport mode are almost constant in most of the ranges except for the trips within the district. this is because most of the trips are concentrated in the center of kabul regardless of trip distance (whether from districts close to or far from the center). 8. modal split by purpose the share of public transportation for commuting to work purposes is 60%, which is the highest, followed by private transport modes, such as passenger cars, motor bikes, etc. (figure 7). trips-on-foot shares 62% for the way to schools, followed by the trips with public transport sharing 29%. for business trips, the share of trips on foot was smaller compared to other purposes, and the share of private transport modes is higher instead. the share of public transport is high for the trips of private purpose, such as shopping, compared to other purposes. table 7 one day mode split by purpose figure 7 one day modal split by purpose of trip 0 100000 200000 300000 400000 500000 600000 t r ip s /d a y km walk public transport private transport walk public transport private transport total work 234534 1005144 435562 1675240 14.00% 60.00% 26.00% school 232405 108156 33682 374243 62.10% 28.90% 9.00% business 3859 32352 16652 52862 7.30% 61.20% 31.50% private 23324 131573 23145 178042 13.10% 73.90% 13.00% home 809345 1172236 405866 2387447 33.90% 49.10% 17.00% total 1347918 2315923 1003993 4667834 28.89% 49.6 21.51% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% walk public transport private transport shah/ the academic research community publication pg. 58 9. conclusion the purpose of this study is to determine the limits of the use of walking and biking for transportation forlow-income workers in kabul afghanistan. it was also shown that human-centered transportation (walking and biking) was mainly used for intra zonal (district) trips because of the lack of proper zonal connectivity and walking and biking facilities. although the current study is based on a small sample of participants, the findings suggest the investigation can be broadened to cover all 22 zonal districts to obtain more precise findings. finally, it is suggested that the spatial organization of kabul is redefined and designed based on the new space organization, and the local organization and formulation of urban transportation strategies in urban strategic plans for pedestrian and bicycle transportation systems are strengthened, especially for roads leading to employment locations. furthermore, in planning, priority is to be shifted to human-centered transportation (walking and biking). references francesca racioppi, world health organization, (2002), a physically active life through everyday transport with a special focus on children and older people and examples and approaches from europe, rome. jeff speck, (2018). walkable city rules, 101steps to making better places, washington dc: island press, 2000 m steet nw suite 650 washington dc 20063. john i.gilderblooma et al (2015). does walkability matter? an examination of walkability’s impact on housing values, foreclosures and crime. elsevier ltd. japan international cooperation agency(jica) study team(2009). the study for the development of the master plan for kabul met ropolitan area in the islamic republich of afghanistan: sector report 8: transportation, kabul-afghanistan: recs international inc. yachiyo engineering co, ltd. cti engineering international co, ltd. sanyu consultants inc. pradep kumar sarkar, vinay maitri, g.j. joshi, (2015). transportation planning: principles, practices and policies. delhi-110092: phi learning private limited. national statistics and information authority, (2021). afghanistan statistical yearbook 2020: issue no. 42. kabul afghanistan: nsia. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0264275114001474#! http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 39 doi: 10.21625/archive.v6i1.878 imitation and traditions evaluation the effectiveness of ethnic identity culture on architecture mourad amer1 1architect, bsc, dsc, msc, phd, ceo & founder of ierek abstract this paper discusses the phenomenon of rapid urbanization and modernity that has omitted communities’ traditions. it evaluates the effectiveness of closing in on the sentience of ethics identity, it also presents solutions and instructions that create the balance between tradition and imitation, to conserve the history of our cities and social behaviors. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). peer-review under responsibility of archive’s international scientific committee of reviewers. keywords architecture; ethnic identity culture; rapid urbanization 1. introduction as the number of technological options increases, so does the complexity and senseless of identity also increases. the last few years have rightly witnessed a growing debate among the arabian developing countries, especially those that which their economies had been enriched, and through the architecture development process they missed the thinking about their identities and imitated the western models of architecture and urban planning which were not very suitable to their resources of ethnic identity or climatic circumstances and socio cultural, they also required themselves had been forgotten to look into their own past heritage to understand the architecture and planning practice to develop it with acceptable new techniques instead of blind imitation, the cloning of the western architecture techniques without care of ethnic identities led to critical questioning about the next danger if the sense of identity will razing or lost. searching for architectural identity, our societies should rethink about the real meaning of built environments, this is the that some architects found and they are contentious calling to win the debate on the functionality of architectural vocabularies and fixed the fact that each symbol in architectural design should have a function, other architects neglect this fact and moreover they deliberately imitate in blind action, they drifted and vested interest with postmodernism and technology which make them forgot their identity. in addition, some of foreign developers who investing in our arabian area had been imposed their identity within investing in real estate, confirming with their interests, then this case became as dreadful infection on our heritage and identity. the sense of identity usually reflects in two levels, one at the physical level such as elevations, materials used and method of construction. the second, at the sincere level, such as harmonization with the lifestyle and or honours of the own past heritage which describe the social, cultural, and religious inspiration. http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 40 at first glance, the inspiration of architectural styles should be from the sense of society and its own history, with no inhibition to mix this inspiration with compatible technologies and techniques. through this research, the study will rise gradually to evaluate the effectiveness of cloning these techniques in our social life, and define the acceptable imitation for our ethnic identity. some examples will be focussing about the refashioning in architecture in the entire world, and especially in gulf areas, which have changed their intellectual methodologies, replicating them in egypt, and focusing in alexandria city, which may have more clarity. 1.1. problem statement the problem statement is divided into two major parameters. one begins with the role of imitation and cloning techniques, and its acceptability within an environmental context. the second, begins with more tangible issues, reviewing current design practices vis-á-vis the traditions and resource parameters in the arabian zone, and focussing on egypt, which seeks to express the built form as a manifestation of socio-cultural institution, which is lokced into a dynamic relationship that nurtures, and complements the sense of ethnic identity. 1.2. aim of the research there is an urgent need to resolve the argument about the identity, and how architects, people, and decision makers should respect it. therefore, it is important to define how identity influences people, designers, and authors, as well as discovering the lack of identity in contemporary architecture in the arabian area. this raises the following questions: what is the meaning of identity, and how should public awareness be increased to preserve its meaning? and how do they define their social and cultural identities? the preservation of identity and management, by using technologies is critical, and difficult in these days, so this research aims to: 1. clarify the importance of identity and its denotations with architectural heritage. 2. maintain the identity when enabling a higher level of technology or using new materials. 3. decrease the applications of blind imitation and complicated technologies. 4. create the usage of parameters of imitation within acceptable applications. 1.3. the research methodology the research begins with outlining the definitions of identity, traditions, and context. firstly, the research discusses the importance of respecting of heritage symbolism. secondly, offering some excerpts about imitation, before focusing on the egyptian situation, especially in alexandria. finally, an extract of studies is used to recommend methods of fixing the scale of cloning techniques, through a synthesis of parameters for elimitation of imitation. 2. definitions this definition is for how one can identify identity and traditions, and how people should look after them. this definition does not only address the behaviours, but also social contributions to the behavioural guidance for new generations. identity is defined as a (noun) in the dictionary which describes the distinctive character or the behavior of an individual, it is the roots upon which one is brought up and the origins that extend to ancestors (liberty alliance project, n.d.). it is a process, and not a found object, it is the linking between the generations, it acts as a connecting link between them to transit the culture and civilization through history, people cannot be fabricated, but they can develop it. the sense of identity needs the sense of belonging to deepen the meaning of identity. this strengthens the citizens’ adherence to their identity, and increases their ability to preserve their culture and heritage (powell, n.d.). amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 41 identity management is applying technologies to the identity, there is no theoretical approach or specific requirements to manage the identity, the strategy of each case could be inspired from the context of a certain community, and the technology used in each project. traditions: a tradition is a behavioural practice of ethnics groups; it is acted repetitively over years; it reflects the social behaviour of individuals, and the degree of their engagement with their homeland and communities (fragaszy, 2003). context: it is the environmental information for the surrounding space, all information is important to operate environmental aspects of the context around a project. people are always the important factor as well as their activity, identity, and tradition. physical aspects are also needed, such as the location, and geographical information related to the environment (dey and abowd, 2000). 3. ethnic identity and diversity resources ethnicity is the affiliation to a certain group, it depicts the quality of the group’s social life, it characterizes a group of people, and defines and distinguishes them from other groups. when ethnicity is added to the identity, it means that there are many specific elements, resources, and facts, such as geographical aspects, nationality, origins, domesticity, culture, history, religion, and language (phoenix college, n.d.). the representation of ethnicity through architecture has more clarity in traditional architecture; it is well suited to transmit a sense of appreciation for the cultural values of a society. this claim is equally valid for the house, which is still found in its traditional style. the change from traditional to modern in dwelling architecture can be either very abrupt or more gradual, as revealed in intermediate forms of living in the city. some traditional houses are no longer inhabited and have fallen into a state of disrepair. others have been changed by the addition of walls between the posts at the ground level to provide additional living space and room for economic activities, the several generations of architects identified in this essay understand that they contribute to the shaping of an ethnic and regional identity. by selecting special traits from traditional architecture and incorporating them in modern private and public buildings, they try to solve the problems raised by the translation of the principles of wood construction to brick structures. they have shown great dedication in doing so and have created a new branch of ethnic architecture. despite their exertions, they are not completely satisfied (bowen, n.d.). 3.1. architecture and society societies must present the facts for its members, and explain the dimension of interactions to create the co mplex reality, called ''the contemporary society'', among these facts is: social, economic, culture, political, institutional, religious, and other dimensions. the physical environment is one of these dimensions that must interact and reflect that all this mixture is formatting the structure of the society’s ethnic identity (serageldin, n.d.). the members of societies must express their societies in the physical world, architects and developers should have an explicit vision to the resulting building, and the urban fabric must include ideological aspects which define the society's objective reality, according to its cultural identity, and to its future inspirations, figure 1. amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 42 figure 1a depicts the municipal building , newyork, figure 1b depicts the stockholm city library, germany, figure 1c depicts the harraz mountains manakha, yemen and the figure 1ddepicts the himeji castle in himeji, japan the form of architectural expirations is rooted in the geographical location of that society. it must reflect their aspirations, their artistic sensibility, their economic wealth, their levels of technology, the elements of climate, topography, and the structure of their social organization. the net result of all the requests that the society embodies and helps shape the vision for itself, and reflect its activities, and it is the instrument shaping the identity for the society. 3.2. the technology form and culture in architecture modern technology can be guaranteed only through the sustainability system, which guarantees the continuity of skilled craftsmen, and passes on and improves on the needs of our identity. as if militating against tradition, technology has decreased the social and occupational stability of traditional society. the depletion of craftsmen, and the loss of expertise that has resulted, has proven the advantages of modern technologies when combined sensitively with traditional technologies rather than traditional technology alone (porter, 1986). this research is not an aggressive refusal of technologies, but encourages conscious use of vernacular technologies in this day and age, which has all but died out in contemporary life styles, and can only be read as aggressive rejection of modern technology, and that it may represent a native wish for return to a more primitive and ideal condition, or a deliberate action of social reform. when the technology of power, sources of energy, materials, and elements of construction were introduced in beginning of the late eighteenth century, products could be divorced from the places they would be used, and the people who will us them, figure 2. figure 2a depicts the cultural center, tajibaou and figure 2b depicts, opera sydney australia amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 43 architects who have awareness with the sense of using technologies demonstrated an equality towards all the demands of creating creative designs; they balanced between grandeur of vernacular architecture and heritage, traditions of societies, cultural identities, and using technologies. 4. the ethnic identity in arabian symbolism the issue of the identity of arabian cities has been debated upon in the past three decades. architects are trying to find the concept of cultural uniqueness and plurality to be considered in their design proposals to avoid the painfulness of architectural symbolism that reflects a specific identity, figure 3. figure 3a depicts the kuwait parliament building, kuwait, figure 3b depicts the batelco building and mosque, manama, bahrain arab architecture should be inspired from arabian history, identity, and tradition, it must embody the combined ambitions of societies in this region (salama, 2006). in the gulf area, some practices still seem to be at grips with the issue of identity. where others do not often address the issue of meaning in relation to the sense of belonging, almost understanding the built environment, and using the modern designs, techniques, and materials which reflect in their mind that they are the friends of the environment. 5. comparison examples, does the arabian symbolism embodied? two examples will be discuss in arabian zone, were they applying the symbolism of arabian identity? the first of them, succeeded in explaining the identity, and the other one, applied blind imitation. 5.1. the hajji's airport terminal, jeddah imitation sometimes is a good thing, when it is from the pith of identity, and when describing the culture of people and their nature. as an example, the hajji’s airport terminal in jeddah, saudi arabia illustrates this point. the design of the hajjis terminal reflects and explains the dialogue between tradition and modernity, the designer attached the identity in structural technologies, and successfully indicated the saudi heritage. the design has been applied with integral form, and an active dialogue. the form has a good shape, which reflects the heat. it looks like a series of huge tents, which gives an expression to the saudi’s forebearers’ homes, who lived in tents, and also for hajjis, who came to the holy land for their hajj obligation. they will spend this period inside tents like these, figure 4. amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 44 figure 4 depicts the hajjis terminal, ksa the architectural design of hajj terminal in saudi arabia has embodied the identity of ethnic bedouin groups, the design concept depends on the shape of a tent, which is the shelter of the bedouin people in deserts. the architect (som) therefore, purposed a prototype of a tent to create the world largest fabric roofed structure, the architect succeeded in seeking inspiration from the arabian identity. the concept of the tent brings to visitors a sense of welcoming and hospitality, and it is culturally symbolic, and structurally innovative portrayal for millions of pilgrims annually (o.m.l. som architects (skidmore, hajj terminal), n.d.). 5.2. cyclone of foreign developers in dubai complexity took place in the arabian sense of identity, different countries left it away, and indulged in imitation. has dubai implemented the goals of development in its arabian image? do the modern cities have elements of modernized tradition and historical background? or can we add or remove wallpaper skin to solve this issue and then it’s back again to the lost identity? blind imitation distresses the social and cultural aspects our communities. the fast life ignores the relationship between groups, and even between members of the same family. this occurres due to the loss of tradition in arabian house design, and a lack of representation of the image of the social status of its habitants. famous international construction companies were invited to build the public buildings with modern designs, this lead to see these new buildings reflecting the identity of the companies themselves, dismissing the identity of the building’s context and surroundings. 5.2.1. images of architecture by closely field studying dubai, and newly developed architectural designs of public buildings, first impression are; social wisdom is surely affected by the blatant modernity of its users. at the urban design level, the traditional neighbourhood is dissolved, and gated communities are widespread, which are composed of an isolation of homes and social groups, although they offer other positive aspects such as services and security. as the architecture influences people in dubai, people become influenced by architecture. the estimated percentage of citizens to foreigners is 1 to 4, which is a main concern that produces a sense of weakness of identity. this brought different architectural styles, a composition of modern, islamic, indian, and arabian appeared. the use of modern building materials and certain wall glass, and controls, directs the character of public buildings in a way of losing identity. the famous architectural office of zaha hadid designed the signature towers in business bay. it contains three similar buildings, and it is not far from burg dubai, which is the highest tower in the middle east. they defended the design of these towers and their complex facades and stated that the rotation of the building helps to increase the visibility of the creek and its surroundings. this may be a convincing reason, but it is not as strong as the sense of commitment to the principle of identity. it is a dance, swaying the movement of the towers, no sign to dubai's people’s identity, only an appearance to challenge the principles of engineering. burg dubai has been completed in 2009, as the tallest tower in the middle east, it is a merely a vertical race, and a dream to have the impossible. a group of architects; adrian smith of skidmore, owings and merrill, brought this amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 45 dream to a reality. the tower is now an icon for the collective aspiration of the people of dubai to complete the epic of showmanship, they want to say to the world that they are able to achieve incredible works, figure 5. figure 5a depicts twist towers, dubai, figure 5b depicts burj dubai, and figures 5c and 5d depict some other modern buildings in dubai the tallest building, burg dubai tower, the signature towers and most recent towers in dubai, have helped in killing the arabian identity completely. the foreign developers also aided this crime, they were carrying their technology which connected with their identity, and they did not seek inspiration from of the arabian traditions. this does not mean that this research is challenging the technologies, or defying modernity, rather, it is standing strongly for protecting the arabian identity. 5.2.2. dubai and weakness of arabian identity the people in dubai became aboulias in retrospect to their traditions, mainly because of many reasons that carried their country to a big bubble of stolen development. firstly, the captialistic western entity has dominated real estate in dubai. they bedazzled the people to win their support about attaining their desires, these developers did not understand the cultures and traditions of dubai's people, even if they did understand, they still enacted subversive works upon the arabian identity. secondly, the littleness of nationals number in dubai and large quantities of foreigners, has drafted the priorities in life for the foreigners, whom variegated the identity in western colour. thirdly, the absence of domination on the developers, and non-existant rules, make them serving and maintaining the arabian traditions in their real estate investments. 6. the cloning negativity in the sensation of ethnic identity modernization and the dilemma of technologies in rapid architecture, is making people interrelate with changes in buildings’ atmosphere, they maybe desire to modify their existing identity to be adapted with changes, this could be considered as one of the reasons of losing the social mechanisms by which society creates, and thieves a new identity, which has negative effects on our identity, the aspects of this negativity is appearing in the lack of the sensation of ethnic identity, the shapes of this negativity can be abstracted as:: • the first backlash of identity cloning to the blandness between citizens and their neighbors, communities, and their homeland. • lack of affiliation and bonding of community members to one another within the neighborhood, despite its importance in acquiring identity. • increase of visual monotony, wherein everything in our surroundings becomes the same glass and tall buildings. • the increasing of the cloning of different technologies causes the lack of the sense of belonging to the community, whereas the main sense of citizenship will be as a stranger within these different identities. amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 46 • loss of tradition, which characterizes our identity, and imposes upon our history at the concept of architectural works, this was as the result of the importing strange traditions. 7. focusing in egypt 7.1. egypt between mediterranean’s and middle east mediterranean culture has influenced people in egypt for a long time, this came politically over three decades ago, which opened new opportunities for economic reform, and considerable developments. between 1974 and 1981, a new policy has appeared regionally, as well as on international levels regarding the private sector to play its role in new investment plans. the egyptian government decided to strongly encourage international investment, and engage the private sector into future development plans. this influence on the urbanization process and sustainable development, which is clearly apparent in the investment of the private sector in housing and industrial development in the last 40 years. obviously, the private sector aims to develop strategic locations in core cities, this of course harvests much more profits when the product is large-scale luxury commercial and office buildings. in new cities, they also target the middle class, because this class has a wide range of customers and they are a larger segment of society. the culture of the mediterranean and the middle east has constructed political ends, added featured characteristics and great value. it helps in sharing the deeper meanings of cultural and human existence levels. fortunately, the middle east shaped a rich soil for architectural and urban development, where a considerable number of architects have developed the idea of conserving and maintaining the identity and work behind its meaning (salama, 2007). 7.2. egyptian historical renaissance the historic features of egyptian cultures, the pharonic, the coptic, and the islamic is always used in designs, they add a kind of richness and artistic perspective to new buildings. architects believe that imitating the old features in new buildings increases the sense of belonging and strengthens the sense of identity between people and their societies, this positively affects the built environment. the argument represents the attitude of egyptian architects toward using historical features in architecture. the architects moemen afify and amro el halfawy tried to apply the pharonic featuers to the exhibition hall and factory of oriental weavers, the building seems to be a temple. another example in maadi, by the architect ahmed mito, is the supreme court of egypt which is designed in a monumental scale and style, figure 6. figure 6: the supreme court of egypt, maadi, cairo, 1999 farouk al gohary architects used ordered arches and designed the building with the concept of nubian houses, that depend on internal courtyards. openings are covered with stucco screens. it is believed that this has been used to simulate the past with a contemporary image. the building brings special attention to the usage of arabian features of architecture. amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 47 another example that localized the architecture, and conserved the arabian tradition, appeared in the works of ashraf salah abo seif, who didn’t imitate any other modern visual features, and always used local natural materials that simulate islamic heritage. like buildings the buildings of old cairo, some of the other architects didn’t innovate in their designs, they copy and paste from the past. as happened in khan al azizia project copied some features of old cairo such as mashrabya and its narrow openings, figure 7. figure 7: khan al azizia. a commercial and recreational center, cairo/alexandria desert road, 1999 however, the overall appearance is not credible, because the building’s purpose and its function does not match its activities and users (salama, 2007). 7.3. adaptive reuse and architectural recycling to adapt the reuse of a building, it is useful to define this concept; the adaptation of using historical buildings is a process of transforming dilapidated building, to usable and constructionally safe. on an urban design level, it is transforming uninhibited historical sites that have cultural and artistic value to sustainable firms that create revenues to cover the cost of operation and maintenance, in addition to attracting much more visitors and tourists to increase income. the egyptian ministry of culture has previously applied a similar concept in several sites and buildings, for example, the huge project of reuse in the open museum of luxor and the wekalet el-ghouri building in cairo, which is used as a theater of folk arts, conserving both the building as a tangible historical building, and the folk arts as an intangible cultural heritage. 8. recommendations: 8.1. the parameters to define the acceptable imitation there should be no inhibition to use and imitate technologies, they are very important to developing our societ. to acceptable technologies, the following diagram depicts how we can measure the performance of imitation for buildings, when a building succeeds and passes these parameters, it will be acceptable for our society, figure 8. amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 48 figure 8: the diagram depicts the parameter of acceptable imitation the main criteria of these parameters will judge the building. these criteria, such as environmental, social, and cultural response, will gain from users and people. the buildings with new technologies should be balanced and symbolized with our heritage, ethnicity, and history. 8.2. sharing responsibility: moving towards a stable identity for egyptian society: the egyptian identity should be maintained in architectural works. architects have a wide area of history and heritage to seek inspiration from in their designs. policy makers, and architects should cooperate to form a defense against the muddling of identity, they should be united in reflecting a culture of shared responsibility in which everyone plays their part: the architects should: • inspire their designs from our strong identity, by indicating the symbolic meaning of our heritage, this must be the main concept represented in their final products. • create culturally and environmentally responsive architecture with our communities, and present acceptable solutions to environmental problems. • respect our traditions in their thinking, and disperse between our arabian ethnic, and other foreign ethnics. • balance between globalization and localization, when choosing building materials or construction techniques, the styles should be from the sense of society. • search for an architectural identity and build an environment within the current developing and rapid modern-day civilizations. the students of architecture should: • study our historical heritage and know our traditions that will improve the sense of their identity in their thinking. amer/ the academic research community publication pg. 49 • persevere in the limits of our arabian traditions without drifting to the seductions of globalization. • distinguish between cloning and inspiration in their design process, this will helping them to achieve creative designs. • study and search extensively to know the physical descriptions of different materials, and prefer the ability for our climate and context. the policies should: • maintain all the areas of heritage and cultural value, it should be maintained and simulated in other new projects if it has a location in the context of this area. • prevent any developers trying to confuse our symbolism by importing any incongruous technologies with our identity. • recognize acceptable technologies and development in different architecture fields, and improve architectural tourism to announce our inveterate identity. • care for including public participation in comprehensive projects, it always gains a good quality of decisions, and presents the chance for people to express their identity. references liberty alliance project, (n.d.). introduction to the liberty alliance identity architecture. retrieved november 7, 2008, from http://xml.coverpages.org/libertyalliancearchitecture200303.pdf powell, r. (n.d.). the aga khan award for architecture, architecture and identity. retrieved november 5, 2008, from http://archnet.org/library/documents/onedocument.jsp?document_id=6029 fragaszy, d. (2003). making space for traditions. evolutionary anthropology: issues, news, and reviews, 12(2), 61-70. dey, a. k., & abowd, g. d. (2000, june). the context toolkit: aiding the development of context -aware applications. in workshop on software engineering for wearable and pervasive computing (pp. 431-441). seatle: university of washington. phoenix college (n.d.). ethnic identity and diversity resources. retrieved december 7, 2008, from http://www.pc.maricopa.edu/departments/library/guides/diversityethnic.html bowen, j. (n.d.). the new anthropology of ethnicity. retrieved december 7, 2008, from http://www.ari.nus.edu.sg/docs%5cacehproject%5cfull-papers%5caceh_fp_johnbowen.pdf serageldin, i. (n.d.). architecture and society. retrieved november 7, 2008, from http://archnet.org/library/documents/onedocument.jsp?document_id=2758 porter, w. (1986). technology form and culture in architecture: misconception and myth. space for freedom: the search for excellence in muslim society, ed. ismail serageldin, 288, 292. salama, a. (2006). symbolism and identity in the eyes of arabia’s budding professionals. layer magazine, layermag, new york, united states. archnet. o.m.l. som architects (skidmore, hajj terminal) (n.d.). retrieved november 7, 2008, from http://www.som.com/content.cfm/king_abdul_aziz_international_airport_hajj_terminal salama, a. (2007). archnet-ijar, international journal of architectural research. 1. http://xml.coverpages.org/libertyalliancearchitecture200303.pdf http://www.pc.maricopa.edu/departments/library/guides/diversityethnic.html http://www.ari.nus.edu.sg/docs%5caceh-project%5cfull-papers%5caceh_fp_johnbowen.pdf http://www.ari.nus.edu.sg/docs%5caceh-project%5cfull-papers%5caceh_fp_johnbowen.pdf http://archnet.org/library/documents/one-document.jsp?document_id=2758 http://archnet.org/library/documents/one-document.jsp?document_id=2758 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 doi: 10.21625/archive.v6i1.875 climate-proof planning for an urban regeneration strategy carmela mariano1 1 department of planning, design, technology of architecture, sapienza university of rome abstract this paper deals with the issue of the relationship between climate change and the government’s land management policies, investigating how urban planning regulation may provide responses to the need for planning and designing the coastal urban settings affected by flooding phenomena as a consequence of gradual sea-level rise (slr). in this frame of reference, comparison among the strategic planning experiences put into play in a variety of national and international settings suggests the urgency for policymakers to implement knowledge frameworks on planning instruments, in order to identify– as a prerequisite for defining site-specific design actions – the territorial settings affected by the phenomenon of flood risk. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). peer-review under responsibility of archive’s international scientific committee of reviewers. keywords sea level rise; climate-proof planning; urban regeneration; strategic planning 1. introduction the need to identify new references for a sustainable transformation of the territories affected by the risks and degenerative processes related to climate change (ipcc, 2013; unisdr, 2015; unfccc, 2015; eea, 2016), has solicited, therefore, in the last decades the scientific and disciplinary debate on the key role of urban and territorial planning, as well as on the urgency of an update of the planner's competences and of the instruments of territorial government in the elaboration of possible strategies of regeneration and resilience to climate change (musco, 2008). strategies that imply, as we have seen, an overcoming of the traditionally sectoral approach on these issues, in favour of an integrated approach to urban complexity (mariano, marino, 2018) ascribable to the ecosystem based approach (iucn; 2020), as also advocated by the document guidelines for ecosystem-based approaches to climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction (secretariat of the convention on biological diversity, 2019) placing, in particular, emphasis on the need to define the elements of a knowledge process aimed at a spatial definition of the vulnerability of territories to climate change, with specific reference to the possible impacts on the landscapeenvironmental system, settlement-morphological, infrastructural and territorial endowments, and on the system of socio-economic relations. process capable of introducing and accompanying the construction of integrated strategies of climate-proof regeneration, in coherence with the objectives of the european strategy on adaptation to climate change (ec, 2021), combining the emergency dimension with a perspective of design and transformation of the territory in a sustainable key, in which all the elements of the built environment adapt to the new balances with efficiency and high performance levels. http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 2 in the general framework of the research activities carried out by the author, this paper is part of the research conducted within the department of planning, design, and technology of architecture (pdta) at sapienza university of rome, with the university research work entitled “strategie di rigenerazione urbana per territori climate proof. strumenti e metodi per la valutazione della vulnerabilità e per l'individuazione di tattiche di resilienza degli ambiti urbani costieri soggetti a sea level rise” (“urban regeneration strategies for climate-proof territories. instruments and methods for assessing vulnerability and identifying tactics of coastal urban environments subject to sea-level rise”) (principal investigator: prof. carmela mariano). dealing with the issue of the relationship between climate change and the government’s land management policies, the paper investigates how urban planning regulation may provide responses to the need for planning and designing the coastal urban settings affected by flooding phenomena as a consequence of gradual sea-level rise (slr). associated with other climate events like storm surges, this phenomenon doubtlessly represents one of the next challenges with which the “world risk society” (beck, 2013) will have to grapple, both for the growing impact on cities and territories, and for the empirical evidence of the economic, social, and environmental damage it causes. 2. literature review and objectives of the research the global mean sea level (gmsl) is constantly rising, accelerating in recent decades due on the one hand to the shrinking ice caps of greenland and antarctica, and on the other to windier tropical cyclones and increasingly intense rains – all phenomena that may be blamed on the higher temperatures highlighted in the sr1,5 report (ipcc, 2018). in a nutshell, the global forecasts on slr at 2100 vary from 53 to 97 cm according to the ipcc (2013), and from 50 to 140 cm according to rahmstorf (2007). in this scenario, a major impact will be seen along the coasts, causing widespread erosion. this impact on the territories’ morphological characteristics will probably trigger internal migration inside the coastal erosion, significantly increasing flood-related risk (mariano, marino, 2019a). an interesting study titled “mediterranean unesco world heritage at risk from coastal flooding and erosion due to sea-level rise” (reimann et al., 2018), calls attention to the unesco sites located in the coastal areas of the mediterranean most exposed to flood risk caused by sea-level rise, emphasizing the risk of loss not only on a material level, but also in terms of the people’s cultural identity. this brings the consequent risk of losing the perception of certain landscapes that we may define as “sub limen” , from the latin sub limen (“under the threshold, limit” – the etymological root of “subliminal”), which in this context refers to the limit of the coast, the physical limit between earth and sea that determines the landscape, the transition between the present and future landscapes of territories that are in actuality “suspended” because they are affected by a phenomenon of potential risk of loss1. the relevance and currency of the issue dealt with is emphasized by numerous international research institutions, including the european environment agency (eea, 2016) which, in the report “climate change, impacts and vulnerability in europe 2016”, expresses the need for european countries to define strategies and plans for territorial adaptation on a national, regional, and local level in order to prevent and manage the risk linked to the climate crisis. the united nations office for disaster risk reduction (unisdr, 2015), in its document “sendai framework for disaster risk reduction 2015-2030”, also enshrined the key role of territorial planning in reducing the vulnerability of territories, stressing on the one hand the inadequacy of the approaches and of the sectoral instruments put into play thus far to prevent and mitigate risks, and on the other the need for a transdisciplinary approach that goes beyond the specific points and purview of regulations. not least, the 2030 agenda for sustainable development emphasizes the need to “make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable” and urges the signatory states to “take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts” (un, 2015). a study by enea, titled “sea-level rise and potential drowning of the italian coastal plains: flooding risk scenarios for 2100,” (antonioli et al, 2017), published in quaternary science reviews, is an essential, prerequisite document 1 the issue of "sublimen landscapes" is studied within the research "medways le vie del mediterraneo", international scientific cluster, national academy of lincei (resp. mosè ricci, university of trento) in the contribution of the pdta department, sapienza university of rome “landscapes of the sublimen. itinerary between the "suspended" territories of the adriatic coast "by carmela mariano and mars ia marino (2022 forthcoming). carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 3 for this research. in europe, approximately 86 million people (19% of the population) live w ithin 10 km of the coastline, and in the mediterranean area this figure rises to 75%. this scenario was also determined by the rapid urbanization of the 1960s, which contributed towards what was in many cases an unplanned development of coastal settlements now exposed to serious flood risk (sterr et al., 2003). the areas at greatest risk are those in turkey (anzidei et al, 2011), the coastal area of the northern adriatic (antonioli et al., 2007; lambeck et al., 2011), the aeolian islands (anzidei et al., 2016), the coasts of central italy (aucelli et al, 2016) and eastern morocco (snoussi et al., 2008). as for italy, the study by lambeck et al. projected a sea -level rise in 2100 based on the ipcc 2007 report and rahmstorf (2007), whose results show that, assuming a minimum rise of 18 cm and a maximum of 140 cm, 33 italian costal areas will be flooded by the projection date. for the italian region being investigated (northern adriatico, gulf of taranto, and sardinia), by the year 2100, a sea -level rise of 53-97 cm (ipcc, 2013 – rcp 8.5) and 140 cm (rahmstorf, 2007) is hypothesized. in addition to the social and environmental stressors that have long been acknowledged to affect urban areas, ipcc reports have unequivocally identified cities as exposed and vulnerable to climate change, and liable to be subject to the projected impacts of sea level rise and of an increased frequency of extreme events, such as heatwaves and floods. at the same time, due to their high population density and concentration of human activities, cities are themselves major contributors to greenhouse gas emissions. it is therefore urgent that specific planning strategies are developed and implemented, jointly addressing both mitigation and adaptation targets, highlighting potential synergies, and resolving conflicts and trade-offs. the urgency to face the challenges related to climate change in terms of mitigation, adaptation and possible transformation of sensitive territories affected by risks and degenerative processes has prompted in recent years a reflection on the responsibilities of policy makers in transposing these issues into urban agendas. more generally, this aspect has brought out the need to both update the skills of the urban planner and territorial governance tools, with the aim of developing possible regeneration and resilience strategies to climate change. the objective of the research is to identify theoretical/methodological and operative references for trialling and innovating the content of urban planning regulation, with particular reference to the need, on the one hand, to expand the framework of knowledge of the possible impacts on the territory produced by climate change, and, on the other, to provide for adaptation strategies and site-specific actions aimed at resolving the risk. for this reason, the research highlights the need to overcome land governance policies’ traditionally sectoral approach to the issue of climate change, in favour of climate-proof planning, through lines of deeper analysis that adopt an experimental, integrated, multi-scalar, and iterative method, and that bring the work fully into the scientific and disciplinary debate. 3. methodology in the general framework of the research activities carried out by the author, the contribution gives back part of the results of a work of analysis and critical evaluation of some planning experiences carried out at national and european level, which allowed, through an inductive method, to identify two different approaches of the tools promoted by the local authorities and territorial agencies in a climate-proof perspective (maragno et al, 2020). a first approach refers to a strategic dimension, related to the supra-municipal planning level (metropolitan or regional area), which identifies the main strategies for adaptive and resilient cities to climate change. a second one recalls a regulatory dimension, mainly referred to the municipal planning level, which highlights a gradual process of integration of the plan contents, both in terms of implementation of the co gnitive framework of the vulnerability of the territories, with the preparation of management drawings that give the consistency of the areas affected by the risk phenomenon, differentiated by level of hazard and in relation to possible time horizons analysed (heat islands, floods, alluvial phenomena, subsidence, etc.); both in terms of identifying possible mitigation and adaptation project actions on "target" areas identified by the plan, from which to identify quantitative and qualitative indicators/requirements/standards, referring to the measures adopted (mariano et a, 2021). carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 4 in particular, the activity of analysis and critical analysis was based, on the one hand, on the study of dossiers and reports prepared by public administrations (pas) and published on institutional websites, articles and scientific proceedings, and, on the other, on interviews and meetings with representatives of the pas concerned. in particular, the criterion for choosing the case studies, attributable to the two approaches, considers the prevalence of a strategic approach in the planning tools adopted in the italian national context, instead the examples of the international context also highlight the presence of a experimental with the identification of specific actions and guidelines for climate adaptation. in general, the plans were analyzed that in general terms deal with the issue of the response to climate change, regardless of the presence in the reference territory of a specific sea level rise risk problem. for this reason, among the plans of the italian national context, the strategic plan of milan is present, in addition to that of milan and venice, because it is configured as a recent example of strategic planning of a large area, the metropolitan city (established in following law 56/2014), which highlights a focus on new issues and new perspectives for action prompted by climate-change. 4. case studies the research activity concentrated on a comparative assessment of certain trials of strategic plans in italian national (genoa, milan, venice) and international (vejle, rotterdam, new york) settings. with reference to the examples of strategic planning in a national setting (referring to the metropolitan cities of genoa, venice, and milan), general guidelines emerge with respect to the issue of the territory’s adaptation to climate change. by priority, these are oriented towards implementing urban policies with a short-term (3 years) temporal horizon that does not meet the need to outline a structured mediumand long-term vision, in order to respond to the issues related to climate change. these guidelines are, in particular: sharing a common horizon and a multi-actor convergence upon an action strategy, while at the same time recognizing the various players’ specific characteristics and autonomy; strengthening dialogue between the various levels of governance and between public and private players, involving stakeholders and citizens in close connection with the world of research and innovation; adopting a knowledge-based approach and fostering the integration of the various land governance instruments with a view to “downscaling” (musco, fregolent, 2014), as recommended by the venice strategic plan (2018) that emphasizes the need to promote a coordinated management of the environmental plans system, and by the milan plan (2019) that highlights the need to join together the land governance instruments that, on various levels, deal with the environment; considering the adaptation actions’ complementariness with the mitigation interventions alone; promoting forms of sustainable financing for urban projects aimed at reducing land consumption and at increasing urban and environmental quality (milan, 2019); carrying out the regular monitoring and assessment of progress towards adaptation (genoa, 2017). on the other hand, as to the analysis of strategic planning case studies in an international setting, alongside the content of a general nature and of urban policy, a markedly experimental approach emerges, more oriented towards identifying site-specific planning responses depending on the orographic and geomorphological characteristics of the territory (todaro et al., 2009). this requires strategic approaches diversified depending on the cases and articulated in accordance with scenarios of a short, medium and long-term vision although some of the strategic plans are mainly oriented towards a long-term (rotterdam) or medium-term (new york) vision. the temporal horizons often referred to for mediumand long-term visions are 2050 and 2100, while through 2050, short-term strategies and good practices are outlined. each territory requires a site-specific approach. however, it is equally true that, on a strategic level, certain, recurring conditions can be found; this has made it possible to systematize the cases deemed, in this research’s opinion, essential carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 5 for defining urban regeneration strategies in settings affected by the effect of sea-level rise, or considered at future risk of flooding – strategies that are such as to guarantee an urban planning development that is long-lasting and resilient over the long term. table 1. comparative overview of the contents of strategic plans (by c. mariano, 2021) national setting strategies strategic plan of the metropolitan city of genoa climate-proof urban policies strategic plan of the metropolitan city of milan climate-proof urban policies strategic plan of the metropolitan city of venice climate-proof urban policies international setting vejle’s resilient strategy climate-proof urban policies and design strategies for defense, adaptation and delocalization rotterdam climate change adaptation strategy climate-proof urban policies and design strategies for defense, adaptation and delocalization one nyc 2050. building a strong and fair city climate-proof urban policies and design strategies for defense, adaptation and delocalization the vejle’s resilient strategy (approved in 2013 and updated in 2019), promoted in the context of the 100 resilient cities partnership, takes into its corpus the three macrostrategies (defence, adaptation, delocalization), theorized in the research setting. it is articulated in four key strategies for a resilient urban development (mariano, marino, 2018), making reference to the content of a general nature already surveyed in the strategic plans analyzed in the national setting: “co-creating city,” a slogan that refers to public/private collaboration for the performance of structural interventions, like the creation of an information and experimentation centre – the “laboratory for climate change adaptation and flood control” – aimed at managing fjord flood risk; “climate resilient city,” which makes reference to the repercussions of climate change on the city’s infrastructures, such as for example the port, the coastal area, communications infrastructure, the water system and the sewer system, and for which it calls for targeted actions aimed at increasing these systems’ resilience; “socially resilient city,” which instead aims to increase social and economic cohesion thanks to the citizens’ active involvement from the decision-making to the realization phase; this is also done by promoting the dissemination of the strategies proposed through the drawing up of updated catalogues, in order to promote vejle as a “pilot city,” an international model of urban resilience; “smart city,” which promotes the introduction of digital technologies for managing the risks connected to climate change, but also relating to the daily management of traffic, modes of parking, and information on the climate and on tourism (vejle kommune, 2013). however, beyond the content of a general or urban policy nature, the strategic plan defines the areas at flood risk and identifies priority settings for intervention, for which a vision, articulated in various temporal horizons – 2025, 2050, 2100 (figure 1) – was outlined. articulated by temporal horizons, the site-specific actions relate to planning interventions included in the defence strategies, with works of environmental engineering, adaptation with nature-based solutions, and delocalization with the possibility of building resilient neighbourhoods (vejle’s resilient strategy, 2013). carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 1. settings at flood risk starting from 2030; areas above 2 metres in elevation are in yellow. source: stormflodsstrategi. stormflodsbeskyttelse der gror med byen (2019). the rotterdam climate change adaptation strategy (2013) identifies four general strategies for the city’s adaptation to the flooding phenomenon: reinforcing and constantly updating the defence system against floods, storm surges, and sea-level rise, to protect settled areas); adapting the urban space to flood impacts; promoting an integrated planning in favour of a resilient urban development; promoting working opportunities in the field of adaptation to climate change, thus strengthening the economy, improving quality of life, and protecting biodiversity. figure 2. settings at flood risk, forecast at 2100, indicating the infrastructure at risk. source: rotterdam climate change adaptation strategy (2013). carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 7 in this case as well, the plan defines certain settings at flood risk in 2100, emphasizing the main infrastructures affected by possible flooding (figure 2). for these infrastructures, a vision is set out that, despite the prevalence of the defensive strategy approach, articulates three strategies for a resilient metamorphosis of the public spaces exposed to risk: “sponge”: water plazas, infiltration zones, and green spaces; “protection”: dams and coastal protection; “control” of flood events: evacuation routes, water-resistant buildings, and floating structures (rotterdam climate initiative climate proof, 2013). the one nyc 2050. building a strong and fair city (2019) strategic plan, drawn up as part of the 100 resilient cities and mayor’s office of resiliency project, considers the city of new york to be one of the metropolitan areas most affected by flooding phenomena caused or aggravated by sea-level rise, as took place on the occasion of hurricane sandy (2014). the plan, which anticipates the municipal administration’s vision at 2050, is structured in eight general goals articulated into thirty specific initiatives. in particular, as regards the specific initiatives of goal no. 6 “a livable climate,” we find: achieve carbon neutrality and 100 percent clean electricity; strengthen communities, buildings, infrastructure, and the waterfront to be more resilient; create economic opportunities for all new yorkers through climate action; fight for climate accountability and justice. as with other international examples, the plan identifies some settings for which, while not setting the exact perimeter of the areas at flood risk, it shows the areas currently subject to flooding, and that will continue to be so in the future; areas not currently affected by flooding but that will be so in the future (2020, 2050, and 2080); and areas that are not – and that are estimated not to be – affected by flooding phenomena. (figure 3). the one nyc 2050 strategic plan outlines a medium-term vision and has 2050 as its temporal horizon of reference. of the plan’s thirty specific initiatives articulating the eight goals, initiative 21 “strengthen communities, buildings, infrastructure, and the waterfront to be more resilient” defines certain strategic lines referring specifically to urban adaptation to the phenomenon of sea-level rise: mitigation of risk, which calls for the implementation of projects to protect vulnerable coastal areas in lower manhattan, red hook, the rockaways, jamaica bay, the east shore of staten island and other risk areas; an initiative to strengthen sewer infrastructure in order to deal with possible flood events is planned; “climate-smart” adaptation, which calls for building awareness among property owners in the floodplain on climate change issues, in order to incentivize ordinary and extraordinary maintenance on their properties so as to make the building stock resilient to possible flood events (subsidies for this are provided); promoting and supporting non-profit organizations providing assistance to citizens residing in risk areas; and increasing the percentage of public greenery and green infrastructures; integration of policies and instruments of land governance, which will involve updating building codes and zoning on a local level in support of the planned adaptation initiatives (one ny2050, 2019). carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 8 figure 3. areas at flood risk from the present to 2080. source: one nyc 2050. building a strong and fair city. 5. results and discussion these research experiences, show the search for a transcalar continuity of objectives and actions, in the dual strategic and regulatory form of plans, and take on and operationally decline crucial issues at the heart of eu policies for sustainable development (europe 2020 strategy) and climate change, for the improvement of territorial connectivity and the harmonisation of ecological, landscape and cultural values (eu, 2011), the promotion of city efficiency in a smart and green perspective, concretely pursuing an integration between urban planning and ecology. with reference to the analysis of the strategic planning case studies in the international context, the research highlighted the presence, alongside the contents properly referred to the construction of a general vision of mitigation and adaptation strategy, of a markedly more experimental approach oriented towards also identifying site-specific project responses articulated according to short, medium and long-term vision scenarios. for these horizons, certain prevalent action strategies are outlined that are placed within the strategies of ecological urban regeneration. within them, they articulate general guidelines for climate-proof urban policies and objectives and actions that may be placed in three design macrostrategies identified after the analysis: defence, adaptation, and delocalization (mariano, marino, 2019b). the three prevalent approaches refer respectively to the need to defend the territory by means of environmental engineering works; to the appropriateness of increasing the urban structure’s resilience to flooding phenomena in those areas for which defense works should prove insufficient; and to the appropriateness of delocalizing activities and settlements present in the areas exposed to greater risk, to others that are geomorphologically safer. the defense strategy identifies (short-term) actions for the mitigation of and protection from the risk phenomenon, relying on hydraulic engineering works able to attenuate the extreme event’s impacts on the territory. adaptation actions and strategies represent a complementary approach to mitigation. this approach implies the population’s ability to continue living their habitat while making adjustments that can reduce flood impact to a minimum; and it involves practices of urban regeneration of compromised territories (boateng, 2008) – practices that carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 9 can effect urban development with a view to sustainability and resilience (salata, giaimo, 2016), also by relying on the adoption of nature-based solutions (nbs) as “actions to protect, sustainably manage, and restore natural or modified ecosystems, that address societal challenges effectively and adaptively, simultaneously providing human well-being and biodiversity benefits” or solutions inspired to the ecosystem-based approach (eba) that involve a wide range of ecosystem management activities to increase the resilience and reduce the vulnerability of people and the environment to climate change (iucn, 2020). the third macrostrategy that has been conceived refers to the need to rethink the urban planning development of the settled coastal strips with a view to their ecological regeneration. this raises the need for new, flexible urban models capable of responding to heightened usership on existing services, while guaranteeing the population’s access (bukvic, 2015; bates, 2002; mele et al., 2016; davenport et al., 2016), to the point of outlining certain potential scenarios for the long-term relocation of the stricken population, possibly to be adopted as part of a regional relocation strategy for “climate crisis migrants” (brent et al., 2015). 6. conclusions the comparative analysis of the strategic planning experiences conducted in an international setting, with particular reference to the content referring to climate-proof planning, underscores the “strategic role of knowledge” (talia, 2020) in identifying – as a prerequisite for defining site-specific design actions – the territorial settings affected by the flood risk phenomenon as a consequence of sea-level rise. developing this knowledge framework allows policymakers and planners to interpret the content of the areas affected by the risk phenomenon, differentiated by level of danger and in relation to any temporal horizons analyzed for the medium and long term; and to provide for a possible adoption of indications relating to the detailed intervention categories aimed at resolving the risk within the planning instruments, with particular reference to the scale of local urban planning. in this sense, it is emphasized, in the italian national setting, how urgent it is to support and incentivize the building of complete and comprehensive databases, and to expand the framework of deliverables for more in-depth knowledge of the territory, aided by geographic information systems (gis) and relying on the tools and methods of remote sensing and climate modelling aimed at the preliminary construction of vulnerability and risk maps of coastal urban settings, and at the consequent implementation of the planning instruments’ territorial knowledge frameworks. the purpose is to guide the definition of intervention macrostrategies and the choice among the actions of defence, adaptation, and relocation for the territories affected by the risk phenomenon (mariano et al., 2021). monitoring of actions is a very important aspect of a successful adaptation plan, as is the case for any spatial planning tool. the main difficulty in monitoring urban adaptation to climate change arises, in fact, when trying to measure (in quantitative terms through indicators) the effects of an action defined by the plan and its contribution to increasing the resilience of the area targeted by that action. in this sense, the need is highlighted for a constant updating of the cognitive framework of the territory, through innovative elaborations and databases able to manage and share environmental, climatic, urban and economic information and a periodical evaluation of the results obtained through the implementation of strategies and sitespecific climate-proof actions, which allows, in relation to new instances and monitoring results, to start a constant process of updating and adjustment of the plan. references antonioli, f., anzidei, m.k., auriemma, r., gaddi, d., furlani, s., orrù, p., solinas, e., gaspari, a., karinja, s., kovacic, v., surace, l. (2007). sea level change during holocene from sardinia a nd northeastern adriatic from archaeological and geomorphological data. quat. sci. rev., 26, 2463-2486. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.quascirev.2007.06.022. antonioli, f.; anzidei, m.; amorosi, a.; presti, v.l.; mastronuzzi, g.; deiana, g.; de falco, g.; fontana, a.; fontolan, g.; lisco, s.; et al.(2017). sea-level rise and potential drowning of the italian coastal plains. flooding risk scenarios for 2100. quat. sci. rev., 158, 29-43, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.quascirev.2016.12.021. carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 10 anzidei, m., antonioli, f., lambeck, k., benini, a., soussi, m. (2011). new insights on the relative sea level change during holocene along the coasts of tunisia and western libya from archaeological and geomorphological markers. quat. int., 232(1-2), 5-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.quaint.2010.03.018. anzidei, m., bosman, a., carluccio, r., casalbore, d., d'ajello caracciolo, f., esposito, a., nicolosi, i., pietrantonio, g., vecchio, a., carmisciano, c., chiappini, m., chiocci, f.l., muccini, f., sepe, v. (2016). flooding scenarios in coastal volcanic a reas due to land subsidence and sea level rise: a case study for lipari island (italy). terra nova 29(1). http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/ter.12246. aucelli, p.c., di paola, g., incontri, p., rizzo, a., vilardo, g., benassai, g., buonocore, b., pappone, g. (2016 ). coastal inundation risk assessment due to subsidence and sea level rise in a mediterranean alluvial plain (volturno coastal plain esouthern italy). estuar. coast. shelf sci., 198(b), 597-609. https://doi.org/10.1016/ j.ecss.2016.06.017. bates, d.c. (2002). environmental refugees? classifying human migrations caused by environmental change. population and environment. 23, 465-477 https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1015186001919. beck, u. (2013). la società del rischio. in verso una seconda modernità; carocci: rome, italy. boateng, i. (2008). integrating sea-level rise adaptation into planning policies in the coastal zone, in integrating generationsfig working week 2008, stockholm, sweden. brent d., r., zegras, p.c., vega-barachowitz, d., perkins-high, l., rocco, v., han, y., li, m. (2015).rising tides: relocation and sea level rise in metropolitan boston. lcau. mit – massachusetts institute of technology.bukvic, a. (2015). identifying gaps and inconsistencies in the use of relocation rhetoric: a prerequisite for sound relocation policy and planning. mitigation and adaptation strategies for global change. springer, vol. 20(7), pages 1203-1209. http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1007/s11027-013-9532-5. città metropolitana di genova. genova piano strategico metropolitano. (2017). available online: https://pianostrategico.cittametropolitana.genova.it/ (accessed on 23.07.2020). città metropolitana di milano. piano strategico metropolitano milanese 2019-21. (2019). available online: https://www.cittametropolitana.mi.it/piano_strategico_2019_2021/ (accessed on 23.07.2020). città metropolitana di venezia. piano strategico metropolitano 2019-2021. (2018). available online: https://forumpsm.cittametropolitana.ve.it/ (accessed on 24.07.2020). davenport, c., campbell, r. (2016). resettling the first american ‘climate refugees’. the new york times. may 3, 2016. european commission [ec] (2021). forging a climate-resilient europe the new eu strategy on adaptation to climate change, available online: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/txt/?uri=com:2021:82:fin, 2021. european environment agency [eea]. (2016). climate change, impacts and vulnerability in europe. iucn (2020). ecosystem-based approaches to climate change adaptation. disponibile al link: https://www.iucn.org/theme/ecosystemmanagement/our-work/ecosystem-based-approaches-climate-change-adaptation. (accessed on 05.07.2020). kommune, v. (2013). vejle’s resilient strategy. available online: https://www.vejle.dk/borger/mit-liv/ (accessed on 25.07.2021). lambeck, k., antonioli, f., anzidei, m., ferranti, l., leoni, g., scicchitano, g., silenzi, s. (2011). sea level change along italian coast during holocene and a projection for the future. quat. int., 232(1e2), 250e257. http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1016/j.quaint.2010.04.026. maragno, d. dalla fontana m. musco f. (2020). mapping heat stress vulnerability and risk assessment at the neighborhood scale to drive urban adaptation planning. sustainability, 12, 1056. mariano, c., marino, m. (2018). water landscapes: from risk management to a urban regeneration strategy. upland journal of urban planning, landscape & environmental design, 3(1), 55-74. https://doi.org/10.6092/2531-9906/5846. mariano c., marino m., (2019a). inondazioni costiere nel mediterraneo. strategie di trasformazione per città resilienti. agathón international journal of architecture, art and design, 6(online), 104-113. http://dx.doi.org/ 10.19229/2464-9309/6102019. mariano c., marino m., (2019b). defense, adaptation and relocation. three strategies for urban planning of coastal areas at risk of flooding, tema. j. land use mobil. environ. 704-713, http://dx.doi.org/ 10.6093/978-88-6887-054-6. mariano c., marino m., pisacane g., sannino g. (2021). sea level rise and coastal impacts: innovation and improvement of the local urban plan for a climate-proof adaptation strategy. sustainability 13(3): 1565. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13031565. mele, c., daniel, v. (2016). reeling from effects of climate change, alaskan village looks to relocate. the new york times. august 19, 2016. musco, f. (2008). cambiamenti climatici, politiche di adattamento e mitigazione: una prospettiva urbana, in archivio di studi urbani e regionali, 93, 5–38, 2008. musco, f., fregolent, l. (2014). eds. pianificazione urbanistica e clima urbano. manuale per la riduzione dei fenomeni di isola di calore urbano; il poligrafo casa editrice: padova, italy. rahmstorf, s. (2007). a semi-empirical approach to projecting future sea-level rise. science, 315(5810), 368–370, https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1135456. reimann, l., vafeidis, a.t., brown, s., hinkel, j., tol, r.s.j. (2018). mediterranean unesco world heritage at risk from coastal flooding and erosion due to sea-level rise. nature communications 9(4161), https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-018-06645-9. rotterdam. (2013). climate. initiative. rotterdam climate change adaptation programme. connecting water with opportunities. available online: http://www.deltacityofthefuture.nl/cities/rotterdam/climate-change-adaptation (accessed on 23.07.2021). salata, s., giaimo, c. (2016). nuovi paradigmi per la pianificazione urbanistica: i servizi ecosistemici per il buon uso del suolo. in un nuovo ciclo della pianificazione urbanistica tra tattica e strategia. planum publisher, milan. secretariat of the convention on biological diversity. (2019). voluntary guidelines for the design and effective implementati on of ecosystem-based approaches to climate change adaptation and disaster risk reduction and supplementary information. technical series no. 93. montreal, 156 pages, 2019. carmela mariano/ the academic research community publication pg. 11 snoussi, m., ouchani, t., niazi, s. (2008). vulnerability assessment of the impact of sea-level rise and flooding on the moroccan coast: the case of the mediterranean eastern zone. estuar. coast. shelf sci. 77(2), 206-213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecss.2007.09.024. sterr, h., klein, r.j.t., reese, s. (2003). climate change and coastal zones: an overview of the state-of the-art on regional and local vulnerability assessment. published. climate change and the mediterranean: socio-economics of impacts, vulnerability and adaptation. available at https://www.feem.it/m/publications_pages/ndl2000-038.pdf (accessed on 03.07.2020). talia, m. (2020). (ed.) le nuove comunità urbane e il valore strategico della conoscenza. in atti della conferenza internazionale urbanpromo xvii edizione progetti per il paese; planum publisher: rome-milan, italy. the city of new york. one nyc 2050. building a strong and fair city. 2019. available online: https://onenyc.cityofnewyork.us/about/ (accessed on 25.07.2021). todaro, v., abbate, g., giampino, a., & orlando, m. (2009). territori costieri. (urbanistica). francoangeli.rome-milan, italy. unfccc. (2015) united nations framework convention on climate change, 2015. available online: https://unfccc.int/resource/docs/convkp/conveng.pdf. unisdr. (2015). sendai framework for disaster risk reduction 2015-2030. available online: https://www.undrr.org/publication/sendaiframework-disaster-risk-reduction-2015-2030 (accessed on 03.07.2020). united nation. (2015). the 2030 agenda for sustainable development. available online: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (accessed on 03.07.2020). http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 74 doi: 10.21625/archive.v6i1. 881 world heritage monuments management planning in the light of un sustainable development goals: the case of the old town of corfu sofia maria poulimenou1, polyxeni kaimara2, ioannis deliyannis2 1 department of archives, library science and museology, ionian university, i.. 7, 49100 corfu-greece 2 department of audiovisual arts, ionian university, corfu greece abstract this paper focuses on the topic of world heritage monuments tourism planning and more specifically at the area of strategic management design, as the integration of the 17 united nations sustainable development goals “sdgs”, described in the agenda 2030 introduces a wide range of conditions that affect the policy design. with the introduction of sustainable goal 11, countries have pledged to “make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable”. within this goal, target 11.4 aims to “strengthen efforts to protect and safeguard the world’s cultural and natural heritage”. the main goal of our research is to determine whether a tourism promotion methodology, experientially used in the case of the old town of corfu, may assist in the monitoring of the existing management plan of the site, providing with data and metrics that allow its adaptation according to the 17 sdgs. our proposed methodology has been applied within the “hologrammatic corfu” project, a digital tourist guide designed specifially to enable exploration of the site covering user requirements before, during and after the trip, with the use of transmedia content such as photos, 360-degree videos, augmented reality and hologrammatic videos. here data collected regarding the travellers’ visits to specific points of interest are actively utilized for dynamic re-rooting during their visit, safeguarding sustainability and accessibility along the entire tourism cycle. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). peer-review under responsibility of archive’s international scientific committee of reviewers. keywords cultural heritage; sdgs; sustainable corfu; world heritage monuments; holograms 1. introduction world heritage (tangible and intangible) has been for a long time the subject of research and discussion, especially in terms of content, concepts and the driving forces behind its management (fredholm, 2015). sustainable management of world heritage and especially world cultural heritage presupposes the clear application of specific procedures for its economic, social and environmental sustainability (nocca, 2017), creating the necessary management dimensions. in this framework, it is essential that the design and planning of world heritage management plans is as a top priority for heritage managers, in order to ensure and preserve the outstanding universal value of a world heritage monument. the complexity of a monument (pendlebury et al, 2009) along with the multiple factors, actors and institutions involved in its management (hirsenberger al, 2019; seyfi et al, 2019; ringbeck, 2017) make the procedure more challenging and multi parametric. especially in the cases of monuments that are historic centres, these http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 75 procedures becomes even complexier as the sustainable management of the monument depends not on one but on all the factors described above. the large number of differantiated users of the monument with their individual needs, combined with the increased tourism flow caused by the characterisation of a monument as world heritage site affect the monument and its management even more. the international developments in terms of new technologies and management priorities create a greater need for a regular updating of management plans, and systematic evaluation of the described objectives and proposed actions, so that the management of the monument can be carried out in a timely manner and can ensure, at least in terms of design, the desired sustainability for a long time. a detailed, thorough and flexible management process is therefore needed in order to create stronger commitments on the part of heritage managers to protect the monuments in perpetuity as well as greater prospects for preserving their values for future generations. 2. sustainable management of world heritage sites-correlate 2.1 the outstanding universal value of a world heritage site world heritage sites include a wide range of cultural entities (archaeological sites, buildings, urban complexes, historical cities, industrial heritage, etc.) and represent a large part of human activity. the basis of their nomination and inscription on unesco’s world heritage list is the display of outstanding universal value (ouv), which according to unesco (2019)“……… means cultural and/or natural significance which is so exceptional as to transcend national boundaries and to be of common importance for present and future generations of all humanity. as such, the permanent protection of this heritage is of the highest importance to the international community as a whole”. the statement of ouv lies also on the management procedures and plans for every world heritage site. during the research, the integrated planning and implementation of actions aimed at the protection, preservation and promotion of world heritage sites was highlighted but also the achievement of goals related to their sustainability. the structure of management plans usually follow already established managerial models, such as: the description of a monument and its importance, the existance of a specific legislative, administrative and procedural framework, the creation of a management infrastructure, the formation of local managers’ visions and goals for a site. the degree of their complexity also relatively affects the complexity of the management. as each case of is unique, the management requirements differ and it is particularly important that the processes involved in the formation of the management have objectivity and are commonly accepted by the majority of the actors involved in the management procedure. as a result of the plurality of actors and parameters involed cross-sectoral cooperation in order to achieve not only promotion and protection, but mainly sustainable development. 2.2 the 17 un sustainable development goals and the local goals on 25 september 2015, in the framework of the 70th general assembly of the united nations, the agenda for sustainable development (agenda 2030) was adopted along with the related 17 sustainable development goals (sdgs) and their 169 targets. the sdgs have an initial implementation schedule until 2030 and they consist of a general model of implementation worldwide, as they create commitments for every country, regardless of their level of development, policies and priorities. agenda 2030 promotes the integration of all three dimensions of sustainable development social, environmental and economic into all sectoral policies and at the same time promotes the interconnection and coherence of the sdgs with related policies and legislative frameworks. goal 11 "sustainable cities and communities" includes the target 11.4. “ strengthen efforts to protect and safeguard the world’s cultural and natural heritage” which is the only one of the 169 targets directly and inextricably linked to the protection of the world heritage. the connection of the 17 sdgs with world heritage is not however limited to the delimitation of an exclusive target as there are a number of management issues of the world heritage sites that are related to other sdgs and targets. in the case of historic centres, the satisfaction of many of the sdgs (eg. affordable housing options, building restoration, urbanization, energy management issues) is fundamental as they relate to important functional requirements of the monument as a whole. in addition to theoretical assessments of the changing terminology about culture (ranging from cultural property, tangible and intangible cultural heritage, cultural goods or products), the role of culture in society is constantly being redefined through its connection to other areas of knowledge and learning: poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 76 from the development of the cultural economy to the interest in the creative industries and the recent debate on the role of culture in sustainable development (sabatini, 2019). figure 1 the un 17 sustainable goals (un, 2020) 2.3 local goals and correlate framework in view of the above, it is obvious that the evolution of the process of design and implementation of the management plans for world heritage sites requires redesign and reorganization in order to cover the current developments in terms of sustainability but also in order to cope with the unpredictable parameters that may affect sustainability. this process could be achieved by adopting a new framework that does not abandon the traditional and historically accepted methodologies for designing, monitoring, evaluating and reviewing management plans. the proposed framework that is called correlate (interactive framework for sustainable world heritage site management) evolves this process by introducing the sdgs as building blocks for evaluating the successful implementation of local goals at monument level. this framework is being introduced for the first time and defines the relationships between the factors and parameters involved in achieving the strategic objectives of both the unesco world heritage center and the designated sites, covering the need for implementation of the conditions set by the 17 (today) sdgs. its innovation is based on the manner that different actors interact, through the introduction of a new process of redefining needs by systematically investigating the effectiveness of the local objectives. those local objectives are evaluated in relation to the most relevant sdgs so that each proposed action of a management plan fulfills the maximum of requirements of sustainability. correlate uses a management procedure that results in understanding whether the objectives and actions proposed by local managers effectively solve the identified problems without creating new ones and introduces the necessary amendements that need to be included in management plans for the sustainability of the momunents according to un goals. figure 2 shows schematically this top-down approach: in order to ensure and preserve the outstanding universal value of a world heritage site (khalif, 2019; unesco, 2020) (1st level), the management of local objectives as described in the monument’s management plan (3rd level) should be evaluated according to the 17 un sustainable development goals (level 2). this means that the 3rd level is implemented according to the requirements of the 2nd level, in order to achieve the 1st level. in the context of correlate, the primary goal of management plans is the protection of all those elements related to the preservation of the outstanding universal value of the monument and for this reason it is placed at the top of the figure as it is not subject to revision or adjustment in any case. poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 77 figure 2 the top-down approach of correlate in the middle of the figure the 17 sdgs are placed as the basic level of evaluation and classification for the local goals which are placed at the bottom of the figure. for each monument the implementation of each local goal must be first evaluated according to the sdgs so that the higher goal can be achieved and the sustainability of the monument can be ensured. the achievement of this goal is inextricably linked to the satisfaction of every individual goal, as they are reflected in the case-appropriate management plans and they must be reviewed and updated accordingly with current circumstances and developments. the use of in the context of cultural management of world heritage monuments uses their structural characteristics and the completeness of the categorization they offer, covering every aspect and condition for prosperity and improvement of the quality of life as well as measurable indicators for each goal which are described in their sub-objectives (labadi, 2019). the most important contribution of this proposed framework is that it places cultural heritage at the heart of sustainability. the use of the framework can compose a different solution every time, depending on the specifics of each monument and by utilizing the interconnected relationships between the different sdgs that may not seem to be related at first glance. 3. transmedia content as "preservator" of cultural heritage sustainable management of world heritage sites also involves tourism management, especially cultural and creative tourism and by focusing on activities that relate to the memory and identity of local communities (ferreira et al, 2019). the corelation between visitors and local experiences in enhanced by the perspective of transmedia storytelling as part of marketing strategies that reinforce the value of destinations and as a key element in the construction of the world heritage sites brand (campillo-alhama et al, 2019). transmedia means “across media” and describes any combination of narrative and non-narrative media elements that are spread systematically across multiple platforms. examples of “narrative elements include plot, setting, and characters, while non-narrative elements tend to be modes of participation in an online community or types of actions in a video game or design features such as menu structure in an e-book or instructional design in an in-person activity” (herr-stephenson et al., 2013). although the term "transmedia" was coined by media researcher marsha kinder in 1991 (as cited in jenkins, 2015), the concept was first used in the artistic field in the 60s in the united states (scolari, 2019). the most significant conceptual contribution to transmedia was created by jenkins and his successful suggestion for using the term “transmedia storytelling” (jenkins, 2003; scolari, 2019). humans have the capability to tell stories using a variety of tools. even though transmedia is at the heart of modern storytelling and creativity, however, there is evidence that the notion of transmedia has its roots in ancient greece. an equivalent term poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 78 "ekphrasis" (in greek, ekphrasis means expression) was used to describe skills that could simultaneously convey an artistic content or a mythological narrative in different forms, such as painting, sculpture, drama, oral poetry, writing, dance, performance, art in pottery, etc. (lópez-varela azcárate, 2015). in a digital world, transmedia comprises analogue or digital media, e.g. images, photos, text, video clips, audio narration, music, animation, comic books, games and their combination (robin & mcneil, 2012). with ever-evolving technology, transmedia storytelling embraces cutting-edge technologies, for instance, 360-degree interactive videos, virtual and augmented reality and holograms. these modern technology platforms showcase analogue and digital content that can flow both individually, i.e., through a medium and in combination. figure 3 shows pratten's transition from the old to the new world of transmedia (figure 1) (pratten, 2011). figure 3 what is transmedia? source: pratten (2011, p. 2) alongside, the content of cutting-edge technology media is not distributed exclusively by industry but spreads through consumers which shape, share, reshape and mix multimedia content using the multiple benefits of networked communication platform (gordon & lim, 2016). typical examples of such content are museums exhibits, archaeological sites, city monuments and libraries. digital material could be the trigger of transforming an ordinary poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 79 traveller to a cultural heritage content creator (kaimara et al., 2020). by providing content to an already existing point of interest, travellers who are initially consumers of the tourism product become producers and therefore acquire a dual role and are now called "prosumers". this process, that is, traveller's engagement with the content, promotes incidental learning, that was not intentional and planned in the first place (poulimenou, kaimara, papadopoulou, et al., 2018). an unplanned learning process is a type of informal learning based on constructive theories and especially on activity theory (deliyannis, 2012). in general, in the first, learning arises from learners' (travellers) participation, and in the second emphasis is given to changing nature of the objects by travellers. simply put, people interact with tools designed and developed by other people, create news, decide to become active constructors of their knowledge, and they share the content they have created. this possibility called "participatory culture" is due to the human instinct to share and suggest content (gordon & lim, 2016). the advent of technology innovation has given to travellers more possibilities by providing expression opportunities on websites, social media platforms, and media sharing services. forms of participatory culture include affiliations i.e. memberships, formal and informal, in online communities, expressions, i.e. producing new creative forms, collaborative problem-solving, i.e. working together in teams to develop new knowledge and circulations, i.e. shaping the flow of media (jenkins et al., 2009). in this participatory culture, prosumers become hunters and gatherers by collecting information from multiple sources to create a new synthesis. transmedia navigation represents the traveller's ability to meet the same information, same stories, same characters and worlds across multiple modes of representation. besides, through transmedia storytelling, travellers understand that the stories could be continued and expanded by themselves and/or changed and not just presented on different platforms (fiorelli, 2013). travellers, through this transmedia participatory process, experience pleasure by providing a micro-narrative piece to a larger macro-narrative, that is the full story (basaraba et al., 2019). the most common digital applications for cultural heritage promotion are found in museums, where the first attempts were made (e.g., audio guides and digital displays). however, a visitor who is familiar with interacting with the environment and remote users is no longer motivated by these applications. new technologies that support transmedia content offer an interactive experience through various digital devices available to visitors. primarily, several media will soon be inaccessible, as compatible devices will cease to be available. thus, the only possibility of preserving cultural heritage is data transfer from the oldest to the most modern storage device and systems (kraemer & kanter, 2014). 3d printing, virtual, augmented or mixed reality, virtual guides, animated picture albums, digitized exhibits and collections, hologrammatic videos and augmented reality applications are a few examples that have been utilised in art history classes, museums, archives, and libraries (kraemer & kanter, 2014; poulimenou, kaimara, & deliyannis, 2018). museums, as typical educational places, which are designed on the principles of constructivist theories are dynamic. through new forms of interactive communication, such as transmedia, augmented reality and hologrammatic videos, museums have the potential to be important transmitters of cultural heritage. smartphone-tablet applications based on augmented reality technology allow visitors to target an exhibit, a photo or a qr code and then additional information are displayed. visitors also could add their own information. augmented reality technology relies on transmedia storytelling, by reusing the collected data and expanding the information (kraemer & kanter, 2014). however, these possibilities are not limited to the narrow confines of a museum. technology turns every smart city into a living museum. 4. the project “hologrammatic corfu” “hologrammatic corfu” is an on going european project, co-funded by the operational program “ionian islands 2014-2020” and the european union, which applies cutting edge technologies for the promotion and sustainable management of the touristic flow in the old town of corfu, a world heritage monument inscribed on unesco’s list from 2007. the project attempts to address a deficit gap in the flow of touristic information by creating a system of dynamic, personalized digital tours for the visitors of the monument. the created system presents basic information about the monument for all visitors regardless of the level of acquaintance they wish to experience. the use of the system allows the visitor to receive interactively reliable and verified information for several points of interest, in the form of augmented reality, holograms and interactive 360o video. through the placement of the most important points of interest on a map, it is possible to design, create and propose innovative interactive narrative tours intended for poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 80 different user categories. the transmedia content modeling methodology presented within this work describes the process used to create an easy-to-use application that include locating historical-tourist points of interest, providing multimedia content and using augmentation, while allowing the visitor to be informed about the availability of points of interest in order to plan or dynamically alter their visiting experience, where data dynamically adapt to the current conditions prevailing in the tourist destination. hence, typical content-delivery is replaced by active visitor management by enabling them to follow dynamic paths which adapt according to their interests, abilities and conditions of the visiting site, including congested areas where high-waiting time is detected. hence distribution of the volume of visitors in alternative locations, is proposed as a method for the reduction of the anthropogenic burden and the adaptation of the tourist influx to the carrying capacity of the monument. figure 4: a map of the old town of corfu showing several points of interest (photo via http://xeee.web.auth.gr/icaheritage/corfu/whattosee.html) the implementation of the project, which is carried out by the interactive arts laboratory of the department of arts, sound and vision of the ionian university and by the ephorate of antiquities of corfu. at first the system envisages the creation of an easy-to-use application that will offer services for locating points of historical-tourist interest, providing multimedia content. the application allows the visitor to be informed about the availability of points of interest and to voluntarily plan his own historical-cultural routes. as far as people with mobility issues is concerned, the system provides information about the accessibility of the points of interest and suggestions for alternative routes. the points of interest are documented with historical information and two different documentation texts were created, one with communicative character that includes brief information about each point of interest and a more extensive one, with reference to sources and bibliography addressed to those who wish access to further information. points of interest are displayed on a map (geolocation) with the ability to search for other nearby locations and show a suggested route. the points of interest that offer an interactive tour are highlighted. the content of the application beyond the important multimedia material of historical-tourist interest includes information about the structure, organization and operation of the city, such as store opening hours, local holidays and celebrations, important events, emergency telephones, accessibility, public spaces, parking, etc. this kind of information helps a visitor to acquire a poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 81 complete idea of the monument’s cultural and operational details and to better plan their visit, avoiding choices that could lead to a deterioration of the experience. the project also foresees the creation of holographic content shown at custon made pyramids. four pyramid systems have been developed (one for the region of ionian islands, one for the municipality of corfu and one for the corfu port authority) in order to be used for the tourism promotion activities and one has been developed for ionian university for further research. visitors are also able to view the holographic content on their mobile devices if they have the appropriate equipment. also small individual pyramids (100 pcs) have been procured to be distributed to users on a trial base for the evaluation of the project. the main innovation of the project "hologrammatic corfu" lies on the technological tools that it uses (360o videoaugmented reality holograms) for the presentation, dissemination, and transfer of cultural information. at technological level, the combination of interactive storytelling with the use of multimedia and geographic information systems (gis) technologies, augmented reality (ar) technologies and mobile devices is an innovative endeavour as it combines modern and multi-sensory technologies, adaptive to the needs of users. in the case of the old town of corfu, this kind of technology has only been implemented in specific cultural sites and has not been applied at any level of tourism promotion as an overall application. 5. conclusions world heritage sites management is a multiparametric problem with multiple extensions, as it is called upon to combine national and international legislation and procedures, to face different problems and challenges on a caseby-case basis, to connect different categories of users, while at the same time it is influenced and co-shaped by the data related to tourism development. the sustainability of world heritage sites is inextricably linked to their management methodology and management implementation requires the utilization cutting-edge technologies. our research has shown that the already applied management methodologies do not sufficiently take into consideration the conditions for achieving sustainability goals, as defined and described by the agenda 2030. on the other hand, agenda 2030 and the 17 un sdgs are a very recent development in the global community, therefore management plans that were formulated or updated before this development could not consider the directions of the sdgs. thus, the elaboration of a framework that completed this managerial gap has been a challenge and necessity. as far as cultural information is concerned, it is obvious that transmedia stories are complex (combination of various media), immersive (advantages of cutting-edge technologies) and engaging (participatory culture). cultural tourists require unique experiences that satisfy their interests (basaraba et al., 2019). a cultural heritage system that employs transmedia content, presents local history, traditional myths, destroyed or even remote monuments. the power and contribution of each medium, depending on the content, to attract visitors, lead them to explore other aspects of the story and turn them into content creators, is the challenge when designing transmedia systems. acknowledgements the research implemented for the project “hologrammatic corfu” has been supported by the operational program “ionian islands 2014-2020” and the european union. the presented framework «correlate: interactive framework for sustainable world heritage site managεment» is the main result of sofia’s maria’s poulimenou doctoral thesis entitled “sustainable management of unesco world heritage sites: models, proposals, perspectives: the case of the old town of corfu” (defended in october 2021). references basaraba, n., conlan, o., edmond, j., & arnds, p. (2019). transmedia storytelling and cultural heritage tourism. in transmedi a earth conference (pp. 11–26). editorial eafit. https://doi.org/10.17230/9789587206289ch1 campillo-alhama, c., & martínez-sala, a. m. (2019). events 2.0 in the transmedia branding strategy of world cultural heritage sites/eventos 2.0 en la estrategia de transmedia branding de los sitios patrimonio mundial cultural. el profesional de la información, 28(5). deliyannis, i. (2012). from interactive to experimental multimedia. in ioannis deliyannis (ed.), interactive multimedia. (pp. 3–12). rijeka: intech. https://doi.org/10.5772/38341 ferreira, a., liberato, p., liberato, d., & rocha, á. (2019, april). information and communication technologies in creative a nd sustainable tourism. in world conference on information systems and technologies (pp. 91-100). springer, cham. poulimenou / the academic research community publication pg. 82 fiorelli, g. (2013). transmedia storytelling: building worlds for and with fans. https://moz.com/blog/transmedia-storytelling-building-worlds-forand-with-fans gordon, i., & lim, s. s. (2016). introduction to the special issue “cultural industries and transmedia in a tim e of convergence: modes of engagement and participation.” the information society, 32(5), 301–305. https://doi.org/10.1080/01972243.2016.1212614 herr-stephenson, b., alper, m., reilly, e., & jenkins, h. (2013). t is for transmedia: learning through transmedia play. los angeles and new york: usc annenberg innovation lab and the joan ganz cooney center at sesame workshop. https://joanganzcooneycenter.org/wp content/uploads/2013/03/t_is_for_transmedia.pdf jenkins, h. (2003). transmedia storytelling: moving characters from books to films to video games can make them stronger and more compelling. mit technology review. https://www.technologyreview.com/2003/01/15/234540/transmedia -storytelling/ jenkins, h. (2015). wandering through the labyrinth: an interview with usc’s marsha kinder. international journal of transmedia literacy (ijtl), 1, 253–275. https://www.ledonline.it/index.php/transmedialiteracy/issue/view/69/showtoc jenkins, h., purushotma, r., weigel, m., clinton, k., & robison, a. (2009). confronting the challenges of participatory culture: media education for the 21st century. mit press. https://www.macfound.org/media/article_pdfs/jenkins_white_paper.pdf kaimara, p., poulimenou, s.-m., & deliyannis, i. (2020). digital learning materials: could transmedia content make the difference in the digital world? in l. daniela (ed.), epistemological approaches to digital learning in educational contexts (pp. 69 –87). routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429319501-5 kraemer, h., & kanter, n. (2014). use and re-use of data: how collection management systems, transmedia and augmented reality impact the future of museum. 2014 international conference on virtual systems & multimedia (vsmm), 214–216. https://doi.org/10.1109/vsmm.2014.7136693 lópez-varela azcárate, a. (2015). transmedial ekphrasis. from analogic to digital formats. ijtl international journal of transmedia literacy, 1.1, 45–66. https://doi.org/10.7358/ijtl-2015-001-lope poulimenou, s.-m., kaimara, p., & deliyannis, i. (2018). promoting historical and cultural heritage through interactive storytelling paths and augmented reality (in greek)[ανάδειξη της ιστορικής και πολιτιστικής κληρονομιάς μέσω διαδραστικών διαδρομών αφήγησης και επαυξημένη πραγματικότητα]. proceedings of 2nd pan-hellenic conference on digital cultural heritage-euromed 2017, 627–636. http://euromed2017.eu/documents/euromed2017-conference-proceedings_final_2v02.pdf poulimenou, s.-m., kaimara, p., papadopoulou, a., miliotis, g., & deliyannis, i. (2018). tourism policies for communicating world heritage values: the case of the old town of corfu in greece. in iafes (ed.), 16th netties conference: access to knowledge in the 21st century the interplay of society, education, ict and philosophy old town of corfu in greece (vol. 6, pp. 187 –192). pratten, r. (2011). getting started with transmedia storytelling. in handbook of narrative inquiry: mapping a methodology. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781452226552.n11 robin, b. r., & mcneil, s. g. (2012). what educators should know about teaching digital storytelling. digital education review, 22(1), 37–51. https://doi.org/10.1344/der.2012.22.37-51 santa-cruz, f. g., & lópez-guzmán, t. (2017). culture, tourism and world heritage sites. tourism management perspectives, 24, 111-116. scolari, c. a. (2019). transmedia is dead. long live transmedia!(or life, passion and the decline of a concept). lis letra. imagen. sonido. ciudad mediatizada, 20, 69–92. https://publicaciones.sociales.uba.ar/index.php/lis/article/viewfile/5388/4405 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 doi: 10.21625/archive.v7i1.929 the advent of upgrading schemes in urbanizing traditional settlements of botswana: case of kanye village mutakela kingsley minyoi1 1university of botswana abstract botswana is a country with one of the fastest urbanizing population in sub-saharan africa with over 60% of its population living in cities, towns and urban villages. botswana consists of several urbanizing traditional settlements within its settlement system, which have over the years transformed in terms of size, morphology and economic structures. the policy intervention processes and the resultant physical configuration within these urbanizing traditional settlements is testimony to the political economy of botswana’s history. contemporary planning as a key policy intervention process, in these urbanizing traditional settlements, however, provides the space for contest between formal planning based on ‘northern-derived theory’ and indigenous planning practices. thus, the advent of upgrading schemes, as part of this contemporary planning, brings to the fore this contestation. this paper traces the case of an upgrading scheme for kanye village, articulating its relevance, shortcomings and limitations to effect change, and so proposes a policy framework within which the upgrading schemes could be formulated and undertaken in botswana. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords indigenous planning practices; kanye village; upgrading schemes; urbanizing traditional settlements; botswana 1. introduction 1.1. background context with an estimated urban population of 70%, botswana is one of the most urbanised countries in southern africa (statistics botswana, 2022). apart from rural-to-urban migration, the increase in urban population is accounted for by in-situ urbanisation of rural settlements (molebatsi, 2013). besides conventional urbanisation in the form of increasing urban populations due to rural-urban migration and establishment of new townships (e.g., selibe-phikwe, jwaneng, orapa and sowa), numerous rural settlements appear to have acquired ‘urban’ traits. included under urban centres in botswana are urbanised rural settlements, most of which date back to the pre-colonial and colonial periods. many of the traditional villages in botswana (e.g., tlokweng, ramotswa, kanye, maun and serowe) and peri-urban settlements (e.g., mogoditshane and mmopane) are currently dominated by urban characteristics such as rapid population growth, dependence on non-agricultural employment, widespread rental accommodation, high building densities and ‘modern’ housing. although the transformation offers opportunities for socio-economic development, it also appears to have caused cultural challenges and unprecedented problems including inadequate infrastructure services (sanitation, water and electricity), unemployment and high levels of crime (kalabamu, 2013). http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ author name / the academic research community publication pg. 2 1.2. spatial planning practice in botswana as noted by acioly jr. (2010) many countries have an intricate institutional framework regulating land use at the local level that involves locally based town and country planning and land administration units operating alongside a variety of central government agencies, including a ministry of lands and national land administration systems. local governments are often subordinate to a ministry of local government, which limits municipal autonomy and adversely affects local capacity responses to tackle urbanization challenges. spatial planning in botswana has experienced major shifts in terms of models that govern and guide space organisation. the changes revolve around two contending space organisation models, namely the indigenous model and modernist model. indigenous models are found in the country’s urban villages where they are more pronounced in the oldest and usually central parts of these settlements. for their part, modernist models are found normally on the urban village peripheries and are the most prominently used in the expansion areas of these villages. modernist planning principles were first introduced in the towns of botswana. despite the fact that these were in line with the values of the predominantly european inhabitants, these planning principles were presented by both the colonial government and the post-independence government as universal planning principles to be emulated in endogenous settlements. the design principles and resultant morphological structure of the towns differed from those that shaped endogenous settlements. whereas endogenous designs were founded on the communal, the towns were products of modernist planning founded on private ownership of property, individualism and motorised circulation systems. more importantly, as products of the developmentalist narrative, the design concepts of these towns were to be extended to the traditional settlements. the emergence of the towns and the continued existence of endogenous urban centres meant that the colonial urban system in bechuanaland comprised of two morphologically distinct settlements. this resulted in a morphological duality that continues to cause planning challenges in the urban villages. contrary to the collective design and management practices on which endogenous settlements were founded, modernist planning was a vocation for professionals formally schooled in the subject. in addition, modernist design principles practiced separate land-use zoning and segregated residential areas. once imported to the global south, urban planning became a vehicle for modernisation and more specifically, a westernization project. local and indigenous planning knowledge, standards and building materials were replaced by western planning standards founded, allegedly, on scientific rationality (njoh, 2009). concepts of space organisation informed by the values and cultural traditions of resident communities in urban villages and the remaining non-urban settlements are not adequately catered for in extant planning legislation (molebatsi and kalabamu, 2016). this is the argument advanced in this paper that current spatial planning and space organisation models in botswana do not adequately embrace the country’s rich cultural identity. 1.3. urbanizing traditional settlements in botswana a historicized account of the traditional settlements is central to an understanding and appreciation of space organisation of these settlements. the country’s urban areas comprise diverse settlements that include urbanised endogenous settlements. in botswana’s urban parlance, the oxymoron ‘urban villages’ is used in reference to endogenous settlements that have urbanised in situ. urban villages reflect the settlements’ foundation on the communal as a political and social organising ideology. the physical layout of tswana settlements was to a large extent a reflection of the socio – political structures that characterised tswana societies. author name / the academic research community publication pg. 3 a distinctive feature of urban villages is the existence of the bogosi and kgotla as governance structures alongside modernist structures charged with administrative and physical planning responsibilities (molebatsi, 2011). bogosi and the kgotla greatly influenced the general morphology of endogenous tswana settlements. in their original form tswana settlements were compact and nucleated – a feature which graeme hardie (1980) says distinguished the tswana from other peoples of southern africa. hardie contends that tswana settlements were ‘not organized geometrically according to physical elements such as roads, central square etc., but rather its form was generated from the conceptual model of the society following traditional rules and precedence’ (1980, 31). residential plots within each ward were arranged around the plot of the ward head resulting in a horseshoe formation. central to the layout of a tswana settlement was the ward – the basic political and administrative unit in a tswana society. wards were made up of relatives who communally owned the land and, as such, individual members could not dispose of their land through sale. as shown later in this article, modernist planning in the colonial and postindependence periods has successfully eroded these attributes of endogenous tswana settlements, resulting in extralegal land transactions that have made access to land a challenge in botswana. 2. understanding upgrading schemes in the botswana context there is now a realization amongst planners worldwide that, for settlements to perform well, it is necessary to pay attention to the quality of “place”, particularly the physical image and identity which a settlement presents to the outside world. there is also realization that for settlements to perform economically, what counts is not just a good economic policy, sound infrastructure, or an efficient transport system (although these are important in their own right), but it is the way in which these various aspects of the settlement work together to create a particular social and economic milieu that makes it attractive to investors. what both investors and residents of a settlement seek is a meshing of the various functional aspects of a settlement to create particular place qualities which make both good living environments and a good place to do business. this requires co-ordination around the kind of place which the public authorities are helping to shape. senior project manager at amc international in 2014 at a critical infrastructure development & renewal summit held in gaborone, which looked at the key challenges and solutions in the upgrade and construction of critical infrastructure including pipelines, roads, electricity generation and transmission infrastructure and more pointed out that fast-tracking urban renewal for sustainable economic development in emerging economies is necessary. he pointed out that expanding and diversifying botswana’s economy has led to an increase in investment for infrastructure development from government who has in the past decade initiated various projects in the aim to improve the level of service and the competitiveness of botswana’s economy. the construction and renewal of transport systems, boosted by the growing coal industry, has been plagued with many challenges most of which stem from poor planning and inefficient use of financial resources. upgrading emerged as a concept applied to sanitize declined areas, improve the quality of life and to create/enhance economic vitality. upgrading leads to the resolution of built environment problems and seeks to bring about a lasting improvement in the economic, physical, social and environmental conditions of an area that has been subject to change. upgrading goes well beyond efforts to put vacant land and buildings to use, but rather that it is more about implementing policies in existing areas with the aim of building upon sustainability objectives, with commitment to economic, social and environmental problems. over time upgrading has been led by several key foci: retail, transport, culture; heritage, housing; tourism; public spaces; and public art as anchor activities (drivers). there are instances where the upgrading focus covers one or more drivers. participatory approach is now considered more beneficial compared to authoritative decisions in upgrading schemes. the upgrading process that is based on dwellers choices and participation will obviously work better as this will enhance their motivation (roy and abduallah, 2005). author name / the academic research community publication pg. 4 it is worth distinguishing between upgrading driven by households or community-neighbourhood investment and by external programmes, which may or may not support household and community investment (satterthwaite, 2010). as noted by satterthwaite (2010) in many instances, households improve the quality and size of their housing. but upgrading driven by household investment does not address the need for settlement-wide infrastructure – water pipes, sewers and drains, paved roads and paths, electricity, educational and healthcare facilities and public space. on the other hand, external programmes focus on providing roads, paths, water, drainage and sanitation and designed by professionals with little involvement by local residents (ibid). 3. theoretical framework as argued by molebatsi and morobolo (2021) in its homogenising element, modernist planning advocates universal standards in terms of design, building codes, development control and governance structures. these homogenising and universal planning instruments sit uncomfortably with the evidently diverse conditions at local levels. the principle of universalism resulted in the claims that standards were the same everywhere (natrasony & alexander, 2005), and that some standards and values represented civilisation and any departure from this reflected backwardness and barbarism. one of the enduring critique of universalism and the civilisation claims of the colonial project is the subject of what has been dubbed southern theories (comaroff & comaroff, 2012; connell, 2013). because of the significance of southern theories in proposals given in this paper, it is important to briefly look at the theory. it is argued that southern theory perspective provides a framework within which planning models that are more culturally sensitive can be developed. the contention is that ‘southern theory’ offers an opportunity to understand different settlement genres in botswana and the corresponding, indigenous planning methods rooted in local realities. southern theory is an emerging theory that challenges the universalism claims in dominant urban thought. at the core of the southern urbanism thought is the view that, instead of universalistic claims, the dominant theories were in actual fact founded on intellectual traditions that developed in the lived experiences of people in the global north. these were now used to understand and even guide policy interventions in populations located in the global south. this universalism has been viewed as inappropriate, inadequate and in most cases denigrating when applied to other cities. adherents of southern theory draw attention to the fact that western intellectual traditions and practices had subalternised non-western ways of thinking and forms of knowledge (molebatsi, 2014). consequently, there has been a search for theories or perspectives that could provide a wider spectrum on urban theory. “in order to challenge and contest the global pattern of universality there must be an assertion of alternative knowledge systems” (connell, 2013). the essential argument to note is that “southern theory is not a fixed set of propositions but a challenge to develop new knowledge projects and new ways of learning with globally expanded resources” (connell, 2013). these methods of theory production and assertion of multiple and conflicting rationalities is further elaborated by ananya roy in arguing for what she called “new geographies of theory” through a discussion of the different geographical areas and various empirical and theoretical structures that underpin how each of these different cities are viewed and conceptualized by authors from those regions. southern theory is essential for a refocus and critique of dominant models in planning and cautions against the blind and unquestioned acceptance and utilization of western planning models by planners in the south (watson, 2009). author name / the academic research community publication pg. 5 4. the case study 4.1 morphology of kanye kanye built up area covers a total of 8 617.8 hectares. the existing land use within the built-up area is comprised of residential, commercial, industrial, civic and community, general agricultural, recreational/open space and roads. the built form of kanye within these residential clusters is based on the traditional settlement pattern, and is characterized by irregular sized and shaped residential plots, with winding roads and footpaths often without a defined hierarchy. the built-up area has the physical form of a traditional rural village, with foot paths linking various land use activities. the residential clusters display a horse shoe formation around open spaces. kanye has developed in two predominate forms. the first is the traditional and organic pattern, while the second is the conventional layout pattern. kanye is also characterised by residential developments in newly developed areas based on conventional layout plans in the periphery of the settlement. thus, residential developments within kanye are concentrated in the old traditional part of the settlement. the plots within this part are arranged in a horse shoe pattern with a common space known as “patlelo” at the centre. the road hierarchy within the traditional part is not well defined. the traditional or horseshoe style consists of plots with common boundaries, or plots with and without well-defined boundaries, or free-standing plots around a ‘patlelo.’ the patlelo is an open space used for meetings by ward residents, and usually has a kraal attached to it, for small stock keeping. these spaces play a vital role in community relationships. however, some of the spaces are not well kept and there is need to develop them into well kept open spaces. some of these open spaces are used as waste dump sites while others are used informally for car washes and driving school businesses. the older part of the built-up area is dominated by the traditional “horse shoe” pattern, which is characterised by irregular sized and shaped residential plots around a patlelo (small open space). this traditional spatial structure with winding roads and footpaths is perceived to be uneconomic utilization of land resulting in high costs in the provision of infrastructure services. however, this “horse shoe” pattern has cultural and social significance. the patlelo is normally used for social gatherings. land in kanye is predominantly under tribal or customary land tenure. this land is under the jurisdiction of ngwaketse land board (nlb) and kanye subordinate land board (kslb). usage rights for this land tenure are granted either communally, or to individuals. given that this is customary land, land is not supposed to be sold and thus there is no de jure land market as such in kanye, only the sale of properties (i.e. improvements to the land). customary land tenure allocations are to citizens only for residential purposes, ploughing purposes and/or borehole purposes. these types of allocation may only be transferred to non-citizens after conversion to a common law land holding. common law land tenure allocations are to either citizens or non-citizens, for residential and commercial uses. common law land is leased from the land board, only the improvements on the land are owned by the plot holder. in its land allocations, the land board has traditionally been allocating residential plots in the range of 1600m2. the residents have always preferred larger residential plots in order to accommodate such activities as gardening and chicken runs. the drawback of large plots sizes and irregular shape is that infrastructure provision becomes costly and a smaller number of plots is delivered. in the existing built-up area, land allocations were not based on detailed layout plans but were made largely on the choices of the applicants. this has resulted in haphazard developments and sprawl within the village. author name / the academic research community publication pg. 6 4.2 the upgrading scheme the kanye development plan recommended an upgrading scheme for the kanye planning area. the upgrading scheme or master plan built on the policies and objectives set out in the revised kanye development plan of 2017. the intention was to formulate an urban design framework for upgrading of central kanye. the kanye upgrading scheme, however, focused on transport (circulation and road network), retail (economic nodes and zones) and culture/heritage led regeneration. the upgrading scheme identified two alternative conceptual plans, viz: 1. linear development 2. nodal development nodal concept was adopted as the most practical option given the development level of kanye, and the plan period (remaining 18 years). the scheme identified 6 precincts along the activity spine. the current central business district and the gaborone-jwaneng junction serve as the 2 main nodes while the other 4 areas serve as the sub-nodes. the approach moves towards a philosophy based on urban restructuring principles that seek to integrate people, space, activity and movement. to achieve this the scheme proposed the enhancement of urban generator nodes through appropriate land use development and controls, which required creative spatial restructuring of the current fragmented landscape and creation of an integrated environment. the development of each node will leverage on the existing developments, building on the existing infrastructure and built environment and restructuring the land acquired from residential establishments to establish a strong & cohesive urban pattern. the key structuring elements of the scheme included: 1. establishment of nodes and sub-nodes with residential inliers connecting the nodes. 2. creative development of mixed-use developments exhibiting a strong urban form and quality. 3. facilitation and improvement of access and efficient movement for non-motorized movement and public transport users, addressed through universal access design. 4. creation of safe zones and secure environments, whilst providing viable public spaces that encourage social and economic interaction. 5. creation of a clear and legible hierarchy of land uses & movement framework. 6. development of short-term investment opportunities to ensure long-term socio-economic growth. the scheme proposed an urban structure focusing on the pattern/arrangement of development blocks, streets, buildings, open space and landscape which make up urban areas. it was envisaged that the interrelationship between all these elements, rather than their particular characteristics will bond together to turn the area into a successful place. the envisaged urban structure would apply equally to the nodes and sub-nodes, and eventually influence developments in between, and immediately outside the plan area boundary. the proposed urban structure would provide the foundations for detailed design of the constituent elements. it was proposed to create a coherent framework, which will form the basis of the design of individual developments furthermore heritage/cultural activities formed another driving force for upgrading and regeneration of kanye. cultural activities represent a powerful engine to drive residents forward and help communities meet the challenges of economic decline, as they represent an important step towards knowledge-based economy as important knowledge activities in their own right, and by establishing a climate of creativity that will generate innovation in other economic sectors. heritage can play a key role in upgrading and regeneration of an area, and can bring new life to run down areas. heritage conservation is a ‘growth industry’ and heritage assets can play a central role in achieving successful upgrading because they represent an opportunity rather than a constraint. there is a strong economic case for regenerating historic buildings. the benefits relate not only to the individual building, but also to the wider area and community. the inclusion of heritage assets in regeneration schemes provides a focus and catalyst for sustainable change. even when vacant and in poor condition, listed buildings, and all other forms of built heritage, remain ‘assets’ author name / the academic research community publication pg. 7 with the ability to truly enrich one’s experience of the environment through their physical qualities and/or their historic or community associations. in the case of kanye, the heritage conservation strategy was to create a heritage route linking the kanye central business district as the focal point and interchange with the identified cultural heritage sites and natural heritage sites. the importance of this heritage conservation would: help the young generation to know their own cultural identity. bridge the gap between people of different ages (generation gap) re-define the cultural significance and integrity of the heritage sites create some work opportunities for those who will be responsible for the heritage sites the heritage route consisted of heritage sites gazetted by the department of national museum and monuments, heritage sites recognised by the community, and key landmarks in kanye. 4.3 planning considerations for the upgrading scheme: the political economy of the area in this case entails those attributes and value systems which constitute the core identity and quality of life characteristics which create a community and these include the following: a. maintenance of traditional values as a traditional settlement, kanye’s spatial structure is in essence based upon non-segregation and non-polarization of socio-economic groups. the scheme should aim to maintain and develop this aspect of the traditional culture. the importance of maintaining the traditional characteristics of kanye should be recognized by the scheme. existing developments within the older part should be treated with care. the centrally located open spaces found in each ward where social interaction and various cultural activities take place should be maintained. as much as possible elements in the traditional settlement structure should be harmoniously merged with modern planning as new development areas are planned. b. infill potential in the existing built-up areas the kanye planning area development plan (1997-2021) had recommended an infill exercise within the old part of kanye. there are potential problems and ramifications that can be experienced with regard to the implementation of this exercise. the scheme thus had to adopt this recommendation. the council and land board would come up with strategies to resolve the anticipated problems and undertake an extensive infill exercise. c. spatial growth approach the major thrust of the spatial growth approach is to plan kanye as a compact traditional tswana village hosting urban services. this will be achieved through making provisions for facilities that characterize urban centres, while maintaining the traditional village core character. the approach identifies local tourism opportunities to be harnessed, notably the rich traditional heritage and the conservation areas. the challenge therefore is for the scheme to propose innovative spatial growth strategies. adopting the aforementioned spatial development strategies for kanye assumes transforming the existing settlement’s structure from a low density and dispersed development pattern to compact, mixed land use and intensified development. this will yield an urban character and enhanced economically viable activities. author name / the academic research community publication pg. 8 5. some ideas on the way forward as noted by satterthwaite (2010) upgrading initiatives are important in addressing some aspects of deprivation faced by communities. but he argues that it is when the upgrading becomes an integral part of local governments ongoing investment programmes, with strong partnerships with the inhabitants of the settlements being upgraded, that they are most large-scale and effective. 6. conclusion the stumbling block seems to be the absence of collective formulation of planning instruments that are more relevant to urban villages and their subsequent enforcement. furthermore, africa’s post-colonial institutional and organizational structures must coexist with customary rules and systems of land ownership. references acioly jr. claudio (2010) “the informal city and the phenomenon of slums: the challenges of slum upgrading and slum prevention”, in international new town institute (2010) new towns for the 21st century. the planned vs. the unplanned city. amsterdam: sun architecture, pp. 222-231. chadzimula molebatsi & seabo b morobolo (2021) reading the place and role of endogenous governance structures in modernist physical planning: the case of the bogosi and the kgotla in botswana, african studies, 80:2, 134-152, doi: 10.1080/00020184.2021.1937057 a. j. njoh, (2009) “urban planning as a tool of power and social control in colonial africa”, planning perspectives, pp. 301-317. roy g.s. and abduallah a.q.m. (2005) assessing needs and scopes of upgrading urban squatters in bangladesh. brac university journal, vol. ii, no. 1, pp. 33-41 seabo b. morobolo, chadzimula molebatsi and ofentse moatshe (2018) cultural identity and physical planning in botswana challenges and opportunities, botswana journal of technology, vol 23 no 1: 39-59 republic of botswana (1990), introduction of town and country planning act to major villages in botswana, consultation report, ministry of lands and housing, gaborone, p. 3. molebatsi, c. (2013) participatory development planning in botswana: exploring the utilisation of spaces for participation, town and regional planning journal (special issues), (2013), pp. 9-14. molebatsi c.o. and kalabamu f.t. (2016) planning legislation in botswana and the quest for inclusive human settlements, university of botswana law journal satterthwaite d (2010) upgrading slums: with and for slum-dwellers. economic and political weekly. vol 45 no 10, pp12-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00020184.2021.1937057 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 12 doi: 10.21625/archive.v6i1.876 artificial wetlands as a key for the construction of new sustainable urban systems. giovany albarracin1, 2, christian contreras1, angel puga3 1professor of catholic university of cuenca, ecuador 2 student of ph.d. university of girona, españa 3 student of catholic university of cuenca, ecuador abstract along the water route, man and nature interact intimately. the flow and occupation of the water route led to a relationship that emerged naturally within its logic. however, based on a deep understanding of complex and dynamic ecological processes, the relationship between man and natural processes has changed. control and centralization buried these processes through a system of invisible infrastructures, causing a disconnection between the water path and the landscape's ecological processes. providing clean water and an adequate sanitation system does not represent great complexity. while essential technologies and engineering principles have been mastered, it is striking that more than one billion people in the world still lack access to clean water, and almost two billion struggle with inadequate wastewater treatment. furthermore, water-related diseases are the leading cause of premature death in developing countries. in searching for a solution to water sources and soil pollution, we propose exploring artificial wetlands (aw) as nature-based solutions (nbs). these solutions provide environmental, social, and economic benefits. the research focuses on a hydraulic sanitation system disconnected from the central network. this system includes designing a system of artificial wetlands to treat wastewater produced by direct discharges to streams and rivers and proposes an aw in sinincay (peripheral parish), where 42% of their territory does not have a wastewater treatment system. the results show that this phytoremediation technique is a passive and aesthetically pleasing cleaning practice that utilizes plants and solar energy to treat polluted waters. thus, it is imperative to rethink sanitation concepts in order to integrate constructing infrastructures, ecological functions, and accessible spaces for people as a new alternative to a sustainable urban system. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). peer-review under responsibility of archive’s international scientific committee of reviewers. keywords artificial wetlands; sustainable development; ecological processes; wasterwater treatment 1. introduction the accelerated growth of urban agglomerations is a phenomenon that, although globally accepted, admits nuances and particular considerations depending on the local context. in the case of latin america, specifically the city of cuenca-ecuador, we can foresee two characteristics for the coming years: 1) the consolidation of a majority of urban population and 2) a high rate of urban growth, which has overflowed the city itself and threatens the territory as a whole. http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 13 thus, this projection anticipates an enormous challenge for city planning. it is imperative to rethink the methodology and instruments used to run the city because expansive growth threatens the whole of the territory (corboz & marot, 2001), fragmentation and loss of soils of ecological value, biodiversity, climatic and hydrological alterations, among others (delgado, 2008). the objective of this study is to explore off-grid infrastructures through nature-based solutions (nbs) in the transition space between the city and the countryside known as peri-urban, an edge space that is characterized by its speed of transformation and which will presumably be where a large part of the sustainability and resilience of cities in latin america is at stake (arola, 2014). the proposed system, artificial wetlands using the phytoremediation technique, provide environmental, social, and economic benefits. in this context, this paper takes a theoretical and methodological approach consisting of three sections. first, the theoretical foundation, through the analysis of three categories, (2.1) urban edge, argues the need to recognize urban edges as a new design category that allows us, on the one hand, to distance the negative connotation of the term periurban, and on the other, to go beyond the urban scale and overcome old binary oppositions such as center/periphery. (2.2) social metabolism and the city, explains the relationship between social systems and ecological systems as parts of the same metabolism. (2.3) water and the city, recognizes water as a process of construction and hydrosocial transformation, which presents a manifest interrelation between nature, society, and technology (boelens et al., 2016). second, cuenca as a case study, recognizes the edge of the city as a space of opportunity, and the problem which represents the lack of wastewater treatment as the main cause of premature deaths in developing countries (swyngedouw, 2006b). third, artificial wetland, reviews decentralized and off-grid infrastructure in the sinincay parish, where 16 of the 38 communities do not have a wastewater treatment. the results revolve around new sanitation concepts that interrelate infrastructure, ecological functions, and accessible public spaces for people. 2. theorical foundation as the city journey moves forward, two fundamental facts mark the history of the modern city: many people have been living in cities since the end of the last century, and more people will be living at the periphery in the next century. however, between the 1980s and 1990s, urban planning has been stubbornly focused on the urban center, insisting on a center-periphery dichotomy that has increased inequalities, especially in developing countries (tzaninis et al., 2020). since most people live in cities, the periphery is the area that undergoes the most significant changes, where much of the sustainability and resilience of cities is at stake. however, when we define cities, we usually resort to opposing categories: city-countryside, urban-rural, interior-exterior, and so forth, separated by a clearly defined boundary. yet, a third space occupies the gap between these two that deserves recognition as a new project category that allows overcoming the negative city-countryside dichotomy and understanding the third space as a space of opportunity (galindo & giocoli, 2012). 2.1 urban edge but, how can we conceptualize this edge space that neither fulfills the proper functions of an urban nor rural setting characterized by an ambiguity (busquets & sola morales, 1999); linked to a form of expansive growth; and also can serve as a suitable sample for explaining transformations within social, cultural, and environmental relations? at first glance, periurbanism looks at the city from the center, highlighting that no periphery exists without a center (tzaninis et al., 2020). as defined in the european context, the peri-urban is considered to be the space surrounding urban areas and merging with rural areas (piorr et al., 2011). it is therefore identified as a center of innovation, knowledge, and globalization. it is also the place where new types of housing, transportation infrastructure and multifunctional agriculture with a diversity of recreation sites and ecosystem services have been experimented. these new types of urbanization processes are occurring, but under particular pressure on land use, which puts urban sprawl at risk, as well as various social and environmental problems associated with this condition. therefore, several authors have identified urbanrural linkages as emerging matters that require not only new approaches to politics and funding, but also new epistemologies (allen, 2003). albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 14 in addition to being constantly transformed, the periurban space, like the territory, is also a space that is constantly being renovated. unlike the slow construction of the territory, however, it is characterized by its speed of change: it extends, relocates, moves from place to place, and it's neither a field nor a city (avila sánchez, 2001). the ecotone refers to habitats that are located between two interacting systems with high diversity differentials, such as meadows and forests and sea —which by interacting— develop a "third space" (burbano et al., 2017). the third space is defined by the presence of agricultural and non-agricultural activities within the same geographical area (tacoli, 1998) and is further defined by two groups of actors: rural and urban, with different ways of living, producing, thinking, and different interests. andré corboz (2001) provides the following example: "in the image of the countryside as a happy arcadia, the peasant had never recognized himself. nevertheless, paradoxically, he had an almost identical representation of the urban, that is to say, as fictitious as the other, since he conceived the city as the place of permanent leisure, and since he had absolutely no voice, he did not get to make himself heard about his condition; meanwhile, the man of the city continued to perceive it as the green solitude to which he himself aspired" (corboz & marot, 2001) . therefore, this space in transition becomes a disputed territory, leading its actors and inhabitants to compete to subsist and control the territory and its resources; a conflict in which the dominant factor is the urban and the vulnerable one the rural (ballén-velásquez, 2014). nevertheless, the loss of rural and environmental character is not the only factor defining this phenomenon; it is also the lack of urban attributes, such as low density, lack of accessibility, infrastructure, among others (allen, 2003). meeus & gulinck (2008) describe urban transformation as a phenomenon with low density, dispersion, fragmentation, and consumption of a large amount of land and energy. according to delgado viñas (2008), this expansion process is highly destructive of natural resources, as buildings located on land coincide with the land of ecological value (agricultural and environmental), causing the fragmentation of the territory and also alterations in climatic conditions, hydrology, and other factors (delgado, 2008). 2.2 social metabolism and the city as a result of society's visions, expectations, anxieties, and problems, the city emerges from how it understands and perceives its changes over time and as a result of multiple transformations. many authors, including kennedy, cuddihy, and engel-yan (2007), and timmeren (2014), suggest that cities' vitality depends on their spatial relationships with the surrounding environmentand global resource networks. the reason for this is that in the latter stages, resources traveled longer distances to reach cities, thereby depleting the closest and most accessible resources, and ultimately limiting the development of cities (kennedy et al., 2007). the growth processes of cities initially included their immediate environment for their growth, but later, resources traveled longer distances to reach the cities, leading to resource depletion and consequent limitations for their development. since the goods used in urban processes, especially food, have reached such a point, modern cities do not depend on their zones of influence, but rather feature in continental and global economic networks (timmeren, 2014). cas (complex adaptive system) is the most accepted definition of a city today. it is adaptive because it changes and learns from experience and complex because different actors of different nature form it. these are formed by various elements of great interconnection between them (acero caballero et al., 2019). the term metabolism comes from the greek metabole, meaning change. this concept appeared in the 19th century to study the physical and chemical transformations within an organism, allowing it to maintain itself, grow, and reproduce (clark & foster, 2010). subsequently, ecological metabolism appears to refer to the functioning of ecosystems. the city can then be understood as a social-ecological system of cyclical behavior. thus, a complex system that is subject to changes and called to be more resilient, can adapt to changes more efficiently. in this sense, they present an adaptive cycle that requires exploring new theories, methodologies, and planning tools that respond to the new demands-challenges present in the territory: territorial metabolism from a social metabolism and decentralization approach; thus, it seems to present a fruitful field. albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 15 finally, social metabolism appears through the social sciences and is designed to explain the relationship between human beings and nature. social metabolism relates to social and ecological systems (foster, 2004). it refers to the set of processes through which human societies appropriate, circulate, transform, consume and excrete different products (matter, energy, and information) or processes of ecological metabolism (foster, 2004). human societies are also understood as complex, organic and dynamic systems (gandy, 2004, odum, 1971), which produce and reproduce the indispensable conditions for their existence, based on their metabolism with nature (gandy, 2004). from an organic vision, social metabolism can be understood as an interconnected space of flows and dependent on external inputs of energy, matter, and information. as a result, it cannot explain by itself how space is historically produced, requiring instead that we establish an ecological-historical basis as the basis of what is social, with the possibility of lasting in time (swyngedouw, 2006a). this approach of metabolism allows the study of how rural and urban landscapes have been historically produced. similarly, to build the economy of the future focused on the urban based on the inclusion of social equity, environmental justice and urban ecosystem services, can be recognized as the normative objectives of the concept of urban metabolism proposed by timmeren (2014). for this author, modern society is dissociated from nature and such transition from unsustainable societies/cities to more sustainable and resilient societies/cities will be gradual and evolutionary. open and global energy and material systems are now supplemented by short-loop economies, whose primary characteristic is to be based on the local and regional. consequently, short-loop economies have the potential to increase awareness and creativity at the local level, not only in terms of participatory governance and social integration, but also allow for a better balance between local, regional, national and international markets. in this way, large corporations/centralized governments must cede more power to communities, giving them more control over what is produced in the local setting, allowing for fair trade and benefit to both parties (timmeren, 2014). within this conceptual framework related to social metabolism and the city, decentralized infrastructural systems stand out as an alternative to the conventional centralized and cumulative systems, typical of the industrial city and its contextualized reproductions. the fair and efficient distribution of resources is one of the significant challenges of the current urbanization process at the global level. under this premise, the world summit (un-habit, 2015) establishes in its issue papers that: "given the global trend of growth of urban areas, they will tend to capitalize unequally on the majority of resources, and this may have adverse effects on universal access to resources (...). this trend requires urban planning strategies that promote decentralized resource management in areas such as renewable energy, drinking water supply, and wastewater treatment" (un-habit, 2015). the latter, wastewater treatment, is of particularinterest to this study." for swyngedouw (2004), urban metabolism is a socio-ecological process of metabolizing the ecological system. cities are the places where the environmental system and its social relations are intensely re-elaborated. therefore, they can also be conceived as nature (swyngedouw & cook, 2010). thus, when harvey (1996) argued that "there is nothing unnatural about new york city", he meant that cities and social systems, in general, are transformed into socio-natural hybrids that reveal social and ecological processes; and are part of the same metabolism (heyden, 2003). urban metabolism is crucial in understanding urban-rural relations since rural areas and natural areas co-depend directly on this (ariza montobio, 2013). such interdependence between the ecological and the urban; and their constitutive processes allow the assumption that all types of nature are socially mobilized, economically incorporated (commodification), and physically metabolized. swyngedouw & kaika (2014), recognize that this race supports the urbanization process. on the other hand, rural metabolism refers to the metabolism of rural social-ecological systems, where its population to survive depends on agriculture, livestock, forestry, hunting, fishing, gathering, and extraction (toledo, 2008). in this way, the urban/rural dichotomy is maintained and accentuated in planning, with the ideological complexity of limits uses, among others, typical of a complex system. in this sense, tzaninis et al. (2010) propose that there is the need to overcome the distinction between center and periphery, viewing them as parts of the same socio environmental continuum, to overcome the inequal development that this produces. albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 16 2.3 water and the city social systems are sustained through flows and trans-flows of matter and energy (daly, 1974), one of which is water. the complex network of metabolisms is supported by the constant circulation of water in, through, and out of t he city; without its uninterrupted flow, life and the web of practices that constitute the city's essence would be impossible (swyngedouw, 2004). the social system appropriates the water resulting from the ecological metabolism. water is: captured, pumped, purified, chemically regulated, piped, transported, bought, and sold; used in homes, by living beings, in agriculture, in industry, in electricity generation, transformed into waste and returned to the ecological system; all this determined by complex political, economic, social, cultural and ecological processes (kaika, 2003). traditionally, in the course of water, one can observe an intimate relationship between man and nature. its flow, its occupation, generated a natural relationship respecting the logic of this course. elisee reclus (1850), in historia de un arroyo, describes the importance of this metabolic process. as a human geographer, he thinks of the utility and the service that a stream provides: in fishing, irrigation for crops, gardens, in the mills and factories that he finds downstream, in the cities' water that forces the construction of dams. it is necessary, he argues, to learn to use it in a complete way for the irrigation of our fields and the dynamization of our wealth, then we will be able to make it work for the shared service of humanity, instead of leaving it to the sun the crops and straying into pestilential swamps (reclus & guazzelli, 2001). and so it continues, [...] this water will undoubtedly become dirty later on; it will pass over fragmented rocks and rotting vegetables; it will dilute muddy lands and will be loaded with the impure remains poured out by animals and men; but here, in its pit of stone or its cradle of reeds, it is so pure, so luminous, that one would say that it is condensed air [...] (reclus & guazzelli, 2001). the relationship between man and natural processes, according to reclus, is based on a deep understanding of complex and dynamic ecological processes. since the idea of control and centralization buried these processes through a system of invisible infrastructures, a disconnection has ocurred between the path of water and the ecological processes of the landscape (stokman, 2008). therefore, it is essential to introduce water management as an integral part of the rural/urban landscape, which, as it has been previously stated, is dominated by open spaces and has a clear agricultural vocation. hence, providing clean water and adequate sanitation is not exactly rocket science. essential technologies and engineering principles are known and mastered, management systems, biological, physical and chemical processes are well understood. however, it is striking that more than one billion people still suffer from inadequate (both in quantity and quality) access to water, and almost two billion have unsatisfactory wastewater treatment. these are some reasons for water-related diseases that cause premature deaths in developing countries (swyngedouw, 2006a). this problem is aggravated in the so-called developing countries. in the case of ecuador, wastewater discharge is the leading cause of contamination of water sources (isch, 2011). for this reason, exploring innovative strategies that allow a paradigm shift in the management of water resources, particularly wastewater, will optimize this process and create greater access to this service. 3. cuenca as a case study the ecuadorian city of cuenca has the ideal characteristics for the proposed study. cuenca is an intermediate city that exemplifies this scenario in which 65% of its population is already urban, also what will foreseeably be the type of environment for the majority of global urban growth (ballet, c. llop, 2004). furthermore, projections for the next thirty years making cuenca one of the cities with the fastest urban growth rate in latin america (aa.vv, 2014). under these characteristics, the contemporary city is understood as a "city-territory" to identify the importance of its changes within the spatial, economic and social structure. the approach to the case study allowed the analysis, interpretation and prospective of remediation strategies that were addressed at three levels: city-territory, as a whole and in detail (figure 1). albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 17 figure 1 work scales. own elaboration. cuenca comprises 15 urban and 21 rural parishes, and it is expected to double its population in the coming years. this population will be located mainly on the city’s edge, known today as peri-urban areas. this fast transformation process has occurred in the rural parishes of sinicay, ricaurte, el valle, baños (1 -6 -10 -12) (figure 2). these parishes present the accurate scales and intensities to understand this phenomenon. on the other hand, it is urgent to rethink the centralized wastewater treatment system that the city uses. cuenca is the only city in ecuador that treats its wastewater; 98% of its wastewater is treated, but only within the urban area (approx. 8000 ha). however, the city is surrounded by a strip (approx. 24000 ha) of foamy, diffuse quality land, colloquially referred to as peri-urban. it coincides with the transition zone between city and countryside, where, today a third of the population lives. still, there are null or partial water treatment systems. sinincay (1) comprises 4648 ha, and it has a population of approximately 20,000 inhabitants distributed in 38 communities (pakariñan, 2015). this territorial edge of the city is constituted by rural, urbanized, and natural fragments articulated by a complex capillary hydrographic network. this particular characteristic allows observing a process of hydro-social construction and transformation (boelens et al., 2016) (córdova et al., 2020) ,which represents a relationship between nature, society and technology (boelens et al., 2016) . albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 18 figure 2 object of study. own elaboration. the rural parish of sinincay is located only 7 km from the center of cuenca. its main characteristic is its high relief; (72%) corresponds to slopes higher than 12%, and its altitude ranges from 2567 to 3959 meters above sea level. a large part of the parish is highland wetlands, which stands out for their high ecological value. another outstanding feature is the empty land/space (not occupied by buildings), which is mostly used as agricultural land, and constitutes the territorial matrix (forman, 1995) (figure 3). this agricultural land has a smallholding structure, leading to low productivity levels due to monoculture, inadequate technology, and limited technical assistance. however, a hydro-social system is recognized. this has allowed complementing the economy of the territory. a clear example is the community playas del carmen. figure 3 territoral matrix of the sinincay parish. own elaboration. albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 19 4. artificial wetlands playas del carmen is a field of open spaces crossed by a winding road with houses on its edge. there are green areas all around as well. this community has 65 hectares and a density of 6 houses/ha. the sinincay river, streams and green areas are natural factors. like most of the analyzed rural parishes, there is a rain-fed agricultural tessera as the most representative due to the topographic conditions, the low budget that these territories capture, and the lack of wastewater treatment as an aggravating factor (figure 4). in these transition zones, wastewater treatment is partial or non-existent. either because of the distance to the leading network, in which case the city's budget is insufficient, or because of technical factors due to the relief of these parishes. in the case of the sinincay parish, 16 out of 38 communities do not have a wastewater treatment system. it seems like we are facing new opportunities to harmonize better urban growth, environmental values, and the provision of off-grid infrastructures. a solution to the pollution of water and land sources by residential wastewater discharges is included in the nature based solutions (nbs), which are cost-effective solutions that provide environmental, social, and economic benefits. these are resilient and bring diversity and nature to the city; and, in specific cases, to rural communities. the proposal focuses its attention on a hydraulic sanitation system disconnected from the central network located at the city’s edge. this system consists of designing a system of artificial wetlands (aw) to treat wastewater resulting from direct discharges into streams and rivers. the process has to take advantage of the physical, chemical and biological processes that occur when water, filter media, plants, microorganisms, and the atmosphere interact with each other. this process is carried out through three general steps: first, removing suspended solids by sedimentation and filtration; second, because of biodegradation of organic matter by aerobic and anaerobic microorganisms; and third, by eliminating pathogenic microorganisms by sedimentation, filtration, and the predatory action of other organisms (arias martínez et al., 2010). figure 4 detail scale, playas del carmen. discharge of wastewater into the river. own elaboration. albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 20 this phytoremediation technique is characterized as a passive and aesthetically pleasing cleanup practice that takes advantage of the capacity of plants and solar energy to treat contaminated water. on this technical arrangement, plants act as traps or biological filters that decompose contaminants and stabilize metallic substances present in soil and water by setting them in their roots and stems or metabolizing them as microorganisms do to convert them into less hazardous compounds. the construction of aw is an attractive, cost-effective alternative in construction, operation, and maintenance; it is environmentally friendly and applicable in peri-urban areas if compared to conventional wastewater treatment particularly in developing countries (gopal, 1999). for the case study, the proposed technique is the design of a sub-surface flow aw (figure 5). this system consists of a biological filter filled with a porous material (volcanic rock/gravel). macrophyte plants are planted on the surface of the filter, and the pre-treated wastewater flows horizontally through the filter. with this system, the water level is maintained below the surface of the granular material; therefore, the presence of plagues and the absence of foul odors is minimal. likewise, its modular condition allows the addition of new units according to its needs. it also constitutes an economically viable solution. figure 5 wastewater hydraulic system outside the net. playas del carmen. own elaboration 5. conclusions urban fringes are areas between the countryside and the city, and their proximity to the urban center precludes their use as agricultural or forestry land. therefore, the main characteristic is the ambiguity of multiple services, actors, and interests.it is also important to note that this region is expected to be home to most of the population during the albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 21 current century. urban edges must be recognized as a new project category that allows us to move away from the connotation of peri-urbanism and transcend the city-country dichotomy. third spaces (neither urban nor rural) have their own characteristics and problems. it has a great ecological value constituted by agriculture, forestry, and the corridors created by rivers and streams that should be appreciated and recognized. this should also be a central component when designing and planning a new sustainable and resilient urban/rural dimension. to preserve this area, we must eliminate urbanistic expectations, which should be understood as a space of opportunity that articulates crops, forests, communities, and cities in a complex and evolutionary manner beyond being considered an expansion zone. for the specific case in the sinincay parish, 5 of its 38 communities do not have running water, and 16 of these do not have a wastewater treatment system which is 42% of its territory. the same thing occurs in other rural parishes of cuenca and the country in general, which is the leading cause of pollution of water sources. however, this problem presents new opportunities for better harmonization between urban growth and environmental values. for this reason, exploring innovative strategies that allow for a paradigm shift in water resource management, particularly concerning wastewater, will allow optimization and greater access. the construction and maintenance of a conventional wastewater system are very costly (delgadillo-lópez & gonzález-ramírez, 2011) and requires an extended amortization period of between 50 and 100 years. this transition area is not due to these territories' accelerated transformation and growth. consequently, it is necessary to urgently rethink these sanitation concepts with a new approach that interconnects the construction of infrastructures, ecological functions, and accessible public areas as a possible path to new sustainable territorial systems (stokman, 2008). thus, the exploration of an off-grid water treatment system favors the protection of water sources and could strengthen the productive character of agricultural areas, promote food self-sufficiency, and increase the economy. also, it is crucial to promote the geographical convergence of production and consumption in contemporary cities, in which today’s, open and global systems of energy and materials are complemented by short-loop economies; premise that at the end of the 19th century, anarchist geographers (reclus and kropotkin) saw as capital, and contemporary ecology sees as essential for energy savings and greenhouse gas reduction (oyon, 2011) (timmeren, 2014). furthermore, these studied territories with multifunctional characteristics can generate their own water, energy and assimilate their waste, and above all else, they are also suitable for living. in this way, it is ideal for shaping new sustainable centralities to reduce dependence on the center and create a multipolar urban/rural ecosystem, an isotropic body, and a system without a center or periphery (viganò et al., 2016). references aa.vv. (2014). cuenca ciudad sostenible / plan de acción. in banco interamericano de desarrollo. acero caballero, g., aguirre such, j., arévalo martín, j., rodríguez, d., romero fernández de larrea, i., paisaje transversal, & hernández martínez, p. (2019). planificación urbana integral, aprendiendo de europa. 186. https://www1.diba.cat/llibreria/pdf/62439.pdf allen, a. (2003). environmental planning and management of the peri-urban interface: perspectives on an emerging field. environment and urbanization, 15, 135–148. arias martínez, s. a., betancur toro, f. m., gómez rojas, g., salazar giraldo, j. p., & hernández ángel, m. l. (2010). fitorremediación con humedales artificiales para el tratamiento de aguas residuales porcinas. informador técnico (colombia), 74, 12–22. ariza montobio, p. (2013). large escale. renewable energy ? a transdiciplinary view on conflicts and trade off in the implementation of renewable energy. universidad autónoma de barcelona. arola, f. (2014). metodología para el análisis y gestión del espacio periurbano en ciudades intermedias: cuenca como caso de estudio. 1 –61. avila sánchez, h. (2001). ideas y planteamientos teóricos sobre los territorios periurbanos: las relaciones campo-ciudad en algunos países de europa y américa. investigaciones geográficas, 45, 108–127. ballén-velásquez, l. (2014). “desbordando” la categoría de borde. revista bitácora urbano territorial, 24(2), 31–39. http://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=74833911014 ballet, c. llop, j. m. (2004). miradas a otros espacios urbanos: las ciudades intermedias . viii, 1–13(108), 1–13. albarracin/ the academic research community publication pg. 22 boelens, r., hoogesteger, j., swyngedouw, e., vos, j., & wester, p. (2016). hydrosocial territories: a political ecology perspective. water international, 41(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/02508060.2016.1134898 burbano, d., di campli, a., rodriguez, n., & solórzano, m. (2017). transiciones territoriales : reflexiones teóricas tras un concepto. busquets, j., & sola morales, m. (1999). la urbanización marginal. edicions upc. clark, b., & foster, j. b. (2010). the dialectic of social and ecological metabolism: marx, mészáros, and the absolute limits of capital. socialism and democracy, 24 (2), 124–138. corboz, a., & marot, s. (2001). le territoire comme palimpseste et autres essais. ed. de l’imprimeur. http://cataleg.upc.edu/record=b1208803~s1*cat córdova, j., contreras, c., & albarracin, g. (2020). territorio hidrosocial de la ciudad de cuenca ecuador. el derecho a la ciudad y el territorio. xi simposio nacional de desarrollo urbano y x congreso de ordenamiento territorial y ecol ógico, 1, 631–649. delgadillo-lópez, a. e., & gonzález-ramírez, c. a. (2011). tropical and subtropical agroecosystems, 14 (2011): 597612. 14, 597–612. delgado, c. (2008). “urbanización sin fronteras” el acoso urbanístico a los espacios naturales protegidos. boletin de la asociacion de geografos espanoles, 47, 271–310. forman, r. t. t. (1995). land mosaics : the ecology of landscapes and regions / richard t. t. forman. cambridge university press,. https://discovery.upc.edu/iii/encore/record/c__rb1158175__srichard forman__orightresult__u__x2;jsessionid=788109f4388443339c41e4aaa8dcd0e9?lang=cat foster, j. b. (2004). la ecología de marx. materialismo y naturaleza. el viejo topo. españa. galindo, j., & giocoli, a. (2012). los bordes de la ciudad metropolitana : apuntes para repensar la ciudad. gandy, m. (2004). rethinking urban metabolism: water, space and the modern city. city, 8(3), 363–379. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360481042000313509 gopal, b. (1999). natural and constructed wetlands for wastewater treatement: potentials and problems. water science and technology, 40(3), 27–35. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004 harvey, d. (1996). justice, nature and the geography of difference. blackwell. heyden, n. (2003). the scalar production of injustice within the urban forest. antipode, 5, 980–998. isch, e. (2011). contaminación de las aguas y políticas para enfrentarla. foro de los recursos hídricos, 1, 52. https://bit.ly/3bkvxwa kaika, m. (2003). constructing scarcity and sensationalising water politics: 170 days that shook ath ens. antipode, 35, 919–954. kennedy, c., cuddihy, j., & engel-yan, j. (2007). the changing metabolism of cities. industrial ecology, 11, number, 17. odum, h. (1971). environment, power , and society for the twenty first century. the hierarchy of energy. columbia university press. oyon, j. l. (2011). disperción frente a compacidad.pdf. pakariñan. (2015). actualización plan de desarrollo y ordenación territorial sinincay 2015. piorr, a., tosics, i., & ravetz, j. (2011). peri-urbanisation in europe: towards a european policy to sustain urban-rural futures. forest & landscape university of copenhagen. reclus, é., & guazzelli, e. (2001). el arroyo. media vaca. stokman, a. (2008). water purificative landscapes – constructed ecologies and contemporary urbanism. swyngedouw, e. (2004). social power and the urbanization of water. flows of power. oxford university press. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9781107415324.004 swyngedouw, e. (2006a). circulations and metabolisms : ( hybrid ) natures and ( cyborg ) cities. science as culture, 15, 105–121. swyngedouw, e. (2006b). human development report 2006 human development report office power , water and money  : exploring the nexus. human development, april. swyngedouw, e., & cook, i. (2010). cities, social cohesion and the environment. social survey paper, 1–53. swyngedouw, e., & kaika, m. (2014). urban political ecology: great promises, deadlock and new beginnings  ? geografica, 60(3). tacoli, c. (1998). rural-urban interactions : a guide to the literature. 10(1), 147–166. timmeren, a. van. (2014). the concept of the urban metabolism (um). suet, 1–18. toledo, v. (2008). metabolismos rurales: hacia una teoría económico ecológica de la apropiación de la naturaleza. redibec, 7, 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1109/aps.2016.7695721 tzaninis, y., mandler, t., kaika, m., & keil, r. (2020). moving urban political ecology beyond the ‘urbanization of nature’’.’ progress in human geography, 2049. https://doi.org/10.1177/0309132520903350 un-habit. (2015). issue papers and policy units of the habitat iii conference. april. viganò, p., secchi, b., & lorenzo, f. (2016). water and asphalt. the project of isotropy. park books, zurich, zwitzerland. http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 1 implementing the use of ai for analysis and prediction in the fashion industry luri renaningtyas1, putri dwitasari2, nugrahardi ramadhani2 1head of fashion laboratory at fashion design and textile program, visual communication design department, petra christian university surabaya, indonesia 2visual communication design department, institut teknologi sepuluh nopember, surabaya, indonesia abstract the covid-19 pandemic has made all aspects of human life assisted by technology and big data. it starts from the education sector, economy, communication, health, and manufacturing to fashion. as we all know fast fashion has become one of the most significant contributors of waste. during the flow of developing a collection, for example; the production and distribution process can cause ethical issues and contradict sustainability matters. several studies from 2010 to date have initiated ai (artificial intelligent) technology, a computer vision that alleviates the use of carbon footprints in the fashion industry. ai presents robust evidence to the audience, since it is visual and statically calculated, furthermore it is less costly and energy saving. ai abstracts the similarities or differences across all clothing and collections from the dataset. its implementation can be used in many fashion careers with different purposes. by reviewing across the computer vision journals complemented with fashion management literatures, this article eventually provides insights of the implementation of ai for analysis and prediction from fashion photos or dataset. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). keywords ai; implementation; fashion industry 1. introduction since the covid pandemic, the use of ai technology has grown rapidly and penetrated all aspects of human life, including fashion. the fashion industry is one of the most volatile and rapidly changing because it always follows trends and consumer demands. this results in a lot of fabric waste due to overproduction or under production. leanne luce explained that the use of ai in analyzing and predicting trends, stock quantities, demand forecasting, and providing recommendations can minimize overproduction or underproduction of clothing so that it becomes more environmentally friendly. this article summarizes computer science journals to explain some examples of computer science implementations sharpened by other literature in terms of fashion management. this article is explained in simple language to be understand by the commoner, and fashion industry players from fashion designers to researchers. as nishant and hilary mason explained, the existence of ai in the end does not necessarily replace humans to analyze and predict, but is able to target areas that are more complex and difficult for humans to reach (nishant, 2020). however, until now, ai technology is still being developed by researchers, so there are many approaches and methods that sometimes overlap among computer science journals which are summarized, but the efficiency of its sustainable application is the quintessence of this article. this article focuses on computer vision with machine learning. http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 2 1.1. ai, computer vision, ml dan deep learning the terms ai, computer vision, ml and deep learning are often used interchangeably. luce stated that ai itself imitates the working of the human brain and is a part of the whole which includes machine learning and deep learning (luce, 2018). the term can be analogous to a russian egg doll, when the outermost doll is opened, inside there is a smaller doll, and when it is opened there is another doll inside, and so on (figure 1.1 point a). machine learning has the ability to produce output through training by inputting data information, hereinafter referred to as figure 1.1 knowing ai and how it works: explanation of the terms ai, ml and dl adapted from leanne luce's book p. 5(a); ml training process summary from vladimir nasteski: an overview of the supervised machine learning methods, liviu ciortuz: machine learning and budi s: machine learning model training process in general in the indonesia learning channel (b); (c) the application of image b on the deepfashion dataset (zi wei liu) adapted from https://otomasi.sv.ugm.ac.id/2018/10/11/sejarah-singkat-tangan-machine-learning/ 'model', while deep learning requires a lot of data to train the model to be able to answer the query data. computer vision is ml that use deep learning to analyze visual data. in this case, thousands of photos of people with clothes, both from online shops and street photos, can be used by cv as sample data for analysis. as stated by ayodele, ml is divided into 3 categories; supervised, unsupervised, which are commonly used for object detection, analysis and prediction. as well as reinforcement learning whose applications are often found in robot vacuum cleaners or automatic cars. cv is commonly used in the fashion industry because cv performs visual data analysis with algorithmic methods (ayodele, 2010). the way cv sees visual data is different from humans, a photo for example is seen as a pattern arrangement of algorithmic numbers. in figure 1.1 point b, the training set is used to produce a trained model, the model must be tested first to find out whether the model is able to analyze the data according to what was trained. the whole process is called machine learning. in point c, the model is able to recognize the object in a fashion photo, whether the object is skinny jeans or not, because the model receives input data (blue color) since skinny jeans have different features compared to shorts, midi skirts or t-shirts. the model subsequently capable of detecting the photo as a skinny jeans (green). 2. data collection 2.1. related works leanne luce in her book "artificial intelligence for fashion: how ai is revolutionizing the fashion industry" (luce, 2018) describes the benefits of using ai in the fashion industry, underlying this research. leanne lists areas in the fashion industry that ai can be leveraged more efficiently and economically, for example demand forecasting purposes. ai helps predict what styles consumers will prefer next year. this means manufacturers can anticipate overproduction or underproduction and save the landfill for more toxic waste. (more details in point 4). however, leanne luce talks about ai globally, such as visual search, smart mirrors, trend forecasting, virtual reality, augmented reality to robots, while this article specifically discusses cv and ml using fashion datasets (deepfashion). the author summarizes and categorizes various types of ml analysis and prediction skills started with ziad al-hala's writing. ziad al-halah mentions various ml implementations in analyzing and predicting visual data; landmark detection, learning fashion attributes, cross-domain fashion retrieval, body shape and size based fashion suggestions, virtual tryon, clothing recommendation, visual brand analysis, and discovering fashion styles (al-halah et al., 2020). ziad's writing is used as the author's reference portal to other computer science journals which are summarized to explain the implementation of ml. sometimes in one journal with another, the implementation of ml is described overlapping, considering that ml has many methods for the same output or one journal can be related to other journals because it continues or refutes the same research before. luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 3 − deepfashion dan data set seeing how machine learning works in figure 1.1 point b, dataset is the training material to form the model. deepfashion is a data set specifically made for fashion analytic needs, containing a collection of photos classified by type of garment or style, such as jeans, tie dye t-shirts, or baby doll dress styles. to be able to detect 'jeans' from thousands of photos on instagram, for example, a model is trained with deep fashion, then, with algorithms and the use of statistics, one can discover the next jeans trending. the use of the same data set with different algorithms and statistics can analyze and predict trends or industry needs within the management process utilize minimal human intervention, from research to distribution. − sustainable fashion the fashion industry is the largest contributor to pollution and waste in the world, therefore this industry should apply sustainability to every stage of its production process, starting from r&d, manufacturing and distribution. according to chan, sustainability initiatives are needed in every managerial step of fast fashion namely sustainable operation management or circular scm (chan et al., 2022). chan states that if trend prediction or demand forecasting is done in an inappropriate way, it will result in overproduction, prior to leanne luce previously stated. overproduction not only dissipate scarce natural resources, it is also render carbon footprint during production, and pollute water and soil. khakurel, et al. describes the implementation of ai bring out economic acceleration in the developed world, for example ml for object detection. basically object detection annotates the photos the same way humans do, but when it comes to thousands of photos, it can perform faster and more efficient than human annotation. the more data, the more accurate and vivid depicted to the public. companies can save or may no longer spend on outsourcing in service or production and employee living costs because they can take advantage of ai to replace the outsourcing, so the company gets more benefits. furthermore it should be able to make the selling price of the product turn low (khakurel et al., 2018). 3. methods this research is an introduction to ai and how it can be implemented in the fashion industry, as a green alternative compared to the prevalent one. it is necessary to review the literature from three scientific sides, namely from computer science, fashion management, and fashion and sustainability. all the literature then confirmed and extracted to reinforce ai implementation in fashion industry becoming more sustainable. one journal and one computer science book as a baseline to determine which computer science journals and books are used amongst existing computer science literature. the literatures explain how ai works, while the fashion management literatures lead to the production flow to distribution of fast fashion of which ai is implemented in the process. furthermore, with the sustainability literature, it shows to what extent the implementation of ai can be considered as a green alternative, especially for scm flow in the fast fashion businesses. luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 4 chart 3.1 flow of thought to describe the implementation of ai in the fashion industry as a sustainable alternative. 4. cv implementation for a more sustainable fashion industry chart 4.1 scm fashion flow chart adapted from edit dr. csanák in his writing entitled eco-friendly concepts and ethical movement in the fashion industry. ai helps on the bolded process. the following is the implementation of cv as a more sustainable alternative from the producer and consumer perspective by looking at the fast fashion supply chain management workflow above (csanák, 2014). − object detection cv model is tested to be able to analyze photos of someone wearing clothes or accessories. as a result, it is able to recognize the similarities or disperancy in the garments and clothing collections found among the photos adequately (jia et al., 2018) why is a skirt different from a t-shirt, for instance. researchers can even add text to the training set to increase the model's ability to detect the object, for example a photo of a skirt with a text description (berg et al., 2010) shown in figure 4.1 point b. machine learning algorithms are also able to recognize faux leather skirts by their attributes and are able to distinguish them from t-shirts or shoes. the model can also detect where the skirt is based on the area, the ratio of the length or the width based on the area of the upper and lower body (bossard et al., 2012). at the same time the model can display the level of confidence or how accurately the model recognizes the skirt, good image quality will certainly increase the level of accuracy of ml in detecting an object, compared to low res photos. example: google lens or pinterest in figure 4.3 point b. image to sentences ml or vice versa (farhadi et al., 2010) can be used for image search engines when customers want to find the clothes they want. customers only need to enter the query in the search engine, as soon as recommendations for the desired clothing photos appear, the results of the ml analysis process (more on style luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 5 prediction in the next point). in chart 4.1 of the design process, object detection helps the r&d of a collection, detecting the most emerging and trending styles, as well as style live cycle over a certain period of time. aside from being a trend forecaster, this is also one of the feedback analyzes needed by designer and manufacturer to take the next anticipation from underproduction or overproduction. the company's anticipatory steps will have an effect on costing (more on point 2 of the sustainable fashion section). figure 4.1 simulation of object detection recognizing faux leather skirt and its attributes (a). text descriptions are added to the training set to improve the model's ability to detect objects in more detail (b) and figure c is an example of implementing style prediction, namely baby doll dress style and wedding style. image source: deepfashion − clothing category and classification deepfashion is used by liu (liu et al., 2016) to train a model that can perform robust analysis in categoryzing and classifiying objects. models sort by category, from thousands of photos into 5 categories of clothing such as rompers, hoodies, skirts, jackets, jeans with their attributes. there are 5 groups of attributes, namely texture, fabric, style, shape and part. examples for textures are striped, floral, polka-dotted. example for baseball style; sporty, girly, etc. the combination based on the type of clothing with its attributes, is a romper with lace, a loose hoodie with graphic writing, and so on. − style prediction & clothing recommendation similar to what liu did, the model from lukas and chen (chen et al., 2012) the model predict what the user wants, for example, someone wants to find a suitable clothes for a wedding, then ai will display photos a fashion photo with a wedding label with a combination of style and attributes, namely “white dress” because it refers to a “wedding event.” this is implemented on search engines like google, even further users are allowed to modify search keywords, immediately the image that appears will adjust. users may remove words from the keyword set that are not used and replace them with others as they wish, so that the search can be more interactive, as explained by zhao (zhao et al., 2017). there are many ways of object detection, other model developed by vasileios choutas named shapy combine semantic description according to body shape such as pear, muscular, tall, skinny arms to improve 3d annotation to get a fine grain object detection, sometimes in photos people wearing clothes that covers the body, make it difficult to provide shape cues (choutas et al., 2022), as well as the model developed by al-halah called ‘style dynamic’ which is able to find and analyze style cycles within a certain time (al-halah et al., 2020). what styles are trends and what no longer popular (figure 4.2). this historical data that is very important for fashion brands or manufacturer to determine the design of the next collection. this anticipation is considered as a sustainable step. a green step for the fashion industry is to leverage ml's ability to recommend new items into a mix of outfits to bridge fashion designers and manufacturers. ml is a model that visualizes consumer fashion tastes where the sample making process by producers is usually done manually with great effort but ml can be automated, faster and cut a lot of production costs, for example trendage.com (zou et al., 2018). consumers shopping at online shops get automatic recommendations about the most suitable piece to wear and the mix and match seems personal. ml is able to map the 'latent' appearance of the user (yu et al., 2019), this works well as a marketing strategy for fashion brands to target their consumers. luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 6 figure 4.2 simulation of fashion style cycle analysis results and trend prediction from ai. adapted from ziad al hala's research [5]. ai shows data about certain styles over time, which styles are outdated (a), classic (b), in fashion(c), trending(d), unpopular(e), or (f)re-emerging styles. image source: deepfashion[4] − consumer to shop kiapor and huang (kiapor et al., 2015), made a model that looks for similarities from consumer photos compare to online shop photos (huang et al.,2015). figure 4.3 is an example of its implementation, if someone searches for a product from online shopping with a photo reference from their cellphone, the user will know where to buy the piece from the shop they are aiming for, considering that the online shop image is photographed in adequate lighting conditions, while photos of users were taken under uncontrolled situation. relying on ai like the viral zara jeans phenomenon in the picture is one of the efficient marketing strategies because it saves promotion costs. figure 4.3 an example of implementation from consumer to shop (a) zara high waisted ripped jeans far left is a photo from an online shop while the next two photos are from consumers, and (b) is an example of implementing a clothing recommendation from google lens looking for similar jeans. image source: google.com − virtual try on when the consumer is in the store, there is a large mirror he looks into that guides him to choose the clothes and size he wants by displaying it in the mirror as if the consumer is wearing it. at the same time, brands will use it to market their products within the available stocks in the store. this new way of marketing easily invites consumers to make a purchase, for example the amazon echo look. this made possible by leveraging kripashindu’s model that can rerender from one image to another, with different poses, even from still images to moving images or can be in the form of game applications as discussed earlier in style prediction and clothing recommendation (sarkar et al., 2020). − brand a model can be trained to analyze how the brand is associated by consumers (kim et al., 2013). what consumers think about the brand that influences their decision to buy products or services from that brand. for example, if a consumer wants to find a jacket, he will definitely buy a louis vuitton jacket among other brand, because in the consumer's mind lv is his number one. usually, to discover brand associations, research need to be done manually by distributing questionnaires filled out by consumers as feedback. this method not time efficient and costly, while luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 7 with the help of ai it can be done quickly with minimal costs. kim in his article shows that ai provides visual analysis that is easier to imagine than conventional textual analysis. this feedback is very useful for the brand to develop the design of the next collection that will make it stands out and be the number one in the minds of consumers among other brands. how does the brand do it? the model developed by m hadi kiapor detects logo or design cues from fashion photos of several bag brands. it discovers how brands can be recognized by consumers, by showing their logos such as supreme, displaying monograms (logo repetition) such as lv or through designs and color compositions such as bottega veneta (kiapor et al., 2018). 5. conclusions in this era of big data, the use of ai in the fashion industry is still growing in the future. this means that what is written now may have not included developing implementations, but the explanation in this article can provide basic insights about cv or ml in analyzing and predicting. not only for commercial purposes but also as a green alternative. designers or producers can avoid overproduction or under-production because they know what style the next consumer will be interested in. at the same time, the process become more sustainable because it does not need to hire human analytics for r&d or collect feedback from consumer which usually costs time, money and environment destructive. however, since this technology will continue to develop and be premature, for research and engineer created and developed ai responsibly is obligatory to prevent unwanted negative impacts in the future. 6. acknowledge this paper was sponsored by humaniora and creative industry faculty and petra christian university. image data sets are from deepfashion developed by zi wei liu and team. appendix a. deepfashion deepfashion is a dataset developed by zi wei liu from his research in 2016. it consists of a large-scale clothes database and it is non commercial research proposed only. deepfashion contains more than 800,000 fashion images start from enviable shop images to uncontroled consumer photos. deepfashion comprise rich annotation of clothing items. in this dataset, each image is labeled with 50 categories, 1,000 descriptive attributes. deepfashion also have contents over 300,000 cross-domain image pairs. here are the example of deepfashion, some are used in this article in figure 1.1, 4.1, 4.2 shown below: appendix b. shapy shapy is a ml that combines linguistic attributes with 3d shape reconstruction by adding sentences for example “muscular”, “skinny arms”, “long legs”, or “pear shaped”, to capture the real human shape. this model will map different shape representation of human body and can be used in many applications. please visit https://shapy.is.tue.mpg.de/ to find out more. https://shapy.is.tue.mpg.de/ luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 8 appendix c. trendage trendage is a company that offers analytical service for brands and retailers by leveraging ml in order to increase their average order values, and upgrade shopping experience. consumers will have the best ecommerce experience with ‘complete the look’ solutions, the automated clothing recommendation with large collection across brands and retails. it cuts off the long process of r&d for brands or retailers that previously done with great effort. trendage provides cross-selling data, also an instant mix and match outfit source for manufacturer to start to build the collection,automates all the marketing strategy to become more efficient and economical. appendix d. other sources a.1. discussion the manufacturing and distribution’s step within the fashion management workflow that potential to ai are discussed and confirmed by practitioner dibya hodi. dibya is a ceo at interim clothing company, and vice chirman of indonesian fashion chamber (ifc). ifc is a non-profit organization that invigorate the fundamental of fashion as part of the creative industry and deliver it to the government, business people, fashion communities, institutions, through workshops, seminars, discussions, or trade fairs. a.2. references from youtube computer science explained by hillary mason in “wired” from entrance to advance level; from an eight years old kid, a teen, a college student, a grad student and an expert. the computer scientist and hidden door cofounder and ceo explained that ml is able to detect and recognized object just like human when trained with information about the object feature, for example to detect a cat or a dog in a picture, ml may learn that a cat usually has particular features than the dog, such as pointy ears, or lean body. furthermore, she mentioned supervised, unsupervised and reinforcement in ml. she also compared ml with human. the explaination in this video provides a vivid picture to understand ml and how it works, this source of information enrich the literture review in section 2. please visit https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5q87k1waofi to find out more the general ml training model within a flow chart is explained in indonesia belajar. this channel initiated by setia budi, a lecturer and phd in computer science. the chart showed how ml works in a simple manner that is easier to imagine by commoner. visit https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ykovaq6tyv8 for more information. references khakurel, j., penzenstadler, b., porras, j., knutas, a., & zhang, w. (2018). the rise of artificial intelligence under the lens of sustainability. technologies, 6(4), 100. https://doi.org/10.3390/technologies6040100 nishant, r., kennedy, m., & corbett, j. (2020). artificial intelligence for sustainability: challenges, opportunities, and a research agenda. international journal of information management, 53, 102104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijinfomgt.2020.102104 ayodele, t. o. (2010). types of machine learning algorithms. new advances in machine learning. intech. chan, h. l., ren, s., & liu, n. (2022). overview and research agenda for sustainable operations management in fast-fashion era. operations management in the era of fast fashion. springer. luce, l. (2018). artificial intelligence for fashion: how ai is revolutionizing the fashion industry. san fransisco: apress. al-halah, z., & grauman, k. (2020). from paris to berlin: discovering fashion style influences around the world. in proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (pp. 10136-10145). cornell university. https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.01316 berg, t.l., berg, a.c., shih, j. (2010). automatic attribute discovery and characterization from noisy web data. in daniilidis, k., maragos, p., paragios, n. (eds) computer vision – eccv 2010. lecture notes in computer science, vol 6311 (pp. 663-676). springer, berlin, heidelberg. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-642-15549-9_48 bossard, l., dantone, m., leistner, c., wengert, c., quack, t., & gool, l. v. (2012, november). apparel classification with style. in asian conference on co mputer vision (pp. 321-335). springer, berlin, heidelberg. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-642-37447-0_25 chen, h., gallagher, a., girod, b. (2012). describing clothing by semantic attributes. in fitzgibbon, a., lazebnik, s., perona, p., sato, y., schmid, c. (eds) computer vision – eccv 2012 (pp. 609-623). lecture notes in computer science, vol 7574. springer, berlin, heidelberg. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-642-33712-3_44 choutas, v., müller, l., huang, c. h. p., tang, s., tzionas, d., & black, m. j. (2022). accurate 3d body shape regression using metric and semantic attributes. in proceedings of the ieee/cvf conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (pp. 2718-2728). computer vision foundation. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5q87k1waofi https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ykovaq6tyv8 luri renaningtyas, putri dwitasari, nugrahardi ramadhani/ the academic research community publication pg. 9 https://openaccess.thecvf.com/content/cvpr2022/html/choutas_accurate_3d_body_shape_regression_using_metric_and_semantic_att ributes_cvpr_2022_paper.html csanák, e. (2014). eco-friendly concepts and ethical movements in the fashion industry. in international textile, clothing and design conference—magic world of textiles (pp.1-7). dubrownik, croatia. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/283211577_ecofriendly_concepts_and_ethical_movements_in_the_fashion_industry farhadi, a., hejrati, m., sadeghi, m. a., young, p., rashtchian, c., hockenmaier, j., & forsyth, d. (2010). every picture tells a story: generating sentences from images. in european conference on computer vision (pp. 15-29). springer, berlin, heidelberg. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-642-15561-1_2 hadi kiapour, m., han, x., lazebnik, s., berg, a. c., & berg, t. l. (2015). where to buy it: matching street clothing photos in online shops. in proceedings of the ieee international conference on computer vision (pp. 3343-3351). computer vision foundation. https://www.cvfoundation.org/openaccess/content_iccv_2015/html/kiapour_where_to_buy_iccv_2015_paper.html huang, j., feris, r. s., chen, q., & yan, s. (2015). cross-domain image retrieval with a dual attribute-aware ranking network. in proceedings of the ieee international conference on computer vision (pp. 1062-1070). computer vision foundation. https://www.cvfoundation.org/openaccess/content_iccv_2015/html/huang_cross-domain_image_retrieval_iccv_2015_paper.html indonesia belajar. (2021, june 1). sklearn 16 random forest classification hutan acak belajar machine learning dasar [video]. youtube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ykovaq6tyv8 jia, m., zhou, y., shi, m., & hariharan, b. (2018). a deep-learning-based fashion attributes detection model. arxiv preprint arxiv:1810.10148. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.10148 kiapour, m. h., & piramuthu, r. (2018). brand> logo: visual analysis of fashion brands. arxiv preprint arxiv:1810.09941. https://openaccess.thecvf.com/content_eccvw_2018/papers/11131/kiapour_brand__logo_visual_analysis_of_fashion_brands_eccv w_2018_paper.pdf kavlakoglu, e. (2020, may 27). learning vs. deep learning vs. neural networks: what’s the difference?. ibm.com. https://www.ibm.com/cloud/blog/ai-vs-machine-learning-vs-deep-learning-vs-neural-networks liu, z., luo, p., qiu, s., wang, x., & tang, x. (2016). deepfashion: powering robust clothes recognition and retrieval with rich annotations. in proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (pp. 1096-1104). https://openaccess.thecvf.com/content_cvpr_2016/html/liu_deepfashion_powering_robust_cvpr_2016_paper.html nasteski, v. (2017). an overview of the supervised machine learning methods. horizons. b, 4, pp.51-62. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/328146111_an_overview_of_the_supervised_machine_learning_methods sarkar, k., mehta, d., xu, w., golyanik, v., & theobalt, c. (2020, august). neural re-rendering of humans from a single image. in european conference on computer vision (pp. 596-613). springer, cham. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-030-58621-8_35 wired. (2021, august 18). computer scientist explains machine learning in 5 levels of difficulty [video]. youtube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5q87k1waofi yu, c., hu, y., chen, y., & zeng, b. (2019). personalized fashion design. in proceedings of the ieee/cvf international conference on computer vision (pp. 9046-9055). https://openaccess.thecvf.com/content_iccv_2019/html/yu_personalized_fashion_design_iccv_2019_paper.html zhao, b., feng, j., wu, x., & yan, s. (2017). memory-augmented attribute manipulation networks for interactive fashion search. in proceedings of the ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition (pp. 1520-1528). https://openaccess.thecvf.com/content_cvpr_2017/html/zhao_memory-augmented_attribute_manipulation_cvpr_2017_paper.html zou, x., wong, w. k., & mo, d. (2018, june). fashion meets ai technology. in international conference on artificial intelligence on textile and apparel (pp. 255-267). springer, cham. https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-319-99695-0_31 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) the academic research community publication pg. 1 research paper received: 13 june 2023, accepted: 17 july 2023, published online: 31 july 2023 doi: 10.21625/archive.v7i2.964 tourism in a unique destination: case study antarctica pelagia moloni msc student at university of thessaly, greece email: peggy.moloni@gmail.com abstract tourism in anta rctica ha s been dyna mica lly developed in recent deca des, a lthough it is loca ted in a sma ll geogra phica l pa rt of the continent. the ma in rea son tha t visitors pla n a trip to the destina tion when the opportunity is given is the na tura l la ndsca pe a nd wildlife. in a ddition, the overhea ting of the pla net tha t ca uses ice to melt ha s enha nced the feeling of fea r, a s there is severe environmenta l concern for the coming yea rs. spa ce a nd sea sonal exclusions ma ke it even more specia l, a nd the tourist product tha t is offered by this continent is expensive a nd requires a lot of prepa ra tion. tourism a ctivity in such a fra gile environment ha s spa rked severa l rea ctions in the pa st, ma inly from the scientific comm unity, which is the ma in recipient of the nega tive effects of tourism. furthermore, orga nized efforts ha ve been ma de so tha t the offered product will promote more environmenta lly friendly trips tha t will a ffect the ecosystem a s little a s possible. the ma in objective of this resea rch is to a na lyze this kind of tourism beca use of the need for new forms. the positive a nd nega tive impa cts that tourism ca n have on the environment and the sta tistics on the a rriva ls a nd countries of origin of tourists in recent yea rs a re a na lyzed. moreover, the tourist pa cka ges tha t seem to be in the grea test dema nd a mong visitors a re presented. the ma in resea rch question of this pa per is whether this destina tion ca n host intense tourism a ctivity. following a n extensive bibliogra phic review, the resea rch ma kes it clea r tha t the study a rea ca nnot support strong tourism a ctivity, even though future tourism foreca sts report a n a dditiona l increa se in a rriva ls. © 2023 the authors. published by ierek press. this is a n open a ccess a rticle under the cc by license (https://crea tivecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ). keywords antarctica, last chance tourism, exped ition cruises, ecosystem 1. introduction when it comes to anta rctic tourism, it is a ra ther recent phenomenon that ta kes pla ce under certa in circumsta nces. two of the ma in rea sons for this destina tion’s footfall a re its unique la ndsca pe a nd wild life. firstly, due to its loca tion a nd extreme clima te, the la ndsca pe is enveloped in mystery, enticing ma ny visitors to explore it (ba uer, 2013). moreover, anta rctica is home to a siza ble fa una (a lba trosses, penguins, wha les, etc.) tha t provides a n element of intrigue for visitors, a s well a s va rious kinds of invertebra tes, dra wing the a ttention of ecologists a nd resea rchers (world tra vel guide, 2017). therefore, visita tion motives correspond to a ra nge of visitors’ needs, a nd the a rea ’s unique a ttributes reinforce their desire to tra vel to anta rctica . beside the rea sons behind one’s wish to tra vel to anta rctica a nd the trends influenced by consumers’ emerging needs, protecting the fra gile na tura l environment of the a rea is pa ra mount, a s is ma king sure tha t a ny a ctivities held there ha ve the sma llest possible footprint (ma son a nd legg, 1999). severa l orga niza tions ha ve been founded a nd deployed http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ moloni / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 2 to this end, while the protocol on environmenta l protection, or ma drid protocol of the anta rctic trea ty system ha s been in pla ce since 1998 na mely, the ma in body for biodiversity conserva tion a nd ma nagement, regula ting, a mong others, tourist a ctivity in the a rea (anta rctic trea ty, 2023). this a rea wa s selected due to its increa sing tourist demand despite its "fra gility", which intrigues ma ny resea rchers. the resea rch questions the present pa per seeks to a nswer a re the following: wha t is the environmenta l impa ct of tourist a ctivity in anta rctica ? -is intense tourist a ctivity possible in such a pa rticula r a nd eco -sensitive destina tion? 2. literature review technologica l a dva ncements, increa sed leisure time, new socia l a nd consumption sta ndards, a nd the shift towa rds tra ditiona l life a nd na ture, coupled with the pursuit of a n a lterna tive lifestyle, a re the pivota l fa ctors contribu ting to the development of specia l forms of tourism (kokkosis et a l., 2011). the la tter lea d to the emergence of new destina tions a nd experiences, a s well a s new tourist dema nds (george et a l., 2009). tourism in very pa rticula r destina tions is a ca tegory of specia l forms of tourism a nd is comprised by people or groups wishing to explore a destina tion tha t is rela tively ha rd to a ccess a nd demonstra tes severa l pa rticula rities (lee a nd ba i, 2016). this genre wa s crea ted by the desire of potentia l visitors to p a rta ke in a n a ctivity or their interest in a n a rea or destina tion (dougla s a nd derret, 2001). tourists who choose to visit a pa rticula r destina tion a re a ra ther niche ma rket, a s they a re interested not just in the a rea but a lso in the broa der experience (r itticha inuwa t, 2018).tourist activity a nd the anta rctic 2.1.1 origins and historical context during the 1950s, ships a rriving from argentina a nd chile brought pa ssengers to the south shetla nd isla nds, their number exceeding 500. in 1966, businessma n la rs-eric lindbla d sta rted emba rking on explora tion voya ges, which a lso ha d a n educa tiona l function, with a group of tourists (pa lmowski, 2020). cruise tourism bega n in 1969 with lindbla d explore, which wa s exclusively designed to tra nsport tourists to anta rctic a (hea dla nd, 2009). the colla pse of the soviet union boosted cruise tourism a s icebrea kers a nd specia l soviet na vy ships were cha rtered to releva nt compa nies (molena a r, 2005). the periods 2006 -2007 a nd 2008-2009, golden a nd sta r princess a rrived in anta rct ica respectively, ca rrying 3,700 pa ssengers. the a via tion industry took off in 1957 with pa n america n world airwa ys a nd the first tourist flight to the a rea ’s ma inla nd, while in 1959 linea aerea na ciona l ca rried 66 pa ssengers to the south shetla nd isla nds. in 1977, austra lia a nd new zea la nd opera ted short overflights over anta rctica (ba uer, 2007). more frequent flights bega n in the 1980s by chilea n air to king george isla nd. flights for the rest of the a ccessible ma inla nd a rea s of anta rctica bega n a t the end of the sa me deca de by adventure network interna tional (hea dla nd, 2009). toda y, the la rgest pa rt of tourist expeditions to anta rctica a re ca rried out by sea (anta rctica flights, 2022). 2.1.2 last chance tourism one of the gra vest consequences of clima te cha nge is the melting of ice sheets, ca using sea levels to rise, a long with fea rs for the future sinking of isla nds. this dra ws visitors to destina tions such a s anta rctica , greenla nd, ala ska , and tuva lu, a s people wa nt to see them before they va nish (eijgela a r et a l., 2010). this kind of tourism ha s been hea vily criticized a nd ha s been la beled "clima te tourism", "extinction tourism", "disa ster tourism", "clima te sightseeing," and "clima te disa ster tourism" (lea hy 2008, sa lkin 2007, gra s-dijkstra 2009). according to stewa rt et a l. (2009), "la st cha nce tourism" wa s first used a s a term to describe the increa sing tourist dema nd for the gla ciers. some opera tors ha ve a cknowledged the potentia l impa ct of tourist a ctivity on the fra gile environment of these destina tions; however, others consider it a n opportunity to ra ise a wa reness. specifica lly, the anta rctic a nd arctic regions ha ve become more a ccessible due to clima te cha nge, a s melting ice a llows tourists to put some a rea s, now a ccessible by cruise liners, on their destina tion lists (gossling a nd ha ll, 2005). the visitors’ motiva tion to tra vel there is to experience na ture, to explore, to lea rn, to ha ve a n a dventure, a nd to a sma ller degree, to rela x (eijgela a r et a l., 2010). moloni / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 3 2.1.3 expedition cruises cruise tourism is one of the ma in forms of specia l tourism a nd conta ins va rious sub -ca tegories. according to dia komiha lis (2009: 147), cruise tourism combines tra nsporta tion, f&b services, culture, leisure tourism, and enterta inment on boa rd in just one voya ge. specia l expedition cruises is a subca tegory of cruise tourism; this genre is ca rried out ma inly in a rea s like ala ska , anta rctica a nd north pole, which is why a lot of people ca ll them "a dventure cruises" (should be cruising, 2022). this pa rticula r subca tegory involves sma ller vessels (20 to 500-pa ssenger ca pa city), most of which a re designed to wea ther the pa rticula r conditions of the a rea . their sma ll size a llows them to rea ch a rea s impossible to a ccess by la rger cruise liners. even though a ny tourist a ctivity im pa cts the host a rea in some wa y, this type of tra vel ha s a minima l environmenta l footprint. moreover, higher susta ina bility is a chieved when tra velers a re required to a ttend semina rs a nd expert round ta bles during their trip. 2.2 statistical data arriva ls in anta rctica ha ve been increa sing over the yea rs. the period 1989 –1990 sa w the visitors rea ch 2,500, while a ccording to figure 1, in 2008–2009, tourist a rriva ls rose to 37,000 a nd in 2019 –2020, they exceeded 74,000 (iaato, 2020). this percenta ge is expected to increa se in the following yea rs, even though it ca me to a ha lt due to the covid19 pa ndemic. it is worth mentioning tha t in 2020, tourism in the a rea wa s not significa ntly impa cted, a s the tourist sea son la sts up until februa ry. figure 1: progression of arrivals over time rega rding visitor profiles, in the ea rly 2000s, anta rctica ’s tourist ma rket wa s prima rily north america n, austra lia n, a nd europea n (ba uer, 2001). as seen in figure 2, this rema ins rela tively cons istent in the tourist period 2019 –2020, except for the a ddition of china , which follows the usa a t the top. moloni / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 4 figure 2: visitors’ origin countries for 2019 -2020 3. methodology the present study is a combina tion of methodologica l a pproa ches, na mely a ca se study a nd content a na lysis. specifica lly, the method used wa s seconda ry resea rch for the theoretica l fra mework a nd the ca se study, a s the la tter wa s ba sed on obta ined informa tion a nd third -pa rty sources, such a s books, scientific a rticles, a nd sta tistics. through the litera ture review, we try to a nswer the a forementioned resea rch questions ba sed on a critica l a na lysis of existing published work (litera ture reviews, empirica l, a nd theoretica l resea rch). 4. results in 1991, iaato (interna tiona l associa tion of anta rctica tour opera tors) wa s founded a s a membership orga niza tion promoting eco-friendly tourism through guidelines. this orga niza tion a dvocates responsible tra vel to anta rctica with a minima l or zero footprint, a nd it ha s put in pla ce a series of mea sures a ll visitors a re obliga ted to conform to. those tra veling by ship ha ve to pa rticipa te in educa tiona l semina rs on the rules a pplied on la nd a s well a s the dista nce they ha ve to keep from the loca l fa una . moreover, a limit ha s been imposed on the number of pa ssengers a nd the dura tion of visits; the consumption of food a nd a lcohol, a s well a s smoking ha ve a lso been forbidden. during breeding sea sons, some a rea s a re off-limits. toda y, they coopera te with more tha n 100 m embers, including governments, scientists, tra vel a gencies, compa nies, a nd ngos (iaato, 2022). regula r monitoring is ca rried out, which ena bles a thorough a ssessment of the impa ct of tourist a ctivity (fra me et a l., 2021). 4.1 positive impact though the environment is the ma in receiver of touristic a ctivity, there a re other benefits from anta rctic tra vel which, a s we sha ll see, a re long-term. according to powell et a l. (2008), tourists who visited anta rctica sa w a n improvement in their environmenta l a ttitudes a s they beca me more a wa re of environmenta l protection a nd were informed on releva nt issues. therefore, iaato’s initia l objective is a chieved; visitors return home a s a dvoca tes of anta rctic ecology. moreover, a la rge number of these visitors become more interested in environmenta l protection a nd na tural resource conserva tion in their da y -to-da y lives. the a forementioned resea rch showed tha t, a fter ta king a n anta rctic trip, visitors a ctively pa rticipa te in cha rity events rega rding environmenta l protection a nd conserva tion in genera l. toda y, experts cla im tha t we must prioritize the ma ximiza tion of positive impa ct a nd develop methods to turn anta rctic tourists to a dvocates of anta rctic conserva tion (zeppel a nd muloin 2008, alexa nder et a l. 2020). according to snyder (2007:5), tourism ca n be used to not only turn visitors into ‘a mba ssa dors’ for the protection of the visited regions but a lso into supporters of conserva tion a ctivities a nd orga niza tions worldwide . properly educa ting visitors on ecologica l ma tters ca n convey the importa nce of the a rea for the la rger ecosystem. moloni / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 5 4.2 negative impact concerns a rise from the growing sca le of tourist a ctivity a nd its future consequences. ma ny ha ve deemed decision ma king a nd implementation to be ra ther wea k, a s ma ny of the regula tions a re not lega lly binding (enzenba cher, 2007). visitors unintentiona lly bring in ba cteria , which destroy the a rea ’s ecologica l equilibrium (huiskes et a l., 2014). moreover, tourist a ctivities a ffect the lives of orga nisms, seeing tha t quite oft en the breeding period coincides with the a rriva l of tourists; thus, their popula tions a re diminishing (lea per a nd miller 2011, ba rbosa et a l. 2021). rega rding a ir tra vel, the increa se in the frequency of routes due to increa sed dema nd, the cruise lines’ d etermina tion to obtain a ccess to ever more a rea s, a s well a s globa l issues such a s clima te cha nge a nd pollution, give rise to growing fea rs, a s future consequences ha ve not been studied extensively in recent yea rs (lei et a l. 2020, tejedo et a l. 2022). fin a lly, there a re ma jor concerns rega rding the prospective dema nd for construction in the a rea , which will lea d to the deteriora tion of the na tura l la ndsca pe (liggett et a l., 2011). 4.3 tourist product tourist a ctivities ta ke pla ce from november to februa ry, since the rest of the yea r the a rea is ina ccessible by ship due to sea ice (verbitsky, 2014). anta rctica is not a n ea sily a ccessible destina tion, which is why the sca le of tourism there is sma ll in rela tion to the size of the continent a nd touristic a ctiv ities a re concentra ted in specific loca tions (vila et a l., 2016). arctic tourism requires extensive prepa ra tion, like specia l permits, proper clothing, experienced sta ff, and logistica l support, a s a ny kind of oversight or wea ther cha nge ca n result in the trip being ca ncelled. tourist a ctivities a re concentra ted on the anta rctic peninsula a nd the isla nds off the western coa st (neuma nn, 2020). 98% of the services provided to visitors a re different kinds of cruises. they va ry in dura tion, level of comfort, and a ccessibility, while their ra nge of a ctivities is a lso empha sized (figure 1). certa in cruises provide semina rs by experts, while others provide a ccess to ha rd -to-rea ch a rea s (anta rctic trea ty consulta tive meeting, 2022). cruises a board sma ll or medium -size vessels provide a ctivities such a s scuba diving, wa ter skiing, ra fting, a nd ca mping, while la rger cruises provide la ndsca pe views from the deck or the coa st. ships opera ting in the a rea a re ca tegorized a s follows (pa lmowski, 2009): -ya: 12-pa ssenger ya chts -c1 cla ss 1: 13 to 200-pa ssenger ships -c1 cla ss 2: 201 to 500-pa ssenger ships -cr: vessels with a ca pa city of more tha n 500 pa ssengers table 1: tourist activities 2018-2019 table 1: tourist activities 2018-2019 column a (t) tourist activity percentage driving small boats/zodiacs 41.6% small boat cruise 25% ship cruise 18.1% rafting 3.4% exploring 2.9% pollar plung 1.2% snowshoeing 0.9% hiking 0.7% moloni / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 6 water skiing 0.6% camping 0.6% scuba diving 0.4% bird watching 0.4% other 2.1% total 100% source: antarctica tourism (2020), processed by researcher trips to anta rctica usua lly la st 8 –25 da ys, a nd the cost va ries from €4,500 to €20,000. the most commonly used ports of depa rture a re those in buenos aires a nd ushua ia in argentina a n d in punta arena s in chile. in recent yea rs, the india n tourist ma rket ha s selected this a rea a s a honeymoon destina tion. the top two tourist pa cka ges a re the anta rctic explorer: discovering the 7th continent a nd the south georgia a nd anta rctic peninsula : penguin sa fa ri, la sting 11 a nd 16 da ys, respectively. both trips sha re the element of educa tiona l a ctivities on boa rd (semina rs and presenta tions by experts) a s well a s the observa tion of ra re a nima l species from a sa fe dista nce (qua rk expeditions, 2022). 5. conclusions anta rctic tourism ha s been severely criticized, ma inly by the scientific community, since it used to be one of the few pla ces on ea rth still inta ct. toda y, the a rea presently studied ha s lost this element, a s more a nd more tourists ha d been visiting it every yea r up until the outbrea k of covid-19. tourism in this a rea is highly sea sona l a nd concentra ted in more ea sily a ccessible a rea s with unique na tura l a nd historica l a ttributes. it is estima ted a t less tha n 0.5% of the continent, ma inly a round the anta rctic peninsula . the a rea ’s uniqueness ma kes it increa singly enticing to tourist ma rkets, which is why tourism there is continuously growing. one of the most serious modern cha llenges anta rctica fa ces is effective tourism development pla nning a nd the comprehensive monitoring of tourist tra ffic. the studied a rea ca nnot support intense tourist a ctivity. knowledge on tourism’s impa ct is stea dily growing, but the qua ntifica tion of its contribution rema ins la rgely unknown. the precise determina tion of t he impa ct of tourism on the a rea is a n a mbitious a nd complex endea vor. it requires a n a pproa ch combining long-term impa ct monitoring and short-term experimenta l studies to detect a ny nega tive impa ct of anta rctic tourism. uncontrolla ble tourism growth ca n ha ve irreversible effects on the environment. however, it is ra ther optimistic tha t ma ny measures ta ken to restrict huma n a ctivity a re now policy -oriented a nd therefore ma nda tory. monitoring tourism is of vita l importa nce for the continent. iaato a nd the ot her orga niza tions a nd tra vel a gencies it works with a re ma king a n effort to promote pa ckages with ever-lower environmenta l impa cts through the mea sures they implement. the atla ntic trea ty is dedica ted to the protection of the environment a nd science. educa tion is a prerequisite for a ny a nd every visit, tha nks to iaato’s work. informed tra vel contributes to a deeper understa nding of the objective, the need, a nd the responsibility of tourism for the continent’s protection. this is why the a ctivities provided a re designed to impa ct the loca l fa una a s little a s possible, a nd a ccess to high reproduction ra tes is not a llowed. 6. discussion in recent yea rs, significa nt progress ha s been ma de in understa nding the environmenta l impa cts of anta rctic tourism, which is la rgely reflected in the mea sures tha t ha ve been implemented. however, it seems tha t a ll a ccessible a reas a re a la nding point for visitors. an exception is the ina ccessible south georgia isla nd, where it is the most breeding a rea , most species a re found there, a nd monitoring is done remotely. it is proposed to a dopt simila r policies in other a rea s, especia lly during breeding sea sons. according to iaato (2023), more tha n 50 cruise ships a re a pproved to sa il in anta rctica for the 2022–2023 sea son. this ra nges from expedition ships to ocea n ships from ma instrea m cruise moloni / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 7 lines tha t opera te scenic cruising a long the anta rctic peninsula . therefore, the number of ships tha t ca n visit the a rea is controlled every yea r in order to protect a nd preserve it. the present res ea rch does not propose a limita tion on the number of these but a limita tion on their size, a s until toda y it seems tha t a ll ca tegories of ships tha t visit anta rctica ca n a pproa ch a t close ra nge. as a consequence, it is considered necessa ry to limit the la rge ships to a sa fe dista nce a nd to tra nsport visitors inla nd with sma ller ones. huma n a ctivities in anta rctica were increa sing before the onset of the covid-19 pa ndemic, a nd tourism wa s no exception. furthermore, the pa ndemic due to the tempora ry suspension of resea rch a nd tourism a ctivities, crea ted an opportunity to re-eva lua te the tourism a ctivity a nd exa mine the tourism pressure, something tha t unfortunately did not ha ppen. however, it seems tha t the return of tourist a ctivity did not ha ve cha n ges in terms of observing the mea sures a nd restrictions with the pre-pa ndemic period. toda y, further scientific resea rch on the effects of tourist a ctivity in the study a rea is deemed necessa ry a s its qua ntifica tion rema ins unknown. acknowledgments not a pplica ble. funding this resea rch did not receive a ny specific gra nts from funding a gencies in the public, commercia l, or not -for-profit sectors/individua ls. ethics approval not a pplica ble. conflict of interest the a uthor decla re no conflict of interst. references alexander, k.a., liggett, d., leane, e., nielsen, h.e.f., bailey, j.l, brasier, m.j., haward, m. (2020). what and who is an antarctic ambassador? polar record. 55(6) 497 -506. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0032247420000194 antarctica flights, (2022) learn more about antarctica retrieved from: https://www.antarcticaflights.com.au/learn-more [access on: 20/4/2022] antarctica tourism, (2020) antarctica tourism – human impacts threats to the environment. retrieved from: https://www.coolantarctica.com/antarctica%20fact%20file/science/threats_tourism.php . [access on: 10/4/2022] antarctica treaty, (2023). the protocol on environmental protection to the antarctic treaty. retrieved from: https://www.ats.aq/e/protocol.html [access on: 29/3/2023] antarctic treaty consultative meeting, (2022) atcm and other meetings. retrieved from: https://www.ats.aq/e/atcm.html. [access on: 5/5/2022] barbosa, a., varsani, a., morandini, v., grimaldi, w., vanstreels, r.e., diaz, j.i., boulinier, t ., dewar, m., gray, r., mcmahon, c.r., miller, g., power, m., gamble, a., wille, m. (2021). risk assessment of sars-cov-2 in antarctic wildlife. science of the total environment. 755(2) 143352. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.143352 bauer, t. (2001). tourism in the antarctic: opportunities. constraints and future prospects. 1st edition. lo ndon: routledge. bauer, t., dowling, d. (2007). issues in antarctica. ecotourism policy and planning. cabi publishing. bauer, t. (2013). tourism in the antarctic: opportunities, constraints and future prospects. new york: haworth hospitality pr ess. diakomixalis, m. (2009). maritime tourism and economic impact. athens: stamouli [in greek] douglas, n., derrett, r. (2001). special interest tourism: context and cases. tourism management. 23(5) 568 -570. https://doi.org/10.3727/154427304774865841 eijgelaar, ε., thaper, c., peeters, p. (2010). antarctic cruise tourism: the paradoxes of ambassadorship, ‘last chance’ touri sm and greenhouse gas emissions. journal of sustainable tourism. 18(3) 337-354. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669581003653534 enzenbacher, d. (2007) antarctic tourism policy-making: current challenges and future prospects. london: british institute of international and comparative law. frame, b., liggett, d., lindstrom, k., roura, r., watt, l.m (2021). tourism and heritage in antarctica: exploring cultural, natural and subliminal experiences. polar geography 45(1) 37 -57. https://doi.org/10.1080/1088937x.2021.1918787 george, e. w., mair, h., reid, d. g. (2009). rural tourism development localism and cultural change. uk: channel view publications. gossling, s., hall, m. (2005). tourism and global environmental change. 1st edition london: routledge. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0032247420000194 https://www.antarcticaflights.com.au/learn-more https://www.coolantarctica.com/antarctica%20fact%20file/science/threats_tourism.php https://www.ats.aq/e/protocol.html https://www.ats.aq/e/atcm.html https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.143352 https://doi.org/10.3727/154427304774865841 https://doi.org/10.1080/09669581003653534 https://doi.org/10.1080/1088937x.2021.1918787 moloni / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 8 gras-dijkstra, s. (2009). values in tourism: an itinerary to tourism ethics. the netherlands: toerboek headland, r.k (2009). a chronology of antarctic exploitation. a synopsis of events and activities from the earliest times until the international polar years. london: bernard quaritch. huiskes, a., gremmen, n.j.m., bergstrom, d., frenot, y., hughes, k.a., imura, s., kiefer, k., lebouvier, m ., lee, j.e., tsujimoto, m., ware, c., chown, s.l. (2014). aliens in antarctic: assessing transfer of plant propagules by human visitors to reduce invasion risk. biological conservation. vol. 171 278 -284. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2014.01.038 iaato, (2022) our mission. retrieved from: https://iaato.org/about-iaato/our-mission/. [access on: 29/6/2022] iaato, (2022) visitor statistics downloads. retrieved from: https://iaato.org/information-resources/data-statistics/visitor-statistics/visitorstatistics-downloads/. [access on: 24/4/2022] kokkosis, c., tsartas, p., griba, e. (2011). special and alternative forms of tourism. demand and supply of new tourism products. athens: kritiki [in greek] leahy, s. (2008). extinction tourism – see it now before its gown. published: 18/01/2008. leaper, r., miller, c. (2011). management of antarctic baleen whales amid past exploitation, current threats and complex marine ecosystems. antarctic science. 23(6) 503 -529. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0954102011000708 lee, s., bai, b. (2016). influence of popular culture on special interest tourists destination image. tourism management. vol . 52 161-169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tourman.2015.06.019 lei, j., zhao, l., chen, d. (2020). antarctic tourism case study. modern economy 11(8) 245 -251. 10.4236/me.2020.118106 liggett, d., mcintosh, a., thompson, a., gilbert, n., storey, b. (2011). from frozen continent to tourism hotspot? five decad es of antarctic tourism development and management and a glimpse into the f uture. tourism management. vol. 32 357 -366. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tourman.2010.03.005 mason, p., legg, s. (1999). antarctic tourism: activities, impacts, management issues and a proposed research agenda. pacific tourism review. 3(1) 71-84. molenaar, k.r. (2005). programmatic cost risk analysis for highway megaprojects. journal of engineering and management. 131(3) 343. https://doi.org/10.1061/(asce)0733 -9364(2005)131:3(343) neumann, a. (2020). wilderness protection in polar regions – arctic lessons learnt for the regulation and management of tourism in the antarctic. studies in polar law. vol.2 71 -183. https://doi.org/10.1080/2154896x.2021.1911764 palmowski, t. (2020). development of antarctic tourism, geojournal of tourism and geosites. 33(4) 1520 -1526. 10.30892/gtg.334spl11-602 powell, r., kellert, s., ham, s. (2008). antarctic tourists: ambassadors or consumers? the polar record. vol.44 233 -241. 10.1017/s0032247408007456 quark expeditions, (2022) antarctic explorer: discovering the 7th continent. retrieved from: https://www.quarkexpeditions.com/expeditions/antarctic -explorer-discovering-the-7th-continent. [access on 4/5/2022] quark expeditions, (2022) south georgia and antarctic peninsula: penguin safari. retrieved from: https://www.quarkexpeditions.com/expeditions/south -georgia-and-antarctic-peninsula-penguin-safari. [access on: 4/5/2022] salkin, a. (2007). tourism of doom on rise. the new york times. should be cruising, (2022) what is an expedition cruise (and why you should consider one) retrieved from: https://shouldbecruising.com/2020/09/14/what-is-an-expedition-cruise/. [access on 4/5/2022] snyder, j. (2007). prospects for polar tourism. cabi publishing. stewart, e., kirby, v., steel, g. (2006). perceptions of antarctic tourism: a question of tolerance. landscape research. 31(3 ) 193-214. https://doi.org/10.1080/01426390600783111 tejedo, p., benayas, j., cajiao, d., leung, y.f., de filippo, d., liggett, d. (2022). what are the real environmental impa cts of antarctic tourism? unveiling their importance through a comprehensive meta -analysis. journal of enviromental management. vol. 308 1 -16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2022.114634 rittichainuwat, β. ν. (2018). special interest tourism. 3rd edition cambridge scholars publishing. verbitsky, j. (2014). antarctic tourism management and regulation: the need for change. polar record. 49(3) 278 -285. 10.1017/s003224741200071x vila, m., costa, g., angulo -preckler, c., sarda, r., avila, c. (2016). contrasting views on antarctic tourism: ‘last chance tourism’ or ‘ambassadorship’ in the last of the wild. science directs. 111(3) 451 -460. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.12.061 world travel guide, (2017) antarctica travel guide. retrieved from: https://www.worldtravelguide.net/guides/antarctica/antarctica/. [access on 10/5/2022] zeppel, h., muloin, s. (2008). conservation benefits of interpretation on marine wildlife tours. human dimensions of wildlife . vol. 13 280294. 10.3727/154427308787716802 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2014.01.038 https://iaato.org/about-iaato/our-mission/ https://iaato.org/information-resources/data-statistics/visitor-statistics/visitor-statistics-downloads/ https://iaato.org/information-resources/data-statistics/visitor-statistics/visitor-statistics-downloads/ https://doi.org/10.1017/s0954102011000708 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tourman.2015.06.019 http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/me.2020.118106 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tourman.2010.03.005 https://doi.org/10.1061/(asce)0733-9364(2005)131:3(343) https://doi.org/10.1080/2154896x.2021.1911764 http://dx.doi.org/10.30892/gtg.334spl11-602 http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/s0032247408007456 https://www.quarkexpeditions.com/expeditions/antarctic-explorer-discovering-the-7th-continent https://www.quarkexpeditions.com/expeditions/south-georgia-and-antarctic-peninsula-penguin-safari https://shouldbecruising.com/2020/09/14/what-is-an-expedition-cruise/ https://doi.org/10.1080/01426390600783111 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2022.114634 http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/s003224741200071x https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.12.061 https://www.worldtravelguide.net/guides/antarctica/antarctica/ http://dx.doi.org/10.3727/154427308787716802 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) the academic research community publication pg. 1 research paper received: 22 june 2023, accepted: 24 july 2023, published online: 31 july 2023 doi: 10.21625/archive.v7i2.970 regeneration strategy of rural architecture promoting tourism from the perspective of narrative architecture jiaqi meng graduate student, school of architecture and urban planning, chongqing university, china abstract with the ra pid development of the construction of beautiful villa ges in china , tra ditiona l settlements of na tural growth ha ve been repla ced by nea tly pla nned new villa ges, which seem to improve the living qua lity of residents but destroy the origina l villa ge texture. most of them ta ke a dva ntage of the common cultura l tourism developm ent mea ns in china , which lea ds to other a ncient villa ges scra mbling to follow suit, the emergence of thousa nds of villa ges, and other problems tha t need to be solved urgently. this pa per first reviews the development history a nd opera tiona l pra ctice of sp a tia l na rra tive design, extra cts the releva nce a nd tra nsformability between na rra tology a nd a rchitecture through theoretica l resea rch a nd a na lysis, and summa rizes the methods of ra tiona l use of na rra tive spa ce orga niza tion a nd a rra ngement a ccording to diff erent na rra tive themes. this pa per tries to innova te the na rra tive elements a ccording to the villa ge unit sca le, explore a new wa y of villa ge reconstruction a nd renewa l of na rra tive a rchitecture, brea k the situa tion tha t the stra tegy is mostly used for the design of a single building, a nd then by mea ns of a n upda te pra ctice of jingxing county lvjia villa ge, summa rize the tra ditiona l villa ge renewa l pa th under the perspective of na rra tive a rchitecture. © 2023 the authors. published by ierek press. this is a n open a ccess a rticle under the cc by license (https://crea tivecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ). keywords narrative architecture, rural tourism, traditional settlement, village renewal, lvjia village; 1. introduction in the context of the informa tion society, the fourth type of economy ma inly focuses on informa tion technology and cultura l a nd crea tive services, a dvoca ting the experientia l economy and further promoting it on the ba sis of the tertia ry industry. how to develop crea tive tourism in the context of the experientia l economy a nd broa den the boundary of urba n-rura l tourism is exa ctly a question tha t needs t o be considered in rura l construction, which is a n importa nt part of china 's current rura l revita liza tion stra tegy a nd the frontier of a rchitectura l pra ctice (wa ng, 2019). although "na rra tive a rchitecture" is a new product in the field of modern na rra tology, they ha ve a long history. na rra tive, to some extent, esta blishes the rela tionship between a rchitecture, time, a nd ima ge. na rra tive a rchitecture first origina ted in the greek period, a nd the spa tia l na rra tive of the acropolis in athens, greece, reflects the scene na rra tive of buildings orga nized in a strea mlined line (fig.1). "his model of shot design, switching, a nd length is one of the most perfect a ncient films" (eisenstein, c.m., 1937). ba sed on the ba sic concept of na rra tive a nd its extended function, a rchitecture ha s a more constructive a nd integra ted pa th a nd stra tegy in its methodology. na rra tive a rchitectura l design ha s developed in both theory a nd pra ctice, a nd it wa s first a pplied a s a n a rchitectural design method in the 1980s. berna rd tschumi a nd nigel koutes, fa culty members of the architectura l allia nce college in the united kingdom, spea rhea ded the interdisciplina ry explora tion of na rra tive between a rchitecture and http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 2 litera ry, film, a nd performa nce spa ces (zhou, 2019). since then, ma ny schola rs ha ve explored the a pplica tion and pra ctice of na rra tive in a rchitecture. sophia from the university of michiga n in the united sta tes ha s systema tica lly cla rified the rela tionship between na rra tive a nd a rchitecture a nd expounded the va lue of na rra tive in a rchitecture (ta ng, 2016). her book architecture a nd na rra tive: the construction of spa ce a nd its cultura l significa nce, published in 2009, ha s become a n importa nt milestone in the ma turity of na rra tive a rchitecture. the use of visua l dyna mics a s a ba sis for na rra tive a rchitecture ca n be seen in le corbusier's acropolis, influenced by towa rds the new architecture, a nd in a series of residentia l designs, nota bly villa la roche a nd villa sa voy (lu, 2008). wa nder from le corbusier's a rchitecture to louis ka hn's idea of a rchitectura l order to berna rd tschumi's la villette pa rk. na rra tive a rchitecture is a dva ncing with the times to open up new fields in va rious types of a rchitecture, especia lly in the exhibition ha ll, museum, a nd memoria l ha ll of the continuous em ergence of explora tion, such a s the jewish holoca ust memoria l ha ll a nd da nte's memoria l ha ll. architects ha ve a lso tried to study spa tia l na rra tive (da i et a l., 2014) a nd film a rchitecture (lu, 2015) in their tea ching courses. figure 1 the acropolis na rra tive route figure 2 psychologica l commona lity na rra tive, a s a rela tively independent bra nch of a rchitecture, provides a new resea rch pa ra digm for the diversified development of a rchitecture (lu, 2012). however, most of the previous spa tia l na rra tive a nd a rchitectural na rra tive used a single building a s the na rra tive ca rrier, a nd its a pplica tion va lue in a ncient villa ge tourism ha s not been deeply rea lized. this pa per a ttempts to explore the spa tia l na rra tive of community sca le, a nd construct the na rra tive design technique of villa ge or community sca le by controlling the na rra tive spa ce construction of building monomers, public spa ces, a nd street sca le. the ra tiona l use of na rra tive method in the regenera tion des ign stra tegy of lujia villa ge in jingxing county provides a new a ttempt to develop the rura l experientia l tourism economy, suggesting a new perspective of litera ry na rra tive sha ping the pla ce spirit to promote susta ina ble tourism. 2. overview of narrative architecture 2.1 concepts "cities a re thea ters of huma n events, a nd certa in spa ces a re crea ted by certa in events tha t ta ke pla ce in them, and certa in spa ces a re filled with emotions a nd memories tha t a re pa ssed down from genera tion to genera tion." (rossi, 2006) therefore, the purpose of na rra tive a rchitecture is to use spa ce with regiona l cha ra cteristics to trigger rela ted a ctivities, sha pe cultura l connota tions through spa ce experience, a nd resha pe the interdependence between people a nd a rchitecture. architectura l na rra tive is a crea tive wa y of thinking tha t ca n be understood a s the story expressed in the pla ce with a rchitectura l la ngua ge. this wa y of thinking ma kes the spa ce where tourists a re present the storyteller a nd the medium for the viewer's perception a nd connection with the pla ce. through va rious sensory experiences such meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 3 a s vision a nd touch, the viewer's emotiona l experience a nd collective consciousness ca n be stimula ted. thus, the purpose of conveying the spa tia l theme to tourists is a chieved, simila r to the sha ping of the spirit of pla ce (li et a l., 2020). the tra nsla tion of a rchitecture into the essence of la ngua ge is the process of reverse -esta blishing the symbolic mea ning of spa ce, structura l rela tions, a nd a rchitectura l la ngua ge. "na rra tive" pa ys more a ttention to the "poetic" orga niza tion a nd spa tia l cha ra cteristics a nd goes beyond the technica l content, such a s the conversion of light and da rk spa ce a nd the tra nsition a nd integra tion of spa ce. (hu et a l., 2008) 2.2 the analogy between narrative structure and architectural structure "in order to use the a bove na rra tive techniques, we must first ma ster the structura l correla tion between textual na rra tive a nd a rchitectura l na rra tive. the ba sis of their mutua l tra nsforma tion is, firstly, t he commona lity of psychology (fig. 2); secondly, the sa me crea tive context a nd simila r scene na rra tive mode (lu, 2015); a rchitecture a nd na rra tive ha ve a clea r time a nd spa ce structure, obvious publicity, a nd a common logic system (fig.3). we can see tha t na rra tology a nd architecture ha ve simila r expression structures. in genera l, the concepts in na rra tive works give the a bstra ct spa ce dimension to discourse, while a rchitectura l crea tion is responsible for crea ting the order between concrete spa ces. therefore, how to express time a nd spa ce a nd how to customize the experience of time and spa ce a re common topics in a rchitecture a nd litera ture . figure 3 logical system similarity comparison berna rd tschumi defines a rchitecture a s a na rra tive: "when you enter a building, it's like entering a whole new story." you go through the pa rts of the building in a n orderly fa shion, like a sequence in a movie, a nd the pa rts come together to form the story." (ra smussen, s. e., 2003) in tschumi's view, a rchitecture should be a rea ction a nd enclosure to this series of "events", so it is not difficult to use a rchitectura l na rra tive integra tion. 2.3 relationship between architectural narrative and the updated design of village the a rchitectura l na rra tive of this pa per is the design method of rura l renewa l under the lea dership of susta ina ble tourism. the na rra tive na ture of the villa ge groups a nd individua l units in lujia cun, the plot a nd life experience ba sed on the story, a nd the scene of sponta neous performa nce of the public ma ke its a rchitecture a choreogra phed a rt. people's menta l journeys before tra veling ca n be roughly divided into the following two kinds.(fig.4) from the perspective of susta ina ble rura l tourism, the key step in determining whether tourists will return is between the"origina l/initia l impression" a nd the "enha nced/revised impression". architects use a rchitectura l na rra tive techniques to esta blish spa tia l interfa ce, form, a nd sequence, while a lso sha ping spa tia l themes a nd scenes. if history, culture, a nd other susta ina ble elements a re ta ken a s the sta rting point to describe the scene, to crea te a unique spa tia l experience for tourists, or to a wa ken old memories or explore new memories, to foc us on susta ina ble rura l renewa l design ba sed on susta ina ble huma n a ctivities. meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 4 figure 4 narrative architecture construction and interpretation figure 5 steps to determine the topic 3. methods and strategies 3.1 theme of narrative scene the crea tion a nd innova tion of the theme tone of a n a rchitectura l na rra tive should come from the experience and a na tomy of life. the steps to determine the topic a re a s a bove (fig.5). designers or pla nne rs should conduct ma rket resea rch in combina tion with loca l industries, cultura l cha ra cteristics, a nd na tura l resources, exca va te villa ge cha ra cteristics, a nd ca refully determine na rra tive themes. (zheng, 2020) once the theme tone is determined, it will become the compa ss for a rchitects to construct ba sic elements, scenes, a nd structures. only by crea ting a tone a round the theme ca n the ima gined na rra tive plot be genera ted, a nd fina lly, the emotiona l experience is given to people. 3.2 narrative space design elements spa ce design elements include five points: pa th, intera ctive interfa ce, regiona l tone, node function, a nd building monomer. pa ths connect ea ch homogeneous or heterogeneous spa ce a nd a re the ba sis of spa tia l sequence expa nsion. the path design is developed a round the na rra tive, ba sed on the viewer's observa tion of the spa ce, a nd does not strictly follow the spa ce sequence or tra ffic flow preset by the designer. the interfa ce refers to the interfa ce between the villa ge and the surrounding environment, which genera lly includes the following types: villa ge + mounta in, villa ge + hydrology, villa ge + fa rmla nd, or villa ge + villa ge. the initia l feeling of the villa ge is la rgely derived from the interfa ces that define the spa ce. the regiona l tone ta kes squ a res, a rchitectura l complexes, a nd na tura l loca tions a s the ma in objects, a nd does not necessa rily revolve a round the ma in theme. just a s the theme of emotion domina tes the whole na rra tive content of na rra tive works, a single na rra tive sta tement ma y not in volve the expression of emotion. the complete composition of rura l tourism consists of ma ny nodes, including villa ge reception, thea ter, squa re, historica l buildings, a nd so on. ea ch node is the core of ea ch a rea a nd is a n independent scene unit. in the co nstruction of nodes, spa ce should be combined with the topic of the region to deepen. the proportion a nd sca le, color and ma teria l, light, a nd tempera ture of individua l buildings impress visitors a nd a re the ba sis for the emotiona l memory of the countryside. the spa tia l sca le of design ca n be used to crea te emotion. architectura l light ca n a lso a ffect the expa nsion a nd contra ction of spa ce experience. as a n a rchitectura l voca bula ry, the psychologica l implica tion and emotiona l sustena nce implied by a rchitect ura l ma teria ls a re a n importa nt pa rt of rura l spa tia l na rra tive. meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 5 .3.3 narrative path and rhythm the na rra tive pa th ca n be divided into multi-direction, single-direction, crossover, or disorder. in other words, na rra tive text ca n interpret both "a single event" a nd "a collection of ma ny events". figure 6 three narrative lines of yad vashem jerusalem figure 7 the asian cultural complex multi-direction na rra tive, a lso known a s pa ra llel na rra tive, is the expression of the juxta position of a variety of themes. in terms of time structure, it is ma nifested a s different spa tia l lines a t the sa me time or different time lines in the same spa ce. different na rra tive events ma inta in their independence, a nd when combined, multiple events convey the same mea ning. for exa mple, in the berlin holoca ust memoria l museum (fig.6), three pa ra llel spa tia l plots express t he different fa tes of the jews in berlin (zhou, 2019). coincidenta lly, unsa ngdong architects + kim woo il designed the asia n cultura l complex (fig.7) reproduces a n urba n la ndsca pe of historica l tra ces a nd memories, integra ting events a nd sta ges of a ctivity. one direction includes sequentia l na rra tion a nd fla shback na rra tion. chronology follows the chronologica l order in which things begin, develop, a nd end. arra nge the spa ce in series a ccording to the time order; divide the space logica lly while guiding the flow of people. according to the needs of the expression of spa ce a tmosphere, fla shback shows the key plot in a dva nce, or highlights the nodes, or dela ys the origina l scene, pa ving the wa y for the subsequent spa ce a tmosphere, crea ting suspense, a nd ma king the bla nd plot full of dra ma . liu jia kun's west villa ge courtyard uses a rchitecture to construct a complete network of story plot spa ce. (fig. 8,9) figure 8 narrative events contained in the west village courtyard figure 9 reappearance narrative of the former scenes of the courtyard meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 6 disordered na rra tion ha s episodic na rra tion, which is to pla ce a heterogeneous na rra tive spa ce into a group of homogeneous na rra tive spa ces (wu,2022). heterogeneous spa ce ca nnot dominate but ca n cre a te twists a nd turns in the spa ce experience a nd visua l cha nges in the origina l spa ce, presenting rich spa tia l effects. crossover ca n be understood a s text na rra tion, while spa tia l na rra tion mea ns tha t scenes presented in two spa tio -tempora l situa tions a ppea r in the sa me spa tio-tempora l situa tion a t the sa me time a nd become scene nodes in the spa ce side by side, without lea ding visitors. the cla ssic ca se of disordered a nd cross-na rra tive is the parc de la villette in pa ris, designed by berna rd tschumi, which a rra nges a three-dimensiona l spa tia l na rra tive system with the help of montage in the three systems of point, line, a nd surfa ce. ea ch "collision event" of the plot is repea ted, reversed, repla ced, and inserted like a monta ge, which is perceived a nd remem bered in continuous motion. the rhythm of the spa ce controls the na rra tive mood of the whole exhibition spa ce. the key to ma stering na rra tive rhythm lies in the considera tion of wa lking time a nd length to a chieve control of frequency. (li et a l., 2020) the setting of the rhythm should be ba sed on the na rra tive theme of the exhibition spa ce. through the regula r visua l cha nges in the spa ce, we ca n a lwa ys feel the sense of rhythm a nd hiera rchy of the spa ce throughout the tour. 4. jingxing county lvjia village tourism promotion practice 4.1 narrative background lujia villa ge is loca ted in the ta iha ng mounta ins, but the outside tra ffic is convenient. the villa ge is close to tra ditiona l historica l villa ges a nd na tura l scenic spots (fig.10,11). the mounta in, a s a na tura l ba rrier, strengthens the milita ry defense; here since a ncient times, the ji-jin throa t a nd stra tegic loca tion. there a re still relics of the a ntia ggression revolution. in recent yea rs, lvjia cun ha s gra dua lly developed a tourism industry tha t focuses on a rt tea ching a nd red revolution melodra ma s (fig.12). in the process of investiga tion, it wa s found tha t the problems of tourism development in lujia cun ma inly include: lujia cun la cks tourism cha ra cteristics a nd clea r positioning, which require the intervention of unique idea s and distinct themes; the a rchitectura l deca y of the a ncient villa ge is serious: the a rchitectura l style is uniform but monotonous, a nd the a rchitectural color is dull. in pa rticula r, some houses in the a ncient villa ge colla pse, a nd tourists ca n see the a rchitectura l deca y scene. imperfect tourism -supporting fa cilities: lvjia villa ge's tourism supporting fa cilities a re not perfect a nd ca nnot meet people's ba sic needs. 4.2 practice 4.2.1 macro narrative context -jingxing county the good development of lvjia villa ge ca nnot be sepa ra ted from jingxing county's la rge tourism environment; villa ge pla nning should consider the multi-line na rra tive pla nning stra tegy of "connecting a rea s into a piece". jingxin g county ha s severa l tra ditiona l a ncient villa ges with na tura l fa ctors, joint with the surrounding villa ges horizonta l development, jingxing county tour scope tra ditiona l villa ge reserve fea tures a dva ntages to explore, by a single tour point series into a regiona l tour, ea ch villa ge tells their own story a nd drives the development of the villa ge, to better rea lize the whole a rea of rura l revita liza tion. (zha ng et a l., 2019). figure 10 aerial view of lujia village figure 11 stone architecture of lu family figure 12 revolutionary live action drama meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 7 4.2.2 meso narrative context --lujia village (1) emotional introduction -narrative theme the jingxing county survey found tha t revolutiona ry memory is the na rra tive ba ckground of a few villa ges, so the use of the revolutiona ry culture of lujia villa ge, the focus of the revolutiona ry culture, is to be a ble to see red movies a nd dra ma s to improve the core competitiveness of lujia villa ge . aiming a t the specific story ba ckground of lujia cun, we a dopt the dua l na rra tive theme of "one ma in story a nd one pa ir of two-line na rra tives." the ma in na rra tive threa d is "revolutiona ry thea ter", crea ting a na rra tive experience route of the red revolution a nd deepening the na rra tive impression on the ba sis of the melod ra ma of the sponta neous revolution in lujia villa ge. another hidden na rra tive line is "reproducing lv's fa mily", which puts forwa rd deeper suggestions on the renova tion a nd upda ting of a rt tea ching a nd cultura l a nd crea tive ha ndicra ft . (fig.13) figure 13 two-line narrative figure 14 three kinds of narrative sequences figure 15 single frame -architecture (2) narrative structure -narrative spatial sequence organization ta king the whole villa ge a s a n exhibition ground a nd integra ting the villa ge scene to promote the na rra tive process of the revolutiona ry story of lujia villa ge, the story content needs to be orga nized a nd a rra nged, from observing the scene to thinking a bout the significa nce of ea ch spa tia l a rra ngement (xu, 2021). there a re three kinds of na rra tive sequences in lvjia cun: linea r, centra lized, a nd group (fig.14). as the ma in guide for visitors to ca rry out a ctivities, the linea r na rra tive of lujia villa ge—revolutiona ry melodra ma a lmost runs through the whole villa ge. centra lized na rra tion crea tes a theme-ba sed cultura l experience a rea for film a nd television. the ma in a nd seconda ry themes of group na rra tive a ppea r a t the sa me time with strong independence. the development of the na rra tive sequence uses the roa d in the villa ge a s the tra ck. in order to ensure tha t tourists ca n a ppea r a t the expected narra tive points, it is necessa ry to cla rify the villa ge structure a nd roa d lev el a nd a djust a nd repa ir the villa ge roa ds (fig.16,17 ). meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 8 figure 16 overall planning map figure 17 the narrative structure unravels (3) single frame -building construction an a rchitectura l na rra tive on a single fra me should be ta rgeted to a wa ken the memory of specific segments. (fig. 13,15) in the na rra tive line of "revolutiona ry thea ter", a thea ter a ppea rs in the prologue. after visitors enter the entra nce of the villa ge, the outdoor thea ter on a high level is fa scina ting a nd crea tes suspense. the red thea ter is loca ted in the northernmost pa rt of the villa ge a nd wa s built on the site of the origina l outdoor thea ter. since the origina l thea ter embodies the a rchitectura l cha ra cteristics of the soviet union in the la st century, its wa ll is kept embedded in the new thea ter. after entering the a ncient villa ge, a s the first memory point, it will first impa ct the tourists' initia l impression of the building volume a nd environment. with the question of why the gra nd thea ter is built in the mounta in a nd why there is such a residua l wa ll in the interior, we will ta ke the next step. at the sa me time, the terra ce on the north side of the thea ter will be rebuilt to provide sha de for villa gers a nd tourists to hold wed ding a nd funera l a ctivities. the na rra tive segment is set between mounta ins a nd rivers a nd surrounded by ploughed fields. it is very plea sa nt for villa gers a nd tourists to sit here in the summer evening to experience fa rming culture, enjoy the whea t fra gra nce, wa tch the sta rry sky, a nd listen to the ba bbling wa ter. the development pa rt of the na rra tive story is the red revolution film a nd television ba se, which is the centra lized na rra tive of the a rea volume. multiple spa ce plots in the scene revolve a round the centra l content of film a nd television shooting, forming a na rra tive structure. the story ends a t the end of the villa ge, where visitors a re ushered into a revolutiona ry culture-themed hotel for a rest. the building is designed in a modern wa y, but th e building ma teria ls a nd other a rchitectura l voca bula ry still use loca l elements such a s stone, wood, a nd gla ss. the courtya rd of the hotel a nd the roof of the homesta ys a re open to the new a nd the old to crea te the red cultura l development area . another hidden na rra tive line a lso focuses on experience (fig.13,15), sta rting from the ma rtyrs' memoria l stele pa vilion a t the entra nce of the villa ge, crea ting suspense a nd la ying the revolutiona ry tone. the clima x of the na rra tive is the pa rty cultura l center a cross the river. using the height difference of the site to form a zigza g ra mp up the building block, mea ning the new china through the difficult zigza g roa d. wa tchtowers, a lso on the other side of the river, bring visitors into the role of sentinels defend ing the villa ge. with a height of 8m, the tower is a n excellent scenic lookout for the whole villa ge. you ca n get the whole picture of the villa ge without climbing the mounta in, which grea tly improves the viewing experience of the a ncient villa ge. the end of the na rra tive gets rid of the serious a tmosphere of the ea rly sta ges a nd turns into a rela xed a nd ca sua l style. loca ted a t the southern end of the villa ge, the ha ndmade crea tive experience pa vilion is loca ted a t the southern end of the villa ge. visitors ca n experience the meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 9 fun of loca l ha ndmade wea ving a nd dough sculpture, ta ste the food, a nd pa rticipa te in the production of food ingredients. this na rra tive route gives visitors a deep sense tha t even through wa r a nd even without wea lth, one can live a colorful a nd interesting life. to a chieve the ultima te goa l of tourism: to hea l the hea rt a nd look forwa rd to a better future. two na rra tive lines, one ma in a nd the other, cross ea ch other on the pedestria n sightseeing flow line beca use of the roa d structure in the villa ge. ea ch pla ys a role in producing a superimposed effect to deepen people's experiences of visiting life in the villa ge. in terms of geogra phica l loca tion, due to the dense la yout of the buildings in the villa ge, the tra nsformed monomer a nd a rea a re loca ted outside the villa ge a nd distributed in a ll directions, showing a ra dia l sha pe centered on eight historic protected buildings. (4) enhanced modification -detailed narrative description the description of a rchitectura l deta ils is in line with the na rra tive theme of revolutiona ry culture, not only to provide a brief sense of viewing, but a lso to provide a na rra tive plot theme closely rela ted to the scene, props, order, ma teria ls, etc.; tha t is, the deta il ha s the a bility to express the theme to ne of na rra tive a rchitecture. (xu, 2021) the ma in pa rt of the building follows the form a nd ma teria ls of the origina l building. in the a tmosphere rendering, the design elements of the bla ck a nd white viewboa rd fra me, steel, gla ss, lea ther, a nd other ma teria ls a re used to form a sha rp contrast with the closed a nd solid old buildings. the color a nd style a re still designed in bla ck a nd white gra y, so a s to integra te the old a nd new buildings a s fa r a s possible. architectura l colors a nd lighting deta ils a ttemp t to crea te a sense of the old modern, a llowing users to be immersed in the squa re inch of ea ch fra me of the viewfinder fra me, immersed in the so -ca lled old golden a ge of film. the viewfinder fra me in the a rchitectura l spa ce ca n a lso be used to "record" th e beha vior of different people in the spa ce, so tha t those dra matic moments in life become the inspira tion for film crea tion a nd the cha rm of the film. as night fa lls, wa rm yellow light spills through the gla ss from the somewha t dila pida ted stone house, eleva ting the level of the building a nd the feeling of use while a lso providing a good view of the villa ge a t night. 5. summarize: the revelation of "narrative" tschumi berna rd once sa id, "no event, no a rchitecture." (tschumi berna rd,1981) events produce mea ningful buildings a nd pla ces through spa tia l na rra tive. (li,2022) ba sed on this theoretica l ba sis, the tourism stra tegy of lujia villa ge discussed in this pa per ca n deepen the tourists' memory to a certa in extent a nd seize repea t customers by a pplying a rchitectura l na rra tive to the rura l sca le, regenera ting the thea ter na rra tive scene of revolutiona ry memory, a nd reexperiencing the folk na rra tive a tmosphere of lujia . at the sa me time, this discussion a ims to cla rify the industria l positioning of lujia villa ge, sha pe a new economic a nd industria l structure for the villa ge, a ttra ct young people who struggle outside to "go home", a nd completely a ctiva te the regenera tion of lujia villa ge. in the process of a pplying na rra tive a rchitecture, we find tha t, first, in the renewa l design of a ncient villa ges, a ttention should be pa id to its pa rticula rity, to explore its cha ra cteristics, a nd to pa y a ttention to the differences in na rra tive theme, structure, media , a nd sca le between rura l a rchitectura l group s a nd individua l buildings. second, the a pplica tion of na rra tive a rchitecture is closely rela ted to susta ina ble a rchitecture. the definition of susta ina bility is not limited to the reduction of environmenta l resource consumption but extends to various leve ls such a s society, economy, a nd culture. (chu et a l.,2021) however, the focus of susta ina ble architecture on these a spects is still in the initia l sta ges of resea rch. the na rra tive technique combines the na tura l environment a nd building ma teria ls to a chieve the susta ina bility of green technology, a nd the spa tia l scene mining of memory points ca n a chieve the susta ina bility of cultura l economy. thirdly, the method itself ha s certa in limita tions a nd is suita ble for villa ges with their own cha ra cteristics. suc h a s na tura l environmenta l resources, historica l a nd cultura l memory, a rchitectura l decora tion fea tures, or folk food cha ra cteristics. however, there a re ma ny villa ges in china tha t do not ha ve their own distinct cha ra cteristics, so it is difficult to construct spa tia l scenes by orga nizing na rra tive texts. meng / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 10 in a ddition, the depth of the na rrative a nd the integrity of tourism pla nning need to be improved. due to the complexity of the monomer design pa rt, there is no complete presenta tion. limited by the a utho r's own pra ctica l experience, this pa per only discusses the initia l pla nning a nd design levels, a nd there will be ma ny problems a nd cha llenges in the pra ctice process. designers, ma na gers, a nd villa gers need to work together to ma ke a djustments. the a pplic a tion of na rra tive a rchitecture on rura l roa ds requires consta nt lea rning a nd revision. acknowledgments not a pplica ble. funding this resea rch did not receive a ny specific gra nts from funding a gencies in the public, commercia l, or not -for-profit sectors/individua ls. ethics approval not a pplica ble. conflict of interest the a uthor decla re no conflict of interst. references wang rong, huang pengtao, hu jing, li yajuan (2019) a study on rural tourism experience in wuyuan county based on online travel notes, resources science, 41 (02), 372 -380 eisenstein. c. m. (1938). mongtage and architecture. zhou longhua (2019). the study of film architecture on the narrative technique of architectural space. master degree, tianjin university, http://doi.org/10.27356/d.cnki.gtjdu.2019.003610 tang lei (2016). research on the application of narratology in th e design of cultural exhibition buildings . master degree, hunan university lu andong (2008). cinematic architecture and spatial projection . the architec. (06), 05-13 dai qiusi, yang wei, zhang bin (2014). narrative space structure teaching research . new architecture, (02), 112-115 lu shaoming (2012). the origins of architectural narratology, journal of tongji university (social science edition), 23 (05), 25-31 aldo rossi (2006). urban architecture. china architecture and architecture press . li zhen, tian yuan, lv hongyi, li xiaolei, wang chuan. (2020). research on exhibition space of daxie village historical museum based on spatial narrative, chinese and foreign architecture,12, 48-51,http://doi.org/10.19940/j.cnki.1008 -0422.2020.12.013 hu bin, jin yanlin (2008). starting from the earth -teaching plan design for the second year of undergraduate architecture. architectural journal, (07), 81-84 lu andong (2015). film architecture as a space teaching course, architectural journal, (05) , 5-11 rasmussen. s. e. (2003). architectural experience. intellectual property press zheng dan (2020). the architectural space to create regional culture strategy based on spatial narrative study. master degree, hunan university, http://doi.org/10.27135/d.cnki.ghudu.2020.001256 wu fanji, qiu yu, guo kaihui. (2022). a strategic study on the plot construction of architectural space based on film narrative techniques. architecture&culture, (02), 61-62. http://doi.org/10.19875/j.cnki.jzywh.2022.02.025 zhang yan, wang xi, zhang xiaodong, ma qixing (2019). the country revitalization of multimodal que global tourism in jingxing county as an example, dynamic good habitat,2019 annual meeting of china's urban planning urban and rural areas on rural planning,(18),11, http://doi.org/10.26914/c.cnkihy.2019.028103 xu haiwen (2021). the rural experience home stay facility design based on the theory of the construction of narrative study. master degree, southeast university, http://doi.org/10.27014/d.cnki.gdnau.2021.004519 tschumi bernard (1981). the manhattan transcripts. academy editions:new york li zhenmin (2022). "event" architecture: textual construction of architectural space narrative . architecture technique, s1, 230 -233. http://doi.org/10.19953/j.at.2022.s1.037 chu yingnan, sun jingfen, chen xiaojuan, xie dan, song yehao (2021). exploration of narrative design method on sustainable architecture. zhuangshi, 09, 12-17. http://doi.org/10.16272/j.cnki.cn11 -1392/j.2021.09.043 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) the academic research community publication pg. 1 research paper received: 19 june 2023, accepted: 22 july 2023, published online: 31 july 2023 doi: 10.21625/archive.v7i2.968 postwar remnants in the periurban forest of thessaloniki, greece a two paths proposal for tourism and environmental education aphrodite tsiouri phd at department of forestry and natural environment, aristotle university of thessaloniki, thessaloniki, greece email:af_ro_di_ti@yahoo.gr abstract wa rs, in the cla ssica l sense of term, ha ve nega tive effects on the la ndsca pe a nd lea ve va rious tra ces a bove or below the ground surfa ce or in the bottom of the sea . toda y, ma ny of the postwa r la ndsca pes a re the result of na tural ecologica l succession, while others, a fter a n a ppropria te la ndsca pe design, present touristic a nd educa tiona l interest. tourism in the postwa r la ndsca pes ca n be considered a s cultura l tourism, a ppea ling ma inly to tourists -pilgrims. thessa loniki, during its long history, ha s been a field of milita ry opera tions. some of them, especia lly the most recent ones, ha ve left their remna nts on the surrounding forest la ndsca pe. during the first world wa r, the a llied powers (entente) for exa mple, built va rious infra structures such a s trenches, concrete fortifica tions etc. ma ny of these insta lla tions, despite their deteriora tion over time, ca n still be seen toda y. the postwa r la ndsca pe in the periurba n forest of thessa loniki ha s pa rtia lly recovered. however, hea vy constructions rema in in their origina l pla ce a nd can be a pole of a ttra ction for visitors. this pa per recommends t wo pa ths, 2,500 m a nd 2,200 m long respectively, connecting visible elements from the first world wa r, which a re loca ted in the northea stern pa rt of the periurba n forest of thessa loniki. these pa ths ca n connect a milita ry cemetery, with four cylindrica l co ncrete fortifica tions (pill boxes) of this wa r, sca ttered in the forest. in this cemetery soldiers of the commonwea lth na tions ha ve been buried, during the wa r. this postwa r la ndsca pe could contribute to the development of ba ttlefield tourism or tourism re la ted to the postwa r la ndsca pes a nd it ca n a lso be used in the implementa tion of releva nt environmental education programs. postwa r la ndsca pes require very ca reful pla nning a nd proper ma na gement in order to be functiona l a nd effective. © 2023 the authors. published by ierek press. this is a n open a ccess a rticle under the cc by license (https://crea tivecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ ). keywords postwar landscapes; cultural tourism; dark tourism; forest paths; environmental trail. 1. introduction all wa rs, in the cla ssic sense of term, a t a ll sta ges, ha ve a direct a nd indirect impa ct on the la ndsca pe, where they lea ve va rious tra ces a bove or below the surfa ce (tsiouri, 2015). the postwa r la ndsca pes ha ve la rgely rega ined their former sta te in the form of fa rms, villa ges a nd towns or in the forms of wetla nds, ra ngela nds, a nd forests, under na tural ecologica l succession. in some ca ses, na tura l vegeta tion ha s covered the wa r tra ces (hupy & koehler, 2012). cha rlesworth & addis (2002) cha ra cteristica lly sta te tha t na tura l ecologica l succession threa tens to era se history. http://www.press.ierek.com/ mailto:af_ro_di_ti@yahoo.gr https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 2 nevertheless, in some ba ttlefields va rious tra ces or hea vy constructions a bove or below the ground surfa ce or in the bottom of the sea ca n be found (tsiouri, 2015, tsiouri et a l., 2018). some postwa r la ndsca pes, a fter a n a ppropria te la ndsca pe design a nd ma na gement, present touristic (ka vrečič, 2017, ha da s za ha vi, 2022) a nd educa tional interest (tsiouri et a l., 2017, tsiouri et a l., 2020). tourism in the postwa r la ndsca pes ca n be considered from the prospective of cultura l tourism a s a form of da rk tourism, a ppea ling ma inly to tourists-pilgrims (collins-kreiner, 2010, olson & korsta nje, 2019). postwa r la ndsca pes ca n a lso be used in the implementa tion of releva nt environmenta l a nd peace educa tion progra ms (tsiouri et a l., 2020, tsiouri, 2022). the city of thessa loniki, during its long history (2,338 yea rs), wa s ma ny times a field of milita ry opera tions. some of them, especia lly the most recent ones, ha ve left their tra ces ma inly on the periurba n la ndsca pe. during the first world wa r (grea t wa r), the a llied troops (entente) supported the ma cedonia n front, a lso known a s the sa lonica front (a fter thessa loniki). these troops built infra structures such a s bridges, roa ds, a irports, hospita ls a nd va rious defense works such a s trenches, concrete insta lla tions etc (ma nn, 2010, hekimoglou, 2010, mourelos et a l., 2018). the defensive fortifica tions, built on the hills surrounding thessa loniki, a re known in the releva nt litera ture a s "birdca ge". this na me is due to the huge a mounts of ba rbed wire, tha t were used for their construction. ma ny of these fa cilities, despite their deteriora tion over time, a re still visible toda y, 100 yea rs a fter the wa r. the postwa r la ndsca pe in the periurba n forest of thessa loniki ha s pa rtia lly recovered. however, hea vy constructions such a s concrete fortifica tions (pill boxes), rema in in their origina l position (rouka , 2014, tsiouri, 2022). 2. problem statement and study aim the periurba n forest of thessa loniki hosts toda y va rious cultura l la ndsca pes, some of which a re rela ted to issues of wa r a nd pea ce a nd a ll of them a re of ecologica l interest. in the context of the present resea rch, wa r remna nts were discovered in the periurba n forest a nd the prob lem is tha t they ha ve not been studied a nd utilized until toda y. the a im of the present study is to describe a nd recommend forest pa ths, connecting elements from the first world wa r, which a re loca ted in the northea stern pa rt of the periurba n forest of the ssa loniki. these pa ths ca n connect a milita ry cemetery, with four cylindrica l concrete fortifica tions (pill boxes) of this wa r, sca ttered in the forest, which is under na tura l ecologica l succession. these wa r remna nts, with a ppropria te a rchitectura l pla nning a nd management, could receive visitors, interested in historica l tourism a nd schools, implementing environmenta l educa tion progra ms (tsiouri, 2015, tsiouri, 2020, tsiouri, 2022). historica l-pilgrima ge tourism a nd environmenta l educa tion ha ve great growth prospects in greece. the two recommended pa ths, connect visible postwa r elements with invisible to ordina ry visitors wa r remna nts, a s the la tter ha ve pa rtia lly covered by diverse vegeta tion. these pa ths, with na ture -friendly clea ring a nd proper signa ge, could contribute to the development of ba ttlefield tourism a nd they ca n a lso be used in the implementa tion of releva nt environmenta l educa tion progra ms. 3. review of the literature until recently, ma ny schola rs studied wa rs a nd postwa r la ndsca pes by focusing on milita ry, socia l, economic a nd lega l issues, ra ther tha n on tourism a nd pea ce educa tion (pa pa dopoulou, 1990, olson & korsta nje, 2019). an ever increa sing number of visitors a re becoming interested in postwa r la ndsca pes. tourism rela ted to postwa r la ndsca pes ca n be considered a s cultura l tourism. for the susta ina bility of tourism in postwa r la ndsca pes, the existence and understa nding the a uthenticity of the offered touristic product, is essentia l (cha rlesworth & addis, 2002). there is of course the need to ta ke into a ccount the specia l interest of the visitors (ta rget groups). different ca tegories of people visit the postwa r la ndsca pes, a ccording to their motiva tion, a nd the type of visitors cha nges over time. according to lloyd (2014), there were three distinct groups of visitors to the postwa r la ndsca pes of the western front, between 1919-1939: a ) tra velers, who hold a rea l interest a nd a pprecia te the mea ning of ba ttlefields or releva nt monuments, b) tourists, who do not show much interest in the ba ttlefield or the monuments, but consider them a s tourist a ttractions a nd c) pilgrims, who express specia l feelings or religious devotion. visitors to postwa r la ndsca pes a re usually pilgrims ra ther tha n tourists. pilgrima ge tra vel is a journey resulting from religious ca uses, externa lly to a holy site, interna lly for spiritua l purposes a nd understa nding (ba rber, 1993). pilgrims a re usua lly widows, vetera ns a nd close rela tives, descenda nts of wa r victims who a re interested in their fa mily history. tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 3 the tour in a postwa r ba ttlefield requires a cha risma tic guide who ca n cla rify wha t exa ctly ha ppened in this la ndscape a nd why. mention the exa ct time, persons, possible ca uses a nd results of the previous conflict. such tours a re of interest to vetera ns, history lovers, pea cema kers, milita ry men a nd educa tors. the loca l a nd economic development of postwa r la ndsca pes a nd surrounding a rea s is referred to a s a postwa r development engine in the interna tional litera ture (va n mispela a r, 2013) a nd it is a mixture of educa tion, environmenta l protection a nd profit. for a more complete study a nd understa nding of huma nity's wa r beha vior a nd the a cquisition of releva nt lessons, a mong others, it is necessa ry to preserve, to show off a nd to improve public a ccess to the ma teria l a nd spiritua l herita ge of wa rs. visits, not only to the releva nt museums a nd monuments, but a lso to the ba ttlegrounds of the pa st, help visitors to perceive these fields a s historica l cultura l la ndsca pes of multiple significa nce. the presenta tion of these la ndsca pes with the a ppropria te na rra tive design help the tourists to understa nd history a nd a pprecia te the true dimensions a nd consequences of wa rs. the preserva tion of postwa r la ndsca pes a nd their promotion (birba um, 2006) is a n extremely difficult a nd pa inful ta sk for people, beca use the borderline between injustice a nd justice is often indiscernible. ma ny of the postwa r la ndsca pes keep a live the memories of the tra uma tic pa st a nd it is extremely da ngerous politica lly, beca use the consta nt reminder of the events, tha t ha ppened there, ca n bring certa in groups into conflict a nd threa ten the socia l cohesion of the people. however, these la ndsca pes ca n a lso function a s mea ns of tea ching a nd ra ising pub lic a wa reness, to students or to historica l tourism visitors (tsiouri et a l., 2017), a iming a t a voiding ethnocentrism and a ny form of violence a nd highlighting the world pea ce by preventing future conflicts (kester, 2008). but to promote a culture of pea ce, we need to tea ch the modern concept of pea ce (sloa n, 1983, pa pa dopoulou, 1990, burns & aspesla gh, 1996, pa pa dopoulou, 2004), which, of course, is not just a sta te of non -wa r, but something broa der. this tea ching will conta in understa nding, coopera tion, q ua lity of life, freedom, individua l rights, dignity, mutua l respect, intercultura l communica tion a nd a genera l return to huma nity (ma thaioudaki, 2004, moschona & efsta thiou, 2004, un, 2015). sloa n (1983) ha d written tha t pea ce which ignores the ecologica l crisis is not susta ina ble. rea rdon & nordla nd (1994) suggest the violence of a rmed conflict, the violence of oppression a nd poverty a nd ecologica l violence a re pa rt of the fra mework a nd driving force of pea ce educa tion. simila rly, toh & floresca -ca wa ga s (1987), bjerdstedt (1990), ca stro (2001) include violence a ga inst the ea rth in their studies of violent tendencies tha t huma ns face on a pla netary a nd interpersona l level. definitions of pea ce proposed by releva nt educa tors included the concept of pea ceful coexistence of ma n with na ture, suggesting, for exa mple, tha t ecologica l ba la nce must underpin a ny definition of pea ce (hicks, 1998). the a bsence of environmenta l impa cts due to pollution a nd ra dia tion is considered one of the dimensions of pea ce. biodiversity a nd ecologica l well-being is the founda tion of a positive a nd susta ina ble pea ce. according to ca stro (2001) a cross-cultura l definition of the interna tiona l pea ce of peoples is linked to the susta ina bility of the ea rth ecosystem. ba sed on these expa nde d definitions of pea ce, environmenta l issues were included in the concepts of holistic pea ce educa tion (toh & floresca -ca wa ga s, 1987, vriens, 1990, bjerdstedt, 1990, rea rdon, 1999). ma ny of the postwa r la ndsca pes, both in greece a nd in other countries, a re pla ces for educa tiona l excursions, in the context of lea rning the loca l history, combined with pea ce a nd environmental educa tion, especia lly if the na rra tive of the la ndsca pe is ca reful a nd not propa ga ndistic. after such experiences the visitor of a postwa r la ndsca pe, goes over va rious issues such a s the mea ning of wa rs, rela ted emotions, prejudices a nd huma n potential a nd limits (borma nis, 2010). visits in postwa r la ndsca pes a re pa rt of the seconda ry school curriculum in some countries. in the uk the grea t wa r is ta ught to children, visiting the bea umont ha mel newfoundla nd memoria l pa rk in fra nce, where a history tea cher sta ys with the students for a t lea st a n hour a nd pa rticipa tes in a ction in a field survey of this postwa r la ndsca pe. a pa th ha s been integra ted into the la ndsca pe, which evokes to the movement of soldiers during the wa r a nd offers the visitor a new wa y of understa nding the wa r la ndsca pe (gough, 2004). a highly visited postwa r la ndsca pe is the peninsula na tiona l pa rk in gelibolu, turkey (yilma z, 2008). the decla ra tion of the a rea a s a na tional pa rk wa s a first step in the effective preserva tion of the monuments of the loca l first world wa r ba ttles, which contribute to the development of postwa r cultura l la ndsca pe tourism. another exa mple of a n interesting postwa r la ndsca pe is the historic region of ita ly venezia giulia . friuli venezia giulia is – a lso known in english a s the julia n tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 4 ma rch. during the 19th century this a rea developed some diverse touristic destina tions a s sea side a nd therma l hea lth resorts, rock climbing a nd ca ve tours. after the first world wa r these forms of tourism continued to develop a long with a new form, which included visiting former ba ttlefields (šuligoj, 2016, ka vrečič, 2017). tourists visit, wa r la ndsca pes, wa r cemeteries, concentra tion ca mps etc. in this a rea is the monfa lcone theme pa rk, which opened to the public in 2005. visitors of this pa rk ca n explore a historic wa r zone, where severa l ba ttles took pla ce. in this pa rk there a re ma ny wa r remna nts such a s fortifica tions, trenches, a rtillery positions, memoria l stones etc. in a ddition to ordina ry touristic purposes, postwa r la ndsca pes ca n be used in releva nt environmenta l educa tion progra ms. the environmenta l educa tion tha t includes holistic a pproa ch in pea ce educa tion is most effective, pa rticula rly when it ta kes pla ce in the countryside. well-informed a nd properly tra ined tour guides or tea chers ha ve a duty not only to increa se the number of visitors to post-wa r la ndsca pes, but a lso to contribute to the susta ina bility of the na tural ecosystems a nd peoples' pea ce. 4. methodology the present ca se study could help other people to discover, understa nd a nd lea rn the unknown postwa r remna nts in the periurba n forest of thessa loniki. these remna nts help visitors to a pprecia te history a nd the true dimensions and consequences of wa rs. the method used in this resea rch wa s litera ture review a nd field resea rch. in the litera ture review rela ted terms a nd subjects were studied. postwa r well-ma na ged la ndsca pes in other countries, which a ttract visitors were a lso identified. in the context of the ph.d. field resea rch (tsiouri, 2022), ma ny visits to the periurba n forest of thessa loniki were ma de in order to sea rch for interesting topics, suita ble for environmenta l educa tion, so me of which were a lso of touristic interest a s the topic of the present pa per is. during the field resea rch, google maps a nd wikiloc na viga tion a pplica tions were used. the wikiloc ma p provided the most informa tion due to the a pp's a bility to ma p routes, during field resea rch. during these visits, the exa ct loca tion of the pa ths, the length a nd the va ria tion in eleva tion a long ea ch route, were ca ptured through these mobile phone na viga tion a pplica tions. the geogra phic coordina tes of the common entra nce of th e tra ils were a lso recorded. along the routes, the current state of individua l la ndsca pes, including na tura l a nd cultura l elements, wa s photogra phed. the fina l ma p resulted from a synthesis of the na tiona l la nd registry a nd the google ma ps combined with im a ges sourced from the wikiloc a pplica tion. 5. results and discussion the proposed pa ths (a a nd b) for tourism a nd environmenta l educa tion a re loca ted in the northea stern pa rt of the periurba n forest of thessa loniki (tsiouri, 2022). the entra nce to both pa ths is from the villa ge exochi, a community of the pyla ia -chortia tis municipa lity. the pa rticula rity of the two pa ths is tha t they conta in postwa r elements, which a re a milita ry cemetery a nd four cylindrica l concrete fortifica tions (pill boxes) of the first wo rld wa r (fig. 1). in this well-ma na ged milita ry cemetery (fig. 2), soldiers of the commonwea lth na tions ha ve been buried, during the wa r. the vegeta tion in ma ny pla ces of the pa ths is low with a domina nt species the kermes oa k (quercus coccifera ). figure 1 the two paths (a and b) and some characteristic sites tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 5 the 2,500 m long tra il (a) sta rts from the northea st side of the periurba n forest. the sta rting point ha s coordina tes (40°37'31.3"n 23°02'58.7"e). at this loca tion there is a postwa r memoria l element, the kirechkoi-horta koi cemetery (fig. 2). the tra il then hea ds west. on this route there a re two cylindrica l concrete fortifica tions (figs. 3 -4). the proposed pa th ends a t the second concrete fortifica tion in the kosta ntinos or dinovo a rea . at this point there a re some old buildings. this loca tion is a lso the highest point of this route (532 m). from this point it ha s a n a mazing pa noramic view hea ding south, towa rds the city of thessa loniki. figure 2 the post-war memorial element, the kirechkoi-hortakoi cemetery figure 3 cylindrical concrete fortification figure 4 cylindrical concrete fortification in kostantinos area the 2,200 m long tra il (b) ha s the sa me sta rting point a s the (a) pa th, where the cemetery is loca ted. this pa th has a southwest direction a nd on this route there a re two more cylindrica l concrete fortifica tions. one is on the hill ca lled tusla (fig. 5), which ca nnot be distinguished due to dense vegeta tion a nd there is no suita ble a ccess pa th. the next concrete fortifica tion is on the hill ca lled agios pa nteleimon (fig. 6). this loca tion ha s a lso a pa noramic view hea ding south, towa rds the city of thessa loniki. tra il (b) ends a t this point. tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 6 figure 5 concrete fortification on the hill tusla figure 6 concrete fortification on the hill agios panteleimon pa rts of the forest pa ths, described in this work, ha ve not been highlighted until toda y a nd the genera l public does not ha ve a ccess to the corresponding postwa r la ndsca pes. the wa r remna nts ha ve been left to the ra va ges of time and they a re more or less invisible, a s they ha ve been pa rtia lly covered by diverse vegeta tion due to na tura l ecologica l succession. it is suggested tha t the la ndsca pe a rchitect, includes the wa r tra ces in the loca l ecosystem a nd ma kes sure tha t the visitors understa nd wha t exa ctly ha ppened in this la ndsca pe a nd why. the recommended pa ths, a fter a ppropria te a rchitectura l pla nning, with na ture-friendly clea ring, proper signa ge a nd susta ina ble ma nagement, could contribute to the development of tourism a nd environmenta l educa tion. by improving a ccessibility tourists, pilgrims or students, with the help of a tour guide or environmenta l educa tion tea cher, will be a ble to ga in socia l sensitivity, to rea lize the necessity of the susta ina b ility of the cultura l la ndsca pe of the forest a nd the need to protect a nd highlight it, with a n ultima te goa l the pea ceful coexistence of na ture a nd people (wenden, 2004, tsiouri et a l., 2020). the pla nning a nd highlighting of postwa r la ndsca pes, with the corresponding elements of memory, is quite a common phenomenon in va rious countries. the goa l is to ena ble the visitor of a monument or a postwa r la ndsca pe, in the a bsence of a previous memory, to develop a n experience tha t will turn into a memory. to disc over the tota lity of memories, present in the huma n bra in, which represent the collective wa r experiences a nd to discover one's deepest self a nd tra nsform himself. efforts to ra ise public a wa reness on issues of wa r, pea ce a nd na tura l environment, should sta rt from childhood with a pa rticipa tory method, which will a ctively involve students in the lea rning process a nd think critica lly (wells & lekies, 2006). the releva nt a ctivities a re proposed to be student -centered a nd not tea cher-centered or book-centered a nd ba sed on the a ctive a nd continuous pa rticipa tion of students in a ll pha ses of the tea ching process. tea chers and students together become a ctive explorers of the world a nd not pa ssive recipients of knowledge (da skolia et a l., 2020 , bierle & singleta ry, 2008). experientia l-communica tive tea ching empha sizes the exercise of children's a bility to dea l with va rious socia l situa tions. it fa vors discussion a bout genuine socia l phenomena a nd often requires the tra nsfer of educa tiona l a ctivity outside the school (bierle & singleta ry, 2008). in a n educa tion, in which experientia l lea rning is sought a nd consequently the development of initia tive, communica tion a nd participa tion, the pla ce where a ll these ha ppen must be the right one (georgopou los, 2014). visitors' conta ct with such pla ces helps them rea lize their own pla ce in the globa l spa ce, their va lues, rights a nd responsibilities towa rds other peoples a nd the environment. it helps them understa nd tha t the equa l coopera tion of peoples a nd t he susta ina ble ma na gement of na tura l resources a re necessa ry for the surviva l of a ll orga nisms on the pla net (ma ttha iouda ki, 2004). tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 7 6. conclusions − the city of thessa loniki, during its long history, wa s ma ny times a field of milita ry opera tions. these opera tions ha ve left their tra ces, ma inly on the periurba n la ndsca pe. − these wa r remna nts with a strong emotiona l significa nce, together with the la ndsca pe biodiversity, ca n be a pole of a ttra ction for visitors. − two pa ths, connecting wa r remna nts in the northea stern pa rt of the periurba n forest of thessa loniki a re recommended, which ha ve not been highlighted until toda y. − the purpose of the recommended tra ils is to connect a milita ry cemetery, with four cylindrica l concrete fortifica tions (pill boxes), sca ttered in the forest la ndsca pe. − these fortifica tions were built by the a llied troops of the sa lonica front, during the first world wa r. − both tra ils sta rt from a cemetery, where soldiers from different na tiona lities ha ve been buried during the wa r. − these tra ils, a fter a ppropria te a rchitectura l pla nning, could contribute to the development of tourism and environmenta l educa tion. − improving a ccessibility, people will be a ble to ga in socia l sensitivity, to rea lize the necessity of the susta ina bility of the cultura l la ndsca pe a nd the need to protect a nd highlight it, with a n ultima te goa l the pea ceful coexistence of na ture a nd people. − visitors to the postwa r la ndscape of the periurba n forest of thessaloniki ca n be tourists, history lovers, milita ry men, pea cema kers, educa tors a nd descenda nts of wa r victims, who a re interested in their fa mily history. − these tra ils ca n a lso be used in the implementa tion of releva nt environmenta l educa tion progra ms. it is necessa ry for young people to come a cross with ma teria l a nd spiritua l herita ge of wa rs. − for a more complete study a nd understa nding of huma nity's wa r beha vior a nd the a cquisition of releva nt lessons, it is necessa ry to preserve, to show off a nd to improve public a ccess to the postwa r la ndsca pes. − well-informed a nd properly tra ined tour guides or tea chers ha ve a duty not only to increa se the number of visitors to post-wa r la ndsca pes, but a lso to contribute to the susta ina bility of the na tura l ecosystems a nd peoples' pea ce. acknowledgements the resea rch work wa s supported by the hellenic founda tion for resea rch a nd innovation (hfri) under the hfri phd fellowship gra nt (fellowship number: 726). funding the resea rch work wa s supported by the hellenic founda tion for resea rch a nd innovation (hfri) under the hfri phd fellowship gra nt (fellowship number: 726). ethics approval not a pplica ble. conflict of interest the a uthor decla res no conflict of interst. tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 8 references barber, r. (1993). pilgrimages. the boydell press. london. bierle, s. & singletary, t. j. (2008). environmental education and related fields in idaho secondary schools. the journal of environmental education 39(3), 19-31. birbaum, a. c. (2006). preserving modern landscape architecture ii: making postwar landscapes visible. spacemaker press. 128 p. bjerdstedt, a. (1990). towards a rationale and a didactics of peace education. pp. 45–72. in bjerdstedt a. (ed.). education for peace in the nineties. peace education reports no. 1. school of education. malmo, sweden: lund university. bormanis, k. (2010). the monumental landscape: canadian, newfoundland and australian great war capital and battlefield memorials and the topography of national remembrance. doctoral thesis. department of art history, concordia university, montreal, quebec, canada. 458 p. burns, j. r. & aspeslagh, r. (1996). three decades of peace education around the world-an anthology. garland publishing, inc. 413 p. castro, l. (2001). peace education: a teacher-training manual. center for peace education. quezon city, philippines: miriam college. charlesworth, a., & addis, m. (2002). memorialization and the ecological landscapes of holocaust sites: the cases of plaszow and auschwitz birkenau. landscape research, 27(3), 229-251. https://doi.org/10.1080/01426390220149502 collins-kreiner, n. (2010). the geography of pilgrimage and tourism: transformations and implications for applied geography. applied geography, 30(1), 153-164. daskolia, m., kekeri, e. & tsevreni, i. (2020). children as researchers in context sustainable school. environmental education for sustainability, 2(2), 1–18. (in greek, summary in english). https://doi.org/10.12681/ees.22975 georgopoulos, a. (2014). environmental education. identity issues. gutenberg. athens, greece. 382 p. (in greek). gough, p. (2004). sites in the imagination: the beaumont hamel newfoundland memorial on the somme. cultural geographies 11: 235-258. hadas zahavi, (2022). the michelin guides to the battlefields of the first world war: the destruction of war as a tourist attraction, french studies, 76(2), 210–234. https://doi.org/10.1093/fs/knab221 hekimoglou, e. (2010). oraiokastro, 35 centuries of history. 200 p. (in greek). hicks, d. (1998). stories of hope: a response to the «psychology of despair». environmental education research 4(2), 165-177. hupy, j. p. & koehler, t. (2012). modern warfare as a significant form of zoogeomorphic disturbance upon the landscape, geomorphology, 157 158, 169–182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geomorph.2011.05.024 kavrečič, p. (2017). "sacro pellegrinaggio". visits to world war i memorials on the soča/isonzo front in the interwar period. etnoloska tribina 47(40), 141-160. doi:10.15378/1848-9540.2017.40.05 kester, κ. (2008). developing peace education programs-beyond ethnocentrism and violence. peace prints: south asian journal of peacebuilding, 1(1), 1-27. http://www.wiscomp.org/peaceprints.htm leonard, m. (2012). mud the waterlogged battlefields of the first world war i. military history monthly, may 2012, 54-61. https://conflictarchaeology1.files.wordpress.com/2011/12/mud -feature-article.pdf lloyd, w. d. (2014). battlefield tourism: pilgrimage and commemoration of the great war in britain, australia, and canada, 1919-1939. a & c black. 192 p. mann, a. j. (2010). the salonica front. world war i, 1914-1918.the thessaloniki front (world war i). translated in greek by micha e. kyriakidis brothers. athens. 206 p. mathaioudaki, m. (2004). human rights education and school curriculum, a peaceful coexistence. p. 119-134. papadopoulou d. (publication manager). for a culture of peace peace education in school. unesco chair and peace education institute. aristotle university of thessaloniki. greece. (in greek). moschona, a. & efstathiou, n. (2004). teaching the culture of peace. p. 247-255. papadopoulou d. (publication manager). for a culture of peace peace education in school. unesco chair and peace education institute. aristotle university of thessaloniki. greece. (in greek). mourelos, i., sfetas, s., michailidis, i., vlasidis, v. & dordanas, s. (2018). the salonica front in world war i. proceedings of international conference. university studio press. thessaloniki 22-24 october 2015. 421 p. olson, h. d. & korstanje, e. m. (2019). dark tourism and pilgrimage. cabi. 280 p. papadopoulou, d. (1990). education for peace and human rights. peace education project. thessaloniki. lab. education for peace. thessaloniki, greece. 330 p. (in greek). papadopoulou, d. (2004). for a culture of peace peace education in school. unesco chair and peace education institute. aristotle university of thessaloniki. greece. 531 p. (in greek). reardon, b. (1999). peace education: a review and a projection. peace education reports no. 17. school of education, malmo university. malmo, sweden. reardon, b. a. & nordland, e. (eds.). 1994. learning peace: the promise of ecological and cooperative education. state university of new york press. albany, ny. 234 p. rouka, e. (2014). the macedonia front: a study for the enhancement and promotion of a historical place. master thesis in protection, maintenance and restoration of cultural monuments. departments of architectural engineering and political science, aristotle university of thessaloniki. greece. 166 p. (in greek). https://doi.org/10.26262/heal.auth.ir.134520 sloan, d. (1983). education for peace and disarmament: toward a living world. teachers college press. new york. 288 p. http://www.wiscomp.org/peaceprints.htm tsiouri / the aca demic resea rch community publica tion pg. 9 šuligoj, metod. (2016). “impact of the great war on the conditions for the development of the hospitality industry in gorizia/görz/gorica and its surroundings”. historic kýčasopis 64(3), 431 –449. toh, s. h. & floresca-cawagas v. (1987). peace education: a framework for the philippines. phoenix publishing house, inc. quezon city, philippines. tsiouri, a. (2015). war memories imprinted on the landscape. master thesis in landscape architecture. departments of architectural engineering and agriculture, aristotle university of thessaloniki. 140 p. (in greek, abstract in english). http://ikee.lib.auth.gr/record/278180?ln=el tsiouri, a. (2020). environmental education programs on "the suburban forest" in secondary schools of the prefecture of thessaloniki from 2014 to 2019. master thesis in environmental education. departments of preschool education and education sciences and biology. ari stotle university of thessaloniki. 121 p. (in greek, abstract in english). http://ikee.lib.auth.gr/record/320923?ln=el tsiouri, s. a. (2022). research for creation of environmental education network in the periurban forest of thessaloniki. doct oral thesis. school of forestry and natural environment. aristotle university of thessaloniki. 471 p. (in greek, summary in english). tsiouri, s. a., tratsela, d. m. & ispicoudis, d. i. (2017). post-war landscapes -tourism and learning landscapes -a first approach. p. 66-72. proceedings of the 18th panhellenic forestry conference "hellenic forestry in the face of major challenges: sustainable forest management, forest maps, environmental technologies networking and natural environment protection" edessa, greece. 8 -11 october 2017. (in greek, abstract in english). tsiouri, s. a., ispicoudis, d. i. & tratsela, d. m. (2018). post-war rangeland landscapes. in parisi, m. z. and kakouros, p. (eds.), greek range science facing new challenges. grazing management plans–sustainability and bioeconomy–ecosystem services (pp. 195-202). proceedings of the 9th panhellenic rangeland congress. larisa, greece. 9-12 october 2018. (in greek, abstract in english). http://www.elet.gr/pages/wp content/uploads/praktika%202018%20_low.pdf tsiouri, s. a., ragkou, k. p. & zagkas, d. th. (2020). environmental education in the peri-urban landscape of thessaloniki for a culture of social and ecological peace. p. 179. proceedings of the 7th macedonian environmental conference. union of greek chemists –regional department c. and w. macedonia. thessaloniki, greece. october 30 november 1, 2020. (greek and english abstracts). https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sz-v21npogptyxtu1stki64tncue8 -io/view un. (2015). transforming our world: the 2030 agenda for sustainable development. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda van mispelaar. (2013). the post war engine; post military landscapes for regional economic development. parklaam (landschapsarchitecten) peace conference 2013. vriens, l. (1990). peace education in the nineties: a reappraisal of values and options. pp. 7–23. in bjerdstedt a. (ed.). education for peace in the nineties. school of education, lund university. malmo, sweden. wells, n. m. & lekies, k. s. (2006). nature and the life course: pathways from childhood nature experiences to adult environmentalism. children youth and environments 16(1), 1-24. https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.7721/chilyoutenvi.16.1.0001 wenden, l.a. (2004). educating for a culture of social and ecological peace. suny press. new york. 220 p. yilmaz, a. (2008). architectural memorialisation of war: ars memoriae and the landscape of gallipoli battles. doctoral thesis in architecture. the graduate school of engineering and sciences of izmir institute of technology 264 p. http://ikee.lib.auth.gr/record/278180?ln=el http://ikee.lib.auth.gr/record/320923?ln=el http://www.elet.gr/pages/wphttp://www.jstor.org/stable/10.7721/chilyoutenvi.16.1.0001 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 23 doi: 10.21625/archive.v6i1.877 carbon neutral district project for regenerating a suburban area within the reinventing cities c40 framework lavinia chiara tagliabue1, jacopo muzio treccani2,3, antonio della bella4 1 university of turin, computer science department,turin, italy 2 politecnico di milano, department of architecture and urban studies dastu milan, italy, 3 studio jam architecture, milan, italy/london, uk 4 r4m engineering s.r.l., italy abstract a multidisciplinary approach to urban regeneration is crucial when the project of suburban areas provides a functional program that includes the combination of technological, environmental, and social innovation. the reinventing cities c40 design contest represents an opportunity for designers to deal with the crossing topics of innovation, sustainability, and circular economy. the project proposals focus on the regeneration of urban areas with specific needs, ranging from the reconstruction of urban ecosystems to the re-weaving of fragile and damaged urbanity, to the promotion of areas devalued by functional empty. the reinventing cities c40 framework is supporting worldwide the cities in the renovation process, oriented in developing the abandoned areas with the aim of social, energy, and environmental resilience. the framework promotes the link between the municipalities, the designers, and the local communities to create innovation on multiple levels, in the design process, in the architectural product, in the validation tools based furthermore on the new contractual definition of business models for social support. the renovation of the crescenzago area in milan, italy, is based on an architectural project that entails an integrated mixed-use system of tower and line buildings ensuring an adequate social and housing mix and connection with the surrounding points of interest and green areas. the architectural project relates to the existing context with a synthesis between macro and micro-urban scale: territory, neighborhood, and the new district. the project moves by the definition of the open spaces that imprints the built ones and defines a direct connection with the green system, which pledges the carbon neutrality of the intervention. the site-specific proposal results from the matrix of strategic and technological transferable solutions that provide solar electricity for 82% of the energy needs and the green capture allows to achieve the zero-carbon goal of the district. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). peer-review under responsibility of archive’s international scientific committee of reviewers. keywords carbon zero district; urban regeneration; housing mix; nzeb; green absorption; resilient built environment 1. introduction the challenge of reinventing cities (sedova & balakina, 2020; strippoli 2020), is widely integrated in the airclimate plan (pac) (bringault at al., 2016; poupeau 2014) of which the municipality of milan has recently started the expansion process aimed at the reduction of air pollution (ripple at al., 2019), to protect health and the environment and thus responding to the climate emergency (crichton at al., 2009) in a certain and planned time. the challenge expands the perspective of urban regeneration action (bamdad at al., 2021) in a concrete environmental http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 24 sense (huovila, 2007). this challenge, together with the strong emerging demand for new generation of social, collaborative and sustainable housing (power, 2010), effectively aligns the city to a redevelopment prospect (carli et al., 2015). this prospect is being pursued concretely by many cities, not only in europe (gong at al., 2018; harding et al., 2004; dwikardana, 2020). the redevelopment is achieved both through the adaptation of the instruments of the plan and therefore normative (boddy & parkinson, 2004), and through the facilitation of private interventions oriented in this direction (kline, 2000). these strategic objectives, naturally integrated with the morphological characteristics of the area of intervention by invitation to tender, are the guidelines of the presented project. the area is located in a suburban area to the northeast of the city of milan, aligned on the radial route of viale palmanova. in this area the building density is soon interrupted by the green section of the lambro park and by proximity agricultural residues linked to the ancient rural system (toccolini at al., 2006). in fact, there are farmsteads and irrigation ditches. the area participates in that morphological complexity made up of fragments traditional fabric, open building and large single-functional complexes separated in a rather drastic way from the palmanova/surface metro system just like a river from the historical agglomeration to the north, that is the core of the village of crescenzago (ambrosiani & quadri, 2020). this subway represents one of the main resources for both banks, however they are connected to each other only by a cycle/pedestrian underpass. as in many suburban areas, this 'shore' seems to lack a centre for the social and daily life of its inhabitants (dalton et al., 2008). although it has multiple services and connections, in fact, there is a lack of places of aggregation (graham and aurigi, 1997) and the whole area appears dominated by a peripheral tranquillity at the limit of anonymity (mcquire, 2017). the main goals of the project are to reconnect the territorial fragments, provide quality architectural spaces, promote a new concept of green as a social enabler and boost sustainability of the intervention by achiving the carbon neutral district. 2. methodology the poject methodology can be organized in fondamental steps that are used to create the space and the services in a coodinated and oriented way towards sustainability and efficiency based on archetipical local and cultural factors: • study of the exisitng green system and morphology: the project stares at the system of farmsteads and ancient irrigation ditches emerging in the morphology of the lambro park. today's farmsteads are characterized by super local social services partly linked to the production of proximity. in many ways, these farmsteads are a resource for the area, nevertheless they are also, and above all, a settlement and functional reference point for the organization of the intervention. the intervention is developed around the concept of community. • creating space for social interaciton and community growth: community means in particular an idea of mixed development, which provides a typological variety of housing. it is oriented to include not only a greater variety from a social point of view, a prerequisite of a community, however, it includes the different activities of a collective nature, varied in different commercial, productive or service types. in this sense the project is generated precisely by the relationship between open space and the buildings that contain it, namely the square or the open hand, that gives the name to the renovation project. this relationship defines the different degrees of fruition, public, semi-public, social and private. it outlines the flow of activity between and within the built margins, in relation to the transit generated by the interchange system between the bicycle and fast transport (the underground mm). • definition of the connections with the city: the transit considered also comes from the pedestrian cycle connection with the historical fabric through the existing underpass, which has been upgraded through its connection with new hypogeous square. the square also intercepts the flow between the built city and the transition city scattered in the green milanese metropolitan area, towards the neighbouring villages and the san raffaele system. in short, an idea of flow that gives shape and quality to the internal and external spaces of the new complex. • funcional segmentation and integration: the idea favours the integration between social services and commercial and productive functions located at the bottom, even on a larger scale between the community to be settled in the upper residential floors and the neighbourhood. in the centre of the large pedestrian public space is the weekly market, a symbol of the social, environemental and economic sustainability pursued by tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 25 the project. furthermore, the market is a symbol of the civil and cultural value of sharing, it is a meeting place, together with personal services and other commercial activities of proximity. next to it, the daily flow of connection to the crescenzago stop of the mm, correspondingly participated by various public spaces and services that overlook it, also coming from the other side. putting cycling, intermodal and zero-emission mobility at the centre of the intervention allows to combine the most significant challenges with the issue of community and social housing. • green infrastructure to connect the intevention to the city and support the carbon zero target: alongside it, there is a strong forestation action through the requalification of the more or less spontaneous greenery existing inside the former car park. this action is integrated to the new constitution of urban vegetable gardens linked both to the social residence and to the district with the character of rotation, with the various services that these involve. 3. case study: la main ouverte project as described above, the project la main ouverte is located in an area characterized by the mixture of the historical mesh of the agricultural fields, the orthogonal mesh of the most recent development coming from via padova. the partly artificial and partly natural sediments of the martesana and the lambro rivers are added to this mix. from this system emerge the 18th century holiday homes on the martesana, such as villa lecchi, the romanesque church of santa maria rossa and the lambro park. the park, in this part, with its farmsteads and its waterway, certainly offers suggestive views. the history of the eastern area of milan is linked over time to avant-garde phenomena: it was visited in the mid-19th century by partisans of the risorgimento (who found themselves in a trattoria in turro, now piazza del governo provvisorio), a destination of pilgrimages by realist artists of the 1940s. moreover, destination of libertarian happenings in the 70s for the "naked king". zone of commitment and underground creativity in the 90s with leoncavallo and transiti social centers. today, this area of milan is similarly frequented by well-known rappers and street artists, although it is a residential area. it appears to be an important resource for milan, consequently, to be enhanced. the proposed "social housing" project catches its main reason in the presence of the lambro park, in the overcoming of the "great river" consisting of via palmanova and the connection with the milanese underground. the project focuses in particular on three objectives on an urban scale. the first objective is the creation of a centrality for crescenzago east, now missing, through the creation of a green axis towards the lambro park. the second objective aims to give shape to a fabric of link with the existing building and natural segment. therefore, the third objective supports the fluid connection with the "old" crescenzago through the enhancement of the existing cycle and pedestrian underpasses, offering visual references consistent with the milan bergamo road axis. the closest existing urban fabric is composed in a rather rhapsodic way of 4, 5 and 7 storey residential buildings from the 1970s. it likewise includes a 2-storey terraced economic buildings. the urban pattern contains besides a more recent cluster system of 5 and 9 floors which is the result of a more recent design competition wanted and realized by the municipality of milan. the reading of the fabric is further complicated by the large production and tertiary buildings in the north-east of the former rizzoli, defining, a morphological complexity made up of fragments – traditional urban fabric, open building and large single-functional complexes (figure 1). the envisaged community settled in this context is gathered around a court emblematically called la main ouverte, the open hand. the courtyard is defined by the volumes of the three buildings (units a, b and c set back from via palmanova by 30 m) developed on an open plan which find reason and measure in the relationship with the surroundings (figure 2). they rise four floors above ground, from which stand out as many towers of nine floors. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 26 figure 1 (a) concept design figure 2 (b) project definition for renovation of crescenzago area the towers are in dialogue with the overlooking tower house on via civitavecchia, thus forming a protective riverbed of the internal open space. the internal open space is organized on different dimensions that are divided into two elements for descriptive simplicity, even though it is a single reservoir. the first, the market square, where the weekly municipal market takes place, overlooked by bodies b and c (figure 3). in these, the semi-public and service activities are contained on the ground floor, equipped with gardens, and reception areas raised by +1.2 m. the second, the hypogeous square, at an altitude of -3.50 m, which opens to transit to the north-east towards the metro, to the northwest towards the underpass and to the south towards the park. it constitutes a proposal to the city that involves a small area outside the perimeter of the project area. this area is connected to the mm stop and especially to the underpass, surrounded by commercial and service areas. it is connected by a gentle slope of about 3% towards via civitavecchia along which there are several shops or alternatively personal services under a large porch in body a (figure 3). the services are in continuity with the market square through a staircase with variable steps, dotted with mulberry trees. all the external paving, integrated with green tree-lined areas adjacent to the shops overlooking the public space, or to the tree-lined rows in the junction between the two squares, where even the existing trees are recovered and integrated in the design, prosperous and of greater interest, are made of permeable material such as beaten calcestre and characterized by a design consisting of curbs and stairs in light-colored hard stone, for a total of 6’029 square meters, which together with the green areas of the gardens and the green appurtenant add up to 10’455 square meters, or over 70% of the surface between green and permeable. 3.1 open and close space organisation the outdoor open space, apart from the related gardens, which mostly constitute small private vegetable gardens of the residences in front, is instead made up of green areas. in general, they are equipped with urban vegetable gardens for the district use, with different possible management expressions. for example, urban farming, or vegetable tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 27 gardens in rotation, equipped with huts, greenhouses, possible nurseries crossed by bicycle and pedestrian paths. in this sense, similarly here it would seem important and consistent with its function, to involve for similar use the disused state-owned riverbed located south-west of the area to ban, therefore outside the project area. in this area there could be more space for the vegetable gardens, but correspondingly equipped with pergolas. in this way a design imprint born from the context is underlined, oriented to critical regionalism and aimed at a de-globalized architecture. as we have said, the ground floors of the buildings overlooking the inner courtyard are, in principle, all service activities. in this way, buildings b and c overlooking the market square and equipped with reception areas raised by +1.2m. this threshold reconciles public space and private or service space and at the same time acts as an inhabited garrison of the square and its surroundings. in particular, building c near the underground square will contain social activities connecting the two levels. on the opposite side, outside the square of the two buildings, that is, towards the portions of greenery used as public vegetable gardens, there are instead particular social residences. the latter, being on the ground floor, can more easily accommodate homes for the elderly. or, since they are easily accessible, they can host particular study houses or laboratories on two levels, always with an open green space or private vegetable garden in front of them. the base of building a, on the other hand, consists of a 4.5m "illuminated floor" on the street front towards via civitavecchia, intended for commercial activities of different sizes. for example, a medium shopping mall, finger food, neighbourhood businesses such as newsagents, housewares, clothing, grocery store, wine shop, tavern / bookshop, etc. in general, of interest at the scale of the neighbourhood. it is also possible to imagine, depending on the emerging demand, that these activities can be alternated with productive activities with an aggregative nature. for example, coworking spaces, art workshops, workshop/coffee shop cycle, but as well small crafts such as barbershop, laundry, shoemaker, ice-cream shop/pastry shop. towards the courtyard, on the other hand, under the porch along the sloping hypogeous square and connecting to the mm and the underpass (figure 4), there are commercial businesses, enabled by the traffic induced by transit to and from the metro, but which can also easily be sized for social functions. the basement of the foundation of all the buildings is occupied by parking lots, cellars and connected by internal ramps and elevators. since it is based on the idea of a settlement mixité, even the conceived residential system allows to manage the distribution inside the buildings with extreme ease. the accommodation between social and free residences is located on the three lower floors and in the towers with very flexible and variable housing sizes. the housing units are connected by illuminated and ventilated staircases, with a maximum of four accesses for each one. assuming that body a is assigned to the free and b and c to the social housing, 8’205 m2 of sl social residence are obtained, in the different forms of agreed or moderate rental. in addition to the 1’230 m2 of personal services, located on the square floor. these spaces are at the service of the elderly, children, immigrants and disabilities. these areas can also be at the service of possible workshops and student services to be configured in different possible forms, compared to 2’892 m2 of sl free residence, and 1.397sqm of sl between commercial and free production that fund substantially the operation. the 30% of the total volume built, is in fact equal to only 0.31 ut, index of use. each apartment is equipped with a loggia of about 6 m2, a sort of small room to live outside that offers feedback of natural air often double and triple exposure. other accommodations can always be easily merged into larger accommodations. principles that allows to imagine more or less pushed forms of cohousing, with the placement of common service spaces to give more space for private use, even for social housing. they can be for example: laundry, reception/lobby room, living/ guest house/common kitchen, study room/library, utensils, gym, swimming pool lounge, common room, music room, etc.). last but not least, the settlement of different generations, young and old, allows to trigger ways of mutual support in the care and distribution of individual times. the roofs of the buildings naturally host some elements of planting, but for the most part, they are common space configured as a roof garden, with spaces for games and vegetable gardens. they are protected by a crowning canopy projecting outward of 1,6 m to support a circle of photovoltaic panels. in terms of construction, the design was based on a buildings’ structural framework of 6,4x6,4m. the structural mesh is designed to allow all spaces to be modulated both in the traditional way, with ordinary 30x40cm pillars and thick reinforced concrete beams, and in x-lam or drywall. however, in buildings with a social purpose, where a rather intense turnover of guests is desirable, the flexibility of the traditional structure is relevant. the use of lightweight internal partitions therefore remains the solution even with the most competitive economic balance sheet. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 28 figure 3 (a) uses in the different units figure 4 (b) underpass and connection with the city. finally, the external cladding of buildings is naturally based on the principles and materials of bio-architecture. they are composed of bush-hammered brick facades, with reference to the nearby romanesque church of santa maria tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 29 rossa or the glorious buildings in the feltre district. the inserts of the window compartments are equipped with external sliding shutters, coloured in bright colours like the window frames, protected by flashings. 3.2 sustainability and energy aspects the residential portion accounts for a majority share of the built area of 78% while services account for 9% and the trade section covers a share of 13%. considering also the green areas that are an integral part of the functional program of the project, however, the distribution is 58% for the residence, 26% of green areas distributed on the ground and on buildings, 10% for commercial areas and 6% for services for social housing. these account for 74% o f the share of residences, while 26% is free building. the energy uses of the various functions weigh more from the point of view of electricity consumption as the building will be thermally efficient thanks to insulation and thermal mass (uav,op = 0.16 w/m2k; uw = 1.1 w/m2k) and will use low energy content materials in lca (life cycle assessment) and equipped with epd and the use of efficient systems. the buildings will in fact be equipped with heat pump systems powered by electricity from solar renewable energy. the heat pump systems will be of the vertical geothermal probe type or with active foundations for the production of heating, cooling and domestic hot water. a centralised vmc (controlled mechanical ventilation) system will be used in commercial spaces while for the residential section natural ventilation will be maximised, possibly integrated locally. 57% of energy uses will therefore be for electrical uses, including kitchens, while 20% will be used for the preparation of domestic hot water, 14% for space heating and 9% for cooling. the use of the green system as a characterising element will also reduce the need for local air conditioning thanks to wind protection (in winter) and solar shading (in summer), with energy savings of up to 15%. in the calculation of the potential of the site, a conservative estimate has been used considering the co2 assimilated and stored by the plant apparatus and not the co2 avoided thanks to the reduction of the temperature of the site and therefore for cooling, which in any case will benefit the project. below are the key performance indicators (kpis) of the project (figure 5, figure 6)). figure 5 (a) key perfformance indicators figure 6 (b) uses and consumption distribution diagrams tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 30 in order to carry out a zero-impact project, the energy consumed for winter and summer air conditioning, ventilation, domestic hot water preparation and electrical uses was considered. this energy is produced by high-efficiency plants powered by renewable sources for the pursuit of a near-zero energy settlement whose emissions are absorbed by the plant that is part of the project and that allows to achieve a neutral and indeed positive balance, i.e. to provide oxygen to the city as well as making the project zero impact. therefore, the absorption by the green areas on the roof and in the square has been calculated, in addition to the planned plant essences, to connect the new settlement to the lambro park using native or naturalized essences and paying attention to the seasonal and maintenance effects of the greenery as well as the ornamental value and the effects from the point of view of co2 absorption. water saving has also been included among the kpis and the use of rainwater for compatible uses is expected. 3.3 strategies for the 10 climate challenges the project is the result of the analysis of the specificity of the site with respect to the built, natural and biological and social context. the project has in fact considered the social support activities present in the territory as an integral part for the inputs of the project proposal. the project provides strategies and actions for all the proposed challenges with respect to the specificity of the area of intervention. it enhances the resources and constraints of the territory that in this case allow a strong relationship of the intervention with three areas. the first is represented by the public park. the second is the infrastructure for the connection and distribution of public transport passenger flows that is reorganized and implemented, correlating the activities included in the buildings in the community social fabric that allows to promote inclusive actions that operate in parallel. the third is the activities of the local onlus that deal with culture, pedagogical methodologies oriented to the recovery of social discomfort and work for the protection and social cohesion at wide range. the 10 climate challenges proposed by the call are the basis of the reflection on the project. from these challenges develops the configuration of the proposed settlement for the crescenzago site even before a morpho-typical concept (figure 7). compared to the 10 challenges, therefore, the reduction of the environmental impact generated by carbon emissions from all proposed activities was considered in the first instance. in the second instance, high efficiency buildings were considered with regard to the energy containment carried out by the building-plant system. below is the relational model that shows the transversal of the strategies and technologies adopted. they make it possible to respond to several challenges at the same time, placing the user and the promotion of sustainable behaviour at the centre. figure 7 (a) the reinventing cities challenges and the project strategies. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 31 in the diagram (figure 8) the largest nodes are the ones that have the most connections. it can be seen that many strategies of the project support the mandatory challenges of energy efficiency and sustainable materials management and circular economy while the connection between the two themes is represented by the central action of promoting sustainable behaviour in the smart community (red dots). the strong environmental and social footprint of the la main ouverte project are evident in the diagram. figure 8 (a) relational diagram of the strategies adopted considering the 10 climate challenges. it shows how most of the proposed strategies and actions respond to the challenges of resilience and adaptation, biodiversity-urban biodiversity and agriculture, through actions related to innovative architecture and design, smart cities, inclusive strategies and new ecological systems. the proposed strategies, actions and technologies make it possible to respond simultaneously to several challenges by showing the systemic vision that has guided the project that addresses all the challenges of the call for proposals. 3.4 smart technologies and renewable energies a system of photovoltaic sunshades, to protect the facades, will be installed on the perimeter of the green roof that allows a low reflection index (to reduce the heat island): the roof also allows a high permeability power of the surface (to counteract washout and excesses of extreme weather events. i.e. resilience of the system from the point of view of weather events). the green roof will be of the extensive type with high thermal and acoustic insulation and with the possibility of rainwater drainage. the water is partly absorbed by the soil and partly returned to the natural cycle through transpiration. the photovoltaic system is expected to have a peak power of 292 kwp, with cradle to cradle certified panels from an environmental point of view and maximum efficiency of conversion of solar radiation into useful energy. tablthe system will be of the mixed type connected to the grid but equipped with a storage system that allows to mitigate production peaks due to climate change. in this way the grid is not totally burdened and a strategy for electricity continuity is proposed in the direction of security of energy supply (resilience and climate adaptation). in consideration of the new version of the european directive epbd 844/2018 for the containment of energy in buildings, the project pursues energy optimization through the “sensorisation” of environments in a smart way. this promotes virtuous attitudes and awareness of the energy effects of their lifestyle for users. users will have the possibility to monitor the internal consumption of homes, detecting the internal conditions through significant parameters for the characterization of ieq (indoor environmental quality). these are temperature and humidity, in order to maximize savings and ensure thermo-hygrometric comfort, the illuminance, to allow to modulate the indoor tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 32 lighting compared to daylighting saving electricity, co2 and pm10 sensor for ventilation control and air pollution reduction (figure 9, figure 10). figure 9 (a) green roofing surfaces for co2 capture figure 10 (b) pv panels ans smart technologies scheme. 4. results 4.1. acoustic design the intervention is within the framework of the acoustic standards prescribed by the dpcm of 5 december 1997, which indicates the passive performance limits of the casing, internal and external partitions and system noise limits. the dpcm also indicates the performances relative to the internal acoustic comfort of all spaces used for collective activities, as well as those for residential use. for these spaces in particular, the requirements relating to standardised façade sound insulation [d2mn,nt,w], airborne sound insulation [rw] and footfall sound insulation [ln,w] between different building units and the levels of discontinuous cycle [lasmax] and continuous cycle [laeq] systems will have to be verified, also due to the design forecast in conjunction with residential and commercial functions and small laboratories and neighbourhood activities. it is also necessary to verify, according to the common procedure of the acoustic climate assessment, the respect of the emission and emission limits. for the verifications, reference is made to the provisions of art.8 of law 447/95 and in compliance with the piano di zonizzazione acustica of milan. these checks are also important in view of the presence of the via palmanova (type b main suburban roads) as well as the mm2 line on the surface, relative to the cascina gobba milan axis. this line extends along the entire via palmanova as far as the border with the municipality of vimodrone (for the purposes of drawing up the soundproofing plan, surface underground sections are assimilated to railways), coinciding with the cascina gobba station. the intervention site is identified in class iv (areas of intense human activity) by the acoustic classification of the municipality of milan, with laeq limits of 65 db(a) diurnal and 55 db(a) at night and quality values (art.7 dpcm 14.11.97) laeq 62 db(a) diurnal and 52 db(a) at night. the input limit values are extended to 70 db(a) diurnal and 60 db(a) nocturnal since the area is included in band a, referred to in article 3, subparagraph 1, letter a) of dpr no. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 33 459 of 18/11/1998. with reference to the piano di azione 2013 for the milan agglomeration dl 194/2005 "implementation of directive 2003/49/ec relating to the assessment and management of environmental noise", the part relating to the area of interest that shows the mapping of day-night and night noise related to road and rail traffic (mm2) is deleted, verifying graphically the variations following the inclusion of the project plan. the diagrams exemplify the acoustic criteria that partly guide the positioning and sizing of the new building curtains. in particular, the body of the building on the side of via palmanova, whose facade wire placed about 45m from the axis of the underground line tracks and about 53m from the road axis of via palmanova, is prudentially spaced from the two environmental noise generators. it also shields the rest of the settlement (figure 11, figure 12). figure 11 (a) acoustic situation of the area lden (dba) railway infrastructure h 4 m sdf; lden (dba) railway infrastructure h 4 m prg lnight (dba) ) railway infrastructure h 4 m sdf; lnight (dba) ) railway infrastructure h 4 m prg lden (dba) road infrastructureh 4 m sdf; lden (dba) road infrastructure h 4 m prg lnight (dba) road infrastructure h 4 m sdf; lnight (dba) road infrastructure h 4 m prg figure 12 (b) acoustic analyses related to the main roads and railway. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 34 the design configuration promotes a significant reduction in noise pressure in correspondence with the new square. it is planned on a double level and extends to a lower level as far as the entrance to the pedestrian underpass in via palmanova with access to the underground station. in this way it offers a precious opportunity for the creation of protected collective spaces characterized by low sound input levels within better standards of environmental comfort. in compliance with the input, emission and differential limits provided for by the regulations and the acoustic zoning plan, all the necessary measures must also be taken to ensure that the sum of the sound levels due to the anthropic contribution, the plant engineering contribution (u.t.a.) and the contribution from road traffic induced by the new activities installed do not exceed the permitted limits. finally, with regard to the above-ground underground section, atm has drawn up the piano d’azione pursuant to legislative decree 194/05 "implementation of directive 2002/49/ec relating to the assessment and management of environmental noise". for the above-ground underground section between the udine cimiano crescenzago stops, vertical soundproofing barriers will be installed to replace the current rail fence. for the area of interest, this plan provides for the construction of a barrier 300m long and 4m high, which is expected to be completed within the twelfth year of implementation of the plan (2024). 4.2. green design in general, to widespread greenery has a great importance in the project. the roofs of the new buildings, almost 3’000 m2, are configured as extensive roof gardens. they include some intensive inserts that make it possible to integrate both vegetable gardens available to condominiums and more decorative plants in the subdivision given by the walkways equipped with playful neighbourhood functions. above is the reason for the constructive benefits in terms of insulation and induced energy savings. no less, in the public spaces of squares and gardens we think it is crucial to maintain a balance of the microclimate through the insertion of rows of vines. in particular in the squares where there are many activities related to services and exercises located on the ground floor of all buildings. for this reason, we have inserted, where possible, rows of morus nigra in the tiered areas, characterized by relatively high foliage and also edible red fruits. in the parking areas, on the other hand, where the design of the ground is enriched with additional greenery and equipment for administration or work, we have introduced large celtis australis, solid and of great urban and milanese tradition, partly taken from the existing greenery design. for the private and rotational vegetable gardens in treated soil along the western border, on the other hand, the design is built from the projections of the shadows of the buildings during the solstice periods, characterized by the easily manageable modular design of 1.60m and service corridors between them (figure 13). figure 13 (a) architectural configuration and activities/strategies. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 35 4.3. site potential calculation model a calculation model for the energy balance of the la main ouverte project was used from the very first phases of the functional distribution in order to verify in real time the impact and the resources to be deployed to meet the objectives of energy efficiency and reduction of environmental impacts. indeed, the energy needs for heating, cooling, ventilation, domestic hot water production and consumption for electrical equipment and distribution spaces (service uses) for the various sectors were considered. the thermal, electrical and primary energy shares of the project have been calculated (table 1). the building integrated photovoltaic (bipv building integrated photovoltaic) system allows to produce 82.5% of the electrical needs of buildings that include all uses, while 17.5% of the energy will be taken from the grid or stored; in the calculation in any case the grid is conservatively used as a reservoir and therefore a share of emissions that must be absorbed by the green system (table 2). the photovoltaic system optimizes the positioning using a horizontal inclination so that it can become extensive on the perimeter of the roofs of buildings without distinction of orientation and in order to simultaneously perform a building function of protection of the facades from rainwater. as far as water saving is concerned, there will be a reduction of 30-50% of white water and 100% of grey water, using rainwater for compatible uses in buildings and for irrigation (table 3). table 1. energy consumption of the project energy consumption unit housing services commercial thermal energy heating cooling dhw kwh kwh kwh 221’940 110’970 355’884 12’300 24’600 7’580 18’260 36’520 electricity appliances services kwh kwh 110’910 18’904 7’296 35’420 total eletrical energy kwh 406’304 total primary energy kwh 983’257 specific primary energy kwh/m2 69.68 60.58 64.53 total specific primary energy kwh/m2 69.47 table 2. energy production of the project energy production unit housing services commercial nominal pv power kwp 292 pv surface /project surface m2/m2 0.091 pv production kwh 335’036 solar fraction % 82.5 tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 36 table 3. water saving of the project water saving unit housing services commercial clear water saving % 50 30 grey water saving % 100 100 100 the green absorption will take place through green roofs and the planting of an urban forest of trees and shrubs (≤10% single species, ≤20% same genus, ≤30% species of the same family) chosen with respect to the compatibility with the uses of the square, maintenance and durability of the systems in addition to the specific absorption capacity and it will be possible to absorb all the co2 resulting from the share not covered by solar fraction (share of electricity from photovoltaic sources) and also to absorb a greater share of co2 serving the area and the city (table 4). in this configuration the new intervention and the green infrastructure are creating a zero carbon settlement and a system that can improve significanlty beyond the border of the intervention area and it is beneficial for a brader city context. the approch and the calculation model can be adopted and replicated for achiving the eficiency targets in similar renovation actions and the results can raise awarness about the energy impact of different building uses. ths can be remakable when new mixed uses settlements are required and critically approached. table 4. co2 emissions capture by greenery green capture unit housing services commercial co2e emissions to capture tco2 30.87 green surface (square, green rooftops) m2 5104.4 project green surface / m2 m2/m2 0.36 trees for carbon absorption n. 30 co2e emissions compensated tco2 34.28 5. inclusive actions, social benefits, community involvement for a community, the involvement of the wider physical and social territory in which it is located is intrinsic to its existence. systemic actions involve neighbourhood relations at the most diverse scales -local or neighbourhoodas well as time in the short or long term. the weekly market linked to the farmsteads, the local social, cultural or recreational associations, the subsistence groups linked to services to the person already rooted in the territory, will be able to guide in a more concrete way the choice of services and equipment to be installed. therefore some actions starting from the various realities already existing, combined with the potential of space and functions existing in the project la main ouverte are listed (table 5). table 5. actions for community cultural growth. sector activities and cultural renovation culture and art a programme of artist residencies, mentorship projects and musical, artistic, cultural and multimedia workshops. on the long term, actions already experienced as a festival of participated music, protagonists the citizens and that, starting from the central square, extends throughout mano aperta until the original settlement of crescenzago, the metro station and beyond. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 37 table 5 continued nature and sustainability an annual calendar of workshops for different age groups with cascina library on garden culture and sustainability, zero-kilometre agricultural production, gardening. knowledge and memory fostering mutual support between the different components of the community, through support actions involving young people, teachers, neighbourhood associations and parents, promoting the meeting between "memory bearers" (adults and seniors) and young people. the result can be a "participated" documentation that can give life to blogs, web radio or community podcasts in the neighbourhood. an exchange of knowledge between generations that is of skills and "know-how": by the elderly linked to more traditional and artisan activities, by young people to technological and digital practices: a perfect definition of community of co-workers and workshops. associations and companies the exchange of knowledge on a larger scale, with the locally already active associations -cyclotourism associations or local craftsmento create a ciclofficina or a social carpentry shop that becomes a meeting point and a space for collaboration of the inhabitants. particular attention will be paid to developing, together with the private companies present e.g. rcs and sony incubation of activities and training courses that provide the skills needed to enter the world of work. 6. conclusions the project promoted the development of a social housing with services and mixed use in the area of crescenzago, milan, using the public space and the community aggregator of the local market as a key activity for social development and design enhancement. the climate challenges adopted to define the guidelines of the reinventing cities contest are used in the project to shape the morphology of the architectural intervention. the project la main ouverte recalls the open hand and the space of the square as a fiduciary environment where social interaction are promoted and sustained to create a strong sense of belonging and community. the sustainability aspect has a key role in the project choices, the three pillar of environmental protection, economic affordability and social progress are all strongly included in the design, and strategies for the carbon zero intervention. the cooperation between built environment and natural environment achieves the goal to propose a zero carbon settlement with a buffer of co 2 absorption, which can be seen as a contribution for the city beyond the housing settlement and boundaries. the calculation model developed and tested in previous c40 competitions, has been adopted to outline the energy needs and environmental impacts related to the project framing a robust methodology for organizing a zero carbon new development while the social aspects are boosted and implemented. measures of energy efficiency, materials’ choices, renewable energy production, water saving and green systems are interconnected to organize a structured systemic approach replicable and scalable in renovation interventions that are improving our cities and abandoned areas in need of a advanced paradigm shift. sustainability and the zero carbon goal are now part of the arch itectural quality that is not more only defined by refined design and morphology nevertheless it includes the principles of the sdgs (sustainable development goals). acknowledgements the authors want to acknowledge the following colleagues and partners for their crucial contribution to the project phase: francesco de agostini founder of deagostiniarchitetti, international laboratory of architecture and urban design ilaud, milan and lorenzo serafin for the acoustic focus. moreover, the authors want to mention: h+ s.r.l. for the integrated socio-cultural activities design, alberto campolongo of immobiliare porpora loreto s.r.l., alberto lunghini of reddy’s group s.r.l. for their support and enlightening discussion. tagliabue/ the academic research community publication pg. 38 references sedova, a., & balakina, a. (2020) reinventing cities towards being smarter. in iop conference series: materials science and engineering, , vol. 869, no. 2, p. 022023. iop publishing, https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/869/2/022023 strippoli, v. (2020) project role for climate change in the urban regeneration. reinventing cities winning projects in milan and rome. temajournal of land use, mobility and environment, 13(3), 375-388, https://doi.org/10.6092/1970-9870/7158 bringault, a., eisermann, m. and lacassagne, s. (2016). cities heading towards 100% renewable energy by controlling their consumption, food for thought and action, pag 1-28, isbn : 978-2-919083-09-1 poupeau, h. (2014) adaptation of the climat pratic support tool to the air climate plan and the context of the grenoble -alpes-metropole agglomeration community; adaptation de l'outil d'accompagnement climat pratic au plan air climat et au contexte de la communaute d'agglomeration grenoble-alpes-metropole, rn:50020495 ripple, w., wolf, c., newsome, t., barnard, p., moomaw, w., & grandcolas, p. (2019) world scientists' warning of a climate emergency. bioscience, volume 70, issue 1, january 2020, pages 8–12, https://doi.org/10.1093/biosci/biz088 crichton, d., nicol, f., & roaf, s. (2009) adapting buildings and cities for climate change. routledge, isbn 9781856177207 huovila, p. (2007) buildings and climate change: status, challenges, and opportunities. unep/earthprint, https://wedocs.unep.org/20.500.11822/7783 bamdad, k., cholette, m. e., omrani, s., & bell, j. (2021) future energy-optimised buildings—addressing the impact of climate change on buildings. energy and buildings, 231, 110610, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enbuild.2020.110610 power, a. (2010). housing and sustainability: demolition or refurbishment?. proceedings of the institution of civil engineers-urban design and planning, 163(4), 205-216, issn 1755-0793 carli, r., dotoli, m., pellegrino, r., & ranieri, l. (2015) using multi-objective optimization for the integrated energy efficiency improvement of a smart city public buildings' portfolio. in 2015 ieee international conference on automation science and engineering (case) (pp. 21-26). ieee, https://doi.org/10.1109/coase.2015.7294035 gong, m., ouyang, j. l., & ge, j. (2018) energy-efficiency renovation measures of existing residential buildings and their effects on reducing energy use and co2 emission——taking hangzhou city in the hot summer and cold winter region as a case study. journal of zhejiang university (engineering science), 10, 1822-1827 harding, a., deas, i., evans, r., & wilks-heeg, s. (2004) reinventing cities in a restructuring region? the rhetoric and reality of renaissance in liverpool and manchester. city matters: competitiveness, cohesion and urban governance, 33-49, https://doi.org/10.1332/policypress/9781861344458.001.0001 dwikardana, s. reinventing cities as global players. jurnal ilmiah hubungan internasional, 2020, 95-102. kline, e. (2000) planning and creating eco-cities: indicators as a tool for shaping development and measuring progress. local environment, 5(3), 343-350, https://doi.org/10.1080/13549830050134275 boddy, m., & parkinson, m. (eds.). (2004) city matters: competitiveness, cohesion and urban governance. bristol university press,policy press, https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt1t89c01 ambrosiani, j., & quadri, i. (2020) la rinascita del naviglio martesana: un nuovo centro per crescenzago, thesis, poltecico di milano. dalton, t., horne, r. e., hafkamp, w., & lee, m. (2008) retrofitting the australian suburbs for sustainability. steering sustainability in an urbanising world: policy, practice and performance, 215-225, ashgate publishing ltd, http://trove.nla.gov.au/work/32070113 graham, s., & aurigi, a. (1997) virtual cities, social polarization, and the crisis in urban public space. journal of urban technology, 4(1), 19-52, https://doi.org/10.1080/10630739708724546 mcquire, s. (2017) geomedia: networked cities and the future of public space. john wiley & sons, https://doi.org/10.1080/08111146.2019.1571155 toccolini, a., fumagalli, n., & senes, g. (2006) greenways planning in italy: the lambro river valley greenways system. landscape and urban planning, 76(1-4), 98-111, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landurbplan.2004.09.038 https://doi.org/10.1093/biosci/biz088 https://wedocs.unep.org/20.500.11822/7783 https://www.jstor.org/publisher/bristolup https://doi.org/10.1080/08111146.2019.1571155 http://www.press.ierek.com issn (print: 2537-0154, online: 2537-0162) international journal on: the academic research community publication pg. 59 doi: 10.21625/archive.v6i1.880 changing academics’ ways of working: towards a distributed university campus alessandra migliore1, chiara tagliaro2, andrea ciaramella3 1 department of architecture, built environment and construction engineering & department of management, economics and industrial engineering. politecnico di milano, milan, italy 2 department of architecture, built environment and construction engineering, politecnico di milano, milan, italy, 3 department of architecture, built environment and construction engineering, politecnico di milano, milan, italy abstract academics are a peculiar category of knowledge workers whose work, by nature, is characterized by undefined time and space and includes individual and collaborative activities. over the past decades, academics have progressively evolved their typically university-centric way of working towards a hybrid, spatially distributed model that includes home and other spaces. the spread of the covid-19 pandemic has accelerated the redrawing of the geography of workspaces for academics and has opened up opportunities to enable creative, innovative and socially sustainable ways of working. indeed, working from other spaces than the official workplace can not only have positive impacts on productivity, creativity, and collaboration of academics and staff, but also increase the attractiveness and inclusivity of university campuses by proposing a campus model that is spread across the territory according to the individual needs of its users. while there are already some cases where university campuses accommodate coworking spaces, libraries and innovation hubs within them, evidence of academics using other spaces off-campus is scarce. this research investigates whether, and to what extent, the use of off-campus spaces by italian academics is a likely and desirable prospect for the future, based on how much their way of doing research has evolved during the covid 19 pandemic towards a multi-local way of working. a questionnaire was distributed among italian tenured academics. this chapter presents a quantitative and qualitative interpretative analysis of the data collected from 1,199 answers to this questionnaire. results describe different profiles of multi-local italian academics, in relation to the types of location they work from, the experience they had during the covid-working period and the future they wish for at university campuses. the evidence on multi-local work presented in this chapter shows implications both for academic staff and for university management. the former could approach work in a more distributed way such as it would extend university campuses to an urban and extra-urban dimension. the latter are called upon to meet the needs of their staff using socially sustainable ways of managing their facilities within and beyond campus boundaries. © 2022 the authors. published by ierek press. this is an open access article under the cc by license (https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/). peer-review under responsibility of archive’s international scientific committee of reviewers. keywords covid-19; academia; multi-local work; distributed campus 1. introduction in recent decades, the diffusion of information and communication technology (ict) and the availability of new digital tools enabled knowledge-intensive workers to spread their work activities across multiple locations (ojala & http://www.press.ierek.com/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 60 pyöriä, 2017; di marino & lapintie, 2018). multi-locality of work means mixing several locations in different times of the day or of the week to perform work activities (di marino & lapintie, 2018). recent literature h as focused on multiple reasons that drive the choice of working multi-locally, as well as on the personas that select a multi-local spatial pattern. however, only a few studies (e.g., bruchell et al., 2020; wheatley, 2020; di marino & lapintie, 2018; ojala & pyöriä, 2017) analyzed which types of locations workers access, how often and, most importantly, what may be the impact of such a phenomenon on the urban environments. moreover, the current literature has extensively focused on broad categories of multi-local workers – e.g., knowledge workers (burchell et al., 2021) – while job-type specifications may be crucial. among the population of multi-local workers, academics have been overlooked, even though their way of working has always been mobile across several different places. on one hand, their need for multi-disciplinary collaborations, entrepreneurial activities, and connections with enterprises (rajalo & vadi, 2017) brings their work off-campus and in third places (oldenburg, 1989), such as cafés, restaurants, public outdoor spaces, etc. on the other hand, their need for concentration and individual work (seddigh & berntson, 2014; gornall & salisbury, 2012) as well as family duties and personal motivations pushes academics to work at home (mokhatarian et al., 1998). the research presented in this chapter focuses on academics as a specific type of knowledge workers (gornall & salisbury, 2012) who have adopted multi-locality of work. the disruptive impact of covid-19 on the world of work has also been crucial for academic work and opened up new opportunities for redesigning work policies and workspaces within and beyond university campuses. indeed, campuses are centers of innovation and social sustainability within cities and require adequate collaboration between their users (i.e., students and academics) and the city at large (den heijer et al., 2018). for these reasons, this research aims at understanding the profiles of academics that adopted a multi-local work during the so-called “covid-working” period, meaning the period in-between strict lockdown phases when academics were not “obliged” to work-from-home but they were relatively free to decide where to work (tagliaro & migliore, 2021). the definition of profiles of multi-local academics integrates information on (i) the types of other spaces, beyond home and the campus, they accessed during covid-working and (ii) the most valuable needs that drove their choice to be multi-local. consequently, this research aims at reflecting on the implications that these flexible habits may have on future university campus models as extended organisms at an urban scale which are made up of multiple work locations. according to this framework, this chapter attempts to answer the following research questions: who are the academics that adopted multi-local work during covid-working? which implications does multi-locality bring to future university campuses? in order to address the two research questions, the study presents a literature review on multi-local work for academic work. furthermore, the chapter presents the results of a survey distributed to the whole population of italian tenured academics in summer 2020. the analysis yields three profiles of multi-local workers and their research and spatial practices within different work locations. since these results only represent the italian academic community, it is not possible to generalize the needs of multi-local academics. nevertheless, this analysis adds to the limited literature on the topic a definition of three distinct profiles of multi-local workers and elaborates on the potential implications of more distributed work practices of academics for future university campuses and cities at large. our findings contribute to the literature on work location patterns, multi-local and remote work. by drawing attention to an important but understudied type of knowledge worker, our results also advance the literature on academic work and university campus management. 2. the significance of multi-location of work for academics the nature of knowledge work entails that it combines high cognitive skills with social interaction. knowledge workers need time to work alone for thinking, analyzing and reflecting, along with time to interact with others so that ideas can be generated and evaluated (ojala & pyöriä, 2017). this might be one of the reasons why the phenomenon of coworking spaces has been growing constantly in the past decade. indeed, coworking spaces have proved to support knowledge and creative workers in working alone together (spinuzzi, 2012), flexible sharing (ivaldi & scaratti, 2019), and peer-interaction (brown, 2017). academics and researchers – knowledge workers by definition – need a migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 61 pattern of different workspaces to optimize their levels of proximity and privacy, nevertheless there is little evidence about their specific multi-local patterns. in particular, information is missing about the multiplicity of spaces that they use to conduct their work, including coworking and similar spaces. nadler (2016) defined multi-locality as an active everyday life distributed in different places. multi-local work implies that workers have the freedom to choose the workplaces they prefer from a pool of potential places reasonably accessible to them (liegl, 2014; kojo & nenonen, 2015). this selection derives from a conscious evaluation process aimed at maximizing benefits (spivack & milosevic, 2018) and it is frequently related to collaborative work activities (townsend et al., 2011). nonetheless, multi-local workers may face several challenges. for instance, as hislop and axtell (2008) report, space limitation and the unavailability of technological facilities made it hard to work in what oldenburg (1989) defined as third spaces or from home. moreover, working off-site means being absent from the assigned workspace, therefore reducing social relationships with colleagues and/or giving up a recognized position in the social hierarchy of the workplace. not by chance, multi-local work is less frequent in hierarchical business contexts. academics are less subjected to hierarchical mechanisms and have weaker organizational structures compared to company employees. in addition, their work is knowledge-intensive. for these reasons they benefit from location autonomy more than other categories of knowledge-workers. specifically, academic work has a dual nature. on the one hand, it is strongly remoteness-compatible and can be flexibly located in multiple spaces. this part of the academic work is configured as the timeless and spaceless work when academics read, write, and think individually or collaboratively (ylijoki et al., 2003), also facilitated by ict and online tools. on the other hand, research needs specific facilities on-campus or off-campus which vary according to the research field (haugen & aasen, 2016). this part of academic work configures as scheduled and location-dependent. it is characterized by strict project deadlines, in-presence teaching, lab experiments or research that requires special facilities and equipment, as well as administrative meetings. given the dual nature of academic work, the literature reports that academics mix flexible and fixed times and spaces (ylijoki et al., 2003; gornall & salisbury, 2012). indeed, academic work boundaries – if any – derive from temporal and spatial strategies aimed at finding an adequate balance in the use of space and time between the two parts of academic work (ylijoki et al., 2003). this research lays on the assumption that university campuses are complex architectures (kornberger & clegg 2003) which either formally or informally include multiple locations (i.e., university facilities, staff and students’ houses and other spaces). the inclusion or the exclusion of such locations for work within individual work patterns derives from personal and organizational motivations. gornall & salisbury (2012) summarized the evolution of spatiality of academic work as follows: first, the traditional on-campus model assumed that home was totally separated from work while the university campus was the work base; then, home gradually became a work location; and finally mobile working anywhere and anytime was progressively possible. at this point of extreme work flexibility academics decided to return to a campus workplace (for instance at alternative work hours or days). today, ten years after the gornall and salisbury paper, an evolution of spatiality of academic work occurs again, as academics integrate other third spaces to their workplace locations adopting multi-local work. namely, universities are connected more than ever to the urban environment they are embedded in through other spaces which accommodate work and learning activities. other spaces for research may include research-oriented and non-research-oriented locations. research-oriented spaces are, for instance, private labs, collaborators’ organizations, living labs. non-research-oriented locations, instead, include homes, coworking spaces, cafés, and public transport. specific consideration of those spaces is of utmost importance, especially in light of the covid-19 pandemic which forced knowledge workers to rethink their work locations. at the same time, universities have made unprecedented investments to improve onand off-campus infrastructures in order to rethink their role as urban attractors, innovation hubs and knowledge-sharing facilitators (rytkönen, 2015; baldry & barnes, 2012). for these reasons, universities are becoming increasingly dependent on the presence of non-academic spaces (chapman, 2006; den heijer, 2011; haugen & aasen, 2016; kuntz, 2012). while modern campuses host learning and working incubators for entrepreneurs (wissema, 2009), it is now frequent that universities partner with coworking spaces to host their students and staff. moreover, den heijer and curvelo magdaniel (2018) report that coffee shops and sport facilities are functional resources of the city that serve as crucial spaces for a dynamic university campus which has a strong relation with its urban environments. in such cases, other migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 62 spaces can support campus spaces in assisting community formation onand off-campus (temple, 2009; chapman, 2006; hampton & gupta, 2008; dowling & mantai, 2017). in addition, research work is strongly collaborative. it is frequent that academics work for and within third party and private companies’ sites. in fact, universities exploit external spaces to maximize their mission of sustainable development, integration within the city and inclusion (den heijer & curvelo magdaniel, 2018), as well as favoring exchanges between society and the university community by building a critical mass of local and foreign actors – including students, education institutions, training companies, knowledge industries, and science and technology centers (knight, 2014). finally, academics are strongly involved in field work and data collection activities which push them outside of the campus boundaries for a significant amount of their work week. according to this trend, the covid-19 pandemic may have engendered challenges for a socially sustainable development of distributed campuses through multi-local work. on the one hand, academics that adopted a multilocation pattern even during the covid-working period – with social distancing restrictions – stressed the relevance of alternative work locations for a part of the academic community. on the other hand, the pandemic may have amplified social inequalities (e.g., in terms of gender or age) among academics that adopted a multi-local pattern. for instance, burchell et al. (2021) found that female knowledge workers are usually more constrained in one single location, while men enjoyed more multi-local work. in addition, some disciplines or specific universities may have benefited from other spaces for research more than others because of their surrounding urban quality or because of the specific activities to be performed. this research aims at understanding who the italian academics that embraced multi-local work during the covid-working period are, and at identifying the implications of multi-local work practices on future university campuses. 3. multi-local work and the covid-19 pandemic the findings of this study are best understood in the context of “covid-working” as the adaptation period between covid-19 waves, when the freedom to move to other research locations returned almost to normal levels. during covid-working academics were somewhat free to move to locations different from their homes where they were locked down in strict emergency times, but still discouraged from full presence in university buildings. in italy, this period started just after the first lockdown phase (march – may 2020) and lasted over the summer until the second covid-19 wave in october 2020. our study refers to this time window (fig. 1). following the economist (2020) we divided present times in the b.c. before the coronavirus period and the a.d. after domestication. before coronavirus, academics worked mainly on-campus. university education and research was strongly associated with the idea of a precise physical environment. architecture of campuses was the means to transmit identity, ideals and values of the university community (temple, 2009). namely, every activity of the university used to revolve around the campus and researchers, students and businesses were co-located under the same roof. after domestication, academics increased the extent to which they work off-campus, either from home or from other spaces. such a flexibility of their work and teaching activities is leaving traditional workspaces on campus empty, while university activities are being distributed around the city, without a spatial core. figure 1: covid-working timeline migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 63 4. methodology 4.1 research data the data used in this chapter were collected through a large-scale survey that was administered to the whole population of italian tenured academics, with the aim of exploring their work habits during the covid-working period. the target population was sampled thanks to the italian education ministry’s lists (mur)1 that are publicly available online. these lists include all the italian scholars tenured in public italian universities but exclude phd students, postdoc researchers, and research grant holders. the target population was composed of 52,630 academics, based all over italy, and included all the scientific sectors of italian academia. after a pilot-test and pre-test (collins, 2003), our survey was distributed to the target population via email. participation was voluntary and confidential, and remained open from july 24th to september 24th, 2020. overall, 11,634 answers were collected (response rate 22,11%). the sample consists of 3,853 women (48.99%) and 4,012 men (51.01%). the respondents are on average 51 years old. they are geographically distributed all over italy (north, 48.29%; centre, 25.86%; south, 25.85%). the survey collected responses on different domains through both closed and open answers. according to the objectives of this research, we focused on the information about (i) locations of research activities, considering time spent at ‘campus’, ‘other spaces’, and ‘home’ during the covid-working period (i.e., after the first lockdown phase in italy); (ii) home life, meaning family composition, household duties and house spaces; (iii) research life, including collaborative work activities and involvement in institutional activities2. moreover, mur lists provided background information on research life (disciplines and academic seniority) plus individual characteristics included age, gender, university affiliation and geographical location. 4.2 sample selection and data analysis as a first access to our dataset, we initially explored research locations. since the objective of this chapter was to delineate profiles of multi-local academics, we dropped responses from those academics who were only home-centric, only university-centric or who accessed both home and university, without considering other spaces in their location pattern. accordingly, our dataset was composed of 1,199 usable and consistent answers (including 843 completed open-ended questions) from those who adopted a multi-local work, meaning that they worked from other spaces for a significant amount of their work week (i.e., equal or more than 1 time a week) in addition to home and the campus. the sample analyzed in this chapter represents 10.31% of the overall 11,634 answers. even if the sample is limited in size, the aim of this study is interpretative rather than statistical. the analysis proceeds with an elaboration of survey data using descriptive statistics as well as t-tests and anova tests for close-ended responses, and qualitative interpretation of open-ended answers. all the 1,119 closed-ended responses were considered for quantitative elaborations, whereas among the open-ended responses, only 442 provided information consistent with the objectives of this research. namely, the survey asked academics to comment on their own productivity during the covid-working period in relation to the location accessed for doing research. the qualitative analysis of the open responses takes inspiration from the gioia methodology (nag, corley & gioia, 2007). accordingly, we coded lower-level meanings (primary needs) and then, through a process of abstraction, we merged them first in macro themes and finally in overarching personas or profiles of multi-local academic workers. 5. results and discussion 5.1 other spaces for research during covid-working among other spaces for research, multi-local academics were strongly anchored to their home (mean=3.77 times a week), but they also worked from the campus (mean=2.07 times a week) and from other spaces (mean=2.60 times a week). indeed, as figure 2 shows, 433 academics (36.11% of the sample) worked from home more than five times a week, meaning that their access to other spaces was not weekly but rarer. in effect, 466 academics (38.87% of the 1 retrieved from: https://cercauniversita.cineca.it/php5/docenti/cerca.php. 2 as our research excluded on purpose teaching commitments, every question of the survey explicitly referred only to research activity. https://cercauniversita.cineca.it/php5/docenti/cerca.php migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 64 sample) accessed other spaces only once a week, while 505 academics (42,12% of the sample) consistently used other spaces for more than three times a week. concerning the access to campuses’ workspaces, a consistent number of academics (308, 25.69%) never returned oncampus during covid-working, while 446 academics (37.20%) worked on-campus more than 3 times a week. these first results depict an interesting figure: although during covid-working academics were almost free to move across different locations, a sizable amount of academics worked from home and only rarely accessed to other spaces, or to university workspaces. these results are not surprising as literature confirms that other spaces for research are alternative workspaces for temporary use and for flexible arrangements (hampton and gupta, 2008), thus we did not expect regular access to these spaces. moreover, the access to other spaces could have been limited because of the pandemic restriction policies (e.g., some of them were closed or enforced safe distances by reducing the capacity). figure 2: multiple locations of research during covid-working of the sample among other spaces we recognized three specific categories: (1) other universities or institutions, (2) third spaces such as coffee shops or coworking spaces, (3) in transit locations (i.e., in the car or trains). other specific locations came up also from open answers. this analysis at a higher granularity allowed us to inform more specifically the profiles of multi-local academics (see section 5.4). the distinction of access to such spaces either for individual and collaborative work (fig. 3) showed that third spaces (coworking spaces and coffee shops) are mostly used for collaborative work, while only rarely for individual work. on the contrary, cars and trains were actually temporary locations for individual work when reaching other locations of research. moreover, the greatest number of academics was involved in both individual and collaborative research activities in other universities or institutions. some researchers may have a double affiliation in other institutions and thus had the availability of a workstation in o ther spaces or they were frequently involved in collaborative research with other institutions or in fixed-term consultancy projects that require face-to-face meetings and the use of labs. indeed, other institutions or companies were those locations which are more frequently accessed by the multi-local academics in our sample, even for the full work week. finally, among other specified locations of research summer houses, private study spaces in second-apartments, colleagues’ houses, public libraries, museums, parks, and open experimental parks emerged as other spaces for research, as can be confirmed also from the open-ended responses analyzed below. indeed, it is frequent for academics to perform activities from privately owned offices where they can host clients (e.g., architectural studios) or benefit from specific technical facilities (e.g., in hospitals). migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 65 figure 3: frequency of access of other locations of research (beyond the home and the campus) these results question the mainstream view which attributes to knowledge workers a binary choice between home and office (spivack & milosevic, 2018), and supports the recent literature confirming how – in the case of academics – spatial boundaries of research work expanded at the urban level (wheatley, 2020; watson, 2007). our findings confirm this trend even during the covid-working period. gender, age and geographical locations of multi-local academics multi-local academics were more often men than women. specifically, 669 (55,80%) were men and 530 (44,20%) were women. this difference reflects the gender imbalance in academia, especially among more senior academics in italy. it is interesting to note that the difference between men and women in access to other spaces during covid working is more evident among those who used other spaces only 1-2 times a week and among those who used them almost always (more than 5 times a week). instead, among those whose work pattern remained more balanced in between home, campus and other spaces, the difference between men and women is negligible (fig. 4). figure 4: access to other spaces by gender concerning age distribution, a first observation is that the respondents were relatively old. on average the sample of multi-local academics is 52 years old (s.d.=9.29) with a minimum of 26 years and a maximum of 70. specifically, 457 academics (38.12% of the sample) belong to the range 51-60 years old. the main reason is that the survey was distributed only among tenured academics; in fact 31% of the overall sample belongs to the range 51-60 years old. figure 5 shows how often each age group accessed other spaces. migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 66 figure 5: access to other spaces by age groups to further articulate the relevance of these first differences that emerged, our analysis explored whether any statistically significant difference exists among genders and age groups in the access of specific types of other spaces for collaborative or individual activities. results of t-tests showed that no statistically significant difference between gender and age groups exists in the access to other spaces for collaborative research activities. instead, a difference emerged in the access to those spaces for individual research activities. namely, more men than women used other universities/institutions’ workspaces (p value=0.05) and coworking spaces or coffee shops (p value=0.04) for individual research during covid-working. as other authors argued, true work location autonomy is a male privilege (burchell et al., 2021), because women tend to be more tied to one single location (either the office in normal times, or the home in emergency times). reasons for such differences may relate to the unequal allocation of family and household duties between genders, especially among academics during the covid-19 emergency (cui et al., 2020). another intriguing figure emerged from the results of the one-way analysis of variance (anova) and from the subsequent tukey post-hoc comparison 3 in the four age groups. according to the analysis, the oldest group of academics (above 60 years) resulted as the most mobile with respect to the other groups. namely, considering the diverse types of other spaces investigated with the survey, this group accessed significantly more than the other age groups to other universities/institutions’ spaces both for individual (p value=0.002) and collaborative research (p value=0.008), probably because their experience and status allowed them more freedom of choice as well as a more frequent involvement in large research projects with companies and institutions. it is interesting to note that there is a quite evident gender imbalance in the oldest group (above 60 years old) among which only 29.0% of the sample is composed by women, while 71.0% is composed by men. again, this may reflect the female gap in italian academia, especially among more tenured academics, and the gendered access to alternative workspaces. the multi-local academics in our sample worked mainly in the north of italy (352, 29.36% in the north-west; 207, 17.26% in the north-east), second in the centre (325, 27.11%) and finally in the south (212, 17.68%) and on the islands (103, 8.59%). to better understand these results, we analyzed the specific distribution of the sample among italian university campuses. the sample is composed mainly of multi-local academics who work at the university of rome ‘la sapienza’ (93 responses), the biggest university in italy, the university of milano ‘la statale’ (88 responses), the public university of milan and, at the university of torino (59 responses). first, the university of rome ‘la sapienza’ has the highest number of academic staff (3,388 tenured scholars overall) and for this reason the fact that many observations come from this university was expected. university of milano ‘la statale’ and university of torino are respectively the fifth and the sixth universities with the highest number of tenured staff employed over the 67 public universities surveyed (after rome, bologna, napoli federico ii and padova university). these three universities are located in metropolitan cities and the literature confirms that multi-location of work is firstly a metropolitan phenomenon (vilhelmson and thulin, 2016). however, since the response rate of our survey strongly clustered around these big universities because they share the largest workforce, we looked at the rate of multi-local academics over the total academic staff of each university who answered the questionnaire (fig. 6). we found, conversely, that multi-local academics clustered in four universities: roma “tor vergata”, ferrara, palermo and 3 tukey post-hoc test allows to further articulate the results of the anova test by providing information on which group differ compared to every other group. migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 67 siena. these results may be explained considering the specific geographical locations of those universities. university of “tor vergata” is a multidisciplinary higher education institution located in the south-east periphery of rome metropolitan area, within the tor vergata district. differently from other campuses which are located in the city center (e.g., la sapienza), this campus configures as an enclosed area fairly distant from rome (i.e., more than one hour of commuting with public transport from the city center). for this reason, it is reasonable to assume that tor vergata academics live in the same neighborhood where the campus is located and may be encouraged to do multilocal working by the availability of nearby services that can be found in the district (de valderrama et al., 2020). similar motivations can explain results from the universities of ferrara, palermo and siena. in these cities, which are smaller with respect to the great metropolitan areas in italy and which share a strong academic vocation, distances between home and other spaces may be shorter and academics may have benefitted from more sustainable and safer commuting distance both to the campus and to other spaces confirming that commuting time is a crucial criterion for work location choice (mokhtarian and salomon, 1994). according to these results, multi-local academics emerged as people who exploited the benefits of the 15-minutes city (moreno et al., 2021): a city where the university campus is spatially linked to their neighborhood. figure 6: percentages of multi-located academics per university (calculated as the rate of multilocal academics over the total number of employed tenured staff in each institution) 5.2 research and family life of multi-local academics the survey explored both the research life and the family life of academics in order to grasp the main motivations that encouraged or hampered their multi-local pattern. among the overall sample, only 174 academics (14.51%) lived alone during covid-working, while 1,025 academics (85.49% of the sample) shared the house with at least another person. among these, 871 (72.64%) lived with a partner or spouse and 31.20% of the sample had school children. the number of academics who had pre-school children was even lower (11.59% of the sample) both because of the relatively old age of our sample and because multi-local work is inversely correlated with heavy family constraints (burchell et al., 2021). indeed, the youngest academics in our sample had more school children than the other age groups and they are at the same time those who accessed other spaces less frequently. the majority of the sample is composed of associate professors (531, 44.29%), then 238 (19.85%) are full professors and 430 (35.86%) are researchers – both with a permanent (320) and not permanent (110) contract. accordingly, the sample is almost equally divided among those with institutional roles (586 academics) and those without institutional roles (613 academics). noteworthy, the frequency of access to other spaces for research changes slightly according to seniority and eventually to the commitment in institutional roles. associate professors used other spaces more than the other categories – these are more males than females – while among lower status researchers – where women prevail – access to other spaces is the lowest. these results again confirm gender differences in employing multi-local work patterns. we further explored which disciplines the sample of multi-located academics belong to. based on the european research council categorization, our sample is composed as follows: 42.20% (506 academics) are life scientists, migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 68 30.53% (366 academics) are physical scientists and engineers, finally, 27.27% (327 academics) are social scientists and those who work in the humanities. analyzing these results more deeply, some intriguing figures emerged. as expected, the largest group of multi-local academics counts academics in medical and biological sciences, as these are those academics who needed access to external laboratories, hospitals and other public or private institutions to assure their work continuity during covid-working. also noteworthy, exploring if some disciplines outperform others in the access to other spaces, we found that beyond academics in medical sciences who are overall the most mobile subjects, the share of academics in legal sciences, civil engineering and architecture, agricultural and veterinary sciences and political and social sciences are those who accessed other spaces more frequently (fig. 7). these results reflected evidence from open responses of people in these disciplines stating that they are involved in consultancy activities that they perform in privately owned studios (e.g., architects and lawyers) or that they are frequently doing collaborative research with public and private institutions. figure 7: percentages of multilocal academics per discipline. we defined research life also considering the share of collaborative activities performed by our sample of multi-local academics. on average, they remained strongly collaborative during covid-working (mean: 34.94% of the total amount of time devoted to research: s.d. 21.85), although before covid-19 they were strongly more collaborative (mean: 46.16%; s.d.:23.06). according to the quartile distribution of the variable indicating the share of collaborative activity, we recognized four groups of academics: (i) strongly individual; (ii) individual; (iii) collaborative; (iv) strongly collaborative. the frequency of access to other space for work have a particular relation with those groups. those who were more collaborative during covid-working, more frequently accessed other spaces. namely, the 12.42% of those who did research from other spaces for a significant amount of time a week (i.e., 4 or 5 times a week), belong to the group of strongly collaborative researchers (fig. 8). indeed, multi-local working resulted strongly related to collaborative work (townsend et al., 2011), even if some academics escaped from home also for individual work. figure 8: access to other spaces and collaborative research work. migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 69 as expected, some disciplines are more collaborative than others. on the one hand, social scientists were more individual (more than the 50% of academics in these disciplines belong to the groups of very individual and individual academics). on the other hand, life scientists and physical scientists were more collaborative (about 70% of academics in both disciplines belong to the groups of collaborative and very collaborative researchers). in addition, collaborative activity is unbalanced between age groups. 46% of the youngest academics (40 y.o. or below) in our sample were individual researchers during covid-working, while the share of individual researchers is very much lower in other age groups, especially in older groups (only the 30% of the groups aged more than 51 y.o. is an individual researcher). this may be caused by the fact that younger individuals had more family constraints which pushed them to work from home more than their older colleagues and thus used other spaces less frequently (which are spaces typically devoted to collaborative activities). conversely, older academics have more institutional responsibilities and they usually coordinate research teams, which makes them more likely to collaborate and thus access other spaces. in summary, we found that during covid-working academics who adopted a multi-local pattern for their research were largely older adult men without family constraints (i.e., children), linked to other institutions’ workspaces for both collaborative and individual activities or to public third spaces (e.g., coffee shops and coworking spaces), especially for their collaborative activities. they were mainly associate or full professors who do research in life sciences. academics in legal sciences, architecture and civil engineering were, instead, linked to different kinds of other spaces (i.e., privately owned studios), both for their individual and collaborative work. such results suggest that multi-local work in academia is far from being an inclusive work pattern. namely, multi-local work is something that academics do not choose to adopt unless they are pushed to do so for external motivations. the following paragraph reports the results of the analysis of open responses. the analysis allowed us to understand which kind of external motivations push some groups of academics towards multi-local work and, thus, which are the profiles of multi-local academics. 5.3 the profiles of multi-local academics according to the open answers that the questionnaire collected and the descriptive statistics above reported, we defined three profiles of multi-local academics. namely, the profiles of multi-local academics helped interpret the criteria that the multi-local workers used to select their spatial locations for their research as well as their expressed needs. figure 9 summarizes the main findings. starting from grouping the primary needs as they emerged in open answers, we summarized ten macro themes which recap the main motivations pushing academics to look for other spaces for research during the covid-working period. the ten macro themes were associated with three profiles. the profiles were named as “the unhappy fugitive”, “the seeker” and “the near worker”. figure 9: open answers coding. migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 70 the unhappy fugitive is an academic who was strongly unsatisfied with his or her space for work or family reasons. there were academics who needed a private space for concentration (34.94% of the answers) and ict facilities better than the ones available at home (14.25% of the answers). for instance, for unavoidable commitments, like exams or important meetings, they accessed other spaces where they found a stable internet connection. alternatively, they sought a more evident division between work and life spaces (especially women) or they escaped from their family obligations (especially men). indeed, private-life intrusion in work activities was frequently reported as a covidworking issue in open answers (12.64% of the answers). “overall, i was much more productive in terms of drafting and submission [of scientific papers]. however, work has slowly become exhausting in terms of time and space, invading practically every place in the house. […] i have found myself in video conferences and business calls even at times previously unthinkable (8-8:30 am, 00-01:00 am). […] in practice, i can conclude that i am probably a more productive writer, but probably a less happy scientist and man...” (male fixed term researcher, university of napoli “federico ii”, chemical science). it is important to note that some academics reported having benefited from alternative work schedules. for instance, they were more productive in the evenings and thus required access to spaces at alternative work hours. “[…] staying long at the university i wasted a lot of time, because of continuous unavoidable interruptions by colleagues, students, bureaucratic issues etc... and especially because of the fact that the classic working hours are not suited to my rhythms of productivity. i only manage to write my work with adequate mental clarity between 5.30 pm and midnight, but of course not if i have spent the day at the university. […]” (female associate professor, university of genova, biology). this group also includes those who were unhappy with their academic community and preferred to work outside the university, to create their alternative work environment or to better concentrate (1.81% of the answers): “i work better without giving importance to colleagues' criticism, i feel freer and more indep endent to do my job. […] i take more pleasure in doing my work and feel more capable in everything. i am available to do work throughout the day, which means i am more up to date with developments.” (male associate professor, university of parma, medical sciences). the seeker is that type of academic who was strongly linked to a specific space for performing his or her research. namely there were bench scientists who needed laboratories (8.51% of the answers) or facilities in hospitals (4.37% of the answers) to be productive researchers. in addition, their need for formal and informal collaboration is an invaluable benefit of collocation in laboratory spaces or in other spaces (3.85% of the answers). “[my productivity] has certainly suffered a downturn due to the lack of phd students, postgraduates and thesis students in the labs, but with the partial resumption of activity in the labs we are now getting back up to speed. there will be no problems if we are not forced into further 'downtime'. my scientific productivity is the result of collegial work, made up of meetings and cultural exchanges that only take effect in the presence of others.” (female associate professor, university of campania ‘vanvitelli’, biological sciences). moreover, social scientists (‘bookworms’) needed libraries (both universities’ libraries and public or private libraries and archives, see di marino & lapintie, 2015) to seek out their research materials (8.97% of the answers), as well as close relations with the larger academic community and civil society. “the negative elements lie in the impossibility of accessing the [university] library (even though many resources can be found online or at least are available thanks to other libraries). there are also fewer opportunities to meet and socialize, which are already seriously unsatisfactory in my relations with my closest colleagues (the fact that i don't have to attend them is actually an advantage), but seemed better with scholars from other cities or civil society. however, online connections do not replace human contact.” (male associate professor, university of torino, legal sciences) the near worker is an academic who chooses to work in the vicinity of their home for several reasons. there are academics who had a second privately owned office, often accessible also by colleagues (1.81% of the answers). migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 71 among these, there are academics who explicitly needed to perform their medical freelance activity from other spaces (0.69% of the answers). “the absence of conferences has freed up many days, leaving me more time for both increasing freelance activity and scientific work” (male associate professor, university of milan, medical science). other academics lived far from the university main campus and preferred to work from other spaces in their neighborhoods (2.71% of the answers). there are also modern flaneurs – borrowing baudelaire definition – meaning those who exploit commuting time to reach their other spaces for work in order to reflect and think of their research: “[…] walking to your workplace is not wasted time! when you walk you have ideas, you keep thinking, staying in the same places all the time is not good for your research!" (female associate professor, university of rome “la sapienza”, mathematics and computer science) the three profiles are not mutually exclusive. they have to be intended as abstract profiles and not individual ones. however, profiling helped define motivations of the descriptive results above reported and articulate important implications on how a distributed campus model can inclusively allocate the needs and the requirements of the academic community. 6. conclusions the results of this study give an original contribution to the understanding of multi-local work in the academic context, which generally received little attention in the literature (e.g., koroma et al., 2014). even during the covid-working period, multi-local workers carefully selected their work locations between the university campus, the home and other spaces (di marino & lapintie, 2018). this study shows that specific types of other spaces turned out to be crucial for the work continuity of some academics. namely, other organizations’ premises were exploited for collaborative and individual activities for those academics who are involved in joint research work, public third spaces such as coffee shops, libraries or coworking spaces were used for teamwork and collaborations, and other locations such as in transit spaces (e.g., cars or trains) or privately owned studios were accessed for individual and collaborative activities respectively. this scenario related to the covid-working period helps figure out future development of the phenomenon and possible implications at the individual, university, and city level. the three profiles identified through qualitative analysis of open-ended responses and descriptive statistics suggest important implications on how the physical spaces may be supportive for (i) managing social sustainability of the academic work environment, (ii) effectively improving the alignment between campus facilities and the academic activities, and (iii) increasing the interactions between industry, universities, and public institutions at a city level. considering these external other spaces as integrated physical support to a model of distributed campus may have strong advantages for academics, universities, and cities. firstly, we found that, during covid-working, academics who adopted multi-local work for their research were predominantly older adult men without family constraints (i.e., children). they were mainly associate or full professors who do research in life sciences, legal sciences, architecture and civil engineering. even if the ability to work remotely promotes workplace inclusiveness (pyöriä, 2003), the unbalanced access to these spaces in relation to disciplines, genders and age show that multi-location of research work was generally not socially sustainable during covid-working. future campus models should engender policies of inclusion, in order to increase social sustainability and gender equality in academic institutions. for instance, literature is showing how female-oriented coworking spaces (sargent et al., 2020) may be sources of equality and inclusion in the work environment, providing more favorable commuting times, services which support work-life balance and a more inclusive atmosphere as well (clifton et al., 2019). while supporting multi-local work, universities may create partnerships with coworking space suppliers, which could in turn lead to positive results for collaboration and hybridizations of skills with other members of the space, as the literature on coworking suggests (brown, 2017; ivaldi & scaratti, 2019; spinuzzi, 2012), and give a distributed shape to university campuses. secondly, future campus models should integrate the other spaces that academics effectively used before and during the covid-working period. we need to increase our awareness that the work of academics does not only take place migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 72 within the traditional campus and that other spaces can be valorized within a unique strategic model. accurate planning policies of future campuses should support research life before, during, and after working hours by ensuring accessibility to campus and off-campus spaces. for instance, we intend a distributed campus strategy as a development strategy which considers that private spaces (i.e., homes, organizations’ premises, privately owned studios) and public spaces (i.e., coffee shops, libraries, parks) are all to be considered as university facilities which meet diverse academic work needs. in this way the campus model would become multi-centric instead of monocentric. analyzing the campus as an extended organism made of multiple work locations at the urban scale means considering the work patterns of their staff as the source of data to start a new university planning strategy. although a model of distributed campus may lead to a diffusion of a university’s identity that may hamper academics’ sense of community (den heijer & curvelo magdaniel, 2018), exploiting and converging off-campus spaces within a comprehensive campus strategy can represent a development opportunity from which all the stakeholders involved can benefit (including academics, students, campus managers and public society). thirdly, the distributed campus model could contribute to cities planning towards multi-functional districts which actively integrate higher education functions within residential, tertiary and public activities (den heijer & curvelo magdaniel, 2018; di marino & lapintie, 2018). indeed, the biunivocal relationship between the campus and the city lies in the mutual benefits that universities and cities can gain from the distributed campus model. universities – once they become a network of multiple private and public spaces dispersed across the city – can benefit from the multiplicity and variety of functions and physical resources available in different neighborhoods in order to reach shared goals (e.g., stimulating innovation, improving university-industry relations, increasing sustainability – which are already on the agendas of universities, industry, and public parties alike). cities, at the same time, would benefit from the presence of university communities in private and public spaces and use this network of spaces, empowered by a distributed university campus model, as a means to regenerate urban areas. references baldry, c., & barnes, a. (2012). the open-plan academy: space, control and the undermining of professional identity. work, employment and society, 26(2), 228–245. https://doi.org/10.1177/0950017011432917 brown, j. (2017). curating the “third place”? coworking and the mediation of creativity. geoforum,82,112-126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.geoforum.2017.04.006 burchell, b., reuschke, d., & zhang, m. (2021). spatial and temporal segmenting of urban workplaces: the gendering of multi -locational working. urban studies, 58(11), 2207-2232. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042098020903248 chapman, m.p. (2006). american places: in search of the twenty-first century campus. american council on education. series on higher education. praeger. clifton, n., fuzi, a., & loudon, g. (2022). coworking in the digital economy: context, motivations, and outcomes. futures, 135(102439). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2019.102439 collins, d. (2003). pretesting survey instruments: an overview of cognitive methods. quality of life research, 12(3), 229–238. cui, r., ding, h., & zhu, f. (2021) gender inequality in research productivity during the covid -19 pandemic. manufacturing & service operations management, 24(2), 707-726. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2021.0991 de valderrama, n.m.f., luque-valdivia, j. & aseguinolaza-braga, i. (2020). the 15 minute-city, a sustainable solution for post covid19 cities? ciudad y territorio estudios territoriales, 52(205), 653-664. den heijer, a.c. (2011). managing the university campus: information to support real estate decisions. eburon academic publis hers. den heijer, a.c., & curvelo magdaniel, f.t.j. (2018). campus–city relations: past, present, and future. in p. meusburger, m. heffernan l. suarsana (eds.), geographies of the university. knowledge and space, (p. 439-459). springer. di marino, m. & lapintie, k. (2015). libraries as transitory workspaces and spatial incubators. library & information science research, 37(2), 118–129. di marino, m., & lapintie, k. (2018). exploring multi-local working: challenges and opportunities for contemporary cities. international planning studies, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13563475.2018.1528865 dowling, r. & mantai, l. (2017). placing researcher identifications: labs, offices and homes in the phd. area, 49(2), 200–207. gornall, l. & salisbury, j. (2012). compulsive working, ‘hyperprofessionality’ and the unseen pleasures of academic work. higher education quarterly, 66(2), 135–54. hampton, k.n. & gupta, n. (2008). community and social interaction in the wireless city: wi-fi use in public and semi-public spaces. new media & society, 10(6), 831–850. haugen, t.i. & aasen, t.m. (2016). campus alive: transformation and integration of university work and campus space. in proce edings of cfm’s second nordic conference: facilities management research and practice. does fm contribute to happiness in the nordic countries (pp. 8 -15). hislop, d. & axtell, c. (2009). to infinity and beyond?: workspace and the multi -location worker. new technology, work and employment, 24(1), 60–75. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-005x.2008.00218.x https://doi.org/10.1177/0950017011432917 https://doi.org/10.1177/0042098020903248 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2019.102439 https://doi.org/10.1080/13563475.2018.1528865 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-005x.2008.00218.x migliore / the academic research community publication pg. 73 ivaldi, s., & scaratti, g. (2019). coworking hybrid activities between plural objects and sharing thickness. tpm: testing, psychometrics, methodology in applied psychology, 26(1), 121-147. kojo, i.v.i. & nenonen, s. (2015). places for multi-locational work – opportunities for facilities management. facilities, 33(1/2), 20-37. kornberger, m. & clegg, s. (2003). the architecture of complexity. culture and organization, 9(2), 75-91. koroma, j., hyrkkänen, u. & vartiainen, m. (2014). looking for people, places and connections: hindrances when working in mul tiple locations: a review. new technology, work and employment, 29(2), 139–159. kuntz, a.m. (2012). reconsidering the workplace: faculty perceptions of their work and working environments. studies in higher education, 37(7), 769-782. liegl, m. (2014). nomadicity and the care of place—on the aesthetic and affective organization of space in freelance creative work. computer supported cooperative work (cscw), 23, 163–183. mokhtarian, p.l. & salomon, i. (1994). modeling the choice of telecommuting: setting the context. environment and planning a, 26(5), 749– 766. nadler, r. (2016). plug and play places: subjective standardaztion of places in multilocal lifewords. in p. pucci, m. colleon i (eds.), understanding mobilities for designing contemporary cities (p. 109–128). springer. nag, r., corley, k.g. & gioia d.a. (2007). the intersection of organizational identity, knowledge, and practice: attempting strategic change via knowledge grafting. academy of management journal, 50(4), 821–847. ojala, s. & pyöriä, p. (2017). mobile knowledge workers and traditional mobile workers: assessing the prevalence of multi-locational work in europe. acta sociologica, 61(4), 402-418. oldenburg, r. (1989). the great good place: café, coffee shops, community centers, beauty parlors, general stores, bars, han gouts, and how they get you through the day. paragon house publishers. pyöriä, p. (2003). knowledge work in distributed environments: issues and illusions. new technology, work and employment, 18(3), 166–180. rajalo, s. & vada, m. (2017). university-industry innovation collaboration: reconceptualization. technovation, 62-63, 42– 54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.technovation.2017.04.003 rytkönen, e. (2015). university campuses in spatial transformation. facilities, 33, 794 – 818. sargent, a.c., yavorsky, j.e. & sandoval, r.g. (2020). organizational logic in coworking spaces: inequality regimes in the ne w economy. gender & society, 35(1):5-31. https://doi.org/10.1177/0891243220974691 seddigh, a., berntson, e., danielson c.b. & westerlund, h. (2014). concentration requirements modify the effect of office typ e on indicators of health and performance. journal of environmental psychology, 38, 167-174. spinuzzi, c. (2012). working alone together: coworking as emergent collaborative activity. journal of business and technical communication, 26(4), 399–441. https://doi.org/10.1177/1050651912444070 spivack, a.j. & milosevic, i. (2018). perceived location autonomy and work environment choice: the mediating influence of int rinsic motivation. the journal of applied behavioral science, 54(3), 325–348. tagliaro, c. & migliore, a. (2021) “covid-working”: what to keep and what to leave? evidence from an italian company, journal of corporate real estate, 24(2), pp. 76-92. https://doi.org/10.1108/jcre-10-2020-0053 temple, p. (2009). from space to place: university performance and its built environment. higher education policy, 22(2), 209 – 223. the economist (2020, may 30). working life has entered a new era. the economist. https://www.economist.com/business/2020/05/30/workinglife-has-entered-a-new-era townsend, a., forlano, l. & simeti, a. (2011). breakout! escape from the office: situating knowledge work in sentient public spaces. in m. shepard (ed.), sentient city: ubiquitous computing, architecture, and the future of urban space. mit press. vilhelmson, b. & thulin, e. (2016). who and where are the flexible workers? exploring the current diffusion of telework in sweden. new technology, work and employment, 31(1), 77–96. watson, l. (2007). building the future of learning. european journal of education, 42(2), 255-263. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.14653435.2007.00299.x wheatley, d. (2021). workplace location and the quality of work: the case of urban-based workers in the uk. urban studies, 58(11), 2233-2257. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042098020911887 wissema, j.g. (2009). towards the third generation university: managing the university in transition. edward elgar. ylijoki, o.h & mantyla, h. (2003). conflicting time perspectives in academic work. time & society, 12(1), 55-78. https://doi.org/10.1177/0961463x03012001364 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.technovation.2017.04.003 https://doi.org/10.1177/0891243220974691 https://doi.org/10.1177/1050651912444070 https://doi.org/10.1108/jcre-10-2020-0053 https://www.economist.com/business/2020/05/30/working-life-has-entered-a-new-era https://www.economist.com/business/2020/05/30/working-life-has-entered-a-new-era https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2007.00299.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2007.00299.x https://doi.org/10.1177/0042098020911887 https://doi.org/10.1177/0961463x03012001364